{"commit":"53fef6f5917c7e10c436f697e69a955dbc795d81","data":{"dd6b6ffd177f2b311abe676261279d2f<::>1":[{"document_id":"822086267_6698-7277-0-579","text":"2017 Arizona Cardinals season\nOn December 13 , 2016 , the NFL announced that the Cardinals will play the Los Angeles Rams as one of the NFL International Series at Twickenham Stadium in London , England , with the Rams serving as the home team . It will be the Cardinals ' first appearance in the International Series , though the Cardinals played in Mexico in 2005 against the San Francisco 49ers . The game will occur during Week 7 on Sunday , October 22 , and will be televised in the United States . The network and date were announced in conjunction with the release of the 2017 regular season schedule .","title":"2017 Arizona Cardinals season","score":18.759138},{"document_id":"822086267_28800-29026-0-226","text":"2017 Arizona Cardinals season\nDate : November 26 Game time : 2 : 25 p.m. MST Game weather : Played indoors ( retractable roof closed ) Game attendance : 63,891 Referee : Clete Blakeman TV announcers ( CBS ) : Spero Dedes and Adam Archuleta Recap , Gamebook","title":"2017 Arizona Cardinals season","score":17.095606},{"document_id":"822086267_6171-6655-0-484","text":"2017 Arizona Cardinals season\nWeek Date Opponent Result Record Game site NFL.com recap HOF August 3 vs. Dallas Cowboys L 18 -- 20 0 -- 1 Tom Benson Hall of Fame Stadium ( Canton , Ohio ) Recap August 12 Oakland Raiders W 20 -- 10 1 -- 1 University of Phoenix Stadium Recap August 19 Chicago Bears L 23 -- 24 1 -- 2 University of Phoenix Stadium Recap August 26 at Atlanta Falcons W 24 -- 14 2 -- 2 Mercedes - Benz Stadium Recap August 31 at Denver Broncos L 2 -- 30 2 -- 3 Sports Authority Field at Mile High Recap","title":"2017 Arizona Cardinals season","score":18.202923},{"document_id":"822086267_7384-8758-0-1374","text":"2017 Arizona Cardinals season\nWeek Date Opponent Result Record Game site NFL.com recap September 10 at Detroit Lions L 23 -- 35 0 -- 1 Ford Field Recap September 17 at Indianapolis Colts W 16 -- 13 ( OT ) 1 -- 1 Lucas Oil Stadium Recap September 25 Dallas Cowboys L 17 -- 28 1 -- 2 University of Phoenix Stadium Recap October 1 San Francisco 49ers W 18 -- 15 ( OT ) 2 -- 2 University of Phoenix Stadium Recap 5 October 8 at Philadelphia Eagles L 7 -- 34 2 -- 3 Lincoln Financial Field Recap 6 October 15 Tampa Bay Buccaneers W 38 -- 33 3 -- 3 University of Phoenix Stadium Recap 7 October 22 at Los Angeles Rams L 0 -- 33 3 -- 4 Twickenham Stadium ( London , England ) Recap 8 Bye 9 November 5 at San Francisco 49ers W 20 -- 10 4 -- 4 Levi 's Stadium Recap 10 November 9 Seattle Seahawks L 16 -- 22 4 -- 5 University of Phoenix Stadium Recap 11 November 19 at Houston Texans L 21 -- 31 4 -- 6 NRG Stadium Recap 12 November 26 Jacksonville Jaguars W 27 -- 24 5 -- 6 University of Phoenix Stadium Recap 13 December 3 Los Angeles Rams L 16 -- 32 5 -- 7 University of Phoenix Stadium Recap 14 December 10 Tennessee Titans W 12 -- 7 6 -- 7 University of Phoenix Stadium Recap 15 December 17 at Washington Redskins L 15 -- 20 6 -- 8 FedExField Recap 16 December 24 New York Giants W 23 -- 0 7 -- 8 University of Phoenix Stadium Recap 17 December 31 at Seattle Seahawks W 26 -- 24 8 -- 8 CenturyLink Field Recap","title":"2017 Arizona Cardinals season","score":18.35049},{"document_id":"822086267_26751-27008-0-257","text":"2017 Arizona Cardinals season\nDate : November 19 Game time : 12 : 00 p.m. CST / 11 : 00 a.m. MST Game weather : Played indoors ( retractable roof closed ) Game attendance : 71,680 Referee : Ed Hochuli TV announcers ( Fox ) : Kenny Albert , Ronde Barber and Kristina Pink Recap , Gamebook","title":"2017 Arizona Cardinals season","score":17.149242}],"dd6b6ffd177f2b311abe676261279d2f<::>4":[{"document_id":"832860310_2886-3341-0-455","text":"NFL playoffs\nThe 32 - team National Football League is divided into two conferences , American Football Conference ( AFC ) and National Football Conference ( NFC ) , each with 16 teams . Since 2002 , each conference has been further divided into four divisions of four teams each . The tournament brackets are made up of six teams from each of the league 's two conferences , following the end of the regular season . Qualification into the playoffs works as follows :","title":"NFL playoffs","score":20.610167},{"document_id":"837407666_1762-2394-0-632","text":"History of the National Football League\nThe rival American Football League was founded in 1960 . It was very successful , and forced a merger with the older NFL that resulted in a greatly expanded league and the creation of the Super Bowl , which has become the most - watched annual sporting event in the United States . The league continued to expand to its current size of 32 teams . A series of labor agreements during the 1990s and increasingly large television contracts has helped keep the league one of the most profitable in the U.S. , and the only major league in the U.S. since 1990 to avoid a work stoppage that resulted in the loss of regular - season games .","title":"History of the National Football League","score":18.642403},{"document_id":"837407666_37146-37779-0-633","text":"History of the National Football League\nA 2007 Turnkey Sports & Entertainment 's Team Brand Index for `` team loyalty '' ranked NFL teams in twelve of the top twenty - five spots out of 122 total between the four major sports leagues . The Pittsburgh Steelers and their fanbase had the top spot , while the New England Patriots , and Indianapolis Colts had the following two spots , followed by the New Orleans Saints at number seven and the Green Bay Packers and their fanbase ranked at number ten . The Arizona Cardinals finished last in the entire survey of 122 teams , though the survey was taken before the team 's appearance against the Steelers in Super Bowl XLIII .","title":"History of the National Football League","score":16.489279},{"document_id":"837407666_122-881-0-759","text":"History of the National Football League\nThe National Football League ( NFL ) was founded in 1899 as the American Professional Football Association ( APFA ) with ten teams from four states , all of whom existed in some form as participants of regional leagues in their respective territories ; it took on its current name in 1922 . The NFL was the first professional football league to successfully establish a nationwide presence , after several decades of failed attempts . Only two teams currently in the NFL , the Decatur Staleys ( now the Chicago Bears ) and the Chicago Cardinals ( now the Arizona Cardinals ) , are founding members . The Green Bay Packers , founded 1919 ( joined the NFL in 1921 ) , is the oldest NFL franchise in continuous operation with the same name in the same location .","title":"History of the National Football League","score":15.563324},{"document_id":"832860310_28027-28822-0-795","text":"NFL playoffs\nAs a result of this seeding issue , frequent calls have been made to modify the playoff format even further . One proposal has been to expand the playoffs to 14 teams . Proponents of expansion note the increased revenue that could be gained from an additional two playoff games . They also note that the 12 - team playoff system was implemented when the league only had 28 teams and six divisions ( of 4 to 5 teams each ) . The opposition to such a move notes that an expansion of the playoffs would `` water down '' the field by giving access to lower - caliber teams . Opponents to expansion further point to the NBA playoffs and the NHL playoffs where more than half of the teams qualify for the postseason , and there is often a decreased emphasis on regular season performance as a result .","title":"NFL playoffs","score":15.692821}],"dd6b6ffd177f2b311abe676261279d2f<::>6":[{"document_id":"826807874_12058-13245-0-1187","text":"Super Bowl\nThe Pittsburgh Steelers have won six Super Bowls , the most of any team ; the Dallas Cowboys , New England Patriots and San Francisco 49ers have five victories each , while the Green Bay Packers and New York Giants have four Super Bowl championships . Fourteen other NFL franchises have won at least one Super Bowl . Eight teams have appeared in Super Bowl games without a win . The Minnesota Vikings were the first team to have appeared a record four times without a win . The Buffalo Bills played in a record four Super Bowls in a row and lost every one . Four teams ( the Cleveland Browns , Detroit Lions , Jacksonville Jaguars , and Houston Texans ) have never appeared in a Super Bowl . The Browns and Lions both won NFL Championships prior to the creation of the Super Bowl , while the Jaguars ( 1995 ) and Texans ( 2002 ) are both recent NFL expansion teams . ( Detroit , Houston , and Jacksonville , however , have hosted a Super Bowl , leaving the Browns the only team to date who has neither played in nor whose city has hosted the game . ) The Minnesota Vikings won the last NFL Championship before the merger but lost to the AFL champion Kansas City Chiefs in Super Bowl IV .","title":"Super Bowl","score":16.0159},{"document_id":"826807874_1485-2382-0-897","text":"Super Bowl\nThe game was created as part of a merger agreement between the NFL and its then - rival league , the American Football League ( AFL ) . It was agreed that the two leagues ' champion teams would play in the AFL -- NFL World Championship Game until the merger was to officially begin in 1970 . After the merger , each league was redesignated as a `` conference '' , and the game has since been played between the conference champions to determine the NFL 's league champion . Currently , the National Football Conference ( NFC ) leads the league with 27 wins to 25 wins for the American Football Conference ( AFC ) . The Pittsburgh Steelers have the most Super Bowl championship titles , with six . The New England Patriots have the most Super Bowl appearances , with ten . Charles Haley and Tom Brady both have five Super Bowl rings , which is the record for the most rings won by a single player .","title":"Super Bowl","score":16.967178},{"document_id":"826807874_23300-23459-0-159","text":"Super Bowl\nThe following season , the Steelers logged their record sixth Super Bowl title ( XLIII ) in a 27 -- 23 , final - minute victory against the Arizona Cardinals .","title":"Super Bowl","score":16.619843},{"document_id":"826807874_13277-13888-0-611","text":"Super Bowl\nThe Green Bay Packers won the first two Super Bowls ( Known as the AFL - NFL World Championship Game for these first two contests ) , defeating the Kansas City Chiefs and Oakland Raiders following the 1966 and 1967 seasons , respectively . The Packers were led by quarterback , Bart Starr , who was named the Most Valuable Player ( MVP ) for both games . These two championships , coupled with the Packers ' NFL championships in 1961 , 1962 , and 1965 , amount to the most successful stretch in NFL History ; five championships in seven years , and the only threepeat in NFL history ( 1965 , 1966 , and 1967 ) .","title":"Super Bowl","score":15.035643},{"document_id":"826807874_25506-25892-0-386","text":"Super Bowl\nIn Super Bowl LII , the Philadelphia Eagles defeated the New England Patriots , 41 -- 33 . It was the Eagles ' third Super Bowl appearance , and their first win in franchise history . It was the Patriots ' tenth Super Bowl appearance , and their fourth appearance in ten years ; had the Patriots won , they would have tied the Pittsburgh Steelers with the most Super Bowl wins ( six ) .","title":"Super Bowl","score":15.123947}],"dd6b6ffd177f2b311abe676261279d2f<::>7":[{"document_id":"821803535_867-1440-0-573","text":"List of New England Patriots seasons\nThe modern NFL championship game , the Super Bowl , was founded in the 1966 season ; the first four were contested between the champions of the AFL and the NFL . After the merger , the Super Bowl became the united league 's championship . The Patriots made the 1963 AFL Championship Game , but struggled severely in the early years of the united league , not making the postseason until 1976 . After a few good seasons including a Super Bowl appearance against a champion Bears outfit , the Patriots reached a nadir between 1989 and 1993 when they won only 19 of 80 games .","title":"List of New England Patriots seasons","score":16.945612},{"document_id":"836318260_8410-9814-0-1404","text":"New England Patriots\nThe Patriots ' current coach , Bill Belichick , was hired in 2000 , and a new home field , Gillette Stadium , was opened in 2002 . Under Belichick , the team won three Super Bowls in four years ( 2001 , 2003 , and 2004 ) . The Patriots finished the 2007 regular season with a perfect 16 -- 0 record , becoming only the fourth team in league history to go undefeated in the regular season , and the only one since the league expanded its regular season schedule to 16 games . After advancing to Super Bowl XLII , the team 's fourth Super Bowl in seven years , the Patriots were defeated by the Giants to end their bid for a 19 -- 0 season . With the loss , the Patriots ended the year at 18 -- 1 , becoming only one of three teams to go 18 -- 1 along with the 1984 San Francisco 49ers and the 1985 Chicago Bears . The Patriots ' returned to the Super Bowl in 2012 but lost again to the Giants , 21 -- 17 . In 2015 , they won Super Bowl XLIX , defeating the Seattle Seahawks by a score of 28 -- 24 . The Patriots became the first team to reach nine Super Bowls in the 2016 -- 17 playoffs and faced the Atlanta Falcons in Super Bowl LI , which ended up paving the way for their fifth Super Bowl victory , tying them with the Dallas Cowboys and the San Francisco 49ers for the second-most in NFL history , 1 behind the Pittsburgh Steelers with 6 ; the game was also the first Super Bowl to go into overtime .","title":"New England Patriots","score":16.062784},{"document_id":"826807874_1485-2382-0-897","text":"Super Bowl\nThe game was created as part of a merger agreement between the NFL and its then - rival league , the American Football League ( AFL ) . It was agreed that the two leagues ' champion teams would play in the AFL -- NFL World Championship Game until the merger was to officially begin in 1970 . After the merger , each league was redesignated as a `` conference '' , and the game has since been played between the conference champions to determine the NFL 's league champion . Currently , the National Football Conference ( NFC ) leads the league with 27 wins to 25 wins for the American Football Conference ( AFC ) . The Pittsburgh Steelers have the most Super Bowl championship titles , with six . The New England Patriots have the most Super Bowl appearances , with ten . Charles Haley and Tom Brady both have five Super Bowl rings , which is the record for the most rings won by a single player .","title":"Super Bowl","score":15.816642},{"document_id":"821803535_2075-2605-0-530","text":"List of New England Patriots seasons\nThe Patriots have won five Super Bowl championships ( XXXVI , XXXVIII , XXXIX , XLIX , and LI ) . They also played in and lost Super Bowls XX , XXXI , XLII , and XLVI . During the 2007 regular season , the Patriots became the only NFL team in history to win 16 games , and the first since the 1972 Miami Dolphins ( in a 14 - game season ) to complete the regular campaign undefeated . Belichick 's Patriots are one of only two teams to win three Super Bowls in four years ( the other being the Dallas Cowboys from 1993 to 1996 ) .","title":"List of New England Patriots seasons","score":16.659086},{"document_id":"826807874_25506-25892-0-386","text":"Super Bowl\nIn Super Bowl LII , the Philadelphia Eagles defeated the New England Patriots , 41 -- 33 . It was the Eagles ' third Super Bowl appearance , and their first win in franchise history . It was the Patriots ' tenth Super Bowl appearance , and their fourth appearance in ten years ; had the Patriots won , they would have tied the Pittsburgh Steelers with the most Super Bowl wins ( six ) .","title":"Super Bowl","score":16.49776}],"dd6b6ffd177f2b311abe676261279d2f<::>8":[{"document_id":"836318260_22576-23204-0-628","text":"New England Patriots\nUnder head coach Bill Belichick , the Patriots have employed specific on - field and off - field strategies . On the field , the Patriots have typically utilized an `` Erhardt -- Perkins '' offense and a `` Fairbanks -- Bullough '' 3 -- 4 defense , referred to commonly as a two - gap 3 -- 4 defensive system . Their philosophy in making personnel decisions and in game planning has focused on the `` team '' concept , stressing preparation , strong work ethic , versatility , and lack of individual ego . This approach , which has led to five Super Bowl victories under Belichick , was analyzed in the 2004 book Patriot Reign .","title":"New England Patriots","score":15.677281},{"document_id":"836318260_8410-9814-0-1404","text":"New England Patriots\nThe Patriots ' current coach , Bill Belichick , was hired in 2000 , and a new home field , Gillette Stadium , was opened in 2002 . Under Belichick , the team won three Super Bowls in four years ( 2001 , 2003 , and 2004 ) . The Patriots finished the 2007 regular season with a perfect 16 -- 0 record , becoming only the fourth team in league history to go undefeated in the regular season , and the only one since the league expanded its regular season schedule to 16 games . After advancing to Super Bowl XLII , the team 's fourth Super Bowl in seven years , the Patriots were defeated by the Giants to end their bid for a 19 -- 0 season . With the loss , the Patriots ended the year at 18 -- 1 , becoming only one of three teams to go 18 -- 1 along with the 1984 San Francisco 49ers and the 1985 Chicago Bears . The Patriots ' returned to the Super Bowl in 2012 but lost again to the Giants , 21 -- 17 . In 2015 , they won Super Bowl XLIX , defeating the Seattle Seahawks by a score of 28 -- 24 . The Patriots became the first team to reach nine Super Bowls in the 2016 -- 17 playoffs and faced the Atlanta Falcons in Super Bowl LI , which ended up paving the way for their fifth Super Bowl victory , tying them with the Dallas Cowboys and the San Francisco 49ers for the second-most in NFL history , 1 behind the Pittsburgh Steelers with 6 ; the game was also the first Super Bowl to go into overtime .","title":"New England Patriots","score":16.222319},{"document_id":"836318260_11736-12054-0-318","text":"New England Patriots\nBill Belichick achieved his 200th career head coaching win ( regular season and playoffs ) on November 22 , 2012 , defeating the Jets 49 -- 19 ; it was his 163rd such win as Patriots coach . The Patriots defeated the Jets in Week seven of the 2015 season by a score of 30 -- 23 , to give them a 6 -- 0 record to date .","title":"New England Patriots","score":10.78271},{"document_id":"821803535_3398-8927-0-1376","text":"List of New England Patriots seasons\nSeason Team League Conference Division Regular season Postseason results Awards Head coaches Finish Won Lost Ties Boston Patriots 1960 1960 AFL -- Eastern 4th 5 9 0 Lou Saban 1961 1961 AFL -- Eastern 2nd 9 Lou Saban ( 2 -- 3 ) Mike Holovak ( 7 -- 1 -- 1 ) 1962 1962 AFL -- Eastern 2nd 9 Mike Holovak 1963 1963 AFL -- Eastern 1st 7 6 Won Divisional Playoffs ( at Bills ) 26 -- 8 Lost AFL Championship ( at Chargers ) 10 -- 51 1964 1964 AFL -- Eastern 2nd 10 Gino Cappelletti ( MVP ) 1965 1965 AFL -- Eastern 3rd 8 1966 1966 AFL -- Eastern 2nd 8 Jim Nance ( MVP ) 1967 1967 AFL -- Eastern 5th 10 1968 1968 AFL -- Eastern 4th 10 0 1969 1969 AFL -- Eastern 3rd 10 0 Clive Rush 1970 1970 NFL AFC East 5th 12 0 Clive Rush ( 1 -- 6 ) John Mazur ( 1 -- 6 ) New England Patriots 1971 1971 NFL AFC East 3rd 6 8 0 John Mazur 1972 1972 NFL AFC East 5th 11 0 John Mazur ( 2 -- 7 ) Phil Bengtson ( 1 -- 4 ) 1973 1973 NFL AFC East 3rd 5 9 0 Chuck Fairbanks NFL AFC East 3rd 7 7 0 NFL AFC East 5th 11 0 1976 1976 NFL AFC East 2nd 11 0 Lost Divisional Playoffs ( at Raiders ) 21 -- 24 Mike Haynes ( DROY ) 1977 1977 NFL AFC East 3rd 9 5 0 1978 1978 NFL AFC East 1st 11 5 0 Lost Divisional Playoffs ( Oilers ) 14 -- 31 1979 1979 NFL AFC East 2nd 9 7 0 Ron Erhardt 1980 1980 NFL AFC East 2nd 10 6 0 1981 1981 NFL AFC East 5th 14 0 1982 1982 NFL AFC 7th 5 0 Lost First Round ( at Dolphins ) 13 --","title":"List of New England Patriots seasons","score":15.656932},{"document_id":"821803535_1441-2074-0-633","text":"List of New England Patriots seasons\nSince Bill Belichick was hired as the team 's head coach in 2000 , the Patriots have finished first or second in the AFC East every year except Belichick 's first season , with both second - place finishes caused by tiebreakers . Over that time , they have won five Super Bowls , seven AFC Championship Games , and fourteen AFC East titles , while amassing a regular season record of 201 -- 71 . The team 's quarterback over that same period , Tom Brady , has been awarded the NFL Most Valuable Player ( MVP ) twice and the Super Bowl Most Valuable Player four times ; he is one of only five men named Super Bowl MVP more than once .","title":"List of New England Patriots seasons","score":14.573903}],"5b2404d71f9ff7edabddb3b1a8b329e7<::>1":[{"document_id":"c8db6e06ff46669e-51823-53868","text":"FAQs • Dublin • CivicEngage\nIf I seal off my rooms and vents, how will I breathe? How long should I anticipate being in the room in which I am sheltering-in-place?\n\r\nInstructions to shelter-in-place are usually provided for a matter of hours, not weeks. There is little danger that the room in which you are taking shelter will run out of oxygen and you will suffocate.\t\n\n9.\nIs the bathroom a good room in which to shelter-in-place?\n\r\nA bathroom may be a good choice for the room in which to shelter-in-place as long as it does not have windows (or few windows) and you can block openings (such as vents) to the outside.\t\n\n10.\n How many disaster supplies kits should I have?\n\nWe recommend that you stock a complete kit to meet the needs of everyone in your home, and have it packed and ready to take with you in case you are advised to evacuate your home. You should also have a small disaster supplies kit in each vehicle you have, as well as supplies at your workplace.  Sometimes it is easier to create one kit for each person in your home, so that the container is smaller and easier to carry. The amount of contents remains the same, in total, for everyone in your home.  \n\n11.\nWhat about my pets? How much should I add to my disaster supplies kit for them?\n\r\nStore enough supplies for your pet's needs for at least three days, including food, water, and related items such as kitty litter.\t\n\n12.\nWhat's the difference between an \"all hazards\" disaster supplies kit and a WMD disaster supplies kit?\n\r\nThere is no difference between these kits, except that certain manufacturers may apply different labels to them. A recommended list of disaster supplies can be found on the Red Cross website.\t\n\n13.\nDo you recommend that people have a gas mask?\n\r\nNo. The most current advice provided by the Centers for Disease Control is that gas masks are not recommended for the general public. They need to be fitted carefully for each face, and there are different kinds of masks for different types of agents. Having or using a gas mask may offer a false sense of security.\t\n\n14.","title":"FAQs • Dublin • CivicEngage","score":9.847052},{"document_id":"7d4d64e7f6aff125-3194-5132","text":"FAQs • Disaster Preparedness\nIt is intended to provide a barrier to air flow. While we can not guarantee that plastic sheeting over air vents will stop all biological, chemical, or radiological agents, it will add to the barrier of protection for your safety.\t\n\n5.\nDo I need a safe room? What is a safe room?\n\r\nA safe room, as defined by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), is a room - preferably below ground - in which people can take shelter from a tornado. If such a room is below ground, it may not be the safest choice if told to stay at home and shelter-in-place during a weapons of mass destruction event due to the possibility that some contaminants may seep into rooms below ground level. For this reason, the Red Cross recommends and endorses having a safe room in areas where tornadoes are a threat. However, do not confuse a safe room used for protection from windstorms with a room selected for shelter-in-place. They are technically different, although they serve a similar purpose. If a safe room for windstorms is above ground level and has no windows, it can also be an ideal location in which to shelter-in-place.\t\n\n6.\nHow much time do I have to get to my designated room to shelter-in-place once I hear of an attack?\n\r\nThe situation will vary, depending on the nature of the event. It is best to take immediate protective action as soon as you think there is a local emergency, or if you hear on the radio or television that you need to shelter-in-place.\t\n\n7.\nDo I need to put towels under my door? Should they be wet?\n\r\nWet towels under a door are used in cases when you are in a room from which you can not escape and a fire is on the other side. That is not the same thing as what needs to be done when you shelter-in-place. See the instructions on shelter-in-place on the Red Cross website.\t\n\n8.\nIf I seal off my rooms and vents, how will I breathe? How long should I anticipate being in the room in which I am sheltering-in-place?","title":"FAQs • Disaster Preparedness","score":12.962734},{"document_id":"c8db6e06ff46669e-50302-52227","text":"FAQs • Dublin • CivicEngage\nA safe room, as defined by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), is a room - preferably below ground - in which people can take shelter from a tornado. If such a room is below ground, it may not be the safest choice if told to stay at home and shelter-in-place during a weapons of mass destruction event due to the possibility that some contaminants may seep into rooms below ground level. For this reason, the Red Cross recommends and endorses having a safe room in areas where tornadoes are a threat. However, do not confuse a safe room used for protection from windstorms with a room selected for shelter-in-place. They are technically different, although they serve a similar purpose. If a safe room for windstorms is above ground level and has no windows, it can also be an ideal location in which to shelter-in-place.\t\n\n6.\nHow much time do I have to get to my designated room to shelter-in-place once I hear of an attack?\n\r\nThe situation will vary, depending on the nature of the event. It is best to take immediate protective action as soon as you think there is a local emergency, or if you hear on the radio or television that you need to shelter-in-place.\t\n\n7.\nDo I need to put towels under my door? Should they be wet?\n\r\nWet towels under a door are used in cases when you are in a room from which you can not escape and a fire is on the other side. That is not the same thing as what needs to be done when you shelter-in-place. See the instructions on shelter-in-place on the Red Cross website.\t\n\n8.\nIf I seal off my rooms and vents, how will I breathe? How long should I anticipate being in the room in which I am sheltering-in-place?\n\r\nInstructions to shelter-in-place are usually provided for a matter of hours, not weeks. There is little danger that the room in which you are taking shelter will run out of oxygen and you will suffocate.\t\n\n9.\nIs the bathroom a good room in which to shelter-in-place?","title":"FAQs • Dublin • CivicEngage","score":13.665409},{"document_id":"7d4d64e7f6aff125-4718-6718","text":"FAQs • Disaster Preparedness\nWet towels under a door are used in cases when you are in a room from which you can not escape and a fire is on the other side. That is not the same thing as what needs to be done when you shelter-in-place. See the instructions on shelter-in-place on the Red Cross website.\t\n\n8.\nIf I seal off my rooms and vents, how will I breathe? How long should I anticipate being in the room in which I am sheltering-in-place?\n\r\nInstructions to shelter-in-place are usually provided for a matter of hours, not weeks. There is little danger that the room in which you are taking shelter will run out of oxygen and you will suffocate.\t\n\n9.\nIs the bathroom a good room in which to shelter-in-place?\n\r\nA bathroom may be a good choice for the room in which to shelter-in-place as long as it does not have windows (or few windows) and you can block openings (such as vents) to the outside.\t\n\n10.\n How many disaster supplies kits should I have?\n\nWe recommend that you stock a complete kit to meet the needs of everyone in your home, and have it packed and ready to take with you in case you are advised to evacuate your home. You should also have a small disaster supplies kit in each vehicle you have, as well as supplies at your workplace.  Sometimes it is easier to create one kit for each person in your home, so that the container is smaller and easier to carry. The amount of contents remains the same, in total, for everyone in your home.  \n\n11.\nWhat about my pets? How much should I add to my disaster supplies kit for them?\n\r\nStore enough supplies for your pet's needs for at least three days, including food, water, and related items such as kitty litter.\t\n\n12.\nWhat's the difference between an \"all hazards\" disaster supplies kit and a WMD disaster supplies kit?\n\r\nThere is no difference between these kits, except that certain manufacturers may apply different labels to them. A recommended list of disaster supplies can be found on the Red Cross website.\t\n\n13.\nDo you recommend that people have a gas mask?","title":"FAQs • Disaster Preparedness","score":10.015872},{"document_id":"06dcac21ce5f8eb1-0-2278","text":"FEMA: Preparing a Safe Room\n\n\nFEMA: Preparing a Safe Room\n\nContact Us\nSite Map\nFrequently Asked Questions\nEspañol\n\nSearch\n\n Advanced Search\n\nHome\nDisaster Information\nPlan Ahead\nApply for Assistance\nRecover & Rebuild\nAbout Us\n\nDisaster Information\nTypes of Disasters\nTornado\n\nTornado Terms\nBefore a Tornado\nDuring a Tornado\nAfter a Tornado\n\nPreparing a Safe Room\n\nGuidelines and instructions for building a safe room\nExtreme windstorms in many parts of the country pose a serious threat to buildings and their occupants. Your residence may be built “to code,” but that does not mean it can withstand winds from extreme events such as tornadoes and major hurricanes. The purpose of a safe room or a wind shelter is to provide a space where you and your family can seek refuge that provides a high level of protection. You can build a safe room in one of several places in your home.\n\nYour basement.\nAtop a concrete slab-on-grade foundation or garage floor.\nAn interior room on the first floor.\n\nSafe rooms built below ground level provide the greatest protection, but a safe room built in a first-floor interior room also can provide the necessary protection. Below-ground safe rooms must be designed to avoid accumulating water during the heavy rains that often accompany severe windstorms.\nTo protect its occupants, a safe room must be built to withstand high winds and flying debris, even if the rest of the residence is severely damaged or destroyed. Consider the following when building a safe room:\n\nThe safe room must be adequately anchored to resist overturning and uplift.\nThe walls, ceiling, and door of the shelter must withstand wind pressure and resist penetration by windborne objects and falling debris.\nThe connections between all parts of the safe room must be strong enough to resist the wind.\nSections of either interior or exterior residence walls that are used as walls of the safe room, must be separated from the structure of the residence so that damage to the residence will not cause damage to the safe room.\n\nLast Modified: Thursday, 06-Apr-2006 11:47:30 EDT\n\nRelated Topics\n\nTornado Photos\n\nHome\nContact Us\nPrivacy Policy\nImportant Notices\nFOIA\nNo FEAR Act Data\nUSA.gov\nDHS\n\nFEMA 500 C Street SW, Washington, D.C. 20472Disaster Assistance: (800) 621-FEMA, TTY (800) 462-7585\n\n \n\n","title":"FEMA: Preparing a Safe Room","score":10.260773}],"5b2404d71f9ff7edabddb3b1a8b329e7<::>4":[{"document_id":"78706e886bee00fb-4510-6961","text":"The 2024-25 Budget: CalFire—Implementation of a 66-Hour Workweek\nFor example, the 2018 wildfire season included the Camp Fire in Butte County, which became the single most destructive wildfire in state history with nearly 19,000 structures destroyed and 85 fatalities, including the near‑total destruction of the town of Paradise. A few key factors have contributed to the recent increase in large and destructive wildfires, including climate change, poor forest and land management practices, and increased development in fire‑prone areas. \n\nWhile Annual Wildfire Seasons Have Lengthened, Strong Seasonal Pattern Still Exists. Despite recent years having particularly large and destructive wildfires and concerns about wildfires becoming a year‑round phenomenon, the occurrence of wildfires in California continues to have a strongly seasonal pattern—primarily occurring during the summer and fall months when the weather is the driest Figure 2 shows the average number of wildfires by month across the last five years compared to the ten‑year average, along with the number of wildfires by month in the severe 2018 and 2020 wildfire seasons. As the figure shows, wildfire activity is relatively low from December through March and reaches its peak from June through August each year. While generally fewer wildfires occur in the fall (as compared to summer), these fires can be particularly severe because forests are dry after little to no rainfall during the summer, as well as due to other autumn weather conditions such as high winds. \n\nIncrease in Wildfires Has Led to Concerns About State’s Preparedness and Demands on Firefighters. Recent increases in large and severe wildfires have raised concerns about the state’s capacity to adequately respond to these growing threats, particularly when multiple large wildfires occur simultaneously as has happened in recent years. Responding to these large and severe wildfires has imposed significant burdens on firefighters—many of whom have been required to work long stretches without breaks. This, in turn, has led to concerns about the mental and physical health and wellness of the firefighters who are on the frontlines of these events. These issues have been highlighted in the media—such as in a series of articles published in 2022 by CalMatters.\nLegislature Has Taken Various Actions to Respond to Concerns. The Legislature has taken a number of actions in response to these growing concerns, including to improve the health and wellness of firefighters.","title":"The 2024-25 Budget: CalFire—Implementation of a 66-Hour Workweek","score":13.974762},{"document_id":"35b1d4a5ce1b0313-1421-3591","text":"Our Impact | CAL FIRE\nThe 2018 wildfire season was the deadliest and most destructive wildfire season on record in California. \n2020 was the largest wildfire season recorded in California's modern history with more than 4% of the state's total land burning in a single year. \n\nRemembering the Camp Fire\n\nDemonstration State Forests\nLeading by Example\n\nCalifornia’s forests are iconic. From the coastal redwoods, to the high sierra conifers, and Giant Sequoia’s, these forests help define our state. Our forests demonstrate how harvests and growth can be balanced over a century to maintain optimally stocked forests, all while providing public recreation. \n\n\r\n 14\r\n \nDemonstration State Forests\n\n\r\n 85,000\r\n \nAcres\n\nWE RESTORE THE FORESTS\n\nEMERGENCY RESPONSE\nOn the scene when disaster strikes\n\r\n In addition to the more than 7,500 wildfire incidents, we respond to an average of more than 550,000 emergencies each year. \r\n \n\n\r\n 594,971\r\n \nEmergency responses in 2023\n\n\r\n 7,127\r\n \nWildfires in 2023\n\nANNUAL AND HISTORICAL STATISTICS\n\nFire prevention\nReducing the risk of wildfire across the state\n\r\n In order to reduce the fuel that spreads catastrophic fires and their damage, we have a bold goal to significantly increase the number of acres treated, as well as our Defensible Space inspections. Prescribed burns are just one of the strategies for preventing fires. \r\n \r\n \n\n\r\n 105,531\r\n \nAcres treated by fuel reduction in fiscal year 2022/23\n\n\r\n 253,587\r\n \nDefensible Space inspections in the SRA during fiscal year 2022\n\nLearn more about Fuels Reduction\n\n \n\nCAL FIRE LAW ENFORCEMENT\nKeeping consumers and communities safe\n\nSet standards for consumer and commercial fire retardants.\n\nInvestigate and determine the cause of fires.\n\nHold arsonists accountable.\n\nLEARN MORE ABOUT LAW ENFORCEMENT\n\n \n\nECONOMIC IMPACT\nA major employer offering work that makes a difference\n\nIn partnership with\n\n\r\n 12,000+\r\n \nFull time and seasonal staff\n\nProud employer of veterans\n\nJOIN US\nRETURNING VETERANS\n\nQuick Links\n\nCurrent Incidents\n\n2024 Incidents\n\nDefensible Space\n\nExecutive Staff\n\nResources\n\nStatistics\n\nSubscribe to Newsletter\n\n2024 Strategic Plan\n\nPrograms\n\nBoard of Forestry and Fire Protection","title":"Our Impact | CAL FIRE","score":20.15616},{"document_id":"3de7af963f50ad49-1264-3092","text":"Statistics | CAL FIRE\nWILDLAND FIRES\nACRES\n\n2024 Combined YTD (CALFIRE & US Forest Service)\n942\n3,916\n\n2023 Combined YTD (CALFIRE & US Forest Service)\n996\n1,190\n\n5-Year Average (same interval)\n1,608\n6,493\n\n*Updated weekly from preliminary numbers from our dispatch system and the national Incident Management Situation Report. These numbers may change as we receive more accurate information and remove false alarms. \n\n2023 Year in Review\nA year of progress.\nA year of successes. \nA year of perseverance. \n\nCalifornia Wildfires\n\nTop 20 Most Destructive Wildfires\nTop 20 Largest Wildfires\nTop 20 Deadliest California Wildfires \n\nAviation\n\nRetardant and Water Usage\nFixed Wing Flight Hours\nRotary Wing Rescues\n \n\nLaw Enforcement\n\nArson Arrests\nArson Acres Burned\nCivil Cost Recovery\n \n\nIncident Response\n\nTotal Annual Incidents\nAcres Burned vs. Structures Destroyed\nLightning Caused Wildfires Acres Burned\n \n\nState Fire Marshal\n\nFireworks Disposal Data\nPipeline Inspection Days\nPipeline Operators Inspected\nSignificant Pipeline Accidents\n \n\nOther Reports\n\n2020 Fire Siege Report\nRemembering the Camp Fire\nFuel Reduction Acres\nPrescribed Fire Acres\nCompetitive and Direct Grant Awards\n \n\n\r\n 2024 Fire Season Declarations (Summer/Winter Preparedness)\r\n \n\nNorthern:\n\nUnit Name\nSummer Preparedness\nWinter Preparedness\n\nAmador-El Dorado\n \n \n\nMendocino\n \n \n\nSanta Clara\n \n\nHumboldt-Del Norte\n \n \n\nSan Mateo-Santa Cruz\nApril 15, 2024\n \n\nTehama-Glenn\n \n \n\nShasta-Trinity\n \n \n\nLassen-Modoc\n \n \n\nSiskiyou\n \n \n\nButte\n \n \n\nNevada-Yuba-Placer\n \n \n\nSonoma-Lake-Napa\n \n \n\n \nSouthern:\n\nUnit Name\nSummer Preparedness\nWinter Preparedness\n\nMadera-Mariposa-Merced\n \n \n\nSan Diego\n \n \n\nSan Luis Obispo\n \n \n\nRiverside\n \n\nTulare\n \n \n\nSan Benito-Monterey\n \n\nFresno-Kings\n \n\nTuolumne-Calaveras\n \n \n\nSan Bernardino\n \n\n\r\n 2023 Fire Season Declarations (Summer/Winter Preparedness)","title":"Statistics | CAL FIRE","score":12.955062},{"document_id":"2806a7d8f0775d28-14422-16441","text":"2020 Fire Season Incident Archive | CAL FIRE\nThe 2020 California wildfire year was characterized by record-setting wildfires that burned across the state of California as measured during the modern era of wildfire management and record keeping. As of the end of the year, nearly 10,000 fires had burned over 4.2 million acres, more than 4% of the state's roughly 100 million acres of land, making 2020 the largest wildfire season recorded in California's modern history. California's August Complex fire has been described as the first \"gigafire\" as the area burned exceeded 1 million acres. The fire crossed seven counties and has been described as being larger than the state of Rhode Island. On August 19, 2020, California Governor Gavin Newsom reported that the state was battling 367 known fires, many sparked by intense thunderstorms on August 16–17. In early September 2020, a combination of a record-breaking heat wave, and Diablo and Santa Ana winds sparked more fires and explosively grew the active fires, with the August Complex more than doubling the Mendocino Complex's size to become California's largest recorded wildfire.\n\nPictured: The LNU Lightning Complex which burned across wine country in August 2020.\n\nincidents by year\n\nACTIVE \n2023 \n2022 \n2021 \n2019 \n2018 \n2017 \n2016 \n\nQuick Links\n\nCurrent Incidents\n\n2024 Incidents\n\nDefensible Space\n\nExecutive Staff\n\nResources\n\nStatistics\n\nSubscribe to Newsletter\n\n2024 Strategic Plan\n\nPrograms\n\nBoard of Forestry and Fire Protection\n\nCommunications\n\nEqual Employment Opportunity\n\nFire and Resource Assessment Program\n\nFire Protection\n\nNatural Resource Management\n\nOffice of the State Fire Marshal\n\nProfessional Standards Program\n\nGrants\n\nBusiness and Workforce Development\n\nCalifornia Forest Improvement Program\n\nForest Health\n\nForest Legacy\n\nUrban and Community Forestry\n\nWildfire Prevention\n\nTribal Wildfire Resilience\n\nWildfire Resilience\n\nBack to Top\nAccessibility\nLanguage Access\nConditions of Use\nPrivacy Policy\nSite Map\nGlossary of Terms\n\n\r\n Copyright © 2024 State of California\r\n \n\nBack to top","title":"2020 Fire Season Incident Archive | CAL FIRE","score":19.432375},{"document_id":"031693dc1490c39e-4593-6990","text":"Wildfires - NYSDEC\nWildfires, often called forest fires, damage thousands of acres of natural resources most every year in New York. Although wildfires naturally occur from lightning, human activities are the cause of most wildfires (PDF). To protect our natural resources and communities from wildfire damage, residents, visitors, and municipal jurisdictions must contribute to wildfire prevention and fire containment.\n\nWildfire terms definedWildfires are unplanned or unwanted fires burning vegetation in areas where growth is minimal or non-existent. They may also be referred to asforest fires;brush fires;grass fires;range fires;ground fires; orcrown fires.Wildland Fires include wildfires and those fires intentionally set or allowed to burn according to a recognized land management plan and are commonly referred to as prescribed fires or controlled burns.Wildland-Urban Interface Fires are wildfires that burn or threaten to burn buildings and other structures.Wildfire Mitigation is the activity of reducing the risk of wildfires and their associated property loss, forest damage, and sometimes loss of life.Wildland Fire Management is activity related to wildfire mitigation and the use of prescribed fire to accomplish ecological goals.Wildfire OccurrenceAccording to Forest Rangers Division wildfire occurrence data from 1993-2017 (PDF), wildfires in New York State are caused by the following.95% by humans.Lightning is responsible for 5%.Debris burning accounts for 33%.Incendiary fires account for 16%.Campfires cause 16%.Children are responsible for 4%.Smoking, equipment, railroads, and miscellaneous causes contribute to the remaining 25% of wildfires.Beginning in 2010, New York enacted revised open burning regulations that ban brush burning statewide from March 15 through May 15, a period when 47% of all fire department-response wildfires occur. Forest ranger data indicates that this new statewide ban resulted in 46% fewer spring wildfires caused by debris burning in upstate New York from 2010-2017 when compared to the previous 8-year average. Debris burning has been prohibited in New York City and Long Island for more than 40 years.\n\nWildland Fire Management in New YorkNew York state is 30.9 million acres in size with 18.9 million acres of non-federal forested lands. In addition, there is an undetermined amount of open-space non-forested lands with significant wildfire potential.","title":"Wildfires - NYSDEC","score":13.370842}],"5b2404d71f9ff7edabddb3b1a8b329e7<::>6":[{"document_id":"89c8998bbb932fff-0-2046","text":"FEMA: Flood\n\n\nFEMA: Flood\n\nContact Us\nSite Map\nFrequently Asked Questions\nEspañol\n\nSearch\n\n Advanced Search\n\nHome\nDisaster Information\nPlan Ahead\nApply for Assistance\nRecover & Rebuild\nAbout Us\n\nDisaster Information\nTypes of Disasters\nFlood\n\nFlood Maps\nFlood Terms\nBefore a Flood\nDuring a Flood\nAfter a Flood\n\nFlood\n\nFloods are one of the most common hazards in the United States. Flood effects can be local, impacting a neighborhood or community, or very large, affecting entire river basins and multiple states.\nHowever, all floods are not alike. Some floods develop slowly, sometimes over a period of days. But flash floods can develop quickly, sometimes in just a few minutes and without any visible signs of rain. Flash floods often have a dangerous wall of roaring water that carries rocks, mud, and other debris and can sweep away most things in its path. Overland flooding occurs outside a defined river or stream, such as when a levee is breached, but still can be destructive. Flooding can also occur when a dam breaks, producing effects similar to flash floods.\nBe aware of flood hazards no matter where you live, but especially if you live in a low-lying area, near water or downstream from a dam. Even very small streams, gullies, creeks, culverts, dry streambeds, or low-lying ground that appear harmless in dry weather can flood. Every state is at risk from this hazard.\nWhat is the flood risk where I live?\nHow can I protect myself from a flood?\n\nKnow your flood terms\nWhat to do before a flood\nWhat to do during a flood\nWhat to do after a flood\n\nLast Modified: Friday, 13-Jun-2008 13:32:33 EDT\n\nFast Facts\nLearn about flood risk and flood insurance\nSignificant Flood Events\nFlood Health Risks\n\nSolutions\n\nRepair Flood Damage\nBuy Flood Insurance\n\nOnline Tools\n\nMap Service Center\n\nRelated Topics\n\nFlood Photos\nFloodplain Management\nFlood Hazard Mapping\n\nHome\nContact Us\nPrivacy Policy\nImportant Notices\nFOIA\nNo FEAR Act Data\nUSA.gov\nDHS\n\nFEMA 500 C Street SW, Washington, D.C. 20472Disaster Assistance: (800) 621-FEMA, TTY (800) 462-7585\n\n \n\n","title":"FEMA: Flood","score":8.610767},{"document_id":"4d3eba5aeb31c32c-6093-7970","text":"Floods | Ready.gov\nReturn home only when authorities say it is safe.Avoid driving except in emergencies.Wear heavy work gloves, protective clothing and boots during clean up and use appropriate face coverings or masks if cleaning mold or other debris. People with asthma and other lung conditions and/or immune suppression should not enter buildings with indoor water leaks or mold growth that can be seen or smelled. Children should not take part in disaster cleanup work.Be aware that snakes and other animals may be in your house.Be aware of the risk of electrocution. Do not touch electrical equipment if it is wet or if you are standing in water. Turn off the electricity to prevent electric shock if it is safe to do so.Avoid wading in floodwater, which can be contaminated and contain dangerous debris. Underground or downed power lines can also electrically charge the water.Use a generator or other gasoline-powered machinery ONLY outdoors and away from windows.\n\nAssociated Content\nFlood Information Sheet (PDF)Protective Actions Research for FloodNational Flood Insurance Program (NFIP)Flood Safety Social Media ToolkitNational Weather Service Weather Ready Nation Spring Safety Outreach MaterialsFlood Insurance FactsSix Things to Know Before a Disaster (Video)When the Cloud Forms (Video)How to Prepare for a FloodFile A Flood Insurance ClaimYour Homeowners Insurance Does Not Cover Flood (PDF)American Red Cross\n\nLast Updated: 03/21/2024\n\nReturn to top\n\nDisasters and Emergencies\n\nMake a Plan\n\nGet Involved\n\nReady Business\n\nReady Kids\n\nResources\n\nFacebook\n\nTwitter\n\nYouTube\n\nContact Ready \n\n \n\nReady.gov\nAn official website of the U.S. Department of Homeland Security\n\nAccessibility\nAccountability\nCareers\nContact Us\nFOIA\nGlossary\nNo FEAR Act\nPlug-Ins\nPrivacy\nReport Disaster Fraud\nWebsite Information\nDHS.gov\nUSA.gov\nInspector General\n\nThis site works best with Javascript enabled.","title":"Floods | Ready.gov","score":8.652728},{"document_id":"cca3b9b8fcfe9978-6993-9176","text":"Home Page - Cal MyHazards\nFlooding can also occur when a dam breaks,\r\n producing effects similar to flash floods.\r\n \n\r\n Be aware of flood hazards no matter where you live, but especially if you live in a low-lying area, near water or downstream from\r\n a dam. Even very small streams, gullies, creeks, culverts, dry streambeds, or low-lying ground that appear harmless in dry weather\r\n can flood. Every state is at risk from this hazard.\r\n \n\n FEMA's flood web page\r\n \n\nNOTE: FEMA is currently updating the Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM) inventory through\r\n its Map Modernization Program. The updated maps will be added to this site\r\n as they are available, however, the digital information for many California counties has not been completed.\r\n \n\n Map Modernization Program\r\n \n\n\r\n Please be sure to check on-line at the FEMA Map Service Center website to view the most current FIRMs\r\n and use the search function for a \"Public Flood Map.\"\r\n \n\n FEMA Map Service Center\r\n \n\nFlood Preparedness\n\r\n Before a flood there are several steps you will want to take, including:\r\n \n\r\n Get an emergency supply kit\r\n \n\r\n Make a plan if your family is separated during a flood\r\n \n\r\n Be informed on flood watches and warnings by listening to the radio or watching television\r\n \n\nReady America provides a large assortment of preparedness and disaster supplies and programs. Supplies include but are not limited to:\n\nDisaster Kits\nOutdoor Survival Kits\nPet Survival Kits\nCERT Kits\nSchool Emergency Kits\n\nFor more information on flood preparedness:\n\n Ready America\r\n \n\n\r\n Before a flood there are several steps you will want to take, including:\r\n \n\r\n Get flood insurance--you can benifit from it even if you do not live in a high flood risk area.\r\n \n\n Flood Insurance\r\n \n\n\r\n Avoid building in a floodprone area unless you elevate and reinforce your home.\r\n \n\r\n Elevate the furnace, water heater, and electric panel if susceptible to flooding.\r\n \n\r\n Install \"check valves\" in sewer traps to prevent floodwater from backing up into the drains of your home.\r\n \n\r\n Contact community officials to find out if they are planning to construct barriers (levees, beams, floodwalls) to stop floodwater from entering the homes in your area.","title":"Home Page - Cal MyHazards","score":9.73576},{"document_id":"4d3eba5aeb31c32c-4562-6725","text":"Floods | Ready.gov\nGather supplies, including non-perishable foods, cleaning supplies, and water for several days, in case you must leave immediately or if services are cut off in your area.\nIn Case of EmergencyKeep important documents in a waterproof container. Create password-protected digital copies. Protect your property. Move valuables to higher levels. Declutter drains and gutters. Install check valves. Consider a sump pump with a battery.\n\nStaying Safe During a Flood\n\nImage\n \n\nEvacuate immediately, if told to evacuate. Never drive around barricades. Local responders use them to safely direct traffic out of flooded areas.Contact your healthcare provider If you are sick and need medical attention. Wait for further care instructions and shelter in place, if possible. If you are experiencing a medical emergency, call 9-1-1.Listen to EAS, NOAA Weather Radio or local alerting systems for current emergency information and instructions regarding flooding.Do not walk, swim or drive through flood waters. Turn Around. Don’t Drown!Stay off bridges over fast-moving water. Fast-moving water can wash bridges away without warning.Stay inside your car if it is trapped in rapidly moving water. Get on the roof if water is rising inside the car.Get to the highest level if trapped in a building. Only get on the roof if necessary and once there signal for help. Do not climb into a closed attic to avoid getting trapped by rising floodwater.\n\nStaying Safe After a Flood\n\nImage\n \n\nPay attention to authorities for information and instructions. Return home only when authorities say it is safe.Avoid driving except in emergencies.Wear heavy work gloves, protective clothing and boots during clean up and use appropriate face coverings or masks if cleaning mold or other debris. People with asthma and other lung conditions and/or immune suppression should not enter buildings with indoor water leaks or mold growth that can be seen or smelled. Children should not take part in disaster cleanup work.Be aware that snakes and other animals may be in your house.Be aware of the risk of electrocution. Do not touch electrical equipment if it is wet or if you are standing in water.","title":"Floods | Ready.gov","score":9.220736},{"document_id":"4d3eba5aeb31c32c-2848-4992","text":"Floods | Ready.gov\nFloods are the most common disaster in the United States. Failing to evacuate flooded areas or entering flood waters can lead to injury or death.\nFloods may:\nResult from rain, snow, coastal storms, storm surges and overflows of dams and other water systems.Develop slowly or quickly. Flash floods can come with no warning.Cause outages, disrupt transportation, damage buildings and create landslides.\n If you are under a flood warning:\n\nImage\n \n\nFind safe shelter right away.Do not walk, swim or drive through flood waters. Turn Around, Don’t Drown!Remember, just six inches of moving water can knock you down, and one foot of moving water can sweep your vehicle away.Stay off bridges over fast-moving water.Depending on the type of flooding:Evacuate if told to do so.Move to higher ground or a higher floor.Stay where you are.\n\nPreparing for a Flood\n\nKnow Your Risk for FloodsVisit FEMA's Flood Map Service Center to know types of flood risk in your area.  Sign up for your community’s warning system. The Emergency Alert System (EAS) and National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) Weather Radio also provide emergency alerts.\nPurchase Flood InsurancePurchase or renew a flood insurance policy. Homeowner’s insurance policies do not cover flooding. It typically takes up to 30 days for a policy to go into effect so the time to buy is well before a disaster. Get flood coverage under the National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP).\n\nPreparing for a FloodMake a plan for your household, including your pets, so that you and your family know what to do, where to go, and what you will need to protect yourselves from flooding. Learn and practice evacuation routes, shelter plans, and flash flood response. Gather supplies, including non-perishable foods, cleaning supplies, and water for several days, in case you must leave immediately or if services are cut off in your area.\nIn Case of EmergencyKeep important documents in a waterproof container. Create password-protected digital copies. Protect your property. Move valuables to higher levels. Declutter drains and gutters. Install check valves. Consider a sump pump with a battery.","title":"Floods | Ready.gov","score":9.609521}],"5b2404d71f9ff7edabddb3b1a8b329e7<::>7":[{"document_id":"89c8998bbb932fff-0-2046","text":"FEMA: Flood\n\n\nFEMA: Flood\n\nContact Us\nSite Map\nFrequently Asked Questions\nEspañol\n\nSearch\n\n Advanced Search\n\nHome\nDisaster Information\nPlan Ahead\nApply for Assistance\nRecover & Rebuild\nAbout Us\n\nDisaster Information\nTypes of Disasters\nFlood\n\nFlood Maps\nFlood Terms\nBefore a Flood\nDuring a Flood\nAfter a Flood\n\nFlood\n\nFloods are one of the most common hazards in the United States. Flood effects can be local, impacting a neighborhood or community, or very large, affecting entire river basins and multiple states.\nHowever, all floods are not alike. Some floods develop slowly, sometimes over a period of days. But flash floods can develop quickly, sometimes in just a few minutes and without any visible signs of rain. Flash floods often have a dangerous wall of roaring water that carries rocks, mud, and other debris and can sweep away most things in its path. Overland flooding occurs outside a defined river or stream, such as when a levee is breached, but still can be destructive. Flooding can also occur when a dam breaks, producing effects similar to flash floods.\nBe aware of flood hazards no matter where you live, but especially if you live in a low-lying area, near water or downstream from a dam. Even very small streams, gullies, creeks, culverts, dry streambeds, or low-lying ground that appear harmless in dry weather can flood. Every state is at risk from this hazard.\nWhat is the flood risk where I live?\nHow can I protect myself from a flood?\n\nKnow your flood terms\nWhat to do before a flood\nWhat to do during a flood\nWhat to do after a flood\n\nLast Modified: Friday, 13-Jun-2008 13:32:33 EDT\n\nFast Facts\nLearn about flood risk and flood insurance\nSignificant Flood Events\nFlood Health Risks\n\nSolutions\n\nRepair Flood Damage\nBuy Flood Insurance\n\nOnline Tools\n\nMap Service Center\n\nRelated Topics\n\nFlood Photos\nFloodplain Management\nFlood Hazard Mapping\n\nHome\nContact Us\nPrivacy Policy\nImportant Notices\nFOIA\nNo FEAR Act Data\nUSA.gov\nDHS\n\nFEMA 500 C Street SW, Washington, D.C. 20472Disaster Assistance: (800) 621-FEMA, TTY (800) 462-7585\n\n \n\n","title":"FEMA: Flood","score":15.259046},{"document_id":"e24601ea68d43eae-1565-3874","text":"FEMA: Helping Children Cope with Disaster\nWho is at Risk?\nFor many children, reactions to disasters are brief and represent normal reactions to \"abnormal events.\" A smaller number of children can be at risk for more enduring psychological distress as a function of three major risk factors:\n\nDirect exposure to the disaster, such as being evacuated, observing injuries or death of others, or experiencing injury along with fearing one’s life is in danger.\nLoss/grief: This relates to the death or serious injury of family or friends.\nOn-going stress from the secondary effects of disaster, such as temporarily living elsewhere, loss of friends and social networks, loss of personal property, parental unemployment, and costs incurred during recovery to return the family to pre-disaster life and living conditions.\n\nBack To Top\n\nWhat Creates Vulnerabilities in Children?\nIn most cases, depending on the risk factors above, distressing responses are temporary. In the absence of severe threat to life, injury, loss of loved ones, or secondary problems such as loss of home, moves, etc., symptoms usually diminish over time. For those that were directly exposed to the disaster, reminders of the disaster such as high winds, smoke, cloudy skies, sirens, or other reminders of the disaster may cause upsetting feelings to return. Having a prior history of some type of traumatic event or severe stress may contribute to these feelings.\nChildren’s coping with disaster or emergencies is often tied to the way parents cope. They can detect adults’ fears and sadness. Parents and adults can make disasters less traumatic for children by taking steps to manage their own feelings and plans for coping. Parents are almost always the best source of support for children in disasters. One way to establish a sense of control and to build confidence in children before a disaster is to engage and involve them in preparing a family disaster plan. After a disaster, children can contribute to a family recovery plan.\nBack To Top\n\nA Child’s Reaction to Disaster by Age\nBelow are common reactions in children after a disaster or traumatic event.\nBirth through 2 years. When children are pre-verbal and experience a trauma, they do not have the words to describe the event or their feelings. However, they can retain memories of particular sights, sounds, or smells.","title":"FEMA: Helping Children Cope with Disaster","score":8.986131},{"document_id":"4d3eba5aeb31c32c-1491-3290","text":"Floods | Ready.gov\nNational Preparedness Month\n\nFEMA Mobile App \n\nSocial Media Toolkits\n\nPreparedness Messaging Calendar\n\nOrder Publications\n\nSocial Media Accounts\n\nPSAs and Videos\n\nAbout Ready\n\nContact Us\n\nLocal Emergency Management Information\n\n About Ready\n \n\n Contact Us\n \n\n \n\nDisasters and Emergencies\n\nAll Hazards\n\nEmergency Alerts\n\nAttacks in Public Places\n\nAvalanche\n\nBiohazard Exposure\n\nCybersecurity\n\nDrought\n\nEarthquakes\n\nExplosions\n\nExtreme Heat\n\nFloods\n\nChemicals and Hazardous Materials Incidents\n\nHome Fires\n\nHome Safety \n\nHousehold Chemical Emergencies\n\nHurricanes\n\nLandslides & Debris Flow\n\nRadiation Emergencies\n\nPandemic\n\nPower Outages\n\nSevere Weather\n\nSpace Weather\n\nThunderstorms & Lightning\n\nTornadoes\n\nTsunamis\n\nVolcanoes\n\nWildfires\n\nWinter Weather\n\nRecovering from Disaster\n\nMake a Plan\n\nGet Involved\n\nReady Business\n\nReady Kids\n\nResources\n\nFloods\n\nالعربية\n\nEnglish\n\nEspañol\n\nFrançais\n\nKreyòl\n\n日本語\n\n한국어\n\nРусский\n\nTagalog\n\nTiếng Việt\n\n简体中文\n\nPrepare for a flood\nDuring a flood\nAfter a flood\nAssociated content\n\nIf you are a disaster survivor, please visit FEMA.gov for up-to-date information on current disaster declarations. If you have questions about your disaster assistance application, you can call (800) 621-3362, visit disasterassistance.gov or use the FEMA mobile app. \n\nFlooding is a temporary overflow of water onto land that is normally dry. Floods are the most common disaster in the United States. Failing to evacuate flooded areas or entering flood waters can lead to injury or death.\nFloods may:\nResult from rain, snow, coastal storms, storm surges and overflows of dams and other water systems.Develop slowly or quickly. Flash floods can come with no warning.Cause outages, disrupt transportation, damage buildings and create landslides.\n If you are under a flood warning:\n\nImage","title":"Floods | Ready.gov","score":9.515939},{"document_id":"4d3eba5aeb31c32c-2848-4992","text":"Floods | Ready.gov\nFloods are the most common disaster in the United States. Failing to evacuate flooded areas or entering flood waters can lead to injury or death.\nFloods may:\nResult from rain, snow, coastal storms, storm surges and overflows of dams and other water systems.Develop slowly or quickly. Flash floods can come with no warning.Cause outages, disrupt transportation, damage buildings and create landslides.\n If you are under a flood warning:\n\nImage\n \n\nFind safe shelter right away.Do not walk, swim or drive through flood waters. Turn Around, Don’t Drown!Remember, just six inches of moving water can knock you down, and one foot of moving water can sweep your vehicle away.Stay off bridges over fast-moving water.Depending on the type of flooding:Evacuate if told to do so.Move to higher ground or a higher floor.Stay where you are.\n\nPreparing for a Flood\n\nKnow Your Risk for FloodsVisit FEMA's Flood Map Service Center to know types of flood risk in your area.  Sign up for your community’s warning system. The Emergency Alert System (EAS) and National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) Weather Radio also provide emergency alerts.\nPurchase Flood InsurancePurchase or renew a flood insurance policy. Homeowner’s insurance policies do not cover flooding. It typically takes up to 30 days for a policy to go into effect so the time to buy is well before a disaster. Get flood coverage under the National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP).\n\nPreparing for a FloodMake a plan for your household, including your pets, so that you and your family know what to do, where to go, and what you will need to protect yourselves from flooding. Learn and practice evacuation routes, shelter plans, and flash flood response. Gather supplies, including non-perishable foods, cleaning supplies, and water for several days, in case you must leave immediately or if services are cut off in your area.\nIn Case of EmergencyKeep important documents in a waterproof container. Create password-protected digital copies. Protect your property. Move valuables to higher levels. Declutter drains and gutters. Install check valves. Consider a sump pump with a battery.","title":"Floods | Ready.gov","score":18.10942},{"document_id":"f83d272ce8dc092b-0-790","text":"FEMA: Learn About the Types of Disasters \n\n\nFEMA: Learn About the Types of Disasters \n\nFEMA.gov\n\nContact Us\nSite Map\nFrequently Asked Questions\nEspañol\n\nSearch\n\n Advanced Search\n\nHome\nDisaster Information\nPlan Ahead\nApply for Assistance\nRecover & Rebuild\nAbout Us\n\nDisaster Information\nTypes of Disasters\nDeclared Disasters & Emergencies\nMaps\n\nLearn About the Types of Disasters \n\nChemical Emergencies\nDam Failure\nEarthquake\nFire or Wildfire\nFlood\nHazardous Material\nHeat\nHurricane\nLandslide\nNuclear Power Plant Emergency\nTerrorism\nThunderstorm\nTornado\nTsunami\nVolcano\nWildfire\nWinter Storm\n\nLast Modified: Wednesday, 26-Apr-2006 10:56:23 EDT\n\nHome\nContact Us\nPrivacy Policy\nImportant Notices\nFOIA\nNo FEAR Act Data\nUSA.gov\nDHS\n\nFEMA 500 C Street SW, Washington, D.C. 20472Disaster Assistance: (800) 621-FEMA, TTY (800) 462-7585\n\n \n\n","title":"FEMA: Learn About the Types of Disasters ","score":10.30652}],"5b2404d71f9ff7edabddb3b1a8b329e7<::>8":[{"document_id":"28f6abec5bb810ba-5134-7570","text":"Climate Change - NYSDEC\nClimate, however, refers to regional or global average patterns of temperature, humidity, and precipitation over longer time periods such as seasons, years, decades, or centuries. Climate is influenced by the movement of heat and moisture by air and ocean currents, which can affect the temperatures, precipitation, humidity, soil moisture, surface water levels, groundwater levels, and even storm events of a particular region.Climate change refers to long-term changes in the average weather patterns that define the Earth's global, regional and local climates. Often when we think of climate change, we think of the physical effects of climate change such as heatwaves, sea level rise, and heavy rainfall, and the impacts on communities and the environment, such as floods and droughts.Some climate change is influenced by naturally occurring changes in the Earth's temperature. For at least the last million years, the Earth has experienced natural cycles of cooling and warming, taking the Earth into ice ages and warming it up again. Each of these naturally-occurring cycles has taken approximately 100,000 years to complete.However, today's climate is changing much more rapidly because of greenhouse gas emissions released from burning fossil fuels, deforestation, wetland loss, and other human activities that are causing the Earth's average temperature to heat up much faster than it would naturally.The Greenhouse Effect, Greenhouse Gases, and Global Warming\n\n \n\nEnergy from the sun, or solar radiation, travels through space and enters the Earth's atmosphere, which forms a kind of warm blanket around the Earth. Some solar radiation remains trapped in the atmosphere under this blanket and is absorbed by land, air, and surface waters, while some solar radiation is reflected by land, ice, or clouds and escapes back out into space. When the Earth reflects the same amount of energy as it absorbs, the balance keeps the planet's average temperature fairly stable. This is called the greenhouse effect, and is essential for sustaining life on Earth. The revolution of the Earth around the sun and the tilt of the Earth on its axis create variation in the intensity of solar radiation received by different sections of the planet and drive naturally occurring cycles of planetary cooling and warming. This variation over time is what sends the Earth into ice ages and then into shorter warming periods between these ice ages.","title":"Climate Change - NYSDEC","score":13.521782},{"document_id":"28f6abec5bb810ba-6980-9294","text":"Climate Change - NYSDEC\nWhen the Earth reflects the same amount of energy as it absorbs, the balance keeps the planet's average temperature fairly stable. This is called the greenhouse effect, and is essential for sustaining life on Earth. The revolution of the Earth around the sun and the tilt of the Earth on its axis create variation in the intensity of solar radiation received by different sections of the planet and drive naturally occurring cycles of planetary cooling and warming. This variation over time is what sends the Earth into ice ages and then into shorter warming periods between these ice ages. However, these natural climate cycles can be disrupted by conditions that cause an excessive amount of solar radiation to get trapped in the Earth's atmosphere and throw off the natural balance.Greenhouse gases (GHGs) are heat-trapping gases such as carbon dioxide (CO2), methane (CH4), and nitrous oxide (N20), that are naturally present in the Earth's atmosphere in small amounts and help form the atmospheric blanket at the ideal thickness. CO2 is vital for plants to carry out photosynthesis and produce oxygen for humans and animals to breathe. When excess GHGs are generated by human activities and accumulate in the atmosphere, they increase the thickness of the atmospheric blanket, trapping solar radiation in the Earth's atmosphere. GHGs absorb and transmit that radiation back to Earth as heat. The more GHGs accumulate in the atmosphere, the thicker the blanket becomes, trapping more heat inside and creating global warming.Global warming causes the Earth's land and oceans to absorb heat energy and warm more quickly than would happen naturally. Global warming is made worse by the melting of polar ice and glaciers. Because of the albedo effect, light-colored snow and ice act as mirrors to reflect solar radiation back out into space. As ice sheets and glaciers melt with increased global warming, reducing the amount of ice and snow covering, less of the solar radiation is reflected and more is absorbed into the darker ocean waters, creating a vicious cycle that warms the planet even more and melts even more polar ice and glaciers.Global warming has been rapidly accelerating in recent decades due to excess emissions of GHGs from human activities, especially burning of fossil fuels and deforestation.","title":"Climate Change - NYSDEC","score":13.055939},{"document_id":"5306392549c81595-11843-14136","text":"Global Warming\nAfter that point, the decadal trend in global surface warming cannot be explained without including the contribution of the greenhouse gases added by humans.\nThough people have had the largest impact on our climate since 1950, natural changes to Earth’s climate have also occurred in recent times. For example, two major volcanic eruptions, El Chichon in 1982 and Pinatubo in 1991, pumped sulfur dioxide gas high into the atmosphere. The gas was converted into tiny particles that lingered for more than a year, reflecting sunlight and shading Earth’s surface. Temperatures across the globe dipped for two to three years.\n\nAlthough Earth’s temperature fluctuates naturally, human influence on climate has eclipsed the magnitude of natural temperature changes over the past 120 years. Natural influences on temperature—El Niño, solar variability, and volcanic aerosols—have varied approximately plus and minus 0.2° C (0.4° F), (averaging to about zero), while human influences have contributed roughly 0.8° C (1° F) of warming since 1889. (Graphs adapted from Lean et al., 2008.)\n\nAlthough volcanoes are active around the world, and continue to emit carbon dioxide as they did in the past, the amount of carbon dioxide they release is extremely small compared to human emissions. On average, volcanoes emit between 130 and 230 million tonnes of carbon dioxide per year. By burning fossil fuels, people release in excess of 100 times more, about 26 billion tonnes of carbon dioxide, into the atmosphere every year (as of 2005). As a result, human activity overshadows any contribution volcanoes may have made to recent global warming.\nChanges in the brightness of the Sun can influence the climate from decade to decade, but an increase in solar output falls short as an explanation for recent warming. NASA satellites have been measuring the Sun’s output since 1978. The total energy the Sun radiates varies over an 11-year cycle. During solar maxima, solar energy is approximately 0.1 percent higher on average than it is during solar minima.\n\nThe transparent halo known as the solar corona changes between solar maximum (left) and solar minimum (right). (NASA Extreme Ultraviolet Telescope images from the SOHO Data Archive.)\n\nEach cycle exhibits subtle differences in intensity and duration.","title":"Global Warming","score":9.022875},{"document_id":"28f6abec5bb810ba-10637-13093","text":"Climate Change - NYSDEC\nOcean temperature plays an important role in the Earth's climate system, particularly sea surface temperature (SST). SST has risen as oceans absorb more heat from the atmosphere, resulting in changes to ocean currents and circulation, as well as sea level rise. SST has a significant impact on climate. As SST rises, increased evaporation leads to a greater concentration of water vapor over the oceans, influencing weather systems that produce precipitation or contribute to drought conditions. Heat from water at the ocean's surface provides tropical storms and hurricanes with energy and influences weather patterns.The U.S. National Oceanographic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) reports that over the last two decades the Atlantic Ocean along the northeastern United States (U.S.) has warmed faster than 99% of the global ocean. Coastal temperatures along the northeastern U.S. increased by 0.06°F per year from 1982 to 2016. Ocean temperatures over the Northeastern continental shelf are expected to warm by up to 0.76°F per decade by 2070.Ocean circulation plays an important role in climate through the movement of heat, freshwater, nutrients, and carbon. The Atlantic Meridional Overturning Circulation (AMOC) moves warm water from the tropics poleward and cold water from the poles towards the equator, largely influencing the climates of North America and Europe. However, warming ocean temperatures and changes in ocean salinity due to an influx of freshwater from melting sea ice and glaciers, can slow down the AMOC. The amount and velocity of heat transported by AMOC can be a cause for extreme weather and changes to precipitation patterns experienced by these continents.Increasing ocean temperatures can also create disturbances to marine ecosystems and the loss of essential habitats for marine fish and mammals. The loss of coral reef habitat from coral bleaching is a result of warming ocean temperatures. Pathogens, such as harmful algal blooms and bacteria, can spread more easily in warmer waters, putting global water supplies, human and animal health, and economies that depend on the fishing industry, at risk.Ocean AcidificationHigh levels of GHGs in the atmosphere are not only increasing global warming and intensifying climate change but are also threatening the health of ocean life and ecosystems. The oceans play a crucial role in absorbing heat, but also in regulating the amount of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere.","title":"Climate Change - NYSDEC","score":8.9058695},{"document_id":"28f6abec5bb810ba-8702-11132","text":"Climate Change - NYSDEC\nBecause of the albedo effect, light-colored snow and ice act as mirrors to reflect solar radiation back out into space. As ice sheets and glaciers melt with increased global warming, reducing the amount of ice and snow covering, less of the solar radiation is reflected and more is absorbed into the darker ocean waters, creating a vicious cycle that warms the planet even more and melts even more polar ice and glaciers.Global warming has been rapidly accelerating in recent decades due to excess emissions of GHGs from human activities, especially burning of fossil fuels and deforestation. While the term \"global warming\" refers to the long-term warming of the planet from excess GHG emissions, the term \"climate change\" refers to the broader range of changes that are happening to the earth, including sea level rise, shrinking glaciers, ocean acidification, desertification, more intense storm activities, and shifts in plant blooming times. Increased warming of the Earth's oceans and the atmosphere is driving climate change by affecting the way heat and moisture are moved through the climate system by air and ocean currents, changing patterns of precipitation, temperatures, storms, and even sea level all around the globe.Ocean WarmingOceans cover 70% of the Earth's surface and can absorb large amounts of solar energy. Heat and moisture are moved by ocean currents and atmospheric circulation, influencing the climate around the planet.The oceans have a large capacity for absorbing and holding heat. For decades, the oceans have taken up more than 90% of excess heat from the atmosphere. If not for the ability of Earth's oceans to absorb such large amounts of heat, the atmosphere would warm at a much faster rate. The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change 6th Assessment Report (AR6) finds that the rate of ocean warming observed since 1971 will at least double by the year 2100, even if GHG emissions are reduced. Ocean temperature plays an important role in the Earth's climate system, particularly sea surface temperature (SST). SST has risen as oceans absorb more heat from the atmosphere, resulting in changes to ocean currents and circulation, as well as sea level rise. SST has a significant impact on climate. As SST rises, increased evaporation leads to a greater concentration of water vapor over the oceans, influencing weather systems that produce precipitation or contribute to drought conditions.","title":"Climate Change - NYSDEC","score":9.048013}],"62a5aee8a497bee6fc467df13bf23cfc<::>1":[{"document_id":"7531adf0d4e6b643-3292-5581","text":"Health & Environment\nCayuga County Groundwater Contamination Health Consultation (PDF)\nCoram/Mt. Sinai/Port Jefferson Station Breast Cancer Follow-up Investigation\nDewey Loeffel Landfill\nDrinking Water Response Activities to Address Local Water Supply Concerns\nEighteen Mile Creek Corridor & Downstream Reaches\nEnvironmental Justice & Permitting\nFatality Assessment and Control Evaluation\nFlame Retardant Safety - New York State Task Force on Flame Retardant Safety\nGowanus Canal\nHealth Effects of Toll Plaza Air Quality in New York City\nHinckley Reservoir\nHoosick/Village of Hoosick Falls: PFOA in Drinking Water\nHopewell Precision Area Contamination\nHudson River\nITT Sealectro (PDF)\nLafarge Cement Plant\nLawrence Aviation Letter Health Consultation (PDF)\nLiberty, Sullivan County, Health Outcomes Review\nLove Canal\nLower Grasse River\nMacKenzie Chemical Works Health Consultation (PDF)\nNational Lead Industries Biomonitoring Project\nNewtown Creek\nNorthrop Grumman/Naval Weapons Industrial Reserve Plant Facilities Groundwater Impacts - Health Consultation\nOutreach in Environmental Health\nStuart Olver Holtz Site Health Consulation (PDF)\nTetrachloroethylene Exposure and Visual Contrast Sensitivity Test Performance in Adults and Children Residing in Buildings With or Without a Dry Cleaner\nTonawanda Study Area Health Outcomes Review\nTri-Cities Barrel Company Health Consultation (PDF)\nVan Der Horst Area\nWorld Trade Center Health Studies and Information on Health Services\n\nChemicals\n\nChemical Facts and Information\nLearn About Exposure: How Chemicals Affect Health\nNew York State Exposure and Health Projects\nSoil Vapor Intrusion\n\nClimate Change and Weather Emergencies\n\nClimate Change and Health\nWeather Emergencies: Extreme Weather & Flooding\nExtreme Heat\nExtreme Cold\nCooling Centers\nHome Energy Assistance Program (HEAP)\n\nDrinking Water Safety\n\nInformation for Consumers\n\nYour Drinking Water\nNew York's Public Water Systems\nPrivate Wells\nLead in Drinking Water\nDrinking Water Concerns\nFind a Certified Lab to Test Your Water\n\nInformation for Water Supply Professionals\n\nWater Supply and Public Health Professionals\nPublic Water System Guidance and Forms\nFinancing Mechanisms: Drinking Water State Revolving Fund\n\nFood Safety\n\nInformation for Consumers\n\nFood Safety\nFood Safety Information for Consumers","title":"Health & Environment","score":10.084054},{"document_id":"b4521304b77788b6-2-2025","text":"FAQs • Where do groundwater toxins come from?\nFAQs • Where do groundwater toxins come from?\n\n \n\nSkip to Main Content\n\nCreate a Website Account - Manage notification subscriptions, save form progress and more.   \n\nWebsite Sign In\n\n \n\n 中文 Español\n\n \n \n \n\nGovernmentServicesResidentsVisitorsBusinessHow Do I...\n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n \n \n\n \n\nSearch\n\n \n \n \n\n \nHomeFAQs\n\nSearch\n\nAll categories\nCode Enforcement\nConstruction Inspections\nDrone FAQs\nElection Information (English)\nFire Department\nLibrary\nMulti-Family Residential/Apartment Inspection Program\nPlanning\nPublic Works - Slurry Seal\nWater\n\nCategories\n\nAll Categories\n\nCode Enforcement\n\nConstruction Inspections\n\nDrone FAQs\n\nElection Information (English)\n\nFire Department\n\nLibrary\n\nMulti-Family Residential/Apartment Inspection Program\n\nPlanning\n\nPublic Works - Slurry Seal\n\nWater\n\n \n\r\nWhere do groundwater toxins come from?\t\n\r\nMany products we use around our homes everyday are considered toxic, such as household cleaners, flea powders, garden pesticides, paints, varnishes, motor oil, and antifreeze. These products are not only hazardous to our health, but to our environment. By disposing these harmful products improperly, we are contributing to the groundwater contamination in the San Gabriel Valley.\t\n\n▼\r\nWater\t\n\nShow All Answers\n\n1.\nHow do I pay my water bill?\n\r\nWater bills are mailed out on a two-month cycle. There are three ways to pay your bill: by mail, in person, or automatic billing.Bills can be paid in person at the Cashiers Counter located in the first floor of the Monterey Park City Hall at 320 W. Newmark Ave. View the location map online. The city has recently established a new automated billing system where your water bill can be automatically paid from your checking account. See more information on automated billing. To mail a payment, send it to Water / Refuse Billing at 320 West Newmark Avenue, Monterey Park, CA 91754. For additional information about your water bill you may call 626-307-1342. \n\n2.\nHow do I report problems such as dirty water or a water leak in the street?","title":"FAQs • Where do groundwater toxins come from?","score":20.956575},{"document_id":"62964e3a38783558-42267-44322","text":"FAQs • Monterey Park, CA • CivicEngage\nRain and snowmelt comes down from the San Gabriel Mountains through a series of dams and are then diverted to \"spreading basins\". Spreading basins are designated areas of land that are very permeable, such as sand and gravel areas. Water can then percolate into the ground. 100% of the water served to residents and businesses in Monterey Park comes from groundwater. Thus, keeping our groundwater resource clean is vitally important to all of us. \t\n\n7.\nWhere do groundwater toxins come from?\n\r\nMany products we use around our homes everyday are considered toxic, such as household cleaners, flea powders, garden pesticides, paints, varnishes, motor oil, and antifreeze. These products are not only hazardous to our health, but to our environment. By disposing these harmful products improperly, we are contributing to the groundwater contamination in the San Gabriel Valley.\t\n\n8.\nCan contaminated groundwater be cleaned up?\n\r\nYes, but it can be time-consuming and expensive. Communities whose drinking water source has become contaminated have had to spend millions of dollars to remove contaminants from the water before it can be piped to homes and businesses. The cleanup is effective, but it can significantly affect the cost of providing the water to customers. It is far better to prevent contamination in the first place. What are the dos and do nots for groundwater?Do: Purchase only what you need Use products completely before disposing Recycle whatever you can (oil, batteries, etc.) Recycle surplus paintsDo not: Dump products onto the ground (they can contaminate soil and groundwater) Pour products or wastes into the street (they can contaminate oceans, lakes, and groundwater) Put hazardous or toxic products in the trash Pour products down the drainView proper disposal of Household Hazardous Wastes online. \n\n9.\nIs our water fluoridated?\n\r\nAt this time fluoride is not added to the water. There are low levels of fluoride naturally occurring in the water. The range at which they occur is between 0.2 to 0.8 milligrams per liter (mg/L).","title":"FAQs • Monterey Park, CA • CivicEngage","score":13.313127},{"document_id":"b4521304b77788b6-2983-5131","text":"FAQs • Where do groundwater toxins come from?\nThe water is imported for us by the San Gabriel Valley Municipal Water District, a public agency, and of which the City of Monterey Park is a member.\t\n\n4.\nHow much water does the Monterey Park community use?\n\r\nUsage ranges from an average low of 7.3 million gallons per day (mgd) in February to an average high of 12 mgd in August. Average use per person is 100-110 gallons per day.\t\n\n5.\nWhat is ground water?\n\r\nContrary to what a lot of people think, groundwater is not found in underground rivers or lakes. Rather, it is water that fills the cracks and pore spaces in rocks and sediments that lie beneath the surface of the earth, much the way water fills the open spaces and saturates a sponge or towel. \t\n\n6.\nWhy is keeping our groundwater clean so important?\n\r\nThe San Gabriel Valley is unique in that it is one of the few natural underground reservoirs in the United States. Rain and snowmelt comes down from the San Gabriel Mountains through a series of dams and are then diverted to \"spreading basins\". Spreading basins are designated areas of land that are very permeable, such as sand and gravel areas. Water can then percolate into the ground. 100% of the water served to residents and businesses in Monterey Park comes from groundwater. Thus, keeping our groundwater resource clean is vitally important to all of us. \t\n\n7.\nWhere do groundwater toxins come from?\n\r\nMany products we use around our homes everyday are considered toxic, such as household cleaners, flea powders, garden pesticides, paints, varnishes, motor oil, and antifreeze. These products are not only hazardous to our health, but to our environment. By disposing these harmful products improperly, we are contributing to the groundwater contamination in the San Gabriel Valley.\t\n\n8.\nCan contaminated groundwater be cleaned up?\n\r\nYes, but it can be time-consuming and expensive. Communities whose drinking water source has become contaminated have had to spend millions of dollars to remove contaminants from the water before it can be piped to homes and businesses. The cleanup is effective, but it can significantly affect the cost of providing the water to customers.","title":"FAQs • Where do groundwater toxins come from?","score":13.846532},{"document_id":"b4521304b77788b6-4612-6743","text":"FAQs • Where do groundwater toxins come from?\nBy disposing these harmful products improperly, we are contributing to the groundwater contamination in the San Gabriel Valley.\t\n\n8.\nCan contaminated groundwater be cleaned up?\n\r\nYes, but it can be time-consuming and expensive. Communities whose drinking water source has become contaminated have had to spend millions of dollars to remove contaminants from the water before it can be piped to homes and businesses. The cleanup is effective, but it can significantly affect the cost of providing the water to customers. It is far better to prevent contamination in the first place. What are the dos and do nots for groundwater?Do: Purchase only what you need Use products completely before disposing Recycle whatever you can (oil, batteries, etc.) Recycle surplus paintsDo not: Dump products onto the ground (they can contaminate soil and groundwater) Pour products or wastes into the street (they can contaminate oceans, lakes, and groundwater) Put hazardous or toxic products in the trash Pour products down the drainView proper disposal of Household Hazardous Wastes online. \n\n9.\nIs our water fluoridated?\n\r\nAt this time fluoride is not added to the water. There are low levels of fluoride naturally occurring in the water. The range at which they occur is between 0.2 to 0.8 milligrams per liter (mg/L). The optimum fluoride level recommended to reduce dental caries (cavities) is a consistent .8 mg/L does. A bill signed by Governor Wilson in 1997 mandates drinking water fluoridation for larger water utilities, including Monterey Park, and requires the state to provide funding for the installation and operation of fluoridation equipment. The state is currently seeking funding for this program.\t\n\n10.\nDoes the City of Monterey Park own the Garvey Reservoir?\n\r\nThe Garvey Reservoir is not owned by the City of Monterey Park and the water it contains is not stored for city use.\t\n\nLive Edit\n\n \n\n \n\nCoronavirus Updates\n\nAgenda Center\n\nDocuments Prior to 2012\n\nTeleconference Procedures\n\nCity Council Meetings Written Communications / Addendums\n\nWritten Communications / Addendums 2024\n\nWritten Communications / Addendums 2023","title":"FAQs • Where do groundwater toxins come from?","score":12.711227}],"62a5aee8a497bee6fc467df13bf23cfc<::>2":[{"document_id":"b4521304b77788b6-2983-5131","text":"FAQs • Where do groundwater toxins come from?\nThe water is imported for us by the San Gabriel Valley Municipal Water District, a public agency, and of which the City of Monterey Park is a member.\t\n\n4.\nHow much water does the Monterey Park community use?\n\r\nUsage ranges from an average low of 7.3 million gallons per day (mgd) in February to an average high of 12 mgd in August. Average use per person is 100-110 gallons per day.\t\n\n5.\nWhat is ground water?\n\r\nContrary to what a lot of people think, groundwater is not found in underground rivers or lakes. Rather, it is water that fills the cracks and pore spaces in rocks and sediments that lie beneath the surface of the earth, much the way water fills the open spaces and saturates a sponge or towel. \t\n\n6.\nWhy is keeping our groundwater clean so important?\n\r\nThe San Gabriel Valley is unique in that it is one of the few natural underground reservoirs in the United States. Rain and snowmelt comes down from the San Gabriel Mountains through a series of dams and are then diverted to \"spreading basins\". Spreading basins are designated areas of land that are very permeable, such as sand and gravel areas. Water can then percolate into the ground. 100% of the water served to residents and businesses in Monterey Park comes from groundwater. Thus, keeping our groundwater resource clean is vitally important to all of us. \t\n\n7.\nWhere do groundwater toxins come from?\n\r\nMany products we use around our homes everyday are considered toxic, such as household cleaners, flea powders, garden pesticides, paints, varnishes, motor oil, and antifreeze. These products are not only hazardous to our health, but to our environment. By disposing these harmful products improperly, we are contributing to the groundwater contamination in the San Gabriel Valley.\t\n\n8.\nCan contaminated groundwater be cleaned up?\n\r\nYes, but it can be time-consuming and expensive. Communities whose drinking water source has become contaminated have had to spend millions of dollars to remove contaminants from the water before it can be piped to homes and businesses. The cleanup is effective, but it can significantly affect the cost of providing the water to customers.","title":"FAQs • Where do groundwater toxins come from?","score":23.123087},{"document_id":"b4521304b77788b6-2-2025","text":"FAQs • Where do groundwater toxins come from?\nFAQs • Where do groundwater toxins come from?\n\n \n\nSkip to Main Content\n\nCreate a Website Account - Manage notification subscriptions, save form progress and more.   \n\nWebsite Sign In\n\n \n\n 中文 Español\n\n \n \n \n\nGovernmentServicesResidentsVisitorsBusinessHow Do I...\n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n \n \n\n \n\nSearch\n\n \n \n \n\n \nHomeFAQs\n\nSearch\n\nAll categories\nCode Enforcement\nConstruction Inspections\nDrone FAQs\nElection Information (English)\nFire Department\nLibrary\nMulti-Family Residential/Apartment Inspection Program\nPlanning\nPublic Works - Slurry Seal\nWater\n\nCategories\n\nAll Categories\n\nCode Enforcement\n\nConstruction Inspections\n\nDrone FAQs\n\nElection Information (English)\n\nFire Department\n\nLibrary\n\nMulti-Family Residential/Apartment Inspection Program\n\nPlanning\n\nPublic Works - Slurry Seal\n\nWater\n\n \n\r\nWhere do groundwater toxins come from?\t\n\r\nMany products we use around our homes everyday are considered toxic, such as household cleaners, flea powders, garden pesticides, paints, varnishes, motor oil, and antifreeze. These products are not only hazardous to our health, but to our environment. By disposing these harmful products improperly, we are contributing to the groundwater contamination in the San Gabriel Valley.\t\n\n▼\r\nWater\t\n\nShow All Answers\n\n1.\nHow do I pay my water bill?\n\r\nWater bills are mailed out on a two-month cycle. There are three ways to pay your bill: by mail, in person, or automatic billing.Bills can be paid in person at the Cashiers Counter located in the first floor of the Monterey Park City Hall at 320 W. Newmark Ave. View the location map online. The city has recently established a new automated billing system where your water bill can be automatically paid from your checking account. See more information on automated billing. To mail a payment, send it to Water / Refuse Billing at 320 West Newmark Avenue, Monterey Park, CA 91754. For additional information about your water bill you may call 626-307-1342. \n\n2.\nHow do I report problems such as dirty water or a water leak in the street?","title":"FAQs • Where do groundwater toxins come from?","score":12.940258},{"document_id":"b4521304b77788b6-4612-6743","text":"FAQs • Where do groundwater toxins come from?\nBy disposing these harmful products improperly, we are contributing to the groundwater contamination in the San Gabriel Valley.\t\n\n8.\nCan contaminated groundwater be cleaned up?\n\r\nYes, but it can be time-consuming and expensive. Communities whose drinking water source has become contaminated have had to spend millions of dollars to remove contaminants from the water before it can be piped to homes and businesses. The cleanup is effective, but it can significantly affect the cost of providing the water to customers. It is far better to prevent contamination in the first place. What are the dos and do nots for groundwater?Do: Purchase only what you need Use products completely before disposing Recycle whatever you can (oil, batteries, etc.) Recycle surplus paintsDo not: Dump products onto the ground (they can contaminate soil and groundwater) Pour products or wastes into the street (they can contaminate oceans, lakes, and groundwater) Put hazardous or toxic products in the trash Pour products down the drainView proper disposal of Household Hazardous Wastes online. \n\n9.\nIs our water fluoridated?\n\r\nAt this time fluoride is not added to the water. There are low levels of fluoride naturally occurring in the water. The range at which they occur is between 0.2 to 0.8 milligrams per liter (mg/L). The optimum fluoride level recommended to reduce dental caries (cavities) is a consistent .8 mg/L does. A bill signed by Governor Wilson in 1997 mandates drinking water fluoridation for larger water utilities, including Monterey Park, and requires the state to provide funding for the installation and operation of fluoridation equipment. The state is currently seeking funding for this program.\t\n\n10.\nDoes the City of Monterey Park own the Garvey Reservoir?\n\r\nThe Garvey Reservoir is not owned by the City of Monterey Park and the water it contains is not stored for city use.\t\n\nLive Edit\n\n \n\n \n\nCoronavirus Updates\n\nAgenda Center\n\nDocuments Prior to 2012\n\nTeleconference Procedures\n\nCity Council Meetings Written Communications / Addendums\n\nWritten Communications / Addendums 2024\n\nWritten Communications / Addendums 2023","title":"FAQs • Where do groundwater toxins come from?","score":21.880533},{"document_id":"62964e3a38783558-42267-44322","text":"FAQs • Monterey Park, CA • CivicEngage\nRain and snowmelt comes down from the San Gabriel Mountains through a series of dams and are then diverted to \"spreading basins\". Spreading basins are designated areas of land that are very permeable, such as sand and gravel areas. Water can then percolate into the ground. 100% of the water served to residents and businesses in Monterey Park comes from groundwater. Thus, keeping our groundwater resource clean is vitally important to all of us. \t\n\n7.\nWhere do groundwater toxins come from?\n\r\nMany products we use around our homes everyday are considered toxic, such as household cleaners, flea powders, garden pesticides, paints, varnishes, motor oil, and antifreeze. These products are not only hazardous to our health, but to our environment. By disposing these harmful products improperly, we are contributing to the groundwater contamination in the San Gabriel Valley.\t\n\n8.\nCan contaminated groundwater be cleaned up?\n\r\nYes, but it can be time-consuming and expensive. Communities whose drinking water source has become contaminated have had to spend millions of dollars to remove contaminants from the water before it can be piped to homes and businesses. The cleanup is effective, but it can significantly affect the cost of providing the water to customers. It is far better to prevent contamination in the first place. What are the dos and do nots for groundwater?Do: Purchase only what you need Use products completely before disposing Recycle whatever you can (oil, batteries, etc.) Recycle surplus paintsDo not: Dump products onto the ground (they can contaminate soil and groundwater) Pour products or wastes into the street (they can contaminate oceans, lakes, and groundwater) Put hazardous or toxic products in the trash Pour products down the drainView proper disposal of Household Hazardous Wastes online. \n\n9.\nIs our water fluoridated?\n\r\nAt this time fluoride is not added to the water. There are low levels of fluoride naturally occurring in the water. The range at which they occur is between 0.2 to 0.8 milligrams per liter (mg/L).","title":"FAQs • Monterey Park, CA • CivicEngage","score":16.575012},{"document_id":"e1fb7e359e42d556-11819-13825","text":"Data and Databases | California State Water Resources Control Board\nGroundwater Monitoring, Groundwater Related Facilities, Maps, GIS Web Services\nDatabase Application/Graphical Interface\nHelp Desk at GAMA@waterboards.ca.gov or (916) 341-5577\n \n\nGroundwater Data Downloads\nGroundwater quality data from GAMA repository.\nGroundwater monitoring, depth to groundwater, well\nCSV, KMZ\nHelp Desk at GAMA@waterboards.ca.gov or (916) 341-5577\nPartial\n\nGAMA OnLine Tools\nThis page provides a menu of groundwater-related tools for users to explore including a Nitrate Impacted Well Tool, a Trend Analysis Tool, and a Salt and Nutrient Management Plan Webmap.\nGroundwater Monitoring, Groundwater Related Facilities, Maps, Nitrate, 123-TCP, San and Nutrient Management Plans, Groundwater Vulnerability, Groundwater Publications\nInteractive Tools\nHelp Desk at GAMA@waterboards.ca.gov or (916) 341-5577\n \n\nImpaired Water Bodies Map for 2018\n20018 Assessed Lines and Polygons\nImpaired waterbodies, Integrated Report, 303(d)\nREST API\nFor questions regarding the Integrated Report, please contact Lori Webber at (916) 341-5736. For questions regarding the Integrated Report GIS files, please contact Nirmal Sandhar at (916) 341-5571\n \n\nImpaired Water Bodies Map for 2018\nInteractive map displaying the assessed waterbodies for 2018.\nImpaired waterbodies, Integrated Report, 303(d)\nInteractive Map\nFor questions regarding the Integrated Report, please contact Lori Webber at (916) 341-5736. For questions regarding the Integrated Report GIS files, please contact Nirmal Sandhar at (916) 341-5571\n \n\nImpaired Water Bodies 303(d) Reports - Excel worksheet of waterbody/pollutant combinations\nThis Excel sheet provides a list of Water Quality Limited Segments under Section 303(d) of the federal Clean Water Act, which requires states to identify waterbodies that do not meet water quality standards and are not supporting their beneficial uses. The list identifies the pollutant or stressor causing impairment, and establishes a schedule for developing a control plan to address the impairment.","title":"Data and Databases | California State Water Resources Control Board","score":11.141112}],"62a5aee8a497bee6fc467df13bf23cfc<::>3":[{"document_id":"5ed8d5fe6c497e3d-9783-11678","text":"Reporting Dead Wildlife - NYSDEC\nArea should be inaccessible to children or domestic animals.You can have a NWCO (Nuisance Wildlife Control Operator) Licensed Company come out for a fee and remove the wildlife for you.Disinfection ProceduresIn case of exposure or contamination:Skin: Wash skin thoroughly with hot water and soap. Consult your physician if you have sustained an injury (a bite, scratch, or puncture).Tools, Instruments, Hard Surfaces: Immerse or flood items with a 10% chlorine bleach solution (1 part household bleach, 9 parts water). Let stand for 10 minutes. Scrub and rinse thoroughly.Clothing: Pre-soak clothing in a 5% chlorine bleach solution (1 part bleach, 19 parts water) for 10 minutes and then wash with hot water and laundry detergent. To avoid damage to colors or fabrics, other household disinfectant products may be used, although many of these are less effective than chlorine bleach.Note: Many pathogens are inactivated by heat, drying, and sunlight.\n\nContact for this PageWildlife Resources Center\n108 Game Farm Rd\nDelmar, NY 12054Phone: 518-478-2203[email protected]\n\nThis Page Covers\n\nNew York State\n\nIcon \n\nDepartment of Environmental Conservation\n\nQuick Links\n\nAbout DEC\n\nHunting & Fishing Licenses\n\nDECinfo Locator\n\nEvents Calendar\n\nPress Releases\n\nEmployment\n\nApply for a Grant\n\nHelp Center\n\nContact Us\n\nAccessibility Assistance\n\nLanguage Assistance\n\nPDF Help\n\nHelp for Businesses\n\nDoing Business with DEC\n\nResources\n\nWebsite and Usage Policies\n\nPrivacy Policy\n\nFreedom of Information Law FOIL\n\nDonate\n\nSubscribe to DEC's Conservationist MagazineConservationist is packed with informative articles, first-rate photography and stunning artwork.Subscribe\n\nConnect With Us\n\nInstagram\n\nFacebook\n\nTwitter\n\nLinkedIn\n\nYouTube\n\nFLICKR\n\n Your browser does not support iFrames\n \n\nTranslation Services\nThis page is available in other languages\n\nTranslate\n\nEnglish\n\nEspañol\n\n中文\n\n繁體中文\n\nРусский\n\nיידיש","title":"Reporting Dead Wildlife - NYSDEC","score":7.345447},{"document_id":"f6959a891f011510-1802-3814","text":"Pollutants | Caltrans\nClean CA Jobs on CalCareers Search for available Clean California jobs on CalHR's CalCareers site.\n\n\r\n Clean CA Hiring Events & Jobs Information Clean California Hiring events and Career Fairs throughout the State.\n\nDistricts\n\nStormwater Home\n\nCustom Google Search\n\nSubmit\nClose Search\n\nHomePollutants\n\nPollutants\n\nHow Can I Help Reduce Stormwater Pollution?\n\nDoing your part to keep our stormwater clean is easier than you might think. Stormwater pollution comes from numerous sources, but many can be reduced or eliminated through small actions taken around your home, yard and business.\nMaking small changes such as using organic pesticides and fertilizers, keeping your vehicle clean and maintained, picking up after your pet, ensuring trash is properly disposed of, securing items in your truck-bed can truly reduce stormwater pollution where you live.\n\nStormwater Links\n\nAbout Stormwater\nPollutants\nResources\nGet Involved\nOur Partners\n\nHere’s a few tips to get you started:\n\n1.\n\nProperly Dispose Of Trash And Litter\nDispose trash and recycling items in a waste or recycling receptacle. If it’s left lying around, it can blow away or fall to the ground and end up in stormwater. Common trash and litter pollutants include:\n\nFood wrappers or packaging\nPlastic containers\nCigarette butts\nSingle-use items\nFace masks or gloves\n\n2.\n\nClean Out Your Vehicle And Truck Beds\nTrash, recyclables and other debris can fall out of an open window or truck bed. Keep a small litter bag in your car, and put items in the garbage can when you get home or visit a gas station. These are some of the common items that can fly out of a vehicle in motion:\n\nFood wrappers or packaging\nEmpty beverage containers\nPlastic containers\nRecreational items\nLandscape waste\n\n3.\n\nSecure Your Load\nMake sure items in your truck bed are secured with tarps and tie-downs or a cargo net. Tools, furniture, and food packaging shouldn’t be able to fly onto the freeway. Be sure to double check that everything is secure before you hit the road.","title":"Pollutants | Caltrans","score":8.105933},{"document_id":"83996e640d2db8e6-1808-3957","text":"About Stormwater | Caltrans\nClean CA Jobs on CalCareers Search for available Clean California jobs on CalHR's CalCareers site.\n\n\r\n Clean CA Hiring Events & Jobs Information Clean California Hiring events and Career Fairs throughout the State.\n\nDistricts\n\nStormwater Home\n\nCustom Google Search\n\nSubmit\nClose Search\n\nHomeAbout Stormwater\n\nAbout Stormwater\n\nWhat is Stormwater?\n\nStormwater is the excess water from rain, snowmelt and irrigation that doesn’t absorb into the ground as surface runoff.\nThis type of pollution is significant because, unlike the water that goes down a sink or toilet in your home, stormwater is untreated and flows directly to a lake, river, or the ocean.\nStormwater comes from rain that hits the ground, and falls on roofs, driveways, walkways, roads and other surfaces that don’t absorb water. It’s also from snow and ice melt that drips off roofs, cars and vegetation, and then runs onto driveways, walkways and roads. Another source is from irrigation and over watering of vegetation that runs into streets.\nThis excess water flows into the storm drain inlets built into our roadways. Stormwater systems were originally intended to route rainwater quickly off the streets during a heavy storm. Drains carry water through a system of pipes, emptying into the nearest body of water.\nHere are ways you can help prevent stormwater pollution:\n\nPlan ahead when traveling with pets, their waste needs to be properly disposed.\nKeep your tires properly inflated to prevent wear and tear and reduce heavy metal pollution. Plus, you’ll get better gas mileage.\nRegularly maintain vehicles to prevent auto fluid leaks from dripping onto roadways.\nWipe down tire wheel wells to remove brake dust. Copper metals found in brakes are a major pollutant.\nKeep your vehicle clean and use a car wash facility that recycles their water.\nChoose to use non-toxic products in your home’s outdoor spaces, and never apply them before wind or rain are in the forecast.\nProperly dispose of trash and recycling. This includes cigarette butts, which are the number one littered item.\nAlways secure vehicle loads to reduce debris and roadway hazards.\n\nWhy does stormwater matter?","title":"About Stormwater | Caltrans","score":7.4701223},{"document_id":"b4521304b77788b6-2983-5131","text":"FAQs • Where do groundwater toxins come from?\nThe water is imported for us by the San Gabriel Valley Municipal Water District, a public agency, and of which the City of Monterey Park is a member.\t\n\n4.\nHow much water does the Monterey Park community use?\n\r\nUsage ranges from an average low of 7.3 million gallons per day (mgd) in February to an average high of 12 mgd in August. Average use per person is 100-110 gallons per day.\t\n\n5.\nWhat is ground water?\n\r\nContrary to what a lot of people think, groundwater is not found in underground rivers or lakes. Rather, it is water that fills the cracks and pore spaces in rocks and sediments that lie beneath the surface of the earth, much the way water fills the open spaces and saturates a sponge or towel. \t\n\n6.\nWhy is keeping our groundwater clean so important?\n\r\nThe San Gabriel Valley is unique in that it is one of the few natural underground reservoirs in the United States. Rain and snowmelt comes down from the San Gabriel Mountains through a series of dams and are then diverted to \"spreading basins\". Spreading basins are designated areas of land that are very permeable, such as sand and gravel areas. Water can then percolate into the ground. 100% of the water served to residents and businesses in Monterey Park comes from groundwater. Thus, keeping our groundwater resource clean is vitally important to all of us. \t\n\n7.\nWhere do groundwater toxins come from?\n\r\nMany products we use around our homes everyday are considered toxic, such as household cleaners, flea powders, garden pesticides, paints, varnishes, motor oil, and antifreeze. These products are not only hazardous to our health, but to our environment. By disposing these harmful products improperly, we are contributing to the groundwater contamination in the San Gabriel Valley.\t\n\n8.\nCan contaminated groundwater be cleaned up?\n\r\nYes, but it can be time-consuming and expensive. Communities whose drinking water source has become contaminated have had to spend millions of dollars to remove contaminants from the water before it can be piped to homes and businesses. The cleanup is effective, but it can significantly affect the cost of providing the water to customers.","title":"FAQs • Where do groundwater toxins come from?","score":23.123087},{"document_id":"8b076ccff5b50410-0-2279","text":"How Much Water Is on Earth? | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids\n\n\nHow Much Water Is on Earth? | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids\n\nwater\n\nEarth\nSun\nSolar System\nUniverse\nScience and Tech\nEducators\n\nHow Much Water Is on Earth?\n\nClick here to download this video (1920x1080, 37 MB, video/mp4).\n\nHow much water is on Earth?\nEarth has a lot of water. It's one of the things that makes our big, blue planet so special. Learn more about Earth's water in this video! \n\n Download the 8.5x11 poster!\n Download the 11x17 poster!\nThis poster summarizes the video and makes a great wall decoration!\n\n Click here to read a transcript of this video\n\nHow much water is on Earth?\nEarth is special because it has so much water. It’s in the ground, forms big oceans, and it’s in our atmosphere.\nIt’s also in living things. Your body is made up mostly of water.\nWater covers 71 percent of Earth’s surface. And almost all of it—96.5 percent—is salt water. \nSalt water has different kinds of salt in it, but it mostly has sodium chloride, the same salt we add to our food.\nJust 3.5 percent of the water on Earth is fresh water we can drink. And most of that fresh water, 68 percent, is trapped in ice and glaciers.\nA third of the fresh water is in the ground. We call it groundwater. The last two percent of fresh water is in the rivers, lakes, and streams.\nA very small amount is in our atmosphere, where it exists as water vapor. That’s what clouds are made of.\nIf you took all the water on Earth and put it together it would be a ball 860 miles wide. That’s a lot of water!\n\nRelated Resources for Educators\n\nOur World: ICESat-2 - What Is Ice?\nOur World: Why Are Oceans Salty?\nReal World: Global Cloud Observation Day\n\n \tarticle last updated August 29, 2022\n \n\nMore about Earth\n\nMake an Earth fan!\n\nEarth's atmosphere\n\nWhy is thesky blue?\n\nIf you liked this, you may like:\n\nHow Does GPS Work?\n\nWhat Is a Solar Eclipse?\n\nSearching for Other Planets Like Ours\n\n\t Games\t \n\n\t Crafts\t \n\n\t Activities\t \n\n\t Videos\t \n\n\t Glossary\t \n\n\t Mystery\t \n\nAbout Us\nPrivacy Policy\nImage Use\nAccessibility\n\nContact NASA Space Place\n\n Last Updated: May 6th, 2024 \n\n \n\nMore\nLess\n\nBy Subject\n\nSpace\nSun\nEarth\nSolar System\nPeople & Technology\nParents & Educators\n\nBy Type\n\nExplore\nDo\nPlay\n\nMore\nLess\n\nMore about Earth\n\nMake an Earth fan!\n\nEarth's atmosphere\n\nWhy is thesky blue?\n\n","title":"How Much Water Is on Earth? | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids","score":18.913992}],"62a5aee8a497bee6fc467df13bf23cfc<::>4":[{"document_id":"62964e3a38783558-40656-42759","text":"FAQs • Monterey Park, CA • CivicEngage\nThe City of Monterey Park Water System receives its water supply from one source - local groundwater. The water is produced by 12 City-owned wells with a total capacity of 20 million gallons per day (mgd). The wells reach a depth of up to 1,800 feet and are located in the vicinity of the Rio Hondo, which is outside the city limits and in the Main San Gabriel groundwater basin. Water from our deep wells is of excellent quality and requires little or no treatment. The Monterey Park Water System supplies an average of 10 mgd to its customers.On average, about 65% of the water used each year is supplied from local rainfall; the other 35% is imported from northern California and then percolated into the groundwater aquifers. The water is imported for us by the San Gabriel Valley Municipal Water District, a public agency, and of which the City of Monterey Park is a member.\t\n\n4.\nHow much water does the Monterey Park community use?\n\r\nUsage ranges from an average low of 7.3 million gallons per day (mgd) in February to an average high of 12 mgd in August. Average use per person is 100-110 gallons per day.\t\n\n5.\nWhat is ground water?\n\r\nContrary to what a lot of people think, groundwater is not found in underground rivers or lakes. Rather, it is water that fills the cracks and pore spaces in rocks and sediments that lie beneath the surface of the earth, much the way water fills the open spaces and saturates a sponge or towel. \t\n\n6.\nWhy is keeping our groundwater clean so important?\n\r\nThe San Gabriel Valley is unique in that it is one of the few natural underground reservoirs in the United States. Rain and snowmelt comes down from the San Gabriel Mountains through a series of dams and are then diverted to \"spreading basins\". Spreading basins are designated areas of land that are very permeable, such as sand and gravel areas. Water can then percolate into the ground. 100% of the water served to residents and businesses in Monterey Park comes from groundwater. Thus, keeping our groundwater resource clean is vitally important to all of us. \t\n\n7.\nWhere do groundwater toxins come from?","title":"FAQs • Monterey Park, CA • CivicEngage","score":16.522028},{"document_id":"b4521304b77788b6-4612-6743","text":"FAQs • Where do groundwater toxins come from?\nBy disposing these harmful products improperly, we are contributing to the groundwater contamination in the San Gabriel Valley.\t\n\n8.\nCan contaminated groundwater be cleaned up?\n\r\nYes, but it can be time-consuming and expensive. Communities whose drinking water source has become contaminated have had to spend millions of dollars to remove contaminants from the water before it can be piped to homes and businesses. The cleanup is effective, but it can significantly affect the cost of providing the water to customers. It is far better to prevent contamination in the first place. What are the dos and do nots for groundwater?Do: Purchase only what you need Use products completely before disposing Recycle whatever you can (oil, batteries, etc.) Recycle surplus paintsDo not: Dump products onto the ground (they can contaminate soil and groundwater) Pour products or wastes into the street (they can contaminate oceans, lakes, and groundwater) Put hazardous or toxic products in the trash Pour products down the drainView proper disposal of Household Hazardous Wastes online. \n\n9.\nIs our water fluoridated?\n\r\nAt this time fluoride is not added to the water. There are low levels of fluoride naturally occurring in the water. The range at which they occur is between 0.2 to 0.8 milligrams per liter (mg/L). The optimum fluoride level recommended to reduce dental caries (cavities) is a consistent .8 mg/L does. A bill signed by Governor Wilson in 1997 mandates drinking water fluoridation for larger water utilities, including Monterey Park, and requires the state to provide funding for the installation and operation of fluoridation equipment. The state is currently seeking funding for this program.\t\n\n10.\nDoes the City of Monterey Park own the Garvey Reservoir?\n\r\nThe Garvey Reservoir is not owned by the City of Monterey Park and the water it contains is not stored for city use.\t\n\nLive Edit\n\n \n\n \n\nCoronavirus Updates\n\nAgenda Center\n\nDocuments Prior to 2012\n\nTeleconference Procedures\n\nCity Council Meetings Written Communications / Addendums\n\nWritten Communications / Addendums 2024\n\nWritten Communications / Addendums 2023","title":"FAQs • Where do groundwater toxins come from?","score":11.446406},{"document_id":"b4521304b77788b6-2983-5131","text":"FAQs • Where do groundwater toxins come from?\nThe water is imported for us by the San Gabriel Valley Municipal Water District, a public agency, and of which the City of Monterey Park is a member.\t\n\n4.\nHow much water does the Monterey Park community use?\n\r\nUsage ranges from an average low of 7.3 million gallons per day (mgd) in February to an average high of 12 mgd in August. Average use per person is 100-110 gallons per day.\t\n\n5.\nWhat is ground water?\n\r\nContrary to what a lot of people think, groundwater is not found in underground rivers or lakes. Rather, it is water that fills the cracks and pore spaces in rocks and sediments that lie beneath the surface of the earth, much the way water fills the open spaces and saturates a sponge or towel. \t\n\n6.\nWhy is keeping our groundwater clean so important?\n\r\nThe San Gabriel Valley is unique in that it is one of the few natural underground reservoirs in the United States. Rain and snowmelt comes down from the San Gabriel Mountains through a series of dams and are then diverted to \"spreading basins\". Spreading basins are designated areas of land that are very permeable, such as sand and gravel areas. Water can then percolate into the ground. 100% of the water served to residents and businesses in Monterey Park comes from groundwater. Thus, keeping our groundwater resource clean is vitally important to all of us. \t\n\n7.\nWhere do groundwater toxins come from?\n\r\nMany products we use around our homes everyday are considered toxic, such as household cleaners, flea powders, garden pesticides, paints, varnishes, motor oil, and antifreeze. These products are not only hazardous to our health, but to our environment. By disposing these harmful products improperly, we are contributing to the groundwater contamination in the San Gabriel Valley.\t\n\n8.\nCan contaminated groundwater be cleaned up?\n\r\nYes, but it can be time-consuming and expensive. Communities whose drinking water source has become contaminated have had to spend millions of dollars to remove contaminants from the water before it can be piped to homes and businesses. The cleanup is effective, but it can significantly affect the cost of providing the water to customers.","title":"FAQs • Where do groundwater toxins come from?","score":23.123087},{"document_id":"b4521304b77788b6-2-2025","text":"FAQs • Where do groundwater toxins come from?\nFAQs • Where do groundwater toxins come from?\n\n \n\nSkip to Main Content\n\nCreate a Website Account - Manage notification subscriptions, save form progress and more.   \n\nWebsite Sign In\n\n \n\n 中文 Español\n\n \n \n \n\nGovernmentServicesResidentsVisitorsBusinessHow Do I...\n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n \n \n\n \n\nSearch\n\n \n \n \n\n \nHomeFAQs\n\nSearch\n\nAll categories\nCode Enforcement\nConstruction Inspections\nDrone FAQs\nElection Information (English)\nFire Department\nLibrary\nMulti-Family Residential/Apartment Inspection Program\nPlanning\nPublic Works - Slurry Seal\nWater\n\nCategories\n\nAll Categories\n\nCode Enforcement\n\nConstruction Inspections\n\nDrone FAQs\n\nElection Information (English)\n\nFire Department\n\nLibrary\n\nMulti-Family Residential/Apartment Inspection Program\n\nPlanning\n\nPublic Works - Slurry Seal\n\nWater\n\n \n\r\nWhere do groundwater toxins come from?\t\n\r\nMany products we use around our homes everyday are considered toxic, such as household cleaners, flea powders, garden pesticides, paints, varnishes, motor oil, and antifreeze. These products are not only hazardous to our health, but to our environment. By disposing these harmful products improperly, we are contributing to the groundwater contamination in the San Gabriel Valley.\t\n\n▼\r\nWater\t\n\nShow All Answers\n\n1.\nHow do I pay my water bill?\n\r\nWater bills are mailed out on a two-month cycle. There are three ways to pay your bill: by mail, in person, or automatic billing.Bills can be paid in person at the Cashiers Counter located in the first floor of the Monterey Park City Hall at 320 W. Newmark Ave. View the location map online. The city has recently established a new automated billing system where your water bill can be automatically paid from your checking account. See more information on automated billing. To mail a payment, send it to Water / Refuse Billing at 320 West Newmark Avenue, Monterey Park, CA 91754. For additional information about your water bill you may call 626-307-1342. \n\n2.\nHow do I report problems such as dirty water or a water leak in the street?","title":"FAQs • Where do groundwater toxins come from?","score":11.109868},{"document_id":"b4521304b77788b6-1579-3491","text":"FAQs • Where do groundwater toxins come from?\nThe city has recently established a new automated billing system where your water bill can be automatically paid from your checking account. See more information on automated billing. To mail a payment, send it to Water / Refuse Billing at 320 West Newmark Avenue, Monterey Park, CA 91754. For additional information about your water bill you may call 626-307-1342. \n\n2.\nHow do I report problems such as dirty water or a water leak in the street?\n\nBetween 6:30 a.m. to 3:30 pm. please call 626-307-1320. After hours please contact the Monterey Park Police Department at 626-573-1311.  You will be able to speak to someone 24 hours a day. \n\n3.\nWhat is our source of water?\n\r\nThe City of Monterey Park Water System receives its water supply from one source - local groundwater. The water is produced by 12 City-owned wells with a total capacity of 20 million gallons per day (mgd). The wells reach a depth of up to 1,800 feet and are located in the vicinity of the Rio Hondo, which is outside the city limits and in the Main San Gabriel groundwater basin. Water from our deep wells is of excellent quality and requires little or no treatment. The Monterey Park Water System supplies an average of 10 mgd to its customers.On average, about 65% of the water used each year is supplied from local rainfall; the other 35% is imported from northern California and then percolated into the groundwater aquifers. The water is imported for us by the San Gabriel Valley Municipal Water District, a public agency, and of which the City of Monterey Park is a member.\t\n\n4.\nHow much water does the Monterey Park community use?\n\r\nUsage ranges from an average low of 7.3 million gallons per day (mgd) in February to an average high of 12 mgd in August. Average use per person is 100-110 gallons per day.\t\n\n5.\nWhat is ground water?\n\r\nContrary to what a lot of people think, groundwater is not found in underground rivers or lakes.","title":"FAQs • Where do groundwater toxins come from?","score":12.007989}],"62a5aee8a497bee6fc467df13bf23cfc<::>5":[{"document_id":"6be2b271eb8ddccc-1911-3497","text":"Air Pollution | California Air Resources Board\nAmbient Air Monitoring - Regulatory\n\nCalifornia Greenhouse Gas Emission Inventory Program\n\nCalifornia State Plan for Compliance with U.S. EPA’s Landfill Emission Guidelines\n\nClean Cars 4 All\n\nClean Truck Check (HD I/M)\n\nClimate Heat Impact Response Program (CHIRP) - Currently On Hold Until Further Notice\n\nCommunity Outreach and Enforcement\n\nConsumer Products Enforcement \n\nCriteria Pollutant and Toxics Emissions Reporting (CTR)\n\nEnhanced Fleet Modernization Program\n\nAll Programs\n\nResources\n\nFact Sheet\n\nGovernor Newsom’s Zero-Emission by 2035 Executive Order (N-79-20)\n\nAir Cleaning Devices for the Home\n\nAir Quality Standards for Ozone\n\nReports\n\nInitiative Los Angeles Report\n\nInformation\n\nVerification Procedure: Installers & Distributors\n\nCombustion Pollutants & Indoor Air Quality\n\nEstimating the Health Benefits of Reductions in Emissions of PM2.5 or its Precursors: Short Description\n\n The DataGHG Inventory\n\nContact Us\n\n(800) 242-4450  |  helpline@arb.ca.gov \n1001 I Street, Sacramento, CA 95814\nP.O. Box 2815, Sacramento, CA 95812\n\n \n\ntwitter\n\nyoutube\n\nlinkedin\n\nemail\n\nAccessibilityPrivacy PolicyConditions of UseAir DistrictsRegister to Vote\n\nCalifornia Governor\nGavin Newsom Opens a New Window. \n\nSecretary for Environmental Protection\nYana Garcia Opens a New Window. \n\nChair, California Air Resources Board\nLiane M. Randolph Opens a New Window. \n\nThe California Air Resources Board is one of six boards, departments, and offices under the umbrella of the California Environmental Protection Agency.\nCalEPACalRecycleDPRDTSCOEHHASWRCB\n\nCopyright © 2024 State of California","title":"Air Pollution | California Air Resources Board","score":10.723017},{"document_id":"7d4f6f216a8dffac-5109-6455","text":"Air - NYSDEC\nNew York State issues air pollution control permits and registrations to sources of air pollution.\n\nGet a Permit\n\nSources and Effects of Air PollutionAir pollution damages health and the environment in a variety of ways. Hot summer weather sets the stage for the formation of ozone (O3) and fine particulate matter (PM2.5), two major pollutants of concern for human health. Fish and wildlife show harmful effects from acid rain and mercury in air. Greenhouse gases (chiefly carbon dioxide) in the air are changing the world's climate.Air pollutants originate from many human activities. Most pollutants come from:on- and off-road vehicles and power equipment,power plants that burn oil, gas or coal, andindustries that manufacture chemicals and other goods.Other routine activities, such as mowing the lawn, burning brush, heating with wood, and running errands in automobiles also create air pollution. Everyone can help significantly reduce pollution by following tips on Living the Green Life.\n\n Sign up with DEC Delivers to receive Air Mail! \n \n\n The monthly air quality newsletter that includes public participation news and other air program issues in New York State.\n \n\nGov Delivery Form\n\nYou must have JavaScript enabled to use this form.\n\nEmail address\n\n \n This field is required.\n \n\nTopic Id\n\n \n- None -AdirondacksAir Quality (Air Mail!","title":"Air - NYSDEC","score":11.001825},{"document_id":"6be2b271eb8ddccc-2-2379","text":"Air Pollution | California Air Resources Board\nAir Pollution | California Air Resources Board\n\nSkip to main content\n\n×Display Settings\n\nDefault\nHigh Contrast\n\nReset\nIncrease Font SizeFont \nDecrease Font SizeFont \n\ntwitter\n\nyoutube\n\nlinkedin\n\nemail\n\n Search\n \n\nCalendarFAQsContactCareersSubscribeDisplay Settings\n\nEnglishEspañol\n\nCalifornia Air Resources Board\n\nMain navigation\nAboutOur WorkResourcesServicesRulemakingNewsEquity\n\n \n\nAir Pollution\n\nBack to All Topics\n\nAir pollution is any substance in the air that is harmful to people or the environment. The California Air Resources Board works to reduce:Smog-forming emissionsAir toxicsParticulate matterClimate changing gasesSmog is the most pervasive form of air pollution, immediately impacting our ability to breathe and causing underlying health conditions to worsen.Air toxics are pollutants identified as causing serious long-term health impacts or premature deaths.Particulate Matter, or PM, is a complex mixture of small solid particles and liquid droplets found in the air. The smallest of these are a significant threat to public health as they can penetrate deeply within the body.Climate-changing emissions are altering the basic operating conditions of our planet, changing entire ecosystems and making other forms of pollution even more difficult to address.\n\n Air Pollution ComplaintsCARB conducts special investigations of air pollution complaints from all over the state, monitors the complaint hotline and informs Air Districts of possible violations of district rules, and assists in conducting selected complaint investigations.File a Complaint\n FeaturedCommunity Air Protection Communities most impacted by air pollutionAir Toxics What specific pollutants are considered toxic?Climate Change Learn about pollution that impacts our climateResearch\n\nPrograms\n\nAir Toxics Listening Session Series\n\nAirborne Toxic Control Measure to Limit Diesel-Fueled Commercial Motor Vehicle Idling\n\nAmbient Air Monitoring - Regulatory\n\nCalifornia Greenhouse Gas Emission Inventory Program\n\nCalifornia State Plan for Compliance with U.S. EPA’s Landfill Emission Guidelines\n\nClean Cars 4 All\n\nClean Truck Check (HD I/M)\n\nClimate Heat Impact Response Program (CHIRP) - Currently On Hold Until Further Notice\n\nCommunity Outreach and Enforcement\n\nConsumer Products Enforcement \n\nCriteria Pollutant and Toxics Emissions Reporting (CTR)\n\nEnhanced Fleet Modernization Program","title":"Air Pollution | California Air Resources Board","score":10.714136},{"document_id":"6eeb0327b99b9a53-4571-6549","text":"No Breathing Easy for City Dwellers: Particulates\n“Nearly everyone in any city around the world is exposed to air that has harmful levels of air pollution in it,” said Anenberg, a member of NASA’s Health and Air Quality Applied Sciences team.\nFor areas with little to no ground-based pollution monitoring, the data from Anenberg and colleagues may be the first that local officials have regarding the impacts of air pollution in their cities. The team plans to continue working with local stakeholders and governments to help them interpret the data.\n“Even cities with ground monitors can benefit from this information because the monitors can be sparsely located and may not cover the entire urban area,” Anenberg said. The team next plans to apply their methodology and satellite data to examine trends over time for other pollutants, including ozone.\nNASA Earth Observatory images by Joshua Stevens, using data courtesy of Southerland, V. A., et al. (2022). Story by Sara E. Pratt.\n\nA new satellite-derived dataset links concentrations of fine particulate matter in air pollution with health outcomes in cities around the world.\nImage of the Day for March 15, 2022\n\nInstruments:\nAqua — MODIS\nIn situ Measurement\nModel\nOrbView-2 — SeaWiFS\nTerra — MISR\nTerra — MODIS\n\nAppears in these Collections:\nAir Quality\nApplied Sciences\n\nImage of the Day\nAtmosphere\nLife\nHuman Presence\nRemote Sensing\n\nView more Images of the Day:\n\nMar 14, 2022\n\nMar 16, 2022\n\nReferences & Resources\n\nAnenberg, S.C., et al. (2022) Long-term trends in urban NO2 concentrations and associated paediatric asthma incidence: estimates from global datasets The Lancet Planetary Health, 6: e49–e58.\nHammer, M.S. et al. (2020) Global Estimates and Long-Term Trends of Fine Particulate Matter Concentrations (1998–2018) Environmental Science and Technology 54, 13, 7879–7890.\nNASA Applied Sciences (2022, January 5) Child Asthma and Other Health Effects of Long-Term Urban Air Pollution. \nNASA Earth Observatory (2021, November 8) An Extra Air Pollution Burden.","title":"No Breathing Easy for City Dwellers: Particulates","score":11.067615},{"document_id":"7d4f6f216a8dffac-5696-7729","text":"Air - NYSDEC\nMost pollutants come from:on- and off-road vehicles and power equipment,power plants that burn oil, gas or coal, andindustries that manufacture chemicals and other goods.Other routine activities, such as mowing the lawn, burning brush, heating with wood, and running errands in automobiles also create air pollution. Everyone can help significantly reduce pollution by following tips on Living the Green Life.\n\n Sign up with DEC Delivers to receive Air Mail! \n \n\n The monthly air quality newsletter that includes public participation news and other air program issues in New York State.\n \n\nGov Delivery Form\n\nYou must have JavaScript enabled to use this form.\n\nEmail address\n\n \n This field is required.\n \n\nTopic Id\n\n \n- None -AdirondacksAir Quality (Air Mail! e-newsletter)Air Quality AlertsAmphibian Migrations and Road CrossingsBirdingBond Act UpdatesCatskillsChautauqua Lake News and UpdatesClimate ChangeContract Opportunities and M/WBE SupportDrinking Water Source Protection Program (DWSP2)Employment and InternshipsEncuentre Su Aventura (Find Your Adventure - Spanish Edition)Environmental JusticeEnvironmental Notice BulletinFive Rivers EECForests, Plants, and Land ConservationFreshwater Fishing and Boating (The Fishing Line)Global - Blank IdGrant OpportunitiesGreat Lakes Funding, News & EventsGreen LivingHudson River AlmanacHudson River EstuaryHudson River Estuary Conservation and Land UseInvasive SpeciesOutdoor Discovery e-NewsletterPesticidesReinstein Woods EECSaltwater Fishing and BoatingShellfishingWastewater OperatorsWildlife, Fish, and Marine LifeCamping, Wildlife Viewing, and Hiking (Find Your Adventure)Hunting and TrappingSolid Waste and RecyclingMaking Waves\n\nLeave this field blank\n\n \n\nNew York State's Air Pollution Control ProgramFor over 50 years, federal and state air pollution programs have included permits and technical requirements to control emission of criteria pollutants and toxic air contaminants from facilities, along with extensive measurement and monitoring of ambient pollutant levels.","title":"Air - NYSDEC","score":11.1359625}],"62a5aee8a497bee6fc467df13bf23cfc<::>6":[{"document_id":"7d4f6f216a8dffac-5696-7729","text":"Air - NYSDEC\nMost pollutants come from:on- and off-road vehicles and power equipment,power plants that burn oil, gas or coal, andindustries that manufacture chemicals and other goods.Other routine activities, such as mowing the lawn, burning brush, heating with wood, and running errands in automobiles also create air pollution. Everyone can help significantly reduce pollution by following tips on Living the Green Life.\n\n Sign up with DEC Delivers to receive Air Mail! \n \n\n The monthly air quality newsletter that includes public participation news and other air program issues in New York State.\n \n\nGov Delivery Form\n\nYou must have JavaScript enabled to use this form.\n\nEmail address\n\n \n This field is required.\n \n\nTopic Id\n\n \n- None -AdirondacksAir Quality (Air Mail! e-newsletter)Air Quality AlertsAmphibian Migrations and Road CrossingsBirdingBond Act UpdatesCatskillsChautauqua Lake News and UpdatesClimate ChangeContract Opportunities and M/WBE SupportDrinking Water Source Protection Program (DWSP2)Employment and InternshipsEncuentre Su Aventura (Find Your Adventure - Spanish Edition)Environmental JusticeEnvironmental Notice BulletinFive Rivers EECForests, Plants, and Land ConservationFreshwater Fishing and Boating (The Fishing Line)Global - Blank IdGrant OpportunitiesGreat Lakes Funding, News & EventsGreen LivingHudson River AlmanacHudson River EstuaryHudson River Estuary Conservation and Land UseInvasive SpeciesOutdoor Discovery e-NewsletterPesticidesReinstein Woods EECSaltwater Fishing and BoatingShellfishingWastewater OperatorsWildlife, Fish, and Marine LifeCamping, Wildlife Viewing, and Hiking (Find Your Adventure)Hunting and TrappingSolid Waste and RecyclingMaking Waves\n\nLeave this field blank\n\n \n\nNew York State's Air Pollution Control ProgramFor over 50 years, federal and state air pollution programs have included permits and technical requirements to control emission of criteria pollutants and toxic air contaminants from facilities, along with extensive measurement and monitoring of ambient pollutant levels.","title":"Air - NYSDEC","score":10.092612},{"document_id":"83996e640d2db8e6-3493-5739","text":"About Stormwater | Caltrans\nCopper metals found in brakes are a major pollutant.\nKeep your vehicle clean and use a car wash facility that recycles their water.\nChoose to use non-toxic products in your home’s outdoor spaces, and never apply them before wind or rain are in the forecast.\nProperly dispose of trash and recycling. This includes cigarette butts, which are the number one littered item.\nAlways secure vehicle loads to reduce debris and roadway hazards.\n\nWhy does stormwater matter?\nOn its journey to storm drain inlets, stormwater captures pollutants from highways, streets, sidewalks, and yards. Common pollutants can be chemicals from lawns and yards, pet waste, leaked auto fluids, cigarette butts, litter, trash and much more.\nPolluted stormwater doesn’t go through wastewater treatment so it ends up directly deposited into waterways along with any contaminants that have accumulated.\nStormwater matters because it affects the quality of water used daily by humans, as well as wildlife in our local ecosystems.\nHow does stormwater impact me?\nStormwater directly impacts the quality of our waterways, neighborhoods, communities, and environment.\n\n Polluted stormwater is a significant source of overall water pollution in California.\nWhen polluted stormwater flows into our waterways, it greatly reduces the quality of water used for recreation, drinking, washing and fishing.\nOver 14.8 million vehicles are on the road in our state, which means there a lot contributors to litter, motor oil, heavy metals, and other auto fluids on our highways.\nStormwater pollution can lead to unsanitary living conditions and neighborhood flooding during the rainy season.\n\nSmall actions can have a major impact on our waterways, let’s all work together to change our habits and prevent stormwater pollution.\n\nStormwater Links\n\nAbout Stormwater\nPollutants\nResources\nGet involved\nOur Partners\n\nWaterways\n\nUnlike sewer systems - which lead to a wastewater treatment plant - storm drains empty directly into waterways, depositing untreated stormwater.\n\n \n\nPet Waste\n\nPet waste is very toxic—the EPA estimates that waste produced by just 100 dogs in one weekend can contain enough bacteria to temporarily close a bay to swimming and shellfishing. Always pick up after your pet!","title":"About Stormwater | Caltrans","score":10.865488},{"document_id":"d7fa2708b828254f-3391-5603","text":"2001 Budget Analysis:State Water Resources \nIn contrast, nonpoint source pollution is created when water picks up\r\ncontaminants from pesticide use, mining, logging, and other sources and deposits them in water bodies.\nStates are required to develop plans—called Total Maximum Daily Loads (TMDLs)—to meet water quality standards in the impaired water bodies that have been\r\nlisted. A TMDL is developed for each pollutant contributing to the impairment of a listed water body. The development of a TMDL involves the following\r\nsteps:\n\nDetermination of how much of a particular pollutant a water body can receive from all sources and still meet water quality standards. \nDetermination of how much of the existing level of pollution must be reduced to meet water quality standards. \nAllocation of responsibility for reducing pollution to the acceptable level among the various contributing sources, including both point and nonpoint sources.\nDevelopment of a plan to implement the TMDL. While implementation plans are not currently a federal requirement, federal regulations effective later this\r\nyear will require these plans. \nAdoption of a regulation (a \"basin plan amendment\") to establish actions to implement a TMDL, such as revising permits to control waste discharges. \n\nWhen a listed water body later meets water quality standards, it is \"de-listed.\" Neither state nor federal law specifies a time schedule for the development or\r\nimplementation of TMDLs or for when listed water bodies should become de-listed. Only three of the 18 impaired water bodies on the state's initial list from\r\n1976 have been de-listed.\nState Versus Federal Role. The state is primarily responsible for compiling the list of impaired water bodies and developing TMDLs. This is carried out by the\r\nnine regional water quality control boards, operating under SWRCB's oversight. The regions' lists and TMDLs are both submitted to SWRCB for its review and\r\napproval.\nA number of other state agencies assist in the development of TMDLs, depending on the sources of pollution and beneficial uses of a particular water body. For\r\nexample, the Department of Pesticide Regulation (DPR) would be involved if pesticides were the pollutants of concern, and the California Department of","title":"2001 Budget Analysis:State Water Resources ","score":16.711376},{"document_id":"d7fa2708b828254f-5127-7288","text":"2001 Budget Analysis:State Water Resources \nnine regional water quality control boards, operating under SWRCB's oversight. The regions' lists and TMDLs are both submitted to SWRCB for its review and\r\napproval.\nA number of other state agencies assist in the development of TMDLs, depending on the sources of pollution and beneficial uses of a particular water body. For\r\nexample, the Department of Pesticide Regulation (DPR) would be involved if pesticides were the pollutants of concern, and the California Department of\r\nForestry and Fire Protection (CDFFP) would comment on a TMDL if timber harvesting was contributing to the impairment of a water body. The Department of\r\nFish and Game would be involved if fish and wildlife were beneficial uses of water that were impacted in an impaired water body.\nThe list of impaired water bodies and TMDLs are submitted to the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (U.S. EPA) for its review and approval. If U.S. EPA\r\nrejects a particular TMDL, it must establish the TMDL itself. In some cases, the development of TMDLs is carried out under a federal court settlement. These\r\nTMDLs may be developed by U.S. EPA or delegated by U.S. EPA to the state to develop.\nThe TMDL Requirements Largely Ignored from 1972 to the Early 1990s. The requirement for TMDLs was largely ignored by federal and state water quality\r\nagencies until the early 1990s. Until then, water quality regulation had been focused on controlling point sources of pollution through state and federal\r\npermitting programs. Although water quality had been improving, over 40 percent of assessed water bodies nationwide remained too polluted for fishing or\r\nswimming. It became apparent that the remaining water pollution problems—largely associated with nonpoint source pollution—required different solutions. The\r\nactivation of the TMDL program in the 1990s, in part instigated by lawsuits against the federal government to enforce the TMDL requirements, provides a\r\nplanning framework to address these problems.\nCurrent State List of Impaired Water Bodies. The most recent list of impaired water bodies in the state (1998) lists 509 impaired water bodies for which 1,471\r\nTMDLs have to be developed.","title":"2001 Budget Analysis:State Water Resources ","score":14.909973},{"document_id":"9a8c6d9e77c91eaa-1457-3536","text":"Rain Brings Renewal, But Also Toxins: How Californians Can Keep Their Water Pollutant-Free This Summer | Caltrans\nCalifornia residents unknowingly contribute to water pollution through their daily activities. The use of toxic chemical pesticides or neglecting vehicular maintenance, can further pollute our water supply. These substances inevitably end up in our waterways, contaminating local lakes, rivers, streams and the ocean. Thankfully, there are simple steps all of us can take to reduce stormwater pollution and help keep our water clean.\nCalifornians can positively impact the environment by taking necessary steps to minimize contributions to water pollution. The “Let’s Change This to That” campaign via CleanWaterCA.com provides a list of tips to help support clean water from summer to winter and all year round. They include:\nPick up after your pet. A common misconception is that pet waste is a natural fertilizer and can be left to decompose in the environment. Not so! Pet waste can contain harmful bacteria such as E. coli and fecal coliform, which can carry diseases that affect wildlife and contaminate waterways when not properly disposed of.\nSave water. Reduce water pollution by sweeping your driveway instead of using the hose and, if you can, by washing your car at a facility. The United States Environmental Protection Agency warns that washing cars and driveways at home can cause pollution as metals and fluids are washed off and enter storm drains, collecting more pollutants along the way and ending up in our waterways. If you can, choose car wash facilities that use advanced filtration systems to recycle water used for washing cars.\nGo organic. This summer consider using natural pest control methods instead of harmful pesticides. Pesticides made from highly toxic chemicals can have long-lasting effects on the health of our water and the environment. By choosing organic alternatives, like companion planting or using beneficial insects like ladybugs, you can make a difference.\nGive your vehicle a tune-up. Vehicle fluids, oils and brake dust are made up of toxic heavy metals that end up on roadways and highways if we don’t provide proper maintenance.","title":"Rain Brings Renewal, But Also Toxins: How Californians Can Keep Their Water Pollutant-Free This Summer | Caltrans","score":11.041103}],"62a5aee8a497bee6fc467df13bf23cfc<::>7":[{"document_id":"9a8c6d9e77c91eaa-1457-3536","text":"Rain Brings Renewal, But Also Toxins: How Californians Can Keep Their Water Pollutant-Free This Summer | Caltrans\nCalifornia residents unknowingly contribute to water pollution through their daily activities. The use of toxic chemical pesticides or neglecting vehicular maintenance, can further pollute our water supply. These substances inevitably end up in our waterways, contaminating local lakes, rivers, streams and the ocean. Thankfully, there are simple steps all of us can take to reduce stormwater pollution and help keep our water clean.\nCalifornians can positively impact the environment by taking necessary steps to minimize contributions to water pollution. The “Let’s Change This to That” campaign via CleanWaterCA.com provides a list of tips to help support clean water from summer to winter and all year round. They include:\nPick up after your pet. A common misconception is that pet waste is a natural fertilizer and can be left to decompose in the environment. Not so! Pet waste can contain harmful bacteria such as E. coli and fecal coliform, which can carry diseases that affect wildlife and contaminate waterways when not properly disposed of.\nSave water. Reduce water pollution by sweeping your driveway instead of using the hose and, if you can, by washing your car at a facility. The United States Environmental Protection Agency warns that washing cars and driveways at home can cause pollution as metals and fluids are washed off and enter storm drains, collecting more pollutants along the way and ending up in our waterways. If you can, choose car wash facilities that use advanced filtration systems to recycle water used for washing cars.\nGo organic. This summer consider using natural pest control methods instead of harmful pesticides. Pesticides made from highly toxic chemicals can have long-lasting effects on the health of our water and the environment. By choosing organic alternatives, like companion planting or using beneficial insects like ladybugs, you can make a difference.\nGive your vehicle a tune-up. Vehicle fluids, oils and brake dust are made up of toxic heavy metals that end up on roadways and highways if we don’t provide proper maintenance.","title":"Rain Brings Renewal, But Also Toxins: How Californians Can Keep Their Water Pollutant-Free This Summer | Caltrans","score":15.464614},{"document_id":"5fefc2cc192686c9-2531-4787","text":"Simple Solutions to Help Reduce Air Pollution | California Air Resources Board\nIf less gasoline, natural gas and electricity (power plants burn fossil fuels to generate electricity) are used, not only do your bills decrease but less pollutants are emitted.There are also many products in the home, garden and garage that emit smog-forming chemicals that pollute the air when used. Volatile organic compounds (VOCs) and particulate matter (PM) contained in these products penetrate deep into the lungs and can trigger asthma attacks or worsen respiratory illnesses. The suggestions below will help reduce exposure in your home:Turn the lights off when you leave a room.Replace energy-hungry incandescent lights with compact fluorescent light bulbs.Ask your energy supplier for a home audit and inquire about alternative energy solutions like solar or wind.Opt for a fan instead of air conditioning.Use a programmable thermostat and set it to 78°F in the summer and 68°F in the winter.Install low- ow shower heads.Recycle paper, plastic, metals and organic materials.Use an EPA-approved wood burning stove or replace insert.Don’t use your wood stove or replace on days with unhealthy air.Don’t heat your home with a gas stove.Use a surge protector for multiple appliances and turn it off when products are not in use.Add insulation to your home.Wash laundry in cold water and line dry.When ready to replace, look for energy star appliances.Use a propane or natural gas barbecue rather than a charcoal one.Microwave or use a toaster oven for small meals.Have your gas appliances and heater regularly inspected and maintained.Use washable dishes, utensils and fabric napkins rather than disposable dinnerware.Choose products that use recycled materials.Eat locally, shop at farmers markets and buy organic products.Buy products from sustainable sources such as bamboo and hemp.Use durable reusable grocery bags and keep them in your car so you’re never caught off guard.Paint with a brush instead of a sprayer.Store all solvents in airtight containers.Use an electric or push lawn mower.Use a rake or broom instead of a leaf blower.Use water-based cleaning products that are labeled ‘zero VOC’.Insulate your water heater and any accessible hot water pipes.Eliminate use of toxic chemicals at home; opt for natural substitutes.Plant a tree!","title":"Simple Solutions to Help Reduce Air Pollution | California Air Resources Board","score":11.281534},{"document_id":"d7fa2708b828254f-3391-5603","text":"2001 Budget Analysis:State Water Resources \nIn contrast, nonpoint source pollution is created when water picks up\r\ncontaminants from pesticide use, mining, logging, and other sources and deposits them in water bodies.\nStates are required to develop plans—called Total Maximum Daily Loads (TMDLs)—to meet water quality standards in the impaired water bodies that have been\r\nlisted. A TMDL is developed for each pollutant contributing to the impairment of a listed water body. The development of a TMDL involves the following\r\nsteps:\n\nDetermination of how much of a particular pollutant a water body can receive from all sources and still meet water quality standards. \nDetermination of how much of the existing level of pollution must be reduced to meet water quality standards. \nAllocation of responsibility for reducing pollution to the acceptable level among the various contributing sources, including both point and nonpoint sources.\nDevelopment of a plan to implement the TMDL. While implementation plans are not currently a federal requirement, federal regulations effective later this\r\nyear will require these plans. \nAdoption of a regulation (a \"basin plan amendment\") to establish actions to implement a TMDL, such as revising permits to control waste discharges. \n\nWhen a listed water body later meets water quality standards, it is \"de-listed.\" Neither state nor federal law specifies a time schedule for the development or\r\nimplementation of TMDLs or for when listed water bodies should become de-listed. Only three of the 18 impaired water bodies on the state's initial list from\r\n1976 have been de-listed.\nState Versus Federal Role. The state is primarily responsible for compiling the list of impaired water bodies and developing TMDLs. This is carried out by the\r\nnine regional water quality control boards, operating under SWRCB's oversight. The regions' lists and TMDLs are both submitted to SWRCB for its review and\r\napproval.\nA number of other state agencies assist in the development of TMDLs, depending on the sources of pollution and beneficial uses of a particular water body. For\r\nexample, the Department of Pesticide Regulation (DPR) would be involved if pesticides were the pollutants of concern, and the California Department of","title":"2001 Budget Analysis:State Water Resources ","score":11.580793},{"document_id":"d7fa2708b828254f-6754-8563","text":"2001 Budget Analysis:State Water Resources \nIt became apparent that the remaining water pollution problems—largely associated with nonpoint source pollution—required different solutions. The\r\nactivation of the TMDL program in the 1990s, in part instigated by lawsuits against the federal government to enforce the TMDL requirements, provides a\r\nplanning framework to address these problems.\nCurrent State List of Impaired Water Bodies. The most recent list of impaired water bodies in the state (1998) lists 509 impaired water bodies for which 1,471\r\nTMDLs have to be developed. (The next list will be submitted to U.S. EPA in 2002.) As shown in Figure 1, there are impaired water bodies in every region of\r\nthe state, with the largest number of impaired water bodies located in the Los Angeles region.\n \nFigure 2 shows the breakdown of TMDLs to be developed based on pollutant. As shown, metals and pesticides are the leading contributors to impaired water\r\nbodies.\n\nExpenditures for TMDL Development. Prior to 1997-98, no state or federal funds were targeted for TMDL development. Federal funds totaling $800,000 for\r\nTMDLs were first made available in 1997-98 (currently $3 million), and the first state funding was made available in 1999-00\r\n($5.1 million). As shown in Figure 3, expenditures for TMDL development in 2000-01 are estimated to total $13.5 million. A majority of these expenditures are\r\nfrom the General Fund, with the balance from federal funds and a tax on the sale of pesticides.\n\nFigure 3\n\nTMDL Development Expenditures a\n\n(In Millions)\n\n \n\n1997-98\n\n1998-99\n\n1999-00\n\n2000-01\n\nState Water Resources Control Board\n\n$0.8\n\n$1.5\n\n$6.4\n\n$11.9\n\nDepartment of Pesticide Regulation\n\n—\n\n—\n\n1.2\n\n1.6\n\nTotals\n\n$0.8\n\n$1.5\n\n$7.6\n\n$13.5\n\na\nAll funding sources. Does not\r\n include expenditures to develop mitigation measures or to implement TMDLs","title":"2001 Budget Analysis:State Water Resources ","score":11.214968},{"document_id":"5fefc2cc192686c9-3017-4971","text":"Simple Solutions to Help Reduce Air Pollution | California Air Resources Board\nThe suggestions below will help reduce exposure in your home:Turn the lights off when you leave a room.Replace energy-hungry incandescent lights with compact fluorescent light bulbs.Ask your energy supplier for a home audit and inquire about alternative energy solutions like solar or wind.Opt for a fan instead of air conditioning.Use a programmable thermostat and set it to 78°F in the summer and 68°F in the winter.Install low- ow shower heads.Recycle paper, plastic, metals and organic materials.Use an EPA-approved wood burning stove or replace insert.Don’t use your wood stove or replace on days with unhealthy air.Don’t heat your home with a gas stove.Use a surge protector for multiple appliances and turn it off when products are not in use.Add insulation to your home.Wash laundry in cold water and line dry.When ready to replace, look for energy star appliances.Use a propane or natural gas barbecue rather than a charcoal one.Microwave or use a toaster oven for small meals.Have your gas appliances and heater regularly inspected and maintained.Use washable dishes, utensils and fabric napkins rather than disposable dinnerware.Choose products that use recycled materials.Eat locally, shop at farmers markets and buy organic products.Buy products from sustainable sources such as bamboo and hemp.Use durable reusable grocery bags and keep them in your car so you’re never caught off guard.Paint with a brush instead of a sprayer.Store all solvents in airtight containers.Use an electric or push lawn mower.Use a rake or broom instead of a leaf blower.Use water-based cleaning products that are labeled ‘zero VOC’.Insulate your water heater and any accessible hot water pipes.Eliminate use of toxic chemicals at home; opt for natural substitutes.Plant a tree! They filter the air and provide shade.Let your elected representatives know you support action for cleaner air.At WorkThere are multiple ways of reducing consumption at the workplace.","title":"Simple Solutions to Help Reduce Air Pollution | California Air Resources Board","score":15.929597}],"e9dd465e8dd63a80dda8f3ce9cba6848<::>1":[{"document_id":"232932-0-938","text":"\n\"In the case of mutual funds, Net Asset Value (NAV) is the price used to buy and sell shares. NAV is just the value of the underlying assets (which are in turn valued by their underlying holdings and future earnings). So if a fund hands out a billion dollars, it stands to reason their NAV*shares (market cap?) is a billion dollars less. Shareholder's net worth is equal in either scenario, but after the dividend is paid they are more liquid. For people who need investment income to live on, dividends are a cheap way to hold stocks and get regular payments, versus having to sell part of your portfolio every month.  But for people who want to hold their investment in the market for a long long time, dividends only increase the rate at which you have to buy. For mutual funds this isn't a problem: you buy the funds and tell them to reinvest for free. So because of that, it's a prohibited practice to \"\"sell\"\" dividends to clients.\"","score":14.107656},{"document_id":"416727-0-1356","text":"\n\"I think the key concept here is future value.  The NAV is essentially a book-keeping exercise- you add up all the assets and remove all the liabilities.  For a public company this is spelled out in the balance sheet, and is generally listed at the bottom.  I pulled a recent one from Cisco Systems (because I used to work there and know the numbers  ;-) and you can see it here: roughly $56 billion... https://finance.yahoo.com/q/bs?s=CSCO+Balance+Sheet&annual  Another way to think about it: In theory (and we know about this, right?) the NAV is what you would get if you liquidated the company instantaneously.  A definition I like to use for market cap is \"\"the current assets, plus the perceived present value of all future earnings for the company\"\"... so let's dissect that a little.  The term \"\"present value\"\" is really important, because a million dollars today is worth more than a million dollars next year.  A company expected to make a lot of money soon will be worth more (i.e. a higher market cap) than a company expected to make the same amount of money, but later.  The \"\"all future earnings\"\" part is exactly what it sounds like.  So again, following our cisco example, the current market cap is ~142 billion, which means that \"\"the market\"\" thinks they will earn about $85 billion over the life of the company (in present day dollars).\"","score":15.432028},{"document_id":"471123-0-798","text":"\n\"Market caps is just the share price, multiplied by the number of shares. It doesn't represent any value (if people decide to pay more or less for the shares, the market cap goes up or down). It does represent what people think the company is worth.  NAV sounds very much like book value. It basically says \"\"how much cash would we end up with if we sold everything the company owns, paid back all the debt, and closed down the business? \"\" Since closing down the business is rarely a good idea, this underestimates the value of the business enormously. Take a hairdresser who owns nothing but a pair of scissors, but has a huge number of repeat customers, charges $200 for a haircut, and makes tons of money every year. The business has a huge value, but NAV = price of one pair of used scissors.\"","score":17.773918},{"document_id":"178-0-1083","text":"\n\"At any given moment, one can tally the numbers used for NAV. It's math, and little more. The Market Cap, which as you understand is a result of share value. Share value (stock price) is what the market will pay today for the shares. It's not only based on NAV today, but on future expectations. And expectations aren't the same for each of us. Which is why there are always sellers for the buyers of a stock, and vice-versa.  From your question, we agree that NAV can be measured, it's the result of adding up things that are all known. (For now, let's ignore things such as \"\"goodwill.\"\") Rarely is a stock price simply equal to the NAV divided by the number of shares. Often, it's quite higher. The simplest way to look at it is that the stock price not only reflects the NAV, but investors' expectations looking into the future.  If you look for two companies with identical NAV per share but quite different share prices, you'll see that the companies differ in that one might be a high growth company, the other, a solid one but with a market that's not in such a growth mode.\"","score":16.233282},{"document_id":"414940-0-474","text":"\nNAV is  how much is the stuff of the company worth divided by the number of shares. This total is also called book value. The market cap is share price times number of shares. For Amazon  today people are willing to pay 290 a share for a company with a NAV of 22 a share. If of nav and price were equal the P/B (price to book ratio) would be 1, but for Amazon it is 13.  Why? Because investors believe Amazon is worth a lot more than a money losing company with a NAV of 22.","score":17.006063}],"e9dd465e8dd63a80dda8f3ce9cba6848<::>2":[{"document_id":"414940-0-474","text":"\nNAV is  how much is the stuff of the company worth divided by the number of shares. This total is also called book value. The market cap is share price times number of shares. For Amazon  today people are willing to pay 290 a share for a company with a NAV of 22 a share. If of nav and price were equal the P/B (price to book ratio) would be 1, but for Amazon it is 13.  Why? Because investors believe Amazon is worth a lot more than a money losing company with a NAV of 22.","score":13.989979},{"document_id":"471123-0-798","text":"\n\"Market caps is just the share price, multiplied by the number of shares. It doesn't represent any value (if people decide to pay more or less for the shares, the market cap goes up or down). It does represent what people think the company is worth.  NAV sounds very much like book value. It basically says \"\"how much cash would we end up with if we sold everything the company owns, paid back all the debt, and closed down the business? \"\" Since closing down the business is rarely a good idea, this underestimates the value of the business enormously. Take a hairdresser who owns nothing but a pair of scissors, but has a huge number of repeat customers, charges $200 for a haircut, and makes tons of money every year. The business has a huge value, but NAV = price of one pair of used scissors.\"","score":15.11999},{"document_id":"418610-0-264","text":"\nMarket cap is basically the amount of money that it would cost to buy all of the shares of public stock in a company.  Or  share cost * number of outstanding shares. It is a measure of how much a company is worth. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Market_capitalization","score":12.972096},{"document_id":"232932-0-938","text":"\n\"In the case of mutual funds, Net Asset Value (NAV) is the price used to buy and sell shares. NAV is just the value of the underlying assets (which are in turn valued by their underlying holdings and future earnings). So if a fund hands out a billion dollars, it stands to reason their NAV*shares (market cap?) is a billion dollars less. Shareholder's net worth is equal in either scenario, but after the dividend is paid they are more liquid. For people who need investment income to live on, dividends are a cheap way to hold stocks and get regular payments, versus having to sell part of your portfolio every month.  But for people who want to hold their investment in the market for a long long time, dividends only increase the rate at which you have to buy. For mutual funds this isn't a problem: you buy the funds and tell them to reinvest for free. So because of that, it's a prohibited practice to \"\"sell\"\" dividends to clients.\"","score":11.671375},{"document_id":"416727-0-1356","text":"\n\"I think the key concept here is future value.  The NAV is essentially a book-keeping exercise- you add up all the assets and remove all the liabilities.  For a public company this is spelled out in the balance sheet, and is generally listed at the bottom.  I pulled a recent one from Cisco Systems (because I used to work there and know the numbers  ;-) and you can see it here: roughly $56 billion... https://finance.yahoo.com/q/bs?s=CSCO+Balance+Sheet&annual  Another way to think about it: In theory (and we know about this, right?) the NAV is what you would get if you liquidated the company instantaneously.  A definition I like to use for market cap is \"\"the current assets, plus the perceived present value of all future earnings for the company\"\"... so let's dissect that a little.  The term \"\"present value\"\" is really important, because a million dollars today is worth more than a million dollars next year.  A company expected to make a lot of money soon will be worth more (i.e. a higher market cap) than a company expected to make the same amount of money, but later.  The \"\"all future earnings\"\" part is exactly what it sounds like.  So again, following our cisco example, the current market cap is ~142 billion, which means that \"\"the market\"\" thinks they will earn about $85 billion over the life of the company (in present day dollars).\"","score":14.294632}],"e9dd465e8dd63a80dda8f3ce9cba6848<::>3":[{"document_id":"346760-0-445","text":"\n\"Read again what I said in my original post.  \"\"Enterprise Value is the sort of \"\"bare bones\"\" total firm value. It doesn't include any cash because you'd basically be paying cash for cash. Also, this makes analysis of transaction multiples more streamlined, as some firms may have a ton of excess cash on their balance sheet, skewing multiples.\"\"  I said that that is WHY we use enterprise value. Because if you didn't it would skew multiples.\"","score":20.272985},{"document_id":"447509-0-1641","text":"\n\"You are comparing \"\"market caps\"\" and \"\"enterprise value\"\".  If the company has four billion dollars cash in the bank, then the value would be four billion plus whatever the business itself is worth as a business. If the business itself is only worth 400 million, then you would have 4.4bn market caps and 400 million enterprise value. The \"\"enterprise value\"\" is basically how much the business would be worth if it had no cash or no debt.  These numbers would be a very unusual situation. It could happen for example if a big company has sold 90% of its business for cash. When you buy a share of the company, you get a tiny share of the business and you own a tiny share of the cash. This stock will very likely keep its value, but won't make much money.  On the other hand, more common would be a company where the business is worth 4bn, but the company has also 4bn debt. So it is worth exactly zero. Market caps close to zero, but enterprise value $4bn, because you ignore the debt in the enterprise value.  Edit: Sorry, got the \"\"enterprise value\"\" totally wrong, read millions instead of billions: Your numbers would mean that you have a huge, huge company with close to 440bn debt. Most likely someone made a mistake here. A \"\"normal\"\" situation would be say a company with a business that is worth $500 million, but they have $100 million debt, so market caps = $400 million but enterprise value = $500 million.  PS. Yahoo has the same nonsense numbers on their UK site, and for other companies (I just checked Marks and Spencer's which apparently has an enterprise value of 800 billion pound with a totally ridiculous P/E ratio.\"","score":14.620213},{"document_id":"192515-0-701","text":"\nEnterprise Value is supposed to be the price you would be willing to pay to acquire the company. Typically, companies are delivered debt-free and cash-free, so the cash on the balance sheet at the time of the transaction is distributed to the original owners. So, for instance, a company like Apple would have a lower EV than Market Value because the cash on the balance sheet is not going to be included in an acquisition.  And you are right, there are plenty of instances where you see Enterprise Value lower than Market Value (Cap).   If you are solely looking at equity valuation (equity investing), then use market cap. If you are looking at firm valuation for M&amp;A, then EV is more important.","score":19.13018},{"document_id":"298779-0-748","text":"\nOk - what's your starting point?  Are you starting with equity value and then working your way back to an enterprise value?  Then yes, you must subtract cash and add debt.  If you're doing a DCF, you don't have to make any changes to the values at the end if you're looking for an enterprise value.  If you're looking for an equity value, you would need to add cash and subtract debt.  If you're simply applying a enterprise value multiple (such as EV / EBITDA) you don't need to make any changes.  Just multiply the Company's EBITDA by the multiple in question.  Enterprise values are supposed to be capital structure independent because they are only valuing the company on metrics that occur before the impact of the Company's capital structure.","score":14.351388},{"document_id":"371012-0-606","text":"\nI was merely trying to be helpful - Conceptually, you have dump this idea that something is skewed. It isn't. Firm A sold for $500 (equity value aka purchase price to shareholders) + debt (zero) - cash (50) for 450.  Enterprise value is the cash free, debt free sale price.  The implied ev multiple is 4.5x on A - that is the answer. The other business sold for a higher multiple of 5x.  If you would pile on more cash onto A, the purchase price would increase, but the EV wouldn't.      The idea is to think hard about the difference between equity value and enterprise value when examining a transaction.","score":14.823474}],"e9dd465e8dd63a80dda8f3ce9cba6848<::>4":[{"document_id":"571234-0-1289","text":"\nP/E ratio is useful but limited as others have said. Another problem is that it doesn't show leverage. Two companies in the same industry could have the same P/E but be differently leveraged. In that case I would buy the company with more equity and less debt as it should be a less risky investment. To compare companies and take leverage/debt into account you could use the EV/EBIT ratio instead. Its slightly more complicated to calculate and isn't presented by as many data sources though. Enterprise Value (EV) can be said to represent the value of the company if someone would buy it today and then pay off all its (interest bearing) debt. EV is essentially calculated like this: (Market Capitalization plus cash & cash equivalents)  minus interest-bearing debt.  This is then divided by EBIT (Earnings before interest and tax) to get the ratio. One drawback of this ratio though is that it can't be used for financials since their balance sheet pretty much consists of debt and the Enterprise Value therefore doesn't tell us very much. Also, like the P/E ratio it is dependent on fresh numbers. A balance sheet is just a glimpse of the companys financial situation on ONE DAY, and this could (and probably will, although not drastically for bigger companies) change to the next day.","score":15.738379},{"document_id":"346760-0-445","text":"\n\"Read again what I said in my original post.  \"\"Enterprise Value is the sort of \"\"bare bones\"\" total firm value. It doesn't include any cash because you'd basically be paying cash for cash. Also, this makes analysis of transaction multiples more streamlined, as some firms may have a ton of excess cash on their balance sheet, skewing multiples.\"\"  I said that that is WHY we use enterprise value. Because if you didn't it would skew multiples.\"","score":16.56934},{"document_id":"366249-0-656","text":"\nYou wouldn't know it's value (Enterprise Value) without knowing its cash balance.  The equation:   EV = Market Cap + Minority Interest + Preferred Stock + Debt - Cash  Enterprise Value is the value of the company to ALL shareholders (creditors, preferred stock holders, common stock holders).  So, taking on debt could either increase or decrease the EV depending on the cash balance of the company.  This will have no effect, directly, on the market cap. It will, however effect the present value of its future cash flows as the WACC will increase due to the new cost of debt (interest payments, higher risk of bankruptcy, less flexibility by management).","score":17.501108},{"document_id":"587508-0-651","text":"\nRight, I understand minority interest but it is typically reported as a positive under liabilities instead of a negative. For example, when you are calculating the enterprise value of a company, you add back in the minority interest.    Enterprise Value= Market Share +Pref Equity + Min Interest+ Total Debt - Cash and ST Equivalents.    EV is used to quantify the total price of a company's worth. If you have negative Min Interest on your books, that will make your EV less than it should be, creating an incorrect valuation.   This just doesn't make any sense to me. Does it mean that the subsidiary that they had a stake in had a negative earning?","score":17.931303},{"document_id":"192515-0-701","text":"\nEnterprise Value is supposed to be the price you would be willing to pay to acquire the company. Typically, companies are delivered debt-free and cash-free, so the cash on the balance sheet at the time of the transaction is distributed to the original owners. So, for instance, a company like Apple would have a lower EV than Market Value because the cash on the balance sheet is not going to be included in an acquisition.  And you are right, there are plenty of instances where you see Enterprise Value lower than Market Value (Cap).   If you are solely looking at equity valuation (equity investing), then use market cap. If you are looking at firm valuation for M&amp;A, then EV is more important.","score":16.015469}],"e9dd465e8dd63a80dda8f3ce9cba6848<::>5":[{"document_id":"227019-0-371","text":"\nThis is fine, but I'd probably spend a moment introducing WACC and it's estimation. It's also useful to link up the enterprise value to share price, so just also mentioning the debt subtraction to get equity value and division by shares for price.  Keep in mind you're usually given like a minute to answer this, so you can afford to be a bit more detailed in some parts.","score":12.668102},{"document_id":"554465-0-780","text":"\nIf you want to see a more academic version of this look up Weighted Average Cost of Capital (WACC).   It's a formula that tells you how much it costs for a company to raise $1 of capital whether it be through issuing bonds or stocks.   One thing you learn is that there are times that if you take on loans (even if you don't need it) you can raise shareholder value and therefore the total company netvalue. The thought process is (as it states in the article above) that a company can issue debt for cheaper than issue shares and it will have extra cash which it can use to get a better return than its net effective interest rate.   I tried to give an example but I only ended up rehashing what it says in the article. Anyhow look up WACC and you'll understand the fundamentals.","score":12.753025},{"document_id":"477310-0-1809","text":"\n\"No, I understood your question perfectly. I'm just saying that sort of situation is generally rare. A quick Google search yields [this article] (http://www.investopedia.com/financial-edge/1112/small-business-financing-debt-or-equity.aspx) which responds to the question - Which funding method should I choose? with the answer \"\"Often you will not have a choice\"\". That is exactly what I'm saying. The status and stage of your business dictates what sort of financing is even available to you. Most often you don't even have a choice between one or the other. If you want a formula, the other people responding mentioned [WACC] (http://www.investopedia.com/terms/w/wacc.asp) which is the \"\"standard\"\" that finance professionals typically use. You generally will want a WACC that is similar to other successful companies of your similar size and industry. The actual mechanics of adjusting your WACC will involve either issuing (or repurchasing) equity or debt. Regardless, what you are asking is not generally practical nor does it come into practice in 99 out of 100 financing situations. WACC is important to understand and consider but people don't issue equity or debt just to balance their WACC. Think about this another way... how easy is it to raise debt? Probably fairly easy as usually you can go to commercial banks or go to an investment bank if you're raising enough debt. Companies borrow all of the time, they're constantly paying off loans or taking new ones with different interest rates. There are revolving lines of credit, secured loans, factoring (borrowing against receivables), EETCs, fixed interest debt, variable interest debt, mezzanine debt, etc etc. How easy is it to issue equity? Pretty amazingly difficult... sure you have your IPOs but that happens once in a company's lifetime.","score":11.555883},{"document_id":"597850-0-335","text":"\nCAPM is a pricing model.  Not a risk model.  &gt; If you're talking about corporate finance where a firm is considering an investment such as a new project, then a determining a WACC and using it as a discount rate for your cash flow is a basic strategy.  Once again... WACC is a pricing model and has nothing to do with risk modeling.","score":12.626335},{"document_id":"467535-0-727","text":"\nEach situation is different, but it has to do with assessing what the Company is trying to do. People always talk about WACC, but in reality, WACC is less important than figuring how how much debt a Company can support (determined by leverage and solvency statistics).  Here are a few things to think about:  -How stable are the Company's cash flows? (big difference between a Company that has multi-year contracts locked in place vs. variable/cyclical revenue streams; what type of Capex requirement is there?)  -What is the purpose of raising the capital? (growth vs. recapitalization; where are the proceeds going?)  -What collateral is available for creditors?  -What does working capital look like? (is there seasonality?)","score":12.409483}],"e9dd465e8dd63a80dda8f3ce9cba6848<::>6":[{"document_id":"227019-0-371","text":"\nThis is fine, but I'd probably spend a moment introducing WACC and it's estimation. It's also useful to link up the enterprise value to share price, so just also mentioning the debt subtraction to get equity value and division by shares for price.  Keep in mind you're usually given like a minute to answer this, so you can afford to be a bit more detailed in some parts.","score":9.746918},{"document_id":"467535-0-727","text":"\nEach situation is different, but it has to do with assessing what the Company is trying to do. People always talk about WACC, but in reality, WACC is less important than figuring how how much debt a Company can support (determined by leverage and solvency statistics).  Here are a few things to think about:  -How stable are the Company's cash flows? (big difference between a Company that has multi-year contracts locked in place vs. variable/cyclical revenue streams; what type of Capex requirement is there?)  -What is the purpose of raising the capital? (growth vs. recapitalization; where are the proceeds going?)  -What collateral is available for creditors?  -What does working capital look like? (is there seasonality?)","score":10.201632},{"document_id":"477310-0-1809","text":"\n\"No, I understood your question perfectly. I'm just saying that sort of situation is generally rare. A quick Google search yields [this article] (http://www.investopedia.com/financial-edge/1112/small-business-financing-debt-or-equity.aspx) which responds to the question - Which funding method should I choose? with the answer \"\"Often you will not have a choice\"\". That is exactly what I'm saying. The status and stage of your business dictates what sort of financing is even available to you. Most often you don't even have a choice between one or the other. If you want a formula, the other people responding mentioned [WACC] (http://www.investopedia.com/terms/w/wacc.asp) which is the \"\"standard\"\" that finance professionals typically use. You generally will want a WACC that is similar to other successful companies of your similar size and industry. The actual mechanics of adjusting your WACC will involve either issuing (or repurchasing) equity or debt. Regardless, what you are asking is not generally practical nor does it come into practice in 99 out of 100 financing situations. WACC is important to understand and consider but people don't issue equity or debt just to balance their WACC. Think about this another way... how easy is it to raise debt? Probably fairly easy as usually you can go to commercial banks or go to an investment bank if you're raising enough debt. Companies borrow all of the time, they're constantly paying off loans or taking new ones with different interest rates. There are revolving lines of credit, secured loans, factoring (borrowing against receivables), EETCs, fixed interest debt, variable interest debt, mezzanine debt, etc etc. How easy is it to issue equity? Pretty amazingly difficult... sure you have your IPOs but that happens once in a company's lifetime.","score":10.900502},{"document_id":"303509-0-1101","text":"\n\"Complex matter that doesn't boil down to a formula.   The quant aspect could be assessed by calculating WACCs under various funding scenarii and trying to minimize, but it is just one dimension of it.  The quali aspects can vary widely depending on the company, ownership structure, tax environment and business needs and it really can't be covered even superficially in a reddit comment...  Few examples from the top of my mind to give you a sense of it:  - shareholders might be able to issue equity but want to avoid dilution, so debt is preferred in the end despite cost. Or convertible debt under the right scenario.  - company has recurring funding needs and thinks that establishing a status on debt market is worth paying a premium to ensure they can \"\"tap\"\" it whenever hey need to.  - adding debt is a way to leverage and enhance ROI/IRR for certain types of stakeholders (think LBOs)  - etc etc etc  Takes time and a lot of experience/work to be able to figure out what's best and there isn't always a clear answer.  Source: pro buy side credit investor with experience and sizeable AuMs.\"","score":9.964151},{"document_id":"597850-0-335","text":"\nCAPM is a pricing model.  Not a risk model.  &gt; If you're talking about corporate finance where a firm is considering an investment such as a new project, then a determining a WACC and using it as a discount rate for your cash flow is a basic strategy.  Once again... WACC is a pricing model and has nothing to do with risk modeling.","score":10.384275}],"e9dd465e8dd63a80dda8f3ce9cba6848<::>7":[{"document_id":"558617-0-616","text":"\nNote that the formula for Price to Book ratio is:  Stock Price / {[Total Assets - (Intangible Assets + Liabilities)] / Stock Outstanding}  http://www.investopedia.com/terms/p/price-to-bookratio.asp  http://www.investopedia.com/articles/fundamental/03/112603.asp  There's a number of factors that could lead to a lower than 1. The primary reason, imho, could be the company is in a state of retiring stock with debt. The company is selling penny stocks (only to get people more interested in it's later development) which are inherently undervalued. There may be other reasons, but definitely check out both articles.","score":21.235918},{"document_id":"599414-0-300","text":"\nShareholders are the equity holders. They mean the same thing.  A simplified formula for the total value of a company is the value of its equity, plus the value of its debt, less its cash (for reasons I won't get into). There are usually other things to add or subtract, but that's the basic formula.","score":9.645335},{"document_id":"259145-0-1124","text":"\n\"Is evaluating stocks just a loss of time if the stock is traded very much? Not at all! Making sound investment decisions based on fundamental analysis of companies will help you to do decide whether a given company is right for you and your risk appetite. Investing is not a zero-sum game, and you can achieve a positive long-term (or short-term, depending on what you're after) outcome for yourself without compromising your ability to sleep at night if you take the time to become acquainted with the companies that you are investing in. How can you ensure that your evaluation is more precise than the   market ones which consists of the evaluation of thousands of people   and professionals? For the average individual, the answer is often simply \"\"you probably cannot\"\". But you don't have to set the bar that high - what you can do is ensure that your evaluation gives you a better understanding of your investment and allows you to better align it with your investment objectives. You don't have to beat the professionals, you just have to lose less money than you would by paying them to make the decision for you.\"","score":11.212708},{"document_id":"241308-0-414","text":"\nThe three places you want to focus on are the income statement, the balance sheet, and cash flow statement. The standard measure for multiple of income is the P/E or price earnings ratio  For the balance sheet, the debt to equity or debt to capital (debt+equity) ratio. For cash generation, price to cash flow, or price to free cash flow. (The lower the better, all other things being equal, for all three ratios.)","score":24.48743},{"document_id":"452479-0-560","text":"\nThere is no formula for calculating a stock price based on the financials of a company. A stock price is set by the market and always has a component built into it that is based on something outside of the current valuation of a company using its financials. Essentially, the stock price of a company per share is whatever the best price it can get on the open market. If you are looking at how to evaluate if a stock is a good value at the current price, then look at some of the answers, but I wanted to answer this based on the way you phrased the question.","score":11.639737}],"c5518952b78b171de2d5b9317103ba62<::>1":[{"document_id":"309909-0-1442","text":"\nAre you allowed to have two personal current accounts with a debit card attached to each one? Yes, you may have as many current accounts you want, but you should ask why should I have more than one. It is cumbersome and time consuming to keep track of ongoing incoming credits and outgoing debits. Open to bank fraud too, if you aren't careful. If yes, can a sole trader in the UK use the second personal account for business transactions? Yes, but no payments to the business. At the end of the year you file you P11D, even if you have a business bank account. You would need to justify the expenses by keeping the bills and stuff. As it will be a personal account, you have to little more careful, not to mix personal and business expenses.  If you are allowed to use a second personal account for business transactions, then why would someone choose to open a business bank account, where you have to pay? What are the benefits? First of all no company will pay into you personal account, for any transactions, they need to pay you. They will only pay to an account registered with the business, with whom they are dealing with. Benefits are you have your business expenses sorted out in one account and personal expenses in other. Pure business expenses comes out of the business account, rather than from your personal purse, keeps the accounts smooth. No need to sort out expenses at the end of each quarter or at the end of each month.","score":13.3389015},{"document_id":"423871-0-1567","text":"\n\"Besides your credit score, there are other smart reasons to have a second line of credit.  (Your credit score doesn't affect you the majority of your life, but when it does whoooooo boy does it.) Should the first bank you have credit with create or find a clerical error, a second line of credit can provide a cushion while you sort it out with the first Should physically damage a card, or have it stolen, having a second backup at home will be helpful as you wait for a replacement. Getting a second line of credit with a different institution than your first allows you the flexibility to cancel one and move your business should the deal become unfavorable to you. Multiple lines of credit in of itself is a plus to your credit score (albeit a small one) You can organize your finances.  One card handles the recurring payments in your life, the second incidentals.  The expected activity type might make it easier to detect fraud. When you get your second line of credit, get it from a different institution than where you have any other business now.  (A credit union if you can, or a small local bank).  Make sure there is no annual fee, and if there is a reward, be certain it is worth it.  Cash back is my favorite because I can spend cash where I like, whereas \"\"points\"\" have to come out of product in their catalogs.  Lower interest rate is best of all.  Even though you always plan on paying it off every month like clockwork, you might one day run into an issue where you cannot.  Lower interest rate becomes very important in that plannings scenario.\"","score":12.759666},{"document_id":"413229-0-344","text":"\nYou should have a separate business account. Mixing business and personal funds is a bad practice. Shop around, you should be able to find a bank that will let you open a free checking account, especially if you are going to have minimal activity (e.g. less than 20 of checks per month) and perhaps maintain a small balance (e.g. $100 or $500).","score":14.070281},{"document_id":"135093-0-464","text":"\nCould you not open an additional checking account using both of your names? Of course, this additional account will technically also be yours, but if he's the only one placing money into it, then he's not spending your money from your existing checking account. I'd recommend going to bank of america, letting them know you have an existing checking account and stating that you'd like to open a second checking account.  I don't see any problem with this, do you?","score":12.596387},{"document_id":"367754-0-1807","text":"\nI feel the need to separate my freelance accounts from my personal accounts. Yes, you should. Should I start another savings account or a current account? Do you need the money for daily spending? Do you need to re-invest in your business? Use a current account. If you don't need the money for business expenses, put it away in your savings account or even consider term deposits. Don't rule out a hybrid approach either (some in savings account, some in current account). What criteria should I keep in mind while choosing a bank? (I thought of SBI since it has a lot of branches and ATMs). If you are involved in online banking and that is sufficient for most of your needs, bank and ATM locations shouldn't matter all that much. If you are saving a good chunk of money, you want to at least have that keep up with inflation. Research bank term deposit interest rates. The tend to be higher than just having your money sit in a savings account. Again, it depends on how and when you expect to need the money. What do I keep in mind while paying myself? Paying yourself could have tax implications. This depends on how are set up to freelance. Are you a business entity or are you an individual? You should look in to the following in India: The other thing to consider is rewarding yourself for the good work done. Pay yourself a reasonable amount. If you decide to expand and hire people going forward, you will have a better sense of business expenses involved when paying salaries. Tips on managing money in the business account. This is a very generic question. I can only provide a generic response. Know how much you are earning and how much your are putting back in to the business. Be reasonable in how much you pay yourself and do the proper research and paperwork from a taxation point of view.","score":16.297167}],"c5518952b78b171de2d5b9317103ba62<::>5":[{"document_id":"572848-0-289","text":"\nWhy not just open multiple accounts at the same bank? That would make it harder to lose track of, and you could probably still get reports summarizing the balances across them. I do this and it works well, my credit union even lets me name each account so it is easy to keep them straight.","score":17.550156},{"document_id":"431462-0-417","text":"\nIf it's always the same person: Open a second account, with them as the account holder. Get them a debit card for that account. To move money, do an inter-account transfer from yours to theirs. Fast, low to no fee, simple. (For a while I had a second credit card on my account for this purpose -- the other person was a trustworthy family member -- but a debit card on its own account is cleaner and much less risky.)","score":15.191949},{"document_id":"528840-0-447","text":"\nI've had all my account with the same bank for all my life. Generally, the disadvantage is that if I want some kind of product like a credit extension or a mortgage, I have the one bank to go to and if they don't want to help me I'm out of luck. However, occasionally there are also perks like the bank spontaneously offering you increased credit or even a whole line of credit. They can do this because they have your whole history and trust you.","score":16.701841},{"document_id":"309909-0-1442","text":"\nAre you allowed to have two personal current accounts with a debit card attached to each one? Yes, you may have as many current accounts you want, but you should ask why should I have more than one. It is cumbersome and time consuming to keep track of ongoing incoming credits and outgoing debits. Open to bank fraud too, if you aren't careful. If yes, can a sole trader in the UK use the second personal account for business transactions? Yes, but no payments to the business. At the end of the year you file you P11D, even if you have a business bank account. You would need to justify the expenses by keeping the bills and stuff. As it will be a personal account, you have to little more careful, not to mix personal and business expenses.  If you are allowed to use a second personal account for business transactions, then why would someone choose to open a business bank account, where you have to pay? What are the benefits? First of all no company will pay into you personal account, for any transactions, they need to pay you. They will only pay to an account registered with the business, with whom they are dealing with. Benefits are you have your business expenses sorted out in one account and personal expenses in other. Pure business expenses comes out of the business account, rather than from your personal purse, keeps the accounts smooth. No need to sort out expenses at the end of each quarter or at the end of each month.","score":17.752697},{"document_id":"135093-0-464","text":"\nCould you not open an additional checking account using both of your names? Of course, this additional account will technically also be yours, but if he's the only one placing money into it, then he's not spending your money from your existing checking account. I'd recommend going to bank of america, letting them know you have an existing checking account and stating that you'd like to open a second checking account.  I don't see any problem with this, do you?","score":18.091656}],"c5518952b78b171de2d5b9317103ba62<::>6":[{"document_id":"579473-0-785","text":"\nA technique that is working pretty well for me: Hide the money from myself: I have two bank accounts at different banks. Let's call them A and B. I asked my employer to send my salary into account A. Furthermore I have configured an automatic transfer of money from account A to account B on the first of each month.  I only use account B for all my expenses (rent, credit card, food, etc) and I check its statement quite often. Since the monthly transfer is only 80% of my salary I save money each month in account A. I don't have a credit card attached to the savings account and I almost never look at its statement. Since that money is out of sight, I do not think much about it and I do not think that I could spend it. I know it is a cheap trick, but it works pretty well for me.","score":14.287275},{"document_id":"173807-0-1094","text":"\nPersonally, I keep two regular checking accounts at different banks.  One gets a direct deposit totaling the sum of my regular monthly bills and a prorated provision for longer term regular bills like semi-annual car insurance premiums.  I leave a buffer in the account to account for the odd expensive electrical bill or rate increase or whatever.  One gets a direct deposit of the rest which I then allocate to savings and spending. It makes sense to me to separate off regular planned expenses (rent/mortgage, utility bills, insurance premiums) from spending money because it lets me put the basics of my life on autopilot.  An added benefit is I have a failover checking account in the event something happens to one of them.  I don't keep significant amounts of money in either account and don't give transfer access to the savings accounts that store the bulk of my money.  I wear a tinfoil hat when it comes to automatic bank transfers and account access... It doesn't make sense to me to keep deposits separate from spending, it makes less sense to me to spend off of a savings account.","score":14.879947},{"document_id":"135093-0-464","text":"\nCould you not open an additional checking account using both of your names? Of course, this additional account will technically also be yours, but if he's the only one placing money into it, then he's not spending your money from your existing checking account. I'd recommend going to bank of america, letting them know you have an existing checking account and stating that you'd like to open a second checking account.  I don't see any problem with this, do you?","score":16.113886},{"document_id":"349445-0-1335","text":"\nToday typically a Business needs to hold accounts in more than one currency. Banks in certain countries are offering what is called a dual currency account. It is essentially 2 accounts with same account number but different currency. So One can have an account number say 123456 and have it in say AUD and USD. So the balance will always show as X AUD and Y USD. If you deposit funds [electronic, check or cash] in USD; your USD balance goes up. Likewise at the time of withdrawal you have to specify what currency you are withdrawing. Interest rates are calculated at different percentage for different currencies.  So in a nutshell it would like operating 2 accounts, with the advantage of remembering only one account number. Designate a particular currency as default currency. So if you don't quote a currency along with the account number, it would be treated as default currency. Otherwise you always quote the account number and currency. Of-course bundled with other services like free Fx Advice etc it makes the entire proposition very attractive. Edit: If you have AUD 100 and USD 100, if you try and withdraw USD 110, it will not be allowed; Unless you also sign up for a auto sweep conversion.  If you deposit a GBP check into the account, by default it would get converted into AUD [assuming AUD is the default currency]","score":15.811286},{"document_id":"41012-0-933","text":"\nThere is no difference in safety form the perspective of the bank failing, due to FDIC/NCUA insurance.  However, there is a practical issue that should be considered, if you allow payments to be automatically withdrawn from your checking account  In the case of an error, all of you money may be unavailable until the error is resolved, which could be days or weeks.  By having two accounts, this possibility may be reduced.  It isn't a difference between checking and savings, but a benefit of having two accounts. Note that if both accounts are at the same bank, hey make take money from other accounts to cover the shortfall. That said, I've done this for years and have never had a problem.  Also, I have two accounts, one at a local credit union with just enough kept in it to cover any payments, and another online account that has the rest of my savings.  I can easily transfer funds between the two accounts in a couple days.","score":16.334114}],"c5518952b78b171de2d5b9317103ba62<::>7":[{"document_id":"462036-0-1879","text":"\n\"This may be a bit advanced now, but once you start really working and get a place, I think this will apply more... Do I set up a bank account now? Yes. There is no reason not to. As an adult you will be using this much more than you think. Assuming you have a little money, you can walk in to any bank almost any day of the week and set up an account with them in very little time. Note that they may require you to be 18 if your parents won't be with you on the account. Otherwise, just ask any bank representative to help you do this. Just to be clear, if you can get a credit union account over a typical bank account, this is a great idea. Credit unions provide exactly the same financial services as a normal bank, but typically have variety of advantages over banks. Bank Account Parts Bank accounts typically have two parts, a checking account and a savings account. Your checking account typically is what you use for most day-to-day transactions and your savings account is generally used for, well, saving money. Having a bank account often gives you the following advantages: They give you an ability to store money without having large amounts of cash on hand. Once you start working regularly, you'll find you won't want to keep ~$600+ cash every two weeks in your wallet or apartment. They help you pay bills. When you set up your bank account, you will likely be able to get a Visa debit card which will process like a regular credit card but simply deduct funds from your checking account. You can use this card online to pay utilities (i.e. electricity and water), general bills (e.g. your cell phone and cable), purchase items (ex. at Amazon) or use it in stores to pay in lieu of cash. Be aware -- some banks will give you an ATM-only card before they send you the Visa debit card in the mail. This ATM-only card can only be used at ATMs as it's name implies.","score":18.462189},{"document_id":"173807-0-1094","text":"\nPersonally, I keep two regular checking accounts at different banks.  One gets a direct deposit totaling the sum of my regular monthly bills and a prorated provision for longer term regular bills like semi-annual car insurance premiums.  I leave a buffer in the account to account for the odd expensive electrical bill or rate increase or whatever.  One gets a direct deposit of the rest which I then allocate to savings and spending. It makes sense to me to separate off regular planned expenses (rent/mortgage, utility bills, insurance premiums) from spending money because it lets me put the basics of my life on autopilot.  An added benefit is I have a failover checking account in the event something happens to one of them.  I don't keep significant amounts of money in either account and don't give transfer access to the savings accounts that store the bulk of my money.  I wear a tinfoil hat when it comes to automatic bank transfers and account access... It doesn't make sense to me to keep deposits separate from spending, it makes less sense to me to spend off of a savings account.","score":18.150518},{"document_id":"41012-0-933","text":"\nThere is no difference in safety form the perspective of the bank failing, due to FDIC/NCUA insurance.  However, there is a practical issue that should be considered, if you allow payments to be automatically withdrawn from your checking account  In the case of an error, all of you money may be unavailable until the error is resolved, which could be days or weeks.  By having two accounts, this possibility may be reduced.  It isn't a difference between checking and savings, but a benefit of having two accounts. Note that if both accounts are at the same bank, hey make take money from other accounts to cover the shortfall. That said, I've done this for years and have never had a problem.  Also, I have two accounts, one at a local credit union with just enough kept in it to cover any payments, and another online account that has the rest of my savings.  I can easily transfer funds between the two accounts in a couple days.","score":19.945839},{"document_id":"309909-0-1442","text":"\nAre you allowed to have two personal current accounts with a debit card attached to each one? Yes, you may have as many current accounts you want, but you should ask why should I have more than one. It is cumbersome and time consuming to keep track of ongoing incoming credits and outgoing debits. Open to bank fraud too, if you aren't careful. If yes, can a sole trader in the UK use the second personal account for business transactions? Yes, but no payments to the business. At the end of the year you file you P11D, even if you have a business bank account. You would need to justify the expenses by keeping the bills and stuff. As it will be a personal account, you have to little more careful, not to mix personal and business expenses.  If you are allowed to use a second personal account for business transactions, then why would someone choose to open a business bank account, where you have to pay? What are the benefits? First of all no company will pay into you personal account, for any transactions, they need to pay you. They will only pay to an account registered with the business, with whom they are dealing with. Benefits are you have your business expenses sorted out in one account and personal expenses in other. Pure business expenses comes out of the business account, rather than from your personal purse, keeps the accounts smooth. No need to sort out expenses at the end of each quarter or at the end of each month.","score":18.749899},{"document_id":"349445-0-1335","text":"\nToday typically a Business needs to hold accounts in more than one currency. Banks in certain countries are offering what is called a dual currency account. It is essentially 2 accounts with same account number but different currency. So One can have an account number say 123456 and have it in say AUD and USD. So the balance will always show as X AUD and Y USD. If you deposit funds [electronic, check or cash] in USD; your USD balance goes up. Likewise at the time of withdrawal you have to specify what currency you are withdrawing. Interest rates are calculated at different percentage for different currencies.  So in a nutshell it would like operating 2 accounts, with the advantage of remembering only one account number. Designate a particular currency as default currency. So if you don't quote a currency along with the account number, it would be treated as default currency. Otherwise you always quote the account number and currency. Of-course bundled with other services like free Fx Advice etc it makes the entire proposition very attractive. Edit: If you have AUD 100 and USD 100, if you try and withdraw USD 110, it will not be allowed; Unless you also sign up for a auto sweep conversion.  If you deposit a GBP check into the account, by default it would get converted into AUD [assuming AUD is the default currency]","score":14.377877}],"535ebd306304982e4e49cc989ce5b10b<::>1":[{"document_id":"108739-0-242","text":"\nYou can pay with a cashiers check or personal check. You can even pay cash, or combine payment methods. However, in the USA if you give the dealership $10,000 or more in actual cash, they will be required to fill out a form 8300 with the IRS.","score":15.514337},{"document_id":"9146-0-251","text":"\nOne additional reason to pay with cash rather than financing is that you will be able to completely shut down the dealership from haggling over finance terms and get right to the point of haggling over the cost of the car (which you should always do).","score":14.80311},{"document_id":"584106-0-1133","text":"\nIf you want the new car, pay cash for it. Here's why: By paying cash for the car, you immediately save $2,500 off the price of the car. That is not insignificant, it's 8.3% off.  By paying cash, you'll never be upside down on the car, and you can sell the car anytime you want.  You said that all you need to do is beat the 0.9% interest rate with your investment to come out ahead. That doesn't take into account the discount you would have gotten by paying cash. $30,000 invested for 5 years at 1.6% (rough estimate) would get you $2,500 (the discount), so the rate you need to beat to come out ahead is actually 2.5%. Still doable, but it is much less of a sure thing on a 5 year investment, and much less worth the trouble.  New cars are an expensive luxury. If you are wealthy enough, a new car certainly can be appropriate for you. However, if you don't like the idea of paying $30k in cash all at once, that is a strong indication that perhaps the new car is a luxury you aren't in a position to buy at this time. Borrowing the money and paying for it over time makes it psychologically easier to over spend on transportation.","score":14.77572},{"document_id":"301643-0-342","text":"\nYou know what? Pay cash, but ask for a discount. And something fairly hefty. Don't be afraid to bargain. The discount will be worth more than the interest you'd get on the same amount of money. And if the salesman doesn't give you a decent discount, ask to speak to the manager. And if that doesn't work, try another store. Good luck with it!","score":14.619288},{"document_id":"346042-0-906","text":"\nWhen you pay cash for a car, you don't always necessarily need to pay cash. You just aren't using credit or a loan is all. A few options you have are: Obviously no dealer expects anyone to just have the cash laying around for a car worth a few thousand dollars, nor would you bother going to your bank or credit union for the cash. You can simply get a cashier's check made out for the amount. Note that dealers may not accept personal checks as they may bounce.  After negotiations at the dealer, you would explain you're paying cash, likely pay a deposit (depending on the price of the car, but $500 would probably be enough. Again, the deposit can be a check or bank deposit), and then come back later on with a cashier's check, or deposit into a bank account. You would be able to do this later that day or within a few days, but since you've purchased a new car you would probably want to return ASAP!","score":15.949655}],"535ebd306304982e4e49cc989ce5b10b<::>2":[{"document_id":"107898-1765-3544","text":"\nA lot of them will let you pay to principal yes, but you're still due next month. With CAF, you can have your cake, and eat it too. I worked for them in College - I know their financing system in and out, and I've always financed with them for that very reason. So, back to the question - should you keep the loan alive, albeit for a small amount. My unprofessional answer is yes! Car loans are very powerful in your credit report because they are installment accounts (same as Mortgages, and other accounts that you pay down to 0 and the loan is closed). Credit cards, are revolving accounts, and don't offer as much bang for your money - unless you are savvy in manipulating your card balances - take it up one month, take it down to 0 the next month, etc. I play those games a lot - but I always find mortgage and auto loans make the best impact. I do exactly what you do myself - I pay off the car down to about $500 (I actually make several small payments each equal to the agreed upon Monthly payment because their system automatically treats that as a payment for the next month due, and the one after that, etc - on top of paying it all to principal as I mentioned). DO NOT leave a dollar, as another reader mentioned - they have a \"\"good will\"\" threshold, I can't remember how much - probably $50, for which they will consider the account paid off, and close it out. So, if your concern is throwing away free money but you still want the account alive, your \"\"sweet spot\"\" where you can be sure the loan is not closed, is probably around $100. BUT....something else important to consider if you decide to go with that strategy of keeping the account alive (which I recommend). In my case, CAF will adjust down your next payment due, if it's less than the principal left.","score":11.936162},{"document_id":"526106-0-2001","text":"\n\"It is called \"\"Credit card installments\"\" or \"\"Equal pay installments\"\", and I am not aware of them being widely used in the USA. While in other countries they are supported by banks directly (right?), in US you may find this option only in some big stores like home improvement stores, car dealerships, cell phone operators (so that you can buy a new phone) etc. Some stores allow 0% financing for, say, 12 months which is not exactly the same as installments but close, if you have discipline to pay $250 each month and not wait for 12 months to end. Splitting the big payment in parts means that the seller gets money in parts as well, and it adds risks of customer default, introduces debt collection possibility etc. That's why it's usually up to the merchants to support it - bank does not care in this case, from the bank point of view the store just charges the same card another $250 every month. In other countries banks support this option directly, I think, taking over or dividing the risk with the merchants. This has not happened in US. There is a company SplitIt which automates installments if stores want to support it but again, it means stores need to agree to it. Here is a simple article describing how credit cards work: https://www.usbank.com/credit-cards/how-credit-cards-work.html In general, if you move to US, you are unlikely to be able to get a regular credit card because you will not have any \"\"credit history\"\" which is a system designed to track each customer ability to get & pay off debt. The easiest way to build the history - request \"\"secured credit card\"\", which means you have to give the bank money up front and then they will give you a credit card with a credit limit equal to that amount. It's like a \"\"practice credit card\"\". You use it for 6-12 months and the bank will report your usage to credit bureaus, establishing your \"\"credit score\"\". After that you should be able to get your money back and convert your secured card into a regular credit card.","score":12.929025},{"document_id":"108739-0-242","text":"\nYou can pay with a cashiers check or personal check. You can even pay cash, or combine payment methods. However, in the USA if you give the dealership $10,000 or more in actual cash, they will be required to fill out a form 8300 with the IRS.","score":12.004081},{"document_id":"9146-0-251","text":"\nOne additional reason to pay with cash rather than financing is that you will be able to completely shut down the dealership from haggling over finance terms and get right to the point of haggling over the cost of the car (which you should always do).","score":11.907957},{"document_id":"105694-0-598","text":"\nTo add to what others have said, INSTALLMENT CREDIT is a stronger factor when building credit. An installment credit is essentially a loan with a fixed repay amount such as a student loan and a car loan. Banks (when it comes to buying your first home) want to see that you are financially able to repay a big debt (car loan). But be careful, if you cannot pay cash, you cannot afford it. My rule of thumb is that when I'm charging something to my CC, I MUST pay it off when it posts to my account. I just became debt free (paid off about 15k in CC and student loan debt in 18 months) and I love it.","score":12.328762}],"535ebd306304982e4e49cc989ce5b10b<::>6":[{"document_id":"145206-0-521","text":"\nThey would be making a huge assumption. Like when they thought people would buy Z71 trucks that weren't four wheel drive. And guess what! They were right.   They're only going to be making cars right now I'd almost guarantee. Maybe some light SUV's and maybe a large SUV but only as an option along with combustion engines continuing. EV's are definitely being aimed at urban commuters and are best used for that purpose right now.   But before long they will be making $$$ selling all that torque to workers/enthusiasts.","score":13.399069},{"document_id":"303659-0-1032","text":"\nThe short answer is yes, electrical vehicles make logistical sense. The batteries aren't quite where they should be to really push the market, but the lifecycles are high enough, and the batteries themselves can be recycled.   There are two major advantages that electric has over oil. The first is that electricity is abundant and can come from many sources. This means that a car can be running on power from coal, wind, solar, hydro-electric, or any other source of electricity. This also means that the cost per mile driven is generally lower than the cost of a gas driven car.   Another big advantage is the national security it offers. If electric were to really enter the consumer market in a big way, the dependency on countries in the Middle East and Africa would be lessened. It would also ease some of the competition between nations like China and the United States over natural resources.   Of course their are problems with electric cars as well, and they aren't even close to replacing gas for use in heavy machinery.","score":13.218231},{"document_id":"253565-0-505","text":"\nThis is great news.  EVs are growing so fast.  Their reduced fuel and maintenance costs will be a great boon to the economy.  I wouldn't be surprising to see EVs take a significant share of the auto market in the coming years (they were ~1% in 2016).  Innovation drives economic growth.  It's also good for the environment (the electricity used is much cleaner than gasoline/diesel) and electrical grid (increased demand that's potentially responsive to system load helps finance smart grid improvements).","score":14.705161},{"document_id":"260255-0-2234","text":"\n\"While I agree with the overarching narrative regarding the car industry, self driving cars, and how people will use transportation in the future, I deeply disagree with his timeframe and reject that his clearly large city centric thinking will effect all parts of the country and all parts of the world. There is no way this happens as quickly as he says it will for the following reasons: On his claim that electric cars will be all anyone will buy: 1. We lack the road or electrical grid infrastructure to support tens of millions of electric vehicles throughout the US, this will take far more than just 5-10 years, especially in the more rural parts of the country. 2. We lack the production capacity to create the batteries for 17 million of yearly sales of automobiles for the few years between 2021-2025 when everyone is presumably just buying only electric self driving cars. 3. The used market for combustion engine cars will \"\"tank\"\" so strongly that it will actually create demand for people to buy combustion cars, as the costs will now outweigh the savings of buying a new car with lower running costs, thus pushing his timeline out into the future by several years. 4. Cars, even electric cars, are much more complicated, durable, expensive, and prone to damage and accidents than most software and disposable consumer electronics he cites in his examples. Of course Nokia went from 50% of the market to 5% over one product cycle! People completely replaced their phones every 2-3 years back then! Wireless carriers built a system where even if your phone worked, you had little to no reason not to lock in another contract and get the next best phone. Of course people would dump their Nokia bricks for an iPhone, it was the next best thing. Cars have a much longer life cycle, and inefficient older models will be around for decades in some cases because they will be a sunk cost for those who bought them. On his claim that no one will own a car anymore and everyone will ride share: 1. How does one decide to take a road trip somewhere? What about people who travel for a living or as an integral part of doing their job? 2. I personally think a ride sharing transportation network represents a limiting of freedom.","score":13.975334},{"document_id":"44011-0-325","text":"\nThey lobbied to get a monopoly on direct to buyer cars (no dealership), they also receive subsidies on each car, as they aren't affordable for consumers. Their goal is more to take over the electric car market, not to put consumer desires first. I'm probably going to hell for pointing this out, but I thought you could know.","score":12.969236}],"535ebd306304982e4e49cc989ce5b10b<::>8":[{"document_id":"551325-0-398","text":"\nAverage life of a car is 8 years/150k.  And, btw, EV batteries are warrantied for 8/100k by law.  Warranties are not the average amount of time a battery will last, they're the minimum.  Here's one which has gone 300k miles, which is more than 25 years worth of mileage for the average driver: http://www.tesloop.com/blog/2017/8/30/tesla-model-s-hits-300k-miles-with-less-than-11k-maintenance-costs","score":11.281402},{"document_id":"485187-0-819","text":"\n\"But you also can't use a comparison to a cell phone battery; they are not the same chemistry either despite both having \"\"lithium\"\" in the name, and EVs limit themselves to a far narrower range of charge than a cell phone does.  My point was that Toyota, didn't base their longevity claims on nothing; they did a shitload of testing of their battery before putting it out, and the \"\"you'll need a new pack after five years\"\" crowd was ultimately proved wrong.  GM has made similar claims about the longevity of their packs, based on similar shitloads of research and testing, and I see no reason why they won't ultimately enjoy the same vindication.  As for Nissan, they are reaping the effects of cheaping out and omitting a liquid cooling system from their cars battery packs. Heat kills batteries of any chemistry!\"","score":12.485742},{"document_id":"269912-0-306","text":"\nThe issue is production volume.   No other manufacturer had the foresight to build a gigafactory.   Therefore no other manufacturer can source enough batteries for hundreds of thousands of cars per year.   Tesla will ruler the EV market for years - until legacy makers catch up in terms of battery sources.","score":10.894424},{"document_id":"70526-0-1302","text":"\n\"It's a fair complaint to have. People have grown accustomed to road trips needing only 5-10 minutes to refuel and continue on. That's currently a problem in the EV market, and one that lots of manufacturers are working hard to try and fix.   Porsche just unveiled their 800 volt, 350kW charger that's 2-3 times faster charging (on paper) than the Tesla Superchargers (which operate at 480 volts, max 120kW). For example, a 75kWh battery on a Tesla can \"\"supercharge\"\" from 0 to 75kWh \"\"full charge\"\" in 37 minutes (although the battery should never be fully depleted). With Porsche's supercharger, a 75kWh battery could charge ~13 minutes. Tesla is expecting to upgrade their supercharger technology to match or exceed Porsche soon.  However, the addressable component to \"\"range anxiety\"\" in EV's is recharging, and as more companies are focusing on the EV market, addressing that problem will become first priority. Further, the batteries being used will increase in density and capability (therefore, increased range), so charging a battery will become even more important. The goal is that, in the future, you can have a 500+ mile battery and still charge it in &lt;10 minutes. If a 500+ miles battery, or a 150kWh battery pack, had access to 350kW chargers, the charge time would be ~25 minutes.\"","score":10.894603},{"document_id":"541778-0-629","text":"\nOr valued like a company that is likely to lead the transition to EVs.  What most people miss: to make 1M EVs/year you need at least 50GWh in batteries/year. This is an amount you cannot buy anywhere. Not even if you're Mercedes or BMW or GM. The only solution is to build dedicated factories for this, and that takes 3-5 years.  Tesla has the forethought to realize this is the bottleneck and they moved early. So in 2020 each of the other car makers can maybe source enough batteries for 100K cars/year, while Tesla will make their own to the tune of 1M cars/year.  This will change eventually, of course. But not anytime soon.","score":11.520632}],"535ebd306304982e4e49cc989ce5b10b<::>9":[{"document_id":"541778-0-629","text":"\nOr valued like a company that is likely to lead the transition to EVs.  What most people miss: to make 1M EVs/year you need at least 50GWh in batteries/year. This is an amount you cannot buy anywhere. Not even if you're Mercedes or BMW or GM. The only solution is to build dedicated factories for this, and that takes 3-5 years.  Tesla has the forethought to realize this is the bottleneck and they moved early. So in 2020 each of the other car makers can maybe source enough batteries for 100K cars/year, while Tesla will make their own to the tune of 1M cars/year.  This will change eventually, of course. But not anytime soon.","score":15.19555},{"document_id":"548420-0-498","text":"\n\"&gt;The Chevy Bolt has a 50% larger battery for practically the same price.  As far as I can tell, the Chevy Bolt has a 60kWh battery and 238 mile advertised range, and it's base price is more expensive than the Tesla Model 3. Further, no other \"\"available\"\" electric vehicle has a 200+ mile range. BMW i3 has max 114 miles on a charge, Fiat 500e is 87 miles, VW eGolf with range extender 125mi.   Further, nobody else is offering an \"\"affordable\"\" EV with that range AND self-driving capability.\"","score":14.768781},{"document_id":"485187-0-819","text":"\n\"But you also can't use a comparison to a cell phone battery; they are not the same chemistry either despite both having \"\"lithium\"\" in the name, and EVs limit themselves to a far narrower range of charge than a cell phone does.  My point was that Toyota, didn't base their longevity claims on nothing; they did a shitload of testing of their battery before putting it out, and the \"\"you'll need a new pack after five years\"\" crowd was ultimately proved wrong.  GM has made similar claims about the longevity of their packs, based on similar shitloads of research and testing, and I see no reason why they won't ultimately enjoy the same vindication.  As for Nissan, they are reaping the effects of cheaping out and omitting a liquid cooling system from their cars battery packs. Heat kills batteries of any chemistry!\"","score":17.982077},{"document_id":"551325-0-398","text":"\nAverage life of a car is 8 years/150k.  And, btw, EV batteries are warrantied for 8/100k by law.  Warranties are not the average amount of time a battery will last, they're the minimum.  Here's one which has gone 300k miles, which is more than 25 years worth of mileage for the average driver: http://www.tesloop.com/blog/2017/8/30/tesla-model-s-hits-300k-miles-with-less-than-11k-maintenance-costs","score":16.742672},{"document_id":"421621-0-251","text":"\nI'm no expert but I don't think it'll take to 2040 will have 54% of sales.. Once full EV's cost 25k there isn't any reason to buy a gasoline car, the gas savings alone will be cheaper let alone repairs, oil change, filters, and they're already at 35k.","score":14.908174}],"2f484ad8f3baf91136f040855892c82e<::>2":[{"document_id":"6e52d5b809f037b2-2126-4106","text":"Europa Clipper - NASA Science\nScientists predict Europa has a salty ocean beneath its icy crust that could hold the building blocks necessary to sustain life.TypeOrbiterLaunchOct. 10, 2024TargetEuropaObjectiveDetermine if Europa has conditions suitable to support lifeMission OverviewSpacecraftWhy Europa?What will Europa Clipper do?Europa Clipper’s main science goal is to determine whether there are places below the surface of Jupiter’s icy moon, Europa, that could support life.The mission’s three main science objectives are to understand the nature of the ice shell and the ocean beneath it, along with the moon’s composition and geology. The mission’s detailed exploration of Europa will help scientists better understand the astrobiological potential for habitable worlds beyond our planet.Read MoreAn artist's concept of NASA’s Europa Clipper spacecraft.NASA/JPL-CaltechWhat is NASA’s Europa Clipper spacecraft?Europa Clipper is a robotic solar-powered spacecraft built to conduct the first detailed investigations of Jupiter's icy moon Europa.With its solar arrays deployed, Europa Clipper spans more than 100 feet (about 30 meters) – about the length of a basketball court. The main body of the spacecraft consists of its avionics vault, radiofrequency module, and propulsion module.Read MoreWorkers use a crane to lift Europa Clipper's high-gain antenna as they prepare to install it on the spacecraft on Aug. 14, 2023. NASA/JPL-CaltechWhy Europa?The search for life beyond Earth is one of NASA’s primary objectives. If humans are to truly understand our place in the universe, we must learn whether our planet is the only place where life exists. So the search is on! There is strong evidence Jupiter's moon Europa has a saltwater ocean that may be one of the best places to look for environments where life could exist beyond Earth.Read MoreThis view of Jupiter’s icy moon Europa was captured by the JunoCam imager aboard NASA’s Juno spacecraft during the mission’s close flyby on Sept. 29, 2022.","title":"Europa Clipper - NASA Science","score":41.590862},{"document_id":"0a437f6bacf55ac9-2-1972","text":"Europa: A World of Ice, With Potential for Life – NASA's Europa Clipper\nEuropa: A World of Ice, With Potential for Life – NASA's Europa Clipper\n\nNASA\n\nEuropa Clipper\n\nSkip Navigation\n\nmenu\n\nclose modal\n\nNews\n\n| June 8, 2021\n\nEuropa: A World of Ice, With Potential for Life\n\nJupiter’s icy moon Europa may be the most promising place in the solar system to find present-day environments suitable for life beyond Earth.\nScientists study the origin, evolution, distribution, and future of life in the universe in a scientific field called astrobiology. They’ve found that life as we know it requires three main ingredients: temperatures that allow liquid water to exist; the presence of carbon-based molecules; and an energy input, such as sunlight.\nEuropa seems to have all three ingredients. But to understand why it’s a uniquely captivating target for astrobiology, it helps to know a bit about a few other moons and planets in the solar system. The story starts with water.\nProbing Planets’ Pasts\nAlmost everywhere we find water on Earth, we also find life. So water’s presence or absence is an initial way to assess a world’s habitability. As it happens, Earth’s planetary neighbors may have once been wetter.\nFor as long as 2 billion years, liquid water may have covered much of the surface of Venus. But today Venus is a hellscape. The planet’s atmospheric pressure would crush a human, and temperatures reach 864 degrees Fahrenheit (462 degrees Celsius). Even if evidence for life were sitting on the planet’s surface, searching for it would be challenging. The planet’s climate is nearly as damaging to robotic probes as it would be to humans.\n\nMars is more merciful. Landing on Mars is notoriously difficult. But Mars offers a more tolerable environment than Venus for any plucky probes that reach the Martian surface intact. Generations of rovers and landers have taught us much about the Red Planet. A few billion years ago, an ocean may have covered one-fifth of the Martian surface. Indeed, scientists think Mars was once habitable.","title":"Europa: A World of Ice, With Potential for Life – NASA's Europa Clipper","score":10.638534},{"document_id":"0a437f6bacf55ac9-7887-9851","text":"Europa: A World of Ice, With Potential for Life – NASA's Europa Clipper\nDo compounds useful to microbes make their way from the moon’s surface and rocky mantle into the ocean? If Europa’s ocean is erupting into space as plumes, what can sampling the plumes reveal about its composition?\nAnswering those questions might guide us toward answering the real question – the BIG question.\nThe Big Question\nDoes Europa harbor life?\nAs yet, we have no evidence for life at Europa, but…\nBetween 50 and 80 percent of life on Earth is in the ocean. Not only plants, coral, fish, and mammals, but also extremophiles — organisms that survive in extreme environments. They live in freezing realms below arctic sea ice and in the boiling temperatures and crushing pressures around deep-sea hydrothermal vents.\nEuropa also seems to have life’s secret ingredient: time.\nEarth’s oldest fossils are 3.5 billions years old. That means life got a foothold on our planet soon after conditions allowed it to survive. And Europa’s ocean may have existed for billions of years.\nGiven what we know about the ingredients for life, how quickly life sprung forth on Earth once conditions allowed it, and that life finds ways to survive in extreme environments, Europa is the premiere place to seek life beyond Earth.\n\nDeep Dive on Jupiter’s moon Europa Infographic\n\nLearn more about the mysterious ocean world, Europa.\n\nDownload ›\n\nFeatured Resources\n\nMASPEX\n\nSpacecraft Makers: Testing Europa Clipper's Magnetometer\n\nAgenor Linea on Europa \n\nMore resources ›\n\n[98]\n\nRelated News\n\nA new NASA study offers an explanation of how quakes could be the source of the mysteriously smooth terrain on moons circling Jupiter and Saturn. \n\nIcy Moonquakes: Surface Shaking Could Trigger Landslides \n\nU.S. Poet Laureate Ada Limón, who is known for work that explores the human connection to the natural world, is crafting a new poem dedicated to NASA’s Europa Clipper mission.\n\nA Voice Among the Stars: Poem by U.S. Poet Laureate Ada Limón Will Ride to Europa on NASA Spacecraft","title":"Europa: A World of Ice, With Potential for Life – NASA's Europa Clipper","score":10.616985},{"document_id":"0a437f6bacf55ac9-1492-3545","text":"Europa: A World of Ice, With Potential for Life – NASA's Europa Clipper\nThe planet’s climate is nearly as damaging to robotic probes as it would be to humans.\n\nMars is more merciful. Landing on Mars is notoriously difficult. But Mars offers a more tolerable environment than Venus for any plucky probes that reach the Martian surface intact. Generations of rovers and landers have taught us much about the Red Planet. A few billion years ago, an ocean may have covered one-fifth of the Martian surface. Indeed, scientists think Mars was once habitable. Then, over millions of years, Mars lost most of the water that was on its surface. Solar wind and radiation stripped away the Martian atmosphere. An ocean world that could have supported life is now a frigid, nearly airless desert.\nBut more exotic worlds farther from the Sun host vast oceans in the present day. Europa is one of those worlds.\nIt Matters Where We Find Life\nAround most stars is a region where conditions are just right for an orbiting planet to have liquid water on its surface. That region is the star’s habitable zone or \"Goldilocks zone.” But scientists have learned that worlds outside the Goldilocks zone can have liquid oceans as well, including several moons in our outer solar system.\nSome moons of Saturn and Jupiter (including Europa, we suspect) are ocean worlds – they have oceans beneath their icy surfaces. In fact, finding life in one of these oceans might be more consequential than finding life on Mars. It could change how humans understand the equation for life in the cosmos.\n\nIn theory, even simple lifeforms can travel from one planet to another. A meteorite collides with a planet and ejects surface material containing microbes. The rocky chunks float through space until some collide with another planet. Life then springs forth on a new world.\nIf life existed on Earth and Mars, it didn’t necessarily start on both worlds. Instead, life may have evolved on one of the two planets, then traveled to the other. We know the two planets swap rocks because Mars rocks have been found on Earth.\nThe outer solar system is another story.","title":"Europa: A World of Ice, With Potential for Life – NASA's Europa Clipper","score":10.739152},{"document_id":"c3c65a23f89d1f39-2-2157","text":"Science | Mission – NASA's Europa Clipper\nScience | Mission – NASA's Europa Clipper\n\nNASA\n\nEuropa Clipper\n\nSkip Navigation\n\nmenu\n\nclose modal\n\nEuropa Clipper Mission\n\nScience\n\nMission\n\nMENU\n\nOverview\n\nScience\n\nTimeline\n\nThe Team\n\nOverview\n\nHistory\n\nFAQ\n\nKey Fact\n\nWhat is Europa Clipper's main science goal? \n\nEuropa Clipper’s main science goal is to determine whether there are places below the surface of Jupiter’s icy moon, Europa, that could support life.\n\nOverviewOverview\n\nDeep beneath the crust of Jupiter’s frozen moon Europa lies a massive liquid water ocean. Exploring this ocean world with our Europa Clipper spacecraft could provide new clues in our search for life beyond Earth. Scheduled to launch in October 2024, Europa Clipper’s main science goal is to determine whether there are places below the surface of Jupiter’s icy moon, Europa, that could support life. Credit: NASA\n\nJupiter’s moon Europa shows strong evidence for an ocean of liquid water beneath its icy crust. Beyond Earth, Europa is considered one of the most promising currently habitable environments in our solar system. \nBelow Europa’s icy surface, evidence suggests there is a global ocean with more water than all of Earth’s oceans combined. Europa could have all the “ingredients” needed for life as we know it: \n\nWater: Twice as much as Earth’s oceans \n\nOrganics: Essential chemical building blocks from a variety of sources\n\nEnergy: Chemical energy sources from the surface and the sea floor\n\nStability: Conditions remaining similar for 4 billion years\n\nNASA's Europa Clipper spacecraft will perform approximately 50 close flybys of the moon, gathering detailed measurements to investigate whether the moon could have conditions suitable for life. Europa Clipper is not a life detection mission – its main science goal is to determine whether there are places below Europa’s surface that could support life.\n\nEuropa Up Close\n\nTake an in-depth look at Jupiter's icy moon and Europa Clipper's plans for investigation.\n\nLearn more ›\n\nScience ObjectivesScience Objectives\nEuropa Clipper has three main science objectives: \n\nDetermine the Thickness of Europa’s Icy Shell & How the Ocean Interacts With the Surface","title":"Science | Mission – NASA's Europa Clipper","score":18.641035}],"2f484ad8f3baf91136f040855892c82e<::>4":[{"document_id":"40e08f602e7660c4-4328-6521","text":"NASA Selects Students for Europa Clipper Intern Program - NASA Science\nCollegeJacob Dietrich, Indiana University, Southeast in New AlbanyJocelyn Mateo, Lorain County Community College in Elyria, OhioSamuel Brown, San Diego Mesa College in San DiegoMadison Stanford, Loyola Marymount University in Los AngelesBryce McGimsey, Solano Community College in Fairfield, CaliforniaNoah Alayon, CUNY LaGuardia Community College in Queens, New YorkTrevor Erwin, University of Texas at AustinAva Frost, Mount Holyoke College in South Hadley, MassachusettsBrianna Casey, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute in Troy, New YorkFatima Mendoza, Texas Tech University in LubbockDaniel Voyles, Harvey Mudd College in Claremont, CaliforniaSwaroop Sathyanarayanan, Georgia Institute of Technology in AtlantaJay Patel, Louisiana State University College of Engineering in Baton RougeJuliane Keiper, Amherst College in Amherst, MassachusettsEmori Long, Florida Agricultural and Mechanical University in TallahasseeScott Chang, University of Wisconsin–MadisonHayden Ferrell, Arizona State University in TempeIsabella Musto, Denison University in Granville, OhioElizabeth Kirby, College of Charleston in Charleston, South CarolinaThe Europa Clipper mission’s three main science objectives are to determine the thickness of the moon’s icy shell and its surface interactions with the ocean below, to investigate its composition, and to characterize its geology. The mission’s detailed exploration of Europa will help scientists better understand the astrobiological potential for habitable worlds beyond our planet.The Europa ICONS program is managed by the Planetary Science Division within NASA’s Science Mission Directorate in Washington and is part of a larger effort known as Clipper Next Gen, a decade-long strategy using the Europa Clipper mission to train and diversify the next generation of planetary scientists.Managed by Caltech in Pasadena, California, JPL leads the development of the Europa Clipper mission in partnership with the Johns Hopkins Applied Physics Laboratory (APL) in Laurel, Maryland, for NASA’s Science Mission Directorate in Washington. APL designed the main spacecraft body in collaboration with JPL and NASA’s Goddard Space Flight Center in Greenbelt, Maryland.","title":"NASA Selects Students for Europa Clipper Intern Program - NASA Science","score":15.201953},{"document_id":"155a8b7fe675d9bf-4528-6663","text":"NASA Awards Launch Services Contract for Europa Clipper Mission – NASA's Europa Clipper\nIn an unprecedented year, the Europa Clipper project continues on the path toward unprecedented science. \n\nOn the Path Towards Unprecedented Science\n\nThe surface of Jupiter's moon Europa features a widely varied landscape, including ridges, bands, small rounded domes and disrupted spaces that geologists call \"chaos terrain.\" Three newly reprocessed images, taken by NASA's Galileo spacecraft in the late 1990s, reveal details in diverse surface features on Europa.\n\nNewly Reprocessed Images of Europa Show 'Chaos Terrain' in Crisp Detail\n\nAn icy ocean world in our solar system that could tell us more about the potential for life on other worlds is coming into focus with confirmation of the Europa Clipper mission's next phase. \n\nMission to Jupiter's Icy Moon Confirmed\n\nA full-scale prototype antenna, which at 10 feet tall is the same height as a standard basketball hoop, is in the Experimental Test Range (ETR) at NASA's Langley Research Center in Hampton, Virginia.\n\nEuropa Clipper High Gain Antenna Undergoes Testing at Langley\n\nStudents and families can meet a Mars rover, take a virtual tour through our solar system and explore alien worlds with NASA's Jet Propulsion Laboratory at the Clippers SciFest SoCal.\n\nCatch NASA's JPL at the Clippers SciFest This Weekend\n\nNASA has decided to replace the current magnetometer on the upcoming Europa Clipper mission with a less complex instrument. \n\nNASA Seeks New Options for Science Instrument on Europa Clipper\n\nNew comprehensive mapping of the radiation pummeling Jupiter’s icy moon Europa reveals where scientists should look -- and how deep they’ll have to go -- when searching for signs of habitability and biosignatures.\n\nRadiation Maps of Europa: Key to Future Missions\n\nThe Preliminary Design Phase of the project continues at full speed.\n\nThe Sextant: Europa Clipper Newsletter\n\nNASA will host a Science Chat at 10 a.m. PDT (1 p.m. EDT Monday, May 14), to discuss the latest analysis of Jupiter’s moon Europa and its status as one of the most promising places in the solar system to search for life.\n\nNASA Hosts Live Discussion about Europa Findings, Potential for Life","title":"NASA Awards Launch Services Contract for Europa Clipper Mission – NASA's Europa Clipper","score":15.145887},{"document_id":"790c514669db2b23-7668-8951","text":"NASA’s Europa Clipper Makes Cross-Country Flight to Florida\nSolar System\n \n Stars and Galaxies\n \n Subscribe to JPL News\n \n Galleries\n \n Images\n \n Videos\n \n Audio\n \n Podcasts\n \n Apps\n \n Visions of the Future\n \n Slice of History\n \n Robotics at JPL\n \n Events\n \n Lecture Series\n \n Team Competitions\n \n Speakers Bureau\n \n Calendar\n \n Visit\n \n Public Tours\n \n Virtual Tour\n \n Directions and Maps\n \n Topics\n \n JPL Life\n \n Solar System\n \n Mars\n \n Earth\n \n Climate Change\n \n Exoplanets\n \n Stars and Galaxies\n \n Robotics\n \n More\n \n Asteroid Watch\n \n NASA's Eyes Visualizations\n \n Universe - Internal Newsletter\n \n Social Media\n \n Contact Us\n \n Get the Latest from JPL\n Follow Us \n JPL is a federally funded research and development center managed for\n NASA by Caltech.\n More from JPL \n Careers\n \n Education\n \n Science & Technology\n \n Acquisition\n \n JPL Store\n \n Careers\n \n Education\n \n Science & Technology\n \n Acquisition\n \n JPL Store\n Related NASA Sites \n Basics of Spaceflight\n \n Climate Kids\n \n Earth / Global Climate Change\n \n Exoplanet Exploration\n \n Mars Exploration\n \n Solar System Exploration\n \n Space Place\n \n NASA's Eyes Visualization Project\n \n Voyager Interstellar Mission\n \n NASA\n \n Caltech\n \n Privacy\n \n Image Policy\n \n FAQ\n \n Feedback\n Site Managers: Veronica McGregor, Randal JacksonSite Editors: Tony Greicius, Naomi HartonoCL#: 21-0018","title":"NASA’s Europa Clipper Makes Cross-Country Flight to Florida","score":15.4788065},{"document_id":"155a8b7fe675d9bf-2-2209","text":"NASA Awards Launch Services Contract for Europa Clipper Mission – NASA's Europa Clipper\nNASA Awards Launch Services Contract for Europa Clipper Mission – NASA's Europa Clipper\n\nNASA\n\nEuropa Clipper\n\nSkip Navigation\n\nmenu\n\nclose modal\n\nNews\n\n| July 23, 2021\n\nNASA Awards Launch Services Contract for Europa Clipper Mission\n\nThis illustration, updated in December 2020, depicts NASA's Europa Clipper spacecraft. With an internal global ocean twice the size of Earth's oceans combined, Jupiter's moon Europa may have the potential to harbor life. The Europa Clipper orbiter will swoop around Jupiter on an elliptical path, dipping close to the moon on each flyby to collect data. Credits: NASA/JPL-Caltech\n\nNASA has selected Space Exploration Technologies Corp. (SpaceX) of Hawthorne, California, to provide launch services for Earth’s first mission to conduct detailed investigations of Jupiter's moon Europa.\nThe Europa Clipper mission will launch in October 2024 on a Falcon Heavy rocket from Launch Complex 39A at NASA’s Kennedy Space Center in Florida. The total contract award amount for launch services is approximately $178 million.\nEuropa Clipper will conduct a detailed survey of Europa and use a sophisticated suite of science instruments to investigate whether the icy moon has conditions suitable for life. Key mission objectives are to produce high-resolution images of Europa's surface, determine its composition, look for signs of recent or ongoing geological activity, measure the thickness of the moon’s icy shell, search for subsurface lakes, and determine the depth and salinity of Europa's ocean.\nNASA’s Launch Services Program at Kennedy will manage the Europa Clipper launch service. NASA's Jet Propulsion Laboratory in Southern California leads the development of the Europa Clipper mission in partnership with the Johns Hopkins Applied Physics Laboratory in Laurel, Maryland, for NASA’s Science Mission Directorate in Washington. The Planetary Missions Program Office at NASA’s Marshall Space Flight Center in Huntsville, Alabama, executes program management of the Europa Clipper mission.\nFor more information about the Europa Clipper mission, visit:\nhttps://www.nasa.gov/europa\n\nNews Media Contacts\nMonica Witt\nHeadquarters, Washington\n202-358-1100\nmonica.j.witt@nasa.gov","title":"NASA Awards Launch Services Contract for Europa Clipper Mission – NASA's Europa Clipper","score":16.57266},{"document_id":"40e08f602e7660c4-5689-7743","text":"NASA Selects Students for Europa Clipper Intern Program - NASA Science\nThe mission’s detailed exploration of Europa will help scientists better understand the astrobiological potential for habitable worlds beyond our planet.The Europa ICONS program is managed by the Planetary Science Division within NASA’s Science Mission Directorate in Washington and is part of a larger effort known as Clipper Next Gen, a decade-long strategy using the Europa Clipper mission to train and diversify the next generation of planetary scientists.Managed by Caltech in Pasadena, California, JPL leads the development of the Europa Clipper mission in partnership with the Johns Hopkins Applied Physics Laboratory (APL) in Laurel, Maryland, for NASA’s Science Mission Directorate in Washington. APL designed the main spacecraft body in collaboration with JPL and NASA’s Goddard Space Flight Center in Greenbelt, Maryland. The Planetary Missions Program Office at NASA’s Marshall Space Flight Center in Huntsville, Alabama, executes program management of the Europa Clipper mission.For more information on the Europa ICONS program, visit:https://science.nasa.gov/planetary-science/europa-clipper-icons-internships/Karen Fox / Charles BlueHeadquarters, Washington202-358-1257 / 202-802-5345karen.c.fox@nasa.gov / charles.e.blue@nasa.gov@NASA@NASA@NASA@NASAKeep ExploringDiscover More Topics From NASAAsteroidsPlanetary ScienceOur Solar SystemAsteroids, Comets & MeteorsReturn to topThe National Aeronautics and Space AdministrationNASA explores the unknown in air and space, innovates for the benefit of humanity, and inspires the world through discovery.About NASA's MissionJoin UsHomeNews & EventsMultimediaNASA+MissionsHumans in SpaceEarth & ClimateThe Solar SystemThe UniverseScienceAeronauticsTechnologyLearning ResourcesAbout NASANASA en EspañolFollow NASAMore NASA Social AccountsNASA NewslettersSitemapFor MediaPrivacy PolicyFOIANo FEAR ActOffice of the IGBudget & Annual ReportsAgency Financial ReportsContact NASAAccessibilityPage Last Updated:3 weeks agoPage Editor:SMD Content EditorsResponsible NASA Official for Science:Dana Bolles","title":"NASA Selects Students for Europa Clipper Intern Program - NASA Science","score":15.629115}],"2f484ad8f3baf91136f040855892c82e<::>5":[{"document_id":"3847688fbf55fe67-7208-9485","text":"NASA Internship Programs - NASA\nNASA interns typically work during the hours of 8 a.m. to 5 p.m., Monday – Friday, unless stated in the project description.\n\n \n\nNASA offers internships for non-STEM majors. Even if you are not a science or engineering student, you can get an internship at NASA!  \n\n \n\n\tExplore the Extraordinary\t\n\n\tNASA’s internship programs provide training, mentoring, and career development opportunities while working with the best science, engineering, financial, information technology and business minds in the world.\t\n\n \n\n\tInternship\t\n\n\tPathways Internship\t\n\n\tFellowship\t\n\n\tJPL Internship\t\n\n\tInternational Internship\t\n\nInternship\n\nNASA’s Office of STEM Engagement (OSTEM) paid internships allow high school and college-level students to contribute to the agency’s mission to advance science, technology, aeronautics, and space exploration. \nOSTEM internships offer students an opportunity to gain practical work experience while working side-by-side with mentors who are research scientists, engineers, and individuals from many other professions. Internships may be full time or part time; and, they may be on a NASA center or facility, or even working from your home or dorm.Join our NASA team and gain valuable on-the-job experience, build your resume, and strengthen your career readiness. We offer three sessions annually, so visit our website often for opportunities.2025 Internship Application Deadlines:Spring 2025: Aug. 23, 2024Summer 2025 – Early Decision: Oct. 25, 2024; Final, Feb. 28, 2025Fall 2025: May 16, 2025\n\n\tClick Here to Explore Our Opportunities and Apply \t\n\n \n\nPathways Internship\n\nThe Pathways program offers current students and recent graduates paid internships that are direct pipelines to full-time employment at NASA upon graduation. Launch your career with a Pathways internship.\nNASA’s work-study (co-op) program is a starting point to a career at NASA. Pathways interns gain valuable work experience and professional development. Paid federal civil servant opportunities with benefits are offered across most NASA facilities. Completion of the Pathways program may lead to a NASA job offer.\n\n\tLearn More \t\n\n \n\nFellowship\n\nNASA Fellowships allow graduate-level students to pursue research projects in response to the agency’s current research priorities.","title":"NASA Internship Programs - NASA","score":20.539854},{"document_id":"3847688fbf55fe67-14121-16395","text":"NASA Internship Programs - NASA\nNo matter your academic major, you’ll find that NASA is a place where you’ll belong to a supportive community that values your background, perspective, and life experiences.\n\n \n\nMy Path to NASA\n\nAstronauts are often the face of NASA, but our workforce is made up of all kinds of professionals. We are scientists, engineers, IT specialists, human resources specialists, accountants, writers, technicians and many other kinds of people working together. No matter what your strengths are, there's a place at NASA for you!\n\n\tExplore Careers at NASA \t\n\nJessica WatkinsJessica Watkins, a former JPL intern turned NASA astronaut, made her first trip to the International Space Station as part of the agency's SpaceX Crew 4 mission. Read MoreChristian TaubenbergerIntern to published scientist in under a year, Christian Taubenberger interned with the Cryospheric Sciences Laboratory through the summer of 2020 and then spring of 2021 on the same project.Read MoreMichelle VoAt NASA’s Jet Propulsion Laboratory, UCLA student Michelle Vo applied her talents to VR and AR experiences that help scientists explore a totally different world.Read MoreBrittany NezAs a NASA Glenn Research Center intern, Brittany Nez was part of a tight-knit community of Native American engineers. At the University of Colorado Boulder, she works in the assembly, integration, and testing phase of the CANVAS satellite mission.Read More \n\n \n\n“After years of constant hard work, setbacks, and dreaming about the future, I finally made it to NASA!”\n\nAndrea Lasta\nArmstrong Flight Research Center Intern\n\nHardworking. Inspiring. Dedicated.\nInterstellar Experiences of NASA Interns\nStudents across the agency from all backgrounds, disciplines and education levels share pieces of their NASA journey. Each post helps paint a picture of the diverse and talented group that is furthering NASA’s mission. You could be among them. \n\nRead Their Stories\n\nStudent interns and NASA personnel cluster in front of PRANDTL-D No. 3 following a crash on Rosamond Dry Lake. The radio-controlled glider was built to validate a new spanload.NASA \n\nLaunch your Future with NASA\nExplore intern opportunities to your full-time career at NASA.\n\n\tApply Now about Launch your Future with NASA\n\nJoin the Artemis Mission to the Moon","title":"NASA Internship Programs - NASA","score":20.230255},{"document_id":"3847688fbf55fe67-5793-7829","text":"NASA Internship Programs - NASA\n2 days ago\n\nHighlights\n\n \n\n6 min read\n\nDiez maneras en que los estudiantes pueden prepararse para ser astronautas\n\narticle\n\n2 months ago\n\n \n\n4 min read\n\nAstronauta de la NASA Marcos Berríos\n\narticle\n\n3 months ago\n\n \n\n8 min read\n\nResultados científicos revolucionarios en la estación espacial de 2023\n\narticle\n\n3 months ago\n\nInternship ProgramsHomeLearning ResourcesNASA Internship ProgramsInternships HomePathways InternshipsFellowshipsInternational Internships \n\nNASA Internship Programs\nAt NASA, we explore the extraordinary every day and our work is more than just a profession—it’s a lifelong pursuit and a passion. NASA offers several opportunities for students to undertake meaningful and challenging projects that truly make an impact on humanity. \n\nQuick Facts\n\nNASA’s Office of STEM Engagement provides, annually, more than 2,000 students the opportunity to impact  the agency’s mission through a hands-on internship. \n\n \n\nThe Pathways program offers current students and recent graduates paid internships that are direct pipelines to full-time employment at NASA upon graduation.\n\n \n\nThe majority of interns receive a paid stipend award, which is based on academic level and session duration.\n\n \n\nInterns will work with the guidance of mentors from NASA on agency projects.\n\n \n\nDepending on the project, interns will work either remote or on-site at any of NASA’s 10 field centers across the country.\n\n \n\nNASA interns typically work during the hours of 8 a.m. to 5 p.m., Monday – Friday, unless stated in the project description.\n\n \n\nNASA offers internships for non-STEM majors. Even if you are not a science or engineering student, you can get an internship at NASA!  \n\n \n\n\tExplore the Extraordinary\t\n\n\tNASA’s internship programs provide training, mentoring, and career development opportunities while working with the best science, engineering, financial, information technology and business minds in the world.\t\n\n \n\n\tInternship\t\n\n\tPathways Internship\t\n\n\tFellowship\t\n\n\tJPL Internship\t\n\n\tInternational Internship\t\n\nInternship","title":"NASA Internship Programs - NASA","score":19.918293},{"document_id":"3847688fbf55fe67-8963-11069","text":"NASA Internship Programs - NASA\nLaunch your career with a Pathways internship.\nNASA’s work-study (co-op) program is a starting point to a career at NASA. Pathways interns gain valuable work experience and professional development. Paid federal civil servant opportunities with benefits are offered across most NASA facilities. Completion of the Pathways program may lead to a NASA job offer.\n\n\tLearn More \t\n\n \n\nFellowship\n\nNASA Fellowships allow graduate-level students to pursue research projects in response to the agency’s current research priorities.\nNASA Fellowships support graduate-level projects and proposals which contribute to a NASA research opportunity. Student researchers are exposed to NASA’s innovation-oriented culture and facilities. Fellows participate in prestigious conferences and a center based research experience. Fellowships support academic institutions by enhancing graduate learning and development.\n\n\tLearn More \t\n\n \n\nInternships at NASA’s Jet Propulsion Laboratory\n\nDiscover exciting internships and research opportunities at the leading center for robotic exploration of the solar system.\nAn internship at NASA’s Jet Propulsion Laboratory is a chance to do the impossible. Our internships put you right in the action with the scientists and engineers who’ve helped make JPL the leading center for robotic exploration of the solar system. Our programs are as varied as the places we explore, with opportunities across the STEM spectrum for undergrads, graduate students, postdocs and faculty. Join us and do something out of this world.\n\n\tLearn More \t\n\n \n\nInternational Internship\n\nNASA Intern and Fellow Opportunities for International Students\nNASA International Internship (NASA I²) seeks to better prepare students to work in a global environment and on multicultural international missions. NASA and the nation benefit from a cadre of future scientists, engineers and other professionals who become familiar and experienced in multinational environments. Internship sessions are arranged in three sessions during the calendar year (spring, summer and fall). \n\n\tLearn More \t\n\n \n\nEligibility at a Glance","title":"NASA Internship Programs - NASA","score":22.207518},{"document_id":"3847688fbf55fe67-12321-14666","text":"NASA Internship Programs - NASA\nAt NASA, our engineers, mathematicians, scientists, accountants, writers, IT specialists, project managers, program analysts, and many other professionals work together to break barriers to achieve the seemingly impossible. Non-engineering interns may support a variety of business and program management work, including procurement, budgeting, accounting, information technology, and security.\n\nFrequently Asked Questions\n\n \n\nFrequently Asked Questions\n\n\tMore Frequently Asked Questions \t\n\n \n\nAre Internships Paid?\n\nThe majority of interns receive a stipend award, but there are some volunteer opportunities noted in project descriptions.\n\n \n\nIs housing my responsibility if I receive an internship?\n\nInterns are responsible for making their own housing arrangements. This includes locating their own housing options and paying for their housing. Centers may be able to offer minimal assistance by providing a list of local available housing and/or establishing a private social media group for interns to utilize for relocation planning purposes.\n\n \n\nIs a Letter of Recommendation required?\n\nThe Office of STEM Engagement does not require a letter of recommendation. \n\n \n\nWill I need a car?\n\nYour center location and housing options will determine if you need a car. At most centers, unless you find housing within walking distance, you will most likely need a car. However, there are ample public transportation options at some centers\n\n \n\nI'm not a science or engineering student. Can I still get an internship at NASA?\n\nYes! Interns may support a variety of business and program management work, including human resources, administration and program analysis, accounting and budget, communication and public relations, procurement and contracts, information technology, security, and education. No matter your academic major, you’ll find that NASA is a place where you’ll belong to a supportive community that values your background, perspective, and life experiences.\n\n \n\nMy Path to NASA\n\nAstronauts are often the face of NASA, but our workforce is made up of all kinds of professionals. We are scientists, engineers, IT specialists, human resources specialists, accountants, writers, technicians and many other kinds of people working together. No matter what your strengths are, there's a place at NASA for you!\n\n\tExplore Careers at NASA","title":"NASA Internship Programs - NASA","score":22.039873}],"2f484ad8f3baf91136f040855892c82e<::>6":[{"document_id":"154afa32a998b5ab-3117-5176","text":"Meet Europa Clipper | Spacecraft – NASA's Europa Clipper\nEuropa Clipper’s propulsion module is an aluminum cylinder 10 feet (3 meters) long and 5 feet (1.5 meters) wide. It holds the spacecraft’s 24 engines and nearly 6,000 pounds (2,750 kilograms) of fuel in tanks, as well as the spacecraft’s helium pressurant tanks. \nVault\n\nEuropa Clipper's electronics are enclosed in a vault with walls made of 1/3-inch thick (9.2-mm) sheets of aluminum-zinc alloy to protect the electronics from Jupiter’s intense radiation. These electronics include computers (or the “brains” of the spacecraft), flight software, and more. The vault is bolted to the spacecraft’s propulsion module and has wires to provide communications and control across the entire spacecraft.\nPower\n\nEuropa Clipper’s “wings” - its solar arrays - span more than 100 feet (30.5 meters). Each wing is approximately 46.5 feet (14.2 meters) long and about 13.5 feet (4.1 meters) high. The huge arrays are needed to collect sunlight to power the spacecraft while it operates at Jupiter, which is more than five times as far from the Sun as Earth is.\nCommunications \n\nEuropa Clipper’s 10-foot-diameter (3-meter-diameter) high-gain antenna (HGA) and other smaller radio antennas will be used to receive commands from Earth through NASA’s Deep Space Network. The antennas also will send data back to engineers and scientists. Europa Clipper’s antennas also will be used for gravity and radio science investigations, allowing scientists to study Europa’s gravity as the moon orbits Jupiter.\nGuidance, Navigation, & Control\n\nEuropa Clipper will use sensors, cameras, and special hardware to determine and control its position in space. Europa Clipper’s two stellar reference units, informally called “star trackers,” are small cameras with a computer that carries a catalog of stars with known positions. \nAs the cameras observes the starry sky, the computer matches the pattern of stars in the images to its star catalog and determines the spacecraft's orientation in space. Europa Clipper will also use four reaction wheels to stay pointed in the right direction.","title":"Meet Europa Clipper | Spacecraft – NASA's Europa Clipper","score":14.094409},{"document_id":"993f9200b1642af5-4878-6944","text":"Overview | Mission – NASA's Europa Clipper\nThe addition of a high-gain antenna will enable the agency’s Europa Clipper spacecraft – set to launch in October 2024 – to communicate with mission controllers hundreds of millions of miles away.\n\nNASA's Europa Probe Gets a Hotline to Earth\n\nThe Europa Clipper magnetometer has completed its rigorous testing and calibration at JPL and is ready for integration onto the Europa Clipper spacecraft.\n\nEuropa Clipper's Magnetometer Testing is Complete, Ready for Integration\n\nThe short videos take audiences behind the scenes to learn more about how space missions come together.\n\nNew Video Series Captures Team Working on NASA's Europa Clipper\n\nA new NASA study offers an explanation of how quakes could be the source of the mysteriously smooth terrain on moons circling Jupiter and Saturn. \n\nIcy Moonquakes: Surface Shaking Could Trigger Landslides \n\nU.S. Poet Laureate Ada Limón, who is known for work that explores the human connection to the natural world, is crafting a new poem dedicated to NASA’s Europa Clipper mission.\n\nA Voice Among the Stars: Poem by U.S. Poet Laureate Ada Limón Will Ride to Europa on NASA Spacecraft\n\nLa poetisa laureada estadounidense Ada Limón, conocida por su trabajo que explora la conexión humana con el mundo natural, está escribiendo un nuevo poema dedicado a la misión Europa Clipper de la NASA.\n\nUna voz entre las estrellas: Poema de la poetisa laureada estadounidense Ada Limón viajará a Europa en una nave espacial de la NASA\n\nThe enormous spacecraft that will head to Jupiter’s moon Europa uses four large reaction wheels to help keep it oriented.\n\nNASA's Europa Clipper Gets Its Wheels for Traveling in Deep Space\n\nThe spacecraft will occupy the main production facility of NASA’s Jet Propulsion Laboratory as it prepares for its 2024 launch to Jupiter’s moon Europa.\n\nNASA's Europa Clipper Spacecraft Kicks Assembly Into High Gear\n\nCarlisa Drew went from being a commercial electrician to wiring the electrical system for NASA’s Europa Clipper propulsion module. \n\nMission Dispatch: Wiring Europa Clipper's Propulsion Module","title":"Overview | Mission – NASA's Europa Clipper","score":20.527378},{"document_id":"0c52473c6e0a6eff-4770-6809","text":"NASA's Europa Probe Gets a Hotline to Earth – NASA's Europa Clipper\nClipper will bounce ice-penetrating radar off the subsurface ocean to determine its depth, as well as the thickness of the ice crust above it. A magnetometer will measure the moon’s magnetic field to confirm the deep ocean’s existence and the thickness of the ice.\n\nClick on this interactive visualization of Europa and take it for a spin! Explore more of our solar system through Eyes on the Solar System. Credit: NASA/JPL-Caltech\n\nThe high-gain antenna will stream most of that data back to Earth over the course of 33 to 52 minutes. The strength of the signal and the amount of data it can send at one time will be far greater than that of NASA’s Galileo probe, which ended its eight-year Jupiter mission in 2003.\nOn site at JPL for the antenna installation was Simmie Berman, the radio frequency module manager at APL. Like Bray, she began her work on the antenna in 2014. The radio frequency module includes the spacecraft’s entire telecommunications subsystem and a total of seven antennas, the high-gain among them. Her job during installation was to ensure the antenna was properly mounted to the spacecraft and that the components are correctly oriented and well integrated.\nWhile the engineers at both APL and JPL have practiced the installation many times, virtually and with real-world mock-ups, Aug. 14 was the first time the high-gain antenna was attached to the spacecraft.\n“I’ve never worked on anything of this magnitude, in terms of physical size and also in terms of just general interest,” she said. “Little kids know where Jupiter is. They know what Europa looks like. It’s supercool to get to work on something that has the potential for such a big impact, in terms of knowledge, for humanity.”\nAfter completing this major milestone, Europa Clipper still has a few more steps and a few more tests ahead as it’s prepared for its trip to the outer solar system.\nMore About the Mission\nEuropa Clipper’s main science goal is to determine whether there are places below Jupiter’s icy moon, Europa, that could support life.","title":"NASA's Europa Probe Gets a Hotline to Earth – NASA's Europa Clipper","score":20.455389},{"document_id":"d118a4bbe5519b4e-14426-15722","text":"NASA's Europa Clipper Builds Hardware, Moves Toward Assembly – NASA's Europa Clipper\nMission to Jupiter's Icy Moon Confirmed\n\nA full-scale prototype antenna, which at 10 feet tall is the same height as a standard basketball hoop, is in the Experimental Test Range (ETR) at NASA's Langley Research Center in Hampton, Virginia.\n\nEuropa Clipper High Gain Antenna Undergoes Testing at Langley\n\nClick for more\n\nEuropa-UVS\n\nClick for more\n\nSpacecraft Makers: Testing Europa Clipper's Magnetometer\n\nClick for more\n\nEuropa Clipper Vault Plate Installed\n\nStay Connected\n\nMission\n\nOverview\n\nScience\n\nTimeline\n\nThe Team\n\nHistory\n\nFAQ\n\nSpacecraft\n\nMeet Europa Clipper\n\nInstruments\n\nAssembly\n\nVault Plate\n\nWhy Europa\n\nOverview\n\nEuropa Up Close\n\nIngredients for Life\n\nEvidence for an Ocean\n\nNews\n\nLatest News\n\nMission Updates\n\nSubscribe\n\nResources\n\nAll Resources\n\nImages\n\nVideos\n\nActivities & Educational Resources\n\nPosters, Stickers, & More\n\nParticipate\n\nParticipate\n\nFeedback\n\n|\n\nAccessibility\n\nManaged by the Jet Propulsion Laboratory\nfor\nNASA’s Science Mission Directorate.\n\nNASA Official/Program Executive: \nDave Lavery\n\nNASA Official/Program Scientist: \nCurt Niebur\n\nMedia Contact: \nGretchen McCartney\n\nPublic Engagement Manager: \nHeather Doyle\n\nPublic Engagement Lead: \nLaurance Fauconnet\n\nSocial Media Lead: \nBill Dunford\n\nScience Writer: \nSandy Marshall\n\nScience Writer: \nAmanda Barnett","title":"NASA's Europa Clipper Builds Hardware, Moves Toward Assembly – NASA's Europa Clipper","score":20.184921},{"document_id":"6e52d5b809f037b2-2126-4106","text":"Europa Clipper - NASA Science\nScientists predict Europa has a salty ocean beneath its icy crust that could hold the building blocks necessary to sustain life.TypeOrbiterLaunchOct. 10, 2024TargetEuropaObjectiveDetermine if Europa has conditions suitable to support lifeMission OverviewSpacecraftWhy Europa?What will Europa Clipper do?Europa Clipper’s main science goal is to determine whether there are places below the surface of Jupiter’s icy moon, Europa, that could support life.The mission’s three main science objectives are to understand the nature of the ice shell and the ocean beneath it, along with the moon’s composition and geology. The mission’s detailed exploration of Europa will help scientists better understand the astrobiological potential for habitable worlds beyond our planet.Read MoreAn artist's concept of NASA’s Europa Clipper spacecraft.NASA/JPL-CaltechWhat is NASA’s Europa Clipper spacecraft?Europa Clipper is a robotic solar-powered spacecraft built to conduct the first detailed investigations of Jupiter's icy moon Europa.With its solar arrays deployed, Europa Clipper spans more than 100 feet (about 30 meters) – about the length of a basketball court. The main body of the spacecraft consists of its avionics vault, radiofrequency module, and propulsion module.Read MoreWorkers use a crane to lift Europa Clipper's high-gain antenna as they prepare to install it on the spacecraft on Aug. 14, 2023. NASA/JPL-CaltechWhy Europa?The search for life beyond Earth is one of NASA’s primary objectives. If humans are to truly understand our place in the universe, we must learn whether our planet is the only place where life exists. So the search is on! There is strong evidence Jupiter's moon Europa has a saltwater ocean that may be one of the best places to look for environments where life could exist beyond Earth.Read MoreThis view of Jupiter’s icy moon Europa was captured by the JunoCam imager aboard NASA’s Juno spacecraft during the mission’s close flyby on Sept. 29, 2022.","title":"Europa Clipper - NASA Science","score":41.590862}],"2f484ad8f3baf91136f040855892c82e<::>7":[{"document_id":"15a9b4e99e304cb1-1720-3704","text":"NASA Mission Named 'Europa Clipper' – NASA's Europa Clipper\nIt speeds past, gathers a huge amount of science data, then sails on out of there,\" said Robert Pappalardo, Europa Clipper project scientist at NASA's Jet Propulsion Laboratory in Pasadena, California.\nPreviously, when the mission was still in the conceptual phase, it was sometimes informally called Europa Clipper, but NASA has now adopted that name as the formal title for the mission.\nThe mission is being planned for launch in the 2020s, arriving in the Jupiter system after a journey of several years.\nJPL manages the mission for the agency's Science Mission Directorate in Washington.\nFor more information about NASA's Europa Clipper mission, visit:\nhttp://www.nasa.gov/europa\nMedia Contact:\n\nPreston Dyches\nJet Propulsion Laboratory, Pasadena, Calif.\n818-354-7013\npreston.dyches@jpl.nasa.gov\n\nDwayne Brown / Laurie Cantillo\nNASA Headquarters, Washington\n202-358-1726 / 202-358-1077\ndwayne.c.brown@nasa.gov / laura.l.cantillo@nasa.go\n\nFeatured Resources\n\nEuropa Clipper Vault Plate - Poem Close-Up\n\nClipperAR: Europa Clipper Augmented Reality Experience\n\nWhy Does NASA Want to Explore Jupiter's Ocean Moon?\n\nMore resources ›\n\n[19]\n\nRelated News\n\nNASA has selected 40 undergraduate students for the first year of its Europa ICONS (Inspiring Clipper: Opportunities for Next-generation Scientists) internship program.\n\nNASA Selects Students for Europa Clipper Intern Program\n\nThe Europa Clipper magnetometer has completed its rigorous testing and calibration at JPL and is ready for integration onto the Europa Clipper spacecraft.\n\nEuropa Clipper's Magnetometer Testing is Complete, Ready for Integration\n\nThe short videos take audiences behind the scenes to learn more about how space missions come together.\n\nNew Video Series Captures Team Working on NASA's Europa Clipper\n\nA new NASA study offers an explanation of how quakes could be the source of the mysteriously smooth terrain on moons circling Jupiter and Saturn. \n\nIcy Moonquakes: Surface Shaking Could Trigger Landslides","title":"NASA Mission Named 'Europa Clipper' – NASA's Europa Clipper","score":17.263306},{"document_id":"4e653b22533e5eff-3416-5671","text":"On the Path Towards Unprecedented Science – NASA's Europa Clipper\nIt will carry fuel and oxidizer sufficient to change Europa Clipper’s velocity by about 3,600 miles per hour (5,800 kilometers per hour). While this is a large amount and a critically important capability, it represents about five percent of the velocity change needed to accomplish this mission. The bulk of the velocity change necessary to adjust trajectories once in Jupiter orbit will come from gravitational flybys of Jovian moons as planned. Given the overall size of the tanks, the propulsion subsystem is designed as part of a “propulsion module” that includes the solar arrays and radiation monitors.\n\nEuropa Clipper’s bowl-shaped high-gain antenna faces down in this image. This radio dish will allow ground controllers to send and receive commands and data between Earth and the spacecraft in Jupiter orbit — more than one million times farther from Earth than the International Space Station orbits. Credit: NASA\n\nThe telecom subsystem is the link between Europa Clipper and Earth. It provides command reception and science and engineering data downlink. It also provides interplanetary navigation data. Through the high gain antenna (HGA), Europa Clipper will downlink on the order of several gigabytes of science data per typical Earth antenna tracking session, enough data to fill a smartphone in about a week. The HGA also serves as a sunshade when Europa Clipper is still relatively close to the Sun, while en route to the Jupiter system. With respect to its gravity science role, scientists will use the radio signals exchanged between the telecom sub-system aboard the spacecraft and NASA's Deep Space Network to detect subtle variations in the gravitational attraction between Europa and Europa Clipper. The variations reflect details of Europa’s internal mass distribution, allowing us to learn about Europa’s interior structure.\n\nThe Europa Clipper mission intends to answer the big question: Is Europa habitable? This question encompasses hypotheses about the nature of water, chemistry, and energy exchange at Europa, which in turn leads to these additional major questions to be answered: How deep and salty is the ocean? How thick is the ice shell? How active is the ice shell? Are there plumes, and if so, what is in the plumes?","title":"On the Path Towards Unprecedented Science – NASA's Europa Clipper","score":15.218266},{"document_id":"4e653b22533e5eff-1729-4025","text":"On the Path Towards Unprecedented Science – NASA's Europa Clipper\nShown here is an interactive rendering of the spacecraft. Fully deployed, the spacecraft will be more than 5 meters (15 feet) tall, 17 meters (50 feet) long, and will span about 30 meters (100 feet) in width — longer than a basketball court from tip to tip of its solar arrays. Credit: NASA/JPL-Caltech\n\nDownload Options\n\nThe solar panels and overall physical structure visible in the interactive model are aspects of spacecraft subsystems that comprise the flight system. The science instruments, attached directly to the spacecraft or through a boom, are referred to as the payload. Europa Clipper’s antennas fall into both of these categories; some antennas provide only a spacecraft (telecom) function, other antennas provide only a science function (for the radar), and yet others perform both telecom and science (gravity and radio science) roles.\nThe Europa Clipper flight system design incorporates lessons learned from prior missions; the scientific instruments are at least partly based on interplanetary mission predecessors. Informed by those experiences, the spacecraft and its components are designed to be appropriately robust to the Europa environment. Europa Clipper’s components also need to be mutually compatible with one another while being operated. Given that, the testing and performance verification is designed to reflect “flying conditions” as well as possible. Let’s look at two subsystems whose fabrication is underway.\n\nNASA’s Goddard Space Flight Center (GSFC) engineers align the upper and lower cylinders of Europa Clipper’s propulsion module for a fit check. Credit: NASA/B. Lambert\n\nThe propulsion subsystem is essentially Europa Clipper’s “gas tank.” It will carry fuel and oxidizer sufficient to change Europa Clipper’s velocity by about 3,600 miles per hour (5,800 kilometers per hour). While this is a large amount and a critically important capability, it represents about five percent of the velocity change needed to accomplish this mission. The bulk of the velocity change necessary to adjust trajectories once in Jupiter orbit will come from gravitational flybys of Jovian moons as planned. Given the overall size of the tanks, the propulsion subsystem is designed as part of a “propulsion module” that includes the solar arrays and radiation monitors.","title":"On the Path Towards Unprecedented Science – NASA's Europa Clipper","score":14.187498},{"document_id":"15a9b4e99e304cb1-2-2227","text":"NASA Mission Named 'Europa Clipper' – NASA's Europa Clipper\nNASA Mission Named 'Europa Clipper' – NASA's Europa Clipper\n\nNASA\n\nEuropa Clipper\n\nSkip Navigation\n\nmenu\n\nclose modal\n\nNews\n\n| March 9, 2017\n\nNASA Mission Named 'Europa Clipper'\n\nNASA's Europa Clipper mission is being designed to fly by the icy Jovian moon multiple times and investigate whether it possesses the ingredients necessary for life.\nCredits: NASA/JPL-Caltech/SETI Institute\n\nNASA's upcoming mission to investigate the habitability of Jupiter's icy moon Europa now has a formal name: Europa Clipper.\nThe moniker harkens back to the clipper ships that sailed across the oceans of Earth in the 19th century. Clipper ships were streamlined, three-masted sailing vessels renowned for their grace and swiftness. These ships rapidly shuttled tea and other goods back and forth across the Atlantic Ocean and around the globe.\nIn the grand tradition of these classic ships, the Europa Clipper spacecraft would sail past Europa at a rapid cadence, as frequently as every two weeks, providing many opportunities to investigate the moon up close. The prime mission plan includes 40 to 45 flybys, during which the spacecraft would image the moon's icy surface at high resolution and investigate its composition and the structure of its interior and icy shell.\nEuropa has long been a high priority for exploration because it holds a salty liquid water ocean beneath its icy crust. The ultimate aim of Europa Clipper is to determine if Europa is habitable, possessing all three of the ingredients necessary for life: liquid water, chemical ingredients, and energy sources sufficient to enable biology. \n\"During each orbit, the spacecraft spends only a short time within the challenging radiation environment near Europa. It speeds past, gathers a huge amount of science data, then sails on out of there,\" said Robert Pappalardo, Europa Clipper project scientist at NASA's Jet Propulsion Laboratory in Pasadena, California.\nPreviously, when the mission was still in the conceptual phase, it was sometimes informally called Europa Clipper, but NASA has now adopted that name as the formal title for the mission.\nThe mission is being planned for launch in the 2020s, arriving in the Jupiter system after a journey of several years.","title":"NASA Mission Named 'Europa Clipper' – NASA's Europa Clipper","score":16.98972},{"document_id":"154afa32a998b5ab-2-1977","text":"Meet Europa Clipper | Spacecraft – NASA's Europa Clipper\nMeet Europa Clipper | Spacecraft – NASA's Europa Clipper\n\nNASA\n\nEuropa Clipper\n\nSkip Navigation\n\nmenu\n\nclose modal\n\nMore about the spacecraft\n\nMeet Europa Clipper\n\nSpacecraft\n\nMENU\n\nMeet Europa Clipper\n\nInstruments\n\nEIS\n\nE-THEMIS\n\nEuropa-UVS\n\nMISE\n\nECM\n\nPIMS\n\nGravity/Radio Science\n\nREASON\n\nMASPEX\n\nSUDA\n\nAssembly\n\nVault Plate\n\nIntroduction\nWhat is NASA’s Europa Clipper spacecraft?\nEuropa Clipper is a robotic solar-powered spacecraft built to conduct the first detailed investigations of Jupiter's icy moon Europa. The spacecraft will orbit Jupiter and make nearly 50 flybys of Europa to determine whether there are places below Europa’s surface that could support life.\nWith its solar arrays deployed, Europa Clipper spans more than 100 feet (about 30 meters) – about the length of a basketball court. The main body of the spacecraft consists of its avionics vault, radiofrequency module, and propulsion module. \r\nAt launch, Europa Clipper will weigh approximately 13,000 pounds (6,000 kilograms). Almost half of the weight will be fuel – nearly 6,000 pounds (2,750 kilograms) of propellant. \nEuropa Clipper will launch in October 2024 on a SpaceX Falcon Heavy rocket from Kennedy Space Center in Florida. The spacecraft will fly by Mars, then back by Earth, using the gravity of each planet to increase its momentum. These so-called “gravity assists” will provide Europa Clipper with the velocity needed to reach Jupiter in 2030.\nAfter it begins orbiting Jupiter, Europa Clipper will spend about a year altering its trajectory to prepare for its first Europa flyby. The spacecraft will then spend about three years soaring past Europa dozens of times and sending data back to Earth. Over the course of the mission, the spacecraft will investigate nearly the entire moon.\nFast Facts\nEuropa Clipper Fast Facts\n\nWith its solar arrays deployed, Europa Clipper spans more than 100 feet (about 30 meters) – about the length of a basketball court.\nThe spacecraft has 24 engines.","title":"Meet Europa Clipper | Spacecraft – NASA's Europa Clipper","score":17.001797}],"2f484ad8f3baf91136f040855892c82e<::>8":[{"document_id":"15a9b4e99e304cb1-2-2227","text":"NASA Mission Named 'Europa Clipper' – NASA's Europa Clipper\nNASA Mission Named 'Europa Clipper' – NASA's Europa Clipper\n\nNASA\n\nEuropa Clipper\n\nSkip Navigation\n\nmenu\n\nclose modal\n\nNews\n\n| March 9, 2017\n\nNASA Mission Named 'Europa Clipper'\n\nNASA's Europa Clipper mission is being designed to fly by the icy Jovian moon multiple times and investigate whether it possesses the ingredients necessary for life.\nCredits: NASA/JPL-Caltech/SETI Institute\n\nNASA's upcoming mission to investigate the habitability of Jupiter's icy moon Europa now has a formal name: Europa Clipper.\nThe moniker harkens back to the clipper ships that sailed across the oceans of Earth in the 19th century. Clipper ships were streamlined, three-masted sailing vessels renowned for their grace and swiftness. These ships rapidly shuttled tea and other goods back and forth across the Atlantic Ocean and around the globe.\nIn the grand tradition of these classic ships, the Europa Clipper spacecraft would sail past Europa at a rapid cadence, as frequently as every two weeks, providing many opportunities to investigate the moon up close. The prime mission plan includes 40 to 45 flybys, during which the spacecraft would image the moon's icy surface at high resolution and investigate its composition and the structure of its interior and icy shell.\nEuropa has long been a high priority for exploration because it holds a salty liquid water ocean beneath its icy crust. The ultimate aim of Europa Clipper is to determine if Europa is habitable, possessing all three of the ingredients necessary for life: liquid water, chemical ingredients, and energy sources sufficient to enable biology. \n\"During each orbit, the spacecraft spends only a short time within the challenging radiation environment near Europa. It speeds past, gathers a huge amount of science data, then sails on out of there,\" said Robert Pappalardo, Europa Clipper project scientist at NASA's Jet Propulsion Laboratory in Pasadena, California.\nPreviously, when the mission was still in the conceptual phase, it was sometimes informally called Europa Clipper, but NASA has now adopted that name as the formal title for the mission.\nThe mission is being planned for launch in the 2020s, arriving in the Jupiter system after a journey of several years.","title":"NASA Mission Named 'Europa Clipper' – NASA's Europa Clipper","score":13.613699},{"document_id":"790c514669db2b23-2-2145","text":"NASA’s Europa Clipper Makes Cross-Country Flight to Florida\nNASA’s Europa Clipper Makes Cross-Country Flight to Florida\n\n Skip to main content\n \n JPL\n \n Careers\n \n Education\n \n Science & Technology\n \n About JPL\n \n Missions\n \n News\n \n Galleries\n \n Events\n \n Visit\n \n Topics\n \n Solar System\n . NASA’s Europa Clipper Makes Cross-Country Flight to Florida\n \n May 24, 2024\n Technicians offload NASA’s largest planetary mission spacecraft, Europa Clipper, from a U.S. Air Force C-17 Globemaster III transport aircraft at the Launch and Landing Facility at NASA’s Kennedy Space Center in Florida on May 23. Credit: NASA/Isaac Watson \n Assembled at NASA’s Jet Propulsion Laboratory in Southern California, the spacecraft arrived at the agency’s Kennedy Space Center in Florida on May 23 for launch preparations.\n NASA’s Europa Clipper, a spacecraft designed to investigate Jupiter’s icy moon Europa and its potential to support life, arrived in Florida on Thursday, May 23. The spacecraft, assembled at NASA’s Jet Propulsion Laboratory in Southern California, landed aboard a United States Air Force C-17 Globemaster III aircraft at the Launch and Landing Facility at NASA’s Kennedy Space Center.The mission aims to gather detailed measurements of the moon’s surface, interior, and space environment by performing approximately 50 close flybys, some as low as 16 miles (25 kilometers) from the surface of Europa, which holds a global ocean underneath its ice shell.“My job for Europa Clipper is to ensure the team meets all the ground and flight requirements to place the spacecraft in the proper orbit to initiate the long journey to Jupiter,” said Armando Piloto, Europa Clipper mission manager for NASA’s Launch Services Program. “The team is excited that the spacecraft is in Florida for processing. We’re pairing Europa Clipper with a fully expendable SpaceX Falcon Heavy rocket to ensure it provides the required performance to explore a destination very far away from Earth.” A U.S. Air Force C-17 Globemaster III transport aircraft carrying NASA’s largest planetary mission spacecraft, Europa Clipper, arrives at the Launch and Landing Facility at the agency’s Kennedy Space Center in Florida on May 23.","title":"NASA’s Europa Clipper Makes Cross-Country Flight to Florida","score":13.204862},{"document_id":"112a00567c15fc3b-2-2057","text":"Mission Dispatch: Tweaking the Trajectory – NASA's Europa Clipper\nMission Dispatch: Tweaking the Trajectory – NASA's Europa Clipper\n\nNASA\n\nEuropa Clipper\n\nSkip Navigation\n\nmenu\n\nclose modal\n\nMission Updates\n\n| December 6, 2021\n\nMission Dispatch: Tweaking the Trajectory \n\nBrent Buffington, Europa Clipper's mission design manager, working on the spacecraft's trajectory in his office at NASA's Jet Propulsion Laboratory in Southern California. Credit: NASA/Jay R. Thompson\n\nEvery part of Europa Clipper’s flight path, or trajectory, is important – from launch in 2024 until end-of-mission in the mid-2030s.\nBut the mission’s scientific target is Europa, so the most complex and demanding segment of the spacecraft’s trajectory is the three years when it performs repeated flybys of the moon. This part of the mission is called the “tour.”\nThe tour is what NASA engineer Brent Buffington was working on on September 1, 2021 (seen above), in his office at NASA’s Jet Propulsion Laboratory in Southern California.\n“Right now we’re in the middle of the ‘tour tweak’ process,” Buffington said. “We’re optimizing already-designed tours based on scientist feedback to further enhance the science return.”\nBuffington is Europa Clipper’s mission design manager. His team created a variety of candidate science tours for the mission. Each tour is a precise series of elliptical orbits around Jupiter in which the spacecraft passes near Europa 45-plus times.\nThe goal of each flyby is to pass near Europa at the best distance, speed, lighting conditions, and location (both over the surface and in Europa’s orbit) to maximize science return while safely operating the spacecraft. The collective goal of all the flybys is to confirm or disprove that Europa has a subsurface water ocean, and to assess whether the icy moon has the chemistry, energy input, and other conditions needed to support some form of life.\nDifferent proposed tours send Europa Clipper over different swaths of the moon’s surface (called groundtracks) on different dates, at different cadences, at different distances, and at different places in Europa’s orbit.","title":"Mission Dispatch: Tweaking the Trajectory – NASA's Europa Clipper","score":12.464683},{"document_id":"a5aa9f249261b7f0-1582-3644","text":"Assembly | Spacecraft – NASA's Europa Clipper\nHardware Development\n\nEuropa Clipper’s hardware is developed across the United States and Europe.\n\nmore\n\nSTEP 2\n\nHardware Arrival\n\nSTEP 2\n\nHardware Arrival\n\nInstruments and other spacecraft hardware arrive from across the country.\n\nmore\n\nSTEP 3\n\nSpacecraft Assembly\n\nSTEP 3\n\nSpacecraft Assembly\n\nNow Europa Clipper begins to take shape.\n\nmore\n\nSTEP 4\n\nEnvironmental Testing\n\nSTEP 4\n\nEnvironmental Testing\n\nTo reach Europa, the spacecraft must survive liftoff, the vacuum of space, the unfiltered heat of the Sun, and other hazards.\n\nmore\n\nSTEP 5\n\nFinal Checkouts & Shipment to Launch Site\n\nSTEP 5\n\nFinal Checkouts & Shipment to Launch Site\n\nAfter environmental tests, Europa Clipper will be brought back to its assembly facilities for a thorough checkout.\n\nmore\n\nSTEP 6\n\nLaunch\n\nSTEP 6\n\nLaunch\n\nEuropa Clipper will launch from Kennedy Space Center in Florida.\n\nmore\n\nSTEP 1\n\nHardware Development\n\nEuropa Clipper’s hardware is developed across the United States and Europe.\n\nmore\n\nSTEP 2\n\nHardware Arrival\n\nInstruments and other spacecraft hardware arrive from across the country.\n\nmore\n\nSTEP 3\n\nSpacecraft Assembly\n\nNow Europa Clipper begins to take shape.\n\nmore\n\nSTEP 4\n\nEnvironmental Testing\n\nTo reach Europa, the spacecraft must survive liftoff, the vacuum of space, the unfiltered heat of the Sun, and other hazards.\n\nmore\n\nSTEP 5\n\nFinal Checkouts & Shipment to Launch Site\n\nAfter environmental tests, Europa Clipper will be brought back to its assembly facilities for a thorough checkout.\n\nmore\n\nSTEP 6\n\nLaunch\n\nEuropa Clipper will launch from Kennedy Space Center in Florida.\n\nmore\n\nStep 1: Hardware DevelopmentStep 1: Hardware Development\n\nHardware for Europa Clipper is developed at JPL and at partner institutions and contractor facilities across the United States and Europe. This includes the nine science instruments and other spacecraft components, such as the propulsion module, radio frequency module, solar arrays, star trackers, electronics vault, and more. The instruments and components are developed, tested, and prepared for shipping to JPL.","title":"Assembly | Spacecraft – NASA's Europa Clipper","score":12.268838},{"document_id":"c3c65a23f89d1f39-2-2157","text":"Science | Mission – NASA's Europa Clipper\nScience | Mission – NASA's Europa Clipper\n\nNASA\n\nEuropa Clipper\n\nSkip Navigation\n\nmenu\n\nclose modal\n\nEuropa Clipper Mission\n\nScience\n\nMission\n\nMENU\n\nOverview\n\nScience\n\nTimeline\n\nThe Team\n\nOverview\n\nHistory\n\nFAQ\n\nKey Fact\n\nWhat is Europa Clipper's main science goal? \n\nEuropa Clipper’s main science goal is to determine whether there are places below the surface of Jupiter’s icy moon, Europa, that could support life.\n\nOverviewOverview\n\nDeep beneath the crust of Jupiter’s frozen moon Europa lies a massive liquid water ocean. Exploring this ocean world with our Europa Clipper spacecraft could provide new clues in our search for life beyond Earth. Scheduled to launch in October 2024, Europa Clipper’s main science goal is to determine whether there are places below the surface of Jupiter’s icy moon, Europa, that could support life. Credit: NASA\n\nJupiter’s moon Europa shows strong evidence for an ocean of liquid water beneath its icy crust. Beyond Earth, Europa is considered one of the most promising currently habitable environments in our solar system. \nBelow Europa’s icy surface, evidence suggests there is a global ocean with more water than all of Earth’s oceans combined. Europa could have all the “ingredients” needed for life as we know it: \n\nWater: Twice as much as Earth’s oceans \n\nOrganics: Essential chemical building blocks from a variety of sources\n\nEnergy: Chemical energy sources from the surface and the sea floor\n\nStability: Conditions remaining similar for 4 billion years\n\nNASA's Europa Clipper spacecraft will perform approximately 50 close flybys of the moon, gathering detailed measurements to investigate whether the moon could have conditions suitable for life. Europa Clipper is not a life detection mission – its main science goal is to determine whether there are places below Europa’s surface that could support life.\n\nEuropa Up Close\n\nTake an in-depth look at Jupiter's icy moon and Europa Clipper's plans for investigation.\n\nLearn more ›\n\nScience ObjectivesScience Objectives\nEuropa Clipper has three main science objectives: \n\nDetermine the Thickness of Europa’s Icy Shell & How the Ocean Interacts With the Surface","title":"Science | Mission – NASA's Europa Clipper","score":18.641035}],"d5b1e735a040853ed361a3dfde1b8ef0<::>1":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_06994-7-1971","text":"\nDatabase \n\nCrawl documents that are stored in a database that supports the Java Database Connectivity (JDBC) API.\n\nIBM Cloud Pak for Data\n\nIBM Cloud Pak for Data only\n\nThis information applies only to installed deployments.\n\n\n\n What documents are crawled \n\n\n\n* Each row in the database is crawled and added to the collection as one document. The columns are indexed as metadata.\n* The crawler attempts to crawl and index content, such as BLOB/BINARY, that is stored in the database. File types that are supported by Discovery are indexed. For more information, see [Supported file types](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/discovery-data?topic=discovery-data-collectionssupportedfiletypes).\n* When a source is recrawled, new documents are added, updated documents are modified to the current version, and deleted documents are deleted from the collection's index.\n* All Discovery data source connectors are read-only. Regardless of the permissions that are granted to the crawl account, Discovery never writes, updates, or deletes any content in the original data source.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Data source requirements \n\nIn addition to the [data source requirements](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/discovery-data?topic=discovery-data-collection-typesrequirements) for all installed deployments, your database data source must meet the following requirements:\n\n\n\n* Discovery supports the following data source versions:\n\n\n\n* Data Virtualization on IBM Cloud Pak for Data 1.8.0, 1.8.3 which use Db2 11.5\n* IBM Db2: 10.5, 11.1, 11.5\n* Microsoft SQL Server: 2012, 2014, 2016, 2017\n* Oracle Database: 12c, 18c, 19c\n* PostgreSQL: 9.6, 10, 11\n\n\n\nSupport for Data Virtualization was added with IBM Cloud Pak for Data 4.5.x releases\n* You must obtain any required service licenses for the data source that you want to connect to. For more information about licenses, contact the system administrator of the data source.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Prerequisite step \n\n\n\n* Decide which database tables you want to crawl.","score":17.931276},{"document_id":"ibmcld_06317-3-1479","text":"\nIBM Cloud® Databases for DataStax docs \n\nIBM Cloud® Databases for DataStax is a scale-out NoSQL database built on Apache Cassandra, designed for high-availability and workload flexibility.\n\n Developer tools \n\n[API & SDK reference](https://cloud.ibm.com/apidocs/cloud-databases-api/cloud-databases-api-v5introduction)[CLI reference](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/databases-cli-plugin)[Terraform reference](https://registry.terraform.io/providers/IBM-Cloud/ibm/latest/docs/resources/database)\n\n Recommended content \n\n[Deprecation of IBM Cloud® Databases for DataStax IBM Cloud® Databases for DataStax is deprecated and no longer supported as of 30 June 2024.](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/databases-for-cassandra?topic=databases-for-cassandra-deprecation)[Setting the Admin Password The Databases for DataStax service is provisioned with an admin user. You must set the admin password before you use it to connect.](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/databases-for-cassandra?topic=databases-for-cassandra-admin-password&interface=cli)[Creating and managing users, roles, and privileges IBM Cloud® Databases for DataStax uses a system of roles to manage database permissions. Roles are used to give a single user or a group of users a set of privileges.](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/databases-for-cassandra?topic=databases-for-cassandra-user-management&interface=cli)\n\n Learn more \n\n[IBM Developer<br><br>Visit IBM Developer for technical articles, code patterns, tutorials, and more.<br><br>!","score":18.014393},{"document_id":"ibmcld_00482-7-2325","text":"\nConflicts \n\nIn distributed databases, copies of data might be stored in more than one location. The natural network and system characteristics of the network might mean that changes made to a document stored in one location can't instantly update or replicate to other parts of the database.\n\nIn other words, independent updates can be made to different copies of documents. The effect of these updates might be to introduce disagreement or \"conflicts\" as to what is the correct, definitive content for the document.\n\nIBM® Cloudant® for IBM Cloud® tries to help you avoid conflicts by warning you of potential problems. It warns you by returning a [409 response](https://cloud.ibm.com/apidocs/cloudantlist-of-http-codes) to a problematic update request. However, a 409 response might not be received if the database update is requested on a system that isn't currently connected to the network. For example, the database might be on a mobile device that is temporarily disconnected from the Internet, which makes it impossible to check whether other potentially conflicting updates were made.\n\nIf you request a document that is in a conflict situation, IBM Cloudant returns the document as expected. However, an internal algorithm considers a number of factors before it determines which document version to return. You must not assume that the returned document is the most recent version.\n\nFor example, if you don't check for conflicts, or fail to address them, your IBM Cloudant database can exhibit the following behaviors:\n\n\n\n* Increasing inconsistencies in document content because more conflicting documents occur.\n* Increasing database size because all conflicting documents must be kept until the conflict is resolved.\n* Decreasing performance because IBM Cloudant must work harder in response to each request as it tries to identify the \"best possible\" version of a conflicted document.\n\n\n\nThe following suggested practices might help you decide when to check for, and resolve, conflicts:\n\n\n\nTable 1. Suggested practices\n\n Application characteristic Frequency of document update Check for conflicts at retrieval? Check for conflicts at update? \n\n Always connected to the network, for example, a server. Often Y <br><br> * <br><br><br> \n Always connected to the network. Occasionally <br><br> * <br><br><br> Y","score":17.95232},{"document_id":"ibmcld_00513-7-2197","text":"\nDatabase overview \n\nIBM® Cloudant® for IBM Cloud® databases contain JSON objects. These JSON objects are called [documents](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Cloudant?topic=Cloudant-documentsdocuments).\n\nAll documents must be contained in a database. For more information, see [partitioned databases](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Cloudant?topic=Cloudant-databasespartitioned-databases-database).\n\nThe [Grouping related documents together in IBM Cloudant](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Cloudant?topic=Cloudant-grouping-related-documents-together-in-ibm-cloudantgrouping-related-documents-together-in-ibm-cloudant) guide provides an example of how documents for an e-commerce application might be used within an IBM Cloudant database.\n\n\n\n Partitioned databases \n\nIBM Cloudant supports two types of databases:\n\n\n\n* Partitioned\n* Nonpartitioned\n\n\n\nA partitioned database offers significant query performance and cost advantages but requires you to specify a logical partitioning of your data. The partitioning is specified as part of each document's ID. A partitioned database provides both global and partition queries. Partition queries target queries at a single, given document partition, meaning they need to process less data to return results. Therefore, partition queries offer significant performance advantages, and also often provide cost advantages over global queries. Global queries target the entire database, which leads to extra complexity, slower performance, and increased cost, but offers results that draw from all data.\n\nAlternatively, a nonpartitioned database might be created. This type of database can be less complex to work with since no partitioning scheme needs to be defined, but you can create only global secondary indexes.\n\nIBM Cloudant strongly encourages you to use a partitioned database for best long-term database performance where the data model allows for logical partitioning of documents.\n\nThe partitioning type of a database is set at database creation time. When you create a database, use the partitioned query string parameter to set whether the database is partitioned. The default for partitioned is false, maintaining compatibility with an earlier version.","score":18.216822},{"document_id":"ibmcld_00474-7885-8455","text":"\nSummary \n\nToday, we combined two IBM Cloud services to optimize cost and user experience: IBM Cloudant as a document store and query engine and Databases for Redis as a content cache. Cached documents can be retrieved more quickly and more cheaply, but the tradeoff is that your application might be showing old data to your users for a time.\n\nIf you followed this tutorial, you must deprovision your resources to stop incurring charges. You can deprovision from the terraform directory on your terminal by typing the following command, terraform destroy --auto-approve.","score":18.44473}],"d5b1e735a040853ed361a3dfde1b8ef0<::>2":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_00580-4796-6846","text":"\nAn IBM Cloudant document must be a JSON object, starting and ending with curly braces and containing a number of key-value attributes.\n\nJSON objects must be less that 1 megabyte in size and contain any number of strings, numbers, booleans, arrays, and objects. The nesting of objects within objects can continue to any depth.\n\nThe keys that are used can be as brief or verbose as you like.\n\nThe following list includes some simple example documents that show how each data type is used.\n\n\n\n* The first example shows a person object, storing strings, booleans, and an array of tags.\n* The second example shows brief attribute names to save on storage and represents a web event such as click a website.\n* The last example shows how the document may itself contain subjects.\n\n\n\nA note on dates. JSON has no native Date type, so dates are usually stored in 30-October-2018 or similar formats. We return to dates later.\n\nNow, for your first practical exercise, visit www.ibm.com/cloud. Register an account with the IBM Cloud, if you don't have one already.\n\nOnce registered, you can click services, search for the Cloudant database, and provision a new service.\n\nThe IBM Cloudant Lite service provides a free plan to allow users to try IBM Cloudant in a limited capacity while in development. Its bigger brother, the Standard Plan, is a paid-for service where you specify the number of reads, writes, and queries per second for your application and that capacity is reserved for you. You pay for the capacity you provision and your data storage usage.\n\nThe Lite plan operates in a similar way. It has only a small provisioned capacity and a fixed storage size, but it's fine for testing the IBM Cloudant service.\n\nIBM Cloudant is often referred to as a \"schemaless\" database - but we have to be careful how we define that term.\n\nIt's true to say that you don't need to define your schema (field names, types, constraints, and relationships) ahead of time in an IBM Cloudant database. You can simply write a JSON document of your own design to a database.","score":21.801737},{"document_id":"ibmcld_00580-6386-8382","text":"\nIt has only a small provisioned capacity and a fixed storage size, but it's fine for testing the IBM Cloudant service.\n\nIBM Cloudant is often referred to as a \"schemaless\" database - but we have to be careful how we define that term.\n\nIt's true to say that you don't need to define your schema (field names, types, constraints, and relationships) ahead of time in an IBM Cloudant database. You can simply write a JSON document of your own design to a database.\n\nDevelopers like this flexibility because they can design their data in their code, turn it into JSON, and write it to the database.\n\nIt's still important to think about the shape of your data, especially in terms of how you are going to query and index it, as we see later.\n\nData design is still required, but strictly speaking that database doesn't need to know about your schema.\n\nLet's say we want to create a database of US presidents. We can simply devise our \"model\" of the data in our app, turn it into JSON, and write it to the database. In this case, we are using a common CouchDB convention: the \"type\" field indicates the data type of the document.\n\nIf at a future date we decide we want to add more data to our \"schema\", we can simply write a new object to the database with no complaints from IBM Cloudant. We could decide to add the \"address\" object only to the following documents:\n\n\n\n* Documents that are created from now on.\n* Only documents that we have addresses for.\n\n\n\nIn other words, documents of the same type can have fields present or missing.\n\nYour database's schema can evolve over time to match your application's needs. You don't (necessarily) need to tell the database about the schema change - write new documents in the new format.\n\nWe can even store multiple document \"types\" in the same database. In this case, people, books, and places reside in the same database. We know which is which because of the \"type\" field (this field is a convention and not something that means anything to IBM Cloudant).","score":20.772224},{"document_id":"ibmcld_00555-7-1930","text":"\nHow JavaScript Object Notation (JSON) works \n\nMost requests and responses to and from IBM® Cloudant® for IBM Cloud® use [JSON](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/JSON) for formatting the content and structure of the data and responses.\n\nIn IBM Cloudant databases, the JSON object is used to represent various structures, including all documents in a database.\n\nParsing JSON into a JavaScript object is supported through the JSON.parse() function in JavaScript, or through various [libraries](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Cloudant?topic=Cloudant-client-librariesclient-libraries) that perform the parsing of the content into a JavaScript object for you. Libraries for parsing and generating JSON are available for many major programming languages.\n\nJSON is used because it's the simplest and easiest solution for working with data that uses a web browser. As a result, JSON structures can be evaluated and used as JavaScript objects within the web browser environment. JSON also integrates with the server-side JavaScript used within IBM Cloudant. JSON documents are always UTF-8 encoded.\n\nBe careful to follow these guidelines:\n\n\n\n* Your JSON structures are valid.\n* You normalize strings in JSON documents retrieved from IBM Cloudant.\n\n\n\nJSON supports the same basic types that are supported by JavaScript: numbers, strings, Booleans, arrays, and objects.\n\n\n\n Numbers \n\nNumbers can be integer or floating point values.\n\n\n\n Example of a number in JSON format \n\n123\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Strings \n\nStrings must be enclosed by double quotation marks. Strings support Unicode characters and escaping a backslash.\n\n\n\n Example of a string in JSON format \n\n\"A String\"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Booleans \n\nA true or false value.\n\n\n\n Example of a boolean in JSON format \n\n{\n\"value\": true\n}\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Arrays \n\nA list of values enclosed in brackets. The values that are enclosed can be any valid JSON.\n\n\n\n Example of an array in JSON format \n\n[\n\"one\",\n2,\n\"three\",\n],\ntrue,\n{","score":21.062454},{"document_id":"ibmcld_00526-7-1750","text":"\nOverview \n\nDocuments are [JSON objects](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/JSONData_types.2C_syntax_and_example). Documents are also containers for your data, and are the basis of the IBM® Cloudant® for IBM Cloud® database.\n\nIf you're using an [IBM Cloudant service on IBM Cloud®](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Cloudant?topic=Cloudant-ibm-cloud-publicibm-cloud-public), documents are limited to a maximum size of 1 MB. Exceeding this limit causes a [413 error](https://cloud.ibm.com/apidocs/cloudantlist-of-http-codes).\n\nIBM Cloudant uses an [eventually consistent](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Cloudant?topic=Cloudant-cap-theoremcap-theorem) model for data. If you use the eventually consistent model, it's possible, under some conditions, to retrieve older document content. For example, older content is retrieved when your application writes or updates a document that is followed immediately by a read of the same document.\n\nIn other words, your application would see the document content as it was before the write or update occurred. For more information about this model, see the topic on [Consistency](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Cloudant?topic=Cloudant-cap-theoremcap-theorem).\n\n\n\n Document fields \n\nAll documents must have two fields:\n\n\n\n* A unique _id field. The _id field is detailed in the next section.\n* A _rev field. The _rev field is a revision identifier, and is [essential to the IBM Cloudant replication protocol](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Cloudant?topic=Cloudant-document-versioning-and-mvccdocument-versioning-and-mvcc).\n\n\n\nIn addition to these two mandatory fields, documents can generally contain any other content that can be described by using JSON, subject to some caveats detailed in the following sections.\n\n\n\n Document IDs","score":31.14378},{"document_id":"ibmcld_00526-2924-4511","text":"\nField name restrictions \n\nField names that begin with the underscore character (_) are reserved in IBM Cloudant. This rule means that you can't normally have your own field names that begin with an underscore. For example, the field example would be accepted, but the field _example would result in a doc_validation error message.\n\nSee an example of a JSON document that attempts to create a field with an underscore prefix:\n\n{\n\"_top_level_field_name\": \"some data\"\n}\n\nSee an error message that is returned when you attempt to create a field with an underscore prefix:\n\n{\n\"error\": \"doc_validation\",\n\"reason\": \"Bad special document member: _top_level_field_name\"\n}\n\nHowever, if the field name is for an object that is nested within the document, you can use an underscore prefix for the field name.\n\nSee an example of a JSON document that attempts to create a field with an underscore prefix, nested within an object:\n\n{\n\"another_top_level_field_name\": \"some data\",\n\"another_field\": {\n\"_lower_level_field_name\": \"some more data\"\n}\n}\n\nSee an example success message (abbreviated) returned when a nested field with an underscore prefix is created:\n\n{\n\"ok\": true,\n\"id\": \"2\",\n\"rev\": \"1-9ce...8d4\"\n}\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Quorum - writing and reading data \n\nIn a distributed system, it's possible that a request might take some time to complete. A \"quorum\" mechanism is used to help determine when a request, such as a write or read, completes successfully.\n\nFor more information about quorum settings and their implications on dedicated IBM Cloudant systems, contact IBM Cloudant support.\n\n\n\n\n\n Time to live","score":20.475416}],"d5b1e735a040853ed361a3dfde1b8ef0<::>3":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_06968-15099-17180","text":"\n[checkmark icon](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/f16b1f78a92498247223b337bd9303c2758b9ba8/icons/checkmark-icon.svg) \n\n\n\n\n\n* PDF files that are secured with a password or certificate are not supported. Vector objects, including SVG images and vectorized text, are not supported. Only images of the supported image file types that occur in the PDF are rendered.\n* Only single-page image files are supported.\n* Files within compressed archive files (ZIP, GZIP, TAR) are extracted. Discovery ingests the supported file types within the archive; it ignores all other file types. The file names must be encoded in UTF-8. Files with names that include Japanese characters, for example, must be renamed before they are added to the ZIP file.\n* Discovery supports MacOS ZIP files only if they are generated by using a command such as: zip -r my-folder.zip my-folder -x \".DS_Store\". ZIP files that are created by right-clicking a folder and clicking Compress are not supported.\n* PDF files that you upload as part of an archive file are not displayed in the advanced view for a query result that you open from the Improve and customize page. If you want the file to be viewable from the advanced view, reimport the PDF file separately from the archive file.\n\n\n\nWhen you add files to a Document Retrieval for Contracts project type, any file types that support SDU and OCR are processed with a pretrained Smart Document Understanding model and Optical Character Recognition automatically.\n\n\n\n\n\n Document limits \n\nThe number of documents that are allowed per service instance depends on your Discovery plan type.\n\nThe document limit applies to the number of documents in the index. Upload fewer documents at the start if the enrichments that you plan to apply might increase the number of documents later. For example, the following configurations generate more documents:\n\n\n\n* Splitting documents segments one document into multiple documents\n* CSV files that you upload generate one document per line\n* Database data sources that you crawl produce one document per database row","score":19.021631},{"document_id":"ibmcld_00576-7385-9302","text":"\nIBM Cloudant doesn't have the concept of joins like a relational database, so data isn't normalized. However, data can repeat across objects. For example, an order document can include a subset of the product documents that were purchased.\n\nIt's common to store several object types in the same database: a convention is that a type attribute is used to denote the object type. This option is a good one if you need to perform queries that return several object types or if a database needs to be replicated to another location altogether. Otherwise, separate databases, for example, users, orders, products, might be better so that secondary indexes are specific to each object type.\n\nIf you're storing arrays of objects within a document, consider whether the array items must really be their own document. For example, a product and each product review must be stored in separate documents, but a user and each of that user's orders must have their own document.\n\nIf you have an ever-growing data set, then you probably don't want to store data in a single, ever-growing database. Data is best stored in time-boxed databases that allow older data to be archived and deleted cleanly. Deleting an IBM Cloudant document leaves a tombstone document behind, so don't rely on deleting documents to recover disk space. Instead, you must rely on deleting whole databases.\n\nJSON doesn't offer a native way to store dates or timestamps. Choose your [date format](https://blog.cloudant.com/2018/05/24/Date-formats.html) carefully if you intend to query it later.\n\nThe maximum document size is 1 MB, but documents must be much smaller than that size, typically a few KB.\n\nFor more information, see the following blog posts:\n\n\n\n* [Optimal IBM Cloudant Indexing](https://blog.cloudant.com/2019/05/10/Optimal-Cloudant-Indexing.html)\n* [Time-series Data Storage](https://blog.cloudant.com/2019/04/08/Time-series-data-storage.html)","score":17.440033},{"document_id":"ibmcld_07152-5566-7596","text":"\nYou can view the number of documents stored and the total amount of storage used by either using the [Environments](https://cloud.ibm.com/apidocs/discoveryget-environment-info) or [Collections](https://cloud.ibm.com/apidocs/discoveryget-collection-details) API, or by using the tooling. If your documents are, on average, larger than 100KB on disk, you will hit the storage limit of a plan before the maximum document limit. If you perform [document segmentation](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/discovery?topic=discovery-configservicedoc-segmentation) on your documents, each segment counts as a separate document.\n\n** The [IBM Watson™ Natural Language Understanding enrichments](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/discovery?topic=discovery-configserviceadding-enrichments) are: Entity Extraction, Sentiment Analysis, Category Classification, Concept Tagging, Keyword Extraction, Relation Extraction, Emotion Analysis, Element Classification, and Semantic Role Extraction. Only the first 50,000 characters of each document are enriched.\n\n*** Element Classification is an enrichment that parses through governing documents to convert, identify, and classify elements of importance. It uses Natural Language Processing to extract the following elements from PDF documents: party (who it refers to), nature (type of element), and category (specific class).\n\nTo take advantage of the new string environment sizing values (LT, XS, S, MS, M, ML, L, XL, XXL, XXXL), use the version date of 2018-08-01 or later in your API request when you create an environment. Before version 2018-08-01, the value was an integer.\n\n\n\n\n\n Premium \n\nPremium plans offer developers and organizations a single tenant instance of one or more Watson services for better isolation and security. These plans offer compute-level isolation on the existing shared platform, as well as end-to-end encrypted data while in transit and at rest.\n\nFor more information, or to purchase a Premium plan, contact [Sales](https://ibm.biz/contact-wdc-premium).\n\n\n\n\n\n Additional information","score":17.246521},{"document_id":"ibmcld_00510-7123-9213","text":"\nIBM Cloudant has support for storing attachments alongside documents, a long-standing feature it inherits from CouchDB. If you use IBM Cloudant as a backend for a web application, you can also store small icons and other static assets such as CSS and JavaScript files with the data.\n\nYou must consider a few things before you use attachments in IBM Cloudant today, especially if you’re looking at larger assets such as images and videos:\n\n\n\n1. IBM Cloudant is expensive as a block store.\n2. IBM Cloudant’s internal implementation is not efficient in handling large amounts of binary data.\n\n\n\nSo, slow and expensive.\n\nIBM Cloudant is acceptable for small assets and occasional use. As a rule, if you need to store binary data alongside IBM Cloudant documents, it’s better to use a separate solution more suited for this purpose. You need store only the attachment metadata in the IBM Cloudant document. Yes, that means you need to write some extra code to upload the attachment to a suitable block store of your choice. Verify that it succeeded before you store the token or URL to the attachment in the IBM Cloudant document.\n\nYour databases are smaller, cheaper, faster, and easier to replicate. For more information, see the following websites:\n\n\n\n* IBM Cloudant docs on [attachments](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Cloudant?topic=Cloudant-how-to-use-attachments)\n* Detaching IBM Cloudant attachments to [Object Storage](https://medium.com/codait/detaching-cloudant-attachments-to-object-storage-with-serverless-functions-99b8c3c77925)\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Fewer databases are better than many \n\nIf you can, limit the number of databases per IBM Cloudant account to 500 or fewer. While this particular number is not magic (IBM Cloudant can safely handle more), several use cases exist that are adversely affected by large numbers of databases in an account.\n\nThe replicator scheduler has a limited number of simultaneous replication jobs that it is prepared to run. As the number of databases grows, the replication latency is likely to increase if you try to replicate everything contained in an account.","score":17.237463},{"document_id":"ibmcld_08937-7-1991","text":"\nExporting an image to IBM Cloud Object Storage \n\nFrom the Image Templates page, you can export an image template to an [IBM Cloud® Object Storage](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cloud-object-storage?topic=cloud-object-storage-about-cloud-object-storage) account.\n\nThe image export process takes a preexisting, private standard image template, or an encrypted image template and coverts the image into an image file that is stored in a specified location on an IBM Cloud Object Storage account.\n\nIf you imported a VMDK image, you can export that image in VHD or VMDK format. Because of the differences between the image formats, a chance of data loss exists. To protect your data if data loss occurs, the original VHD file is retained.\n\n\n\n Before you begin \n\nFirst, go to the device menu and make sure that you have the correct account permissions to complete the tasks.\n\n\n\n* Go to your console's device menu. For more information, see [Navigating to devices](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/image-templates?topic=virtual-servers-navigating-devices).\n* Make sure that you have write access to IBM Cloud Object Storage. Only the account owner, or a user with the Manage Users classic infrastructure permission, can adjust the permissions.\n\n\n\nFor more information about permissions, see [Classic infrastructure permissions](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-infrapermissioninfrapermission) and [Managing device access](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/virtual-servers?topic=virtual-servers-managing-device-access).\n\nIf you plan to export this image template to IBM Cloud Object Storage, make sure the image template name does not contain any characters that can be problematic in a web address. For example, ?, =, <, and other special characters might cause unwanted behavior if not URL-encoded.\n\n\n\n\n\n Exporting an image to IBM Cloud Object Storage \n\nUse the following steps to export an image template to IBM Cloud Object Storage.\n\n\n\n1. From the Devices menu, select Manage > Images.\n2.","score":17.103313}],"d5b1e735a040853ed361a3dfde1b8ef0<::>4":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_00526-7-1750","text":"\nOverview \n\nDocuments are [JSON objects](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/JSONData_types.2C_syntax_and_example). Documents are also containers for your data, and are the basis of the IBM® Cloudant® for IBM Cloud® database.\n\nIf you're using an [IBM Cloudant service on IBM Cloud®](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Cloudant?topic=Cloudant-ibm-cloud-publicibm-cloud-public), documents are limited to a maximum size of 1 MB. Exceeding this limit causes a [413 error](https://cloud.ibm.com/apidocs/cloudantlist-of-http-codes).\n\nIBM Cloudant uses an [eventually consistent](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Cloudant?topic=Cloudant-cap-theoremcap-theorem) model for data. If you use the eventually consistent model, it's possible, under some conditions, to retrieve older document content. For example, older content is retrieved when your application writes or updates a document that is followed immediately by a read of the same document.\n\nIn other words, your application would see the document content as it was before the write or update occurred. For more information about this model, see the topic on [Consistency](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Cloudant?topic=Cloudant-cap-theoremcap-theorem).\n\n\n\n Document fields \n\nAll documents must have two fields:\n\n\n\n* A unique _id field. The _id field is detailed in the next section.\n* A _rev field. The _rev field is a revision identifier, and is [essential to the IBM Cloudant replication protocol](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Cloudant?topic=Cloudant-document-versioning-and-mvccdocument-versioning-and-mvcc).\n\n\n\nIn addition to these two mandatory fields, documents can generally contain any other content that can be described by using JSON, subject to some caveats detailed in the following sections.\n\n\n\n Document IDs","score":31.14378},{"document_id":"ibmcld_00500-14708-16372","text":"\nWe limit documents to a maximum size of 64 MB.\n\n\n\n\n\n No JavaScript reducers when options.partitioned is true \n\nDesign documents with options.partitioned set to true can't contain JavaScript reduce functions, only built-ins Erlang reducers such as _stats.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Storing the view definition \n\nEach view is a JavaScript function. Views are stored in design documents. So, to store a view, IBM Cloudant simply stores the function definition within a design document. A design document can be [created or updated](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Cloudant?topic=Cloudant-design-documentscreating-or-updating-a-design-document) just like any other document.\n\nTo store a view definition, PUT the view definition content into a _design document.\n\nIn the following example, the getVerifiedEmails view is defined as a map function, and is available within the views field of the design document.\n\nUse the PUT method to add a view into a design document:\n\nPUT $SERVICE_URL/$DATABASE/_design/$DDOC HTTP/1.1\nContent-Type: application/json\n\nThe following sample adds a new getVerifiedEmails named view function to the allusers design document with view definition:\n\n{\n\"views\": {\n\"getVerifiedEmails\": {\n\"map\": \"function(user) { if(user.email_verified === true){ emit(doc.email, {name: user.name, email_verified: user.email_verified, joined: user.joined}) }} \"\n}\n}\n}\n\nSee the request examples:\n\n\n\n* Curl\n* Java\n* Node\n* Python\n* Go\n\n\n\ncurl -X PUT \"$SERVICE_URL/users/_design/allusers\" --data '{\n\"views\": {\n\"getVerifiedEmails\": {\n\"map\": \"function(user) { if(user.email_verified === true){ emit(doc.email, {name: user.name, email_verified: user.email_verified, joined: user.joined}) }}\"","score":16.933655},{"document_id":"ibmcld_00510-5537-7566","text":"\nInstead, keep orders separate as their own document type, referencing the customer ID. Now the model is immutable. To add an order, I create a new order document in the database, which cannot generate conflicts.\n\nTo be able to retrieve all orders for a specific customer, we can employ a view, which we cover later.\n\nAvoid constructs that rely on updates to parts of existing documents, where possible. Bad data models are often hard to change after you’re in production.\n\nThe previous pattern can be solved efficiently by using partitioned databases, which are covered in greater detailed later.\n\nFor more information, see the following documentation:\n\n\n\n* IBM Cloudant guide to [data modeling](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Cloudant?topic=Cloudant-five-tips-for-modeling-your-data-to-scale-faq)\n* [Database partitions](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Cloudant?topic=Cloudant-database-partitioning)\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Keep documents small \n\nIBM Cloudant imposes a max doc size of 1 MB. This limit does not mean that a close-to-1-MB document size is a good idea. On the contrary, if you find you are creating documents that exceed single-digit KB, you probably need to revisit your model. Several things in IBM Cloudant become less performant as documents grow. JSON decoding is costly, for example.\n\nLet's look at the following sections: Documents must group data that mostly changes together and Keep documents small. It’s worth stressing that models that rely on updates have a maximum volume limit of 1 MB, the cut-off for document size. This size isn’t what you want.\n\n\n\n\n\n Avoid using attachments \n\nIBM Cloudant has support for storing attachments alongside documents, a long-standing feature it inherits from CouchDB. If you use IBM Cloudant as a backend for a web application, you can also store small icons and other static assets such as CSS and JavaScript files with the data.\n\nYou must consider a few things before you use attachments in IBM Cloudant today, especially if you’re looking at larger assets such as images and videos:\n\n\n\n1.","score":18.178736},{"document_id":"ibmcld_00581-0-1268","text":"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  Limits \n\nLimits that pertain to the usage of IBM® Cloudant® for IBM Cloud® databases are shown in the following tables.\n\n\n\n  Databases \n\n\n\nTable 1. Limits for databases\n\n Description     Limit                                                                             \n\n Database size   Consult the IBM Cloudant team if your database is likely to exceed 5 TB in size.  \n Partition size  10 GB                                                                             \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  Indexes \n\n\n\nTable 2. Limits for indexes\n\n Description                  Limit     \n\n Number of global indexes     Unlimited \n Number of partition indexes  10        \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  Request payload \n\n\n\nTable 3. Limits for request payload\n\n Description         Limit \n\n Total request size  10 MB \n Document size       1 MB  \n Attachment size     10 MB \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  Request timeouts \n\n\n\nTable 4. Limits for request timeouts\n\n Description     Limit      \n\n Default         60 seconds \n _partition/*    5 seconds  \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  Query \n\n\n\nTable 5. Limits for query results\n\n Description                    Limit     \n\n Default                        Unlimited \n _partition/* default           2000      \n _search                        200       \n _find by using text index      200       \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","score":17.78128},{"document_id":"ibmcld_00558-23465-25360","text":"\nIBM Cloudant JSON documents and requests have the following maximum size limits:\n\n\n\nTable 4. Maximum size limits for JSON documents and requests\n\n Limit Maximum Size \n\n Individual Document Size 1 MB \n Single Attachment Size 10 MB \n Request Body Size 11 MB \n\n\n\nIf you exceed these limits, a [413 response](https://cloud.ibm.com/apidocs/cloudantlist-of-http-codes) alerts you.\n\nThe IBM Cloudant team recommends that you store binary attachments, or large JSON blobs, in object storage and save a link to the location in an IBM Cloudant JSON document.\n\nWhen you replicate, documents or attachments that exceed these limits don't replicate to the target database. For more information about how to detect replication errors, see [Replication errors](https://cloud.ibm.com/apidocs/cloudantgetreplicationdocument).\n\n\n\n\n\n Locations and tenancy \n\nBy default, all Lite and Standard plans are deployed on multi-tenant environments. As part of your plan selection, you can choose from the following IBM Cloud locations.\n\n\n\n* Chennai (SZR)\n* Dallas\n* Frankfurt‡\n* London\n* Osaka\n* Sydney\n* Seoul (SZR)\n* Tokyo\n* Washington DC\n\n\n\nSingle-Zone Region (SZR) means that only one availability zone is available in that location. All other locations are Multi-Zone Regions (MZR) and leverage three separate availability zones for instances that are deployed in those locations. For more information, see the [High availability (HA), disaster recovery (DR), and backup](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Cloudant?topic=Cloudant-disaster-recovery-and-backup) documentation.\n\nDedicated Hardware plan instances can be deployed in most [IBM data center locations](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/data-centers/). See the drop-down menu in the IBM Cloud catalog for an up-to-date list of available locations.\n\n‡All IBM Cloudant instances that are deployed from the IBM Cloud Frankfurt region are deployed into EU-managed environments.","score":20.256994}],"d5b1e735a040853ed361a3dfde1b8ef0<::>5":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_12748-0-2435","text":"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  Limits \n\nIBM Cloud® Security and Compliance Center has the following known limits that might impact your experience.\n\n\n\nTable 1. Security and Compliance Center limits\n\n                            Limit                                                        \n\n Custom rules               500 per enterprise account  <br>100 per stand-alone account  \n Rule description           256 characters                                               \n Rule size                  4096 characters                                              \n Target                     1 per rule                                                   \n Condition                  16 per rule                                                  \n Property                   24 per condition                                             \n Label                      32 per rule                                                  \n Custom libraries           10 per enterprise account  <br>5 per stand-alone account     \n Library name               64 Characters                                                \n Library description        256 characters                                               \n Library size               Less than 1 MB                                               \n Profile name               64 characters                                                \n Profile description        256 Characters                                               \n Profile size               Less than 1 MB                                               \n Custom profiles            20 per enterprise account  <br>5 per stand-alone account     \n Control                    1200 per library  <br>600 per profile                        \n Control name               64 characters                                                \n Control description        256 characters                                               \n Specification              100 per control per library  <br>400 per control per profile \n Specification description  256 characters                                               \n Assessment                 10 per specification per library or profile                  \n Attachment                 50 per account                                               \n Exclusion                  8 per attachment                                             \n Scan                       1 per attachment - at any time                               \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","score":13.779113},{"document_id":"ibmcld_00558-23465-25360","text":"\nIBM Cloudant JSON documents and requests have the following maximum size limits:\n\n\n\nTable 4. Maximum size limits for JSON documents and requests\n\n Limit Maximum Size \n\n Individual Document Size 1 MB \n Single Attachment Size 10 MB \n Request Body Size 11 MB \n\n\n\nIf you exceed these limits, a [413 response](https://cloud.ibm.com/apidocs/cloudantlist-of-http-codes) alerts you.\n\nThe IBM Cloudant team recommends that you store binary attachments, or large JSON blobs, in object storage and save a link to the location in an IBM Cloudant JSON document.\n\nWhen you replicate, documents or attachments that exceed these limits don't replicate to the target database. For more information about how to detect replication errors, see [Replication errors](https://cloud.ibm.com/apidocs/cloudantgetreplicationdocument).\n\n\n\n\n\n Locations and tenancy \n\nBy default, all Lite and Standard plans are deployed on multi-tenant environments. As part of your plan selection, you can choose from the following IBM Cloud locations.\n\n\n\n* Chennai (SZR)\n* Dallas\n* Frankfurt‡\n* London\n* Osaka\n* Sydney\n* Seoul (SZR)\n* Tokyo\n* Washington DC\n\n\n\nSingle-Zone Region (SZR) means that only one availability zone is available in that location. All other locations are Multi-Zone Regions (MZR) and leverage three separate availability zones for instances that are deployed in those locations. For more information, see the [High availability (HA), disaster recovery (DR), and backup](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Cloudant?topic=Cloudant-disaster-recovery-and-backup) documentation.\n\nDedicated Hardware plan instances can be deployed in most [IBM data center locations](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/data-centers/). See the drop-down menu in the IBM Cloud catalog for an up-to-date list of available locations.\n\n‡All IBM Cloudant instances that are deployed from the IBM Cloud Frankfurt region are deployed into EU-managed environments.","score":15.960646},{"document_id":"ibmcld_06968-18330-20453","text":"\nPlus (includes Trial) 10 MB \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Field limits \n\nWhen a document is added to a collection, content from the document is evaluated and added to the appropriate fields in an internal index.\n\nFor structured data, such as uploaded CSV or JSON files, or data from crawled databases, each column or object is stored as a root-level field. For example, if you add a CSV file to collection, each column in the CSV file is stored as a separate field in the index.\n\nA maximum of 1,000 fields can be added to the index.\n\nYou cannot assign the data type, such as Date or String, of a field. The data type is detected automatically and assigned to the field during document ingestion. The assignment is based on the data type that is detected from the first document that is indexed. Ingestion errors can occur in subsequent documents if a different data type is detected for the value in the same field. Therefore, if your documents have a mix of data types in a single field, first ingest the document that has a value with the most flexible data type, such as String, in the field.\n\nWhen you crawl a website or upload an HTML file, the HTML content is added to the collection and indexed in an html field.\n\nThe following table shows the maximum size limit for fields per document.\n\n\n\nMaximum field sizes\n\n Field type Maximum allowed size per document \n\n html field 5 MB \n Sum of all other fields 1 MB \n\n\n\nIf the maximum size of the fields in the document exceeds the allowed limits, they are treated as follows:\n\n\n\n* For a document with an oversized html field, all of the fields in the document are indexed except the html field.\n\nFor IBM Cloud Pak for Data version 4.0 and earlier, the entire document is not indexed.\n* For a document with oversized non-HTML fields, the document is not indexed.\n\n\n\nIf you are uploading a Microsoft Excel file and a message is displayed that indicates that the non-HTML field size limit is exceeded, consider converting the XLS file into a CSV file. When you upload a comma-separated value (CSV) file, each row is indexed as a separate document. As a result, no field size limits are exceeded.","score":13.357092},{"document_id":"ibmcld_12904-23555-25450","text":"\nIBM Cloudant JSON documents and requests have the following maximum size limits:\n\n\n\nTable 4. Maximum size limits for JSON documents and requests\n\n Limit Maximum Size \n\n Individual Document Size 1 MB \n Single Attachment Size 10 MB \n Request Body Size 11 MB \n\n\n\nIf you exceed these limits, a [413 response](https://cloud.ibm.com/apidocs/cloudantlist-of-http-codes) alerts you.\n\nThe IBM Cloudant team recommends that you store binary attachments, or large JSON blobs, in object storage and save a link to the location in an IBM Cloudant JSON document.\n\nWhen you replicate, documents or attachments that exceed these limits don't replicate to the target database. For more information about how to detect replication errors, see [Replication errors](https://cloud.ibm.com/apidocs/cloudantgetreplicationdocument).\n\n\n\n\n\n Locations and tenancy \n\nBy default, all Lite and Standard plans are deployed on multi-tenant environments. As part of your plan selection, you can choose from the following IBM Cloud locations.\n\n\n\n* Chennai (SZR)\n* Dallas\n* Frankfurt‡\n* London\n* Osaka\n* Sydney\n* Seoul (SZR)\n* Tokyo\n* Washington DC\n\n\n\nSingle-Zone Region (SZR) means that only one availability zone is available in that location. All other locations are Multi-Zone Regions (MZR) and leverage three separate availability zones for instances that are deployed in those locations. For more information, see the [High availability (HA), disaster recovery (DR), and backup](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Cloudant?topic=Cloudant-disaster-recovery-and-backup) documentation.\n\nDedicated Hardware plan instances can be deployed in most [IBM data center locations](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/data-centers/). See the drop-down menu in the IBM Cloud catalog for an up-to-date list of available locations.\n\n‡All IBM Cloudant instances that are deployed from the IBM Cloud Frankfurt region are deployed into EU-managed environments.","score":15.960646},{"document_id":"ibmcld_00510-7123-9213","text":"\nIBM Cloudant has support for storing attachments alongside documents, a long-standing feature it inherits from CouchDB. If you use IBM Cloudant as a backend for a web application, you can also store small icons and other static assets such as CSS and JavaScript files with the data.\n\nYou must consider a few things before you use attachments in IBM Cloudant today, especially if you’re looking at larger assets such as images and videos:\n\n\n\n1. IBM Cloudant is expensive as a block store.\n2. IBM Cloudant’s internal implementation is not efficient in handling large amounts of binary data.\n\n\n\nSo, slow and expensive.\n\nIBM Cloudant is acceptable for small assets and occasional use. As a rule, if you need to store binary data alongside IBM Cloudant documents, it’s better to use a separate solution more suited for this purpose. You need store only the attachment metadata in the IBM Cloudant document. Yes, that means you need to write some extra code to upload the attachment to a suitable block store of your choice. Verify that it succeeded before you store the token or URL to the attachment in the IBM Cloudant document.\n\nYour databases are smaller, cheaper, faster, and easier to replicate. For more information, see the following websites:\n\n\n\n* IBM Cloudant docs on [attachments](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Cloudant?topic=Cloudant-how-to-use-attachments)\n* Detaching IBM Cloudant attachments to [Object Storage](https://medium.com/codait/detaching-cloudant-attachments-to-object-storage-with-serverless-functions-99b8c3c77925)\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Fewer databases are better than many \n\nIf you can, limit the number of databases per IBM Cloudant account to 500 or fewer. While this particular number is not magic (IBM Cloudant can safely handle more), several use cases exist that are adversely affected by large numbers of databases in an account.\n\nThe replicator scheduler has a limited number of simultaneous replication jobs that it is prepared to run. As the number of databases grows, the replication latency is likely to increase if you try to replicate everything contained in an account.","score":17.237463}],"d5b1e735a040853ed361a3dfde1b8ef0<::>6":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_04654-5723-7203","text":"\nWhen running in IBM Cloud, the credentials will be read from the VCAP_SERVICES environment variable.\n\n\n\n1. Create a file called vcap-local.json in the get-started-python directory with the following content:\n\n{\n\"services\": {\n\"cloudantNoSQLDB\": [\n{\n\"credentials\": {\n\"username\":\"CLOUDANT_DATABASE_USERNAME\",\n\"password\":\"CLOUDANT_DATABASE_PASSWORD\",\n\"host\":\"CLOUDANT_DATABASE_HOST\"\n},\n\"label\": \"cloudantNoSQLDB\"\n}\n]\n}\n}\n2. Find your app in the IBM Cloud [resource list](https://cloud.ibm.com/resources). On the Service Details page for your app, click Connections in the sidebar. Click the IBM Cloudant menu icon (…) and select View credentials.\n3. Copy and paste the username, password, and host from the credentials to the same fields of the vcap-local.json file replacing CLOUDANT_DATABASE_USERNAME, CLOUDANT_DATABASE_PASSWORD, and CLOUDANT_DATABASE_HOST.\n4. Run your app locally.\n\npython hello.py\n\n\n\nView your app at: http://localhost:8000. Any names you enter into the app will now get added to the database.\n\nYour local app and the IBM Cloud app are sharing the database. View your IBM Cloud app at the URL listed in the output of the push command from above. Names you add from either app should appear in both when you refresh the browsers.\n\nRemember, if you don't need your app live, stop it so you don't incur any unexpected charges.\n\n\n\n\n\n Next steps \n\n\n\n* [Samples](https://ibm-cloud.github.io)\n* [Architecture Center](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/architecture/architectures)","score":15.7794075},{"document_id":"ibmcld_00522-7-1725","text":"\nDigging deeper into IBM Cloudant Dashboard \n\nThe IBM® Cloudant® for IBM Cloud® Dashboard gives new and experienced IBM Cloudant users the opportunity to add, edit, and delete documents. The IBM Cloudant users can refine the indexing and querying options that best suit their application's use-cases.\n\n\n\n Objectives \n\nSet up some basic indexes using the Dashboard to see how each of IBM Cloudant's querying mechanisms works.\n\n\n\n\n\n Before you begin \n\nYou need to create a service instance in IBM Cloudant before you start this tutorial. You can follow the instructions in the [Getting started](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Cloudant?topic=Cloudant-getting-started-with-cloudant) tutorial to create one.\n\n\n\n\n\n Step 1. The data set \n\n\n\n1. Create a database called books.\n2. Create some sample data that represents a book in a library as shown in the following example:\n\n{\n\"_id\": \"BXP9G5ZQY9Q4EA13\",\n\"author\": \"Dickens\",\n\"title\": \"David Copperfield\",\n\"year\": 1840,\n\"pages\": 723,\n\"publisher\": \"Penguin\",\n\"url\": \"https://www.somurl.com/dc\"\n}\n3. Continue to add some documents that match the pattern in the previous step by using the IBM Cloudant Dashboard.\n\nThe documents store simple key/value pairs that hold metadata about each book: its author and its publisher. In this example, we address the following three use-cases:\n\n\n\n1. A query facility that allows a user to find a book by a known publisher and year.\n2. A general-purpose search engine that allows a user to find books by a combination of one or more of the following descriptors: author, title, year, and publisher.\n3. A report that details the number of books that are published by year.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Step 2. Querying books by publisher and year - IBM Cloudant Query","score":15.363066},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05499-1332-3032","text":"\nYou can create one [from the console](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Cloudant?topic=Cloudant-getting-started-with-cloudant) or by using CLI commands. In addition, create service credentials that you can pass to your application.\n\n\n\n1. Create an IBM Cloudant service instance, follow the steps in [Getting started with IBM Cloudant](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Cloudant?topic=Cloudant-getting-started-with-cloudant). Name your instance CloudantFruitCounter. Be sure to complete the task by creating your service credentials.\n2. Open the IBM Cloudant dashboard for your instance and click Create database.\n3. In the Create database window, enter the database name fruitcounter.\n4. Do not select the Partitioned option, and click Create.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Step 2: Test your application locally \n\nBefore you create your code as an application in Code Engine, test your code locally to make sure that it is functioning correctly.\n\n\n\n1. Retrieve the IBM Cloudant service credentials from the IBM Cloudant dashboard. For more information about retrieving credentials, see [Creating service credentials](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Cloudant?topic=Cloudant-getting-started-with-cloudantcreating-service-credentials).\n2. Set environment variables with the values from the service credentials.\n\nexport CLOUDANT_URL=<your_url>\n\nexport CLOUDANT_APIKEY=<your_key>\n\nexport DBNAME=\"fruitcounter\"\n3. Clone the fruit-counter repository, change to this directory, and then install and start the dependencies.\n\ngit clone https://github.com/IBM/CodeEngine\ncd CodeEngine/fruit-counter\nnpm install\nnpm run start\n4. Open a browser and go to [http://localhost:8080](http://localhost:8080).\n5. Pick your favorite fruit and submit your choice.","score":15.41042},{"document_id":"ibmcld_00547-7-1654","text":"\nGetting started with IBM Cloudant \n\nThe IBM® Cloudant® for IBM Cloud® Getting started tutorial demonstrates how to use the IBM Cloud® dashboard to create an IBM Cloudant service instance and obtain service credentials to connect to it. Finally, it guides you through the creation of a simple, locally hosted web application that uses your IBM Cloudant database.\n\n\n\n Objectives \n\n\n\n* Create a service instance.\n* Create an IBM Cloudant service credential.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Step 1: Creating a service instance \n\n\n\n1. Log in to your IBM Cloud account, and click Create resource.\n\nZoom\n\n![IBM Cloud Dashboard, which includes Build tile, Monitor your resources tile, Create and deploy an application tile, API Connect tile, Integrate Watson with anything tile, and Watson starter kits tile.](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/522c6f62358b063f921283400a601c3f9bc66f08/Cloudant//tutorials/images/img0001.png)\n\nFigure 1. IBM Cloud Dashboard\n\nThe IBM Cloud Dashboard can be found at: [https://cloud.ibm.com/](https://cloud.ibm.com/). After you authenticate with your username and password, you're presented with the IBM Cloud Dashboard.\n2. Type Cloudant in the Search bar and click to open it.\n3. Select an offering and an environment.\n4. Type an instance name.\n\nZoom\n\n![Create the IBM Cloudant service name and credentials.](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/522c6f62358b063f921283400a601c3f9bc66f08/Cloudant/tutorials/images/img0005b.png)\n\nFigure 2. IBM Cloudant service name and credentials\n\n(In this example, the instance name is Cloudant-o7.) Verify that the resource group and authentication methods are correct. Add a tag if you like.","score":18.283669},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04650-5479-6774","text":"\nThis file will get used ONLY when the app is running locally. When running in IBM Cloud, the credentials will be read from the VCAP_SERVICES environment variable.\n\n\n\n1. Create a file called .env in the get-started-go directory with the following content:\n\nCLOUDANT_URL=\n2. Find your app in the IBM Cloud [resource list](https://cloud.ibm.com/resources). On the Service Details page for your app, click Connections in the sidebar. Click the IBM Cloudant menu icon (…) and select View credentials.\n3. Copy and paste just the url from the credentials to the CLOUDANT_URL field of the .env file and save the changes. The result will be something like:\n\nCLOUDANT_URL=https://123456789 ... bluemix.cloudant.com\n4. Run your app locally.\n\ngo run main.go\n5. View your app at: http://localhost:8080. Any names that you enter into the app are added to the database.\n\n\n\nYour local app and the IBM Cloud app share the database. View your IBM Cloud app at the URL listed in the output of the push command. Names you add from either app show in both apps when you refresh the browsers.\n\nIf you don't need your app live, stop it so you don't incur any unexpected charges.\n\n\n\n\n\n Next steps \n\n\n\n* [Samples](https://ibm-cloud.github.io)\n* [Architecture Center](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/architecture/architectures)","score":15.97459}],"d5b1e735a040853ed361a3dfde1b8ef0<::>9":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_00099-7-1786","text":"\nUsing the Python SDK \n\nThe IBM Analytics Engine SDK can be installed by installing the library iaesdk from the Python Package Index.\n\nType the following command into a command line:\n\npip install --upgrade \"iaesdk>=1.1.1\"\n\nSource code can be found at [GitHub](https://github.com/IBM/ibm-iae-python-sdk). The iaesdk library provides complete access to the IBM Analytics Engine API.\n\nYou need to provide the service endpoints and the API key when you create a IBM Analytics Engine service resource or a low-level client.\n\nThe service instance ID is also referred to as a instance GUID. You can retrieve the service instance ID when you create service credentials or through the CLI. See [Retrieving service endpoints](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/AnalyticsEngine?topic=AnalyticsEngine-retrieve-endpoints-serverless).\n\nTo use the iaesdk library, you need the following values:\n\n\n\n* IAM_API_KEY: The API key generated when creating the service credentials. You can retrieve by viewing the service credentials on the [IBM Cloud dashboard](https://cloud.ibm.com/resources).\n* instance_guid: The value in resource_instance_id generated when the service credentials are created. You can retrieve by viewing the service credentials on the [IBM Cloud dashboard](https://cloud.ibm.com/resources).\n* IAE_ENDPOINT_URL: The service endpoint URL including the https:// protocol. See [Service endpoints](https://cloud.ibm.com/apidocs/ibm-analytics-engineservice-endpoints).\n\n\n\n\n\n Code samples using iaesdk \n\nGetting started with the Python SDK after you have installed it, involves sourcing credentials to the IBM Analytics Engine service, invoking the service and then issuing different cluster commands as shown in the following sample code snippets. The code examples are written for Python 3.7.","score":14.5474825},{"document_id":"ibmcld_09702-6488-7328","text":"\nres = sdclient.get_alerts()\nif not res[0]:\nprint(\"Failed to fetch existing alerts\")\n\nfor alert in res['alerts']:\nif alert['name'] == alert_name:\nprint(\"Deleting alert\")\nres = sdclient.delete_alert(alert)\nif not res:\nprint(\"Alert deletion failed\")\nShow more\n\n\n\n\n\n Get all user alerts (GET) \n\nThe following code shows the structure of a Python script that you can use to get information about all the alerts:\n\n Reference the Python client\nfrom sdcclient import IbmAuthHelper, SdMonitorClient\n\n Add the monitoring instance information that is required for authentication\nURL = <MONITORING-ENDPOINT>\nAPIKEY = <IAM_APIKEY>\nGUID = <GUID>\nibm_headers = IbmAuthHelper.get_headers(URL, APIKEY, GUID)\n\n Instantiate the Python client\nsdclient = SdMonitorClient(sdc_url=URL, custom_headers=ibm_headers)\n\njson_res = sdclient.get_alerts()\nprint(json_res)","score":16.079472},{"document_id":"ibmcld_00462-7-1647","text":"\nClient libraries \n\nClient libraries are the tools that you use to develop your own applications to work with IBM® Cloudant® for IBM Cloud® databases.\n\nThe following client libraries are formally supported by IBM Cloudant: Java™, Node.js, Python, and Go.\n\nA supported library is one where you can contact IBM Cloudant if you come across a specific, reproducible problem in the current version of the library.\n\n\n\n Java \n\nThe IBM Cloudant SDK for Java™ is the official IBM Cloudant library for Java™.\n\nTo install the IBM Cloudant SDK for the Java™ library, see [Installation](https://github.com/ibm/cloudant-java-sdkinstallation) about installing the library by adding it as a dependency to your Maven or Gradle builds. You can also see details and examples of how to use the library in the guide.\n\n\n\n Library for Java \n\n\n\n* [IBM Cloudant SDK for Java™](https://github.com/ibm/cloudant-java-sdk)\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Node.js \n\nThe IBM Cloudant SDK for the Node.js library is the official IBM Cloudant library for Node.js.\n\nInstall the [IBM Cloudant SDK for Node.js](https://www.npmjs.com/package/@ibm-cloud/cloudant) library by running the following command:\n\nnpm install @ibm-cloud/cloudant\n\n\n\n Library for Node.js \n\n\n\n* [IBM Cloudant SDK for Node.js](https://github.com/ibm/cloudant-node-sdk)\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Python \n\nThe IBM Cloudant SDK for Python library is the official IBM Cloudant library for Python.\n\nInstall the [IBM Cloudant SDK for Python](https://pypi.org/project/ibmcloudant/) library by running pip or easy_install as shown in the following examples:\n\npip install --upgrade \"ibmcloudant>=0.0.27\"\n\nor\n\neasy_install --upgrade \"ibmcloudant>=0.0.27\"","score":17.766787},{"document_id":"ibmcld_09735-13304-14716","text":"\nsdclient = SdMonitorClient(token=SYSDIG_TOKEN,sdc_url=URL)\n\n Show the list of dashboards\nok, res = sdclient.get_dashboards()\n\n Loop through all fetched dashboards\nfor dashboard in res[1]:\n Delete dashboard if it matches the pattern (one or many)\nif DASHBOARD_NAME in dashboard['name']:\nprint(\"Deleting \" + dashboard['name'])\nres = sdclient.delete_dashboard(dashboard)\nShow more\n\n\n\n\n\n Download custom dashboards \n\nYou can use Python to download custom dashboards.\n\nWhen you download dashboards, you only download custom dashboards.\n\n\n\n\n\n Download custom dashboards in the default team \n\nThe following code shows the structure of a Python script to download a custom dashboard from the default team.\n\n!/usr/bin/env python3\n\nimport os\nimport sys\nsys.path.insert(0, os.path.join(os.path.dirname(os.path.realpath(sys.argv[0])), '..'))\nfrom sdcclient import IbmAuthHelper, SdMonitorClient\n\n Parse arguments.\ndef usage():\nprint('usage: %s <endpoint-url> <apikey> <instance-guid>' % sys.argv[0])\nprint('endpoint-url: The endpoint URL that should point to IBM Cloud')\nprint('apikey: IBM Cloud IAM apikey that will be used to retrieve an access token')\nprint('instance-guid: GUID of an IBM Cloud Monitoring with monitoring instance')\nsys.exit(1)\n\nif len(sys.argv) != 4:\nusage()\n\ndef zipdir(path, ziph):\n ziph is zipfile handle\nfor root, dirs, files in os.walk(path):\nfor file in files:\nziph.write(os.path.join(root, file))","score":14.601254},{"document_id":"ibmcld_00462-1307-2903","text":"\nThe IBM Cloudant SDK for Python library is the official IBM Cloudant library for Python.\n\nInstall the [IBM Cloudant SDK for Python](https://pypi.org/project/ibmcloudant/) library by running pip or easy_install as shown in the following examples:\n\npip install --upgrade \"ibmcloudant>=0.0.27\"\n\nor\n\neasy_install --upgrade \"ibmcloudant>=0.0.27\"\n\nFor more information, see the [python.org](https://www.python.org/about/) website.\n\n\n\n Library for Python \n\n\n\n* [IBM Cloudant SDK for Python](https://github.com/IBM/cloudant-python-sdk)\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Go \n\nThe IBM Cloudant SDK for Go library is the official IBM Cloudant library for Go.\n\nInstall the [IBM Cloudant SDK for Go](https://pkg.go.dev/mod/github.com/IBM/cloudant-go-sdk) library by running the following command:\n\ngo get -u github.com/IBM/cloudant-go-sdk/cloudantv1\n\n\n\n Library for Go \n\n\n\n* [IBM Cloudant SDK for Go](https://github.com/ibm/cloudant-go-sdk)\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Useful tools \n\nYou can use the following tools with IBM Cloudant.\n\n\n\n Supported tools \n\nSupported tools are maintained and supported by IBM Cloudant.\n\n\n\n couchbackup \n\nA tool that you use from the command line to back up an IBM Cloudant or CouchDB database to a text file.\n\nTo install couchbackup, run the following command by using npm:\n\nnpm install -g @cloudant/couchbackup\n\nFor more information, see [couchbackup](https://github.com/cloudant/couchbackup).\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Unsupported tools \n\nUnsupported tools are not maintained or supported by IBM Cloudant.\n\n\n\n cURL \n\nA tool that you use from the command line to transfer data.\n\nFor more information, see [curl](https://curl.haxx.se/).","score":17.944122}],"f1121a39d8a9e36eaef4c2367bd43532<::>1":[{"document_id":"76695-0-2025","text":"\nI don't have any experience in this, but this is my academic understanding of business pricing.  The LOWEST amount a seller would accept is the liquidation value. For a B&B, what would the value of the land, the house, the furnishings, accounts payable, etc. be if it had to be sold today, minus any liabilities.  The amount the seller would like to pay for is going to be a multiple of its annual earnings. One example of this is the discounted cash flow analysis. You determine the EBITDA, the earnings a company generated, before interest,  depreciation, taxation and amortization.  Once you have this amount, you can project it out in perpetuity, or you use an industry multiplier.  Perpetuity:  You project this value out in perpituity, discounted by the going interest rate. In other words, if you project the business will earn $100,000/year, the business should grow at a 5% rate, and the going interest rate is 8%. Using a growing perpetuity formula, one value of a business would be: 100,000 / (.08 - .03) = $2,000,000.  This is a very high number, and the seller would love to get it.  It's more common to do a multiple of the EBIDTA. You can do some research into the valuation of the particular industry to figure out the EBIDTA multiplier for the industry. For example, this article suggests that the 2011 EBITDA multiplier for hospitality industries is 13.8. (It's valuing large hotel chains, but it's a start). So the value of this B&B would be around $1,380,000. Here is an online SME valuation tool to help with the EBIDTA multiple based valuation. Also, from my research, it looks like many small business use Seller Discretionary Earnings  (SDE) instead of EBITDA. I don't know much about it, but it seems to serve a similar purpose as EBITDA.  A potential buyer should request the financial statements of the business for the last few years to determine the value of the business, and then can negotiate with the owner a price. You would probably want to enlist a broker to help you with the transaction.","score":12.043835},{"document_id":"88201-0-284","text":"\nnowhere near enough information to really help you.  Price it to an IRR of about 25% in 4 years as your business has little to no history.  For small business in most sectors you can use a rule of thumb, 2x net + FFE.  For me personally, I wouldn't touch a business only 6 months old.","score":13.987678},{"document_id":"400751-0-1823","text":"\nYou need experience. Work in retail, hopefully to some sort of managerial level where you get to see behind the scenes and not just manage associates.  If you're really gung-ho about it and willing to take a big risk, I've heard many people say the same reason that a small business fails - not enough cash flow. You might be lucky to raise enough capital for start-up costs, but can you survive two years of negative income? And I'm not even talking about your personal living expenses. Forget about that, you're going to be living at home eating ramen. I'm talking about having enough cash to pay the rent and keep the lights on. Unfortunately, it's going to be a vicious cycle because banks know small businesses are a huge risk and are unwilling to provide loans for them to survive...but small businesses fail because they aren't able to survive in the short-term no matter how good the prospects are in the long-term.   Your safest bet is to grow organically. This means having a business model with negligible start-up costs and little overhead costs. Your inventory is going to be small and because of that, your margins are going to be thin (no wholesale prices). But at this point, based on the products you're selling, you're basically just another one of the millions of internet re-sellers. You're going to basically have to place all your value in getting savvy to learn how to spot good deals and re-sell products for a higher price.   Honestly, I'll be harsh about it. You have 0 competitive advantage and offer 0 extra value in your idea. There's really no point in wasting your time and money unless you can pivot the idea so you're creating actual competitive advantages for yourself. Otherwise, just stick to re-selling online, at the very least to get a feel for the profit margins and gain experience.","score":12.514918},{"document_id":"581456-0-672","text":"\nI agree, and this is as someone who has a hobby project idea that he might someday want to build as a product and sell.  I just don't think I would ever follow the conventional start-up model.  It stakes too much on too little.  It's better to construct a sustainable small business with a product line and revenue model, and also keep most of the ownership yourself, rather than get suckered into gajillion-dollar start-up offices, big-deal conventions and conferences, big-deal ownership of your company by VCs, big-deal coroporate folks suddenly walking around like they own the place... for a product that will end up relying on advertising for revenue or costing $10.","score":11.331265},{"document_id":"420915-0-1940","text":"\n\"I would suggest you forget everything you learned in economics. The only applicable knowledge is Accounting 101.  Step 1: An accrual basis financial statement. There is no step 2 if you don't do this. Most small business do everything cash basis. Simpler, cheaper but useless for analysis. You would get better answers from the local fortune teller than a cash basis statement.   Make one change from the general rules. If you have debt or are paying interest for inventory include that in your cost of sales. This is actually proper but the rule is little known and often ignored. Interest on debt up to the amount of inventory is a cost of inventory.  Step 2: Gross profit. If you seem to be working hard and still losing money it may be because you are selling products for less than they cost you. In this case the more you sell the more you lose. So suggestions like advertising or doing anything to increase sales are actually destructive.  Step 3 Price products at the level necessary to turn a profit at current sales and overhead. 'When we have enough sales we will make a profit\"\" is the philosophy of a start up business. It is toxic for a going concern.  Step 4 If sales are unsustainable at the price that produces a profit have the courage to sell or close the business. I have seen people waste their lives on futile endeavors just because they can't make that tough decision.  Finally Step 0: Ignore all other suggestions but this. They are well meaning but ill informed. To reiterate, growing sales while losing money on every transaction is a huge mistake. Trends, books, charts and graphs, analytics and market research are the tools of con-men and fortune tellers. Business is arithmetic and nothing more or less.  FYI if I don't get at least one upvote, this is the last time I am giving my valuable professional advice away for free on reddit. Folks will have to rely on the suggestions of their fellow college kids.\"","score":11.899146}],"f1121a39d8a9e36eaef4c2367bd43532<::>7":[{"document_id":"476980-0-275","text":"\nBusinesses do not pay income tax on money that they pay out as salary to their employees.  Businesses generally only pay income tax on profit. Profit is the money that comes in (revenue) minus the business expenses.  Payroll to the employees is a deductible business expense.","score":12.5476055},{"document_id":"289620-0-1987","text":"\n(1). Is this right? Pretty much, though this is a really rudimentary way to think about it. (2). If it is, why is it that extensive services are provided by high margin companies competing for talent, rather then lower margin businesses looking to boost their profits by reducing their expenditures on employees (by cutting out the government)? It's the polar opposite of that. Google (and companies like that) do things like have a day care center on premises. The company staffs a day care center which has costs, then lets employees use it for free. This is a business expense for Google, and in relative terms, a considerably large business expense that a lower margin business could no afford. Employer healthcare is a tax protected expense for employees via section 125 of the tax code. The company portion of the healthcare costs are a deductible business expense to the company, as expected. Healthcare is different than most other expenses because the employee can forego income before it's effectively received which negates it from taxable income. This doesn't work for something like food purchased at a cafe on a Google complex. If employee money is being spent at a corporate cafe, it's taxable income being spent (though the cost of running the cafe is a tax deductible business expense to the company). There have been discussions in congress to assess a value as income to employees for services like on site child care and no cost employee cafeterias. To address your new example: For example, suppose John Doe makes $100,000 a year taxed at a rate of 20%, for a take home pay of $80,000. He spends $10,000 on food. His employer Corporation decides to give him all of his food and deduct it as a business expense - costing them $10,000. But now they can pay John Doe an amount so his take home pay will be reduced by $10,000 - $87,500 The company is now spending $97500 employing John Doe, for a savings of $2500$. This would be an audit prone administrative nightmare.","score":17.339508},{"document_id":"442968-0-1198","text":"\nI know a guy on a much higher rate than me, about £500 per day, and he claims to pay around 18% tax which has me bewildered He will be showing expenses, which are deductible. Check with your accountant about expenses, which can be legally claimed as expenses. This is the main benefit of operating through a limited company. Legtimate business expenses can be claimed, which you cannot do if you are a permanent employee. Your friend might also be claiming false expenses, with a shady accountant. If HMRC does decide to give a call, he might have to pay n times the money he has saved till now. And my suggestion is always ask your accountant first. He(she) knows the legal stuff, so he(she) would give you the legally correct options. If you aren't comfortable with him(her), you can always change accountants. holiday pay, sick pay and job security You miss those that is why you are paid at a rate much higher than an employee.  benefit of a limited company  You can arrange your salary to pay no PAYE and take the rest as dividends. You willn't have to pay PAYE on that. Secondly if you have a partner(s), all of you can be paid dividends without paying PAYE(if you don't cross the threshold).","score":12.020391},{"document_id":"384541-0-2149","text":"\n\"An employee costs the company in four ways: Salary, taxes, benefits, and capital. Salary: The obvious one, what they pay you. Taxes: There are several taxes that an employer has to pay for the privilege of hiring someone, including social security taxes (which goes to your retirement), unemployment insurance tax (your unemployment benefits if they lay you off), and workers compensation tax (pays if you are injured on the job). (There may be other taxes that I'm not thinking of, but in any case those are the main ones.) Benefits: In the U.S. employers often pay for medical insurance, sometimes for dental, life, and disability. There's usually some sort of retirement plan. They expect to give you some number of vacation days, holidays, and sick days where they pay you even though you're not working. Companies sometimes offer other benefits, like discounts on buying company products, membership in health clubs, etc. Capital: Often the company has to provide you with some sort of equipment, like a computer; furniture, like a chair and desk; etc. As far as the company is concerned, all of the above are part of the cost of having you as an employee. If they would pay a domestic employee $60,000 in salary and $20,000 in taxes, then assuming the same benefits and capital investment, if a foreign employee would cost them $0 in taxes they should logically be willing to pay $80,000. Any big company will have accountants who figure out the total cost of a new employee in excruciating detail, and they will likely be totally rational about this. A smaller company might think, \"\"well, taxes don't really count ...\"\" This is irrational but people are not always rational. I don't know what benefits they are offering you, if any, and what equipment they will provide you with, if any. I also don't know what taxes, if any, a U.S. company has to pay when hiring a remote employee in a foreign country. If anybody on here knows the answer to that, please chime in. Balanced against that, the company likely sees disadvantages to hiring a foreign remote employee, too. Communication will be more difficult, which may result in inefficiency.","score":14.699599},{"document_id":"451250-0-1404","text":"\n&gt;The point is, the worker deserve a share of those profits. It is their work that has made them - in addition to the work of the CEO  Uh, no. The main purpose of a corporation is to increase shareholders' wealth. Neither the workers, nor the CEO *deserve* anything from the profits, their pay has already been deducted as an expense. Profit is the residual income that is left to distribute to shareholders (you know, the guys who are risking everything. i.e. they are last to receive anything, if left, when a company goes bankrupt) as a dividend, or to reinvest in the company.   If salaries are inadequately low, that is a whole different problem. Increase them, and have more adequate profit levels *next year*. But let's not get confused as to who deserves what.  Personally, I find both Cat's remuneration's policy and the union's demands disgusting. So don't take this the wrong way. CEO is clearly overpaid already, but they did not just decide to give him a raise or something. Pay for performance measures are probably already in his contract. Maybe next time when that contract is renegotiated the remuneration board will propose more normal terms. The union on the other hand, with its unreasonable demands about seniority, and god knows what else, is likely to lead to many cut-backs (at the new terms), and unlikely, but possible, closure of the plant, leading to even more unemployment.","score":11.777141}],"dcc0215a118ac833dfe054350df2afaa<::>1":[{"document_id":"367137-0-943","text":"\nImagine that the existing interest rate is 5%. So on a bond with face value of 100, you would be getting a $5 coupon implying a 5% yield. Now, if let's say the interest rates go up to 10%, then a new bond issued with a face value of 100 will give you a coupon of $10 implying a 10% yield. If someone in the bond market buys your bond after interest price adjustment, in order to make the 10% yield (which means that an investor typically targets at least the risk-free rate on his investments) he needs to buy your bond at $50 so that a $5 coupon can give a 10% yield. The reverse happens when interest rates go down. I hope this somewhat clears the picture. Yield = Coupon/Investment Amount Update: Since the interest rate of the bond does not change after its issuance, the arbitrage in the interest rate is reflected in the market price of the bond. This helps in bringing back the yields of old bonds in-line with the freshly issued bonds.","score":13.539855},{"document_id":"256631-0-480","text":"\nNegative coupons are not the same as a negative yield. A $1000 bond that you purchase, at a premium, for $2100 that produces 10 annual coupons of $100 and a redemption of $1000 has a real, positive coupon ($100). The holder of the bond gets this coupon, and the maturity value However, you get back less than your initial investment.  There is no growth; the original investment shrinks, or has a negative growth rate.  Most mortgage or bond calculators choke on this situation...","score":13.432797},{"document_id":"101580-5384-7210","text":"\nSince nobody does this with investment returns, it's not very useful, but it can be used to compare the yield on a zero-coupon bond to the yield on a coupon bond if you treated both the same way, or to compare a coupon bond to a CD or other compound-interest-bearing account that you planned to buy into and not touch for its lifetime. The Yield to Maturity, which IS seen, is the true yield percentage of the bond in time-valued terms, assuming you buy the bond now, hold it to maturity and all coupon payments are made on time and reinvested at a similar yield. This calculation is based on the simple APY, but takes into account the fact that most of the coupon payments will be made prior to maturity; the present value of these will be higher because they happen sooner. The YTM is calculated by summing the present values of all payments based on when they'll occur; so, you'll get one $4 payment a year from now, then another $4 in two years, then $4 in 3 years, and $104 at maturity. The present value of each of those payments is calculated by flipping around the future value formula: PV = FV/(1+r)t. The present value of the entire bond (its current price) is the sum of the present value of each payment: 114.63 = 4/(1+r) + 4/(1+r)2 + 4/(1+r)3 + 104/(1+r)4. You now have to solve for r, which is difficult to isolate; the easiest way to find the rate with a computer is to \"\"goal seek\"\" (intelligently guess and check). Based on the formula above, I calculated a YTM of .314% for the first bond if you bought on Sept 7, 2012 (and thus missed the upcoming coupon payment). Buying today, you'd also be entitled to about 5 weeks' worth of the coupon payment that is due on Sept 07 2012, which is close enough to the present day that the discounted value is a rounding error, putting the YTM of the bond right at .40%.","score":13.501476},{"document_id":"275257-0-460","text":"\nThe 1 month and 1 year columns show the percentage change over that period. Coupon (coupon rate) is the amount of interest paid on the bond each period (as specified on the coupon itself. Price is the normalised price of the bond; the price of taking a position of $100 worth of the principal in the bond. Yield is the interest rate that you would receive by buying at that price (this is the inverse of the price). The time is the time of the quote presented.","score":14.928179},{"document_id":"152265-0-877","text":"\n\"Like all financial investments, the value of a bond is the present value of expected future cash flows.  The Yield to Maturity is the annualized return you get on your initial investment, which is equivalent to the discount rate you'd use to discount future cash flows. So if you discount all future cashflows at 6% annually*, you can calculate the price of the bond: So the price of a $1,000 bond (which is how bond prices are typically quoted) would be $1,097.12. The current yield is just the current coupon payment divided by the current price, which is 70/1,097.12 or 6.38% Question 3 makes no sense, since the yield to maturity would be the same if you bought the bond at market price Question 4 talks about a \"\"sale\"\" date which makes me think that it assumes you sold the bond on the coupon date, but you'd have to know the sale price to calculate the rate of return.\"","score":14.378548}],"dcc0215a118ac833dfe054350df2afaa<::>3":[{"document_id":"152643-0-1248","text":"\nI strongly recommend you to invest in either stocks or bonds. Both markets have very strict regulations, and usually follow international standards of governance. Plus, they are closely supervised by local governments, since they look to serve the interests of capital holders in order to attract foreign investment. Real estate investment is not all risky, but regulations tend to be very localized. There are federal, state/county laws and byelaws, the last usually being the most significant in terms of costs (city taxes) and zoning. So if they ever change, that could ruin your investment. Keeping up with them would be hard work, because of language, legal and distance issues (visiting notary's office to sign papers, for example). Another thing to consider is, specially on rural distant areas, the risk of forgers taking your land. In poorer countries you could also face the problem of land invasion, both urban and rural. Solution for that depends on a harsh (fast) or socially populist (slow) local government. Small businesses are out of question for you, frankly. The list of risks (cash stealing, accounting misleading, etc.) is such that you will lose money. Even if you ran the business in your hometown it would not be easy right?","score":15.040735},{"document_id":"478509-0-1180","text":"\nAdding international bonds to an individual investor's portfolio is a controversial subject.  On top of the standard risks of bonds you are adding country specific risk, currency risk and diversifying your individual company risk.  In theory many of these risks should be rewarded but the data are noisy at best and adding risk like developed currency risk may not be rewarded at all. Also, most of the risk and diversification mentioned above are already added by international stocks.  Depending on your home country adding international or emerging market stock etfs only add a few extra bps of fees while international bond etfs can add 30-100bps of fees over their domestic versions.  This is a fairly high bar for adding this type of diversification.  US bonds for foreign investors are a possible exception to the high fees though the government's bonds yield little. If your home currency (or currency union) does not have a deep bond market and/or bonds make up most of your portfolio it is probably worth diversifying a chunk of your bond exposure internationally.  Otherwise, you can get most of the diversification much more cheaply by just using international stocks.","score":18.634716},{"document_id":"499166-0-1916","text":"\nIt's all about risk. These guidelines were all developed based on the risk characteristics of the various asset categories. Bonds are ultra-low-risk, large caps are low-risk (you don't see most big stocks like Coca-Cola going anywhere soon), foreign stocks are medium-risk (subject to additional political risk and currency risk, especially so in developing markets) and small-caps are higher risk (more to gain, but more likely to go out of business).  Moreover, the risks of different asset classes tend to balance each other out some. When stocks fall, bonds typically rise (the recent credit crunch being a notable but temporary exception) as people flock to safety or as the Fed adjusts interest rates. When stocks soar, bonds don't look as attractive, and interest rates may rise (a bummer when you already own the bonds). Is the US economy stumbling with the dollar in the dumps, while the rest of the world passes us by? Your foreign holdings will be worth more in dollar terms. If you'd like to work alternative asset classes (real estate, gold and other commodities, etc) into your mix, consider their risk characteristics, and what will make them go up and down. A good asset allocation should limit the amount of 'down' that can happen all at once; the more conservative the allocation needs to be, the less 'down' is possible (at the expense of the 'up'). .... As for what risks you are willing to take, that will depend on your position in life, and what risks you are presently are exposed to (including: your job, how stable your company is and whether it could fold or do layoffs in a recession like this one, whether you're married, whether you have kids, where you live). For instance, if you're a realtor by trade, you should probably avoid investing too much in real estate or it'll be a double-whammy if the market crashes. A good financial advisor can discuss these matters with you in detail.","score":14.279516},{"document_id":"79275-0-1394","text":"\nForeign stocks tend to be more volatile -- higher risk trades off against higher return potential, always. The better reason for having some money in that area is that, as with bonds, it moves out-of-sync with the US markets and once you pick your preferred distribution, maintaining that balance semi-automatically takes advantage of that to improve your return-vs-risk position. I have a few percent of my total investments in an international stock index fund, and a few percent in an international REIT, both being fairly low-fee. (Low fees mean more of the money reaches you, and seems to be one of the better reasons for preferring one fund over another following the same segment of the market.) They're there because the model my investment advisor uses -- and validated with monte-carlo simulation of my specific mix -- shows that keeping them in the mix at this low level is likely to result in a better long-term outcome than if i left them out. No guarantees, but probabilities lean toward this specfic mix doing what i need. I don't pretend to be able to justify that via theory or to explain why these specific ratios work... but I understand enough about the process to trust that they are on (perhaps of many) reasonable solutions to get the best odds given my specific risk tolerance, timeline, and distaste for actively managing my money more than a few times a year. If that.","score":14.241968},{"document_id":"349355-0-651","text":"\nA foreign stock mutual fund definitely belongs in stocks. It's composed of stocks.  Your self occupied house is definitely real estate. You don have to keep in mind,however that selling it would create costs such as rent. I wouldn't leave it out, if doing that would cause you to buy more real estate. This would cause you to be overweighted in the real estate area.  I would tend to think if a CD as cash. While it could be considered a bond, as you said the principal doesn't go down.  The REIT is the toughest one. I would really like to see a graph showing how correlated it is to the real estate market. That would determine where I would put it.","score":13.834806}],"dcc0215a118ac833dfe054350df2afaa<::>4":[{"document_id":"185156-1717-2771","text":"\nWith the bond, the company might be in decline but the bond still a good investment so long as the company doesn't decline so much that they cannot pay their debts. Also, bonds can be issued by governments, but governments do not sell stock. (An \"\"ownership share of the government\"\" would not make sense.) This may be the so-called sovereign debt if issued by a sovereign government or it may be local (we call it municipal here in the US) debt issued by a subordinate level of government. Bonds are a little bit like stock in the sense that there's a secondary market for them. That means that if you get partway through the length of the bond and don't want to hold it, you can sell the bond to someone else. Of course, it will be harder to sell a bond later if the company becomes insolvent or if the interest rates go up between when you buy and when you sell. Depending on these market factors, you might end up with a capital gain or capital loss (meaning you get more or less than the principal that you put into the bond) at the time of a sale.\"","score":13.796348},{"document_id":"431953-0-1364","text":"\nThe government pays interest on its debts just like anyone else, but since it's already the government and already taking advantage of credit (your money loaned to it through the bonds), it doesn't need the extra benefit of taxing the interest it pays. **It's better off just issuing bonds at a lower interest rate and letting you keep all the interest, instead of a higher interest rate which will have some amount taxed and returned to it anyway.** The government wants a cut of private loan interest just like any other income, which is why interest on private bonds/loans is taxable.  Edit: What about municipal bonds? Wouldn't the federal government benefit from taxing interest on municipal bonds?   Municipal bonds are issued to support public infrastructure &amp; services such as construction of water supply infrastructure. Since the goal is to improve facilities for the public benefit, and government programs ostensibly aim to provide public benefits as well, it allows the full proceeds of the bonds to go to the designated projects at the lowest possible interest rate (and the public pays the interest through city rates). Taxing municipal bonds would result in a higher cost to the public for the same end result (because of higher interest rates), with the net interest going to the federal &amp; state governments via income tax on the interest.","score":14.648486},{"document_id":"288126-0-1183","text":"\n\"Yes, definitely. Many municipalities and local governments issue bonds to fund various projects (schools, hospitals, infrastructure, etc). You can buy these bonds and in that way invest in these things. In the US these kinds of bonds are tax-free, i.e.: the income they provide is not taxed (by the US government, may be taxed by your State, check local tax laws). There are also dedicated mutual funds that that is all they invest in, if you don't want to deal with picking individual bonds. As to mom-and-pop stores - that would not be as easy, as mom-and-pop stores are by definition family owned and you can invest in them only if you are personally acquainted with them. Instead, you can invest in small regional/local chains, that while not being mom-and-pop, still small enough to be considered \"\"local\"\", but are publicly traded so that you can easily invest in them. You'll have to look for these. You can also use social lending platforms, like Lending Club, which I reviewed on my blog, or others, where you can participate in a lending pool to other people. You can invest in a credit union by opening an account there. Credit unions are owned by their account holders.\"","score":17.167355},{"document_id":"248474-0-1511","text":"\nYou have not answered the question of total market and total amount that works out poorly for municipalities. You keep listing examples where it went badly, and have not compared that to the total size and those that went well. Without that ratio one cannot make a reasonable, informed decision. The total municipal bond market has about $3.7 trillion in it. You (and the article) list problems totaling in the tens of billions of dollars. Let's round up to 100 billion. That is still less than 3% of them going bad, which is a pretty good default rate. If 97% of such projects were a success (and I'm not claiming they are) then they should continue.  &gt;Not included are the hundreds of smaller venues such as arenas and ice hockey facilities that almost never produce the sorts of economic benefits promised  Yes, you keep listing only one side; I asked for the other sides data which you still have not provided.  If I only list those auto airbag incidents that result in kids dying, you'd conclude that airbags are bad and must be removed. However, by avoiding honest data you'd be making a mistake. All I ask for in this case is the honest dat, not stories only about when municipal bonds fail. The statistics seem to me to be that the vast amount of them are not included in these stories of problems.  &gt;why does the public have to foot the bill?  Because they often choose to, and cities certainly complain pretty loudly when a big name team moves away, so apparently cities like having sport teams.","score":13.625156},{"document_id":"391834-0-666","text":"\n\"Individual municipal bonds (not a fund) that will come to term in 2017 from your state.  This satisfies 1, 2, 4 and 5.   It doesn't satisfy #2.  These are not insured, and there can be details in each state about whether the municipal bonds are backed up by state general revenues in the event of a municipal bankruptcy; there are two general kinds, \"\"general obligation\"\" backed by the political will to raise taxes if needed; and \"\"revenue bonds\"\" backed by cash flow such as toll revenue, water utility bills and so forth.  Municipal bankruptcies are rare but not impossible.   http://www.bankrate.com/finance/investing/avoid-municipal-bonds-that-default-2.aspx\"","score":13.697343}],"f0d2873b877409f61da7dbdddd22d279<::>1":[{"document_id":"775449d1aa187ec5-3316-5475","text":"Oral Argument - California Appellate Courts\nIf a party has a lawyer, then the lawyer will present the oral argument. A party is not required to go to court for oral argument if he or she is represented by a lawyer.\n\nMany appeals do not have oral argument because all parties waive (give up) oral argument. When there is no oral argument, the Court of Appeal justices decide an appeal based on the briefs and the record on appeal.\n\nOral argument does not slow down or speed up the appeal process. So the court will not make a decision faster if there is no oral argument, and the court will not take longer to make a decision if there is oral argument.\n\nMaking an oral argument may or may not help a party’s side of the appeal. There is no way to know in advance.\n\nIf the appellant decides not to make an oral argument, then the respondent usually does not make an oral argument. This is because the law favors the respondent in an appeal.\n\nIt does not happen often, but in some cases the Court of Appeal will require a party to participate in oral argument. The court may do this if it has specific questions to ask a party.\n\nTelling the Court if You Will Make an Oral Argument\n\nThe Court of Appeal permits oral argument in every appeal case. But the court will only schedule time for oral argument if it receives notice from any parties who want to participate.\nWhen to tell the court\nWhen a party receives notice about oral argument from the Court of Appeal, they must respond by the deadline in the notice.\nHow to tell the court\nTo say YES and make an oral argument, a party must tell the Court of Appeal by the deadline given in the court’s notice. The party must tell the court in writing.\nTo say NO and not make an oral argument, a party can simply do nothing. If the court does not receive a response, it will assume the party is waiving oral argument.\nPreparing for Oral Argument\n\nDuring oral argument there is a short amount of time to talk to the Court of Appeal justices and answer questions, so it’s important to be prepared.\nBefore oral argument a party should spend time getting ready. This includes reviewing the record on appeal, all the briefs, and the most important legal authorities.","title":"Oral Argument - California Appellate Courts","score":13.604389},{"document_id":"775449d1aa187ec5-11505-13676","text":"Oral Argument - California Appellate Courts\nWhat does my lawyer do in oral argument? If you have a lawyer, then the lawyer will present your oral argument. You can go to court for oral argument but you are not required to go if you are represented by a lawyer.\n \n Can I get a transcript of what was said in the oral argument for my case? All oral arguments in the Court of Appeal are electronically recorded. Any party may pay a fee to get a copy of the oral argument recording from the Court of Appeal. If you want a written transcript of the recording, you will need to contact a transcription service and pay them a separate fee.\n \n What does the court think if I do not make an oral argument? If you decide not to make an oral argument, the court will not think that you are not interested or that you don’t care about the appeal. You do not give up or weaken any arguments in your brief. The court will not think differently or badly about you or your arguments. If you do not make an oral argument, it will not negatively impact the way the court decides an appeal.\n \n How will the court decide if there are no oral arguments? If all the parties waive oral argument – meaning no parties talk to the justices in person – then the Court of Appeal will decide your appeal based on the briefs, the law, and the record on appeal.\n \n What does it mean if the court sends me a notice saying they don’t need oral argument? Sometimes the Court of Appeal will send notice to the parties saying the court is prepared to issue a decision without oral argument. This is not a sign that the court will decide either for or against the appeal.\nEven though the court says oral argument is not necessary, you can still request oral argument. You would need to give the court notice in writing and tell them you want to make an oral argument. As long as you meet the deadline in the court’s notice about oral argument, the court will almost always schedule time for your oral argument.\n \n Where can I get legal help? Form APP-001 has full instructions on appeal procedures.\nEach Court of Appeal has self-help resources online. You can also contact your local Court of Appeal to see if they have a self-help center at the court.","title":"Oral Argument - California Appellate Courts","score":13.786842},{"document_id":"c7030403177d9dfc-1560-3000","text":"Law libraries | California Courts | Self Help Guide\nThey can't give you legal advice, but they can suggest things that may be helpful, like materials on reserve or at the reference desk.\nOften, law libraries have printers, so you can print out legal information, including legal forms you may need to fill out and give to the court.\nClick here to find a law library in your area. \n\nAlameda County Bernard E. Witkin Law Library \n\t125 Twelfth Street, Oakland, CA 94607\n\t(510) 208-4832https://lawlibrary.acgov.org/\nOrange County Public Law Library\n\t515 North Flower Street, Santa Ana, CA 92703\n\t(714) 338-6790http://www.ocpll.org/\nAmador County Law Library\n\t530 Sutter Street, Jackson, CA 95642\n\t(209) 223-6400  https://www.amadorgov.org/departments/library/law-library\n\n​Placer County Law Library\n\t1523 Lincoln Way, Auburn, CA 95603\n\t(530) 201-5978\nlibrarian@placerlaw.orghttps://www.placer.ca.gov/1841/Placer-County-Law-Library\n\nButte County Public Law Library\n\t1675 Montgomery Street, Oroville, CA 95965\n\t(530) 538-7122http://www.buttecountylawlibrary.org/\nPlumas County Law Library\n\t514 Jackson, Quincy, CA 95971https://www.plumascounty.us/217/Law-Library\n\nColusa County Law Library\n\t738 Market Street, Colusa, CA 95932\n\t(530) 458-7671\nhttps://www.countyofcolusa.org/988/Colusa-County-Law-Library\n\nRiverside County Law Library\n\t3989 Lemon Street, Riverside, CA 92501\n\t(951) 368-0368\nlawlibrary.riverside@rclawlibrary.org http://www.rclawlibrary.org/  \n\nContra Costa County Public Law Library","title":"Law libraries | California Courts | Self Help Guide","score":13.376073},{"document_id":"2fc9993662de7a84-4435-6550","text":"Oral argument in civil appeals | California Courts | Self Help Guide\nIn some juvenile appeals, you may have to serve and file a request for oral argument (if you want it). For example, if you are appealing the termination of your parental rights, you must request oral argument and file the request within 15 days after your reply brief is filed or is due.\n\nHow to prepare for oral argument\n\nMake sure the laws support your case are up to date\nCheck the laws that you referred to in your brief and make sure the law has not changed. It is important to make sure that your authorities (published court decisions, constitutions, statutes, court rules or other legal authorities you cited in your brief to support what you say is the law) are not outdated. Cases may have been overruled or depublished (which means they cannot be cited as authority). New laws may be in place.\nIf you find out that any authority that you cited in your briefs is not valid anymore or if you discover new authorities, then notify the court and other parties in writing before the oral argument. This is especially important if you want to cite the new authorities at oral argument.\n\nReview the record, briefs, and authorities you need\nReview the record, the arguments both sides made, and the key authorities because the court may ask you questions about anything.\n\nMake an outline of key points\nPrepare your key points in an outline to help you be clear about the points you want to make.\n\nPractice your argument\nPractice your argument with interruptions. You may want to use your outline and practice with others.\nIn court, you may choose to use some of your time to respond to the other side's argument. Reread the other side's brief and try to think of what they will argue. Practice your response.\nYou should also put yourself in the shoes of the appellate court and think of questions that they might ask. You can look back to your outline to make sure you cover all of your important points since you will not get extra time, even if the judges or justices take up a lot of your time with questions.\n\nWatch some arguments\nTry to come to the court and observe oral argument before your argument date.","title":"Oral argument in civil appeals | California Courts | Self Help Guide","score":14.022058},{"document_id":"8bad07212a8c01da-2-2069","text":"How to prepare for oral argument – California Appellate Courts\nHow to prepare for oral argument – California Appellate Courts\n\n \n\nCALIFORNIA JUDICIAL BRANCH HOME\n \n\nAppeals TimelineOverview of a caseOverview of a case\nPrepare DocumentsForms needed during a case\nKnowledge CenterIn-depth articles and resourcesIn-depth articles and resources\n\nIntroduction\nStep by Step\n\nAppealable Order\nNotice of Appeal\nDesignating the Record\nAdditional Filings\nAppellant’s Opening Brief\nRespondent’s Brief\nReply Brief\nOral Argument\nCourt Opinion\nPetition for Review\nRemittitur\n\nForms\nVideos\nGlossary\n\nEN\n\nES\n\nSign InRegistrarse\n\nMenu\n\n \n\nHow to prepare for oral argument\n\nSteps to PREPARE FOR ORAL ARGUMENT\n\nReview all the information in the appeal. That includes the record on appeal, the arguments both sides made in the briefs, and the important legal authorities.\nDo not plan too much to say. Think realistically about how many points you can make in a short amount of time. Remember the justices may also ask you questions during your time for oral argument.\nFocus your argument on legal issues. Appeals usually center on one or two crucial issues. So focus on talking about the legal principles that you believe apply to those crucial issues. Do not focus on talking about facts from the trial court case.\nMake an outline. Prepare your key talking points in an outline to help you be clear about the most important things you want to say. You can use the outline when you make your oral argument before the justices.\n Check the laws that you referenced in your brief. Make sure the law has not changed. Check your legal authorities (published court decisions, constitutions, statutes, court rules or others in your brief) to see if they are outdated. Cases may have been overruled or depublished (which means they may or may not be cited as authority). New laws may be in place.\nNotify the court and other parties if you find new laws. If you find out that any authority in your briefs is not valid anymore or if you discover new authorities, then notify the court and other parties in writing as many days before oral argument as possible.","title":"How to prepare for oral argument – California Appellate Courts","score":13.511606}],"f0d2873b877409f61da7dbdddd22d279<::>3":[{"document_id":"249e7a5c3c26aa7e-3062-5098","text":"Notice of Appeal – California Appellate Courts\nNote: You can only file handwritten documents with the court if you are representing yourself (you do not have an attorney) and you are not a licensed attorney.\n \n 2. Serve a copy of the notice of appeal form APP-002 to all other parties The court requires the appellant to tell the other parties in the case about the appeal. The court calls this serving notice.\nWho to serve. If there is more than one other party in the case, each party must be served with a copy of the notice of appeal.\nIf the other party has a lawyer, then the notice of appeal is served to the lawyer. If the other party does not have a lawyer, then the notice of appeal is served to the other party.\nHow to serve. There are three ways to serve notice: by mail, in person, or electronically. Anyone can be served by mail or in person, but a recipient must agree to be served electronically.\nThe court has rules about who can serve notice. The appellant may serve notice electronically (e-file). But if the notice of appeal is mailed or personally delivered, it must be done by a person who is over 18 and not a party to the case.\nProof of service. The appellant must give the court proof that the other parties were served with the notice of the appeal. Appellants are encouraged to use court form APP-009 (serve by mail or in person) or APP-009E (serve electronically) for proof of service. This form tells the court who served notice, who was served with notice, how notice was served, and the date notice was served.\nThe appellant must give the court one proof of service form for each notice of appeal that is delivered. All sections of the form must be completed and signed by the person who serves notice.\nTo save time and money, some appellants choose to have the notice of appeal form and the form for the next step in the process – notice designating the record – served to the other parties at the same time, but that is not required.\nGet a blank proof of service form APP-009 (mail or in person)\nGet a blank proof of service form APP-009e (electronic)","title":"Notice of Appeal – California Appellate Courts","score":8.033114},{"document_id":"941a18c64991e6ca-1350-3274","text":"\r\n\tAppeals: Sacramento Superior Court\r\n\nGenerally, the appeal must be based on an argument that a legal \r\n error was made by the trial court.\n\r\n An appeal is not a retrial. You will not be \r\n permitted to introduce new evidence, and the \r\n appellate court - external link will not reassess conflicting evidence.\n\r\n You may not appeal on behalf of a friend, a \r\n spouse, a child, or other relative (unless you are a legally appointed guardian).\n\r\n The party who files the appeal is called the appellant. The opposing parties are the respondents.\n\nFiling a Notice of Appeal\n\r\n The first step in an appeal is filing the written \r\n Notice of Appeal. This notice tells the other parties in the case and the court \r\n that you are appealing a decision of the trial court.\n\r\n The Notice of Appeal must be filed with the \r\n Appeals Unit before the filing deadline. For example, the Notice of Appeal in a \r\n felony case must be filed within 60 calendar days after sentencing [CRC 8.308]. \r\n To find the filing deadline for your case, see the\r\n \r\n California Rules of Court, Rules 8.1-8.1125 - external link.\n\r\n The Notice of Appeal may be written on pleading \r\n paper or can be made by completing the form specific to your type of appeal. \r\n Below are links to the more commonly used forms.\nLocal Forms\n\n\r\n Notice of Appeal (Limited Civil Case) (CV\\E-MU-17)\n\nJudicial Council Forms\n\n\r\n Civil Appeal (Unlimited Civil) (APP-002)\nCivil Appeal (Small Claims)\r\n \t\n\r\n\tSmall Claims Notice of Filing Notice of Appeal (trial de novo) (SC-140) \n\r\n\tProof of Service (SC-104) \n\r\n\tProof of Mailing (Substituted Service) (SC-104A) \n\r\n\tWhat is Proof of Service? (SC-104B) \n\nCivil Appeal (Unlawful Detainer (Landlord/Tenant))\r\n \t\n\r\n\tInformation on Appeal Procedures for Limited Civil Cases (APP-101-INFO) \n\r\n \tNotice of Appeal/Cross-Appeal (Limited Civil Case) (APP-102) \n\r\n\tInformation Sheet on Waiver of Superior Court Fees and Costs (FW-001-INFO) \n\r\n\tRequest to Waive Court Fees (FW-001)","title":"\r\n\tAppeals: Sacramento Superior Court\r\n","score":7.98673},{"document_id":"5eb31267c4b421d7-14850-17088","text":"Respondent’s Brief – California Appellate Courts\nIf the respondent disagrees with the standard of review, or if the appellant did not include a standard of review, then the respondent can discuss the problem in the argument.\n\nMake additional arguments against the appeal (optional)\nThe appellant will only make legal arguments that support their side of the appeal. After addressing the legal issues in the appellant’s opening brief, the respondent’s argument can include additional legal issues that support the respondent’s side of the appeal.\nThe respondent can add as many issues as desired. Each legal issue is listed separately in the argument with a title that summarizes the issue in a few words.\nFor example, if the trial court provided alternate grounds for its order, but the appellant only discussed one of those grounds, the respondent could address the other grounds.\nThe respondent may also argue that the appellant made mistakes or did not follow the court rules about appeals. Here are examples of mistakes the respondent may find in the appellant’s brief, court filings, or the record:\n\nthe notice of appeal was filed after the deadline\nthe order or judgment is not appealable\nthe appellant forfeited or waived their right to appeal an issue by not objecting or filing a motion to challenge the issue during the original trial \n\n \n Conclusion (required) This is one paragraph where the respondent asks the court to affirm – or uphold – the judgment or order being challenged on appeal. If the respondent finds that the judgment or order is not appealable, they can ask the court to dismiss the appeal.\n\nHere the respondent can also ask for compensation of their costs in the appeal. For example, the respondent can ask that the appellant pay all court fees. In some situations, the respondent may be able to ask the appellant to pay attorney fees.\nNote that no new arguments or issues should be addressed in the conclusion.\n \n Certificate of Compliance or Word Count (required) There are rules about how long a brief can be. Each brief must include a Certificate of Compliance saying that it is within the maximum length allowed by the court.\n\nBriefs prepared on a typewriter cannot be more than 50 pages.\nBriefs prepared on a computer cannot be more than 14,000 words.","title":"Respondent’s Brief – California Appellate Courts","score":8.110496},{"document_id":"437a43c8e66cba06-1357-3494","text":"The Superior Court of California - County of Ventura - Appeals\n* * * PUBLIC NOTICE * * *\n\nEffective 1/22/24 - Small Claims, Appeals, Mental Health Clerk’s Office Appointments no Longer Required.\n\nCheck back often for updates.\n\nINFORMATION ON REMOTE APPEARANCES FOR APPEAL MATTERS\n\nAn appeal is a proceeding by which a case is brought from a lower court to a higher court for rehearing or reconsideration after a judgment has been given by the lower court. \r\n The higher or appellate court may sustain, reverse or modify the decision. Most appeals are limited to a review of the record from the lower court. Parties cannot introduce new \r\n evidence, but are limited to what was said and introduced at the original trial. The appellate court reviews the lower court’s application of the law to the facts as presented \r\n at the trial.\nSome appeals do allow for a new trial without reference to the evidence submitted in the original proceeding. Such an appeal results in a trial de novo, meaning a trial \r\n from the beginning. Appeals from small claims court result in a trial de novo in the Superior court. The superior court judge is not bound by the decision of the small claims \r\n judge, and new evidence can be presented.\n\nInformation on Appeal Types\n\nSmall Claims Appeals\n\nAppeal after being present at trial\nIn small claims court an appeal results in a trial de novo, meaning a trial from the beginning, conducted in the Superior Court. Therefore, all evidence presented at the \r\n small claims trial must be presented again in the Superior Court at the trial de novo. Only a Superior Court judge will hear a trial de novo; no pro tem or temporary judge \r\n hears small claims appeals.\r\n\r\n Only the defendant, or a plaintiff who was counter sued as a cross-defendant and lost on the cross-complaint, can appeal a small claims case. A plaintiff cannot file an \r\n appeal. The defendant or cross-defendant must have been present at the time of trial in order to appeal the decision.\nAny of the parties may choose to have an attorney represent him, her or it at the trial de novo. Unlike in regular superior court cases, an attorney is not required to \r\n represent a corporation at a trial de novo.","title":"The Superior Court of California - County of Ventura - Appeals","score":15.04112},{"document_id":"1a99fa28ccf04a3d-1542-3656","text":"Guide to civil appeals | California Courts | Self Help Guide\nWhat is an appeal?\nAn appeal is when someone who loses a case in a trial court asks a higher court (the appellate court) to review the trial court's decision\nIn almost all cases, the appellate court only looks at two things:\nWhether a legal mistake was made in the trial court\nWhether this mistake changed the final decision (called the \"judgment\") in the case\nAn appeal is not:\nA new trial with witnesses or a jury\nA chance to go to court and present your case all over again in front of a different judge\nA chance to present new evidence or new witnesses\nThe appellate court only reviews what happened in the trial court to decide if a legal mistake was made in the original trial. For example, to see if the trial court judge applied the wrong law to the facts of the case.\nThe appellate court cannot change the trial court's decision just because the appellate court judges (called justices in the Court of Appeal) disagree with it\nThe trial court is entitled to hear the evidence and come to its own decision. The appellate court can only reverse the trial court's decision if it finds a legal mistake in the trial court proceedings that was so important that it changed at least part of the outcome of the case. Because of this heavy burden on the appellant to prove this type of mistake, it is quite difficult to win an appeal.\nFiling an appeal does not stop the trial court's order\nUnless you ask the trial or appellate court to postpone (\"stay\") the trial court's order, you must do what the trial court's order requires you to do during the appeal. A request for a stay can be complicated, and you may still have to pay some of the money ordered by the trial court upfront. Ask a lawyer if one of these options would be good in your case and get help. But remember that an appeal is not a way to put off having to comply with the trial court's order.\n\nOverview of civil appeals\n\nIf you're considering an appeal, read through each section to get an idea of your options and what you'll have to do if you do decide to appeal. Appeals are very complicated, so also talk to a lawyer. \n\nAppellate court basics","title":"Guide to civil appeals | California Courts | Self Help Guide","score":19.39161}],"f0d2873b877409f61da7dbdddd22d279<::>4":[{"document_id":"99a3a0f6df5d4890-1523-3601","text":"Court Opinion – California Appellate Courts\nsend the case back to the trial court for a new trial or hearing\ndismiss the appeal if it was not filed on time, if there is not an appealable order, or if there is a procedural default (like failure to file a brief or pay a fee)\n\nThe court’s opinion generally also includes information about who may be eligible to have their appeal fees paid by the other party.\nHow the Court Makes a Decision\nThere are three justices at every Court of Appeal. A majority of the justices – or two of the three justices – must agree on a decision.\nWhat’s in the Written Decision\nRegardless of what the Court of Appeal justices decide, they issue an order or opinion in writing. Generally, the court justices must provide an opinion with reasons why they made the decision. The court justices are not required to provide an opinion if they issue an order dismissing the appeal.\nMost often there is one written statement signed by all of the justices. Sometimes a justice will file an additional opinion. This can either be a concurrence (written by a justice who agrees with the decision) or a dissent (written by a justice who does not agree with the decision).\nHow the Court Notifies the Parties\nWhen the Court of Appeal makes a decision, the court clerk sends notice of the court’s opinion or order to all parties in the case. If a party does not have a lawyer, the court sends notice to the party. If a party has a lawyer, the court sends notice to their lawyer.\nAsking for Reimbursement of Court Costs\nThe Court of Appeal’s opinion usually awards costs on appeal.\nIn most cases, a party who wins an appeal can ask the other party to pay for their court costs. In some cases, a party who wins may also be able to ask the other party to pay for their attorney fees.\nAfter the court issues a remittitur (the final step in an appeal), the winning party can file a memorandum of costs in the trial court. The trial court will process the request and send notice to the parties about next steps. If the parties have questions about reimbursement of appeal costs, they can contact the trial court.","title":"Court Opinion – California Appellate Courts","score":18.382174},{"document_id":"db7b9bfd4786b9ac-24674-26996","text":"The 2024-25 Budget: Judicial Branch\nthe state would like to address more of the unmet need for legal\r\nresources. Alternatively, if the Legislature decides to increase funding\r\nfor legal resources, it would likely have to come at the expense of\r\nother state programs. Under this scenario, it would be equally important\r\nthat the funding is allocated strategically to ensure the state\r\nmaximizes the number of people receiving legal assistance or service\r\nand/or the quality of the assistance or service provided. Moreover, if\r\nthe state’s budget situation deteriorates further or if there are more\r\npressing state priorities or needs, the state or other entities that\r\nsupport legal resources (such as Legal Aid) might find it necessary to\r\nreduce funding for legal resources now or in the future. To the extent\r\nthis occurs, strategically maximizing the allocation of the remaining\r\nfunding would be critical to limiting the impact of such funding\r\nreductions.\n Recommendations\nDirect Judicial Council to Convene Working Group to\r\nProvide a Report Assessing Legal Resources. We recommend\r\nthe Legislature direct Judicial Council to convene a working group to\r\nassess the legal resources available in the state. The working group\r\nwould consist of diverse representatives from the courts (such as judges\r\nand self-help staff) and the legal service provider community to\r\nrepresent the different ways in which legal services are provided as\r\nwell as the different legal resource needs across the state. The working\r\ngroup would review all programs providing legal assistance or services\r\nin the state—whether or not they receive state funding—and prepare a\r\nreport for the Legislature by January 1, 2027. This report would\r\nidentify what resources are being provided and by which providers, who\r\nis eligible for the resources, how resources are provided, the costs of\r\nproviding such resources, what benefits are generated, and all funding\r\nsources available to support such resources. This would provide a\r\ncomprehensive picture of how legal resources are currently being\r\nprovided. It would also provide information on where there may be gaps\r\nin legal resources and where resources may need to be adjusted or\r\ncoordinated to prevent duplication.\nDirect Working Group to Develop a Strategic Plan for\r\nLegal Resource Funding. We recommend the Legislature also","title":"The 2024-25 Budget: Judicial Branch","score":9.947723},{"document_id":"fb227e01016a7dc9-4722-6716","text":"Hire a lawyer | California Courts | Self Help Guide\nDo you understand the lawyer's explanation of what your case involves?\nDoes the fee seem reasonable?\nIf the answers are yes, you may want to hire this lawyer. Make sure you understand the agreement before you sign it. If you are not comfortable with any of the terms, do not sign it. And if you cannot work out your disagreement, you may want to find a new lawyer.\n\n Working with a lawyer for part of your case\n\n A lawyer can handle some parts of your case while you handle others. This is called limited-scope representation. Limited-scope representation can be a great way for you to have legal help with your case while keeping costs down.\n\n Understanding legal fees\n\n Make sure you are clear about how you will be billed. Lawyers bill in different ways:\n\nFixed fee\nThe lawyer charges a set fee to do something, usually for routine legal matters\n\nHourly fee\nThe lawyer charges by the hour\n\nRetainer fee\nA \"down payment\" on any legal services. The legal fees will be subtracted from the retainer. If the retainer starts to run out, you may need to add more money.\n\nContingency fee\nYou pay the lawyer from the money you receive if you win the case or settle it out of court. If you lose, the lawyer does not receive a fee.\n\nStatutory fee\nThe cost is set by law\n\nThe lawyer will also charge you for the costs of your case (filing fees, copying expenses, expert fees). You will be responsible for paying these costs even if your case is not successful. Costs can add up quickly. It is a good idea to ask the lawyer for a written estimate of what the costs will be.\n\n Handling problems with a lawyer\n\n If you have questions or concerns about your case, first talk to your lawyer. If you are having serious problems with your lawyer and have been unable to resolve them, there are other things you can do.\nThe State Bar also has a lot of information about what to do if you are having problems with your lawyer.\n\n \n\nWas this helpful?\n\nYes\n\nNo\n\ndid this information help you with your case?\n\nGreat!","title":"Hire a lawyer | California Courts | Self Help Guide","score":9.859821},{"document_id":"6dda7a282d67276f-3030-5216","text":"\r\n\tLegal Services Fraud Alert for Renters\r\n\nRaymond A. Buenaventura\n\nHailyn J. Chen\n\nSarah A. Good\n\nMary Huser\n\nMelanie M. Shelby\n\nArnold Sowell Jr.\n\nMattheus E. Stephens\n\nMark W. Toney, PhD\n\nGenaro Trejo\n\nMeetings\n\nAudit Committee\n\nRoster\n\nExecutive Committee\n\nRoster\n\nFinance Committee\n\nRoster\n\nRegulation and Discipline Committee\n\nRoster\n\nPublic Comment Guidelines\n\nRemote Participation Tips\n\nSupreme Court Appointments\n\nBoard Task Forces\n\nCommittees\n\nMeetings\n\nCommittee Appointment Opportunities\n\nReview Committee-Commission Judicial Nominees Evaluation\n\nRoster\n\nCalifornia Board of Legal Specialization\n\nPrivacy Law Group\n\nClient Security Fund Commission\n\nRoster\n\nCommittee of Bar Examiners\n\nCommittee of State Bar Accredited and Registered Schools\n\nRoster\n\nLaw School Council\n\nRoster\n\nCommittee on Professional Responsibility and Conduct\n\nCouncil on Access and Fairness\n\nRoster\n\nJudicial Nominees Evaluation\n\nReview Committee of the Commission on Judicial Nominees Evaluation\n\nRoster\n\nFAQ\n\nJNE Demographics Reports\n\nLawyer Assistance Program Oversight Committee\n\nRoster\n\nLegal Services Trust Fund Commission\n\nRoster\n\nArchived Committees\n\nAd Hoc Commission on the Discipline System\n\nBlue Ribbon Commission\n\nResources\n\nRoster\n\nCalifornia Access to Justice Commission\n\nCommission Roster\n\nCalifornia Attorney Practice Analysis Working Group\n\nCalifornia Paraprofessional Program Working Group\n\nClosing the Justice Gap Working Group\n\nCommittee on Special Discipline Case Audit\n\nGovernance in the Public Interest Task Force\n\nLimited License Working Group\n\nMalpractice Insurance Working Group\n\nMoral Character Working Group\n\nRules Commission 2017\n\nTask Force on Access Through Innovation of Legal Services\n\nStaff\n\nState Bar Holidays\n\nNews\n\nFact Sheets\n\nReports\n\nMultimedia\n\nCalifornia Bar Journal Archive\n\nCareers\n\nMake a Difference\n\nDevelop and Grow\n\nBenefits\n\nDiversity, Equity, and Inclusion\n\nView All Job Listings\n\nInternship Program\n\nSalary\n\nBusiness Opportunities\n\nPrevious Opportunities\n\nAttorneys\n\nCompliance & Records\n\nAbout Your State Bar Profile\n\nFees & Payment\n\nAgency Billing\n\nAnnual Fees FAQs\n\nVoluntary Contributions\n\nFees and Charges\n\nStatus Changes\n\nAddress Change\n\nReporting Requirements\n\nCertificates of Standing","title":"\r\n\tLegal Services Fraud Alert for Renters\r\n","score":9.896785},{"document_id":"0027bff8d2a891ff-41576-43247","text":"Designating the Record – California Appellate Courts\nDuring an appeal, there are fees in both the trial court and the Court of Appeal. If you want your fees waived in both courts, you must have a fee waiver in both courts.\nThe rules for fee waivers are different for each party. Learn more\n \n Where can I get legal help? Form APP-001 has full instructions on appeal procedures, including what needs to be in a brief.\nEach Court of Appeal has self-help resources online. You can also contact your local Court of Appeal to see if they have a self-help center at the court.\nYou can visit a law library to do legal research.\nThe California Courts website has a lot of information about lawyers and legal help.\nIf you need help finding a lawyer, the California Bar Association website can connect you to lawyer referral service in your area.\n \n\nVídeo: Preserving the Record on Appeal, 5:33\n\nVídeo: If you Can’t Get a Reporter’s Transcript, 5:18\n\nVídeo: Designating the Record for Appellants, 15:51\n\nFORMSDocuments you will need for your case.\n\n \n\nAdditional Filings\nAppealable Order\nAppellant’s Opening Brief\nCourt Opinion\nDesignating the Record\nForms\nGlossary\nNotice of Appeal\nOral Argument\nPetition for Rehearing\nPetition for Review\nRemittitur\nReply Brief\nRespondent’s Brief\nVideos\nKnowledge Center\n\nIntroduction\nStep by Step\n\n1. Appealable Order\n2. Notice of Appeal\n3. Designating the Record\n4. Additional Filings\n5. Opening Brief\n6. Respondent’s Brief\n7. Reply Brief\n8. Oral Argument\n9. Court Opinion\n10. Petition for Rehearing\n11. Petition for Review\n12. Remittitur\n\nForms\nVideos\nGlossary\n\nWas this post helpful?\n\nLet us know if you liked the post. That’s the only way we can improve.\n\n\r\n\tYes\t12 \n\n\r\n\tNo\t5 \n\nAppeals Timeline","title":"Designating the Record – California Appellate Courts","score":17.008268}],"f0d2873b877409f61da7dbdddd22d279<::>5":[{"document_id":"b118c287c63a9900-4401-6238","text":"Summons and Complaint Regarding Parental Obligations (form FL-600) | California Courts | Self Help Guide\nThis website has information to walk you through the basic process. But, you may need more help or legal advice. \n\nGet free help from the court. The court where the case is filed has a program where they offer free legal information about child support and can help you with forms. Learn more about the court’s Family Law Facilitator or Self-Help Center.  \n\nHire a lawyer to help you with all or a part of your case. For legal advice, you can hire a lawyer. If there's a question as to if you're the child's legal parent (called parentage) and you can't afford a lawyer, the court may appoint you a lawyer for free to help with that issue. Talk to your court's Family Law Facilitator to find out more about that option.\n\nGet legal help if the LCSA did not ask to establish parentage, but you think you are not the parent. Learn more\nThe LCSA will not check \"establish parentage\" next to a child's name in item 1 on Page 1 if there's already a legal determination you are the child's legal parent. This means there's a judgment (final court order) that says you are the child's legal parent, you're married to the other parent, or you signed a Voluntary Declaration of Parentage or Paternity (VDOP).\nIf you think that is not correct and you are not the child's legal parent, talk to a lawyer or Family Law Facilitator as soon as possible to find out your options. If you signed a VDOP, it may be possible to have the VDOP canceled. But, you must act quickly. Having a judgment undone (set aside) is very difficult and there are strict deadlines. \n\nWhat's next?\nRespond to Summons and Complaint\n\nGet step-by-step instructions and the forms you need to file an Answer.\n\nFile an Answer\n Get step-by-step instructions for how to file an Answer and have someone deliver (serve) it to the LCSA and other parent.\n \n\n \n\nWas this helpful?\n\nYes\n\nNo","title":"Summons and Complaint Regarding Parental Obligations (form FL-600) | California Courts | Self Help Guide","score":19.416487},{"document_id":"09a74650d3f1b07c-11014-13049","text":"Child Custody, Support, and Visitation | Superior Court of California | County of Alameda\nYou can file at any time during your case -- even after your divorce is final. You can use a Request for Order to ask the Court:\nFor your first custody or visitation orders\nTo change the custody or visitation orders you have now\nTo tell the other parent to contact Child Custody Mediation Services to go to Parent Orientation and Mediation\nFor emergency custody or visitation orders (or to change the orders you have now because of an emergency situation)\nIf you want to file the Request for Order yourself, read the information on Forms below. Forms you will need:\nIf you are the one filing the Request for Order, you are the \"moving party.\" Fill out these forms:\nRequest for Order (Form FL-300)\nIf you need emergency custody, visitation or restraining orders, also file:\nTemporary Orders (Form FL-305).\nYou also need this form to give to the other parent:\nResponsive Declaration to Request for Order (Form FL-320) (leave blank for the other parent to fill out)\nYou can download all the forms you need to file a Request for Order for free. Please use the links in this section. \nFill out your forms neatly in blue or black ink.\nYou can also fill out your forms online using the Judicial Council website here.\n\nHow to file the Request for Order forms\n\nStep 1: Fill out the forms\nIf you have an existing case, no matter how old, use the same case title and case number. The parent who was the \"Petitioner\" or \"Respondent\" in the old case will be called the same in the new filing. After you fill out your forms, make 3 copies (for you, the other party, and one extra). The original is for the court.\nStep 2: File the forms\nTake your completed forms to the local court Family Law Division and ask for a hearing date. If you need temporary orders for custody and cannot wait until your hearing, include the papers asking for temporary orders with the other documents. A judge will make a ruling on the temporary orders within 24 hours. You may have to give the other parent a copy of your papers first before the judge will make a ruling.","title":"Child Custody, Support, and Visitation | Superior Court of California | County of Alameda","score":15.58989},{"document_id":"09a74650d3f1b07c-12582-14596","text":"Child Custody, Support, and Visitation | Superior Court of California | County of Alameda\nThe original is for the court.\nStep 2: File the forms\nTake your completed forms to the local court Family Law Division and ask for a hearing date. If you need temporary orders for custody and cannot wait until your hearing, include the papers asking for temporary orders with the other documents. A judge will make a ruling on the temporary orders within 24 hours. You may have to give the other parent a copy of your papers first before the judge will make a ruling. When you file your forms, the clerk will ask you to pay a fee. If you don’t have enough money to pay the fees, ask the clerk for a fee waiver packet. Fill out the fee waiver forms and present them to the clerk with your other papers at the Clerk's Office. \nStep 3: Serve the forms\nYou must serve the other parent with endorsed filed copies of the court forms at least 21 days before your hearing (or sooner if the judge says so).\nYou must have someone serve the other parent with copies of the forms you filled out and filed.\nThis includes:\nRequest for Order (Form FL-300)\nTemporary Orders (if you filed one) (Form FL-305)\nDeclaration in Support of Ex Parte Declaration for Orders (if you asked for temporary orders)\nThe person who serves the other parent must also serve blank copies of these forms for the other parent to fill out:\nA blank Responsive Declaration to Request for Order (Form FL-320)\nRemember: You cannot serve the papers yourself.\nAn adult (18 years of age or older) who is not involved in your case or a professional process server (you can find one in the telephone book) can serve the papers for you.\nThe person who serves the papers must complete a \"Proof of Personal Service\" (Form FL-330). The proof of service form says he or she has delivered the papers to the other party.\n\nNOTE: Once the other party has been properly served, and you do not have a child custody agreement with the other parent, mediation is mandatory. Contact the Child Custody Mediation Services Office right away. \n\nStep 4: File the Proof of Service:","title":"Child Custody, Support, and Visitation | Superior Court of California | County of Alameda","score":15.736899},{"document_id":"dcf45cd1bd02778d-45588-47768","text":"Self-Help Glossary - selfhelp\nFamily Law Facilitator: A lawyer with experience in family law who works for the superior court in every California county to help parents and children involved in family law cases with child, spousal, and partner support problems. Anyone who does not have their own lawyer can see the family law facilitator for free. Click here for more information on the Family Law Facilitator.\nFamily Court Orientation: A class that prepares parents for court-ordered mediation. A counselor talks to parents about how their relationship affects their children, and tells them what they need to know about custody and visitation.\nfamily violence indicator (FVI): The Federal Case Registry (FCR) uses this term to identify a person involved in a family violence case or order in another state. \"FVI\" means the person was involved with child abuse or domestic violence and says not to tell the location of a parent and/or a child that the state believes is at risk of family violence.\nFAPE: Stands for a \"free, appropriate public education.\" Used to describe special education rights.\nFederal Case Registry (FCR) of Child Support: A national database of information on all people with IV-D (called \"4 D\") cases and people with non-IV-D orders entered or changed on or after October 1, 1998.\nfederal employer identification number (FEIN): A 9-digit number assigned to all employers by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS). This is used for collecting child support from a parent's paycheck.\nFederal Parent Locator Service (FPLS): A computerized national network and database run by the federal Office of Child Support Enforcement (OCSE) of the Administration for Children and Families (ACF). FPLS collects address and employer information, and data on child support cases in every state; compares them; and gives this information to the proper authorities in the states involved. This helps state and local child support enforcement agencies locate alleged parents that do not have custody of their children. The information is used to establish custody and visitation rights, establish and enforce child support payments, investigate parental kidnapping, and process adoption or foster care cases.","title":"Self-Help Glossary - selfhelp","score":24.206734},{"document_id":"dcf45cd1bd02778d-120919-123209","text":"Self-Help Glossary - selfhelp\nsubstituted service: Service of process on a party by leaving the court papers with someone other than a party to the lawsuit; valid only if certain specified procedures are followed. (See also service of process.)\nsummary judgment: A court decision made on the basis of statements and evidence presented for the court record without a trial. It is used when no factual disputes exist in the case. Summary judgment is granted if, based on the undisputed facts in the record, a party is entitled to judgment in his or her favor as a matter of law.\nsummons: A notice to a defendant or respondent that an action against him or her was filed in the court issuing the summons and that a judgment will be taken against him or her if the defendant or respondent doesn't answer the complaint or petition within a certain time.\nsuperior court: The trial court in each county of the State of California. This court hears all adoption, family law, juvenile, criminal, civil, small claims, and probate cases.\nSupervised visitation: Visitation between a parent and a child that happens in the presence of another specified adult. The court may order supervised visitation when there has been domestic violence, child abuse, or a threat to take the child out of state. Click here for more information on supervised visitation.\nsupport order: A court order for the support of a child, spouse or domestic partner. A support order can include monetary support; health care; payment of debts; or repayment of court costs and attorney fees, interest, and penalties; and other kinds of support. (See also noncustodial parent, obligation, obligor.)\n\nsupport person: In a domestic violence case, the person who says s/he is the victim of domestic violence can choose someone, a support person, to provide moral and emotional support. The support person does not need to have any special training or qualification. The support person may sit with the person to be protected at court hearings if the person to be protected does not have a lawyer, but s/he is not allowed to give legal advice or advocate for the person to be protected. The support person can also go with the protected person to custody mediation or orientation to mediation. For more information on support persons, read Family Code section 6303.","title":"Self-Help Glossary - selfhelp","score":16.337492}],"f0d2873b877409f61da7dbdddd22d279<::>6":[{"document_id":"dcf45cd1bd02778d-84993-87229","text":"Self-Help Glossary - selfhelp\nobligee: The person, state agency, or institution owed a debt (usually money) like child support (also called \"custodial party\" if the money is owed to the person with primary custody of a child).\nobligor: The person that must pay child support or perform some other financial obligation.\noffense: An act that violates (breaks) the law. (See also crime, public offense.)\nOffice of Child Support Enforcement (OCSE): The federal agency responsible for administering the nationwide child support program.\noffset: Amount of money taken from a parent's state or federal income tax refund before he or she receives it, or from an administrative payment like federal retirement benefits, to pay a child support debt.\nopinion: A judge's written explanation of the decision of the court in appellate cases. Because a case may be heard by 3 or more judges in the appellate court, the opinion in appellate decisions can take several forms. If all the judges completely agree on the result, 1 judge will write the opinion for all. If all the judges do not agree, the formal decision will be based on the majority view, and 1 member of the majority will write the opinion. The judges that do not agree with the majority may write their own dissenting or concurring opinions to state their views. A dissenting opinion disagrees with the majority opinion because of the reasoning and/or the principles of law the majority used to decide the case. A concurring opinion agrees with the decision of the majority opinion, but offers comment or clarification or a completely different reason for reaching the same result. Only the majority opinion can be used as binding precedent in future cases. (See also precedent.)\noral argument: The part of a trial when lawyers summarize their position in court and also answer the judge's questions.\norder: (1) Decision of a judicial officer ; (2) a directive of the court, on a matter relating to the main proceedings, that decides a preliminary point or directs some steps in the proceedings. Generally used to invalidate a prior conviction, for example, an order issued after a hearing where a prior conviction is found invalid because certain legal standards weren't met during the time of trial and conviction.","title":"Self-Help Glossary - selfhelp","score":13.852637},{"document_id":"28d04e879cfe0f2d-4796-6912","text":"\r\n\tChild Support Information: Sacramento Superior Court\r\n\nIf the other parent fails to pay court-ordered child support, you have several \r\n options available. First, you must decide if you want to proceed on your own, \r\n hire an attorney, or engage the services of the \r\n Department of Child Support Services (DCSS) - external link. DCSS is available to assist both self-represented and \r\n represented parties.\n\r\n If you would like help preparing the necessary forms and getting information on \r\n how to enforce your orders, you can visit the\r\n \r\n Self-Help Center at the \r\n William R. Ridgeway Family Relations Courthouse.\n\r\n If you choose to have DCSS enforce your support orders, they can do all of the \r\n same things you can as well as issue administrative orders such as suspension of \r\n the other parent's driver license and/or any other license they may hold as \r\n well as intercept tax refunds or place liens on bank accounts. \r\n Additionally, in the case of willful failure to pay child support, DCSS may file \r\n contempt charges against the other parent.\n\nDetermining Your Child Support Arrears\n\r\n If there is an issue regarding back support, and you need to know how much you\r\n owe or how much the other party owes, you can ask the court to determine the amount\r\n owing. To request a hearing to ask the court for an arrears determination, you\r\n must complete the following forms:\n\n\r\n\tHow to Ask the Court to Determine Your Support Balance Packet\n\nReinstating your Driver License\n\r\n If your driver license has been suspended or renewal denied due to your \r\n failure to pay child support, you may contact the \r\n Department of Child Support Services (DCSS) - external link, located at 3701 Power Inn Road (across the street from the \r\n front entrance of the William R. Ridgeway Family Relations Courthouse.) \r\n You may also contact DCSS by telephone at (866) 901-3212.\n\r\n If DCSS denies your request to have your license reinstated, you may then file a \r\n \r\n Notice of Motion for Judicial Review of License Denial (FL-670), and an \r\n \r\n Income and Expense Declaration (FL-150).\n\nFrequently Asked Questions\nIs my spouse's income going to be counted for child support?","title":"\r\n\tChild Support Information: Sacramento Superior Court\r\n","score":21.147379},{"document_id":"28d04e879cfe0f2d-6482-8518","text":"\r\n\tChild Support Information: Sacramento Superior Court\r\n\nfront entrance of the William R. Ridgeway Family Relations Courthouse.) \r\n You may also contact DCSS by telephone at (866) 901-3212.\n\r\n If DCSS denies your request to have your license reinstated, you may then file a \r\n \r\n Notice of Motion for Judicial Review of License Denial (FL-670), and an \r\n \r\n Income and Expense Declaration (FL-150).\n\nFrequently Asked Questions\nIs my spouse's income going to be counted for child support?\n\r\n Generally, the court will only use the parents' income for calculation of child \r\n support. However, the court can inquire about your spouse's income for the \r\n purpose of setting taxes, and in unusual cases, for other purposes.\nHow do I stop the Wage and Earning Assignment Order/Notice to Withhold Income \r\n for Child Support, if the child is over 18 years of age and out of high school?\n\r\n If you do not owe child support arrears and you have no minor children with the\r\n same parent, you can file an Ex Parte Application for Wage and Earnings Assignment\r\n Order with proof of the child's age and education. If you owe arrears or there\r\n are other minor children, seek legal assistance.\nDo I still have to pay child support if I have a 50/50 custody?\n\r\n If you earn more than the other parent, you may still have to pay child \r\n support.\nWill the court consider that I have other children to support?\n\r\n The court can consider other court orders for child support and may give you \r\n credit for children in your home that you are supporting.\n\r\n Generally, you cannot receive credit for step-children, foster children or \r\n grandchildren.\nWill my support go down if I have the child(ren) more often?\n\r\n The amount of time that the children are in your custody is a factor in \r\n calculating child support. Generally speaking, the more time you have the \r\n children, the lower your child support because you are supporting them\r\n directly when they are in your care.\nHow long do I have to pay child support?\n\r\n Until the child is 18 years of age, if he or she has already graduated from high \r\n school.","title":"\r\n\tChild Support Information: Sacramento Superior Court\r\n","score":11.744792},{"document_id":"dcf45cd1bd02778d-122731-124795","text":"Self-Help Glossary - selfhelp\nThe support person does not need to have any special training or qualification. The support person may sit with the person to be protected at court hearings if the person to be protected does not have a lawyer, but s/he is not allowed to give legal advice or advocate for the person to be protected. The support person can also go with the protected person to custody mediation or orientation to mediation. For more information on support persons, read Family Code section 6303.\n\nsuppress: To stop or put an end to someone's activities. To suppress evidence is to withhold it from disclosure or publication.\nsurety bond: An insurance policy taken out by a defendant with a national insurance company in which the insurer agrees to pay the court the amount of bail required for the defendant's release if the defendant fails to come to court when he or she is supposed to.\nsurety bond register: A bound, dated volume made available to the public and containing information about each surety bond deposited with the court. It is used by surety bond insurance companies and their bail bondsmen to check the status of their outstanding bail bonds. A company can find out from the register whether or not bonds have been or exonerated.\nsurrogate parent: A person that substitutes for the legal parent to advocate for a child's special educational rights and needs; can be selected by the child's parent or appointed by the local educational agency (LEA).\nsuspend: To postpone, stay, or withhold certain conditions of a judicial sentence for a temporary period of time.\nsuspended sentence: In criminal law, this means the defendant doesn't have to serve the sentence at the time the sentence is imposed.\n[ Top of Page ]\n| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L |\n| M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W |\n \nT\nTemporary Assistance to Needy Families (TANF): Time-limited public assistance payments made to poor families, based on title IV-A of the Social Security Act. TANF replaced Aid to Families With Dependent Children (AFDC, also called \"welfare\") in 1996.","title":"Self-Help Glossary - selfhelp","score":11.512898},{"document_id":"28d04e879cfe0f2d-1374-3546","text":"\r\n\tChild Support Information: Sacramento Superior Court\r\n\nIf there is no existing case, you need to file one of the following:\n\nIf you are married to the other parent, you may file a petition for\r\n \r\n divorce, legal separation or nullity.\nIf you are not married to the other parent, you may file a petition to\r\n \r\n establish parental relationship. A parentage action can be filed \r\n by either the mother or father. If you file a parentage action yourself, you \r\n can request orders for custody and visitation as well as child support.\nA \r\n \tPetition for Custody and Support of Minor Children (this petition will not \r\n terminate your marriage or establish a parental relationship) is also an option\r\n where parentage has already been established. \n\n\r\n You have several alternatives available to assist you in obtaining a support \r\n order:\n\nYou can contact an attorney for legal advice or to represent you by looking in \r\n the telephone book or by calling the \r\n \r\n Lawyer Referral and Information Service - external link at 916-564-6707.\r\n \nYou may contact the \r\n \tDepartment of Child Support Services (DCSS). - external link DCSS can help \r\n you with child support only and not with any other family law issues such as \r\n child custody, property division, or a divorce. DCSS is located at 3701 Power Inn Road. You \r\n may contact DCSS in person or by telephone at 866-901-3212. \nYou may represent yourself. If you decide to represent yourself, it may be \r\n helpful to visit the\r\n \r\n Self-Help Center located in Room 113 of the \r\n \r\n William R. Ridgeway Family Relations Courthouse. \r\n The Self-Help Center is available to \r\n provide information regarding court procedures and instructions on completing, \r\n filing and serving the necessary documents. The Self-Help Center offers an \r\n \r\n Income and Expense Declaration Workshop. \n\nDetermining the Amount of Child Support\n\r\n \tIf you want to know the amount of child support that would be payable under the\r\n \tCalifornia State Child Support Guideline, you may contact an attorney or go to\r\n \tthe \r\n \tCalifornia Department of Child Support Services - external link.\r\n \t\nHealth and Daycare Costs\n\r\n \tWhen you apply for child support, you may also request the other parent share in the","title":"\r\n\tChild Support Information: Sacramento Superior Court\r\n","score":11.767767}],"f0d2873b877409f61da7dbdddd22d279<::>7":[{"document_id":"d1b1394a4f3c5a68-12085-14081","text":"FAQs • Code Enforcement\nA Code Enforcement Staff member will respond, document the incident, and request that the graffiti be removed by the property owner in a timely manner.\t\n\n29.\nIs my report of a violation anonymous?\n\r\nCalifornia Government Code Section 6254 provides that records of investigation of complaints are not public records. Therefore, investigations of complaints will be kept confidential and information will not be disclosed except as required by a court order.For more information, visit the Filing A Complaint webpage.\t\n\n30.\nWhat common types of violations are enforced?\n\r\nFor more information regarding common types of violations, please visit the Common Types of Violations webpage.\t\n\n31.\nHow do I report a Code violation?\n\r\nFor information regarding reporting a Code violation, please visit the Filing A Complaint webpage.\t\n\n32.\nHow is Code compliance achieved?\n\r\nFor information regarding Code compliance, please visit the How Compliance is Achieved webpage.\t\n\nLive Edit\n\n \n\n \n\nMunicipal Code\n\nCity Council\n\nParks & Recreation\n\nEmployment\n\nFrequently Asked Questions\n\nDirectory of Resources & Services\n\nSpecial Events\n\nRecreation Activity Guide\n\nE-Services\n\nArchive Center\n\nBids\n\nCalendar \n\nCarbon Calculator\n\nFacilities\n\nFAQs\n\nJobs\n\nNews Flash\n\nNotify Me\n\nPhoto Gallery\n\nQuick Links\n\nRequest Tracker\n\nStaff Directory\n\nEmergency Alert\n\n \n\n \n\nReport an Issue\n\nStay Informed\n\nAgendas & Minutes\n\n \n \n\nParks & Community Services\n\nOnline Permits\n\nDevelopment Activity\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n \n\nContact Us\n\n\r\n\tDublin City Hall\r\n100 Civic Plaza\r\nDublin, CA 94568\r\nPhone: 925-833-6650\n \n\n \n \n\n \n \n\nQuick Links\n\nBusiness Licenses\n\nDublin Demographics\n\nEconomic Development\n\nEmployment Opportunities\n\n/QuickLinks.aspx\n\n \n \n\n \n \n\nSite Links\n\nHome\n\nSite Map\n\nContact Us\n\nAccessibility\n\nCopyright Notices\n\n/QuickLinks.aspx\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n \n \n\n \n\nGovernment Websites by CivicPlus®\n\n \n \n \n\nLoading\n\n\r\n\tLoading\r\n\t\n\nDo Not Show Again\nClose\n\nArrow Left\n\nArrow Right\n\n[]\n\nSlideshow Left Arrow\n\nSlideshow Right Arrow","title":"FAQs • Code Enforcement","score":11.662984},{"document_id":"bec98c4bf09c3e30-4488-6620","text":"Enforce a custody order | California Courts | Self Help Guide\nWhat you do depends in part on what the violation is and how serious it is. Keep a record of any violations. This can help if you decide you do want to enforce an order. You have different options.\n\nContact the local police department and ask them to enforce\nMake sure you have a copy of the current order to give them. \n\nContact the district attorney in your county\nIf you think the parent has abducted your child, you can request help from the child abduction unit of your county district attorney's office. \n\nFile a contempt of court \nThese are for cases where the parent is intentionally violating the order. In a contempt case, you ask the judge to enforce the order and make a finding that the other parent willfully disobeyed the court order. This is very complicated and can have serious consequences for the other parent, even jail time. Talk to a lawyer to get help with it.\n\nGet an updated order\nYou can ask to change the order. Your new order could include more details and have terms that address any issues. You can ask to change an order if the other parent has blocked your access to your child. \n\nEnforcing an order can be complicated. You may need advice from a lawyer. You can also find out more about your options from your court's Self-Help Center.\n\n You're worried the other parent may kidnap your child\n\n Have a clear order with detailed information about travel \nLaw enforcement or airline staff may not be able to stop a kidnapping if the order is not clear. A clear order could\nList the exact time, location, and manner of any custody exchanges\nProhibit travel with the child\nRequire supervised visitation\nState who can apply for or keep a child's passport\nAsk for a Child Abduction Prevention Order\nYou can ask for a judge to make an order to help prevent child abduction. For example, you can ask the judge to order supervised visitation or restrict the parent from taking the child out of the county, state, or country. In your request, you will need to explain why you think the other parent may take your child without permission. \nTo make the request, you file a Request for Order (form FL-300). Then","title":"Enforce a custody order | California Courts | Self Help Guide","score":13.103314},{"document_id":"57fd7f3a18ee7d60-2193-4571","text":"Enforcement Actions | Consumer Financial Protection Bureau\nAmicus Program\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Consumer Complaint Program\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Data & Research\n\n \n \n\n Back\n \n\n Data & Research Overview\n \n\n \n\n \n\n Reports\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Research Hub\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Consumer Complaint Database\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Mortgage Database (HMDA)\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Small Business Lending Database\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Public Data Inventory\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Consumer Credit Trends\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Mortgage Performance Trends\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Financial Well-Being Survey\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Credit Card Surveys & Agreements\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Prepaid Account Agreements\n\n \n\n \n \n\n Featured\n \n\nHelp advance financial well-being\n\n \n\n \n\n News\n\n \n \n\n Back\n \n\n \n\n \n\n Press Releases\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Speeches & Op-eds\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Testimony\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Statements\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Blog\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Director’s Notebook\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Recent Updates\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Consumer Advisories\n\n \n\n \n \n\n Español\n \n\n 中文\n \n\n Tiếng Việt\n \n\n 한국어\n \n\n Tagalog\n \n\n Pусский\n \n\n العربية\n \n\n Kreyòl Ayisyen\n \n\n(855) 411-2372\n\n Navigate this section\n \n\n Life Cycle of an Enforcement Action\n\n Payments to Harmed Consumers\n\n Enforcement Actions\n\n Warning Letters\n\n Enforcement by the Numbers\n\n Investigatory Authority\n\nEnforcement actions\n\nWhen we take an enforcement action against an entity or person we believe has violated the law, we will post court documents and other related materials here.\n\nThe Bureau may enforce the law by filing an action in federal district court or by initiating an administrative adjudication proceeding. Administrative proceedings are conducted by an Administrative Law Judge, who holds hearings and issues a recommended decision. Proceedings are conducted in accordance with the Rules of Practice for Adjudication Proceedings .\n\nGet definitions for enforcement action terms\n\n Filter enforcement actions\n \n\n Search by keyword(s)\n \n\n Category\n \n\n Administrative Proceeding\n \n\n Civil Action\n \n\n Status\n \n\nExpired/Terminated/Dismissed\nPending Litigation\nPost Order/Post Judgment\n\n Product\n \n\nAuto Finance Origination\nAuto Finance Servicing\nBusiness Lending (ECOA)\nConsumer Reporting Agencies\nConsumer Reporting - User\nCredit Cards\nCredit Repair\nDebt Collection\nDebt Relief\nDeposits\nFurnishing\nFair Lending\nMortgage Origination\nMortgage Servicing\nPayments\nPrepaid\nRemittances\nShort Term, Small Dollar\nStudent Loan Origination\nStudent Loan Servicing\nOther Consumer Lending","title":"Enforcement Actions | Consumer Financial Protection Bureau","score":11.775079},{"document_id":"d1b1394a4f3c5a68-10440-12652","text":"FAQs • Code Enforcement\nFor additional information regarding an Animal Fanciers Permit, please contact Alameda County Animal Control at (925) 803-7042.\t\n\n27.\nWho do I call when I feel someone is in violation of the Ordinance?\n\r\nCall the Planning Division at (925) 833-6610 and ask to speak to the Code Enforcement Officer.When you call to file a complaint, be prepared to give the address of the property and the problem and/or condition that exists. Once a complaint is received, a site visit of the property will be conducted, usually within a week. If any violations exist, the owner and/or tenant of the property will be contacted and compliance will be requested. If required, a letter is sent to the property owner/tenant stating the nature of the violation, the specific ordinance section, and requesting compliance within a certain time period. The amount of time that the owner/tenant is given to correct the violation depends on the type and severity of the violation. A follow-up visit to the site will be made to determine compliance or correction of the violation. Additional actions will be taken for continual non-compliance such as issuing written warning notices, holding a public hearing, and issuing a citation to appear in court. \t\n\n28.\nWho do I contact if I have observed Graffiti in my neighborhood?\n\r\nIf you have been the victim of graffiti vandalism, you may report the incident to Dublin Police Services by calling (925) 462-1212. After the vandalism report has been taken, please remove the graffiti at your earliest convenience. If you are not the victim, please report the incident to the Community Development Department at (925) 833-6610. A Code Enforcement Staff member will respond, document the incident, and request that the graffiti be removed by the property owner in a timely manner.\t\n\n29.\nIs my report of a violation anonymous?\n\r\nCalifornia Government Code Section 6254 provides that records of investigation of complaints are not public records. Therefore, investigations of complaints will be kept confidential and information will not be disclosed except as required by a court order.For more information, visit the Filing A Complaint webpage.\t\n\n30.\nWhat common types of violations are enforced?","title":"FAQs • Code Enforcement","score":11.840593},{"document_id":"dcf45cd1bd02778d-47061-49250","text":"Self-Help Glossary - selfhelp\nFederal Parent Locator Service (FPLS): A computerized national network and database run by the federal Office of Child Support Enforcement (OCSE) of the Administration for Children and Families (ACF). FPLS collects address and employer information, and data on child support cases in every state; compares them; and gives this information to the proper authorities in the states involved. This helps state and local child support enforcement agencies locate alleged parents that do not have custody of their children. The information is used to establish custody and visitation rights, establish and enforce child support payments, investigate parental kidnapping, and process adoption or foster care cases.\nfederal question jurisdiction: Authority given to federal courts to hear a case if it involves the interpretation or application of federal law, like the U.S. Constitution, acts of Congress, and treaties.\nFederal Tax Refund Offset Program: A federal program that collects overdue child support payments from parents. The program can take a parent's federal income tax refunds or federal retirement benefits.\nfee: A specific amount of money that's paid in exchange for a service, such as filing a court paper.\nfee waiver: Permission not to pay the court's filing fees. People with very low income can ask the court clerk for a fee waiver form. Click here for more information on fee waivers and court fees.\nfelony: A serious crime that can be punished by more than 1 year in prison or by death (Compare infraction, misdemeanor.)\nfiduciary: A person that acts for another person's benefit, like a trustee. It can also be an adjective and mean something that is based on a trust or confidence. (See also trustee.)\nfile: When a person officially gives a paper to a court clerk and that paper becomes part of the record of a case.\nfile-stamped: See endorsed-filed copies.\nfiling a form: A court form is \"filed\" only when the court clerk stamps it \"Filed.\" You can give your court forms to the clerk by mail or in person.\nfiling fees: Money you pay the court clerk to accept (or \"file\") a complaint or petition, which starts a civil case, or other court papers, like motions and answers.","title":"Self-Help Glossary - selfhelp","score":13.188706}],"f0d2873b877409f61da7dbdddd22d279<::>8":[{"document_id":"afecac409199e52d-2967-4921","text":"Annulment | California Courts | Self Help Guide\nA putative spouse is someone who in good faith believed their marriage was legal. \nIf you can prove you are a putative spouse, you can ask the judge to divide your property and debts, and order spousal support. The person who isn't a putative spouse can't ask the judge to do either. \nIf you both knew the marriage wasn't legal from the start, there's no putative spouse. Learn more  \nIn an annulment, if there's no putative spouse, a judge can't divide your property and debts or order spousal support. If you need either, talk to a lawyer who can offer advice on what's best for your situation.\nYou can get orders about the care and support of your children \nIf you have children together, you may need to establish that the other person is your child's legal parent (called establishing parentage). Then, the judge can make orders about child custody, visitation (parenting time), and support.\nYou don't need to meet the divorce residency requirement or have a waiting period \nNo 6-month residency requirement: You do not need to have lived in California for 6 months and 3 months in the county where you file to start the process. You just need to live in California when you file.\nNo 6-month waiting period: Unlike in a divorce, you do not need to wait 6 months after your spouse was served papers for the case to be finished and go back to being single. When the court completes your final papers (your judgment), you are single.\n\nDeciding if an annulment is right for your situation is hard. \nThis site only has basic information. Your court's Self-Help Center staff can explain more. For advice about what's best in your situation, talk to a lawyer.\n \n\nAnnulments\nWhat's next?\n\nIf you don't want (or don't qualify for) an annulment, you can still end your marriage in a divorce. You can also consider a legal separation. Go to Divorce in California to learn about both.\n \nIf you want to start a the annulment process, you can go to the next step.","title":"Annulment | California Courts | Self Help Guide","score":11.015467},{"document_id":"14dea4d795ffe724-2953-5215","text":"Family Law | Superior Court of California | County of Tulare\nA party who either can't file for divorce because he or she doesn't meet the residency requirements or does not wish to end the marriage for psychological or economic reasons may file a legal separation. The judicial officer can make orders for child support and/or spousal support, custody and visitation, and division of property; however, the parties remain legally married, even though they may be living apart.\nYou may ask the judge to declare that your marriage is not valid by filing an annulment (nullity of marriage). There are several reasons for why a judge may say that a marriage is not legally valid. For example, a marriage that is incestuous (between close blood relatives) or bigamous (where a spouse is already married to someone else) is never legally valid.\nCustody and Visitation\nThe Petition for Custody and Support of Minor Children may be filed by parents who:\nHave signed a Voluntary Declaration of Paternity, or\nAre married and don't want to get legally separated or divorced, or\nAre not married and have legally adopted a child together, or\nHave been determined to be the parents in a juvenile or Department of Child Support case\nBy filing this petition, the parents may ask the court to make custody and support orders, in addition to other orders.\nYou may also ask the court to make orders for child support, spousal support, custody, and visitation by filing an Order to Show Cause or a Notice of Motion on an existing divorce, legal separation, or nullity, domestic partnership, or paternity case.\nPaternity\nEstablishing paternity means saying who the legal parents of a child are if the parents were not married when the child was born.\nA child's parentage must be established before you can get child support or custody and visitation orders. By filing the Petition to Establish Parental Relationship, you may ask the court for child support or custody and visitation as part of this case.\nDomestic Partnerships\nDomestic partners are defined as \"two adults who have chosen to share one another's lives in an intimate and committed relationship of mutual caring.\"\nTo dissolve (terminate) a Domestic Partnership, you may file a Petition for Dissolution.\nHow to Get a Domestic Violence Restraining Order\nWhat is a restraining order?","title":"Family Law | Superior Court of California | County of Tulare","score":11.522996},{"document_id":"ff75549eab747626-1460-3394","text":"Petition and Summons (FL-100 and FL-110) | California Courts | Self Help Guide\nWhat these forms tell you\n\nWhat your spouse is asking for\n Divorce (dissolution): your spouse asked to legally end the relationship. You’ll be single at the end of the process.\nLegal separation: your spouse, at this point, is not asking the court to legally end the relationship. At the end of the process, you’ll still be married or in a domestic partnership, but your finances will be separate. Find out more about legal separation.\nAnnulment (nullity): your spouse asked the court to find that your marriage or domestic partnership was never legal. Find out more about annulments.\n\nWhat your spouse wants the court to decide\n Checked boxes on pages 2-3 of the Petition say what else your spouse asked the court to decide. \nFor example:  \n\nHow to split any property or debts  \n\nWhether one of you needs spousal or partner support   \n\nThe care and support of your children (if you have them) \n\nYou can respond and say how you want the issues decided. If you don’t respond, your spouse may ask the court to decide without your input.\n\nHow to respond and what happens if you don't\n You can respond by filing a Response (form FL-120) in court. \nIf you don't file a Response within 30 days of getting these papers, your spouse can ask the court to decide the case without your input. This is called a default.\nThe court could end your relationship or make orders about your property or the custody of your children without your input. The court may also order you to pay support or attorney’s fees.\n\nIf it's been more than 30 days and your spouse hasn't asked the court for default, you can still file a response. \n \n\nThings you cannot do now\n Once you're served the Summons and Petition, there are things you can’t do without a written agreement from your spouse or a court order. They’re called Standard Family Law Restraining Orders.    \nFor example, you can’t: \n\nGive away or hide money and property  \n\nChange insurance beneficiaries","title":"Petition and Summons (FL-100 and FL-110) | California Courts | Self Help Guide","score":11.123772},{"document_id":"7e4251fc01e38b5d-25683-27974","text":"The Superior Court of California - County of Ventura - FAQs\nCOMMUNITY PROPERTY is any property, whether real or personal, which has been acquired by the parties during \r\n the marriage. This property is owned equally by the parties. The same applies to debts acquired during the marriage.\n\nSEPARATE PROPERTY is any property, whether real or personal, acquired by a party before they married, after \r\n the date of separation with separate funds or during the marriage by gift or inheritance. This property belongs solely to the party acquiring it.\n\nLEGAL CUSTODY applies to the right and responsibility to make decisions regarding the health, education and \r\n welfare of the minor child. SOLE LEGAL CUSTODY means that only one parent has the right to make these decisions. \r\n Usually, the court will order JOINT LEGAL CUSTODY which means that either parent may make the decisions unless \r\n the court specifies circumstances requiring joint consent.\n\nPHYSICAL CUSTODY addresses the period of time each parent will have the child in his or her physical custody. \r\n An order for JOINT PHYSICAL CUSTODY does not necessarily mean a 50/50 custody arrangement but instead that each \r\n parent will have significant periods of physical custody. A SOLE PHYSICAL CUSTODY order means that the child will \r\n reside primarily with one parent who will have the day-to-day care of the child and the other parent will have ‘visitation’ on specified times.\n\nGUIDELINE CHILD SUPPORT is the amount of child support which is presumed to be correct. This is a complicated \r\n formula which has been turned into a computer program called DISSOMASTER. This program calculates Guideline child \r\n support and may be used to calculate temporary spousal support but not ‘long-term’ spousal support.\n\nSPOUSAL SUPPORT is a payment made by a higher earning spouse to a lower earning spouse. SS used to be called ‘alimony’.\n\nTEMPORARY or PENDENTE LITE ORDERS are orders that are issued at any time after the Petition is \r\n filed until the Final Judgment is entered. Often these orders are designed to maintain the ‘status quo’ of the parties until a final \r\n judgment on all issues can be ordered and involve issues of custody, visitation, child and/or spousal support.\n\nSERVICE or SERVICE OF PROCESS is the procedure whereby a party is given copies of certain documents","title":"The Superior Court of California - County of Ventura - FAQs","score":13.2387},{"document_id":"13bdba56f6005140-1557-3637","text":"Divorce Index | California Courts | Self Help Guide\nSpousal support\nRequest for order\n\nOther processes\n\nSummary Dissolution\n\nFind out if you qualify for a summary dissolution \nOverview: Summary Dissolution in California \nStart \nFill out forms \nFile \nSummary dissolution: end domestic partnership \n\nLegal separation and annulment\n\nLegal Separation\nAnnulment \nAnnulment: Legal reasons\nAnnulment: Start \n\nPhase 1: Start A Divorce\n\nPetitioner\n\nStart a divorce (timeline and overview) \n\nFill out forms \n\nFile forms \n\nServe papers \n\nResource: How to finish your divorce if your spouse didn’t respond\n\n \n\n \nAlternative Service methods\n\nService rules for special situations \nLook for someone you have to serve\n\nAsk to serve by publication or posting\nServe by publication \nServe by posting\nService by mail with acknowledgment and receipt \nSubstituted service\nShort video about how to serve \n\nRespondent\n\nRespond to a divorce petition (“What do these papers mean”) \nFill out forms \nFile forms \nServe papers \nResource: Default with agreement \nResource: Default divorce \n\nPhase 2: Financial Disclosures (both parties)\nOverview: Share your financial information\nGather and share financial information \nFile proof you shared financial information \n \nPhase 3: Make Decisions (both parties)\nOverview: Make decisions \nInform yourself about rules and your rights \nInfo: Common challenges when splitting debt \nDecide if you have the information you need \nPropose and negotiate divorce agreements \nWrite out the agreement \nMore Complicated Possibilities\n\nDiscovery\n\nDiscovery in divorce (Overview) \nFamily law discovery \nForm interrogatories \nServe form interrogatories by mail \nRespond to form interrogatories \nServe your response to form interrogatories \n\nGoing to trial\n\nOverview of a divorce trial \nComplete these steps before a divorce trial \nPrepare for a divorce trial \nPresent your case at a divorce trial \nResource: Example trial issue: spousal support \nResource: Example trial issue: date of separation \n\nPhase 4: Finalize your divorce \nFinalize your divorce (Overview) \n\nDefaults (with or without agreement)\n\nFinish your divorce in a default","title":"Divorce Index | California Courts | Self Help Guide","score":10.940485}],"fdee20f7fd677e420742b09989623d68<::>2":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_16295-7-1721","text":"\nEmbedding the web chat on your page \n\nTo add the web chat widget to your website, all you need to do is embed a generated script element in your HTML source.\n\nThe web chat integration is automatically included for every assistant, and is configured separately for each environment.\n\nTo add the web chat to your website, follow these steps:\n\n\n\n1. On the ![Integrations icon](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/ca9232b3702768f24bb897f48f10778fcda28718/watson-assistant/images/integrations-icon.png)Integrations page, find the Web chat tile and click click Open. The Open web chat window opens.\n2. In the Environment field, select the environment you want the web chat widget to connect to. Click Confirm.\n\nThe Web chat page opens, showing the settings for the web chat integration in the selected environment.\n\nThe preview pane shows what the web chat will look like when it is embedded in a web page. If you see a message that starts with, There is an error, you probably haven't added any actions to your assistant yet. After you add an action, you can test the conversation from the preview pane.\n3. Click the Embed tab.\n\nA code snippet is generated based on the web chat configuration. You (or a web developer) will add this code snippet to the web page where you want the web chat to appear.\n\nThis code snippet contains an HTML script element. The script calls JavaScript code that is hosted on an IBM site and creates an instance of a widget that communicates with the assistant.\n4. Click the ![Copy icon](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/ca9232b3702768f24bb897f48f10778fcda28718/watson-assistant/images/copy-icon.png)Copy to clipboard icon to copy the embed script to the clipboard.\n5.","score":16.929607},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03421-1518-3290","text":"\nIf you want to make more advanced customizations, you can make the following types of changes:\n\n\n\n* Change the launcher icon that is used to open the web chat widget. For a tutorial the shows you how, see [Using a custom launcher](https://web-chat.global.assistant.watson.cloud.ibm.com/docs.html?to=tutorials-launcher).\n* Change how the web chat widget opens. For example, you might want to launch the web chat from some other button or process that exists on your website, or maybe open it in a different location, or at a different size. For a tutorial that shows you how, see [Render to a custom element](https://web-chat.global.assistant.watson.cloud.ibm.com/docs.html?to=tutorials-example-element).\n* Hide the launcher icon entirely and automatically start the web widget in open state, at its full length. For more information, see the [openChatByDefault method](https://web-chat.global.assistant.watson.cloud.ibm.com/docs.html?to=api-configurationconfigurationobject).\n* Hide the close button so users cannnot close the web chat widget. For more information, see the [hideCloseButton method](https://web-chat.global.assistant.watson.cloud.ibm.com/docs.html?to=api-configurationconfigurationobject).\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Change the conversation \n\nThe core of the conversation is defined in your skill. If you use more than one integration type, focus on defining an engaging conversation in the underlying skill. The same skill is used for all integrations. To customize the conversation for the web chat only, you can take the following actions:\n\n\n\n* Update the text of a message before it is sent or after it is received, such as to hide personally-identifiable information.\n* Pass contextual information, such as the customer's name, from the web chat to the underlying skill.","score":18.347694},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16389-0-2061","text":"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  Configuring style and appearance \n\nOn the Style tab, you can configure the overall appearance of the web chat widget. You can make the following changes:\n\n\n\n*  Set the assistant name. Click Assistant's name as known by customers to specify the name that is displayed in the header of the chat window. The name can be up to 64 characters in length.\n*  Change the colors used in the web chat widget. You can set the following colors:\n\n\n\n*  Primary color: The color of the web chat header.\n*  Secondary color: The color of the customer input message bubble.\n*  Accent color: The color of interactive elements such as the following:\n\n\n\n*  Web chat buttons such as the suggestions button and the \"send message\" button\n*  The border around the input text field (when in focus)\n*  The markers that appear beside the assistant’s messages\n*  The borders that appear around buttons and drop-down lists when customers select from options\n*  The home screen background\n\n\n\n\n\nEach color is specified as an HTML hexadecimal color code, such as FF33FC for pink and 329A1D for green. To change a color, type the HTML color code you want to use, or click the dot next to the field and choose the color from the interactive color picker.\n*  Enable or disable the Built with IBM Watson watermark that is displayed in the web chat widget. To disable the watermark, click to toggle the IBM Watermark switch to the off position. (The watermark cannot be disabled on the Lite plan.)\n*  Provide an avatar image to represent your assistant or organization in the web chat header. Click Add an avatar image to add an image, or Change avatar image to change an image you have previously added.\n\nSpecify the URL for a publicly accessible hosted image, such as a company or brand logo or an assistant avatar. The image file must be between 64 x 64 and 100 x 100 pixels in size.\n\n\n\nStyle changes you make are immediately reflected by the web chat preview that is shown on the page. However, no configuration changes are applied to the environment until you click Save and exit.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","score":20.343706},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16365-8408-10508","text":"\nThe code snippet that creates the web chat widget includes a configuration object, which you can modify to change the appearance and behavior of the web chat. The configuration object also specifies details that enable the web chat to connect to your assistant. If you are comfortable writing JavaScript code, you can customize the web chat by modifying the code snippet and using the web chat API.\n\nThe web chat uses the Watson Assistant v2 stateful API to communicate with the assistant. By default, the session ends and the conversation ends after 5 minutes of inactivity. This means that if a user stops interacting with the assistant, after 5 minutes, any context variable values that were set during the previous conversation are set to null or back to their initial values. You can change the inactivity timeout setting in the assistant settings (if allowed by your plan).\n\n\n\n Browser support \n\nThe web chat supports a variety of devices and platforms. As a general rule, if the last two versions of a browser account for more than 1% of all desktop or mobile traffic, the web chat supports that browser.\n\nThe following list specifies the minimum required browser software for the web chat (including the two most recent versions, except as noted):\n\n\n\n* Google Chrome\n* Apple Safari\n* Mobile Safari\n* Chrome for Android\n* Microsoft Edge (Chromium and non-Chromium)\n* Mozilla Firefox\n* Firefox ESR (most recent ESR only)\n* Opera\n* Samsung Mobile Browser\n* UC Browser for Android\n* Mobile Firefox\n\n\n\nFor optimal results when rendering the web chat on mobile devices, the <head> element of your web page must include the following metadata element:\n\n<meta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1\" />\n\n\n\n\n\n Accessibility \n\nIBM strives to provide products with usable access for everyone, regardless of age or ability.\n\nThe web chat integration complies with the [Web Content Accessibility 2.1 Level AA](https://www.w3.org/WAI/standards-guidelines/wcag/new-in-21/) standard. It is tested with both screen readers and automated tools on a continual basis.\n\n\n\n\n\n Language support","score":18.395178},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02855-7-2041","text":"\nIntegrating the web chat with your website \n\nAdd your assistant to your company website as a web chat widget that can help your customers with common questions and tasks.\n\nWhen you create a web chat integration, code is generated that calls a script that is written in JavaScript. The script instantiates a unique instance of your assistant. You can then copy and paste the HTML script element into any page or pages on your website where you want users to be able to ask your assistant for help.\n\n\n\n Create a web chat instance to add to your website \n\nTo add the assistant to a web page on your company website, complete the following steps:\n\n\n\n1. From the Assistants page, click to open the assistant tile that you want to deploy to your site.\n2. From the Integrations section, click the Web chat tile.\n3. Optional: Change the web chat integration name from Web chat to something more descriptive.\n4. Click Create to create a web chat instance.\n5. Optional: Customize the style of the chat window. You can make the following changes:\n\n\n\n* Public assistant name. Name by which the assistant is known to users. This name is displayed in the header of the chat window. The name can be up to 18 characters in length.\n* Primary color. Sets the color of the web chat header.\n\nClick the white dot to open a color switcher where you can choose a color. The color is saved as an HTML color code, such as FF33FC for pink and 329A1D for green. Alternatively, you can add an HTML color code directly to the field to set the color.\n* Secondary color: Sets the color of the user input message bubble.\n* Accent color. Sets the color of interactive elements, including:\n\n\n\n* Chat launcher button that is embedded in your web page\n* Send button associated with the input text field\n* Input text field border when in focus\n* Marker that shows the start of the assistant’s response\n* Border of a button after it is clicked\n* Border of the drop-down list field as the user chooses an option\n* Typing indicator that is shown to repesent a pause response","score":17.383947}],"fdee20f7fd677e420742b09989623d68<::>4":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_16384-7-2422","text":"\nWeb chat overview \n\nYou can use the web chat integration to deploy your assistant on your website or embed it as a WebView in your mobile app. The web chat integration provides an easy-to-use chatbot interface that can integrate seamlessly with your site, without requiring the time and effort that would be required to build your own custom user interface.\n\nThe web chat can help your customers start the conversation with common questions or tasks; it can display multimedia and interactive elements such as forms, and it can transfer customers to human agents for more help. A developer can customize the web chat to add even more capabilities.\n\n\n\n Why use the web chat? \n\nBuilding a custom user interface requires spending time and effort solving typical UI problems. For example, you need to design the layout and styling, keep up with browser changes, manage scrolling behavior, validate input, and comply with accessibility requirements. The time you spend building and maintaining a custom UI is better spent building a high-quality assistant instead.\n\nThe web chat widget uses cutting-edge functionality from IBM Design and Research to engage your users when they need help, answer their questions quickly and efficiently, and provide fallback options so there is always a path to a solution. The web chat is easy for you to deploy and easy for customers to use, it is secure, and it supports a wide range of desktop and mobile browsers.\n\nThe web chat is also customizable, which means that you can take advantage of the web chat functionality while still maintaining consistency with your website style and branding, adding custom UI elements, and integrating with external systems (such as live agent tools or CRM systems).\n\n\n\n\n\n What you can do with the web chat \n\nYou can quickly deploy the web chat to your website (or even to a local test page) and see how it works. You can also use the web chat integration settings in the Watson Assistant user interface to configure the web chat for your website and your customers.\n\nIf you are a developer, you can further customize and extend the web chat by writing code and using the web chat API. You can also use a WebView with a JavaScript bridge to add the web chat to your mobile app.\n\nThe following documentation topics provide more information about the capabilities of the web chat integration, how to configure and deploy it, and how to customize it.","score":33.924923},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03166-4-2012","text":"\nThis documentation is for the classic Watson Assistant experience. To see the documentation for the new Watson Assistant, please go [here](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/watson-assistant).\n\n\n\n Adding the web chat to your website \n\nAdd your assistant to your company website as a web chat widget that can help your customers with common questions and tasks, and can transfer customers to human agents.\n\nWhen you create a web chat integration, code is generated that calls a script that is written in JavaScript. The script instantiates a unique instance of your assistant. You can then copy and paste the HTML script element into any page or pages on your website where you want users to be able to ask your assistant for help.\n\nTo learn more about how web chat can help your business, read [this Medium blog post](https://medium.com/ibm-watson/building-an-engaging-virtual-assistant-cf39cd0c3730).\n\n\n\n Create a web chat instance to add to your website \n\nTo add the assistant to a web page on your company website, complete the following steps:\n\n\n\n1. From the Assistants page, click to open the assistant tile that you want to deploy to your site.\n2. From the Integrations section, either click Integrate web chat, or click Add integration, and then choose the Web chat tile.\n\nThe web chat integration is added to your first assistant automatically. If you're using the My first assistant, click the Web chat tile to open the integration that was added for you.\n3. Optional: Change the web chat integration name from Web chat to something more descriptive.\n\nA preview pane is displayed that shows you what the web chat looks like when it is embedded in a web page. If a message is displayed that starts with, There is an error, it means you haven't added a conversational skill to your assistant yet. After you add a skill, you can test the conversation from the preview pane.\n4. Click Create to create a web chat instance.\n\nYou can skip this step if the web chat integration was created for you automatically.\n\n!","score":39.79122},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02855-27616-29462","text":"\nreturn new Promise(function(resolve, reject) {\n// And then pass the new JWT into the callback and the service will resume processing messages.\nevent.identityToken = 'YOUR NEW JWT';\nresolve();\n});\n}});\ninstance.render();\n}\n};\nsetTimeout(function(){\nconst t=document.createElement('script');\nt.src=\"https://web-chat.global.assistant.watson.appdomain.cloud/loadWatsonAssistantChat.js\";\ndocument.head.appendChild(t);\n});\n</script>\nShow more\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Passing sensitive data \n\nYou can optionally copy the public key that is provided by IBM, and use it to add an additional level of encryption to support passing sensitive data from the web chat.\n\nUse this method to send sensitive information in messages that come from your website, such as a information about a customer's loyalty level, a user ID, or security tokens to use in webhooks that you call from your dialog. Information that is passed to your assistant in this way is stored in a private variable in your assistant. Private variables cannot be seen by customers and are never sent back to the web chat.\n\nFor example, you might start a business process for a VIP customer that is different from the process you start for less important customers. You likely do not want non-VIPs to know that they are categorized as such. But you must pass this informataion to your dialog because it changes the route of the conversation. You can pass the customer MVP status as an encrypted variable. This private context variable will be available for use by the dialog, but not by anything else.\n\n\n\n1. From the web chat configuration page, copy the public key from the IBM provided public key field.\n2. From your website, write a function that signs a JSON Web Token.\n\nFor example, the following NodeJS code snippet shows a function that accepts a userID and payload content and sends it to the web chat.","score":13.724722},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02855-7-2041","text":"\nIntegrating the web chat with your website \n\nAdd your assistant to your company website as a web chat widget that can help your customers with common questions and tasks.\n\nWhen you create a web chat integration, code is generated that calls a script that is written in JavaScript. The script instantiates a unique instance of your assistant. You can then copy and paste the HTML script element into any page or pages on your website where you want users to be able to ask your assistant for help.\n\n\n\n Create a web chat instance to add to your website \n\nTo add the assistant to a web page on your company website, complete the following steps:\n\n\n\n1. From the Assistants page, click to open the assistant tile that you want to deploy to your site.\n2. From the Integrations section, click the Web chat tile.\n3. Optional: Change the web chat integration name from Web chat to something more descriptive.\n4. Click Create to create a web chat instance.\n5. Optional: Customize the style of the chat window. You can make the following changes:\n\n\n\n* Public assistant name. Name by which the assistant is known to users. This name is displayed in the header of the chat window. The name can be up to 18 characters in length.\n* Primary color. Sets the color of the web chat header.\n\nClick the white dot to open a color switcher where you can choose a color. The color is saved as an HTML color code, such as FF33FC for pink and 329A1D for green. Alternatively, you can add an HTML color code directly to the field to set the color.\n* Secondary color: Sets the color of the user input message bubble.\n* Accent color. Sets the color of interactive elements, including:\n\n\n\n* Chat launcher button that is embedded in your web page\n* Send button associated with the input text field\n* Input text field border when in focus\n* Marker that shows the start of the assistant’s response\n* Border of a button after it is clicked\n* Border of the drop-down list field as the user chooses an option\n* Typing indicator that is shown to repesent a pause response","score":37.68068},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16385-7-2272","text":"\nOverview: Securing the web chat \n\nIf you enable security, you can configure the web chat to authenticate users, protect private data, and restrict access to your assistant.\n\nAll messages that are sent between the web chat and the assistant are encrypted using Transport Layer Security (TLS), which protects sensitive data as it travels through the network. However, there are still potential security exposures that you might need to protect against. By enabling the web chat security feature and updating your website code appropriately, you can add the following protections:\n\n\n\n* You can prevent unauthorized websites from sending messages to your assistant, even if they copy your web chat embed script. (The unique identifiers in the embed script, such as the integration ID and service instance ID, are visible to anyone who has access to your website.)\n* You can securely authenticate customers in order to control access to features of your assistant that require authorization.\n* You can encrypt sensistive data so that customers cannot see it, while still allowing your assistant to access it.\n\n\n\nWeb chat security uses JSON Web Tokens (JWTs), which are data objects that are sent with each message from your website to the Watson Assistant service. Because a JWT is digitally signed using a private encryption key that only you have, it ensures that each message originates with your website. The JWT payload can also be used to securely authenticate users and carry encrypted private data.\n\nFor detailed information about JSON Web Tokens, see the [JWT specification](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7519)).\n\nEnabling web chat security involves making the following customizations:\n\n\n\n* Implementing web application server code that generates a JWT signed with your private encryption key\n* Customizing the web chat configuration to provide the generated JWT\n* Enabling security in the web chat security settings\n\nAfter you enable web chat security, any message received by the web chat integration that is not accompanied by a properly signed JWT will be rejected.\n\n\n\nFor detailed information about how to complete these steps, see [Enabling web chat security](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/watson-assistant?topic=watson-assistant-web-chat-security-enable).","score":16.305052}],"fdee20f7fd677e420742b09989623d68<::>6":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_16365-8408-10508","text":"\nThe code snippet that creates the web chat widget includes a configuration object, which you can modify to change the appearance and behavior of the web chat. The configuration object also specifies details that enable the web chat to connect to your assistant. If you are comfortable writing JavaScript code, you can customize the web chat by modifying the code snippet and using the web chat API.\n\nThe web chat uses the Watson Assistant v2 stateful API to communicate with the assistant. By default, the session ends and the conversation ends after 5 minutes of inactivity. This means that if a user stops interacting with the assistant, after 5 minutes, any context variable values that were set during the previous conversation are set to null or back to their initial values. You can change the inactivity timeout setting in the assistant settings (if allowed by your plan).\n\n\n\n Browser support \n\nThe web chat supports a variety of devices and platforms. As a general rule, if the last two versions of a browser account for more than 1% of all desktop or mobile traffic, the web chat supports that browser.\n\nThe following list specifies the minimum required browser software for the web chat (including the two most recent versions, except as noted):\n\n\n\n* Google Chrome\n* Apple Safari\n* Mobile Safari\n* Chrome for Android\n* Microsoft Edge (Chromium and non-Chromium)\n* Mozilla Firefox\n* Firefox ESR (most recent ESR only)\n* Opera\n* Samsung Mobile Browser\n* UC Browser for Android\n* Mobile Firefox\n\n\n\nFor optimal results when rendering the web chat on mobile devices, the <head> element of your web page must include the following metadata element:\n\n<meta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width, initial-scale=1\" />\n\n\n\n\n\n Accessibility \n\nIBM strives to provide products with usable access for everyone, regardless of age or ability.\n\nThe web chat integration complies with the [Web Content Accessibility 2.1 Level AA](https://www.w3.org/WAI/standards-guidelines/wcag/new-in-21/) standard. It is tested with both screen readers and automated tools on a continual basis.\n\n\n\n\n\n Language support","score":13.350595},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03166-14421-16009","text":"\nIf your assistant has multiple skills attached to it, the dialog skill orchestrates the incoming messages. If you want an action that you created to respond to a conversation starter message, make sure your dialog is set up to call the action. For more information, see [Calling an actions skill from a dialog](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-dialog-call-action).\n\nAll three conversation starters are required.\n\n\n\nA developer can customize the home screen even more:\n\n\n\n* A Get started heading is displayed before the list of conversation starter messages. A developer can change the heading text by replacing the homeScreen_conversationStarterLabel in the web chat language strings file. For more information, see the [instance.updateLanguagePack() method](https://web-chat.global.assistant.watson.cloud.ibm.com/docs.html?to=api-instance-methodsupdatelanguagepack) documentation.\n* You can use the web chat API to add other elements to the home screen page. For more information, see the [instance.writeableElements() method](https://web-chat.global.assistant.watson.cloud.ibm.com/docs.html?to=api-instance-methodswriteableelements) documentation.\n* For information about CSS helper classes that you can use to change the home screen style, see the [prebuilt templates](https://web-chat.global.assistant.watson.cloud.ibm.com/docs.html?to=api-renderhtml) documentation.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Showing more suggestions \n\nSuggestions give your customers a way to try something else when the current exchange with the assistant isn't delivering what they expect. A question mark icon !","score":17.453758},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02855-8124-9934","text":"\n[An example of the home screen](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/a2b18c153837bce00a5b4de496e4b4ca64bbf56e/assistant-data/images/home-screen.png)\n\n\n\n1. From the Home screen tab, turn the home screen feature On.\n2. Add a greeting that is engaging and invites the user to interact with your assistant.\n\nA greeting is required and replaces the greeting that is specified in the welcome node of the dialog.\n3. Add three conversation starter messages.\n\nThese messages are displayed in the web chat as examples of the types of questions that customers can ask. Customers can click one of them to submit it to the assistant.\n\nYou must test each message that you add as a conversation starter. Use only questions that the assistant understands and knows how to answer well.\n\nAll three conversation starters are required.\n\n\n\nA developer can customize the home screen even more:\n\n\n\n* A Get started heading is displayed before the list of conversation starter messages. You can change the heading text by replacing the homeScreen_conversationStarterLabel in the web chat language strings file. For more information, see the [instance.updateLanguagePack() method](https://web-chat.global.assistant.watson.cloud.ibm.com/docs.html?to=api-instance-methodsupdatelanguagepack) documentation.\n* You can use the web chat API to add other elements to the home screen page. For more information, see the [instance.writeableElements() method](https://web-chat.global.assistant.watson.cloud.ibm.com/docs.html?to=api-instance-methodswriteableelements) documentation.\n* For information about CSS helper classes that you can use to change the home screen style, see the [prebuilt templates](https://web-chat.global.assistant.watson.cloud.ibm.com/docs.html?to=api-renderhtml) documentation.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Showing more suggestions !","score":13.516652},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02855-7-2041","text":"\nIntegrating the web chat with your website \n\nAdd your assistant to your company website as a web chat widget that can help your customers with common questions and tasks.\n\nWhen you create a web chat integration, code is generated that calls a script that is written in JavaScript. The script instantiates a unique instance of your assistant. You can then copy and paste the HTML script element into any page or pages on your website where you want users to be able to ask your assistant for help.\n\n\n\n Create a web chat instance to add to your website \n\nTo add the assistant to a web page on your company website, complete the following steps:\n\n\n\n1. From the Assistants page, click to open the assistant tile that you want to deploy to your site.\n2. From the Integrations section, click the Web chat tile.\n3. Optional: Change the web chat integration name from Web chat to something more descriptive.\n4. Click Create to create a web chat instance.\n5. Optional: Customize the style of the chat window. You can make the following changes:\n\n\n\n* Public assistant name. Name by which the assistant is known to users. This name is displayed in the header of the chat window. The name can be up to 18 characters in length.\n* Primary color. Sets the color of the web chat header.\n\nClick the white dot to open a color switcher where you can choose a color. The color is saved as an HTML color code, such as FF33FC for pink and 329A1D for green. Alternatively, you can add an HTML color code directly to the field to set the color.\n* Secondary color: Sets the color of the user input message bubble.\n* Accent color. Sets the color of interactive elements, including:\n\n\n\n* Chat launcher button that is embedded in your web page\n* Send button associated with the input text field\n* Input text field border when in focus\n* Marker that shows the start of the assistant’s response\n* Border of a button after it is clicked\n* Border of the drop-down list field as the user chooses an option\n* Typing indicator that is shown to repesent a pause response","score":12.073537},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16295-7-1721","text":"\nEmbedding the web chat on your page \n\nTo add the web chat widget to your website, all you need to do is embed a generated script element in your HTML source.\n\nThe web chat integration is automatically included for every assistant, and is configured separately for each environment.\n\nTo add the web chat to your website, follow these steps:\n\n\n\n1. On the ![Integrations icon](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/ca9232b3702768f24bb897f48f10778fcda28718/watson-assistant/images/integrations-icon.png)Integrations page, find the Web chat tile and click click Open. The Open web chat window opens.\n2. In the Environment field, select the environment you want the web chat widget to connect to. Click Confirm.\n\nThe Web chat page opens, showing the settings for the web chat integration in the selected environment.\n\nThe preview pane shows what the web chat will look like when it is embedded in a web page. If you see a message that starts with, There is an error, you probably haven't added any actions to your assistant yet. After you add an action, you can test the conversation from the preview pane.\n3. Click the Embed tab.\n\nA code snippet is generated based on the web chat configuration. You (or a web developer) will add this code snippet to the web page where you want the web chat to appear.\n\nThis code snippet contains an HTML script element. The script calls JavaScript code that is hosted on an IBM site and creates an instance of a widget that communicates with the assistant.\n4. Click the ![Copy icon](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/ca9232b3702768f24bb897f48f10778fcda28718/watson-assistant/images/copy-icon.png)Copy to clipboard icon to copy the embed script to the clipboard.\n5.","score":12.407874}],"fdee20f7fd677e420742b09989623d68<::>7":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_02855-17972-19576","text":"\nFor more information, see [Authenticating users](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-deploy-web-chatdeploy-web-chat-security-authenticate).\n\nChoose a non-human-identifiable ID. For example, do not use a person's email address as the user_id.\n\nUser information is used in the following ways:\n\n\n\n* The user_id is used to measure the number of monthly active users who interact with the web chat integration.\n* The ability to delete any data created by someone who requests to be forgotten requires that a customer_id be associated with the user input. When a user_id is defined, the product can reuse it to pass a customer_id parameter. See [Labeling and deleting data](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-information-securityinformation-security-gdpr-wa).\n\n\n\nBecause the user_id value that you submit is included in the customer_id value that is added to the X-Watson-Metadata header in each message request, the user_id syntax must meet the requirements for header fields as defined in [RFC 7230](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230section-3.2).\n\nTo support these user-based capabilities, add the updateUserID() method in the code snippet before you paste it into your web page.\n\nIn the following example, the user ID L12345 is added to the script.\n\n<script>\nwindow.watsonAssistantChatOptions = {\nintegrationID: 'YOUR_INTEGRATION_ID',\nregion: 'YOUR_REGION',\nserviceInstanceID: 'YOUR_SERVICE_INSTANCE',\nonLoad: function(instance) {\ninstance.updateUserID(L12345);\ninstance.render();\n}\n};\nsetTimeout(function(){\nconst t=document.createElement('script');","score":18.247974},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02855-25179-26743","text":"\nfunction mockLogin() {\nconst payload = {\n/\n* Even if this is an unauthenticated user, add a userID in the sub claim that can be used\n* for billing purposes.\n* This ID will help us keep track \"unique users\". For unauthenticated users, drop a\n* cookie in the browser so you can make sure the user is counted uniquely across visits.\n/\nsub: 'some-user-id', // Required\niss: 'yourdomain.com' // Required\n};\n// The \"expiresIn\" option adds an \"exp\" claim to the payload.\nreturn jwt.sign(payload, process.env.YOUR_PRIVATE_RSA_KEY, { algorithm: 'RS256', expiresIn: '10000ms' });\n}\nShow more\n\n\n\nTo enable security, complete the following steps:\n\n\n\n1. From the web chat integration page in Watson Assistant, set the Secure your web chat switch to On.\n2. Add your public key to the Your public key field.\n\nThe public key that you add is used to verify that data which claims to come from your web chat instance is coming from your web chat instance.\n3. To prove that a message is coming from your website, each message that is submitted from your web chat implementation must include the JSON Web Token (JWT) that you created earlier.\n\nAdd the token to the web chat code snippet that you embed in your website page. Specify the token in the identityToken property.\n\nFor example:\n\n<script>\nwindow.watsonAssistantChatOptions = {\nintegrationID: 'YOUR_INTEGRATION_ID',\nregion: 'YOUR_REGION',\nserviceInstanceID: 'YOUR_SERVICE_INSTANCE',\nidentityToken: 'YOUR_JWT',\nonLoad: function(instance) {\ninstance.render();\n}\n};\nsetTimeout(function(){\nconst t=document.createElement('script');","score":18.084702},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03421-9438-11232","text":"\nIf you do not enable security, and you want to perform tasks where you need to know the user who submitted the input, then you must pass the user ID to the web chat integration.\n\nIf you do enable security, you set the user ID in the JSON Web Token instead. For more information, see [Authenticating users](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-web-chat-securityweb-chat-security-authenticate).\n\nChoose a non-human-identifiable ID. For example, do not use a person's email address as the user_id.\n\nUser information is used in the following ways:\n\n\n\n* User-based service plans use the user_id associated with user input for billing purposes. See [User-based plans](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-admin-managing-planadmin-managing-plan-user-based).\n* The ability to delete any data created by someone who requests to be forgotten requires that a customer_id be associated with the user input. When a user_id is defined, the product can reuse it to pass a customer_id parameter. See [Labeling and deleting data](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-information-securityinformation-security-gdpr-wa).\n\nBecause the user_id value that you submit is included in the customer_id value that is added to the X-Watson-Metadata header in each message request, the user_id syntax must meet the requirements for header fields as defined in [RFC 7230](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230section-3.2).\n\n\n\nTo support these user-based capabilities, add the [updateUserID() method](https://web-chat.global.assistant.watson.cloud.ibm.com/docs.html?to=api-instance-methodsupdateuserid) in the code snippet before you paste it into your web page.\n\nIn the following example, the user ID L12345 is added to the script.\n\n<script>\nwindow.watsonAssistantChatOptions = {","score":20.081984},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16386-7-2009","text":"\nAuthenticating users \n\nWith web chat security enabled, you can securely authenticate customers by user ID.\n\nThe default behavior of the web chat integration is to identify unique users by setting the value of the user_id property that is sent as part of each message to the assistant. (For more information, see [Managing user identity information](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/watson-assistant?topic=watson-assistant-web-chat-develop-userid).)\n\nThis approach is sufficient for tracking unique users for billing purposes, but it is not secure and should not be used for access control. If you enable web chat security, you can use JSON Web Tokens (JWTs) to securely authenticate your users and control access to functions of your assistant that require authorization.\n\n\n\n Authenticating with the sub claim \n\nTo use this method for authenticating users, you must first enable the web chat security feature. For more information, see [Enabling web chat security](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/watson-assistant?topic=watson-assistant-web-chat-security-enable).\n\nWhen you create a JWT for the web chat, you must specify a value for the sub (subject) claim, which identifies the user. (For anonymous users, you can use a generated unique ID.)\n\nWhen you generate a user ID for an anonymous user, be sure to save the generated ID in a cookie to prevent being billed multiple times for the same customer.\n\nWhen the web chat integration receives a message signed with this JWT, it stores the user ID from the sub claim as context.global.system.user_id. For user-based plans, this user ID is used for billing purposes. (You cannot use the updateUserID() instance method to set the user ID if web chat security is enabled.) The same user ID is also used as the customer ID, which can be used to make requests to delete user data. Because the customer ID is sent in a header field, the ID you specify must meet the requirements for header fields as defined in [RFC 7230](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230section-3.2).","score":18.061565},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03080-9575-11239","text":"\nIf you do enable security, you set the user ID in the JSON Web Token instead. For more information, see [Authenticating users](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-deploy-web-chatdeploy-web-chat-security-authenticate).\n\nChoose a non-human-identifiable ID. For example, do not use a person's email address as the user_id.\n\nUser information is used in the following ways:\n\n\n\n* User-based service plans use the user_id associated with user input for billing purposes.\n\n\n\n\n\n* The ability to delete any data created by someone who requests to be forgotten requires that a customer_id be associated with the user input. When a user_id is defined, the product can reuse it to pass a customer_id parameter.\n\nBecause the user_id value that you submit is included in the customer_id value that is added to the X-Watson-Metadata header in each message request, the user_id syntax must meet the requirements for header fields as defined in [RFC 7230](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230section-3.2).\n\n\n\nTo support these user-based capabilities, add the [updateUserID() method](https://web-chat.global.assistant.watson.cloud.ibm.com/docs.html?to=api-instance-methodsupdateuserid) in the code snippet before you paste it into your web page.\n\nIn the following example, the user ID L12345 is added to the script.\n\n<script>\nwindow.watsonAssistantChatOptions = {\nintegrationID: 'YOUR_INTEGRATION_ID',\nregion: 'YOUR_REGION',\nserviceInstanceID: 'YOUR_SERVICE_INSTANCE',\ncloudPrivateHostURL: 'YOUR_HOST_URL',\nonLoad: function(instance) {\ninstance.updateUserID('L12345');\ninstance.render();\n}\n};\nsetTimeout(function(){\nconst t=document.createElement('script');","score":26.188951}],"3f5fa378239f7475baac89fa40288aaa<::>3":[{"document_id":"800869209_10879-11855-0-976","text":"Lunar phase\nThe approximate age of the moon , and hence the approximate phase , can be calculated for any date by calculating the number of days since a known new moon ( such as January 1 , 1900 or August 11 , 1999 ) and reducing this modulo 29.530588853 ( the length of a synodic month ) . The difference between two dates can be calculated by subtracting the Julian Day Number of one from that of the other , or there are simpler formulae giving ( for instance ) the number of days since December 31 , 1899 . However , this calculation assumes a perfectly circular orbit and makes no allowance for the time of day at which the new moon happened , therefore may be incorrect by several hours ( it also becomes less accurate the larger the difference between the required date and the reference date ) ; it is accurate enough to use in a novelty clock application showing moon phase , but specialist usage taking account of lunar apogee and perigee requires a more elaborate calculation .","title":"Lunar phase","score":15.620672},{"document_id":"800694603_5028-5760-0-725","text":"Lunar distance (astronomy)\nThrough the action of tidal forces , angular momentum is slowly being transferred from Earth 's rotation to the Moon 's orbit . The result is that Earth 's rate of spin is imperceptibly decreasing ( at a rate of 7000229999999999999 ♠ 2.3 milliseconds / century ) , and the lunar orbit is gradually expanding . The current rate of recession is 7000380500000000000 ♠ 3.805 ± 0.004 cm per year . However , it is believed that this rate has recently increased , as a rate of 6991120417206325883 ♠ 3.8 cm / year would imply that the Moon is only 1.5 billion years old , whereas scientific consensus assumes an age of ~ 4 billion years . It is also believed that this anomalously high rate of recession may continue to accelerate .","title":"Lunar distance (astronomy)","score":18.885378},{"document_id":"807014669_17419-17684-0-265","text":"Maya calendar\nA new moon glyph was used for day zero in the lunar cycle . D glyphs were used for lunar ages for days 1 through 19 , with the number of days that had passed from the new moon . For lunar ages 20 to 30 , an E glyph was used , with the number of days from 20 . Count","title":"Maya calendar","score":13.20573},{"document_id":"856136637_62301-62879-0-578","text":"Earth\nLord Kelvin used thermodynamics to estimate the age of Earth to be between 20 million and 400 million years in 1864 , sparking a vigorous debate on the subject ; it was only when radioactivity and radioactive dating were discovered in the late 19th and early 20th centuries that a reliable mechanism for determining Earth 's age was established , proving the planet to be billions of years old . The perception of Earth shifted again in the 20th century when humans first viewed it from orbit , and especially with photographs of Earth returned by the Apollo program . Clickable","title":"Earth","score":14.114016},{"document_id":"866491906_40011-40851-0-840","text":"Moon landing\nU.S. mission Mass ( kg ) Booster Launched Mission goal Mission result Lunar Orbiter 1 386 Atlas -- Agena 10 August 1966 Lunar orbiter Success -- 1,160 km X 189 km x 12 deg orbit , 208 m period , 80 - day photography mission Lunar Orbiter 2 386 Atlas -- Agena 6 November 1966 Lunar orbiter Success -- 1,860 km X 52 km x 12 deg orbit , 208 m period , 339 - day photography mission Lunar Orbiter 3 386 Atlas -- Agena 5 February 1967 Lunar orbiter Success -- 1,860 km X 52 km x 21 deg orbit , 208 m period , 246 - day photography mission Lunar Orbiter 4 386 Atlas -- Agena 4 May 1967 Lunar orbiter Success -- 6,111 km X 2,706 km x 86 deg orbit , 721 m period , 180 - day photography mission Lunar Orbiter 5 386 Atlas -- Agena 1 August 1967 Lunar orbiter Success -- 6,023 km X 195 km x 85 deg orbit , 510 m period , 183 - day photography mission","title":"Moon landing","score":14.602936}],"3f5fa378239f7475baac89fa40288aaa<::>4":[{"document_id":"866491906_5480-5876-0-396","text":"Moon landing\nA total of twelve men have landed on the Moon . This was accomplished with two US pilot - astronauts flying a Lunar Module on each of six NASA missions across a 41 - month period starting on 20 July 1969 UTC , with Neil Armstrong and Buzz Aldrin on Apollo 11 , and ending on 14 December 1972 UTC with Gene Cernan and Jack Schmitt on Apollo 17 . Cernan was the last to step off the lunar surface .","title":"Moon landing","score":13.889314},{"document_id":"866491906_1283-1558-0-275","text":"Moon landing\nThe United States ' Apollo 11 was the first manned mission to land on the Moon , on 20 July 1969 . There have been six manned U.S. landings ( between 1969 and 1972 ) and numerous unmanned landings , with no soft landings happening from 22 August 1976 until 14 December 2013 .","title":"Moon landing","score":13.362172},{"document_id":"866491906_55226-55946-0-720","text":"Moon landing\nIn total , twenty - four U.S. astronauts have traveled to the Moon . Three have made the trip twice , and twelve have walked on its surface . Apollo 8 was a lunar - orbit - only mission , Apollo 10 included undocking and Descent Orbit Insertion ( DOI ) , followed by LM staging to CSM redocking , while Apollo 13 , originally scheduled as a landing , ended up as a lunar fly - by , by means of free return trajectory ; thus , none of these missions made landings . Apollo 7 and Apollo 9 were Earth - orbit - only missions . Apart from the inherent dangers of manned Moon expeditions as seen with Apollo 13 , one reason for their cessation according to astronaut Alan Bean is the cost it imposes in government subsidies .","title":"Moon landing","score":14.115805},{"document_id":"866491906_20531-21323-0-791","text":"Moon landing\nNASA then collaborated with the United States Army 's Ballistic Missile Agency to fly two extremely small cone - shaped probes on the Juno ICBM , carrying only photocells which would be triggered by the light of the Moon and a lunar radiation environment experiment using a Geiger - Müller tube detector . The first of these reached an altitude of only around 100,000 kilometres ( 62,000 mi ) , serendipitously gathering data that established the presence of the Van Allen radiation belts before reentering Earth 's atmosphere . The second passed by the Moon at a distance of more than 60,000 kilometres ( 37,000 mi ) , twice as far as planned and too far away to trigger either of the on - board scientific instruments , yet still becoming the first U.S. spacecraft to reach a solar orbit .","title":"Moon landing","score":13.619593},{"document_id":"866491906_48935-49953-0-1018","text":"Moon landing\nBy this time flights of the third generation U.S. Apollo spacecraft had begun . Far more capable than the Zond , the Apollo spacecraft had the necessary rocket power to slip into and out of lunar orbit and to make course adjustments required for a safe reentry during the return to Earth . The Apollo 8 mission carried out the first manned trip to the Moon on 24 December 1968 , certifying the Saturn V booster for manned use and flying not a circumlunar loop but instead a full ten orbits around the Moon before returning safely to Earth . Apollo 10 then performed a full dress rehearsal of a manned Moon landing in May 1969 . This mission orbited within 47,400 feet ( 14.4 km ) altitude above the lunar surface , performing necessary low - altitude mapping of trajectory - altering mascons using a factory prototype lunar module that was too overweight to allow a successful landing . With the failure of the unmanned Soviet sample return Moon landing attempt Luna 15 in July 1969 , the stage was set for Apollo 11 .","title":"Moon landing","score":13.337839}],"3f5fa378239f7475baac89fa40288aaa<::>5":[{"document_id":"831466236_4621-5585-0-964","text":"Planet of the Apes (1968 film)\nAfter abandoning their raft , the astronauts set off through a desolate wasteland in hopes of finding food and water before their provisions run out . They encounter plant life and go swimming at an oasis at the edge of the desert , ignoring eerie scarecrow - like figures around the edge . While they are swimming , their clothes are stolen . The astronauts pursue the thieves , finding their clothes torn to shreds and their supplies pillaged as the perpetrators , a group of mute primitive humans , raid a cornfield . The primitive humans are then set upon by armed gorillas on horseback who capture some of them while killing the rest , Dodge being killed in the chaos while Landon is rendered unconscious . Talyor is shot in the throat and captured alongside the primitive humans , taken to Ape City where his life is saved after a blood transfusion administered by two chimpanzees : animal psychologist Zira ( Kim Hunter ) and surgeon Galen ( Wright King ) .","title":"Planet of the Apes (1968 film)","score":10.107651},{"document_id":"799931694_18189-19142-0-953","text":"Primate\nAs in the case of lemurs , the origin of New World monkeys is unclear . Molecular studies of concatenated nuclear sequences have yielded a widely varying estimated date of divergence between platyrrhines and catarrhines , ranging from 33 to 70 mya , while studies based on mitochondrial sequences produce a narrower range of 35 to 43 mya . The anthropoid primates possibly traversed the Atlantic Ocean from Africa to South America during the Eocene by island hopping , facilitated by Atlantic Ocean ridges and a lowered sea level . Alternatively , a single rafting event may explain this transoceanic colonization . Due to continental drift , the Atlantic Ocean was not nearly as wide at the time as it is today . Research suggests that a small 1 kg ( 2.2 lb ) primate could have survived 13 days on a raft of vegetation . Given estimated current and wind speeds , this would have provided enough time to make the voyage between the continents . Emperor","title":"Primate","score":11.61116},{"document_id":"799931694_52616-52900-0-284","text":"Primate\nPrimates are used as model organisms in laboratories and have been used in space missions . They serve as service animals for disabled humans . Capuchin monkeys can be trained to assist quadriplegic humans ; their intelligence , memory , and manual dexterity make them ideal helpers .","title":"Primate","score":14.160664},{"document_id":"850372895_3902-4797-0-895","text":"New World monkey\nAbout 40 million years ago , the Simiiformes infraorder split into the parvorders Platyrrhini ( New World monkeys -- in South America ) and Catarrhini ( apes and Old World monkeys -- in Africa ) . The individuals whose descendents would become Platyrrhini are currently conjectured to have migrated to South America either on a raft of vegetation or via a land bridge . There are two possible rafting routes , either across the Atlantic Ocean from Africa or across the Caribbean from North America . However , there is no fossil record to support the hypothesis of a migration from North America . The land bridge hypothesis relies on the existence of Atlantic Ocean ridges and a fall in the sea level in the Oligocene . This would have either produced a single land bridge or a series of mid-Atlantic islands to act as stepping stones for the migration . The latter is now the favorite choice .","title":"New World monkey","score":10.0016775},{"document_id":"799931694_49384-50785-0-1400","text":"Primate\nSome species are partially terrestrial , such as baboons and patas monkeys , and a few species are fully terrestrial , such as geladas and humans . Non-human primates live in a diverse number of forested habitats in the tropical latitudes of Africa , India , Southeast Asia , and South America , including rainforests , mangrove forests , and montane forests . There are some examples of non-human primates that live outside of the tropics ; the mountain - dwelling Japanese macaque lives in the north of Honshū where there is snow - cover eight months of the year ; the Barbary macaque lives in the Atlas Mountains of Algeria and Morocco . Primate habitats span a range of altitudes : the black snub - nosed monkey has been found living in the Hengduan Mountains at altitudes of 4,700 meters ( 15,400 ft ) , the mountain gorilla can be found at 4,200 meters ( 13,200 ft ) crossing the Virunga Mountains , and the gelada has been found at elevations of up to 5,000 m ( 16,000 ft ) in the Ethiopian Highlands . Although most species are generally shy of water , a few are good swimmers and are comfortable in swamps and watery areas , including the proboscis monkey , De Brazza 's monkey and Allen 's swamp monkey , which has developed small webbing between its fingers . Some primates , such as the rhesus macaque and gray langurs , can exploit human - modified environments and even live in cities .","title":"Primate","score":10.509449}],"29e3ec96a6e8916a0326ebcdab78abae<::>1":[{"document_id":"832941564_8723-9317-0-594","text":"Quit India Movement\nIn the meanwhile , crucial political events took place in England . Chamberlain was succeeded by Churchill as prime minister and the Conservatives , who assumed power in England , did not have a sympathetic stance towards the claims made by the Congress . In order to pacify the Indians in the circumstance of worsening war situation , the Conservatives were forced to concede some of the demands made by the Indians . On 8 August , the Viceroy issued a statement that has come to be referred as the `` August Offer '' . However , the Congress rejected the offer followed by the Muslim League .","title":"Quit India Movement","score":17.250252},{"document_id":"832941564_3816-4053-0-237","text":"Quit India Movement\nIn 1939 , Indian nationalists were angry that British Governor - General of India , Lord Linlithgow , had brought India into the war without consultation with them . The Muslim League supported the war , but Congress was divided . Public","title":"Quit India Movement","score":10.316594},{"document_id":"832941564_7132-7916-0-784","text":"Quit India Movement\nIn 1939 , with the outbreak of war between Germany and Britain , India became a party to the war by being a constituent component of the British Empire . Following this declaration , the Congress Working Committee at its meeting on 10 October 1939 , passed a resolution condemning the aggressive activities of the Germans . At the same time the resolution also stated that India could not associate herself with war unless it was consulted first . Responding to this declaration , the Viceroy issued a statement on 17 October wherein he claimed that Britain is waging a war driven with the intention of strengthening peace in the world . He also stated that after the war , the government would initiate modifications in the Act of 1935 , in accordance to the desires of the Indians .","title":"Quit India Movement","score":17.366266},{"document_id":"846224054_29485-30437-0-952","text":"Partition of India\nThe Muslim League conducted its own investigation into the conditions of Muslims under Congress - governed provinces . The findings of such investigations increased fear among the Muslim masses of future Hindu domination . The view that Muslims would be unfairly treated in an independent India dominated by the Congress was now a part of the public discourse of Muslims . With the outbreak of World War II in 1939 , the viceroy , Lord Linlithgow , declared war on India 's behalf without consulting Indian leaders , leading the Congress provincial ministries to resign in protest . The Muslim League , which functioned under state patronage , in contrast , organized `` Deliverance Day '' , celebrations ( from Congress dominance ) and supported Britain in the war effort . When Linlithgow , met with nationalist leaders , he gave the same status to Jinnah as he did to Gandhi , and a month later described the Congress as a `` Hindu organization . ''","title":"Partition of India","score":8.120685},{"document_id":"832941564_9318-10432-0-1114","text":"Quit India Movement\nIn the context of widespread dissatisfaction that prevailed over the rejection of the demands made by the Congress , at the meeting of the Congress Working Committee in Wardha , Gandhi revealed his plan to launch individual civil oisobedience . Once again , the weapon of satyagraha found popular acceptance as the best means to wage a crusade against the British . It was widely used as a mark of protest against the unwavering stance assumed by the British . Vinoba Bhave , a follower of Gandhi , was selected by him to initiate the movement . Anti war speeches ricocheted in all corners of the country , with the satyagrahis earnestly appealing to the people of the nation not to support the government in its war endeavors . The consequence of this satyagrahi campaign was the arrest of almost fourteen thousand satyagrahis . On 3 December 1941 , the Viceroy ordered the acquittal of all the satyagrahis . In Europe the war situation became more critical with the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor and the Congress realised the necessity for appraising their program . Subsequently , the movement was withdrawn .","title":"Quit India Movement","score":16.762115}],"29e3ec96a6e8916a0326ebcdab78abae<::>4":[{"document_id":"849690897_23126-24574-0-1448","text":"Vallabhbhai Patel\nHistorians believe that Patel 's speech was instrumental in electrifying nationalists , who up to then had been skeptical of the proposed rebellion . Patel 's organising work in this period is credited by historians with ensuring the success of the rebellion across India . Patel was arrested on 9 August and was imprisoned with the entire Congress Working Committee from 1942 to 1945 at the fort in Ahmednagar . Here he spun cloth , played bridge , read a large number of books , took long walks , and practised gardening . He also provided emotional support to his colleagues while awaiting news and developments from the outside . Patel was deeply pained at the news of the deaths of Mahadev Desai and Kasturba Gandhi later that year . But Patel wrote in a letter to his daughter that he and his colleagues were experiencing `` fullest peace '' for having done `` their duty '' . Even though other political parties had opposed the struggle and the British had employed ruthless means of suppression , the Quit India movement was `` by far the most serious rebellion since that of 1857 '' , as the viceroy cabled to Winston Churchill . More than 100,000 people were arrested and many were killed in violent struggles with the police . Strikes , protests , and other revolutionary activities had broken out across India . When Patel was released on 15 June 1945 , he realised that the British were preparing proposals to transfer power to India .","title":"Vallabhbhai Patel","score":29.533947},{"document_id":"849690897_3393-3568-0-175","text":"Vallabhbhai Patel\nIn 2014 , the Government of India introduced a commemoration of Patel , held annually on his birthday , 31 October , and known as Rashtriya Ekta Diwas ( National Unity Day ) .","title":"Vallabhbhai Patel","score":11.623667},{"document_id":"849690897_62769-63370-0-601","text":"Vallabhbhai Patel\nPatel is the namesake of many public institutions in India . A major initiative to build dams , canals , and hydroelectric power plants in the Narmada river valley to provide a tri-state area with drinking water and electricity and to increase agricultural production was named the Sardar Sarovar. Patel is also the namesake of the Sardar Vallabhbhai National Institute of Technology in Surat , Sardar Patel University , Sardar Patel High School , and the Sardar Patel Vidyalaya , which are among the nation 's premier institutions . India 's national police training academy is also named after him .","title":"Vallabhbhai Patel","score":11.625335},{"document_id":"849690897_1310-1973-0-663","text":"Vallabhbhai Patel\nVallabhbhai Jhaverbhai Patel ( 31 October 1875 -- 15 December 1950 ) , popularly known as Sardar Patel , was the first Deputy Prime Minister of India . He was an Indian barrister and statesman , a senior leader of the Indian National Congress and a founding father of the Republic of India who played a leading role in the country 's struggle for independence and guided its integration into a united , independent nation . In India and elsewhere , he was often called Sardar , Chief in Hindi , Urdu , and Persian . He acted as de facto Supreme Commander - in - chief of Indian army during the political integration of India and the Indo - Pakistani War of 1947 .","title":"Vallabhbhai Patel","score":16.971542},{"document_id":"855769838_24-279-0-255","text":"Patel\nThis article needs additional citations for verification . Please help improve this article by adding citations to reliable sources . Unsourced material may be challenged and removed . ( August 2017 ) ( Learn how and when to remove this template message )","title":"Patel","score":11.738082}],"29e3ec96a6e8916a0326ebcdab78abae<::>5":[{"document_id":"849690897_62769-63370-0-601","text":"Vallabhbhai Patel\nPatel is the namesake of many public institutions in India . A major initiative to build dams , canals , and hydroelectric power plants in the Narmada river valley to provide a tri-state area with drinking water and electricity and to increase agricultural production was named the Sardar Sarovar. Patel is also the namesake of the Sardar Vallabhbhai National Institute of Technology in Surat , Sardar Patel University , Sardar Patel High School , and the Sardar Patel Vidyalaya , which are among the nation 's premier institutions . India 's national police training academy is also named after him .","title":"Vallabhbhai Patel","score":13.618496},{"document_id":"849690897_46919-47157-0-238","text":"Vallabhbhai Patel\nIn April 2015 the Government of India declassified surveillance reports suggesting that Patel , while Home Minister , and Nehru were among officials involved in alleged government - authorised spying on the family of Subhas Chandra Bose .","title":"Vallabhbhai Patel","score":11.943356},{"document_id":"849690897_4270-4555-0-285","text":"Vallabhbhai Patel\nPatel 's date of birth was never officially recorded ; Patel entered it as 31 October on his matriculation examination papers . He belonged to the Leuva Patel Patidar community of Central Gujarat , although the Leuva Patels and Kadava Patels have also claimed him as one of their own .","title":"Vallabhbhai Patel","score":11.989988},{"document_id":"849690897_61219-61663-0-444","text":"Vallabhbhai Patel\nAmong Patel 's surviving family , Maniben Patel lived in a flat in Mumbai for the rest of her life following her father 's death ; she often led the work of the Sardar Patel Memorial Trust , which organises the prestigious annual Sardar Patel Memorial Lectures , and other charitable organisations . Dahyabhai Patel was a businessman who was elected to serve in the Lok Sabha ( the lower house of the Indian Parliament ) as an MP in the 1960s .","title":"Vallabhbhai Patel","score":12.176479},{"document_id":"849690897_66710-67071-0-361","text":"Vallabhbhai Patel\nIn 1993 , an Indian biopic named Sardar , directed by Ketan Mehta and written by noted playwright Vijay Tendulkar , was released . The film was screened retrospectively on 12 August 2016 at the Independence Day Film Festival jointly presented by the Indian Directorate of Film Festivals and Ministry of Defense , commemorating the 70th Indian Independence Day .","title":"Vallabhbhai Patel","score":13.090024}],"f0d30863222ebd30fc68c43ac3ae94bb<::>2":[{"document_id":"528827-0-451","text":"\nI would not hold any company stock for the company that provides your income.   This is a too many eggs in one basket kind of problem. With a discounted stock purchase plan, I would buy the shares at a 10% discount and immediately resell for a profit.   If the company prevents you from immediately reselling, I  don't know if I would invest. The risk is too great that you'll see your job lost and your 401k/investments emptied due to a single cause.","score":17.282639},{"document_id":"88540-0-488","text":"\nOne such strategy I have heard for those who have this opportunity is to purchase the maximum allowed. When the window to sell opens, sell all of your shares and repurchase the most you can with the amount you gained (or keep an equivalent to avoid another transaction fee). This allows you to buy at a discount, and spread out the risk by investing elsewhere.  This way you are really only exposing yourself to lose money which you wouldn't have had access to without the stock discount.","score":14.217044},{"document_id":"371821-0-678","text":"\nMake sure to check the language describing the 'discount'. The company may be matching your contribution by 5% instead of a discount.  You will likely be taxed on the match as compensation and your benefit would net to less than 5%.   The next risk is that you've increased your exposure if your company does poorly.  In the worst case scenario you could lose your wages to a layoff and your portfolio to a falling share price.  Investing in other companies will diversify this risk. As for benefits, you get the 5% (less taxes) for free which isn't a bad thing in my book. Just don't put everything you own into the stock.  It should be part of your overall investing strategy.","score":15.023754},{"document_id":"203139-0-171","text":"\nOne major benefit to being able to buy discounted company stock is that you can sell in-the-money covered calls and potentially make more than you would selling at strike.","score":14.999725},{"document_id":"67625-0-2567","text":"\nIt appears your company is offering roughly a 25% discount on its shares.  I start there as a basis to give you a perspective on what the 30% matching offer means to you in terms of value. Since you are asking for things to consider not whether to do it, below are a few considerations (there may be others) in general you should think about your sources of income. if this company is your only source of income, it is more prudent to make your investment in their shares a smaller portion of your overall investment/savings strategy. what is the holding period for the shares you purchase. some companies institute a holding period or hold duration which restricts when you can sell the shares.  Generally, the shorter the duration period the less risk there is for you.  So if you can buy the shares and immediately sell the shares that represents the least amount of relative risk. what are the tax implications for shares offered at such a discount.  this may be something you will need to consult a tax adviser to get a better understanding.  your company should also be able to provide a reasonable interpretation of the tax consequences for the offering as well. is the stock you are buying liquid. liquid, in this case, is just a fancy term for asking how many shares trade in a public market daily. if it is a very liquid stock you can have some confidence that you may be able to sell out of your shares when you need. personally, i would review the company's financial statements and public statements to investors to get a better understanding of their competitive positioning, market size and prospects for profitability and growth. given you are a novice at this it may be good idea to solicit the opinion of your colleagues at work and others who have insight on the financial performance of the company. you should consider other investment options as well.  since this seems to be your first foray into investing you should consider diversifying your savings into a few investments areas (such as big market indices which typically should be less volatile).   last, there is always the chance that your company could fail.  Companies like Enron, Lehman Brothers and many others that were much smaller than those two examples have failed in the past.  only you can gauge your tolerance for risk. As a young investor, the best place to start is to use index funds which track a broader universe of stocks or bonds as the first step in building an investment portfolio.  once you own a good set of index funds you can diversify with smaller investments.","score":14.14486}],"f0d30863222ebd30fc68c43ac3ae94bb<::>3":[{"document_id":"528827-0-451","text":"\nI would not hold any company stock for the company that provides your income.   This is a too many eggs in one basket kind of problem. With a discounted stock purchase plan, I would buy the shares at a 10% discount and immediately resell for a profit.   If the company prevents you from immediately reselling, I  don't know if I would invest. The risk is too great that you'll see your job lost and your 401k/investments emptied due to a single cause.","score":19.118149},{"document_id":"257722-0-1033","text":"\n\"Here's a link to an online calculator employing the Discounted Cash Flow method:  Discounted Cash Flows Calculator.  Description: This calculator finds the fair value   of a stock investment the   theoretically correct way, as the   present value of future earnings. You   can find company earnings via the box   below.   [...] They also provide a link to the following relevant article:  Investment Valuation: A Little Theory.  Excerpt: A company is valuable to stockholders   for the same reason that a bond is   valuable to bondholders: both are   expected to generate cash for years   into the future. Company profits are   more volatile than bond coupons, but   as an investor your task is the same   in both cases: make a reasonable   prediction about future earnings, and   then \"\"discount\"\" them by calculating   how much they are worth today. (And   then you don't buy unless you can get   a purchase price that's less than the   sum of these present values, to make   sure ownership will be worth the   headache.)   [...]\"","score":18.079895},{"document_id":"390635-0-236","text":"\nThe more the stock is worth, the more it needs to rise to make a profit. You can buy some stock from Google or amazon, but that's about all the stock you'd have... Start small with companies you know and trust that have an upward trend.","score":18.126074},{"document_id":"330303-0-1459","text":"\nThere are two main ways you can make money through shares: through dividends and through capital gains. If the company is performing well and increasing profits year after year, its Net Worth will increase, and if the company continues to beat expectations, then over the long term the share price will follow and increase as well. On the other hand, if the company performs poorly, has a lot of debt and is losing money, it may well stop paying dividends. There will be more demand for stocks that perform well than those that perform badly, thus driving the share price of these stocks up even if they don't pay out dividends. There are many market participants that will use different information to make their decisions to buy or sell a particular stock. Some will be long term buy and hold, others will be day traders, and there is everything in between. Some will use fundamentals to make their decisions, others will use charts and technicals, some will use a combination, and others will use completely different information and methods. These different market participants will create demand at various times, thus driving the share price of good companies up over time. The annual returns from dividends are often between 1% and 6%, and, in some cases, up to 10%. However, annual returns from capital gains can be 20%, 50%, 100% or more. That is the main reason why people still buy stocks that pay no dividends. It is my reason for buying them too.","score":18.692911},{"document_id":"203139-0-171","text":"\nOne major benefit to being able to buy discounted company stock is that you can sell in-the-money covered calls and potentially make more than you would selling at strike.","score":22.27433}],"f0d30863222ebd30fc68c43ac3ae94bb<::>5":[{"document_id":"534010-0-285","text":"\nI think your best strategy is to learn more about the behavior of what you're investing in.  Learn everything you can about it.  Specialize in it.  The more you study, the more the proper strategy will present itself. Answer the questions you ask in paragraph 3 through your own study.","score":17.22319},{"document_id":"312445-0-544","text":"\nThe best way I know of is to join an investment club.  They club will act like a mutual fund, investing in stocks researched and selected by the group.  Taking part in research and presenting results to the group for peer review is an excellent way to learn.  You'll learn what is a good reason to invest and what isn't. You'll probably pick both winners and losers. The goal of participation is education.  Some people learn how to invest and continue happily doing so. Others learn how to invest in single stocks and learn it is not for them.","score":21.096125},{"document_id":"129255-0-1669","text":"\nInvesting is really about learning your own comfort level.  You will make money and lose money. You will make mistakes but you will also learn a great deal. First off, invest in your own financial knowledge, this doesn't require capital at all but a commitment. No one will watch or care for your own money better than yourself. Read books, and follow some companies in a Google Finance virtual portfolio. Track how they're doing over time - you can do this as a virtual portfolio without actually spending or losing money.  Have you ever invested before? What is your knowledge level? Investing long term is about trying to balance risk while reducing losses and trying not to get screwed along the way (by people).  My personal advice: Go to an independent financial planner, go to one that charges you per hour only. Financial planners that don't charge you hourly get paid in commissions. They will be biased to sell you what puts the most money in their pockets. Do not go to the banks investment people, they are employed by the banks who have sales and quota requirements to have you invest and push their own investment vehicles like mutual funds. Take $15k to the financial planner and see what they suggest. Keep the other $5K in something slow and boring and $1k under your mattress in actual cash as an emergency. While you're young, compound interest is the magic that will make that $25k increase hand over fist in time. But you need to have it consistently make money. I'm young too and more risk tolerant because I have time. While I get older I can start to scale back my risk because I'm nearing retirement and preserve instead of try to make returns.","score":16.79165},{"document_id":"241423-0-1149","text":"\n\"See Solid reading/literature for investment/retirement/income taxes? – not exactly the same question, but a great reading list for you. You are putting the cart before the horse here, first, you learn, then you invest. There's a large danger in confusing intelligent investing with \"\"fooling around\"\". The idea that you think you'd like to use derivatives without knowing how or why is a tough one.  I suggest you go to Yahoo! Finance and set yourself up with a portfolio (click on the \"\"My Portfolios\"\" tab), in effect, creating your own simulated account. Assume you are starting with some reasonable amount of money, say $10,000, but not $1M, as part of real investing is to learn how to asset allocate the funds you have. Learning that way for a time is the smarter way to start. That said, individual stocks are not for everyone. Most investors can lead a successful investing life by using ETFs or mutual funds of one type or another. Learning to pick individual stocks can be a life's work, and if you put too little time into it, are likely to be disappointed. But learning by 'paper trading' can be a good learning experience nonetheless.\"","score":17.956348},{"document_id":"160922-0-737","text":"\nYou might want to consider 'investing' a portion of that money into educating yourself. The payoff might not be as immediately obvious or gratifying but with appropriate determination, in the long term it will generate you a much greater return. If you would like to learn about investing, a great starting point would be to buy and read the book 'The Intelligent Investor' by Benjamin Graham. This will be a great barometer for how ready you are to invest in the stock market. If you are able to understand the concepts discussed and comprehend why they are important, you will have gone far in ensuring that you will make adequate returns over your lifetime and will - more importantly - increase the odds of safeguarding your capital.","score":21.232428}],"f0d30863222ebd30fc68c43ac3ae94bb<::>6":[{"document_id":"27782-0-187","text":"\nA bond fund like VBMFX or similar I think are a good choice. Bonds are far less volatile and less risky than stocks. With your 1-2 year time frame, I say definitely stay away from stocks.","score":19.24046},{"document_id":"310218-0-1384","text":"\n\"If the stock market dropped 30%-40% next month, providing you with a rare opportunity to buy stocks at a deep discount, wouldn't you want to have some of your assets in investments other than stocks? If you don't otherwise have piles of new cash to throw into the market when it significantly tanks, then having some of your portfolio invested elsewhere will enable you to back up the proverbial truck and load up on more stocks while they are on sale. I'm not advocating active market timing. Rather, the way that long-term investors capitalize on such opportunities is by choosing a portfolio asset allocation that includes some percentage of safer assets (e.g. cash, short term bonds, etc.), permitting the investor to rebalance the portfolio periodically back to target allocations (e.g. 80% stocks, 20% bonds.) When rebalancing would have you buy stocks, it's usually because they are on sale. Similarly, when rebalancing would have you sell stocks, it's usually because they are overpriced. So, don't consider \"\"safer investments\"\" strictly as a way to reduce your risk. Rather, they can give you the means to take advantage of market drops, rather than just riding it out when you are already 100% invested in stocks. I could say a lot more about diversification and risk reduction, but there are plenty of other great questions on the site that you can look through instead.\"","score":19.839703},{"document_id":"376148-0-661","text":"\nBond aren't necessarily any safer than the stock market.  Ultimately, there is no such thing as a low risk mutual fund. You want something that will allow you get at your money relatively quickly. In other words, CDs (since you you can pick a definite time period for your money to be tied up), money market account or just a plain old savings account. Basically, you want to match inflation and have easy access to the money.  Any other returns on top of that are gravy, but don't fret too much about it. See also: Where can I park my rainy-day / emergency fund? Savings accounts don’t generate much interest. Where should I park my rainy-day / emergency fund?","score":18.797668},{"document_id":"454871-0-1256","text":"\nThe safest investment is probably a money market fund [originally I said a TIPS fund but they appear to be riskier than I had thought].  But you might not want to invest everything there because the returns are not going to be great.  High returns come with high risk. The best portfolio has some percentage (which may be 0) of your money in a safe asset like a money market and some in a risky portfolio (this percentage may also be zero for some people).  You should consult your own risk aversion and decide how much money to put in each.  If you are super risk-averse, put almost all of it in the money market.  If you want a little more return, put more of it in the risky portfolio.  This is a fundamental result of finance theory. What's the risky asset?  A fully diversified portfolio of bonds and stocks.  People don't agree on exactly what the weights should be.  The rule of thumb back in the day was 60% stock and 40% bonds.  These days lots of financial planners recommend 120 minus your age in stock and the rest in bonds.  But no one really knows what the perfect weights in the risky portfolio should be (the rules of thumb I just gave have little or no theoretical foundation) so you have to choose for yourself what you think makes sense.","score":19.091682},{"document_id":"285185-1708-3970","text":"\nThey are still considered relatively safe, as the issuer would need to default (usually this means they are in bankruptcy) in order for you not to be paid back. For example, German bonds have been considered safer than Greek bonds recently based on the underlying strength of the government. Unlike Cash Equivalents, these are not guaranteed against loss, which means that if the issuer defaults, you could lose up to 100% of your investment. Bonds have several new features you will need to consider. One is interest rate risk. One reason bonds perform better than cash equivalents is that you are taking on the risk that if interest rates rise, the fixed payments the bond promises will be worth less, and the face value of your bond will fall. While most bonds are still very Liquid, this means that if you need to sell the bond before it matures, you could lose money. As mentioned earlier, some bonds are riskier than others. Given that you are looking for a low-risk investment, you would want to select a bond that is considered \"\"invesment grade\"\" rather than a riskier \"\"junk\"\" bond. Debt investments are a good choice if you can afford to do without this money for a few years, and you want to balance safety with somewhat better returns than Cash Equivalents. Again though, I would not recommend investing in Debt until you have also built up a separate Emergency Fund. If you do choose to invest in bonds, I recommend that you diversify your risks by investing in a bond fund, rather than in just one company's or government's debt. This will reduce the likelihood that you will experience a catastrophic loss. Ownership Ownership assets includes stocks and other assets such as real estate and precious metals such as gold. While these investments can have high returns, in your situation I would strongly recommend that you not invest in these types of investments, for the following reasons: For these reasons, debt is considered a safer investment than equity for any particular company, government, or the market as a whole. Ownership assets are a good choice for people who have a high Risk Tolerance, long Time Horizon, low Liquidity needs, and will not be bothered by larger potential changes in the value of the investment at any given time.","score":24.055132}],"f0d30863222ebd30fc68c43ac3ae94bb<::>7":[{"document_id":"74402-0-862","text":"\nYou want CFP or CFA who is also a fiduciary, meaning that by law they have to put your interests ahead of their own. Financial planners who are not fiduciaries can, and often do, recommend investment vehicles that earn them the most commission with little regard of your financial goals. If you already have $500,000 to invest and racking up $100,000 a month you probably qualify for most institutions private client programs. That means that the firm/advisor will look at your financial situation and come up with a custom-tailored investment plan for you which should also include tax planning. I would start with whatever financial institutions you already work with - Schwab, your bank etc. Set up a meeting and see what they have to offer. Make sure you interrogate them about their fees, their licenses/certifications and above all if they are a fiduciary.","score":12.162305},{"document_id":"458529-0-1141","text":"\n\"Though @mehassee mentioned it in a comment, I would like to emphasize the point that the financial planner (CFP) you talked to said that he was a fiduciary.  A fiduciary has an obligation to act in your best interests.  According to uslegal.com, \"\"When one person does agree to act for another in a fiduciary relationship, the law forbids the fiduciary from acting in any manner adverse or contrary to the interests of the client, or from acting for his own benefit in relation to the subject matter\"\".  So, any of these Stack Exchange community members may or may not have your best interest at heart, but the financial advisor you talked to is obligated to. You have to decide for yourself, is it worth 1% of your investment to have someone legally obligated to have your best financial interest in mind, versus, for example, someone who might steer you to an overpriced insurance product in the guise of an investment, just so they can make a buck off of you?  Or versus wandering the internet trying to make sense of conflicting advice?  In my opinion, a fiduciary (registered CFP) is probably the best person to answer your questions.\"","score":15.09151},{"document_id":"286461-0-870","text":"\nYes, there is a profession that does exactly what you're looking for.  It's called a fee-only financial advisor. These are professionals who (in the United States) enter into a fiduciary relationship with a client, meaning they are legally required to put your financial interests above all other considerations (such as any behind-the-scenes incentives to promote certain products).  Between that requirement and the fact that they are paid for their time (and not on commission), they have zero incentive to try to sell you anything that you do not need.  Their only job is to help you with your financial situation.  (Of course, some of them may be better than others.) See the profession's website here to find such an advisor near you. (Credit to Marketplace Money, the old name for Marketplace Weekend, for mentioning fee-only advisors at least 87 times per show.)","score":13.808199},{"document_id":"207710-0-374","text":"\nIf you use a financial planner not only should they be a fiduciary but you should just pay them an hourly rate once a year instead of a percentage unless the percentage is cheaper at this time. To find a good one, go to the National Association of Personal Financial Advisers website, NAPFA.org. Another good resource is Garrett Planning Network: GarrettPlanningNetwork.com.","score":11.558581},{"document_id":"211356-0-420","text":"\n\"I just found out my financial advisors are not fiduciaries. they manage a very large fund and have a board of trustees. they have a 30-year track record of great results. I asked why would the wealth managers not be fiduciaries if they will only ever act in the best interest of the clients and was told \"\"I would assume because they don't have to be, the assets aren't theirs, they belong to the fund\"\"  Should I run?\"","score":12.861412}],"f0d30863222ebd30fc68c43ac3ae94bb<::>8":[{"document_id":"99781-0-444","text":"\nStock exchanges have been undergoing a period of consolidation for the past hundred years for the exact reasons you mentioned. The existence of digital trading, harmonized laws and regulations, and fewer relevant currencies have made it more practical for mergers and acquisitions between exchanges. Stock exchanges are most often times private companies that compete with other exchanges, so that also promotes the existence of many exchanges.","score":16.89176},{"document_id":"434212-0-952","text":"\nA stock exchange is a marketplace where people can bring their goods [shares] to be traded. There are certain rules. Stock Exchange does not own any shares of the companies that are trading in.  The list of who owns with stock is with the registrar of each company. The electronic shares are held by a Financial Institution [Securities Depository]. So even if the exchange itself goes down, you still hold the same shares as you had before it went down. One would now have to find ways to trade these shares ... possibly via other stock exchange. This leaves the question of inflight transactions, which again would be recorded and available. Think of it similar to eBay. What happens when eBay goes bankrupt? Nothing much, all the seller still have their goods with them. All the buyers who had purchased good before have it when them ... so the question remains on inflight goods where the buyer has paid the seller and not yet received shipments ...","score":17.85279},{"document_id":"405847-0-964","text":"\nAfter-hours trading and alternate venues allow one to trade outside of regular market hours. However there are a few reasons why you would not want to: The purpose of an exchange is to improve liquidity by gathering all buyers and sellers in the same place at the same time. If trading was 24/7, not all market participants would be trading at the same time. Some markets (including NASDAQ) depend on market makers or specialists to help liquidity. These exchanges are able to mandate that the market maker actively make a market in a security during a meaningful percentage of the trading day. Requiring 24/7 active market making may not be reasonable. Trading systems, meaning both exchange infrastructure and market participant infrastructure, need maintenance time. It's nice to have the evenings and weekends for scheduled work. Post-trade clearing and settlement procedures are still somewhat manual at times. You need staff around to handle these processes.","score":16.441479},{"document_id":"577768-0-349","text":"\nIt might be easiest to think of stock exchanges like brokers.  If you buy a home, and your broker goes bankrupt, you still own your home, but you could not sell it without the aid of another broker.   Same with stocks, you own the stocks you buy, but you would be unable to either purchase new stocks or sell your stock holdings without an exchange.","score":17.275866},{"document_id":"510753-0-318","text":"\nThe stock exchange here serves as a meeting place for current shareholders who want to sell their shares to someone else. This has nothing to do with liquidation, which is a transaction between the company and its shareholders. A company does not have to be listed on an exchange to make distributions to shareholders.","score":19.22909}],"b2805ee4c478194c234e2384ffb0a6bf<::>3":[{"document_id":"805474955_10307-11336-0-1029","text":"Cotton gin\nThe invention of the cotton gin caused massive growth in the production of cotton in the United States , concentrated mostly in the South . Cotton production expanded from 750,000 bales in 1830 to 2.85 million bales in 1850 . As a result , the region became even more dependent on plantations and slavery , with plantation agriculture becoming the largest sector of its economy . While it took a single slave about ten hours to separate a single pound of fiber from the seeds , a team of two or three slaves using a cotton gin could produce around fifty pounds of cotton in just one day . The number of slaves rose in concert with the increase in cotton production , increasing from around 700,000 in 1790 to around 3.2 million in 1850 . By 1860 , black slave labor from the American South was providing two - thirds of the world 's supply of cotton , and up to 80 % of the crucial British market . The cotton gin thus `` transformed cotton as a crop and the American South into the globe 's first agricultural powerhouse '' . An","title":"Cotton gin","score":16.653557},{"document_id":"816711474_76002-77373-0-1371","text":"Industrial Revolution\nCheap cotton textiles increased the demand for raw cotton ; previously , it had primarily been consumed in regions where it was grown , with little raw cotton available for export . Consequently , prices of raw cotton rose . At the beginning of the Industrial Revolution , cotton was grown in small plots in the Old World -- the uncrowned Americas were far better able to recruit available land with the potential for new cotton production . Some cotton had been grown in the West Indies , particularly in Haiti , but Haitian cotton production was halted by the Haitian Revolution in 1791 . The invention of the cotton gin in 1793 allowed Georgia green seeded cotton to be profitable , leading to widespread growth of cotton plantations in the United States and Brazil . ( A strain of cotton seed brought to Natchez in 1806 , Gossypium hirsutum , would become the parent genetic material for over 90 % of world cotton production to come : it produced bolls that were three to four times faster to pick . ) The Americas , particularly the U.S. , had labor shortages and high priced labor , which made slavery attractive . America 's cotton plantations were highly efficient and profitable , and able to keep up with demand . The U.S. Civil war created a `` cotton famine '' that lead to increased production in other areas of the world , including new colonies in Africa .","title":"Industrial Revolution","score":12.619794},{"document_id":"805474955_4694-5305-0-611","text":"Cotton gin\nThe worm gear roller gin , which was invented in the Indian subcontinent during the early Delhi Sultanate era of the 13th -- 14th centuries , came into use in the Mughal Empire some time around the 16th century , and is still used in the Indian subcontinent through to the present day . Another innovation , the incorporation of the crank handle in the cotton gin , first appeared some time during the late Delhi Sultanate or the early Mughal Empire . The incorporation of the worm gear and crank handle into the roller cotton gin led to greatly expanded Indian cotton textile production during the Mughal era .","title":"Cotton gin","score":17.569275},{"document_id":"805474955_5306-5706-0-400","text":"Cotton gin\nIt was reported that , with an Indian cotton gin , which is half machine and half tool , one man and one woman could clean 28 pounds of cotton per day . With a modified Forbes version , one man and a boy could produce 250 pounds per day . If oxen were used to power 16 of these machines , and a few people 's labour was used to feed them , they could produce as much work as 750 people did formerly .","title":"Cotton gin","score":12.026977},{"document_id":"805474955_12131-13071-0-940","text":"Cotton gin\nIn modern cotton production , cotton arrives at industrial cotton gins either in trailers , in compressed rectangular `` modules '' weighing up to 10 metric tons each or in polyethylene wrapped round modules similar to a bale of hay produced during the picking process by the most recent generation of cotton pickers . Cotton arriving at the gin is sucked in via a pipe , approximately 16 inches ( 41 cm ) in diameter , that is swung over the cotton . This pipe is usually manually operated , but is increasingly automated in modern cotton plants . The need for trailers to haul the product to the gin has been drastically reduced since the introduction of modules . If the cotton is shipped in modules , the module feeder breaks the modules apart using spiked rollers and extracts the largest pieces of foreign material from the cotton . The module feeder 's loose cotton is then sucked into the same starting point as the trailer cotton .","title":"Cotton gin","score":11.665869}],"b2805ee4c478194c234e2384ffb0a6bf<::>5":[{"document_id":"801059786_12890-13145-0-255","text":"United Kingdom and the American Civil War\nBritain 's shortage of cotton was partially made up by imports from India and Egypt by 1863 . The Trent Affair led to the Lyons - Seward Treaty of 1862 , an agreement to clamp down hard on the Atlantic slave trade by using the US Navy and the Royal Navy .","title":"United Kingdom and the American Civil War","score":13.613847},{"document_id":"805474955_10307-11336-0-1029","text":"Cotton gin\nThe invention of the cotton gin caused massive growth in the production of cotton in the United States , concentrated mostly in the South . Cotton production expanded from 750,000 bales in 1830 to 2.85 million bales in 1850 . As a result , the region became even more dependent on plantations and slavery , with plantation agriculture becoming the largest sector of its economy . While it took a single slave about ten hours to separate a single pound of fiber from the seeds , a team of two or three slaves using a cotton gin could produce around fifty pounds of cotton in just one day . The number of slaves rose in concert with the increase in cotton production , increasing from around 700,000 in 1790 to around 3.2 million in 1850 . By 1860 , black slave labor from the American South was providing two - thirds of the world 's supply of cotton , and up to 80 % of the crucial British market . The cotton gin thus `` transformed cotton as a crop and the American South into the globe 's first agricultural powerhouse '' . An","title":"Cotton gin","score":16.653557},{"document_id":"816711474_8730-9389-0-659","text":"Industrial Revolution\nThe share of value added by the cotton textile industry in Britain was 2.6 % in 1760 , 17 % in 1801 and 22.4 % in 1831 . Value added by the British woollen industry was 14.1 % in 1801 . Cotton factories in Britain numbered approximately 900 in 1797 . In 1760 approximately one - third of cotton cloth manufactured in Britain was exported , rising to two - thirds by 1800 . In 1781 cotton spun amounted to 5.1 million pounds , which increased to 56 million pounds by 1800 . In 1800 less than 0.1 % of world cotton cloth was produced on machinery invented in Britain . In 1788 there were 50,000 spindles in Britain , rising to 7 million over the next 30 years .","title":"Industrial Revolution","score":15.299251},{"document_id":"822349642_19301-19951-0-650","text":"Southern United States\nCotton became dominant in the lower South after 1800 . After the invention of the cotton gin , short staple cotton could be grown more widely . This led to an explosion of cotton cultivation , especially in the frontier uplands of Georgia , Alabama and other parts of the Deep South , as well as riverfront areas of the Mississippi Delta . Migrants poured into those areas in the early decades of the 19th century , when county population figures rose and fell as swells of people kept moving west . The expansion of cotton cultivation required more slave labor , and the institution became even more deeply an integral part of the South 's economy .","title":"Southern United States","score":13.151151},{"document_id":"836877453_40949-41949-0-1000","text":"History of the United Kingdom\nDuring the American Civil War ( 1861 -- 1865 ) , British leaders personally disliked American republicanism and favoured the more aristocratic Confederacy , as it had been a major source of cotton for textile mills . Prince Albert was effective in defusing a war scare in late 1861 . The British people , who depended heavily on American food imports , generally favoured the United States . What little cotton was available came from New York , as the blockade by the US Navy shut down 95 % of Southern exports to Britain . In September 1862 , Britain ( along with France ) contemplated stepping in and negotiating a peace settlement , which could only mean war with the United States . But in the same month , US president Abraham Lincoln announced the Emancipation Proclamation would be issued in January 1863 making abolition of slavery in the Confederacy a war goal . Since support of the Confederacy now meant support for slavery , there was no longer any possibility of European intervention .","title":"History of the United Kingdom","score":13.209603}],"b2805ee4c478194c234e2384ffb0a6bf<::>7":[{"document_id":"805474955_697-1691-0-994","text":"Cotton gin\nHandheld roller gins had been used in India and then other countries since at earliest 500 CE . The Indian worm - gear roller gin , invented some time around the sixteenth century , has , according to Lakwete , remained virtually unchanged up to the present time . A modern mechanical cotton gin was created by American inventor Eli Whitney in 1793 and patented in 1794 . Whitney 's gin used a combination of a wire screen and small wire hooks to pull the cotton through , while brushes continuously removed the loose cotton lint to prevent jams . It revolutionized the cotton industry in the United States , but also led to the growth of slavery in the American South as the demand for cotton workers rapidly increased . The invention has thus been identified as an inadvertent contributing factor to the outbreak of the American Civil War . Modern automated cotton gins use multiple powered cleaning cylinders and saws , and offer far higher productivity than their hand - powered forebears .","title":"Cotton gin","score":18.272913},{"document_id":"820007999_6367-6685-0-318","text":"History of Texas (1845–1860)\nWith their investments in cotton cultivation , Texas planters imported enslaved blacks from the earliest years of settlement . They established cotton plantations mostly in the eastern part of the state , where labor was done by enslaved African Americans . The central area of the state had more subsistence farmers .","title":"History of Texas (1845–1860)","score":14.393622},{"document_id":"843670088_41538-42214-0-676","text":"Atlantic Ocean\nIn the American colonies depredation , disease , and slavery quickly reduced the indigenous American population to the extent that the Atlantic slave trade had to be introduced to replace them -- a trade that became norm and an integral part of the colonization . Between the 15th century and 1888 , when Brazil became the last part of America to end slave trade , an estimated ten million Africans were exported as slaves , most of them destined for agricultural labour . The slave trade was officially abolished in the British Empire and the United States in 1808 , and slavery itself was abolished in the British Empire in 1838 and in the U.S. in 1865 after the Civil War .","title":"Atlantic Ocean","score":11.54291},{"document_id":"816711474_76002-77373-0-1371","text":"Industrial Revolution\nCheap cotton textiles increased the demand for raw cotton ; previously , it had primarily been consumed in regions where it was grown , with little raw cotton available for export . Consequently , prices of raw cotton rose . At the beginning of the Industrial Revolution , cotton was grown in small plots in the Old World -- the uncrowned Americas were far better able to recruit available land with the potential for new cotton production . Some cotton had been grown in the West Indies , particularly in Haiti , but Haitian cotton production was halted by the Haitian Revolution in 1791 . The invention of the cotton gin in 1793 allowed Georgia green seeded cotton to be profitable , leading to widespread growth of cotton plantations in the United States and Brazil . ( A strain of cotton seed brought to Natchez in 1806 , Gossypium hirsutum , would become the parent genetic material for over 90 % of world cotton production to come : it produced bolls that were three to four times faster to pick . ) The Americas , particularly the U.S. , had labor shortages and high priced labor , which made slavery attractive . America 's cotton plantations were highly efficient and profitable , and able to keep up with demand . The U.S. Civil war created a `` cotton famine '' that lead to increased production in other areas of the world , including new colonies in Africa .","title":"Industrial Revolution","score":13.310616},{"document_id":"805474955_10307-11336-0-1029","text":"Cotton gin\nThe invention of the cotton gin caused massive growth in the production of cotton in the United States , concentrated mostly in the South . Cotton production expanded from 750,000 bales in 1830 to 2.85 million bales in 1850 . As a result , the region became even more dependent on plantations and slavery , with plantation agriculture becoming the largest sector of its economy . While it took a single slave about ten hours to separate a single pound of fiber from the seeds , a team of two or three slaves using a cotton gin could produce around fifty pounds of cotton in just one day . The number of slaves rose in concert with the increase in cotton production , increasing from around 700,000 in 1790 to around 3.2 million in 1850 . By 1860 , black slave labor from the American South was providing two - thirds of the world 's supply of cotton , and up to 80 % of the crucial British market . The cotton gin thus `` transformed cotton as a crop and the American South into the globe 's first agricultural powerhouse '' . An","title":"Cotton gin","score":15.748877}],"be461bfeda2d4826cdb663dcaa7d1ced<::>1":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_10534-545406-546780","text":"\n* [If all worker nodes in a single zone, subnet, or VLAN are affected](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-ts-critical-notreadyts-critical-notready-steps-zone)\n* [If all worker nodes in a cluster are affected](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-ts-critical-notreadyts-critical-notready-steps-all)\n* [If worker nodes switch between normal and critical states](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-ts-critical-notreadyts-critical-notready-steps-switch)\n\n\n\n* [Gathering data for a support case](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-ts-critical-notreadyts-critical-notready-gather)\n\n\n\n* [Before you begin](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-ts-critical-notreadyts-critical-notready-gather-before)\n* [Gathering data](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-ts-critical-notreadyts-critical-notready-gather-steps)\n\n\n\n\n\n[VPC: Why can't I create worker nodes on dedicated hosts?](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-ts-worker-dedicatedts-worker-dedicated)\n\n[Why doesn't replacing a worker node create a worker node?](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-auto-rebalance-offauto-rebalance-off)\n\n[Classic: Why is the bare metal instance ID inconsistent with worker records?](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-bm_machine_idbm_machine_id)","score":16.251226},{"document_id":"ibmcld_06160-10037-11653","text":"\nIf your worker nodes switch between a Normal and Critical or NotReady state, check the following components for any issues or recent changes that may disrupt your worker nodes.\n\n\n\n1. For classic clusters, check your firewalls or gateways. If there is a bandwidth limit or any type of malfunction, resolve the issue. Then, check your worker nodes again.\n2. Check if the applications, security, or monitoring components in your cluster are overloading the cluster apiserver with requests, which may cause disruptions for your worker nodes.\n3. If you recently added any components to your cluster, remove them. If you made changes to any existing components in your cluster, revert the changes. Then, check the status of your worker nodes to see whether the new components or changes were causing the issue.\n4. Check for changes on any cluster webhooks, which can disrupt apiserver requests or block a worker node's ability to connect with the apiserver. [Remove all webhooks](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-ts-delete-webhooks) that were added to the cluster after it was created.\n5. If the issue is still not resolved, follow the steps to [gather your worker node data](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-ts-critical-notreadyts-critical-notready-gather) and open a support ticket.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Gathering data for a support case \n\nIf you are unable to resolve the issue with the troubleshooting steps, gather information about your worker nodes. Then, [open a support ticket](https://cloud.ibm.com/unifiedsupport/cases/form) and include the worker node information you gathered.","score":16.18255},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10596-9883-11854","text":"\nIf they are in a Normal state, add back any deleted components and re-create any reverted changes, one by one, until you can determine which configuration or component caused the worker node disruption.\n7. If the issue is still not resolved, follow the steps to [gather your worker node data](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-ts-critical-notreadyts-critical-notready-gather) and open a support ticket.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n If worker nodes switch between normal and critical states \n\nIf your worker nodes switch between a Normal and Critical or NotReady state, check the following components for any issues or recent changes that may disrupt your worker nodes.\n\n\n\n1. For classic clusters, check your firewalls or gateways. If there is a bandwidth limit or any type of malfunction, resolve the issue. Then, check your worker nodes again.\n2. Check if the applications, security, or monitoring components in your cluster are overloading the cluster apiserver with requests, which may cause disruptions for your worker nodes.\n3. If you recently added any components to your cluster, remove them. If you made changes to any existing components in your cluster, revert the changes. Then, check the status of your worker nodes to see whether the new components or changes were causing the issue.\n4. Check for changes on any cluster webhooks, which can disrupt apiserver requests or block a worker node's ability to connect with the apiserver. [Remove all webhooks](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-ts-delete-webhooks) that were added to the cluster after it was created.\n5. If the issue is still not resolved, follow the steps to [gather your worker node data](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-ts-critical-notreadyts-critical-notready-gather) and open a support ticket.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Gathering data for a support case \n\nIf you are unable to resolve the issue with the troubleshooting steps, gather information about your worker nodes.","score":16.10182},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10596-11475-13230","text":"\n5. If the issue is still not resolved, follow the steps to [gather your worker node data](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-ts-critical-notreadyts-critical-notready-gather) and open a support ticket.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Gathering data for a support case \n\nIf you are unable to resolve the issue with the troubleshooting steps, gather information about your worker nodes. Then, [open a support ticket](https://cloud.ibm.com/unifiedsupport/cases/form) and include the worker node information you gathered.\n\nBefore you open a support ticket, review the information and follow any troubleshooting steps in [Debugging worker nodes](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-debug_worker_nodes), [Worker node states](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-worker-node-state-reference), and [Troubleshooting worker nodes in Critical or NotReady state](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-ts-critical-notreadyts-critical-notready).\n\nIf all worker nodes in a cluster, or in a single zone, subnet, or VLAN are affected, you can open an initial support ticket without gathering data. However, you might later be asked to gather the relevant data. If only one or some of your worker nodes are affected, you must gather the relevant data to include in your support ticket.\n\n\n\n Before you begin \n\nCheck the conditions of your worker nodes and cluster before you gather data.\n\n\n\n1. Check the CPU and memory level of your nodes. If any node is over 80% in either CPU or memory usage, consider provisioning more nodes or reducing your workload.\n\noc top node\n\nExample output.\n\nNAME CPU(cores) CPU% MEMORY(bytes) MEMORY%\n10.001.1.01 640m 16% 6194Mi 47%\n10.002.2.02 2686m 68% 4024Mi 30%\n10.003.3.03 2088m 53% 10735Mi 81%","score":16.794611},{"document_id":"ibmcld_06160-11142-12906","text":"\nIf the issue is still not resolved, follow the steps to [gather your worker node data](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-ts-critical-notreadyts-critical-notready-gather) and open a support ticket.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Gathering data for a support case \n\nIf you are unable to resolve the issue with the troubleshooting steps, gather information about your worker nodes. Then, [open a support ticket](https://cloud.ibm.com/unifiedsupport/cases/form) and include the worker node information you gathered.\n\nBefore you open a support ticket, review the information and follow any troubleshooting steps in [Debugging worker nodes](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-debug_worker_nodes), [Worker node states](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-worker-node-state-reference), and [Troubleshooting worker nodes in Critical or NotReady state](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-ts-critical-notreadyts-critical-notready).\n\nIf all worker nodes in a cluster, or in a single zone, subnet, or VLAN are affected, you can open an initial support ticket without gathering data. However, you might later be asked to gather the relevant data. If only one or some of your worker nodes are affected, you must gather the relevant data to include in your support ticket.\n\n\n\n Before you begin \n\nCheck the conditions of your worker nodes and cluster before you gather data.\n\n\n\n1. Check the CPU and memory level of your nodes. If any node is over 80% in either CPU or memory usage, consider provisioning more nodes or reducing your workload.\n\nkubectl top node\n\nExample output.\n\nNAME CPU(cores) CPU% MEMORY(bytes) MEMORY%\n10.001.1.01 640m 16% 6194Mi 47%\n10.002.2.02 2686m 68% 4024Mi 30%\n10.003.3.03 2088m 53% 10735Mi 81%\n2.","score":17.551182}],"be461bfeda2d4826cdb663dcaa7d1ced<::>5":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_02934-7-1794","text":"\nGathering information with slots \n\nAdd slots to a dialog node to gather multiple pieces of information from a user within that node. Slots collect information at the user's pace. Details that a user provides up front are saved, and your assistant asks only for the missing details it needs to fulfill the request.\n\n\n\n Why add slots? \n\nUse slots to get the information you need before you can respond accurately to the user. For example, if users ask about operating hours, but the hours differ by store location, you could ask a follow-up question about which store location they plan to visit before you answer. You can then add response conditions that take the provided location information into account.\n\n![Asks for location information before answering the question, When do you open?.](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/a2b18c153837bce00a5b4de496e4b4ca64bbf56e/assistant-data/images/op-hours.png)\n\nSlots can help you to collect multiple pieces of information that you need to complete a complex task for a user, such as making a dinner reservation.\n\n![Shows four slots that prompt for the information needed to make a dinner reservation.](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/a2b18c153837bce00a5b4de496e4b4ca64bbf56e/assistant-data/images/reservation.png)\n\nThe user might provide values for mutliple slots at once. For example, the input might include the information, There will be 6 of us dining at 7 PM. This one input contains two of the missing required values: the number of guests and time of the reservation. Your assistant recognizes and stores both of them, each one in its corresponding slot. It then displays the prompt that is associated with the next empty slot.\n\n![Shows that two slots are filled, and the service prompts for the remaining one.]","score":14.677353},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03972-7381-9534","text":"\nA CA is the node that issues certificates to all network participants (peers, ordering services, clients, admins, and so on). These certificates, which include a signing certificate and private key, allow network participants to communicate, authenticate, and ultimately transact. These CAs will create all of the identities and certificates that belong to your organization, in addition to defining the organization itself. You can then use those identities to deploy nodes, create admin identities, and submit transactions. For more information about your CA and the identities that you will need to create, see [Managing identities](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/blockchain?topic=blockchain-ibp-console-identitiesibp-console-identities).\n\nIn this tutorial, we will create one organization. Therefore, we will need to create one CA.\n\n\n\n Creating your peer organization CA \n\nYour CA issues the certificates and private keys for your organization's admins, client applications, and nodes. These identities are not managed by IBM and the keys are not stored in the console. They are only stored in your browser local storage. Therefore, make sure to export your identities and the MSP of your organization. If you attempt to access the console from a different machine or a different browser, you will need to import these identities and organization definitions.\n\nPerform the following steps from your console:\n\n\n\n1. Navigate to the Nodes tab on the left and click Add Certificate Authority. The side panels will allow you to customize the CA that you want to create and the organization that this CA will issue keys for.\n2. In this tutorial, we're creating nodes, so make sure the option to Create a Certificate Authority is selected. Then click Next.\n3. Use the side panel to give your CA a display name. Our recommended value for this CA is Org2 CA. Then give your CA admin credentials by specifying a CA administrator enroll ID of admin and a secret of adminpw.\n4. The Advanced deployment options are only available in paid clusters and can be safely ignored for purposes of this tutorial. For more information about these options, see the links below.","score":16.518295},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10534-545406-546780","text":"\n* [If all worker nodes in a single zone, subnet, or VLAN are affected](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-ts-critical-notreadyts-critical-notready-steps-zone)\n* [If all worker nodes in a cluster are affected](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-ts-critical-notreadyts-critical-notready-steps-all)\n* [If worker nodes switch between normal and critical states](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-ts-critical-notreadyts-critical-notready-steps-switch)\n\n\n\n* [Gathering data for a support case](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-ts-critical-notreadyts-critical-notready-gather)\n\n\n\n* [Before you begin](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-ts-critical-notreadyts-critical-notready-gather-before)\n* [Gathering data](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-ts-critical-notreadyts-critical-notready-gather-steps)\n\n\n\n\n\n[VPC: Why can't I create worker nodes on dedicated hosts?](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-ts-worker-dedicatedts-worker-dedicated)\n\n[Why doesn't replacing a worker node create a worker node?](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-auto-rebalance-offauto-rebalance-off)\n\n[Classic: Why is the bare metal instance ID inconsistent with worker records?](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-bm_machine_idbm_machine_id)","score":13.936188},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03970-6841-9069","text":"\nIf you import a bulk data transfer of nodes and do not also import identities, you will have to perform the separate step of associating identities with the nodes. There are a few ways to procure an identity that can operate a node. For more information about, see [Gathering certificates or credentials](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/blockchain?topic=blockchain-ibp-console-import-nodesibp-console-import-start-here). Regardless of the process used to acquire the identity, after the bulk import has been completed you will need to click on each imported node. For peers and ordering nodes, a box on the left of the screen will say Identity not associated with (peer or ordering node), depending on the node in question. After clicking on this box, you will be able to associate the relevant identity by selecting it from your Wallet. Note that this process is distinctly different than the process for importing individual nodes, where you will be asked to associate an identity as part of the import process.\n\nYou will also need to associate an admin identity for the CA. This process is similar to the peer and ordering node process except that after you click on the imported CA you will see a separate screen asking you to associate an identity rather than a box on the left.\n\nFor cases where bulk data transfers are impractical or inadvisable, you can follow the steps below to export and import components and identities one at a time.\n\n\n\n\n\n Gathering certificates or credentials \n\nBecause identities contain private keys, be careful when exporting them to ensure they are handled securely. If a private key is compromised, it can be used to perform malicious actions.\n\nEach IBM Blockchain Platform component is deployed with the signing certificate of an administrator inside. When actions requiring the permission level of an admin are performed against the component, the signing certificate of the entity attempting the action is checked against the signing certificate inside the node. If they don't match, the action is denied. In this way, these certificates, which are also known as \"keys\", allow the administrator to operate their components.\n\nIf you intend to operate an imported node, you have two options:\n\n\n\n1.","score":15.855496},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03884-12444-14594","text":"\nThere are three types of nodes: CA, peer, and ordering node.\n\n\n\n\n\n Ordering node \n\nThe node that collects transactions from network members, orders the transactions and bundles them into blocks. Also known as orderer. These blocks are then distributed to peers, which then verify the blocks and add them to the ledgers on each channel. Ordering nodes contain the cryptographic identity material that is tied to each member and authenticate the identity of clients and peers to access the network. The overall function that an ordering node or collection of nodes provides is known as the ordering service.\n\n\n\n\n\n Organization \n\nSee [Member](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/blockchain?topic=blockchain-glossaryglossary-member).\n\n\n\n\n\n Out of band \n\nAn expression used to refer to sharing network artifacts outside of the console UI, for example by email or some other file transfer mechanism. After submitting a smart contract proposal, the originator can share the smart contract package and package id with other channel members in an out of band operation by emailing this information to them.\n\n\n\n\n\n Peer \n\nA blockchain network resource that provides the services to execute and validate transactions, and maintain ledgers. The peer runs smart contract and is the holder of transaction history and the current state of assets on ledgers. They are owned and managed by organizations and are joined to channels.\n\n\n\n\n\n Propose \n\nReferring to a step in the Hyperledger Fabric v2.x smart contract lifecycle, a smart contract definition is proposed to a channel for approval by the organizations that are specified in the channel lifecycle endorsement policy. A smart contract proposal contains a smart contract definition name, version, package, endorsement policy, and optionally a private data collection.\n\n\n\n\n\n Quorum \n\nIn a Raft ordering service, a quorum represents the number of nodes that must be available for transactions to be processed. This number is a majority of the total number of nodes in the consenter set of the channel. In other words, if you have one node, you need that node available to have a quorum, because the majority of one is one.","score":15.781107}],"be461bfeda2d4826cdb663dcaa7d1ced<::>6":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_14755-13349-15201","text":"\nTransport nodes define the physical server objects or VMs that participate in the virtual network fabric. Uplink profiles provide a shared configuration for each transport node that uses it.\n\n\n\nTable 8. NSX-T transport nodes\n\n Transport node type Uplink profile IP assignment \n\n ESXi vpc-esxi-vpc-profile Static IP list \n Gateway cluster Overlay : vpc-edge-vpc-profile <br>VLANs : vpc-edge-vpc-profile Static IP list \n\n\n\nThe IP addresses for each NSX-T transport node must be defined manually, which maps to provisioned IBM Cloud bare metal server VLAN interface IPs.\n\n\n\n\n\n Uplink profiles and teaming \n\nAn uplink profile defines policies for the links from hypervisor hosts to NSX-T logical switches or from NSX Edge nodes to top-of-rack switches.\n\n\n\nTable 9. NSX-T uplink profiles\n\n Uplink profile name VLAN Teaming policy Active uplinks Standby links MTU \n\n vpc-esxi-vpc-profile 400 Failover order uplink-1 Managed by vCenter Server \n vpc-edge-vpc-profile default Failover order uplink-1 9000 \n\n\n\nThe VLAN ID used for Host TEPs is defined here. If you use a different VLAN ID, change the profile. The VLAN ID used for Edge TEPs is defined in the Edge TEP Segment (vpc-zone-edge-tep).\n\n\n\n\n\n VNI pools \n\nVirtual Network Identifiers (VNIs) are similar to VLANs for a physical network. VNIs are created automatically when a logical switch is created from a pool or range of IDs. This architecture uses the default VNI pool that is deployed with NSX-T.\n\n\n\n\n\n Segments \n\nAn NSX-T segment reproduces switching functions, broadcast, unknown unicast, multicast (BUM) traffic, in a virtual environment that is decoupled from the underlying hardware.\n\n\n\nTable 10. NSX-T segments\n\n Segment name VLAN Transport zone Uplink teaming policy \n\n vpc-zone-edge-tep default nsx-vlan-transportzone TEP * Failover order \n vpc-zone-t0-public default nsx-vlan-transportzone","score":13.578516},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10527-23624-25627","text":"\n: When you run oc get nodes, you might notice that the ROLES of your worker nodes are marked as both master,worker. These nodes are worker nodes in IBM Cloud, and don't include the master components that are managed by IBM. Instead, these nodes are marked as master because they run OpenShift Container Platform components that are required to set up and manage default resources within the cluster, such as the OperatorHub and internal registry.\n\nCluster networking\n: Your worker nodes are created in a VPC subnet in the zone that you specify. Communication between the master and worker nodes is over the private network. If you create a cluster with the public and private cloud service endpoints enabled, authenticated external users can communicate with the master over the public network, such as to run oc commands. If you create a cluster with only the private cloud service endpoints enabled, authenticated external users can communicate with the master over the private network only. You can set up your cluster to communicate with resources in on-premises networks, other VPCs, or classic infrastructure by setting up a VPC VPN, IBM Cloud Direct Link, or IBM Cloud Transit Gateway on the private network.\n\nApp networking\n: Virtual Private Cloud load balancers are automatically created in your VPC outside the cluster for any networking services that you create in your cluster. For example, a VPC load balancer exposes the router services in your cluster by default. Or, you can create a Kubernetes LoadBalancer service for your apps, and a VPC load balancer is automatically generated. VPC load balancers are multizone and route requests for your app through the private node ports that are automatically opened on your worker nodes. If the public and private cloud service endpoints are enabled, the routers and VPC load balancers are created as public by default. If only the private cloud service endpoint is enabled, the routers and VPC load balancers are created as private by default.","score":13.478802},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02873-7270-8670","text":"\nThis standard type of node is useful to capture questions about a certain topic and then in the root response ask a follow-up question that is addressed by the child nodes. For example, it might recognize a user question about discounts and ask a follow-up question about whether the user is a member of any associations with which the company has special discount arrangements. And the child nodes provide different responses based on the user's answer to the question about association membership.\n* The second root node is a node with slots. It also conditions on an intent value. It defines a set of slots, one for each piece of information that you want to collect from the user. Each slot asks a question to elicit the answer from the user. It looks for a specific entity value in the user's reply to the prompt, which it then saves in a slot context variable.\n\nThis type of node is useful for collecting details you might need to perform a transaction on the user's behalf. For example, if the user's intent is to book a flight, the slots can collect the origin and destination location information, travel dates, and so on.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Ready to get started? \n\nFor more information, see [Building a dialog](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-dialog-overview).\n\nNext topic:[Planning the dialog](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-dialog-plan)","score":13.567764},{"document_id":"ibmcld_06320-2897-4555","text":"\n[NodeSync](https://docs.datastax.com/en/dse/6.7/dse-admin/datastax_enterprise/config/aboutNodesync.html) is a continuous repair service that runs automatically in the background to validate that your data is in sync on all replicas and reduces the need for manual repairs. For operational simplicity and performance, Databases for DataStax enables the NodeSync service on all key spaces and tables to handle node repairs. Traditional repairs are unnecessary, as the automation ensures that NodeSync handles the repairs for you.\n\nWhile the automation enables NodeSync, you can also manually create tables with NodeSync enabled so that the service can repair the tables' data when necessary:\n\nCREATE TABLE myTable (...) WITH nodesync = { 'enabled': 'true'};\n\nFor more information, see [enabling the NodeSync service](https://docs.datastax.com/en/dse/6.7/dse-admin/datastax_enterprise/config/enablingNodesync.html).\n\nNodetool is unsupported. Manual repairs that are issued against any table that is enabled with the NodeSync service [are ignored](https://docs.datastax.com/en/opscenter/6.5/opsc/online_help/services/opscNodeSyncService.htmlNodeSyncServiceversusRepairService). See error:\n\nWARNING: A manual nodetool repair or a repair operation from the OpsCenter node administration menu fails to run if a NodeSync-enabled table is targeted.\n\n\n\n\n\n Recommendations \n\n\n\n Benchmark before production \n\n\n\n* Do not use cqlsh and COPY for benchmarking, as COPY does not mimic typical client behavior. Instead, [nosqlbench](https://github.com/nosqlbench/nosqlbench) can be used for benchmarking.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Data migrations \n\n\n\n* DSBULK is recommended for data migration.","score":19.821285},{"document_id":"ibmcld_11589-41482-42491","text":"\nCluster Summary:\n* Stack: corosync\n* Current DC: cl-sap-1 (version 2.0.5-9.el8_4.5-ba59be7122) - partition with quorum\n* Last updated: Tue Feb 14 09:03:19 2023\n* Last change: Tue Feb 14 09:01:40 2023 by s01adm via crm_resource on cl-sap-1\n* 2 nodes configured\n* 11 resource instances configured\n\nNode List:\n* Online: [ cl-sap-1 cl-sap-2 ]\n\nFull List of Resources:\n* res_fence_ibm_powervs\t(stonith:fence_ibm_powervs):\t Started cl-sap-1\n* Resource Group: s01_ascs01_group:\n* s01_vip_ascs01\t(ocf::heartbeat:IPaddr2):\t Started cl-sap-2\n* s01_fs_ascs01_lvm\t(ocf::heartbeat:LVM-activate):\t Started cl-sap-2\n* s01_fs_ascs01\t(ocf::heartbeat:Filesystem):\t Started cl-sap-2\n* s01_ascs01\t(ocf::heartbeat:SAPInstance):\t Started cl-sap-2\n* Resource Group: s01_ers02_group:\n* s01_vip_ers02\t(ocf::heartbeat:IPaddr2):\t Started cl-sap-1\n* s01_fs_ers02_lvm\t(ocf::heartbeat:LVM-activate):\t Started cl-sap-1\n* s01_fs_ers02\t(ocf::heartbeat:Filesystem):\t Started cl-sap-1\n* s01_ers02\t(ocf::heartbeat:SAPInstance):\t Started cl-sap-1","score":14.780073}],"5503c6e98c54d4901332d0f1c6030bd9<::>4":[{"document_id":"eb89f1b8e630dca6-1227-3016","text":"Mars Oxygen In-Situ Resource Utilization Experiment (MOXIE) - NASA Mars\nThe Mars Oxygen In-Situ Resource Utilization Experiment, or MOXIE, is helping NASA prepare for human exploration of Mars. MOXIE will test a way for future explorers to produce oxygen from the Martian atmosphere for burning fuel and breathing.\nTech Specs\n\nMain Job\nTo produce oxygen from the Martian carbon-dioxide atmosphere\n\nLocation\nInside the rover (front, right side)\n\nMass\nAbout 37.7 pounds (17.1 kilograms) on Earth\n\nWeight\n37.7 pounds on Earth, 14.14 pounds on Mars\n\nPower\n300 watts\n\nVolume\n9.4 x 9.4 x 12.2 inches\n(23.9 x 23.9 x 30.9 centimeters)\n\nOxygen Production Rate\nUp to 0.022 pounds per hour \n(up to 10 grams per hour)\n\nOperation Time\nApproximately one hour of oxygen (O2) production per experiment, scheduled intermittently over the duration of the mission.\n\n\"To support a human mission to Mars, we have to bring a lot of stuff from Earth, like computers, spacesuits, and habitats. But oxygen? If you can make it there, go for it — you're way ahead of the game.\" \n - Jeff Hoffman, MOXIE Deputy Principal Investigator\n\n5 Things to Know\n\nOxygen is Rare on Mars\nThere is less than 1% of air on Mars as there is on Earth, and carbon dioxide makes up about 96% of it on Mars. Oxygen is only 0.13%, compared to 21% in Earth's atmosphere. If we want oxygen on Mars, we either have to bring it along, or make it ourselves.\n\nFuel Needs Oxygen to Burn\nOn Earth, we are always getting energy from the reaction between oxygen and whatever fuel we are using — whether it's a log in a campfire or gasoline in a car tank. The oxygen weighs several times more than the fuel it burns, which is not an issue on our planet. However, when we have to bring it with us to other locations in space, we need to think a lot about that weight and other factors.\n\nMOXIE Makes Oxygen 'Out of Thin Air'","title":"Mars Oxygen In-Situ Resource Utilization Experiment (MOXIE) - NASA Mars","score":10.129036},{"document_id":"eb89f1b8e630dca6-9947-11907","text":"Mars Oxygen In-Situ Resource Utilization Experiment (MOXIE) - NASA Mars\nThe \"solid oxide\" in a solid oxide electrolyzer cell is a ceramic made mostly of zirconia that is heated to 1,472 degrees Fahrenheit (800 degrees Celsius) inside a special miniature oven. When MOXIE runs, it first has to heat up that ceramic to its operating temperature. That takes about two hours. The rover batteries have enough available charge left to make oxygen for about an hour after that. During that hour, we sometimes change the voltage or the compressor speed to learn more about the instrument.\nWhen MOXIE runs, very little else gets done on Perseverance. There isn't enough power left to drive, or to abrade rocks, or even to run the other instruments for very long. So MOXIE doesn't run very often, maybe once every one or two months.\n\nWhat do we hope to learn from MOXIE?\n\nMOXIE's main job is to show that we can rely on this technology to keep future crews of astronauts alive and return them home safely. That's a tall order. But more than that, we hope to learn a lot of technical details about how to build that much larger future MOXIE system. For that purpose, we include in MOXIE lots of sensors and controls that help us learn about how well MOXIE is doing and how to make it better.\n\nWhat would a full-size MOXIE look like?\n\nEarth and Mars line up for a trip every 26 months. When we send an astronaut crew to Mars, one idea is to send all the things they'll need – a place to live, rovers, a power plant, and maybe a \"Big MOXIE\" – on one launch opportunity, then send the astronauts on the next opportunity, 26 months later. If we do that, then the base would be in place for about 20 months before the astronauts start their trip. The goal of a Big MOXIE would be to make and store all the oxygen that the astronaut and their rocket would need for their mission before they even launch. That means the Big MOXIE would need to make 2,000 to 3,000 grams of oxygen per hour, compared to the 6-10 grams that the current MOXIE is making.","title":"Mars Oxygen In-Situ Resource Utilization Experiment (MOXIE) - NASA Mars","score":9.840769},{"document_id":"eb89f1b8e630dca6-2585-4611","text":"Mars Oxygen In-Situ Resource Utilization Experiment (MOXIE) - NASA Mars\nOn Earth, we are always getting energy from the reaction between oxygen and whatever fuel we are using — whether it's a log in a campfire or gasoline in a car tank. The oxygen weighs several times more than the fuel it burns, which is not an issue on our planet. However, when we have to bring it with us to other locations in space, we need to think a lot about that weight and other factors.\n\nMOXIE Makes Oxygen 'Out of Thin Air'\nFuel needs oxygen to burn—for example, on Earth, oxygen is constantly being converted to carbon dioxide by animals, or fires, or other chemical reactions. Plants and trees use water and sunlight to convert the carbon dioxide back to oxygen, replenishing the air. On Mars, MOXIE also makes oxygen from carbon dioxide, about as much as a modest-sized tree, though using a very different process.\n\nMOXIE is a Scale Model for a Future Big MOXIE\nTo launch from Mars, a small crew of human explorers will need 25 to 30 tons of oxygen, or about the weight of a tractor-trailer! To make that much oxygen would require a 25,000 to 30,000 watt power plant. The Perseverance power system only provides about 100 watts, so MOXIE can only make a small fraction of the oxygen that a future \"Big MOXIE\" would need to make.\n\nMOXIE is a 'Tech Demo'\nNASA uses technical demonstrations, or tech demos, when it's not enough to just test a critical technology in the laboratory and it needs to be proven on an actual mission.\n\nWhere Is MOXIE Located?\n\nMichael Hecht\nPrincipal Investigator\n\nMassachusetts Institute of Technology,\nCambridge, Massachusetts\n\nDid You Know?\nMOXIE uses a device called an \"electrolyzer\" to make oxygen from the carbon dioxide in the air. An electrolyzer is a close cousin to a fuel cell, which is a device we use to directly make electricity from fuel and oxygen. You can think of MOXIE as a fuel cell running in reverse. \n\nFor Scientists\nNASA is preparing for human exploration of Mars, and the MOXIE investigation on the Mars 2020 mission aims to address key knowledge gaps.\nRead More ›","title":"Mars Oxygen In-Situ Resource Utilization Experiment (MOXIE) - NASA Mars","score":9.859618},{"document_id":"eb89f1b8e630dca6-4165-6026","text":"Mars Oxygen In-Situ Resource Utilization Experiment (MOXIE) - NASA Mars\nMOXIE uses a device called an \"electrolyzer\" to make oxygen from the carbon dioxide in the air. An electrolyzer is a close cousin to a fuel cell, which is a device we use to directly make electricity from fuel and oxygen. You can think of MOXIE as a fuel cell running in reverse. \n\nFor Scientists\nNASA is preparing for human exploration of Mars, and the MOXIE investigation on the Mars 2020 mission aims to address key knowledge gaps.\nRead More ›\n\nThe Story Behind the Name\nMOXIE stands for the Mars OXygen ISRU Experiment. ISRU is another acronym, In Situ Resource Utilization, which is a technical way of describing what most of us call \"living off the land.\"\nThe word \"moxie,\" used to describe someone with spunk and audacity, came from the soft drink of the same name. The soft drink, Moxie, was invented in the late 1800s in Lowell, Massachusetts, not far from the M.I.T. Haystack Observatory where the MOXIE principal investigator works. You can still buy Moxie in New England, and it's considered the official drink of the state of Maine.\nThe connection with soft drinks doesn't end there. According to some accounts, the Moxie company was the first in the U.S. to use carbon dioxide (CO2) to make a beverage fizzy. On Mars, MOXIE is the first to use carbon dioxide to make – well, anything at all. Another connection is more technical. Whenever we run MOXIE, we need to be very careful with the settings to make sure we only produce carbon monoxide (CO), and not pure carbon, which would ruin it. That destructive process is called \"coking.\" The carbon deposit itself is called – coke.\n\nAll About MOXIE\n\nWhat does MOXIE do?\n\nCompared to what we're used to on Earth, the air on Mars is very thin. In fact, there is less than 1% as much air on the surface of Mars as on Earth, and visiting Mars would be like flying in a balloon 100,00 feet up in the air.","title":"Mars Oxygen In-Situ Resource Utilization Experiment (MOXIE) - NASA Mars","score":13.921484},{"document_id":"eb89f1b8e630dca6-5670-7525","text":"Mars Oxygen In-Situ Resource Utilization Experiment (MOXIE) - NASA Mars\nThat destructive process is called \"coking.\" The carbon deposit itself is called – coke.\n\nAll About MOXIE\n\nWhat does MOXIE do?\n\nCompared to what we're used to on Earth, the air on Mars is very thin. In fact, there is less than 1% as much air on the surface of Mars as on Earth, and visiting Mars would be like flying in a balloon 100,00 feet up in the air. And not only is the air thin, but it's made almost entirely out of carbon dioxide (CO2).\nOn Earth, we can thank the myriad forms of life for the oxygen in our atmosphere that our body greedily absorbs with every breath we take. All around us, trees and plants are busy scrubbing CO2 out of our atmosphere and turning it into useful oxygen, at the same time taking up water and turning it into the chemicals that the plants need to live. Mars isn't so fortunate, so if we want oxygen on Mars we'll have to make it ourselves. That's what MOXIE does.\n\nWhat is ISRU?\n\nThe \"I\" in MOXIE stands for ISRU, or In Situ Resource Utilization. \"In Situ\" refers to the stuff that's there – on Mars in this case. Resource Utilization means using that stuff for some productive purpose, usually to make something that we would otherwise have to bring with us. In other words, living off the land (LOL). Maybe LOL would have been a better acronym than ISRU, but that's already been taken! One example of ISRU might be making bricks out of Martian soil, and using the bricks for buildings. Another example is making oxygen out of the thin Martian air.\n\nHow does MOXIE work?\n\nMOXIE is an example of a \"solid oxide electrolyzer cell,\" which is a fuel cell that runs in reverse. In a fuel cell, fuel and oxygen react to make energy (electricity) and a stable chemical product. The most common example is the hydrogen fuel cell, used in some automobiles, which combines hydrogen and oxygen to make water and electricity.","title":"Mars Oxygen In-Situ Resource Utilization Experiment (MOXIE) - NASA Mars","score":9.765721}],"258193fc88e0e73322e288aa03719260<::>5":[{"document_id":"390089-0-950","text":"\nIn the US, if it's a large donation to a tax-exempt organization (401c3 or equivalent), you may want to consider giving appreciated equities (stocks, bonds, mutual fund shares which are now worth more than you paid for them).  You get to claim the deduction's value at the time you transfer it to their account, and you avoid capital gains tax.  They would pay the capital-gains tax when they redeem it for cash... but if exempt, they get the full value and the tax is completely avoided.  Effectively,  your donation costs you less for the same impact.  It does take a bit of work to coordinate this with the receiving organization, and there may be brokerage fees, so it probably isn't worth doing for small sums.)Transfers within the same brokerage house may avoid those feee.) So again, you should talk to the charity about what's best. But for larger donations, where larger probably starts at a few thou, it can save you a nice chunk of change.","score":17.22939},{"document_id":"326167-0-1021","text":"\n\"In the US: In the UK: You can set up a CAF (Charities Aid foundation) Charity Account. This allows you to donate to charities anonymously, while still allowing the recipient to benefit from Gift Aid (where they can reclaim the income tax you'd paid on the donation). You can even use this account to donate to overseas charities if you're donating at least £250. Or you can use a different intermediary such as BT MyDonate or The Big Give or another intermediary. See the Wikipedia article \"\"Comparison of online charity donation services in the United Kingdom\"\". In Canada: If there's a United Way charity in your country, it may have a donor choice program which may be able to forward a designated donation to any other charity in your country.  The United Way probably charges a fee for this service.  I'm not sure whether or not the United Way would be willing to keep you anonymous, and I'm not sure whether or not the United Way would add you to its mailing list.  More details may be available elsewhere online.\"","score":14.872729},{"document_id":"161330-0-2115","text":"\nNo, it doesn't work like this. Your charitable contribution is limited to the FMV. In your scenario your charitable contribution is limited by the FMV, i.e.: you can only deduct the worth of the stocks. It would be to your advantage to sell the stocks and donate cash. Had your stock appreciated, you may be required to either deduct the appreciation amount from the donation deduction or pay capital gains tax (increasing your basis to the FMV), depending on the nature of your donation. In many cases - you may be able to deduct the whole value of the appreciated stock without paying capital gains. Read the link below for more details and exceptions. In this scenario, it is probably more beneficial to donate the stock (even if required to pay the capital gains tax), instead of selling and donating cash (which will always trigger the capital gains tax). Exceptions.   However, in certain situations, you must reduce the fair   market value by any amount that would have been long-term capital gain   if you had sold the property for its fair market value. Generally,   this means reducing the fair market value to the property's cost or   other basis. You must do this if: The property (other than qualified appreciated stock) is contributed to certain private nonoperating foundations, You choose the 50% limit instead of the special 30% limit for capital gain property, discussed later, The contributed property is intellectual property (as defined earlier under Patents and Other Intellectual Property ), The contributed property is certain taxidermy property as explained earlier, or The contributed property is tangible personal property (defined earlier) that: Is put to an unrelated use (defined later) by the charity, or Has a claimed value of more than $5,000 and is sold, traded, or otherwise disposed of by the qualified organization during the year   in which you made the contribution, and the qualified organization has   not made the required certification of exempt use (such as on Form   8282, Donee Information Return, Part IV). See also Recapture if no   exempt use , later. See more here.","score":16.394482},{"document_id":"400495-0-1150","text":"\nIn general, all income is taxable, regardless of the source. If you living in the U.S. -- I don't think you said anywhere where you live -- then if you are donating this money to charity, you would have to declare the income, and then declare a deduction for the charitable contribution. At that point the two would cancel out and the net result is that you wouldn't have to pay any tax on the income, but you can't just leave it off your tax return. Well, even if you donated all of it to charity to that you don't have to pay income taxes on it, you would still have to pay social security taxes, and it would still affect your social security benefits when you retire. If you're saying that the organization receiving the money is itself a charity, as opposed to donating the money to some other organization that is a charity, than you usually have to be registered as a charity with the IRS to avoid income taxes. There are still forms to file to report the income, but you wouldn't have to pay taxes. There are some exceptions to the requirement to register, basically if your organization is very small and for certain religious organizations.","score":12.3694315},{"document_id":"427322-0-1607","text":"\n\"Charitable donations can be deducted from your income, and in that way make your taxable income lower, hence lower taxes. That's the meaning of \"\"tax deductible\"\". As to \"\"if I donate it then the money will be given right to the charity instead of spread out to many other places\"\" - taxes are being used by the government based on its own decisions (presumably made by elected officials thus representing the will of the voters). Charities use the money based on their defined goals. Giving money to a charity will ensure it is used for the specific goal the charity declared, and that's the way for you to funnel money to the goals of your preference/choice. For example, you can donate money to your temple, orphanage around the corner, or the gay rights organization. Or anti gay, for that matters. Your money will be spent on the goals of your choosing. Re advantages - charitable donations are used by the rich folks to avoid paying taxes on their income (because they're deductible), so someone might donate money to places they use themselves (like the temple/church for example, or the school where the kids go, or politician which will \"\"objectively\"\" choose someone's business for a big government contract, etc etc). For \"\"ordinary\"\" people it's a way to reduce the taxable income and divert the money to the specific goals of their choice. For example, donating $100 to Red Cross Japan Tsunami relief fund, will reduce your taxable income by $100, and total taxes by $28 (assuming you're in the 28% bracket), thus the $28 will go to the specific goal your choose instead of the general taxes.\"","score":16.880957}],"258193fc88e0e73322e288aa03719260<::>6":[{"document_id":"362694-0-502","text":"\nAt least on 25K. Here's the actual IRS publication, it's fairly complex and the limits depend on the types of organization you're donating to, and the types of property you're donating. Some donations may be limited to the maximum of 20% of your AGI. Bottom line - the maximum you can deduct in almost all circumstances would be 50% of the AGI (very few exceptions allow deducting up to 100% of your AGI). Worth mentioning that whatever you cannot deduct this year - you can roll over to the next year.","score":14.430055},{"document_id":"218823-0-828","text":"\n\"Both are saying essentially the same thing.  The Forbes articles says \"\"as much as 20% [...] up to a maximum of $50,000\"\".  This means the same as what the IRS page when it says the lesser of a percentage of your income or a total of $53,000.  In other words, the $53k is a cap: you can contribute a percentage of your earnings, but you can never contribute more than $53k, even if you make so much money that 20% of your earnings would be more than that. (The difference between 20% and 25% in the two sources appears to reflect a difference in contribution limits depending on whether you are making contributions for employees, or for yourself as a self-employed individual; see Publication 560.  The difference between $50k and $53k is due to the two pages being written in different years; the limits increase each year.)\"","score":12.695698},{"document_id":"360533-0-1559","text":"\nThis is an older question but things have changed. Its a common misconception on what the contribution cap is. A few things. In 2014, the IRS did not adjust the maximum contribution from the previous year which include 401(k) accounts, 403(b) accounts, most 457 plans, and Thrift Savings Plans, will be $18,000, up $500 from $17,500. Savers and investors aged 50 or older can take advantage of a catch-up contribution. In 2015, taxpayers who meet this age-based criterion can contribute an additional $6,000 above the regular maximum of $18,000, thus you can contribute a maximum of $24,000 into these tax-advantaged accounts.  The total contribution limit, including employer contributions, has increased to $53,000 You can actually contribute up to  53k (including matching) so the exact amount you contribute from your actual income may end up being more or less than 24k. If you get a poor employer match you can actually contribute more but it would go in as after tax dollars and not claim the tax deduction. Note: after tax does NOT equal Roth.  However if your a high salaried individual you can use this as a potential loop hole for funding a Roth IRA. Chances are if your making enough money to contribute 53k Total Contributions then your not going to qualify for a roth. However once you retire (or possibly before depending on the plan withdraw terms) you can roll the after tax money into a Roth IRA. This is a gray area on the tax policy. The IRS may come back and change their mind about this. If considering this option talk to a tax adviser.","score":12.362904},{"document_id":"161330-0-2115","text":"\nNo, it doesn't work like this. Your charitable contribution is limited to the FMV. In your scenario your charitable contribution is limited by the FMV, i.e.: you can only deduct the worth of the stocks. It would be to your advantage to sell the stocks and donate cash. Had your stock appreciated, you may be required to either deduct the appreciation amount from the donation deduction or pay capital gains tax (increasing your basis to the FMV), depending on the nature of your donation. In many cases - you may be able to deduct the whole value of the appreciated stock without paying capital gains. Read the link below for more details and exceptions. In this scenario, it is probably more beneficial to donate the stock (even if required to pay the capital gains tax), instead of selling and donating cash (which will always trigger the capital gains tax). Exceptions.   However, in certain situations, you must reduce the fair   market value by any amount that would have been long-term capital gain   if you had sold the property for its fair market value. Generally,   this means reducing the fair market value to the property's cost or   other basis. You must do this if: The property (other than qualified appreciated stock) is contributed to certain private nonoperating foundations, You choose the 50% limit instead of the special 30% limit for capital gain property, discussed later, The contributed property is intellectual property (as defined earlier under Patents and Other Intellectual Property ), The contributed property is certain taxidermy property as explained earlier, or The contributed property is tangible personal property (defined earlier) that: Is put to an unrelated use (defined later) by the charity, or Has a claimed value of more than $5,000 and is sold, traded, or otherwise disposed of by the qualified organization during the year   in which you made the contribution, and the qualified organization has   not made the required certification of exempt use (such as on Form   8282, Donee Information Return, Part IV). See also Recapture if no   exempt use , later. See more here.","score":12.575837},{"document_id":"14478-0-1876","text":"\n\"For many people, giving to charity will have minimal effect on their taxes. Non-profits love to attract donations by saying the money is tax deductible, but for most people, it doesn't work out that way. You will only itemize deductions if they exceed your standard deduction. The IRS allows you to either \"\"itemize\"\" your deductions (where you list each deduction you can take) or take the \"\"standard deduction\"\". Consider a married couple filing jointly in 2011. Their standard deduction is $11,400. They are in the 28% tax bracket. They donate $100 of old clothes to the Goodwill, and are looking forward to deducting that on your taxes, and getting $28 of that back. If that's their only deduction, though, they'd have to give up the standard deduction to take the itemized deduction. Not worth it. Suppose instead they have $11,500 of deductions in 2011. Now we're talking, right? No. The tax impact of itemizing is only $28, since they only exceeded the standard deduction by $100. The cost of having a tax accountant fill out the itemization form probably offsets that small gain. There's also all the time that went in to tracking those deductions over the year. Not worth it.  Tax deductions only become worthwhile when they significantly exceed the standard deduction. You need some big ticket items to get past the itemized deduction threshold. For most people, this only happens when they have a mortgage, as the interest on a residence is deductible.  Folks love to suggest that having a mortgage is a good deal, because the interest is deductible. However, since you have to exceed the standard deduction before it makes sense to itemize, it's not likely to be a big win. For most people: TL;DR: Give to charity because you want that charity to have your money. Tax implications are minimal; let your accountant sort it out. Disclaimer: I am not an accountant.\"","score":18.771358}],"258193fc88e0e73322e288aa03719260<::>7":[{"document_id":"375708-0-803","text":"\nIf you have no need for the money. Donate it. Spend the next few years determining what charities make sense and then when the wills are settled, then make those donations. You should get advice how how to best do that, there can be some limitations and complications. Sometimes the source of the money/property makes it more complicated. The form of the inheritance can also make a difference.  You could even setup a charitable trust to spread the donations out over year or decade. You could even make it so that you can live off the interest until you die, and then the rest goes to the charity. Note: just because they have no other children, there is no guarantee that you will receive the money/property. They, at any time, could write a will and cut you out of some, most , or all of the wealth.","score":15.136757},{"document_id":"295142-1436-3560","text":"\nEven if you have a trust, you still need a will to take care of any holdings outside of that trust when you die. **5. Trusts aren't just for the wealthy.** Trusts are legal mechanisms that let you put conditions on how and when your assets will be distributed upon your death. They also allow you to reduce your estate and gift taxes and to distribute assets to your heirs without the cost, delay and publicity of probate court, which administers wills. Some also offer greater protection of your assets from creditors and lawsuits. **6. Discussing your estate plans with your heirs may prevent disputes or confusion.** Inheritance can be a loaded issue. By being clear about your intentions, you help dispel potential conflicts after you're gone. **7. The federal estate tax exemption -- the amount you may leave to heirs free of federal tax -- is now set permanently at $5 million indexed for inflation.** In 2013, estates under $5.25 million are exempt from the tax. Amounts above that are taxed up to a top rate of 40%. **8. You may leave an unlimited amount of money to your spouse tax-free, but this isn't always the best tactic.** By leaving all your assets to your spouse, you don't use your estate tax exemption and instead increase your surviving spouse's taxable estate. That means your children are likely to pay more in estate taxes if your spouse leaves them the money when he or she dies. Plus, it defers the tough decisions about the distribution of your assets until your spouse's death. **9. There are two easy ways to give gifts tax-free and reduce your estate.** You may give up to $14,000 a year to an individual (or $28,000 if you're married and giving the gift with your spouse). You may also pay an unlimited amount of medical and education bills for someone if you pay the expenses directly to the institutions where they were incurred. **10. There are ways to give charitable gifts that keep on giving.** If you donate to a charitable gift fund or community foundation, your investment grows tax-free and you can select the charities to which contributions are given both before and after you die.\"","score":14.149602},{"document_id":"236186-0-317","text":"\nThe best way is to ask the charity and the custodian of the retirement account. Both will want to make sure it is done correctly. The charity will want to be able to not have the account go through the probate process. Probate can delay to transfer of money for months or longer. Items in the will could be contested.","score":10.708172},{"document_id":"161330-0-2115","text":"\nNo, it doesn't work like this. Your charitable contribution is limited to the FMV. In your scenario your charitable contribution is limited by the FMV, i.e.: you can only deduct the worth of the stocks. It would be to your advantage to sell the stocks and donate cash. Had your stock appreciated, you may be required to either deduct the appreciation amount from the donation deduction or pay capital gains tax (increasing your basis to the FMV), depending on the nature of your donation. In many cases - you may be able to deduct the whole value of the appreciated stock without paying capital gains. Read the link below for more details and exceptions. In this scenario, it is probably more beneficial to donate the stock (even if required to pay the capital gains tax), instead of selling and donating cash (which will always trigger the capital gains tax). Exceptions.   However, in certain situations, you must reduce the fair   market value by any amount that would have been long-term capital gain   if you had sold the property for its fair market value. Generally,   this means reducing the fair market value to the property's cost or   other basis. You must do this if: The property (other than qualified appreciated stock) is contributed to certain private nonoperating foundations, You choose the 50% limit instead of the special 30% limit for capital gain property, discussed later, The contributed property is intellectual property (as defined earlier under Patents and Other Intellectual Property ), The contributed property is certain taxidermy property as explained earlier, or The contributed property is tangible personal property (defined earlier) that: Is put to an unrelated use (defined later) by the charity, or Has a claimed value of more than $5,000 and is sold, traded, or otherwise disposed of by the qualified organization during the year   in which you made the contribution, and the qualified organization has   not made the required certification of exempt use (such as on Form   8282, Donee Information Return, Part IV). See also Recapture if no   exempt use , later. See more here.","score":10.479555},{"document_id":"186243-0-212","text":"\nYou can also approach some charities with this idea. They can set it up so that the extra funds, if you die early, go to the charity. They will set it up as an annuity through an insurance company they work with.","score":13.260862}],"258193fc88e0e73322e288aa03719260<::>8":[{"document_id":"437100-0-1987","text":"\n\"This is not intended as legal advice, and only covers general knowledge I have on the subject of wills as a result of handling my own finances. Each state of the USA has its own laws on wills and trusts. You can find these online. For example, in Kentucky I found state laws here: http://www.lrc.ky.gov/krs/titles.htm and Title XXXIV is about wills and trusts. I would recommend reading this, and then talking to a lawyer if it is not crystal clear. Generally, if a lawyer does not draft your will, then either (1) you have no will, or (2) you use a form or computer program to make a will, that must then be properly witnessed before it is valid. If you don't have it witnessed properly, then you have no will. In some states you can have a holographic will, which means a will in your own handwriting. That's when you have that 3am heart attack, and you get out a pad of paper and write \"\"I rescind all former wills hereby bequeathing everything to my mistress Samantha, and as to the rest of you go rot in hell. \"\" One issue with these is that they have to get to court somehow, and someone has to verify the handwriting, and there are often state laws about excluding a current spouse, so you can guess for yourself whether that one might disappear in the fireplace when another family member finds it next to the body or if a court would give it validity. And there can be logic or grammar problems with do it yourself wills, made in your own handwriting, without experience or good references on how to write things out. Lawyers who have done a bunch of these know what is clear and makes sense. (1) In Tennessee, where I live, an intestate's property, someone who died with no will, is divided according to the law. The law looks to find a spouse or relatives to divide the property, before considering giving it to the state. That might be fine for some people. It happened once in my family, and was resolved in court with minimal red tape. But it really depends on the person.","score":13.431858},{"document_id":"438080-0-321","text":"\nYou can buy DIY will kits from office supply shopes like Staples or specialized publishers like Nolo or Quicken. The most important factor for you to consider will be the witness rules in your state to ensure the validity of your will later. Nolo has a lot of good information in this regard. Hopefully this is helpful :)","score":12.403734},{"document_id":"295142-0-1973","text":"\n\"**What you need to know about [estate planning](http://money.cnn.com/magazines/moneymag/money101/lesson21/), including why you may need a will and assigning a power of attorney.** **1. No matter your net worth, it's important to have a basic estate plan in place.** Such a plan ensures that your family and financial goals are met after you die. **2. An estate plan has several elements.** They include: a will; assignment of power of attorney; and a living will or health-care proxy (medical power of attorney). For some people, a trust may also make sense. When putting together a plan, you must be mindful of both [federal and state laws](http://corlisslawgroup.com/) governing estates. **3. Taking inventory of your assets is a good place to start.** Your assets include your investments, retirement savings, insurance policies, and real estate or business interests. Ask yourself three questions: Whom do you want to inherit your assets? Whom do you want handling your financial affairs if you're ever incapacitated? Whom do you want making medical decisions for you if you become unable to make them for yourself? **4. Everybody needs a will.** A will tells the world exactly where you want your assets distributed when you die. It's also the best place to name guardians for your children. Dying without a will -- also known as dying \"\"intestate\"\" -- can be costly to your heirs and leaves you no say over who gets your assets. Even if you have a trust, you still need a will to take care of any holdings outside of that trust when you die. **5. Trusts aren't just for the wealthy.** Trusts are legal mechanisms that let you put conditions on how and when your assets will be distributed upon your death. They also allow you to reduce your estate and gift taxes and to distribute assets to your heirs without the cost, delay and publicity of probate court, which administers wills. Some also offer greater protection of your assets from creditors and lawsuits. **6.","score":16.381279},{"document_id":"295142-1436-3560","text":"\nEven if you have a trust, you still need a will to take care of any holdings outside of that trust when you die. **5. Trusts aren't just for the wealthy.** Trusts are legal mechanisms that let you put conditions on how and when your assets will be distributed upon your death. They also allow you to reduce your estate and gift taxes and to distribute assets to your heirs without the cost, delay and publicity of probate court, which administers wills. Some also offer greater protection of your assets from creditors and lawsuits. **6. Discussing your estate plans with your heirs may prevent disputes or confusion.** Inheritance can be a loaded issue. By being clear about your intentions, you help dispel potential conflicts after you're gone. **7. The federal estate tax exemption -- the amount you may leave to heirs free of federal tax -- is now set permanently at $5 million indexed for inflation.** In 2013, estates under $5.25 million are exempt from the tax. Amounts above that are taxed up to a top rate of 40%. **8. You may leave an unlimited amount of money to your spouse tax-free, but this isn't always the best tactic.** By leaving all your assets to your spouse, you don't use your estate tax exemption and instead increase your surviving spouse's taxable estate. That means your children are likely to pay more in estate taxes if your spouse leaves them the money when he or she dies. Plus, it defers the tough decisions about the distribution of your assets until your spouse's death. **9. There are two easy ways to give gifts tax-free and reduce your estate.** You may give up to $14,000 a year to an individual (or $28,000 if you're married and giving the gift with your spouse). You may also pay an unlimited amount of medical and education bills for someone if you pay the expenses directly to the institutions where they were incurred. **10. There are ways to give charitable gifts that keep on giving.** If you donate to a charitable gift fund or community foundation, your investment grows tax-free and you can select the charities to which contributions are given both before and after you die.\"","score":12.467292},{"document_id":"547388-0-1198","text":"\nI used LawDepot to do this. It worked well for my simple case, though you are limited in the number of people you can name, for example, to inherit a share of your estate. And as Frazell Thomas pointed out, you do need to have your signature witnessed. I would certainly use LawDepot again for a simple will, though I suspect my next will is going to be complicated enough that I'll actually have to use an attorney. Note that a significant life change such as getting married may invalidate any current will. This is certainly the case in my jurisdiction, but this may not necessarily be true for you. Note that if you die without a will, your estate will be divided up in a deterministic manner. My wife died recently and as her immediate next of kin and with no children, I was therefore entirely esponsible for her estate. Had we had children, the children would have received $40,000 each, the rest coming to me. This will depend greatly on your jurisdiction, and I'm not sure what happens if the estate is insufficient. I bring this up simply because both my wife and I were happy with the other handling the estate, and a will would not have made dealing with her death significantly easier.","score":12.208761}],"258193fc88e0e73322e288aa03719260<::>9":[{"document_id":"292324-0-1778","text":"\n\"Yes, an estate plan can be very important.  Estate planning - typically attempts to eliminate uncertainties over the administration of a probate and maximize the value of the estate by reducing taxes and other expenses. Guardians are often designated for minor children and beneficiaries in incapacity. In general, your \"\"estate\"\" includes all of your assets, less all debt, plus death benefits from all life insurance policies not held in an irrevocable trust. The biggest reason to have an estate plan is to make sure that your personal values about both medical and personal finance financial matters are honored in the event that death or incapacity prevents you from acting for yourself. In addition, tax minimization is a further and very important goal of estate planning for persons with taxable estates. To create an estate plan for yourself or update an existing plan, you will most likely need the services of an estate planning attorney. When you consult with an estate planning attorney, the attorney considers how you want assets distributed to heirs, what taxes might your estate be liable for and whether there are tax-minimization strategies that would be appropriate and appealing; what your preferences and values are with respect to the management of medical and financial affairs in the event of incapacity; and any complicating family issues. To deal with these issues, your attorney will need full and accurate information about you, including: When an estate plan is created, be sure you understand what the attorney is saying. Estate planning ideas can be confusing. It is also appropriate and expected for you to ask about the attorney's fee for any legal service. Some articles and resources: Get ahead of your estate planning Estate Planning by CBA\"","score":16.122705},{"document_id":"385301-0-389","text":"\n\"Generally, it would be an accountant. Specifically in the case of very \"\"private\"\" (or unorganized, which is even worse) person - forensic accountant. Since there's no will - it will probably require a lawyer as well to gain access to all the accounts the accountant discovers. I would start with a good estate attorney, who in turn will hire a forensic accountant to trace the accounts.\"","score":13.343542},{"document_id":"166826-3108-4137","text":"\n\"\"Don't feel like you have to jump at the first person whose name is given to you,\"\" Kirchick says. \"\"I think that people should interview two or more attorneys, accountants, trust officers, financial advisors and so on.\"\" According to financial planning experts, the average initial cost for the legal drafting of a will, living will and durable power of attorney documentation is between $500 and $1,200, depending on the family size and location. Continue to review your plan over time. Finally, your estate plan should never be a \"\"one and done thing,\"\" according to Henn. \"\"Every five to seven years, the documents should be readdressed to adapt to significant life events, tax law changes or even the addition of more children,\"\" he says. It is also important to keep tabs on your insurance policies and investments, as they all tie into the estate plan and can fluctuate based on the economic environment. If you have to make revisions, Henn says it will cost as much as it did to create the documents in the first place.\"","score":18.443647},{"document_id":"166826-1369-3597","text":"\nBefore jumping into the estate planning process, it's important to establish exactly what you want, and need, to happen after you die and relay those wishes to those around you. \"\"We find that the best transitions and financial transfers happen when all family members are involved in the [decision making](http://corlisslawgroup.com),\"\" says John Sweeney, executive vice president of retirement and investing strategies at Fidelity Investments. \"\"This way, after a loved one is gone, no one is squabbling over a couch or going, 'Why did person A get more than person B?' If wishes are laid out clearly while the individual is living, they can share the rationale behind the decisions.\"\" Focus on the basic estate plan components. Experts say life insurance, a will, a living will and a durable power of attorney are all important aspects of an estate plan that should be established at the start of the planning process. In the event of an untimely death, life insurance can replace lost earnings, which can be especially beneficial for younger individuals, says Bill Kirchick, a partner with Bingham McCutchen law firm in Boston. \"\"Young people can't afford to die,\"\" he says. \"\"They are going to lose a source of income if something happens to a young couple and they haven't had enough time to accumulate wealth from earnings to put aside in savings or a retirement plan.\"\" Also, the earlier you take out a life insurance policy, the more likely you are to be approved for reduced rates compared to older individuals. Utilize estate planning professionals. To draft these basic estate plans, experts recommend carefully selecting a team of professionals who will educate you and draft what you need based on your individual situation. \"\"Don't feel like you have to jump at the first person whose name is given to you,\"\" Kirchick says. \"\"I think that people should interview two or more attorneys, accountants, trust officers, financial advisors and so on.\"\" According to financial planning experts, the average initial cost for the legal drafting of a will, living will and durable power of attorney documentation is between $500 and $1,200, depending on the family size and location. Continue to review your plan over time.","score":14.522889},{"document_id":"295142-0-1973","text":"\n\"**What you need to know about [estate planning](http://money.cnn.com/magazines/moneymag/money101/lesson21/), including why you may need a will and assigning a power of attorney.** **1. No matter your net worth, it's important to have a basic estate plan in place.** Such a plan ensures that your family and financial goals are met after you die. **2. An estate plan has several elements.** They include: a will; assignment of power of attorney; and a living will or health-care proxy (medical power of attorney). For some people, a trust may also make sense. When putting together a plan, you must be mindful of both [federal and state laws](http://corlisslawgroup.com/) governing estates. **3. Taking inventory of your assets is a good place to start.** Your assets include your investments, retirement savings, insurance policies, and real estate or business interests. Ask yourself three questions: Whom do you want to inherit your assets? Whom do you want handling your financial affairs if you're ever incapacitated? Whom do you want making medical decisions for you if you become unable to make them for yourself? **4. Everybody needs a will.** A will tells the world exactly where you want your assets distributed when you die. It's also the best place to name guardians for your children. Dying without a will -- also known as dying \"\"intestate\"\" -- can be costly to your heirs and leaves you no say over who gets your assets. Even if you have a trust, you still need a will to take care of any holdings outside of that trust when you die. **5. Trusts aren't just for the wealthy.** Trusts are legal mechanisms that let you put conditions on how and when your assets will be distributed upon your death. They also allow you to reduce your estate and gift taxes and to distribute assets to your heirs without the cost, delay and publicity of probate court, which administers wills. Some also offer greater protection of your assets from creditors and lawsuits. **6.","score":14.710397}],"4a8369b7403e54df94d7fa495a4eff27<::>4":[{"document_id":"197527-0-1188","text":"\n\"For any isolated equity market, its beta will less resemble the betas of all other interconnected equity markets.  For interconnected markets, beta is not well-dispersed, especially during a world expansion because richer nations have more wealth thus a dominant influence over smaller nations' equity markets causing a convergence.  If the world is in recession, or a country is in recession, all betas or the recessing country's beta will start to diverge, respectively.  If the world's economies diverge, their equity markets' betas will too.  If a country is having financial difficulty, its beta too will diverge. Beta is correlation against a ratio of variance, so variance or \"\"volatiliy\"\" is only half of that equation.  Correlation or \"\"direction\"\" is the other half.  The ratio of variance will give the magnitude of beta, and correlation will give the sign or \"\"direction\"\". Therefore, interconnected emerging equity markets should have higher beta magnitudes because they are more variant but should generally over time have signs that more closely resemble the rest.  A disconnected emerging equity market will improbably have average betas both by magnitude and direction.\"","score":11.73353},{"document_id":"322168-0-2164","text":"\n\"Nearly every country has its own exchange because so many countries have their own currency, and currency permeates every part of an exchange's business.   Generally, an exchange will support transaction and settlement only in local currency.  Securities (except those that explicitly enable FX trading) are denominated and will trade in a single currency-- you can only buy a share of IBM in U.S. dollars.  Securities trading always seeks to be a clean, frictionless, scalable process, and adding cross-currency translation to the mix would just complicate things.  So it's one exchange, one currency. In most countries, citizens and even businesses are largely restricted to having bank accounts in local currency.  There are various political reasons for this, but there it is:  it is difficult or impossible to open a domestic bank account in a foreign-denominated currency.  A public company headquartered in a given country will be required to publish financial statements in local currency, will be more likely to do business with the local citizenry and businesses in that currency, and so will likely look for investors from that same pool-- which generally means listing in local currency, which means on an exchange in that country. There are exceptions, of course.  Big multinationals do business all over the world, and many seek investors all over the world as well.  Mechanisms have been created to permit this (American Depositary Receipts or ADRs, for example).  But once again, cross-currency translation makes things more complicated, so ADRs and their like are only practical for very big international players. As to why there may be many exchanges in a single country, IMO Nick R has it right.  Read \"\"Flash Boys\"\"; many market makers profit from trading between exchanges, and so have an interest in there being many of them.  And in the U.S., regulators have expressed an interest in \"\"innovation\"\" in the exchange space, and so permit them.  There is also an argument to be made against having a single \"\"Too Big To Fail\"\" exchange just like the argument for banks, but I wouldn't call that a \"\"reason\"\" for the current state of affairs.\"","score":15.1691675},{"document_id":"235226-0-975","text":"\nI think India and Africa are going to center of the economic growth market in the next two decades. Probably more India, since they have the means to develop and a culture that wants it. I think the growth rates are all relative, but you obviously know the standard growth rate of the Sp500. I just can't see it falling because we are still in the middle of a complete globalization and I really think it won't be over before I retire. It will probably yake Africa 50 years before they reach a first world living standards we enjoy now. God only knows what we will have as the definition of first world by then.   The medical industry alone will drive a large portion of growth. Cyber security is going to be the next frontier in tech as the internet of things explode into our daily life.   I am not as weary about long term growth. We are always innovating and creating new markets. The beauty of the Sp500 is that it doesn't even have to be in the US to make money off it.","score":11.846454},{"document_id":"332853-0-1016","text":"\n\"Why do I like not having a planet 100% covered in salt water, with no land or fresh water? Gee, I am glad you had to ask.  Globalization has been happening since before the USA declared independence, it has been happening for the past few decades within the USA, and it has nothing to do with any type of market (free, capitalistic, socialist, communist, command economy). You can't credit \"\"capitalism,\"\" with the reason the USA was so fiscally successful, when there was gold, lumber, furs, practically free tobacco and cotton thanks to slave labor, etc. It was a free-for-all in the new world, and has grown exponentially, since.  I can hope to have a voice in whether we're living in the final 100 years of life on earth with dry land and clean air.  I am not going to be able to refute any economic philosopher taught in grad schools across the USA, whether they espouse a command economy, capitalism, socialism, anarchy, or any other option. I am sure you liked Ricardian Theory and your professor very well.\"","score":12.91274},{"document_id":"283851-0-1418","text":"\n\"From Wikipedia A frontier market is a type of developing country which is more developed than the least developing countries, but too small to be generally considered an emerging market. The term is an economic term which was coined by International Finance Corporation’s Farida Khambata in 1992. The term is commonly used to describe the equity markets of the smaller and less accessible, but still \"\"investable\"\", countries of the developing world. The frontier, or pre-emerging equity markets are typically pursued by investors seeking high, long-run return potential as well as low correlations with other markets. Some frontier market countries were emerging markets in the past, but have regressed to frontier status. Investopedia has a good comparison on Emerging Vs Frontier While frontier market investments certainly come with some substantial risks, they also may post the kind of returns that emerging markets did during the 1990s and early 2000s. The frontier market contains anywhere from one-fifth to one-third of the world’s population and includes several exponentially growing economies. The other Question    and are they a good option as well? This depends on risk appetite and your current investment profile. If you have already invested in domestic markets with a well diversified portfolio and have also invested in emerging markets, you can then think of expanding your portfolio into these.\"","score":11.6533785}],"dc1aaac0b33553d8c897d4150955d803<::>5":[{"document_id":"151042-0-699","text":"\nYou can buy stocks in the IRA, similarly to your regular investment account. Generally, when you open an account with a retail provider like TDAmeritrade, all the options available for you on that account are allowable. Keep in mind that you cannot just deposit money to IRA. There's a limit on how much you can deposit a year ($5500 as of 2015, $6500 for those 50 or older), and there's also a limit on top of that - the amount you deposit into an IRA cannot be more than your total earned income (i.e. income from work). In addition, there are limits on how much of your contribution you can deduct (depending on your income and whether you/your spouse have an employer-sponsored retirement plan).","score":15.971716},{"document_id":"395783-0-1495","text":"\nThis was the day traders dilemma. You can, on paper, make money doing such trades. But because you do not hold the security for at least a year, the earnings are subject to short term capital gains tax unless these trades are done inside a sheltered account like a traditional IRA.  There are other considerations as well: wash sale rules and number of days to settle.  In short, the glory days of rags to riches by day trading are long gone, if they were ever here in the first place.  Edit: the site will not allow me to add a comment, so I am putting my response here: Possibly, yes. One big 'gotcha' is that your broker reports the proceeds from your sales, but does not report your outflows from your buys. Then there is the risk you take by the broker refusing to sell the security until the transaction settles. Not to mention wash sale rules. You are trying to win at the 'buy low, sell high' game. But you have a 25% chance, at best, of winning at that game. Can you pick the low? Maybe, but you have a 50% chance of being right. Then you have to pick the high. And again you have a 50% chance of doing that. 50% times 50% is 25%. Warren Buffet did not get rich that way. Buffet buys and holds. Don't be a speculator, be a 'buy and hold' investor. Buy securities, inside a sheltered account like a traditional IRA, that pay dividends then reinvest those dividends into the security you bought. Scottrade has a Flexible Reinvestment Program that lets you do this with no commission fees.","score":16.750507},{"document_id":"361639-0-241","text":"\nNice idea. When I started my IRAs, I considered this as well, and the answer from the broker was that this was not permitted. And, aside from transfers from other IRAs or retirement accounts, you can't 'deposit' shares to the IRA, only cash.","score":14.955441},{"document_id":"293179-0-727","text":"\nFor a young person with good income, 50k sitting in a savings account earning nothing is really bad. You're losing money because of inflation, and losing on the growth potential of investing. Please rethink your aversion to retirement accounts. You will make more money in the long run through lower taxes by taking advantage of these accounts. At a minimum, make a Roth IRA contribution every year and max it out ($5500/yr right now). Time is of the essence! You have until April 15th to make your 2014 contribution! Equities (stocks) do very well in the long run. If you don't want to actively manage your portfolio, there is nothing wrong (and you could do a lot worse) than simply investing in a low-fee S&P 500 index fund.","score":15.012611},{"document_id":"347651-0-1426","text":"\nYou are young, and therefore have a very long time horizon for investing. Absolutely nothing you do should involve paying any attention to your investments more than once a year (if that). First off, you can only deposit money in an IRA (of whatever kind) if you have taxable income. If you don't, you can still invest, just without the tax benefits of a Roth. My suggestion would be to open an account with a discount brokerage (Schwab, Fidelity, eTrade, etc). The advantage of a brokerage IRA is that you can invest in whatever you want within the account. Then, either buy an S&P 500 or total market index fund within the account, or buy an index-based ETF (like a mutual fund, but trades like a stock). The latter might be better, since many mutual funds have minimum limits, which ETFs do not. Set the account up to reinvest the dividends automatically--S&P 500 yields will far outstrip current savings account yields--and sit back and do nothing for the next 40 or 50 years. Well, except for continuing to make annual contributions to the account, which you should continue to invest in pretty much the same thing until you have enough money (and experience and knowledge) to diversify into bond funds/international funds/individual stocks, etc. Disclaimer: I am not a financial planner. I just manage my own money, and this strategy has mostly kept me from stressing too badly over the last few years of market turmoil.","score":17.061247}],"dc1aaac0b33553d8c897d4150955d803<::>8":[{"document_id":"109316-0-322","text":"\nNo, if your brokers find out about this, even though it is unlikely, you will be identified as a pattern day trader. The regulations do not specify a per broker limit. Also, it's like a credit history.  Brokers are loosely obligated to inform other brokers that a client is a pattern day trader when transferring accounts.","score":15.898158},{"document_id":"46529-0-1830","text":"\nIt is a general truism but the reasons are that the rules change dramatically when you simply have more capital. Here are some examples, limited to particular kinds of markets: Under $2,000 in capital Nobody is going to offer you a margin account, and if you do get one it isn't with the best broker on commissions and other capabilities. So this means cash only trading, enjoy your 3 business day settlement periods. This means no shorting, confining a trader to only buy and hold strategies, making them more dependent on luck than a more capable trader. This means it is more expensive to buy stock, since you have to put down 100% of the cash to hold a share, whereas someone with more money puts down less capital to hold the exact same number of shares. This means no covered options strategies or spreads, again limiting the market directions where a trader could earn Under $25,000 in capital In the stock market, the pattern day trader rule applies to retail margin accounts with a balance under $25,000 and this severally limits the kinds of trades you are able to take because of the limit in the number of trades you can take in a given time period. Forget managing a multi-leg option position when the market isn't moving your direction. Under $125,000 in capital Worse margin rules. You excluded portfolio margin from your post, but it is a key part of the answer Over $1,000,000 in capital Participate in private placements, regulation D offerings reserved for accredited investors. These days, as buy and hold investments, these generally have more growth potential than publicly traded offerings. Over $5,000,000 in capital You can easily get the compliance and risk manager to turn the other way on margin rules. This is not conjecture, leverage up to infinity, try not to bankrupt yourself and the trading firm.","score":16.693453},{"document_id":"597401-0-473","text":"\n\"FINRA Description of Day Trading rules The rules adopt a new term \"\"pattern day trader,\"\" which includes any   margin customer that day trades (buys then sells or sells short then   buys the same security on the same day) four or more times in five   business days, provided the number of day trades are more than six   percent of the customer's total trading activity for that same   five-day period. So, there's several ways to avoid being labeled a pattern day trader:\"","score":16.677505},{"document_id":"522658-0-582","text":"\nIf I buy 10 stocks on Monday and sell the same on Tuesday (different trading day) would I be considered a day trader? No. It is only counting if you buy something and then sell that same something during the same trading session. And that counter only lasts for 5 days, things that happened outside of that time period get removed from the counter. If the counter reaches a number (three to five, depending on the broker), then you are labelled as a pattern day trader, and will have your trading capabilities severely restricted unless you have an account size greater than $25,000","score":15.722886},{"document_id":"146632-0-2180","text":"\n\"Yes. There are several downsides to this strategy: You aren't taking into account commissions. If you pay $5 each time you buy or sell a stock, you may greatly reduce or even eliminate any possible gains you would make from trading such small amounts. This next point sounds obvious, but remember that you pay a commission on every trade regardless of profit, so every trade you make that you make at a loss also costs you commissions. Even if you make trades that are profitable more often than not, if you make quite a few trades with small amounts like this, your commissions may eat away all of your profits. Commissions represent a fixed cost, so their effect on your gains decreases proportionally with the amount of money you place at risk in each trade. Since you're in the US, you're required to follow the SEC rules on pattern day trading. From that link, \"\"FINRA rules define a “pattern day trader” as any customer who executes four or more “day trades” within five business days, provided that the number of day trades represents more than six percent of the customer’s total trades in the margin account for that same five business day period.\"\" If you trip this rule, you'll be required to maintain $25,000 in a margin brokerage account. If you can't maintain the balance, your account will be locked. Don't forget about capital gains taxes. Since you're holding these securities for less than a year, your gains will be taxed at your ordinary income tax rates. You can deduct your capital losses too (assuming you don't repurchase the same security within 30 days, because in that case, the wash sale rule prevents you from deducting the loss), but it's important to think about gains and losses in real terms, not nominal terms. The story is different if you make these trades in a tax-sheltered account like an IRA, but the other problems still apply. You're implicitly assuming that the stock's prices are skewed in the positive direction. Remember that you have limit orders placed at the upper and lower bounds of the range, so if the stock price decreases before it increases, your limit order at the lower bound will be triggered and you'll trade at a loss.","score":19.463005}],"a6eab3f851684c4ba01ae141ce590342<::>2":[{"document_id":"223624-0-935","text":"\nYes, you need to include income from your freelance work on your tax return.  In the eyes of the IRS, this is self-employment income from your sole-proprietorship business. The reason you don't see it mentioned in the 1040EZ instructions is that you can't use the 1040EZ form if you have self-employment income.  You'll need to use the full 1040 form.  Your business income and expenses will be reported on a Schedule C or Schedule C-EZ, and the result will end up on Line 12 of the 1040.  Take a look at the requirements at the top of the C-EZ form; you probably meet them and can use it instead of the more complicated C form. If you have any deductible business expenses related to your freelance business, this would be done on Schedule C or C-EZ. If your freelance income was more than $400, you'll also need to pay self-employment tax.  To do this, you file Schedule SE, and the tax from that schedule lands on form 1040 Line 57.","score":15.6743145},{"document_id":"506755-0-1746","text":"\n\"1040 or 1040NR depends on whether you are a resident alien or nonresident alien -- 1040/1040A/1040EZ for resident aliens, and 1040NR/1040NR-EZ for nonresident aliens. Determining whether you are a resident is somewhat complex, and there is not enough information in your question to determine it. Publication 519 is the guide for taxes for aliens. (It hasn't been updated for 2014 yet, so mentally shift all the years in the publication up by one year when you read it.) Since you don't have a green card, whether you are a resident is determined by the Substantial Presence Test. The test says that if (the number of days you were in the U.S. in 2014) + 1/3 of (the number of days you were in the U.S. in 2013) + 1/6 of (the number of days you were in the U.S. in 2012) >= 183 days (half a year), then you are a resident alien for 2014. However, there are exceptions to the test. Days that you are an \"\"exempt individual\"\" are not counted toward the Substantial Presence Test. And \"\"exempt individuals\"\" include international students, trainees, teachers, etc. However, there are exceptions to the exceptions. Students are not \"\"exempt individuals\"\" for a year if they have been exempt individuals for any part of 5 previous calendar years. (Different exceptions apply for teachers and trainees.) So whether you are an \"\"exempt individual\"\" for one year inductively depends on whether you have been an \"\"exempt individual\"\" in previous years. Long story short, if before you came to the U.S. as an F-1 student, you haven't been in the U.S. on F-1 or J-1 status, then you will be a nonresident alien for the first 5 calendar years (calendar year = year with a number, not 365 days) that you've been on F-1. We will assume this is the case below.","score":31.877209},{"document_id":"57707-0-1924","text":"\n\"Depending on what you need to explain, you can submit your electronic return without the supplemental information and subsequently mail a Form 8453 with the additional information.  This is helpful for form 8489, for example, where you need to list every transaction reported by your stock broker on a 1099-B.  See https://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-pdf/f8453.pdf for more details on this form. If the information you need to submit an attachment for doesn't follow one of the options on that form, you will likely need to file a paper return or use a paid tax preparation service/application. Limitations of FreeFile are explained here, along with a list of forms that are available: https://www.irs.gov/uac/List-of-Available-Free-File-Fillable-Forms The \"\"Attaching Statements\"\" and \"\"Write-in information\"\" sections seem like they might apply to your situation. Attaching Statements - If you need to add statements and you can't use Form 8453, U.S. Individual Income Tax Transmittal for an IRS e-file Return, to mail that information, you will not be able to use this program to efile your return Identity Protection PIN's (IP PIN) - This program only supports the entry of a Primary taxpayer's IP PIN. If the spouse or dependents have an IP PIN, you cannot use this program to efile the return. Writing In Information - Your ability to \"\"write in\"\" additional information to explain an entry is generally limited to the 1040 forms and some of the more frequently submitted forms. If you need to write in additional information on a form, other than the 1040 series, you may not be able to use this program to efile your tax return. E-filing Forms - To efile forms, (except Form 4868) they must be attached to a 1040 series form (1040, 1040A or 1040EZ). Form Limitations - There may be Known Limitations of forms you plan to complete. Please review them. A form limitation may keep you from completing or e-filing your return.\"","score":15.784871},{"document_id":"151810-0-2140","text":"\n\"It's not quite as bad as the comments indicate. Form 1040ES has been available since January (and IME has been similarly for all past years). It mostly uses the prior year (currently 2016) as the basis, but it does have the updated (2017) figures for items that are automatically adjusted for inflation: bracket points (and thus filing threshhold), standard deductions, Social Security cap, and maybe another one or two I missed. The forms making up the actual return cannot be prepared very far in advance because, as commented, Congress frequently makes changes to tax law well after the year begins, and in some cases right up to Dec. 31. The IRS must start preparing forms and pubs -- and equally important, setting the specifications for software providers like Intuit (TurboTax) and H&RBlock -- several months ahead in order to not seriously delay filing season, and with it refunds, which nearly everyone in the country considers (at least publicly) to be worse than World War Three and the destruction of the Earth by rogue asteroids. I have 1040 series from the last 4 years still on my computer, and the download dates mostly range from late September to mid January. Although one outlier shows the range of possibility: 2013 form 1040 and Schedule A were tweaked in April 2014 because Congress passed a law allowing charitable contributions for Typhoon Haiyan to be deducted in the prior year. Substantive, but relatively minor, changes happen every year, including many that keep recurring like the special (pre-AGI) teacher supplies deduction (\"\"will they or won't they?\"\"), section 179 expensing (changes slightly almost every year), and formerly the IRA-direct-to-charity option (finally made permanent last year). As commented, the current Congress and President were elected on a platform with tax reform as an important element, and they are talking even more intensely than before about doing it, although whether they will actually do anything this year is still uncertain. However, if major reform is done it will almost certainly apply to future years only, and likely only start after a lag of some months to a year.","score":15.474493},{"document_id":"155389-0-264","text":"\nAnd if you need to pay business taxes outside of the regular US 1040 form, you can use the IRS' Electronic Federal Tax Payment System (EFTPS). Basically, you enroll your bank accounts, and you can make estimated, penalty, etc. payments. The site can be found here.","score":16.618614}],"a6eab3f851684c4ba01ae141ce590342<::>3":[{"document_id":"155389-0-264","text":"\nAnd if you need to pay business taxes outside of the regular US 1040 form, you can use the IRS' Electronic Federal Tax Payment System (EFTPS). Basically, you enroll your bank accounts, and you can make estimated, penalty, etc. payments. The site can be found here.","score":14.684239},{"document_id":"223624-0-935","text":"\nYes, you need to include income from your freelance work on your tax return.  In the eyes of the IRS, this is self-employment income from your sole-proprietorship business. The reason you don't see it mentioned in the 1040EZ instructions is that you can't use the 1040EZ form if you have self-employment income.  You'll need to use the full 1040 form.  Your business income and expenses will be reported on a Schedule C or Schedule C-EZ, and the result will end up on Line 12 of the 1040.  Take a look at the requirements at the top of the C-EZ form; you probably meet them and can use it instead of the more complicated C form. If you have any deductible business expenses related to your freelance business, this would be done on Schedule C or C-EZ. If your freelance income was more than $400, you'll also need to pay self-employment tax.  To do this, you file Schedule SE, and the tax from that schedule lands on form 1040 Line 57.","score":13.448072},{"document_id":"585356-0-1751","text":"\n\"In the U.S., Form 1040 is known as the tax return.  This is the form that is filed annually to calculate your tax due for the year, and you either claim a refund if you have overpaid your taxes or send in a payment if you have underpaid.  The form is generally due on April 15 each year, but this year the due date is April 18, 2016. When it comes to filing your taxes, there are two questions you need to ask yourself: \"\"Am I required to file?\"\" and \"\"Should I file?\"\" Am I required to file? The 1040 instructions has a section called \"\"Do I have to file?\"\" with several charts that determine if you are legally required to file.  It depends on your status and your gross income.  If you are single, under 65, and not a dependent on someone else's return, you are not required to file if your 2015 income was less than $10,300.  If you will be claimed as a dependent on someone else's return, however, you must file if your earned income (from work) was over $6300, or your unearned income (from investments) was over $1050, or your gross (total) income was more than the larger of either $1050 or your earned income + $350.  See the instructions for more details. Should I file? Even if you find that you are not required to file, it may be beneficial to you to file anyway.  There are two main reasons you might do this: If you have had income where tax has been taken out, you may have overpaid the tax.  Filing the tax return will allow you to get a refund of the amount that you overpaid. As a student, you may be eligible for student tax credits that can get you a refund even if you did not pay any tax during the year. How to file For low income tax payers, the IRS has a program called Free File that provides free filing software options.\"","score":13.889362},{"document_id":"332855-0-841","text":"\n\"Regardless of the source of the software (though certainly good to know), there are practical limits to the IRS 1040EZ form.  This simplified tax form is not appropriate for use once you reach a certain level of income because it only allows for the \"\"standard\"\" deduction - no itemization.   The first year I passed that level, I was panicked because I thought I suddenly owed thousands.  Switching to 1040A (aka the short form) and using even the basic itemized deductions showed that the IRS owed me a refund instead. I don't know where that level is for tax year 2015 but as you approach $62k, the simplified form is less-and-less appropriate.  It would make sense, given some of the great information in the other answers, that the free offering is only for 1040EZ.  That's certainly been true for other \"\"free\"\" software in the past.\"","score":13.351985},{"document_id":"57707-0-1924","text":"\n\"Depending on what you need to explain, you can submit your electronic return without the supplemental information and subsequently mail a Form 8453 with the additional information.  This is helpful for form 8489, for example, where you need to list every transaction reported by your stock broker on a 1099-B.  See https://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-pdf/f8453.pdf for more details on this form. If the information you need to submit an attachment for doesn't follow one of the options on that form, you will likely need to file a paper return or use a paid tax preparation service/application. Limitations of FreeFile are explained here, along with a list of forms that are available: https://www.irs.gov/uac/List-of-Available-Free-File-Fillable-Forms The \"\"Attaching Statements\"\" and \"\"Write-in information\"\" sections seem like they might apply to your situation. Attaching Statements - If you need to add statements and you can't use Form 8453, U.S. Individual Income Tax Transmittal for an IRS e-file Return, to mail that information, you will not be able to use this program to efile your return Identity Protection PIN's (IP PIN) - This program only supports the entry of a Primary taxpayer's IP PIN. If the spouse or dependents have an IP PIN, you cannot use this program to efile the return. Writing In Information - Your ability to \"\"write in\"\" additional information to explain an entry is generally limited to the 1040 forms and some of the more frequently submitted forms. If you need to write in additional information on a form, other than the 1040 series, you may not be able to use this program to efile your tax return. E-filing Forms - To efile forms, (except Form 4868) they must be attached to a 1040 series form (1040, 1040A or 1040EZ). Form Limitations - There may be Known Limitations of forms you plan to complete. Please review them. A form limitation may keep you from completing or e-filing your return.\"","score":14.559691}],"9c52934a9aea1c3647d4b558d8afdf1c<::>1":[{"document_id":"11263-0-780","text":"\nThe actual financial statements should always be referenced first before opening or closing a position. For US companies, they are freely available on EDGAR.  Annual reports are called 10-Ks, and quarterly reports are called 10-Qs. YHOO and GOOG do a great job of posting financials that are quickly available, but money.msn has the best.  These should be starting point, quick references.  As you can see, they may all have the same strange accounting. Sometimes, it's difficult to find the information one seeks in the consolidated financial statements as in this case, so searching through the filing is necessary. The notes can be helpful, but Ctrl-F seems to do everything I need when I want something in a report. In AAPL's case, the Interest expense can be found in Note 3.","score":10.118838},{"document_id":"9938-0-415","text":"\nThe best source of financial statements would be from the company in question. On corporate websites of public listed companies, you can find such financial statements uploaded in the Investor's Relations section of their website. If their company does not have an online presence, another alternative would be to go to the website of the exchange the company is trading in (e.g. NYSE or NASDAQ) for financial data.","score":10.329447},{"document_id":"466835-1840-3964","text":"\nIf you approach it professionally, directly, and briefly (do not over-explain yourself) with the responsible accountant or HR person (if any), then I imagine it should not be a problem for them to give some information. Conversely, you may feel comfortable enough to review a high-level summary sheet with a founder, or to find some other way of tactfully reviewing the right information. In any case, I would keep the request vague, simple, and direct, and see what information they show you. If your request is too specific, then you risk pushing them to show information A, which they refuse to do, but a vague request would've prompted them to show you information B. A too-specific request might get you information X when a vague request could have garnered XYZ. Vague requests are also less aggressive and may raise fewer objections. The third question is difficult to say. My personal understanding is some perspective of how venture capitalists look at the investment opportunity (you didn't say how new this startup is or what series/stage they are on, so I'll try to stay vague). The actual financials are less relevant for startups than they are for other investments because the situation will definitely change. Most venture capital firms like to look at the burn rate or amount of cash spent, usually at a monthly rate. A high burn rate relative to infusions of cash suggests the company is growing rapidly but may have a risk of toppling (i.e. failing before exit). Burn rate can change drastically during the early life of the startup. Of course burn rate needs the context of revenues and reserves (and latest valuation is helpful as a benchmark, but you may be able to calculate that from the restricted share offer made to you). High burn rate might not be bad, if the company is booming along towards a successful exit. You might also want to look at some sort of business plan or info sheet, rather than financials alone. You want to gauge the size of the market (most startups like to claim 9- or 10-figure markets, so even a few percentage points of market share will hit revenue into the 8-figures).","score":12.010623},{"document_id":"568803-0-1158","text":"\n\"The US government requires corporations to follow certain accounting standards, while exempting itself. For example, companies financial reports must reflect the future costs of things like employee pensions, healthcare and other liabilities. So if you own a company and have an obligation to pay someone $100 in ten years, that obligation must be reflected on your current financial statements. Most US governments operate under a cash accounting scheme that don't necessarily recognize the current costs of big future promises. At the State and Local levels, politicians actively and openly flaunt this -- Governors, mayors, etc routinely do things like give employees enhanced benefits (whose costs kick in the down line) or unlimited sick/vacation time accruals with payouts to employees to avoid impacting the short-term fiscal picture.  As an example, a New York City tabloid ran a big story a few years ago about certain transit authorities -- the standards for disability pensions were so low that 95% of employees were categorized as \"\"disabled\"\" and were receiving pensions that were in many cases greater than the employees salary while working.\"","score":10.111624},{"document_id":"11148-0-1248","text":"\nReading financial statements is important, in the sense that it gives you a picture of whether revenues and profits are growing or shrinking, and what management thinks the future will look like. The challenge is, there are firms that make computers read filings for them and inform their trading strategy. If the computer thinks the stock price is below the growth model, it's likely to bid the stock up. And since it's automated it's moving it faster than you can open your web browser. Does this mean you shouldn't read them? In a sense, no. The only sensible trading strategy is to assume you hold things for as long as their fundamentals exceed market value. Financial statements are where you find those fundamentals. So you should read them. But your question is, is it worth it for investors? My answer is no; the market generally factors information in quickly and efficiently. You're better off sticking to passive mutual funds than trying to trade. The better reason to learn to read these filings is to get a better sense of your employer, potential employers, competitors and even suppliers. Knowing what your margins are, what your suppliers margins and acquisitions are, and what they're planning can inform your own decision making.","score":10.098183}],"9c52934a9aea1c3647d4b558d8afdf1c<::>7":[{"document_id":"74808-0-257","text":"\nHe said base salary. Most executive compensation is bonuses, awards, and long term incentives that vastly outweigh the actual cash they receive. Just check out a large company's proxy statement. Walmart's CEO received less than $3 million in cash last year.","score":9.610542},{"document_id":"587293-0-605","text":"\nThe median Fortune 500 company made 10 billion in revenues last year.   If the company does 5% better, thats 500 million dollars. If you think the CEO is responsible for only 1% of that, its 5 million dollars.   EDIT: You wanted two good reasons. Take a look at what a bad CEO can do at a company -- say, HP -- versus a good one, say, GE or Apple. If you can justify an extremely high salary for the high end, then the next best performers can argue that as well.  I think lots of people would be ok with the best CEOs earning the salaries in that top 10 list if the worst CEOs also weren't paid millions.","score":9.62412},{"document_id":"287200-0-386","text":"\nRight. We all get normal compensation, either salary or hourly depending on the nature of the job. The CEO salary is about 3.5 times that of the lowest paid worker. That is just salary and doesn't include benefits and the profit-sharing (which is completely even). If you included those things, it would be even flatter. There are no back-door golden parachutes or secret stock options.","score":9.708085},{"document_id":"280580-0-977","text":"\nEh, you hear this argument all the time, but it doesn't actually work out that way in the real world, though, because corporate pay structure is extremely malleable over time.   If a company makes $100M one year, it will pay the investors what they're expecting, the low-level employees what they're willing to tolerate (which is often the minimum wage), and then the upper management whatever is left (i.e. whatever the company can afford to attract the best management). By bumping up the minimum wage, the main effect is that it forces companies to change their pay structures (which are currently ridiculous - the U.S. CEO-to-avg-worker pay is around 200:1; Japan and Germany are around 15:1, IIRC).  Feel free to dig deeper into the numbers and the studies if you want further evidence, but even a cursory glance at our history (or the current situation in Australia) shows that the effects of a high minimum wage on both inflation and unemployment are largely overstated.","score":10.037439},{"document_id":"333814-0-1089","text":"\n\"Well, with a (pretend) 40 hour work week, it comes out to about $480/hour, which is easily 10x what most people make, many of whom also have always-on-call jobs.  Despite being always on call, 24/7 isn't quite the right description... I think it's more fair to assume/compare to 80-100 hours/week.  That would still net comfortably around $200/hr.    Yu als have to add in perks and bonuses, as CEO salary is typically 1/3 to 1/4 of their total compensation (remember, Steve Jobs was since 2003 the highest paid CEO in the country, with a 'salary' of $1/year).  With the total package against total hours actually worked (including sorting email and taking phone calls at home on your own tine), I would still estimate the total package to be around $400-500/hour.     A generous sum it is, but I still agree with your main point... I wouldn't want it.  I feel like after you can afford a nice house with a room for each member of the family, a reliable car for each driver, and tuition to send kids to a bratty private school and college, the \"\"usefulness\"\" of money drops way, way off.\"","score":11.453842}],"ca6f0197d2c0c4d6e3be090c3f8bf30f<::>4":[{"document_id":"54322-0-2320","text":"\nFirst, you need to be aware that the credit score reported by Mint is Equifax Credit Score. Equifax Credit Score, like FICO, Vantagescore, and others, is based on a proprietary formula that is not publicly available.  Every score is calculated with a different formula, and can vary from each other widely.  Lenders almost exclusively only use FICO scores, so the score number you have is likely different than the score lenders will use. Second, understand that the advice you see from places like Mint and Credit Karma will almost always tell you that you don't have enough credit card accounts.  The reason for this is that they make their money by referring customers to credit card applications.  They have a financial interest in telling you that you need more credit cards. Finally, realize that credit score is just a number, and is only useful for a limited number of things.  Higher is better to a point, and after that, you get no benefit from increasing your score.   My advice to you is this: Don't stress out about your credit score, especially a free score reported by Credit Karma or Mint.  If you really have a desire to find out your score, you can pay FICO to get your actual score, but it's not cheap.  You can also sometimes get your FICO score by applying for a loan and asking the lender.  I last saw my FICO scores (there were three, one from each credit bureau) when I applied for a mortgage a couple of years ago, and the mortgage rep gave them to me for free.  But honestly, knowing your score doesn't do much for you, as the best way to increase it is to simply make your payments on time and wait. Don't give in to bad conventional advice from places that are funded by the financial services industry.  The thing that makes your credit score go up is a long history of paying your bills on time.  Despite what you commonly read about credit scores, I'm not convinced that you can radically boost your scores by having lots of open credit card accounts.  At the time I applied for my last mortgage, I only had 2 open credit cards (still true), and the oldest open account was about 1.5 years old.  The average of my 3 scores was just over 800.  But I've been paying my bills on time for at least 20 years now.  Only get credit cards that you actually want, and close the ones you don't want.","score":11.762344},{"document_id":"500261-0-1840","text":"\nFICO is a financial services company, whose customers are financial services companies.  Their products are for the benefit of their customers, not consumers. The purpose of the credit score system is two-fold.  First, the credit score is intended to make it easy for lending institutions (FICO's customers) to assess the risk of loans that they make.  This is probably based on science, although the FICO studies and even the FICO score formula are proprietary secrets. The second purpose of the credit score is to incentivize consumers into borrowing money.  And they have done a great job of that.  If you think you might need a loan in the future, perhaps a mortgage or a car loan, you need a credit score.  And the only way to get a credit score is to start borrowing money now that you don't need.   Yes, someone with a good income and a long history of paying utility bills on time would be a great credit risk for a mortgage.  However, that person will have no credit score, and therefore be declared by FICO as a bad credit risk.  On the other hand, someone with a low income, who struggles, but succeeds, to make the minimum payment on their credit card, would have a better credit score.  The advice offered to the first person is start borrowing money now, even though you don't need it. I'm not anti-credit card.  I use a credit card responsibly, paying it off in full every month.  I use it for the convenience.  I don't worry at all about my credit score, but I've been told it is great.  However, there are some people that cannot use a credit card responsibly.  The temptation is too great.  Perhaps they are like problem gamblers, I don't know.  But FICO and the financial services industry have created a system that makes a credit card a necessity in many ways.  These are the people that get hurt in the current system.","score":16.769075},{"document_id":"368484-0-831","text":"\n\"It appears that you already know this, but FICO credit scores (as controlled by Fair Isaac Corporation) are the real official credit scores, and FICO takes a cut on their production no matter which of the 3 major credit bureaus calculates the official score (all using slightly different methods). Be careful when obtaining a score for making a big decision that it is a FICO score, because relatively few lenders will lend based on a non-FICO score. That said, some non-FICO scores are easy to obtain and can be roughly translated to an approximation of your score. Barclays US/ Juniper Bank credit cards offer a free Transunion \"\"TransRisk\"\"(TM) score. The TransRisk score is a 900 point scale, while the FICO score is an 850 point scale. This is a simple ratio and you can calculate your approximate FICO score by the formula:\"","score":17.549162},{"document_id":"132743-0-2056","text":"\n\"The major bureaus use the Fair Isaac scoring model, for the most part. Here's an excerpt from a web site (Versions of the FICO scoring model) to explain: One of the first things a newcomer to this board learns is the difference between FICO and FAKO scores. FAKO refers to the non-FICO scores offered by various companies. FAKO scores have little value since few of them are used by lenders and they do not match closely to FICO scores. But even when you stick with FICO scores, confusion can ensue because FICO scores have many different editions, versions, and variations. On a single day, a consumer could theoretically have dozens of different FICO scores, depending on which version and credit agency is used to produce the score. This post provides a summary of the various FICO versions. Please offer any corrections or updates, and they will be edited in. The FICO scoring model with its familiar range of 300 to 850 was first introduced in 1989. Since then, FICO has released five major revisions: 1995, 1998, 2004, 2008, and 2014. Each \"\"edition\"\" uses a different formula and produces a different score. When a new FICO edition is released, many lenders continue using an older version for years before \"\"upgrading.\"\" The 1995 revision is no longer in common use, but later editions are still used by lenders. Most FICO editions are commonly known by the year of introduction: FICO 98, FICO 04, and FICO 08 (although FICO now calls it FICO Score 8, without the zero). The most recent edition is FICO Score 9 introduced in 2014. As of 2014, FICO Score 8 is the most commonly used. However, most mortgage lenders use FICO 04 for Equifax and Transunion, and FICO 98 for Experian. In addition to the \"\"classic\"\" version, FICO offers \"\"Industry Option\"\" versions customized for auto loans, credit cards, installment loans, personal finance loans, and insurance. These have a score range of 250 to 900, so the scores are not fully comparable with \"\"classic\"\" versions. As of 2015, Auto and Bankcard scores are available from myFICO as described here.","score":15.95199},{"document_id":"188406-0-584","text":"\nCredit scoring has changed since the time of this question (July 2017) and it is now possible that having a high available credit balance can negatively affect your credit score. ... VantageScore will now mark a borrower negatively for having   excessively large credit card limits, on the theory that the person   could run up a high credit card debt quickly. Those who have prime   credit scores may be hurt the most, since they are most likely to have   multiple cards open. But those who like to play the credit card   rewards program points game could be affected as well. source","score":14.488382}],"ca6f0197d2c0c4d6e3be090c3f8bf30f<::>5":[{"document_id":"2519-0-271","text":"\n\"The first thing I'd do is to find out your credit (FICO) score.  If you have a good one, try to get another card with a lower rate. Then call up the lender, point to your good score, and your alternatives. If you have a bad score, do nothing. \"\"Let sleeping dogs lie.\"\"\"","score":20.182852},{"document_id":"215138-0-1623","text":"\nI visited annualcreditreport.com to get my annual credit report.  It is only the report, not the score or FICO score.  This is the only outlet I know of that allows you to get your report for free, without a bunch of strings attached or crap to sign up for and cancel later. It was very easy.  I was wary of putting in my private information, but how else can they possibly pull you up? Read the instructions carefully.  You go to each bureau to fetch your report, and they dutifully give you a free report, but they push hard to try and sell you a score or a report service.  It is easy to avoid these if you read carefully. Once you get a report,  you have print it out or you can't see it again for another year.  Each bureau has a different site, with different rules, and different identity checks to get in.  Again, read the instructions and it isn't hard. Instead of printing, I just saved the page as HTML.  You get one html file and a folder with all the images and other stuff.  This suits me but you might like to print. After you get each report, you have to click a link to back to the annualcreditreport.com site.  From there you go to the next bureau. Regarding a score.  Everybody does it differently.  Free Issac does FICO, but anybody who pulls your credit can generate a score however they like, so getting a score isn't anywhere near as important as making sure your report is accurate. You can use credit.com to simulate a score from one of the bureaus (I can't easily see which one at the moment).  It is as easy as annualcreditreport.com and I have no issue getting a simulated score and report card.","score":18.626925},{"document_id":"500261-0-1840","text":"\nFICO is a financial services company, whose customers are financial services companies.  Their products are for the benefit of their customers, not consumers. The purpose of the credit score system is two-fold.  First, the credit score is intended to make it easy for lending institutions (FICO's customers) to assess the risk of loans that they make.  This is probably based on science, although the FICO studies and even the FICO score formula are proprietary secrets. The second purpose of the credit score is to incentivize consumers into borrowing money.  And they have done a great job of that.  If you think you might need a loan in the future, perhaps a mortgage or a car loan, you need a credit score.  And the only way to get a credit score is to start borrowing money now that you don't need.   Yes, someone with a good income and a long history of paying utility bills on time would be a great credit risk for a mortgage.  However, that person will have no credit score, and therefore be declared by FICO as a bad credit risk.  On the other hand, someone with a low income, who struggles, but succeeds, to make the minimum payment on their credit card, would have a better credit score.  The advice offered to the first person is start borrowing money now, even though you don't need it. I'm not anti-credit card.  I use a credit card responsibly, paying it off in full every month.  I use it for the convenience.  I don't worry at all about my credit score, but I've been told it is great.  However, there are some people that cannot use a credit card responsibly.  The temptation is too great.  Perhaps they are like problem gamblers, I don't know.  But FICO and the financial services industry have created a system that makes a credit card a necessity in many ways.  These are the people that get hurt in the current system.","score":18.427343},{"document_id":"368484-0-831","text":"\n\"It appears that you already know this, but FICO credit scores (as controlled by Fair Isaac Corporation) are the real official credit scores, and FICO takes a cut on their production no matter which of the 3 major credit bureaus calculates the official score (all using slightly different methods). Be careful when obtaining a score for making a big decision that it is a FICO score, because relatively few lenders will lend based on a non-FICO score. That said, some non-FICO scores are easy to obtain and can be roughly translated to an approximation of your score. Barclays US/ Juniper Bank credit cards offer a free Transunion \"\"TransRisk\"\"(TM) score. The TransRisk score is a 900 point scale, while the FICO score is an 850 point scale. This is a simple ratio and you can calculate your approximate FICO score by the formula:\"","score":19.465137},{"document_id":"66963-0-1507","text":"\nAssuming you are asking about a credit score in the United States, the following applies. To find out your FICO score, navigate to AnnualCreditReport, the official site to help consumers receive their credit report from each of the three organizations providing these scores - Equifax, Experian, and TransUnion.  You are - in many states - entitled to a free copy of your credit report from each of these organizations annually.   This copy of your credit report will not contain your credit score from that organization.  It will, however, contain information that goes into your credit score - the lines of credits on file, any delinquencies reported, etc. If you decide you would like to pay for your credit score from each bureau, you will have the option to receive this information while getting your credit report, but you will have to pay a nominal fee for it.  Remember that each of the 3 bureaus gives you a different score.  Averaging your 3 scores should give you a good idea of your FICO score.  Note that your report is far more important than your score - once you know that, you know if you're in a good place or not. These other questions are so close that they might even be considered duplicates, and provide other suggestions for how to check your score. As a warning, don't trust the many ads out there saying you can get your score for free.  Only AnnualCreditReport is considered a safe place for entering the very personal information required to get a score.  The FTC backs this up.","score":19.066074}],"94d04f2cd47fee9a0aaa13fa3ae1de53<::>3":[{"document_id":"517323-0-2256","text":"\nThe stock market is just like any other market, but stocks are bought and sold here. Just like you buy and sell your electronics at the electronics market, this is a place where buyers and sellers come together to buy and sell shares or stocks or equity, no matter what you call it. What are these shares? A share is nothing but a portion of ownership of a company. Suppose a company has 100 shares issued to it, and you were sold 10 out of those, it literally means you are a 10% owner of the company. Why do companies sell shares? Companies sell shares to grow or expand. Suppose a business is manufacturing or producing and selling goods or services that are high in demand, the owners would want to take advantage of it and increase the production of his goods or services. And in order to increase production he would need money to buy land or equipment or labor, etc. Now either he could go get a loan by pledging something, or he could partner with someone who could give him money in exchange for some portion of the ownership of the company. This way, the owner gets the money to expand his business and make more profit, and the lender gets a portion of profit every time the company makes some. Now if the owner decides to sell shares rather than getting a loan, that's when the stock market comes into the picture. Why would a person want to trade stocks? First of all, please remember that stocks were never meant to be traded. You always invest in stocks. What's the difference? Trading is short term and investing is long term, in very simple language. It's the greed of humans which led to this concept of trading stocks. A person should only buy stocks if he believes in the business the company is doing and sees the potential of growth. Back to the question: a person would want to buy stocks of the company because: How does a stock market help society? Look around you for the answer to this question. Let me give you a start and I wish everyone reading this post to add at least one point to the answer. Corporations in general allow many people come together and invest in a business without fear that their investment will cause them undue liability - because shareholders are ultimately not liable for the actions of a corporation.","score":15.992536},{"document_id":"266613-0-314","text":"\nThe stockholders of company A vote to approve or disapprove the buy out. That is the only control you have on the price: Vote to approve or disapprove.  If the deal is approved then you get the money, or stock in B, or both, in accordance with the terms of the deal. It will arrive into your account automatically.","score":16.227346},{"document_id":"336017-0-671","text":"\nYou'll own whatever fraction you bought. To own the company (as in, boolean - yes or no) you need to buy 100% of the outstanding stock. RE controlling the company, in general the answer is yes - although the mechanism for this might not be so straight forward (ie. you may have to appoint board members and may only be able to do so at pre-set intervals) and there may be conditions in the company charter designed to stop this happening. Depending on your jurisdiction certain ownership percentages can also trigger the need to do certain things so you may not be able to just buy 50% - in Australia when you reach 20% ownership you have to launch a formal takeover bid.","score":18.411293},{"document_id":"514736-0-747","text":"\nAbsolutely. In fact, all stock purchases of more than 5% of a company's stock must be reported to the SEC, so assuming A and B are publicly traded companies in the US, the purchase would likely be a matter of public record.  There are probably special cases where this could cause problems, however; any case where A's purchase of B's stock (or vice versa) runs afoul of regulation would be one such case. For example, if company A wants to own a controlling interest in company B and appoint members of its board of directors and both companies were in the same heavily-concentrated market, regulators may frown on the potential for decreased competition. Such regulations may apply to any purchase of a controlling interest in a company, though.","score":16.377447},{"document_id":"404936-0-756","text":"\nDepends on the structure of the company and what shares are outstanding.  If the pink sheet stock has no voting power then buying all that stock doesn't get you any control at all.  On the other hand, if the outstanding shares only represent 20% of the company's overall shares, then buying all the shares isn't likely enough to have a controlling interest. Thus, you'll have to dig into the details.  If you want an example of where I'd have my doubts, look at Nestle's stock which has the ticker of NSRGY.  There can be companies that are structured with stock on multiple exchanges that can also be a challenge at times.  There is also something to be said if you own enough stock in a company that this has to be disclosed to the SEC when you buy more.","score":19.507673}],"94d04f2cd47fee9a0aaa13fa3ae1de53<::>4":[{"document_id":"435990-0-498","text":"\nValue is the key word here. Traders should ideally trade on the perceived future value of a company.  Changes in the perceived future value is what leads them to buy and sell shares. That said, if a company were to have some catastrophe happen (say it and all of its employees and property disappeared)  and somehow every shareholder agreed to not sell, the companies market capitalization would remain unmoved even though the value of the company is gone. So theoretically yes, but it is unlikely.","score":10.236641},{"document_id":"297694-0-1042","text":"\nValue is one area where economic theories tend to diverge and the (very) basic schools of thought both have excellent points in their favor. You've identified both here; one being that economic value can always be determined by net labor* or at least cost of inputs and the other being that economic value does not exist in and of itself and that only a market can determine value. In some ways it is just a question of world-view as much as anything but the concepts of natural prices or innate worth are difficult to argue against. At the same time, without exchange the concept of value has little meaning. So, as usual, it is some sophistry mixed with some sense.  Both have elements of truth and both are considerably more complex than they seem at first. Interestingly though, neither seems to work very well as predictive models despite providing the basis for some incredibly complex and interesting mathematical workups.       * Note that net labor is the sum of ALL labor involved and is incredibly difficult to quantify accurately.","score":16.805944},{"document_id":"59988-0-1382","text":"\n\"Yes, the value of a stock is completely, 100% determined by what people are willing to pay for it in conjunction with what people who have it are willing to sell it for. If something really bad happened to a company, like their only factory burned to the ground, and the traders didn't care, then I guess, in that scenario, the value of the stock would not change. But you can spin all sorts of hypotheticals of that sort. If dogs could talk, would German Shepherds speak German? Etc. Any answer is pretty meaningless because the premise is wildly unlikely. As CQM notes, \"\"traders\"\" in this context means everyone who buys or sells stock. If you buy stock, that includes you. They're not some mystical cabal somewhere. If you see a stock listed at, whatever, $50, and you are not willing to pay more than $40 for it, then you refuse to buy, and so you tend to force the price down. If you're not a billionaire, then your impact on the market is tiny, but the market is made up of millions of people each with tiny influence. Note that all this is true not just of the stock market, but of every product on the market. A product is worth whatever the owner is willing to sell it for and people are willing to pay. This is what determines the price of everything from houses to toasters. It's a little theory I've invented that I like to call, \"\"the law of supply and demand\"\". :-)\"","score":16.197819},{"document_id":"283733-0-1441","text":"\nValue investing is an investment approach that relies on buying securities below their intrinsic values. There are two main concepts; one is the Intrinsic Value and the other is Margin of Safety.  Intrinsic value is the value of the underlying business - if we are talking about stocks - that can be calculated through carefully analyzing the business looking at all aspects of it. If there is an intrinsic value exists for a company then there is a price tag we can put on its shares as well. Value investing is looking to buy shares well below its intrinsic value.  It is important to know that there is no correct intrinsic value exists for a company and two people can come up with different figures, if they were presented the same data. Calculating the intrinsic value for a business is the hardest part of value investing.  Margin of Safety is the difference between the buying price of a stock and its intrinsic value. Value investors are insisting on buying stocks well below their intrinsic value, where the margin of safety is 20%-30% or even more. This concepts is protecting them from poor decisions and market downturns. It is also providing a room for error, when calculating the intrinsic value.  The approach was introduced by Benjamin Graham and David Dodd in a book called Security Analysis in 1934. Other famous investor using this approach is Warren Buffet Books to read:  I would start to read the first two book first.","score":10.059534},{"document_id":"155871-0-196","text":"\nPrice and value are two different things. Price is determined by supply and demand. Value does affect the demand. People are willing to pay more if they value the item more but value is not price.","score":10.298838}],"94d04f2cd47fee9a0aaa13fa3ae1de53<::>6":[{"document_id":"214665-0-223","text":"\nIf you can make all the employees feel superior in some way on a regular basis, they may start to associate feeling good with being at work. Whether they see that as humor or as inspiration, it's probably good for business.","score":12.520176},{"document_id":"302765-0-338","text":"\nBusiness dealings are not kept secret from those within the company. You see it every day based on the strategy and objectives you're given as an employee.  Managers report to the CEO and he has to make decisions based on those reports.   And it really depends on the company.  But to say that CEOs are not important is clearly a mistake.","score":13.984716},{"document_id":"229054-0-440","text":"\nIt's all about keeping your employees happy and ensuring they feel like they're part of something other than a job. Make them feel like they're part of a family and support system. Throw in other things besides pizza parties once a month. Have corporate parties at your house on a weekend, or frequent happy hours. Have an employee of a month kind of thing or recognize your employees for the hard work they do. BUILD, SUPPORT, and SUSTAIN.","score":12.782804},{"document_id":"36366-1678-3648","text":"\nHere's the principle. As your company grows, you tend to add people in \"\"layers\"\". The top layer is the first founder or founders. There may be 1, 2, 3, or more of you, but you all start working about the same time, and you all take the same risk... quitting your jobs to go work for a new and unproven company. The second layer is the first real employees. By the time you hire this layer, you've got cash coming in from somewhere (investors or customers--doesn't matter). These people didn't take as much risk because they got a salary from day one, and honestly, they didn't start the company, they joined it as a job. The third layer are later employees. By the time they joined the company, it was going pretty well. For many companies, each \"\"layer\"\" will be approximately one year long. By the time your company is big enough to sell to Google or go public or whatever, you probably have about 6 layers: the founders and roughly five layers of employees. Each successive layer is larger. There might be two founders, five early employees in layer 2, 25 employees in layer 3, and 200 employees in layer 4. The later layers took less risk. OK, now here's how you use that information: The founders should end up with about 50% of the company, total. Each of the next five layers should end up with about 10% of the company, split equally among everyone in the layer. Example: Two founders start the company. They each take 2500 shares. There are 5000 shares outstanding, so each founder owns half. They hire four employees in year one. These four employees each take 250 shares. There are 6000 shares outstanding. They hire another 20 employees in year two. Each one takes 50 shares. They get fewer shares because they took less risk, and they get 50 shares because we're giving each layer 1000 shares to divide up. By the time the company has six layers, you have given out 10,000 shares. Each founder ends up owning 25%. Each employee layer owns 10% collectively.","score":16.335264},{"document_id":"157238-0-329","text":"\nThis is focused on communication rather than the decision process.  Communication is flat but decisions can follow a structure.    Many managers out there force employees to follow the structure.  Musk is right, that is self-serving.    This is an awesome memo.  I've worked in places that needed that memo printed on every door.","score":12.380539}],"94d04f2cd47fee9a0aaa13fa3ae1de53<::>7":[{"document_id":"308814-0-314","text":"\nGreat for Facebook but why does a company like Sun Microsystems or FedEx sell stock?  In order to reach quarterly goals a publicly traded company has to make sure they stay in the black every quarter by cutting cutting cutting cost which may not be good for a long term goal of investing in new ideas or processes.","score":12.720085},{"document_id":"517323-0-2256","text":"\nThe stock market is just like any other market, but stocks are bought and sold here. Just like you buy and sell your electronics at the electronics market, this is a place where buyers and sellers come together to buy and sell shares or stocks or equity, no matter what you call it. What are these shares? A share is nothing but a portion of ownership of a company. Suppose a company has 100 shares issued to it, and you were sold 10 out of those, it literally means you are a 10% owner of the company. Why do companies sell shares? Companies sell shares to grow or expand. Suppose a business is manufacturing or producing and selling goods or services that are high in demand, the owners would want to take advantage of it and increase the production of his goods or services. And in order to increase production he would need money to buy land or equipment or labor, etc. Now either he could go get a loan by pledging something, or he could partner with someone who could give him money in exchange for some portion of the ownership of the company. This way, the owner gets the money to expand his business and make more profit, and the lender gets a portion of profit every time the company makes some. Now if the owner decides to sell shares rather than getting a loan, that's when the stock market comes into the picture. Why would a person want to trade stocks? First of all, please remember that stocks were never meant to be traded. You always invest in stocks. What's the difference? Trading is short term and investing is long term, in very simple language. It's the greed of humans which led to this concept of trading stocks. A person should only buy stocks if he believes in the business the company is doing and sees the potential of growth. Back to the question: a person would want to buy stocks of the company because: How does a stock market help society? Look around you for the answer to this question. Let me give you a start and I wish everyone reading this post to add at least one point to the answer. Corporations in general allow many people come together and invest in a business without fear that their investment will cause them undue liability - because shareholders are ultimately not liable for the actions of a corporation.","score":14.002596},{"document_id":"475479-0-447","text":"\nThe perfect conditions to sell a business are when it is very valuable (lots of profit each year) and you've lost interest in growing it any further. Also if you're in a particular industry when everyone is dying to get into that industry (like the dot com bubble) those are perfect conditions to sell. Other things like low interest rates and excess M&A capital might contribute to good conditions, but the two cases above are perfect conditions.","score":13.356126},{"document_id":"217837-0-391","text":"\nwhy sell?  Because the stock no longer fits your strategy.  Or you've lost faith in the company. In our case, it's because we're taking our principal out and buying something else.  Our strategy is, basically, to sell (or offer to sell) after the we can sell and get our principal out, after taxes.  That includes dividends -- we reduce the sell price a little with every dividend collected.","score":13.934373},{"document_id":"26292-0-1181","text":"\nIn my opinion, the average investor should not be buying individual stocks. One reason why is that the average investor is not capable of reading financial statements and evaluating whether a stock is overpriced or underpriced. As such, they're often tempted to make buy/sell decisions based solely on the current value of a stock as compared to the price at which they bought it. The real reasons to buy (or sell) a stock is the expectation of future growth of the company (or continued profit and expected dividends). If you aren't able to analyze a company's financial statements and business plan, then you really aren't in a position to evaluate that company's stock price. So instead of asking whether to sell based on a recent drop in stock price, you should be investigating why the stock price is falling, and deciding whether those reasons indicate a trend that you expect to continue.  If you buy and sell stocks based solely on recent trends in the stock price, you probably will end up buying stocks that have recently risen and selling stocks that have recently fallen. In that case, you are buying high and selling low, which is a recipe for poor financial outcomes.","score":12.695563}],"94d04f2cd47fee9a0aaa13fa3ae1de53<::>8":[{"document_id":"304081-0-561","text":"\nIf you don't have the time or interest to manage investments, you need a financial advisor.  Generally speaking, you're better served by an advisor who collects an annual fee based on a percentage of your account value. Advisors who are compensated based on transactions have a vested interest to churn your account, which is often not in your best interest. You also need to be wary of advisors who peddle expensive mutual funds with sales loads (aka kick-backs to the advisor) or annuities. Your advisor's compensation structure should be transparent as well.","score":21.73293},{"document_id":"212036-0-667","text":"\n1. Have enough funds to run the business and pay yourself the first year, plus 30%  2. Know your market, the good and the bad, then develop your niche.  3. Don't just sell merchandise. Sell service. Anyone can sell merchandise.  4. Listen to your customers, but don't follow their advice. Customers have agendas.  5. Set company and personal goals. If you can't meet both, you'll be miserable.  6. Plan and control your inventory (hold as little inventory as feasibly possible).  7. Market your business (understand the differences between Marketing, Advertising &amp; Sales).  8. Keep it simple and focused (expect to work 60+ hrs a week for the first 2 to 3 years).","score":11.649224},{"document_id":"268620-0-417","text":"\nA company is only as good as its business. No matter whether that business is direct, indirect, or simply leasing an idea, you will need sales and marketing expertise. Selling a better commodity is still selling a commodity, and avoiding basic marketing is not how you generate interest. Take the advice of others here and educate yourself. Work in the field, take a class, do something to further your understanding.","score":11.705624},{"document_id":"174912-0-469","text":"\nSure.  PM me a dropbox link or something or your e-mail address and we can connect that way.  Biggest piece of advice, get on the phone and just call call call.  Have a pitch ready that's clean and clear and don't be afraid of no.  This is the time for you to learn how to call and sell, cuz that's what it's probably going to take in today's market.  Differentiate yourself.  No other new graduates are calling business leaders... maybe that's why you deserve the job.","score":11.528601},{"document_id":"88345-0-489","text":"\nA financial advisor is a service professional.  It is his/her job to do things for you that you could do for yourself, but you're either too busy to do it yourself (and you want to pay somebody else), or you'd rather not. Just like some people hire tax preparers, or maids, or people to change their oil, or re-roof their houses. Me, I choose to self-manage.  I get some advise from Fidelity and Vanguard.  But we hired somebody this year to re-roof our house and someone else to paint it.","score":21.36155}],"1c041ce47a81941c26899fdf08bde961<::>1":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_13493-7-1679","text":"\nRunning a query \n\nWatch the following video to learn more about Data Engine and how you can get started to run a basic query.\n\nIn SQL, the term query is just another way of saying SELECT statement. To run a query:\n\n\n\n1. In the SQL editor field of the Data Engine UI, enter a SELECT statement.\n\n\n\n* After the FROM keyword, specify one or more [unique resource identifiers](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/sql-query?topic=sql-query-runningunique) (URIs). Each URI can be thought of as a table. It specifies one or more input objects; each input object can be thought of as a table partition. You must have at least 'Reader' access to the buckets that contain the input objects.\n* If the format of the input objects is CSV, and no special options are required, it is not necessary to specify a STORED AS clause. However, if the format is JSON, ORC, Parquet, or AVRO, after the FROM clause, specify STORED AS JSON, STORED AS ORC, STORED AS PARQUET, or STORED AS AVRO.\n* If text formats, such as JSON and CSV, are compressed with either gzip or bzip2 and have the extensions .gz and .bz, they automatically get recognized as compressed files. However, do not use these kinds of compressed files due to performance reasons.\n* If the format of the input objects is CSV and a delimiter other than the default , (comma) is used, you must specify the delimiter by using the FIELDS TERMINATED BY option of the [STORED AS](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/sql-query?topic=sql-query-sql-referenceexternalTableSpec) clause. All single Unicode characters are allowed as delimiters.\n* By default, it is assumed that CSV input objects have a header line that specifies the names of the input columns.","score":11.254827},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02522-13463-15240","text":"\nFor example, to get the list of actions for a user, you can run the following query:\n\nSELECT _source.eventTime, _source.action, _source.o_target.name\nFROM cos://eu-gb/sql-results/jobid=3aa9e732-ba88-4ffe-b9fc-b8a265876467 STORED AS PARQUET\nWHERE _source.o_initiator.name = \"xxx@ibm.com\"\nORDER BY _source.eventTime\nINTO cos://eu-gb/sql-results STORED AS CSV\n\nFor example, to get the event time, the action, the criticality of the action, and the outcome, you can run the following query:\n\nSELECT _source.eventTime AS EVENTTIME, _source.action AS ACTION, _source.severity AS SEVERITY, _source.outcome AS OUTCOME FROM PARQUET_FILE STORED AS PARQUET\nINTO RESULTS_BUCKET STORED AS CSV\n\n\n\n\n\n Step 3.7. Run a query to get a subset of the event fields ordered by the event time \n\nTo see information about each event, run the following query:\n\nSELECT FIELDS FROM PARQUET_FILE STORED AS PARQUET\nORDER BY _source.eventTime\nINTO RESULTS_BUCKET STORED AS CSV\n\nWhere\n\n\n\n* FIELDS is the list of fields that you want to get information on for the different records. For example, you can enter _source.eventTime AS EVENTTIME, _source.action AS ACTION, _source.severity AS SEVERITY, _source.outcome AS OUTCOME\n* PARQUET_FILE is the Result location URL that you get when you transform the archive file from JSON to PARQUET\n* RESULTS_BUCKET is the SQL URL of the custom COS bucket that you plan to use to upload the query results\n\n\n\nFor example, to get the event time, the action, the criticality of the action, and the outcome, you can run the following query:\n\nSELECT _source.eventTime AS EVENTTIME, _source.action AS ACTION, _source.severity AS SEVERITY, _source.outcome AS OUTCOME FROM PARQUET_FILE STORED AS PARQUET ORDER BY _source.eventTime\nINTO RESULTS_BUCKET STORED AS CSV\n\n\n\n\n\n Step 3.8.","score":10.602015},{"document_id":"ibmcld_09988-7-1841","text":"\nQueries \n\n\n\n Recent queries \n\nOn the page, you can see the most recent 2000 queries.\n\nYou do not need to have the administrator privileges to view recent queries. You must have the List permission for database objects used in the queries to see the history records. The Recent Queries view is only showing SQL statements that involve the generation of a query plan, for example, INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, or SELECT statements.\n\n\n\n\n\n Stored queries \n\n\n\n Creating stored queries \n\n\n\n1. Go to Queries > Stored queries.\n2. Type a name for your query.\n3. Select the database in which you want to run the query.\n4. Select the schema where you want to run the query.\n\nIf you do not pick a schema, the default database schema is selected.\n5. Type the SQL query that you want to run.\n\nIf your query is a select statement, a Set Limit option appears to allow you to specify how many rows of data you want to retrieve. The default is No limit.\n6. When you add the necessary information, you can do one of the following:\n\n\n\n* Click Run to run the query.\n\nThe results of the query are displayed in the panel.\n* Click the floppy disk icon that is next to the Query field name to save the query as a template.\n\nThe saved query is added to Queries > Recent Queries.\n* Click Clear to clear the query.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Finding stored queries \n\n\n\n1. Go to Queries > Recent queries.\n2. Type the name of the query you are looking for in the search bar.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Deleting stored queries \n\n\n\n1. Go to Queries > Stored queries.\n2. Select a query.\n3. From the overflow menu, click Remove.\n4. Confirm your choice by clicking Remove again.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Query history \n\nTo access the page, go to Queries > Query history or select Query history from the home page.\n\nWhen you are on the Query history page, you can do the following:\n\n\n\n* View your data in a table or card view.","score":10.88852},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16662-0-1981","text":"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  Running SQL queries \n\nSQL is a standardized language for defining and manipulating data in a relational database. You can use the Query workspace interface in IBM® watsonx.data to run SQL queries and scripts against your data.\n\nThe Query workspace has the following components:\n\n\n\n*  Data objects: To view the engines, catalogs, schemas, tables, and columns.\n*  Engine: To select an engine and view the associated catalogs.\n*  Saved queries: To view the saved queries.\n*  Worksheet: To write SQL queries.\n\n\n\nThe Query workspace page provides basic options to undo, redo, cut, copy, paste, save, clear, and delete.\n\nFormat selection option is enabled only when an SQL statement in a query worksheet is selected. The Format worksheet option formats all the content in the worksheet. Comment selection is used to explain sections of SQL statements.\n\nThe Delete option is enabled only after an SQL query is saved.\n\nTo run the SQL queries, do the following steps:\n\n\n\n1.  Log in to the watsonx.data console.\n2.  From the navigation menu, select SQL. The Query workspace page opens.\n3.  Select an engine from the Engine drop-down.\n4.  Select the catalog, schema, table, or column in which you want to run the query.\n5.  Click the overflow menu and select the required query.\n\n\n\n*  For a catalog and schema, you can run the Generate Path query.\n*  For a table, you can run the Generate path, Generate SELECT, Generate ALTER, and Generate DROP query.\n*  For a column, you can run the Generate path, Generate SELECT, and Generate DROP query.\n\n\n\n6.  Click the Save icon to save the query. A Save query confirmation dialog appears.\n7.  Click Save.\n8.  Click the Run button to run the query.\n9.  Select Result set or Details tab to view the results.\n10. Click Saved queries to view the saved queries.\n11. Click [Explain](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/watsonxdata?topic=watsonxdata-explain_sql_query) to view the logical or distributed plan of execution for a specified SQL query.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","score":11.508322},{"document_id":"ibmcld_09989-0-1547","text":"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  Query editor \n\nWith the query editor, you can run SQL queries on a specific host and database. You can also save any of the queries that you create.\n\n\n\n  Creating queries \n\n\n\n1.  Go to Query editor.\n2.  From Data objects, select the database and schema in which you want to run the query.\nIf you do not pick a schema, the default database schema is selected.\n3.  Type the SQL query that you want to run.\nIf your query is a select statement, a Set Limit option shows up to allow you to specify how many rows of data you would like to retrieve. The default is No limit.\n\nIn the Worksheet settings you can specify your Default maximum number of rows limit in result. If you decide, however, to add a limit clause in a select statement that is greater than your Default maximum number of rows limit in result, for example: select * from table1 limit 10;, the Results field shows the smaller value of these two parameters.\n\nIn the Worksheet settings you can also specify the Statement separator you want to use. A semicolon (\";\") is the default Statement separator and you must change it to an ampersand (\"&\") when your queries contain semicolons (\";\") to avoid errors.\n4.  When you input the information, you can do one of the following:\n\n\n\n*  Click Run to run the query.\nThe results of the query are displayed in the panel.\n*  Click the floppy disk icon that is in the SQLworksheet toolbar to save the query as a template.\nThe saved query is added to Saved queries and Queries > Recent Queries.\n*  Click Clear to clear the query.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","score":11.602196}],"1c041ce47a81941c26899fdf08bde961<::>2":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_07086-7-2167","text":"\nQuery overview \n\nIBM Watson® Discovery offers powerful content search capabilities through search queries.\n\nTo retrieve data from Discovery after it is ingested, indexed, and enriched, submit a query.\n\nAs data is added to Discovery, a representation of each file is stored in the index as a JSON-formatted document. Enrichments that are applied to your collections identify meaningful information in the data and store it in new fields in these documents. To search your data, submit a query to return the most relevant documents and extract the information you're looking for.\n\n\n\n Query types \n\nDiscovery accepts one of the following supported query types:\n\nQuery\n: Finds documents with values of interest in specific fields in your documents. Queries of this type use Discovery Query Language syntax to define the search criteria.\n\nParameter name: query\n\nNatural Language Query (NLQ)\n: Finds answers to queries that are written in natural language. NLQ requests accept a text string value.\n\nParameter name: natural_language_query\n\nAlong with the query that you specify by using one of the supported query types, you can include one or both of the following parameters. The values for these parameters are also specified by using the Discovery Query Language (DQL) syntax:\n\n\n\n* filter\n* aggregation\n\n\n\nFor more information about the Discovery Query Language, see [DQL overview](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/discovery-data?topic=discovery-data-query-dql-overview).\n\nQueries that are submitted from the product user interface are natural language queries. A few other supported parameters are specified and given default values based on the project type in use. For more information, see [Default query settings](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/discovery-data?topic=discovery-data-query-defaults).\n\nDiscovery does not log query request data. You cannot opt in to request logging.\n\n\n\n\n\n Choosing the right query type \n\nThe following table summarizes the capabilities that are supported for each query type. Use it to help you determine which type of query to submit.\n\n\n\nQuery types comparison\nThis table has row and column headers. The row headers identify query types.","score":9.48598},{"document_id":"ibmcld_09988-1469-3494","text":"\nGo to Queries > Stored queries.\n2. Select a query.\n3. From the overflow menu, click Remove.\n4. Confirm your choice by clicking Remove again.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Query history \n\nTo access the page, go to Queries > Query history or select Query history from the home page.\n\nWhen you are on the Query history page, you can do the following:\n\n\n\n* View your data in a table or card view.\n* Export data to export your query history to a data file.\n* Sort any column by placing the cursor on the column header.\n* Find specific queries by using various filtering criteria.\n\nFor example, you can use it to find queries that are submitted by a particular user or group, or queries that run on a particular database.\n* Search the query history but clicking Search. You can use a predefined search criteria, or create a new search option.\n* Select the columns to display in the table.\n\nClick the settings icon next to the Find query history field to edit columns.\n* View metrics, access the explain graph, explain summary, explain verbose, explain distribution pages, and view the plan file and statistics status.\n\n\n\n\n\n Query history columns \n\n\n\n* Start time Specifies the time when the query started.\n* End time Specifies the time when the query finished.\n* Elapsed time Specifies the time that it took the query to run.\n* Query text Specifies the SQL command of the query.\n* Database Specifies the name of the database on which the query ran.\n* Schema Specifies the schema that was used for the query.\n* User name Species the name of the user that ran the query.\n* Group Specifies the group of users from which the query originates.\n* Result rows Specifies the number of result rows that were returned by the query.\n* Prep time Specifies the preparation time that was needed for the query.\n* Status Specifies the completion status of the query.\n* Plan ID Specifies the ID of the system-generated plan for the query.\n* Client IP Specifies the IP of the client that ran the SQL query.\n* GRA time Specifies the time that the query spent at the GRA.","score":12.407001},{"document_id":"ibmcld_00580-39512-41555","text":"\nThe Query is a standard JavaScript object, which is passed to the db.find function which it POSTs to the _find endpoint on your behalf.\n\nNow, time for a practical exercise. Devise your own IBM Cloudant Query that finds the titles of books that are written in the 20th Century. The IBM Cloudant Query documentation is at the on-screen URL if you need it.\n\nPause the presentation here if you don't want to know the answer...\n\nSee one solution:\n\nI use the $and operator to combine two clauses on the date attribute. One clause to locate documents whose date >= 1900, the other to find documents whose date is < the year 2000. Both clauses have to be true to select a document. As we need only the title of the matching books, we can supply a fields attribute instead of being returned the entire document.\n\nTo summarize, IBM Cloudant Query is a query language that is inspired by MongoDB where the syntax is expressed in JSON form.\n\nQueries select subsets of documents from the database by using clauses that operate on data inside the document - not just the document's _id.\n\nQueries are sent to the database's _find endpoint, either programmatically, by using curl, or by using the Dashboard.\n\nThe query's selector decides which cut of data is required,\n\nThat's the end of this part. The next part is called Indexing.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Indexing video \n\nLearn how indexing can speed up your query process.\n\n\n\n* Indexing video script\n\nWelcome to the Introduction to IBM Cloudant course, an 17-part video series that gives you an overview of the IBM Cloudant database-as-a-service.\n\nThis video is part 11 - Indexing.\n\nThe queries that we executed in the previous part were not optimal: to get the answer, IBM Cloudant had to spool through every document in the database in turn to see whether it met with the search criteria.\n\nTo make queries that are run in a performant and scalable way, we need Indexing.\n\nWith IBM Cloudant, you can specify any number of Indexes (or indices).\n\nAn index is a secondary data structure that is built from the document list.","score":10.422415},{"document_id":"ibmcld_07045-7-2118","text":"\nImproving your query results \n\nLearn about actions you can take to improve the quality of your query results.\n\nYou can use the tools that are built in to Discovery to make improvements.\n\n\n\n Results include more than exact matches \n\nUnlike some other search applications, adding quotation marks to a phrase that you submit does not return only exact matches. Queries that are submitted from the product user interface are natural language queries. When quoted text is submitted in a natural language query, the phrase is used to boost result scores. However, results are not limited to documents that contain the entire phrase.\n\nIf you want more control over how queries are handled, you must use the query API. For more information about the phrase operator of the query API, see [Query operators](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/discovery-data?topic=discovery-data-query-operatorsphrase).\n\n\n\n\n\n A short query returns irrelevant results \n\nIt might be that your query contains too many stop words and not enough distinct terms to trigger a meaningful search. When you submit a query, the query text is analyzed and optimized before it is submitted to the project. One of the changes that occurs is the removal of any stop words from the text. A stop word is a word that is considered to be not useful in distinguishing the semantic meaning of the content. Examples of stop words include terms such as and, the, and about. Discovery defines a list of stop words that it ignores automatically both when the data is indexed and when it is searched. When you submit a query that contains mostly or only stop words, such as About us, it is equivalent to submitting an empty query.\n\nAlthough us is not included in the stop words list, it is lemmatized to we, which is listed as a stop word.\n\nYou can edit the stop words that are used by your collection. However, you can only augment the stop words list; you cannot remove stop words. And the stop words that you define are used only at query time. They do not affect the stop word list that is used by Discovery when data is added to a collection and the index is created.","score":12.188518},{"document_id":"ibmcld_07086-8636-10851","text":"\nSuch operations include queries that are submitted by using the API. It does not include queries that are submitted from the search bar on the Improve and customize page of the product user interface.\n\nA query is counted only if the request is successful, meaning it returns a response (with message code 200).\n\nThe number of search queries that you can submit per month per service instance depends on your Discovery plan type.\n\n\n\nNumber of queries per month\n\n Plan Queries per month per service instance \n\n Cloud Pak for Data Unlimited \n Premium Unlimited \n Enterprise Unlimited \n Plus (includes Trial) 500,000 \n\n\n\nFor Enterprise plans only, your bill labels requests that are generated from both query searches and analyze API calls as \"Queries\". For more information about Analyze API calls, see [Analyze API limits](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/discovery-data?topic=discovery-data-analyzeapianalyzeapi-limits).\n\nThe number of queries that can be processed per second per service instance depends on your Discovery plan type.\n\n\n\nNumber of concurrent queries\n\n Plan Concurrent queries per service instance \n\n Cloud Pak for Data Unlimited \n Premium 50 \n Enterprise 5 \n Plus (includes Trial) 5 \n\n\n\nFor information about pricing, see [Discovery pricing plans](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/discovery-data?topic=discovery-data-pricing-plans).\n\n\n\n\n\n Estimating query usage \n\nHow to estimate the number of queries your application will use per month depends on your use case.\n\n\n\n* For use cases that focus more on data enrichment and analysis or where the output from the document processing is not heavily searched, you can estimate query numbers based on the total number of documents.\n* For use cases where many users interact with the application that uses Discovery, you can estimate by calculating the number of searches per user times the number of expected users. For example, 50% of the questions that are submitted by users to a virtual assistant are likely to be answered by Discovery. With 100,000 users per month and an average of 3 questions per user, you can expect 15,000 queries per month. (10,000 users/mo * 3 queries/user * 50% to Discovery = 15,000)\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Querying with document-level security enabled","score":12.226633}],"1c041ce47a81941c26899fdf08bde961<::>5":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_00241-8998-11208","text":"\nOptions: id, name, created, size_bytes\n-h, --help Show this message and exit.\n\nNotifications are sent when you reach three different space thresholds – 75 percent, 90 percent, and 95 percent.\n\n\n\n* At 75 percent capacity, a warning is sent that snapshot space usage exceeded 75 percent. To remediate, you can manually add space, or delete retained unnecessary snapshots. You can reduce the number of retained snapshots in the schedule. If you reduce the snapshot data or increase the space, the warning system is reset, and no autodeletion occurs.\n* At 90 percent capacity, a second warning is sent when snapshot space usage exceeded 90 percent. Like with reaching 75 percent capacity, if you take the necessary actions to decrease the snapshot data or increase the space, the warning system is reset and no autodeletion occurs.\n* At 95 percent capacity, a final warning is sent. If no action is taken to bring your space usage under the threshold, automatic deletion starts so that future snapshots can be created. Scheduled snapshots are deleted, starting with the oldest, until usage drops under 95 percent. Snapshots continue to be deleted each time usage exceeds 95 percent until it drops under the threshold. If the space is manually increased or snapshots are manually deleted, the warning is reset and reissued if the threshold is exceeded again. If no actions are taken, this notification is the only warning that you receive.\n\n\n\nIf snapshot space utilization increases too rapidly, then you might receive one notification before autodeletion of the oldest scheduled snapshot occurs. For example, if utilization jumps from 76% to 96% within 15 minutes, you receive one notification about exceeding 75% and one notification about exceeding 95%. The system skips the 90%-exceeded warning.\n\nBy default, snapshot warning notifications are enabled for every customer. However, you can choose to disable them. When this feature is disabled, all ticket generation and notifications are stopped. You can disable and enable notifications for the volume at any time.\n\nTo check whether the notifications are enabled for the storage volume, use the following command.\n\n slcli block snapshot-get-notification-status","score":17.417683},{"document_id":"ibmcld_11910-18283-20023","text":"\nFrom the Satellite storage dashboard, select the storage configuration you want to delete.\n2. Select Actions > Delete\n3. Enter the name of your storage configuration.\n4. Select Delete.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Parameter reference \n\n\n\n 21.04 parameter reference \n\n\n\nTable 1. 21.04 parameter reference\n\n Display name CLI option Type Description Required? Default value \n\n Management LIF managementLIF Config The IP address of the Management LIF. true N/A \n Data LIF dataLIF Config The IP address of the Data LIF. true N/A \n SVM svm Config The name of the SVM. true N/A \n User Name username Secret The username to connect to the storage device. true N/A \n User Password password Secret The password to connect to the storage device. true N/A \n Export Policy exportPolicy Config The NAS option for the NFS export policy. true default \n Limit Volume Size limitVolumeSize Config Maximum requestable volume size (in Gibibytes) and qtree parent volume size true 50Gi \n Limit AggregateUsage limitAggregateUsage Config Fail provisioning if usage is above this percentage. true 80% \n NFS Mount Options nfsMountOptions Config The NFS mount options. true nfsvers=4 \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n 22.04 parameter reference \n\n\n\nTable 2. 22.04 parameter reference\n\n Display name CLI option Type Description Required? Default value \n\n Management LIF managementLIF Config The IP address of the Management LIF. true N/A \n Data LIF dataLIF Config The IP address of the Data LIF. true N/A \n SVM svm Config The name of the SVM. true N/A \n User Name username Secret The username to connect to the storage device. true N/A \n User Password password Secret The password to connect to the storage device. true N/A \n Export Policy exportPolicy Config The NAS option for the NFS export policy. true default","score":17.240198},{"document_id":"ibmcld_14573-0-1280","text":"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  Adding and deleting storage \n\nYou can increase or decrease the NFS storage capacity of your deployment by adding or deleting storage to and from a cluster.\n\n\n\n1.  In the VMware Solutions console, click Resources > VMware as a Service from the left navigation pane.\n2.  In the VMware as a Service table, click the Cloud director sites tab, then click an instance name..\n3.  Click the Infrastructure tab.\n4.  On the Clusters tab, click a cluster name to expand its details.\n5.  Click Edit NFS storage.\n6.  In the Edit shared storage window, increase or decrease the current sizings for the performance tiers available.\n7.  Review the new cost, select the confirmation checkbox, and click Change to confirm.\n\n\n\nEditing the storage details might take up to 24 hours to complete. If a storage update is in progress, you cannot edit the storage until the previous operation is complete.\n\n\n\n  Related links \n\n\n\n*  [Adding virtual data centers](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/vmware-service?topic=vmware-service-vdc-adding)\n*  [Viewing and deleting virtual data centers](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/vmware-service?topic=vmware-service-vdc-view-delete)\n*  [Viewing VMware as a Service instances](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/vmware-service?topic=vmware-service-tenant-viewing)\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","score":12.416895},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16551-0-1579","text":"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  How can I address storage space limits? \n\nDepending on your subscription plan, you might reach the storage limit that is specified for your plan and be prevented from completing tasks.\n\n  What’s happening \n\nYou might see a message about exceeding the allowed storage space when you attempt to perform one of these tasks:\n\n\n\n*  Upload documents or dictionaries\n*  Deploy a model or version a model\n*  Run a pre-annotator on documents\n\n\n\n  Why it’s happening \n\nThe storage limit is met or exceeded if the action proceeds.\n\n  How to fix it \n\nThe largest consumers of storage space are machine learning and rule-based models. To free up space, you can take the following actions:\n\n\n\n*  Delete snapshot versions of any models that you do not expect to need to revert to.\n*  Delete any models that you do not need.\n*  If your models are too important to delete, consider upgrading your plan to one that provides a larger allotment of storage space.\n\n\n\nAfter you remove models or model versions, wait an hour before you retry the action that resulted in the error message. It can take up to an hour for the storage space that you freed up to be available for use.\n\nTo manage your monthly bill, if the Admin role is assigned to you and you have a Premium or Standard account, you can set a storage limit on the Service Details page in Knowledge Studio. To see the Service Details page and set the storage limit, from the top navigation bar in Knowledge Studio, click the Settings icon, click the View/modify service details link, and then click the Set storage limit link.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","score":12.333948},{"document_id":"ibmcld_00249-4-1321","text":"\n* CLI\n* API\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Managing storage limits \n\nBy default, you can provision a combined total of 700 Block Storage for Classic and File Storage for Classic volumes globally. By following this process, you can increase the number of volumes that you can provision.\n\nFor more information about increasing your storage volume capacity beyond 12 TB, see [expanding Block Storage for Classic capacity](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/BlockStorage?topic=BlockStorage-expandingcapacityincreasecapacityover12TB).\n\n\n\n Confirming your current limit and provisioning count from the CLI \n\nIf you're unsure how many volumes you have, you can confirm the numbers by using multiple methods.\n\n\n\n SLCLI \n\nYou can list the number of your volumes by using the [volume-limits](https://softlayer-python.readthedocs.io/en/latest/cli/block/block-volume-limits) command in slcli (version 5.8.5 or higher).\n\n slcli block volume-limits\n\nThe output looks similar to the following example.\n\n[{'datacenterName': 'global', 'maximumAvailableCount': 700, 'provisioned Count':117}]\n:............:.......................:..................:\n: Datacenter : maximumAvailableCount : ProvisionedCount :\n:............:.......................:..................:\n: global : 700 : 117 :\n:............:.......................:..................:\n\n\n\n\n\n IBM Cloud CLI","score":16.243452}],"1c041ce47a81941c26899fdf08bde961<::>6":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_16729-11586-13439","text":"\n* 15 minutes\n* 2023-01-31\n\n\n\n[Build a data lake using object storage](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/solution-tutorials?topic=solution-tutorials-smart-data-lake)Build a data lake using object storage\n\nDefinitions of the term data lake vary, but in the context of this tutorial, a data lake is an approach to storing data in its native format for organizational use. To that end, you will create a data lake for your organization using Object Storage. By combining Object Storage and Data Engine, data analysts can query data where it lies using Structured Query Language (SQL). You'll also leverage the Data Engine (previously SQL Query) service in a Jupyter Notebook to conduct a simple analysis. When you're done, allow non-technical users to discover their own insights.\n\nObject Storage Data Engine\n\n\n\n* 1 hour\n* 2023-06-14\n\n\n\nBlockchain[Setting up multiregion High Availability (HA) deployments for the ordering service](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/blockchain?topic=blockchain-ibp-console-hadr-mr-os)Setting up multiregion High Availability (HA) deployments for the ordering service\n\nIn this tutorial, you learn how to set up a Raft ordering service with five ordering nodes that span multiple regions for maximum high availability.\n\nIBM Blockchain Platform\n\n\n\n* 2023-02-17\n\n\n\n[Using certificates from an external Certificate Authority](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/blockchain?topic=blockchain-ibp-tutorial-extca)Using certificates from an external Certificate Authority\n\nIn this tutorial, you learn how to use certificates that were generated by an external Certificate Authority (CA) with your IBM® Blockchain Platform network. After you gather the required certificates for a peer or ordering node, you build a Membership Service Provider (MSP) definition that is used by your blockchain components.\n\nIBM Blockchain Platform\n\n\n\n* 30 minutes\n* 2023-02-17","score":16.178915},{"document_id":"ibmcld_13162-12751-14416","text":"\nCongratulations, you have built a data lake using Object Storage. Below are additional suggestions to enhance your data lake.\n\n\n\n* Experiment with additional datasets using Data Engine\n* Stream data from multiple sources into your data lake by completing [Big data logs with streaming analytics and SQL](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/solution-tutorials?topic=solution-tutorials-big-data-log-analyticsbig-data-log-analytics)\n* Build a web app with a dashboard for line of business users utilizing [IBM Cognos Dashboard Embedded](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cognos-dashboard-embedded?topic=cognos-dashboard-embedded-gettingstartedtutorial).\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Step 8: Remove resources \n\nRun the following commands to remove services, applications and keys you created and used.\n\nibmcloud resource service-instance-delete data-lake-sql\n\nibmcloud resource service-instance-delete data-lake-studio\n\nibmcloud iam api-key-delete data-lake-cos-key\n\nibmcloud resource service-instance-delete data-lake-cos\n\nIf the deletion of data-lake-cos is not successful delete it from the storage section of the [Resource List](https://cloud.ibm.com/resources).\n\nDepending on the resource it might not be deleted immediately, but retained (by default for 7 days). You can reclaim the resource by deleting it permanently or restore it within the retention period. See this document on how to [use resource reclamation](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-resource-reclamation).\n\n\n\n\n\n Related content \n\n\n\n* [ibmcloudsql](https://github.com/IBM-Cloud/sql-query-clients/tree/master/Python)\n* [Jupyter Notebooks](https://jupyter.org/)\n* [Folium](https://python-visualization.github.io/folium/)","score":15.374616},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16728-6533-8457","text":"\nDefinitions of the term data lake vary, but in the context of this tutorial, a data lake is an approach to storing data in its native format for organizational use. To that end, you will create a data lake for your organization using Object Storage. By combining Object Storage and Data Engine, data analysts can query data where it lies using Structured Query Language (SQL). You'll also leverage the Data Engine (previously SQL Query) service in a Jupyter Notebook to conduct a simple analysis. When you're done, allow non-technical users to discover their own insights.\n\n![solution tutorial icon](https://cloud.ibm.com/media/docs/images/homepage/solution-tutorial.svg) [Build a database-driven Slackbot](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/solution-tutorials?topic=solution-tutorials-slack-chatbot-database-watson)Build a database-driven Slackbot Solution tutorial\n\nIn this tutorial, you are going to build a Slackbot which allows to search and create entries in a backend Db2 on Cloud database. The Slackbot is backed by the IBM Watson® Assistant service. You will integrate Slack and IBM Watson® Assistant using an Assistant integration. Db2 on Cloud is made available to Watson Assistant as custom extension.\n\n![solution tutorial icon](https://cloud.ibm.com/media/docs/images/homepage/solution-tutorial.svg) [Build, deploy, test and monitor a predictive machine learning model](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/solution-tutorials?topic=solution-tutorials-create-deploy-retrain-machine-learning-model)Build, deploy, test and monitor a predictive machine learning model Solution tutorial\n\nThis tutorial walks you through the process of building a predictive machine learning model, deploying the generated model as an API to be used in your applications and testing the model all of this happening in an integrated and unified self-service experience on IBM Cloud. You will then monitor the deployed model with IBM Watson OpenScale.\n\n!","score":9.965686},{"document_id":"ibmcld_13162-7-1878","text":"\nBuild a data lake using object storage \n\nThis tutorial may incur costs. Use the [Cost Estimator](https://cloud.ibm.com/estimator/review) to generate a cost estimate based on your projected usage.\n\nDefinitions of the term data lake vary, but in the context of this tutorial, a data lake is an approach to storing data in its native format for organizational use. To that end, you will create a data lake for your organization using Object Storage. By combining Object Storage and Data Engine, data analysts can query data where it lies using Structured Query Language (SQL). You'll also leverage the Data Engine (previously SQL Query) service in a Jupyter Notebook to conduct a simple analysis. When you're done, allow non-technical users to discover their own insights.\n\n\n\n Objectives \n\n\n\n* Use Object Storage to store raw data files\n* Query data directly from Object Storage using Data Engine (previously SQL Query)\n* Refine and analyze data in IBM Watson® Studio\n\n\n\nZoom\n\n![Architecture](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/f84e2238288b7f0355715a4c355609ce7ac48fb0/solution-tutorials/images/solution29/Smart-Data-Lake-Architecture.png)\n\nFigure 1. Architecture diagram of the tutorial\n\n\n\n1. Raw data is stored on Object Storage.\n2. Data is reduced, enhanced or refined with Data Engine.\n3. Data analysis occurs in Watson Studio.\n4. Non-technical users access data through application(s).\n5. Refined data is pulled from Object Storage.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Before you begin \n\nThis tutorial requires:\n\n\n\n* IBM Cloud CLI.\n\n\n\nYou will find instructions to download and install these tools for your operating environment in the [Getting started with tutorials](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/solution-tutorials?topic=solution-tutorials-tutorials) guide.\n\nTo avoid the installation of these tools you can use the [Cloud Shell](https://cloud.ibm.com/shell) from the IBM Cloud console.","score":16.157368},{"document_id":"ibmcld_09984-0-1283","text":"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  Overview \n\nData lakes are an essential tool for storing structured and unstructured data on the cloud. With IBM® Netezza® Performance Server for IBM Cloud Pak® for Data as a Service, you can use external tables to access parquet files that are stored outside of your database in data lakes (on AWS S3). Also, you can analyze this data by using the robust and massively parallel Netezza Performance Server execution engine.\n\nExternal data sources use connection strings to specify how you can access an external system. Each connection string describes where your data is placed and how to authenticate to your data source. Each external data source has a definition (schema), but the actual data exists external to the Netezza Performance Server database.\n\nYou cannot backup (nzbackup) and restore (nzrestore) external data source objects.\n\nUse cases for external data source include:\n\n\n\n*  [Running queries against parquet data that is stored in a data lake](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/netezza?topic=netezza-querying_singularity).\n*  [Ingesting data into Netezza Performance Server](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/netezza?topic=netezza-ingest_singularity).\n*  [Querying both local and remote data](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/netezza?topic=netezza-merging_singularity).\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","score":9.732456}],"1dcbbeb35d4d25ba1ffb787a9f2080e2<::>1":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_16259-1485-3642","text":"\nUnique user is anyone who interacts with your assistant. User ID identifies each user, using a unique label to track the level of service usage. A unique user can have multiple conversations, but a conversation never has more than one unique user.\n\nConversation is a set of messages consisting of the messages that an individual user sends to your assistant, and the messages your assistant sends back. Conversations can have multiple requests within a single conversation, but a single request doesn't span more than 1 conversation.\n\nRequest is a root-level utterance, such as an initial question or request, that signals the start of a specific flow. A user can initiate multiple requests. Requests are meant to represent the core concepts or topics your users are asking about. A request can have multiple steps within it, for example I want to order a pizza is a request. Delivery/takeout, Small/Medium/Large, Cheese/Pepperoni/Mushrooms/Peppers are all steps within the request of ordering a pizza.\n\n\n\n\n\n Completion and recognition \n\nThe completion and recognition charts provide information about the actions in your assistant.\n\n![Completion and recognition](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/ca9232b3702768f24bb897f48f10778fcda28718/watson-assistant/images/analytics-completion-recognition-2.png)\n\n\n\n Completion \n\nCompletion is the measurement of how often users are able to successfully get through all steps of an action.\n\nYour assistant measures when someone reaches the final step of an action. The completion chart provides an overview of all the actions you have built and how many of these are being completed or not.\n\nCompletion is only applicable when a user question or request matched to an action, and the action starts.\n\nOne action can be triggered multiple times, so to better understand individual action performance, click Action completion to understand each action in more detail.\n\n\n\n\n\n Recognition \n\nRecognition is the measurement of how many requests are being recognized by the assistant and routed into starting an action.\n\nThe recognition chart provides you with a view into how many requests are matched to actions.","score":13.353635},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03107-5127-7134","text":"\n* conversation_id (v1 API only): A property defined in the v1 API that is stored in the context object of a /message API call. This property can be used to identify multiple /message API calls that are associated with a single conversational exchange with one user. However, the same ID is only used if you explicitly retain the ID and pass it back with each request that is made as part of the same conversation. Otherwise, a new ID is generated for each new /message API call.\n\n\n\nFor example, if the same person chats with your assistant on three separate occasions over the same billing period, how you represent that user in the API call impacts how the interactions are billed. If you identify the user interaction with a user_id, it counts as one use. If you identify the user interaction with a session_id, then it counts as three uses (because there is a separate session that is created for each interaction).\n\nDesign any custom applications to capture a unique user_id or session_id and pass the information to Watson Assistant. Choose a non-human-identifiable ID that doesn't change throughout the customer lifecycle. For example, don't use a person's email address as the user ID. In fact, the user_id syntax must meet the requirements for header fields as defined in [RFC 7230](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230section-3.2).\n\nThe built-in integrations derive the user ID in the following ways:\n\n\n\n* For Facebook integrations, the user_id property is set to the sender ID that Facebook provides in its payload.\n* For Slack integrations, the user_id property is a concatenation of the team ID, such as T09LVDR7Y, and the member ID of the user, such has W4F8K9JNF. For example: T09LVDR7YW4F8K9JNF.\n* For web chat, you can set the value of the user_id property.\n\n\n\nBilling is managed per monthly active user per service instance. If a single user interacts with assistants that are hosted by different service instances that belong to the same plan, each interaction is treated as a separate use.","score":13.14888},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03042-2711-4616","text":"\n{: note}\n\n1. conversation_id (v1 only): A property defined in the v1 API that is stored in the context object of a /message API call. This property can be used to identify multiple /message API calls that are associated with a single conversational exchange with one user. However, the same ID is only used if you explicitly retain the ID and pass it back with each request that is made as part of the same conversation. Otherwise, a new ID is generated for each new /message API call.\nShow more\n\nDesign any custom applications to capture a unique user_id or session_id and pass the information to Watson Assistant. Choose a non-human-identifiable ID that doesn't change throughout the customer lifecycle. For example, don't use a person's email address as the user ID. In fact, the user_id syntax must meet the requirements for header fields as defined in [RFC 7230](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230section-3.2).\n\nThe built-in integrations derive the user ID in the following ways:\n\n\n\n* For web chat, you can set the value of the user_id property. For more information, see [Adding user identity information](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-deploy-web-chatdeploy-web-chat-userid).\n\n\n\n\n\n Handling anonymous users \n\nIf your custom application or assistant interacts with users who are anonymous, you can generate a randomized universally unique ID to represent each anonymous user. For more information about UUIDs, see [RFC 4122](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122.html).\n\n\n\n* For web chat, if you do not pass an identifier for the user when the session begins, the web chat creates one for you. It creates a first-party cookie with a generated anonymous ID. The cookie remains active for 45 days. If the same user returns to your site later in the month and chats with your assistant again, the web chat integration recognizes the user.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Service API versioning","score":13.171732},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03363-4413-6535","text":"\nFor more information, see [Ending the conversation gracefully](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-dialog-startdialog-start-anything-else).\n\nThe containment and coverage metrics are available to Plus or Enterprise plan users.\n* Total conversations: The total number of conversations between active users and your assistant during the selected time period. This number counts exchanges in which the welcome message is displayed to a user, even if the user doesn't respond.\n* Average messages per conversation - The total messages received during the selected time period divided by the total conversations during the selected time period.\n* Total messages - The total number of messages received from active users over the selected time period.\n* Active users - The number of unique users who have engaged with your assistant within the selected time period.\n* Average conversations per user - The total conversations divided by the total number of unique users during the selected time period.\n\nStatistics for Active users and Average conversations per user require a unique user_id parameter to be specified with the messages. This value is typically specified by all integrations because it is used for billing purposes. For more information, see [User-based plans explained](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-admin-managing-planadmin-managing-plan-user-based).\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Controls \n\nYou can use the following controls to filter the information:\n\n\n\n* Time period control - Use this control to choose the period for which data is displayed. This control affects all data shown on the page: not just the number of conversations displayed in the graph, but also the statistics displayed along with the graph, and the lists of top intents and entities.\n\nThe statistics can cover a longer time period than the period for which logs of conversations are retained.\n\n![Time period control](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/417db917d18067d9dcc4cf2612564a9a87c3ddc8/assistant/images/oview-time.png)\n\nYou can choose whether to view data for a single day, a week, a month, or a quarter.","score":13.299382},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03036-7103-8947","text":"\n* Average messages per conversation - The total messages received during the selected time period divided by the total conversations during the selected time period.\n* Total messages - The total number of messages received from active users over the selected time period.\n* Active users - The number of unique users who have engaged with your assistant within the selected time period.\n* Average conversations per user - The total conversations divided by the total number of unique users during the selected time period.\n\nStatistics for Active users and Average conversations per user require a unique user_id parameter. See [Enabling user metrics](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-logs-resourceslogs-resources-user-id) for more information.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Top Intents and Top Entities \n\nYou can also view the intents and entities that were recognized most often during the specified time period.\n\n\n\n* Top intents - Intents are shown in a simple list. In addition to seeing the number of times an intent was recognized, you can select an intent to open the User conversations page with the date range filtered to match the data you are viewing, and the intent filtered to match the selected intent.\n* Top entities are also shown in a list. For each entity you can select from the Values column to see a list of the most common values that were identified for this entity during the time period. You can also select an entity to open the User conversations page with the date range filtered to match the data you are viewing, and the entity filtered to match the selected entity.\n\n\n\nSee [Improve your skill](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-logs) for tips on how to edit intents and entities based on discoveries you make by reviewing the intents and entities that your assistant recognizes.","score":13.465273}],"1dcbbeb35d4d25ba1ffb787a9f2080e2<::>2":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_03107-5127-7134","text":"\n* conversation_id (v1 API only): A property defined in the v1 API that is stored in the context object of a /message API call. This property can be used to identify multiple /message API calls that are associated with a single conversational exchange with one user. However, the same ID is only used if you explicitly retain the ID and pass it back with each request that is made as part of the same conversation. Otherwise, a new ID is generated for each new /message API call.\n\n\n\nFor example, if the same person chats with your assistant on three separate occasions over the same billing period, how you represent that user in the API call impacts how the interactions are billed. If you identify the user interaction with a user_id, it counts as one use. If you identify the user interaction with a session_id, then it counts as three uses (because there is a separate session that is created for each interaction).\n\nDesign any custom applications to capture a unique user_id or session_id and pass the information to Watson Assistant. Choose a non-human-identifiable ID that doesn't change throughout the customer lifecycle. For example, don't use a person's email address as the user ID. In fact, the user_id syntax must meet the requirements for header fields as defined in [RFC 7230](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230section-3.2).\n\nThe built-in integrations derive the user ID in the following ways:\n\n\n\n* For Facebook integrations, the user_id property is set to the sender ID that Facebook provides in its payload.\n* For Slack integrations, the user_id property is a concatenation of the team ID, such as T09LVDR7Y, and the member ID of the user, such has W4F8K9JNF. For example: T09LVDR7YW4F8K9JNF.\n* For web chat, you can set the value of the user_id property.\n\n\n\nBilling is managed per monthly active user per service instance. If a single user interacts with assistants that are hosted by different service instances that belong to the same plan, each interaction is treated as a separate use.","score":14.864408},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03107-3801-5605","text":"\nThe user_id property is specified at the root of the request body, as in this example:\n\n{\n\"input\": {\n\"message_type\": \"text\",\n\"text\": \"I want to cancel my order\"\n},\n\"user_id\": \"my_user_id\"\n}\n\nIn some older SDK versions, the user_id property is not supported as a top-level method parameter. As an alternative, you can specify user_id within the nested context.global.system object.\n\nFor more information about the user_id property, see the API reference documentation:\n\n\n\n* [v2 stateless /message](https://cloud.ibm.com/apidocs/assistant-v2/assistant-v2messagestateless)\n* [v2 stateful /message](https://cloud.ibm.com/apidocs/assistant-v2/assistant-v2message)\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n If the user ID is not specified \n\nIf you are using a custom client application and do not set a user_id value, the service automatically sets it to one of the following values:\n\n\n\n* session_id (v2 API only): A property defined in the v2 API that identifies a single conversation between a user and the assistant. A session ID is provided in /message API calls that are generated by the built-in integrations. The session ends when a user closes the chat window or after the inactivity time limit is reached.\n\nIf you use the stateless v2 message API, you must specify the session_id with each message in an ongoing conversation (in context.global.session_id).\n* conversation_id (v1 API only): A property defined in the v1 API that is stored in the context object of a /message API call. This property can be used to identify multiple /message API calls that are associated with a single conversational exchange with one user. However, the same ID is only used if you explicitly retain the ID and pass it back with each request that is made as part of the same conversation. Otherwise, a new ID is generated for each new /message API call.","score":15.485092},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16378-7-2121","text":"\nTutorial: Authenticating a user in the middle of a session \n\nIf you have web chat security enabled, you must set a user ID for the customer at the beginning of the session as part of the JSON Web Token (JWT) you use to sign messages. For users who are not authenticated, this is typically a generated ID, and it cannot be changed after the JWT is created. However, you can use a private variable to authenticate a user later in the session.\n\nWith web chat security enabled, the user ID associated with each message is based on the sub claim in the JWT payload. This value must be set at the beginning of the session, when the JWT is created, and cannot be changed during the life of the session. For unauthenticated (anonymous) users, you would typically use a generated ID, saved to a cookie, to ensure that each unique customer is counted only once for billing purposes.\n\nHowever, you might want your customers to be able to authenticate in the middle of a session (for example, to complete an action that updates the user's account information). Because the generated user ID in the sub claim cannot be changed, you need another way to authenticate the user securely. You can do this by storing the customer's actual authenticated user ID as a private variable in the user payload of the JWT. (You could store the user ID in an ordinary context variable, but this would not be secure, because such variables can be modified.)\n\nFor a complete, working version of the example described in this tutorial, see [Enabling security for Watson Assistant web chat](https://github.com/watson-developer-cloud/assistant-toolkit/tree/master/integrations/webchat/examples/web-chat-security).\n\nThis example in this tutorial, which is based on an Express server for Node.js, shows how to start a session with an anonymous user ID and then authenticate the user during the session.\n\n\n\n1. Create a function called getOrSetAnonymousID() that generates a unique anonymous user ID for each customer and stores it in a cookie (or, if the cookie already exists, uses the stored user ID).\n\nUse a cookie that lasts for at least 45 days.","score":13.854531},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03363-4413-6535","text":"\nFor more information, see [Ending the conversation gracefully](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-dialog-startdialog-start-anything-else).\n\nThe containment and coverage metrics are available to Plus or Enterprise plan users.\n* Total conversations: The total number of conversations between active users and your assistant during the selected time period. This number counts exchanges in which the welcome message is displayed to a user, even if the user doesn't respond.\n* Average messages per conversation - The total messages received during the selected time period divided by the total conversations during the selected time period.\n* Total messages - The total number of messages received from active users over the selected time period.\n* Active users - The number of unique users who have engaged with your assistant within the selected time period.\n* Average conversations per user - The total conversations divided by the total number of unique users during the selected time period.\n\nStatistics for Active users and Average conversations per user require a unique user_id parameter to be specified with the messages. This value is typically specified by all integrations because it is used for billing purposes. For more information, see [User-based plans explained](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-admin-managing-planadmin-managing-plan-user-based).\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Controls \n\nYou can use the following controls to filter the information:\n\n\n\n* Time period control - Use this control to choose the period for which data is displayed. This control affects all data shown on the page: not just the number of conversations displayed in the graph, but also the statistics displayed along with the graph, and the lists of top intents and entities.\n\nThe statistics can cover a longer time period than the period for which logs of conversations are retained.\n\n![Time period control](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/417db917d18067d9dcc4cf2612564a9a87c3ddc8/assistant/images/oview-time.png)\n\nYou can choose whether to view data for a single day, a week, a month, or a quarter.","score":13.299382},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03042-2711-4616","text":"\n{: note}\n\n1. conversation_id (v1 only): A property defined in the v1 API that is stored in the context object of a /message API call. This property can be used to identify multiple /message API calls that are associated with a single conversational exchange with one user. However, the same ID is only used if you explicitly retain the ID and pass it back with each request that is made as part of the same conversation. Otherwise, a new ID is generated for each new /message API call.\nShow more\n\nDesign any custom applications to capture a unique user_id or session_id and pass the information to Watson Assistant. Choose a non-human-identifiable ID that doesn't change throughout the customer lifecycle. For example, don't use a person's email address as the user ID. In fact, the user_id syntax must meet the requirements for header fields as defined in [RFC 7230](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230section-3.2).\n\nThe built-in integrations derive the user ID in the following ways:\n\n\n\n* For web chat, you can set the value of the user_id property. For more information, see [Adding user identity information](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-deploy-web-chatdeploy-web-chat-userid).\n\n\n\n\n\n Handling anonymous users \n\nIf your custom application or assistant interacts with users who are anonymous, you can generate a randomized universally unique ID to represent each anonymous user. For more information about UUIDs, see [RFC 4122](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122.html).\n\n\n\n* For web chat, if you do not pass an identifier for the user when the session begins, the web chat creates one for you. It creates a first-party cookie with a generated anonymous ID. The cookie remains active for 45 days. If the same user returns to your site later in the month and chats with your assistant again, the web chat integration recognizes the user.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Service API versioning","score":15.825586}],"1dcbbeb35d4d25ba1ffb787a9f2080e2<::>3":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_11474-5244-7072","text":"\nOpen the App ID instance page from the [resource list](https://cloud.ibm.com/resources) Services and software section.\n2. Go to Manage Authentication → Cloud Directory → Users, and click Create User. Enter the user details.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Step 6: Create or modify users' project assignments \n\nIf the IDP administrator will assign users to projects, you can define project values in the user's attributes.\n\n\n\n1. Open the App ID instance page from the [resource list](https://cloud.ibm.com/resources) Services and software section.\n2. Go to Manage Authentication → Cloud Directory → Users, and click a user to open it.\n3. Scroll down to Custom Attributes, and click Edit.\n4. Enter a key value pair that can will checked by the dynamic rules of the access groups, then click Save. You can add several values in the same string (for example, {\"project\":\"ml finance\"}); the contains qualifier of the dynamic rule detects a match of a substring. For our example, add:\n\n{\"project\":\"ml\"}\n\nThe value project corresponds to the convention defined in the planning section. ml is the project that the user belongs to.\n\nThis check is done on every login, so changes in the ID provider user attributes will be effective when a user next logs in.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n User flow \n\n\n\n1. A user is sent the ID provider URL for the IBM Cloud account.\n\nThe administrator can always go to [Manage → Access (IAM) → Identity providers](https://cloud.ibm.com/iam/identity-providers) to look up the ID provider URL.\n2. To work with Qiskit Runtime serive instances, users must create an API key by going to ([Manage → Access (IAM) → API keys](https://cloud.ibm.com/iam/apikeys)).\n3. For further information, users can review [Getting started, Step 2](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/quantum-computing?topic=quantum-computing-get-startedinstall-packages).\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Example scenario","score":17.45164},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03036-7-2061","text":"\nMetrics overview \n\nThe Overview page provides a summary of the interactions between users and your assistant. You can view the amount of traffic for a given time period, as well as the intents and entities that were recognized most often in user conversations.\n\nThe Analytics page was introduced with version 1.5.0. The Analytics feature is supported only on clusters that are installed on Red Hat OpenShift 4.5 or later.\n\nUse the metrics to answer questions like:\n\n\n\n* What was the average number of conversations per week during the last month?\n* How often did customers need to go elsewhwere for support?\n* Which intents appeared most often last week?\n* Which entity values were recognized the most times during February?\n* Which days had the largest or smallest numbers of conversations in the last month?\n\n\n\nTo see metrics information, select Overview in the navigation bar.\n\n\n\n Controls \n\nYou can use the following controls to filter the information:\n\n\n\n* Time period control - Use this control to choose the period for which data is displayed. This control affects all data shown on the page: not just the number of conversations displayed in the graph, but also the statistics displayed along with the graph, and the lists of top intents and entities.\n\nThe statistics can cover a longer time period than the period for which logs of conversations are retained.\n\n![Time period control](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/a2b18c153837bce00a5b4de496e4b4ca64bbf56e/assistant-data/images/oview-time.png)\n\nYou can choose whether to view data for a single day, a week, a month, or a quarter. In each case, the data points on the graph adjust to an appropriate measurement period. For example, when viewing a graph for a day, the data is presented in hourly values, but when viewing a graph for a week, the data is shown by day. A week always runs from Sunday through Saturday.\n\nYou can create custom time periods also, such as a week that runs from Thursday to the following Wednesday, or a month that begins on any date other than the first.","score":33.22154},{"document_id":"ibmcld_11472-1559-3073","text":"\n[Create App ID instance](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/5f399fa794584e8a662591b494b9a99aa927c74c/quantum-computing/images/org-guide-create-appid.png)\n\nFigure 2. Create your APP ID instance\n2. Read and agree to the terms and click Create.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Step 2: Configure the ID provider \n\nWe will use the Cloud Directory capability to add users to the ID provider. Refer to the [App ID documentation](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/appid) for instructions how to integrate other ID providers into App ID.\n\n\n\n1. Open the [IBM Cloud resource list](https://cloud.ibm.com/resources), expand the Services and software section, find your App ID instance and click its name to view its details.\n2. Click Manage Authentication and deselect any login options that you don't need, such as Facebook and Google.\n3. Go to Manage Authentication → Cloud Directory → Settings and choose whether user logins should use email or usernames.\n4. Optionally go to Manage Authentication → Cloud Directory → Password Policies to define the password strength.\n5. Optionally open Login Customization and customize the appearance of the login page.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Step 3: Integrate the App ID instance as the ID provider for the administrator's account \n\n\n\n1. Go to [Manage → Access (IAM) → Identity Providers](https://cloud.ibm.com/iam/identity-providers). For Type, choose IBM Cloud App ID, then click Create.\n2. Specify a name and select the App ID instance from the drop-down list.\n3. Select the checkbox to enable the ID provider.\n\nZoom\n\n!","score":17.063341},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03363-4413-6535","text":"\nFor more information, see [Ending the conversation gracefully](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-dialog-startdialog-start-anything-else).\n\nThe containment and coverage metrics are available to Plus or Enterprise plan users.\n* Total conversations: The total number of conversations between active users and your assistant during the selected time period. This number counts exchanges in which the welcome message is displayed to a user, even if the user doesn't respond.\n* Average messages per conversation - The total messages received during the selected time period divided by the total conversations during the selected time period.\n* Total messages - The total number of messages received from active users over the selected time period.\n* Active users - The number of unique users who have engaged with your assistant within the selected time period.\n* Average conversations per user - The total conversations divided by the total number of unique users during the selected time period.\n\nStatistics for Active users and Average conversations per user require a unique user_id parameter to be specified with the messages. This value is typically specified by all integrations because it is used for billing purposes. For more information, see [User-based plans explained](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-admin-managing-planadmin-managing-plan-user-based).\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Controls \n\nYou can use the following controls to filter the information:\n\n\n\n* Time period control - Use this control to choose the period for which data is displayed. This control affects all data shown on the page: not just the number of conversations displayed in the graph, but also the statistics displayed along with the graph, and the lists of top intents and entities.\n\nThe statistics can cover a longer time period than the period for which logs of conversations are retained.\n\n![Time period control](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/417db917d18067d9dcc4cf2612564a9a87c3ddc8/assistant/images/oview-time.png)\n\nYou can choose whether to view data for a single day, a week, a month, or a quarter.","score":35.683598},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03036-7103-8947","text":"\n* Average messages per conversation - The total messages received during the selected time period divided by the total conversations during the selected time period.\n* Total messages - The total number of messages received from active users over the selected time period.\n* Active users - The number of unique users who have engaged with your assistant within the selected time period.\n* Average conversations per user - The total conversations divided by the total number of unique users during the selected time period.\n\nStatistics for Active users and Average conversations per user require a unique user_id parameter. See [Enabling user metrics](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-logs-resourceslogs-resources-user-id) for more information.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Top Intents and Top Entities \n\nYou can also view the intents and entities that were recognized most often during the specified time period.\n\n\n\n* Top intents - Intents are shown in a simple list. In addition to seeing the number of times an intent was recognized, you can select an intent to open the User conversations page with the date range filtered to match the data you are viewing, and the intent filtered to match the selected intent.\n* Top entities are also shown in a list. For each entity you can select from the Values column to see a list of the most common values that were identified for this entity during the time period. You can also select an entity to open the User conversations page with the date range filtered to match the data you are viewing, and the entity filtered to match the selected entity.\n\n\n\nSee [Improve your skill](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-logs) for tips on how to edit intents and entities based on discoveries you make by reviewing the intents and entities that your assistant recognizes.","score":32.302517}],"1dcbbeb35d4d25ba1ffb787a9f2080e2<::>4":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_02746-7-1681","text":"\nDefining password policies \n\nPassword policies, such as strength requirements, help you to enforce more secure applications. By defining advanced policies, you can define the rules that a user must conform to when they set their password or attempt to sign in to your app. For example, you can set the number of times that a user can try to sign in before they are locked out of their account.\n\n\n\n Policy: password strength \n\nA strong password makes it difficult, or even improbable for someone to guess the password in either a manual or automated way. To set requirements for the strength of a user's password, you can use the following steps.\n\nTo set this configuration by using the GUI:\n\n\n\n1. Go to the Cloud Directory > Password policies tab of the App ID dashboard.\n2. In the Define password strength box, click Edit. A screen opens.\n3. Enter a valid regex string in the Password strength box.\n\nExamples:\n\n\n\n* Must be at least 8 characters. (^.{8,}$)\n* Must have one number, one lowercase letter, and one capital letter. (^(?:(?=.d)(?=.[a-z])(?=.[A-Z]).)$)\n* Must have only English letters and numbers. (^[A-Za-z0-9]$)\n* Must have at least one unique character. (^(w)w?(?!1)w+$)\n\n\n\n4. Click Save.\n\n\n\nPassword strength can be set in the Cloud Directory settings page in the App ID dashboard, or by using [the management APIs](https://us-south.appid.cloud.ibm.com/swagger-ui//Management%20API%20-%20Config/mgmt.set_cloud_directory_password_regex).\n\n\n\n Setting a custom error message \n\nIf you set your own password regex policy and a user chooses a password that does not meet your requirements, the default message is The password doesn't meet the strength requirements.","score":16.824614},{"document_id":"ibmcld_11474-1503-3030","text":"\n[Create App ID instance](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/5f399fa794584e8a662591b494b9a99aa927c74c/quantum-computing/includes/images/org-guide-create-appid.png)\n\nFigure 2. Create your APP ID instance\n2. Read and agree to the terms and click Create.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Step 2: Configure the ID provider \n\nWe will use the Cloud Directory capability to add users to the ID provider. Refer to the [App ID documentation](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/appid) for instructions how to integrate other ID providers into App ID.\n\n\n\n1. Open the [IBM Cloud resource list](https://cloud.ibm.com/resources), expand the Services and software section, find your App ID instance and click its name to view its details.\n2. Click Manage Authentication and deselect any login options that you don't need, such as Facebook and Google.\n3. Navigate to Manage Authentication → Cloud Directory → Settings and choose whether user logins should use email or usernames.\n4. Optional: Open Manage Authentication → Cloud Directory → Password Policies to define the password strength.\n5. Optionally open Login Customization and customize the appearance of the login page.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Step 3: Integrate the App ID instance as the ID provider for the administrator's account \n\n\n\n1. Go to [Manage → Access (IAM) → Identity Providers](https://cloud.ibm.com/iam/identity-providers). For Type, choose IBM Cloud App ID, then click Create.\n2. Specify a name and select the App ID instance from the drop-down list.\n3. Select the checkbox to enable the ID provider.\n\nZoom\n\n!","score":13.452765},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02746-1213-3197","text":"\nPassword strength can be set in the Cloud Directory settings page in the App ID dashboard, or by using [the management APIs](https://us-south.appid.cloud.ibm.com/swagger-ui//Management%20API%20-%20Config/mgmt.set_cloud_directory_password_regex).\n\n\n\n Setting a custom error message \n\nIf you set your own password regex policy and a user chooses a password that does not meet your requirements, the default message is The password doesn't meet the strength requirements. You can also choose to set your own message by using the [/management/v4/{tenantId}/config/cloud_directory/password_regex endpoint](https://us-south.appid.cloud.ibm.com/swagger-ui//Management%20API%20-%20Config/mgmt.set_cloud_directory_password_regex).\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Advanced password policies \n\nYou can enhance the security of your application by enforcing password constraints.\n\nYou can create an advanced password policy that consists of any combination of the following five features:\n\n\n\n* Lockout after repeated wrong credentials\n* Avoid password reuse\n* Password expiration\n* Minimum period between password changes\n* Ensure that the password does not include user name\n\n\n\nWhen you enable this feature, extra billing for advanced security capabilities is activated. For more information, see [how does App ID calculate pricing](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/appid?topic=appid-pricing).\n\n\n\n Policy: Avoid Password Reuse \n\nYou might want to prevent your users from choosing a recently used password when they attempt to create a new one. If they try to set their password to one that was recently used, an error is shown in the default Login Widget GUI and the user is prompted to enter another option. This setting allows for you to choose the number of passwords that a user must have before they're able to repeat a previously used password.\n\nTo set this configuration by using the GUI:\n\n\n\n1. Go to the Cloud Directory > Password policies tab of the App ID dashboard.\n2. Toggle Advanced password policy to Enabled.\n3.","score":13.729753},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02746-7454-8167","text":"\n\"user_id\" : \"356e065e-49da-45f6-afa3-091a7b464f51\"\n}\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Policy: Ensure that the password does not include user name \n\nFor stronger passwords, you might want to prevent users from creating a password that contains their username or the first part of their email address.\n\nTo set this configuration by using the GUI:\n\n\n\n1. Go to the Cloud Directory > Password policies tab of the App ID dashboard.\n2. Toggle Advanced password policy to Enabled.\n3. Toggle Password should not contain user ID to Enabled.\n4. Click Save.\n\n\n\nThis constraint is not case-sensitive. Users are not able to alter the case of some or all the characters to use the personal information. To configure this option, toggle the switch to on.","score":15.018396},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02775-4830-5961","text":"\nFor a complete list of the options and setup information, see [Advanced password management](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/appid?topic=appid-cd-strengthcd-advanced-password). \n\n\n\nThese features are available only to those instances that are on the graduated tier pricing plan and that were created after 15 March 2018.\n\n\n\n\n\n When am I charged? \n\nYour first 1000 authentication events and 1000 authorized users per service instance are free of charge. You are charged monthly for any additional authentication events and authorized users, as well as any advanced security features that are enabled for each service instance.\n\n\n\n\n\n How do I stop getting charged for App ID? \n\nIf you no longer want to be charged for authentication events and authorized users, you need to ensure that no user can authenticate by using App ID. You must remove the App ID configuration from your app code or confirm that your users are not able to use the configuration to log in to your app. To stop getting charged for advance security features, you must disable them on the Manage Authentication > Authentication Settings page of the service dashboard.","score":14.021703}],"1dcbbeb35d4d25ba1ffb787a9f2080e2<::>6":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_03363-6198-7991","text":"\nThe statistics can cover a longer time period than the period for which logs of conversations are retained.\n\n![Time period control](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/417db917d18067d9dcc4cf2612564a9a87c3ddc8/assistant/images/oview-time.png)\n\nYou can choose whether to view data for a single day, a week, a month, or a quarter. In each case, the data points on the graph adjust to an appropriate measurement period. For example, when viewing a graph for a day, the data is presented in hourly values, but when viewing a graph for a week, the data is shown by day. A week always runs from Sunday through Saturday.\n\nYou can create custom time periods also, such as a week that runs from Thursday to the following Wednesday, or a month that begins on any date other than the first.\n\nThe time shown for each conversation is localized to reflect the time zone of your browser. However, API log calls are always shown in UTC time. As a result, if you choose a single day view, for example, the time shown in the visualization might differ from the timestamp specified in the log for the same conversation.\n\n![Time period control](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/417db917d18067d9dcc4cf2612564a9a87c3ddc8/assistant/images/oview-time2.png)\n* Intents and Entities filters - Use either of these drop-down filters to show data for a specific intent or entity in your skill.\n\nThe intent and entities filters are populated by the intents and entities in the skill, and not what is in the data source. If you have [selected a data source](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-logslogs-deploy-id) other than the skill, you might not see an intent or entity from your data source logs as an option in the filters, unless those intents and entities are also in the skill.","score":34.939598},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02855-17972-19576","text":"\nFor more information, see [Authenticating users](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-deploy-web-chatdeploy-web-chat-security-authenticate).\n\nChoose a non-human-identifiable ID. For example, do not use a person's email address as the user_id.\n\nUser information is used in the following ways:\n\n\n\n* The user_id is used to measure the number of monthly active users who interact with the web chat integration.\n* The ability to delete any data created by someone who requests to be forgotten requires that a customer_id be associated with the user input. When a user_id is defined, the product can reuse it to pass a customer_id parameter. See [Labeling and deleting data](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-information-securityinformation-security-gdpr-wa).\n\n\n\nBecause the user_id value that you submit is included in the customer_id value that is added to the X-Watson-Metadata header in each message request, the user_id syntax must meet the requirements for header fields as defined in [RFC 7230](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230section-3.2).\n\nTo support these user-based capabilities, add the updateUserID() method in the code snippet before you paste it into your web page.\n\nIn the following example, the user ID L12345 is added to the script.\n\n<script>\nwindow.watsonAssistantChatOptions = {\nintegrationID: 'YOUR_INTEGRATION_ID',\nregion: 'YOUR_REGION',\nserviceInstanceID: 'YOUR_SERVICE_INSTANCE',\nonLoad: function(instance) {\ninstance.updateUserID(L12345);\ninstance.render();\n}\n};\nsetTimeout(function(){\nconst t=document.createElement('script');","score":33.228645},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03036-7103-8947","text":"\n* Average messages per conversation - The total messages received during the selected time period divided by the total conversations during the selected time period.\n* Total messages - The total number of messages received from active users over the selected time period.\n* Active users - The number of unique users who have engaged with your assistant within the selected time period.\n* Average conversations per user - The total conversations divided by the total number of unique users during the selected time period.\n\nStatistics for Active users and Average conversations per user require a unique user_id parameter. See [Enabling user metrics](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-logs-resourceslogs-resources-user-id) for more information.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Top Intents and Top Entities \n\nYou can also view the intents and entities that were recognized most often during the specified time period.\n\n\n\n* Top intents - Intents are shown in a simple list. In addition to seeing the number of times an intent was recognized, you can select an intent to open the User conversations page with the date range filtered to match the data you are viewing, and the intent filtered to match the selected intent.\n* Top entities are also shown in a list. For each entity you can select from the Values column to see a list of the most common values that were identified for this entity during the time period. You can also select an entity to open the User conversations page with the date range filtered to match the data you are viewing, and the entity filtered to match the selected entity.\n\n\n\nSee [Improve your skill](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-logs) for tips on how to edit intents and entities based on discoveries you make by reviewing the intents and entities that your assistant recognizes.","score":33.487415},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03363-4413-6535","text":"\nFor more information, see [Ending the conversation gracefully](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-dialog-startdialog-start-anything-else).\n\nThe containment and coverage metrics are available to Plus or Enterprise plan users.\n* Total conversations: The total number of conversations between active users and your assistant during the selected time period. This number counts exchanges in which the welcome message is displayed to a user, even if the user doesn't respond.\n* Average messages per conversation - The total messages received during the selected time period divided by the total conversations during the selected time period.\n* Total messages - The total number of messages received from active users over the selected time period.\n* Active users - The number of unique users who have engaged with your assistant within the selected time period.\n* Average conversations per user - The total conversations divided by the total number of unique users during the selected time period.\n\nStatistics for Active users and Average conversations per user require a unique user_id parameter to be specified with the messages. This value is typically specified by all integrations because it is used for billing purposes. For more information, see [User-based plans explained](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-admin-managing-planadmin-managing-plan-user-based).\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Controls \n\nYou can use the following controls to filter the information:\n\n\n\n* Time period control - Use this control to choose the period for which data is displayed. This control affects all data shown on the page: not just the number of conversations displayed in the graph, but also the statistics displayed along with the graph, and the lists of top intents and entities.\n\nThe statistics can cover a longer time period than the period for which logs of conversations are retained.\n\n![Time period control](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/417db917d18067d9dcc4cf2612564a9a87c3ddc8/assistant/images/oview-time.png)\n\nYou can choose whether to view data for a single day, a week, a month, or a quarter.","score":36.288082},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03036-7-2061","text":"\nMetrics overview \n\nThe Overview page provides a summary of the interactions between users and your assistant. You can view the amount of traffic for a given time period, as well as the intents and entities that were recognized most often in user conversations.\n\nThe Analytics page was introduced with version 1.5.0. The Analytics feature is supported only on clusters that are installed on Red Hat OpenShift 4.5 or later.\n\nUse the metrics to answer questions like:\n\n\n\n* What was the average number of conversations per week during the last month?\n* How often did customers need to go elsewhwere for support?\n* Which intents appeared most often last week?\n* Which entity values were recognized the most times during February?\n* Which days had the largest or smallest numbers of conversations in the last month?\n\n\n\nTo see metrics information, select Overview in the navigation bar.\n\n\n\n Controls \n\nYou can use the following controls to filter the information:\n\n\n\n* Time period control - Use this control to choose the period for which data is displayed. This control affects all data shown on the page: not just the number of conversations displayed in the graph, but also the statistics displayed along with the graph, and the lists of top intents and entities.\n\nThe statistics can cover a longer time period than the period for which logs of conversations are retained.\n\n![Time period control](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/a2b18c153837bce00a5b4de496e4b4ca64bbf56e/assistant-data/images/oview-time.png)\n\nYou can choose whether to view data for a single day, a week, a month, or a quarter. In each case, the data points on the graph adjust to an appropriate measurement period. For example, when viewing a graph for a day, the data is presented in hourly values, but when viewing a graph for a week, the data is shown by day. A week always runs from Sunday through Saturday.\n\nYou can create custom time periods also, such as a week that runs from Thursday to the following Wednesday, or a month that begins on any date other than the first.","score":33.61185}],"79f0d0539d9ec0acbf90cb3388b30c17<::>1":[{"document_id":"806502664_3901-4281-0-380","text":"Primary source\nA study of cultural history could include fictional sources such as novels or plays . In a broader sense primary sources also include artifacts like photographs , newsreels , coins , paintings or buildings created at the time . Historians may also take archaeological artifacts and oral reports and interviews into consideration . Written sources may be divided into three types .","title":"Primary source","score":13.747644},{"document_id":"806502664_5333-5957-0-624","text":"Primary source\nIn the humanities , a primary source could be defined as something that was created either during the time period being studied or afterward by individuals reflecting on their involvement in the events of that time . In the social sciences , the definition of a primary source would be expanded to include numerical data that has been gathered to analyze relationships between people , events , and their environment . In the natural sciences , a primary source could be defined as a report of original findings or ideas . These sources often appear in the form of research articles with sections on methods and results . ''","title":"Primary source","score":12.999157},{"document_id":"806502664_349-964-0-615","text":"Primary source\nIn the study of history as an academic discipline , a primary source ( also called original source or evidence ) is an artifact , a document , diary , manuscript , autobiography , a recording , or any other source of information that was created at the time under study . It serves as an original source of information about the topic . Similar definitions can be used in library science , and other areas of scholarship , although different fields have somewhat different definitions . In journalism , a primary source can be a person with direct knowledge of a situation , or a document written by such a person .","title":"Primary source","score":14.031517},{"document_id":"806502664_11610-11795-0-185","text":"Primary source\nHowever , a primary source is not necessarily more of an authority or better than a secondary source . There can be bias and tacit unconscious views which twist historical information .","title":"Primary source","score":13.063429},{"document_id":"806502664_13762-14092-0-330","text":"Primary source\nIf a historical text discusses old documents to derive a new historical conclusion , it is considered to be a primary source for the new conclusion . Examples in which a source can be both primary and secondary include an obituary or a survey of several volumes of a journal counting the frequency of articles on a certain topic .","title":"Primary source","score":13.2623}],"79f0d0539d9ec0acbf90cb3388b30c17<::>3":[{"document_id":"818823851_21463-22255-0-792","text":"Repatriation (cultural heritage)\nSome argue that in colonized states , nationalist archaeology was used to resist colonialism and racism under the guise of evolution . While it is true that both colonialist and nationalist discourse use the artifact to form mechanisms to sustain their contending political agendas , there is a danger in viewing them interchangeably since the latter was a reaction and form of resistance to the former . On the other hand , it is important to realize that in the process of emulating the mechanisms of colonial discourse , the nationalist discourse produced new forms of power . In the case of the Egyptian nationalist movement , the new form of power and meaning that surrounded the artifact furthered the Egyptian independence cause but continued to oppress the rural Egyptian population .","title":"Repatriation (cultural heritage)","score":12.293479},{"document_id":"818823851_18203-19532-0-1329","text":"Repatriation (cultural heritage)\nAs further justification for colonial rule , the archaeological discoveries also shaped the way European colonialists identified with the artifacts and the ancient people who made them . In the case of Egypt , colonial Europe 's mission to bring the glory and magnificence of ancient Egypt closer to Europe and incorporate it into knowledge of world history , or better yet , European history placed ancient Egypt in a new spotlight . With the archaeological discoveries , ancient Egypt was adopted into the Western historical narrative and came to take on a significance that had up until that time been reserved for ancient Greek and Roman civilization . The French revolutionaries justified the large - scale and systematic looting of Italy in 1796 by viewing themselves as the political successors of Rome , in the same way that ancient Romans saw themselves as the heirs of Greek civilization ; by the same token , the appropriation of ancient Egyptian history as European history further legitimated Western colonial rule over Egypt . But while ancient Egypt became patrimony of the West , modern Egypt remained a part of the Muslim world . The writings of European archaeologists and tourists illustrate the impression that modern Egyptians were uncivilized , savage , and the antithesis of the splendor of ancient Egypt .","title":"Repatriation (cultural heritage)","score":9.760377},{"document_id":"818823851_21091-21444-0-353","text":"Repatriation (cultural heritage)\nAs a direct reaction and resistance to colonial oppression , archaeology was also used for the purpose of legitimating the existence of an independent nation - state . For example , Egyptian Nationalists utilized its ancient history to invent the political and expressive culture of `` Pharaonism '' as a response to Europe 's `` Egyptomania '' . Masada","title":"Repatriation (cultural heritage)","score":11.527924},{"document_id":"818823851_17547-18202-0-655","text":"Repatriation (cultural heritage)\nFrom early on , the field of archaeology was deeply involved in political endeavors and in the construction of national identities . This early relationship can be seen during the Renaissance and the proto - Italian reactions against the High Gothic movement , but the relationship became stronger during 19th century Europe when archaeology became institutionalized as a field of study furnished by artifacts acquired during the rise of European colonialism led by the British and French . Colonialism and the field of archaeology mutually supported one another as the need to acquire knowledge of ancient artifacts justified further colonial dominance .","title":"Repatriation (cultural heritage)","score":11.862168},{"document_id":"837717284_3608-4247-0-639","text":"Pre-Columbian era\nBefore the development of archaeology in the 19th century , historians of the pre-Columbian period mainly interpreted the records of the European conquerors and the accounts of early European travelers and antiquaries . It was not until the nineteenth century that the work of men such as John Lloyd Stephens , Eduard Seler and Alfred P. Maudslay , and of institutions such as the Peabody Museum of Archaeology and Ethnology of Harvard University , led to the reconsideration and criticism of the European sources . Now , the scholarly study of pre-Columbian cultures is most often based on scientific and multidisciplinary methodologies .","title":"Pre-Columbian era","score":11.996241}],"79f0d0539d9ec0acbf90cb3388b30c17<::>4":[{"document_id":"852484941_20780-21538-0-757","text":"Celts\nBefore the 19th century , scholars assumed that the original land of the Celts was west of the Rhine , more precisely in Gaul , because it was where Greek and Roman ancient sources , namely Caesar , located the Celts . This view was challenged by the 19th - century historian Marie Henri d'Arbois de Jubainville who placed the land of origin of the Celts east of the Rhine . Jubainville based his arguments on a phrase of Herodotus ' that placed the Celts at the source of the Danube , and argued that Herodotus had meant to place the Celtic homeland in southern Germany . The finding of the prehistoric cemetery of Hallstat in 1846 by Johan Ramsauer and the finding of the archaeological site of La Tène by Hansli Kopp in 1857 drew attention to this area .","title":"Celts","score":14.404358},{"document_id":"852484941_4164-5668-0-1503","text":"Celts\nThe history of pre-Celtic Europe and the exact relationship between ethnic , linguistic and cultural factors in the Celtic world remains uncertain and controversial . The exact geographic spread of the ancient Celts is disputed ; in particular , the ways in which the Iron Age inhabitants of Great Britain and Ireland should be regarded as Celts have become a subject of controversy . According to one theory , the common root of the Celtic languages , the Proto - Celtic language , arose in the Late Bronze Age Urnfield culture of Central Europe , which flourished from around 1200 BC . According to a theory proposed in the 19th century , the first people to adopt cultural characteristics regarded as Celtic were the people of the Iron Age Hallstatt culture in central Europe ( c. 800 -- 450 BC ) , named for the rich grave finds in Hallstatt , Austria . Thus this area is sometimes called the `` Celtic homeland '' . By or during the later La Tène period ( c. 450 BC to the Roman conquest ) , this Celtic culture was supposed to have expanded by trans - cultural diffusion or migration to the British Isles ( Insular Celts ) , France and the Low Countries ( Gauls ) , Bohemia , Poland and much of Central Europe , the Iberian Peninsula ( Celtiberians , Celtici , Lusitanians and Gallaeci ) and northern Italy ( Golasecca culture and Cisalpine Gauls ) and , following the Celtic settlement of Eastern Europe beginning in 279 BC , as far east as central Anatolia ( Galatians ) in modern - day Turkey .","title":"Celts","score":11.348675},{"document_id":"852484941_59328-59737-0-409","text":"Celts\nLike other European Iron Age tribal societies , the Celts practised a polytheistic religion . Many Celtic gods are known from texts and inscriptions from the Roman period . Rites and sacrifices were carried out by priests known as druids . The Celts did not see their gods as having human shapes until late in the Iron Age . Celtic shrines were situated in remote areas such as hilltops , groves , and lakes .","title":"Celts","score":11.352483},{"document_id":"852484941_42718-43317-0-599","text":"Celts\nArchaeological evidence suggests that the pre-Roman Celtic societies were linked to the network of overland trade routes that spanned Eurasia . Archaeologists have discovered large prehistoric trackways crossing bogs in Ireland and Germany . Due to their substantial nature , these are believed to have been created for wheeled transport as part of an extensive roadway system that facilitated trade . The territory held by the Celts contained tin , lead , iron , silver and gold . Celtic smiths and metalworkers created weapons and jewellery for international trade , particularly with the Romans .","title":"Celts","score":15.976021},{"document_id":"852484941_17759-19073-0-1313","text":"Celts\nMyles Dillon and Nora Kershaw Chadwick accepted that `` the Celtic settlement of the British Isles '' might have to be dated to the Bell Beaker culture concluding that `` There is no reason why so early a date for the coming of the Celts should be impossible '' . Martín Almagro Gorbea proposed the origins of the Celts could be traced back to the 3rd millennium BC , also seeking the initial roots in the Beaker period , thus offering the wide dispersion of the Celts throughout western Europe , as well as the variability of the different Celtic peoples , and the existence of ancestral traditions an ancient perspective . Using a multidisciplinary approach , Alberto J. Lorrio and Gonzalo Ruiz Zapatero reviewed and built on Almagro Gorbea 's work to present a model for the origin of the Celtic archaeological groups in the Iberian Peninsula ( Celtiberian , Vetton , Vaccean , the Castro culture of the northwest , Asturian - Cantabrian and Celtic of the southwest ) and proposing a rethinking of the meaning of `` Celtic '' from a European perspective . More recently , John Koch and Barry Cunliffe have suggested that Celtic origins lie with the Atlantic Bronze Age , roughly contemporaneous with the Hallstatt culture but positioned considerably to the West , extending along the Atlantic coast of Europe .","title":"Celts","score":12.219185}],"5c13daa9432149f6243aa1115629cd1a<::>3":[{"document_id":"853377429_23150-23662-0-512","text":"Sickle cell disease\nWhen treating avascular necrosis of the bone in people with sickle cell disease , the aim of treatment is to reduce or stop the pain and maintain joint mobility . Current treatment options are to rest the joint , physical therapy , pain relief medicine , joint replacement surgery , or bone grafting . High quality randomized controlled trials are needed to assess the most effective treatment option and determine if a combination of physical therapy and surgery are more effective than physical therapy alone .","title":"Sickle cell disease","score":21.585873},{"document_id":"853377429_2317-2677-0-360","text":"Sickle cell disease\nThe care of people with sickle cell disease may include infection prevention with vaccination and antibiotics , high fluid intake , folic acid supplementation and pain medication . Other measures may include blood transfusion and the medication hydroxycarbamide ( hydroxyurea ) . A small percentage of people can be cured by a transplant of bone marrow cells .","title":"Sickle cell disease","score":22.880234},{"document_id":"853377429_18938-19079-0-141","text":"Sickle cell disease\nTreatment involves a number of measures . L - glutamine use was supported by the FDA starting at the age of 5 as it decreases complications .","title":"Sickle cell disease","score":18.404436},{"document_id":"853377429_37780-38219-0-439","text":"Sickle cell disease\nPhase 1 clinical trials of gene therapy for sickle cell disease in humans were started in 2014 . The clinical trials will assess the safety and initial evidence for efficacy of an autologous transplant of lentiviral vector - modified bone marrow for adults with severe sickle cell disease . As of 2016 , however , no randomized controlled trials have been reported . A case report for the first person treated was published in March 2017 .","title":"Sickle cell disease","score":18.112276},{"document_id":"853377429_22796-23121-0-325","text":"Sickle cell disease\nBone marrow transplants have proven effective in children . Bone marrow transplants are the only known cure for SCD . However , bone marrow transplants are difficult to obtain because of the specific HLA typing necessary . Ideally , a close relative ( allogeneic ) would donate the bone marrow necessary for transplantation .","title":"Sickle cell disease","score":18.196453}],"62888f39e748c217054ee3af08fb4bdd<::>1":[{"document_id":"a6a1bb9577b7a817-3018-4282","text":"DUI Crackdown | Office of Traffic Safety\nIn every state it’s illegal to drive with a BAC of .08 or higher, yet one person is killed in a drunk-driving crash every 52 minutes in the United States.\nOf the 10,076 people killed in drunk-driving crashes in 2013, 65 percent were the drunk drivers themselves.\nIn fatal crashes during the month of August over the five-year period of 2009-2013, almost 1 out of 10 (8%) of the drunk drivers involved had one or more previous convictions for drunk driving.\nMen are more likely than women to be driving drunk in fatal crashes. In 2013, 23 percent of males were drunk in these crashes, compared to 15 percent for females.\nDrunk driving is more common at night. Half of all the fatalities during the nighttime (6 p.m. to 5:59 a.m.) involved drunk drivers, as compared to 14 percent during the day.\nAmong the drivers between the ages of 18 and 34, 45 percent of those fatalities involved a drunk driver with a BAC of .08 or higher.\nMotorcycle riders have the highest overall rate of alcohol impairment in fatal crashes. In 2013, 27 percent of the motorcycle riders kil\n\n \n    \n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n \n \n \n\nBack to Top\n\nContact OTS\n\nConditions of Use\n\nPrivacy Policy\n\nSite Map\n\nFacebook\n\nInstagram\n\nX\n\nYouTube\n\nCopyright © State of California\nPowered by: CAWeb Publishing Service","title":"DUI Crackdown | Office of Traffic Safety","score":12.873465},{"document_id":"dfcbbce648ec1599-2-1878","text":"Commercial Motor Vehicle Safety | Governor's Traffic Safety Committee\nCommercial Motor Vehicle Safety | Governor's Traffic Safety Committee\n\n Skip to main content\n \n\nTranslate\n\nEnglish\n\nEspañol\n\n中文\n\n繁體中文\n\nРусский\n\nיידיש\n\nবাংলা\n\n한국어\n\nKreyòl Ayisyen\n\nItaliano\n\nالعربية\n\nPolski\n\nFrançais\n\nاردو\n\n \n\n Your browser does not support iFrames\n \n\nNavigation Menu Toggle\n\n Governor's Traffic Safety Committee\n\nSafety TopicsGrants Training & EventsLaw EnforcementResourcesAbout\n\n \n\nCommercial Motor Vehicle\n\nParkways have low bridges. Watch the signs.\n\nTOP\nCommercial Motor Vehicle Safety\n\nSHARE\n\nShare by Email\n\nShare by Facebook\n\nShare by Twitter\n\nKnow the Facts\nIt is imperative for us to understand the shared responsibility we all have in reducing Commercial Motor Vehicle crashes. This is especially true as the motor carrier industry continues to grow to deliver the bulk of the consumer goods here in NYS. The trucking industry plays a pivotal role in New York State’s economy providing more than 275,000 jobs.\n\r\nAccording to the Institute for Traffic Safety and Management Research (ITSMR), there were a total of 12,838 crashes involving large trucks in 2017.  A total of 4,096 (32%) of these crashes resulted in some type of personal injury and 93 of these crashes (.72%) resulted in one or more fatalities. Fatal & Personal Injury (F&PI) crashes involving large trucks are more likely to involve multiple vehicles (87%) than other F&PI crashes (70%).\n\n \nNew Penalties for Commercial Vehicles on Parkways and Over Height Vehicles\nEffective September 3, 2020 new fines and penalties for commercial vehicles on parkways and over height vehicles go into effect. \nPenalties for commercial vehicles on parkways are broken down by weight class: less than 10,000 pounds; between 10,000 pounds and 26,000 pounds; and over 26,000 pounds. The maximum fines and penalties are as follows:\nLess than 10,000 pounds: \nFirst violation - $250 and/or 15 days in jail","title":"Commercial Motor Vehicle Safety | Governor's Traffic Safety Committee","score":11.505983},{"document_id":"77e6d3a64f89f75f-10878-12855","text":"National Transportation Statistics | Bureau of Transportation Statistics\nTable 2-15 - Number of Pilot-Reported Near Midair Collisions (NMAC) by Degree of Hazard\nTable 2-16 - Prohibited Items Intercepted at Airport Screening Checkpoints\n\nSection 2.C - Highway Safety\n\nTable 2-17 - Motor Vehicle Safety Data\nTable 2-18 - Motor Vehicle Fatalities, Vehicle-Miles, and Associated Rates by Highway Functional System\nTable 2-19 - Occupant Fatalities by Vehicle Type and Nonoccupant Fatalities\nTable 2-20 - Occupant and Non-Motorist Fatalities in Crashes by Number of Vehicles and Alcohol Involvement\nTable 2-21a - Passenger Car Occupant Safety Data\nTable 2-21b - Work Zone Safety Data\nTable 2-22 - Motorcycle Rider Safety Data\nTable 2-23 - Truck Occupant Safety Data\nTable 2-24 - Bus Occupant Safety Data\nTable 2-25 - State Laws on Distracted Driving - Ban on Hand-Held Devices and Texting While Driving\nTable 2-26 - Fatalities by Highest Blood Alcohol Concentration (BAC) in Highway Crashes\nTable 2-27 - Number of States with Different Types of Anti-DUI/DWI Legislation in Effect as of January 1 of the Listed Year\nTable 2-28 - Motor Vehicle Fatal Crashes by Day of Week, Time of Day, and Weather and Light Conditions \nTable 2-29 - Motor Vehicles and Occupants Involved in Fatal Crashes by Posted Speed Limit\nTable 2-30 - Safety Belt and Motorcycle Helmet Use\nTable 2-31 - Estimated Number of Lives Saved by Occupant Protection, Motorcycle Helmets, and Drinking Age Law\n\nSection 2.D - Transit Safety\n\nTable 2-32 - Transit Safety and Property Damage Data\nTable 2-33 - Transit Safety Data by Mode for All Reported Accidents\nTable 2-34 - Transit Safety Data by Mode for All Reported Incidents\nTable 2-35 - Transit and Grade-Crossing Fatalities by Rail Transit Mode\nTable 2-36 - Transit and Grade-Crossing Injuries by Rail Transit Mode\nTable 2-37 - Transit and Grade-Crossing Incidents by Rail Transit Mode\nTable 2-38 - Security Events of Crime by Transit Mode\n\nSection 2.E - Railroad Safety\n\nTable 2-39 - Railroad and Grade-Crossing Fatalities by Victim Class","title":"National Transportation Statistics | Bureau of Transportation Statistics","score":11.571641},{"document_id":"188655ebc2481d6a-10034-12242","text":"OTS Crash Rankings | Office of Traffic Safety\nSo, for Group B, a ranking of 1/57 is the highest or worst, 27/57 is average, and 57/57 is the lowest or best.\nHeadings\n\nType of Crash – This column delineates the different types of crashes OTS has chosen to show in the rankings. These represent the types with larger percentages of total killed and injured and areas of focus for the OTS grant program.\nVictims Killed and Injured – This column shows the number of fatalities and injuries aggregated. Damage-only or fender-bender crashes are not included.\nRanking – This column shows what ranking that city has as compared to other comparably sized incorporated cities in California for that particular type of crash. The first number is that city’s ranking for that type of crash. The second number is the total number of cities/counties within that population grouping.\n\nCrash Category\n\nTotal Fatal and Injury – The total number of victims involved in all crashes where there were fatalities and/or injuries in that city/county.\nAlcohol Involved – Crashes in which there were victims killed or injured where a party (driver, pedestrian, bicyclist) was classified as “Had Been Drinking.”\nHad Been Drinking Driver <21 – Crashes in which there were victims killed or injured involving a driver who had been drinking and under the age of 21. “Had Been Drinking” includes under the influence of alcohol, not under the influence of alcohol, and alcohol impairment unknown.\nHad Been Drinking Driver 21-34 – Crashes in which there were victims killed or injured involving a driver who had been drinking and between the ages of 21 and 34. “Had Been Drinking” includes under the influence of alcohol, not under the influence of alcohol, and alcohol impairment unknown.\nMotorcycles – Crashes in which there were victims killed or injured and a motorcycle was involved.\nPedestrians – Crashes in which there were victims killed or injured and a pedestrian was involved.\nPedestrians <15 – Crashes in which the victims killed or injured were a pedestrian under the age of 15.\nPedestrians 65+ – Crashes in which the victims killed or injured were a pedestrian age 65 and older.\nBicycle – Crashes in which there were victims killed or injured and a bicyclist was involved.","title":"OTS Crash Rankings | Office of Traffic Safety","score":11.492865},{"document_id":"21ab6c12926e35e3-2-1988","text":"Motorcycle Safety | Governor's Traffic Safety Committee\nMotorcycle Safety | Governor's Traffic Safety Committee\n\n Skip to main content\n \n\nTranslate\n\nEnglish\n\nEspañol\n\n中文\n\n繁體中文\n\nРусский\n\nיידיש\n\nবাংলা\n\n한국어\n\nKreyòl Ayisyen\n\nItaliano\n\nالعربية\n\nPolski\n\nFrançais\n\nاردو\n\n \n\n Your browser does not support iFrames\n \n\nNavigation Menu Toggle\n\n Governor's Traffic Safety Committee\n\nSafety TopicsGrants Training & EventsLaw EnforcementResourcesAbout\n\n \n\nMotorcycle Safety & Awareness\n\nProtecting the most vulnerable road users.\n\nTOP\nMotorcycle Safety\n\nSHARE\n\nShare by Email\n\nShare by Facebook\n\nShare by Twitter\n\n \nCreating Safety & Awareness in New York State\n\nMotorcycle riding is more popular in New York than ever. There are more than 750,000 licensed motorcyclists and that number continues to grow with each passing year. For many people, motorcycling is a fun sport as well as an energy-efficient means of transportation. However, motorcycling can be dangerous. It requires skill, concentration and reasonable precautions.\nMotorcyclists are about 28 times more likely to die in a crash than people in passenger cars. Motorcyclists continue to be overrepresented in traffic-related fatalities; Despite representing only 3% of all registered motor vehicles, motorcyclists account for 14% of all traffic-related fatalities (National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 2018).\n\nTaking Action\nEfforts to Improve Motorcycle Safety\n\nMotorcycle Safety Program\nThe Department of Motor Vehicles established a rider-funded motorcycle safety program as required by legislation signed in 1997. The program provides accessible and affordable rider education throughout NYS, in an effort to create awareness and reduce motorcyclist injuries and fatalities.\n\nMotorcycle Helmet Law\nNew York was the first state in the nation to adopt a universal motorcycle helmet law. This law, effective as of January 1, 1967, requires any person operating or riding a motorcycle to wear a Department of Transportation (DOT)-approved helmet. \n\nMotorcycle Safety Awareness Month","title":"Motorcycle Safety | Governor's Traffic Safety Committee","score":14.497077}],"62888f39e748c217054ee3af08fb4bdd<::>3":[{"document_id":"6669fe9a5db69e55-10649-12737","text":"Efforts to Reduce Impaired Driving | Governor's Traffic Safety Committee\nLeandra’s Law11-year-old Leandra Rosado’s life came to a tragic end on October 11, 2009, in a DWI crash on the Henry Hudson Parkway. She and 6 other children were in a car driven by Carmen Huertas, a friend’s mother, who was under the influence of alcohol. The vehicle spun out of control and Leandra’s body was ejected out of the vehicle's window causing her death. The 6 other children were seriously injured as well. Leandra’s father, Lenny Rosado, has become a fierce proponent of harsher DWI laws and his lobbying combined with momentum from the tragic crash has led to quick changes in New York’s DWI laws.The Proposed Legislation became effective as Law on November 18, 2009:Any person operating a motor vehicle while intoxicated (.08 BAC or greater) or impaired by drugs and transporting a child 15 years old or younger shall be charged with a Class E felony punishable by up to 4 years in state prison.Ignition Interlock Mandate effective August 15, 2010:Any driver upon conviction for a misdemeanor or felony DWI offense as part of any sentence must have an interlock device installed on all vehicles owned or operated by the defendant. The driver is responsible for paying for the installation and maintenance of the interlock device.Vince’s Law (Multiple DWI Offenses) The penalty level for offenders who commit 4 or more DWI offenses within 15 years is a Class D Felony with an indeterminate prison sentence 2 1/3 to 7 years in state prison and a fine of up to $10,000. Sean’s Law This Law allows the judge to suspend the license or learner’s permit of a minor charged with DWI or DWAI until the minor’s next court appearance. Tiffany’s LawDirects that the judge consider prior DWI or DWAI convictions when sentencing a person for Boating While Intoxicated or Boating While Ability Impaired.Additional Considerations When Your License is Revoked The Department of Motor Vehicles determines when your license can be returned if it is revoked. The restoration or reinstatement of a revoked license is not automatic. You must reapply for your license and may have to pass tests.","title":"Efforts to Reduce Impaired Driving | Governor's Traffic Safety Committee","score":12.640553},{"document_id":"a6a1bb9577b7a817-3018-4282","text":"DUI Crackdown | Office of Traffic Safety\nIn every state it’s illegal to drive with a BAC of .08 or higher, yet one person is killed in a drunk-driving crash every 52 minutes in the United States.\nOf the 10,076 people killed in drunk-driving crashes in 2013, 65 percent were the drunk drivers themselves.\nIn fatal crashes during the month of August over the five-year period of 2009-2013, almost 1 out of 10 (8%) of the drunk drivers involved had one or more previous convictions for drunk driving.\nMen are more likely than women to be driving drunk in fatal crashes. In 2013, 23 percent of males were drunk in these crashes, compared to 15 percent for females.\nDrunk driving is more common at night. Half of all the fatalities during the nighttime (6 p.m. to 5:59 a.m.) involved drunk drivers, as compared to 14 percent during the day.\nAmong the drivers between the ages of 18 and 34, 45 percent of those fatalities involved a drunk driver with a BAC of .08 or higher.\nMotorcycle riders have the highest overall rate of alcohol impairment in fatal crashes. In 2013, 27 percent of the motorcycle riders kil\n\n \n    \n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n \n \n \n\nBack to Top\n\nContact OTS\n\nConditions of Use\n\nPrivacy Policy\n\nSite Map\n\nFacebook\n\nInstagram\n\nX\n\nYouTube\n\nCopyright © State of California\nPowered by: CAWeb Publishing Service","title":"DUI Crackdown | Office of Traffic Safety","score":12.905977},{"document_id":"7cb3204063be5391-3238-5809","text":"2022 OTS Grant Highlights | Office of Traffic Safety\nThe program is expanding to 16 communities and an additional 12 assessments in tribal communities in the 2023 grant year.\n\nAlcohol and Drug-Impaired Driving\n\nOrange County District Attorney’s Office, California Traffic Safety Resource Prosecutor Training NetworkOCDA’s California Traffic Safety Resource Prosecutor Training Network (CA TSRP) provided training events to more than 900 attendees during the 2022 grant year which included law enforcement, prosecutors, and forensic scientists across California. The CA TSRP impaired driving network has now grown to more than 1,000 members.\n\nShasta County Health and Human Services Agency – Public Health, Driving Safe in ShastaDuring the 2022 grant year, Shasta County Health and Human Services Agency-Public Health implemented Driving Safe in Shasta that focused on reducing drunk and drugged driving, as well as distracted driving. Activities included DUI prevention campaigns, development of traffic safety videos, designated driver and safe rides campaigns at colleges, and DUI prevention and Provisional Licensing education, which is also known as Graduated Driver Licensing, or GDL.\n\nCalifornia Department of Alcoholic Beverage Control, DUI Awareness ProgramIn partnership with ABC, MADD California collaborated with educators, parents, law enforcement, and youth-serving organizations throughout the state to inform communities about the dangers and consequences of underage drinking and impaired driving. MADD staff, victim volunteers, and teen influencers participated in the Power of You(th) and Power of Parents programs targeting parents and students throughout the state, reaching more than 250,000 participants. MADD also created a series of underage drinking and prevention-related videos for YouTube.\n\nUniversity of California, Irvine, Drive Sober SoCalUC Irvine launched a Virtual Ambassador Program, Drive Sober Only, to promote sober driving and raise awareness about driving under the influence of drugs and alcohol. The program uses social media to engage with students and the community by inviting them to become a “Sober Driver” Ambassador by helping spread the word. During the 2022 grant year, Drive Sober Only featured a social media campaign for Sober October with a series of “mocktail” recipes as alternatives to alcohol.\n\nSanta Cruz County Health Services Agency, Arrive Sober/Llegar Sobrio ProgramSanta Cruz County Health Services Agency (HSA) launched the Arrive Sober/Llegar Sobrio impaired driving prevention program to reduce the number of impaired drivers on Santa Cruz County roadways.","title":"2022 OTS Grant Highlights | Office of Traffic Safety","score":12.630834},{"document_id":"f10dab357a49a816-3164-3809","text":"Drowsy Driving | Office of Traffic Safety\nStudies have shown that going too long without sleep can impair your ability to drive the same way as drinking too much alcohol.\nFor example, being awake for 24 hours is like having a blood content (BAC) of .10%, which is above the 08% legal limit.\n\nResources\n\nNHTSA – Drowsy Driving\nCDC – Drowsy Driving\nCDC ­– Shift Workers and Sleep\nAmerican Academy of Sleep Medicine ­– Drowsy Driving Warning Signs\nNational Sleep Foundation – Drowsy Driving\n\n \n    \n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n \n \n \n\nBack to Top\n\nContact OTS\n\nConditions of Use\n\nPrivacy Policy\n\nSite Map\n\nFacebook\n\nInstagram\n\nX\n\nYouTube\n\nCopyright © State of California\nPowered by: CAWeb Publishing Service","title":"Drowsy Driving | Office of Traffic Safety","score":12.690298},{"document_id":"52a0eb5b1cb38d66-2-1935","text":"Impaired Driving | Governor's Traffic Safety Committee\nImpaired Driving | Governor's Traffic Safety Committee\n\n Skip to main content\n \n\nTranslate\n\nEnglish\n\nEspañol\n\n中文\n\n繁體中文\n\nРусский\n\nיידיש\n\nবাংলা\n\n한국어\n\nKreyòl Ayisyen\n\nItaliano\n\nالعربية\n\nPolski\n\nFrançais\n\nاردو\n\n \n\n Your browser does not support iFrames\n \n\nNavigation Menu Toggle\n\n Governor's Traffic Safety Committee\n\nSafety TopicsGrants Training & EventsLaw EnforcementResourcesAbout\n\nImpaired Driving\n\nResources and Training to Reduce Impaired Driving\n\n \nCreating Safety & Awareness in New York State\n\nFor more than three decades, New York has been a leader in reducing crashes, fatalities and injuries resulting from alcohol and drug impaired driving. At the core of the state’s well-established comprehensive system for addressing impaired driving is a set of strict laws which are supported by effective enforcement, prosecution, adjudication, and offender programs.\nThe Governor’s Traffic Safety Committee (GTSC) plays the central role in the promotion and coordination of multiple components of New York’s Impaired Driving Program. The funds and other resources GTSC invests to reduce impaired driving are complemented by a number of other federal, state, local and private sector activities. \n\n \n\n Taking Action\n \n\n Impaired Driving Resources\n \n\ncard image\n\n Efforts to Reduce Impaired Driving\n\n NYS has a comprehensive system for addressing impaired driving, which is supported by a variety of programs.\n\nDetecting Drug ImpairmentARIDE InformationDRE Information\n\nEfforts to Reduce Impaired Driving\n\n DRE / ARIDE Training\n\n Advanced law enforcement training across New York state.\n\nDRE / ARIDE Training\n\ncard image\n\n DRE Program Resources\n\n Contact information for DRE Officers and Agency Coordinators, as well as login for the DRE Data Management System.\n\nDRE Agency CoordinatorsDRE Data Management LoginNYS DRE Officers\n\nDRE Program Resources\n\nCannabis & Driving\n\nWhat You Need to Know\n\nEmpowering Communities\nSTOP-DWI Program","title":"Impaired Driving | Governor's Traffic Safety Committee","score":14.442265}],"62888f39e748c217054ee3af08fb4bdd<::>5":[{"document_id":"4acbb81f4f18c9a2-160728-163052","text":"FAQs • San Bruno, CA • CivicEngage\nThe 2023-24 Operating and Capital Improvement Program budget, adopted by the San Bruno City Council in June 2023, includes the following projects in the five-year plan for infrastructure improvements:Acappella Well Project (Commodore Park Well Replacement)Water Main Improvement and Replacement ProgramPressure Regulator Station Improvement & Replacement ProgramWater Pump Station Improvement and Replacement ProgramWater Tank Improvement and Replacement ProgramWell Rehabilitation ProgramWater Quality Well System Upgrades & Sweeney Ridge Tank Chlorine Generator InstallationSee the full budget on the Finance webpage. \n\n▼\r\nPublic Works\t\n\nShow All Answers\n\n1.\nWhen will a lower speed limit be posted on my street?\n\nA common belief is that posting a speed limit will influence drivers to drive at that speed. The facts indicate otherwise. Research conducted in many parts of this country over a span of several decades has shown that drivers are influenced more by the appearance of the highway itself and the prevailing traffic conditions than by the posted speed limit. California's Basic Speed Law requires that:\"No person shall drive a vehicle upon a highway at a speed greater than is responsible or prudent having due regard for weather, visibility, the traffic on, and the surface and width of the highway, and in no event at a speed which endangers the safety of persons or property.\"Under California law, the maximum speed limit for any passenger vehicle is now 65 miles per hour (MPH). All other speed limits are called prima facie limits, which \"on the face of it\" are safe and prudent under normal conditions. Certain prima facie limits are established by law and include the 25 MPH limit in business and residential districts, the 15 MPH limit in alleys, at blind intersections and blind railroad crossings and a part-time 25 MPH limit in school zones when children are going to and from school. These speeds are not always posted but all California motorists are required to know these 10, 20, and 30 mile per hour speed laws.Intermediate speed limits between 25 and 55 miles per hour may be established by local authorities on the basis of traffic engineering surveys. These surveys include an analysis of roadway conditions, accident records, and the prevailing speed, or 85th percentile, of prudent drivers.","title":"FAQs • San Bruno, CA • CivicEngage","score":16.752674},{"document_id":"4acbb81f4f18c9a2-162350-164643","text":"FAQs • San Bruno, CA • CivicEngage\nCertain prima facie limits are established by law and include the 25 MPH limit in business and residential districts, the 15 MPH limit in alleys, at blind intersections and blind railroad crossings and a part-time 25 MPH limit in school zones when children are going to and from school. These speeds are not always posted but all California motorists are required to know these 10, 20, and 30 mile per hour speed laws.Intermediate speed limits between 25 and 55 miles per hour may be established by local authorities on the basis of traffic engineering surveys. These surveys include an analysis of roadway conditions, accident records, and the prevailing speed, or 85th percentile, of prudent drivers. If speed limit signs are posted for a lower limit than is considered reasonable, many drivers will simply ignore the signs. At the same time, other drivers will stay within the posted limits. This generally increases the conflicts between faster and slower drivers, reduces the gaps in traffic through which crossings could be made safely and increases the difficulty for pedestrians to judge the speed, of approaching vehicles. Studies have shown that where uniformity of speed is not maintained, accidents generally increase. \n\n2.\nWhat flood zone is my property in?\n\nThe entire City is a C Zone (no floods). No A or B Zones:Community Panel Number: 060326BDated: 3-30-81If you need a letter for your insurance company, call Administration and Engineering at 650-616-7065. \n\n3.\nDoes somebody have to be Injured before a traffic signal will be installed?\n\nTraffic signals don't always prevent accidents. They are not always an asset to traffic control. In some instances, total accidents and severe injuries increased after signals were installed. Usually, in such instances, right angle collisions were reduced by the traffic signals, but the total number of collisions, especially the rear-end type, increased.There are times when the installation of signals results in an increase in the number of pedestrian accidents. Many pedestrians feel secure with a painted crosswalk and a red light between them and an approaching vehicle. The motorist, on the other hand, is not always so quick to recognize these \"barriers.\"When can a traffic signal be an asset instead of a liability to safety?","title":"FAQs • San Bruno, CA • CivicEngage","score":17.928465},{"document_id":"b2892953b16cb079-1480-2615","text":"Trail Safety | Empire State Trail\nMost of the Empire State Trail is off-road trail where motor vehicles are prohibited.  However, some trail sections are designated on the shoulders of public roadways. The on-road segments, which are delineated on the website maps and route descriptions, are appropriate for trail users comfortable sharing the road with motor vehicles.\n\nElectric Bikes. In 2020, New York State adopted a new law governing electric bikes. Class I and Class II “E-Bikes” are allowed on roads posted at 30 mph or less. However, on off-road trails E-Bikes are allowed only when approved by the state or local government entity that owns the trail. Trail users need to check local regulations and policies to learn if E-Bikes are allowed on a particular trail section.\n\nTrail Manners. Stay on the trail. Respect the privacy of adjacent private property owners. Dispose of trash in available bins or take it with you when you leave. Clean up after your dog or pet.\n\nEmpire State Trail\n\nFooter\n\nMap\n\nActivities\n\nPartners\n\nAccessibility\n\nPrivacy Policy\n\nContact Us\n\nDisclaimer\n\nDocuments & Resources\n\nTrail Safety\n\nFAQs\n\n Your browser does not support iFrames","title":"Trail Safety | Empire State Trail","score":11.057575},{"document_id":"f44652bf37bb8fc8-878-3205","text":"Parking & Vehicle Rules & Regulations | Roosevelt Island Operating Corporation of the State of New York\nParking on Main StreetAll meters are 50 cents for every 15 minutesFrom the Octagon Field Comfort Station south to Gristedes (686 Main Street): 6 Hour limit.Designated handicapped/disabled parking is located on the west side of Main Street, in front of Manhattan Park (10 to 40 River Road), opposite the Motorgate Parking Garage.From 625 Main Street south to 501 Main Street.: 45 Minute limit.West side of the Riverwalk buildings: 2 Hour limit.East side of Riverwalk buildings 455, 465, and 475: 2 Hour limit.East side of Riverwalk buildings 405, 415, and 425: 6 Hour limit.West side of Sportspark: 3 Hour limit.The Loop Roads around Cornell Tech: 6 Hour limit.Temporary Alternate Parking SuspensionsAlternate side parking regulations may be suspended temporarily in parts of New York City in order to post new regulations. When the Department of Sanitation must change street cleaning rules, regulations are suspended temporarily to allow DOT to update signs in the affected area. These suspensions do not affect parking rules other than alternate side parking rules.When the new signage has been posted, the Department of Sanitation provides a weeklong grace period during which its crews will clean streets according to the newly posted schedule, but will not issue summonses. At the conclusion of the grace period, enforcement of the new rules begins.To sign up for parking alerts click here for further information.Parking in School ZonesIf schools have summer sessions or are open for teacher meetings or similar activities, even if students are not attending, the parking regulations apply on such days.Individuals should contact specific schools to verify that they are in recess. Go to 311 Online to locate an individual school.Parking is allowed in school zones when school is in recess. However, motorists should be aware that specific schools may be open on holidays and during summer vacations, and parking restrictions would remain in effect.\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n \n \n\nFAQs\n\nWhere can I find long term parking?\n\nWhat do I do if my vehicle is towed?\n\nWhat is the difference between regular holiday parking rules and major legal holiday parking rules?\n\nWhat are the requirements for disabled motorists?\n\nWhat vehicles need a vehicle escort to drive on the island?\n\nAre there any specific times for vehicle escorts?\n\nView All","title":"Parking & Vehicle Rules & Regulations | Roosevelt Island Operating Corporation of the State of New York","score":10.989055},{"document_id":"3c0f445fcb6709f5-31761-34074","text":"Regulatory Agenda - NYSDEC\nContact: Barbara Lucas, New York State Department of Environmental Conservation, 625 Broadway, Albany, NY 12233-4255, Telephone: (518) 402-9428, E-mail: [email protected]6 NYCRR Part 190, Use of State Lands. Amend Part 190 to include a new section, St. Regis Canoe Area. These regulations will protect the natural resources in the St. Regis Canoe Area from overuse by applying restrictions to group size, camping, campfires and other activities. Contact: Peter J. Frank, New York State Department of Environmental Conservation, 625 Broadway, Albany, NY 12233-4254, Telephone: (518) 473-9518, E-mail: [email protected]6 NYCRR Part 190, Adirondack Rail Trail.  These regulations will set speed limits for the Adirondack Rail Trail for multiple users to ensure public safety.  Contact: Peter Frank, New York State Department of Environmental Conservation, 625 Broadway, Albany, NY 12233-4254, Telephone: (518) 473-9518, E-mail: [email protected]6 NYCRR Part 190, Use of State Lands, Amend Part 190 to include a new section, Forest Preserve Health and Safety Land Account and Utility Lines/Bicycle Paths. These regulations, authorized by amendments to Article XIV of the New York State Constitution, establish a “land account” for forest preserve land that can be used for certain types of public health and safety projects and for burial of utility lines in road corridors crossing forest preserve lands as well as allowing bicycle trails in these corridors. Contact: Peter Frank, New York State Department of Environmental Conservation, 625 Broadway, Albany, NY 12233-4254, Telephone: (518) 473-9518, E-mail: [email protected]6 NYCRR Section 190.13, Wilderness Areas in the Adirondack Park.  These regulations will address public use on Wilderness Areas in the High Peaks Complex to ensure natural resource protection and public safety while providing a positive user experience.    Contact: Peter Frank, New York State Department of Environmental Conservation, 625 Broadway, Albany, NY 12233-4254, Telephone: (518) 473-9518, E-mail: [email protected]                                                                                                                                                    6 NYCRR Part 196, Operation of Motorized Vehicles, Vessels, Aircraft and Motorized Equipment in the Forest Preserve.","title":"Regulatory Agenda - NYSDEC","score":11.405379}],"62888f39e748c217054ee3af08fb4bdd<::>6":[{"document_id":"21ab6c12926e35e3-1395-3346","text":"Motorcycle Safety | Governor's Traffic Safety Committee\nThe Department of Motor Vehicles established a rider-funded motorcycle safety program as required by legislation signed in 1997. The program provides accessible and affordable rider education throughout NYS, in an effort to create awareness and reduce motorcyclist injuries and fatalities.\n\nMotorcycle Helmet Law\nNew York was the first state in the nation to adopt a universal motorcycle helmet law. This law, effective as of January 1, 1967, requires any person operating or riding a motorcycle to wear a Department of Transportation (DOT)-approved helmet. \n\nMotorcycle Safety Awareness Month\nThe month of May has been proclaimed as \"Motorcycle Safety Awareness Month.\" During the month of May, the Governor's Traffic Safety Committee (GTSC) highlights important safety messages via press releases, public service announcements and social media posts.\n\nOngoing Efforts\n\n \n\n Stay Informed\n \n\n Motorcycle Safety Resources\n \n\ncard image\n\n Tips for Motorcyclists and Motorists\n\n Learn the steps you can take to be safe on and around motorcycles.\n\nTips for MotorcyclistsTips for Other Motorists\n\nLEARN MORE\n\n\t \tMotorcycle Educational Materials\n\nFind materials and resources to educate yourself and others about motorcycle safety.\n\nSearch Materials\n\n \nContact Information\nMotorcycle Safety Program Inquiries\nAlyssa RethHighway Safety Program RepresentativeGovernor's Traffic Safety CommitteeNew York State Department of Motor Vehicles6 Empire State Plaza, Room 410BAlbany, NY 12228518-474-5111\n\n Governor's Traffic Safety Committee\n\nAccessibility\n\nContact\n\nDisclaimer \n\nFreedom of Information Law (FOIL)\n\nLanguage Access\n\nPartners\n\nPressroom\n\nPrivacy Policy\n\nSite Map\n\nCONNECT WITH US\nFACEBOOKINSTAGRAMLINKEDINTWITTERYOUTUBE\n\n Your browser does not support iFrames\n \n\nTranslation Services\nThis page is available in other languages\n\nTranslate\n\nEnglish\n\nEspañol\n\n中文\n\n繁體中文\n\nРусский\n\nיידיש\n\nবাংলা\n\n한국어\n\nKreyòl Ayisyen\n\nItaliano\n\nالعربية\n\nPolski\n\nFrançais\n\nاردو","title":"Motorcycle Safety | Governor's Traffic Safety Committee","score":9.714147},{"document_id":"7ecc5d462bf2e8f7-8243-10511","text":"Biking - NYSDEC\nOnce designated, the private roads and trails would be posted as open to E-bikes through signage, kiosks and/or other public outreach efforts. Questions regarding E-bike use on CE lands should be directed to the DEC Lands and Forests office nearest to the eased property.Wildlife Management AreasPer 6 NYCRR Part 51 (Public Use of Wildlife Management Areas), E-bikes are considered a motorized vehicle and are subject to all regulations regarding motorized vehicle use on WMAs. E-bikes may be used on WMA public roads, unless the road is posted against such use. Off-road use (including trails, roads, or terrain other than a public road or parking area) of E-bikes is prohibited, unless specifically allowed by posted notice or with written permission from the Regional Manager. Before visiting a WMA, please review the complete Part 51 regulations. Additional area-specific regulations may also apply and will supersede the general Part 51 regulations.Trail EtiquetteAdapted from the International Mountain Bicycling Association's \"Rules of the Trail.\"Ride Open TrailsRespect trail and road closures - ask a land manager for clarification if you are uncertain about the status of a trail.Do not trespass on private land.Obtain permits or other authorization as required.Be aware that bicycles are not permitted in areas protected as State or Federal Wilderness.Leave No TraceWet and muddy trails are more vulnerable to damage than dry ones. When the trail is soft, consider other riding options.Stay on existing trails and do not create new ones.Don't cut switchbacks.Pack out at least as much as you pack in.Control Your BicycleObey all bicycle speed regulations and recommendations, and ride within your limits.Yield AppropriatelyLet your fellow trail users know you're coming - a friendly greeting or bell ring are good methods.Try to anticipate other trail users as you ride around corners.Bicyclists should yield to other non-motorized trail users, unless the trail is clearly signed for bike-only travel.Bicyclists traveling downhill should yield to ones headed uphill, unless the trail is clearly signed for one-way or downhill-only traffic.In general, strive to respect everyone you meet on the trail.Never Scare AnimalsRespect wildlife and wildlife habitat.","title":"Biking - NYSDEC","score":9.623743},{"document_id":"fbc472c2e4c7193d-20991-22985","text":"FAQs | Caltrans\ntraditional red-amber-green signalization typical of \n local street intersections, rather than the red-green \n lights more common on on-ramp meters. Connector ramp \n meters were put in place at four interchanges along \n Interstate 105: At the San Diego (405) Freeway, the \n Harbor (110) Freeway, the Long Beach (710) Freeway and \n the San Gabriel River (605) Freeway. Flashing overhead \n warning signs alert motorists that the meters are ahead \n as they make the transition from one freeway to another. \n Sensors embedded in the pavement are linked to computers, \n which will adjust the meters automatically to optimize \n the movement of traffic through the interchange. Motorists \n come to appreciate the value of ramp meters when they \n don't work -- on the few occasions when they have been \n shut off due to malfunction or maintenance, allowing \n cars to enter the freeway at random, freeway traffic \n can backup for miles.\n \n\nCan I ride my bicycle on the freeway?\n\nOf the more than 4,000 miles of freeways \n in California, about 1,000 miles are open to bicyclists. \n These open sections are usually in rural areas where \n there is no alternate route. California \n Vehicle Code Section 21960 says Caltrans and local \n agencies may prohibit bicyclists from traveling on freeways \n under their jurisdiction and that they must erect signs \n stating the prohibition. There are no signs permitting \n bicyclists on freeways. When a bicyclist is legally \n traveling on a freeway, he/she may be directed off the \n freeway at the next off-ramp by a sign that says \"Bicycles \n Must Exit.\" The freeway will be posted at the next on-ramp \n with a sign that says \"Bicycles Prohibited.\" \n\nHow do highways and bridges get named after people?\n\nOnly the California State Legislature \n can officially name a state highway. This is done in \n the form of a \"Concurrent Resolution (CR),\" which can \n be introduced by either the Assembly (ACR) or by the \n Senate (SCR). The resolution will appear in the statutes","title":"FAQs | Caltrans","score":11.261979},{"document_id":"7368836d9f221e37-2279-4651","text":"\r\n\t\r\n \r\n \r\n Vulnerable Road Users\r\n \r\n \r\n\nClick on the link to take the E-Bike training under the “Electric Bicycle Training and Safety” title. \n\nBicycle and Pedestrian Safety is a Shared Responsibility. Share the road.   As more Californians choose walking and bicycling as primary modes of transportation, creating a safer highway environment for all roadway users is increasingly important. We all share the responsibility to make sure California roads are safe for everyone. This is achieved by following the rules of the road, watching out for others, and using courtesy while on the road. The California Highway Patrol uses a comprehensive statewide approach to promote and enforce safe pedestrian, bicyclist, and motorist behavior, ensuring we all share the road safely.  Traffic Safety For Bicyclists \n\n​\nSMART Cycling from \r\n Penguin Pro on \r\n Vimeo. \n\n​Learn how to properly fit a bicycle helmet.\n\n\r\n\t  \n\nTraffic Safety for Pedestrians \n\nDo you really need to look left-right-and left again when crossing the street? \r\nYes! This video tells you why.\r\n\n \n\nHere’s an entertaining video for all road users. \r\n \n\n\r\n\t  \n\nLearn more about road safety on these websites:\n  \n\nCalifornia’s Department of Motor Vehicles webpage on pedestrian safety External link \n\nVisit this interactive site to learn how to prevent injuries External link \n\nThis site has great information on biking and walking safely External link \n\nKids learn about pedestrian safety in these fun animation videos External link \n Bicycle Safety External link\n\n External link \n\n​The California Pedestrian and Bicyclist Enforcement and Education Project The CHP implements a traffic safety grant funded by the Office of Traffic Safety, through the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, to reduce pedestrian and bicyclist collisions and victims. The project includes both enhanced enforcement and a public education and awareness campaign focusing on traffic safety, which includes motorist behavior when driving in the presence of pedestrians and bicyclists. The program provides comprehensive traffic educational events, “rodeos,” community informational sessions and collaboration, distributes bicycle helmets and other safety equipment, educational materials, and training for CHP personnel.  Bicycle Safety CourseThe CHP has created a Bicycle Safety Course which holds valuable information related to bicycle safety and maintenance.","title":"\r\n\t\r\n \r\n \r\n Vulnerable Road Users\r\n \r\n \r\n","score":10.6711235},{"document_id":"06a755105ab16765-1378-3550","text":"Tips for Motorcyclists and Motorists | Governor's Traffic Safety Committee\nRemember, motorcycles maintain a smaller tire contact patch on the roadway when compared to other vehicles. Good traction is a key component to safe handling and braking in normal and adverse situations.\nMaintain a high level of awareness. Scan the roadway constantly for dangers and ride alert. If you are tired, take a break and re-energize to boost your concentration.\nDrive sober. Never ride impaired by alcohol or drugs and discourage other riders from making a bad choice.\nTurn left with caution. Most crashes between cars and motorcycles involve turning left. If you are preparing to cross traffic or turn left, take a second look to make sure it is safe to proceed.\nSLOW DOWN! Speed is the number one cause of traffic crashes - PERIOD! Slow down, take your time and maintain control of the motorcycle.\nAllow adequate space between you and the vehicle in front of you. Use the \"two second\" rule as a safety zone.\nObserve and obey all traffic laws, signs, and signals.\nLet other motorists know your intentions. Signal when you turn with your directional lights or hand signals. Also, flashing your brake light periodically before you stop will alert drivers behind you to be cautious!\n\n Tips for Other Motorists\n \n \n \n\nWatch for motorcycles. Be aware of motorcycles sharing our roadways during all seasons, but particularly during the spring and summer months when riding is most popular.\nYield to motorcycles — don't make a rash decision and turn quickly in front of an on-coming motorcycle as it may be traveling faster than it appears!\nLook Twice and Save a Life! Check your mirrors and blind spots for motorcycles before changing lanes. Also, when negotiating busy intersections, look twice for motorcycles before proceeding safely! They have a smaller frontal area and may be hard to see.\nBe a responsible driver. Ensure your vehicle is in safe operating condition and that all of your safety equipment is properly adjusted. Observe and obey all traffic laws, signs, and signals.\nStay focused on the road and your surroundings. Never drive distracted. Don't let cell phones and other activities distract you from your core mission — driving safely!\nDrive sober.","title":"Tips for Motorcyclists and Motorists | Governor's Traffic Safety Committee","score":9.511192}],"3a07680acfb0f951fc3210a8c1a282c9<::>1":[{"document_id":"843611882_38264-38626-0-362","text":"World Health Organization\nIn 2007 , the WHO organized work on pandemic influenza vaccine development through clinical trials in collaboration with many experts and health officials . A pandemic involving the H1N1 influenza virus was declared by the then Director - General Margaret Chan in April 2009 . Margret Chan declared in 2010 that the H1N1 has moved into the post-pandemic period .","title":"World Health Organization","score":13.811885},{"document_id":"854758282_12079-12511-0-432","text":"Chickenpox\nThe varicella vaccine is recommended in many countries . Some countries require the varicella vaccination or an exemption before entering elementary school . A second dose is recommended five years after the initial immunization . A vaccinated person is likely to have a milder case of chickenpox if they become infected . Immunization within three days following household contact reduces infection rates and severity in children .","title":"Chickenpox","score":11.816137},{"document_id":"855533381_55716-57147-0-1431","text":"Virus\nVaccination is a cheap and effective way of preventing infections by viruses . Vaccines were used to prevent viral infections long before the discovery of the actual viruses . Their use has resulted in a dramatic decline in morbidity ( illness ) and mortality ( death ) associated with viral infections such as polio , measles , mumps and rubella . Smallpox infections have been eradicated . Vaccines are available to prevent over thirteen viral infections of humans , and more are used to prevent viral infections of animals . Vaccines can consist of live - attenuated or killed viruses , or viral proteins ( antigens ) . Live vaccines contain weakened forms of the virus , which do not cause the disease but , nonetheless , confer immunity . Such viruses are called attenuated . Live vaccines can be dangerous when given to people with a weak immunity ( who are described as immunocompromised ) , because in these people , the weakened virus can cause the original disease . Biotechnology and genetic engineering techniques are used to produce subunit vaccines . These vaccines use only the capsid proteins of the virus . Hepatitis B vaccine is an example of this type of vaccine . Subunit vaccines are safe for immunocompromised patients because they can not cause the disease . The yellow fever virus vaccine , a live - attenuated strain called 17D , is probably the safest and most effective vaccine ever generated . Antiviral","title":"Virus","score":11.093162},{"document_id":"855533381_48345-48891-0-546","text":"Virus\nA pandemic is a worldwide epidemic . The 1918 flu pandemic , which lasted until 1919 , was a category 5 influenza pandemic caused by an unusually severe and deadly influenza A virus . The victims were often healthy young adults , in contrast to most influenza outbreaks , which predominantly affect juvenile , elderly , or otherwise - weakened patients . Older estimates say it killed 40 -- 50 million people , while more recent research suggests that it may have killed as many as 100 million people , or 5 % of the world 's population in 1918 .","title":"Virus","score":10.836158},{"document_id":"843287850_1922-2536-0-614","text":"Diphtheria\nA diphtheria vaccine is effective for prevention and available in a number of formulations . Three or four doses , given along with tetanus vaccine and pertussis vaccine , are recommended during childhood . Further doses of diphtheria - tetanus vaccine are recommended every ten years . Protection can be verified by measuring the antitoxin level in the blood . Diphtheria can be treated with the antibiotics erythromycin or benzylpenicillin . These antibiotics may also be used for prevention in those who have been exposed to the infection . A tracheotomy is sometimes needed to open the airway in severe cases .","title":"Diphtheria","score":10.826127}],"3a07680acfb0f951fc3210a8c1a282c9<::>7":[{"document_id":"824547656_33603-33984-0-381","text":"Herpes simplex\nResearch has gone into vaccines for both prevention and treatment of herpes infections . Unsuccessful clinical trials have been conducted for some glycoprotein subunit vaccines . As of 2017 , the future pipeline includes several promising replication - incompetent vaccine proposals while two replication - competent ( live - attenuated ) HSV vaccine are undergoing human testing .","title":"Herpes simplex","score":19.447382},{"document_id":"824547656_2905-3422-0-517","text":"Herpes simplex\nThe most effective method of avoiding genital infections is by avoiding vaginal , oral , and anal sex . Condom use decreases the risk somewhat . Daily antiviral medication taken by someone who has the infection can also reduce spread . There is no available vaccine and once infected , there is no cure . Paracetamol ( acetaminophen ) and topical lidocaine may be used to help with the symptoms . Treatments with antiviral medication such as aciclovir or valaciclovir can lessen the severity of symptomatic episodes .","title":"Herpes simplex","score":19.25856},{"document_id":"824547656_16563-16728-0-165","text":"Herpes simplex\nIn October 2011 , the anti-HIV drug tenofovir , when used topically in a microbicidal vaginal gel , was reported to reduce herpes virus sexual transmission by 51 % .","title":"Herpes simplex","score":14.885086},{"document_id":"824547656_18559-19911-0-1352","text":"Herpes simplex\nThe risk of transmission from mother to baby is highest if the mother becomes infected around the time of delivery ( 30 % to 60 % ) , since insufficient time will have occurred for the generation and transfer of protective maternal antibodies before the birth of the child . In contrast , the risk falls to 3 % if the infection is recurrent , and is 1 -- 3 % if the woman is seropositive for both HSV - 1 and HSV - 2 , and is less than 1 % if no lesions are visible . Women seropositive for only one type of HSV are only half as likely to transmit HSV as infected seronegative mothers . To prevent neonatal infections , seronegative women are recommended to avoid unprotected oral - genital contact with an HSV - 1 - seropositive partner and conventional sex with a partner having a genital infection during the last trimester of pregnancy . Mothers infected with HSV are advised to avoid procedures that would cause trauma to the infant during birth ( e.g. fetal scalp electrodes , forceps , and vacuum extractors ) and , should lesions be present , to elect caesarean section to reduce exposure of the child to infected secretions in the birth canal . The use of antiviral treatments , such as acyclovir , given from the 36th week of pregnancy , limits HSV recurrence and shedding during childbirth , thereby reducing the need for caesarean section .","title":"Herpes simplex","score":16.270058},{"document_id":"824547656_19912-20154-0-242","text":"Herpes simplex\nAcyclovir is the recommended antiviral for herpes suppressive therapy during the last months of pregnancy . The use of valaciclovir and famciclovir , while potentially improving compliance , have less - well - determined safety in pregnancy .","title":"Herpes simplex","score":14.869941}],"3a07680acfb0f951fc3210a8c1a282c9<::>8":[{"document_id":"809803788_22720-23846-0-1124","text":"Smallpox vaccine\nIn the late 1940s and early 1950s , Leslie Collier , an English microbiologist working at the Lister Institute of Preventive Medicine , developed a method for producing a heat - stable freeze - dried vaccine in powdered form . Collier added 0.5 % phenol to the vaccine to reduce the number of bacterial contaminants but the key stage was to add 5 % peptone to the liquid vaccine before it was dispensed into ampoules . This protected the virus during the freeze drying process . After drying the ampoules were sealed under nitrogen . Like other vaccines , once reconstituted it became ineffective after 1 -- 2 days at ambient temperatures . However , the dried vaccine was 100 % effective when reconstituted after 6 months storage at 37 ° C ( 99 ° F ) allowing it to be transported to , and stored in , remote tropical areas . Collier 's method was increasingly used and , with minor modifications , became the standard for vaccine production adopted by the WHO Smallpox Eradication Unit when it initiated its global Smallpox Eradication Campaign in 1967 , at which time 23 of 59 manufacturers were using the Lister strain .","title":"Smallpox vaccine","score":14.885784},{"document_id":"809803788_29781-30263-0-482","text":"Smallpox vaccine\nIn May 2007 , the Vaccines and Related Biological Products Advisory Committee of the FDA voted unanimously that a new live virus vaccine produced by Acambis , ACAM2000 , is both safe and effective for use in persons at high risk of exposure to smallpox virus . However , due to the high rate of serious adverse effects , the vaccine will only be made available to the CDC ( a part of the United States Department of Health and Human Services ) for the Strategic National Stockpile .","title":"Smallpox vaccine","score":15.151497},{"document_id":"809803788_20980-22719-0-1739","text":"Smallpox vaccine\nVaccine produced by Copeman 's method was the only type issued free to public vaccinators by the English Government Vaccine Establishment from 1899 . At the same time the 1898 Vaccination Act banned arm - to - arm vaccination , thus preventing transmission of syphilis by this vaccine . However , private practitioners had to purchase vaccine from commercial producers . Although proper use of glycerine reduced bacterial contamination considerably the crude starting material , scraped from the skin of infected calves , was always heavily contaminated and no vaccine was totally free from bacteria . A survey of vaccines in 1900 found wide variations in bacterial contamination . Vaccine issued by the Government Vaccine Establishment contained 5,000 bacteria per gram , while commercial vaccines contained up to 100,000 per gram . The level of bacterial contamination remained unregulated until the Therapeutic Substances Act , 1925 set an upper limit of 5,000 per gram , and rejected any batch of vaccine found to contain the causative organisms of erysipelas or wound infections . Unfortunately glycerolated vaccine soon lost its potency at ambient temperatures which restricted its use in tropical climates . However , it remained in use into the 1970s where a satisfactory cold chain was available . Animals continued to be widely used by vaccine producers during the Smallpox Eradication Campaign . A WHO survey of 59 producers , some of whom used more than one source of vaccine , found that 39 used calves , 12 used sheep and 6 used water buffalo , whilst only 3 made vaccine in cell culture and 3 in embryonated hens ' eggs . English vaccine was occasionally made in sheep during World War I but from 1946 only sheep were used .","title":"Smallpox vaccine","score":14.935285},{"document_id":"809803788_18993-20163-0-1170","text":"Smallpox vaccine\nUntil the end of the 19th Century vaccination was done either directly with vaccine produced on the skin of calves or , particularly in England , with vaccine obtained from the calf but then maintained by arm - to - arm transfer ; initially in both cases vaccine could be dried on ivory points for short term storage or transport but increasing use was made of glass capillary tubes for this purpose towards the end of the century . During this period there were no adequate methods for assessing the safety of the vaccine and there were instances of contaminated vaccine transmitting infections such as erysipelas , tetanus , septicaemia and tuberculosis . In the case of arm - to - arm transfer there was also the risk of transmitting syphilis . Although this did occur occasionally , estimated as 750 cases in 100 million vaccinations , some critics of vaccination e.g. Charles Creighton believed that uncontaminated vaccine itself was a cause of syphilis . Smallpox vaccine was the only vaccine available during this period , and so the determined opposition to it initiated a number of vaccine controversies that spread to other vaccines and into the 21st century .","title":"Smallpox vaccine","score":13.454575},{"document_id":"855533381_55716-57147-0-1431","text":"Virus\nVaccination is a cheap and effective way of preventing infections by viruses . Vaccines were used to prevent viral infections long before the discovery of the actual viruses . Their use has resulted in a dramatic decline in morbidity ( illness ) and mortality ( death ) associated with viral infections such as polio , measles , mumps and rubella . Smallpox infections have been eradicated . Vaccines are available to prevent over thirteen viral infections of humans , and more are used to prevent viral infections of animals . Vaccines can consist of live - attenuated or killed viruses , or viral proteins ( antigens ) . Live vaccines contain weakened forms of the virus , which do not cause the disease but , nonetheless , confer immunity . Such viruses are called attenuated . Live vaccines can be dangerous when given to people with a weak immunity ( who are described as immunocompromised ) , because in these people , the weakened virus can cause the original disease . Biotechnology and genetic engineering techniques are used to produce subunit vaccines . These vaccines use only the capsid proteins of the virus . Hepatitis B vaccine is an example of this type of vaccine . Subunit vaccines are safe for immunocompromised patients because they can not cause the disease . The yellow fever virus vaccine , a live - attenuated strain called 17D , is probably the safest and most effective vaccine ever generated . Antiviral","title":"Virus","score":11.093162}],"dd82f0f978316e73618cf0addd369cd8<::>1":[{"document_id":"832021719_9103-9364-0-261","text":"Major League Soccer All-Star Game\n2013 MLS All - Star Game July 31 , 2013 MLS All - Stars 1 -- 3 Roma ( show ) Sporting Park , Kansas City , Kansas 20 : 30 Gonzalez 90 + 1 ' Report Strootman 4 ' Florenzi 47 ' Tallo 68 ' Attendance : 21,175 Referee : Hilario Grajeda MVP : Alessandro Florenzi MLS","title":"Major League Soccer All-Star Game","score":17.016857},{"document_id":"832021719_7327-7564-0-235","text":"Major League Soccer All-Star Game\n2007 MLS All - Star Game July 19 , 2007 MLS All - Stars 2 -- 0 Celtic ( show ) Dick 's Sporting Goods Park , Commerce City , Colorado Ángel 36 ' Toja 44 ' Report Attendance : 18,661 Referee : Baldomero Toledo MVP : Juan Pablo Ángel MLS","title":"Major League Soccer All-Star Game","score":17.083418},{"document_id":"832021719_9675-9928-0-251","text":"Major League Soccer All-Star Game\n2015 MLS All - Star Game July 29 , 2015 MLS All - Stars 2 -- 1 Tottenham Hotspur ( show ) Dick 's Sporting Goods Park , Commerce City , Colorado Kaká 20 ' ( pen . ) Villa 23 ' Report Kane 37 ' Attendance : 18,671 Referee : Ismail Elfath MVP : Kaká MLS","title":"Major League Soccer All-Star Game","score":17.399176},{"document_id":"832021719_633-1349-0-716","text":"Major League Soccer All-Star Game\nThe Major League Soccer All - Star Game is an annual soccer game held by Major League Soccer featuring select players from the league against an international club . MLS initially adopted a traditional all - star game format used by other North American sports leagues where the Eastern Conference squared off against the Western Conference . This eventually evolved into the current system where the league annually invites a club from abroad to play against a league all - star team . The MLS All - Stars hold an 8 -- 4 record in the competition marking the season 's midpoint . Players are awarded rosters spots through a combination of fan voting and selections by the appointed manager and league commissioner .","title":"Major League Soccer All-Star Game","score":20.531038},{"document_id":"832021719_1932-3263-0-1331","text":"Major League Soccer All-Star Game\nMajor League Soccer 's first all - star game was played at Giants Stadium in the summer of 1996 . The game , using the traditional East -- West format with players handpicked by the coaching staffs , was the first game of a doubleheader with the Brazilian national team defeating a team of FIFA World All - Stars . The matchup between divisions would only be used for six seasons as MLS tried experimenting with different formats . The 1998 All - Star Game placed a team of American MLS players against MLS players from abroad . The 2002 game , the first to use a league - wide all - star team , is the only game to feature a national team opponent . Since then ( except in 2004 ) , every opponent has been a professional club invited by the league . The MLS All - Stars won their first six games before falling to Everton in penalties in 2009 . All games since 2005 have been against teams from Europe , the majority of which have been from England 's Premier League . This is a feasible format because unlike MLS ( which runs a spring - summer - fall schedule ) the major European leagues all run a fall - winter - spring schedule , meaning the middle of the MLS season coincides with the pre-seasons of most European leagues . From a European perspective , the match is considered to be a pre-season friendly against an MLS XI .","title":"Major League Soccer All-Star Game","score":17.906208}],"dd82f0f978316e73618cf0addd369cd8<::>9":[{"document_id":"845635430_2538-2940-0-402","text":"First indoor ice hockey game\nIn 1873 , James Creighton , a member of the Victoria Skating Club and a figure skating judge , started organizing sessions of shinny at the rink , played informally between members of the Club and friends . The rules followed were developed from the informal rules of the outdoor game played in Nova Scotia where Creighton was born and raised , and adapted to the indoors setting and the rink 's size .","title":"First indoor ice hockey game","score":9.104587},{"document_id":"804380142_446-1836-0-1390","text":"Stanley Cup\nThe Stanley Cup ( French : La Coupe Stanley ) is the championship trophy awarded annually to the National Hockey League ( NHL ) playoff winner . It is the oldest existing trophy to be awarded to a professional sports franchise , and the International Ice Hockey Federation ( IIHF ) considers it to be one of the `` most important championships available to the sport '' . Originally commissioned in 1892 as the Dominion Hockey Challenge Cup , the trophy is named after Lord Stanley of Preston , then -- Governor General of Canada , who donated it as an award to Canada 's top - ranking amateur ice hockey club , which the entire Stanley family supported , with the sons and daughters playing and promoting the game . The first Cup was awarded in 1893 to Montreal HC , and subsequent winners from 1893 to 1914 were determined by challenge games and league play . Professional teams first became eligible to challenge for the Stanley Cup in 1906 . In 1915 , the two professional ice hockey organizations , the National Hockey Association ( NHA ) and the Pacific Coast Hockey Association ( PCHA ) , reached a gentlemen 's agreement in which their respective champions would face each other annually for the Stanley Cup . After a series of league mergers and folds , it was established as the de facto championship trophy of the NHL in 1926 and then the de jure NHL championship prize in 1947 .","title":"Stanley Cup","score":13.839227},{"document_id":"821892178_60318-60846-0-528","text":"Russian culture\nBandy , known in Russian as `` hockey with a ball '' and sometimes informally as `` Russian hockey '' ( as opposed to `` Canadian hockey '' , an informal name for ice hockey ) , is another traditionally popular ice sport , with national league games averaging around 3,500 spectators . It 's considered a national sport . The Soviet Union national bandy team won all the Bandy World Championships from 1957 to 1979 . The Russian team is the reigning world champion since the 2014 tournament , having defended the title in 2015 .","title":"Russian culture","score":8.850735},{"document_id":"845635430_4435-5986-0-1551","text":"First indoor ice hockey game\nHOCKEY -- At the Rink last night a very large audience gathered to witness a novel contest on the ice . The game of hockey , though much in vogue on the ice in New England and other parts of the United States , is not much known here , and in consequence the game of last evening was looked forward to with great interest . Hockey is played usually with a ball , but last night , in order that no accident should happen , a flat block of wood was used , so that it should slide along the ice without rising , and thus going among the spectators to their discomfort . The game is like Lacrosse in one sense -- the block having to go through flags placed about 8 feet apart in the same manner as the rubber ball -- but in the main the old country game of shinty gives the best idea of hockey . The players last night were eighteen in number -- nine on each side -- and were as follows : -- Messrs. Torrance ( captain ) , Meagher , Potter , Goff , Barnston , Gardner , Griffin , Jarvis and Whiting . Creighton ( captain ) , Campbell , Campbell , Esdaile , Joseph , Henshaw , Chapman , Powell and Clouston . The match was an interesting and well - contested affair , the efforts of the players exciting much merriment as they wheeled and dodged each other , and notwithstanding the brilliant play of Captain Torrance 's team Captain Creighton 's men carried the day , winning two games to the single of the Torrance nine . The game was concluded about half - past nine , and the spectators then adjourned well satisfied with the evening 's entertainment .","title":"First indoor ice hockey game","score":9.03166},{"document_id":"821892178_59237-60302-0-1065","text":"Russian culture\nAlthough ice hockey was only introduced during the Soviet era , the national team soon dominated the sport internationally , winning gold at seven of the nine Olympics and 19 of the 30 World Championships they contested between 1954 and 1991 . Russian players Valeri Kharlamov , Sergei Makarov , Viacheslav Fetisov and Vladislav Tretiak hold four of the six positions on the IIHF Team of the Century . As with some other sports , the Russian ice hockey programme suffered after the breakup of the Soviet Union , with Russia enduring a 15 - year gold medal drought . At that time many prominent Russian players made their careers in the National Hockey League ( NHL ) . In recent years Russia has reemerged as a hockey power , winning back to back gold medals in the 2008 and 2009 World Championships , and overtaking Team Canada as the top ranked ice hockey team in the world , but then lost to Canada in the quarter - finals of the 2010 Olympics and 2010 World Junior Championship . The Kontinental Hockey League ( KHL ) was founded in 2008 as a rival of the NHL .","title":"Russian culture","score":9.373611}],"1534a095279f2cb888fb0bea17bd70da<::>1":[{"document_id":"825986711_5257-5487-0-230","text":"Aviation photography\nDatabases exist on the internet , cataloguing aviation photographs . These include airliners.net , jetphotos.net and airplane-pictures.net allow users to search them for photographs of aircraft based on user - specified criteria .","title":"Aviation photography","score":14.483705},{"document_id":"825986711_3052-3893-0-841","text":"Aviation photography\nAir - to - air photography is the art of photographing aircraft in the air , while using another aircraft as a photo platform . The subject aircraft is photographed while both aircraft are in flight . This allows the photographer to position the subject in specific locations and angles to get the most desirable shot . Some things that must be considered to achieve best results are lighting and background . Proper lighting is achieved through correct placement of the aircraft relative to the sun , and is accomplished flying only at certain times of the day and / or by flying at a heading that lines the sun up on the subject aircraft properly . The background can highlight or distract from the subject and must be carefully considered when taking shots . Air - to - air photography uses include commercial use and advertising . Remote","title":"Aviation photography","score":15.942475},{"document_id":"825986711_2085-2489-0-404","text":"Aviation photography\nIn ground - to - air photography , photos of aircraft in flight are taken with the photographer on the ground . This type of photography is common at airshows or airports . Generally , a long focus photographic lens is necessary due to the greater distance between the photographer and the target aircraft . Along with ground - static photography , this is the most popular form of aviation photography .","title":"Aviation photography","score":16.475857},{"document_id":"825986711_374-788-0-414","text":"Aviation photography\nAviation photography is the act of taking images of aircraft , either in flight , or on the ground . Types of aviation photography include air - to - air , ground - to - air , ground - static , and remote photography . Military aviation photography , especially air - to - air , requires additional skills , as the photo and target aircraft often fly at velocities of over Mach 1 , while under moderate to high G .","title":"Aviation photography","score":16.976954},{"document_id":"825986711_1099-1546-0-447","text":"Aviation photography\nIn ground - static photography , photos of stationary aircraft are taken by photographers on the ground . Photos can be of aircraft exteriors , interiors , and aircraft details . The photographer has full control over lighting , aircraft placement , camera angles , and background . Involving other subjects such as the pilot or other aircraft is much easier to accomplish in ground - static photography than in other forms of aerial photography .","title":"Aviation photography","score":16.602432}],"1534a095279f2cb888fb0bea17bd70da<::>2":[{"document_id":"825986711_2085-2489-0-404","text":"Aviation photography\nIn ground - to - air photography , photos of aircraft in flight are taken with the photographer on the ground . This type of photography is common at airshows or airports . Generally , a long focus photographic lens is necessary due to the greater distance between the photographer and the target aircraft . Along with ground - static photography , this is the most popular form of aviation photography .","title":"Aviation photography","score":15.011021},{"document_id":"825986711_5257-5487-0-230","text":"Aviation photography\nDatabases exist on the internet , cataloguing aviation photographs . These include airliners.net , jetphotos.net and airplane-pictures.net allow users to search them for photographs of aircraft based on user - specified criteria .","title":"Aviation photography","score":13.2034235},{"document_id":"825986711_3052-3893-0-841","text":"Aviation photography\nAir - to - air photography is the art of photographing aircraft in the air , while using another aircraft as a photo platform . The subject aircraft is photographed while both aircraft are in flight . This allows the photographer to position the subject in specific locations and angles to get the most desirable shot . Some things that must be considered to achieve best results are lighting and background . Proper lighting is achieved through correct placement of the aircraft relative to the sun , and is accomplished flying only at certain times of the day and / or by flying at a heading that lines the sun up on the subject aircraft properly . The background can highlight or distract from the subject and must be carefully considered when taking shots . Air - to - air photography uses include commercial use and advertising . Remote","title":"Aviation photography","score":16.415531},{"document_id":"825986711_374-788-0-414","text":"Aviation photography\nAviation photography is the act of taking images of aircraft , either in flight , or on the ground . Types of aviation photography include air - to - air , ground - to - air , ground - static , and remote photography . Military aviation photography , especially air - to - air , requires additional skills , as the photo and target aircraft often fly at velocities of over Mach 1 , while under moderate to high G .","title":"Aviation photography","score":16.976954},{"document_id":"825986711_1099-1546-0-447","text":"Aviation photography\nIn ground - static photography , photos of stationary aircraft are taken by photographers on the ground . Photos can be of aircraft exteriors , interiors , and aircraft details . The photographer has full control over lighting , aircraft placement , camera angles , and background . Involving other subjects such as the pilot or other aircraft is much easier to accomplish in ground - static photography than in other forms of aerial photography .","title":"Aviation photography","score":14.727515}],"1534a095279f2cb888fb0bea17bd70da<::>3":[{"document_id":"825986711_2085-2489-0-404","text":"Aviation photography\nIn ground - to - air photography , photos of aircraft in flight are taken with the photographer on the ground . This type of photography is common at airshows or airports . Generally , a long focus photographic lens is necessary due to the greater distance between the photographer and the target aircraft . Along with ground - static photography , this is the most popular form of aviation photography .","title":"Aviation photography","score":14.337618},{"document_id":"825986711_4469-5006-0-537","text":"Aviation photography\nThe first time close head - on remote photography had been used was in 1977 when photographer Richard Cooke , working with Sqn Ldr Alan Voyle , Senior Engineering Officer of The Red Arrows , developed a camera bracket to fit on the underside of a spare Red Arrows Folland Gnat aircraft . The pilots were carefully briefed on the ground and then , in the air , the photographer operated the camera from the back seat of the camera aircraft , using a mechanical release triggered by a solenoid , operated through the anti-collision light .","title":"Aviation photography","score":14.492746},{"document_id":"825986711_374-788-0-414","text":"Aviation photography\nAviation photography is the act of taking images of aircraft , either in flight , or on the ground . Types of aviation photography include air - to - air , ground - to - air , ground - static , and remote photography . Military aviation photography , especially air - to - air , requires additional skills , as the photo and target aircraft often fly at velocities of over Mach 1 , while under moderate to high G .","title":"Aviation photography","score":14.8309355},{"document_id":"825986711_2490-2909-0-419","text":"Aviation photography\nGround to air photograph of an Emirates Airbus A380 departing London Heathrow Airport A Qantas Boeing 747 - 400 overflying Starbeyevo , Moscow at 11,000 m . The aircraft was photographed from the ground using a Canon 400D , a 1200mm telescope and 2x Barlow lens . Fat Albert , a U.S. Marine Corps C - 130T Hercules with the Blue Angels , flies over Marines with the Silent Drill Platoon at Marine Corps Air Station Yuma","title":"Aviation photography","score":14.368495},{"document_id":"825986711_3052-3893-0-841","text":"Aviation photography\nAir - to - air photography is the art of photographing aircraft in the air , while using another aircraft as a photo platform . The subject aircraft is photographed while both aircraft are in flight . This allows the photographer to position the subject in specific locations and angles to get the most desirable shot . Some things that must be considered to achieve best results are lighting and background . Proper lighting is achieved through correct placement of the aircraft relative to the sun , and is accomplished flying only at certain times of the day and / or by flying at a heading that lines the sun up on the subject aircraft properly . The background can highlight or distract from the subject and must be carefully considered when taking shots . Air - to - air photography uses include commercial use and advertising . Remote","title":"Aviation photography","score":15.538906}],"694e275f1a01ad0e8ac448ad809f7930<::>1":[{"document_id":"804380142_446-1836-0-1390","text":"Stanley Cup\nThe Stanley Cup ( French : La Coupe Stanley ) is the championship trophy awarded annually to the National Hockey League ( NHL ) playoff winner . It is the oldest existing trophy to be awarded to a professional sports franchise , and the International Ice Hockey Federation ( IIHF ) considers it to be one of the `` most important championships available to the sport '' . Originally commissioned in 1892 as the Dominion Hockey Challenge Cup , the trophy is named after Lord Stanley of Preston , then -- Governor General of Canada , who donated it as an award to Canada 's top - ranking amateur ice hockey club , which the entire Stanley family supported , with the sons and daughters playing and promoting the game . The first Cup was awarded in 1893 to Montreal HC , and subsequent winners from 1893 to 1914 were determined by challenge games and league play . Professional teams first became eligible to challenge for the Stanley Cup in 1906 . In 1915 , the two professional ice hockey organizations , the National Hockey Association ( NHA ) and the Pacific Coast Hockey Association ( PCHA ) , reached a gentlemen 's agreement in which their respective champions would face each other annually for the Stanley Cup . After a series of league mergers and folds , it was established as the de facto championship trophy of the NHL in 1926 and then the de jure NHL championship prize in 1947 .","title":"Stanley Cup","score":14.180483},{"document_id":"804380142_2872-4252-0-1380","text":"Stanley Cup\nUnlike the trophies awarded by the other major professional sports leagues of North America , a new Stanley Cup is not made each year . Originally , the winners kept it until a new champion was crowned . Currently , winning teams get the Stanley Cup during the summer and a limited number of days during the season . It is unusual among trophies to include winning members ' names . Every year since 1924 , a select portion of the winning players , coaches , management , and club staff names are engraved on its bands . However , there is not enough room to include all the players and non-players , so some names must be omitted . Initially a new band added each year , though this caused the trophy to grow in size , earning the nickname `` Stovepipe Cup '' . In 1958 the modern one - piece Cup was designed with a five - band barrel which could contain 13 winning teams per band . To prevent the Stanley Cup from growing , when the bottom band is full , the oldest band is removed and preserved in the Hockey Hall of Fame , and a new blank band added to the bottom . It has been referred to as The Cup , Lord Stanley 's Cup , The Holy Grail , or facetiously ( chiefly by sportswriters ) as Lord Stanley 's Mug . The Stanley Cup is surrounded by numerous legends and traditions , the oldest of which is the celebratory drinking of champagne out of the cup by the winning team .","title":"Stanley Cup","score":13.229439},{"document_id":"865335038_17091-17557-0-466","text":"FIFA World Cup\nFrom 1930 to 1970 , the Jules Rimet Trophy was awarded to the World Cup winning team . It was originally simply known as the World Cup or Coupe du Monde , but in 1946 it was renamed after the FIFA president Jules Rimet who set up the first tournament . In 1970 , Brazil 's third victory in the tournament entitled them to keep the trophy permanently . However , the trophy was stolen in 1983 and has never been recovered , apparently melted down by the thieves . The","title":"FIFA World Cup","score":11.859924},{"document_id":"864952571_28023-29282-0-1259","text":"Football\nOne of the longest running football fixture is the Cordner - Eggleston Cup , contested between Melbourne Grammar School and Scotch College , Melbourne every year since 1858 . It is believed by many to also be the first match of Australian rules football , although it was played under experimental rules in its first year . The first football trophy tournament was the Caledonian Challenge Cup , donated by the Royal Caledonian Society of Melbourne , played in 1861 under the Melbourne Rules . The oldest football league is a rugby football competition , the United Hospitals Challenge Cup ( 1874 ) , while the oldest rugby trophy is the Yorkshire Cup , contested since 1878 . The South Australian Football Association ( 30 April 1877 ) is the oldest surviving Australian rules football competition . The oldest surviving soccer trophy is the Youdan Cup ( 1867 ) and the oldest national football competition is the English FA Cup ( 1871 ) . The Football League ( 1888 ) is recognised as the longest running Association Football league . The first ever international football match took place between sides representing England and Scotland on March 5 , 1870 at the Oval under the authority of the FA . The first Rugby international took place in 1871 . Modern","title":"Football","score":13.896682},{"document_id":"798029343_451-1065-0-614","text":"America's Cup\nThe America 's Cup , affectionately known as the `` Auld Mug '' , is a trophy awarded to the winner of the America 's Cup match races between two sailing yachts . One yacht , known as the defender , represents the yacht club that currently holds the America 's Cup and the second yacht , known as the challenger , represents the yacht club that is challenging for the cup . The timing of each match is determined by an agreement between the defender and the challenger . The America 's Cup is the oldest international sporting trophy . It will next be raced for in the southern summer , in the early part of 2021 .","title":"America's Cup","score":14.151001}],"694e275f1a01ad0e8ac448ad809f7930<::>2":[{"document_id":"796369617_6680-7212-0-532","text":"Curling\nToday , the sport is most firmly established in Canada , having been taken there by Scottish emigrants . The Royal Montreal Curling Club , the oldest established sports club still active in North America , was established in 1807 . The first curling club in the United States was established in 1830 , and the sport was introduced to Switzerland and Sweden before the end of the 19th century , also by Scots . Today , curling is played all over Europe and has spread to Brazil , Japan , Australia , New Zealand , China , and Korea .","title":"Curling","score":15.339961},{"document_id":"803807172_2995-3230-0-235","text":"Mesoamerican ballgame\nOne candidate for the birthplace of the ballgame is the Soconusco coastal lowlands along the Pacific Ocean . Here , at Paso de la Amada , archaeologists have found the oldest ballcourt yet discovered , dated to approximately 1400 BCE .","title":"Mesoamerican ballgame","score":17.585114},{"document_id":"864996542_1179-1575-0-396","text":"Football (ball)\nThe oldest football still in existence , which is thought to have been made circa 1550 , was discovered in the roof of Stirling Castle , Scotland , in 1981 . The ball is made of leather ( possibly from a deer ) and a pig 's bladder . It has a diameter of between 14 -- 16 cm ( 5.5 -- 6.3 in ) , weighs 125 g ( 4.4 oz ) and is currently on display at the Smith Art Gallery and Museum in Stirling .","title":"Football (ball)","score":19.034767},{"document_id":"796369617_3120-3982-0-862","text":"Curling\nEvidence that curling existed in Scotland in the early 16th century includes a curling stone inscribed with the date 1511 uncovered ( along with another bearing the date 1551 ) when an old pond was drained at Dunblane , Scotland . The world 's oldest curling stone and the world 's oldest football are now kept in the same museum ( the Stirling Smith Art Gallery and Museum ) in Stirling . The first written reference to a contest using stones on ice coming from the records of Paisley Abbey , Renfrewshire , in February 1541 . Two paintings , `` Winter Landscape with a Bird Trap '' and `` The Hunters in the Snow '' ( both dated 1565 ) by Pieter Bruegel the Elder depict Flemish peasants curling , albeit without brooms ; Scotland and the Low Countries had strong trading and cultural links during this period , which is also evident in the history of golf . A","title":"Curling","score":14.2982025},{"document_id":"864952571_33370-33915-0-545","text":"Football\nBy the late 1850s , many football clubs had been formed throughout the English - speaking world , to play various codes of football . Sheffield Football Club , founded in 1857 in the English city of Sheffield by Nathaniel Creswick and William Prest , was later recognised as the world 's oldest club playing association football . However , the club initially played its own code of football : the Sheffield rules . The code was largely independent of the public school rules , the most significant difference being the lack of an offside rule .","title":"Football","score":13.707094}],"694e275f1a01ad0e8ac448ad809f7930<::>3":[{"document_id":"864952571_3921-4540-0-619","text":"Football\nTwo teams of usually between 11 and 18 players ; some variations that have fewer players ( five or more per team ) are also popular . A clearly defined area in which to play the game . Scoring goals or points by moving the ball to an opposing team 's end of the field and either into a goal area , or over a line . Goals or points resulting from players putting the ball between two goalposts . The goal or line being defended by the opposing team . Players being required to move the ball -- depending on the code -- by kicking , carrying , or hand - passing the ball . Players using only their body to move the ball .","title":"Football","score":11.120637},{"document_id":"808419312_2507-3040-0-533","text":"Comparison of American football and rugby league\nBoth sports descend from the older game of rugby football in the 19th Century when its two offshoots developed . British colonists and the British military in Canada brought football to North America . It became popular in American and Canadian universities and prep schools . At the time , association football and rugby football were not as differentiated as they are now and teams would negotiate the rules before playing each game . The sports of American football and Canadian football evolved from these intercollegiate games .","title":"Comparison of American football and rugby league","score":14.192068},{"document_id":"808419312_394-761-0-367","text":"Comparison of American football and rugby league\nA comparison between American football and rugby league is possible because of their shared origins and similar game concepts . Along with Canadian football , rugby league is the most similar sport to American football . Both sports involve the concept of a limited number of downs / tackles and scoring touchdowns / tries takes clear precedence over goal - kicking .","title":"Comparison of American football and rugby league","score":14.370914},{"document_id":"856059988_1043-2017-0-974","text":"American football\nAmerican football , referred to as football in the United States and Canada and also known as gridiron , is a team sport played by two teams of eleven players on a rectangular field with goalposts at each end . The offense , which is the team controlling the oval - shaped football , attempts to advance down the field by running with or passing the ball , while the defense , which is the team without control of the ball , aims to stop the offense 's advance and aims to take control of the ball for themselves . The offense must advance at least ten yards in four downs , or plays , and otherwise they turn over the football to the defense ; if the offense succeeds in advancing ten yards or more , they are given a new set of four downs . Points are primarily scored by advancing the ball into the opposing team 's end zone for a touchdown or kicking the ball through the opponent 's goalposts for a field goal . The team with the most points at the end of a game wins .","title":"American football","score":17.06101},{"document_id":"808419312_762-2313-0-1551","text":"Comparison of American football and rugby league\nGenerally , American football games last much longer than 80 - minute rugby league matches . Because the field is reset after each tackle in American football , it is much slower - paced than the more hectic rugby league , in which play stops for only as long as it takes the tackled player to get back to his feet and return the ball to play . Another major difference is that only the player with possession of the ball may be interfered with in rugby league ; defending players interfering with any other attacking player ( and vice versa ) will incur a penalty . Passing in the two sports also differs : while backward passing is common to both sports , in American football players are allowed to throw the ball forward in certain situations whereas in rugby league forward passing is always illegal . Rugby league players have to kick the ball or run it forward to advance it downfield . To score a try or touchdown in rugby league , the player has to push the ball directly onto the ground once in the try zone , whereas in American football the player has to simply cross the line . American football also requires its players to use a large amount of protective equipment , including helmets , gloves and padding around the body , whereas protective clothing is much more minimal in rugby league , usually amounting to light padding ( if any ) and soft head gear ( hard helmets being illegal ) . The major difference between rugby league and American Football ( Gridiron ) is rugby fields are 100 metres where American football is 100 yards .","title":"Comparison of American football and rugby league","score":14.128948}],"694e275f1a01ad0e8ac448ad809f7930<::>6":[{"document_id":"842075902_3979-4279-0-300","text":"Football player\nAn Irish 2002 study of association and Gaelic football players characterised players as `` lean and muscular with a reasonably high level of capacity in all areas of physical performance '' . The opposite is the case for American football , where obesity could be the cause of grave health problems .","title":"Football player","score":8.690502},{"document_id":"863752575_26776-27222-0-446","text":"Ancient Greek cuisine\nTrainers later enforced some standard diet rules : to be an Olympic victor , `` you have to eat according to regulations , keep away from desserts ( ... ) ; you must not drink cold water nor can you have a drink of wine whenever you want '' . It seems this diet was primarily based on meat , for Galen ( ca . 180 AD ) accused athletes of his day of `` always gorging themselved on flesh and blood '' . Pausanias also refers to a `` meat diet '' .","title":"Ancient Greek cuisine","score":10.322286},{"document_id":"863752575_26108-26775-0-650","text":"Ancient Greek cuisine\nAelian claims that the first athlete to submit to a formal diet was Ikkos of Tarentum , a victor in the Olympic pentathlon ( perhaps in 444 BC ) . However , Olympic wrestling champion ( 62nd through 66th Olympiads ) Milo of Croton was already said to eat twenty pounds of meat and twenty pounds of bread and to drink eight quarts of wine each day . Before his time , athletes were said to practice ξηροφαγία xērophagía ( from ξηρός xēros , `` dry '' ) , a diet based on dry foods such as dried figs , fresh cheese and bread . Pythagoras ( either the philosopher or a gymnastics master of the same name ) was the first to direct athletes to eat meat .","title":"Ancient Greek cuisine","score":11.234777},{"document_id":"842075902_1265-1597-0-332","text":"Football player\nFootballers generally begin as amateurs and the best players progress to become professional players . Normally they start at a youth team ( any local team ) and from there , based on skill and talent , scouts offer contracts . Once signed , some learn to play better football and a few advance to the senior or professional teams .","title":"Football player","score":8.0645485},{"document_id":"842075902_292-549-0-257","text":"Football player\nA football player is a sportsperson who plays one of the different types of football . The main types of football are association football , American football , Canadian football , Australian rules football , Gaelic football , rugby league and rugby union .","title":"Football player","score":8.169319}],"694e275f1a01ad0e8ac448ad809f7930<::>7":[{"document_id":"863752575_26776-27222-0-446","text":"Ancient Greek cuisine\nTrainers later enforced some standard diet rules : to be an Olympic victor , `` you have to eat according to regulations , keep away from desserts ( ... ) ; you must not drink cold water nor can you have a drink of wine whenever you want '' . It seems this diet was primarily based on meat , for Galen ( ca . 180 AD ) accused athletes of his day of `` always gorging themselved on flesh and blood '' . Pausanias also refers to a `` meat diet '' .","title":"Ancient Greek cuisine","score":9.958136},{"document_id":"856894719_24908-25260-0-352","text":"Eating disorder\nElite athletes have a significantly higher rate in eating disorders . Female athletes in sports such as gymnastics , ballet , diving , etc. are found to be at the highest risk among all athletes . Women are more likely than men to acquire an eating disorder between the ages of 13 -- 30 . 0 -- 15 % of those with bulimia and anorexia are men . Cultural","title":"Eating disorder","score":9.0473795},{"document_id":"856894719_28795-29068-0-273","text":"Eating disorder\nAesthetic sports ( dance , figure skating , gymnastics ) -- 35 % Weight dependent sports ( judo , wrestling ) -- 29 % Endurance sports ( cycling , swimming , running ) -- 20 % Technical sports ( golf , high jumping ) -- 14 % Ball game sports ( volleyball , soccer ) -- 12 %","title":"Eating disorder","score":9.432216},{"document_id":"839740068_9231-9559-0-328","text":"Food pyramid (nutrition)\nMeat is the tissue -- usually muscle -- of an animal consumed by humans . Since most parts of many animals are edible , there is a vast variety of meats . Meat is a major source of protein , as well as iron , zinc , and vitamin B12 . Meats , poultry , and fish include beef , chicken , pork , salmon , tuna , shrimp , and eggs .","title":"Food pyramid (nutrition)","score":11.4412985},{"document_id":"856894719_27629-28794-0-1165","text":"Eating disorder\nIn addition to socioeconomic status being considered a cultural risk factor so is the world of sports . Athletes and eating disorders tend to go hand in hand , especially the sports where weight is a competitive factor . Gymnastics , horse back riding , wrestling , body building , and dancing are just a few that fall into this category of weight dependent sports . Eating disorders among individuals that participate in competitive activities , especially women , often lead to having physical and biological changes related to their weight that often mimic prepubescent stages . Oftentimes as women 's bodies change they lose their competitive edge which leads them to taking extreme measures to maintain their younger body shape . Men often struggle with binge eating followed by excessive exercise while focusing on building muscle rather than losing fat , but this goal of gaining muscle is just as much an eating disorder as obsessing over thinness . The following statistics taken from Susan Nolen - Hoeksema 's book , ( ab ) normal psychology , shows the estimated percentage of athletes that struggle with eating disorders based on the category of sport .","title":"Eating disorder","score":9.477696}],"cfbcfa3e382f12aed450b10f87a72aeb<::>1":[{"document_id":"850931827_588-1089-0-501","text":"Guinea pig\nThe guinea pig or domestic guinea pig ( Cavia porcellus ) , also known as cavy or domestic cavy , is a species of rodent belonging to the family Caviidae and the genus Cavia . Despite their common name , these animals are not in the pig family Suidae , nor do they come from Guinea in Africa ; they originated in the Andes of South America and studies based on biochemistry and hybridization suggest they are domestic , not wild , descendants of a closely related species of cavy such as C. tschudii .","title":"Guinea pig","score":14.689223},{"document_id":"850931827_30008-30728-0-720","text":"Guinea pig\nIf handled correctly early in life , guinea pigs become amenable to being picked up and carried , and seldom bite or scratch . They are timid explorers and often hesitate to attempt an escape from their cage even when an opportunity presents itself . Still , they show considerable curiosity when allowed to walk freely , especially in familiar and safe terrain . Guinea pigs that become familiar with their owner will whistle on the owner 's approach ; they will also learn to whistle in response to the rustling of plastic bags or the opening of refrigerator doors , where their food is most commonly stored . In Switzerland , owning a single guinea pig is considered harmful to its well - being and forbidden by law .","title":"Guinea pig","score":13.502606},{"document_id":"850931827_12432-13339-0-907","text":"Guinea pig\nDomesticated guinea pigs thrive in groups of two or more ; groups of sows , or groups of one or more sows and a neutered boar are common combinations , but boars can sometimes live together . Guinea pigs learn to recognize and bond with other individual pigs , and testing of boars shows their neuroendocrine stress response is significantly lowered in the presence of a bonded female when compared to the presence of unfamiliar females . Groups of boars may also get along , provided their cage has enough space , they are introduced at an early age , and no females are present . Domestic guinea pigs have developed a different biological rhythm from their wild counterparts , and have longer periods of activity followed by short periods of sleep in between . Activity is scattered randomly throughout the day ; aside from an avoidance of intense light , no regular circadian patterns are apparent . This","title":"Guinea pig","score":16.624487},{"document_id":"850931827_11086-12414-0-1328","text":"Guinea pig\nC. porcellus is not found naturally in the wild ; it is likely descended from closely related species of cavies , such as C. aperea , C. fulgida , and C. tschudii , which are still commonly found in various regions of South America . Studies from 2007 -- 2010 applied molecular markers and studied the skull and skeletal morphology of current and mummified animals , thereby revealing the ancestor to most likely be Cavia tschudii . Some species of cavy identified in the 20th century , such as C. anolaimae and C. guianae , may be domestic guinea pigs that have become feral by reintroduction into the wild . Wild cavies are found on grassy plains and occupy an ecological niche similar to that of cattle . They are social , living in the wild in small groups that consist of several females ( sows ) , a male ( boar ) , and the young ( which , in a break with the preceding porcine nomenclature , are called `` pups '' not `` piglets '' ) . They move together in groups ( herds ) eating grass or other vegetation , and do not store food . While they do not burrow themselves or build nests , they frequently seek shelter in the burrows of other animals , as well as in crevices and tunnels formed by vegetation . They tend to be most active during dawn and dusk ( crepuscular ) , when it is harder for predators to spot them .","title":"Guinea pig","score":19.10362},{"document_id":"850931827_13486-14754-0-1268","text":"Guinea pig\nDomestic guinea pigs generally live in cages , although some owners of large numbers of guinea pigs dedicate entire rooms to their pets . Cages with solid or wire mesh floors are used , although wire mesh floors can cause injury and may be associated with an infection commonly known as bumblefoot ( ulcerative pododermatitis ) . `` Cubes and Coroplast '' ( C&C ) style cages are now a common choice . Cages are often lined with wood shavings or a similar material . Bedding made from red cedar ( Eastern or Western ) and pine , both softwoods , were commonly used in the past , but these materials are now believed to contain harmful phenols ( aromatic hydrocarbons ) and oils . Safer bedding materials made from hardwoods ( such as aspen ) , paper products , and corn cob materials are other alternatives . Guinea pigs tend to be messy within their cages ; they often jump into their food bowls or kick bedding and feces into them , and their urine sometimes crystallizes on cage surfaces , making it difficult to remove . After its cage has been cleaned , a guinea pig typically urinates and drags its lower body across the floor of the cage to mark its territory . Male guinea pigs may also mark their territory in this way when they are taken out of their cages .","title":"Guinea pig","score":15.243098}],"cfbcfa3e382f12aed450b10f87a72aeb<::>2":[{"document_id":"850931827_588-1089-0-501","text":"Guinea pig\nThe guinea pig or domestic guinea pig ( Cavia porcellus ) , also known as cavy or domestic cavy , is a species of rodent belonging to the family Caviidae and the genus Cavia . Despite their common name , these animals are not in the pig family Suidae , nor do they come from Guinea in Africa ; they originated in the Andes of South America and studies based on biochemistry and hybridization suggest they are domestic , not wild , descendants of a closely related species of cavy such as C. tschudii .","title":"Guinea pig","score":14.065831},{"document_id":"850931827_30793-31505-0-712","text":"Guinea pig\nDomesticated guinea pigs occur in many breeds , which have been developed since their introduction to Europe and North America . These varieties vary in hair and color composition . The most common varieties found in pet stores are the English shorthair ( also known as the American ) , which have a short , smooth coat , and the Abyssinian , whose coat is ruffled with cowlicks , or rosettes . Also popular among breeders are the Peruvian and the Sheltie ( or Silkie ) , both straight longhair breeds , and the Texel , a curly longhair . Grooming of guinea pigs is primarily accomplished using combs or brushes . Shorthair breeds are typically brushed weekly , while longhair breeds may require daily grooming .","title":"Guinea pig","score":12.978236},{"document_id":"850931827_12432-13339-0-907","text":"Guinea pig\nDomesticated guinea pigs thrive in groups of two or more ; groups of sows , or groups of one or more sows and a neutered boar are common combinations , but boars can sometimes live together . Guinea pigs learn to recognize and bond with other individual pigs , and testing of boars shows their neuroendocrine stress response is significantly lowered in the presence of a bonded female when compared to the presence of unfamiliar females . Groups of boars may also get along , provided their cage has enough space , they are introduced at an early age , and no females are present . Domestic guinea pigs have developed a different biological rhythm from their wild counterparts , and have longer periods of activity followed by short periods of sleep in between . Activity is scattered randomly throughout the day ; aside from an avoidance of intense light , no regular circadian patterns are apparent . This","title":"Guinea pig","score":21.828062},{"document_id":"850931827_11086-12414-0-1328","text":"Guinea pig\nC. porcellus is not found naturally in the wild ; it is likely descended from closely related species of cavies , such as C. aperea , C. fulgida , and C. tschudii , which are still commonly found in various regions of South America . Studies from 2007 -- 2010 applied molecular markers and studied the skull and skeletal morphology of current and mummified animals , thereby revealing the ancestor to most likely be Cavia tschudii . Some species of cavy identified in the 20th century , such as C. anolaimae and C. guianae , may be domestic guinea pigs that have become feral by reintroduction into the wild . Wild cavies are found on grassy plains and occupy an ecological niche similar to that of cattle . They are social , living in the wild in small groups that consist of several females ( sows ) , a male ( boar ) , and the young ( which , in a break with the preceding porcine nomenclature , are called `` pups '' not `` piglets '' ) . They move together in groups ( herds ) eating grass or other vegetation , and do not store food . While they do not burrow themselves or build nests , they frequently seek shelter in the burrows of other animals , as well as in crevices and tunnels formed by vegetation . They tend to be most active during dawn and dusk ( crepuscular ) , when it is harder for predators to spot them .","title":"Guinea pig","score":15.804698},{"document_id":"850931827_13486-14754-0-1268","text":"Guinea pig\nDomestic guinea pigs generally live in cages , although some owners of large numbers of guinea pigs dedicate entire rooms to their pets . Cages with solid or wire mesh floors are used , although wire mesh floors can cause injury and may be associated with an infection commonly known as bumblefoot ( ulcerative pododermatitis ) . `` Cubes and Coroplast '' ( C&C ) style cages are now a common choice . Cages are often lined with wood shavings or a similar material . Bedding made from red cedar ( Eastern or Western ) and pine , both softwoods , were commonly used in the past , but these materials are now believed to contain harmful phenols ( aromatic hydrocarbons ) and oils . Safer bedding materials made from hardwoods ( such as aspen ) , paper products , and corn cob materials are other alternatives . Guinea pigs tend to be messy within their cages ; they often jump into their food bowls or kick bedding and feces into them , and their urine sometimes crystallizes on cage surfaces , making it difficult to remove . After its cage has been cleaned , a guinea pig typically urinates and drags its lower body across the floor of the cage to mark its territory . Male guinea pigs may also mark their territory in this way when they are taken out of their cages .","title":"Guinea pig","score":17.94472}],"cfbcfa3e382f12aed450b10f87a72aeb<::>3":[{"document_id":"850931827_22153-22673-0-520","text":"Guinea pig\nMale and female guinea pigs do not differ in appearance apart from general size , with the male being about 30 % larger . The position of the anus is very close to the genitals in both sexes . Female genitals are distinguished by a Y - shaped configuration formed from a vulvar flap . While male genitals may look similar , with the penis and anus forming a similar shape , the penis will protrude if pressure is applied to the surrounding hair . The male 's testes may also be visible externally from scrotal swelling .","title":"Guinea pig","score":17.114538},{"document_id":"850931827_3899-4355-0-456","text":"Guinea pig\nHow the animals came to be called `` pigs '' is not clear . They are built somewhat like pigs , with large heads relative to their bodies , stout necks , and rounded rumps with no tail of any consequence ; some of the sounds they emit are very similar to those made by pigs , and they also spend a large amount of time eating . They can survive for long periods in small quarters , like a ' pig pen ' , and were thus easily transported on ships to Europe .","title":"Guinea pig","score":14.933854},{"document_id":"850931827_30793-31505-0-712","text":"Guinea pig\nDomesticated guinea pigs occur in many breeds , which have been developed since their introduction to Europe and North America . These varieties vary in hair and color composition . The most common varieties found in pet stores are the English shorthair ( also known as the American ) , which have a short , smooth coat , and the Abyssinian , whose coat is ruffled with cowlicks , or rosettes . Also popular among breeders are the Peruvian and the Sheltie ( or Silkie ) , both straight longhair breeds , and the Texel , a curly longhair . Grooming of guinea pigs is primarily accomplished using combs or brushes . Shorthair breeds are typically brushed weekly , while longhair breeds may require daily grooming .","title":"Guinea pig","score":14.12187},{"document_id":"850931827_19169-19890-0-721","text":"Guinea pig\nMales reach sexual maturity in 3 -- 5 weeks , while females can be fertile as early as 4 weeks old , and can carry litters before they are adults . The female guinea pig is able to breed year - round , with spring being the peak . A sow can have as many as five litters in a year , but six is theoretically possible . Unlike the offspring of most rodents , which are altricial at birth , newborn cavy pups are well - developed with hair , teeth , claws , and partial eyesight . The pups are immediately mobile and begin eating solid food immediately , though they continue to suckle . Females can once again become pregnant 6 -- 48 hours after giving birth , but it is not healthy for a female to be constantly pregnant .","title":"Guinea pig","score":12.989922},{"document_id":"850931827_28415-29015-0-594","text":"Guinea pig\nBecause the guinea pig has a stout , compact body , it more easily tolerates excessive cold than excessive heat . Its normal body temperature is 101 -- 104 ° F ( 38 -- 40 ° C ) , so its ideal ambient air temperature range is similar to a human 's , about 65 -- 75 ° F ( 18 -- 24 ° C ) . Consistent ambient temperatures in excess of 90 ° F ( 32 ° C ) have been linked to hyperthermia and death , especially among pregnant sows . Guinea pigs are not well suited to environments that feature wind or frequent drafts , and respond poorly to extremes of humidity outside of the range of 30 -- 70 % .","title":"Guinea pig","score":14.233223}],"cfbcfa3e382f12aed450b10f87a72aeb<::>5":[{"document_id":"850931827_4356-5985-0-1580","text":"Guinea pig\nThe animal 's name alludes to pigs in many European languages . The German word for them is Meerschweinchen , literally `` little sea pig '' , which has been translated into Polish as świnka morska , into Hungarian as tengerimalac , and into Russian as морская свинка . This derives from the Middle High German name merswin . This originally meant `` dolphin '' and was used because of the animals ' grunting sounds ( which were thought to be similar ) . Many other , possibly less scientifically based explanations of the German name exist . For example , sailing ships stopping to reprovision in the New World would pick up stores of guinea pigs , which provided an easily transportable source of fresh meat . The French term is cochon d'Inde ( Indian pig ) or cobaye ; the Dutch call it Guinees biggetje ( Guinean piglet ) or cavia ( while in some Dutch dialects it is called Spaanse rat ) ; and in Portuguese , the guinea pig is variously referred to as cobaia , from the Tupi word via its Latinization , or as porquinho da Índia ( little Indian pig ) . This is not universal ; for example , the common word in Spanish is conejillo de Indias ( little rabbit of the Indies ) . The Chinese refer to them as 豚鼠 ( túnshǔ , ' pig mouse ' ) , and sometimes as Netherlands pig ( 荷蘭 豬 , hélánzhū ) or Indian mouse ( 天竺鼠 , tiānzhúshǔ ) . The Japanese word for guinea pig is `` モルモット '' ( morumotto ) , which derives from the name of another mountain - dwelling rodent , the marmot ; this is what guinea pigs were called by the Dutch traders who first brought them to Nagasaki in 1843 .","title":"Guinea pig","score":21.148355},{"document_id":"850931827_588-1089-0-501","text":"Guinea pig\nThe guinea pig or domestic guinea pig ( Cavia porcellus ) , also known as cavy or domestic cavy , is a species of rodent belonging to the family Caviidae and the genus Cavia . Despite their common name , these animals are not in the pig family Suidae , nor do they come from Guinea in Africa ; they originated in the Andes of South America and studies based on biochemistry and hybridization suggest they are domestic , not wild , descendants of a closely related species of cavy such as C. tschudii .","title":"Guinea pig","score":19.600746},{"document_id":"850931827_5986-6941-0-955","text":"Guinea pig\nThe origin of `` guinea '' in `` guinea pig '' is harder to explain . One proposed explanation is that the animals were brought to Europe by way of Guinea , leading people to think they had originated there . `` Guinea '' was also frequently used in English to refer generally to any far - off , unknown country , so the name may simply be a colorful reference to the animal 's exotic appeal . Another hypothesis suggests the `` guinea '' in the name is a corruption of `` Guiana '' , an area in South America . A common misconception is that they were so named because they were sold for the price of a guinea coin ; this hypothesis is untenable , because the guinea was first struck in England in 1663 , and William Harvey used the term `` Ginny - pig '' as early as 1653 . Others believe `` guinea '' may be an alteration of the word coney ( rabbit ) ; guinea pigs were referred to as `` pig coneys '' in Edward Topsell 's 1607 treatise on quadrupeds .","title":"Guinea pig","score":19.72225},{"document_id":"850931827_3168-3898-0-728","text":"Guinea pig\nThe scientific name of the common species is Cavia porcellus , with porcellus being Latin for `` little pig '' . Cavia is New Latin ; it is derived from cabiai , the animal 's name in the language of the Galibi tribes once native to French Guiana . Cabiai may be an adaptation of the Portuguese çavia ( now savia ) , which is itself derived from the Tupi word saujá , meaning rat . Guinea pigs are called quwi or jaca in Quechua and cuy or cuyo ( plural cuyes , cuyos ) in the Spanish of Ecuador , Peru , and Bolivia . Ironically , breeders tend to use the more formal `` cavy '' to describe the animal , while in scientific and laboratory contexts , it is far more commonly referred to by the more colloquial `` guinea pig '' .","title":"Guinea pig","score":20.253887},{"document_id":"850931827_3899-4355-0-456","text":"Guinea pig\nHow the animals came to be called `` pigs '' is not clear . They are built somewhat like pigs , with large heads relative to their bodies , stout necks , and rounded rumps with no tail of any consequence ; some of the sounds they emit are very similar to those made by pigs , and they also spend a large amount of time eating . They can survive for long periods in small quarters , like a ' pig pen ' , and were thus easily transported on ships to Europe .","title":"Guinea pig","score":19.952223}],"35e6be0f2049527ae17cf77169cc4f70<::>1":[{"document_id":"5f4e588831bdb4f9-7814-9986","text":"\r\n\tRestraining Order FAQ: Sacramento Superior Court\r\n\nNo. You must use one packet per person against whom you are requesting a restraining order.\n\nCan I add my family/kids/people I live with on the restraining order?\n\r\n\tYes. It will be up to a Judge whether family members or friends who do not live at\r\n\tyour address may be included in the \"umbrella\" of protection provided\r\n\tin a Domestic Violence Restraining Order.\n\nHow do I file against my roommate?\n\r\n\tIf you need protection from a roommate, and you are not sure which type of\r\n\trestraining order to file, you should consult with an attorney.\n\nCan I get a \"kick-out\" order?\n\r\n\tYou can request a \"kick-out\" order under the section called the\r\n\t\"move-out\" request in the Domestic Violence Restraining Order.\r\n\tA move-out order requires the person you live with and who is abusing you\r\n\tto move out of the house. If the Judge approves a move-out order in the\r\n\tTemporary Domestic Violence Restraining Order, the other person will need\r\n\tto leave temporarily, taking only what personal belongings he/she needs\r\n\tuntil the hearing date. At the hearing date the Judge will decide if the\r\n\tmove-out order should be permanent and how to accomplish that move.\r\n\tSometimes you can contact local law enforcement for a Civil Stand-by and\r\n\ta Judge can make this an order of the court.\n\nCan I add documentation/police reports/pictures?\n\r\n\tYou can attach additional documentation such as photographs of injuries\r\n\tor personal property damage, police reports or criminal restraining\r\n\torders, etc., to your Restraining Order at the time of filing.\n\nMy forms keep getting rejected at the window. Is there any place I can\r\n\tgo to for help?\n\r\n\tThe court offers free \r\n\tDomestic Violence Restraining Order workshops \r\n\tand Elder or Dependent Adult Abuse Restraining Order workshops. The workshop instructor offers direction while you complete\r\n\tthe forms in class. \n\nCan I request custody/support in the Restraining Order?\n\r\n\tIf you and the other party have minor children together and you need custody\r\n\tand/or support orders and a restraining order, you can\r\n\tcomplete the form packet, \r\n\tRequest for Domestic Violence Restraining Order (Step 1) For Parties with Common Minor\r\n\tChildren.","title":"\r\n\tRestraining Order FAQ: Sacramento Superior Court\r\n","score":11.772441},{"document_id":"c7955abc1844f575-4662-6731","text":"\r\n\tCivil Harassment Restraining Orders: Sacramento Superior Court\r\n\nGordon D. Schaber Sacramento County Courthouse. In most cases, a hearing will be set\r\n\twithin 21 days for you and the other party.\n\r\n\tIt is the responsibility of the petitioner to have the respondent personally served\r\n\tno later than five (5) days prior to the scheduled hearing date. Proof of service\r\n\tfor the respondent must be filed with the court prior to or at the time of the\r\n\tCivil Harassment Restraining Order hearing.\n\nNOTE: The Restraining Order is not activated until\r\n \tthe respondent is properly served.\n\nHow to get the other party served?\n\r\n If the party you are serving lives or works in Sacramento County, the Sheriff's Civil Bureau - external link \r\n can serve the documents to the other party. They are located at 2969 Prospect Park Drive, Suite 200, Rancho Cordova, CA 95670. \r\n If the person to be served lives and works outside of Sacramento County, contact the Sheriff's Office of that county for help. \r\n Be sure to contact them promptly so they will have enough time to serve the respondent before the scheduled hearing date.\r\n \n\r\n If you prefer, someone you know can serve the restraining order documents to the respondent. The server must be over 18 and not be one \r\n of the parties protected by the restraining order. Once service is complete, the person who served the papers must complete a Proof of Personal Service (CH-200).\r\n \n\r\n For more information and the necessary forms, see the \r\n \tCivil Harassment Restraining Order: Instructions on Service (Step 2) Packet (CV\\E-CH-02).\r\n \n\nWhat if I can't get the restraining order served in time for the hearing or I need\r\n \ta continuance?\n\r\n \tYou can ask the court to \"continue\" the hearing on your Civil Harassment Restraining Order\r\n \tto another date. To request a new hearing date, you will need to file a \r\n\tRequest to Continue Court Hearing and to Reissue Temporary Restraining Order (CH-115) - external link\r\n and a \r\n Notice of Hearing Date and Order on Reissuance - external link (CH-116).\r\n The forms must be completed and filed along with a copy of your Temporary Restraining Order","title":"\r\n\tCivil Harassment Restraining Orders: Sacramento Superior Court\r\n","score":11.815921},{"document_id":"211f053efb329fd7-4571-6405","text":"Civil Harassment | Superior Court of California | County of Tuolumne\nThe court can order a person not to: threaten or harass you, contact or go near you, your home, your work, or have a gun. You can also ask for protection for your family members or other household members. You can get a civil harassment restraining order against people who are not close to you, such as roommates, neighbors, co-workers, or non-immediate family members.\nThe protective order can be enforced by law enforcement agencies after the defendant has been served.\nIn some instances, a civil harassment restraining order is not appropriate. You can ask for a domestic violence restraining order if:\n\nA person has abused you, and you have a close relationship with that person (married or registered domestic partners, divorced, separated, dating or used to date, live together, or used to live together*); or\n\nYou are related (parent, child, brother, sister, grandmother, grandfather, mother-in-law, son-in-law); or\n\nYou have a child with the person.\n\n* You have to be more involved than just roommates.\n\nRelated Information\nDomestic Violence\nElder Abuse\n\nRelated Links\n\nCalifornia Courts Self-Help\n\nLaw Help California\n\nCentral California Legal Services\n\nAddresses and Directions\nFee Schedule\nLocal Forms\nLocal Rules\n\n \n\n Was this helpful?\n \n\nYes\n\nNo\n\nYes\n\nNo\n\nAny additional feedback?\n\nEmail (optional)\n\nThis question is for testing whether or not you are a human visitor and to prevent automated spam submissions.\n\nLeave this field blank\n\nWas this helpful?\n \n\nAdministrative\n\nADA Information\n\nEmployment\n\nLocation & Contact Info\n\nAttorney Resources\n\nLocal Forms\n\nLocal Rules\n\nCalifornia Court\n\nCA Courts Self-Help Center\n\nJudicial Council\n\nPublic Resources\n\nCourt Holidays\n\nCourthouse Security\n\nTentative Rulings\n\nSuperior Court of California\nCounty of Tuolumne\n\nJudicial Branch of California\n\nPrivacy\n\nTerms of Use\n\n© 2024","title":"Civil Harassment | Superior Court of California | County of Tuolumne","score":11.968571},{"document_id":"c7955abc1844f575-3222-5090","text":"\r\n\tCivil Harassment Restraining Orders: Sacramento Superior Court\r\n\nRequest to Modify / Terminate Civil Harassment Restraining Order: Instructions on Service (Step 2) Packet (CV\\E-CH-06)\n\nFiling Fee\n\r\n \tYou will be required to pay a \r\n\tfiling fee when you file your forms with the court. Acceptable payment types: Check,\r\n \tCash, Cashier's Check, Money Order, and \r\n\tCredit Card (Visa and MasterCard). If you are unable to pay the filing fee, you may request\r\n \ta \r\n\tfee waiver.\n\r\n \tIf the Request for a Civil Harassment Restraining Order is based on a credible threat of violence or\r\n \tstalking, the filing fee may be waived by the Judge.\n\nWhere do I file my forms?\n\r\n \tPresent completed forms to the Civil Front Counter - Window 14 in Room 102 of the \r\n\tGordon D. Schaber Sacramento County Courthouse, 720 9th Street, Sacramento, CA\r\n \t95814. The hours of operation are 8:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Monday through Friday.\n\r\n \tOne (1) original and one (1) copy of all documents are required at the time of filing.\n\r\n \tFor more information and the necessary forms, see the \r\n \tRequest for Civil Harassment Restraining Order (Step 1) Packet (CV\\E-CH-01).\n\nWhen will I get my order?\n\r\n \tIf your forms are completed and filed by 11:30 a.m. you will receive your Order at 4:00 \r\n p.m. the same day. If the forms are filed after 11:30 a.m., then the Order will be\r\n ready for pick up after 4:00 p.m. the next court business day. The forms will be\r\n returned to you in the 1st Floor Lobby outside of Room 102 at the \r\n\tGordon D. Schaber Sacramento County Courthouse. In most cases, a hearing will be set\r\n\twithin 21 days for you and the other party.\n\r\n\tIt is the responsibility of the petitioner to have the respondent personally served\r\n\tno later than five (5) days prior to the scheduled hearing date. Proof of service\r\n\tfor the respondent must be filed with the court prior to or at the time of the\r\n\tCivil Harassment Restraining Order hearing.","title":"\r\n\tCivil Harassment Restraining Orders: Sacramento Superior Court\r\n","score":11.818962},{"document_id":"0bd568ec1b6ba2b8-6520-8474","text":"\r\n\tFirearms Restraining Order: Sacramento Superior Court\r\n\nOnce the forms are processed, you will receive endorsed copies by email, in person at the courthouse, or through the US Mail, depending on your selection.\n\nWhen will I get a response from the Court?\n\r\n \tIf your forms are completed and filed by 11:30 a.m. you will receive your Order at 4:00 p.m.\r\n \tthe same day. If the forms are filed after 11:30 a.m., then the Order will be ready for\r\n \tpick up after 4:00 p.m. the next court business day. The forms will be returned to you in\r\n \tthe 1st Floor Lobby outside of Room 102 at the \r\n \tGordon D. Schaber Sacramento County Courthouse, 720 9th Street, Sacramento,\r\n \tCA 95814, or in the matter selected in the eDelivery system. In most cases, a hearing will be set within 21 days for you and the other party.\n\nNOTE: The Restraining Order is not active or enforceable until the respondent is properly served.\n\nHow to get the other party served?\n\r\n If the party you are serving lives or works in Sacramento County, the Sheriff's Civil Bureau - external link \r\n can serve the documents to the other party. They are located at 2969 Prospect Park Drive, Suite 200, Rancho Cordova, CA 95670. \r\n If the person to be served lives and works outside of Sacramento County, contact the Sheriff's Office of that county for help. \r\n Be sure to contact them promptly so they will have enough time to serve the respondent before the scheduled hearing date.\r\n \n\r\n If you prefer, someone you know can serve a copy of the order to the respondent. The server must be over 18 and not be one \r\n of the parties protected by the restraining order. Once service is complete, the person who served the papers must complete a \r\n \tProof of Personal Service (GV-200) - external link.\r\n \n\r\n For more information and the necessary forms, see the \r\n \tGun Violence Restraining Order: Instructions on Service (Step 2) Packet (CV\\E-GV-02).\r\n \n\nWhat if I can't get the restraining order served in time for the hearing or I need\r\n a continuance?","title":"\r\n\tFirearms Restraining Order: Sacramento Superior Court\r\n","score":11.773503}],"35e6be0f2049527ae17cf77169cc4f70<::>3":[{"document_id":"4a93d4d8f67af136-5-2014","text":"\r\n\tRestraining Orders: Sacramento Superior Court\r\n\nRestraining Orders: Sacramento Superior Court\r\n\nEspañol \nTiếng Việt\n한국어\n中文\nрусский\n\nLocations\nFAQ\nADA\nContact\n\nSaturday, May 25, 2024\n\nThe Court will be closed on Monday, May 27th in observance of Memorial Day\n\nToggle navigation\n\nHome\nOnline Services\n\nInfo Centers \n\nFor Jurors\nFor Parties\nFor Attorneys\nFor the Media\nFor Vendors\nSelf-Help Central\nOnline Services\n\nDepartments \n\nAppeals\nCivil\nCourt Reporters\nCriminal\nExhibits\nFamily and Children\nInterpreter Services\nJuror Service Center\nJuvenile\nLandlord / Tenant\nProbate\nRestraining Orders\nSmall Claims\nTraffic (Adult/Juvenile)\n\nGeneral Info \n\nGeneral Information\nCourt Locations\nFees and Forms\nCourt Reporters\nInterpreter Services\nLocal Rules\nNews Releases andPublic Notices\nCareer Opportunities - external link\nCommunity Outreach\nVirtual Courthouse\n\nSite Map / Index\n\nContact\n\nRestraining Orders\n\nHome > Restraining Orders\n\nRestraining Orders\nWhere Do Restraining Orders Get Filed?\n\nRestraining Orders\n\r\n \tThere are different types of civil restraining orders, each with their own eligibility requirements\r\n \tand steps that need to be taken to get a restraining order. The types of restraining orders are:\n\nEmergency Protective Order:\nProtects victims of abuse, serious harassment, or stalking. An emergency protective order is available 24 hours a day from the police.\n\nDomestic Violence Restraining Order:\nProtects individuals from a spouse or former spouse; person you are dating, or person you have dated; lover; mother or father of your child;\r\n\tanyone closely related to you by blood, marriage, or adoption (example: mother, father, child, brother, sister,\r\n\tgrandparent); or person who regularly lives in your home.\n\nElder or Dependent Adult Abuse Restraining Order:\nProtects elders and dependent adults from physical and financial abuse,\r\n\t \tneglect, isolation, abduction, harm, or deprivation by a caregiver.\n\nCivil Harassment Restraining Order:\nProtects individuals from someone you have not dated and do not have a close relationship with like","title":"\r\n\tRestraining Orders: Sacramento Superior Court\r\n","score":22.084496},{"document_id":"d05e51912c37417b-2987-4808","text":"\r\n\tPrivate Postsecondary School Violence Restraining Orders: Sacramento Superior Court\r\n\nRequest to Modify / Terminate Private Postsecondary School Restraining Order Packet (Step 1) (CV\\E-SV-05)\n\n\r\n \tRequest to Modify / Terminate Private Postsecondary Restraining Order: Instructions on Service Packet (Step 2) (CV\\E-SV-06)\n\nWhere do I file the forms?\n\r\n Present completed forms to the Civil Front Counter - Window 14 in Room 102 of the\r\n \r\n Gordon D. Schaber Sacramento County Courthouse, 720 9th Street,\r\n Sacramento, CA 95814. The hours of operation are 8:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Monday\r\n through Friday. \n\r\n \tOne (1) original and one (1) copy of all documents are required at the time of filing.\n\r\n \tFor more information and the necessary forms, see the \r\n \tPetition for Postsecondary School Violence Restraining Order (Step 1) Packet (CV\\E-SV-01).\n\nFiling Fee\n\r\n \tYou will be required to pay a \r\n \tfiling fee when you file your forms with the court. Acceptable payment types:\r\n \tCheck, Cash, Cashier's Check, Money Order, and \r\n \tCredit Card (Visa or MasterCard). If you are unable to pay the filing fee, you may request a\r\n \t\r\n \tfee waiver.\n\r\n \t If the Petition for a Private Postsecondary School Violence Restraining Order is based on a credible threat of violence\r\n \t or stalking, the filing fee may be waived by the Judge.\n\nWhen will I get my order?\n\r\n If the forms are completed and filed by 11:30 a.m. you will receive your Order at 4:00 \r\n p.m. the same day. If the forms are filed after 11:30 a.m., then the Order will \r\n be ready for pick up after 4:00 p.m. the next court business day. The forms will\r\n be returned to you in the 1st Floor Lobby outside of Room 102 at the\r\n \r\n\tGordon D. Schaber Sacramento County Courthouse. In most cases, a hearing will be\r\n\tset within 21 days for you and the other party.\n\r\n\tIt is the responsibility of the petitioner to have the respondent personally served no","title":"\r\n\tPrivate Postsecondary School Violence Restraining Orders: Sacramento Superior Court\r\n","score":18.356716},{"document_id":"5f4e588831bdb4f9-2711-4839","text":"\r\n\tRestraining Order FAQ: Sacramento Superior Court\r\n\nPresent completed domestic violence and elder or dependent adult abuse restraining order forms to the Family Law Filing Department at the\r\n \tWilliam R. Ridgeway Family Relations Courthouse,\r\n\tor submit them electronically using the eDelivery system.\r\n \t\n\nCan I file for my child?\n\r\n\tYes. If the child is over 12 years old, the child can file the paperwork his or herself\r\n\tor through a Guardian Ad Litem and the child must appear at all court proceedings in person or\r\n\tthrough the Guardian Ad Litem. A parent cannot sign the application on behalf of the\r\n\tchild unless he or she is listed as the Guardian Ad Litem or a protected party.\n\r\n\tIf the child is under 12 years old, there must be a Guardian Ad Litem. An application\r\n\tto be appointed a minor's Guardian Ad Litem will need to be completed, and the\r\n\trestraining order application must state which adult is acting as the Guardian Ad Litem.\n\r\n\t\r\n\tYou may request an order for appointment of Guardian Ad Litem online by filing an \r\n\tApplication and Order for Appointment of Guardian Ad Litem of a Minor - Civil and Family Law - external link (FL-935) and\r\n\t\r\n\tOrder Appointing Guardian Ad Litem - Civil and Family Law - external link (FL-936).\n\nI only want a temporary order. Can I just fill out that paperwork?\n\r\n\tNo. Requesting a Restraining Order is a multi-step process. You cannot just\r\n\trequest a temporary order. If your situation is serious enough to warrant a\r\n\trestraining order from the court, you are required to also request a Permanent\r\n\tRestraining Order. If you only fill out the temporary restraining order, your\r\n\tpaperwork will not be accepted for filing.\n\nHow long does it take to get a hearing?\n\r\n\tIf the judge grants a hearing date to discuss the need for a Permanent Domestic Violence\r\n\tor Elder or Dependent Adult Abuse Restraining Order, it will be scheduled 21 to 25 days\r\n\tfrom the date you filed your paperwork. Look carefully at your paperwork to see if and\r\n\twhen a hearing was scheduled. At the hearing, only you or an attorney may speak on your\r\n\tbehalf; however, a support person may sit with you at the hearing, but may not speak for you.","title":"\r\n\tRestraining Order FAQ: Sacramento Superior Court\r\n","score":18.475628},{"document_id":"b0132b68bd8be04c-3023-4947","text":"\r\n\tWorkplace Violence Restraining Orders: Sacramento Superior Court\r\n\nCheck, Cash, Cashier's Check, Money Order, and \r\n \tCredit Card (Visa or MasterCard). If you are unable to pay the filing fee, you may request a\r\n \t\r\n \tfee waiver.\n\r\n \t If the Petition for a Workplace Violence Restraining Order is based on a credible threat of violence\r\n \t or stalking, the filing fee may be waived by the Judge.\n\nWhere do I file the forms?\n\r\n Present completed forms to the Civil Front Counter - Window 14 in Room 102 of the\r\n \r\n Gordon D. Schaber Sacramento County Courthouse, 720 9th Street,\r\n Sacramento, CA 95814. The hours of operation are 8:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Monday\r\n through Friday. \n\r\n \tOne (1) original and one (1) copy of all documents are required at the time of filing.\n\r\n \tFor more information and the necessary forms, see the \r\n \tPetition for a Workplace Violence Restraining Order (Step 1) Packet (CV\\E-WV-01).\n\nWhen will I get my order?\n\r\n If the forms are completed and filed by 11:30 a.m. you will receive your Order at 4:00 \r\n p.m. the same day. If the forms are filed after 11:30 a.m., then the Order will \r\n be ready for pick up after 4:00 p.m. the next court business day. The forms will\r\n be returned to you in the 1st Floor Lobby outside of Room 102 at the\r\n \r\n\tGordon D. Schaber Sacramento County Courthouse. In most cases, a hearing will be\r\n\tset within 21 days for you and the other party.\n\r\n\tIt is the responsibility of the petitioner to have the respondent personally served no\r\n\tlater than five (5) days prior to the scheduled hearing date. Proof of service for the\r\n\trespondent must be filed with the court prior to or at the time of the Workplace Violence\r\n\tRestraining Order hearing.\n\nNOTE: The Restraining Order is not activated until\r\n \tthe respondent is properly served.\n\nHow do I get the other party served?\n\r\n If the party you are serving lives or works in Sacramento County, the Sheriff's Civil Bureau - external link \r\n can serve the documents to the other party.","title":"\r\n\tWorkplace Violence Restraining Orders: Sacramento Superior Court\r\n","score":18.416805},{"document_id":"0bd568ec1b6ba2b8-5052-6906","text":"\r\n\tFirearms Restraining Order: Sacramento Superior Court\r\n\nRequest to Terminate Gun Violence Restraining Order Packet (CV\\E-GV-05)\n\n\r\n \tRequest to Terminate Gun Violence Restraining Order (Step 2) Packet (CV\\E-GV-05-02)\n\nWhere do I file?\nFile Your Forms at the Courthouse:\n\r\n \tCompleted forms can be filed in person at the Civil Front Counter - Window 10 in Room 102 of the \r\n \t\r\n \tGordon D.Schaber Sacramento County Courthouse, 720 9th Street, Sacramento, CA 95814.\r\n \tThe hours of operation are 8:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Monday through Friday.\n\r\n \tOne (1) original and one (1) copy of all documents are required at the time of filing.\nFile Your Forms Online:\n\r\n \tThe eDelivery system is used to electronically submit Gun Violence Restraining Order paperwork to the Court and save you a trip to the courthouse.\nCompleted forms must be filed Monday through Friday, excluding Court holidays, no later than 11:30 a.m. to be considered and receive a response\r\n \tat 4:00 p.m. the same day. Forms submitted after 11:30 a.m. are ready the next business day at 4:00 p.m.\nSteps to file your forms through the eDelivery system:\n\nComplete forms (type or hand-written);\nPrint the forms;\nSign the forms;\nScan the forms;\nCreate an account on the \r\n \tpublic case access system if you do not have one, or \r\n \tlog in with an existing account.\nFollow the instructions on the eDelivery page to submit your forms. Once the documents have been successfully uploaded, you will see a page that displays a confirmation number and date from the system.\nOnce the forms are processed, you will receive endorsed copies by email, in person at the courthouse, or through the US Mail, depending on your selection.\n\nWhen will I get a response from the Court?\n\r\n \tIf your forms are completed and filed by 11:30 a.m. you will receive your Order at 4:00 p.m.\r\n \tthe same day. If the forms are filed after 11:30 a.m., then the Order will be ready for","title":"\r\n\tFirearms Restraining Order: Sacramento Superior Court\r\n","score":18.355848}],"35e6be0f2049527ae17cf77169cc4f70<::>5":[{"document_id":"c7955abc1844f575-1515-3617","text":"\r\n\tCivil Harassment Restraining Orders: Sacramento Superior Court\r\n\npeople who have dated or who are closely related. You may seek \r\n protection if you are worried about your safety because you are being: \n\nstalked\nharassed\nsexually assaulted\nthreatened\n\n\t\r\n \tby someone you do not have a close relationship with, like a neighbor or \r\n roommate.\n\r\n \tThe Judicial Council provides an informational sheet, \r\n \tCan a Civil Harassment Restraining Order Help Me? - external link that describes court orders an individual can get\r\n \tand how to obtain them. The instructions do not cover all of the problems and questions\r\n \tthat may arise in a particular case. If you are not clear on how to protect your rights,\r\n \tyou should consult an attorney.\n\r\n \tAdditional information about Civil Harassment Restraining Orders can be found on the California Courts' - external link Website.\n\nAssistance Completing Civil Harassment Restraining Order Forms\n\n\r\n \tCivil Self-Help Services provides assistance in completing forms for civil\r\n \tharassment restraining orders. Civil Self-Help Services is located in the Hall of Justice, 813 6th\r\n \tStreet in Room 117, just two blocks west of the \r\n \tGordon D. Schaber Sacramento County Courthouse.\n\nCivil Harassment Form Packets\n\n\r\n Request for Civil Harassment Restraining Order (Step 1) Packet (CV\\E-CH-01)\n\n\r\n Civil Harassment Restraining Order: Instructions on Service (Step 2) Packet (CV\\E-CH-02)\n\n\r\n \tRequest to Continue Court Hearing (Civil Harassment) Packet (CV\\E-CH-03)\n\n\r\n Request to Renew Restraining Order (Civil Harassment) Packet (CV\\E-CH-04)\n\n\r\n Request to Renew Restraining Order (Civil Harassment) (Step 2) Packet (CV\\E-CH-04-2)\n\n\r\n Request to Modify / Terminate Civil Harassment Restraining Order (Step 1) Packet (CV\\E-CH-05)\n\n\r\n Request to Modify / Terminate Civil Harassment Restraining Order: Instructions on Service (Step 2) Packet (CV\\E-CH-06)\n\nFiling Fee\n\r\n \tYou will be required to pay a \r\n\tfiling fee when you file your forms with the court. Acceptable payment types: Check,\r\n \tCash, Cashier's Check, Money Order, and \r\n\tCredit Card (Visa and MasterCard). If you are unable to pay the filing fee, you may request\r\n \ta","title":"\r\n\tCivil Harassment Restraining Orders: Sacramento Superior Court\r\n","score":15.856608},{"document_id":"c7955abc1844f575-3222-5090","text":"\r\n\tCivil Harassment Restraining Orders: Sacramento Superior Court\r\n\nRequest to Modify / Terminate Civil Harassment Restraining Order: Instructions on Service (Step 2) Packet (CV\\E-CH-06)\n\nFiling Fee\n\r\n \tYou will be required to pay a \r\n\tfiling fee when you file your forms with the court. Acceptable payment types: Check,\r\n \tCash, Cashier's Check, Money Order, and \r\n\tCredit Card (Visa and MasterCard). If you are unable to pay the filing fee, you may request\r\n \ta \r\n\tfee waiver.\n\r\n \tIf the Request for a Civil Harassment Restraining Order is based on a credible threat of violence or\r\n \tstalking, the filing fee may be waived by the Judge.\n\nWhere do I file my forms?\n\r\n \tPresent completed forms to the Civil Front Counter - Window 14 in Room 102 of the \r\n\tGordon D. Schaber Sacramento County Courthouse, 720 9th Street, Sacramento, CA\r\n \t95814. The hours of operation are 8:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Monday through Friday.\n\r\n \tOne (1) original and one (1) copy of all documents are required at the time of filing.\n\r\n \tFor more information and the necessary forms, see the \r\n \tRequest for Civil Harassment Restraining Order (Step 1) Packet (CV\\E-CH-01).\n\nWhen will I get my order?\n\r\n \tIf your forms are completed and filed by 11:30 a.m. you will receive your Order at 4:00 \r\n p.m. the same day. If the forms are filed after 11:30 a.m., then the Order will be\r\n ready for pick up after 4:00 p.m. the next court business day. The forms will be\r\n returned to you in the 1st Floor Lobby outside of Room 102 at the \r\n\tGordon D. Schaber Sacramento County Courthouse. In most cases, a hearing will be set\r\n\twithin 21 days for you and the other party.\n\r\n\tIt is the responsibility of the petitioner to have the respondent personally served\r\n\tno later than five (5) days prior to the scheduled hearing date. Proof of service\r\n\tfor the respondent must be filed with the court prior to or at the time of the\r\n\tCivil Harassment Restraining Order hearing.","title":"\r\n\tCivil Harassment Restraining Orders: Sacramento Superior Court\r\n","score":13.419997},{"document_id":"211f053efb329fd7-4571-6405","text":"Civil Harassment | Superior Court of California | County of Tuolumne\nThe court can order a person not to: threaten or harass you, contact or go near you, your home, your work, or have a gun. You can also ask for protection for your family members or other household members. You can get a civil harassment restraining order against people who are not close to you, such as roommates, neighbors, co-workers, or non-immediate family members.\nThe protective order can be enforced by law enforcement agencies after the defendant has been served.\nIn some instances, a civil harassment restraining order is not appropriate. You can ask for a domestic violence restraining order if:\n\nA person has abused you, and you have a close relationship with that person (married or registered domestic partners, divorced, separated, dating or used to date, live together, or used to live together*); or\n\nYou are related (parent, child, brother, sister, grandmother, grandfather, mother-in-law, son-in-law); or\n\nYou have a child with the person.\n\n* You have to be more involved than just roommates.\n\nRelated Information\nDomestic Violence\nElder Abuse\n\nRelated Links\n\nCalifornia Courts Self-Help\n\nLaw Help California\n\nCentral California Legal Services\n\nAddresses and Directions\nFee Schedule\nLocal Forms\nLocal Rules\n\n \n\n Was this helpful?\n \n\nYes\n\nNo\n\nYes\n\nNo\n\nAny additional feedback?\n\nEmail (optional)\n\nThis question is for testing whether or not you are a human visitor and to prevent automated spam submissions.\n\nLeave this field blank\n\nWas this helpful?\n \n\nAdministrative\n\nADA Information\n\nEmployment\n\nLocation & Contact Info\n\nAttorney Resources\n\nLocal Forms\n\nLocal Rules\n\nCalifornia Court\n\nCA Courts Self-Help Center\n\nJudicial Council\n\nPublic Resources\n\nCourt Holidays\n\nCourthouse Security\n\nTentative Rulings\n\nSuperior Court of California\nCounty of Tuolumne\n\nJudicial Branch of California\n\nPrivacy\n\nTerms of Use\n\n© 2024","title":"Civil Harassment | Superior Court of California | County of Tuolumne","score":17.445925},{"document_id":"211f053efb329fd7-2858-5119","text":"Civil Harassment | Superior Court of California | County of Tuolumne\n(b) For the purposes of this section, \"harassment\" is unlawful violence, a credible threat of violence, or a knowing and willful course of conduct directed at a specific person that seriously alarms, annoys, or harasses the person, and that serves no legitimate purpose. The course of conduct must be such as would cause a reasonable person to suffer substantial emotional distress, and must actually cause substantial emotional distress to the plaintiff.\nAs used in this subdivision: (1) \"Unlawful violence\" is any assault or battery, or stalking as prohibited in Section 646.9 of the Penal Code, but shall not include lawful acts of self-defense or defense of others. (2) \"Credible threat of violence\" is a knowing and willful statement or course of conduct that would place a reasonable person in fear for his or her safety, or the safety of his or her immediate family, and that serves no legitimate purpose. (3) \"Course of conduct\" is a pattern of conduct composed of a series of acts over a period of time, however short, evidencing a continuity of purpose, including following or stalking an individual, making harassing telephone calls to an individual, or sending harassing correspondence to an individual by any means, including, but not limited to, the use of public or private mails, interoffice mail, fax, or computer e-mail. Constitutionally protected activity is not included within the meaning of \"course of conduct.\"\n\nA civil harassment restraining order is a court order that protects people from harassment. You can ask for this court order if you are worried about your safety because someone stalked, harassed, threatened you with violence, financially abused you, or sexually assaulted you. The court can order a person not to: threaten or harass you, contact or go near you, your home, your work, or have a gun. You can also ask for protection for your family members or other household members. You can get a civil harassment restraining order against people who are not close to you, such as roommates, neighbors, co-workers, or non-immediate family members.\nThe protective order can be enforced by law enforcement agencies after the defendant has been served.\nIn some instances, a civil harassment restraining order is not appropriate.","title":"Civil Harassment | Superior Court of California | County of Tuolumne","score":17.30272},{"document_id":"211f053efb329fd7-1533-3527","text":"Civil Harassment | Superior Court of California | County of Tuolumne\nJail and Prison Facilities Grand Jury Report\n\nSchool Safety Grand Jury Report\n\nJudicial Assignments\n\nJudge Kevin M. Seibert Biography\n\nJudge Laura L. Krieg Biography\n\nJudge Hallie Gorman Campbell Biography\n\nJudge David C. Beyersdorf Biography\n\nCommissioner Steven S. Streger Biography\n\nJustice Partners\n\nLocation & Contact Info\n\nVisiting the Courthouse\n\nMedia Relations\n\nNews & Events\n\nProcurement & Bids\n\nRequest an Interpreter\n\nRevenue Recovery\n\nSet a Hearing\n\nTelephonic Appearances\n\nTrial Court Allocations\n\nGeneral Information\n \n\n Translate\n \n\nEnglish\n\nEspañol\n\n Translate\n \n\nEnglish\n\nEspañol\n\nSearch\n\n Search\n\n \n\nDivisions\n\nCivil\n\nCivil Harassment\n\n Civil Harassment \n \n\nIn this section\n\nCivil\n \n\nAlternative Dispute Resolution\n\nCivil Harassment\n\nMinor's Compromised Claims\n\nCivil harassment matters are filed at the Civil Division window on the 1st floor of the Justice Center Courthouse.\n\nUnder California law (Code of Civil Procedure § 527.6), a person who has suffered harassment may seek a temporary restraining order and an injunction prohibiting harassment. The California Code of Civil Procedure, § 527.6, provides in part as follows:\nA person who has suffered harassment as defined in subdivision (b) may seek a temporary restraining order and an injunction prohibiting harassment as provided in this section.\n(b) For the purposes of this section, \"harassment\" is unlawful violence, a credible threat of violence, or a knowing and willful course of conduct directed at a specific person that seriously alarms, annoys, or harasses the person, and that serves no legitimate purpose. The course of conduct must be such as would cause a reasonable person to suffer substantial emotional distress, and must actually cause substantial emotional distress to the plaintiff.\nAs used in this subdivision: (1) \"Unlawful violence\" is any assault or battery, or stalking as prohibited in Section 646.9 of the Penal Code, but shall not include lawful acts of self-defense or defense of others.","title":"Civil Harassment | Superior Court of California | County of Tuolumne","score":15.823905}],"35e6be0f2049527ae17cf77169cc4f70<::>6":[{"document_id":"b160839b09405d94-15783-17885","text":"\r\n\tSpecial Observances\r\n\nProvided as a pdf file.\n \nThe Facts Mini Poster Template\r\n contains a fully editable center portion to which you can add your own observance information. Get creative! Use this design to support your event in a variety of ways!  Provided as a .doc file.\n\nBookmark\n\nProgram\n\nInvitation/Thank You Card\n\nThe Program Template is fully editable.  Add your own observance information to highlight an individual or your unit event. Provided as a .doc file.\n\nThe bookmark is designed at five per sheet and can be printed on standard 8.5 X 11 inch paper. For best results print in color on heavy cardstock, laminate, and cut apart. We've used both cold and hot lamination with great results.\n \nUse the Invitation/Thank You Card as is or tailor it to personalize your invitations and thank you notes. Provided as a .doc file.\n\nActivity Book\n\n \n\nPlacemat\n\n \n\nThe Activity Book is designed to share with your younger event attendees but can be enjoyed by all ages. It showcases coloring pages and encourages learning through games and activities. Please note this product is designed to print two-sided and flip on the short edge. Put the pages in order then staple or fold in the middle. \n \nThe Placemat is designed to be printed on one side or two as needed to support your luncheon or other observance activity. The product may contain interactive smartphone links and videos. It can be printed at 8.5 X 11 or 8.5 X 17 inches.\n\nAdditional Resources, Links and other References\n\nAdditional Resources\n►  Resource Base\nUse the Resource Base to populate the editable mini poster template above or to create your own presentation or observance products.\n \nExternal Links\n►  Experiencing War - Women of Four Wars\n►  Library of Congress\n►  National Park Service\n►  National Women's History Museum\n►  National Women's History Project\n►  Powers of Persuasion - Women's Posters\n►  Women in Military Service for America Memorial\n►  Women in the U.S. Army\n►  Department of Defense Education Activity Calendar\n\nWomen's History Month Archives\n\nThis link contains all previous years' posters and support products as available.","title":"\r\n\tSpecial Observances\r\n","score":5.617692},{"document_id":"b160839b09405d94-55301-57507","text":"\r\n\tSpecial Observances\r\n\nUse the Invitation/Thank You Card as is or tailor it to personalize your invitations and thank you notes. Provided as a .doc file.\n\nActivity Book\n\n \n\nPlacemat\n\n \n\nThe Activity Book is designed to share with your younger event attendees but can be enjoyed by all ages. It showcases coloring pages and encourages learning through games and activities. Please note this product is designed to print two-sided and flip on the short edge. Put the pages in order then staple or fold in the middle. \n \nThe Placemat is designed to be printed on one side or two as needed to support your luncheon or other observance activity. The product may contain interactive smartphone links and videos. It can be printed at 8.5 X 11 or 8.5 X 17 inches.\n\nAdditional Resources, Links and other References\n\nAdditional Resources\n►  Resource Base \r\n Use the Resource Base to populate the editable mini poster template above or to create your own presentation or observance products.\nExternal Links\n►  American Indians in the United States Army\n►  Bureau of Indian Affairs (Dept. of the Interior)\n►  Indian Health Service\n►  Indians.org\n►  Society of American Indian Government Employees\n►  Department of Defense Education Activity Calendar\n►  American Indian History and Heritage - Teachers Guide\n\nNational American Indian Heritage Month Archives\n\nThis link contains previous posters and support products for previous years as available.  As new products are developed they will appear for that year so you may not see every product for every year.  Products are either undated or editable so they can be used for any observance year as desired.\n►  Click Here to Access NAIHM Archives\n \n\n \n \n \n\nMULTICULTURAL OBSERVANCES\n\nTheme:  Honoring the Past, Securing the Future!\n\r\nDEOMI created the Multicultural Poster series in order to support those organizations that have merged their Special Observances into a single event.  The posters are designed to enhance cross-cultural awareness and recognize the continuous achievements of all Americans to American culture, to include those not previously recognized.\n►  Multicultural Observance News Release\n►  Poster Description\n \nCLICK ON POSTER IMAGE TO DOWNLOAD THE FULL SIZE PRODUCT  ⇒","title":"\r\n\tSpecial Observances\r\n","score":5.809063},{"document_id":"b160839b09405d94-53708-55792","text":"\r\n\tSpecial Observances\r\n\nProduct is provided as a powerpoint presentation so that you may edit the product and add your own event information, add or remove slides, portray unit personnel...make it your own!  Larger presentations may be provided as pdf files for convenience. \n\nThe Video Clip is provided as a compliment to the presentation and can be played at unit events.  The video highlights important figure(s) in this category.\n\nScreensaver / Wallpaper\n\n \n\nSocial Media Banner\n\n \n\nDownload the observance screen saver to show your support all month long!\n \n\nDesigned to fit requirements of most social media platforms.  ►  Linked In Background coming soon\n\nFacts Mini Poster\n\n \n\nFacts Mini Poster Template\n\n \n\nThe Facts Mini Poster is a finished product which is designed to use as is and showcases the current poster along with a selection of facts and links (QR Codes) to relevant materials.  Provided as a pdf file.\n \nThe Facts Mini Poster Template \r\n contains a fully editable center portion to which you can add your own observance information. Get creative! Use this design to support your event in a variety of ways!  Provided as a .doc file.\n\nBookmark\n\nProgram\n\nInvitation/Thank You Card\n\nThe Program Template is fully editable to which you can add your own observance information. Use this design to support your event in a variety of ways!  Provided as a .doc file.\n\nThe bookmark is designed at five per sheet and can be printed on standard 8.5 X 11 inch paper. For best results print in color on heavy cardstock, laminate, and cut apart. We've used both cold and hot lamination with great results.\n \nUse the Invitation/Thank You Card as is or tailor it to personalize your invitations and thank you notes. Provided as a .doc file.\n\nActivity Book\n\n \n\nPlacemat\n\n \n\nThe Activity Book is designed to share with your younger event attendees but can be enjoyed by all ages. It showcases coloring pages and encourages learning through games and activities. Please note this product is designed to print two-sided and flip on the short edge. Put the pages in order then staple or fold in the middle.","title":"\r\n\tSpecial Observances\r\n","score":5.494798},{"document_id":"b160839b09405d94-50005-52303","text":"\r\n\tSpecial Observances\r\n\nWe've used both cold and hot lamination with great results.\n \nUse the Invitation/Thank You Card as is or tailor it to personalize your invitations and thank you notes. Provided as a pdf file.\n\nActivity Book\n\n \n\nPlacemat\n\n \n\nThe Activity Book is designed to share with your younger event attendees but can be enjoyed by all ages. It showcases coloring pages and encourages learning through games and activities. Please note this product is designed to print two-sided and flip on the short edge. Put the pages in order then staple or fold in the middle. \n \nThe Placemat is designed to be printed on one side or two as needed to support your luncheon or other observance activity. The product may contain interactive smartphone links and videos. It can be printed at 8.5 X 11 or 8.5 X 17 inches.\n\nWeb Banner Graphic Animation\n\nAdd this Graphic Animation to your website as a banner to add some movement to your site.\n\nAdditional Resources, Links and other References\n\nAdditional Resources\n►  Resource Base\r\n Use the Resource Base to populate the editable mini poster template above or to create your own presentation or observance products.\nExternal Links\n►  Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990\n►  Department of Labor Disability Resources\n►  Office of Personnel Management - Federal Employment of People with Disabilities\n►  Presidential Task Force on Employment of Adults with Disabilities\n►  Department of Defense Education Activity Calendar\n\nNational Disability Employment Awareness Month Archives\n\nThis link contains previous posters and support products for previous years as available.  As new products are developed they will appear for that year so you may not see every product for every year.  Products are either undated or editable so they can be used for any observance year as desired.\n►  Click Here to access the NDEAM Archives\n\n2023 NATIONAL AMERICAN INDIAN HERITAGE MONTH\n \n\nTheme: Tribal Nations Soaring to New Heights\n \nCLICK ANY IMAGE TO DOWNLOAD THAT PRODUCT \n\r\nThe observation of National American Indian Heritage Month has its roots in Public Law 99-471. Over several years the observation was moved to different months but in 1990 Public Law 101-343 set the month-long observance in November. Each year the President issues a Proclamation in recognition of the observance.","title":"\r\n\tSpecial Observances\r\n","score":5.399701},{"document_id":"db73601184ea1fe0-13476-14091","text":"Urban and Rural\nThank you for your feedback.\nComments or suggestions? \n\nTop\n\nBack to Header\n\nReceive Updates\nTo sign up for updates please enter your email address.\n\nEnter your email address\n\n\t \tSubscribe\n\t \n\nStay Current\n\nAmerica Counts\n\nDirector’s Blog\n\nDeputy Director’s Blog\n\nRandom Samplings\n\nResearch Matters\n\nStay Connected\n\nContact\n\nSupport\n\nJobs\n\nFollow\n\n Information Quality\n \n|\n\n Data Linkage Infrastructure\n \n|\n\n Data Protection and Privacy Policy\n \n|\n\n Accessibility\n \n|\n\n FOIA\n \n|\n\n Inspector General\n \n|\n\n No FEAR Act\n \n|\n\n U.S. Department of Commerce\n \n|\n\n USA.gov\n \n\nMeasuring America's People, Places, and Economy","title":"Urban and Rural","score":5.978192}],"7cb06b3f8068674fce61a11e9777f708<::>1":[{"document_id":"473712-0-857","text":"\n\"If you're in the US then no.  You cannot enter a binding contract therefore you will not get a loan from a bank. Cosigner or no cosigner, anything to do with a loan and a bank will not involve you.  Your parents can get a loan, then they can give you the money, then you can pay them for their payments, but none of that means the loan has anything to do with you.  It's their loan, if they default it's on them. Given your age, you probably will ignore everyone else's advice here about this trip being a bad idea if you can't afford it, but you should reconsider it.  You will be paying for this trip long after the fun and excitement has worn off.  This is the cycle that sends alot of families into bankruptcy, and it's a horrible habit to learn so young.  \"\"Loan\"\" shouldn't even be in your vocabulary dealing with anything other than a library book.\"","score":14.360268},{"document_id":"288701-1643-3276","text":"\nThey have a chance to start over again somewhere else and you have a chance to help. Again you know this isn't someone who is going to mismanage their money and walk away from the payments and leave you holding the bag. If you would give the person the money anyway (say, a car for your newly graduated child) then cosigning instead gives them more of a sense of accomplishment, since they paid for it, and gives them a great credit rating too. If you would not give the person the entire loan amount, but would make their payments for many months or even a year (say, your brother's mortgage for the house where he lives with a sick wife and 3 small children), then cosigning is only making official what you would have done anyway. Arrange with the borrower that if they can't make their payments any more, you will backstop them AND the item (car, house, whatever) is going up for sale to cover your losses. If you don't think you could enforce that just from the strength of the relationship, reconsider co-signing. Then sign what you need to sign and step away from it. It's their loan, not yours. You want them to pay it and to manage it and to leave you out of it until it's all paid off and they thank you for your help. If things go south, you will have to pay, and it may take a while for you to sell the item or otherwise stop the paying, so you do need to be very confident that the borrower is going to make every single payment on time. My point is just that you can have that confidence, based on personal knowledge of character, employment situation, savings and other resources, in a way that a lender really cannot.","score":13.420401},{"document_id":"447983-0-881","text":"\nOnly if (or to put it even more bluntly, when) they default. If your friend / brother / daughter / whoever needs a cosigner on a loan, it means that people whose job it is to figure out whether or not that loan is a good idea have decided that it isn't.  By co-signing, you're saying that you think you know better than the professionals. If / when the borrower defaults, the lender won't pursue them for the loan if you can pay it.  You're just as responsible for the loan payments as the original borrower, and given that you were a useful co-signer, probably much more likely to be able to come up with the money.  The lender has no reason to go after the original borrower, and won't.  If you can't pay, the lender comes after both of you. To put it another way:  Don't think of cosigning as helping them get a loan.  Think of it as taking out a loan and re-loaning it to them.","score":13.640259},{"document_id":"345697-0-2001","text":"\n\"It all comes down to how the loan itself is structured and reported - the exact details of how they run the loan paperwork, and how/if they report the activity on the loan to one of the credit bureaus (and which one they report to). It can go generally one of three ways: A) The loan company reports the status to a credit reporting agency on behalf of both the initiating borrower and the cosigner. In this scenario, both individuals get a new account on their credit report. Initially this will generally drop related credit scores somewhat (it's a \"\"hard pull\"\", new account with zero history, and increased debt), but over time this can have a positive effect on both people's credit rating. This is the typical scenario one might logically expect to be the norm, and it effects both parties credit just as if they were a sole signor for the loan. And as always, if the loan is not paid properly it will negatively effect both people's credit, and the owner of the loan can choose to come after either or both parties in whatever order they want. B) The loan company just runs the loan with one person, and only reports to a credit agency on one of you (probably the co-signor), leaving the other as just a backup. If you aren't paying close attention they may even arrange it where the initial party wanting to take the loan isn't even on most of the paperwork. This let the person trying to run the loan get something accepted that might not have been otherwise, or save some time, or was just an error. In this case it will have no effect on Person A's credit. We've had a number of question like this, and this isn't really a rare occurrence. Never assume people selling you things are necessarily accurate or honest - always verify. C) The loan company just doesn't report the loan at all to a credit agency, or does so incorrectly. They are under no obligation to report to credit agencies, it's strictly up to them. If you don't pay then they can report it as something \"\"in collections\"\".","score":13.63001},{"document_id":"205196-0-1886","text":"\nMy son who is now 21 has never needed me to cosign on a loan for him and I did not need to establish any sort of credit rating for him to establish his own credit.  One thing I would suggest is ditch the bank and use a credit union. I have used one for many years and opened an account there for my son as soon as he got his first job. He was able to get a debit card to start which doesn't build credit score but establishes his account work the credit union. He was able to get his first credit card through the same credit union without falling work the bureaucratic BS that comes with dealing with a large bank. His interest rate may be a bit higher due to his lack of credit score initially but because we taught him about finance it isn't really relevant because he doesn't carry a balance. He has also been able to get a student loan without needing a cosigner so he can attend college.  The idea that one needs to have a credit score established before being an adult is a fallacy. Like my son, I started my credit on my own and have never needed a cosigner whether it was my first credit card at 17 (the credit union probably shouldn't have done that since i wasn't old enough to be legally bound), my first car at 18 or my first home at 22. For both my son and I, knowing how to use credit responsibly was far more valuable than having a credit score early. Before your children are 18 opening credit accounts with them as the primary account holder can be problematic because they aren't old enough to be legally liable for the debt. Using them as a cosigner is even more problematic for the same reason. Each financial institution will have their own rules and I certainly don't know them all.  For what you are proposing I would suggest a small line of credit with a credit union. Being small and locally controlled you will probably find that you have the best luck there.","score":13.27912}],"ddbbbe7ea13560c5768639207e1ca604<::>1":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_13360-5427-7398","text":"\nFor relatively simple grammars like those in the previous examples, the service can return a result with a low confidence score even when the response does not appear to match the grammar at all. This might seem surprising, but a response with a low confidence score can indicate the best match that the service could find for the given audio, even though the response is unlikely to match the grammar. If the response does not match the grammar, the confidence value of the results is typically low enough to indicate the unlikelihood that the grammar can generate the response.\n\nAlways consider the confidence score when evaluating whether a response satisfies a grammar. If you don't know what threshold to set for rejection of a result based on its confidence, use an initial value of 0.5. If you experience unexpectedly large rejection rates of correct results, decrease the confidence threshold; for instance, 0.1 can be a good option for some applications. If you experience large numbers of incorrect recognition results, increase the confidence threshold for your application.\n\nIn many cases, an empty result or a result with a very low confidence score is a valid response. It can indicate that the user did not understand the question or the available options. You can always recognize the user's audio response without the grammar, but you then run the risk of getting a result that is not valid for the grammar. Grammars provide more reliable results than n-grams, which always return a result for anything other than complete silence.\n\nKnowing that the result must be one of the valid phrases defined by a grammar is a powerful feature that can simplify an application's response handling. Generally speaking, the service can return results with high confidence only for utterances that are generated by a grammar. For the yesno grammar in the first example to reliably recognize the phrase nope as a valid response, you must add that phrase to the grammar.","score":11.857747},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16481-3559-5682","text":"\nTo help you identify areas that require investigation, scores that fall below the value that you specified for the inter-annotator agreement threshold are highlighted in red. In early stages of your annotation project, you might find that relation scores are often worse than mention scores because a perfect relation annotation requires that the mentions that define the relationship be in agreement first.\n\nThe score in the All column is a Fleiss Kappa score. It represents how consistently the same annotation was applied by multiple human annotators across all overlapping documents in the task. The value, which can range up to 1 and even be negative, can help you identify weaknesses in the annotation guidelines or particular human annotators. The following guidelines (Landis and Koch, 1977) provide a starting point for assessing overall performance.\n\nTable 1. Inter-annotator guidelines\n\n\n\n Score Agreement level \n\n < 0 Poor \n .01 -.20 Slight \n .21 -.40 Fair \n .41 - .60 Moderate \n .61 - .80 Substantial \n .81 - 1.0 Perfect \n\n\n\nThe score in the other columns is an F1 measure. It represents the level of annotation consistency between a pair of human annotators. The value can range from 0 to 1, where perfect agreement is indicated by the score 1. What constitutes an acceptable level of agreement depends on your domain data and type system. But to provide an example, here are the F1 thresholds that project managers expect to be met or exceeded in projects that are based on the KLUE type system:\n\n\n\n* Mentions with entity types: 0.85\n* Relations: 0.8\n* Coreference chains: 0.9\n\n\n\nInterpreting the scores depends on the complexity of your type system, the amount and complexity of the content annotated, how experienced the human annotators are, and other factors. For example, if the annotation task is focused on labeling parts of speech, you might expect to see a high score because of how well-defined the parts of speech are. But a task that requires deeper analysis of the text, where human interpretation is required, might show lower scores until you take steps to clarify the causes of the ambiguity.","score":17.88838},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16425-14122-16407","text":"\nAnother indicator of annotation inconsistency is if you have enough annotations, but the corpus density is low. Density can be impacted when a mention that is significant in the domain literature occurs often, but is annotated as different types across the document set.\n\nLow precision is often an indication that you need to improve annotation consistency. To do so, review the annotation guidelines, better train the human annotators, and ensure that human annotators are working in concert and not in isolation from one another.\n\nCheck the inter-annotator agreement score. This score, which measures the degree of agreement between different annotators' output on the same document, is a valuable number. Not only does this score tell you the quality of the ground truth documents that will be used to train the machine learning model, but it also indicates the upper bound of machine learning model performance. A model that is trained on these documents is unlikely to outperform the best agreement that humans can reach. For example, if performance persists at 75 and does not go higher, take a look at the inter-annotator agreement results. If the inter-annotator agreement score is 80, take actions to better train the human annotators and ensure that conflicts are correctly resolved (according to the annotation guidelines) during adjudication. If humans can't agree on how something should be labeled, then it's unlikely that a machine learning model will apply the correct labels.\n* Enhance human annotator guidelines\n\nClear and comprehensive annotator guidelines are a crucial part of a harmonious and successful annotation development effort. Human annotators have a tough job to do. There can be nuances in assigning entity and relation types that are hard to anticipate until you start to work with the domain documents. The guidelines can provide a sanity check to human annotators as they evaluate documents. The guidelines should be a living and changing document, especially at the beginning of the annotation process. They provide a key feedback loop because a human annotator can capture things she learned while annotating a few documents, then as she or someone else annotates a few more documents, new tips and gotchas can be added to the guideline, and so on.","score":11.704492},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16417-3559-5683","text":"\nTo help you identify areas that require investigation, scores that fall below the value that you specified for the inter-annotator agreement threshold are highlighted in red. In early stages of your annotation project, you might find that relation scores are often worse than mention scores because a perfect relation annotation requires that the mentions that define the relationship be in agreement first.\n\nThe score in the All column is a Fleiss Kappa score. It represents how consistently the same annotation was applied by multiple human annotators across all overlapping documents in the task. The value, which can range up to 1 and even be negative, can help you identify weaknesses in the annotation guidelines or particular human annotators. The following guidelines (Landis and Koch, 1977) provide a starting point for assessing overall performance.\n\nTable 1: Inter-annotator Guidelines\n\n\n\n Score Agreement level \n\n <0 Poor \n .01 - .20 Slight \n .21 - .40 Fair \n .41 - .60 Moderate \n .61 - .80 Substantial \n .81 - 1.0 Perfect \n\n\n\nThe score in the other columns is an F1 measure. It represents the level of annotation consistency between a pair of human annotators. The value can range from 0 to 1, where perfect agreement is indicated by the score 1. What constitutes an acceptable level of agreement depends on your domain data and type system. But to provide an example, here are the F1 thresholds that project managers expect to be met or exceeded in projects that are based on the KLUE type system:\n\n\n\n* Mentions with entity types: 0.85\n* Relations: 0.8\n* Coreference chains: 0.9\n\n\n\nInterpreting the scores depends on the complexity of your type system, the amount and complexity of the content annotated, how experienced the human annotators are, and other factors. For example, if the annotation task is focused on labeling parts of speech, you might expect to see a high score because of how well-defined the parts of speech are. But a task that requires deeper analysis of the text, where human interpretation is required, might show lower scores until you take steps to clarify the causes of the ambiguity.","score":17.809696},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16464-13891-15856","text":"\nIn general, aim for a score of .8 out of 1, where 1 means perfect agreement. Because you annotated only two entity types in this tutorial, most of the entity type scores are N/A (not applicable), which means no information is available to give a score.\n\nFigure 1. Reviewing inter-annotator scores with users named dave and phil\n\n![This screen capture shows the inter-annotator scores for a task.](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/148d3bd95f946aa1bb53ea1540475f522e6b61c9/watson-knowledge-studio-data/images/wks_tutiaa2.png)\n4. After you review the scores, you can decide whether you want to approve or reject document sets that are in the SUBMITTED status. Take one of these actions:\n\n\n\n* If the scores are acceptable for an annotation set, select the check box and click Accept. Documents that do not overlap with other document sets are promoted to ground truth. Documents that do overlap must first be reviewed through adjudication so that conflicts can be resolved. For this tutorial, accept both document sets.\n* If the scores are not acceptable for an annotation set, select the check box and click Reject. The document set needs to be revisited by the human annotator to improve the annotations.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Results \n\nWhen you evaluated the inter-annotator agreement scores, you saw how different pairs of human annotators annotated the same document. If the inter-annotator agreement score was acceptable, you accepted the document set.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Lesson 6: Adjudicating conflicts in annotated documents \n\nIn this lesson, you will learn how to adjudicate conflicts in documents that overlap between document sets in Knowledge Studio.\n\n\n\n About this task \n\nWhen you approve a document set, only the documents that do not overlap with other document sets are promoted to ground truth. If a document is part of the overlap between multiple document sets, you must adjudicate any annotation conflicts before the document can be promoted to ground truth.","score":11.87866}],"ddbbbe7ea13560c5768639207e1ca604<::>2":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_16417-1764-4158","text":"\nAs the project manager resolves annotation conflicts, the approved annotations are promoted to ground truth.\n\n\n\nKeep in mind that human annotation always requires judgment calls. The annotation guidelines can do a lot to ensure that text is correctly and consistently annotated, but even the best guidelines are open to interpretation by humans. To obtain ground truth, you will want to spend time training and educating human annotators so that they can make the best judgments when analyzing domain content.\n\n\n\n Inter-annotator agreement \n\nAfter human annotators have annotated the documents, you must determine which documents to promote to ground truth. Start by reviewing the inter-annotator agreement scores. Documents with low scores are candidates to be rejected and returned to the human annotator for improvement.\n\nWhen calculating inter-annotator agreement scores, the system examines all overlapping documents in all annotation sets in the task, regardless of the status of the sets. Because you cannot accept or reject annotation sets until they are in the Submitted status, you might not want to evaluate inter-annotator agreement until all annotation sets are submitted, or you might want to limit your review to only the human annotators who submitted their completed annotation sets.\n\nThe inter-annotator agreement scores show how different human annotators annotated mentions, relations, and coreference chains. You can view the scores by comparing a pair of human annotators (for example, compare all of John's mention annotations to all of Mary's mention annotations). You can also view the scores by comparing specific documents (for example, compare the relation annotations that John made in one document to the relation annotations that Mary made in the same document).\n\nTo help you identify areas that require investigation, scores that fall below the value that you specified for the inter-annotator agreement threshold are highlighted in red. In early stages of your annotation project, you might find that relation scores are often worse than mention scores because a perfect relation annotation requires that the mentions that define the relationship be in agreement first.\n\nThe score in the All column is a Fleiss Kappa score. It represents how consistently the same annotation was applied by multiple human annotators across all overlapping documents in the task.","score":17.094318},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16417-3559-5683","text":"\nTo help you identify areas that require investigation, scores that fall below the value that you specified for the inter-annotator agreement threshold are highlighted in red. In early stages of your annotation project, you might find that relation scores are often worse than mention scores because a perfect relation annotation requires that the mentions that define the relationship be in agreement first.\n\nThe score in the All column is a Fleiss Kappa score. It represents how consistently the same annotation was applied by multiple human annotators across all overlapping documents in the task. The value, which can range up to 1 and even be negative, can help you identify weaknesses in the annotation guidelines or particular human annotators. The following guidelines (Landis and Koch, 1977) provide a starting point for assessing overall performance.\n\nTable 1: Inter-annotator Guidelines\n\n\n\n Score Agreement level \n\n <0 Poor \n .01 - .20 Slight \n .21 - .40 Fair \n .41 - .60 Moderate \n .61 - .80 Substantial \n .81 - 1.0 Perfect \n\n\n\nThe score in the other columns is an F1 measure. It represents the level of annotation consistency between a pair of human annotators. The value can range from 0 to 1, where perfect agreement is indicated by the score 1. What constitutes an acceptable level of agreement depends on your domain data and type system. But to provide an example, here are the F1 thresholds that project managers expect to be met or exceeded in projects that are based on the KLUE type system:\n\n\n\n* Mentions with entity types: 0.85\n* Relations: 0.8\n* Coreference chains: 0.9\n\n\n\nInterpreting the scores depends on the complexity of your type system, the amount and complexity of the content annotated, how experienced the human annotators are, and other factors. For example, if the annotation task is focused on labeling parts of speech, you might expect to see a high score because of how well-defined the parts of speech are. But a task that requires deeper analysis of the text, where human interpretation is required, might show lower scores until you take steps to clarify the causes of the ambiguity.","score":19.478876},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16464-12399-14287","text":"\nTo determine whether different human annotators are annotating overlapping documents consistently, review the inter-annotator agreement (IAA) scores.\n\nKnowledge Studio calculates IAA scores by examining all overlapping documents in all document sets in the task, regardless of the status of the document sets. The IAA scores show how different human annotators annotated mentions, relations, and coreference chains. It is a good idea to check IAA scores periodically and verify that human annotators are consistent with each other.\n\nIn this tutorial, the human annotators submitted all the document sets for approval. If the inter-annotator agreement scores are acceptable, you can approve the document sets. If you reject a document set, it is returned to the human annotator for improvement.\n\nFor more information about inter-annotator agreement, see [Building the ground truth](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/watson-knowledge-studio-data?topic=watson-knowledge-studio-data-build-groundtruth).\n\n\n\n\n\n Procedure \n\n\n\n1. Log in to Knowledge Studio as the administrator and select Machine Learning Model > Annotations. Click the Annotation Tasks tab, then click the Test task.\n\nIn the Status column, you can see that the document sets are submitted.\n2. Click Calculate Inter-Annotator Agreement.\n3. View IAA scores for mention, relations, and coreference chains by clicking the first menu. You can also view agreement by pairs of human annotators. You can also view agreement by specific documents. In general, aim for a score of .8 out of 1, where 1 means perfect agreement. Because you annotated only two entity types in this tutorial, most of the entity type scores are N/A (not applicable), which means no information is available to give a score.\n\nFigure 1. Reviewing inter-annotator scores with users named dave and phil\n\n![This screen capture shows the inter-annotator scores for a task.]","score":17.25661},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16410-8324-10312","text":"\nInter-annotator agreement scores cannot be calculated unless two or more human annotators annotate the same documents. For example, if you specify a 20% overlap value for a corpus that contains 30 documents, and you divide the corpus into 3 document sets, 6 documents (20%) will be annotated by all human annotators. The remaining 24 documents will be divided among the 3 human annotators (8 each). Thus, each annotator receives 14 documents to annotate (6+8).\n\n\n\nAn annotation set that you plan to use to train a machine learning model must contain at least 10 annotated documents.\n\n\n\n1. Select a user name from the list of human annotators.\n2. Name the annotation set.\n\nAs a good practice for evaluating a human annotator's work as the workspace progresses, you might want to create annotation set names that identify the human annotator assigned to the set.\n\nYou cannot change the annotation set name after the set is created.\n3. Click Generate.\n\n\n\n6. A list of available annotation sets is displayed under Available Sets, along with the names of the human annotators assigned to them. To add available sets to your annotation task, click Add to task.\n7. Make sure that all of the annotation sets that you want to include in the task appear under Selected Sets, then click Save to create the task.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n What to do next \n\nAfter the task is created, you can return to the Annotation Tasks tab on the Machine Learning Model > Annotations page to view the progress of each human annotator. Also, you can complete the following tasks:\n\n\n\n* Check approved documents that overlap between annotation sets to resolve annotation conflicts.\n* Open a task to add annotation sets to it. Ensure that the annotation sets that you add include documents that overlap with documents in the original annotation sets.\n\n\n\nFrom the Settings tab of the main navigation, you can specify the following information:\n\n\n\n* Specify preferences for using colors and keyboard shortcuts in the ground truth editor.","score":16.722137},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16481-3559-5682","text":"\nTo help you identify areas that require investigation, scores that fall below the value that you specified for the inter-annotator agreement threshold are highlighted in red. In early stages of your annotation project, you might find that relation scores are often worse than mention scores because a perfect relation annotation requires that the mentions that define the relationship be in agreement first.\n\nThe score in the All column is a Fleiss Kappa score. It represents how consistently the same annotation was applied by multiple human annotators across all overlapping documents in the task. The value, which can range up to 1 and even be negative, can help you identify weaknesses in the annotation guidelines or particular human annotators. The following guidelines (Landis and Koch, 1977) provide a starting point for assessing overall performance.\n\nTable 1. Inter-annotator guidelines\n\n\n\n Score Agreement level \n\n < 0 Poor \n .01 -.20 Slight \n .21 -.40 Fair \n .41 - .60 Moderate \n .61 - .80 Substantial \n .81 - 1.0 Perfect \n\n\n\nThe score in the other columns is an F1 measure. It represents the level of annotation consistency between a pair of human annotators. The value can range from 0 to 1, where perfect agreement is indicated by the score 1. What constitutes an acceptable level of agreement depends on your domain data and type system. But to provide an example, here are the F1 thresholds that project managers expect to be met or exceeded in projects that are based on the KLUE type system:\n\n\n\n* Mentions with entity types: 0.85\n* Relations: 0.8\n* Coreference chains: 0.9\n\n\n\nInterpreting the scores depends on the complexity of your type system, the amount and complexity of the content annotated, how experienced the human annotators are, and other factors. For example, if the annotation task is focused on labeling parts of speech, you might expect to see a high score because of how well-defined the parts of speech are. But a task that requires deeper analysis of the text, where human interpretation is required, might show lower scores until you take steps to clarify the causes of the ambiguity.","score":19.505959}],"ddbbbe7ea13560c5768639207e1ca604<::>3":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_16481-7-2273","text":"\nBuilding the ground truth \n\nThe objective of the annotation project is to obtain ground truth, the collection of vetted data that is used to adapt Watson to a particular domain. In Knowledge Studio, human annotators, who are typically experts in the subject matter of the target domain, play a major role in determining ground truth.\n\nA typical workflow includes the following steps:\n\n\n\n1. Human annotators submit annotated documents for review.\n2. The project manager (who might be a senior domain expert) reviews the accuracy of their work and compares how consistently the human annotators annotated documents that overlap between the annotation sets.\n3. If the inter-annotator agreement score is too low, the project manager rejects the annotation set and returns it to the human annotator to be improved. When an annotation set is rejected, all documents in the set are placed back into editable mode.\n4. If the project manager approves an annotation set, documents that do not overlap across annotation sets are promoted to ground truth so that the annotations can be used to train the model.\n5. The project manager reviews the overlapping documents and resolves the annotation conflicts. At this stage, referred to as adjudication, the team might review and revise the annotation guidelines to help clarify misunderstandings that caused text to be incorrectly or inconsistently annotated by different human annotators.\n\nIn some cases, a project manager might want a higher percentage of overlap for evaluating inter-annotator agreement than the percentage of overlap for adjudicating differences. For example, if inter-annotator agreement looks OK, then the project manager might decide that it is OK to promote either annotation to ground truth.\n6. As the project manager resolves annotation conflicts, the approved annotations are promoted to ground truth.\n\n\n\nKeep in mind that human annotation always requires judgment calls. The annotation guidelines can do a lot to ensure that text is correctly and consistently annotated, but even the best guidelines are open to interpretation by humans. To obtain ground truth, you will want to spend time training and educating human annotators so that they can make the best judgments when analyzing domain content.","score":11.199878},{"document_id":"ibmcld_06959-7-1783","text":"\nCreating custom annotators \n\nYou can create a dictionary, regular expression, or machine learning annotator to generate new facets that can help you to analyze your data.\n\nBefore you begin, have the following data ready.\n\n\n\nCustom annotator prerequisite data\n\n Annotator type Description Data \n\n Dictionary Assigns facets to terms that match dictionary entries that you define or upload. You can optionally upload a file of dictionary terms. \n Machine learning Assigns facets to mentions that are recognized by a machine learning model that you upload. A compressed file of a machine learning model is required. \n Regular expression Assigns facets to text that matches Java regular expression patterns that you define or upload. You can optionally upload a JSON file that contains regular expression patterns. \n\n\n\nTo create a custom annotator, complete the following steps:\n\n\n\n1. From the analysis view of your collection, click the Collections link in the breadcrumb to open the Create a collection for your analytics solutions page of the Content Mining application.\n2. To create an annotator, click collection, and then select custom annotator from the list.\n\nZoom\n\n![Shows the collection menu](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/f16b1f78a92498247223b337bd9303c2758b9ba8/discovery-data/images/cm-collection-menu.png)\n\nFigure 1. Collection menu\n3. Click Create custom annotator.\n4. Name your annotator, and then optionally add a description.\n5. Choose the annotator type, and then click Next.\n6. Follow the on-screen instructions.\n\nFor more information about how to configure each annotator type, see one of the following sections:\n\n\n\n* [Dictionary](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/discovery-data?topic=discovery-data-cm-custom-annotatorcm-custom-annotator-dictionary)","score":11.252973},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16423-7-2234","text":"\nAdding documents for annotation \n\nTo train a machine learning model, you must add documents that contain subject matter knowledge, such as journal articles or other industry-specific texts, to your workspace.\n\n\n\n About this task \n\nThis section describes how to add documents for annotation only. To define rules for the rule-based model, you add or upload documents from which you can draw patterns to define as rules. See [Adding documents for defining rules](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/watson-knowledge-studio-data?topic=watson-knowledge-studio-data-wks_rule_anno_add) for more information.\n\n\n\n\n\n Documents \n\nTo train a machine learning model, you need to collect documents that are representative of your domain content and of high value to your application.\n\nTry to ensure that your training documents are truly representative of content that is of interest to your domain; that is, they contain many relevant mentions that can be annotated. To choose the best documents, follow these guidelines:\n\n\n\n* Strive to provide a set of documents that have a total size of about 300,000 words. Provide more words for a complex type system, and fewer for a simpler one.\n* Limit each document to a page or two of content (fewer than 2,000 words, and closer to 1,000 words per document is best). In the early stages of model development, keeping each document down to a few paragraphs is also a good practice. A human annotator can mark mentions and relations in a long document, but attempts to mark coreferences across multiple pages might prove unwieldy.\n* Ensure that the data in the documents is distributed across all possible entity types, subtypes, and roles, and the relationships between them. A goal to aim for is to eventually have at least 50 annotations for each entity type and 50 for each relation type in the document collection.\n* Again, documents should represent the breadth of the subject matter that the application will cover, but in the case of skewed frequency-of-occurrence of entity types and relation types, try to get at least 50 exemplars of each type, more for entity types that have mentions which tend to be phrases.\n* The set that you create for training must contain at least 10 annotated documents.","score":18.100645},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16487-7-2224","text":"\nAdding documents for annotation \n\nTo train a machine learning model, you must add documents that contain subject matter knowledge, such as journal articles or other industry-specific texts, to your workspace.\n\n\n\n About this task \n\nThis section describes how to add documents for annotation only. To define rules for the rule-based model, you add or upload documents from which you can draw patterns to define as rules. See [Adding documents for defining rules](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/watson-knowledge-studio?topic=watson-knowledge-studio-wks_rule_anno_add) for more information.\n\n\n\n\n\n Documents \n\nTo train a machine learning model, you need to collect documents that are representative of your domain content and of high value to your application.\n\nTry to ensure that your training documents are truly representative of content that is of interest to your domain; that is, they contain many relevant mentions that can be annotated. To choose the best documents, follow these guidelines:\n\n\n\n* Strive to provide a set of documents that have a total size of about 300,000 words. Provide more words for a complex type system, and fewer for a simpler one.\n* Limit each document to a page or two of content (fewer than 2,000 words, and closer to 1,000 words per document is best). In the early stages of model development, keeping each document down to a few paragraphs is also a good practice. A human annotator can mark mentions and relations in a long document, but attempts to mark coreferences across multiple pages might prove unwieldy.\n* Ensure that the data in the documents is distributed across all possible entity types, subtypes, and roles, and the relationships between them. A goal to aim for is to eventually have at least 50 annotations for each entity type and 50 for each relation type in the document collection.\n* Again, documents should represent the breadth of the subject matter that the application will cover, but in the case of skewed frequency-of-occurrence of entity types and relation types, try to get at least 50 exemplars of each type, more for entity types that have mentions which tend to be phrases.\n* The set that you create for training must contain at least 10 annotated documents.","score":18.297113},{"document_id":"ibmcld_00249-2107-3786","text":"\nThe API call shows the combined number of Block Storage for Classic and File Storage for Classic.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Requesting volume limit increase \n\nYou can request a provisioning limit increase by submitting a support case in the [console](https://cloud.ibm.com/unifiedsupport/cases/add). When the request is approved, you get a volume limit that is set for a specific data center.\n\nIn the case, provide the following information:\n\n\n\n* Ticket Subject: Request to Increase Data Center Volume Count Storage Limit\n* What is the use case for the additional volumes request?For example, your answer might be something similar to a new VMware® datastore, a new development and testing (dev/test) environment, an SQL database, or logging.\n* How many extra Block volumes are needed by type, size, IOPS, and location?For example, your answer might be \"25x Endurance 2 TB @ 4 IOPS in DAL09\" or \"25x Performance 4 TB @ 2 IOPS in WDC04\".\n* How many extra File volumes are needed by type, size, IOPS, and location?For example, your answer might be \"25x Performance 20 GB @ 10 IOPS in DAL09\" or \"50x Endurance 2 TB @ 0.25 IOPS in SJC03\".\n* Provide an estimate of when you expect or plan to provision all of the requested volume increase.For example, your answer might be \"90 days\".\n* Provide a 90-day forecast of expected average capacity usage of these volumes.For example, your answer might be \"expect 25 percent to be used in 30 days, 50 percent to be used in 60 days and 75 percent to be used in 90 days\".\n\n\n\nRespond to all questions and statements in your request. They are required for processing and approval.\n\nYou're going to be notified of the update to your limits through the case process.","score":11.483732}],"ddbbbe7ea13560c5768639207e1ca604<::>4":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_16483-9110-10998","text":"\n<br><br> * CSV file in UTF-8 format<br> * Text in UTF-8 format<br> * HTML<br> * PDF files (scanned and password-protected files are not supported)<br> * Microsoft Word DOC or DOCX files (password-protected files are not supported)<br> * ZIP file that contains documents downloaded from another workspace<br> * ZIP file that contains documents in UIMA CAS XMI format<br><br><br> ZIP archive file of documents <br><br> * 40,000 characters per document<br> * 10,000 documents per workspace<br> * 1,000 document sets (including annotation sets) per workspace<br> * 5 MB per file and 200 MB per upload (TXT, PDF, DOC, DOCX, and HTML files)<br><br><br> \n Pre-annotation Use a dictionary or IBM Watson® Natural Language Understanding pre-annotator to provide a starting point for human annotation. <br> <br>You cannot re-annotate a corpus from IBM Watson Explorer. Raw documents. <br> <br>Note: Do not pre-annotate documents that a human annotator has already annotated, or you will lose the work done by the human annotator. Partly-annotated documents None \n Document annotation Manage human annotation. Annotate entities, relations, and coreference chains to create ground truth Annotation task Ground truth <br><br> * 256 active anntation tasks per workspace<br><br><br> \n Training and refinement Train a supervised machine learning model to extract domain-specific information from unstructured text. Evaluate and improve a supervised machine learning model. You cannot create a semi-supervised or unsupervised machine learning model. You cannot do extensive feature engineering. Not applicable Machine learning model <br><br> * 1 machine learning model per workspace<br> * 10 model versions per workspace<br> * Maximum number of workspaces is determined by your deployment.<br> * The maximum number of training actions you can perform per month is determined by your deployment.<br><br><br>","score":13.34467},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16468-8522-10510","text":"\nIf no annotation sets are available, click Create Annotation Sets.\n\n\n\n1. For the base set, select the document set or annotation set that you want to divide into annotation sets.\n2. For the overlap value, specify the percentage of documents that you want to include in each annotation set. Inter-annotator agreement scores cannot be calculated unless two or more human annotators annotate the same documents. For example, if you specify a 20% overlap value for a corpus that contains 30 documents, and you divide the corpus into 3 document sets, 6 documents (20%) will be annotated by all human annotators. The remaining 24 documents will be divided among the 3 human annotators (8 each). Thus, each annotator receives 14 documents to annotate (6+8).\n\n\n\nAn annotation set that you plan to use to train a machine learning model must contain at least 10 annotated documents.\n\n\n\n1. Select a user name from the list of human annotators.\n2. Name the annotation set.\n\nAs a good practice for evaluating a human annotator's work as the workspace progresses, you might want to create annotation set names that identify the human annotator assigned to the set. You cannot change the annotation set name after the set is created.\n\nThe maximum size of the annotation set name is 256 characters.\n3. Click Generate.\n\n\n\n6. A list of available annotation sets is displayed under Available Sets, along with the names of the human annotators assigned to them. To add available sets to your annotation task, click Add to task.\n7. Make sure that all of the annotation sets that you want to include in the task appear under Selected Sets, then click Save to create the task.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n What to do next \n\nAfter the task is created, you can return to the Annotation Tasks tab on the Machine Learning Model > Annotations page to view the progress of each human annotator. Also, you can complete the following tasks:\n\n\n\n* Check approved documents that overlap between annotation sets to resolve annotation conflicts.","score":13.882409},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16410-8324-10312","text":"\nInter-annotator agreement scores cannot be calculated unless two or more human annotators annotate the same documents. For example, if you specify a 20% overlap value for a corpus that contains 30 documents, and you divide the corpus into 3 document sets, 6 documents (20%) will be annotated by all human annotators. The remaining 24 documents will be divided among the 3 human annotators (8 each). Thus, each annotator receives 14 documents to annotate (6+8).\n\n\n\nAn annotation set that you plan to use to train a machine learning model must contain at least 10 annotated documents.\n\n\n\n1. Select a user name from the list of human annotators.\n2. Name the annotation set.\n\nAs a good practice for evaluating a human annotator's work as the workspace progresses, you might want to create annotation set names that identify the human annotator assigned to the set.\n\nYou cannot change the annotation set name after the set is created.\n3. Click Generate.\n\n\n\n6. A list of available annotation sets is displayed under Available Sets, along with the names of the human annotators assigned to them. To add available sets to your annotation task, click Add to task.\n7. Make sure that all of the annotation sets that you want to include in the task appear under Selected Sets, then click Save to create the task.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n What to do next \n\nAfter the task is created, you can return to the Annotation Tasks tab on the Machine Learning Model > Annotations page to view the progress of each human annotator. Also, you can complete the following tasks:\n\n\n\n* Check approved documents that overlap between annotation sets to resolve annotation conflicts.\n* Open a task to add annotation sets to it. Ensure that the annotation sets that you add include documents that overlap with documents in the original annotation sets.\n\n\n\nFrom the Settings tab of the main navigation, you can specify the following information:\n\n\n\n* Specify preferences for using colors and keyboard shortcuts in the ground truth editor.","score":13.636189},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16410-6875-8784","text":"\nTo add an annotation set in one task to a different task, you must first delete the task where the annotation set is active.\n* If you delete a human annotator's user account, it affects their annotations too. Any annotations in documents that were assigned to that user but were not promoted to ground truth are deleted.\n* If the type system or ground truth editor settings change after you create a human annotation task, you must decide whether to propagate the changes to the task. Type system changes can affect annotations; human annotators might need to review and update their documents.\n* If the dictionaries change, the changes are not reflected in the current annotation task. To apply resource changes to ground truth, you must create a new annotation task.\n* You can have up to 256 annotation tasks per workspace.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Procedure \n\nTo create an annotation task:\n\n\n\n1. Log in as a Knowledge Studio administrator, and select your workspace.\n2. Select the Machine Learning Model > Annotations page, then click the Annotation Tasks tab.\n3. Click Add Task.\n4. Specify a descriptive task name and select the date that the task must be completed.\n5. If no annotation sets are available, click Create Annotation Sets.\n\n\n\n1. For the base set, select the document set or annotation set that you want to divide into annotation sets.\n2. For the overlap value, specify the percentage of documents that you want to include in each annotation set. Inter-annotator agreement scores cannot be calculated unless two or more human annotators annotate the same documents. For example, if you specify a 20% overlap value for a corpus that contains 30 documents, and you divide the corpus into 3 document sets, 6 documents (20%) will be annotated by all human annotators. The remaining 24 documents will be divided among the 3 human annotators (8 each). Thus, each annotator receives 14 documents to annotate (6+8).","score":14.108865},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16468-6902-8930","text":"\nIn addition, some percentage of documents must occur in all of the annotation sets that you add to the task (you specify the overlap percentage when you create the annotation sets).\n\n\n\n Important \n\n\n\n* An annotation task is a temporal concept that exists to allow human annotators to annotate text in isolated spaces. It also ensures that only approved annotations are promoted to ground truth.\n* An annotation set can be included in one active task at a time. To add an annotation set in one task to a different task, you must first delete the task where the annotation set is active.\n* If you delete a human annotator's user account, it affects their annotations too. Any annotations in documents that were assigned to that user but were not promoted to ground truth are deleted.\n* If the type system or ground truth editor settings change after you create a human annotation task, you must decide whether to propagate the changes to the task. Type system changes can affect annotations; human annotators might need to review and update their documents.\n* If the dictionaries change, the changes are not reflected in the current annotation task. To apply resource changes to ground truth, you must create a new annotation task.\n* You can have up to 256 annotation tasks per workspace.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Procedure \n\nTo create an annotation task:\n\n\n\n1. Log in as a Knowledge Studio administrator, and select your workspace.\n2. Select the Machine Learning Model > Annotations page, then click the Annotation Tasks tab.\n3. Click Add Task.\n4. Specify a descriptive task name and select the date that the task must be completed.\n5. If no annotation sets are available, click Create Annotation Sets.\n\n\n\n1. For the base set, select the document set or annotation set that you want to divide into annotation sets.\n2. For the overlap value, specify the percentage of documents that you want to include in each annotation set. Inter-annotator agreement scores cannot be calculated unless two or more human annotators annotate the same documents.","score":14.325504}],"941445ba11ba7ba2c92c5184c9d798d6<::>4":[{"document_id":"902597c38243f958-1536-3462","text":"Small Claims | Superior Court of California | County of Tulare\nEnglish\n\nEspañol\n\n Translate\n \n\nEnglish\n\nEspañol\n\nSearch\n\n Search\n\n \n\nDivisions\n\nSmall Claims\n\n Small Claims\n \n\nThe Small Claims Court is a special court where disputes are resolved inexpensively and quickly. Small Claims cases are for damages of $10,000 or less. Small Claims is affordable and fast, with simple and informal rules. Attorneys are not allowed.\n\nWhat Is Small Claims Court?\nSmall claims court is a special court where disputes are resolved quickly and inexpensively. The rules are simple and informal. The person who sues is the plaintiff. The person who is sued is the defendant. In small claims court, you may ask a lawyer for advice before you go to court, but you cannot have a lawyer in court.\nYour claim cannot be for more than $10,000.00. If you have a claim for more than this amount, you may file a limited civil case, or you may sue in the small claims court and give up your right to the amount over $10,000.00. You cannot, however, file more than two cases in small claims court for more than $2,500.00 each during a calendar year.\nWho Can File a Claim?\nYou must be at least 18 years old to file a claim. If you are not yet 18, you may ask the court to appoint a guardian ad litem. This is a person who will act for you in the case. The guardian ad litem is usually a parent, relative, or an adult friend. A person who sues in small claims court must first make a demand, if possible. This means that you have asked the defendant to pay, and the defendant has refused. If your claim is for possession of property, you must ask the defendant to give you the property.\nUnless you fall within two technical exceptions, you must be the original owner of the claim. This means that if the claim is assigned, the buyer cannot sue in the small claims court. You must also appear at the small claims hearing yourself unless you filed the claim for a corporation or other entity that is not a natural person.","title":"Small Claims | Superior Court of California | County of Tulare","score":19.208979},{"document_id":"7e4251fc01e38b5d-51303-53129","text":"The Superior Court of California - County of Ventura - FAQs\nA:  You must be at least 18 years of age to file a claim. If you are not yet 18, you may ask the court to appoint a guardian ad litem. This is a \r\n person who will act for you in the case. The guardian ad litem is usually a parent, a relative or an adult friend.\n\nQ:  How much does it cost to file a claim?\nA:  See the fee structure below.\n\nIf the claim is for $1,500.00 or less, the filing fee is $30.00. \nIf the claim is more than $1,500.00 but less than or equal to $5,000.00, the filing fee is $50.00.\nIf the claim is more than $5,000.00 but less than or equal to $10,000.00, the filing fee is $75.00.\nIf the person has filed more than 12 small claims in California within the past 12 months, the filing fee is $100.00.\n\nQ:  How do I obtain the forms needed to file my claim?\nA:  Forms can be obtained on at the State Forms page of the California Courts website. \r\n The forms can also be completed online. Forms can also be obtained at either court location or may be received by mail by sending your request along with a self-addressed \r\n stamped envelope to the court.\n\nQ:  Do my forms have to be typed?\nA:  The forms do not have to be typed. They can be handwritten but must be legible. It is preferable that the forms be completed in blue or black ink.\n\nQ:  Is this the proper court to hear my case?\nA:  You must sue in the right court and location. This rule is called venue. The Ventura Superior Court has two divisions where small claims cases are assigned \r\n and heard. The right location may be any of these:\n\nWhere the defendant lives or where the business involved is located; \nWhere the damage or accident happened;\nWhere the contract was signed or carried out;\nIf the defendant is a corporation, where the contract was broken\nFor a retail installment account or sales contract or a motor vehicle finance sale:","title":"The Superior Court of California - County of Ventura - FAQs","score":34.5608},{"document_id":"1c016713be1063f8-3164-5060","text":"Small Claims | Superior Court of California | County of Alameda\nYou may file as many claims as you wish for up to $2,500 in small claims court but are limited to 2 claims for up to $5,000 each calendar year. If you are suing  a guarantor, you may sue for a maximum of $4,000 (or $2,500 if the guarantor does not charge for the service). A guarantor is one who promises to be responsible for the debt or default of another.\nSmall Claims and Civil Restraining Orders ZoomGov Instructions (English and Spanish)\n\nCovid-19 Rental Debt Cases\nStarting November 1, 2021, you can sue or be sued for COVID-19 rental debt in small claims. If you are suing a tenant for COVID-19 rental debt, you can sue for more than $10,000. For more information. Learn More.\n\nSmall Claims Filing Locations\nSmall claims pleadings and documents may be filed at the following locations:\nHayward Hall of Justice\n24405 Amador Street\nHayward, CA 94544Phone: 510-690-2700\nOakland\n1225 Fallon Street\nOakland, California 94612Phone: 510-891-6000\nOnline\n\nSmall Claims Court Services\n\n Getting Help with Your Case\n \n\nFind resources to help with your case, including Fee Waivers, Mediation, and Small Claims Advisors.\n\nView Getting Help with Your Case\n\n Small Claims Dates and Times\n \n\nAs of October 1, 2021, Small Claims cases will be heard in person at the Hayward Hall of Justice and Wiley W. Manuel Courthouse. Hearing Schedule.\n\n Filing Fees\n \n\nView current Filing Fees, including Small Claims.\n\nView Filing Fees\n\n Rules and Forms\n \n\nFind statewide and local Rules and Forms.\n\nView Rules and Forms\n\n \n\n Was this helpful?\n \n\nYes\n\nNo\n\nYes\n\nNo\n\nAny additional feedback?\n\nEmail (optional)\n\nThis question is for testing whether or not you are a human visitor and to prevent automated spam submissions.\n\nLeave this field blank\n\nWas this helpful?\n \n\nAdministrative\n\nADA Accommodations\n\nEmployment\n\nLocation & Contact Info\n\nCourt Visitor Feedback Survey\n\nAttorney Resources\n\nCourt Reporter Transcripts","title":"Small Claims | Superior Court of California | County of Alameda","score":20.536333},{"document_id":"6d8c260a4cf63440-4260-6441","text":"The Superior Court of California - County of Ventura - Small Claims\nThis means you have asked the defendant to pay and the defendant has refused.\nThe forms to file a small claims case can be located on the court website under Online Forms by selecting the Judicial Council hyperlink. If you do not have \r\n access to a computer, you may either come directly to the clerk’s office to fill out the appropriate paperwork or have the paperwork mailed to you by sending in \r\n your request along with a self-addressed stamped envelope. Small Claims forms cannot be filed by fax.\nIf you want to file a small claim and you are a business or corporation that operates or does business under a fictitious name (“doing business as” or “dba”) \r\n you must complete Judicial Council form SC-103, Fictitious Business Name form and file \r\n it with you claim form. If you do not file this form, the court will dismiss your claim at the time of the hearing.\nIf the claim you are filing is to enforce the payment of a debt, you must provide a written calculation showing how you calculated the amount owed that \r\n must include the original debt amount, each payment credited to the debt, each fee and charge added to the debt, each payment credited against those fees \r\n and charges, all other debits or charges to the account and an explanation of the nature of those fees, charges, debits, and all other credits to the \r\n debt, by source and amount. This is required by law and your claim cannot be filed without this information.\n\nTypes of Service\n\nThe defendant must be served with a copy of the claim 15 days prior to the hearing date if they live in county and 20 days prior to the hearing if they \r\n live out of county.\nThe types of service are:\nCertified mail. Service by certified mail must be done by the clerk's office. The fee is $15.00 per defendant. You cannot serve the defendant yourself. \r\n Certified mail is the least effective form of service and the green return receipt must be signed by the defendant personally or the court will delay your \r\n hearing and ask you to attempt another form of service. You will need to check with the court prior to the hearing to see if the receipt for certified mail \r\n was returned to the court.\nPersonal service.","title":"The Superior Court of California - County of Ventura - Small Claims","score":25.707804},{"document_id":"be4df09924c9a299-1491-3458","text":"Cases for $12,500 or less | California Courts | Self Help Guide\nThere are many differences between small claims and limited civil cases. If you are deciding between the two, you should talk to a lawyer to find out what is best for you given your situation. A small claims advisor may also be able to help you.\nSummary of differences \nDifference\nSmall claims\nLimited civil\nLawyers\nCan not have a lawyer represent you.\nCan have a lawyer represent you, but you must pay for the lawyer. A business entity, like a corporation, must have a lawyer.\nCosts\nFiling fees are less, up to $100.00.\nFiling fees can be expensive, starting at $225.00. Depending on the case, there can be other out-of-pocket expenses.\nHow complicated the process is\nRules and procedures are informal and simpler.\nHave to follow all rules and procedures required in \"regular\" civil cases. This includes rules of evidence that make it difficult to prove a case. It can get very complicated and time-consuming.\nHow long it takes to get a decision\nCase is decided quicker - generally within 3 months.\nCases can take up to a year or longer to decide.\nWhether you can appeal\nA plaintiff cannot appeal. If a defendant sued the plaintiff back (counterclaim), the defendant cannot appeal a decision on that counterclaim.\nEither side can appeal.\nHow many times you can sue in a year\nCannot sue more than twice in one calendar year for over $2,500.\nNo limit on the number of lawsuits in a year.\nIf the court can award costs and fees \nIf you win, the court can order the losing side to pay your court fees and costs.\nIf you win, the court can order the losing side to pay your court fees and costs. There may also be attorney's fees. But, if you filed a limited civil case when you could have filed in small claims court, the judge can decide not to order the losing side to pay for fees and costs.\nIf you can serve a defendant outside California\nHave to be able to serve the defendant in California. If not, you cannot pursue your claim in small claims (with few exceptions).","title":"Cases for $12,500 or less | California Courts | Self Help Guide","score":19.078474}],"941445ba11ba7ba2c92c5184c9d798d6<::>8":[{"document_id":"57f7a3e563e7ed11-4263-6253","text":"Serve your Defendant's Claim | California Courts | Self Help Guide\nYou may have to ask the court to move your court date out by filing a Request to Postpone Trial (Small Claims) (form SC-150) 10 or more days before the court date. Then make a copy for everyone in your case and have a copy of this form served in person or by mail on all of them. More information on changing your court date.\n\n \n\nHave your server deliver the Claim\n\nYour server must find the person they need to serve and hand the Claim to them before your deadline. As they hand the forms to the other side they need to:\nTell the person what the forms are about (something like “a small claims lawsuit”)\nWrite down the address where they handed the person the forms\n Write down the date and time they gave the other side the forms\nThe server needs to keep track of this information to fill it in on the Proof of Service form in the next step.\nWhat if the person isn't at home or work? \nIf the person you need to serve isn’t at home or work when your server comes to serve them, but there's someone 18 or older who is, your server may be able to do substituted service. Learn about substituted service.\n\nHave the server fill out the Proof of Service form\nYou can use Proof of Service (form SC-104).\nIt helps if you fill in the top part of the form with the case and court information.\nYour server can then fill in the information about how, when, and where they served the papers. Your server must sign the Proof of Service form.\nThe server should then give you the Proof of Service form back to you.\n\nCopy and file Proof of Service\n\nMake one copy of your filled out Proof of Service form.\nFile the original and copy before your court hearing.\nThe court will keep the original.\nThe court will stamp and return the copy to you.\nKeep the copy for your records.\n\nSmall Claims\nWhat's next?\n\nAfter you serve your Claim, you need to start to get ready for your court date (trial).\n\nGo back to an overview\n See all the steps of a small claims case\n \n\nSend this page to yourself\n \n\nEnter your email","title":"Serve your Defendant's Claim | California Courts | Self Help Guide","score":12.433733},{"document_id":"b39f42c2437f75e6-1376-3307","text":"Were you served your small claims forms properly? | California Courts | Self Help Guide\nThey must have another adult do it.\nThe Plaintiff's Claim must be:\nHanded to you by someone 18 or older (called personal service)\nIf you live in the county where the case is filed you have to have the forms handed to you 15 days, or more, before your court date.\nIf you do not live in the county where the case is filed you have to have the forms handed to you 20 days, or more, before your court date.\n\nHanded to someone at your home or work, then a 2nd copy mailed to you (also by someone 18 or older) (called substituted service)\nCertified mail by the court (not by the other side)\nCheck what day this is:  \n\nIf the latest day you could have been served is a Monday through Friday and not a court holiday or closure, you must have been handed the forms by the end of that day. \n\nIf the latest day you could have been served is a Saturday or Sunday, court holiday or closure, count back to a day that court will be open. You must have been handed the forms by the end of that day. \n\nYou have options if you weren't given forms the right way \nYou can go to the court date and have the trial as if you were served correctly (called \"waiving defective service\")\n\n+ Plus\nYou finish your trial and the problem is solved.\n\n- Minus\nYou may not have had enough time to get ready for the court date.\n\nYou can go to the court date and ask to have the court date cancelled because you weren’t served correctly. \n \n\n+ Plus\nIf the judge agrees you weren’t served correctly, they will probably reschedule the trial, not cancel it, so you have time to get ready.\n\n- Minus\nYou’ll probably be served at the trial since you weren’t served correctly before.\n\nYou can mail the court a letter to let them know you weren’t served in time and that you want the court date cancelled until you are served correctly.\n \n\n+ Plus\nYou don’t have to go to court to ask for this.\n\n- Minus\nThe disagreement you and the other side have won’t be solved for awhile.","title":"Were you served your small claims forms properly? | California Courts | Self Help Guide","score":13.170226},{"document_id":"7e4251fc01e38b5d-51303-53129","text":"The Superior Court of California - County of Ventura - FAQs\nA:  You must be at least 18 years of age to file a claim. If you are not yet 18, you may ask the court to appoint a guardian ad litem. This is a \r\n person who will act for you in the case. The guardian ad litem is usually a parent, a relative or an adult friend.\n\nQ:  How much does it cost to file a claim?\nA:  See the fee structure below.\n\nIf the claim is for $1,500.00 or less, the filing fee is $30.00. \nIf the claim is more than $1,500.00 but less than or equal to $5,000.00, the filing fee is $50.00.\nIf the claim is more than $5,000.00 but less than or equal to $10,000.00, the filing fee is $75.00.\nIf the person has filed more than 12 small claims in California within the past 12 months, the filing fee is $100.00.\n\nQ:  How do I obtain the forms needed to file my claim?\nA:  Forms can be obtained on at the State Forms page of the California Courts website. \r\n The forms can also be completed online. Forms can also be obtained at either court location or may be received by mail by sending your request along with a self-addressed \r\n stamped envelope to the court.\n\nQ:  Do my forms have to be typed?\nA:  The forms do not have to be typed. They can be handwritten but must be legible. It is preferable that the forms be completed in blue or black ink.\n\nQ:  Is this the proper court to hear my case?\nA:  You must sue in the right court and location. This rule is called venue. The Ventura Superior Court has two divisions where small claims cases are assigned \r\n and heard. The right location may be any of these:\n\nWhere the defendant lives or where the business involved is located; \nWhere the damage or accident happened;\nWhere the contract was signed or carried out;\nIf the defendant is a corporation, where the contract was broken\nFor a retail installment account or sales contract or a motor vehicle finance sale:","title":"The Superior Court of California - County of Ventura - FAQs","score":13.988184},{"document_id":"7db93570207c64fa-3073-4995","text":"\r\n\tSmall Claims Court Process: Sacramento Superior Court\r\n\nSo if you should lose, that is probably the end of the case. \r\n However, the person or entity you sue (defendant) may appeal the judge's ruling. \r\n When such an appeal is filed, the entire case will be heard again.\r\n \n\nLocation and Telephone Number\n\r\n The \r\n Carol Miller Justice Center is located at 301 \r\n Bicentennial Circle. Small Claims offices are located on the 2nd floor. The courtrooms\r\n are located on the 3rd floor. The telephone number is 916-875-7746. There is a a flat fee of $5.00 per day.\r\n \n\nFiling Your Claim\n\r\n \tThe Small Claims e-filing system is currently unavailable. You may file your Small Claims case by filling out either a SC-100 (Plaintiff’s Claim),\r\n \tSC-120 (Defendant’s Claim), or SC-500 (Plaintiff’s Claim for Covid-19 Rental Debt). The forms are located on the California Judicial Council website\r\n \tat www.courts.ca.gov/forms.htm?query=small%20claims - external link. Copy and paste the link into your internet browser. Once you complete the appropriate forms, print\r\n \tand mail or drop off the forms at the Carol Miller Justice Center at the below address.\nInformation Needed to File a Small Claims Action\n\nAre you the plaintiff or defendant?\r\n \nDo you know where you must file your claim? See \r\n Choosing the Correct Court. \nHave you had an arbitration of an attorney-client \r\n fee dispute? \nKnow the dollar amount of your claim.\r\n \nYou must first ask the defendant(s) for the money \r\n or property to satisfy your claim. \nKnow the reason why you are suing the other party.\r\n \nIf you are a minor, you will need a guardian and \r\n they need to fill out and file the Guardian Ad Litem form. \nIf you are a business, a corporation, association, \r\n a partnership, or sole proprietorship, what is your fictitious business number \r\n and its expiration date? \nKnow whether the defendant is an individual, an \r\n individual doing business as, a corporation, a partnership or a government \r\n agency.","title":"\r\n\tSmall Claims Court Process: Sacramento Superior Court\r\n","score":15.759621},{"document_id":"902597c38243f958-1536-3462","text":"Small Claims | Superior Court of California | County of Tulare\nEnglish\n\nEspañol\n\n Translate\n \n\nEnglish\n\nEspañol\n\nSearch\n\n Search\n\n \n\nDivisions\n\nSmall Claims\n\n Small Claims\n \n\nThe Small Claims Court is a special court where disputes are resolved inexpensively and quickly. Small Claims cases are for damages of $10,000 or less. Small Claims is affordable and fast, with simple and informal rules. Attorneys are not allowed.\n\nWhat Is Small Claims Court?\nSmall claims court is a special court where disputes are resolved quickly and inexpensively. The rules are simple and informal. The person who sues is the plaintiff. The person who is sued is the defendant. In small claims court, you may ask a lawyer for advice before you go to court, but you cannot have a lawyer in court.\nYour claim cannot be for more than $10,000.00. If you have a claim for more than this amount, you may file a limited civil case, or you may sue in the small claims court and give up your right to the amount over $10,000.00. You cannot, however, file more than two cases in small claims court for more than $2,500.00 each during a calendar year.\nWho Can File a Claim?\nYou must be at least 18 years old to file a claim. If you are not yet 18, you may ask the court to appoint a guardian ad litem. This is a person who will act for you in the case. The guardian ad litem is usually a parent, relative, or an adult friend. A person who sues in small claims court must first make a demand, if possible. This means that you have asked the defendant to pay, and the defendant has refused. If your claim is for possession of property, you must ask the defendant to give you the property.\nUnless you fall within two technical exceptions, you must be the original owner of the claim. This means that if the claim is assigned, the buyer cannot sue in the small claims court. You must also appear at the small claims hearing yourself unless you filed the claim for a corporation or other entity that is not a natural person.","title":"Small Claims | Superior Court of California | County of Tulare","score":13.712988}],"1c0e5e78f1a16ea2eb2165b6aa31dc61<::>1":[{"document_id":"822159927_48988-49782-0-794","text":"Toby Flenderson\nToby gets revenge when Michael 's insulting farewell gift to him is exposed ( a rock with a note reading : `` Suck on this ! '' ) and Pam gets Michael to unwillingly give up his watch to Toby , which he does , clearly upset . Toby 's main concern on his last day is getting pictures of himself alone with Pam , which he finally does as his party is ending . Michael gets a last dig in by having Hank the security guard escort Toby out of the office as he leaves for his new life in Costa Rica and is still shown to be upset when Toby looks at his new watch . In a deleted scene at his farewell party , Toby refers to an undefined incident involving his sister ; this marks the first time Toby has mentioned having any siblings , although late in season 7 he reveals also having a brother Rory .","title":"Toby Flenderson","score":15.011598},{"document_id":"822159927_50470-51685-0-1215","text":"Toby Flenderson\nIn `` Frame Toby '' it is revealed that Toby had returned to the office for a week without Michael noticing . When the staff tells Michael that Toby is back , Michael thinks it 's a joke until he sees Toby and screams `` No God ! Please No ! No ! '' Michael asks David Wallace to get rid of Toby but the CFO says he can not fire Toby without cause . Michael then attempts to get Toby fired by giving Pam a fake letter to give to Toby , asking him to hug and kiss her no matter how much she resisted , and taunting the HR rep into punching him , but both plans fail . Michael then tries out Dwight 's idea of planting drugs in Toby 's desk ( unknowingly buying basil from a caprese salad from warehouse workers who he thinks sold him marijuana ) . However , he does feel guilty about what he has done and , when the police are investigating the `` drugs , '' Michael tells the police that it 's a mistake and tries to stop them from arresting Toby . This suggests that , while Michael does hate Toby , there are limits to his hatred . Then again , Toby 's reaction to the setup -- that it wasted the cops ' time that could have been used to deal with law enforcement -- inspires more shock and disgust from Michael .","title":"Toby Flenderson","score":14.957181},{"document_id":"822159927_5569-6913-0-1344","text":"Toby Flenderson\nToby avoids office activities whenever possible and , like most of the staff , only tolerates Michael . He has reached out to Michael several times despite Michael 's continued abuse . However , he gets along with the rest of the staff and even attends Jim 's barbecue party , playing video games while Michael sings karaoke . When Dwight approached Michael about missing a gift bag during `` A Benihana Christmas , '' Michael immediately suggested stealing it from Toby , much to Toby 's later chagrin , as all the office staff had new robes except for him ( Pam later gave her robe to Toby , and this increased Toby 's unrequited crush on her ) . In addition Michael on numerous occasions attempts to blame Toby for problems that are clearly his own fault such as in `` The Merger '' in which he questions Tony Gardner if the reason he is quitting is because of Toby , though Tony says Toby was in fact kind and helpful and it 's Michael 's management that is the reason . This occurs again notably in `` Classy Christmas '' where Michael himself vandalizes Holly 's Woody doll ( A gift from her boyfriend ) and tries to convince her Toby did it , though Toby fights back , denies it and says the vandalism is something Michael would do . This is evidence that Michael uses Toby as an excuse to hide from the consequences of his own actions .","title":"Toby Flenderson","score":15.077575},{"document_id":"822159927_19149-21432-0-2283","text":"Toby Flenderson\nIn `` Night Out , '' Pam thinks that a joke that Toby told was funny , and he gets really excited and touches her awkwardly on the leg . She did not appear to be angered at this . After an awkward silence , Toby announces his move to Costa Rica . In `` Goodbye , Toby '' Pam gives to Toby an office picture of the staff that excludes her ( because she took the picture herself ) for when he leaves for Costa Rica . Toby , unsatisfied by the lack of her presence , shouts at the office staff asking for a camera ( possibly the loudest he 's ever spoken ) . When no one responds , he runs off for an extended amount of time just to find a camera to have a picture of her and him together . Pam also helps Toby take revenge against Michael in this episode after his insulting farewell gift is exposed during a meeting and she gets him to unwillingly give up his watch to Toby , which he does ( Pam potentially may have disclosed Michael 's abuse of Toby if he did n't do what she said ) . At the end of the episode , Pam comments ( though not to Toby ) that she always thought he was kind of cute and that she will miss him a lot . In `` Niagara '' Toby appears to still have feelings for Pam and is happy when they run out on their wedding . He is later disappointed when the wedding is called back on but is seen smiling and clapping after they 're married and run down the aisle . During `` Roy 's Wedding '' , while Jim and Pam are trying to find out if there 's anything they do n't know about each other , Toby correctly answers facts about Pam . Everyone notices him , and Toby , clearly embarrassed , attempts to cover it up . There have been a few occasions when Pam has mistreated Toby somewhat such as hanging up on him on the phone after Toby offered his help and notably in `` Paper Airplane '' after hitting him in the eye with a paper airplane and getting angry at him for crossing ( to which Toby apologizes ) . Pam in response does not apologize and simply asks whether she is still in the contest despite injuring and temporally blinding Toby . In the series finale , while dancing with Pam , Toby began sobbing . Pam questions Toby with `` Is it me ? Is it Nellie ? '' Toby shakes his head , and responds with `` It 's everything . '' Pam then hugs Toby as he weeps .","title":"Toby Flenderson","score":16.070892},{"document_id":"822159927_43324-44424-0-1100","text":"Toby Flenderson\nIn the episode `` Survivor Man , '' Toby ends up getting on Jim 's nerves . When Jim is named Acting Manager while Michael is off on his `` wilderness adventure '' and starts altering the office 's birthday schedule , Toby asks Jim if he can have a birthday celebration , explaining that Michael deliberately held a party for Toby at 4 : 58 PM on a Friday so no one would attend . Jim agrees but comments that he likes Toby but that the guy is really annoying him , claiming that sometimes Toby can sometimes be a little bit much . Jim 's dismissive , disgusted attitude toward Toby ( whom he has always gotten along with before ) very closely mirrors how Michael treats Toby . It is not clear whether Jim is genuinely fed up with Toby or whether this interplay showed that Jim was beginning to act like Michael . It is also possible that Jim was not annoyed at Toby specifically but at the general reaction to his plan . Jim 's disgusted attitude can also be attributed to the fact that Toby has been treating Jim fairly poorly in previous episodes due to his jealousy of his relationship with Pam .","title":"Toby Flenderson","score":14.91945}],"1c0e5e78f1a16ea2eb2165b6aa31dc61<::>2":[{"document_id":"822159927_43324-44424-0-1100","text":"Toby Flenderson\nIn the episode `` Survivor Man , '' Toby ends up getting on Jim 's nerves . When Jim is named Acting Manager while Michael is off on his `` wilderness adventure '' and starts altering the office 's birthday schedule , Toby asks Jim if he can have a birthday celebration , explaining that Michael deliberately held a party for Toby at 4 : 58 PM on a Friday so no one would attend . Jim agrees but comments that he likes Toby but that the guy is really annoying him , claiming that sometimes Toby can sometimes be a little bit much . Jim 's dismissive , disgusted attitude toward Toby ( whom he has always gotten along with before ) very closely mirrors how Michael treats Toby . It is not clear whether Jim is genuinely fed up with Toby or whether this interplay showed that Jim was beginning to act like Michael . It is also possible that Jim was not annoyed at Toby specifically but at the general reaction to his plan . Jim 's disgusted attitude can also be attributed to the fact that Toby has been treating Jim fairly poorly in previous episodes due to his jealousy of his relationship with Pam .","title":"Toby Flenderson","score":15.30392},{"document_id":"822159927_50470-51685-0-1215","text":"Toby Flenderson\nIn `` Frame Toby '' it is revealed that Toby had returned to the office for a week without Michael noticing . When the staff tells Michael that Toby is back , Michael thinks it 's a joke until he sees Toby and screams `` No God ! Please No ! No ! '' Michael asks David Wallace to get rid of Toby but the CFO says he can not fire Toby without cause . Michael then attempts to get Toby fired by giving Pam a fake letter to give to Toby , asking him to hug and kiss her no matter how much she resisted , and taunting the HR rep into punching him , but both plans fail . Michael then tries out Dwight 's idea of planting drugs in Toby 's desk ( unknowingly buying basil from a caprese salad from warehouse workers who he thinks sold him marijuana ) . However , he does feel guilty about what he has done and , when the police are investigating the `` drugs , '' Michael tells the police that it 's a mistake and tries to stop them from arresting Toby . This suggests that , while Michael does hate Toby , there are limits to his hatred . Then again , Toby 's reaction to the setup -- that it wasted the cops ' time that could have been used to deal with law enforcement -- inspires more shock and disgust from Michael .","title":"Toby Flenderson","score":15.362001},{"document_id":"822159927_9580-10615-0-1035","text":"Toby Flenderson\nBesides Michael , the other staff members treat Toby with respect , for example , after Toby conducts a brief sexual harassment seminar , the staff is left in a good mood and laughing , until Michael comes in and takes over , however there have been others who occasionally like Michael treat him poorly and insult him such as Kevin , Dwight and Jim and in later seasons , Andy and Nellie . Toby himself is occasionally an annoyance to some , such as Jim , but despite this he is considered one of the few intelligent people in the office , being in the `` Finer Things Club '' with Pam and Oscar . His behavior does change somewhat when he meets Nellie ( whom he develops a romance for ) , and he is shown to become somewhat of nuisance to her by being socially awkward and not handling his crush on her with any subtlety ( and also an annoyance to Andy , though this is more of a Michael Scott - like situation where Andy gets angry and frustrated at Toby for doing his HR job at the expense of Andy 's weirder / less legal ideas ) .","title":"Toby Flenderson","score":15.267172},{"document_id":"823926781_4176-5268-0-1092","text":"The Office (U.S. season 9)\nIn a conference call with reporters on August 21 , 2012 , Daniels announced that this would be the final season of the series . Daniels said , `` This year feels like the last chance to really go out together and make an artistic ending for the show that pays off a lot of the stuff that matters most to fans . '' Daniels also said all the questions would be answered , such as who was behind the documentary , and why they had been filming it for so long , as well as the reveal of the Scranton Strangler . A central point during the season was the romance between Erin Hannon ( Ellie Kemper ) and Pete Miller ( Jake Lacy ) . According to Michael Ausiello of TVLine , the nature of their relationship was heavily debated by the writers and producers ; he noted that `` the triangle ( between Andy , Erin , and Pete ) has stirred up a number of debates in the writers room , which tells me even they do n't know at this point which guy Erin will choose . '' Daniels consulted with Kemper and asked for her input , as he felt she had the best understanding of Erin 's characterization . Angela","title":"The Office (U.S. season 9)","score":14.1464815},{"document_id":"822159927_5569-6913-0-1344","text":"Toby Flenderson\nToby avoids office activities whenever possible and , like most of the staff , only tolerates Michael . He has reached out to Michael several times despite Michael 's continued abuse . However , he gets along with the rest of the staff and even attends Jim 's barbecue party , playing video games while Michael sings karaoke . When Dwight approached Michael about missing a gift bag during `` A Benihana Christmas , '' Michael immediately suggested stealing it from Toby , much to Toby 's later chagrin , as all the office staff had new robes except for him ( Pam later gave her robe to Toby , and this increased Toby 's unrequited crush on her ) . In addition Michael on numerous occasions attempts to blame Toby for problems that are clearly his own fault such as in `` The Merger '' in which he questions Tony Gardner if the reason he is quitting is because of Toby , though Tony says Toby was in fact kind and helpful and it 's Michael 's management that is the reason . This occurs again notably in `` Classy Christmas '' where Michael himself vandalizes Holly 's Woody doll ( A gift from her boyfriend ) and tries to convince her Toby did it , though Toby fights back , denies it and says the vandalism is something Michael would do . This is evidence that Michael uses Toby as an excuse to hide from the consequences of his own actions .","title":"Toby Flenderson","score":16.200567}],"1c0e5e78f1a16ea2eb2165b6aa31dc61<::>3":[{"document_id":"854674169_27510-28321-0-811","text":"Ryan Howard (The Office)\nMichael has a one - sided crush on Ryan , which frightens him at times . Ryan was also inconveniently stuck in the position of being personal assistant to Michael . He has on several occasions summoned him to inappropriate tasks . In `` The Dundies '' , Michael gives Ryan the `` Hottest in the Office '' award . After congratulating Ryan for his award , he slaps Ryan 's buttocks . Also , in `` The Fire '' episode , when the office is playing the game `` Who would you do '' Michael chooses Ryan , explicitly proclaiming `` I would definitely have sex with Ryan '' . When Michael gets Ryan 's cell phone number , he constantly prank calls Ryan with crude impersonations of Michael Jackson , Tito Jackson , Mike Tyson , and Saddam Hussein , and also pretended to be Ryan 's mad girlfriend ( `` The Fight '' ) .","title":"Ryan Howard (The Office)","score":11.875328},{"document_id":"823926781_644-1391-0-747","text":"The Office (U.S. season 9)\nThe ninth and final season of the American television comedy The Office premiered on NBC on September 20 , 2012 , and concluded on May 16 , 2013 , consisting of 25 episodes . The Office is an American adaptation of the British comedy series of the same name , and is presented in a mockumentary format , portraying the daily lives of office employees in the Scranton , Pennsylvania branch of the fictitious Dunder Mifflin Paper Company . The ninth season of The Office aired on Thursdays at 9 : 00 p.m. ( Eastern ) in the United States , as part of the Comedy Night Done Right television block . This is the second season not to star Steve Carell as lead character Michael Scott , although he returned for a cameo appearance in the series finale .","title":"The Office (U.S. season 9)","score":12.926912},{"document_id":"854674169_6737-6990-0-253","text":"Ryan Howard (The Office)\nRyan is often the victim of Michael 's antics and bizarre man - crush on him , usually resigning to requests without complaint . Also , by the end of Season 2 , Jim facilitates a relationship between Kelly and Ryan , which is very rocky from the start .","title":"Ryan Howard (The Office)","score":12.103395},{"document_id":"823926781_7557-8706-0-1149","text":"The Office (U.S. season 9)\nThe Office employs an ensemble cast . Most of the main characters , and some supporting ones , are based on characters from the British version of The Office . While these characters normally have the same attitudes and perceptions as their British counterparts , the roles have been redesigned to better fit the American show . The show is known for its large cast size , many of whom are known particularly for their improvisational work . Rainn Wilson portrays Dwight Schrute , who , based upon Gareth Keenan , is the Assistant to the Regional Manager , although the character frequently fails to include `` to the '' in his title . John Krasinski portrays Jim Halpert , a sales representative and prankster , who is based upon Tim Canterbury , and is married to Pam Halpert , the office administrator . Pam ( Jenna Fischer ) , who is based on Dawn Tinsley , is shy , but is often a cohort with Jim in his pranks on Dwight . Ed Helms plays Andy Bernard , the preppy manager -- who was previously a salesman -- and boastful Cornell alumnus whose love for a cappella music and awkward social skills generates mixed feelings from his employees . The","title":"The Office (U.S. season 9)","score":11.862875},{"document_id":"853026215_3773-6728-1601-2955","text":"Will Arnett\nHe guest - starred in King of the Hill and 30 Rock , in which he was nominated for four Emmy Awards for Outstanding Guest Actor in a Comedy Series . Arnett also played supporting roles in the films Spring Breakdown , Hot Rod , The Comebacks , and On Broadway , where he once again worked with his close friend and director Dave McLaughlin . In The Brothers Solomon , he again teamed with Odenkirk and starred with Saturday Night Live member , Will Forte . He appeared in a major supporting role in the basketball comedy Semi-Pro , his second film with Ferrell . He plays Lou Redwood , the commentator of the team , who is `` a former player , a bit of a womanizer , and a boozer '' . On November 17 , 2009 , it was announced that Arnett would try to win over real - life wife Amy Poehler in a guest spot on Parks and Recreation . Arnett played Chris , an MRI technician and possible love interest for Poehler 's Leslie Knope . Justin Theroux appeared in the same episode as yet another suitor . Arnett signed on for one episode , and the episode entitled `` The Set Up '' aired January 14 , 2010 . In 2010 , Arnett and former Arrested Development co-star Jason Bateman created DumbDumb Productions , a production company focusing on digital content . Their first video was `` Prom Date , '' the first in a series of `` Dirty shorts '' for Orbit ( gum ) .","title":"Will Arnett","score":8.537719}],"1c0e5e78f1a16ea2eb2165b6aa31dc61<::>4":[{"document_id":"810158252_14185-15136-0-951","text":"Grey's Anatomy (season 9)\nGrey 's Anatomy 's ninth season opened up to 11.73 million viewers with a 4.4 / 12 Nielsen rating / share in the 18 -- 49 demographic . The viewership for the episode was an 11 percent increase from the previous season premiere , which was viewed by a total of 10.38 million people . The rating was a 7 percent increase from the previous season premiere , which received a 4.1 / 10 Nielsen rating / share in the 18 -- 49 demographic . The Nielsen score additionally registered the show as the week 's highest - rated drama in the 18 -- 49 demographic . As of December 2012 `` Going , Going , Gone '' has served as the season 's most viewed episode . `` Run , Baby , Run '' is the season 's least viewed episode , with 8.17 million viewers and a 2.9 / 8 Neilsen rating / share in the 18 - 49 demographic . At the time , the season finale was the series lowest watched season finale with 8.99 million viewers and 3.1 in the 18 - 49 rating demo . Loretta","title":"Grey's Anatomy (season 9)","score":13.780414},{"document_id":"809106123_40814-43086-0-1769","text":"90210 (season 5)\n90210 opened up with 0.94 viewers in its season premiere and scored a 0.4 in the demo . Episode two , however , was up 50 percent to a 0.6 while rising 14 percent in total audience by hitting 1.1 million viewers . 90210 was down 10 and 33 percent , only managing 950,000 viewers and 0.4 rating in the 18 - 49 demographic . However , DVR ratings for episode 3 were up by 75 % of three - tenths of a point from the original 0.4 to a 0.7 . Though 90210 began to slip in further in viewers ( 850,000 ) during episode 4 , it managed to remain stable with a 0.4. demo . Episode 5 saw a sharp rise and season high with viewers by reaching 1.16 million , as well as a sharp rise in the demo to a 0.6 up 50 % from last week 's 0.4 Episode 6 hit a . 4 in the demo while hitting a series low in viewership with 780,000 viewers . By episode 7 , 90210 seemed to have gained some audience back by reaching a . 5 in the demo with 1.03 million viewers . Episode 8 stabilized at . 5 in the demo but added ten thousand viewers reaching 1.04 million . The mid-season finale saw another rise in the demo garnering a . 6 as well as 1.16 million live viewers tuning in . Episode 10 was down two tenths from the mid-season finale with a 0.4 in the demo while managing 790,000 live viewers . This episode also rose two tenths in DVR numbers garnering a 0.6 in the demo . Episode 11 maintained the 0.4 score in the 18 - 49 demographic but lost a mere ten thousand viewers averaging 780,000 live viewers . Episode 12 held onto the 0.4 demo rating and added 10,000 viewers averaging 790,000 for the night . Episode 13 hit lows in the key demo , sinking to a 0.3 and a low in viewership with 660,000 viewers . The following episode hit another low with a 0.2 in the demo grabbing 550,000 viewers .","title":"90210 (season 5)","score":13.171453},{"document_id":"823926781_17659-18410-0-751","text":"The Office (U.S. season 9)\nThe season ranked as the ninety - fourth most watched television series during the 2012 -- 13 season , with an average of 5.061 million viewers . The season also tied with the CBS series Rules of Engagement and the Fox series American Dad ! to be the forty - third most watched television series in the 18 - to 49 - year - old demographic . In this category , the show received a 2.6 rating . This meant that , on average , the season was viewed by 2.6 percent of all 18 - to 49 - year - olds . It was viewed by 3.32 million in this demographic . In terms of viewers , the ninth season ranked as the lowest - rated season of The Office , although it beat the first season 's ranking , which was the 102nd most watched program for the 2004 -- 05 year .","title":"The Office (U.S. season 9)","score":17.038568},{"document_id":"835662174_59656-60317-0-661","text":"American Idol\nThe declining trend however continued into season eight , as total viewers numbers fell by 5 -- 10 % for early episodes compared to season seven , and by 9 % for the finale . In season nine , Idol 's six - year extended streak of perfection in the ratings was broken , when NBC 's coverage of the 2010 Winter Olympics on February 17 beat Idol in the same time slot with 30.1 million viewers over Idol 's 18.4 million . Nevertheless , American Idol overall finished its ninth season as the most watched TV series for the sixth year running , breaking the previous record of five consecutive seasons achieved by CBS ' All in the Family and NBC 's The Cosby Show .","title":"American Idol","score":12.940669},{"document_id":"823926781_15560-17658-0-2098","text":"The Office (U.S. season 9)\nThe season aired on Thursdays at 9 : 00 p.m. , as part of the Comedy Night Done Right programming block . The season premiere , `` New Guys '' received a 2.1 / 6 percent share in the Nielsen ratings among viewers aged 18 to 49 , meaning that 2.1 percent of viewers aged 18 to 49 watched the episode , and 6 percent of viewers watching television at the time watched the episode . The episode was viewed by 4.28 million viewers and became the lowest - rated season premiere for the series . In addition , it marked a 46 percent drop in viewership from the season eight premiere `` The List '' . For the first sixteen episodes , the series was able to maintain roughly 4 million viewers . However , starting with the seventeenth episode `` The Farm '' , ratings began to drop below this threshold . The series hit an all - time low with the twentieth episode , `` Paper Airplane '' , which was viewed by only 3.25 million viewers , and received a 1.7 rating / 5 percent share . The series finale was viewed by 5.69 million viewers and received a 3.0 rating among adults between the ages of 18 and 49 . This made it the highest - rated episode of the season ; it also marked an increase in the previous season finale , which garnered only 4.49 million viewers . `` Finale '' was the most watched episode of The Office since the eighth season episode `` Pool Party '' , but ranked as the third - least watched finale of the series , following the eighth - and first - season finales . Although in its ninth season , The Office no longer was NBC 's highest - rated scripted comedy series -- it was surpassed by Go On -- it often ranked as the highest - rated scripted NBC series on Thursday nights . Rainn Wilson argued that the show 's lower ratings were a combination of the overall trend in lower television ratings in 2012 , as well as the fact that `` NBC did n't promote ( the series ) one bit '' . NBC increased their usual ad - price by 200 percent for the finale , asking for $400,000 per commercial . This was largely due to the anticipated increase in viewership that the finale would bring .","title":"The Office (U.S. season 9)","score":13.257209}],"1c0e5e78f1a16ea2eb2165b6aa31dc61<::>5":[{"document_id":"843525662_25246-25366-0-120","text":"Pirates of the Caribbean (film series)\nTogether , all the first three films were nominated for a total of 11 Academy Awards , of which a single award was won .","title":"Pirates of the Caribbean (film series)","score":6.9700727},{"document_id":"823926781_23317-24451-0-1134","text":"The Office (U.S. season 9)\nOn December 12 , 2012 , the series was nominated for a Screen Actors Guild Award for Outstanding Performance by an Ensemble in a Comedy Series , but lost to Modern Family . Michael Scott 's return was nominated and won the fan - voted `` Best TV Moment '' at the 3rd Critics ' Choice Television Awards on June 10 , 2013 . Greg Daniels was nominated for a Primetime Emmy Award for Outstanding Writing for a Comedy Series at the 65th Primetime Emmy Awards for `` Finale '' . `` Finale '' was also nominated for an Outstanding Sound Mixing for a Comedy or Drama Series Emmy and an Outstanding Single - Camera Picture Editing for a Comedy Series Emmy ; David Rogers and Claire Scanlon for `` Finale '' won the latter , marking the fifth win for The Office at the Emmys overall and the series ' first win since 2009 . Rogers and Scanlon also won an American Cinema Editors award for Best Edited Half - Hour Series for Television . In addition , the web documentary `` The Office : The Farewells '' , which aired on NBC.com prior to the series ' conclusion , was nominated for an Outstanding Special Class Program Creative Arts Emmy Award .","title":"The Office (U.S. season 9)","score":14.277287},{"document_id":"807624278_1403-1715-0-312","text":"Have You Been Paying Attention?\nDespite a disappointing start in ratings , and initially a change in timeslot and format , the series has proven to be a consistent performer for Network Ten , having its ratings increase with successive seasons and receiving critical acclaim . It 's now won 2 Logies in 2017 for types of Entertainment Program .","title":"Have You Been Paying Attention?","score":7.1170707},{"document_id":"866468357_58794-59171-0-377","text":"Game of Thrones\nThe 2015 fifth season won the most Primetime Emmy Awards for a series in a year ( 12 awards from 24 nominations ) , including Outstanding Drama Series ; other wins included Outstanding Supporting Actor in a Drama Series ( Dinklage ) , Outstanding Directing ( `` Mother 's Mercy '' ) and Outstanding Writing ( `` Mother 's Mercy '' ) , and eight were Creative Arts Emmy Awards .","title":"Game of Thrones","score":8.748434},{"document_id":"823926781_2131-3063-0-932","text":"The Office (U.S. season 9)\nFollowing the decline in ratings from the previous year , the ninth season of The Office managed to stabilize around 4 million viewers per episode . The series finale , however , was watched by over 5.69 million viewers , making it the highest - rated episode that the show had aired in over a year . The season ranked as the ninety - fourth most watched television series during the 2012 -- 13 television year and saw a decrease in ratings from the previous season . Critical reception was moderately positive ; although some critics took issue with certain aspects , such as the reveal of the in - series documentary crew , many argued that it was an improvement over the previous season . Others lauded the way the show was able to successfully wrap - up its story arcs . `` Finale '' was nominated for three awards at the 65th Primetime Emmy Awards , and won for Outstanding Single - Camera Picture Editing for a Comedy Series .","title":"The Office (U.S. season 9)","score":12.428091}],"1c0e5e78f1a16ea2eb2165b6aa31dc61<::>6":[{"document_id":"823926781_20330-22012-0-1682","text":"The Office (U.S. season 9)\nSeveral specific episodes received praise . Andrea Reiher of Zap2it named `` Dwight Christmas '' the best comedy TV episode of 2012 . She wrote that the episode `` was not only funny but had a huge nostalgia factor '' , and continued the show 's trend of strong Christmas episodes . Reiher also praised the episode 's two subplots , writing that `` drunk Darryl and Die Hard '' helped produce `` a classic episode of The Office that brought back the warm and fuzzy feelings of the early seasons of the show . '' The season 's penultimate entry , `` A.A.R.M. '' , received a glowing response from many critics . Alan Sepinwall of HitFix wrote that the episode was `` surprisingly ... terrific in most areas . '' Roth Cornet of IGN noted that `` The interplay between Jim , Dwight , and Pam has been the core of the series since Michael Scott 's departure , and it was good to see the trio front and center once again as The Office comes to a close . '' The series finale , in particular , was praised by critics . Sepinwall called it `` a tremendously satisfying conclusion to a show that could make us gasp with laughter , but that could also make us cry or smile '' . Cornet wrote that it `` was a strong hour of television ( and ) the finale shone and delivered on all of its promise . '' Nick Campbell of TV.com wrote that the episode was `` just right '' for the series . Other episodes were not received as positively . `` Lice '' , for instance , was called `` terrible '' by Campbell , as well as the `` epitome of filler '' by Brett Davinger of The California Literary Review . `` The Farm '' was largely derided due to its uneven nature , and the broad humor that it used .","title":"The Office (U.S. season 9)","score":9.78857},{"document_id":"823926781_18438-20329-0-1891","text":"The Office (U.S. season 9)\nThe ninth season of The Office received moderately positive reviews from television critics . Based on seven critiques , review aggregation website Metacritic gave the ninth season of the show a 64 out of 100 rating , which denotes `` generally favorable reviews '' . Entertainment website Holy Moly named the series one of the best shows during the 2012 -- 13 season , writing that `` this final season of The Office has been great '' largely due to the fact that `` every single relationship in the show rings true with the audience . '' Michael Tedder of Vulture commented that he was `` willing to call it the fourth best season of the show overall , which is by no means faint praise . '' He explained that this was largely due to the fact that the `` final season was a chance to see how everyone else would end up '' . Todd VanDerWerff of The A.V. Club wrote that `` the tension between Jim and Pam in the final season ended up being highly controversial for a number of reasons ... but it also provided the most hopeful moments of the series ' final stretch '' ( although he did note that it was clear that the writers had `` blatantly '' set up the drama ) . He concluded that the finale was able to successfully return the series `` to what had always been its heart -- to have true fulfillment '' . Roth Cornet of IGN awarded the season an 8.5 out of 10 , denoting a `` great '' year . She felt that the character growth in the final few episodes was particularly well executed , and the last stretch of the season helped raise it after a rocky start ; ultimately , she felt that the writers were able to craft the proper ending for the show . She was , however , critical of Andy 's characterization , noting that he was merely used as a plot device when convenient . Many critics argued that the season was an improvement , in both writing and humor , over the previous season .","title":"The Office (U.S. season 9)","score":9.595415},{"document_id":"823926781_644-1391-0-747","text":"The Office (U.S. season 9)\nThe ninth and final season of the American television comedy The Office premiered on NBC on September 20 , 2012 , and concluded on May 16 , 2013 , consisting of 25 episodes . The Office is an American adaptation of the British comedy series of the same name , and is presented in a mockumentary format , portraying the daily lives of office employees in the Scranton , Pennsylvania branch of the fictitious Dunder Mifflin Paper Company . The ninth season of The Office aired on Thursdays at 9 : 00 p.m. ( Eastern ) in the United States , as part of the Comedy Night Done Right television block . This is the second season not to star Steve Carell as lead character Michael Scott , although he returned for a cameo appearance in the series finale .","title":"The Office (U.S. season 9)","score":9.128132},{"document_id":"823926781_24787-36913-11490-12125","text":"The Office (U.S. season 9)\n200 201 24 25 `` Finale '' Ken Kwapis Greg Daniels May 16 , 2013 ( 2013 - 05 - 16 ) 9024 9025 5.69 One year after the airing of the documentary , past and present employees of Dunder Mifflin gather for Dwight and Angela 's wedding . Dwight initially chooses Jim to be his best man , but Michael Scott ( Steve Carell ) shows up and takes his place . Finally , everyone comes together for a final round of interviews . The episode guest stars Mindy Kaling , B.J. Novak , Rachael Harris , Dakota Johnson , Joan Cusack , Sendhil Ramamurthy , Ed Begley , Jr. , Malcolm Barrett , Matt L. Jones , Bill Hader , Seth Meyers , and Nancy Carell .","title":"The Office (U.S. season 9)","score":9.442139},{"document_id":"823926781_23317-24451-0-1134","text":"The Office (U.S. season 9)\nOn December 12 , 2012 , the series was nominated for a Screen Actors Guild Award for Outstanding Performance by an Ensemble in a Comedy Series , but lost to Modern Family . Michael Scott 's return was nominated and won the fan - voted `` Best TV Moment '' at the 3rd Critics ' Choice Television Awards on June 10 , 2013 . Greg Daniels was nominated for a Primetime Emmy Award for Outstanding Writing for a Comedy Series at the 65th Primetime Emmy Awards for `` Finale '' . `` Finale '' was also nominated for an Outstanding Sound Mixing for a Comedy or Drama Series Emmy and an Outstanding Single - Camera Picture Editing for a Comedy Series Emmy ; David Rogers and Claire Scanlon for `` Finale '' won the latter , marking the fifth win for The Office at the Emmys overall and the series ' first win since 2009 . Rogers and Scanlon also won an American Cinema Editors award for Best Edited Half - Hour Series for Television . In addition , the web documentary `` The Office : The Farewells '' , which aired on NBC.com prior to the series ' conclusion , was nominated for an Outstanding Special Class Program Creative Arts Emmy Award .","title":"The Office (U.S. season 9)","score":9.172352}],"1c0e5e78f1a16ea2eb2165b6aa31dc61<::>7":[{"document_id":"853467571_3073-3685-0-612","text":"Rob Schneider\nSchneider was hired at Saturday Night Live in 1988 . Schneider swiftly graduated from writer and featured player to full cast member . From 1990 to 1994 at SNL , he played such roles as `` Tiny Elvis '' and `` Orgasm Guy '' . His best known recurring character was Richard Laymer , an office worker whose desk was stuck beside the photocopier , and who addressed each of his fellow employees with an endless stream of annoying nicknames . Schneider is featured in the video release The Bad Boys of Saturday Night Live , along with colleagues Adam Sandler , Chris Rock , David Spade , and Chris Farley . Recurring","title":"Rob Schneider","score":8.801448},{"document_id":"854629410_39321-40037-0-716","text":"Jeopardy!\nIn its April 17 -- 23 , 1993 issue , TV Guide named Jeopardy ! the best game show of the 1970s as part of a celebration of its 40th anniversary . In January 2001 , the magazine ranked the show number 2 on its `` 50 Greatest Game Shows '' list -- second only to The Price Is Right . It would later rank Jeopardy ! number 45 on its list of the 60 Best TV Series of All Time , calling it `` habit - forming '' and saying that the program `` always makes ( its viewers ) feel smarter '' . Also in 2013 , the show ranked number 1 on TV Guide 's list of the 60 Greatest Game Shows . In the summer of 2006 , the show was ranked number 2 on GSN 's list of the 50 Greatest Game Shows of All Time , second only to Match Game .","title":"Jeopardy!","score":8.750826},{"document_id":"821378931_34206-35121-0-915","text":"Pride and Prejudice (1995 TV series)\nPride and Prejudice continued to be honoured years later . A 2000 poll of industry professionals conducted by the British Film Institute ranked the serial at 99 in the 100 Greatest British Television Programmes of the 20th century , which the BFI attributed to its `` managing to combine faithfulness to the novel with a freshness that appealed across the generations '' . Radio Times included the serial in their list of `` 40 greatest TV programmes ever made '' in 2003 . It was also named by Entertainment Weekly as one of the 20 best miniseries of all time . In 2007 , the UK Film Council declared Pride and Prejudice one of the television dramas that have become `` virtual brochures '' for British history and society . Lyme Hall , Cheshire , which had served as the exterior of Pemberley , experienced a tripling in its visitor numbers after the series ' broadcast and is still a popular travel destination .","title":"Pride and Prejudice (1995 TV series)","score":8.176906},{"document_id":"820859129_19960-20084-0-124","text":"The Flash (2014 TV series)\nIn 2016 , Rolling Stone ranked the show # 23 on its list of the `` 40 Best Science Fiction TV Shows of All Time '' . Critics","title":"The Flash (2014 TV series)","score":8.646079},{"document_id":"805946337_40141-40266-0-125","text":"The Man in the High Castle (TV series)\nAfter its first season , Rolling Stone included it on a list of the forty best science fiction television shows of all time .","title":"The Man in the High Castle (TV series)","score":8.124194}],"1c0e5e78f1a16ea2eb2165b6aa31dc61<::>9":[{"document_id":"823926781_644-1391-0-747","text":"The Office (U.S. season 9)\nThe ninth and final season of the American television comedy The Office premiered on NBC on September 20 , 2012 , and concluded on May 16 , 2013 , consisting of 25 episodes . The Office is an American adaptation of the British comedy series of the same name , and is presented in a mockumentary format , portraying the daily lives of office employees in the Scranton , Pennsylvania branch of the fictitious Dunder Mifflin Paper Company . The ninth season of The Office aired on Thursdays at 9 : 00 p.m. ( Eastern ) in the United States , as part of the Comedy Night Done Right television block . This is the second season not to star Steve Carell as lead character Michael Scott , although he returned for a cameo appearance in the series finale .","title":"The Office (U.S. season 9)","score":12.630908},{"document_id":"823926781_15560-17658-0-2098","text":"The Office (U.S. season 9)\nThe season aired on Thursdays at 9 : 00 p.m. , as part of the Comedy Night Done Right programming block . The season premiere , `` New Guys '' received a 2.1 / 6 percent share in the Nielsen ratings among viewers aged 18 to 49 , meaning that 2.1 percent of viewers aged 18 to 49 watched the episode , and 6 percent of viewers watching television at the time watched the episode . The episode was viewed by 4.28 million viewers and became the lowest - rated season premiere for the series . In addition , it marked a 46 percent drop in viewership from the season eight premiere `` The List '' . For the first sixteen episodes , the series was able to maintain roughly 4 million viewers . However , starting with the seventeenth episode `` The Farm '' , ratings began to drop below this threshold . The series hit an all - time low with the twentieth episode , `` Paper Airplane '' , which was viewed by only 3.25 million viewers , and received a 1.7 rating / 5 percent share . The series finale was viewed by 5.69 million viewers and received a 3.0 rating among adults between the ages of 18 and 49 . This made it the highest - rated episode of the season ; it also marked an increase in the previous season finale , which garnered only 4.49 million viewers . `` Finale '' was the most watched episode of The Office since the eighth season episode `` Pool Party '' , but ranked as the third - least watched finale of the series , following the eighth - and first - season finales . Although in its ninth season , The Office no longer was NBC 's highest - rated scripted comedy series -- it was surpassed by Go On -- it often ranked as the highest - rated scripted NBC series on Thursday nights . Rainn Wilson argued that the show 's lower ratings were a combination of the overall trend in lower television ratings in 2012 , as well as the fact that `` NBC did n't promote ( the series ) one bit '' . NBC increased their usual ad - price by 200 percent for the finale , asking for $400,000 per commercial . This was largely due to the anticipated increase in viewership that the finale would bring .","title":"The Office (U.S. season 9)","score":12.0600815},{"document_id":"823926781_24528-24786-0-258","text":"The Office (U.S. season 9)\nIn the following table , `` U.S. viewers ( million ) '' refers to the number of Americans who viewed the episode on the night of broadcast . Episodes are listed by the order in which they aired , and may not necessarily correspond to their production codes .","title":"The Office (U.S. season 9)","score":12.634389},{"document_id":"827511898_12325-16743-0-2237","text":"Apple TV\nVideo Streaming The primary function of Apple TV is streaming video through the internet . Users of Apple TV can rent or buy movies and TV shows from the iTunes Store , or stream video from a variety of services found in the tvOS App Store such as Netflix , Amazon Prime Video , Hulu , YouTube , Vimeo , HBO Now , Showtime , Sling TV , and DirecTV Now . Users can stream live and on - demand content from apps that support login through a cable provider by way of one universal app called TV . TV unifies all content into one central application that allows the user to watch whatever they want from any source while providing recommendations . These include ABC , NBC , CBS , NBA , NFL , NHL , WatchESPN , History Channel , Food Network , CNN , Fox News , HGTV , Disney , National Geographic , and many others . The upcoming single - sign on feature in tvOS 10.1 will allow users to log in to all of these apps at once , bypassing the need to authenticate each individually . Music and Podcasts Streaming Users can access their music and podcasts libraries that they purchased in iTunes through iCloud through the Music and Podcasts apps , respectively . In addition , users can also subscribe to music streaming services such as Apple Music , Pandora , Qello , and Vevo and access content that way . Photos The built in Photos app syncs user photos from iCloud Photo Library and displays them on TV . In addition , users can download third - party apps like Adobe Lightroom to view , edit and share them . Apps and Games With the fourth generation Apple TV and later , users can download apps and games from the tvOS App Store . This app store is similar to the one found on the Apple iPhone and iPad . Apps can now be ported from iOS easily by developers since tvOS and iOS share a common codebase and kernel . Examples include the Papa John 's Pizza app which allows for users to order pizza right from Apple TV and Zillow which allows users to search for homes right on their TV . Games use the Accelerometer and Gyroscope along with the touchpad found on the Siri Remote for control . External Bluetooth Game controllers : ( such as the SteelSeries Nimbus , or the HORIPAD ULTIMATE Wireless Gaming Controller ) can also be paired .","title":"Apple TV","score":12.969591},{"document_id":"837247213_4595-4774-0-179","text":"Islands in the Stream (song)\nThe song is performed in The Office during Season 2 in the episode `` Email Surveillance '' by Michael ( Steve Carell ) and Jim ( John Krasinski ) at Jim 's party during karaoke .","title":"Islands in the Stream (song)","score":14.650971}],"4fb9958d3e2694c9076e696f5ac9628e<::>1":[{"document_id":"201546-0-1130","text":"\n\"According to this discussion, there was a Tax Court ruling that likened deductibility for charitable giving by credit card to business expenses incurred by businesses operating under cash-basis accounting.  (The point is made by Larry Hess on that site.) Short answer: According to this argument, you can claim the deduction when the charge is incurred.  You don't have to wait until you pay it back.  (Again this is for cash basis.) Publication 538 states that \"\"under the cash method of accounting, you generally deduct business expenses in the tax year you pay them.\"\"  I think the ruling above was meant to clarify when the expense is \"\"paid\"\".  In my totally unofficial opinion, I suppose this makes sense.  If I go to Office Depot to buy a box of envelopes, I walk out with the envelopes at the same time regardless of whether I paid cash or swiped a credit card.  I wouldn't walk out thinking: \"\"HA!  I haven't actually paid for these yet.\"\"  If the shoplifting alarm went off at the door and I was asked if I had bought those, I'd say yes, right? If this doesn't convince you, you can always get professional tax advice.\"","score":18.518862},{"document_id":"354716-0-2119","text":"\nCredit card fees on a credit card used for personal expenses are not tax deductible. Credit card fees on a business credit card are deductible on schedule C (or whatever form you're using to report business income and expenses). If you are using the same card for both business and personal ... well, for starters, this is a very bad idea, because it creates exactly the question you're asking. If that's what you're doing, stop, and get separate business and personal cards. If you have separate business and personal cards -- and use the business card only for legitimate business expenses -- then the answer is easy: You can claim a schedule C deduction for any service charges on the business card, and you cannot claim any deduction for any charges on the personal card. In general, though, if you have an expense that is partly business and partly personal, you are supposed to figure out what percentage is business, and that is deductible. In an admittedly brief search, I couldn't find anything specifically about credit cards, but I did find this similar idea on the IRS web site: Generally, you cannot deduct personal, living, or family expenses. However, if you have an expense for something that is used partly for business and partly for personal purposes, divide the total cost between the business and personal parts. You can deduct the business part. For example, if you borrow money and use 70% of it for business and the other 30% for a family vacation, you can deduct 70% of the interest as a business expense. The remaining 30% is personal interest and is not deductible. Refer to chapter 4 of Publication 535, Business Expenses, for information on deducting interest and the allocation rules. (https://www.irs.gov/businesses/small-businesses-self-employed/deducting-business-expenses) So, PROBABLY, you could add up all the charges you made on the card, figure out how much was for business and how much for personal, calculate the business percentage, and then deduct this percentage of the service fees. If the amount involved is not trivial, you might want to talk to an accountant or a lawyer.","score":20.231236},{"document_id":"112793-0-403","text":"\nIn many cases yes.  In the case of an employer handing employees a credit card to use, that is clearly income if the card is used for something other than a business expense. Generally speaking, if you're receiving something with a significant value without strings attached, it is likely taxable. Google no doubt has an army of tax attorneys, so perhaps they are able to exploit loopholes of some sort.","score":18.128464},{"document_id":"274721-0-608","text":"\nIf your business is a Sole Proprietorship and meets the criteria, then you would file form Schedule C. In this case you can deduct all eligible business expenses, regardless of how you pay for them (credit/debit/check/cash). The fact that it was paid for using a business credit card isn't relevant as long as it is a true business expense. The general rules apply: Yes - if you sustain a net loss, that will carry over to your personal tax return. Note: even though it isn't necessary to use a business credit card for business expenses, it's still an extremely good idea to do so, for a variety of reasons.","score":20.95877},{"document_id":"245447-0-2055","text":"\n\"For simplicity, let's start by just considering cash back. In general, cash back from credit cards for personal use is not taxable, but for business use it is taxable (sort of, I'll explain later). The reason is most personal purchases are made with after tax dollars; you typically aren't deducting the cost of what you purchased from your personal income, so if you purchase something that costs $100 and you receive $2 back from the CC company, effectively you have paid $98 for that item but that wouldn't affect your tax bill. However, since businesses typically deduct most expenses, that same $100 deduction would have only been a $98 deduction for business tax purposes, so in this case the $2 should be accounted for. Note, you should not consider that $2 as income though; that would artificially inflate your revenue. It should be treated as a negative expense, similar to how you would handle returning an item you purchased and receiving a CC refund. Now for your specific questions: Part 1: As a small business owner, I wish to attend an annual seminar to improve my business. I have enough credit card reward points to cover the airfare, hotel, and rental car. Will those expenses still be deductible at the value displayed on the receipt? Effectively no, these expenses are not deductible. If you deduct them they will be completely counter-acted by the \"\"refund\"\" you receive for the payments. Part 2: Does it matter if those points are accrued on my personal credit card, rather than a business credit card? This is where it gets hairy. Suppose your company policy is that employees make purchases with their own personal credit cards and submit receipts for reimbursement. In this case the employer can simply reimburse and would not know or care if the employee is racking up rewards/points/cashback. The trick is, as the employee, you must always purchase business related items normally so you have receipts to show, and if you receive cashback on the side there seems to be a \"\"don't ask, don't tell\"\" rule that the IRS is OK with.","score":20.349583}],"4fb9958d3e2694c9076e696f5ac9628e<::>4":[{"document_id":"295828-0-831","text":"\nRegistering it as an LLC turns it into a business, and will have to be maintained regardless of whether you do any actual business with it or not. Strictly speaking, it also doesn't necessarily grant you any specific protections against the use of the name. Small business names are notoriously hard to protect when they are active. If you aren't actually using it, a judge is more likely to not rule in your favor. A regular Trademark isn't what you're looking for either. That is more for business product line names and similar.  What you're looking for is a Registered Trademark (®), which is a federal legal designation disallowing other businesses from using your name or business branding. See [this article](http://smallbusiness.chron.com/differences-between-copyright-trademark-registration-780.html) for more information.","score":12.511244},{"document_id":"346018-0-402","text":"\nProcess of registering business helps to structure about your firm to be different that range in several states. The most essential thing for incorporating business is to create extra tax burden and keep record of the business with administrative details. How to incorporate business are explained in below content.  It will make ideal reason for vehicle and not contains any liability of shareholders.","score":11.680492},{"document_id":"245447-0-2055","text":"\n\"For simplicity, let's start by just considering cash back. In general, cash back from credit cards for personal use is not taxable, but for business use it is taxable (sort of, I'll explain later). The reason is most personal purchases are made with after tax dollars; you typically aren't deducting the cost of what you purchased from your personal income, so if you purchase something that costs $100 and you receive $2 back from the CC company, effectively you have paid $98 for that item but that wouldn't affect your tax bill. However, since businesses typically deduct most expenses, that same $100 deduction would have only been a $98 deduction for business tax purposes, so in this case the $2 should be accounted for. Note, you should not consider that $2 as income though; that would artificially inflate your revenue. It should be treated as a negative expense, similar to how you would handle returning an item you purchased and receiving a CC refund. Now for your specific questions: Part 1: As a small business owner, I wish to attend an annual seminar to improve my business. I have enough credit card reward points to cover the airfare, hotel, and rental car. Will those expenses still be deductible at the value displayed on the receipt? Effectively no, these expenses are not deductible. If you deduct them they will be completely counter-acted by the \"\"refund\"\" you receive for the payments. Part 2: Does it matter if those points are accrued on my personal credit card, rather than a business credit card? This is where it gets hairy. Suppose your company policy is that employees make purchases with their own personal credit cards and submit receipts for reimbursement. In this case the employer can simply reimburse and would not know or care if the employee is racking up rewards/points/cashback. The trick is, as the employee, you must always purchase business related items normally so you have receipts to show, and if you receive cashback on the side there seems to be a \"\"don't ask, don't tell\"\" rule that the IRS is OK with.","score":18.117556},{"document_id":"354716-0-2119","text":"\nCredit card fees on a credit card used for personal expenses are not tax deductible. Credit card fees on a business credit card are deductible on schedule C (or whatever form you're using to report business income and expenses). If you are using the same card for both business and personal ... well, for starters, this is a very bad idea, because it creates exactly the question you're asking. If that's what you're doing, stop, and get separate business and personal cards. If you have separate business and personal cards -- and use the business card only for legitimate business expenses -- then the answer is easy: You can claim a schedule C deduction for any service charges on the business card, and you cannot claim any deduction for any charges on the personal card. In general, though, if you have an expense that is partly business and partly personal, you are supposed to figure out what percentage is business, and that is deductible. In an admittedly brief search, I couldn't find anything specifically about credit cards, but I did find this similar idea on the IRS web site: Generally, you cannot deduct personal, living, or family expenses. However, if you have an expense for something that is used partly for business and partly for personal purposes, divide the total cost between the business and personal parts. You can deduct the business part. For example, if you borrow money and use 70% of it for business and the other 30% for a family vacation, you can deduct 70% of the interest as a business expense. The remaining 30% is personal interest and is not deductible. Refer to chapter 4 of Publication 535, Business Expenses, for information on deducting interest and the allocation rules. (https://www.irs.gov/businesses/small-businesses-self-employed/deducting-business-expenses) So, PROBABLY, you could add up all the charges you made on the card, figure out how much was for business and how much for personal, calculate the business percentage, and then deduct this percentage of the service fees. If the amount involved is not trivial, you might want to talk to an accountant or a lawyer.","score":18.34062},{"document_id":"201546-0-1130","text":"\n\"According to this discussion, there was a Tax Court ruling that likened deductibility for charitable giving by credit card to business expenses incurred by businesses operating under cash-basis accounting.  (The point is made by Larry Hess on that site.) Short answer: According to this argument, you can claim the deduction when the charge is incurred.  You don't have to wait until you pay it back.  (Again this is for cash basis.) Publication 538 states that \"\"under the cash method of accounting, you generally deduct business expenses in the tax year you pay them.\"\"  I think the ruling above was meant to clarify when the expense is \"\"paid\"\".  In my totally unofficial opinion, I suppose this makes sense.  If I go to Office Depot to buy a box of envelopes, I walk out with the envelopes at the same time regardless of whether I paid cash or swiped a credit card.  I wouldn't walk out thinking: \"\"HA!  I haven't actually paid for these yet.\"\"  If the shoplifting alarm went off at the door and I was asked if I had bought those, I'd say yes, right? If this doesn't convince you, you can always get professional tax advice.\"","score":16.848864}],"4fb9958d3e2694c9076e696f5ac9628e<::>7":[{"document_id":"442324-0-672","text":"\nWhat drives the stock of bankrupt companies? The company's potential residual assets. When a company goes bankrupt it is required to sell its assets to pay off its debts. The funds raised from selling assets go to the following entities:  The usual order of debt repayment, in terms of the lender, will be the government, financial institutions, other creditors (i.e. suppliers and utility companies), bondholders, preferred shareholders and, finally, common shareholders. Depending on the amount of debt and the value of a company's assets, the common shareholders may receive some left over from liquidated assets. This would drive the stock price of a bankrupt company.","score":13.328541},{"document_id":"326143-0-366","text":"\nI've worked on numerous restructurings in the o&amp;g space. I assure you that bankruptcy is not a magical process of wiping away debt. It's been extremely common over the last 3 years in the energy industry. It'd be far more aggressive to say that a business is valued at $5 billion when in reality they have $5 billion in debt that traded at pennies on the dollar.","score":12.197533},{"document_id":"155960-0-1064","text":"\n\"Bankruptcy is a way to the fiat currency system to regulate itself.  The current system assume that there will always be more debts than money available.  Since money is created with debt already attached to it, the difference between \"\"real\"\" money, and \"\"on paper\"\" money build up over time.  When this disparity become to big, bankruptcies need to occur to bring those two number closer to each other.    It's like earthquakes if you like, the tectonic plates build up tension that need to be released in many small shocks, or a few big shocks.  The everyday bankruptcies represent the small quakes, and big recession represent too much build up that need to be released in one big shocks.    It's a very high level explanation and it doesn't go into details, but it's roughly why it happens.    EDIT: I wasn't saying that it was bad or not, I was simply explaining bankruptcy and why it's bound to happen.  If you don't like the analogy, it's no reason for downvote.  I know it may not be clear for everyone, but if you do not agree, please explain yourself.\"","score":11.716466},{"document_id":"476859-0-2199","text":"\n\"What drives the stock of bankrupt companies? Such stock is typically considered \"\"distressed assets\"\". Technically, what drives it is what drives every stock - supply and demand. A more interesting question is of course, why would there be demand? First, who exerts the buying pressure on the stock? Typically, three types of entities: The largest ones are financial institutions specializing in distressed assets (frequently, alternatives specialists - hedge funds, private equity firms etc...). Usually, they invest in distressed debt or distressed preferred equity; but sometimes distressed equity as well. Why? We will discuss their motivations separately in this answer. Second one are existing equity holders. Why? Short answer, behavioral psychology and behavioral economics. Many investors - especially non-professionals - insist on holding distressed stocks due to variety of investment fallacies (sunk cost etc...); usually constructing elaborate theories of why and how the company and the stock will recover Sometimes, people who buy into penny stock scams, pump and dump schemes etc... Why? \"\"There's a sucker born every minute.\"\" - P.T. Barnum Let's find out why an investment professional would invest in distressed equity? First, the general process is always the same. Company's assets are used to pay off its liabilities; in accordance with applicable law. There are two ways this can be done - either through selling the company; OR through bankruptcy process. The liabilities are paid according to seniority. The seniority priorities rules are covered by 11 U.S. Code § 507 - Priorities A company in bankruptcy can have one of 2 outcomes: Buyout. Some buyer might decide that the company's assets are worth something to them as a whole; and buy the whole enterprise; rather than risk it being destroyed piecemeal in bankruptcy proceedings. In that case, the proceeds from the sale will be used to fund the liabilities as discussed above. This option is one of the possible reasons people might consider investing in distressed equity. For example, if the company is in bankruptcy because it can't get enough financing right now, but is likely to have good profits in the future.","score":14.74525},{"document_id":"161323-0-627","text":"\n\"By definition, a downturn in the business cycle will push some companies into bankruptcy. What's worse, a downturn in the business cycle will trigger \"\"bankruptcy fears\"\" for a LOT of companies, far more than will suffer this fate. So the prices of MANY candidates go down to levels that reflect this fear. This aggregate impact produces the \"\"overreaction\"\" you're talking about. It's called \"\"fallacy of composition\"\"; some of these companies will go under, but not all. Then the prices of the survivors will bounce back strongly during the early stages of an upturn when it becomes clear which companies WON'T go bankrupt.\"","score":11.539604}],"81afaf82a0d9a5fad6eaa196f8d9641c<::>4":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_02158-4-1994","text":"\n* UI\n* CLI\n* API\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Removing users from an account \n\nWhen you remove a user from an account, the user can no longer log in to the console, switch to your account, or access account resources. Removing a user from an account doesn't delete the IBMid for the user.\n\nOnly account owners and users with the correct access can remove others. If you use a service ID to authenticate, you can't remove users from the account. The following access is required for removing users from an account:\n\n\n\n* An Identity and access management (IAM) policy for the User management account management service with the Administrator role assigned.\n* If you have classic infrastructure in your account, a user must have an IAM policy for the User management account management service with the Administrator role assigned and be an ancestor of the user in the classic infrastructure user hierarchy with the Manage user classic infrastructure permission assigned.\n\n\n\nAs an alternative to removing a user from your account, you can assign them an access policy with a temporary time-based condition. This way, the user can log in to the console and view the account in their account list, but can't access resources in the account before the policy begins or after the policy expires. For more information, see [Creating a temporary time-based condition](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-iam-time-based&interface=apiiam-time-based-temp-api).\n\n\n\n Removing a user from an account in the console \n\nTo remove a user from an account, complete the following steps:\n\n\n\n1. In the IBM Cloud® console, click Manage > Access (IAM), and select Users.\n2. From the row of the user that you want to remove, click the Actions icon ![Actions icon](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/4d8c6eec891cff72b666dc24bd3211810c77fb42/icons/action-menu-icon.svg) > Remove user.\n\n\n\nAny resources that are created by the user remain in the account, but any IBM Cloud API keys that the user created are removed.","score":15.739315},{"document_id":"ibmcld_08217-3469-5347","text":"\nHow to fix it \n\nVirtual servers in paid plans aren't deleted. You can remove the server from the resource list by deleting it from the resource list.\n\n\n\n\n\n Can't create new virtual servers because of exhausted resources or plan limitations \n\nYou can't create new virtual servers because of exhausted resources or plan limitations, although you've less than the described limits.\n\n What’s happening \n\nYou try to create a new server but fail. Instead a message is displayed, which informs you that the maximum number of servers is reached in the selected data center for this account, or that you've reached the maximum number of free plans for this account. When you look in the resource list, you see that you haven't reached the limit.\n\n Why it’s happening \n\nThe resource list is not a complete list of your servers. If you “delete” a server from the resource list, it's made inaccessible and marked for deletion, but it's still available for you within the [resource reclamations](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cli?topic=cli-ibmcloud_commands_resourceibmcloud_resource_reclamations) for a limited amount of time, as described in [Deleting a virtual server](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/services/hp-virtual-servers?topic=hp-virtual-servers-remove_vs).\n\n How to fix it \n\nDepending on your requirements, you must either delete the resource from the resource reclamations, or select a different data center (maximum number of servers is reached), or select the appropriate paid plan that meets your requirements if you reach the maximum number of free plans. For more information, see [resource reclamations](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cli?topic=cli-ibmcloud_commands_resourceibmcloud_resource_reclamations).\n\n\n\n\n\n VoiceOver on MacOS does not announce all information on the dashboard in Firefox \n\nVoiceOver on MacOS does not announce information presented on the dashboard in Firefox.","score":15.680146},{"document_id":"ibmcld_15998-1422-3109","text":"\nCommon problems \n\nHere are a few difficulties you might encounter.\n\n\n\n Not authorized (401 or 403 error) \n\nYour account might not be authorized for VPC. Make sure that you are using an account that has been onboarded.\n\n\n\n\n\n IAM token expired \n\nThe service is no longer returning any JSON, instead of just giving an HTTP \"401 Unauthorized\" to all requests. This error occurs after about an hour if your IAM token has expired. Refresh your IAM token by rerunning iam_token=$(ibmcloud iam oauth-tokens | awk '/IAM/{ print $4; }').\n\n\n\n\n\n Cannot create resources \n\nIf you cannot create a VPC or other resources, make sure that the owner of the account has granted you the correct [permissions](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/vpc?topic=vpc-managing-user-permissions-for-vpc-resourcesmanaging-user-permissions-for-vpc-resources).\n\n\n\n\n\n No response from API \n\nIf the API is no longer returning any JSON, it is likely your IAM token has expired and needs to be refreshed. Log in to IBM Cloud again or refresh your token by running iam_token=$(ibmcloud iam oauth-tokens | awk '/IAM/{ print $4; }').\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Cannot delete resources \n\nCertain operations--creating and deleting virtual server instances, and creating and deleting subnets, for example--are completed asynchronously through the API. Because of this fact, it is recommended to poll the resources you're deleting, to check for deletion before proceeding.\n\nIt can take several minutes for resources to be deleted from the system, due to these asynchronous operations. To facilitate deletion, the best practice is to do things in this order:\n\n\n\n1. Delete your instances\n2. Delete your public gateways\n3. Delete your subnets\n4. Delete your VPCs","score":18.484964},{"document_id":"ibmcld_08211-2628-3483","text":"\nIf the server has expired, you can remove the entry from the resource list and either:\n\n\n\n* Wait for the target time to trigger deletion for you, or\n* Manually trigger the deletion from the resource reclamations.\n\n\n\nIf an expired server is restored, only the entry within the resource list is restored, not the server itself.\n\n\n\n\n\n Restoring servers that belong to paid plans \n\nServers that belong to a paid plans do not expire, and that's why they can be restored during the reclamation period. If a server is restored, the timeframe for which the server was within the resource reclamations is billed to your account.\n\nAfter the server is deleted, only metadata, which isn't considered to be personal data is kept for 6 months. Make sure you back up important data for future use because you can't recover data after the virtual server has been deleted.","score":27.845135},{"document_id":"ibmcld_08211-1158-3123","text":"\nibmcloud hpvs instance-delete CRN --force\n\n\n\nWhere CRN is Cloud resource name of the server you want to delete. Use --force to force the deletion of the Hyper Protect Virtual Servers instance without showing a confirmation prompt.\n\nYou can find more information and example output [here](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/hpvs-cli-pluginhpvs-instance-delete).\n\n\n\n\n\n What happens during the reclamation period \n\nWhen you delete a virtual server from the resource list, the server isn't deleted immediately, it's stopped and marked for deletion, and a reclamation period of seven days starts. The server is deleted after the reclamation period ends. During this seven-day reclamation period, you can restore the virtual server, or manually trigger a deletion from [resource reclamations](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cli?topic=cli-ibmcloud_commands_resourceibmcloud_resource_reclamations). Resource reclamations lists the Hyper Protect Virtual Servers that are marked for deletion together with the time (Target time) when the actual deletion is triggered.\n\n\n\n\n\n Deleting servers that belong to the free plan \n\nThe free plan servers expire 30 days after they are created. When a server expires, it's immediately deleted at the backend. The server is also deleted at the backend if it expires during the seven-day reclamation period. Even though the server is deleted at the backend, it's still displayed in the resource list or in the resource reclamations as if it still exists.\n\nIf the server has expired, you can remove the entry from the resource list and either:\n\n\n\n* Wait for the target time to trigger deletion for you, or\n* Manually trigger the deletion from the resource reclamations.\n\n\n\nIf an expired server is restored, only the entry within the resource list is restored, not the server itself.\n\n\n\n\n\n Restoring servers that belong to paid plans \n\nServers that belong to a paid plans do not expire, and that's why they can be restored during the reclamation period.","score":19.569403}],"81afaf82a0d9a5fad6eaa196f8d9641c<::>6":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_01019-1608-2449","text":"\nIf you need to delete the key during the soft-deletion period, you have to force delete the key. After the soft-deletion period, the key can be deleted without the force. You can check the association between the key and your deployment to determine when you can delete the key.\n\n\n\n\n\n Deleting data in your database \n\nThe Db2 database stores data in pages on block storage. When DELETE or TRUNCATE operations are performed, that data is no longer accessible unless you are using TEMPORAL tables. The physical pages that contain the data are not immediately erased and might still exist on the disk, but will be overwritten as needed. There is no ability to recover this data. The database provides the REORG and REDUCE MAX capability to reclaim this space for other activities or it will be reused when the database needs to store more data.","score":19.71054},{"document_id":"ibmcld_09064-9212-10938","text":"\nForce deletion on a key won't succeed if the key is protecting a registered IBM Cloud resource that's non-erasable due to a [retention policy](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cloud-object-storage?topic=cloud-object-storage-immutableimmutable-terminology-policy), which is a Write Once Read Many (WORM) policy set on the your IBM Cloud resource. You can verify whether a key is associated with a non-erasable resource by checking the 'preventKeyDeletion\" field in the [registration details](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/key-protect?topic=key-protect-view-protected-resources) for the key. Then, you must contact an account owner to remove the retention policy on each registered IBM Cloud resource that is associated with the key before you can delete the key.\n\n\n\n1. [Retrieve your authentication credentials to work with keys in the service](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/key-protect?topic=key-protect-set-up-api).\n2. Retrieve the ID of the key that you want to force delete.\n\nYou can retrieve the ID for a specified key by making a GET /v2/keys/ request, or by viewing your keys in the Key Protect dashboard.\n3. Run the following curl command to force delete the key and its contents.\n\n$ curl -X DELETE \"https://<region>.kms.cloud.ibm.com/api/v2/keys/<keyID_or_alias>?force=true\" -H \"authorization: Bearer <IAM_token>\" -H \"bluemix-instance: <instance_ID>\" -H \"prefer: <return_preference>\"\n\nReplace the variables in the example request according to the following table.\n\n\n\n\n\nTable 2. Describes the variables that are needed to delete keys with the Key Protect API.\n\n Variable Description \n\n region Required. The region abbreviation, such as us-south or eu-gb, that represents the geographic area where your Key Protect instance resides.","score":19.684399},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01034-3831-4923","text":"\nAfter the soft-deletion period, the key can be deleted without the force. You can check the [association between the key and your deployment](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/hs-crypto?topic=hs-crypto-view-key-details) to determine when you can delete the key.\n\n\n\n\n\n Cryptoshredding \n\nCryptoshredding is a destructive action. When the key is deleted, your data is unrecoverable.\n\nHyper Protect Crypto Services enables [initiation of a force delete](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/hs-crypto?topic=hs-crypto-delete-keys) of a key that is in use by IBM Cloud® services, including your Cloud Databases deployments. This action is called cryptoshredding. Deleting a key that is in use on your deployment locks the disks that contain your data and disables your deployment. You are still able to access the UI and some metadata such as security settings in the UI, CLI, and API but you are not able to access any of the databases or data that is contained within them. Key deletion is [sent to the Activity Tracker](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/hs-crypto?topic=hs-crypto-at-events) as hs-crypto.secrets.delete.","score":19.030216},{"document_id":"ibmcld_09087-30097-31549","text":"\nYou must use the force option to delete a root key that is registered with another cloud resource.\n\nRegistrations are associations between root keys and other cloud resources, such as Cloud Object Storage (COS) buckets or Cloud Databases deployments.\n\nFor more information about Registrations, see [viewing associations between root keys and encrypted IBM Cloud resources](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/key-protect?topic=key-protect-view-protected-resources).\n\n[See this explanation](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/key-protect?topic=key-protect-key-protect-cli-referencekp-key-delete) of deleting keys that are registered with another cloud resource (look at the force option).\n\n this CLI request fails because the registration was not deleted\n$ ibmcloud kp key delete $KEY_ID -i $KP_INSTANCE_ID\n\nDeleting key: 52a9d772-8982-4620-bfb4-b070dd812a0c, from instance: b0d84b32-09d0-4314-8049-da78e3b9ab6f...\nFAILED\nkp.Error:\ncorrelation_id='c27b7948-4a1f-4cbd-8770-cb3616888e27',\nmsg='Conflict:\nKey could not be deleted.\nPlease see \"reasons\" for more details.',\nreasons='[PROTECTED_RESOURCE_ERR:\nKey is protecting one or more cloud resources -\nFOR_MORE_INFO_REFER: https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/key-protect?topic=key-protect-troubleshootingunable-to-delete-keys]'\n\n this CLI request succeeds when using the --force option\n the registration between Key Protect and the cloud resource exists\n$ ibmcloud kp key delete $KEY_ID -i $KP_INSTANCE_ID --force --output json\n\n{","score":18.677977},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01019-7-2103","text":"\nDeleting a database \n\nWhen a service instance is deleted, the database that it provides is also removed. This will delete any online data and logs as well as database backups. The data will not be recoverable after this action.\n\n\n\n How is the data deleted \n\nAll data is encrypted at rest to ensure data is protected at all times using encryption keys stored in a key management service called Key Protect. When access to those keys is removed, the data is crypto-shredded and cannot be recovered. When the service instance is deleted, the block storage that is used for the database is wiped to ensure that all of the data is erased. Any data objects in cloud object storage are also deleted and not recoverable.\n\n\n\n\n\n When is the data deleted \n\n\n\n\n\n Using your own encryption keys to delete data \n\nYou can use your own encryption keys to delete data. This is called crypto-shredding. After the key is deleted, your data is unrecoverable and unreadable by anyone.\n\nKey Protect allows you to initiate a force delete of a key that is in use by various IBM Cloud® services, including your Db2 on Cloud service instances. Deleting a key that is in use on your deployment locks the disks containing your data when the key is requested again. You can have this occur right away by contacting IBM Support or by deleting your service instance. Key deletion is sent to the Log Analysis Activity Tracker as kms.secrets.delete.\n\nIf you delete a deployment that is protected with your Key Protect key, the deployment remains registered against the key for the duration of the soft-deletion period (up to 9 days). If you need to delete the key during the soft-deletion period, you have to force delete the key. After the soft-deletion period, the key can be deleted without the force. You can check the association between the key and your deployment to determine when you can delete the key.\n\n\n\n\n\n Deleting data in your database \n\nThe Db2 database stores data in pages on block storage. When DELETE or TRUNCATE operations are performed, that data is no longer accessible unless you are using TEMPORAL tables.","score":19.50171}],"d4d8edb3e0c456d11033b14b28e99470<::>1":[{"document_id":"254454-0-972","text":"\n\"The only way to \"\"roll\"\" debt into a home purchase is to have sufficient down payment.  Under the \"\"new\"\" lending rules that took effect in Canada earlier this year, you must have at least 5% of the purchase price as a down payment.  If you have $60,000 in additional debt, the total amount of mortgage still cannot be greater than 95% of the purchase price.  Below is an example. Purchase price of home $200,000. Maximum mortgage $190,000 (95% of purchase price) Total outside debt $60,000 That means the mortgage (other than the current debt of $60k) can only be $130,000 This means you would need a down payment of $70,000. Also keep in mind that I have not included any other legal fees, real estate commissions, etc in this example. Since it is safe to assume that you do not have $70k available for a down payment, renting and paying down the debt is likely the better route.  Pay off the credit card(s) first as they have the higher interest amount. Best of luck!\"","score":16.14799},{"document_id":"496275-0-1787","text":"\n\"I assume you've no debt - if you do then pay that off. I'd be tempted to put the money into property.  If you look at property prices over the past 20 years or so, you can see returns can be very good.  I bought a house in 1998 and sold it in 2003 for about 110% of the purchase price.  Disclaimer, past performance is no guarantee of future returns! It's a fairly low risk option, property prices appear to be rising currently and it's always good to get your foot on the housing ladder as quickly as you can as prices can rise to the stage where even those earning quite a good salary cannot afford to buy. Of course you don't have to live in the house, a rental income can be very handy without tying you down too much. There are plenty of places in the UK where £60k will buy you a reasonable property with a rental income of £400-£500, it doens't have to be near where you live currently. Just to put a few more figures in - if you get a house for £50k and rent it for £400 a month (perfectly feasible where I live) then that's very close to a 10% return year on year.  Plus any gains made by the price of the house. The main downside is you won't have easy access to the money and you will have to look after a tenant if you decide to rent it out.  Also if you do buy a property make sure it is in a good state of repair, you don't want to have to pay for a new roof for example in a couple of years time. Ideally you would then sell the house around the time property prices peak and buy another when they bottom out again.  Not easy to judge though! I'd review the Trust Fund against others if you decide to keep it there as 12% over 6 years isn't great, although the stock market has been depressed so it may compare favouribly. Keep some \"\"rainy day\"\" money spare if you can.\"","score":14.789579},{"document_id":"502594-0-470","text":"\nOne extremely important aspect that must be taken into consideration is the state of the housing market. If prices are rising it will probably be a false economy to delay your house purchase. Say you pay off a £5,000 student loan, thus delaying your house purchase another year you could well end up forking out an extra £10,000 on the mortgage due to the rise in house prices. Of course, if the housing market is falling then, without a doubt, pay off the student debt.","score":16.713184},{"document_id":"204295-0-544","text":"\nYou make a accurate point.  I would like to add 2 points.  First off many people realize they do not need debt.  If they have a stable job and the car is paid off and the rent is reasonable they may never need to go into debt ever again unless to buy a home.  Second off.  The market is always swinging.  So next time we are in some sort of financial bubble people who had bankruptcy will be able to borrow like the rest of society.  I worked for a time in the finance industry and I do recall many many loans to people who declared bankruptcy.","score":14.702423},{"document_id":"301192-0-451","text":"\nMy opinion is to hold off. I don't see housing market rising anytime soon, possibly even going lower, so you don't have to worry about getting in before it rises. Pay off the credit card debt, maybe even earlier if possible, then that flexibility will be there, the divorce proceedings may have an end in sight, and therefore you'll know more about any outcomes from that. The economy is still shaky, the flexibility of renting may come in real handy.","score":17.015549}],"d4d8edb3e0c456d11033b14b28e99470<::>5":[{"document_id":"357017-0-784","text":"\n\"So basically, the bar has been lowered due to the fact that so many people don't qualify for credit. The medical debt issue is one thing, but the fact that only 28% of home purchases these days are first time home buyers instead of 40% says more about our unaffordable higher educational system, labor market and people's ability to earn decent income than it does about credit being \"\"too tight\"\".  If anything this is a loosening of standards since the banks have no alternative in order to drum up new sales. They're 12% off the mark and they're finding ways to close the gap. Wages probably won't get better, so they're better off accepting lower quality customers and rolling the dice on their ability to pay off debts over the life of the loans they issue.  Sounding familiar?\"","score":11.95899},{"document_id":"371188-0-982","text":"\n\"Is it common in the US not to pay medical bills? Certainly not.  What some might do, however, is not pay them immediately, with the intent to negotiate them down or get them written off.  You can also see if there's a discount for paying immediately - I've had moderate success with this, but it was during a time where we couldn't pay them all immediately, so I was more trying to figure out which ones to pay first rather than just haggling.   The obvious risk is that they go to a collections agency and get reported as unpaid debt to your credit.  I'm with you, however - it's a service that you received and it should be paid. I must precise that they are wealthy upscale members, who can afford paying these bills. Are you certain that they have large medical bills?  I suppose it's possible that they have resources that  can negotiate these on their behalf, or they don't care about the impact to their credit score. But to say \"\"no one is doing it here\"\" seems ludicrous.\"","score":11.276152},{"document_id":"416661-0-847","text":"\nAnother, perhaps simpler approach to the same result as @BenMiller. Firstly, if you can pay off the debt today, for 1695.70 cash, then that is the amount of your debt to the hospital.  There is no such thing as a discount for cash; just extra money to pay if don't pay immediately.  This extra money is called interest, and the hospital is indeed charging you interest. Use any mortgage program to find the interest rate if you pay off a debt of 1695.70 with 60 monthly payments of 37.68.  The program should tell you that you are paying 12.64% effective annual interest. If you can earn more than that, after taxes, with your money somewhere else, then invest the cash there and pay off the hospital over time.  If you can't, then pay off the debt immediately, and avoid writing 60 cheques. EDIT:  Incorrect calculation revised as per @Ben Miller","score":10.958055},{"document_id":"464477-0-1175","text":"\nThere are definitely ways to retroactively consolidate medical bills -- there's an entire industry of companies offering debt consolidation (many of which are scummy/predatory, be careful! See https://www.consumer.ftc.gov/articles/0150-coping-debt and some decent articles at http://blog.readyforzero.com/are-there-legitimate-debt-consolidation-loans and http://blog.readyforzero.com/how-to-find-a-reputable-debt-consolidation-company). In general, what you are looking to do is take out a loan, possibly at a better interest rate than whatever you are being charged currently, and pay off the medical bills. If you are not paying interest on the medical bills and are just being allowed to spread out the payments, you are already golden and should just put up with the ups and downs. If you have any equity in a home, take out a home equity loan or line of credit, pay off your medical bills. Rates are still great right now. Even if you have no home equity to tap, if you have a steady job you might be able to get a nice small loan from a local bank or peer-to-peer lending site. Do your homework and only work with reputable companies, especially if doing things online.","score":11.999746},{"document_id":"576082-0-1260","text":"\nHere's your problem: The debt is valid and it is your debt, regardless of your arrangement with the insurance company. The insurance company (possibly) owes you money, and you owe the Doctor money. You are stuck in the middle, and in the end it doesn't matter whether the insurance company pays as to whether you owe the money. Don't ignore them. Also, disputing the debt it pointless because the truth is that you do owe the debt. The insurance company may owe you money (which is in dispute), but the debt to your medical provider is your own. You are just stuck in the middle. It sucks, but is pretty common. I think the best you can do is keep working on the insurance company and responding to the bill collectors letting them know that you are working on it and will need to pay late. In theory they deal with this a lot and probably understand, not that it will make them lay off you in the meantime.  In the end it is possible you might have to sue the insurance company to get the money. One thing to be careful about: If the debt is fairly old (several years) you may want to avoid making partial payments because if this goes on your credit report, that payment may extend the period where the negative information can appear on your credit history.","score":15.169715}],"34ac6bedd4b35167cc59e289893e206a<::>1":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_14497-7-1724","text":"\nVMware Solutions and Red Hat OpenShift overview \n\nIBM Cloud® for VMware Solutions includes fully automated, rapid deployments of VMware vCenter Server® in the IBM Cloud. These offerings complement the on-premises infrastructure and allow existing and future workloads to run in the IBM Cloud without conversion by using the same tools, skills, and processes they use on-premises. For more information, see [Virtualization for extending virtualized private cloud](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/architecture/architectures/virtualizationArchitecture).\n\nRed Hat® OpenShift® for VMware Solutions is a reference architecture and a manual build process to deploy a Red Hat OpenShift cluster 4.7 on to an existing vCenter Server instance. The components of Red Hat OpenShift cluster are deployed as virtual machines (VMs) and appliances by using NSX software-defined networking.\n\n\n\n* Reference architecture - [vCenter Server and Red Hat OpenShift architecture overview](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/vmwaresolutions?topic=vmwaresolutions-vcs-openshift-intro)\n* Build process - The current document. The process and steps that are needed to install Red Hat OpenShift 4.7 on to an existing vCenter Server instance.\n\n\n\nZoom\n\n![VMware Solutions and Red Hat OpenShift](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/5bdb37c0149145723c5437e8176651928565e722/vmwaresolutions/images/openshift-sddc.svg)\n\nFigure 1. VMware Solutions and OpenShift\n\n\n\n Red Hat OpenShift overview \n\nThe Red Hat OpenShift platform is a platform that is designed to orchestrate containerized workloads across a cluster of nodes. The platform uses Kubernetes as the core container orchestration engine, which manages the Docker container images and their lifecycle.","score":19.339304},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10495-9135-10569","text":"\n(https://cognitiveclass.ai/courses/docker-essentials)\n\n\n\n\n\n What is Red Hat OpenShift? \n\nRed Hat OpenShift is a Kubernetes container platform that provides a trusted environment to run enterprise workloads. It extends the Kubernetes platform with built-in software to enhance app lifecycle development, operations, and security. With Red Hat OpenShift, you can consistently deploy your workloads across hybrid cloud providers and environments. For more information about the differences between the community Kubernetes and Red Hat OpenShift cluster offerings, see the [comparison table](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-cs_ovopenshift_kubernetes).\n\n\n\n\n\n What compute host infrastructure does the service offer? \n\nYou can create clusters on Classic or IBM Cloud® Virtual Private Cloud infrastructure. You can also bring your own hosts by using Satellite.\n\nFor more information, see [Supported infrastructure providers](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-infrastructure_providers).\n\n\n\n\n\n Related resources \n\nReview how you can learn about Kubernetes concepts and the terminology.\n\n\n\n* Familiarize yourself with the product by completing the [Creating clusters tutorial](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-openshift_tutorial).\n* Learn how Kubernetes and Red Hat OpenShift on IBM Cloud work together by completing this [course](https://cognitiveclass.ai/courses/kubernetes-course).","score":19.638561},{"document_id":"ibmcld_11282-0-1290","text":"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  Cloud native development and application modernization by using Red Hat OpenShift on Power Systems Virtual Server \n\nCloud-native applications are the applications that are born in the cloud, which means that the applications use microservice-based architecture, containers, and a corresponding container orchestration platform. Red Hat® OpenShift® is enterprise Kubernetes platform enabling IT organizations to develop applications faster, deploy them reliably, and manage them efficiently.\n\nIn addition to developing new cloud-native applications, IT organizations are modernizing older, monolithic core business applications to support the faster delivery of new function to the business.\n\nFor information on application modernization on Power Systems, see [Field Guide to Application Modernization on IBM Power Systems](https://www.ibm.com/downloads/cas/D9POQ3YR).\n\nFor information on deploying Red Hat OpenShift on Power Systems Virtual Server and tutorials to explore the platform, see [Deploying Red Hat OpenShift Container Platform 4.x on IBM Power Systems Virtual Servers](https://developer.ibm.com/series/deploy-ocp-cloud-paks-power-virtual-server/?mhsrc=ibmsearch_a&mhq=%20Deploying%20Red%20Hat%20OpenShift%20Container%20Platform%20on%20Power%20Virtual%20Servers).\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","score":19.886282},{"document_id":"ibmcld_14682-7-2113","text":"\nVMware vCenter Server and Red Hat OpenShift architecture overview \n\nThe IBM Cloud® for VMware Solutions offering includes fully automated, rapid deployments of VMware® vCenter Server®. This offering complements the on-premises infrastructure and allows existing and future workloads to run on IBM Cloud without conversion by using the same tools, skills, and processes that are used on-premises. For more information, see [Virtualization for extending virtualized private cloud](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/architecture/architectures/virtualizationArchitecture).\n\nRed Hat® OpenShift® on IBM Cloud for VMware Solutions provides the capability to deploy a Red Hat OpenShift Cluster by using an automated deployment of the VMware Software Defined Data Center (SDDC) architecture. The Red Hat OpenShift Cluster on IBM Cloud components are deployed as virtual machines (VM) or appliances by using VMware NSX® software-defined networking.\n\nThis reference architecture is for Red Hat OpenShift clusters deployed on a vCenter Server instance. It provides the foundation for customers who are starting their application modernization journey to the IBM Cloud.\n\n\n\n* vCenter Server is an offering from IBM Cloud for VMware Solutions and is a VMware-based platform that is automatically provisioned on IBM Cloud.\n* Red Hat OpenShift is an application platform for developing and managing containerized applications, which are deployed onto virtualized infrastructure platforms, such as VMware.\n\n\n\nZoom\n\n![IBM Cloud for VMware Solutions and Red Hat OpenShift](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/5bdb37c0149145723c5437e8176651928565e722/vmwaresolutions/images/openshift-sddc.svg)\n\nFigure 1. IBM Cloud for VMware Solutions and OpenShift\n\n\n\n Application modernization on IBM Cloud \n\nApplication modernization is a term that describes the process of transitioning existing applications to use new approaches on the cloud. Customers today are seeking innovative, efficient approaches that help them make this transition based on business and application complexity.\n\nBusiness pressures demand faster time to market.","score":19.803474},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10154-17039-18368","text":"\nContainer-native virtualization You can set up [container-native virtualization add-on](https://docs.openshift.com/container-platform/4.11/virt/about-virt.html) on bare metal machines, but not on virtual machines. Container-native virtualization is not supported by IBM. If you experience issues, you are responsible for resolving the issues and any impact to your workloads. \n Serverless workloads You can set up [Red Hat OpenShift Serverless](https://www.redhat.com/en/topics/microservices/why-choose-openshift-serverless). You can also set up Red Hat OpenShift Serverless. \n Service mesh You can set up the [Red Hat OpenShift Service Mesh](https://docs.openshift.com/container-platform/4.11/service_mesh/v1x/installing-ossm.html). You can also set up the Red Hat OpenShift Service Mesh, but you must [apply a network policy](https://gist.githubusercontent.com/kitch/39c504a2ed9e381c2aadea436d5b52e4/raw/d8efa69f41d41425b16bb363a881a98d40d3708c/mesh-policy.yaml) for the service mesh ingress to work. \n API and CLI tools OpenShift Container Platform clusters are set up with access to Kubernetes and Red Hat OpenShift API resources. You can also install command line tools such as oc and odo. Red Hat OpenShift on IBM Cloud clusters come with the same capabilities to use the Kubernetes and Red Hat OpenShift API and CLI tools.","score":19.455345}],"34ac6bedd4b35167cc59e289893e206a<::>2":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_10154-7-1896","text":"\nBenefits and service offerings \n\n[Red Hat® OpenShift® on IBM Cloud®](https://www.ibm.com/products/openshift) is an IBM Cloud service, where IBM sets up and helps you manage a cluster of worker nodes that come installed with the OpenShift Container Platform container orchestration software.\n\nTo see a list of the cluster operators that are supported by default, you can run the oc get co command.\n\n\n\n Benefits of using the service \n\nWith Red Hat OpenShift on IBM Cloud, your developers have a fast and secure way to containerize and deploy enterprise workloads in Kubernetes clusters. Red Hat OpenShift clusters build on Kubernetes container orchestration that offers consistency and flexibility for your development lifecycle operations.\n\nYour Red Hat OpenShift workloads can scale across IBM’s global footprint of data centers and multizone regions. At the same time, you’re able to uniformly monitor, log, and secure apps. Because IBM manages the service, you can focus on innovating with high-value IBM Cloud services and middleware, such as AI and analytics. You also have access to Red Hat packaged open-source tools, including your favorite app runtimes, frameworks, databases, and more.\n\nReady to get started? Try out the [creating a Red Hat OpenShift on IBM Cloud cluster tutorial](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-openshift_tutorial).\n\nChoice of container platform provider\n: Deploy clusters with Red Hat OpenShift or community Kubernetes installed as the container platform orchestrator.\n: Choose the developer experience that fits your company, or run workloads across both Red Hat OpenShift or community Kubernetes clusters.\n: Built-in integrations from the IBM Cloud console to the Kubernetes dashboard or Red Hat OpenShift web console.\n: Single view and management experience of all your Red Hat OpenShift or community Kubernetes clusters from IBM Cloud.","score":25.84408},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10214-1438-3413","text":"\nRed Hat OpenShift on IBM Cloud is a managed Red Hat OpenShift offering that delivers powerful tools, an intuitive user experience, and built-in security for rapid delivery of apps that you can bind to cloud services that are related to IBM Watson®, AI, IoT, DevOps, security, and data analytics. As a certified Kubernetes provider, Red Hat OpenShift on IBM Cloud provides intelligent scheduling, self-healing, horizontal scaling, service discovery and load balancing, automated rollouts and rollbacks, and secret and configuration management. The service also has advanced capabilities around simplified cluster management, container security and isolation policies, the ability to design your own cluster, and integrated operational tools for consistency in deployment.\n\nFor a detailed overview of capabilities and benefits, see [Benefits of using the service](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-cs_ovbenefits).\n\n\n\n\n\n What container platforms are available for my cluster? \n\nWith IBM Cloud, you can create clusters for your containerized workloads from two different container management platforms: the IBM version of community Kubernetes and Red Hat OpenShift on IBM Cloud. The container platform that you select is installed on your cluster master and worker nodes. Later, you can [update the version](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-updateupdate) but can't roll back to a previous version or switch to a different container platform. If you want to use multiple container platforms, create a separate cluster for each.\n\nFor more information, see [Comparison between Red Hat OpenShift and community Kubernetes clusters](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-cs_ovopenshift_kubernetes).\n\nKubernetes\n: [Kubernetes](https://kubernetes.io/) is a production-grade, open source container orchestration platform that you can use to automate, scale, and manage your containerized apps that run on an Ubuntu operating system.","score":19.84981},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10495-9135-10569","text":"\n(https://cognitiveclass.ai/courses/docker-essentials)\n\n\n\n\n\n What is Red Hat OpenShift? \n\nRed Hat OpenShift is a Kubernetes container platform that provides a trusted environment to run enterprise workloads. It extends the Kubernetes platform with built-in software to enhance app lifecycle development, operations, and security. With Red Hat OpenShift, you can consistently deploy your workloads across hybrid cloud providers and environments. For more information about the differences between the community Kubernetes and Red Hat OpenShift cluster offerings, see the [comparison table](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-cs_ovopenshift_kubernetes).\n\n\n\n\n\n What compute host infrastructure does the service offer? \n\nYou can create clusters on Classic or IBM Cloud® Virtual Private Cloud infrastructure. You can also bring your own hosts by using Satellite.\n\nFor more information, see [Supported infrastructure providers](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-infrastructure_providers).\n\n\n\n\n\n Related resources \n\nReview how you can learn about Kubernetes concepts and the terminology.\n\n\n\n* Familiarize yourself with the product by completing the [Creating clusters tutorial](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-openshift_tutorial).\n* Learn how Kubernetes and Red Hat OpenShift on IBM Cloud work together by completing this [course](https://cognitiveclass.ai/courses/kubernetes-course).","score":21.959478},{"document_id":"ibmcld_11282-0-1290","text":"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  Cloud native development and application modernization by using Red Hat OpenShift on Power Systems Virtual Server \n\nCloud-native applications are the applications that are born in the cloud, which means that the applications use microservice-based architecture, containers, and a corresponding container orchestration platform. Red Hat® OpenShift® is enterprise Kubernetes platform enabling IT organizations to develop applications faster, deploy them reliably, and manage them efficiently.\n\nIn addition to developing new cloud-native applications, IT organizations are modernizing older, monolithic core business applications to support the faster delivery of new function to the business.\n\nFor information on application modernization on Power Systems, see [Field Guide to Application Modernization on IBM Power Systems](https://www.ibm.com/downloads/cas/D9POQ3YR).\n\nFor information on deploying Red Hat OpenShift on Power Systems Virtual Server and tutorials to explore the platform, see [Deploying Red Hat OpenShift Container Platform 4.x on IBM Power Systems Virtual Servers](https://developer.ibm.com/series/deploy-ocp-cloud-paks-power-virtual-server/?mhsrc=ibmsearch_a&mhq=%20Deploying%20Red%20Hat%20OpenShift%20Container%20Platform%20on%20Power%20Virtual%20Servers).\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","score":19.518335},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10175-7-1688","text":"\n4.13 version information and update actions \n\nReview information about version 4.13 of Red Hat OpenShift on IBM Cloud, released 14 June 2023. This version is based on Kubernetes version 1.26.\n\nLooking for general information about updating clusters, or information on a different version? See [Red Hat Red Hat OpenShift on IBM Cloud version information](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-openshift_versions) and the version [4.13 blog](https://www.redhat.com/en/blog/red-hat-openshift-413-now-available).\n\nZoom\n\n![This badge indicates Kubernetes version 1.26 certification for Red Hat OpenShift on IBM Cloud](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/bce0f0917a9eea684d1b4b704ac6343a1f65f446/openshift/images/certified-kubernetes-color.svg)\n\nFigure 1. Kubernetes version 1.26 certification badge\n\nRed Hat OpenShift on IBM Cloud is a Certified Kubernetes product for version 1.26 under the CNCF Kubernetes Software Conformance Certification program. Kubernetes® is a registered trademark of The Linux Foundation in the United States and other countries, and is used pursuant to a license from The Linux Foundation.\n\n\n\n Release timeline \n\nThe following table includes the expected release timeline for version 4.13. You can use this information for planning purposes, such as to estimate the general time that the version might become unsupported.\n\nDates that are marked with a dagger (†) are tentative and subject to change.\n\n\n\nRelease history for Red Hat OpenShift on IBM Cloud version 4.13.\n\n Supported? Red Hat OpenShift / Kubernetes version Release date Unsupported date \n\n Supported 4.13 / 1.26 14 June 2023 26 February 2025† \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Preparing to update","score":19.563715}],"34ac6bedd4b35167cc59e289893e206a<::>4":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_14112-7-1387","text":"\nGetting started with virtualization \n\nYou can use the virtualization solution to run multiple virtual machines in a single dedicated environment within IBM Cloud® Classic Infrastructure. Virtual machines that run on the IBM Cloud network can integrate with other physical and virtual devices on the network and can be managed through both the console and API. Running virtual machines on the IBM Cloud proprietary architecture and automated platform offers high levels of stability suitable for enterprise-level virtualization, and virtualization on a smaller scale.\n\n\n\nTable 1. Getting started with Virtualization\n\n Get started \n\n __ 1. For more information about virtualization options, see [Citrix XenServer](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/virtualization?topic=virtualization-what-is-citrix-xenserver-), [Hyper-V](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/virtualization?topic=virtualization-what-is-hyper-v-), [Virtuozzo](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/virtualization?topic=virtualization-what-is-virtuozzo-), and [VMware](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/vmware?topic=vmware-vmware-getting-started). \n __ 2. [Set up a hypervisor](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/virtualization?topic=virtualization-setting-up-a-hypervisor). [Setting up a virtual machine Network](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/virtualization?topic=virtualization-setting-up-a-virtual-machine-network) is an important part of this process. \n __ 3.","score":16.80913},{"document_id":"ibmcld_11282-0-1290","text":"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  Cloud native development and application modernization by using Red Hat OpenShift on Power Systems Virtual Server \n\nCloud-native applications are the applications that are born in the cloud, which means that the applications use microservice-based architecture, containers, and a corresponding container orchestration platform. Red Hat® OpenShift® is enterprise Kubernetes platform enabling IT organizations to develop applications faster, deploy them reliably, and manage them efficiently.\n\nIn addition to developing new cloud-native applications, IT organizations are modernizing older, monolithic core business applications to support the faster delivery of new function to the business.\n\nFor information on application modernization on Power Systems, see [Field Guide to Application Modernization on IBM Power Systems](https://www.ibm.com/downloads/cas/D9POQ3YR).\n\nFor information on deploying Red Hat OpenShift on Power Systems Virtual Server and tutorials to explore the platform, see [Deploying Red Hat OpenShift Container Platform 4.x on IBM Power Systems Virtual Servers](https://developer.ibm.com/series/deploy-ocp-cloud-paks-power-virtual-server/?mhsrc=ibmsearch_a&mhq=%20Deploying%20Red%20Hat%20OpenShift%20Container%20Platform%20on%20Power%20Virtual%20Servers).\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","score":19.345795},{"document_id":"ibmcld_14683-7-2001","text":"\nRed Hat OpenShift architecture \n\nThe IBM Cloud® for VMware Solutions offerings provide automation to deploy VMware® technology components in IBM Cloud data centers across the globe. The architecture consists of a single cloud region. It supports the ability to extend into more cloud regions that are located in another geography or into another IBM Cloud pod within the same data center.\n\nZoom\n\n![Red Hat OpenShift architecture](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/5bdb37c0149145723c5437e8176651928565e722/vmwaresolutions/images/openshift-components.svg)\n\nFigure 1. Red Hat OpenShift architecture\n\n\n\n Bastion hosts \n\nThe Management host is a Red Hat® Enterprise Linux® 8.0 virtual machine (VM). This VM hosts services to install and configure the Red Hat® OpenShift® instance and provides utilities to manage the Red Hat OpenShift environment. This host is normally deployed in the VXLAN Subnet.\n\n\n\n\n\n Bootstrap hosts \n\nThe bootstrap node is a Red Hat Enterprise Linux CoreOS (RHCOS), a new container-oriented operating system designed for running containers. The node is a temporary node that is used to start the installation.\n\n\n\n\n\n Control Plane hosts \n\nThe control plane hosts are Red Hat Enterprise Linux CoreOS (RHCOS), a new container-oriented operating system designed for running containers. The control plane nodes are known as the control plane, where Kubernetes services such as API server, etcd, and controller manager are defined. An NSX® load balancer is configured to spread load across these VMs for ports 6443 and 22623, exposing the api and api-int functions.\n\n\n\n\n\n Worker hosts \n\nThe worker hosts are Red Hat Enterprise Linux CoreOS (RHCOS), a new container-oriented operating system designed for running containers. The worker nodes are known as the data-plane, where the actual Kubernetes workloads are deployed. An NSX load balancer is configured to spread load across these VMs for ports 80 and 443, exposing the wildcard DNS and *.apps.\n\n\n\n\n\n Common services","score":18.771261},{"document_id":"ibmcld_14682-7-2113","text":"\nVMware vCenter Server and Red Hat OpenShift architecture overview \n\nThe IBM Cloud® for VMware Solutions offering includes fully automated, rapid deployments of VMware® vCenter Server®. This offering complements the on-premises infrastructure and allows existing and future workloads to run on IBM Cloud without conversion by using the same tools, skills, and processes that are used on-premises. For more information, see [Virtualization for extending virtualized private cloud](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/architecture/architectures/virtualizationArchitecture).\n\nRed Hat® OpenShift® on IBM Cloud for VMware Solutions provides the capability to deploy a Red Hat OpenShift Cluster by using an automated deployment of the VMware Software Defined Data Center (SDDC) architecture. The Red Hat OpenShift Cluster on IBM Cloud components are deployed as virtual machines (VM) or appliances by using VMware NSX® software-defined networking.\n\nThis reference architecture is for Red Hat OpenShift clusters deployed on a vCenter Server instance. It provides the foundation for customers who are starting their application modernization journey to the IBM Cloud.\n\n\n\n* vCenter Server is an offering from IBM Cloud for VMware Solutions and is a VMware-based platform that is automatically provisioned on IBM Cloud.\n* Red Hat OpenShift is an application platform for developing and managing containerized applications, which are deployed onto virtualized infrastructure platforms, such as VMware.\n\n\n\nZoom\n\n![IBM Cloud for VMware Solutions and Red Hat OpenShift](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/5bdb37c0149145723c5437e8176651928565e722/vmwaresolutions/images/openshift-sddc.svg)\n\nFigure 1. IBM Cloud for VMware Solutions and OpenShift\n\n\n\n Application modernization on IBM Cloud \n\nApplication modernization is a term that describes the process of transitioning existing applications to use new approaches on the cloud. Customers today are seeking innovative, efficient approaches that help them make this transition based on business and application complexity.\n\nBusiness pressures demand faster time to market.","score":18.78454},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03647-0-472","text":"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  Virtualization \n\nYou can use IBM Cloud® Virtualization to run multiple virtual machines in a single dedicated environment. Virtual machines that run on an IBM Cloud network can integrate with other physical and virtual devices that are on the network and are managed through both the IBM Cloud® console and API. For more information, see [Getting started with Virtualization](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/virtualization?topic=Virtualization-getting-started).\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","score":16.6293}],"34ac6bedd4b35167cc59e289893e206a<::>8":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_11629-15844-17657","text":"\nYou can now bring the disk online and initialize it.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Step 4: Installing your SAP landscape \n\n\n\n Downloading your SAP software \n\nYou need an SAP S-user ID and Download Authorization to download the DVDs. For more information about the SAP S-user ID, see [How to set up an S-user ID](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4wICiRTP8u0).\n\n\n\n1. Log in to the [SAP Support Portal](https://support.sap.com/en/index.html), click Download Software, and download the required DVDs to a local share drive.\n2. Transfer the files to your provisioned server.\n\n\n\nAnother option is to download the [SAP Software Download Manager](https://support.sap.com/en/my-support/software-downloads.htmlsection_995042677), install it on your target server, and directly download the DVD images to the server.\n\n\n\n\n\n Installing SAP software \n\nThis example is for downloading the applicable SAP NetWeaver software. You may or might not be using SAP Netweaver 7.5.\n\nAfter you download the installation media, follow the standard SAP installation procedure that is documented in the SAP installation guide for your SAP version and components, and the corresponding SAP Notes. For more information, see [SAP Installation Guide](https://help.sap.com/viewer/nwguidefinder?gf-task=Install%20a%20new%20system&gf-nwrelease=SAP%20NetWeaver%207.5) (search for the guides based on the Windows OS) and [SAP Notes](https://support.sap.com/en/index.html). SAP Notes requires an SAP S-user ID.\n\n\n\n1. Open the root folder of your SWPM-DVD or of your installation DVD as Administrator, and run sapinst. The Welcome to SAP Installation page is displayed.\n2. Select SAP NetWeaver 7.5 > IBM DB2 for Linux, Unix, and Windows > SAP Systems > Application Server ABAP.\n3. Open Distributed System and run ASCS Instance and Database Instance on the database server.\n4.","score":11.110712},{"document_id":"ibmcld_07009-7119-9298","text":"\ninstall.exe -i console\n\nThe screens are rendered in text and prompt you for the same information as the graphical installation.\n\nAfter you enter the command, a process runs in the background for several seconds before the console installation program is displayed.\n\n\n\n* To install the agent server silently, complete the following steps:\n\n\n\n* Change to the Agent/responseFiles directory.\n* Edit the DistributedFileSystemCrawler.properties template response file to provide information about your environment. To run the installation program, change to the agent directory, and then specify the name of the file that you edited.\n\nSee the following example:\n\ninstall.exe -i silent -f responseFiles/DistributedFileSystemCrawler.properties\n\n\n\nIf you copy a template file to another location to edit, specify the fully qualified path for the file when you run the installation program. If the response file path includes a space, enclose the path in double quotation marks (\"). See the following example:\n\ninstall.exe -i silent -f \"c:My DocumentsDistributedFileSystemCrawler.properties\"\n\n\n\n7. You must provide the following information during the installation process:\n\n\n\n* hostname: Enter or verify the fully-qualified hostname of the computer you are installing the agent server on.\n\nYou cannot specify an IPv6 address as the hostname of the server.\n* username: Enter the username of an account that can be used to authorize access to the agent server.\n\nIf the username does not exist, select the checkbox to create the account.\n\nTo crawl a domain in a secure collection, the username must be an existing domain user with administration privileges for the Windows system to be crawled. To specify a domain user, use the format <username>@<domain name>.\n* password: Provide the password that is associated with the username.\n\n\n\n8. Optional: If you want to change the default path and port settings, click Advanced Options.\n\n\n\n* You can change the paths for the installation directory and data directory.\n* The agent server uses three TCP/IP ports for authenticating connections to the server, transferring data between the file systems and Discovery, and monitoring the agent server.","score":11.088315},{"document_id":"ibmcld_14501-1523-3094","text":"\nDownloading Red Hat OpenShift 4.7 \n\nAccess the [Red Hat OpenShift Infrastructure Providers page](https://cloud.redhat.com/openshift/install/vsphere/user-provisioned).\n\n\n\n1. Download the installer.\n2. Download the Pull Secret.\n3. Download the Red Hat Enterprise Linux CoreOS (RHEL CoreOS) OVA image or download the OVA by using the following code. Replace 4.x and 4.x.3 with the current Red Hat OpenShift version, for example, 4.7. curl -O https://mirror.openshift.com/pub/openshift-v4/dependencies/rhcos/4.x/latest/rhcos-4.x.3-x86_64-vmware.x86_64.ova\n4. Download the command-line tools if you want to run the commands from a desktop or outside Bastion host.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Downloading RHEL 8.0 ISO \n\nDownload the ISO image for the bastion host.\n\n\n\n1. Go to the Red Hat [Product downloads](https://access.redhat.com/downloads) page.\n2. Click RHEL 8.x Release and select the 8.x version.\n3. Download the source ISO images.\n4. The ISO file name is rhel-8.x-x86_64-dvd.iso.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Collecting vCenter Server instance details \n\nAccess the IBM Cloud environment details.\n\n\n\n1. Log in to the [IBM Cloud for VMware Solutions console](https://cloud.ibm.com/vmware).\n2. Click the IBM Cloud for VMware Solutions instance under Deployed Instances.\n3. From the Summary page, collect the vCenter and Active Directory information.\n4. Click Infrastructure and select the cluster.\n5. Under Network Interfaces, collect the Public and Private VLANs.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Downloading and installing govc \n\nThe govc command is used to upload the OVF and ISO to a datastore from the jump-server or remote device.","score":24.101122},{"document_id":"ibmcld_14496-1559-3317","text":"\nFor more information about installing the Red Hat OpenShift user provider infrastructure, see [Installing a cluster on vSphere with user-provisioned infrastructure](https://docs.openshift.com/container-platform/4.7/installing/installing_vsphere/installing-vsphere.html).\n\n\n\n Creating the Red Hat OpenShift Installer yaml file \n\nUse the following table to document the parameters you need for your deployment. Examples are shown that match the deployment described in this document.\n\n\n\n* The SSH key can be copied after it is displayed by using the command: cat /root/.ssh/id_rsa.pub.\n* The pull secret collected from Red Hat®. For more information, see [Red Hat OpenShift infrastructure providers](https://cloud.redhat.com/openshift/install/vsphere/user-provisioned)(requires logging in to your Red Hat account).\n\n\n\n\n\nTable 1. File parameters for install-config.yaml\n\n Parameters Example Your deployment \n\n Base domain dallas.ibm.local \n Metadata name ocp \n vCenter Server IP address 10.208.17.2 \n Username administrator@vsphere.local \n Password s3cretPassw0rd \n vCenter Server instance data center datacenter1 \n vCenter Server instance datastore vsanDatastore \n Pull Secret \n Public SSH Key \n\n\n\nUsing the following install-config.yaml file shown in the figure, update it using your deployment details from the [previous table](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/vmwaresolutions?topic=vmwaresolutions-openshift-runbook-runbook-install-introopenshift-runbook-runbook-install-yaml-table):\n\n\n\n1. Update the base domain name.\n2. Update the metadata name with the Red Hat OpenShift cluster name.\n3. Provide the following vCenter Server information:\n\n\n\n* vCenter IP address\n* vCenter username and password\n* Datacenter name\n* Datastore name\n\n\n\n4. Paste the Pull Secret.\n5.","score":23.60876},{"document_id":"ibmcld_14496-7-1967","text":"\nRed Hat OpenShift 4.7 user provider infrastructure installation \n\nRed Hat® OpenShift® 4 introduced the following concepts:\n\n\n\n* Installer Provisioned Infrastructure (IPI) - For use on supported platforms, only AWS currently. The installer provisions the underlying infrastructure for the cluster and it configures the cluster.\n* User Provisioned Infrastructure (UPI) - For use on bare metal, vSphere, and other clouds that do not support IPI. The user is required to provision the infrastructure; compute, network, storage that the Red Hat OpenShift cluster is hosted on. The installer configures only the cluster.\n\n\n\nThese instructions use the Red Hat OpenShift installer in the UPI mode. Terraform is used to provision the seven VMs for the bootstrap, control-plane, and compute nodes. The following process is completed:\n\n\n\n1. A yaml file is created that is processed by the Red Hat OpenShift installer.\n2. The installer is run and creates a number of files, including the Ignition files. The Ignition files are used to configure the bootstrap, control-plane, and compute nodes at the first start.\n3. The Ignition file for the bootstrap node is copied to the NGINX default directory on the bastion node so that the bootstrap node can fetch it on the first start.\n4. The Ignition Terraform file is updated with the DNS server.\n5. The terraform.tfvars file is created to hold the variables for the Terraform installation.\n6. Terraform is run, which provisions the VMs. The VMs are started, configured, and the Red Hat OpenShift cluster is created.\n\n\n\nFor more information about installing the Red Hat OpenShift user provider infrastructure, see [Installing a cluster on vSphere with user-provisioned infrastructure](https://docs.openshift.com/container-platform/4.7/installing/installing_vsphere/installing-vsphere.html).\n\n\n\n Creating the Red Hat OpenShift Installer yaml file \n\nUse the following table to document the parameters you need for your deployment.","score":10.839789}],"d44c3196b3d832f85160b5b4fbee1332<::>1":[{"document_id":"0cd7752c7195da47-3-2029","text":"\n Simple, secure online access for the public\n | Login.gov\nSimple, secure online access for the public\n | Login.gov\n\n Skip to main content\n \n\n An official website of the United States government\n \n\n Here’s how you know\n \n\nHere’s how you know\n\nOfficial websites use .gov\n\n A .gov website belongs to an official government organization in the United States.\n \n\nSecure .gov websites use HTTPS\n\n A lock or https:// means you’ve safely connected to the .gov website. Share sensitive information only on official, secure websites.\n \n\n Login.gov \n|\n\n Developers.login.gov\n \n\nSearch\n\nSearch\n\nMenu\n\n Our services\n \n\n Roadmap\n \n\n Impact stories\n \n\n Security experience\n \n\n FAQ\n \n\nState and local\nGet started\n\n Business inquiries\n \n\nSearch\n\nSearch\n\nSimple, secure online access for the public\nLogin.gov adds the public’s one account for government to your agency.\n\nOur services\n\nAuthentication\nUsers create one account to access all your digital services with multi-factor authentication.\nLearn about authentication\n\nIdentity verification\nVerify the right person has access to the right information with secure identity verification.\nLearn about identity verification\n\nMultilingual user support\nComprehensive, multilingual support for your end-users 24 hours a day, seven days a week.\nLearn about user support\n\nRoadmap\n\nLearn more about our services and the planned direction of the program via the Login.gov Program Roadmap\n\nIs Login.gov right for you?\n\nUse our checklist to see if partnership is right for you:\n\nYou are part of a federal agency or a state, local, or territory government\nYou want to securely authenticate users to your application(s) and/or verify their identity\nYou want to protect your users’ accounts with strong multi-factor authentication (MFA)\nYou want to protect your users' privacy through encryption\nYour application(s) can integrate with the SAML or OpenID Connect (OIDC) web-based identity protocols\nYou are looking for a highly secure (FedRAMP Moderate) identity solution\n\nContact us to learn more\n\nWho we work with\n\nRead our impact stories\n\nSecurity and compliance","title":"\n Simple, secure online access for the public\n | Login.gov","score":12.227842},{"document_id":"a6faf25dd5f445d4-3127-4594","text":"\n Privacy & security\n | Login.gov\nWe aggregate the pages visited, web browser type and version, and the length of the session to help us improve the Login.gov experience.For example, if you experience an error and we know your web browser type and version, we can better identify how to fix your issue.\nYour stored account information is encrypted at two levels. Encryption translates your data into code that is only accessible by you, the Login.gov account holder. This means you are the only one who can view and make changes to your account information.\nThe Login.gov operators (that is, our contact help center) cannot view your information or make any changes.\n\nProtecting your information is our priority. You can read more detailed explanations about how Login.gov works, and our privacy act statement.\nBack to top\n\nPrivacy & security\n\n Our commitment to your privacy and security\n \n\n How does it work?\n \n\n Our privacy act statement\n \n\n Messaging terms and conditions\n \n\n Rules of use\n \n\nFor agencies\n\n Become a partner\n \n\n Developer guide\n \n\nLearn\n\n About us\n \n\n Accessibility statement\n \n\n Join us\n \n\n Privacy & security\n \n\nSupport\n\n Contact us\n \n\n Help center\n \n\nLogin.gov system status\n\nLogin.gov\n\n An official website of the General Services Administration\n\n About GSA\n \n\n Accessibility support\n \n\n FOIA requests\n \n\n No FEAR Act data\n \n\n Office of the Inspector General\n \n\n Performance reports\n \n\n Privacy policy\n \n\n Looking for U.S. government information and services?\n \n\n Visit USA.gov","title":"\n Privacy & security\n | Login.gov","score":11.993385},{"document_id":"0cd7752c7195da47-1523-3156","text":"\n Simple, secure online access for the public\n | Login.gov\nYou want to securely authenticate users to your application(s) and/or verify their identity\nYou want to protect your users’ accounts with strong multi-factor authentication (MFA)\nYou want to protect your users' privacy through encryption\nYour application(s) can integrate with the SAML or OpenID Connect (OIDC) web-based identity protocols\nYou are looking for a highly secure (FedRAMP Moderate) identity solution\n\nContact us to learn more\n\nWho we work with\n\nRead our impact stories\n\nSecurity and compliance\n\nLogin.gov works closely with NIST to stay current on the latest guidelines, recommendations, and best practices. Our goal is to remove the agency burden of compliance with these standards, so you can focus on your specific mission and those you serve.\n\nOur FedRAMP Moderate Authority to Operate (ATO) Login.gov has a FedRAMP Moderate ATO issued by the U.S. General Services Administration. Our SSP/Control Implementation Survey/Customer Responsibility Matrix is available through the FedRAMP marketplace.\n\nLearn more about our security experience\n\n Still have questions?\n \n\n Visit our FAQs\n \n\nAbout Login.gov\n\n Accessibility statement\n \n\n Privacy & security\n \n\n What is Login.gov?\n \n\nFor partners\n\n Developer guide\n \n\n Get started\n \n\n Security experience\n \n\nSupport\n\n Business inquiries\n \n\n FAQ\n \n\nLogin.gov system status\n\nLogin.gov\n\n An official website of the General Services Administration\n\n About GSA\n \n\n Accessibility support\n \n\n FOIA requests\n \n\n No FEAR Act data\n \n\n Office of the Inspector General\n \n\n Performance reports\n \n\n Privacy policy\n \n\n Looking for U.S. government information and services?\n \n\n Visit USA.gov","title":"\n Simple, secure online access for the public\n | Login.gov","score":12.171507},{"document_id":"28dcbe2167d54fa5-3-1959","text":"Federal Web Site Inventory | USDA\nFederal Web Site Inventory | USDA\n\n Skip to main content\n\nAn official website of the United States government\n\nHere’s how you know\n\n Official websites use .gov\n \n\n A .gov website belongs to an official government organization in the United States.\n \n\nSecure .gov websites use HTTPS\n\n A lock ( LockA locked padlock ) or https:// means you’ve safely connected to the .gov website. Share sensitive information only on official, secure websites.\n\n \n\nMenu\n\nU.S. Department of Agriculture\n\nMain navigation\n\nHome\n\nTopics\n\nTopics\n\nAnimals\n\nBiotechnology\n\nBroadband\n\nConservation\n\nCoronavirus\n\nData\n\nDisaster Resource Center\n\nFarming\n\nFood and Nutrition\n\nForestry\n\nHealth and Safety\n\nInvasive Species\n\nOpioids\n\nOrganic\n\nPlants\n\nRecreation\n\nResearch and Science\n\nRural\n\nTrade\n\nUrban Agriculture\n\nOur Agency\n\nOur Agency\n\nAbout USDA\n\nAgencies\n\nCareers\n\nEmployee Services\n\nFarm Bill\n\nFuture of Work\n\nInitiatives\n\nStaff Offices\n\nPriorities\n\nPriorities\n\nEquity at USDA\n\nClimate Solutions\n\nFood and Nutrition Security\n\nMore, New, and Better Market Opportunities\n\nMedia\n\nMedia\n\nAgency News Releases\n\nAgency Reports\n\nBlog\n\nDigital\n\nPress Releases\n\nRadio\n\nSearch usda.gov\n\nSearch\n\nUtility navigation\n\nGlossary\n\nAskUSDA\n\nRecalls\n\nContact Us\n\nAlternate Side Navigation\n\nAccessibility Statement\n\nAsk USDA\n\nContact Us\n\nFederal Web Site Inventory\n\nGlossary\n\nNon-Discrimination Statement\n\nOpen Government at USDA\n\nPlain Language Writing in USDA\n\nPolicies and Links\n\nPrivacy Policy\n\nFederal Web Site Inventory\n\nSection 207(f)(2) of the E-Government Act of 2002 requires each agency to:\n\nEstablish a process for determining which information will be made available on the Internet and by other means;\nDevelop priorities and schedules for making that information available;\nMake those priorities and schedules available for public comment;\nPost the priorities and schedules on the Web site; and\nReport the priorities in their annual report to OMB on implementing the E-Government Act.","title":"Federal Web Site Inventory | USDA","score":12.136865},{"document_id":"a618f0371eb48adf-2-1800","text":"Identity Theft and Online Security | Consumer Advice\nIdentity Theft and Online Security | Consumer Advice\n\nSkip to main content\n\nAn official website of the United States government\nHere’s how you know\n\nHere's how you know\n\nThe .gov means it’s official.\n\n Federal government websites often end in .gov or .mil. Before sharing sensitive information, make sure you’re on a federal government site.\n \n\nThe site is secure.\n\n The https:// ensures that you are connecting to the official website and that any information you provide is encrypted and transmitted securely.\n \n\nCFG: Translation Menu\n\nEspañol\n\nCFG: Secondary Menu\n\nReport Fraud\n\nRead Consumer Alerts\n\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nVisit ftc.gov\n\nMenu\n\nCFG: Main Menu Mega\n\nShow/hide Shopping and Donating menu items\n\nShopping and Donating\nMake smart shopping decisions, know your rights, and solve problems when you shop or donate to charity.\nView Shopping and Donating\n\nVideo\n\nTopics\n\nTopics\n\nShopping\n\nFor the Home\n\nHealth\n\nFunerals\n\nBuying and Owning a Car\n\nDonating to Charity\n\nConsumer Alerts\n\nSpot an ad on social for a low, low price on a brand name product? Think twice\n\nMay 13, 2024\n\nCristina Miranda\n\n Social media feeds are flooded with ads offering steep discounts on brand-name products, including luxury items. But are these offers real or a scam? When a low-priced “deal” pops into your socials, take a closer look before you buy. Here’s why.\n\nView all Consumer Alerts\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nShow/hide Credit, Loans, and Debt menu items\n\nCredit, Loans, and Debt\nLearn about getting and using credit, borrowing money, and managing debt.\nView Credit, Loans, and Debt\n\nVideo\n\nTopics\n\nTopics\n\nCredit and Debt\n\nLoans and Mortgages\n\nConsumer Alerts\n\nSkip the scams as you look for options to avoid foreclosure \n\nApril 23, 2024\n\nGema de las Heras \n\n Are you having a hard time paying your mortgage?","title":"Identity Theft and Online Security | Consumer Advice","score":12.1683445}],"d44c3196b3d832f85160b5b4fbee1332<::>3":[{"document_id":"d63ebad40e46f471-10669-12870","text":"Identity Theft Awareness - Privacy\nDo not be fooled by spam. We all enjoy finding a bargain, but do not be fooled by spam emails offering great deals or claiming they support good causes. If it seems too good to be true it probably is. Responding to or clicking on any link within an unsolicited email or pop-up box can put your personal information in jeopardy.\nGive your debit card a break. Be especially wary of using your debit card when shopping online. If an identity thief gets hold of your debit card information, he or she can drain your bank account or open new accounts in your name. If you have a credit card, use it instead. Credit cards typically provide added protection against fraudulent charges.\nBe cautious when downloading mobile applications. Mobile apps often take more data from you than they need, either for their own use or to sell to third parties. To prevent your information from getting into the wrong hands, only download applications from official app stores and check other users’ reviews, as well as the app’s privacy policies, before downloading.\nUse a variety of passwords. If you use the same password for all your online activities, and an identity thief uncovers it, he or she could have access to your bank, email, and other personal accounts. As you shop at different online retailers, choose a different password for each new account that you create. Also, avoid using your name or the names of family members in your password. Social media has made those passwords even easier to crack.\nIdentity Theft Prevention Tips for Traveling\nTraveling offers identity thieves plenty of opportunity to steal your information. Hotel rooms, airplanes and trains, public internet access – all can be problematic if you let your privacy guard down. The following are successful strategies for safeguarding your identity when away from home.\nClean out your wallet. Before you travel, plan to carry only the necessities for your trip and nothing extra. This way, if your wallet gets misplaced or stolen during your travels, you will have reduced the number of things that need to be replaced, as well as the amount of personal information that could be at risk.\nCopy and disperse copies of your identification.","title":"Identity Theft Awareness - Privacy","score":17.143106},{"document_id":"d63ebad40e46f471-1457-3601","text":"Identity Theft Awareness - Privacy\nHow to Report Identity TheftIdentity theft occurs when someone uses another person’s sensitive personal information, Personally Identifiable Information, or Protected Health Information to commit, aid or enable fraud.\nIt is essential to keep your sensitive personal information, Personally Identifiable Information, and Protected Health Information safe and secure.\n\nIf a Veteran believes their identity has been stolen, they should contact the Federal Trade Commission (FTC). \nReport identity theft to the FTC at IdentityTheft.gov\n\nIf a Veteran has concerns about their VA services being impacted by identity theft, they can call the toll-free VA Veteran Identity Theft Helpline.\nVA Veteran Identity Theft Helpline: 1-855-578-5492\nHours of Operation: Monday-Friday, 8:00 a.m. – 8:00 p.m., ET\nWhat is Identity Theft?In today’s digital world, you are more likely to have your identity stolen than your car. As a Veteran, you have more to protect than the average citizen. It is essential to keep your sensitive personal information, Personally Identifiable Information and Protected Health Information safe and secure.\nIdentity theft occurs when someone uses another person’s sensitive personal information, Personally Identifiable Information, or Protected Health Information to commit, aid or enable fraud.\nExamples include:\n\nName\nSocial Security number\nDate and place of birth\nMother’s maiden name\nTelephone number\nDriver’s license number\nCredit card number\nPhotograph\nFingerprints\nBiometric records\nEducation\nFinancial transactions\nMedical history\nCriminal or employment history\n\nHow Can I Tell if My Identity Has Been Stolen?The good news is that if you notice the clues early, there are several ways you can minimize the damage and rectify the situation. The more vigilant you are about looking for warning signs, the harder it will be for identity thieves to get what they want.\nCommon identity theft warning signs include:\n\nFinding unexplained charges on your credit card bill.\nReceiving a notification for an account you did not open.\nMissing or not receiving your normal bills or other mail.\nBeing denied credit for no apparent reason.","title":"Identity Theft Awareness - Privacy","score":17.789333},{"document_id":"83c70676a34f41b9-4529-6367","text":"Identity Theft | Consumer Advice\nDid you know that scammers send fake package shipment and delivery notifications to try to steal people's personal information — not just at the holidays, but all year long? Here's what you need to know to protect yourself from these scams.\n\nView all Consumer Alerts\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nScams\n\nSearch\n\nShow/hide Search menu items\n\nItems per page\n\n20\n50\n100\n\nFilters\n\nFulltext search\n\nCFG: Translation Menu\n\nEspañol\n\nCFG: Secondary Menu\n\nReport Fraud\n\nRead Consumer Alerts\n\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nVisit ftc.gov\n\nCFG: Main Navigation\n\nShopping and Donating\n\nShow/hide Shopping and Donating menu items\n\nShopping\n\nFor the Home\n\nHealth\n\nFunerals\n\nBuying and Owning a Car\n\nDonating to Charity\n\nCredit, Loans, and Debt\n\nShow/hide Credit, Loans, and Debt menu items\n\nCredit and Debt\n\nLoans and Mortgages\n\nJobs and Making Money\n\nShow/hide Jobs and Making Money menu items\n\nMoney-Making Opportunities and Investments\n\nJobs\n\nEducation and Training\n\nUnwanted Calls, Emails, and Texts\n\nShow/hide Unwanted Calls, Emails, and Texts menu items\n\nUnwanted Calls\n\nUnwanted Emails, Texts, and Mail\n\nIdentity Theft and Online Security\n\nShow/hide Identity Theft and Online Security menu items\n\nIdentity Theft\n\nOnline Privacy and Security\n\nProtecting Kids Online\n\nScams\n\nShow/hide Scams menu items\n\nGift Card Scams\n\nGovernment and Business Impersonators\n\nPhone Scams\n\nRomance Scams\n\nScams Against Immigrants\n\nScams Against Older Adults\n\nScams Against Small Businesses\n\nWire Transfer Scams\n\nItems per page\n\n20\n50\n100\n\nFilters\n\nFulltext search\n\nIdentity Theft\n\nBreadcrumb\n\nHome\n\nFeature Pages\n\nVea esta página en español\n\nRecovering from Identity Theft\nIs someone using your personal information to open accounts, file taxes, or make purchases? Visit IdentityTheft.gov, the federal government’s one-stop resource to help you report and recover from identity theft.","title":"Identity Theft | Consumer Advice","score":17.331348},{"document_id":"f81a8bb78e5bbc6f-5426-7600","text":"Fraud and scam answers | Consumer Financial Protection Bureau\nIdentity theft occurs when someone steals your identity to commit fraud.Stealing your identity could mean using personal information without your permission, such as your name, Social Security number, bank account information, or credit card number. The Federal Trade Commission offers information about preventing and responding to identify theft.\n\n Imposter scams\n \n\nImposter scammers try to convince you to send money by pretending to be someone you know or trust like a sheriff, local, state, or federal government employee, or charity organization. Remember, caller ID can be faked. You can always call the organization or government agency and ask if the person works for them before giving any money.\n\n Mail fraud\n \n\nMail fraud letters look real but the promises are fake. A common warning sign is a letter asking you to send money or personal information now to get something valuable after you send the money or information.\n\n Phishing\n \n\nIn phishing, a scammer impersonates a business or a person to trick you into giving out your personal information, such as passwords, credit card numbers, or bank account information. A scammer may use fraudulent emails, texts, or websites to steal this information from you. These emails can look authentic.\n\n Security freeze for prevention\n \n\nA security freeze prevents new creditors from accessing your credit file and others from opening accounts requiring a credit check in your name, until you lift the freeze.Because most businesses will not open credit accounts without checking your credit report, a freeze can stop identity thieves from opening new accounts in your name. Be mindful that a freeze doesn’t prevent identity thieves from taking over existing accounts. Read more.\n\n Spoofing\n \n\nSpoofing occurs when a caller disguises the information shown on your caller ID. This gives the caller the ability to disguise or \"spoof\" the name and/or number to appear as though they are calling as a certain person from a specific location.\n\n Wire or money transfer fraud\n \n\nSome scammers trick you into wiring or transferring money to steal from you. One common example of a wire transfer fraud is the “grandparent scam.”","title":"Fraud and scam answers | Consumer Financial Protection Bureau","score":23.749596},{"document_id":"1007f0c181b30bac-4529-6282","text":"Identity Theft | Consumer Advice\nDid you know that scammers send fake package shipment and delivery notifications to try to steal people's personal information — not just at the holidays, but all year long? Here's what you need to know to protect yourself from these scams.\n\nView all Consumer Alerts\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nScams\n\nSearch\n\nShow/hide Search menu items\n\nItems per page\n\n20\n50\n100\n\nFilters\n\nFulltext search\n\nCFG: Translation Menu\n\nEspañol\n\nCFG: Secondary Menu\n\nReport Fraud\n\nRead Consumer Alerts\n\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nVisit ftc.gov\n\nCFG: Main Navigation\n\nShopping and Donating\n\nShow/hide Shopping and Donating menu items\n\nShopping\n\nFor the Home\n\nHealth\n\nFunerals\n\nBuying and Owning a Car\n\nDonating to Charity\n\nCredit, Loans, and Debt\n\nShow/hide Credit, Loans, and Debt menu items\n\nCredit and Debt\n\nLoans and Mortgages\n\nJobs and Making Money\n\nShow/hide Jobs and Making Money menu items\n\nMoney-Making Opportunities and Investments\n\nJobs\n\nEducation and Training\n\nUnwanted Calls, Emails, and Texts\n\nShow/hide Unwanted Calls, Emails, and Texts menu items\n\nUnwanted Calls\n\nUnwanted Emails, Texts, and Mail\n\nIdentity Theft and Online Security\n\nShow/hide Identity Theft and Online Security menu items\n\nIdentity Theft\n\nOnline Privacy and Security\n\nProtecting Kids Online\n\nScams\n\nShow/hide Scams menu items\n\nGift Card Scams\n\nGovernment and Business Impersonators\n\nPhone Scams\n\nRomance Scams\n\nScams Against Immigrants\n\nScams Against Older Adults\n\nScams Against Small Businesses\n\nWire Transfer Scams\n\nItems per page\n\n20\n50\n100\n\nFilters\n\nFulltext search\n\nIdentity Theft\n\nHow to protect your personal information from identity theft.\n\nBreadcrumb\n\nHome\n\nIdentity Theft and Online Security\n\nVea esta página en español\n\nVea esta página en español\n\nHow To Protect Your Child From Identity Theft","title":"Identity Theft | Consumer Advice","score":16.875237}],"d44c3196b3d832f85160b5b4fbee1332<::>4":[{"document_id":"0144e4a408fe1c40-5440-7824","text":"Privacy Policy\nThe CPUC takes reasonable precautions to protect the personal information on individuals collected or maintained by the CPUC against loss, unauthorized access, use, modification, or disclosure. The CPUC has security measures in place to protect against loss, unauthorized access, use, modification, or disclosure of the information under its control. Information that is physically located within the CPUC is protected by various security measures which may include the following: on our Web sites, the CPUC uses encryption software to protect the security of individuals’ personal information during transmission of such information throughout the CPUC’s Web sites. Personal information is stored in secure locations. CPUC staff are trained on procedures for the management and release of personal information, and access to personal information is limited to those staff whose work requires it. Confidential information is destroyed according to the CPUC’s records retention schedules. The CPUC conducts periodic audits to ensure that proper information management policies and procedures are being followed.\nThe CPUC will perform a Privacy Threshold Assessment (PTA) and, if required, a Privacy Impact Assessment (PTI), for any systems that collect personal information data, to ensure that the CPUC is compliant with any applicable privacy laws, polices, regulations, and government or industry standards.\nUsers have the right to have their electronically collected personal information be deleted. A user may request that his/her electronically collected personal information be deleted by emailing the request to privacy@cpuc.ca.gov.\nThis policy is effective 01/04/2023 and shall be reviewed annually or as required. Please note that our Privacy Policy reflects current CPUC business practices and changes will be reflected on the website.\nIf you have further questions, comments, or complaints about the CPUC privacy policy or policy compliance, you may contact:\nCalifornia Public Utilities Commission\nATTN: Privacy Officer\n505 Van Ness\nSan Francisco, CA 94102\nprivacy@cpuc.ca.gov\n415-696-7400\nSee also \"Conditions of use\" for further information on how CPUC adheres to the Privacy Policies set out by the State of California.\n\n\r\n More in this Section\r\n \n\nConditions of Use\nAccessibility\nContact Us\n\nHow can we help?\n\nEmergency? Call 911\n\nFile a Complaint\n\nLate Bill Assistance","title":"Privacy Policy","score":15.365564},{"document_id":"d63ebad40e46f471-6954-9447","text":"Identity Theft Awareness - Privacy\nRegularly update anti-virus protection software on your computer. In addition, keep your computer system and browser up to date and set at the highest security level.\nDouble-check mailings. Always make sure that documents are not stuck together, and that the recipient’s information is correct before sending any Personally Identifiable Information.\nKeep your emails safe. Avoid sending any sensitive information via email. If you absolutely must use email to send personal data, consider purchasing encryption software. Encrypting emails is the only way to ensure that the information you are sending is received securely.\nUse social media responsibly. Assume that anything you post online can be accessed by anyone. An identity thief can use the information he or she learns about you on social media sites to answer “challenge” questions and potentially gain access to your personal accounts. Monitor your privacy settings and consider limiting access to your page to a small number of people.\nA Virtual Private Network for public networks. Consider purchasing and using a reputable Virtual Private Network or VPN software to use while online using public networks. Virtual Private Networks provide an additional layer of security for you and your information while using potentially unsafe internet connections.\nIdentity Theft Prevention Tips for Parents with Children \n\nWe live in the age of screens. Between online shopping and gaming, streaming video and music, and virtual schooling, today’s children are spending significant time on a smartphone or computer. Setting boundaries for online activities and teaching children how to protect sensitive information is necessary.\nChildren in Elementary School (Ages 5-10)\nStart the conversation.  Ask questions to establish your child’s understanding of computers, the capabilities of the Internet, and what is considered personal information. Fill in any gaps in understanding that they have. Emphasize that they should never give out any information online – just as you would tell them not to talk to strangers).\nEstablish the rules. Pick a list of appropriate websites, games, and other programs. Use parental controls to limit access and block inappropriate sites.\nMonitor their playtime. Keep a close eye on what programs your child is using to ensure they are not providing any personal information. Avoid sharing your passwords with your children to maintain control over what they can access and prevent accidental online purchases.","title":"Identity Theft Awareness - Privacy","score":16.114872},{"document_id":"d63ebad40e46f471-5080-7474","text":"Identity Theft Awareness - Privacy\nVA offers extra training, information sessions, and events designed to raise awareness of information protection responsibilities and best practices.\nCredit MonitoringIf an incident ever occurs involving VA information, the Department offers free credit monitoring to Veterans and beneficiaries whose data is considered at risk after internal review. Credit monitoring detects if any unusual or unauthorized activity is taking place.\n\nIdentity Theft Prevention TipsGeneral Identity Theft Prevention Tips\nUse strong passwords. Create passwords that employ a combination of uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers, and symbols. Avoid obvious passwords—never use your birth date, mother’s maiden name, or the last four digits of your Social Security number.\nLock up your records. Keep any financial documents and records containing your sensitive information in a secure place in your home or office. Try to avoid carrying around items that contain your personal information. For digital records, consider the use of encrypted storage drives or password-protected files.\nShred sensitive documents. Tear, cut up, or shred sensitive materials, such as old records, files, bills, prescription labels, or expired credit cards before disposing of them. Once information leaves your hands, there is no way of knowing who may get their hands on it.\nSecure your wireless network. Like public or shared computers, unprotected wireless networks can put sensitive information in jeopardy. Make sure your wireless network at home is protected with a strong password, the default administrator username has been changed, and turn on Wireless Network Encryption if available.\nLock your computer. If you are using a computer at your office or in a public place, make sure to lock it before you walk away to safeguard any personal information stored on the computer.\nProtect against viruses. Regularly update anti-virus protection software on your computer. In addition, keep your computer system and browser up to date and set at the highest security level.\nDouble-check mailings. Always make sure that documents are not stuck together, and that the recipient’s information is correct before sending any Personally Identifiable Information.\nKeep your emails safe. Avoid sending any sensitive information via email. If you absolutely must use email to send personal data, consider purchasing encryption software.","title":"Identity Theft Awareness - Privacy","score":16.725456},{"document_id":"2ed341e090b0fee1-5453-7562","text":"Privacy Policy | CAL FIRE\nCAL FIRE uses Secure Socket Layer (SSL) encryption software to protect the security of individuals' personal information during transmission of such information through CAL FIRE's Web sites. Such personal information is stored by CAL FIRE in secure locations. CAL FIRE's staff is trained on procedures for the management of personal information, including limitations on the release of information. Access to personal information is limited to those members of CAL FIRE's staff whose work requires such access. Confidential information is destroyed according to CAL FIRE's records retention schedule. CAL FIRE conducts periodic reviews to ensure that proper information management policies and procedures are understood and followed.\nThe user has the right to have any electronically collected personal information deleted by the state entity, without reuse or distribution.\n\nIn general, CAL FIRE encourages all individuals to use appropriate safeguards to secure their computers and the information on those computers.\nCAL FIRE will provide additional explanations of this privacy policy, if requested. If any individuals have any further questions about CAL FIRE's privacy policy, they are encouraged to contact CAL FIRE's Privacy Protection Office.\n  \n\nCAL FIRE's Privacy Protection Office\n\nprivacy.protection@fire.ca.gov\r\n 916-653-5123\n\nQuick Links\n\nCurrent Incidents\n\n2024 Incidents\n\nDefensible Space\n\nExecutive Staff\n\nResources\n\nStatistics\n\nSubscribe to Newsletter\n\n2024 Strategic Plan\n\nPrograms\n\nBoard of Forestry and Fire Protection\n\nCommunications\n\nEqual Employment Opportunity\n\nFire and Resource Assessment Program\n\nFire Protection\n\nNatural Resource Management\n\nOffice of the State Fire Marshal\n\nProfessional Standards Program\n\nGrants\n\nBusiness and Workforce Development\n\nCalifornia Forest Improvement Program\n\nForest Health\n\nForest Legacy\n\nUrban and Community Forestry\n\nWildfire Prevention\n\nTribal Wildfire Resilience\n\nWildfire Resilience\n\nBack to Top\nAccessibility\nLanguage Access\nConditions of Use\nPrivacy Policy\nSite Map\nGlossary of Terms\n\n\r\n Copyright © 2024 State of California\r\n \n\nBack to top","title":"Privacy Policy | CAL FIRE","score":14.753743},{"document_id":"e7938c21a9f53428-8809-11226","text":"Privacy Policy - CDT\nCollection of this information is required to deliver the specific services, but use of these services is voluntary.\nHow the Department of Technology protects your information. The Department, as developer and manager of this web site, has taken several steps to safeguard the integrity of its telecommunications and computing infrastructure, including but not limited to authentication, monitoring, auditing. Security measures have been integrated into the design, implementation, and day-to-day practices of the entire State operating environment as part of its continuing commitment to risk management. This information should not be construed in any way as giving business, legal, or other advice, or warranting as fail proof, the security of information provided via the Department’s supported web site. The technical standards governing security are enforced by the Department of Finance.\n\nIf you do nothing during your visit to the web site but browse or download information, we automatically collect and store the following information about your visit:\n\nA partial Internet Protocol address and domain name is collected, but not the e-mail address. The partial Internet Protocol address is used to direct Internet traffic to you without identifying you individually and generate statistics used in the management of this web site;\nThe type of browser and operating system you used;\nThe date and time you visited this web site;\nThe web pages or services you accessed at this web site;\nThe web site you visited prior to coming to this web site;\nThe web site you visit as you leave this web site, and;\nIf you downloaded a form, the form that was downloaded.;\n\nThe information we automatically collect or store is used to improve the content of our web services and to help us understand how people are using our services. This information does not identify you personally and is used for gathering web site statistics. The information we automatically collect and store in our logs about your visit helps us to analyze our web site to continually improve the value of the materials available. Our web site logs do not identify a visitor by personal information, and we make no attempt to link other web sites with the individuals that browse the Department’s web site. Individuals have the right to have any electronically collected personal information deleted by the Department, without reuse or distribution.","title":"Privacy Policy - CDT","score":15.022639}],"d44c3196b3d832f85160b5b4fbee1332<::>6":[{"document_id":"d63ebad40e46f471-5080-7474","text":"Identity Theft Awareness - Privacy\nVA offers extra training, information sessions, and events designed to raise awareness of information protection responsibilities and best practices.\nCredit MonitoringIf an incident ever occurs involving VA information, the Department offers free credit monitoring to Veterans and beneficiaries whose data is considered at risk after internal review. Credit monitoring detects if any unusual or unauthorized activity is taking place.\n\nIdentity Theft Prevention TipsGeneral Identity Theft Prevention Tips\nUse strong passwords. Create passwords that employ a combination of uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers, and symbols. Avoid obvious passwords—never use your birth date, mother’s maiden name, or the last four digits of your Social Security number.\nLock up your records. Keep any financial documents and records containing your sensitive information in a secure place in your home or office. Try to avoid carrying around items that contain your personal information. For digital records, consider the use of encrypted storage drives or password-protected files.\nShred sensitive documents. Tear, cut up, or shred sensitive materials, such as old records, files, bills, prescription labels, or expired credit cards before disposing of them. Once information leaves your hands, there is no way of knowing who may get their hands on it.\nSecure your wireless network. Like public or shared computers, unprotected wireless networks can put sensitive information in jeopardy. Make sure your wireless network at home is protected with a strong password, the default administrator username has been changed, and turn on Wireless Network Encryption if available.\nLock your computer. If you are using a computer at your office or in a public place, make sure to lock it before you walk away to safeguard any personal information stored on the computer.\nProtect against viruses. Regularly update anti-virus protection software on your computer. In addition, keep your computer system and browser up to date and set at the highest security level.\nDouble-check mailings. Always make sure that documents are not stuck together, and that the recipient’s information is correct before sending any Personally Identifiable Information.\nKeep your emails safe. Avoid sending any sensitive information via email. If you absolutely must use email to send personal data, consider purchasing encryption software.","title":"Identity Theft Awareness - Privacy","score":12.89981},{"document_id":"e7938c21a9f53428-8809-11226","text":"Privacy Policy - CDT\nCollection of this information is required to deliver the specific services, but use of these services is voluntary.\nHow the Department of Technology protects your information. The Department, as developer and manager of this web site, has taken several steps to safeguard the integrity of its telecommunications and computing infrastructure, including but not limited to authentication, monitoring, auditing. Security measures have been integrated into the design, implementation, and day-to-day practices of the entire State operating environment as part of its continuing commitment to risk management. This information should not be construed in any way as giving business, legal, or other advice, or warranting as fail proof, the security of information provided via the Department’s supported web site. The technical standards governing security are enforced by the Department of Finance.\n\nIf you do nothing during your visit to the web site but browse or download information, we automatically collect and store the following information about your visit:\n\nA partial Internet Protocol address and domain name is collected, but not the e-mail address. The partial Internet Protocol address is used to direct Internet traffic to you without identifying you individually and generate statistics used in the management of this web site;\nThe type of browser and operating system you used;\nThe date and time you visited this web site;\nThe web pages or services you accessed at this web site;\nThe web site you visited prior to coming to this web site;\nThe web site you visit as you leave this web site, and;\nIf you downloaded a form, the form that was downloaded.;\n\nThe information we automatically collect or store is used to improve the content of our web services and to help us understand how people are using our services. This information does not identify you personally and is used for gathering web site statistics. The information we automatically collect and store in our logs about your visit helps us to analyze our web site to continually improve the value of the materials available. Our web site logs do not identify a visitor by personal information, and we make no attempt to link other web sites with the individuals that browse the Department’s web site. Individuals have the right to have any electronically collected personal information deleted by the Department, without reuse or distribution.","title":"Privacy Policy - CDT","score":11.267049},{"document_id":"0144e4a408fe1c40-5440-7824","text":"Privacy Policy\nThe CPUC takes reasonable precautions to protect the personal information on individuals collected or maintained by the CPUC against loss, unauthorized access, use, modification, or disclosure. The CPUC has security measures in place to protect against loss, unauthorized access, use, modification, or disclosure of the information under its control. Information that is physically located within the CPUC is protected by various security measures which may include the following: on our Web sites, the CPUC uses encryption software to protect the security of individuals’ personal information during transmission of such information throughout the CPUC’s Web sites. Personal information is stored in secure locations. CPUC staff are trained on procedures for the management and release of personal information, and access to personal information is limited to those staff whose work requires it. Confidential information is destroyed according to the CPUC’s records retention schedules. The CPUC conducts periodic audits to ensure that proper information management policies and procedures are being followed.\nThe CPUC will perform a Privacy Threshold Assessment (PTA) and, if required, a Privacy Impact Assessment (PTI), for any systems that collect personal information data, to ensure that the CPUC is compliant with any applicable privacy laws, polices, regulations, and government or industry standards.\nUsers have the right to have their electronically collected personal information be deleted. A user may request that his/her electronically collected personal information be deleted by emailing the request to privacy@cpuc.ca.gov.\nThis policy is effective 01/04/2023 and shall be reviewed annually or as required. Please note that our Privacy Policy reflects current CPUC business practices and changes will be reflected on the website.\nIf you have further questions, comments, or complaints about the CPUC privacy policy or policy compliance, you may contact:\nCalifornia Public Utilities Commission\nATTN: Privacy Officer\n505 Van Ness\nSan Francisco, CA 94102\nprivacy@cpuc.ca.gov\n415-696-7400\nSee also \"Conditions of use\" for further information on how CPUC adheres to the Privacy Policies set out by the State of California.\n\n\r\n More in this Section\r\n \n\nConditions of Use\nAccessibility\nContact Us\n\nHow can we help?\n\nEmergency? Call 911\n\nFile a Complaint\n\nLate Bill Assistance","title":"Privacy Policy","score":11.0201235},{"document_id":"350aeccb67f9ff3d-3492-4906","text":"FEMA: FEMA Privacy Policy\nEvidence of such acts may be disclosed to law enforcement authorities and result in criminal prosecution under the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act of 1986 and the National Information Infrastructure Protection Act of 1996 (Pub. L. 104-294), (18 U.S.C. 1030), or other applicable criminal laws.\n\nFor site security purposes and to ensure that this service remains available to all users, this government computer system employs software programs to monitor host and network traffic to identify unauthorized attempts to upload or change information, or otherwise cause damage.\n Except for authorized law enforcement investigations, no other attempts are made to identify individual users or their usage habits. Raw data logs are used for no other purposes and are scheduled for regular destruction in accordance with National Archives and Records Administration guidelines. \nUnauthorized attempts to upload information or change information on this service are strictly prohibited and may be punishable under the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act of 1986 and the National Information Infrastructure Protection Act.\"\n\nLast Modified: Wednesday, 05-Apr-2006 18:22:33 EDT\n\nReferences\n\nFEMA Online Disaster Assistance Registration Privacy Policy\n\nHome\nContact Us\nPrivacy Policy\nImportant Notices\nFOIA\nNo FEAR Act Data\nUSA.gov\nDHS\n\nFEMA 500 C Street SW, Washington, D.C. 20472Disaster Assistance: (800) 621-FEMA, TTY (800) 462-7585","title":"FEMA: FEMA Privacy Policy","score":12.406785},{"document_id":"d63ebad40e46f471-6954-9447","text":"Identity Theft Awareness - Privacy\nRegularly update anti-virus protection software on your computer. In addition, keep your computer system and browser up to date and set at the highest security level.\nDouble-check mailings. Always make sure that documents are not stuck together, and that the recipient’s information is correct before sending any Personally Identifiable Information.\nKeep your emails safe. Avoid sending any sensitive information via email. If you absolutely must use email to send personal data, consider purchasing encryption software. Encrypting emails is the only way to ensure that the information you are sending is received securely.\nUse social media responsibly. Assume that anything you post online can be accessed by anyone. An identity thief can use the information he or she learns about you on social media sites to answer “challenge” questions and potentially gain access to your personal accounts. Monitor your privacy settings and consider limiting access to your page to a small number of people.\nA Virtual Private Network for public networks. Consider purchasing and using a reputable Virtual Private Network or VPN software to use while online using public networks. Virtual Private Networks provide an additional layer of security for you and your information while using potentially unsafe internet connections.\nIdentity Theft Prevention Tips for Parents with Children \n\nWe live in the age of screens. Between online shopping and gaming, streaming video and music, and virtual schooling, today’s children are spending significant time on a smartphone or computer. Setting boundaries for online activities and teaching children how to protect sensitive information is necessary.\nChildren in Elementary School (Ages 5-10)\nStart the conversation.  Ask questions to establish your child’s understanding of computers, the capabilities of the Internet, and what is considered personal information. Fill in any gaps in understanding that they have. Emphasize that they should never give out any information online – just as you would tell them not to talk to strangers).\nEstablish the rules. Pick a list of appropriate websites, games, and other programs. Use parental controls to limit access and block inappropriate sites.\nMonitor their playtime. Keep a close eye on what programs your child is using to ensure they are not providing any personal information. Avoid sharing your passwords with your children to maintain control over what they can access and prevent accidental online purchases.","title":"Identity Theft Awareness - Privacy","score":12.8247}],"33431330abb38298cc79b96b2f4fde2a<::>1":[{"document_id":"804622010_16515-16825-0-310","text":"Byzantine Empire\nAfter the fall of Attila , the Eastern Empire enjoyed a period of peace , while the Western Empire deteriorated due to continuing migration and expansion by the Germanic nations ( its end is usually dated in 476 when the Germanic Roman general Odoacer deposed the usurper Western Emperor Romulus Augustulus ) .","title":"Byzantine Empire","score":16.442354},{"document_id":"804622010_2184-3139-0-924","text":"Byzantine Empire\nThe Byzantine Empire , also referred to as the Eastern Roman Empire , was the continuation of the Roman Empire in the East during Late Antiquity and the Middle Ages , when its capital city was Constantinople ( modern - day Istanbul , which had been founded as Byzantium ) . It survived the fragmentation and fall of the Western Roman Empire in the 5th century AD and continued to exist for an additional thousand years until it fell to the Ottoman Turks in 1453 . During most of its existence , the empire was the most powerful economic , cultural , and military force in Europe . Both `` Byzantine Empire '' and `` Eastern Roman Empire '' are historiographical terms created after the end of the realm ; its citizens continued to refer to their empire as the Roman Empire ( Greek : Βασιλεία τῶν Ῥωμαίων , tr . Basileia tôn Rhōmaiōn ; Latin : Imperium Romanum ) , or Romania ( Ῥωμανία ) , and to themselves as `` Romans '' .","title":"Byzantine Empire","score":18.047026},{"document_id":"804622010_3140-4022-0-882","text":"Byzantine Empire\nSeveral signal events from the 4th to 6th centuries mark the period of transition during which the Roman Empire 's Greek East and Latin West divided . Constantine I ( r . 324 -- 337 ) reorganised the empire , made Constantinople the new capital , and legalised Christianity . Under Theodosius I ( r . 379 -- 395 ) , Christianity became the Empire 's official state religion and other religious practices were proscribed . Finally , under the reign of Heraclius ( r . 610 -- 641 ) , the Empire 's military and administration were restructured and adopted Greek for official use instead of Latin . Thus , although the Roman state continued and Roman state traditions were maintained , modern historians distinguish Byzantium from ancient Rome insofar as it was centred on Constantinople , oriented towards Greek rather than Latin culture , and characterised by Orthodox Christianity .","title":"Byzantine Empire","score":16.885164},{"document_id":"838470752_130392-130709-0-317","text":"Eastern Orthodox Church\nIn 1453 , the Byzantine Empire fell to the Ottoman Empire . By this time Egypt had been under Muslim control for some seven centuries , but Orthodoxy was very strong in Russia which had recently acquired an autocephalous status ; and thus Moscow called itself the Third Rome , as the cultural heir of Constantinople .","title":"Eastern Orthodox Church","score":16.804663},{"document_id":"798355964_3537-4249-0-712","text":"Byzantine law\nThere is no definitively established date for when the so - called Byzantine period of Roman history begins . During the 4th , 5th , and 6th centuries the Empire was split and united administratively more than once . But it was during this period that Constantinople was first established and the East gained its own identity administratively ; thus , it is often considered the early Byzantine period . Despite this , though , the legal developments during this period are typically considered part of Roman Law , as opposed to Byzantine Law , in part because legal documents during this period were still written in Latin . These developments , nevertheless , were key steps in the formation of Byzantine Law .","title":"Byzantine law","score":16.041653}],"33431330abb38298cc79b96b2f4fde2a<::>3":[{"document_id":"798355964_3537-4249-0-712","text":"Byzantine law\nThere is no definitively established date for when the so - called Byzantine period of Roman history begins . During the 4th , 5th , and 6th centuries the Empire was split and united administratively more than once . But it was during this period that Constantinople was first established and the East gained its own identity administratively ; thus , it is often considered the early Byzantine period . Despite this , though , the legal developments during this period are typically considered part of Roman Law , as opposed to Byzantine Law , in part because legal documents during this period were still written in Latin . These developments , nevertheless , were key steps in the formation of Byzantine Law .","title":"Byzantine law","score":15.822015},{"document_id":"804622010_13341-13946-0-605","text":"Byzantine Empire\nIn 330 , Constantine moved the seat of the Empire to Constantinople , which he founded as a second Rome on the site of Byzantium , a city strategically located on the trade routes between Europe and Asia and between the Mediterranean and the Black Sea . Constantine introduced important changes into the Empire 's military , monetary , civil and religious institutions . As regards his economic policies in particular , he has been accused by certain scholars of `` reckless fiscality '' , but the gold solidus he introduced became a stable currency that transformed the economy and promoted development .","title":"Byzantine Empire","score":17.84806},{"document_id":"804622010_2184-3139-0-924","text":"Byzantine Empire\nThe Byzantine Empire , also referred to as the Eastern Roman Empire , was the continuation of the Roman Empire in the East during Late Antiquity and the Middle Ages , when its capital city was Constantinople ( modern - day Istanbul , which had been founded as Byzantium ) . It survived the fragmentation and fall of the Western Roman Empire in the 5th century AD and continued to exist for an additional thousand years until it fell to the Ottoman Turks in 1453 . During most of its existence , the empire was the most powerful economic , cultural , and military force in Europe . Both `` Byzantine Empire '' and `` Eastern Roman Empire '' are historiographical terms created after the end of the realm ; its citizens continued to refer to their empire as the Roman Empire ( Greek : Βασιλεία τῶν Ῥωμαίων , tr . Basileia tôn Rhōmaiōn ; Latin : Imperium Romanum ) , or Romania ( Ῥωμανία ) , and to themselves as `` Romans '' .","title":"Byzantine Empire","score":16.353104},{"document_id":"804622010_5177-5928-0-751","text":"Byzantine Empire\nThe Empire recovered again during the Komnenian restoration , such that by the 12th century Constantinople was the largest and wealthiest European city . However , it was delivered a mortal blow during the Fourth Crusade , when Constantinople was sacked in 1204 and the territories that the Empire formerly governed were divided into competing Byzantine Greek and Latin realms . Despite the eventual recovery of Constantinople in 1261 , the Byzantine Empire remained only one of several small rival states in the area for the final two centuries of its existence . Its remaining territories were progressively annexed by the Ottomans over the 15th century . The Fall of Constantinople to the Ottoman Empire in 1453 finally ended the Byzantine Empire .","title":"Byzantine Empire","score":15.771198},{"document_id":"804622010_3140-4022-0-882","text":"Byzantine Empire\nSeveral signal events from the 4th to 6th centuries mark the period of transition during which the Roman Empire 's Greek East and Latin West divided . Constantine I ( r . 324 -- 337 ) reorganised the empire , made Constantinople the new capital , and legalised Christianity . Under Theodosius I ( r . 379 -- 395 ) , Christianity became the Empire 's official state religion and other religious practices were proscribed . Finally , under the reign of Heraclius ( r . 610 -- 641 ) , the Empire 's military and administration were restructured and adopted Greek for official use instead of Latin . Thus , although the Roman state continued and Roman state traditions were maintained , modern historians distinguish Byzantium from ancient Rome insofar as it was centred on Constantinople , oriented towards Greek rather than Latin culture , and characterised by Orthodox Christianity .","title":"Byzantine Empire","score":16.885164}],"33431330abb38298cc79b96b2f4fde2a<::>5":[{"document_id":"847466362_38556-39638-0-1082","text":"Julian calendar\nOnly rarely did the Romans number the year from the founding of the city ( of Rome ) , ab urbe condita ( AUC ) . This method was used by Roman historians to determine the number of years from one event to another , not to date a year . Different historians had several different dates for the founding . The Fasti Capitolini , an inscription containing an official list of the consuls which was published by Augustus , used an epoch of 752 BC . The epoch used by Varro , 753 BC , has been adopted by modern historians . Indeed , Renaissance editors often added it to the manuscripts that they published , giving the false impression that the Romans numbered their years . Most modern historians tacitly assume that it began on the day the consuls took office , and ancient documents such as the Fasti Capitolini which use other AUC systems do so in the same way . However , Censorinus , writing in the 3rd century AD , states that , in his time , the AUC year began with the Parilia , celebrated on 21 April , which was regarded as the actual anniversary of the foundation of Rome .","title":"Julian calendar","score":20.851564},{"document_id":"804622010_13341-13946-0-605","text":"Byzantine Empire\nIn 330 , Constantine moved the seat of the Empire to Constantinople , which he founded as a second Rome on the site of Byzantium , a city strategically located on the trade routes between Europe and Asia and between the Mediterranean and the Black Sea . Constantine introduced important changes into the Empire 's military , monetary , civil and religious institutions . As regards his economic policies in particular , he has been accused by certain scholars of `` reckless fiscality '' , but the gold solidus he introduced became a stable currency that transformed the economy and promoted development .","title":"Byzantine Empire","score":18.812452},{"document_id":"818823851_2906-3702-0-796","text":"Repatriation (cultural heritage)\nAccording to Roman myth , Rome was founded by Romulus , the first victor to dedicate spoils taken from an enemy ruler to the Temple of Jupiter Feretrius . In Rome 's many subsequent wars , blood - stained armor and weaponry were gathered and placed in temples as a symbol of respect toward the enemies ' deities and as a way to win their patronage . As Roman power spread throughout Italy where Greek cities once reigned , Greek art was looted and ostentatiously displayed in Rome as a triumphal symbol of foreign territories brought under Roman rule . However , the triumphal procession of Marcus Claudius Marcellus after the fall of Syracuse in 211 is believed to have set a standard of reverence to conquered sanctuaries as it engendered disapproval by critics and a negative social reaction .","title":"Repatriation (cultural heritage)","score":20.580385},{"document_id":"804622010_178-2183-0-1967","text":"Byzantine Empire\nByzantine Empire Βασιλεία Ῥωμαίων Basileía Rhōmaíōn Imperium Romanum c. 330 -- 1453 Tremissis with the image of Justinian the Great ( r . 527 -- 565 ) ( see Byzantine insignia ) The Empire at its greatest extent in AD 555 under Justinian the Great ( its vassals in pink ) Capital Constantinople Languages Latin ( official until 610 ) Greek ( official after 610 ) Religion Christianity ( Eastern Orthodox ) ( tolerated after the Edict of Milan in 313 ; state religion after 380 ) Government Autocratic monarchy Notable emperors c. 330 -- 337 Constantine I 457 -- 474 Leo I 527 -- 565 Justinian I 610 -- 641 Heraclius 976 -- 1025 Basil II 1081 -- 1118 Alexius I 1259 -- 1282 Michael VIII 1449 -- 1453 Constantine XI Historical era Late Antiquity to Late Middle Ages Partition of the Roman Empire 285 Founding of Constantinople 330 Death of Theodosius I 395 Nominal end of the Western Roman Empire 476 Fourth Crusade - establishment of Latin Empire 1204 Reconquest of Constantinople by Palaiologos 1261 Fall of Constantinople 29 May 1453 Fall of Trebizond 15 August 1461 Fall of Principality of Theodoro December 1475 Population 565 AD est . 26,000,000 780 AD est . 7,000,000 1025 AD est . 12,000,000 Currency Solidus , Hyperpyron and Follis Preceded by Succeeded by Roman Empire Ottoman Empire a . ^ Βασιλεία Ῥωμαίων may be transliterated in Latin as Basileia Rhōmaiōn , meaning Roman Empire . b . ^ Between 1204 and 1261 there was an interregnum when the Empire was divided into the Empire of Nicaea , the Empire of Trebizond and the Despotate of Epirus , which were all contenders for rule of the Empire . The Empire of Nicaea is considered the legitimate continuation of the Byzantine Empire because they managed to re-take Constantinople . c . ^ See Population of the Byzantine Empire for more detailed figures taken provided by McEvedy and Jones , Atlas of World Population History , 1978 , as well as Angeliki E. Laiou , The Economic History of Byzantium , 2002 .","title":"Byzantine Empire","score":18.076265},{"document_id":"804622010_3140-4022-0-882","text":"Byzantine Empire\nSeveral signal events from the 4th to 6th centuries mark the period of transition during which the Roman Empire 's Greek East and Latin West divided . Constantine I ( r . 324 -- 337 ) reorganised the empire , made Constantinople the new capital , and legalised Christianity . Under Theodosius I ( r . 379 -- 395 ) , Christianity became the Empire 's official state religion and other religious practices were proscribed . Finally , under the reign of Heraclius ( r . 610 -- 641 ) , the Empire 's military and administration were restructured and adopted Greek for official use instead of Latin . Thus , although the Roman state continued and Roman state traditions were maintained , modern historians distinguish Byzantium from ancient Rome insofar as it was centred on Constantinople , oriented towards Greek rather than Latin culture , and characterised by Orthodox Christianity .","title":"Byzantine Empire","score":18.711796}],"33431330abb38298cc79b96b2f4fde2a<::>6":[{"document_id":"862644213_14508-15289-0-781","text":"Renaissance\nThe unique political structures of late Middle Ages Italy have led some to theorize that its unusual social climate allowed the emergence of a rare cultural efflorescence . Italy did not exist as a political entity in the early modern period . Instead , it was divided into smaller city states and territories : the Kingdom of Naples controlled the south , the Republic of Florence and the Papal States at the center , the Milanese and the Genoese to the north and west respectively , and the Venetians to the east . Fifteenth - century Italy was one of the most urbanised areas in Europe . Many of its cities stood among the ruins of ancient Roman buildings ; it seems likely that the classical nature of the Renaissance was linked to its origin in the Roman Empire 's heartland .","title":"Renaissance","score":13.140288},{"document_id":"822114465_18881-20136-0-1254","text":"Third Rome\nIn the 8th century , the Franks , with the support of the Catholic Church , had established an Empire that compromised most of Western Europe . As Charlemagne ( German : Karl der Große ) inherited the Frankish realm , he expanded it to all of Central and Western Europe except the southern tip of Italy and Iberia , and proclaimed the Roman Empire ( calling it the Holy Roman Empire ) to have been reestablished , and was crowned as Roman Emperor by the Pope in Rome . During his reign , he launched an enormous project to resurrect Roman culture , copying the former Empire 's organisational , education and legal systems , art , and classical literature . This is today known as the Carolingian Renaissance , and its main instrument was the Catholic church , the only Roman institution that had survived the collapse , and preserved major elements of Greco - Roman thought , philosophy , science and administration . This , combined with the influence of the Eastern Roman Empire over eastern Europe and the spread of Orthodox Christendom , lead to the subsequent European renaissances ( i.e. the Ottoian , 12th century and in particular the Italian Renaissance from the 14th to 17th centuries ) , which transferred Roman culture to modern era Europe .","title":"Third Rome","score":18.540516},{"document_id":"836046137_267-721-0-454","text":"Italian Empire\nThe Italian Empire ( Italian : Impero Italiano ) comprised the colonies , protectorates , concessions , dependencies and trust territories of the Kingdom of Italy and , after 1946 , the Italian Republic . The genesis of the Italian colonial empire was the purchase , in 1869 , by a commercial company of the coastal town of Assab on the Red Sea . This was taken over by the Italian government in 1882 , becoming modern Italy 's first overseas territory .","title":"Italian Empire","score":13.53222},{"document_id":"843291759_4979-5963-0-984","text":"Western Roman Empire\nThe rise of Odoacer and his germanic foederati to rule over Italy in 476 was popularized by the eighteenth - century historian Edward Gibbon as a demarcating event for the end of the Western Empire and is sometimes used to mark the transition from Antiquity to the Middle Ages . Odoacer 's Italy , and other Barbarian kingdoms , would maintain a pretence of Roman continuity through the continued use of the old Roman administrative systems and nominal subservience to the Eastern Roman court . Direct Imperial rule would be reimposed in large parts of the West , including the prosperous regions of North Africa and the ancient Roman heartland of Italy as well as parts of Hispania , in the sixth century by the armies of the Eastern Empire under Emperor Justinian I. Political upheaval in the Eastern heartlands , combined with foreign invasions and religious issues , made efforts to retain control of these territories difficult and they were gradually lost , this time for good .","title":"Western Roman Empire","score":13.28847},{"document_id":"816999064_2491-4264-0-1773","text":"History of the Roman Empire\nThe history of the Roman Empire covers the history of Ancient Rome from the fall of the Roman Republic in 27 BC until the abdication of the last Western emperor in 476 AD . Rome had begun expanding shortly after the founding of the Republic in the 6th century BC , though it did not expand outside of the Italian Peninsula until the 3rd century BC . Civil war engulfed the Roman state in the mid 1st century BC , first between Julius Caesar and Pompey , and finally between Octavian and Mark Antony . Antony was defeated at the Battle of Actium in 31 BC . In 27 BC the Senate and People of Rome made Octavian imperator ( `` commander '' ) thus beginning the Principate , the first epoch of Roman imperial history usually dated from 27 BC to 284 AD ; they later awarded him the name Augustus , `` the venerated '' . The success of Augustus in establishing principles of dynastic succession was limited by his outliving a number of talented potential heirs : the Julio - Claudian dynasty lasted for four more emperors -- Tiberius , Caligula , Claudius , and Nero -- before it yielded in 69 AD to the strife - torn Year of Four Emperors , from which Vespasian emerged as victor . Vespasian became the founder of the brief Flavian dynasty , to be followed by the Nerva -- Antonine dynasty which produced the `` Five Good Emperors '' : Nerva , Trajan , Hadrian , Antoninus Pius and the philosophically inclined Marcus Aurelius . In the view of the Greek historian Dio Cassius , a contemporary observer , the accession of the emperor Commodus in 180 AD marked the descent `` from a kingdom of gold to one of rust and iron '' -- a famous comment which has led some historians , notably Edward Gibbon , to take Commodus ' reign as the beginning of the decline of the Roman Empire .","title":"History of the Roman Empire","score":19.721014}],"33431330abb38298cc79b96b2f4fde2a<::>7":[{"document_id":"843291759_21541-22223-0-682","text":"Western Roman Empire\nThe political situation was unstable . In 383 , a powerful and popular general named Magnus Maximus seized power in the West and forced Gratian 's half - brother Valentinian II to flee to the East for aid ; in a destructive civil war , the Eastern Emperor Theodosius I restored him to power . In 392 , the Frankish and pagan magister militum Arbogast assassinated Valentinian II and proclaimed an obscure senator named Eugenius as Emperor . In 394 the forces of the two halves of the Empire again clashed with great loss of life . Again Theodosius I won , and he briefly ruled a united Empire until his death in 395 . He was the last Emperor to rule both parts of the Roman Empire .","title":"Western Roman Empire","score":15.686534},{"document_id":"804622010_14819-15883-0-1064","text":"Byzantine Empire\nTheodosius I ( 379 -- 395 ) was the last Emperor to rule both the Eastern and Western halves of the Empire . In 391 and 392 he issued a series of edicts essentially banning pagan religion . Pagan festivals and sacrifices were banned , as was access to all pagan temples and places of worship . The last Olympic Games are believed to have been held in 393 . In 395 , Theodosius I bequeathed the imperial office jointly to his sons : Arcadius in the East and Honorius in the West , once again dividing Imperial administration . In the 5th century the Eastern part of the empire was largely spared the difficulties faced by the West -- due in part to a more established urban culture and greater financial resources , which allowed it to placate invaders with tribute and pay foreign mercenaries . This success allowed Theodosius II to focus on the codification of Roman law and further fortification of the walls of Constantinople , which left the city impervious to most attacks until 1204 . Large portions of the Theodosian Walls are preserved to the present day .","title":"Byzantine Empire","score":17.375057},{"document_id":"816999064_84428-85144-0-716","text":"History of the Roman Empire\nTheodosius was the last Emperor who ruled over the whole Empire . After his death in 395 , he gave the two halves of the Empire to his two sons Arcadius and Honorius ; Arcadius became ruler in the East , with his capital in Constantinople , and Honorius became ruler in the West , with his capital in Milan and later Ravenna . The Roman state would continue to have two different emperors with different seats of power throughout the 5th century , though the Eastern Romans considered themselves to be the only ones who were fully Roman . Latin was used in official writings as much as , if not more than , Greek and the two halves were nominally , culturally and historically , if not politically , the same state .","title":"History of the Roman Empire","score":17.982866},{"document_id":"816999064_35197-35895-0-698","text":"History of the Roman Empire\nThe next century came to be known as the period of the `` Five Good Emperors '' , in which the succession was peaceful and the Empire prosperous . The emperors of this period were Nerva ( 96 -- 98 ) , Trajan ( 98 -- 117 ) , Hadrian ( 117 -- 138 ) , Antoninus Pius ( 138 -- 161 ) and Marcus Aurelius ( 161 -- 180 ) , each one adopted by his predecessor as his successor during the former 's lifetime . While their respective choices of successor were based upon the merits of the individual men they selected rather than dynastic , it has been argued that the real reason for the lasting success of the adoptive scheme of succession lay more with the fact that none but the last had a natural heir .","title":"History of the Roman Empire","score":15.4960575},{"document_id":"816258567_28139-29462-0-1321","text":"List of French monarchs\nEmperor of the French ( edit ) Name Reign Portrait Birth Marriage ( s ) Issue Death Succession right ( s ) House of Bonaparte ( edit ) History ( show ) Already President of the Republic , Louis - Napoleon Bonaparte was also the Bonapartist pretender to the French throne , as first in the line of succession . Using his constitutional powers , Louis - Napoleon started a self coupd'état on 2 December 1851 , legitimizing his actions with a referendum . On 22 November 1852 , with another questionable referendum , Louis - Napoleon was popularly confirmed as new Emperor of the French . However , his missteps on foreign politics , like the unpopular involvement in the Italian War of Unification and the alienation of Russia after the Crimean War , undermined his rule . After the start of the Franco - Prussian War , Napoleon III understimate the German forces and was captuered in the Battle of Sedan on 2 September 1870 . Two days later , Paris fall in chaos and a group of Republican deputies proclaimed the Third Republic . Napoleon III was the last monarch of France . Napoleon III The Small 2 December 1852 -- 4 September 1870 20 April 1808 Paris Son of Louis I , King of Holland and Hortense de Beauharnais Eugénie de Montijo ( 1853 -- 1873 ) 1 son 9 January 1873 Chislehurst , Kent , England Nephew of Napoleon I","title":"List of French monarchs","score":16.804468}],"33431330abb38298cc79b96b2f4fde2a<::>8":[{"document_id":"822114465_2659-4076-0-1417","text":"Third Rome\nWithin decades after the capture of Constantinople by Mehmed II of the Ottoman Empire on 29 May 1453 , some Eastern Orthodox people were nominating Moscow as the `` Third Rome '' , or the `` New Rome '' . Stirrings of this sentiment began during the reign of Ivan III of Russia who had married Sophia Paleologue . Sophia was a niece of Constantine XI , the last Byzantine emperor . By the rules and laws of inheritance followed by most European monarchies of the time , Ivan could claim that he and his offspring were heirs of the fallen Empire , but the Roman traditions of the empire had never recognized automatic inheritance of the Imperial office. . It is also important to note that she was not the heiress of the Byzantine throne : her brother , Andreas Palaiologos , in fact had the rights of succession to the Byzantine throne . Andreas died in 1502 , having sold his titles and royal and imperial rights to Ferdinand II of Aragon and Isabella I of Castile . This would mean that , in a purely legal sense , the Russian tsars were never entitled to the Byzantine throne . A stronger claim was based on religious symbolism . The Orthodox faith was central to Byzantine notions of their identity and what distinguished them from `` barbarians '' . Vladimir the Great had converted Kievan Rus ' to Orthodoxy in 988 , in return for which he became the first barbarian to ever get an Imperial princess as a wife .","title":"Third Rome","score":14.388318},{"document_id":"857107971_2634-3407-0-773","text":"History of the Catholic Church\nChristianity spread throughout the early Roman Empire , despite persecutions due to conflicts with the pagan state religion . In 313 , the struggles of the Early Church were lessened by the legalisation of Christianity by the Emperor Constantine I. In 380 , under Emperor Theodosius I , Catholicism became the state religion of the Roman Empire by the decree of the Emperor , which would persist until the fall of the Western Empire , and later , with the Eastern Roman Empire , until the Fall of Constantinople . During this time , the period of the Seven Ecumenical Councils , there were considered five primary sees ( jurisdictions within the Catholic Church ) according to Eusebius : Rome , Constantinople , Antioch , Jerusalem and Alexandria , known as the Pentarchy .","title":"History of the Catholic Church","score":26.002377},{"document_id":"857107971_17751-18017-0-266","text":"History of the Catholic Church\nAfter the fall of the Western Roman Empire in 476 , the Catholic faith competed with Arianism for the conversion of the barbarian tribes . The 496 conversion of Clovis I , pagan king of the Franks , saw the beginning of a steady rise of the faith in the West . Saint","title":"History of the Catholic Church","score":14.56833},{"document_id":"800276259_15514-16354-0-840","text":"Pope\nIn 380 , the Edict of Thessalonica declared Nicene Christianity to be the state religion of the empire , with the name `` Catholic Christians '' reserved for those who accepted that faith . While the civil power in the Eastern Roman Empire controlled the church , and the Ecumenical Patriarch of Constantinople , the capital , wielded much power , in the Western Roman Empire , the Bishops of Rome were able to consolidate the influence and power they already possessed . After the Fall of the Western Roman Empire , barbarian tribes were converted to Arian Christianity or Catholicism ; Clovis I , king of the Franks , was the first important barbarian ruler to convert to Catholicism rather than Arianism , allying himself with the papacy . Other tribes , such as the Visigoths , later abandoned Arianism in favour of Catholicism . Middle","title":"Pope","score":14.347678},{"document_id":"857107971_15925-16414-0-489","text":"History of the Catholic Church\nIn 380 , mainstream Christianity -- as opposed to Arianism -- became the official religion of the Roman Empire . Christianity became more associated with the Empire , resulting in persecution for Christians living outside of the empire , as their rulers feared Christians would revolt in favor of the Emperor . In 385 , this new legal authority of the Church resulted in the first use of capital punishment being pronounced as a sentence upon a Christian ' heretic ' , namely Priscillian .","title":"History of the Catholic Church","score":26.519373}],"33431330abb38298cc79b96b2f4fde2a<::>9":[{"document_id":"804622010_37142-38285-0-1143","text":"Byzantine Empire\nThe soldier - emperors Nikephoros II Phokas ( reigned 963 -- 969 ) and John I Tzimiskes ( 969 -- 976 ) expanded the empire well into Syria , defeating the emirs of north - west Iraq . The great city of Aleppo was taken by Nikephoros in 962 and the Arabs were decisively expelled from Crete in 963 . The recapture of Crete put an end to Arab raids in the Aegean allowing mainland Greece to flourish once again . Cyprus was permanently retaken in 965 and the successes of Nikephoros culminated in 969 with the recapture of Antioch , which he incorporated as a province of the Empire . His successor John Tzimiskes recaptured Damascus , Beirut , Acre , Sidon , Caesarea , and Tiberias , putting Byzantine armies within striking distance of Jerusalem , although the Muslim power centres in Iraq and Egypt were left untouched . After much campaigning in the north , the last Arab threat to Byzantium , the rich province of Sicily , was targeted in 1025 by Basil II , who died before the expedition could be completed . Nevertheless , by that time the Empire stretched from the straits of Messina to the Euphrates and from the Danube to Syria . Wars","title":"Byzantine Empire","score":13.649987},{"document_id":"837288933_2746-4089-0-1343","text":"Israel\nThe Kingdoms of Israel and Judah emerged during the Iron Age . The Neo-Assyrian Empire destroyed Israel around 720 BCE . Judah was later conquered by the Babylonian , Persian and Hellenistic empires and had existed as Jewish autonomous provinces . The successful Maccabean Revolt led to an independent Jewish kingdom in 110 BCE , which came to an end in 63 BCE when the Hasmonean kingdom became a client state of the Roman Republic that subsequently installed the Herodian dynasty in 37 BCE , and in 6 CE created the Roman province of Judea . Judea lasted as a Roman province until the failed Jewish revolts resulted in widespread destruction , expulsion of Jewish population and the renaming of the region from Iudaea to Syria Palaestina . Jewish presence in the region has persisted to a certain extent over the centuries . In the 7th century the Levant was taken from the Byzantine Empire by the Arabs and remained in Muslim control until the First Crusade of 1099 , followed by the Ayyubid conquest of 1187 . The Mamluk Sultanate of Egypt extended its control over the Levant in the 13th century until its defeat by the Ottoman Empire in 1517 . During the 19th century , national awakening among Jews led to the establishment of the Zionist movement in the diaspora followed by waves of immigration to Ottoman and later British Palestine .","title":"Israel","score":17.477419},{"document_id":"837288933_13324-14048-0-724","text":"Israel\nThe Roman Empire invaded the region in 63 BCE , first taking control of Syria , and then intervening in the Hasmonean Civil War . The struggle between pro-Roman and pro-Parthian factions in Judea eventually led to the installation of Herod the Great and consolidation of the Herodian kingdom as a vassal Judean state of Rome . With the decline of the Herodian dynasty , Judea , transformed into a Roman province , became the site of a violent struggle of Jews against Greco - Romans , culminating in the Jewish -- Roman wars , ending in wide - scale destruction , expulsions , and genocide . Jewish presence in the region significantly dwindled after the failure of the Bar Kokhba revolt against the Roman Empire in 132 CE .","title":"Israel","score":19.22075},{"document_id":"804622010_27205-28004-0-799","text":"Byzantine Empire\nThe main Sassanid force was destroyed at Nineveh in 627 , and in 629 Heraclius restored the True Cross to Jerusalem in a majestic ceremony , as he marched into the Sassanid capital of Ctesiphon , where anarchy and civil war reigned as a result of the enduring war . Eventually , the Persians were obliged to withdraw all armed forces and return Sassanid - ruled Egypt , the Levant and whatever imperial territories of Mesopotamia and Armenia were in Roman hands at the time of an earlier peace treaty in c. 595 . The war had exhausted both the Byzantines and Sassanids , however , and left them extremely vulnerable to the Muslim forces that emerged in the following years . The Byzantines suffered a crushing defeat by the Arabs at the Battle of Yarmouk in 636 , while Ctesiphon fell in 637 . Siege","title":"Byzantine Empire","score":12.694176},{"document_id":"856995355_63321-64190-0-869","text":"Middle Ages\nIn the 11th century , the Seljuk Turks took over much of the Middle East , occupying Persia during the 1040s , Armenia in the 1060s , and Jerusalem in 1070 . In 1071 , the Turkish army defeated the Byzantine army at the Battle of Manzikert and captured the Byzantine Emperor Romanus IV ( r . 1068 -- 71 ) . The Turks were then free to invade Asia Minor , which dealt a dangerous blow to the Byzantine Empire by seizing a large part of its population and its economic heartland . Although the Byzantines regrouped and recovered somewhat , they never fully regained Asia Minor and were often on the defensive . The Turks also had difficulties , losing control of Jerusalem to the Fatimids of Egypt and suffering from a series of internal civil wars . The Byzantines also faced a revived Bulgaria , which in the late 12th and 13th centuries spread throughout the Balkans .","title":"Middle Ages","score":12.9502125}],"c1e53df98a28f19448f4af244304b89a<::>1":[{"document_id":"815546445_1364-1547-0-183","text":"A Child's Garden of Verses\nThe classical scholar Terrot Reaveley Glover published a translation of the poems into Latin in 1922 under the title Carmina non prius audita de ludis et hortis virginibus puerisque .","title":"A Child's Garden of Verses","score":15.343531},{"document_id":"815546445_2827-3534-0-705","text":"A Child's Garden of Verses\nDisneyland Record released a LP record of the poems set to music . Gwyn Conger wrote the music which was performed by Francis Archer and Beverly Gile . The Italian composer Carlo Deri composed , in 2005 , a song for voice and piano , The Unseen Playmate , on Stevenson 's poem . This song is also included in Deri 's one - act opera Markheim ( 2008 ) . The contemporary Lithuanian composer Giedrius Alkauskas ( b . 1978 ) arranged five poems -- `` The Wind '' ( two alternative arrangements ) , `` Rain '' , `` Singing '' , `` Marching Song '' , and `` At the Sea - side '' -- as a six - song cycle , `` A Child 's Garden of Songs '' , for mezzo - soprano , piano , and trumpet in B ♭ , released in 2014 .","title":"A Child's Garden of Verses","score":16.609993},{"document_id":"815546445_1737-2410-0-673","text":"A Child's Garden of Verses\nTo Alison Cunningham Bed in Summer A Thought At the Sea - side Young Night Thought Whole Duty of Children Rain Pirate Story ( poem ) Foreign Lands Windy Nights Travelling Singing Looking Forward A Good Play Where Go the Boats ? Auntie 's Skirts The Land of Counterpane The Land of Nod My Shadow System A Good Boy Escape at Bedtime Marching Song The Cow Happy Thought The Wind Keepsake Mill Good and Bad Children Foreign Children The Sun 's Travels The Lamplighter My Bed is a Boat The Moon The Swing Time to Rise Looking - glass River Fairy Bread From a Railway Carriage Winter - time The Hayloft Farewell to the Farm Northwest Passage : Good Night , Shadow March , In Port","title":"A Child's Garden of Verses","score":12.033166},{"document_id":"815546445_2716-2805-0-89","text":"A Child's Garden of Verses\nTo Willie and Henrietta To My Mother To Auntie To Minnie To My Name - child To Any Reader","title":"A Child's Garden of Verses","score":12.592626},{"document_id":"815546445_881-1363-0-482","text":"A Child's Garden of Verses\nA Child 's Garden of Verses is a collection of poetry for children about darkness and solitude by the Scottish author Robert Louis Stevenson . The collection first appeared in 1885 under the title Penny Whistles , but has been reprinted many times , often in illustrated versions . It contains about 65 poems including the cherished classics `` Foreign Children , '' `` The Lamplighter , '' `` The Land of Counterpane , '' `` Bed in Summer , '' `` My Shadow '' and `` The Swing . ''","title":"A Child's Garden of Verses","score":20.498182}],"c1e53df98a28f19448f4af244304b89a<::>2":[{"document_id":"815546445_1364-1547-0-183","text":"A Child's Garden of Verses\nThe classical scholar Terrot Reaveley Glover published a translation of the poems into Latin in 1922 under the title Carmina non prius audita de ludis et hortis virginibus puerisque .","title":"A Child's Garden of Verses","score":17.905806},{"document_id":"815546445_98-851-0-753","text":"A Child's Garden of Verses\n( hide ) This article has multiple issues . Please help improve it or discuss these issues on the talk page . ( Learn how and when to remove these template messages ) This article needs additional citations for verification . Please help improve this article by adding citations to reliable sources . Unsourced material may be challenged and removed . ( November 2015 ) ( Learn how and when to remove this template message ) This article includes a list of references , but its sources remain unclear because it has insufficient inline citations . Please help to improve this article by introducing more precise citations . ( August 2017 ) ( Learn how and when to remove this template message ) ( Learn how and when to remove this template message ) The","title":"A Child's Garden of Verses","score":14.551556},{"document_id":"815546445_881-1363-0-482","text":"A Child's Garden of Verses\nA Child 's Garden of Verses is a collection of poetry for children about darkness and solitude by the Scottish author Robert Louis Stevenson . The collection first appeared in 1885 under the title Penny Whistles , but has been reprinted many times , often in illustrated versions . It contains about 65 poems including the cherished classics `` Foreign Children , '' `` The Lamplighter , '' `` The Land of Counterpane , '' `` Bed in Summer , '' `` My Shadow '' and `` The Swing . ''","title":"A Child's Garden of Verses","score":14.603442},{"document_id":"815546445_2827-3534-0-705","text":"A Child's Garden of Verses\nDisneyland Record released a LP record of the poems set to music . Gwyn Conger wrote the music which was performed by Francis Archer and Beverly Gile . The Italian composer Carlo Deri composed , in 2005 , a song for voice and piano , The Unseen Playmate , on Stevenson 's poem . This song is also included in Deri 's one - act opera Markheim ( 2008 ) . The contemporary Lithuanian composer Giedrius Alkauskas ( b . 1978 ) arranged five poems -- `` The Wind '' ( two alternative arrangements ) , `` Rain '' , `` Singing '' , `` Marching Song '' , and `` At the Sea - side '' -- as a six - song cycle , `` A Child 's Garden of Songs '' , for mezzo - soprano , piano , and trumpet in B ♭ , released in 2014 .","title":"A Child's Garden of Verses","score":14.878011},{"document_id":"815546445_2716-2805-0-89","text":"A Child's Garden of Verses\nTo Willie and Henrietta To My Mother To Auntie To Minnie To My Name - child To Any Reader","title":"A Child's Garden of Verses","score":14.19063}],"c1e53df98a28f19448f4af244304b89a<::>3":[{"document_id":"815546445_1364-1547-0-183","text":"A Child's Garden of Verses\nThe classical scholar Terrot Reaveley Glover published a translation of the poems into Latin in 1922 under the title Carmina non prius audita de ludis et hortis virginibus puerisque .","title":"A Child's Garden of Verses","score":14.428126},{"document_id":"815546445_881-1363-0-482","text":"A Child's Garden of Verses\nA Child 's Garden of Verses is a collection of poetry for children about darkness and solitude by the Scottish author Robert Louis Stevenson . The collection first appeared in 1885 under the title Penny Whistles , but has been reprinted many times , often in illustrated versions . It contains about 65 poems including the cherished classics `` Foreign Children , '' `` The Lamplighter , '' `` The Land of Counterpane , '' `` Bed in Summer , '' `` My Shadow '' and `` The Swing . ''","title":"A Child's Garden of Verses","score":20.498182},{"document_id":"815546445_98-851-0-753","text":"A Child's Garden of Verses\n( hide ) This article has multiple issues . Please help improve it or discuss these issues on the talk page . ( Learn how and when to remove these template messages ) This article needs additional citations for verification . Please help improve this article by adding citations to reliable sources . Unsourced material may be challenged and removed . ( November 2015 ) ( Learn how and when to remove this template message ) This article includes a list of references , but its sources remain unclear because it has insufficient inline citations . Please help to improve this article by introducing more precise citations . ( August 2017 ) ( Learn how and when to remove this template message ) ( Learn how and when to remove this template message ) The","title":"A Child's Garden of Verses","score":13.886402},{"document_id":"815546445_2827-3534-0-705","text":"A Child's Garden of Verses\nDisneyland Record released a LP record of the poems set to music . Gwyn Conger wrote the music which was performed by Francis Archer and Beverly Gile . The Italian composer Carlo Deri composed , in 2005 , a song for voice and piano , The Unseen Playmate , on Stevenson 's poem . This song is also included in Deri 's one - act opera Markheim ( 2008 ) . The contemporary Lithuanian composer Giedrius Alkauskas ( b . 1978 ) arranged five poems -- `` The Wind '' ( two alternative arrangements ) , `` Rain '' , `` Singing '' , `` Marching Song '' , and `` At the Sea - side '' -- as a six - song cycle , `` A Child 's Garden of Songs '' , for mezzo - soprano , piano , and trumpet in B ♭ , released in 2014 .","title":"A Child's Garden of Verses","score":11.304083},{"document_id":"815546445_1737-2410-0-673","text":"A Child's Garden of Verses\nTo Alison Cunningham Bed in Summer A Thought At the Sea - side Young Night Thought Whole Duty of Children Rain Pirate Story ( poem ) Foreign Lands Windy Nights Travelling Singing Looking Forward A Good Play Where Go the Boats ? Auntie 's Skirts The Land of Counterpane The Land of Nod My Shadow System A Good Boy Escape at Bedtime Marching Song The Cow Happy Thought The Wind Keepsake Mill Good and Bad Children Foreign Children The Sun 's Travels The Lamplighter My Bed is a Boat The Moon The Swing Time to Rise Looking - glass River Fairy Bread From a Railway Carriage Winter - time The Hayloft Farewell to the Farm Northwest Passage : Good Night , Shadow March , In Port","title":"A Child's Garden of Verses","score":35.407387}],"c1e53df98a28f19448f4af244304b89a<::>6":[{"document_id":"818287024_13516-13713-0-197","text":"E. E. Cummings\nSome of Cummings ' most famous poems do not involve much , if any , odd typography or punctuation , but still carry his unmistakable style , particularly in unusual and impressionistic word order .","title":"E. E. Cummings","score":15.303065},{"document_id":"818287024_11663-12378-0-715","text":"E. E. Cummings\nAs well as being influenced by notable modernists , including Gertrude Stein and Ezra Pound , Cummings in his early work drew upon the imagist experiments of Amy Lowell . Later , his visits to Paris exposed him to Dada and surrealism , which he reflected in his work . He began to rely on symbolism and allegory , where he once had used simile and metaphor . In his later work , he rarely used comparisons that required objects that were not previously mentioned in the poem , choosing to use a symbol instead . Due to this , his later poetry is `` frequently more lucid , more moving , and more profound than his earlier . '' Cummings also liked to incorporate imagery of nature and death into much of his poetry .","title":"E. E. Cummings","score":16.905584},{"document_id":"818287024_10348-10866-0-518","text":"E. E. Cummings\nDespite Cummings 's familiarity with avant - garde styles ( undoubtedly affected by the Calligrammes of French poet Apollinaire , according to a contemporary observation ) , much of his work is quite traditional . Many of his poems are sonnets , albeit often with a modern twist . He occasionally used the blues form and acrostics . Cummings ' poetry often deals with themes of love and nature , as well as the relationship of the individual to the masses and to the world . His poems are also often rife with satire .","title":"E. E. Cummings","score":15.560062},{"document_id":"818287024_15044-15245-0-201","text":"E. E. Cummings\nMany of Cummings ' poems are satirical and address social issues but have an equal or even stronger bias toward romanticism : time and again his poems celebrate love , sex , and the season of rebirth .","title":"E. E. Cummings","score":15.429381},{"document_id":"818287024_2912-3352-0-440","text":"E. E. Cummings\nCummings wanted to be a poet from childhood and wrote poetry daily from age 8 to 22 , exploring assorted forms. He graduated from Harvard University in 1915 and received an advanced degree from the university in 1916 . In his studies at Harvard , he developed an interest in modern poetry , which ignored conventional grammar and syntax , while aiming for a dynamic use of language . Upon graduating , he worked for a book dealer . Masthead","title":"E. E. Cummings","score":16.039051}],"0ef145e49938dfb9b6eefe781d21dca8<::>3":[{"document_id":"b2c60616480320c9-14658-17069","text":"NASA Web Privacy Policy and Important Notices - NASA\nTo protect the site or to respond to law enforcement; i.e., in the case of a Web site compromise.\n\nPersonal information about children under 13 years of age may be needed to respond to his/her communication to us, such as to receive a poster or to acquire information for a school project. Personal information about your child will be destroyed immediately upon completion of its intended purpose. On rare occasions, it may be determined that a communication from a child under 13 years old should be maintained for historical purposes. Should such an occasion occur, NASA will obtain the necessary consent from the child’s parent.\nFinally, we provide many on-line tools and services in support of NASA’s mission. A child under 13 years old may inadvertently provide personal information to one of these services. If this should happen, the information about the child will be deleted immediately upon discovery.\n\nInformation maintained within Privacy Act Systems of Records\nNASA collects and maintains some records on individuals that are protected under the Privacy Act of 1974 and from which the records are retrieved by individual’s name/personal identifier.  Such information is included in NASA Privacy Act Systems of Records which are published through notices in the Federal Register.  Individuals may request records held by NASA on them in NASA’s Systems of Records by following the instructions in 14 CFR 1212.201.”\n\nWeb Site Security Notice\nFor site security purposes and to ensure that this Web service remains available to all users, this Government computer system employs software programs that monitor network traffic to identify unauthorized attempts to upload or change information,. Anyone using this system expressly consents to such monitoring and is advised that if such monitoring reveals evidence of possible abuse or criminal activity, such evidence may be provided to appropriate law enforcement officials.\nUnauthorized attempts to upload or change information on NASA servers are strictly prohibited and may be punishable by law, including under the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act of 1986 and the National Information Infrastructure Protection Act of 1996.\nAdditionally, NASA information systems may be protected by EINSTEIN cybersecurity capabilities under the operational control of the U.S. Department of Homeland Security United States Computer Emergency Readiness Team (US-CERT).","title":"NASA Web Privacy Policy and Important Notices - NASA","score":11.500434},{"document_id":"a2fb394ccff09475-8755-11188","text":"Caltech/JPL Privacy Policies and Important Notices\nThe operator needs to give notice to the parent.Collecting the child's information for the sole purpose of protecting the Web site, take precautions against liability or to respond to law enforcement; i.e., in the case of a Web site compromise.Personal information about a child under 13 years of age may be needed to respond to his/her communication to us, such as to receive a poster or to acquire information for a school project. Personal information about your child will be destroyed immediately upon completion of its intended purpose. On rare occasions, it may be determined that a communication from a child under 13 years old should be maintained for historical purposes. Should such an occasion occur, Caltech/JPL will obtain the necessary consent from the child's parent.Finally, we provide many on-line tools and services in support of Caltech/JPL's mission. A child under 13 years old may inadvertently provide personal information to one of these services. If this should happen, the information about the child will be deleted immediately upon discovery.Web Site Security NoticeFor site security purposes and to ensure that this Web service remains available to all users, this computer system employs software programs that monitor network traffic to identify unauthorized attempts to upload or change information,. Anyone using this system expressly consents to such monitoring and is advised that if such monitoring reveals evidence of possible abuse or criminal activity, such evidence may be provided to appropriate law enforcement officials.Unauthorized attempts to upload or change information on Caltech/JPL servers are strictly prohibited and may be punishable by law, including under the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act of 1986, and the National Information Infrastructure Protection Act of 1996.Accessibility StatementWe continually strive to ensure the pages on this Web site are accessible to individuals with disabilities in accordance with Section 508 of the Rehabilitation Act. If you have questions about accessibility at JPL or would like to report issues with the accessibility of this site or other JPL sites, please let us know by visiting our feedback page.Documents on Caltech/JPL Web sites are presented in many formats. These formats are generally accessible to users using screen reading software. Some files on this Web site may be posted as Adobe Acrobat Portable Document Format (PDF) files.","title":"Caltech/JPL Privacy Policies and Important Notices","score":11.214693},{"document_id":"a46fd503cf179d08-1629-3088","text":"Restraining order | California Courts | Self Help Guide\nIf you are not in a relationship and not closely related. For example, neighbors or coworkers.\n \n\nElder or dependent adult\n If the person to be protected is 65 or older, or a dependent adult.\n \n\nWorkplace violence\n An employer asks for protection for an employee.\n \n\nGun violence\n If someone has threatened to harm themselves or others with a gun.\n \n\nSchool violence\n A school administrator or safety officer asks for protection for a student.\n \n\nEmergency and criminal protective orders\n Police can ask for in an emergency and judges can make in a criminal case.\n \n\nRelated topics\n\nCriminal court\n What happens in a criminal case.\n \n\nVictims' rights\n Victims' rights in a criminal case.\n \n\nResources for victims\n Resources for victims of crimes.\n \n\n \n\nWas this helpful?\n\nYes\n\nNo\n\ndid this information help you with your case?\n\nGreat! Anything you can share about what made it helpful?\n\nSorry to hear that! What would make this more helpful?\n\nAny Additional Feedback?\n\nEmail (optional)\n\n CAPTCHA\nThis question is for testing whether or not you are a human visitor and to prevent automated spam submissions.\n\nLeave this field blank\n\n Was this helpful?\n\nsuccess alert banner:\nHave a question about Topics?\nLook for a \"Chat Now\" button in the right bottom corner of your screen. If you don’t see it, disable any pop-up/ad blockers on your browser.\n\nCALIFORNIA COURTS | SELF HELP GUIDE\n\n \n\n \n\n Judicial Branch of California\n\nTerms of Use\n\nPrivacy Policy\n\n ©\n 2024","title":"Restraining order | California Courts | Self Help Guide","score":12.978963},{"document_id":"69017c8631f17d02-1739-3921","text":"Youth | Roosevelt Island Operating Corporation of the State of New York\nBut repeated offenses may result in a juvenile report for children under 16. A person 16 and over is considered an adult, and will be subject to adult procedures. The policy of the Department is to contact parents whenever a youth is taken into custody.\n\n Arrests\n\nArrestsIn the case of a misdemeanor or felony arrest of children under 16, the Police Department must be contacted. Of course, children who break the law have the same constitutional rights as adults. When a youth is brought in for a misdemeanor or felony charge, his or her parents must be notified, and both the juvenile and the parent or guardian will be given Miranda Warnings, the rights read to an individual upon arrest. The youth can be questioned, with parents or guardian present, in the specially-designated Youth Office at the Public Safety Headquarters.MisdemeanorsMisdemeanors, including reckless endangerment, vandalism and graffiti, committed by youths under 16 may result in a New York Police Department Juvenile Report (PD377-151). Once the report is filed, we will notify the parents with a letter, which will include the name and telephone number of the Youth Officer at the 114th Precinct who is assigned to the case. These records are destroyed once the youth reaches age 16.FeloniesIn felony cases, such as assault, robbery and other serious crimes, we will either notify the Police Department to make an arrest, or, if the arrest is made by our officers, will follow the youth arrest procedures as detailed by the Criminal Justice Bureau and Family Court.\n\n Confidentiality\n\nConfidentialityAll procedures and correspondence concerning juveniles are strictly confidential, in accordance with Section 381.3 of the Family Court Act.\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\nPSD Reports\n\nCivilian Complaint Form\n\nStaffing & Patrols\n\nCrisis Intervention\n\nPublic Outreach\n\nYouth\n\nCrime Prevention Tips\n\nEmergency Information \n\nPSD Community Workshop Series\n\nIsland Travel Advisory 2024\n\nLost Property\n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\nFACEBOOK\n\nTWITTER\n\nINSTAGRAM\n\nRSS FEED\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\nFacebook\n\nTwitter\n\nInstagram\n\nRSS feed\n\n \n \n \n\nFacebook\nTwitter\nPinterest\nDelicious\nBlogger\nLinkedIn\n\n \n \n\nHome\nMy Account\nPrinter Friendly\nEmail Page\nContact Us\nRSS","title":"Youth | Roosevelt Island Operating Corporation of the State of New York","score":10.895376},{"document_id":"7102224573bcb417-3555-5954","text":"Conditions of Use - CDT\nIf any type of personal information is requested on the website or volunteered by the user, State law, including the Information Practices Act of 1977, Government Code Section 11015.5., and the federal Privacy Act of 1974, may protect it. However, this information may be a public record once you provide it and may be subject to public inspection and copying if not otherwise protected by federal or State law.\nAdditionally, departments and agencies of the State of California under the authority of the Governor are required to adhere to the Privacy Policy which is also accessible on this website.\nA SPECIAL NOTE ABOUT CHILDREN\nChildren are not eligible to use services that require submission of personal information, and we require that minors (under the age of 18) do not submit any personal information to us. This includes submitting personal information to the State as part of a user profile or personalization profile. If you are a minor, you can use these services only if used together with your parents or guardians. If you are a minor, you should seek guidance from your parents.\nIf the State decides to begin collecting personal information from children, it will notify parents that it is being requested, disclose the reasons for collecting it, and disclose our intended use of it. The State will seek parental consent before collecting any personally identifiable information. If it does collect it, parents may request information on the type of data being collected, view their child’s information, and, if they choose, prohibit the State from making further use of their child’s information. The State will not provide personal information about children to third parties.\nUSE OF INTERNET REQUEST FOR ASSISTANCE FORM INFORMATION\nAny information you provide to us will only be shared with entities involved in your case as necessary. Information you provide may be included with other consumers’ information to be used for statistical reporting, trending data, and/or investigative actions. For example, we may need to retain information that becomes part of an enforcement action or consumer complaint case for a period of time after the closing date of the case.\nIf you provide us with information regarding an issue that does not fall within our regulatory jurisdiction, we may refer your information to the appropriate local, State, or federal agency on your behalf.\nSURVEYS","title":"Conditions of Use - CDT","score":15.760888}],"0ef145e49938dfb9b6eefe781d21dca8<::>6":[{"document_id":"83c70676a34f41b9-2-1780","text":"Identity Theft | Consumer Advice\nIdentity Theft | Consumer Advice\n\nSkip to main content\n\nAn official website of the United States government\nHere’s how you know\n\nHere's how you know\n\nThe .gov means it’s official.\n\n Federal government websites often end in .gov or .mil. Before sharing sensitive information, make sure you’re on a federal government site.\n \n\nThe site is secure.\n\n The https:// ensures that you are connecting to the official website and that any information you provide is encrypted and transmitted securely.\n \n\nCFG: Translation Menu\n\nEspañol\n\nCFG: Secondary Menu\n\nReport Fraud\n\nRead Consumer Alerts\n\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nVisit ftc.gov\n\nMenu\n\nCFG: Main Menu Mega\n\nShow/hide Shopping and Donating menu items\n\nShopping and Donating\nMake smart shopping decisions, know your rights, and solve problems when you shop or donate to charity.\nView Shopping and Donating\n\nVideo\n\nTopics\n\nTopics\n\nShopping\n\nFor the Home\n\nHealth\n\nFunerals\n\nBuying and Owning a Car\n\nDonating to Charity\n\nConsumer Alerts\n\nSpot an ad on social for a low, low price on a brand name product? Think twice\n\nMay 13, 2024\n\nCristina Miranda\n\n Social media feeds are flooded with ads offering steep discounts on brand-name products, including luxury items. But are these offers real or a scam? When a low-priced “deal” pops into your socials, take a closer look before you buy. Here’s why.\n\nView all Consumer Alerts\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nShow/hide Credit, Loans, and Debt menu items\n\nCredit, Loans, and Debt\nLearn about getting and using credit, borrowing money, and managing debt.\nView Credit, Loans, and Debt\n\nVideo\n\nTopics\n\nTopics\n\nCredit and Debt\n\nLoans and Mortgages\n\nConsumer Alerts\n\nSkip the scams as you look for options to avoid foreclosure \n\nApril 23, 2024\n\nGema de las Heras \n\n Are you having a hard time paying your mortgage?","title":"Identity Theft | Consumer Advice","score":10.393942},{"document_id":"906aca41d57de7da-12676-14908","text":"\r\n\tConditions of Use\r\n\nnot limited to authentication, monitoring, auditing, and encryption. Security measures\n have been integrated into the design, implementation and day-to-day practices of the\n entire State operating environment as part of its continuing commitment to risk management.\n This information should not be construed in any way as giving business, legal, or other\n advice, or warranting as fail proof, the security of information provided via the State's\n supported web site. The technical standards governing security are enforced by the\n Department of Information Technology.\n\nLinks to Other Sites\nOur web site has links to sites we felt might be useful to you and which may provide\n services. When you link to another site, you are no longer on our site and are subject\n to the privacy policy of the new site.\n\nThis web site and the information it contains are provided as a public service by\n the State of California. This system is monitored to ensure proper operation, to verify\n the functioning of applicable security features, and for comparable purposes. Anyone\n using this system expressly consents to such monitoring. Unauthorized attempts to modify\n any information stored on this system, to defeat or circumvent security features, or\n to utilize this system for other than its intended purposes are prohibited and may\n result in criminal prosecution.\n\nLimitation of Liability\nThe State attempts to maintain the highest accuracy of content on its web site. Any\n errors, or omissions should be reported for investigation.\n\nThe State makes no claims, promises or guarantees about the absolute accuracy, completeness,\n or adequacy of the contents of this web site and expressly disclaims liability for\n errors and omissions in the contents of this web site. No warranty of any kind, implied,\n expressed or statutory, including but not limited to the warranties of non-infringement\n of third party rights, title, merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose and\n freedom from computer virus, is given with respect to the contents of this web site\n or its hyperlinks to other Internet resources. Reference in this web site to any specific\n commercial products, processes, or services, or the use of any trade, firm or corporation","title":"\r\n\tConditions of Use\r\n","score":10.11724},{"document_id":"1007f0c181b30bac-2-1780","text":"Identity Theft | Consumer Advice\nIdentity Theft | Consumer Advice\n\nSkip to main content\n\nAn official website of the United States government\nHere’s how you know\n\nHere's how you know\n\nThe .gov means it’s official.\n\n Federal government websites often end in .gov or .mil. Before sharing sensitive information, make sure you’re on a federal government site.\n \n\nThe site is secure.\n\n The https:// ensures that you are connecting to the official website and that any information you provide is encrypted and transmitted securely.\n \n\nCFG: Translation Menu\n\nEspañol\n\nCFG: Secondary Menu\n\nReport Fraud\n\nRead Consumer Alerts\n\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nVisit ftc.gov\n\nMenu\n\nCFG: Main Menu Mega\n\nShow/hide Shopping and Donating menu items\n\nShopping and Donating\nMake smart shopping decisions, know your rights, and solve problems when you shop or donate to charity.\nView Shopping and Donating\n\nVideo\n\nTopics\n\nTopics\n\nShopping\n\nFor the Home\n\nHealth\n\nFunerals\n\nBuying and Owning a Car\n\nDonating to Charity\n\nConsumer Alerts\n\nSpot an ad on social for a low, low price on a brand name product? Think twice\n\nMay 13, 2024\n\nCristina Miranda\n\n Social media feeds are flooded with ads offering steep discounts on brand-name products, including luxury items. But are these offers real or a scam? When a low-priced “deal” pops into your socials, take a closer look before you buy. Here’s why.\n\nView all Consumer Alerts\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nShow/hide Credit, Loans, and Debt menu items\n\nCredit, Loans, and Debt\nLearn about getting and using credit, borrowing money, and managing debt.\nView Credit, Loans, and Debt\n\nVideo\n\nTopics\n\nTopics\n\nCredit and Debt\n\nLoans and Mortgages\n\nConsumer Alerts\n\nSkip the scams as you look for options to avoid foreclosure \n\nApril 23, 2024\n\nGema de las Heras \n\n Are you having a hard time paying your mortgage?","title":"Identity Theft | Consumer Advice","score":10.393942},{"document_id":"cdd462b8aca0176c-2-1796","text":"What To Do if You Were Scammed | Consumer Advice\nWhat To Do if You Were Scammed | Consumer Advice\n\nSkip to main content\n\nAn official website of the United States government\nHere’s how you know\n\nHere's how you know\n\nThe .gov means it’s official.\n\n Federal government websites often end in .gov or .mil. Before sharing sensitive information, make sure you’re on a federal government site.\n \n\nThe site is secure.\n\n The https:// ensures that you are connecting to the official website and that any information you provide is encrypted and transmitted securely.\n \n\nCFG: Translation Menu\n\nEspañol\n\nCFG: Secondary Menu\n\nReport Fraud\n\nRead Consumer Alerts\n\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nVisit ftc.gov\n\nMenu\n\nCFG: Main Menu Mega\n\nShow/hide Shopping and Donating menu items\n\nShopping and Donating\nMake smart shopping decisions, know your rights, and solve problems when you shop or donate to charity.\nView Shopping and Donating\n\nVideo\n\nTopics\n\nTopics\n\nShopping\n\nFor the Home\n\nHealth\n\nFunerals\n\nBuying and Owning a Car\n\nDonating to Charity\n\nConsumer Alerts\n\nSpot an ad on social for a low, low price on a brand name product? Think twice\n\nMay 13, 2024\n\nCristina Miranda\n\n Social media feeds are flooded with ads offering steep discounts on brand-name products, including luxury items. But are these offers real or a scam? When a low-priced “deal” pops into your socials, take a closer look before you buy. Here’s why.\n\nView all Consumer Alerts\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nShow/hide Credit, Loans, and Debt menu items\n\nCredit, Loans, and Debt\nLearn about getting and using credit, borrowing money, and managing debt.\nView Credit, Loans, and Debt\n\nVideo\n\nTopics\n\nTopics\n\nCredit and Debt\n\nLoans and Mortgages\n\nConsumer Alerts\n\nSkip the scams as you look for options to avoid foreclosure \n\nApril 23, 2024\n\nGema de las Heras \n\n Are you having a hard time paying your mortgage?","title":"What To Do if You Were Scammed | Consumer Advice","score":9.971729},{"document_id":"f81a8bb78e5bbc6f-5426-7600","text":"Fraud and scam answers | Consumer Financial Protection Bureau\nIdentity theft occurs when someone steals your identity to commit fraud.Stealing your identity could mean using personal information without your permission, such as your name, Social Security number, bank account information, or credit card number. The Federal Trade Commission offers information about preventing and responding to identify theft.\n\n Imposter scams\n \n\nImposter scammers try to convince you to send money by pretending to be someone you know or trust like a sheriff, local, state, or federal government employee, or charity organization. Remember, caller ID can be faked. You can always call the organization or government agency and ask if the person works for them before giving any money.\n\n Mail fraud\n \n\nMail fraud letters look real but the promises are fake. A common warning sign is a letter asking you to send money or personal information now to get something valuable after you send the money or information.\n\n Phishing\n \n\nIn phishing, a scammer impersonates a business or a person to trick you into giving out your personal information, such as passwords, credit card numbers, or bank account information. A scammer may use fraudulent emails, texts, or websites to steal this information from you. These emails can look authentic.\n\n Security freeze for prevention\n \n\nA security freeze prevents new creditors from accessing your credit file and others from opening accounts requiring a credit check in your name, until you lift the freeze.Because most businesses will not open credit accounts without checking your credit report, a freeze can stop identity thieves from opening new accounts in your name. Be mindful that a freeze doesn’t prevent identity thieves from taking over existing accounts. Read more.\n\n Spoofing\n \n\nSpoofing occurs when a caller disguises the information shown on your caller ID. This gives the caller the ability to disguise or \"spoof\" the name and/or number to appear as though they are calling as a certain person from a specific location.\n\n Wire or money transfer fraud\n \n\nSome scammers trick you into wiring or transferring money to steal from you. One common example of a wire transfer fraud is the “grandparent scam.”","title":"Fraud and scam answers | Consumer Financial Protection Bureau","score":7.0711718}],"fd99b316e5e64f19ff938598aea9b285<::>1":[{"document_id":"832021719_7327-7564-0-235","text":"Major League Soccer All-Star Game\n2007 MLS All - Star Game July 19 , 2007 MLS All - Stars 2 -- 0 Celtic ( show ) Dick 's Sporting Goods Park , Commerce City , Colorado Ángel 36 ' Toja 44 ' Report Attendance : 18,661 Referee : Baldomero Toledo MVP : Juan Pablo Ángel MLS","title":"Major League Soccer All-Star Game","score":17.106783},{"document_id":"832021719_1932-3263-0-1331","text":"Major League Soccer All-Star Game\nMajor League Soccer 's first all - star game was played at Giants Stadium in the summer of 1996 . The game , using the traditional East -- West format with players handpicked by the coaching staffs , was the first game of a doubleheader with the Brazilian national team defeating a team of FIFA World All - Stars . The matchup between divisions would only be used for six seasons as MLS tried experimenting with different formats . The 1998 All - Star Game placed a team of American MLS players against MLS players from abroad . The 2002 game , the first to use a league - wide all - star team , is the only game to feature a national team opponent . Since then ( except in 2004 ) , every opponent has been a professional club invited by the league . The MLS All - Stars won their first six games before falling to Everton in penalties in 2009 . All games since 2005 have been against teams from Europe , the majority of which have been from England 's Premier League . This is a feasible format because unlike MLS ( which runs a spring - summer - fall schedule ) the major European leagues all run a fall - winter - spring schedule , meaning the middle of the MLS season coincides with the pre-seasons of most European leagues . From a European perspective , the match is considered to be a pre-season friendly against an MLS XI .","title":"Major League Soccer All-Star Game","score":18.0077},{"document_id":"832021719_9103-9364-0-261","text":"Major League Soccer All-Star Game\n2013 MLS All - Star Game July 31 , 2013 MLS All - Stars 1 -- 3 Roma ( show ) Sporting Park , Kansas City , Kansas 20 : 30 Gonzalez 90 + 1 ' Report Strootman 4 ' Florenzi 47 ' Tallo 68 ' Attendance : 21,175 Referee : Hilario Grajeda MVP : Alessandro Florenzi MLS","title":"Major League Soccer All-Star Game","score":16.991777},{"document_id":"832021719_633-1349-0-716","text":"Major League Soccer All-Star Game\nThe Major League Soccer All - Star Game is an annual soccer game held by Major League Soccer featuring select players from the league against an international club . MLS initially adopted a traditional all - star game format used by other North American sports leagues where the Eastern Conference squared off against the Western Conference . This eventually evolved into the current system where the league annually invites a club from abroad to play against a league all - star team . The MLS All - Stars hold an 8 -- 4 record in the competition marking the season 's midpoint . Players are awarded rosters spots through a combination of fan voting and selections by the appointed manager and league commissioner .","title":"Major League Soccer All-Star Game","score":20.664732},{"document_id":"832021719_9675-9928-0-251","text":"Major League Soccer All-Star Game\n2015 MLS All - Star Game July 29 , 2015 MLS All - Stars 2 -- 1 Tottenham Hotspur ( show ) Dick 's Sporting Goods Park , Commerce City , Colorado Kaká 20 ' ( pen . ) Villa 23 ' Report Kane 37 ' Attendance : 18,671 Referee : Ismail Elfath MVP : Kaká MLS","title":"Major League Soccer All-Star Game","score":17.378464}],"fd99b316e5e64f19ff938598aea9b285<::>2":[{"document_id":"832021719_9675-9928-0-251","text":"Major League Soccer All-Star Game\n2015 MLS All - Star Game July 29 , 2015 MLS All - Stars 2 -- 1 Tottenham Hotspur ( show ) Dick 's Sporting Goods Park , Commerce City , Colorado Kaká 20 ' ( pen . ) Villa 23 ' Report Kane 37 ' Attendance : 18,671 Referee : Ismail Elfath MVP : Kaká MLS","title":"Major League Soccer All-Star Game","score":15.015326},{"document_id":"864952571_491-1122-0-631","text":"Football\nFootball is a family of team sports that involve , to varying degrees , kicking a ball to score a goal . Unqualified , the word football is understood to refer to whichever form of football is the most popular in the regional context in which the word appears . Sports commonly called football in certain places include association football ( known as soccer in some countries ) ; gridiron football ( specifically American football or Canadian football ) ; Australian rules football ; rugby football ( either rugby league or rugby union ) ; and Gaelic football . These different variations of football are known as football codes .","title":"Football","score":21.84145},{"document_id":"832021719_633-1349-0-716","text":"Major League Soccer All-Star Game\nThe Major League Soccer All - Star Game is an annual soccer game held by Major League Soccer featuring select players from the league against an international club . MLS initially adopted a traditional all - star game format used by other North American sports leagues where the Eastern Conference squared off against the Western Conference . This eventually evolved into the current system where the league annually invites a club from abroad to play against a league all - star team . The MLS All - Stars hold an 8 -- 4 record in the competition marking the season 's midpoint . Players are awarded rosters spots through a combination of fan voting and selections by the appointed manager and league commissioner .","title":"Major League Soccer All-Star Game","score":16.342953},{"document_id":"832021719_1932-3263-0-1331","text":"Major League Soccer All-Star Game\nMajor League Soccer 's first all - star game was played at Giants Stadium in the summer of 1996 . The game , using the traditional East -- West format with players handpicked by the coaching staffs , was the first game of a doubleheader with the Brazilian national team defeating a team of FIFA World All - Stars . The matchup between divisions would only be used for six seasons as MLS tried experimenting with different formats . The 1998 All - Star Game placed a team of American MLS players against MLS players from abroad . The 2002 game , the first to use a league - wide all - star team , is the only game to feature a national team opponent . Since then ( except in 2004 ) , every opponent has been a professional club invited by the league . The MLS All - Stars won their first six games before falling to Everton in penalties in 2009 . All games since 2005 have been against teams from Europe , the majority of which have been from England 's Premier League . This is a feasible format because unlike MLS ( which runs a spring - summer - fall schedule ) the major European leagues all run a fall - winter - spring schedule , meaning the middle of the MLS season coincides with the pre-seasons of most European leagues . From a European perspective , the match is considered to be a pre-season friendly against an MLS XI .","title":"Major League Soccer All-Star Game","score":15.35795},{"document_id":"822349642_58247-58657-0-410","text":"Southern United States\nIn recent decades association football , known in the South as in the rest of the United States as `` soccer '' , has become a popular sport at youth and collegiate levels throughout the region . The game has been historically widespread at the college level in the Atlantic coast states of Maryland , Virginia , and the Carolinas , which contain many of the nation 's most successful college soccer programs .","title":"Southern United States","score":23.268707}],"fd99b316e5e64f19ff938598aea9b285<::>4":[{"document_id":"865335038_2029-2437-0-408","text":"FIFA World Cup\nThe World Cup is the most prestigious association football tournament in the world , as well as the most widely viewed and followed sporting event in the world , exceeding even the Olympic Games ; the cumulative viewership of all matches of the 2006 World Cup was estimated to be 26.29 billion with an estimated 715.1 million people watching the final match , a ninth of the entire population of the planet .","title":"FIFA World Cup","score":16.756672},{"document_id":"850509972_7490-7887-0-397","text":"Women's association football\nAt the beginning of the 21st century , women 's football , like men 's football , is growing in both popularity and participation as well as more professional leagues worldwide . From the inaugural FIFA Women 's World Cup tournament held in 1991 to the 1,194,221 tickets sold for the 1999 Women 's World Cup visibility and support of women 's professional football has increased around the globe .","title":"Women's association football","score":16.954483},{"document_id":"850509972_4460-5092-0-632","text":"Women's association football\nIn August 1917 , a tournament was launched for female munition workers ' teams in northeast England . Officially titled the Tyne Wear & Tees Alfred Wood Munition Girls Cup , it was popularly known as The Munitionettes ' Cup . The first winners of the trophy were Blyth Spartans , who defeated Bolckow Vaughan 5 -- 0 in a replayed final tie at Middlesbrough on 18 May 1918 in front of a crowd of 22,000 . The tournament ran for a second year in season 1918 -- 19 , the winners being the ladies of Palmer 's shipyard in Jarrow , who defeated Christopher Brown 's of Hartlepool 1 -- 0 at St James ' Park in Newcastle on 22 March 1919 .","title":"Women's association football","score":16.567894},{"document_id":"864952571_56601-57435-0-834","text":"Football\nSeveral of the football codes are the most popular team sports in the world . Globally , association football is played by over 250 million players in over 200 nations , and has the highest television audience in sport , making it the most popular in the world , American football , with 1.1 million high school football players and nearly 70,000 college football players , is the most popular sport in the United States , with the annual Super Bowl game accounting for nine of the top ten of the most watched broadcasts in U.S. television history . Australian rules football has the highest spectator attendance of all sports in Australia . Similarly , Gaelic football is the most popular sport in Ireland in terms of match attendance , and the All - Ireland Football Final is the most watched event of that nation 's sporting year .","title":"Football","score":18.578104},{"document_id":"850509972_112-410-0-298","text":"Women's association football\nWomen 's association football , also commonly known as women 's football , or women 's soccer , is the most prominent team sport played by women around the globe . It is played at the professional level in numerous countries throughout the world and 176 national teams participate internationally .","title":"Women's association football","score":17.360731}],"fd99b316e5e64f19ff938598aea9b285<::>6":[{"document_id":"864952571_44410-45034-0-624","text":"Football\nModern North American football grew out of a match between McGill University of Montreal , and Harvard University in 1874 . During the game , the two teams alternated between the rugby - based rules used by McGill and the Boston Game rules used by Harvard . Within a few years , Harvard had both adopted McGill 's rules and had persuaded other U.S. university teams to do the same . On November 23 , 1876 , representatives from Harvard , Yale , Princeton , and Columbia met at the Massasoit Convention in Springfield , Massachusetts , agreeing to adopt most of the Rugby Football Union rules , with some variations . Rutgers","title":"Football","score":13.772553},{"document_id":"856059988_2018-3047-0-1029","text":"American football\nAmerican football evolved in the United States , originating from the sports of association football ( known in the U.S. as soccer ) and rugby football . The first match of American football was played on November 6 , 1869 , between two college teams , Rutgers and Princeton , under rules based on the association football rules of the time . During the latter half of the 1870s , colleges playing association football switched to the Rugby Union code , which allowed carrying the ball . A set of rule changes drawn up from 1880 onward by Walter Camp , the `` Father of American Football '' , established the snap , eleven - player teams , and the concept of downs ; later rule changes legalized the forward pass , created the neutral zone , and specified the size and shape of the football . The sport is closely related to Canadian football , which evolved parallel and contemporary to the American game , and most of the features that distinguish American football from rugby and soccer are also present in Canadian football .","title":"American football","score":20.646463},{"document_id":"808419312_2507-3040-0-533","text":"Comparison of American football and rugby league\nBoth sports descend from the older game of rugby football in the 19th Century when its two offshoots developed . British colonists and the British military in Canada brought football to North America . It became popular in American and Canadian universities and prep schools . At the time , association football and rugby football were not as differentiated as they are now and teams would negotiate the rules before playing each game . The sports of American football and Canadian football evolved from these intercollegiate games .","title":"Comparison of American football and rugby league","score":15.075724},{"document_id":"856059988_5832-6755-0-922","text":"American football\nWhat is considered to be the first American football game was played on November 6 , 1869 between Rutgers and Princeton , two college teams . The game was played between two teams of 25 players each and used a round ball that could not be picked up or carried . It could , however , be kicked or batted with the feet , hands , head or sides , with the ultimate goal being to advance it into the opponent 's goal . Rutgers won the game 6 goals to 4 . Collegiate play continued for several years in which matches were played using the rules of the host school . Representatives of Yale , Columbia , Princeton and Rutgers met on October 19 , 1873 to create a standard set of rules for all schools to adhere to . Teams were set at 20 players each , and fields of 400 by 250 feet ( 122 m × 76 m ) were specified . Harvard abstained from the conference , as they favored a rugby - style game that allowed running with the ball .","title":"American football","score":13.624906},{"document_id":"856059988_5524-5831-0-307","text":"American football\nAmerican football evolved from the sports of association football ( soccer ) and rugby football . Rugby football , like American football , is a sport where two competing teams vie for control of a ball , which can be kicked through a set of goalposts or run into the opponent 's goal area to score points .","title":"American football","score":19.089882}],"fd99b316e5e64f19ff938598aea9b285<::>8":[{"document_id":"808419312_2507-3040-0-533","text":"Comparison of American football and rugby league\nBoth sports descend from the older game of rugby football in the 19th Century when its two offshoots developed . British colonists and the British military in Canada brought football to North America . It became popular in American and Canadian universities and prep schools . At the time , association football and rugby football were not as differentiated as they are now and teams would negotiate the rules before playing each game . The sports of American football and Canadian football evolved from these intercollegiate games .","title":"Comparison of American football and rugby league","score":19.324364},{"document_id":"808419312_140-393-0-253","text":"Comparison of American football and rugby league\nThis article needs additional citations for verification . Please help improve this article by adding citations to reliable sources . Unsourced material may be challenged and removed . ( July 2007 ) ( Learn how and when to remove this template message )","title":"Comparison of American football and rugby league","score":15.594259},{"document_id":"856059988_5524-5831-0-307","text":"American football\nAmerican football evolved from the sports of association football ( soccer ) and rugby football . Rugby football , like American football , is a sport where two competing teams vie for control of a ball , which can be kicked through a set of goalposts or run into the opponent 's goal area to score points .","title":"American football","score":16.00479},{"document_id":"808419312_3041-3545-0-504","text":"Comparison of American football and rugby league\nMeanwhile , in England a schism developed in rugby football between those who favoured strict amateurism and those who felt that players should be compensated for time taken off work to play rugby . In 1895 , this resulted in the formation of a break - away sport , rugby league , which permitted player payments . At first , the two rugby codes differed only in how they were administered ; over time , their playing rules diverged to the point that they are now distinctly different forms of football .","title":"Comparison of American football and rugby league","score":15.567459},{"document_id":"808419312_394-761-0-367","text":"Comparison of American football and rugby league\nA comparison between American football and rugby league is possible because of their shared origins and similar game concepts . Along with Canadian football , rugby league is the most similar sport to American football . Both sports involve the concept of a limited number of downs / tackles and scoring touchdowns / tries takes clear precedence over goal - kicking .","title":"Comparison of American football and rugby league","score":23.487846}],"fd99b316e5e64f19ff938598aea9b285<::>9":[{"document_id":"856059988_1043-2017-0-974","text":"American football\nAmerican football , referred to as football in the United States and Canada and also known as gridiron , is a team sport played by two teams of eleven players on a rectangular field with goalposts at each end . The offense , which is the team controlling the oval - shaped football , attempts to advance down the field by running with or passing the ball , while the defense , which is the team without control of the ball , aims to stop the offense 's advance and aims to take control of the ball for themselves . The offense must advance at least ten yards in four downs , or plays , and otherwise they turn over the football to the defense ; if the offense succeeds in advancing ten yards or more , they are given a new set of four downs . Points are primarily scored by advancing the ball into the opposing team 's end zone for a touchdown or kicking the ball through the opponent 's goalposts for a field goal . The team with the most points at the end of a game wins .","title":"American football","score":15.505842},{"document_id":"832860310_2886-3341-0-455","text":"NFL playoffs\nThe 32 - team National Football League is divided into two conferences , American Football Conference ( AFC ) and National Football Conference ( NFC ) , each with 16 teams . Since 2002 , each conference has been further divided into four divisions of four teams each . The tournament brackets are made up of six teams from each of the league 's two conferences , following the end of the regular season . Qualification into the playoffs works as follows :","title":"NFL playoffs","score":16.424006},{"document_id":"856059988_16162-16549-0-387","text":"American football\nA football game is played between two teams of 11 players each . Playing with more on the field is punishable by a penalty . Teams may substitute any number of their players between downs ; this `` platoon '' system replaced the original system , which featured limited substitution rules , and has resulted in teams utilizing specialized offensive , defensive and special teams squads .","title":"American football","score":15.423128},{"document_id":"856059988_43025-43697-0-672","text":"American football\nCollege football is the third-most popular sport in the United States , behind professional baseball and professional football . The NCAA , the largest collegiate organization , is divided into three Divisions : Division I , Division II and Division III . Division I football is further divided into two subdivisions : the Football Bowl Subdivision ( FBS ) and the Football Championship Subdivision ( FCS ) . The champions of each level of play are determined through NCAA - sanctioned playoff systems ; while the champion of Division I - FBS was historically determined by various polls and ranking systems , the subdivision adopted a four - team playoff system in 2014 .","title":"American football","score":14.9493065},{"document_id":"837407666_1762-2394-0-632","text":"History of the National Football League\nThe rival American Football League was founded in 1960 . It was very successful , and forced a merger with the older NFL that resulted in a greatly expanded league and the creation of the Super Bowl , which has become the most - watched annual sporting event in the United States . The league continued to expand to its current size of 32 teams . A series of labor agreements during the 1990s and increasingly large television contracts has helped keep the league one of the most profitable in the U.S. , and the only major league in the U.S. since 1990 to avoid a work stoppage that resulted in the loss of regular - season games .","title":"History of the National Football League","score":20.437042}],"f3a917e029970190be5ee508ba770d7f<::>1":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_04132-3821-5296","text":"\nDeleting a webhook using the CLI \n\nTo delete a webhook using the CLI, run the following command.\n\nibmcloud cis alert-webhook-delete WEBHOOK_ID [-i, --instance INSTANCE] [-f, --force]\n\nWhere:\n\n\n\n* WEBHOOK_ID is the ID of webhook.\n* i, --instance value is the instance name or ID. If not set, the context instance specified by 'cis instance-set INSTANCE' is used.\n* -f, --force attempts to delete webhook without prompting for confirmation.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Configuring webhooks using the API \n\nTo call these methods, you must be assigned one or more IAM access roles.\n\n\n\n* internet-svcs.zones.read\n* internet-svcs.zones.update\n\n\n\nYou can check your access by going to Users > name > Access policies.\n\n\n\n Creating a webhook using the API \n\nCreating a webhook alert is a two step process. First, create the webhook, then use the ID in the response that you receive to create the alert.\n\nTo create a webhook by using the API, follow these steps:\n\n\n\n1. Set up your API environment with the correct variables.\n2. Store your the following variable to be used in the API command:\n\n\n\n* crn: the full url-encoded CRN of the service instance.\n* name: the name of the webhook.\n* url: the URL of the webhook.\n* secret: the optional secret or API key needed to use the webhook.\n\n\n\n3. When all variables are initiated, create the webhook:\n\n\n\ncurl -X POST https://api.cis.cloud.ibm.com/v1/:crn/alerting/destinations/webhooks\n-H 'content-type: application/json'\n-H 'x-auth-user-token: Bearer xxxxxx'","score":15.421744},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04149-3050-4970","text":"\nSelect Let's get started from the welcome page to begin setting up CIS.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Step 2. Add and configure your domain \n\nNext, begin protecting and improving the performance of your web service by entering your domain or a subdomain.\n\nSpecify DNS zones. You can configure the name servers for these domains or subdomains at the domain's registrar or DNS provider. Do not use CNAMEs.\n\nThe Overview screen shows your domain in Pending status and remains Pending until you complete configuring your name servers with the registrar or existing DNS provider, which is covered in Step 4.\n\nYou cannot delete the CIS instance after you add a domain. To delete the instance, delete the domain from the instance first.\n\n\n\n\n\n Step 3. Set up your DNS records (optional) \n\nBefore transitioning the traffic for your domain to CIS, it is recommended that you import or recreate your DNS records in CIS. You can choose to skip this step, but if your DNS records are not configured properly in CIS, it might leave parts of your website inaccessible.\n\nImport records by uploading your exported records from your current DNS, or manually create your DNS records. To import records, select Import records.\n\nWhen you are finished, or to skip this step, select Next step.\n\n\n\n\n\n Step 4. Configure your name servers with the registrar or existing DNS provider \n\nTo begin receiving the benefits of CIS, you must delegate your domain to CIS. To delegate a domain, create an NS record with the name servers provided by CIS at your domain's registrar or existing DNS provider. If you are unsure of who the registrar is for your domain, you can look it up at [whois.icann.org](https://whois.icann.org/).\n\nIf you delegate a subdomain (for instance, subdomain.example.com) from another DNS provider, you must replace the existing name server (NS) records and replace them with a name server record for each of the name servers that are provided by CIS.","score":15.084746},{"document_id":"ibmcld_13139-19107-19978","text":"\nDelete the CIS instance if you created it specifically for this tutorial.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Related content \n\n\n\n* [IBM Cloud Internet Services](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cis?topic=cis-getting-started)\n* [Manage your IBM CIS for optimal security](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cis?topic=cis-manage-your-ibm-cis-for-optimal-securitymanage-your-ibm-cis-for-optimal-security)\n* [Kubernetes Service](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers)\n* [Building containers from images](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-images)\n* [Best practice to secure traffic and internet application via CIS](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cis?topic=cis-manage-your-ibm-cis-for-optimal-securitybest-practice-configure-security-level-selectively)\n* [Improving App Availability with Multizone Clusters](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/blog/announcements/improving-app-availability-multizone-clusters)","score":15.979247},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04145-1739-3868","text":"\nThe functionality of this plan was split across various tiers and are now available in Enterprise Essential, Enterprise Advanced, and Enterprise Premier plans. See [Transition to Enterprise](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cis?topic=cis-transitioning-next-plan).\n\n\n\n\n\n How do I delete my CIS instance? \n\nTo delete a CIS instance, you must first delete all global load balancers, pools, and health checks. Then delete the associated domain (zone). Go to the Overview page and click the trash can icon next to the domain name located in the Service Details section to start the deletion process.\n\nIf you are moving your domain to a different provider, be sure to migrate your DNS records and other configuration information to the new provider before activating the domain there. Activating the domain before migrating from CIS can cause your domain to changed to a [Moved state](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cis?topic=cis-domain-moved-status).\n\n\n\n\n\n I added a user to my account and gave that user permission to manage Internet Services instance(s). Why is that user facing authentication issues? \n\nIt's possible that you did not assign \"service access roles\" to the user. Note that there are two separate sets of roles:\n\n\n\n* Platform access\n* Service access\n\n\n\nYou need platform access roles to create and manage service instances, while service access roles perform service-specific operations on service instances. In the console, these settings can be updated by selecting Manage > Security > Identity and Access.\n\n\n\n\n\n Why is my domain in Pending state? How do I activate it? \n\nWhen you add a domain to CIS, we give you a couple of name servers to configure at your registrar (or at your DNS provider, if you are adding a subdomain). The domain or subdomain remains in pending state until you configure the name servers correctly. Make sure you add both the name servers to your registrar or DNS provider. We periodically scan the public DNS system to check whether the name servers have been configured as instructed. As soon as we are able to verify the name server change (which can take up to 24 hours), we activate your domain.","score":15.984549},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16715-7-1782","text":"\nRemoving an instance \n\nYou can remove an instance of the IBM Cloud Security and Compliance Center Workload Protection service.\n\nWhen you remove an instance from the IBM Cloud, consider the following information to tidy up:\n\n\n\n1. Write down the list of sources that forward data to the IBM Cloud Security and Compliance Center Workload Protection instance that you want to remove. You must remove the agent from each source.\n2. Remove permissions that are granted to users to work with the instance.\n\nIf you use an access group to manage permissions to access the instance, you must remove the access group.\n\nIf you use an access group to manage permissions to access different service instances, you must remove the policies that grant permissions to the instance that you want to remove.\n\nIf you grant individual policies to users, you must gather the information of each user that has access to the instance. Then, you must remove one by one the policies that relate to the instance that you want to delete.\n\n\n\nThen, delete the instance from the IBM Cloud Dashboard.\n\n\n\n Removing an instance through the IBM Cloud UI \n\nTo remove an instance of IBM Cloud Security and Compliance Center Workload Protection by using the IBM Cloud UI, complete the following steps:\n\n\n\n1. [Log in to your IBM Cloud account](https://cloud.ibm.com/login).\n2. Click the Menu icon ![Menu icon](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/667adc0b8a7fdb0b349b1158d8e128640b5bc72b/icons/icon_hamburger.svg) > Resource list.\n3. Click the Actions icon ![Three dots icon](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/667adc0b8a7fdb0b349b1158d8e128640b5bc72b/workload-protection/images/actions.png) next to the instance you want to delete and click Delete.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Removing an instance through the CLI","score":14.801218}],"f3a917e029970190be5ee508ba770d7f<::>2":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_07411-2937-4769","text":"\n* TTL (Default value is 15 min)\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n SRV type record \n\nTo add this record type, valid values must exist in the Name, Service Name, and Target fields. Use the list menu to select a protocol, which defaults to the UDP protocol. Additionally, you can specify Priority, Weight, and Port. These three fields default to a value of 1. Specify a TTL value from the list menu, with a default value of 15 min.\n\nRequired fields\n\n\n\n* Name\n* Service Name\n* Target\n* TTL (Default value is 15 min)\n* Protocol (Default value is UDP)\n* Priority (Default value is 1)\n* Weight (Default value is 1)\n* Port (Default value is 1)\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n TXT type record \n\nTo add this record type, valid values must exist in the Name and Content fields. Specify a TTL value from the list menu, with a default value of 15 min.\n\nFor security and privacy reasons, it is recommended that you not use TXT type records for sensitive and confidential data.\n\nRequired fields\n\n\n\n* Name\n* Content\n* TTL (Default value is 15 min)\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Updating DNS records \n\nIn each record row, click the Edit icon to open a panel where you can update the record.\n\n\n\n\n\n Deleting DNS records \n\nIn each record row, click the Delete icon to open a panel where you can confirm the delete process.\n\n\n\n\n\n Importing resource records \n\nTo import resource records, take the following steps:\n\n\n\n1. From your DNS Services instance, select the zone to which you want to import records\n2. Click Select record action in the zone details section and choose Import records\n3. You can drag and drop the import file into the panel that appears, or click the link to upload from your computer\n\nImport files must be plain text format, and cannot exceed 8 MB\n4. Click Import records\n\n\n\nYour import file should follow this sample format:\n\nwww.test.com. 900 IN A 127.0.0.1\nwww.test.com. 900 IN AAAA ::1\nw3.test.com.","score":16.799952},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04149-3050-4970","text":"\nSelect Let's get started from the welcome page to begin setting up CIS.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Step 2. Add and configure your domain \n\nNext, begin protecting and improving the performance of your web service by entering your domain or a subdomain.\n\nSpecify DNS zones. You can configure the name servers for these domains or subdomains at the domain's registrar or DNS provider. Do not use CNAMEs.\n\nThe Overview screen shows your domain in Pending status and remains Pending until you complete configuring your name servers with the registrar or existing DNS provider, which is covered in Step 4.\n\nYou cannot delete the CIS instance after you add a domain. To delete the instance, delete the domain from the instance first.\n\n\n\n\n\n Step 3. Set up your DNS records (optional) \n\nBefore transitioning the traffic for your domain to CIS, it is recommended that you import or recreate your DNS records in CIS. You can choose to skip this step, but if your DNS records are not configured properly in CIS, it might leave parts of your website inaccessible.\n\nImport records by uploading your exported records from your current DNS, or manually create your DNS records. To import records, select Import records.\n\nWhen you are finished, or to skip this step, select Next step.\n\n\n\n\n\n Step 4. Configure your name servers with the registrar or existing DNS provider \n\nTo begin receiving the benefits of CIS, you must delegate your domain to CIS. To delegate a domain, create an NS record with the name servers provided by CIS at your domain's registrar or existing DNS provider. If you are unsure of who the registrar is for your domain, you can look it up at [whois.icann.org](https://whois.icann.org/).\n\nIf you delegate a subdomain (for instance, subdomain.example.com) from another DNS provider, you must replace the existing name server (NS) records and replace them with a name server record for each of the name servers that are provided by CIS.","score":20.59727},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04334-32129-33511","text":"\nDelete a dns record in domain 31984fea73a15b45779fa0df4ef62f9b.\n\nibmcloud cis dns-record-delete 31984fea73a15b45779fa0df4ef62f9b 77335b17ce1853d0d76e08a8379a0376 -i \"cis-demo\"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n ibmcloud cis dns-records \n\nList all DNS records for a given domain of a service instance.\n\nibmcloud cis dns-records DNS_DOMAIN_ID [--type TYPE] [--name NAME] [--content CONTENT] [--page PAGE] [--per-page PER_PAGE] [--order ORDER] [--direction DIRECTION] [--match MATCH] [-i, --instance INSTANCE] [--output FORMAT]\n\n\n\n Command options \n\nDNS_DOMAIN_ID\n: The ID of DNS domain. Required.\n\n--type\n: Type of DNS records to display.\n\n--name\n: Value of name field to filter by.\n\n--content\n: Value of content field to filter by.\n\n--page\n: Page number of paginated results.\n\n--per_page\n: Maximum number of DNS records per page.\n\n--order\n: Field by which to order list of DNS records. Valid values are type, name, content, ttl, proxied\n\n--direction\n: Direction in which to order results [ascending or descending order]. Valid values are asc, desc\n\n--match\n: Whether to match all or at least one search parameter. Valid values are any, all.\n\n-i, --instance\n: Instance name or ID. If not set, the context instance specified by ibmcloud cis instance-set INSTANCE is used.\n\n--output\n: Specify output format, only JSON is supported.\n\n\n\n\n\n Examples \n\nList all dns records in domain 31984fea73a15b45779fa0df4ef62f9b.","score":16.736889},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04334-31256-32402","text":"\n: The ID of DNS record. Required.\n\n-i, --instance\n: Instance name or ID. If not set, the context instance specified by ibmcloud cis instance-set INSTANCE is used.\n\n--output\n: Specify output format, only JSON is supported.\n\n\n\n\n\n Examples \n\nGet a dns record details in domain 31984fea73a15b45779fa0df4ef62f9b.\n\nibmcloud cis dns-record 31984fea73a15b45779fa0df4ef62f9b 77335b17ce1853d0d76e08a8379a0376 -i \"cis-demo\"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n ibmcloud cis dns-record-delete \n\nDelete a DNS record for a given domain of a service instance.\n\nibmcloud cis dns-record-delete DNS_DOMAIN_ID DNS_RECORD_ID [-i, --instance INSTANCE]\n\n\n\n Command options \n\n`DNS_DOMAIN_ID\n: The ID of DNS domain. Required.\n\nDNS_RECORD_ID\n: The ID of DNS record. Required.\n\n-i, --instance\n: Instance name or ID. If not set, the context instance specified by ibmcloud cis instance-set INSTANCE will be used.\n\n\n\n\n\n Examples \n\nDelete a dns record in domain 31984fea73a15b45779fa0df4ef62f9b.\n\nibmcloud cis dns-record-delete 31984fea73a15b45779fa0df4ef62f9b 77335b17ce1853d0d76e08a8379a0376 -i \"cis-demo\"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n ibmcloud cis dns-records \n\nList all DNS records for a given domain of a service instance.","score":16.85607},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04195-6086-8151","text":"\nBecause CIS doesn't support email traffic by default, you must set the PTR record to the location of your email server. Contact your email provider for assistance.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Updating DNS records \n\nIn each record row, you can click the Edit record option from the menu, which opens a dialog box that you can use to update the record.\n\nAfter you are finished making your changes, select Update record to save them, or Cancel to abort the changes.\n\n\n\n\n\n Deleting DNS records \n\nIn each record row, you can select the Delete record option from the menu, which opens a dialog box to confirm the delete process.\n\nYou can select the Delete button to confirm your delete action. Select Cancel if you don't want to delete.\n\n\n\n\n\n Importing and exporting DNS records \n\nDNS records can be imported into and exported from CIS. All files are imported and exported as .txt files in BIND format. Learn more about [BIND format](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zone_file). Click the overflow menu and select to import or export records.\n\nImport records - By default, a total of 3500 DNS records are allowed (imported and created on CIS). You can import multiple files, one at a time, as long as the total number of records is under the max limit. After importing, you are shown a summary with the number of records successfully added and the number that failed, along with the reason why each record failed.\n\nExport records - Use Export records to create a backup of your zone file, or export it to use with another DNS provider. When this menu option is clicked, the records are downloaded to the location specified by your browser settings (typically the Downloads folder). To select another folder location, change your browser's settings to prompt you for a location with each download.\n\n\n\n\n\n Configuring and managing your secure DNS \n\nDNSSec is a technology to digitally sign DNS data so you can be assured it is valid. To eliminate vulnerability from the internet, DNSSec must be deployed at each step in the lookup, from root zone to final domain name (for example, www.icann.org).","score":20.620844}],"f3a917e029970190be5ee508ba770d7f<::>3":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_07578-978380-979969","text":"\nYou must re-import the certificate with a different CRN, and then update the VPN server with the new certificate CRN.\n* Can I use a customized hostname for the VPN server?\n\nYes, you can. You must create a CNAME DNS record and point it to the VPN server hostname in your DNS provider. After that, edit the client profile by replacing direct remote 445df6c234345.us-south.vpn-server.appdomain.cloud with remote your-customized-hostname.com.\n\n445df6c234345.us-south.vpn-server.appdomain.cloud is an example VPN server hostname.\n\nIf you are using [IBM Cloud Internet Services](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cis?topic=cis-getting-started) as your DNS provider, refer to [CNAME Type record](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cis?topic=cis-set-up-your-dns-for-ciscname-type-record) for information about how to add a CNAME DNS record.\n* What information should I provide in an IBM Support case if I need help?\n\nSupply the following content in your [IBM Support case](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/get-support?topic=get-support-open-case):\n\n\n\n1. Your VPN server ID.\n2. Your VPN client and operating system version.\n3. The logs from your VPN client.\n4. The time range when you encountered the problem.\n5. If user-ID-based authentication is used, supply the username.\n6. If certificate-based authentication is used, supply the common name of your client certificate.\n\nTo view the common name of your client certificate, use the OpenSSL command openssl x509 -noout -text -in your_client_certificate_file in the subject section.\n\n\n\n* How do I assign the VPN client role using IAM access management tags in the API?","score":17.356752},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05980-10127-11813","text":"\nTo register your custom domain, work with your Domain Name Service (DNS) provider or [IBM Cloud DNS](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/dns?topic=dns-getting-started). If the apps that you want Ingress to expose are in different namespaces in one cluster, register the custom domain as a wildcard domain, such as .custom_domain.net. Note that domains are limited to 130 characters or fewer in Kubernetes version 1.20 or later.\n2. Define an alias for your custom domain by specifying the IBM-provided subdomain as a Canonical Name record (CNAME). To find the IBM-provided Ingress domain, run ibmcloud ks cluster get --cluster <cluster_name> and look for the Ingress subdomain field.\n\nSpecifying the IBM-provided subdomain as a CNAME is required for automatic health checks to remove any failing IPs from the DNS response, and to ensure that your custom domain updates when you add or remove ALBs.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Creating custom domains for private ALBs \n\nFollow the steps to create a custom domain for private ALBs. Note that custom domains are required to use Ingress with private ALBs.\n\nIf you have a classic cluster with only a private VLAN, you must first configure your own [DNS service that is available on your private network](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/dns-custom-nameservers/).\n\n\n\n1. Create a custom domain through your DNS service provider. Note that Ingress URLs must be 130 characters or fewer.\n2. Map your custom domain to the private ALBs by adding their IP addresses as A records (classic clusters) or their VPC hostname as a CNAME (VPC clusters). To find the ALB IP addresses (classic) or hostname (VPC), run ibmcloud ks ingress alb ls -c <cluster_name_or_ID>.","score":14.527828},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16727-978256-979845","text":"\nYou must re-import the certificate with a different CRN, and then update the VPN server with the new certificate CRN.\n* Can I use a customized hostname for the VPN server?\n\nYes, you can. You must create a CNAME DNS record and point it to the VPN server hostname in your DNS provider. After that, edit the client profile by replacing direct remote 445df6c234345.us-south.vpn-server.appdomain.cloud with remote your-customized-hostname.com.\n\n445df6c234345.us-south.vpn-server.appdomain.cloud is an example VPN server hostname.\n\nIf you are using [IBM Cloud Internet Services](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cis?topic=cis-getting-started) as your DNS provider, refer to [CNAME Type record](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cis?topic=cis-set-up-your-dns-for-ciscname-type-record) for information about how to add a CNAME DNS record.\n* What information should I provide in an IBM Support case if I need help?\n\nSupply the following content in your [IBM Support case](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/get-support?topic=get-support-open-case):\n\n\n\n1. Your VPN server ID.\n2. Your VPN client and operating system version.\n3. The logs from your VPN client.\n4. The time range when you encountered the problem.\n5. If user-ID-based authentication is used, supply the username.\n6. If certificate-based authentication is used, supply the common name of your client certificate.\n\nTo view the common name of your client certificate, use the OpenSSL command openssl x509 -noout -text -in your_client_certificate_file in the subject section.\n\n\n\n* How do I assign the VPN client role using IAM access management tags in the API?","score":17.356752},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04334-34286-35758","text":"\nExport BIND config.\n\nibmcloud cis dns-records-export DNS_DOMAIN_ID [--file FILE] [-i, --instance INSTANCE]\n\n\n\n Command options \n\nDNS_DOMAIN_ID\n: The ID of DNS domain. Required.\n\n--file\n: The BIND config file that saves exported DNS records.\n\n-i, --instance\n: Instance name or ID. If not set, the context instance specified by ibmcloud cis instance-set INSTANCE is used.\n\n\n\n\n\n Examples \n\nExport BIND config for domain 31984fea73a15b45779fa0df4ef62f9b.\n\nibmcloud cis dns-records-export 31984fea73a15b45779fa0df4ef62f9b --file bind_config_file.txt -i \"cis-demo\"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Domain \n\nManipulate domains by using the following domain commands.\n\n\n\n ibmcloud cis domain-add \n\nAdd a domain.\n\nibmcloud cis domain-add DNS_DOMAIN_NAME [-i, --instance INSTANCE] [--output FORMAT]\n\n\n\n Command options \n\ntype value\n: Specify the domain type setup. Valid values: full, partial (default full).\n\n\n\n* full: A full zone implies that DNS is hosted.\n* partial: A partial zone implies that CNAME setup domain.\n\n\n\njump-start\n: Automatically attempt to fetch existing DNS records.\n\nDNS_DOMAIN_NAME\n: The FQDN of DNS domain. Required.\n\n-i, --instance\n: Instance name or ID. If not set, the context instance specified by ibmcloud cis instance-set INSTANCE is used.\n\n--output\n: Specify output format, only JSON is supported.\n\n\n\n\n\n Examples \n\nAdd a new domain test.com in instance cis-demo.\n\nibmcloud cis domain-add \"test.com\" -i \"cis-demo\"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n ibmcloud cis domain-resume \n\nResume the given domain.","score":17.006521},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04185-0-765","text":"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  Adding domains to your CIS instance \n\nIBM Cloud® Internet Services supports multiple domains with the Standard Next and Enterprise Tier plans.\n\nTo add an additional domain to your CIS instance, go to the Overview page. Under the Domain section, select the plus (+) icon next to your domain. This reveals a section to connect an additional domain. Follow the steps in this section to complete adding a new domain:\n\n\n\n*  Connect domain\n*  Set up DNS records\n*  Delegate domain management\n\n\n\nAfter adding a new domain, use the list menu in the Domain section to switch between your domains. The Domain section is located on the Overview page and at the beginning of every page. Switching between domains allows you to configure settings for each domain.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","score":22.94809}],"f3a917e029970190be5ee508ba770d7f<::>4":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_04122-7-1660","text":"\nSetting Transport Layer Security (TLS) options \n\nThe Transport Layer Security (TLS) options let you control whether visitors can browse your website over a secure connection, and when they do, how IBM Cloud® Internet Services connects to your origin server.\n\nUse the latest version of the TLS protocol (TLS 1.3) for improved security and performance by switching from Off to On.\n\n\n\n TLS encryption modes \n\nSet the TLS mode by selecting one of the following options from the Mode list.\n\nThese options are listed in the order from the least secure (Off) to the most secure (End-to-End CA signed).\n\n\n\n* [Off](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cis?topic=cis-cis-tls-optionstls-encryption-modes-off) (not recommended)\n* [Client-to-Edge](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cis?topic=cis-cis-tls-optionstls-encryption-modes-client-to-edge) (edge to origin not encrypted, self-signed certificates are not supported)\n* [End-to-End flexible](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cis?topic=cis-cis-tls-optionstls-encryption-modes-end-to-end-flexible) (edge to origin certificates can be self-signed)\n* [End-to-End CA signed](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cis?topic=cis-cis-tls-optionstls-encryption-modes-end-to-end-ca-signed) (default and recommended)\n* [HTTPS only origin pull](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cis?topic=cis-cis-tls-optionstls-encryption-modes-origin-only-pull) (Enterprise only)\n\n\n\n\n\n Off \n\nNo secure connection between your visitor and CIS, and no secure connection between CIS and your web server. Visitors can only view your website over HTTP, and any visitor attempting to connect using HTTPS receives an HTTP 301 Redirect to the plain HTTP version of your website.\n\nZoom\n\n!","score":12.575332},{"document_id":"ibmcld_15141-7808-9997","text":"\nTransport layer protocols act as liaisons between the application layer protocols and the services that are provided by the network. Client VPN for VPC supports the following protocols:\n\nUDP is recommended for optimal performance; TCP for reliability.\n\n\n\n* User Datagram Protocol (UDP)\n\nThe User Datagram Protocol (UDP) is a simple, lightweight protocol with minimum overhead. If a process wants to send a small message and doesn't care about reliability, it can use UDP. Sending a message by using UDP takes much less time than using TCP. It performs little error checking and does not add any advantages to IP services except to provide process-to-process communication instead of host-to-host communication.\n* Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)\n\nTransmission Control Protocol (TCP) is a reliable but complex transport-layer protocol. TCP adds connection-oriented features and reliability to IP services.\n\nTCP is a stream delivery service that guarantees delivery of data streams sent from one host to another without duplication or lost data. Since packet transfer is not reliable, a technique known as positive acknowledgment with retransmission is used to guarantee reliability of packet transfers. This fundamental technique requires the receiver to respond with an acknowledgment message as it receives the data.\n\nThe sender keeps a record of each packet it sends, and waits for acknowledgment before sending the next packet. The sender also keeps a timer from when the packet was sent, and retransmits a packet if the timer expires. This timer is needed in case a packet becomes lost or corrupted.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Full versus split-tunnel mode \n\nWhen a VPN connection is set up, an encrypted tunnel is created over the internet to the VPN server. The VPN connection appears as a virtual network interface to the computer in addition to the existing LAN interface. You can now use both interfaces simultaneously by sending the private traffic destined to the VPC inside the VPN tunnel and the public traffic (internet traffic) over the other interface (outside the VPN tunnel). When the traffic is split between the VPN interface and other interfaces, split tunneling is said to be in use.","score":9.725073},{"document_id":"ibmcld_14311-2669-4435","text":"\nIf you use the existing workload edge cluster, you must create the edge bridge profile by using that cluster and change the existing-distributed port group to allow Promiscuous mode and Forged transmits. This setup shares the capacity of the private uplinks from the edge nodes for both private routed and bridged traffic. Transport zones are defined in the edge host switch (N-VDS), for example add the new tz-bridge to nvds-edge-private.\n\nZoom\n\n![Layer 2 bridge setup with workload edge cluster](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/5bdb37c0149145723c5437e8176651928565e722/vmwaresolutions/images/arch-pattern-l2-workload-edge.svg)\n\nFigure 2. Layer 2 bridge setup with workload edge cluster\n\nAlternatively, you can deploy a new edge cluster for bridging. In this case, you must create new edge nodes and create a new edge cluster by using these nodes. When you configure the edge bridge profile, you can then use this edge cluster for bridging only. This alternative scales better, and provides a better dedicated bridging performance. Transport zones are defined in the edge host switch (N-VDS), for example add the new tz-bridge to nvds-bridge.\n\nZoom\n\n![Layer 2 bridge setup with a new bridge edge cluster](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/5bdb37c0149145723c5437e8176651928565e722/vmwaresolutions/images/arch-pattern-l2-bridge-edge.svg)\n\nFigure 3. Layer 2 bridge setup with a new bridge edge cluster\n\nMake sure you have the bridged VLANs transport zone (for example tz-bridge) configured on all wanted transport nodes.\n\n\n\n\n\n Considerations \n\nWhen you design or deploy this architecture pattern, consider the following steps:\n\n\n\n* Using the existing workload edge cluster is good for testing the layer 2 capability and for small deployments.","score":8.080893},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04184-7-1931","text":"\nUsing mutual TLS \n\nMutual Transport Layer Security (mTLS) authentication ensures that traffic is both secure and trusted in both directions between a client and server. It is only available for customers at the Enterprise or Security plan level.\n\nWhen mTLS is configured, access is granted only to requests with a corresponding client certificate. When a request reaches the application, CIS responds with a request for the client certificate. If the client fails to present the certificate, the request is not allowed to proceed. Otherwise, the key exchange proceeds.\n\nZoom\n\n![Diagram of mTLS handshake](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/cb1eb27836421578019401fa7556779109430b29/cis/images/mtls-handshake.png)\n\nFigure 1. Diagram of an mTLS handshake\n\n\n\n Configuring mutual TLS \n\nMutual TLS is not enabled by default. It is an additional service that requires prior authorization and enablement.\n\nTo obtain authorization, you must submit an IBM Support case.\n\nAfter mTLS is turned on for your account, take the following steps to enable it.\n\n\n\n1. Navigate to the Security page in the CIS UI.\n2. Select the Mutual TLS tab.\n3. Click Enable to enable the feature.\n\n\n\nAfter mTLS is enabled, it cannot be disabled.\n\nTo set up mTLS authentication in the IBM Cloud Internet Services UI for a particular endpoint:\n\n\n\n1. In the Root certificates table, click Add to define a new root certificate.\n2. Paste the certificate content into the content field, provide a name for the Root CA, and add one or more fully qualified domain names (FQDN) of the endpoints that you want to use this certificate. These FQDNs are the hostnames that are used for the resources being protected by the application policy. You must associate the Root CA with the FQDN that the application being protected uses.\n3. Click Save.\n\nIf your zone is using an intermediate certificate in addition to the root certificate, upload the entire chain.\n4.","score":15.929632},{"document_id":"ibmcld_14311-7-1811","text":"\nArchitecture pattern for using layer 2 (L2) bridging with NSX-T \n\nWith layer 2 bridging, you can have a L2 connection to a VLAN-backed port group or a device that is outside of your NSX-T data center deployment. An L2 bridge is also useful in a migration scenario, in which you need to split a subnet across physical and virtual workloads. Or when you run a database cluster on IBM Cloud bare metal servers.\n\nYou can use layer 2 bridging in IBM Cloud by following the principles that are presented in this pattern. You can adapt the pattern based on your needs by following VMware® best practices and IBM Cloud Classic network capabilities.\n\n\n\n Layer 2 bridging with NSX-T \n\nThe following diagram presents an overview for an architecture pattern for using layer 2 bridging with NSX-T edges in IBM Cloud classic infrastructure.\n\nZoom\n\n![Layer 2 bridging with NSX-T](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/5bdb37c0149145723c5437e8176651928565e722/vmwaresolutions/images/arch-pattern-l2-bridge.svg)\n\nFigure 1. Layer 2 bridging with NSX-T\n\nThe following list is a summary of the architecture pattern deployment:\n\n\n\n1. An L2 bridge requires an Edge cluster and an Edge Bridge profile to be deployed. An Edge Bridge profile specifies which Edge cluster to use for bridging and which Edge transport node acts as the primary and backup bridge.\n2. You need to have a new VLAN for the bridged devices. After the VLAN is provisioned, you can request to trunk the hosts. VLAN must be trunked to all hosts in your cluster through IBM Cloud Classic portal (Classic Infrastructure > Network > Gateway appliances). Then, add the ESX hosts to a wanted NSX-T VLAN transport zone, for example tz-bridge.\n3. On the edge cluster uplink distributed port group, enable Promiscuous mode and Forged transmits for bridging.","score":7.278365}],"f3a917e029970190be5ee508ba770d7f<::>7":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_07578-1006129-1007999","text":"\n* How can I filter internet-bound traffic and only allow specific protocols and destinations?\n\nThis is a common question when Source NAT and a firewall must be combined.\n\nKeep in mind the order of operations in the VRA you design your rulesets.\n\nIn short, firewall rules are applied after SNAT.\n\nTo block all outgoing traffic in a firewall, but allow specific SNAT flows, you must move the filtering logic onto your SNAT. For example, to only allow HTTPS internet-bound traffic for a host, the SNAT rule would be:\n\nset service nat source rule 10 description 'SNAT https traffic from server 10.1.2.3 to Internet'\nset service nat source rule 10 destination port 443\nset service nat source rule 10 outbound-interface 'dp0bond1'\nset service nat source rule 10 protocol 'tcp'\nset service nat source rule 10 source address '10.1.2.3'\nset service nat source rule 10 translation address '150.1.2.3'\n\n150.1.2.3 would be a public address for the VRA.\n\nIt is recommended to use the VRRP public address of the VRA so that you can differentiate between host and VRA public traffic.\n\nAssume that 150.1.2.3 is the VRRP VRA address, and 150.1.2.5 is the real dp0bond1 address. The stateful firewall applied on dp0bond1 out would be:\n\nset security firewall name TO_INTERNET default-action drop\nset security firewall name TO_INTERNET rule 10 action accept\nset security firewall name TO_INTERNET rule 10 description 'Accept host traffic to Internet - SNAT to VRRP'\nset security firewall name TO_INTERNET rule 10 source address '150.1.2.3'\nset security firewall name TO_INTERNET rule 10 state 'enable'\nset security firewall name TO_INTERNET rule 20 action accept\nset security firewall name TO_INTERNET rule 20 description 'Accept VRA traffic to Internet'\nset security firewall name TO_INTERNET rule 20 source address '150.1.2.5'\nset security firewall name TO_INTERNET rule 20 state 'enable'","score":15.877755},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04106-7-2045","text":"\nCreating, editing, and deleting firewall rules \n\nIBM Cloud® Internet Services firewall rules offer power and flexibility by targeting HTTP traffic and applying custom criteria to block, challenge, log, or allow certain requests.\n\nYou can create many types of firewall rules. However, the number of active rules on your site is limited by your customer plan. See the [Plan comparison](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cis?topic=cis-cis-plan-comparison) page for more information on entitlements.\n\nThe number of active rules per plan is fixed. You cannot purchase additional active rules at this time.\n\nBefore getting started, it's a good idea to become familiar with [Using fields, functions, and expressions](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cis?topic=cis-fields-and-expressions).\n\n\n\n Creating a firewall rule \n\nTake the following steps to configure a basic firewall rule:\n\n\n\n1. Navigate to Security > Firewall Rules.\n2. Click Create Firewall Rule.\n3. Enter a rule name and optional description.\n4. Optionally, input a priority, if necessary. Note that a priority of zero is a null priority and is evaluated last.\n5. Use the UI builder in the Incoming requests section to add a condition. To build an expression with multiple conditions, click either:\n\n\n\n* And - to evaluate conditions using and logic\n* Or - to evaluate conditions or groups of previously and'ed conditions using or logic\n\n\n\nYou can see that as you build a condition, the Expression Preview shows the expression in plain text.\n\nIn the Expression Preview, you can click to edit your expression manually instead of using the Visual Expression Builder, or switch between the two. However, depending on the complexity of a manually constructed expression, the Visual Expression Builder might be unable to render it.\n6. Pick an action from the Response list menu.\n7. To save your rule, choose the most appropriate option by clicking either:\n\n\n\n* Save as draft to save your rule, but leave it disabled.\n* Save and deploy to save your rule and activate it.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Editing a firewall rule","score":20.036991},{"document_id":"ibmcld_13189-15707-17534","text":"\nBy default, the IBM Cloud® for VMware as a Service – single tenant instance has been provisioned with a default firewall rule that will drop all traffic for ensuring basic network security. Additional rules must be put in place to allow the traffic from the previously created network to access the Public Internet and for you to access the virtual machine from the Public Internet.\n\n\n\nFirewall rules\n\n Name Applications Source Destination Action IP protocol \n\n dnat-to-jump RDP, ICMP ALL Any ipset-dnat-to-jump Allow IPv4 \n egress-to-inet N/A sg-private-networks Any Allow IPv4 \n default_rule N/A Any Any Drop IPv4 \n\n\n\nThe default_rule has been pre-provisioned by IBM Cloud. It is listed above just for illustration purposes.\n\nTo create a firewall rule:\n\n\n\n1. In the top menu navigation, click on Networking.\n2. Click on Edge Gateways and select your virtual data center's Edge Gateway.\n3. In the left navigation under Services, click on Firewall.\n4. Click on Edit Rules.\n5. Click on New on Top to create a new firewall rule above the default_rule (drop any).\n6. A new entry in the firewall rule list will be created. To complete the entry:\n\n\n\n1. Name – In this example, dnat-to-jump is used.\n2. Application - Click on the pencil icon next to Applications and select RDP and ICMP ALL from the applications list. You can filter with a name. Click on Save when complete.\n3. Source – Click on the pencil icon next to source and toggle the slider next to Any source to green (enabled). Click on Keep when complete.\n4. Destination – Click on the pencil icon next to destination and select IP Set ipset-dnat-to-jump (or Static Group if that would have been used). Click on Keep when complete.\n\n\n\n7. Review the inputs and click on Save when complete.\n\n\n\nThe new firewall rule will be created. This may take a few seconds to complete.","score":18.868555},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04107-4464-6614","text":"\n* Specific URLs - For example, you can allow IP 1.2.3.4 access to directory example.com/foo/ and allow IP 5.6.7.8 access to directory example.com/bar/, but not allow the reverse.\n\n\n\nThis capability is useful when you need more granularity in your access rules because, with IP rules, you can either apply the block to all subdomains of the current domain, or all domains on your account. You cannot specify URIs.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Firewall rules \n\nCreate rules that examine incoming HTTP traffic against a set of filters to block, challenge, log, or allow matching requests.\n\nIn general, firewall rules are designed for properties that are exposed in OSI Layer-7 (HTTP), such as request headers and body content characteristics. Therefore, firewall rules apply to HTTP/HTTPS [Range](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cis?topic=cis-cis-range) apps.\n\n\n\n\n\n Events \n\nView events that are triggered by an active web application firewall rule. For each event, you can change the triggered action based on the requesting IP address, or the requesting region as a whole.\n\n\n\n\n\n Range \n\nExtend the power of CIS DDoS, TLS, and IP firewall to your web servers and your TCP-based services by using Range applications, keeping them online and secure.\n\n\n\n\n\n Advanced security \n\nAdvanced security settings include the following features, which you can change, enable, or disable.\n\n\n\n* Browser integrity check - The browser integrity check looks for HTTP headers that are commonly abused by spammers. It denies traffic with those headers access to your page. It also blocks or challenges visitors that do not have a user agent, or who add a nonstandard user agent. This tactic is commonly used by abuse bots, crawlers, or APIs.\n* Challenge passage - Controls how long a visitor that passed a challenge (or JavaScript challenge) gains access to your site before they are challenged again. This challenge is based on the visitor's IP, and therefore does not apply to challenges presented by WAF rules because they are based on an action that the user performs on your site.\n* Security level - Sets the security level of your website to determine which visitors receive a challenge page.","score":15.969364},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05149-5913-6676","text":"\nThe updated list won't be enforced until the changes are saved in the console. Click Save all to enforce the new rules.\n4. Now all objects in this bucket are only accessible from these IP addresses!\n\n\n\nIf there are no authorized IP addresses listed this means that normal IAM policies will apply to the bucket, with no restrictions on the user's IP address, unless there are context-based restrictions in place.\n\n\n\n\n\n Set a legacy firewall through an API \n\nFirewalls are managed with the [COS Resource Configuration API](https://cloud.ibm.com/apidocs/cos/cos-configuration). This new REST API is used for configuring buckets.\n\nUsers with the manager role can view and edit the list of allowed IP addresses from any network in order to prevent accidental lockouts.","score":15.92494}],"1c74814752c3f9d4ed0b99c16e1ed192<::>1":[{"document_id":"582308-0-367","text":"\nSalary pay does not compute to hourly wages. As a salary employee you aren't being paid for hours worked, you are being paid for a week of work. Sometimes that requires more time other times less. You could just as well divide your salary by the amount of overtime you work and each week you work 40 hours say that you are being over paid or paid for time not worked.","score":11.7897835},{"document_id":"245451-0-792","text":"\nMany countries have employers report their employees' salaries and withhold some money for income tax purposes (it's called “pay as you earn”, “withholding taxes” or taxing “at the source”). Often the system is designed in such a way that most people actually pay too much and can get money back at the end of the year. In that case, the salary you receive can certainly be considered a “net salary”. Depending on the tax system, individuals might need to file a separate tax returns to report any other income (investments, rents, whatever) or benefit from tax incentives but it can also be optional. If you live in such a country and your situation is simple enough that there are no applicable deductibles, you might simply choose to forgo it and let your employer take care of everything.","score":12.107275},{"document_id":"9748-0-355","text":"\nOne way to determine compensation is as a percentage per actual hour billed (and paid by client). Very common place to start is 33% for company overhead/administration (insurance, taxes, office expense, etc), 33% for sales commission/costs (roughly half as direct sales commission, half for marketing), 33% as gross 1099 pay  compensation to the employee.","score":11.546867},{"document_id":"285895-0-1874","text":"\nA combination of market research and tax law would likely be the combination used to set the salary. An elaboration of each: Taxes - In Canada and the US there can be differences in how payments are treated if they are salary,e.g. payroll taxes such as CPP, Social Security and others may apply in this case as well as personal income tax rates, or dividends, which may have different treatments in some jurisdictions I believe. If salary above $250,000 is taxed at 40% and dividends are taxed at 15%, which rate would you rather pay? (This is hypothetical as no jurisdiction has been noted here yet.) Most provinces and states in North America will tax the first few dollars at rather low rates and so it isn't bad to take a nominal rate of $1 or so in salary as usually the higher rates exist for higher salaries. Executive Compensation has come under scrutiny in recent years though it is usually a mix of salary, bonuses, and stock either restricted or options. Market Research - Some companies may research what other small public companies would pay executives as the salary may have to be approved by a board of directors in some cases. At least this would be how I remember things being decided in small companies I worked for in Washington State and the province of Alberta. In a lot of company cases, excess earnings are stored and if there is enough of a pile then a special dividend may be given out though some corporate structures like REITs force dividends to maintain their tax status. Note the payment in dividend here requires that the President be able to dictate what happens with the cash in the bank of a company which isn't going to be the case for the regular employee. Also, the dividends here would go to all the shareholders and thus if there are people besides the President owning shares they would also get their portion based on what they own.","score":11.201586},{"document_id":"280081-0-1578","text":"\n\"In the U.S., virtually all salaries are expressed as \"\"gross salaries\"\", which are before the taxes that the individual must pay on their income. The numbers shown in the links are almost certainly gross salary figures. However, the \"\"gross salary\"\" is not the entire \"\"total compensation\"\" number, which is the total value of all compensation and benefits that the employee receives for his work. Total compensation includes not only salary and bonuses, but the cost or value of any employer-paid healthcare, retirement, company car, expense account, stock options, and other valuable goods or services. That's still not the total amount of money the company has to pay to have you; there are employer-paid payroll taxes totaling 6.2% of your gross salary, plus practical costs like the cost of your computer, cubicle or office furniture, and the portion of utility costs that keep you well-lit, clean and comfortable. This complete number is called \"\"total employee cost\"\", and the general rule of thumb is that it's double your gross cash compensation (salary + bonuses). Lastly, $100k in California isn't worth as much, in real terms, as $100k in other parts of the U.S. The cost of living in California, especially in Silicon Valley where the majority of the people who make six figures by being C++ programmers are located, is ridiculously expensive. There are other tech hubs in the U.S., like DFW, Austin TX, Atlanta GA, St Louis MO, Raleigh NC, etc where people earn less, but also spend less to live and so can use more of their salary in a \"\"discretionary\"\" manner.\"","score":11.956882}],"1c74814752c3f9d4ed0b99c16e1ed192<::>3":[{"document_id":"280081-0-1578","text":"\n\"In the U.S., virtually all salaries are expressed as \"\"gross salaries\"\", which are before the taxes that the individual must pay on their income. The numbers shown in the links are almost certainly gross salary figures. However, the \"\"gross salary\"\" is not the entire \"\"total compensation\"\" number, which is the total value of all compensation and benefits that the employee receives for his work. Total compensation includes not only salary and bonuses, but the cost or value of any employer-paid healthcare, retirement, company car, expense account, stock options, and other valuable goods or services. That's still not the total amount of money the company has to pay to have you; there are employer-paid payroll taxes totaling 6.2% of your gross salary, plus practical costs like the cost of your computer, cubicle or office furniture, and the portion of utility costs that keep you well-lit, clean and comfortable. This complete number is called \"\"total employee cost\"\", and the general rule of thumb is that it's double your gross cash compensation (salary + bonuses). Lastly, $100k in California isn't worth as much, in real terms, as $100k in other parts of the U.S. The cost of living in California, especially in Silicon Valley where the majority of the people who make six figures by being C++ programmers are located, is ridiculously expensive. There are other tech hubs in the U.S., like DFW, Austin TX, Atlanta GA, St Louis MO, Raleigh NC, etc where people earn less, but also spend less to live and so can use more of their salary in a \"\"discretionary\"\" manner.\"","score":11.956882},{"document_id":"116009-0-588","text":"\n\"Nothing \"\"happens\"\" to it. It works the same way regardless of whether you are a U.S. citizen or resident or not. Taxes and penalties work the same way on withdrawal. That said, if you are not in the U.S. and don't have any income in the U.S. in a particular year in the future, you can take advantage of the fact that your U.S. tax that year will probably be zero. Then, if you withdraw a little bit, even if they count as taxable income, your U.S. income will still be so low that it may be under your personal exemption, or if not at least it will be taxed in the lowest tax bracket.\"","score":14.174086},{"document_id":"194637-0-1986","text":"\nNo, you probably do not need to file a tax return if you received no income, and if you meet a number of other criteria. The below is copied and pasted, slightly edited, from the CRA: You must file a return for 2014 if any of the following situations apply: You have to pay tax for 2014. We sent you a request to file a return. You and your spouse or common-law partner elected to split pension income for 2014. See lines 115, 116, 129, and 210. You received working income tax benefit (WITB) advance payments in 2014. You disposed of capital property in 2014 (for example, if you sold real estate or shares) or you realized a taxable capital gain (for example, if a mutual fund or trust attributed amounts to you, or you are reporting a capital gains reserve you claimed on your 2013 return). You have to repay any of your old age security or employment insurance benefits. See line 235. You have not repaid all amounts withdrawn from your registered retirement savings plan (RRSP) under the Home Buyers’ Plan or the Lifelong Learning Plan. For more information, go to Home Buyers' Plan (HBP) or see Guide RC4112, Lifelong Learning Plan (LLP) or You have to contribute to the Canada Pension Plan (CPP). This can apply if, for 2014, the total of your net self-employment income and pensionable employment income is more than $3,500. See line 222. You are paying employment insurance premiums on self-employment and other eligible earnings. See lines 317 and 430. In general, you will want to file a tax return even if none of the above applies. You could, for example, claim a GST/HST credit even with no income. Now, if you receive any income at all, you are going to have to pay taxes, which means you are obligated to file a tax return. If sufficient taxes were deducted from your paycheque, you are still obligated to file a tax return. However, you will not have to pay penalties if you file late, even if you file very late, at least not until the CRA sends you a request to file.","score":14.056659},{"document_id":"132371-0-773","text":"\nAre you planning to not pay taxes? Any time someone has income in the U.S., it is subject to U.S. taxes. You must file tax returns (and pay taxes if necessary) if you have income above a certain threshold, regardless of whether you're not authorized to work or not. If you plan to intentionally not pay taxes, then that's a whole other matter from working without authorization. Working without authorization is an immigration issue. It probably violates the conditions of your status, which will make you to automatically lose your status. That may or may not affect when you want to want to visit, immigrate to, or get other immigration benefits in the U.S. in the future; and at worst you may be deported. It's a complicated topic, but not really relevant for this site.","score":15.102762},{"document_id":"41509-0-965","text":"\nYou need to report the income from any work as income, regardless of if you invest it, spend it, or put it in your mattress (ignoring tax advantaged accounts like 401ks).  You then also need to report any realized gains or losses from non-tax advantaged accounts, as well as any dividends received.  Gains and losses are realized when you actually sell, and is the difference between the price you bought for, and the price you sold for.  Gains are taxed at the capital gains rate, either short-term or long-term depending on how long you owned the stock.   The tax system is complex, and these are just the general rules.  There are lots of complications and special situations, some things are different depending on how much you make, etc.  The IRS has all of the forms and rules online.  You might also consider having a professional do you taxes the first time, just to ensure that they are done correctly.  You can then use that as an example in future years.","score":21.812428}],"1c74814752c3f9d4ed0b99c16e1ed192<::>5":[{"document_id":"218136-0-226","text":"\nIs that normal? Yes. It's in fact pretty low. Just the FICA taxes you pay are ~7.5%, so you're paying ~21% for State and Federal. Pretty reasonable, especially if you live in a high-tax state (which MA is ~5.3% on all income).","score":11.76478},{"document_id":"125696-0-1079","text":"\nFICA/SE taxes are not 30%. They are at most ~15%, including the employer portion. Employer also pays FUTA tax, and has additional payroll expenses (like fees and worker compensation insurance). The employee's FICA portion is limited up to a certain level of earnings (110100 this year, IIRC). Above it you only pay medicare taxes, not social security. S-Corp earnings are not taxed at 15%, these are not dividends. They're taxed at your ordinary income rate. You don't pay SE taxes on it, that's the only difference. I hope you're talking about tax treatment decision, because there are entirely different factors to keep in mind when you're organizing a business and making a decision between being it a LLC or a corporation. I believe you should pay some money to get a real advice that would apply to you, from a EA/CPA who would be doing the number-crunching (hopefully correctly). I'm a tax practitioner, and this answer was not intended or written to be used, and it cannot be used by any taxpayer, for the purpose of avoiding penalties that may be imposed on the taxpayer.","score":11.608343},{"document_id":"259881-0-582","text":"\nThis is something that many people misunderstand. Nearly everyone who works in the U.S. is required to pay Social Security and Medicare taxes (sometimes called payroll taxes or FICA).  These are not a savings plan, and the money you pay is not going into an account with your name on it.  This money is used to pay for the benefits of the current retirees/beneficiaries.  When you retire, the benefits you get will be paid for by the workers that are still working and paying that tax. You may be receiving benefits, but you are also still working, so you still have to pay the tax.","score":11.253688},{"document_id":"252843-0-1938","text":"\nFICA taxes are separate from federal and state income taxes. As a sole proprietor you owe all of those.  Additionally, there is a difference with FICA when you are employed vs. self employed.  Typically FICA taxes are actually split between the employer and the employee, so you pay half, they pay half. But when you're self employed, you pay both halves. This is what is commonly referred to as the self employment tax. If you are both employed and self employed as I am, your employer pays their portion of FICA on the income you earn there, and you pay both halves on the income you earn in your business. Edit: As @JoeTaxpayer added in his comment, you can specify an extra amount to be withheld from your pay when you fill out your W-4 form. This is separate from the calculation of how much to withhold based on dependents and such; see line 6 on the linked form. This could allow you to avoid making quarterly estimated payments for your self-employment income. I think this is much easier when your side income is predictable. Personally, I find it easier to come up with a percentage I must keep aside from my side income (for me this is about 35%), and then I immediately set that aside when I get paid. I make my quarterly estimated payments out of that money set aside.  My side income can vary quite a bit though; if I could predict it better I would probably do the extra withholding. Yes, you need to pay taxes for FICA and federal income tax.  I can't say exactly how much you should withhold though. If you have predictable deductions and such, it could be lower than you expect. I'm not a tax professional, and when it comes doing business taxes I go to someone who is. You don't have to do that, but I'm not comfortable offering any detailed advice on how you should proceed there. I mentioned what I do personally as an illustration of how I handle withholding, but I can't say that that's what someone else should do.","score":12.276782},{"document_id":"540394-0-333","text":"\nNo, you cannot. The FICA taxes paid are not refunded if you're not reaching the benefits threshold. They're gone. That is why foreigners who are not tax residents (mainly students) are not required to pay them. If your home country has a social security reciprocity agreement with the US - you can have a credit in your home country.","score":11.76679}],"1c74814752c3f9d4ed0b99c16e1ed192<::>6":[{"document_id":"184097-0-354","text":"\nI don't do corporate tax exclusively, but I don't think you're correct. The idea of pre-tax and post-tax earnings is significantly different from corporations than individuals since individuals see their taxes come out when they earn it and corporations pay taxes quarterly.  At the very least, it's certainly not equivalent to a charitable contribution.","score":15.087043},{"document_id":"419488-0-370","text":"\nCorporations are taxed on their profits.  Multinational corporations can report their profits in any country they have operations, regardless of where they made the sale.  In other words, it's impossible to nail down exactly where a company 'made it's money'.  So the US doesn't try, we just tax them on earnings everywhere, minus taxes paid elsewhere.  edit for clarity","score":14.727195},{"document_id":"407654-0-239","text":"\nSure you can. Obviously it means your company will make less profit, saving you 20% corporation tax, while your personal income will be higher, meaning you will likely spend more than 20% in income tax and National Insurance contributions.","score":14.582487},{"document_id":"471700-0-458","text":"\nIf corporations are people, why do persons have to pay tax on their revenues (personal income) while corporations only pay tax on their profits (operating income).   If corporations are people, then everyone should pay taxes the same way - either on their revenues, or their profits. We shouldn't be discriminating.   Boy, if a person could only pay taxes on their profits (savings), instead of their revenues (personal income), it'd be a whole new ballgame.","score":14.3099165},{"document_id":"255101-0-2143","text":"\n\"(Disclaimer: I am not an accountant nor a tax pro, etc., etc.) Yes, a Canadian corporation can function as a partial income tax shelter. This is possible since a corporation can retain earnings (profits) indefinitely, and corporate income tax rates are generally less than personal income tax rates. Details: If you own and run your business through a corporation, you can choose to take income from your corporation in one of two ways: as salary, or as dividends. Salary constitutes an expense of the corporation, i.e. it gets deducted from revenue in calculating corporate taxable income. No corporate income tax is due on money paid out as salary. However, personal income taxes and other deductions (e.g. CPP) would apply to salary at regular rates, the same as for a regular employee. Dividends are paid by the corporation to shareholders out of after-tax profits. i.e. the corporation first pays income tax on taxable income for the fiscal year, and resulting net income could be used to pay dividends (or not). At the personal level, dividends are taxed less than salary to account for tax the corporation paid. The net effect of corporate + personal tax is about the same as for salary (leaving out deductions like CPP.) The key point: Dividends don't have to be paid out in the year the money was earned. The corporation can carry profits forward (retained earnings) as long as it wants and choose to issue dividends (or not) in later years. Given that, here's how would the partial income tax shelter works: At some point, for you to personally realize income from the corporation, you can have the corporation declare a dividend. You'll then have to pay personal income taxes on the income, at the dividend rates. But for as long as the money was invested inside the corporation, it was subject only to lesser corporate tax rates, not higher personal income tax rates. Hence the \"\"partial\"\" aspect of this kind of tax shelter. Or, if you're lucky enough to find a buyer for your corporation, you could qualify for the Lifetime Capital Gains Exemption on proceeds up to $750,000 when you sell a qualified small business corporation.","score":13.225146}],"1c74814752c3f9d4ed0b99c16e1ed192<::>8":[{"document_id":"105264-0-1703","text":"\n\"Actually, the other answer isn't strictly correct.  It's an estimate, giving a lower bound that gets less accurate as income increases.  Consider: U.S. income tax is based on a progressive tax system where there are income bracket levels with increasing tax rates. Example: Given U.S. 2009 federal tax rates for an individual filing as \"\"single\"\": Imagine somebody making $100000.  Assuming no other credits, deductions, or taxes, then income tax based on the above brackets & rates would be calculated as follows: Meaning the average tax rate for the single individual earning $100,000 is 21.72%. However, a pre-tax deduction from that income actually comes off at the top marginal tax rate.  Consider the same calculation but with taxable income reduced to $99,000 instead (i.e. simulating a pre-tax $1000 deduction): That's a difference of $280, which is more than the $217.20 savings that would have been estimated if just using the average tax rate method. Consequently, when trying to determine how much money would be saved by a tax deduction, it makes better sense to estimate using the marginal tax rate, which in this case was 28%.  It gets a little trickier if the deduction crosses a bracket boundary.  (Left as an exercise to the reader :-) Finally, in the case of the deduction being discussed, it also looks like payroll FICA taxes paid by the employee (Social Security's 6.2%, and Medicare's 1.45%) would be avoided as well; so add that to the marginal tax rate savings. The surest way to know how much would be saved, though, would be to do one's income tax return calculation without the deduction, and then with, and compare the numbers.  Tax software can make this very easy to do.\"","score":14.8025},{"document_id":"457455-0-1285","text":"\nIt essentially works the same. Some states don't have any income taxes at all (like Florida or Wyoming), some only tax income derived in the state, and some tax worldwide income (like New York or California), similarly to the Federal income taxes. However, if you're living abroad (i.e.: you're a citizen or resident of a foreign country and you live there), you're not considered resident by most of the states (check with your state for specific definitions) for most, if not all, the time of your residency abroad. In such case - you don't pay state taxes, only Federal. You have to remember that foreign income exclusion doesn't apply to the income from your 401k, so you pay the taxes as if you're in the US. You can not use foreign taxes credit as well (but depending on the tax treaty with the country you're moving to, your 401k income might not be taxable there). In some cases you may end up with double taxation: US will tax your 401k income as you're a US citizen and the income is derived from the US sources, and the foreign country will tax the income based on its own laws. This is not a tax advice, and this answer was not intended or written to be used, and it cannot be used by any taxpayer, for the purpose of avoiding penalties that may be imposed on the taxpayer.","score":14.566386},{"document_id":"285472-0-495","text":"\n\"&gt; Seven U.S. states currently don't have an income tax: Alaska, Florida, Nevada, South Dakota, Texas, Washington and Wyoming.   So to be clear, you were talking about just income tax in your original comment? Or do those states have no other forms of tax whatsoever? I am still confused because you just said \"\"state tax\"\" in your original comment and did not specify a specific type of taxation like \"\"income tax\"\" or \"\"property tax\"\" or \"\"business tax\"\" or \"\"sales tax\"\" within the state.\"","score":16.013964},{"document_id":"272988-0-221","text":"\nThe tax rates are correct numbers 24.7% for top 1% and ~30% (averaged) for bottom 80%.  If you can't see the disparity issue; then, not much further I can do.    I guess see you on the other side.  Until then, enjoy life.","score":16.455862},{"document_id":"156014-0-1083","text":"\n\"Yeah, I understand that is a nebulous term, akin to stopping \"\"pork\"\" in various bills. However, getting back to that Economist article, this really stood out to me:  &gt; America’s corporate tax has two horrible flaws. The first is the tax rate, which at 35% is the highest among the 34 mostly rich-country members of the OECD. Yet it raises less revenue than the OECD average thanks to myriad loopholes and tax breaks aimed at everything from machinery investment to NASCAR race tracks. Last year these breaks cost $150 billion in forgone revenue, more than half of what America collected in total corporate taxes.  I'm not clear on where they got that number, but assuming it is true, there are certainly plenty of places we could start if we were to lower the tax rate to a sane level.   Also, I still don't see how just lowering the tax rate and removing the repatriation tax on foreign earned profit would truly disincentivize inversion. If there are countries like Bermuda still out there with say, random number here, a 5% corporate tax, wouldn't the incentive still exist?\"","score":14.858273}],"5600fe1c05a1fc415416d9dee6347000<::>2":[{"document_id":"bfd4514593f8c09e-23370-25104","text":"Skywatching - NASA Science\nIf you don't have easy access to a safe place for the family to stargaze, most local astronomy clubs host public viewing nights, where children can enjoy telescope views of the sky's wonders.> Look for astronomy clubs and events in your areas with NASA's Night Sky NetworkNASA's Space Place also offers skywatching resources for kids, including these articles:> What are Constellations?> What is a Solar Eclipse?> What is a Meteor Shower?Q: Where can I find more NASA resources about skywatching?NASA provides a variety of skywatching resources to help you make a personal connection with the amazing place we study and explore. These include: > \"What's Up\" monthly skywatching highlights video> Night Sky Network (astronomy clubs & events)> Eclipses (NASA's hub for solar and lunar eclipse info)> Watch the Skies blog (meteors & meteor showers)> Spot the Station (see the International Space Station pass overhead)See all Frequently Asked Questions about skywatching >Keep ExploringDiscover More Topics From NASAEclipsesUniverseStarsSolar System ExplorationReturn to topThe National Aeronautics and Space AdministrationNASA explores the unknown in air and space, innovates for the benefit of humanity, and inspires the world through discovery.About NASA's MissionJoin UsHomeNews & EventsMultimediaNASA+MissionsHumans in SpaceEarth & ClimateThe Solar SystemThe UniverseScienceAeronauticsTechnologyLearning ResourcesAbout NASANASA en EspañolFollow NASAMore NASA Social AccountsNASA NewslettersSitemapFor MediaPrivacy PolicyFOIANo FEAR ActOffice of the IGBudget & Annual ReportsAgency Financial ReportsContact NASAAccessibilityPage Last Updated:3 weeks agoPage Editor:SMD Content EditorsResponsible NASA Official for Science:Dana Bolles","title":"Skywatching - NASA Science","score":15.858363},{"document_id":"bfd4514593f8c09e-21337-23369","text":"Skywatching - NASA Science\nWide open areas without lots of tall trees or mountains nearby make for good viewing spots, since you can see more of the sky. Examples include places like a large field, a wide valley, and the shore of a lake or the ocean. Any location you select should be a place where you can feel safe at night.> More about finding a good skywatching locationQ: What can I see in the night sky?The whole universe is accessible to skywatchers. Your own eyes will show you stars, a handful of bright planets, the Moon, comets and meteors (shooting stars), to name a few sights. Binoculars or a small telescope enable you to see finer details than your eyes can detect, making visible things like the large moons of Jupiter and the rings of Saturn, as well as star clusters and double stars. A larger telescope enables you to see fainter objects, like nebulas and other galaxies.Q: How does light pollution affect skywatching?Light pollution is stray light from parking lots, sport complexes, street lights, and other human activity, scattered into the night sky. It's a combined effect of scattered light from these things that manifests as a glow in the night sky that makes it difficult to observe fainter stars and the Milky Way. The larger and more developed a city is, the more light pollution it tends to produce. The effect decreases the farther away you travel from a city. Heading out to less developed areas, away from town, will enable you to see more stars.> More about finding a good skywatching locationQ: How can I involve my children in skywatching?Parents can prepare to involve their children in skywatching by learning some of the basics, like the phases of the Moon, the names of a few easy to recognize constellations, and knowing how to identify bright stars and planets using a favorite astronomy app. Staying up to date with the month's skywatching highlights, with resources like NASA's What's Up video series, makes it easy to know what there is to observe, and provides some fun facts to share when out under the stars.","title":"Skywatching - NASA Science","score":12.851735},{"document_id":"bfd4514593f8c09e-19699-21767","text":"Skywatching - NASA Science\nAnd we hope that gazing at the stars above leads you to a more personal connection with our scientific quest to understand our place in the cosmos.Skywatching FAQQ: What is skywatching?Skywatching refers to observing the ever-changing variety of sights in the sky, at night in particular, but also in the day. Skywatching can be as casual as enjoying a couple of minutes of stargazing, and as serious as using a telescope to take images of deep sky objects. When you notice the changing position and phases of the Moon over a few days, or you search for Jupiter or Venus in the twilight sky, or you notice a constellation like Orion is visible for the first time in a few months, you're skywatching. At its heart, skywatching is an activity anyone can engage in to feel more connected to the larger world beyond planet Earth.Q: What tools do I need to start skywatching?You don't need any special equipment to get started skywatching. Online resources like this page are a great place to learn about what you can see. An app on your smartphone or computer can be a great help to discover what sights are visible tonight, and where to find them in the sky once you're outside under the stars. If you have access to binoculars or a telescope, they will extend your vision and enhance the experience – but they are by no means necessary to get started. Q: How do I find a good location for skywatching or stargazing?The number one priority when seeking an excellent location for skywatching is to get away from bright city lights. Scattered light from urban areas creates light pollution that washes out the fainter stars and the Milky Way. Wide open areas without lots of tall trees or mountains nearby make for good viewing spots, since you can see more of the sky. Examples include places like a large field, a wide valley, and the shore of a lake or the ocean. Any location you select should be a place where you can feel safe at night.> More about finding a good skywatching locationQ: What can I see in the night sky?The whole universe is accessible to skywatchers.","title":"Skywatching - NASA Science","score":12.635209},{"document_id":"bfd4514593f8c09e-22705-23998","text":"Skywatching - NASA Science\nHeading out to less developed areas, away from town, will enable you to see more stars.> More about finding a good skywatching locationQ: How can I involve my children in skywatching?Parents can prepare to involve their children in skywatching by learning some of the basics, like the phases of the Moon, the names of a few easy to recognize constellations, and knowing how to identify bright stars and planets using a favorite astronomy app. Staying up to date with the month's skywatching highlights, with resources like NASA's What's Up video series, makes it easy to know what there is to observe, and provides some fun facts to share when out under the stars. If you don't have easy access to a safe place for the family to stargaze, most local astronomy clubs host public viewing nights, where children can enjoy telescope views of the sky's wonders.> Look for astronomy clubs and events in your areas with NASA's Night Sky NetworkNASA's Space Place also offers skywatching resources for kids, including these articles:> What are Constellations?> What is a Solar Eclipse?> What is a Meteor Shower?Q: Where can I find more NASA resources about skywatching?NASA provides a variety of skywatching resources to help you make a personal connection with the amazing place we study and explore.","title":"Skywatching - NASA Science","score":12.352179},{"document_id":"351d62c973f5a12e-2-2050","text":"Skywatching FAQ\nSkywatching FAQ\n\nExploreSearchSubmitNews & EventsMultimediaNASA+…SkywatchingSkywatching FAQSkywatching HomeEclipsesWhat’s UpDaily GuideNight Sky NetworkTips and GuidesFAQExplore This SectionSkywatching HomeEclipsesWhat’s UpDaily GuideNight Sky NetworkTips and GuidesFAQSkywatching FAQContentsGeneral QuestionsStars and ConstellationsThe Moon and PlanetsSkywatching ResourcesFrequently asked questions about skywatching, answered by NASA.General QuestionsWhat is skywatching? Skywatching refers to observing the ever-changing variety of sights in the sky, at night in particular, but also in the day. Skywatching can be as casual as enjoying a couple of minutes of stargazing, and as serious as using a telescope to take images of deep sky objects. When you notice the changing position and phases of the Moon over a few days, or you search for Jupiter or Venus in the twilight sky, or you notice a constellation like Orion is visible for the first time in a few months, you're skywatching. At its heart, skywatching is an activity anyone can engage in to feel more connected to the larger world beyond planet Earth.What tools do I need to start skywatching?You don't need any special equipment to get started skywatching. Online resources like this page are a great place to learn about what you can see. An app on your smartphone or computer can be a great help to discover what sights are visible tonight, and where to find them in the sky once you're outside under the stars. If you have access to binoculars or a telescope, they will extend your vision and enhance the experience – but they are by no means necessary to get started. How do I find a good location for skywatching or stargazing?The number one priority when seeking an excellent location for skywatching is to get away from bright city lights. Scattered light from urban areas creates light pollution that washes out the fainter stars and the Milky Way. Wide open areas without lots of tall trees or mountains nearby make for good viewing spots, since you can see more of the sky.","title":"Skywatching FAQ","score":12.377323}],"5600fe1c05a1fc415416d9dee6347000<::>3":[{"document_id":"6eeb0327b99b9a53-4571-6549","text":"No Breathing Easy for City Dwellers: Particulates\n“Nearly everyone in any city around the world is exposed to air that has harmful levels of air pollution in it,” said Anenberg, a member of NASA’s Health and Air Quality Applied Sciences team.\nFor areas with little to no ground-based pollution monitoring, the data from Anenberg and colleagues may be the first that local officials have regarding the impacts of air pollution in their cities. The team plans to continue working with local stakeholders and governments to help them interpret the data.\n“Even cities with ground monitors can benefit from this information because the monitors can be sparsely located and may not cover the entire urban area,” Anenberg said. The team next plans to apply their methodology and satellite data to examine trends over time for other pollutants, including ozone.\nNASA Earth Observatory images by Joshua Stevens, using data courtesy of Southerland, V. A., et al. (2022). Story by Sara E. Pratt.\n\nA new satellite-derived dataset links concentrations of fine particulate matter in air pollution with health outcomes in cities around the world.\nImage of the Day for March 15, 2022\n\nInstruments:\nAqua — MODIS\nIn situ Measurement\nModel\nOrbView-2 — SeaWiFS\nTerra — MISR\nTerra — MODIS\n\nAppears in these Collections:\nAir Quality\nApplied Sciences\n\nImage of the Day\nAtmosphere\nLife\nHuman Presence\nRemote Sensing\n\nView more Images of the Day:\n\nMar 14, 2022\n\nMar 16, 2022\n\nReferences & Resources\n\nAnenberg, S.C., et al. (2022) Long-term trends in urban NO2 concentrations and associated paediatric asthma incidence: estimates from global datasets The Lancet Planetary Health, 6: e49–e58.\nHammer, M.S. et al. (2020) Global Estimates and Long-Term Trends of Fine Particulate Matter Concentrations (1998–2018) Environmental Science and Technology 54, 13, 7879–7890.\nNASA Applied Sciences (2022, January 5) Child Asthma and Other Health Effects of Long-Term Urban Air Pollution. \nNASA Earth Observatory (2021, November 8) An Extra Air Pollution Burden.","title":"No Breathing Easy for City Dwellers: Particulates","score":10.87331},{"document_id":"9295862e1fe29fc1-2-2052","text":"Good Light, Good Night Activity [Activity - Big Astronomy] (English and Spanish) | Night Sky Network\nin-list\n\n \n\nGood Light, Good Night Activity [Activity - Big Astronomy] (English and Spanish) | Night Sky Network\n\nJet Propulsion Laboratory\nCalifornia Institute of Technology\n\nJPL HOME\nEARTH\nSOLAR SYSTEM\nSTARS & GALAXIES\nSCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY\n\nBRING THE UNIVERSE TO YOU\nfacebook\ntwitter\n\nSkip Navigation\n\n\r\n \r\n Astronomy clubs bringing the wonders of the universe to the public\r\n \r\n \n\n\r\n In partnership with theAstronomical Society of the Pacific\r\n \n\nLog in to Night Sky Network\n\nUsername\n\nPassword\n\nForgot your password?\n\nLOGIN\n\nCLUBS & EVENTS\n\nNIGHT SKY PLANNER\n\nNEWS\n\nOUTREACH RESOURCES\n\nABOUT THE NETWORK\n\nJoin the Network\n\nFAQ\n\nGuidelines & Privacy Policies\n\nSITE SEARCH\n\nFOLLOW US\n\nFacebook\n\nTwitter\n\nOutreach Resources\n\nGood Light, Good Night Activity [Activity - Big Astronomy] (English and Spanish)\n\n\t\n\t\n\t\n\t\n\t\n\t\n\t\n\t\n\t\n\t\n\tChild, Teen, Adult\n\t\n\n\t\n\tShielding lights improves our safety and visibility, along with improving our view of the night sky. Light pollution has health effects on animals, including people! This activity explores light pollution and its effects on our vision, and showcases how to use light wisely by using proper shielding to direct light to where it needs to be. Learning Goals1. Understand that well-directed light makes it easier to see, rather than using brighter light.2. Understand the impact of lighting on our ability to see the night sky.3. Notice lights around us and the effects of light on the environment.This resource is part of the Big Astronomy Toolkit.Last updated March 25, 2021 \n\t\n\t \n\nDownload Good Light Good Night Activity\n\t\n\t\n\t(PDF, 1.19 MB)\n\t\n\t\nDownload Buena Luz, Buenas Noches - en español\n\t\n\t\n\t(PDF, 809 KB)\n\t\n\t\nGlobe at Night Citizen Science Activity\nUse the Dark Sky Wheel to measure your sky brightness\nFind more activities from the Big Astronomy Toolkit\n\nVideo\nShielding Demonstration\n\n\tShow how proper shielding of lights can not only allow you to see more stars, but make you safer too! \n\t\n\t \n\nFind Activities & Resources\n\nChoose Keyword\nAsteroids\nAstrobiology\nAstronomy Club\nBlack Holes","title":"Good Light, Good Night Activity [Activity - Big Astronomy] (English and Spanish) | Night Sky Network","score":10.603287},{"document_id":"6be2b271eb8ddccc-2-2379","text":"Air Pollution | California Air Resources Board\nAir Pollution | California Air Resources Board\n\nSkip to main content\n\n×Display Settings\n\nDefault\nHigh Contrast\n\nReset\nIncrease Font SizeFont \nDecrease Font SizeFont \n\ntwitter\n\nyoutube\n\nlinkedin\n\nemail\n\n Search\n \n\nCalendarFAQsContactCareersSubscribeDisplay Settings\n\nEnglishEspañol\n\nCalifornia Air Resources Board\n\nMain navigation\nAboutOur WorkResourcesServicesRulemakingNewsEquity\n\n \n\nAir Pollution\n\nBack to All Topics\n\nAir pollution is any substance in the air that is harmful to people or the environment. The California Air Resources Board works to reduce:Smog-forming emissionsAir toxicsParticulate matterClimate changing gasesSmog is the most pervasive form of air pollution, immediately impacting our ability to breathe and causing underlying health conditions to worsen.Air toxics are pollutants identified as causing serious long-term health impacts or premature deaths.Particulate Matter, or PM, is a complex mixture of small solid particles and liquid droplets found in the air. The smallest of these are a significant threat to public health as they can penetrate deeply within the body.Climate-changing emissions are altering the basic operating conditions of our planet, changing entire ecosystems and making other forms of pollution even more difficult to address.\n\n Air Pollution ComplaintsCARB conducts special investigations of air pollution complaints from all over the state, monitors the complaint hotline and informs Air Districts of possible violations of district rules, and assists in conducting selected complaint investigations.File a Complaint\n FeaturedCommunity Air Protection Communities most impacted by air pollutionAir Toxics What specific pollutants are considered toxic?Climate Change Learn about pollution that impacts our climateResearch\n\nPrograms\n\nAir Toxics Listening Session Series\n\nAirborne Toxic Control Measure to Limit Diesel-Fueled Commercial Motor Vehicle Idling\n\nAmbient Air Monitoring - Regulatory\n\nCalifornia Greenhouse Gas Emission Inventory Program\n\nCalifornia State Plan for Compliance with U.S. EPA’s Landfill Emission Guidelines\n\nClean Cars 4 All\n\nClean Truck Check (HD I/M)\n\nClimate Heat Impact Response Program (CHIRP) - Currently On Hold Until Further Notice\n\nCommunity Outreach and Enforcement\n\nConsumer Products Enforcement \n\nCriteria Pollutant and Toxics Emissions Reporting (CTR)\n\nEnhanced Fleet Modernization Program","title":"Air Pollution | California Air Resources Board","score":10.189215},{"document_id":"7d4f6f216a8dffac-5109-6455","text":"Air - NYSDEC\nNew York State issues air pollution control permits and registrations to sources of air pollution.\n\nGet a Permit\n\nSources and Effects of Air PollutionAir pollution damages health and the environment in a variety of ways. Hot summer weather sets the stage for the formation of ozone (O3) and fine particulate matter (PM2.5), two major pollutants of concern for human health. Fish and wildlife show harmful effects from acid rain and mercury in air. Greenhouse gases (chiefly carbon dioxide) in the air are changing the world's climate.Air pollutants originate from many human activities. Most pollutants come from:on- and off-road vehicles and power equipment,power plants that burn oil, gas or coal, andindustries that manufacture chemicals and other goods.Other routine activities, such as mowing the lawn, burning brush, heating with wood, and running errands in automobiles also create air pollution. Everyone can help significantly reduce pollution by following tips on Living the Green Life.\n\n Sign up with DEC Delivers to receive Air Mail! \n \n\n The monthly air quality newsletter that includes public participation news and other air program issues in New York State.\n \n\nGov Delivery Form\n\nYou must have JavaScript enabled to use this form.\n\nEmail address\n\n \n This field is required.\n \n\nTopic Id\n\n \n- None -AdirondacksAir Quality (Air Mail!","title":"Air - NYSDEC","score":10.210751},{"document_id":"709a8d5d73f6f764-2-2066","text":"Health | California Air Resources Board\nHealth | California Air Resources Board\n\nSkip to main content\n\n×Display Settings\n\nDefault\nHigh Contrast\n\nReset\nIncrease Font SizeFont \nDecrease Font SizeFont \n\ntwitter\n\nyoutube\n\nlinkedin\n\nemail\n\n Search\n \n\nCalendarFAQsContactCareersSubscribeDisplay Settings\n\nEnglishEspañol\n\nCalifornia Air Resources Board\n\nMain navigation\nAboutOur WorkResourcesServicesRulemakingNewsEquity\n\n \n\nHealth\n\nBack to All Topics\n\nAir pollution poses a significant risk to public health. Exposure to polluted air is linked to a number of health effects. Some of these are: worsened asthma, hospitalizations, and even premature death related to heart and lung disease. Toxic air pollutants emitted from cars, trucks and industry can also cause cancer.\n\n Air pollution health effectsMore than 90% of Californians breathe unhealthful air during some part of the year, harming people’s health and the economy.More Information\n FeaturedPeople at Risk Who is at risk, and where?Protecting Your Health How can you protect your health?Outdoor Air Quality Standards What is CARB doing to protect health?\n\nPrograms\n\nAmbient Air Monitoring - Regulatory\n\nClean Truck Check (HD I/M)\n\nClimate Heat Impact Response Program (CHIRP) - Currently On Hold Until Further Notice\n\nCommunity Health\n\nConsumer Products Enforcement \n\nExposure\n\nIndoor Air\n\nOutdoor Air Quality Standards\n\nPeople at Risk\n\nWildfire Smoke Clean Air Center Grant\n\nAll Programs\n\nResources\n\nInformation\n\nGasoline Service Station Industrywide Risk Assessment Guidance\n\nEstimating the Health Benefits of Reductions in Emissions of PM2.5 or its Precursors: Short Description\n\nCARB’s Methodology for Estimating the Health Effects of Air Pollution\n\nFact Sheet\n\nAir Cleaning Devices for the Home\n\nAir Quality Standards for Ozone\n\nHealth & Environmental Effects of Ozone\n\nResearch\n\nSelected References: Children's School Bus Exposure and Mitigation Studies\n\nResearch Synthesis #16-01 \"Exposure to Fine Particulate Matter (PM2.5) Increases Health Risks for Californians\"\n\nResearch Synthesis #17-03 \"Reducing Near Roadway Exposure to Air Pollution\"","title":"Health | California Air Resources Board","score":10.261853}],"5600fe1c05a1fc415416d9dee6347000<::>4":[{"document_id":"bfd4514593f8c09e-4268-6172","text":"Skywatching - NASA Science\nJust noticing this monthly cycle connects you to the orbit of another world around our own home planet.NASA / Bill DunfordGet involvedWhat's Up May 2024See Mars, Saturn, and Mercury in the May morning sky. Antares slips behind the Moon for East Coast U.S. skywatchers. And the eta Aquariid meteors peak May 6th.Learn MoreSkywatching ActivityHow to Make a Pinhole CameraYou don't need fancy glasses or equipment to enjoy one of the sky's most awesome shows: a solar eclipse. With a few simple supplies, you can make a pinhole camera that lets you watch a solar eclipse safely and easily from anywhere.Learn MoreA pinhole projector is an object with a small hole in it. It projects the image of the Sun onto the ground. In this picture, the Sun is the circle of light in the middle of the shadow on the ground.NASA JPLSkywatching Resources from NASANight Sky NetworkFind astronomy clubs & events in your area.Read MoreEclipsesGet all the details on how to be ready for the next solar eclipse.Read More'What's Up?' This month's skywatching highlightsWhat can you see in the sky this month? Stay up to date with NASA's monthly video series.Read MoreSkywatching Tips and GuidesArticle3 min readMay’s Night Sky Notes: Stargazing for BeginnersImage Article min readAn Eta Aquarid Meteor Shower ‘Triple Play’3 min readWhat is the North Star and How Do You Find It?Article3 years ago2 min readWhat Are Asterisms?Article3 years ago5 min readHow to Partner with Your Local Astronomy ClubArticle5 years agoDaily Skywatching GuideA list of events, including the phases of the Moon, close pairings of planets in the sky, and upcoming meteor showers.Learn MoreNASA Skywatching BlogsWatch the SkiesGet timely updates on meteor showers and other night sky wonders from the Meteor Environment Office at NASA's Marshall Space Flight Center.Full Moon BlogA monthly guide to all things lunar, plus daily astronomy highlights.","title":"Skywatching - NASA Science","score":11.903871},{"document_id":"351d62c973f5a12e-2-2050","text":"Skywatching FAQ\nSkywatching FAQ\n\nExploreSearchSubmitNews & EventsMultimediaNASA+…SkywatchingSkywatching FAQSkywatching HomeEclipsesWhat’s UpDaily GuideNight Sky NetworkTips and GuidesFAQExplore This SectionSkywatching HomeEclipsesWhat’s UpDaily GuideNight Sky NetworkTips and GuidesFAQSkywatching FAQContentsGeneral QuestionsStars and ConstellationsThe Moon and PlanetsSkywatching ResourcesFrequently asked questions about skywatching, answered by NASA.General QuestionsWhat is skywatching? Skywatching refers to observing the ever-changing variety of sights in the sky, at night in particular, but also in the day. Skywatching can be as casual as enjoying a couple of minutes of stargazing, and as serious as using a telescope to take images of deep sky objects. When you notice the changing position and phases of the Moon over a few days, or you search for Jupiter or Venus in the twilight sky, or you notice a constellation like Orion is visible for the first time in a few months, you're skywatching. At its heart, skywatching is an activity anyone can engage in to feel more connected to the larger world beyond planet Earth.What tools do I need to start skywatching?You don't need any special equipment to get started skywatching. Online resources like this page are a great place to learn about what you can see. An app on your smartphone or computer can be a great help to discover what sights are visible tonight, and where to find them in the sky once you're outside under the stars. If you have access to binoculars or a telescope, they will extend your vision and enhance the experience – but they are by no means necessary to get started. How do I find a good location for skywatching or stargazing?The number one priority when seeking an excellent location for skywatching is to get away from bright city lights. Scattered light from urban areas creates light pollution that washes out the fainter stars and the Milky Way. Wide open areas without lots of tall trees or mountains nearby make for good viewing spots, since you can see more of the sky.","title":"Skywatching FAQ","score":13.540735},{"document_id":"351d62c973f5a12e-1481-3556","text":"Skywatching FAQ\nIf you have access to binoculars or a telescope, they will extend your vision and enhance the experience – but they are by no means necessary to get started. How do I find a good location for skywatching or stargazing?The number one priority when seeking an excellent location for skywatching is to get away from bright city lights. Scattered light from urban areas creates light pollution that washes out the fainter stars and the Milky Way. Wide open areas without lots of tall trees or mountains nearby make for good viewing spots, since you can see more of the sky. Examples include places like a large field, a wide valley, and the shore of a lake or the ocean. Any location you select should be a place where you can feel safe at night.> More about finding a good skywatching locationWhat can I see in the night sky?The whole universe is accessible to skywatchers. Your own eyes will show you stars, a handful of bright planets, the Moon, comets and meteors (shooting stars), to name a few sights. Binoculars or a small telescope enable you to see finer details than your eyes can detect, making visible things like the large moons of Jupiter and the rings of Saturn, as well as star clusters and double stars. A larger telescope enables you to see fainter objects, like nebulas and other galaxies.How does light pollution affect skywatching?Light pollution is stray light from parking lots, sport complexes, street lights, and other human activity, scattered into the night sky. It's a combined effect of scattered light from these things that manifests as a glow in the night sky that makes it difficult to observe fainter stars and the Milky Way. The larger and more developed a city is, the more light pollution it tends to produce. The effect decreases the farther away you travel from a city. Heading out to less developed areas, away from town, will enable you to see more stars.> More about how light pollution impacts locations for stargazingCan I see ____ from my location on Earth? How do I know if objects and events described here are visible where I live?","title":"Skywatching FAQ","score":16.206657},{"document_id":"bfd4514593f8c09e-21337-23369","text":"Skywatching - NASA Science\nWide open areas without lots of tall trees or mountains nearby make for good viewing spots, since you can see more of the sky. Examples include places like a large field, a wide valley, and the shore of a lake or the ocean. Any location you select should be a place where you can feel safe at night.> More about finding a good skywatching locationQ: What can I see in the night sky?The whole universe is accessible to skywatchers. Your own eyes will show you stars, a handful of bright planets, the Moon, comets and meteors (shooting stars), to name a few sights. Binoculars or a small telescope enable you to see finer details than your eyes can detect, making visible things like the large moons of Jupiter and the rings of Saturn, as well as star clusters and double stars. A larger telescope enables you to see fainter objects, like nebulas and other galaxies.Q: How does light pollution affect skywatching?Light pollution is stray light from parking lots, sport complexes, street lights, and other human activity, scattered into the night sky. It's a combined effect of scattered light from these things that manifests as a glow in the night sky that makes it difficult to observe fainter stars and the Milky Way. The larger and more developed a city is, the more light pollution it tends to produce. The effect decreases the farther away you travel from a city. Heading out to less developed areas, away from town, will enable you to see more stars.> More about finding a good skywatching locationQ: How can I involve my children in skywatching?Parents can prepare to involve their children in skywatching by learning some of the basics, like the phases of the Moon, the names of a few easy to recognize constellations, and knowing how to identify bright stars and planets using a favorite astronomy app. Staying up to date with the month's skywatching highlights, with resources like NASA's What's Up video series, makes it easy to know what there is to observe, and provides some fun facts to share when out under the stars.","title":"Skywatching - NASA Science","score":17.189386},{"document_id":"bfd4514593f8c09e-1123-3095","text":"Skywatching - NASA Science\nMaterialsRoboticsScience InstrumentsComputingThe Universe ExoplanetsThe Search for Life in the UniverseStarsGalaxiesBlack HolesThe Big BangDark Matter &amp; Dark EnergyThe Solar System The SunMercuryVenusEarthThe MoonMarsJupiterSaturnUranusNeptunePluto &amp; Dwarf PlanetsAsteroids, Comets &amp; MeteorsThe Kuiper BeltThe Oort CloudSkywatchingEspañol CienciaAeronáuticaCiencias TerrestresSistema SolarUniversoScience All NASA ScienceEarth SciencePlanetary ScienceAstrophysics & Space ScienceThe Sun & HeliophysicsBiological & Physical SciencesLunar ScienceCitizen ScienceAstromaterialsAeronautics ResearchHuman Space Travel ResearchExploreSearchSubmitNews & EventsMultimediaNASA+Skywatching HomeEclipsesWhat’s UpDaily GuideNight Sky NetworkTips and GuidesFAQExplore This SectionSkywatching HomeEclipsesWhat’s UpDaily GuideNight Sky NetworkTips and GuidesFAQSkywatchingDeepening your personal connection to the amazing places NASA explores.ContentsWhat to Look for in the SkyNASA's Eyes: Telescope ModeTools for SkywatchingNASA's Role in SkywatchingSkywatching FAQPeople have always watched the skies. We know that early civilizations tracked the movements of the Sun, Moon, planets, and other objects because they recorded their observations with words and art. Even with our busy modern lives, the night sky is still a wonderful resource. Skywatching is an activity that allows anyone to make a connection with the larger world beyond our planet's atmosphere, just by looking up. Observing the slow, continuous movement of the stars above from night to night, and month to month, is a powerful way to experience the cycle of the seasons, as the same stars and constellations reappear each year at the same time. Meanwhile, the five bright planets visible to the unaided eye – Mercury, Venus, Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn – are constantly on the move. Sometimes they appear in the morning, before dawn, and at other times they are visible in the evening sky following sunset.","title":"Skywatching - NASA Science","score":12.483299}],"5600fe1c05a1fc415416d9dee6347000<::>7":[{"document_id":"0cdd721d6ac22a1d-3-1575","text":"Student Project: How to Make a Pinhole Camera | NASA/JPL Edu\nStudent Project: How to Make a Pinhole Camera | NASA/JPL Edu\n\nSkip Navigation\n\nJPL Education\nIntern\nLearn\nTeach\nNews\nEvents\nShare\n\n\tNASA OSTEM \n\nmenu and search\n\nACTIVITIESHow to Make a Pinhole Camera \n\nJump To\n\nMaterials1. Learn about solar eclipses2. Start making your pinhole camera3. Tape on the foil4. Poke a hole5. Read this important safety note!6. Try it out7. Get creative8. What else can you use as a pinhole camera?9. How it works \n\nJPL Education\nclose menu\n\nintern\n\nabout\napply\nresources\n\nlearn\n\nactivities\ntoolkit\ncontests\nLearning Space\n\nteach\n\nactivities\nresources\nworkshops\nprograms\nTeachable Moments\n\nnews\n\nevents\n\nshare\n\n\tNASA OSTEM \n\nStay Connected\n\n\t RoverView 3-D Glasses\n\t\n\n\t Make a Jupiter Orbiter\n\t\n\n \n\nproject\n\nHow to Make a Pinhole Camera\n\nYou don't need fancy glasses or equipment to enjoy one of the sky's most awesome shows: a solar eclipse. With a few simple supplies, you can make a pinhole camera that lets you watch a solar eclipse safely and easily from anywhere. \n\nMaterials 2 pieces of white card stockAluminum foil Tape Pin, paper clip, OR pencil\n\n1. Learn about solar eclipses Watch the video above to learn about how the Moon plays an important role in solar eclipses. Then find out more about solar eclipses from NASA's Space Place.En Español ¿Qué es un eclipse solar? Eclipses lunares y solares\n\n2. Start making your pinhole camera Cut a 1-inch to 2-inch square or rectangular hole in the middle of one of the pieces of card stock.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n3. Tape on the foil Tape a piece of aluminum foil over the hole.+ Expand image\n\n4.","title":"Student Project: How to Make a Pinhole Camera | NASA/JPL Edu","score":11.209126},{"document_id":"0cdd721d6ac22a1d-2685-4714","text":"Student Project: How to Make a Pinhole Camera | NASA/JPL Edu\nEach hole you create will turn into its own projection of the Sun, making for some neat effects. Grab a helper to take photos of your designs for a stellar art project you can enjoy even after the eclipse has ended.+ Expand image\n\n8. What else can you use as a pinhole camera? Look for items around the house or classroom with small holes in them – like a colander – to act as your pinhole camera. As before, hold it over the card stock on the ground to see the projected image. What do you notice about the light shining through different objects? What about when you move the objects closer to your projected image or farther away?For a different kind of pinhole viewer, try printing out and building the SunRISE pinhole viewer (PDF) pictured above and modeled after NASA's SunRISE spacecraft, which are part of a mission designed to study space weather. (Printing on 11x17 cardstock is recommended, but other printer papers work, too.) As you build, learn about the mission's six toaster-size cubesats and how they will study solar activity, creating 3D maps of the Sun's radio emissions and magnetic field lines.You can also challenge yourself to make your own cereal box eclipse viewer, like so: + Expand image\n\n9. How it works A pinhole camera works because the small hole you made with your pin, paper clip, or pencil acts like a tiny camera lens. Light from the Sun enters the pinhole (or the holes in an object like a colander), it gets focused, and then it is projected out of the other side of the hole. When the projected light reaches a surface, like the second piece of paper, you can see the image that passed through the pinhole.Learn more in the video above from artist Bob Miller's Light Walk at the Exploratorium in San Francisco, California.\n \n\nRelated TagsEarthEarth's MoonEclipseSolar EclipseAnnular EclipsePinhole CameraCamera ObscuraBuilding With PaperSunJump ToMaterials1. Learn about solar eclipses2. Start making your pinhole camera3. Tape on the foil4. Poke a hole5. Read this important safety note!6.","title":"Student Project: How to Make a Pinhole Camera | NASA/JPL Edu","score":12.678175},{"document_id":"34f72eaf079e26bb-2684-4764","text":"Sketch the Shape of the Sun for Science During the Solar Eclipse - NASA Science\nFor a few seconds, these glimmers of light look like beads along the Moon’s edge.The Baily's Beads effect is seen as the Moon makes its final move over the Sun during the total solar eclipse on Aug. 21, 2017, above Madras, Oregon. This effect occurs when gaps in the Moon's rugged terrain allow sunlight to pass through in some places just before the total phase of the eclipse.NASA/Aubrey GemignaniThe SunSketcher app will use smartphones to automatically take a sequence of images as Baily's Beads appear. Volunteers will simply download a free app, activate it just before totality, set the phone down with the rear camera pointed at the Sun, and leave it alone. The app will use the phone’s GPS location to calculate when Baily’s Beads will be visible.“All you need is a cell phone,” says Gordon Emslie, SunSketcher’s project lead and professor of physics and astronomy at Western Kentucky University. “How many science projects can you do with the equipment you already have in your pocket?”Emslie says the cell phone images of Baily’s Beads will look fairly simple, but the tiny dots of light will provide crucial data about our star.“It’s the precise timing of when these flashes appear and disappear that can tell you how big the Sun is and what shape it is,” Emslie says.Citizen scientists will activate the Sunsketcher app before the eclipse and then prop their phone against a steady surface with the rear (back-facing) camera pointed at the Sun. The app will automatically take images of Baily’s Beads at the correct times.SunSketcher/Tabby ClineThe SunSketcher team will merge the images collected from various viewpoints on the eclipse path to create an evolving pattern of beads. This pattern will be compared with 3D maps that show the exact locations and distances between lunar craters, mountains, and valleys on the surface of the Moon from NASA’s Lunar Reconnaissance Orbiter. The combined measurements will allow researchers to calculate the precise size and shape of the Sun based on the timing of the images captured over 90 minutes of eclipse observations.","title":"Sketch the Shape of the Sun for Science During the Solar Eclipse - NASA Science","score":11.351444},{"document_id":"573a69e582e4148f-2630-4714","text":"Eclipses - NASA Science\nSafety is the number one priority when viewing a solar eclipse. Be sure to follow these safety guidelines when viewing a solar eclipse.Quick FactsThe next total solar eclipse visible in the contiguous United States will be on Aug. 23, 2044.Lunar eclipses occur during the full moon phase, and solar eclipses occur during the new moon phase.We can't normally see the corona –—the Sun's outer atmosphere — because Sun's surface below it is so much brighter. But during a total solar eclipse, the corona emerges, offering unique opportunities to study it.An eclipse season is one of only two periods during each year when the Sun, the Moon and Earth are aligned, allowing eclipses to occur. Each season lasts about 35 days and repeats just short of six months later!Featured StoryThe April 8 Total Solar Eclipse: Through the Eyes of NASAOn April 8, 2024, the Moon’s shadow swept across North America, treating millions to a breathtaking view of a total…Read the StorySafetyCitizen ScienceEclipse TypesScienceHistoryEye Safety During an EclipseObserving our star, the Sun, can be safe and inspirational.Except for a specific and brief period of time during a total solar eclipse, you must never look directly at the Sun without proper eye protection, such as safe solar viewing glasses (eclipse glasses). Eclipse glasses are NOT the same as regular sunglasses; regular sunglasses are not safe for viewing the Sun. During a total solar eclipse, you must wear your eclipse glasses (or use other solar filters) to view the Sun directly during the partial eclipse phase. You can only take your glasses off during the short time when the Moon completely obscures the Sun – known as the period of totality. If you don’t have eclipse glasses, you can use an indirect viewing method, such as a pinhole projector, which projects an image of the Sun onto a nearby surface.It is safe to look at the Moon with unprotected eyes or through a telescope during all types and during all stages of a lunar eclipse.Learn MoreA family wearing eclipse glasses watches the total solar eclipse on Aug. 21, 2017.","title":"Eclipses - NASA Science","score":16.371933},{"document_id":"0cdd721d6ac22a1d-1211-3163","text":"Student Project: How to Make a Pinhole Camera | NASA/JPL Edu\nThen find out more about solar eclipses from NASA's Space Place.En Español ¿Qué es un eclipse solar? Eclipses lunares y solares\n\n2. Start making your pinhole camera Cut a 1-inch to 2-inch square or rectangular hole in the middle of one of the pieces of card stock.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n3. Tape on the foil Tape a piece of aluminum foil over the hole.+ Expand image\n\n4. Poke a hole Flip over your paper and use your pin, paper clip, or pencil to poke a small hole in the aluminum foil.+ Expand image\n\n5. Read this important safety note! Your pinhole camera will let you see an image of the Sun that is safe to look at. But remember to never look directly at the Sun without equipment that's specifically designed for looking at the Sun. Note that sunglasses, binoculars, and telescopes do NOT count as proper protection. For more information on safe eclipse viewing, visit the NASA Eclipse website.\n\n6. Try it out Place your second piece of card stock on the ground and hold the piece with aluminum foil above it (foil facing up). Stand with the Sun behind you and view the projected image on the card stock below! The farther away you hold your camera, the bigger your projected image will be. To make your projection a bit more defined, try putting the bottom piece of card stock in a shadowed area while you hold the other piece in the sunlight.+ Expand image\n\n7. Get creative For extra fun, try poking multiple holes in your foil to make shapes, patterns, and other designs. Each hole you create will turn into its own projection of the Sun, making for some neat effects. Grab a helper to take photos of your designs for a stellar art project you can enjoy even after the eclipse has ended.+ Expand image\n\n8. What else can you use as a pinhole camera? Look for items around the house or classroom with small holes in them – like a colander – to act as your pinhole camera. As before, hold it over the card stock on the ground to see the projected image.","title":"Student Project: How to Make a Pinhole Camera | NASA/JPL Edu","score":12.372763}],"5600fe1c05a1fc415416d9dee6347000<::>8":[{"document_id":"573a69e582e4148f-2630-4714","text":"Eclipses - NASA Science\nSafety is the number one priority when viewing a solar eclipse. Be sure to follow these safety guidelines when viewing a solar eclipse.Quick FactsThe next total solar eclipse visible in the contiguous United States will be on Aug. 23, 2044.Lunar eclipses occur during the full moon phase, and solar eclipses occur during the new moon phase.We can't normally see the corona –—the Sun's outer atmosphere — because Sun's surface below it is so much brighter. But during a total solar eclipse, the corona emerges, offering unique opportunities to study it.An eclipse season is one of only two periods during each year when the Sun, the Moon and Earth are aligned, allowing eclipses to occur. Each season lasts about 35 days and repeats just short of six months later!Featured StoryThe April 8 Total Solar Eclipse: Through the Eyes of NASAOn April 8, 2024, the Moon’s shadow swept across North America, treating millions to a breathtaking view of a total…Read the StorySafetyCitizen ScienceEclipse TypesScienceHistoryEye Safety During an EclipseObserving our star, the Sun, can be safe and inspirational.Except for a specific and brief period of time during a total solar eclipse, you must never look directly at the Sun without proper eye protection, such as safe solar viewing glasses (eclipse glasses). Eclipse glasses are NOT the same as regular sunglasses; regular sunglasses are not safe for viewing the Sun. During a total solar eclipse, you must wear your eclipse glasses (or use other solar filters) to view the Sun directly during the partial eclipse phase. You can only take your glasses off during the short time when the Moon completely obscures the Sun – known as the period of totality. If you don’t have eclipse glasses, you can use an indirect viewing method, such as a pinhole projector, which projects an image of the Sun onto a nearby surface.It is safe to look at the Moon with unprotected eyes or through a telescope during all types and during all stages of a lunar eclipse.Learn MoreA family wearing eclipse glasses watches the total solar eclipse on Aug. 21, 2017.","title":"Eclipses - NASA Science","score":17.974543},{"document_id":"573a69e582e4148f-4193-6360","text":"Eclipses - NASA Science\nYou can only take your glasses off during the short time when the Moon completely obscures the Sun – known as the period of totality. If you don’t have eclipse glasses, you can use an indirect viewing method, such as a pinhole projector, which projects an image of the Sun onto a nearby surface.It is safe to look at the Moon with unprotected eyes or through a telescope during all types and during all stages of a lunar eclipse.Learn MoreA family wearing eclipse glasses watches the total solar eclipse on Aug. 21, 2017. NASA/Shannon ReedCitizen Science ProjectsObserving a solar eclipse is one of many ways to get in on the fun of doing science.You can get involved with NASA science by participating in a number of NASA-funded citizen science projects. Citizen science projects are collaborations between scientists and interested members of the public. Through these collaborations, volunteers (known as citizen scientists) have helped make thousands of important scientific discoveries.Read MoreA closeup of a solar jet on the Sun captured by NASA’s Solar Dynamics Observatory on Jan. 20, 2011. Participants in NASA’s Citizen Science program Solar Jet Hunter help identify solar jets in spacecraft images for further study. NASA/SDO/Solar Jet HunterKnow your eclipses!There are four types of solar eclipses: Total, partial, hybrid, and annular. The type of eclipse that people get to see depends on how the Moon aligns with Earth and the Sun, and how far away the Moon is from Earth. There are three types of lunar eclipses: total, partial, and penumbral. At least two partial lunar eclipses happen every year, but total lunar eclipses are rare. Unlike a solar eclipse, it is always safe to look at a lunar eclipse with the naked eye.Learn MoreFrom left to right, this image shows a total solar eclipse, annular solar eclipse, and partial solar eclipse. A hybrid eclipse can appear as either a total or annular eclipse (the left and middle images) depending on the viewer's location.Science of EclipsesEclipses aren’t just beautiful – they’re great for science.In addition to inspiring artists and musicians, eclipses have driven numerous scientific discoveries.","title":"Eclipses - NASA Science","score":16.397812},{"document_id":"e8afeffc5b53a893-1426-3383","text":"Lunar Eclipses and Solar Eclipses | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids\nThe Moon’s shadow on Earth isn’t very big, so only a small portion of places on Earth will see it. You have to be on the sunny side of the planet when it happens. You also have to be in the path of the Moon’s shadow.\nOn average, the same spot on Earth only gets to see a solar eclipse for a few minutes about every 375 years!\n\nCaution!\nEye Safety During a Total Solar Eclipse\nExcept during the brief total phase of a total solar eclipse, when the Moon completely blocks the Sun’s bright face, it is not safe to look directly at the Sun without specialized eye protection for solar viewing.\nFor safety information, visit the NASA Eclipse Safety Page.\n\nLunar Eclipse\nDuring a lunar eclipse, Earth gets in the way of the Sun’s light hitting the Moon. That means that during the night, a full moon fades away as Earth’s shadow covers it up. \nThe Moon can also look reddish because Earth’s atmosphere absorbs the other colors while it bends some sunlight toward the Moon. Sunlight bending through the atmosphere and absorbing other colors is also why sunsets are orange and red.\nDuring a total lunar eclipse, the Moon is shining from all the sunrises and sunsets occurring on Earth!\n\nNote: This diagram is not to scale. Credit: NASA/JPL-Caltech\n\nThe Moon appeared a reddish color during a total lunar eclipse on Jan. 21, 2019 Credit: Public Domain\n\nWhy don’t we have a lunar eclipse every month?\nYou might be wondering why we don’t have a lunar eclipse every month as the Moon orbits Earth. It’s true that the Moon goes around Earth every month, but it doesn’t always get in Earth’s shadow. The Moon’s path around Earth is tilted compared to Earth’s orbit around the Sun. The Moon can be behind Earth but still get hit by light from the Sun.\n\nIn this diagram, you can see that the Moon’s orbit around Earth is at a tilt. This is why we don’t get a lunar eclipse every month. This diagram is not to scale: the Moon is much farther away from Earth than shown here.","title":"Lunar Eclipses and Solar Eclipses | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids","score":16.465954},{"document_id":"573a69e582e4148f-5844-7596","text":"Eclipses - NASA Science\nUnlike a solar eclipse, it is always safe to look at a lunar eclipse with the naked eye.Learn MoreFrom left to right, this image shows a total solar eclipse, annular solar eclipse, and partial solar eclipse. A hybrid eclipse can appear as either a total or annular eclipse (the left and middle images) depending on the viewer's location.Science of EclipsesEclipses aren’t just beautiful – they’re great for science.In addition to inspiring artists and musicians, eclipses have driven numerous scientific discoveries. For over a century, solar eclipses helped scientists decipher the Sun’s structure and explosive events, find evidence for the theory of general relativity, discover a new element, and much more. NASA scientists still study eclipses to make new discoveries about the Sun, Earth, and our space environment. Total solar eclipses are particularly important because they allow scientists to see a part of the Sun’s atmosphere – known as the corona – which is too faint to see except when the bright light of the Sun’s surface is blocked.Learn MoreNASA’s Solar and Heliospheric Observatory, or SOHO, constantly observes the outer regions of the Sun’s corona using a coronagraph, which blocks the bright solar disk. ESA/NASA/SOHOHistory of the EclipseEclipses have fascinated humans from the beginning.Throughout time, humans have had different interpretations of and reactions to these striking celestial events. In fact, historical records of eclipses from scribes in Anyang, China, helped astronomers at NASA’s Jet Propulsion Laboratory to determine how Earth’s rotation has changed over time. Determining exactly when the eclipse was seen and where the Moon's shadow fell on Earth helped the scientists calculate the rate of Earth's spin.","title":"Eclipses - NASA Science","score":15.567883},{"document_id":"63ed7efcee64570c-1381-3525","text":"Moon Phases\nWe call this motion synchronous rotation.Daily Moon GuideCheck out NASA's interactive map for observing the Moon each day of the year.Go to the guidePhasesIn our entire solar system, the only object that shines with its own light is the Sun. That light always beams onto Earth and Moon from the direction of the Sun, illuminating half of our planet in its orbit and reflecting off the surface of the Moon to create moonlight.Like Earth, the Moon has a day side and a night side, which change as the Moon rotates. The Sun always illuminates half of the Moon while the other half remains dark, but how much we are able to see of that illuminated half changes as the Moon travels through its orbit.This graphic shows the position of the Moon and the Sun during each of the Moon’s phases and the Moon as it appears from Earth during each phase. Not to scale.NASA/JPL-CaltechLet’s take a look at the individual phases, and how the movements of the Moon and Sun appear to us as we watch from the Northern Hemisphere on Earth:New MoonThis is the invisible phase of the Moon, with the illuminated side of the Moon facing the Sun and the night side facing Earth. In this phase, the Moon is in the same part of the sky as the Sun and rises and sets with the Sun. Not only is the illuminated side facing away from the Earth, it’s also up during the day! Remember, in this phase, the Moon doesn’t usually pass directly between Earth and the Sun, due to the inclination of the Moon’s orbit. It only passes near the Sun from our perspective on Earth.Waxing CrescentThis silver sliver of a Moon occurs when the illuminated half of the Moon faces mostly away from Earth, with only a tiny portion visible to us from our planet. It grows daily as the Moon’s orbit carries the Moon’s dayside farther into view. Every day, the Moon rises a little bit later.First QuarterThe Moon is now a quarter of the way through its monthly journey and you see half of its illuminated side. People may casually call this a half moon, but remember, that’s not really what you’re witnessing in the sky. You’re seeing just a slice of the entire Moon ― half of the illuminated half.","title":"Moon Phases","score":13.8507595}],"6af5334fbd010b919d7fa174823abd12<::>1":[{"document_id":"366448-0-126","text":"\nYes.   A mortgage is a kind of debt.  Someone lends you money to buy your house, and you owe them the money, so you have debt.","score":12.387295},{"document_id":"245005-0-558","text":"\nI generally agree with the other answers.  Regarding the bit about your loan from your parents... Your arrangement with your parents is certainly material to you getting another  loan.  The mortgage application will probably require you to disclose all outstanding debt.  Obviously, if you choose to omit it and your parents don't tell, it probably won't come up.  But that would be unethical (definitely) and illegal (probably).   Whether this will interfere with you getting a loan is another question, but since it's your only debt it will probably be OK.","score":14.948033},{"document_id":"546190-0-2099","text":"\nWhether or not you'll be allowed to enter the UK is a topic for a different forum (and really more a topic for a lawyer rather than strangers on the internet). That being said, as a non-lawyer giving my opinion of the situation, you should be granted access to the UK as the banks/money lenders/phone companies don't have a relationship with Border Entry. With regards to debts in the UK, there is some precedent to debts being waived after a certain period of time, but the minimum is 6 years for unsecured debt, and the companies you owe money to can still chase you for payment, but can't use legal proceedings to force you to pay. However, the big caveat to this is that this only applies to residents of England and Wales.  From the cleardebt.co.uk site: What is out of date debt? Debts like these are covered by the Limitation Act 1980, which is a   statute of limitations that provides time scales as to how long a   creditor can chase you (the debtor) for an unpaid debt. The Limitation   Act 1980 only applies when no acknowledgement of a debt has been made   between you and the creditor for six years for unsecured debts or 12   years for mortgage shortfalls and secured loans. This law only applies   to residents of England and Wales. When does debt go out of date? If the creditor fails to maintain contact with you for six years or   more, you may be able to claim that the outstanding debt is statute   barred under the Limitation Act 1980. This means the creditor cannot   use the legal system to enforce payment of the outstanding debt. The   time limit starts from when you last acknowledged owing the debt or   made a payment to the account. When can a creditor pursue an unsecured debt?  You may think a creditor has written off your debt if you haven’t heard from them for   a long time. The reality is that the debt still exists. The creditor   can still contact you and they are entitled to chase the outstanding   debt, even if the debt has been statute barred, but they are unable to   use legal proceedings to force you to pay. Creditors can pursue an   unsecured debt if:","score":12.677901},{"document_id":"104857-0-1939","text":"\n\"A re-financing, or re-fi, is when a debtor takes out a new loan for the express purpose of paying off an old one. This can be done for several reasons; usually the primary reason is that the terms of the new loan will result in a lower monthly payment. Debt consolidation (taking out one big loan at a relatively low interest rate to pay off the smaller, higher-interest loans that rack up, like credit card debt, medical bills, etc) is a form of refinancing, but you most commonly hear the term when referring to refinancing a home mortgage, as in your example. To answer your questions, most of the money comes from a new bank. That bank understands up front that this is a re-fi and not \"\"new debt\"\"; the homeowner isn't asking for any additional money, but instead the money they get will pay off outstanding debt. Therefore, the net amount of outstanding debt remains roughly equal. Even then, a re-fi can be difficult for a homeowner to get (at least on terms he'd be willing to take). First off, if the homeowner owes more than the home's worth, a re-fi may not cover the full principal of the existing loan. The bank may reject the homeowner outright as not creditworthy (a new house is a HUGE ding on your credit score, trust me), or the market and the homeowner's credit may prevent the bank offering loan terms that are worth it to the homeowner. The homeowner must often pony up cash up front for the closing costs of this new mortgage, which is money the homeowner hopes to recoup in reduced interest; however, the homeowner may not recover all the closing costs for many years, or ever. To answer the question of why a bank would do this, there are several reasons: The bank offering the re-fi is usually not the bank getting payments for the current mortgage. This new bank wants to take your business away from your current bank, and receive the substantial amount of interest involved over the remaining life of the loan.","score":12.344696},{"document_id":"58353-0-320","text":"\nThe underlying investment is usually somewhat independent of your mortgage, since it encompasses a bundle of mortgages, and not only yours. It works similarly to a fund. When, you pay off the old mortgage while re-financing, the fund receives the outstanding debt in from of cash, which can be used to buy new mortgages.","score":12.3525505}],"6af5334fbd010b919d7fa174823abd12<::>3":[{"document_id":"99521-0-1894","text":"\nWith an annual income of $120,000 you can be approved for a $2800 monthly payment on your mortgage. The trickier problem is that you will save quite a bit on that mortgage payment if you can avoid PMI, which means that you should be targeting a 20% down-payment on your next purchase. With a $500,000 budget for a new home, that means you should put $100,000 down. You only have $75,000 saved, so you can either wait until you save another $25,000, or you can refinance your current property for $95k+ $25k = $120k which would give you about a $575 monthly payment (at 30 years at 4%) on your current property. Your new property should be a little over $1,900 per month if you finance $400,000 of it. Those figures do not include property tax or home owners insurance escrow payments. Are you prepared to have about $2,500 in mortgage payments should your renters stop paying or you can't find renters?  Those numbers also do not include an emergency fund. You may want to wait even longer before making this move so that you can save enough to still have an emergency fund (worth 6 months of your new higher expenses including the higher mortgage payment on the new house.) I don't know enough about the rest of your expenses, but I think it's likely that if you're willing to borrow a little more refinancing your current place that you can probably make the numbers work to purchase a new home now. If I were you, I would not count on rental money when running the numbers to be sure it will work. I would probably also wait until I had saved $100,000 outright for the down-payment on the new place instead of refinancing the current place, but that's just a reflection of my more conservative approach to finances. You may have a larger appetite for risk, and that's fine, then rental income will probably help you pay down any money you borrow in the refinancing to make this all worth it.","score":16.382473},{"document_id":"447580-0-742","text":"\n\"The typical down-payment was expected to be 20%.  The idea being that if one could not save 1/5 of the cost of a house, they were not responsible enough to ensure repayment of the loan. It is hard to say whether this is truly a relevant measure.  However, in the absence of other data points, it is pretty decent.  It typically requires a fair amount of time to amass that much money and it does demonstrate some restraint.  (e.g. it is easily the cost of a decent new car or some other shiny \"\"toy.\"\") Income is not necessarily a good measure, on its own.  I am certainly more responsible with my spending when I have less money to spend.  (Lately, I have been feeling like my father, scrutinizing every single purchase down to the penny.)\"","score":20.94467},{"document_id":"529456-0-772","text":"\nWithout using the cash advance feature of your credit card, I'm going to say no.  No mortgage lender would let you simply charge the down payment to your credit card. The reason is the merchant transaction fees.  Typical credit card transaction fees that the merchant pays are around 3%.  If the lender accepted credit cards on a $30K down payment, they would be giving up around $900. In addition to that, the whole reason for requiring a down payment is to ensure that the buyer has some equity in their own home.  Many lenders will want to know the source of the down payment and will not allow you to borrow this down payment, because they want to ensure that you are not too far into debt.  No-money-down home purchases are much more rare than they were 10 years ago.","score":14.926501},{"document_id":"217636-0-1018","text":"\nThere's several different trade-offs wrapped up in your question. In general, refinancing a mortgage to a lower interest rate makes sense if you are certain you'll be living in the house for N years.  N depends on your closing costs and points.  Basically you need to calculate the break-even point for when the savings from the reduced interest rate exceeds the cost of the re-fi.  When I refinanced, the broker did the calculations for me for a range of options, maybe yours could as well. The trade off in selecting 30-year vs. 15-year is between monthly payment and total outlay.  A 15-year mortgage will have a higher monthly payment, but the total money that is paid out the bank (rather than to your equity) will be less. Using the Heloc to do the down payment seems sketchy; plus then you have two loan payments you're making each month.  Why not keep it simple and look for a $250k loan with 5% down?  Presumably with the current mortgage you already put in a good down payment, and have built some equity up.","score":15.546967},{"document_id":"453051-0-943","text":"\nHow much should my down payment be? Ideally 20% of the purchase price because with 20% of the purchase price, you don't have to pay a costly private mortgage insurance (PMI).  If you don't have 20% down and come across a good property to purchase, it is still a good idea to go forward with purchasing with what you are comfortable with, because renting long term is generally never a good idea if you want to build wealth and become financially independent. How much should I keep in my emergency fund? People say 3-12 months of living expenses.  Keep in mind though, in most cases, if you lose your job, you are entitled to unemployment benefits from the government. How long should my mortgage be? 30 year amortization is the best. You can always opt to pay more each month.  But having that leverage with a 30 year loan can allow you to invest your savings in other opportunities, which can yield more than mortgage interest. Best of luck!","score":20.080244}],"6af5334fbd010b919d7fa174823abd12<::>6":[{"document_id":"158140-0-1098","text":"\n\"after 30 years, you'd have a million dollar house vs a quarter million dollar house. You've captured three quarters of a million dollars in rent, given my napkin math hypothetical. As I figure the math, a 250,000 house appreciating to a million dollar house in 30 years requires a sustained ~4.9% appreciation every year--seems unrealistic. The historical rate of inflation, on average, has been closer to 3-3.5%; a 3% appreciation would give a final value of $589k.  This also doesn't taken into account the idea that you may have bought a property during a housing bubble, and so then you wouldn't get 3% year-over-year returns. But also, in terms of \"\"capturing rent\"\", you are not factoring in necessary or possible costs that renting doesn't have:  mortgage interest and insurance, maintenance, property tax, insurance, buying and selling associated fees, and, importantly, opportunity costs (in that the money not tied up in the house could be invested elsewhere).   So it is not such a slam dunk as you make it out.  Many use the NY Times buy/rent calculator to compare renting vs. buying.\"","score":16.844742},{"document_id":"248578-0-1240","text":"\n\"There are basically two ways to get value out of an appreciating asset such as a home: (a) Sell it and take the profit. In the case of a home, you presumably still have to live somewhere, so unless you buy a cheaper home to replace it, this doesn't get you anywhere. If you can get another house that is just as nice and in just as nice a location -- whatever you consider \"\"nice\"\" to be -- than this sounds like a winning option. If it means moving to a less desirable home, then you are getting the cash but losing the nice home. You'll have to decide if it's worth it. (b) Use it as collateral for a loan. In this case, that means a second mortgage, home equity loan, or a home equity line of credit. But this can be dangerous. House prices are very volatile these days. If the value of the house falls, you could be stuck with debts greater than your assets. In my humble opinion, you should be very careful about doing this. Borrowing against your house to send the kids to college or pay for your spouse's life-saving operation may be reasonable. Borrowing against your house to go on a fancy vacation is almost surely a bad idea. The vacation will be over within a couple of weeks, but you could be paying off the debt for decades.\"","score":16.839798},{"document_id":"580292-0-2033","text":"\nNo. This logic is dangerous.  The apples to apples comparison between renting and buying should be between similar living arrangements. One can't (legitimately) compare living in a 600 sq ft studio to a 3500 sq ft house.  With the proposal you offer, one should get the largest mortgage they qualify for, but that can result in a house far too big for their needs. Borrowing to buy just what you need makes sense. Borrowing to buy a house with rooms you may never visit, not a great idea.  By the way, do the numbers. The 30 year rate is 4%. You'd need a $250,000 mortgage to get $10,000 in interest the first year, that's a $312,000 house given an 80% loan. On a median income, do you think it makes sense to buy a house twice the US median?  Last, a portion of the tax savings is 'lost' to the fact that you have a standard deduction of nearly $6,000 in 2012. So that huge mortgage gets you an extra $4000 in write-off, and $600 back in taxes.  Don't ever let the Tax Tail wag the Investing Dog, or in this case the House Dog.  Edit - the investment return on real estate is a hot topic. I think it's fair to say that long term one must include the rental value of the house in calculating returns. In the case of buying of way-too-big house, you are not getting the return, it's the same as renting a four bedroom, but leaving three empty.  If I can go on a bit - I own a rental, it's worth $200K and after condo fee and property tax, I get $10K/yr. A 5% return, plus whatever appreciation. Now, if I lived there, I'd correctly claim that part of my return is the rental value, the rent I don't pay elsewhere, so the return to me is the potential growth as well as saved rent. But if the condo rents for $1200, and I'd otherwise live in a $600 apartment with less space, the return to me is lost. In my personal case, in fact, I bought a too big house. Not too big for our paycheck, the cost and therefore the mortgage were well below what the bank qualified us for. Too big for the need. I paid for two rooms we really don't use.","score":18.614046},{"document_id":"206794-0-2218","text":"\n\"A home is an investment, but the value it returns isn't primarily financial ($$) - they are consumption (a place to live). This gives it different characteristics than other investments (e.g. increasing the amount invested by buying a more expensive home doesn't do much to assist your financial well-being and future income, and isn't necessarily the \"\"responsible\"\" thing to do). You may get some capital gains, typically in line with inflation, sometimes less, sometimes more, but those aren't the most reliable, and it's difficult to realize them (it involves selling your house and moving). Its main value as a hedge is a hedge against rising rent. But if you're still working full-time and can expect cost-of-living increases, that hedge may not be as valuable to you as it would to, say, someone living on a fixed income. But as for treating it as a \"\"low-risk investment\"\"? That's very problematic. Real low-risk investments are things like government bonds, where you can't lose principal. Unless you're going to live into your house until the day you die, the real estate crash should have disabused you of any notion that housing values never go down. Rather, your house is a single, indivisible, undiversified, illiquid investment. Imagine, if you will, going to your brokerage and borrowing a hundred thousand dollars or more on margin to invest in a single real estate investment trust... then take away whatever diversification the trust offered by holding multiple properties. Also, you can't sell any of it until you move away, and the transaction fee will take something like 3%. Still sound \"\"safe\"\"? Moreover, it's exactly the wrong kind of risk. Your house's value is tied to what people are willing to pay for housing where your house is, which is usually subject to the whims of the local economy. This means that in a recession and housing bust in the local economy, you can lose your job and have your mortgage go underwater at the same time. It totally makes sense to treat your house as an investment to some extent, and it makes double sense for a financial adviser to consider it as part of your investment recommendations. \"\"Safety\"\" is not the way you should be thinking of it, though.\"","score":16.905882},{"document_id":"343917-0-1659","text":"\nThe main point to consider is that your payments toward your own home replace your rent. Any house or apartment you buy will have changes in value; the value is generally going slowly up, but there is a lot of noise, and you may be in a low phase at any time, and for a long time. So seeing it as an investment is not any better than buying share or funds, and it has a much worse liquidity (= you cannot as easily make it to cash when you want to), and not in parts either. However, if you buy for example a one-room apartment for 80000 with a 2% mortgage, and pay 2% interest = 1600 plus 1% principal = 800, for a total of 2400 per year = 200 per month, you are paying less than your current rent, plus you own it after 30 years. Even if it would be worth nothing after 30 years, you made a lot of money by paying half only every month, and it probably is not worthless. You need to be careful not to compare apples with oranges - if you buy a house for 200000 instead, your payments would be higher than your rent was, but you would be living in your house, not in a room. For most people, that is worth a lot. You need to put your own value to that; if you don't care to have a lot more space and freedom, the extra value is zero; if you like it, put a price to it. With current interest rates, it is probably a good idea for most people to buy a house that they can easily afford instead of paying rent. The usual rules should be considered - don't overstretch yourself, leave some security, etc. Generally, it is rather difficult to buy an affordable house instead of renting today and not saving a lot of money in the process, so I would say go for it.","score":16.517458}],"6af5334fbd010b919d7fa174823abd12<::>7":[{"document_id":"433727-0-549","text":"\nParents are eminently capable of gifting to their children.  If it's a gift call it a gift. If it's not a gift, it's either a loan or a landmine for some future interpersonal familial interaction (parent-child or sibling-sibling).  I an concerned by some phrasing in the OP that it is partially down this path here.  If it's a loan, it should have the full ceremony of a loan: written terms and a payment plan (which could fairly be a 0% interest, single balloon payment in 10 years or conditional on sale of a house or such; it's still not a gift).","score":13.156249},{"document_id":"341947-0-644","text":"\nYou are going to need a lawyer anyway so check with him.   But here is a path you might be able to go down.   Put the house in your name right from the get go.  He gives you the money but you sign over a promissory note to him so that you net less than $14000 (gift tax annual exclusion for the calendar year). He can gift everyone in your household 14k per year tax free and he could gift it to you and your partner in less than 7 years.  You can pay him back in anyway you like or not at all as the promissory note could be reduced by 28k per year. I think a CPA and lawyer in your state would be able to confirm that this would work for you.","score":12.606824},{"document_id":"264330-0-1040","text":"\n\"If your parents are not on the deed then I am not sure how it could be their house. It seems like the sale was done unofficially. If your parents or aunt pass away this could be a real mess. Make this official ASAP. It might be possible for your aunt to gift you the house. This may have tax implication but the article below suggests that it may not be an issue. http://www.bankrate.com/finance/real-estate/aunt-be-taxed-for-bargain-price-on-house.aspx As you're probably aware, owning a house is expensive. Make sure you can afford taxes, bills, and maintenance. Things add up fast.  I should have address the \"\"rent to own\"\" plan. If you plan on transferring the house from your aunt to you by renting with $0 monthly payment and then claiming it is all paid off, then I think this would be considered a gifting of the house from your aunt to you. It sounds like fraud to claim you paid something that you didn't. In the end, it is either a gift from your parents or from your aunt. The sooner you get the house in your name the better\"","score":12.097078},{"document_id":"475412-0-1412","text":"\nGift taxes kick in at around $13K per giver per recipient per year. That means that a straight up gift of $200K (as cash or a house) will incur a tax. It is possible, however, that if the father has a spouse, he and the spouse could each give the mother and each child the full gift limit, for a total of about $78K per year, and that money could be used by all 3 of them to buy the house jointly, over a couple of years. I think the children would have to be on the title, since part of the gift money would be theirs (and one is an adult). As far as lending the money, my in-laws are our mortgage lenders, and when we structured the loan, it had to be at a market rate (which could be the lowest advertised rate we found for a fixed-rate mortgage, independent of what we might actually qualify for) or we could not deduct interest payments. Forgiving the loan could also be considered a gift, so they would need to keep an audit trail showing that payments were made, and her father would need to declare the interest income on his taxes. If he bought the house as a second home and let her and her children live there rent-free, it might work, but I'm not sure. It would, in that case, be an asset of his estate when he dies. I don't know anything about structuring it as a trust. Free rent could conceivably also be construed as a gift, subject to the limits stated above. Disclaimer: Not a tax professional.","score":13.183009},{"document_id":"169695-0-1312","text":"\nAnyone considering this approach needs to talk to a lawyer before going ahead; certainly, you don't want to trust anything I say as legal advice as I have no legal training. This is not a gift. All the CRA has to show is that there was a reasonable expectation that the property would be sold and the money returned to the parent. That's obviously the case here; in your timeline, the evidence is in the two bank accounts after approximately six months. As to whether you'd get away with tax fraud of this nature, that depends on how careful the CRA is willing to investigate. There's another risk, too. Canada's at risk of a market correction on real-estate prices, where prices might drop 20-40%, or worse if you are pessimistic. That's speculation, of course, but such corrections are common-place over the long-term. If you buy a house today with the expectation of improving it and flipping it in six months, you run a very real risk of not recovering your initial investment, let alone the time and materials invested. Heck, you might not be able to sell the house at all. And from the parent's point of view, there's nothing to be done. They can't claim this was a gift, and now claim any sort of obligation whatsoever. The child isn't obligated to sell at a loss, and may not be able to sell in any case.","score":12.380513}],"6af5334fbd010b919d7fa174823abd12<::>8":[{"document_id":"487255-0-284","text":"\nNo, 401(k) and IRA accounts are not at risk when you default on a mortgage, even in states that aren't non-recourse. In states where mortgages are non-recourse loans, the bank isn't allowed to go after you at all. They get the keys and whatever they recover from the house sale is it.","score":15.021055},{"document_id":"219033-0-1102","text":"\nIt is possible to not use checks in the US. I personally use a credit card for almost everything and often have no cash in my wallet at all. I never carry checks with me. If we wanted to, we could pay all of our monthly bills without checks as well, and many people do this. 30 years ago, grocery stores didn't generally accept credit cards, so it was cash or check, though most other kinds of stores and restaurants did. Now, the only stores that I have encountered in years that do not accept credit cards are a local chicken restaurant, and the warehouse-shopping store Costco. (Costco accepts its own credit card, but not Mastercard or Visa.) Still, we do pay the majority of our monthly bills via check, and it would not be shocking to see someone paying for groceries with a check. I can't name the last time I saw someone write a check at a store exactly, but I've never seen any cashier or other patrons wonder what a check-writer was trying to do. Large transactions, like buying a car or house, would still use checks -- probably cashier's or certified checks and not personal checks, though.","score":10.390899},{"document_id":"115868-0-794","text":"\nIn the end, I was not required to pay the fee. After some frustrating initial attempts, I ended up writing a letter and sending a copy to card services, customer support, complaints and the legal department. It basically said: 1 - I never signed anything. 2 - I spoke to a very aggressive person at the airport who told me that she was just taking down my information in order to send information about the card, and that I was under no obligation 3 - I never received a card, activated a card, or used a card. 4 - I want this charge canceled immediately  5 - If this ever shows up on my credit report, I will contact my lawyer regarding this unscrupulous business practice. After that I received a notice in the mail confirming that everything had been cancelled and all charges were reversed.","score":11.414847},{"document_id":"141320-0-1858","text":"\nI wouldn't like to say either way what you should do, not being an financial advisor or lawyer, but I did find an interesting article on nytimes.com: Walk Away From Your Mortgage!  that you might also find helpful to frame your decision. It has some interesting information on defaults, it says this: Mortgage holders do sign a promissory note, which is a promise to pay. But the contract explicitly details the penalty for nonpayment — surrender of the property. The borrower isn’t escaping the consequences; he is suffering them. In some states, lenders also have recourse to the borrowers’ unmortgaged assets, like their car and savings accounts. A study by the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond found that defaults are lower in such states, apparently because lenders threaten the borrowers with judgments against their assets. But actual lawsuits are rare. And given that nearly a quarter of mortgages are underwater, and that 10 percent of mortgages are delinquent, White, of the University of Arizona, is surprised that more people haven’t walked. He thinks the desire to avoid shame is a factor, as are overblown fears of harm to credit ratings. Probably, homeowners also labor under a delusion that their homes will quickly return to value. White has argued that the government should stop perpetuating default “scare stories” and, indeed, should encourage borrowers to default when it’s in their economic interest. This would correct a prevailing imbalance: homeowners operate under a “powerful moral constraint” while lenders are busily trying to maximize profits. More important, it might get the system unstuck. If lenders feared an avalanche of strategic defaults, they would have an incentive to renegotiate loan terms. In theory, this could produce a wave of loan modifications — the very goal the Treasury has been pursuing to end the crisis.","score":16.236355},{"document_id":"289483-0-532","text":"\nFor many folks these days, not having a credit card is just not practical. Personally, I do quite a bit of shopping online for things not available locally. Cash is not an option in these cases and I don't want to give out my debit card number. So, a strategy is this: use a credit card for a purchase. Then immediately, or within a couple days, pay the credit card with that amount. Sounds simple but it takes a little effort to do it. This strategy gives you the convenience of a credit card and decreases the interest enormously.","score":10.80565}],"6af5334fbd010b919d7fa174823abd12<::>9":[{"document_id":"460271-0-560","text":"\n\"To explain why you have to be 18: If you are not 18, then any contract that you sign can be voided (made invalid) by either you or your parents. So it would be completely legal for you to go to the bank, ask for a $1000 loan, and for the bank to give you the loan. But then you could spend the money, and tell the bank \"\"sorry, I changed my mind, I don't want that loan, and sorry again, but the money is gone\"\". At that point, there would be nothing the bank could do to get their money back.  Obviously, banks don't like this, so they won't lend you money.\"","score":15.743227},{"document_id":"458312-0-206","text":"\nIn general, you would have to be the age of majority (generally, 18) to take out a loan. Additionally, your credit rating must be sufficient for the bank or loan company to be comfortable loaning you money.","score":21.050432},{"document_id":"278626-1714-2547","text":"\nIf you're very near the retirement age (I'm not), this advice may not be applicable to you. Edit: and oh, if your mortgage is fixed rate, and interest rates have come down, the bank will require you to pay the opportunity cost of the unpaid interests. So, you may need to pay more than you owe the bank. Edit2: let's assume the bank offered you a 4% fixed rate for a 10-year loan, which you agreed to. Now let's also assume interest rates of new agreements have come down to 2%. It would be a loss to the bank to pay back the amount of the loan (because the bank cannot get 4% by offering somebody else a new loan, only 2%), unless you paid also 10 years * (4% - 2%) * amount = 20% * amount of lost interest income. At least where I live, in fixed rate loans, one needs to pay back the bank this opportunity cost of unpaid interests.","score":13.638493},{"document_id":"361126-0-1224","text":"\nHere is something that should help your decision: Currently you are 57, suppose that means that you will still work for 10 years, and then be retired for another 20 before you sell the house. Your retirement account is nearly flat, so you will have to support yourself with your own income.  If there are no surprises, you and your wife could expect to earn 1.16 million over the  next 10 years. There will be interest on your savings, but also inflation, so to simplify I will ignore both. That means you will have an average of 40k (gross?) per year available to live from during the next 30 years. If you get a mortgage where you only pay nett 3% interest (no payback of the loan), that would cost you 6k per year on interest (based on 350k-150k), if you also want to pay back the 200k difference within 30 years, it would totally be close to 13k in annual interest+payback. Now consider whether you would rather live on 40k per year in your current place, or on a lower amount in a bigger place. Personally I would not choose to make a 200k investment at this point, perhaps after trying to live on a budget for a while. (This has the additional benefit that you can even build some cash reserve before buying anything.)","score":13.557843},{"document_id":"28951-0-717","text":"\nI'd suggest you put only 20% down if you qualify for the 80% amount of the mortgage. Live in the house a year and see what expenses really are. Then if your non-Ret accounts are still being funded to your liking, start prepaying the mortgage if you wish.  It's great to start with a house that's only 50% mortgaged, but if any life change happens to you, it may be tough to borrow it back. Far easier to just take your time and not make a decision you may regret. You don't give much detail about your retirement savings, but I'd suggest that I'd rather have a large mortgage and fund my retirement accounts to the maximum than to have a paid house and start the retirement account at age 35. Some choose that option.","score":15.258213}],"d5f0e7023ab90fe0240b7fc46cf00c26<::>1":[{"document_id":"798401030_74-671-0-569","text":"Penobscot River\nPenobscot River The Penobscot River watershed Country United States Physical characteristics Main source Maine River mouth Penobscot Bay sea level 44 ° 26 ′ N 68 ° 50 ′ W  /  44.44 ° N 68.83 ° W  / 44.44 ; - 68.83 Coordinates : 44 ° 26 ′ N 68 ° 50 ′ W  /  44.44 ° N 68.83 ° W  / 44.44 ; - 68.83 Length 109 miles ( 175 km ) Discharge Average rate : 12,080 cu ft / s ( 342 m / s ) Basin features Basin size 8,610 sq mi ( 22,300 km ) Tributaries Left : East Branch Penobscot River , Mattawamkeag River Right : West Branch Penobscot River , Piscataquis River Panorama","title":"Penobscot River","score":18.21453},{"document_id":"798401030_718-1091-0-369","text":"Penobscot River\nThe Penobscot River / pəˈnɒbskət / is a 109 - mile - long ( 175 km ) river in the U.S. state of Maine . Including the river 's West Branch and South Branch increases the Penobscot 's length to 264 miles ( 425 km ) , making it the second longest river system in Maine and the longest entirely in the state . Its drainage basin contains 8,610 square miles ( 22,300 km ) .","title":"Penobscot River","score":19.42304},{"document_id":"798401030_3323-4098-0-775","text":"Penobscot River\nThe Penobscot River was an early trade corridor to interior Maine from the Atlantic coast . Ocean ships could navigate upstream to Bangor . The cities of Rockland , Belfast , Brewer and Bangor , and the towns of Rockport , Camden , Northport , Searsport , Stockton Springs , Castine , Bucksport , Frankfort , Winterport , Orrington , and Hampden developed adjacent to the Penobscot River estuary . The river upstream of Bangor became an important transportation corridor for log driving to bring wooden logs and pulpwood from interior forests to sawmills and paper mills built to use water power where the city of Howland and the towns of Veazie , Orono , Old Town , Milford , Passadumkeag , West Enfield , Lincoln , Winn , Mattawamkeag , Medway , and Millinocket developed .","title":"Penobscot River","score":18.515118},{"document_id":"798401030_1672-2723-0-1003","text":"Penobscot River\nThe United States government maintains three river flow gages on the Penobscot river . The first is on the East Branch in Grindstone ( an unincorporated settlement approximately 10 miles ( 16 km ) south of Stacyville ) ( 45 ° 43 ′ 49 '' N 68 ° 35 ′ 22 '' W  /  45.73028 ° N 68.58944 ° W  / 45.73028 ; - 68.58944  ( Grindstone ) ) where the rivershed is 1,086 square miles ( 2,810 km ) . Flow here has ranged from 400 to 1,300 cubic feet per second ( 37 m / s ) . The second is in West Enfield ( 45 ° 14 ′ 12 '' N 68 ° 38 ′ 57 '' W  /  45.23667 ° N 68.64917 ° W  / 45.23667 ; - 68.64917  ( West Enfield ) ) where the rivershed is 6,671 square miles ( 17,280 km ) . Flow here has ranged from 4,410 to 9,660 cubic feet per second ( 274 m / s ) . The third is in Eddington ( 45 ° 14 ′ 12 '' N 68 ° 38 ′ 57 '' W  /  45.23667 ° N 68.64917 ° W  / 45.23667 ; - 68.64917  ( Eddington ) ) , 0.4 miles ( 0.64 km ) downstream from the Veazie Dam where the rivershed is 7,764 square miles ( 20,110 km ) .","title":"Penobscot River","score":18.359015},{"document_id":"798401030_1092-1671-0-563","text":"Penobscot River\nIt arises from four branches in several lakes in north - central Maine , which flow generally east . After the uniting of the West Branch with the East Branch at Medway ( 45 ° 36 ′ 14 '' N 68 ° 31 ′ 52 '' W  /  45.604 ° N 68.531 ° W  / 45.604 ; - 68.531  ( Penobscot River source ) ) , the Penobscot flows 109 miles ( 175 km ) south , past the city of Bangor , where it becomes navigable . Also at Bangor is the tributary Kenduskeag Stream . It empties into the Atlantic Ocean in Penobscot Bay . It is home to the Penobscot people that live on Indian Island .","title":"Penobscot River","score":19.386238}],"d5f0e7023ab90fe0240b7fc46cf00c26<::>2":[{"document_id":"798401030_1092-1671-0-563","text":"Penobscot River\nIt arises from four branches in several lakes in north - central Maine , which flow generally east . After the uniting of the West Branch with the East Branch at Medway ( 45 ° 36 ′ 14 '' N 68 ° 31 ′ 52 '' W  /  45.604 ° N 68.531 ° W  / 45.604 ; - 68.531  ( Penobscot River source ) ) , the Penobscot flows 109 miles ( 175 km ) south , past the city of Bangor , where it becomes navigable . Also at Bangor is the tributary Kenduskeag Stream . It empties into the Atlantic Ocean in Penobscot Bay . It is home to the Penobscot people that live on Indian Island .","title":"Penobscot River","score":19.976505},{"document_id":"798401030_10436-10772-0-336","text":"Penobscot River\nAngling , especially fly fishing , has always been popular on the river . The West Branch is known as a world class landlocked salmon river , while the East Branch is known for its smallmouth bass fishery . In 2008 , the Atlantic Salmon Commission opened the main stem of the river to catch and release fly fishing for Atlantic salmon .","title":"Penobscot River","score":24.853254},{"document_id":"798401030_10773-11534-0-761","text":"Penobscot River\nThe West Branch is home to many types of fish such as landlocked salmon and Brook Trout . There are many deep pools within the river , due to the many slate ledges , making the river ideal for fishing from shore , though there are still areas that are good for canoe fishing . The river is great for a day fishing trip , however there are a few campsites located sporadically around for people who wish to stay more than one day . With the Ripogenus Dam by Chesuncook Lake , the West Branch is able to sustain the large landlocked salmon found there , with twelve miles of heavy rapids , deep runs , large pools , and slower moving water in some sections . Baxter State Park to the north adds to the natural beauty of the area , and natural protection as well .","title":"Penobscot River","score":24.705349},{"document_id":"798401030_718-1091-0-369","text":"Penobscot River\nThe Penobscot River / pəˈnɒbskət / is a 109 - mile - long ( 175 km ) river in the U.S. state of Maine . Including the river 's West Branch and South Branch increases the Penobscot 's length to 264 miles ( 425 km ) , making it the second longest river system in Maine and the longest entirely in the state . Its drainage basin contains 8,610 square miles ( 22,300 km ) .","title":"Penobscot River","score":17.67342},{"document_id":"798401030_11535-12114-0-579","text":"Penobscot River\nSome of the river 's rapids are class IV or even V , making this one of the roughest rivers in the area , which attracts many whitewater rafters . Until 1971 the West Branch was the main thoroughfare for the Great Northern Paper Company to sluice its logs to its mill in Millinocket , Maine . In 1971 Great Northern opened the Golden Road ( Maine ) for transporting the logs . The road parallels the river . The paper industry has been greatly diminished and the Millinocket mill is in the process of being torn down . The road now is extensively used by sportsmen on the river .","title":"Penobscot River","score":18.935413}],"d5f0e7023ab90fe0240b7fc46cf00c26<::>3":[{"document_id":"849961652_18760-19729-0-969","text":"Wetland\nStorage reservoirs and flood protection : The wetland system of floodplains is formed from major rivers downstream from their headwaters . Notable river systems that produce large spans of floodplain include the Nile River , the Niger river inland delta , ( the Zambezi River flood plain ) , ( the Okavango River inland delta ) , ( the Kafue River flood plain ) ( the Lake Bangweulu flood plain ) ( Africa ) , Mississippi River ( USA ) , Amazon River ( South America ) , Yangtze River ( China ) , Danube River ( Central Europe ) and Murray - Darling River ( Australia ) . `` The floodplains of major rivers act as natural storage reservoirs , enabling excess water to spread out over a wide area , which reduces its depth and speed . Wetlands close to the headwaters of streams and rivers can slow down rainwater runoff and spring snowmelt so that it does n't run straight off the land into water courses . This can help prevent sudden , damaging floods downstream . ''","title":"Wetland","score":12.734138},{"document_id":"833737755_1909-2654-0-735","text":"Androscoggin River\nThe Androscoggin River is a river in the U.S. states of Maine and New Hampshire , in northern New England . It is 178 miles ( 286 km ) long and joins the Kennebec River at Merrymeeting Bay in Maine before its water empties into the Gulf of Maine on the Atlantic Ocean . Its drainage basin is 3,530 square miles ( 9,100 km ) in area . The name `` Androscoggin '' comes from the Eastern Abenaki term / aləssíkɑntəkw / or / alsíkɑntəkw / , meaning `` river of cliff rock shelters '' ( literally `` thus - deep - dwelling - river '' ) ; or perhaps from Penobscot / aləsstkɑtəkw / , meaning `` river of rock shelters '' . The Anglicization of the Abenaki term is likely an analogical contamination with the colonial governor Edmund Andros .","title":"Androscoggin River","score":31.92232},{"document_id":"833737755_6326-6797-0-471","text":"Androscoggin River\nThe Androscoggin River is a popular fishing destination for anglers seeking brook , rainbow and brown trout , as well as landlocked salmon and smallmouth bass . The upper reaches near Errol , New Hampshire , are popular with local and visiting fly fishermen for the chance to catch landlocked salmon from a drift boat . Although the upper reaches contain some bass , the river warms as it flows into Maine , and smallmouth bass are the chief quarry in its lower reaches .","title":"Androscoggin River","score":21.468517},{"document_id":"810308089_7216-7971-0-755","text":"Great Lakes\nThe Chicago River and Calumet River systems connect the Great Lakes Basin to the Mississippi River System through man - made alterations and canals . The St. Marys River , including the Soo Locks , connects Lake Superior to Lake Huron . The Straits of Mackinac connect Lake Michigan to Lake Huron ( which are hydrologically one ) . The St. Clair River connects Lake Huron to Lake St. Clair . The Detroit River connects Lake St. Clair to Lake Erie . The Niagara River , including Niagara Falls , connects Lake Erie to Lake Ontario . The Welland Canal , bypassing the Falls , connects Lake Erie to Lake Ontario . The Saint Lawrence River and the Saint Lawrence Seaway connect Lake Ontario to the Gulf of St. Lawrence , which connects to the Atlantic Ocean .","title":"Great Lakes","score":11.839316},{"document_id":"825816846_13923-14239-0-314","text":"River delta\nAyeyarwady ( Irrawaddy ) Danube Ebro Fly River Godavari Indus Kaveri Krishna Lena Mackenzie Mekong Mississippi Niger River Nile Ob Orinoco Otter Point Creek Paraná Po Rhine Rhône Sacramento -- San Joaquin Tigris -- Euphrates river system Volga Yangtze Yenisei Yellow River ( also known as Huanghe ) Yukon River The","title":"River delta","score":12.755704}],"d5f0e7023ab90fe0240b7fc46cf00c26<::>4":[{"document_id":"833737755_5653-6010-0-343","text":"Androscoggin River\nThe third is at Rumford , Maine ( 44 ° 33 ′ 04 '' N 70 ° 32 ′ 38 '' W  /  44.55111 ° N 70.54389 ° W  / 44.55111 ; - 70.54389 ) , where the watershed is 2,068 square miles ( 5,360 km ) . Flow here has ranged from 74,000 to 625 ft3 / s ( 2,094 and 17.7 m3 / s ) . The mean annual flow between 1905 and 2005 is 3,801 ft3 / s ( 107.6 m3 / s ) .","title":"Androscoggin River","score":18.969887},{"document_id":"800189581_52985-53794-0-809","text":"Snake River\nThe Snake River was once one of the most important rivers for the spawning of anadromous fish -- which are hatched in the headwaters of rivers , live in the ocean for most of their lives , and return to the river to spawn -- in the United States . The river supported species including chinook salmon , coho salmon , and sockeye salmon , as well as steelhead , white sturgeon , and Pacific lamprey . It is known that before the construction of dams on the river , there were three major chinook salmon runs in the Snake River ; in the spring , summer and fall , totaling about 120,000 fish , and the sockeye salmon run was about 150,000 . The historical barrier to fish migration on the Snake River was Shoshone Falls , a waterfall that occurs as the Snake River passes through the Snake River Plain . Reaches","title":"Snake River","score":18.965261},{"document_id":"859711970_14924-16135-0-1211","text":"Yellowstone River\nThe Yellowstone River is considered to be one of the greatest trout streams of the world and is officially classed as a blue ribbon stream in Montana from the park to the confluence with the Boulder River east of Livingston and from the mouth of Rosebud creek near Rosebud , Montana to the North Dakota border . The lack of dams along the river provides for excellent trout habitat from high inside Yellowstone Park , downstream through Gardiner , the Paradise Valley , Livingston , and to Big Timber , a stretch of nearly 200 miles ( 320 km ) . The Yellowstone varies in width from 74 feet ( 23 m ) to 300 feet ( 91 m ) , so fishing is normally done by boat . The most productive stretch of water is through Paradise Valley in Montana , especially near Livingston which produces brown trout , rainbow trout and native Yellowstone cutthroat trout as well as Rocky Mountain whitefish . From Billings downstream to the North Dakota border , anglers seek burbot , channel catfish , paddlefish , sauger , smallmouth bass , and walleye . The pallid sturgeon ( Scaphirhynchus albus ) , an endangered species endemic to the waters of the Missouri and lower Mississippi River basins , is also found in the Yellowstone .","title":"Yellowstone River","score":19.39598},{"document_id":"833737755_3752-4636-0-884","text":"Androscoggin River\nThe Androscoggin was once heavily polluted by a variety of textile mills , paper mills , and other industries located along its banks , and helped inspire the Clean Water Act . Although the river has benefited greatly from environmental work and the departure of certain types of industry from the region , recent EPA test results indicate unacceptably high levels of mercury - contaminated wastewater are still being discharged into the river from numerous paper mills . One environmentalist group has cited the results in calling the Androscoggin one of the 20 most polluted rivers in America . One 14 - mile ( 23 km ) stretch requires oxygen bubblers to prevent fish from suffocating . As of May 2007 , environmental groups had a lawsuit pending , in an attempt to force the paper mills located along the river to clean their waste streams . Companies have resisted , citing cost .","title":"Androscoggin River","score":20.219769},{"document_id":"833737755_6326-6797-0-471","text":"Androscoggin River\nThe Androscoggin River is a popular fishing destination for anglers seeking brook , rainbow and brown trout , as well as landlocked salmon and smallmouth bass . The upper reaches near Errol , New Hampshire , are popular with local and visiting fly fishermen for the chance to catch landlocked salmon from a drift boat . Although the upper reaches contain some bass , the river warms as it flows into Maine , and smallmouth bass are the chief quarry in its lower reaches .","title":"Androscoggin River","score":22.222683}],"d5f0e7023ab90fe0240b7fc46cf00c26<::>6":[{"document_id":"800189581_1882-2547-0-665","text":"Snake River\nThe Snake River is a major river of the greater Pacific Northwest in the United States . At 1,078 miles ( 1,735 km ) long , it is the largest tributary of the Columbia River , the largest North American river that empties into the Pacific Ocean . Rising in western Wyoming , the river flows through the Snake River Plain of southern Idaho , then through the rugged Hells Canyon area via northeastern Oregon and the rolling Palouse Hills , to reach its mouth near the Washington Tri-Cities area , where it enters the Columbia . Its drainage basin encompasses parts of six U.S. states , and its average discharge is over 54,000 cubic feet per second ( 1,500 m / s ) .","title":"Snake River","score":18.140432},{"document_id":"818532751_15493-16081-0-588","text":"Mississippi River\nThe Mississippi River has the world 's fourth - largest drainage basin ( `` watershed '' or `` catchment '' ) . The basin covers more than 1,245,000 square miles ( 3,220,000 km ) , including all or parts of 31 U.S. states and two Canadian provinces . The drainage basin empties into the Gulf of Mexico , part of the Atlantic Ocean . The total catchment of the Mississippi River covers nearly 40 % of the landmass of the continental United States . The highest point within the watershed is also the highest point of the Rocky Mountains , Mount Elbert at 14,440 feet ( 4,400 m ) . Sequence","title":"Mississippi River","score":18.168884},{"document_id":"818532751_1986-2845-0-859","text":"Mississippi River\nThe Mississippi River is the chief river of the second - largest drainage system on the North American continent , second only to the Hudson Bay drainage system . The stream is entirely within the United States ( although its drainage basin reaches into Canada ) , its source is in northern Minnesota and it flows generally south for 2,320 miles ( 3,730 km ) to the Mississippi River Delta in the Gulf of Mexico . With its many tributaries , the Mississippi 's watershed drains all or parts of 31 U.S. states and two Canadian provinces between the Rocky and Appalachian Mountains . The Mississippi ranks as the fourth - longest and fifteenth - largest river in the world by discharge . The river either borders or passes through the states of Minnesota , Wisconsin , Iowa , Illinois , Missouri , Kentucky , Tennessee , Arkansas , Mississippi , and Louisiana .","title":"Mississippi River","score":20.96659},{"document_id":"800189581_14866-15764-0-898","text":"Snake River\nThe Snake River is the thirteenth longest river in the United States . Its watershed is the 10th largest among North American rivers , and covers almost 108,000 square miles ( 280,000 km ) in portions of six U.S. states : Wyoming , Idaho , Nevada , Utah , Oregon , and Washington , with the largest portion in Idaho . Most of the Snake River watershed lies between the Rocky Mountains on the east and the Columbia Plateau on the northwest . The largest tributary of the Columbia River , the Snake River watershed makes up about 41 % of the entire Columbia River Basin . Its average discharge at the mouth constitutes 31 % of the Columbia 's flow at that point . Above the confluence , the Snake is slightly longer than the Columbia -- 1,078 miles ( 1,735 km ) compared to 928 miles ( 1,493 km ) -- and its drainage basin is slightly larger -- 4 % bigger than the upstream Columbia River watershed .","title":"Snake River","score":18.647558},{"document_id":"818532751_24559-25351-0-792","text":"Mississippi River\nWhen measured from it 's traditional source at Lake Itasca , the Mississippi has a length of 2,320 miles ( 3,730 km ) . However , besides names given on maps , there are at least 2 other ways to measure the length of a river . The first is the Longest stream source ( most distant source from the sea ) and the second is the largest stream source ( by water volume ) . Using the longest stream , the source would be Brower 's Spring in Montana , the source of the Missouri River . This would give it a an incredible length of 3,710 miles , making it the fourth longest river in the world after the Nile , Amazon , and Yangtze . Using the Largest Stream measurement , the Ohio River , and by extension the Allegheny river , would be the source and the Mississippi would begin in Pennsylvania .","title":"Mississippi River","score":18.334785}],"d5f0e7023ab90fe0240b7fc46cf00c26<::>8":[{"document_id":"818532751_16203-16699-0-496","text":"Mississippi River\nIn the United States , the Mississippi River drains the majority of the area between the crest of the Rocky Mountains and the crest of the Appalachian Mountains , except for various regions drained to Hudson Bay by the Red River of the North ; to the Atlantic Ocean by the Great Lakes and the Saint Lawrence River ; and to the Gulf of Mexico by the Rio Grande , the Alabama and Tombigbee rivers , the Chattahoochee and Appalachicola rivers , and various smaller coastal waterways along the Gulf .","title":"Mississippi River","score":13.9749},{"document_id":"818532751_1986-2845-0-859","text":"Mississippi River\nThe Mississippi River is the chief river of the second - largest drainage system on the North American continent , second only to the Hudson Bay drainage system . The stream is entirely within the United States ( although its drainage basin reaches into Canada ) , its source is in northern Minnesota and it flows generally south for 2,320 miles ( 3,730 km ) to the Mississippi River Delta in the Gulf of Mexico . With its many tributaries , the Mississippi 's watershed drains all or parts of 31 U.S. states and two Canadian provinces between the Rocky and Appalachian Mountains . The Mississippi ranks as the fourth - longest and fifteenth - largest river in the world by discharge . The river either borders or passes through the states of Minnesota , Wisconsin , Iowa , Illinois , Missouri , Kentucky , Tennessee , Arkansas , Mississippi , and Louisiana .","title":"Mississippi River","score":14.816558},{"document_id":"818532751_9280-9513-0-233","text":"Mississippi River\nThe head of navigation on the Mississippi is the Coon Rapids Dam in Coon Rapids , Minnesota . Before it was built in 1913 , steamboats could occasionally go upstream as far as Saint Cloud , Minnesota , depending on river conditions .","title":"Mississippi River","score":14.592385},{"document_id":"836236385_48922-49253-0-331","text":"Missouri\nThe Mississippi River and Missouri River are commercially navigable over their entire lengths in Missouri . The Missouri was channelized through dredging and jettys and the Mississippi was given a series of locks and dams to avoid rocks and deepen the river . St. Louis is a major destination for barge traffic on the Mississippi .","title":"Missouri","score":16.885382},{"document_id":"798401030_1092-1671-0-563","text":"Penobscot River\nIt arises from four branches in several lakes in north - central Maine , which flow generally east . After the uniting of the West Branch with the East Branch at Medway ( 45 ° 36 ′ 14 '' N 68 ° 31 ′ 52 '' W  /  45.604 ° N 68.531 ° W  / 45.604 ; - 68.531  ( Penobscot River source ) ) , the Penobscot flows 109 miles ( 175 km ) south , past the city of Bangor , where it becomes navigable . Also at Bangor is the tributary Kenduskeag Stream . It empties into the Atlantic Ocean in Penobscot Bay . It is home to the Penobscot people that live on Indian Island .","title":"Penobscot River","score":19.386238}],"c01c8cf11437e6bb3bc93efac26528c2<::>1":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_10817-7-1802","text":"\nMobile SDK \n\nIBM Cloud® Functions provides a mobile SDK for iOS and watchOS devices that enables mobile apps to fire remote triggers and invoke remote actions. A version for Android is not available, so Android developers can use the OpenWhisk REST API directly. The mobile SDK is written in Swift 4 and supports iOS 11 and later releases. You can build the mobile SDK by using Xcode 9.\n\nThe mobile SDK is not supported for IAM-based namespaces. Use a Cloud Foundry-based namespace instead.\n\n\n\n Add the SDK to your app \n\nYou can install the mobile SDK by using CocoaPods, Carthage, or from the source directory.\n\n\n\n Install mobile SDK with CocoaPods \n\nThe IBM Cloud® Functions SDK for mobile is available for public distribution through CocoaPods. Assuming CocoaPods is installed, put the following lines into a file called Podfile inside the starter app project directory.\n\ninstall! 'cocoapods', :deterministic_uuids => false\nuse_frameworks!\n\ntarget 'MyApp' do\npod 'OpenWhisk', :git => 'https://github.com/apache/incubator-openwhisk-client-swift.git', :tag => '0.3.0'\nend\n\ntarget 'MyApp WatchKit Extension' do\npod 'OpenWhisk', :git => 'https://github.com/apache/incubator-openwhisk-client-swift.git', :tag => '0.3.0'\nend\n\nFrom the command line, type pod install. This command installs the SDK for an iOS app with a watchOS extension. Use the workspace file CocoaPods creates for your app to open the project in Xcode.\n\nAfter installation, open your project workspace. You might get the following warning when building: Use Legacy Swift Language Version” (SWIFT_VERSION) is required to be configured correctly for targets which use Swift. Use the [Edit > Convert > To Current Swift Syntax…] menu to choose a Swift version or use the Build Settings editor to configure the build setting directly.","score":16.728172},{"document_id":"ibmcld_12330-7-2140","text":"\nContent \n\n\n\n Languages / platforms \n\nEvery IBM Service that offers public APIs SHOULD offer SDKs for the languages / platforms most commonly used by developers that use the service.\n\n\n\n* Java, Node, Python, and Go are \"first-tier\" languages that should have SDK support.\n* iOS and Android SDKs are important for services that may be used from mobile devices.\n* Other languages that may warrant SDK support in particular domains are C#, Ruby, Scala.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Basic interface \n\nThe SDK SHOULD provide a basic interface that maps directly onto the operations of the underlying API. Each method of an SDK SHOULD correspond to exactly one operation of the underlying API, and this relationship should be clear from design of the API.\n\nOperations whose functionality is fully supported by a related operation SHOULD be omitted. This can occur, for example, when an operation is exposed with both a GET and an POST method, where the GET offers a subset of the features of the POST but with a simpler interface.\n\n\n\n\n\n Methods \n\nMethods MUST employ a flexible parameter-passing design that allows optional parameters to be added to a method without causing incompatibility with applications using the prior version of the method.\n\nIn some languages this can be accomplished using standard language features like default parameter values, but in other languages (e.g. Java) the method parameters must be encapsulated into an \"options\" object.\n\n\n\n\n\n Streaming \n\nFor a language/runtime that supports stream value types:\n\n\n\n* The SDK SHOULD allow any potentially large input value to a method to be supplied as a stream.\n* The SDK SHOULD allow the result of a method to be returned as a stream if that value may be large.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Asynchronous method calls \n\nThe SDK MUST support asynchronous invocation of any method that performs a network operation. The SDK SHOULD support synchronous or pseudo-synchronous (e.g. async/await) invocation of methods that perform network operation in languages where this method style is idiomatic.\n\n\n\n\n\n Instrumentation \n\nThe SDK SHOULD be instrumented so that relevant usage data can be collected by the service.","score":15.016662},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02698-7-1759","text":"\nIntegrating SDKs \n\nThe App Configuration client SDK is available for Android, JavaScript, and React, the server SDKs for Node, Python, Go, and Java, and the admin SDK for Go, to integrate with your web and mobile applications, microservices, and distributed environments.\n\n\n\n Client-side and Server-side SDKs \n\nUnderstand the differences between the various SDKs so that you can decide between SDK types for your use case.\n\n\n\n Types of SDKs \n\nSDKs supported by App Configuration include:\n\n\n\n* Server-side SDK\n* Client-side SDK\n* Admin SDK\n\n\n\nSDKs that help evaluate feature flag and property values are broadly classified as Server-side or Client-side - based on the deployment environment. These SDKs can be integrated into your application to assess the feature or property values by considering segment targeting rules, if any.\n\nEvaluation SDKs fetch the latest configuration data from the App Configuration service and ensure that any change in the service configuration is made available to your application in real time.\n\nAdmin SDKs can be used to create and manage configurations for Environments, Collections, Feature flags, Properties, and Segments. As an option to IBM Cloud Dashboard or IBM Cloud CLI, Admin SDKs can be used to programmatically manage your service configuration from within your application.\n\nThe currently available Go language Admin SDK integrates with your Go application.\n\nDifferences between client-side and server-side SDKs:\n\n\n\nTable 1. List of App Configuration server, client, and admin SDKs\n\n SDK type Details Links to SDKs and integration docs \n\n Server side These SDKs are designed for multi-user systems and are intended to be used in a trusted environment, such as inside a corporate network or on a web server.","score":14.854377},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10817-2884-4620","text":"\nInstall mobile SDK from source code \n\n\n\n1. Download the [source code](https://github.com/apache/openwhisk-client-swift).\n2. Open the project by using the OpenWhisk.xcodeproj with Xcode. The project contains two schemes: \"OpenWhisk\" (targeted for iOS) and \"OpenWhiskWatch\" (targeted for watchOS 2).\n3. Build the project for the targets that you need and add the resulting frameworks to your app (usually in /Library/Developer/Xcode/DerivedData/your-app-name).\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Install the starter app example for mobile SDK \n\nYou can use the Cloud Functions CLI to download example code that embeds the Cloud Functions SDK framework.\n\nTo install the starter app example, enter the following command:\n\nibmcloud fn sdk install iOS\n\nThis command downloads a compressed file that contains the starter app. The project directory contains a Podfile.\n\nTo install the SDK, enter the following command:\n\npod install\n\n\n\n\n\n Getting started with mobile SDK \n\nTo get up and running quickly, create a WhiskCredentials object with your Cloud Functions API credentials and create a Cloud Functions instance from the object.\n\nFor example, use the following example code to create a credentials object:\n\nlet credentialsConfiguration = WhiskCredentials(accessKey: \"myKey\", accessToken: \"myToken\")\nlet whisk = Whisk(credentials: credentialsConfiguration!)\n\nIn previous example, you pass in the myKey and myToken that you get from Cloud Functions. You can retrieve the key and token with the following CLI command:\n\nibmcloud fn property get --auth\n\nExample output\n\nwhisk auth kkkkkkkk-kkkk-kkkk-kkkk-kkkkkkkkkkkk:tttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttt\n\nThe string before the colon is your key, and the string after the colon is your token.","score":16.65177},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02772-4213-5899","text":"\nIn the defaultConfig section, configure the redirect scheme.\n\ndefaultConfig {\n...\nmanifestPlaceholders = ['appIdRedirectScheme': android.defaultConfig.applicationId]\n}\n\n\n\n4. Synchronize your project with Gradle. Click Tools > Android > Sync Project with Gradle Files.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Initializing the SDK \n\n\n\n1. Pass the context, tenant ID, and region parameters to the initialize method to configure the SDK.\n\nA common, though not mandatory, place to put the initialization code is in the onCreate method of the main activity in your Android application.\n\nAppID.getInstance().initialize(getApplicationContext(), <tenantID>, <region>);\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Authenticating with the iOS Swift SDK \n\nProtect your mobile applications by using the App ID client SDK.\n\n\n\n Before you begin \n\nYou must have the following prerequisites before you get started:\n\n\n\n* Xcode 9.0 or higher\n* CocoaPods 1.1.0 or higher\n* iOS 10.0 or higher\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Installing the SDK \n\nThe App ID client SDK is distributed with CocoaPods, a dependency manager for Swift and Objective-C Cocoa projects. CocoaPods downloads artifacts, and makes them available to your project.\n\n\n\n1. Create an Xcode project or open an existing one.\n2. Create a new or open your existing Podfile in the project's directory.\n3. Add the IBMCloudAppID pod and use_frameworks! command to your target's dependencies\n\ntarget '<yourTarget>' do\nuse_frameworks!\npod 'IBMCloudAppID'\nend\n4. Install your dependencies from the command line within your project directory.\n\npod install --repo-update\n5. After installation, open the {your app}.xcworkspace file that contains your Xcode project and your linked dependencies\n6. Enable keychain sharing in your Xcode project.","score":14.922942}],"c01c8cf11437e6bb3bc93efac26528c2<::>6":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_10817-1342-3184","text":"\nUse the workspace file CocoaPods creates for your app to open the project in Xcode.\n\nAfter installation, open your project workspace. You might get the following warning when building: Use Legacy Swift Language Version” (SWIFT_VERSION) is required to be configured correctly for targets which use Swift. Use the [Edit > Convert > To Current Swift Syntax…] menu to choose a Swift version or use the Build Settings editor to configure the build setting directly. This is caused if CocoaPods does not update the Swift version in the Pods project. To fix, select the Pods project and the IBM Cloud® Functions target. Go to Build Settings and change the setting Use Legacy Swift Language Version to no. Alternatively, you can add the following post installation instructions at the end of you Podfile:\n\npost_install do installer\ninstaller.pods_project.targets.each do target\ntarget.build_configurations.each do config\nconfig.build_settings['SWIFT_VERSION'] = '4.0'\nend\nend\nend\n\n\n\n\n\n Install mobile SDK with Carthage \n\nCreate a file in the project directory for your app and name it Cartfile. Put the following line in the file:\n\ngithub \"openwhisk/openwhisk-client-swift.git\" > 0.3.0 Or latest version\n\nFrom the command line, type carthage update --platform ios. Carthage downloads and builds the SDK, creates a directory that is called Carthage in the project directory for your app, and puts an OpenWhisk.framework file inside Carthage/build/iOS.\n\nYou must then add OpenWhisk.framework file to the embedded frameworks in your Xcode project\n\n\n\n\n\n Install mobile SDK from source code \n\n\n\n1. Download the [source code](https://github.com/apache/openwhisk-client-swift).\n2. Open the project by using the OpenWhisk.xcodeproj with Xcode. The project contains two schemes: \"OpenWhisk\" (targeted for iOS) and \"OpenWhiskWatch\" (targeted for watchOS 2).\n3.","score":12.990375},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04518-1426-3052","text":"\nuse_frameworks!\n\ntarget 'MyApp' do\npod 'BMSCore'\nend\n\nThen run the pod install command, and open the generated .xcworkspace file. To update to a newer release of BMSCore, use pod update BMSCore.\n\nFor more information about using CocoaPods, see the [CocoaPods Guides](https://guides.cocoapods.org/using/index.html).\n2. To install BMSCore by using Carthage, follow these [instructions](https://github.com/Carthage/Carthagegetting-started).\n\n\n\n1. Add the following line to your Cartfile:\n\ngithub \"ibm-bluemix-mobile-services/bms-clientsdk-swift-core\"\n2. Run the carthage update command.\n3. After the build is finished, add BMSCore.framework to your project by following [Step 3](https://github.com/Carthage/Carthagegetting-started) in the Carthage instructions.\n\nFor apps that are built with Swift 2.3, use the carthage update --toolchain com.apple.dt.toolchain.Swift_2_3 command. Otherwise, use the carthage update command.\n\n\n\n3. Import the BMSCore module.\n\nimport BMSCore\n4. Initialize the BMSClient class by using the following code.\n\nPlace the initialization code in the application(_:didFinishLaunchingWithOptions:) method of your app delegate, or in a location that works best for your project.\n\nBMSClient.sharedInstance.initialize(bluemixRegion: BMSClient.Region.usSouth) // Make sure that you point to your region\n\nYou must initialize the BMSClient with the bluemixRegion parameter. In the initializer, the bluemixRegion value specifies which IBM Cloud deployment you're using, for example, BMSClient.Region.usSouth, BMSClient.Region.unitedKingdom, or BMSClient.Region.sydney.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Initializing your Cordova app \n\n\n\n1.","score":12.774756},{"document_id":"ibmcld_07551-15747-17355","text":"\npod 'ENPushDestination', '> 0.0.1'\nend\n\n\n\n\n\n Carthage \n\nTo install ENPushDestination using Carthage, add the following to your Cartfile.\n\ngithub \"IBM/event-notifications-destination-ios-sdk\" > 0.0.1\n\nThen, run the following command to build the dependencies and frameworks:\n\ncarthage update --platform iOS\n\n\n\n\n\n Swift Package Manager \n\nAdd the following to your Package.swift file to identify ENPushDestination as a dependency. The package manager clones ENPushDestination when you build your project with swift build.\n\ndependencies: [\n.package(url: \"https://github.com/IBM/event-notifications-destination-ios-sdk\", from: \"0.0.1\")\n]\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Installation - Initialize SDK \n\nComplete the following steps to enable iOS applications to receive notifications.\n\n\n\n1. Add the import statements in your .swift file.\n\nimport ENPushDestination\n2. Initialize the ENPushDestination SDK\n\nlet instanceGUID = \"<instance_guid>>\";\nlet destinationID = \"<instance_destination_id>\";\nlet apiKey = \"<instance_apikey>\";\n\nlet enPush = ENPush.sharedInstance\nenPush.setCloudRegion(region: .usSouth)\nenPush.initialize(instanceGUID, destinationID, apiKey)\n\n\n\n* region: Region of the Event Notifications instance. For example, Region.usSouth.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Register for notifications \n\nUse the ENPush.registerDevice() API to register the device with iOS destination in Event Notifications service.\n\nThe following options are supported:\n\n\n\n* Register without userId:\n\n/Register iOS devices/\nenPush.registerWithDeviceToken(deviceToken: \"<apns-device-token>\") { response, statusCode, error in\nprint(response?.id ?? \"\")\n}\n* Register with UserId.","score":12.422075},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10852-44214-45420","text":"\n* [Install mobile SDK with Carthage](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_mobile_sdkinstall-mobile-sdk-carthage)\n* [Install mobile SDK from source code](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_mobile_sdkinstall-mobile-sdk-source-code)\n\n\n\n* [Install the starter app example for mobile SDK](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_mobile_sdkinstall-mobile-sdk-starter-app)\n* [Getting started with mobile SDK](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_mobile_sdkget-started-mobile-sdk)\n* [Invoke a mobile SDK action](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_mobile_sdkinvoke-mobile-sdk-action)\n* [Fire a mobile SDK trigger](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_mobile_sdkfire-mobile-sdk-trigger)\n* [Use mobile SDK actions that return a result](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_mobile_sdkmobile-sdk-actions-results)\n* [Configuring the mobile SDK](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_mobile_sdkconfigure-mobile-sdk)\n\n\n\n* [Support for qualified names with mobile SDK](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_mobile_sdkqualified-names-mobile-sdk)","score":11.080779},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04518-7-1743","text":"\nInitializing BMSClient \n\nBMSCore provides the HTTP infrastructure that the other IBM Cloud® Web and Mobile services client SDKs use to communicate with their corresponding IBM Cloud services.\n\n\n\n Initializing your Android app \n\nYou can either download and import the BMSCore package to your Android Studio project, or use Gradle.\n\n\n\n1. Import the Client SDK by adding the following import statement at the beginning of your project file:\n\nimport com.ibm.mobilefirstplatform.clientsdk.android.core.api.;\n2. Initialize the BMSClient SDK in your Android application by adding the initialization code in the onCreate method of the main activity in your Android app, or in a location that works best for your project.\n\nBMSClient.getInstance().initialize(getApplicationContext(), BMSClient.REGION_US_SOUTH); // Make sure that you point to your region\n\nYou must initialize the BMSClient with the bluemixRegion parameter. In the initializer, the bluemixRegion value specifies which IBM Cloud deployment you are using, for example, BMSClient.REGION_US_SOUTH, BMSClient.REGION_UK, or BMSClient.REGION_SYDNEY.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Initializing your iOS app \n\nYou can use [CocoaPods](https://cocoapods.org) or [Carthage](https://github.com/Carthage/Carthage) to get the BMSCore package.\n\n\n\n1. To install BMSCore by using CocoaPods, add the following lines to your Podfile. If your project doesn't have a Podfile yet, use the pod init command.\n\nuse_frameworks!\n\ntarget 'MyApp' do\npod 'BMSCore'\nend\n\nThen run the pod install command, and open the generated .xcworkspace file. To update to a newer release of BMSCore, use pod update BMSCore.\n\nFor more information about using CocoaPods, see the [CocoaPods Guides](https://guides.cocoapods.org/using/index.html).\n2.","score":10.582929}],"c01c8cf11437e6bb3bc93efac26528c2<::>7":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_10852-44214-45420","text":"\n* [Install mobile SDK with Carthage](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_mobile_sdkinstall-mobile-sdk-carthage)\n* [Install mobile SDK from source code](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_mobile_sdkinstall-mobile-sdk-source-code)\n\n\n\n* [Install the starter app example for mobile SDK](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_mobile_sdkinstall-mobile-sdk-starter-app)\n* [Getting started with mobile SDK](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_mobile_sdkget-started-mobile-sdk)\n* [Invoke a mobile SDK action](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_mobile_sdkinvoke-mobile-sdk-action)\n* [Fire a mobile SDK trigger](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_mobile_sdkfire-mobile-sdk-trigger)\n* [Use mobile SDK actions that return a result](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_mobile_sdkmobile-sdk-actions-results)\n* [Configuring the mobile SDK](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_mobile_sdkconfigure-mobile-sdk)\n\n\n\n* [Support for qualified names with mobile SDK](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_mobile_sdkqualified-names-mobile-sdk)","score":11.080779},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04518-7-1743","text":"\nInitializing BMSClient \n\nBMSCore provides the HTTP infrastructure that the other IBM Cloud® Web and Mobile services client SDKs use to communicate with their corresponding IBM Cloud services.\n\n\n\n Initializing your Android app \n\nYou can either download and import the BMSCore package to your Android Studio project, or use Gradle.\n\n\n\n1. Import the Client SDK by adding the following import statement at the beginning of your project file:\n\nimport com.ibm.mobilefirstplatform.clientsdk.android.core.api.;\n2. Initialize the BMSClient SDK in your Android application by adding the initialization code in the onCreate method of the main activity in your Android app, or in a location that works best for your project.\n\nBMSClient.getInstance().initialize(getApplicationContext(), BMSClient.REGION_US_SOUTH); // Make sure that you point to your region\n\nYou must initialize the BMSClient with the bluemixRegion parameter. In the initializer, the bluemixRegion value specifies which IBM Cloud deployment you are using, for example, BMSClient.REGION_US_SOUTH, BMSClient.REGION_UK, or BMSClient.REGION_SYDNEY.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Initializing your iOS app \n\nYou can use [CocoaPods](https://cocoapods.org) or [Carthage](https://github.com/Carthage/Carthage) to get the BMSCore package.\n\n\n\n1. To install BMSCore by using CocoaPods, add the following lines to your Podfile. If your project doesn't have a Podfile yet, use the pod init command.\n\nuse_frameworks!\n\ntarget 'MyApp' do\npod 'BMSCore'\nend\n\nThen run the pod install command, and open the generated .xcworkspace file. To update to a newer release of BMSCore, use pod update BMSCore.\n\nFor more information about using CocoaPods, see the [CocoaPods Guides](https://guides.cocoapods.org/using/index.html).\n2.","score":10.582929},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04518-1426-3052","text":"\nuse_frameworks!\n\ntarget 'MyApp' do\npod 'BMSCore'\nend\n\nThen run the pod install command, and open the generated .xcworkspace file. To update to a newer release of BMSCore, use pod update BMSCore.\n\nFor more information about using CocoaPods, see the [CocoaPods Guides](https://guides.cocoapods.org/using/index.html).\n2. To install BMSCore by using Carthage, follow these [instructions](https://github.com/Carthage/Carthagegetting-started).\n\n\n\n1. Add the following line to your Cartfile:\n\ngithub \"ibm-bluemix-mobile-services/bms-clientsdk-swift-core\"\n2. Run the carthage update command.\n3. After the build is finished, add BMSCore.framework to your project by following [Step 3](https://github.com/Carthage/Carthagegetting-started) in the Carthage instructions.\n\nFor apps that are built with Swift 2.3, use the carthage update --toolchain com.apple.dt.toolchain.Swift_2_3 command. Otherwise, use the carthage update command.\n\n\n\n3. Import the BMSCore module.\n\nimport BMSCore\n4. Initialize the BMSClient class by using the following code.\n\nPlace the initialization code in the application(_:didFinishLaunchingWithOptions:) method of your app delegate, or in a location that works best for your project.\n\nBMSClient.sharedInstance.initialize(bluemixRegion: BMSClient.Region.usSouth) // Make sure that you point to your region\n\nYou must initialize the BMSClient with the bluemixRegion parameter. In the initializer, the bluemixRegion value specifies which IBM Cloud deployment you're using, for example, BMSClient.Region.usSouth, BMSClient.Region.unitedKingdom, or BMSClient.Region.sydney.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Initializing your Cordova app \n\n\n\n1.","score":12.774756},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10817-1342-3184","text":"\nUse the workspace file CocoaPods creates for your app to open the project in Xcode.\n\nAfter installation, open your project workspace. You might get the following warning when building: Use Legacy Swift Language Version” (SWIFT_VERSION) is required to be configured correctly for targets which use Swift. Use the [Edit > Convert > To Current Swift Syntax…] menu to choose a Swift version or use the Build Settings editor to configure the build setting directly. This is caused if CocoaPods does not update the Swift version in the Pods project. To fix, select the Pods project and the IBM Cloud® Functions target. Go to Build Settings and change the setting Use Legacy Swift Language Version to no. Alternatively, you can add the following post installation instructions at the end of you Podfile:\n\npost_install do installer\ninstaller.pods_project.targets.each do target\ntarget.build_configurations.each do config\nconfig.build_settings['SWIFT_VERSION'] = '4.0'\nend\nend\nend\n\n\n\n\n\n Install mobile SDK with Carthage \n\nCreate a file in the project directory for your app and name it Cartfile. Put the following line in the file:\n\ngithub \"openwhisk/openwhisk-client-swift.git\" > 0.3.0 Or latest version\n\nFrom the command line, type carthage update --platform ios. Carthage downloads and builds the SDK, creates a directory that is called Carthage in the project directory for your app, and puts an OpenWhisk.framework file inside Carthage/build/iOS.\n\nYou must then add OpenWhisk.framework file to the embedded frameworks in your Xcode project\n\n\n\n\n\n Install mobile SDK from source code \n\n\n\n1. Download the [source code](https://github.com/apache/openwhisk-client-swift).\n2. Open the project by using the OpenWhisk.xcodeproj with Xcode. The project contains two schemes: \"OpenWhisk\" (targeted for iOS) and \"OpenWhiskWatch\" (targeted for watchOS 2).\n3.","score":12.990375},{"document_id":"ibmcld_07551-15747-17355","text":"\npod 'ENPushDestination', '> 0.0.1'\nend\n\n\n\n\n\n Carthage \n\nTo install ENPushDestination using Carthage, add the following to your Cartfile.\n\ngithub \"IBM/event-notifications-destination-ios-sdk\" > 0.0.1\n\nThen, run the following command to build the dependencies and frameworks:\n\ncarthage update --platform iOS\n\n\n\n\n\n Swift Package Manager \n\nAdd the following to your Package.swift file to identify ENPushDestination as a dependency. The package manager clones ENPushDestination when you build your project with swift build.\n\ndependencies: [\n.package(url: \"https://github.com/IBM/event-notifications-destination-ios-sdk\", from: \"0.0.1\")\n]\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Installation - Initialize SDK \n\nComplete the following steps to enable iOS applications to receive notifications.\n\n\n\n1. Add the import statements in your .swift file.\n\nimport ENPushDestination\n2. Initialize the ENPushDestination SDK\n\nlet instanceGUID = \"<instance_guid>>\";\nlet destinationID = \"<instance_destination_id>\";\nlet apiKey = \"<instance_apikey>\";\n\nlet enPush = ENPush.sharedInstance\nenPush.setCloudRegion(region: .usSouth)\nenPush.initialize(instanceGUID, destinationID, apiKey)\n\n\n\n* region: Region of the Event Notifications instance. For example, Region.usSouth.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Register for notifications \n\nUse the ENPush.registerDevice() API to register the device with iOS destination in Event Notifications service.\n\nThe following options are supported:\n\n\n\n* Register without userId:\n\n/Register iOS devices/\nenPush.registerWithDeviceToken(deviceToken: \"<apns-device-token>\") { response, statusCode, error in\nprint(response?.id ?? \"\")\n}\n* Register with UserId.","score":12.422075}],"2f94b6fb4c6f941decd0609eb126610b<::>1":[{"document_id":"151045-0-337","text":"\nThe numbers aside (I'd not assume 12%/yr) there is no limit to the balance. There are 401(k) accounts that have great matching and profit sharing deposits putting the per year limit closer to $45k, combine that with company stock in, say, Apple which has risen 60 fold this past decade, and balances in the tens of millions are possible.","score":17.282402},{"document_id":"530703-0-1045","text":"\nOne of the strengths of 401K accounts is that you can move from investment X in the program to investment Y in the program without tax consequences. As you move through your lifetime you will tend to want to lower risk by investing in funds that are less aggressive. The only way this works is if there is an ability to move funds. If there were only one or two funds to pick from or that you were locked in to your initial choices that would be a very poor 401K to be enrolled in. On your benefits/401K website you should be able to adjust three sets of numbers: Some have you enter the current money as a percentage others allow you to enter it in dollars. They might limit the number of changes you can do in a month to the current money balances to avoid the temptation to try and time the market. These changes usually happen within 1 business day.  Regarding new and match money they could limit the lowest non zero percent to 5% or 10%, but they might allow numbers as low as 1%. These changes take place generally with the next paycheck.","score":17.18085},{"document_id":"74041-0-1013","text":"\nBen Miller's answer is very thorough, and I up voted it. I believe that the ability to rebalance without tax implications is very import, but there are two aspects of the question that were not covered: The 401K in many cases comes with a company match. Putting enough money into the fund each year to maximize the match, give you free money that is not available in the non-retirement accounts. The presence of that match is to encourage employees to contribute: even if they are tying up their funds until retirement age; and they are into a plan with only a handful of investment options; and they may have higher expenses in the 401K. The question also had a concern about the annual limits for the 401K (18,000) and the IRA (5,500). The use of a retirement account doesn't in any way limit your ability to invest in non-retirement accounts. You can choose to invest from 0 to 23,500 in the retirement accounts and from 0 to unlimited into the non-retirement accounts. Double those amounts if you are married.","score":17.635784},{"document_id":"168890-0-843","text":"\nCompanies usually have a minimum account balance required to keep a 401k for former employees. You will have to check whether $10k is sufficient to keep your funds in your former employer's 401k. If you are below their threshold, you will have to move your money. One option is to rollover into the new employer's 401k.  You can rollover a 401k into a traditional IRA account that is independent of your employer. A traditional IRA has the same tax benefits as a 401k; it grows tax-free until you withdraw money from the account. Companies that offer IRAs include Vanguard, Fidelity, TIAA.  Many companies have significant overhead costs in the their 401k management. It may be better for you to rollover your money into an IRA to save on these costs.  I am not knowledgeable about loaning from retirement accounts, so I cannot help with that.","score":16.90845},{"document_id":"570117-0-935","text":"\nThe benefit of the 401K and IRAs are that reallocating and re balancing are easy. They don't want you to move the funds every day, but you are not locked in to your current allocations. The fact that you mentioned in a comment that you also have a Roth IRA means that you should look at all retirements as a whole.  Look at what options you have in the 401K and also what options you have with the IRA. Then determine the overall allocation between bonds, stocks, international, REIT, etc. Then use the mix of funds  in the IRA and 401K to meet that goal. Asking if the 401K should be small and mid cap only can't be answered without knowing not just your risk tolerances but the total money in the 401K and IRA.  Pick an allocation, map the available funds to that allocation. Rebalance every year. But review the allocation in a few years or after a life event such as: change of job, getting married, having kids, or buying a house.","score":17.051914}],"2f94b6fb4c6f941decd0609eb126610b<::>4":[{"document_id":"417388-0-1927","text":"\nThe 401(k) contribution is Federal tax free, when you make the contribution, and most likely State too. I believe that is true for California, specifically. There was a court case some years ago about people making 401(k) or IRA contributions in New York, avoiding the New York state income tax. Then they moved to Florida (no income tax), and took the money out. New York sued, saying they had to pay the New York income tax that had been deferred, but the court said no. So you should be able to avoid California state income tax, and then later if you were to move to, for example, Texas (no income tax), have no state income tax liability. At the Federal level, you will have different problems. You won't have the money; it will be held by the 401(k) trustee. When you try to access the money (cash the account out), you will have to pay the deferred taxes. Effectively, when you remove the money it becomes income in the year it is removed. You can take the money out at any time, but if you are less than 59 1/2 at the time that you take it, there is a 10% penalty. The agreement is that the Feds let you defer paying the tax because it is going to finance your retirement, and they will tax it later. If you take it out before 59 1/2, they figure you are not retired yet, and are breaking your part of the agreement. Of course you can generally leave the money in the 401(k) plan with your old employer and let it grow until you are 59.5, or roll it over into another 401(k) with a new employer (if they let you), or into an IRA. But if you have returned to your own country, having an account in the U.S. would introduce both investment risk and currency risk. If you are in another country when you want the money, the question would be where your U.S. residence would be. If you live in California, then go to, say France, your U.S. residence would still be California, and you would still owe California income tax.","score":13.699991},{"document_id":"427997-0-1765","text":"\n\"typically, your employer will automatically stop making contributions once you hit the 18k$ limit. it is worth noting that employer contributions (e.g. \"\"matching\"\") do not count towards the 18k$ employee pre-tax contribution limit. however, if you have 2 employers during the year their combined payroll deductions might exceed the limit if you do not inform your later employer of the contributions you made at your former employer (or they ignore the info). in which case, you must request a refund of \"\"excess contributions\"\" from one of the plans (your choice). you must report the refund as taxable income on your taxes. if you do not make this request by the time you file your taxes, the tax man will reject your filing and \"\"adjust\"\" your return with more taxes and penalties. sometimes requesting a refund of excess contributions might cause your employer to remove \"\"matching\"\" funds, but i am not clear on the rules behind that. there are some 401k plans that allow \"\"supplemental after-tax contributions\"\" up to the combined employee/employer limit (53k$ in 2015 and 2016). it is a rare feature, and if your company offers it, you probably already know.  however, generally it is governed by a separate contribution election that only take effect once you hit the employee pre-tax contribution limit (18k$ in 2015 and 2016). you could ask your hr department to be sure. 401k plans can be changed if there is enough employee demand for a rule change.  especially in a small company, simply asking for them to allow dollar based contributions instead of percent based contributions can cause them to change the plan to allow it. similarly, you could request they allow \"\"supplemental after-tax contributions\"\", but that might be a harder change to get.\"","score":14.629202},{"document_id":"472882-0-578","text":"\n\"Why not do both? The object is to \"\"squirrel\"\" away as much money as possible. The 401k has the advantage of being a payroll deduction. The IRA, if you can save the money, gives you more control. When you change jobs, you can \"\"roll over\"\" your first 401k into either your IRA or your second job's 401k. Note: There are legal limits on total contributions to IRA and 401ks. I've forgotten what they are, so find out for yourself. There may also be income limits, but ones that don't apply to most 23-year olds, unless they own their own company or work for say, Goldman Sachs.\"","score":14.232567},{"document_id":"419558-0-1114","text":"\nWhen you adjust your investments the following will happen: Initial condition: Modified condition: This means that after this change you will note that the amount of federal tax you pay each month via withholding will go up. You are now contributing less pre-tax, so your taxable income has increased. If you make no other changes, then in April you will either have increased your refund by 6 months x the additional $25 a month, or decreased the amount you owe by the same amount. There is no change in the total 401K balance at the end of the year, other than accounting for how much is held pre-tax vs. Roth post-tax. Keep in mind that employer contributions must be pre-tax. The company could never guess what your tax situation is. They withhold money for taxes based on the form you fill out, but they have no idea of your family's tax situation. If you fail to have enough withheld, you pay the penalty — not the company. *The tax savings are complex because it depends on marital status, your other pre-tax amounts for medical, and how much income your spouse makes, plus your other income and deductions.","score":14.268729},{"document_id":"267297-0-257","text":"\nNo, sorry. A change of 401(k) administrator is not an out, otherwise many would flee a bad plan. I'd suggest you only deposit up to the match, but use an IRA if you'd like to save more. A plan with high fees can easily negate the tax benefits and then some.","score":13.708208}],"1be66272113492407e814eaf21a761d4<::>3":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_03363-4-2165","text":"\nThis documentation is for the classic Watson Assistant experience. To see the documentation for the new Watson Assistant, please go [here](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/watson-assistant).\n\n\n\n Metrics overview \n\nThe overview page provides a summary of the interactions between users and your assistant.\n\nAnalytics help you to understand the following things:\n\n\n\n* What do customers want help with today?\n* Is your assistant understanding and addressing customer needs?\n* How can you make your assistant better?\n\n\n\nTo see metrics information, select Overview in the navigation bar. The information in Analytics is not immediately updated after a user interacts with your assistant. Watson Assistant prepares the data for Analytics in the background.\n\nAfter the numbers in metrics hit the 3,000 and above range, the totals are approximated to prevent performance lags in the page.\n\n\n\n Scorecards \n\nThe scorecards give you a quick view of your metrics. Scroll to see full interactive graphs later in the page.\n\n![Shows the scorecards that are displayed at the start of the Analytics page](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/417db917d18067d9dcc4cf2612564a9a87c3ddc8/assistant/images/scorecard.png)\n\n\n\n* Total conversations: The total number of conversations between active users and your assistant that occur during the selected time period. The total conversations metric and the User conversations page only include conversations in which both the assistant and customer participate. Conversations that only have welcome messages from the assistant, or that only have user messages of zero length, are not included. This metric is not used for billing purposes. An exchange with a user is not considered a billable conversation until the customer submits a message.\n* Avg. msg. per conversation: The total messages received during the selected time period divided by the total conversations during the selected time period, as shown in the corresponding graph.\n* Max. conversations: The maximum number of conversations for a single data point within the selected time period.\n* Weak understanding: The number of individual messages with weak understanding.","score":5.7675967},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03363-1671-3630","text":"\nAn exchange with a user is not considered a billable conversation until the customer submits a message.\n* Avg. msg. per conversation: The total messages received during the selected time period divided by the total conversations during the selected time period, as shown in the corresponding graph.\n* Max. conversations: The maximum number of conversations for a single data point within the selected time period.\n* Weak understanding: The number of individual messages with weak understanding. These messages are not classified by an intent, and do not contain any known entities. Reviewing unrecognized messages can help you to identify potential dialog problems.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Graphs and statistics \n\nDetailed graphs provide additional information. Click a data point on the graphs to see more detail.\n\n![Single data point](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/417db917d18067d9dcc4cf2612564a9a87c3ddc8/assistant/images/oview-point.png)\n\n\n\n* Containment: Number of conversations in which the assistant is able to satisfy the customer's request without human intervention.\n\n\n\n* The volume graph shows the total number of conversations per day and how many of the conversations were contained and not contained.\n* The trend graph shows the percentage of daily conversations that were contained. This graph helps you to see if the assistant is getting better or worse at containing conversations over time.\n\n\n\n![Shows the two containment metrics for volume and trend](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/417db917d18067d9dcc4cf2612564a9a87c3ddc8/assistant/images/containment-metric.png)\n\nThe containment metric requires that your dialog flag requests for external support when they occur. For more information, see [Measuring containment](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-dialog-supportdialog-support-containment).\n* Coverage: Number of conversations in which the assistant is confident that it can address a customer's request.","score":6.474495},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03036-4322-6185","text":"\nper conversation: The total messages received during the selected time period divided by the total conversations during the selected time period, as shown in the corresponding graph.\n* Max. conversations: The maximum number of conversations for a single data point within the selected time period.\n* Weak understanding: The number of individual messages with weak understanding. These messages are not classified by an intent, and do not contain any known entities. Reviewing unrecognized messages can help you to identify potential dialog problems.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Graphs and statistics \n\nDetailed graphs provide additional information. Click a data point on the graphs to see more detail.\n\n![Single data point](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/a2b18c153837bce00a5b4de496e4b4ca64bbf56e/assistant-data/images/oview-point.png)\n\n\n\n* Containment: Number of conversations in which the assistant is able to satisfy the customer's request without human intervention.\n\n\n\n* The volume graph shows the total number of conversations per day and how many of the conversations were contained and not contained.\n* The trend graph shows the percentage of daily conversations that were contained. This graph helps you to see if the assistant is getting better or worse at containing conversations over time.\n\n\n\n![Shows the two containment metrics for volume and trend](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/a2b18c153837bce00a5b4de496e4b4ca64bbf56e/assistant-data/images/containment-metric.png)\n\nThe containment metric requires that your dialog flag requests for external support when they occur. For more information, see [Measuring containment](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-dialog-supportdialog-support-containment).\n* Coverage: Number of conversations in which the assistant is confident that it can address a customer's request.","score":6.576577},{"document_id":"ibmcld_09685-4-1903","text":"\n--------------------\n\n\n\n Monitoring in IBM Cloud \n\nYou can use IBM Cloud® Monitoring to monitor the performance and overall system health of your organization.\n\nYou can collect metrics from a number of platforms, orchestrators, and a wide range of applications such as Prometheus, JMX, StatsD, Kubernetes, and other application stacks, that are available in the IBM Cloud, outside the IBM Cloud, or on-prem. You can also add more metrics by creating custom metrics and adding integrations.\n\nYou can monitor metrics through the Monitoring web UI, or through other platforms like Grafana.\n\nThe following figure shows the components overview for the IBM Cloud Monitoring service that is running on IBM Cloud:\n\nZoom\n\n![IBM Cloud Monitoring component overview on the IBM Cloud](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/220cdcbf6f4421bd7fee83fd1028048dba3f16c8/monitoring/images/overview.svg)\n\nFigure 1. IBM Cloud Monitoring component overview on the IBM Cloud\n\nWhen you configure a Monitoring agent, data for default metrics is automatically collected. These metrics include metadata that you can use to label, segment, and display metrics when you monitor them. You do not need additional instrumentation or configuration in your hosts to obtain metrics that are collected automatically by the agent to gain insight into what is happening in them.\n\nTo monitor your infrastructure, network, and applications with the IBM Cloud® Monitoring service, you can deploy Monitoring agents on supported hosts. The host determines the agent type that you can deploy. The agent type determines the metrics that are collected automatically for that host.\n\nTo start collecting default metrics, you must configure a Monitoring agent per environment that you want to monitor.\n\nYou can monitor hosts in IBM Cloud, on-prem, and in other clouds.\n\n\n\nTable 1. Get started working with IBM Cloud Monitoring\n\n Source Info","score":18.025778},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03036-2789-4951","text":"\nIf you have [selected a data source](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-logslogs-deploy-id) other than the skill, you might not see an intent or entity from your data source logs as an option in the filters, unless those intents and entities are also in the skill.\n* Refresh data: Select Refresh data to refresh the data that is used in the page metrics.\n\nThe statistics show traffic from customers who interact with your assistant; they do not include interactions from the Try it out pane.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Scorecards \n\nThe scorecards give you a quick view of your metrics. Scroll to see full interactive graphs later in the page.\n\n![Shows the scorecards that are displayed at the start of the Analytics page](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/a2b18c153837bce00a5b4de496e4b4ca64bbf56e/assistant-data/images/scorecard.png)\n\n\n\n* Total conversations: The total number of conversations between active users and your assistant that occur during the selected time period.\n\nA single conversation consists of messages that an active user sends to your assistant, and the messages your assistant sends to the user to initiate the conversation or respond.\n\nIf your assistant starts by saying Hi, how can I help you?, and then the user closes the browser without responding, that message is included in the total conversation count.\n\nThe total conversations metric is not used for billing purposes. An exchange with a user is not considered a billable conversation until the user submits a message.\n* Avg. msg. per conversation: The total messages received during the selected time period divided by the total conversations during the selected time period, as shown in the corresponding graph.\n* Max. conversations: The maximum number of conversations for a single data point within the selected time period.\n* Weak understanding: The number of individual messages with weak understanding. These messages are not classified by an intent, and do not contain any known entities. Reviewing unrecognized messages can help you to identify potential dialog problems.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Graphs and statistics \n\nDetailed graphs provide additional information.","score":9.617644}],"1be66272113492407e814eaf21a761d4<::>4":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_07904-3237-4742","text":"\nInformation system monitoring capability is achieved through a variety of tools and techniques (e.g., intrusion detection systems, intrusion prevention systems, malicious code protection software, scanning tools, audit record monitoring software, network monitoring software). Strategic locations for monitoring devices include, for example, selected perimeter locations and near server farms supporting critical applications, with such devices typically being employed at the managed interfaces associated with controls SC-7 and AC-17. Einstein network monitoring devices from the Department of Homeland Security can also be included as monitoring devices. The granularity of monitoring information collected is based on organizational monitoring objectives and the capability of information systems to support such objectives. Specific types of transactions of interest include, for example, Hyper Text Transfer Protocol (HTTP) traffic that bypasses HTTP proxies. Information system monitoring is an integral part of organizational continuous monitoring and incident response programs. Output from system monitoring serves as input to continuous monitoring and incident response programs. A network connection is any connection with a device that communicates through a network (e.g., local area network, Internet). A remote connection is any connection with a device communicating through an external network (e.g., the Internet). Local, network, and remote connections can be either wired or wireless.","score":10.970266},{"document_id":"ibmcld_09789-7-1770","text":"\nManaging notification by using the Monitoring API \n\nYou can manage notifications in a IBM Cloud Monitoring instance by using the Monitoring API.\n\nTo learn how to use cURL, see [cURL command](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/monitoring?topic=monitoring-mon-curl).\n\n\n\n Fetch all user notifications \n\nYou can use the following cURL command to get information about all the notification channels:\n\ncurl -X GET <REST_API_ENDPOINT>/api/notificationChannels?from=<START_TIMESTAMP>&to=<END_TIMESTAMP> -H \"Authorization: $AUTH_TOKEN\" -H \"IBMInstanceID: $GUID\" -H \"SysdigTeamID: $TEAM_ID\" -H \"content-type: application/json\"\n\nWhere\n\n\n\n* <REST_API_ENDPOINT>indicates the endpoint targetted by the REST API call. For more information, see [Monitoring REST API endpoints](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/monitoring?topic=monitoring-endpointsendpoints_rest_api). For example, the public endpoint for an instance that is available in us-south is the following: https://us-south.monitoring.cloud.ibm.com/api\n* You can pass multiple headers by using -H.\n\nAuthorization and IBMInstanceID are headers that are required for authentication.\n\nSysdigTeamID is optional. When you specify this header, you limit the request to the data and resources available for the team specified.\n\nTo get an AUTH_TOKEN and the GUID see, [Headers for IAM Tokens](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/monitoring?topic=monitoring-mon-curlmon-curl-headers-iam).\n* to and from are query parameters that you must define to configure the period of time for which you want information on the notifications.\n\n\n\nFor more information about the response format, see [notification schema](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/monitoring?topic=monitoring-notifications_apinotifications-api-parm-req-schema).\n\n\n\n\n\n Fetch specific user notification","score":10.7509985},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16250-7169-9454","text":"\nUsing only the default transfer target to handle call failures is acceptable for low call volume scenarios but can result in large numbers of calls being directed to a customer contact center when bigger call volumes are handled by Watson Assistant. To enable this 500 error response capability for a specific Watson Assistant instance, you need to make a request to IBM.\n\nYou should plan for both full and partial service outages. A good first step is to plan for a manual failover between regions before enabling automation. This requires a complete replica of Watson Assistant in both regions, including all custom speech model training. When automation is enabled it is best to start with a strategy for detecting and failing over to the passive backup region when a complete regional outage is detected. After this is in place, a strategy can be implemented to deal with partial outages, which should cover the vast majority of failure conditions that can occur with a phone integration deployment.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Web chat \n\n\n\n Monitoring \n\nWeb chat provides an onError listening feature that allows the host page to detect specific types of outage errors, in particular INITIAL_CONFIG, OPEN_CONFIG, and MESSAGE_COMMUNICATION errors.\n\nYou can find the documentation for this feature here:\n\n[https://web-chat.global.assistant.watson.cloud.ibm.com/docs.html?to=api-configuration#onerror-detail](https://web-chat.global.assistant.watson.cloud.ibm.com/docs.html?to=api-configurationonerror-detail)\n\n\n\n\n\n Failover \n\nHandling a failover for web chat is simple assuming you have set up an additional web chat integration in another region. When the failover needs to be manually triggered, make the following changes:\n\n\n\n* The embed script that contains your integration ID, region, service instance ID, and subscription ID (if applicable) needs be changed or updated to use the IDs for the new integration and region.\n* If you are using Salesforce or ZenDesk integrations for connecting to human agents, update the configuration within those systems to make sure they can communicate with the correct integration. Follow the instructions on the Live agent tab in the web chat configuration for setting up those systems. This is only needed for obtaining the conversation history for the agent.","score":11.534278},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10757-0-955","text":"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  IBM Cloud Monitoring \n\nYou can use monitoring to gain operational visibility into the performance and health of your applications, services, and platforms. When you set up monitoring, you can define [alerts](https://docs.sysdig.com/en/alerts.html) that notify you when an event or an issue occurs that requires your attention. You can send alerts over a variety of [supported notification channels](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/monitoring?topic=monitoring-notifications), including IBM Cloud® Functions actions. For more information, see [Sending SMS alerts using Cloud Functions](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/monitoring?topic=monitoring-cf_sms).\n\nIAM-secured Cloud Functions actions, as well as web actions can be used by the notification channel. For more information about setting up the Cloud Functions notification channel, see [Configure IBM Cloud Function Channel](https://docs.sysdig.com/en/configure-ibm-cloud-functions-channel.html).\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","score":11.087958},{"document_id":"ibmcld_09787-7071-7654","text":"\nFor more information on how to launch the Web UI, see [Navigating to the Web UI](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/monitoring?topic=monitoring-launchlaunch).\n2. Click the user icon. This is the icon with the initials of the logged on user. Then click Settings.\n3. Select Notification Channels.\n4. Identify the target channel that you want to modify and the Actions icon ![Actions icon](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/220cdcbf6f4421bd7fee83fd1028048dba3f16c8/icons/action-menu-icon.svg).\n5. Click Delete Channel.\n6. Confirm the deletion of the channel by clicking Yes, delete.","score":10.801809}],"0208bf26ec357a803445290fa88a2e9e<::>1":[{"document_id":"850931827_11086-12414-0-1328","text":"Guinea pig\nC. porcellus is not found naturally in the wild ; it is likely descended from closely related species of cavies , such as C. aperea , C. fulgida , and C. tschudii , which are still commonly found in various regions of South America . Studies from 2007 -- 2010 applied molecular markers and studied the skull and skeletal morphology of current and mummified animals , thereby revealing the ancestor to most likely be Cavia tschudii . Some species of cavy identified in the 20th century , such as C. anolaimae and C. guianae , may be domestic guinea pigs that have become feral by reintroduction into the wild . Wild cavies are found on grassy plains and occupy an ecological niche similar to that of cattle . They are social , living in the wild in small groups that consist of several females ( sows ) , a male ( boar ) , and the young ( which , in a break with the preceding porcine nomenclature , are called `` pups '' not `` piglets '' ) . They move together in groups ( herds ) eating grass or other vegetation , and do not store food . While they do not burrow themselves or build nests , they frequently seek shelter in the burrows of other animals , as well as in crevices and tunnels formed by vegetation . They tend to be most active during dawn and dusk ( crepuscular ) , when it is harder for predators to spot them .","title":"Guinea pig","score":19.10362},{"document_id":"850931827_588-1089-0-501","text":"Guinea pig\nThe guinea pig or domestic guinea pig ( Cavia porcellus ) , also known as cavy or domestic cavy , is a species of rodent belonging to the family Caviidae and the genus Cavia . Despite their common name , these animals are not in the pig family Suidae , nor do they come from Guinea in Africa ; they originated in the Andes of South America and studies based on biochemistry and hybridization suggest they are domestic , not wild , descendants of a closely related species of cavy such as C. tschudii .","title":"Guinea pig","score":14.689223},{"document_id":"850931827_12432-13339-0-907","text":"Guinea pig\nDomesticated guinea pigs thrive in groups of two or more ; groups of sows , or groups of one or more sows and a neutered boar are common combinations , but boars can sometimes live together . Guinea pigs learn to recognize and bond with other individual pigs , and testing of boars shows their neuroendocrine stress response is significantly lowered in the presence of a bonded female when compared to the presence of unfamiliar females . Groups of boars may also get along , provided their cage has enough space , they are introduced at an early age , and no females are present . Domestic guinea pigs have developed a different biological rhythm from their wild counterparts , and have longer periods of activity followed by short periods of sleep in between . Activity is scattered randomly throughout the day ; aside from an avoidance of intense light , no regular circadian patterns are apparent . This","title":"Guinea pig","score":16.624487},{"document_id":"850931827_30008-30728-0-720","text":"Guinea pig\nIf handled correctly early in life , guinea pigs become amenable to being picked up and carried , and seldom bite or scratch . They are timid explorers and often hesitate to attempt an escape from their cage even when an opportunity presents itself . Still , they show considerable curiosity when allowed to walk freely , especially in familiar and safe terrain . Guinea pigs that become familiar with their owner will whistle on the owner 's approach ; they will also learn to whistle in response to the rustling of plastic bags or the opening of refrigerator doors , where their food is most commonly stored . In Switzerland , owning a single guinea pig is considered harmful to its well - being and forbidden by law .","title":"Guinea pig","score":13.502606},{"document_id":"850931827_13486-14754-0-1268","text":"Guinea pig\nDomestic guinea pigs generally live in cages , although some owners of large numbers of guinea pigs dedicate entire rooms to their pets . Cages with solid or wire mesh floors are used , although wire mesh floors can cause injury and may be associated with an infection commonly known as bumblefoot ( ulcerative pododermatitis ) . `` Cubes and Coroplast '' ( C&C ) style cages are now a common choice . Cages are often lined with wood shavings or a similar material . Bedding made from red cedar ( Eastern or Western ) and pine , both softwoods , were commonly used in the past , but these materials are now believed to contain harmful phenols ( aromatic hydrocarbons ) and oils . Safer bedding materials made from hardwoods ( such as aspen ) , paper products , and corn cob materials are other alternatives . Guinea pigs tend to be messy within their cages ; they often jump into their food bowls or kick bedding and feces into them , and their urine sometimes crystallizes on cage surfaces , making it difficult to remove . After its cage has been cleaned , a guinea pig typically urinates and drags its lower body across the floor of the cage to mark its territory . Male guinea pigs may also mark their territory in this way when they are taken out of their cages .","title":"Guinea pig","score":15.243098}],"0208bf26ec357a803445290fa88a2e9e<::>3":[{"document_id":"850931827_13486-14754-0-1268","text":"Guinea pig\nDomestic guinea pigs generally live in cages , although some owners of large numbers of guinea pigs dedicate entire rooms to their pets . Cages with solid or wire mesh floors are used , although wire mesh floors can cause injury and may be associated with an infection commonly known as bumblefoot ( ulcerative pododermatitis ) . `` Cubes and Coroplast '' ( C&C ) style cages are now a common choice . Cages are often lined with wood shavings or a similar material . Bedding made from red cedar ( Eastern or Western ) and pine , both softwoods , were commonly used in the past , but these materials are now believed to contain harmful phenols ( aromatic hydrocarbons ) and oils . Safer bedding materials made from hardwoods ( such as aspen ) , paper products , and corn cob materials are other alternatives . Guinea pigs tend to be messy within their cages ; they often jump into their food bowls or kick bedding and feces into them , and their urine sometimes crystallizes on cage surfaces , making it difficult to remove . After its cage has been cleaned , a guinea pig typically urinates and drags its lower body across the floor of the cage to mark its territory . Male guinea pigs may also mark their territory in this way when they are taken out of their cages .","title":"Guinea pig","score":11.919135},{"document_id":"850931827_11086-12414-0-1328","text":"Guinea pig\nC. porcellus is not found naturally in the wild ; it is likely descended from closely related species of cavies , such as C. aperea , C. fulgida , and C. tschudii , which are still commonly found in various regions of South America . Studies from 2007 -- 2010 applied molecular markers and studied the skull and skeletal morphology of current and mummified animals , thereby revealing the ancestor to most likely be Cavia tschudii . Some species of cavy identified in the 20th century , such as C. anolaimae and C. guianae , may be domestic guinea pigs that have become feral by reintroduction into the wild . Wild cavies are found on grassy plains and occupy an ecological niche similar to that of cattle . They are social , living in the wild in small groups that consist of several females ( sows ) , a male ( boar ) , and the young ( which , in a break with the preceding porcine nomenclature , are called `` pups '' not `` piglets '' ) . They move together in groups ( herds ) eating grass or other vegetation , and do not store food . While they do not burrow themselves or build nests , they frequently seek shelter in the burrows of other animals , as well as in crevices and tunnels formed by vegetation . They tend to be most active during dawn and dusk ( crepuscular ) , when it is harder for predators to spot them .","title":"Guinea pig","score":20.114012},{"document_id":"850931827_1090-1588-0-498","text":"Guinea pig\nThe domestic guinea pig plays an important role in folk culture for many indigenous Andean groups , especially as a food source , but also in folk medicine and in community religious ceremonies . Guinea pigs are a culinary staple in the Andes Mountains , where they are known as cuy , a name also given to large animals , the result of a breeding program , that ended up in southern California . Since the 1960s , efforts have been made to increase consumption of the animal outside South America .","title":"Guinea pig","score":11.65619},{"document_id":"850931827_588-1089-0-501","text":"Guinea pig\nThe guinea pig or domestic guinea pig ( Cavia porcellus ) , also known as cavy or domestic cavy , is a species of rodent belonging to the family Caviidae and the genus Cavia . Despite their common name , these animals are not in the pig family Suidae , nor do they come from Guinea in Africa ; they originated in the Andes of South America and studies based on biochemistry and hybridization suggest they are domestic , not wild , descendants of a closely related species of cavy such as C. tschudii .","title":"Guinea pig","score":16.397026},{"document_id":"850931827_12432-13339-0-907","text":"Guinea pig\nDomesticated guinea pigs thrive in groups of two or more ; groups of sows , or groups of one or more sows and a neutered boar are common combinations , but boars can sometimes live together . Guinea pigs learn to recognize and bond with other individual pigs , and testing of boars shows their neuroendocrine stress response is significantly lowered in the presence of a bonded female when compared to the presence of unfamiliar females . Groups of boars may also get along , provided their cage has enough space , they are introduced at an early age , and no females are present . Domestic guinea pigs have developed a different biological rhythm from their wild counterparts , and have longer periods of activity followed by short periods of sleep in between . Activity is scattered randomly throughout the day ; aside from an avoidance of intense light , no regular circadian patterns are apparent . This","title":"Guinea pig","score":13.306131}],"0208bf26ec357a803445290fa88a2e9e<::>4":[{"document_id":"806876356_2596-3561-0-965","text":"Spider\nA herbivorous species , Bagheera kiplingi , was described in 2008 , but all other known species are predators , mostly preying on insects and on other spiders , although a few large species also take birds and lizards . It is estimated that the world 's 25 million tons of spiders kill 400 -- 800 million tons of prey per year . Spiders use a wide range of strategies to capture prey : trapping it in sticky webs , lassoing it with sticky bolas , mimicking the prey to avoid detection , or running it down . Most detect prey mainly by sensing vibrations , but the active hunters have acute vision , and hunters of the genus Portia show signs of intelligence in their choice of tactics and ability to develop new ones . Spiders ' guts are too narrow to take solids , and they liquefy their food by flooding it with digestive enzymes . They also grind food with the bases of their pedipalps , as arachnids do not have the mandibles that crustaceans and insects have .","title":"Spider","score":7.5731497},{"document_id":"833896439_9734-9866-0-132","text":"Oyster\nCommon oyster predators include crabs , seabirds , starfish , and humans . Some oysters contain live crabs , known as oyster crabs .","title":"Oyster","score":8.241314},{"document_id":"850931827_588-1089-0-501","text":"Guinea pig\nThe guinea pig or domestic guinea pig ( Cavia porcellus ) , also known as cavy or domestic cavy , is a species of rodent belonging to the family Caviidae and the genus Cavia . Despite their common name , these animals are not in the pig family Suidae , nor do they come from Guinea in Africa ; they originated in the Andes of South America and studies based on biochemistry and hybridization suggest they are domestic , not wild , descendants of a closely related species of cavy such as C. tschudii .","title":"Guinea pig","score":11.138569},{"document_id":"801238658_14759-15439-0-680","text":"Desert tortoise\nRavens , Gila monsters , kit foxes , badgers , roadrunners , coyotes , and fire ants are all natural predators of the desert tortoise . They prey on eggs , juveniles , which are 2 -- 3 inches long with a thin , delicate shell , or , in some cases , adults . Ravens are thought to cause significant levels of juvenile tortoise predation in some areas of the Mojave Desert -- frequently near urbanized areas . The most significant threats to tortoises include urbanization , disease , habitat destruction and fragmentation , illegal collection and vandalism by humans , and habitat conversion from invasive plant species ( Brassica tournefortii , Bromus rubens and Erodium spp . ) .","title":"Desert tortoise","score":7.5693192},{"document_id":"850931827_11086-12414-0-1328","text":"Guinea pig\nC. porcellus is not found naturally in the wild ; it is likely descended from closely related species of cavies , such as C. aperea , C. fulgida , and C. tschudii , which are still commonly found in various regions of South America . Studies from 2007 -- 2010 applied molecular markers and studied the skull and skeletal morphology of current and mummified animals , thereby revealing the ancestor to most likely be Cavia tschudii . Some species of cavy identified in the 20th century , such as C. anolaimae and C. guianae , may be domestic guinea pigs that have become feral by reintroduction into the wild . Wild cavies are found on grassy plains and occupy an ecological niche similar to that of cattle . They are social , living in the wild in small groups that consist of several females ( sows ) , a male ( boar ) , and the young ( which , in a break with the preceding porcine nomenclature , are called `` pups '' not `` piglets '' ) . They move together in groups ( herds ) eating grass or other vegetation , and do not store food . While they do not burrow themselves or build nests , they frequently seek shelter in the burrows of other animals , as well as in crevices and tunnels formed by vegetation . They tend to be most active during dawn and dusk ( crepuscular ) , when it is harder for predators to spot them .","title":"Guinea pig","score":13.282476}],"0208bf26ec357a803445290fa88a2e9e<::>6":[{"document_id":"850931827_35737-36727-0-989","text":"Guinea pig\nThe use of guinea pigs in scientific experimentation dates back at least to the 17th century , when the Italian biologists Marcello Malpighi and Carlo Fracassati conducted vivisections of guinea pigs in their examinations of anatomic structures . In 1780 , Antoine Lavoisier used a guinea pig in his experiments with the calorimeter , a device used to measure heat production . The heat from the guinea pig 's respiration melted snow surrounding the calorimeter , showing that respiratory gas exchange is a combustion , similar to a candle burning . Guinea pigs played a major role in the establishment of germ theory in the late 19th century , through the experiments of Louis Pasteur , Émile Roux , and Robert Koch . Guinea pigs have been launched into orbital space flight several times , first by the USSR on the Sputnik 9 biosatellite of March 9 , 1961 -- with a successful recovery . China also launched and recovered a biosatellite in 1990 which included guinea pigs as passengers .","title":"Guinea pig","score":19.551088},{"document_id":"850931827_36728-38876-0-2146","text":"Guinea pig\nIn English , the term `` guinea pig '' is commonly used as a metaphor for a subject of scientific experimentation , or any experiment or test in modern times . This dates back to the early 20th century ; the Oxford English Dictionary notes its first usage in this capacity in 1913 . In 1933 , Consumers Research founders F.J. Schlink and Arthur Kallet wrote a book entitled 100,000,000 Guinea Pigs , extending the metaphor to consumer society . The book became a national bestseller in the United States , thus further popularizing the term , and spurred the growth of the consumer protection movement . During World War II , the plastic surgeon Archibald McIndoe established the Guinea Pig Club at Queen Victoria Hospital , East Grinstead , Sussex , England as a social club and mutual support network for his patients , who were undergoing previously - untested reconstruction procedures . The negative connotation of the term was later employed in the novel The Guinea Pigs ( 1970 ) by Czech author Ludvík Vaculík as an allegory for Soviet totalitarianism . Guinea pigs remained popular laboratory animals until the later 20th century : about 2.5 million guinea pigs were used annually in the U.S. for research in the 1960s , but that total decreased to about 375,000 by the mid-1990s . As of 2007 , they constitute about 2 % of the current total of laboratory animals . In the past , they were widely used to standardize vaccines and antiviral agents ; they were also often employed in studies on the production of antibodies in response to extreme allergic reactions , or anaphylaxis . Less common uses included research in pharmacology and irradiation . Since the middle 20th century , they have been replaced in laboratory contexts primarily by mice and rats . This is in part because research into the genetics of guinea pigs has lagged behind that of other rodents , although geneticists W.E. Castle and Sewall Wright made a number of contributions to this area of study , especially regarding coat color . In 2004 , the U.S. 's National Human Genome Research Institute announced plans to sequence the genome of the domestic guinea pig .","title":"Guinea pig","score":18.42392},{"document_id":"850931827_38877-39736-0-859","text":"Guinea pig\nThe guinea pig was most extensively implemented in research and diagnosis of infectious diseases . Common uses included identification of brucellosis , Chagas disease , cholera , diphtheria , foot - and - mouth disease , glanders , Q fever , Rocky Mountain spotted fever , and various strains of typhus . They are still frequently used to diagnose tuberculosis , since they are easily infected by human tuberculosis bacteria . Because guinea pigs are one of the few animals which , like humans and other primates , can not synthesize vitamin C , but must obtain it from their diet , they are ideal for researching scurvy . From the accidental discovery in 1907 that scurvy could be induced in guinea pigs , to their use to prove the chemical structure of the `` ascorbutic factor '' in 1932 , the guinea pig model proved a crucial part of vitamin C research .","title":"Guinea pig","score":18.63637},{"document_id":"850931827_2155-2640-0-485","text":"Guinea pig\nBiological experimentation on guinea pigs has been carried out since the 17th century . The animals were frequently used as model organisms in the 19th and 20th centuries , resulting in the common epithet `` guinea pig '' for a test subject , but have since been largely replaced by other rodents such as mice and rats . They are still used in research , primarily as models for human medical conditions such as juvenile diabetes , tuberculosis , scurvy , and pregnancy complications .","title":"Guinea pig","score":22.07761},{"document_id":"850931827_40496-41086-0-590","text":"Guinea pig\nGuinea pig strains used in scientific research are primarily outbred strains . Aside from the common American or English stock , the two main outbred strains in laboratory use are the Hartley and Dunkin - Hartley ; these English strains are albino , although pigmented strains are also available . Inbred strains are less common and are usually used for very specific research , such as immune system molecular biology . Of the inbred strains that have been created , the two still used with any frequency are , following Sewall Wright 's designations , `` Strain 2 '' and `` Strain 13 '' .","title":"Guinea pig","score":16.281042}],"0208bf26ec357a803445290fa88a2e9e<::>7":[{"document_id":"850931827_24645-25411-0-766","text":"Guinea pig\nLike humans , but unlike most other mammals , guinea pigs can not synthesize their own vitamin C and must obtain this vital nutrient from food . If guinea pigs do not ingest enough vitamin C , they can suffer from potentially fatal scurvy . Guinea pigs require about 10 mg of vitamin C daily ( 20 mg if pregnant ) , which can be obtained through fresh , raw fruits and vegetables ( such as broccoli , apple , cabbage , carrot , celery , and spinach ) or through dietary supplements or by eating fresh pellets designed for guinea pigs , if they have been handled properly . Healthy diets for guinea pigs require a complex balance of calcium , magnesium , phosphorus , potassium , and hydrogen ions ; but adequate amounts of vitamins A , D , and E are also necessary .","title":"Guinea pig","score":20.319628},{"document_id":"850931827_22771-23911-0-1140","text":"Guinea pig\nThe guinea pig 's natural diet is grass ; their molars are particularly suited for grinding plant matter and grow continuously throughout their life . Most mammals that graze are large and have a long digestive tract ; guinea pigs have much longer colons than most rodents , but they must also supplement their diet by eating their feces ( coprophagy ) . However , they do not consume all their feces indiscriminately , but produce special soft pellets , called cecotropes ( or caecal pellets ) , which recycle B vitamins , fiber , and bacteria required for proper digestion . The cecotropes are eaten directly from the anus , unless the guinea pig is pregnant or obese . They share this behaviour with rabbits . In geriatric boars or sows ( rarely in young ones ) , the muscles which allow the softer pellets to be expelled from the anus can become weak . This creates a condition known as `` anal impaction '' , which prevents the animal from redigesting cecotropes even though harder pellets may pass through the impacted mass . The condition may be temporarily alleviated by a human carefully removing the impacted feces from the anus .","title":"Guinea pig","score":13.749728},{"document_id":"850931827_26987-27313-0-326","text":"Guinea pig\nCommon ailments in domestic guinea pigs include respiratory tract infections , diarrhea , scurvy ( vitamin C deficiency , typically characterized by sluggishness ) , abscesses due to infection ( often in the neck , due to hay embedded in the throat , or from external scratches ) , and infections by lice , mites , or fungus .","title":"Guinea pig","score":15.432867},{"document_id":"850931827_38877-39736-0-859","text":"Guinea pig\nThe guinea pig was most extensively implemented in research and diagnosis of infectious diseases . Common uses included identification of brucellosis , Chagas disease , cholera , diphtheria , foot - and - mouth disease , glanders , Q fever , Rocky Mountain spotted fever , and various strains of typhus . They are still frequently used to diagnose tuberculosis , since they are easily infected by human tuberculosis bacteria . Because guinea pigs are one of the few animals which , like humans and other primates , can not synthesize vitamin C , but must obtain it from their diet , they are ideal for researching scurvy . From the accidental discovery in 1907 that scurvy could be induced in guinea pigs , to their use to prove the chemical structure of the `` ascorbutic factor '' in 1932 , the guinea pig model proved a crucial part of vitamin C research .","title":"Guinea pig","score":19.077738},{"document_id":"850931827_36728-38876-0-2146","text":"Guinea pig\nIn English , the term `` guinea pig '' is commonly used as a metaphor for a subject of scientific experimentation , or any experiment or test in modern times . This dates back to the early 20th century ; the Oxford English Dictionary notes its first usage in this capacity in 1913 . In 1933 , Consumers Research founders F.J. Schlink and Arthur Kallet wrote a book entitled 100,000,000 Guinea Pigs , extending the metaphor to consumer society . The book became a national bestseller in the United States , thus further popularizing the term , and spurred the growth of the consumer protection movement . During World War II , the plastic surgeon Archibald McIndoe established the Guinea Pig Club at Queen Victoria Hospital , East Grinstead , Sussex , England as a social club and mutual support network for his patients , who were undergoing previously - untested reconstruction procedures . The negative connotation of the term was later employed in the novel The Guinea Pigs ( 1970 ) by Czech author Ludvík Vaculík as an allegory for Soviet totalitarianism . Guinea pigs remained popular laboratory animals until the later 20th century : about 2.5 million guinea pigs were used annually in the U.S. for research in the 1960s , but that total decreased to about 375,000 by the mid-1990s . As of 2007 , they constitute about 2 % of the current total of laboratory animals . In the past , they were widely used to standardize vaccines and antiviral agents ; they were also often employed in studies on the production of antibodies in response to extreme allergic reactions , or anaphylaxis . Less common uses included research in pharmacology and irradiation . Since the middle 20th century , they have been replaced in laboratory contexts primarily by mice and rats . This is in part because research into the genetics of guinea pigs has lagged behind that of other rodents , although geneticists W.E. Castle and Sewall Wright made a number of contributions to this area of study , especially regarding coat color . In 2004 , the U.S. 's National Human Genome Research Institute announced plans to sequence the genome of the domestic guinea pig .","title":"Guinea pig","score":14.157205}],"91204c45fc829e328f9a3643d9dd4c2b<::>4":[{"document_id":"856834500_29203-30931-0-1728","text":"Doctor Strange\nDr. Strange appeared in Spider - Man and His Amazing Friends . In the episode `` 7 Little Superheroes '' , he alongside Spider - Man , Iceman , Firestar , Captain America , Namor and Shanna the She - Devil are invited to the Chameleon 's house on Wolf Island so that the heroes could be gotten rid of . Doctor Strange had a cameo appearance in the 1990s X-Men animated series . He was seen in the episode `` The Dark Phoenix Saga ( Part 3 ) '' . Doctor Strange appears in his self - titled episode of Spider - Man : The Animated Series , voiced by John Vernon . He and Wong help Spider - Man rescue Mary Jane Watson from Baron Mordo and Dormammu 's clutches , and retrieve the Wand of Watoomb . After Spider - Man leaves , Doctor Strange detects the presence of Madame Web . Doctor Strange appeared in The Incredible Hulk episode `` Mind Over Anti-Matter , '' voiced by Maurice LaMarche . He helps She - Hulk at the time when an unnamed evil entity has possessed the Hulk into the Dark Hulk . Doctor Strange appears in The Super Hero Squad Show , voiced by Roger Rose . He appears in the episodes `` Enter Dormammu '' , `` A Brat Walks Among Us '' , `` Night in the Sanctorum '' , `` Invader from the Dark Dimension '' , and `` Election of Evil '' . Doctor Strange has made appearances in the Marvel animated shows on Disney XD , voiced initially by Jack Coleman , and later by Liam O'Brien . These shows include Ultimate Spider - Man , Hulk and the Agents of S.M.A.S.H. , and Avengers Assemble . Doctor Strange appeared in several episodes of Marvel Disk Wars : The Avengers , voiced by Yasunori Masutani . Doctor Strange appears in Lego Marvel Super Heroes - Black Panther : Trouble in Wakanda , voiced again by Liam O'Brien .","title":"Doctor Strange","score":15.579184},{"document_id":"856834500_32198-32764-0-566","text":"Doctor Strange\nThe character appears in the Marvel Cinematic Universe . He is first referenced as merely `` Stephen Strange '' in dialogue by Agent Sitwell in the 2014 film Captain America : The Winter Soldier , and first appears in the 2016 film Doctor Strange , in which he is portrayed by Benedict Cumberbatch . Cumberbatch reprises the role in the films Thor : Ragnarok and Avengers : Infinity War , and will appear again in the untitled sequel to Avengers : Infinity War . Doctor Strange appears in the 2016 animated film Hulk : Where Monsters Dwell , voiced by Liam O'Brien .","title":"Doctor Strange","score":18.610981},{"document_id":"846609097_23702-24460-0-758","text":"List of Marvel Cinematic Universe films\nThe film is set two years after the events of The Avengers . Stephen Strange , the alter - ego of the Marvel superhero Doctor Strange , is mentioned by name in the film by the character Jasper Sitwell . A remodeled Stark Tower from The Avengers , now known as Avengers Tower , also makes an appearance in the film . Whedon directed a post-credits scene featuring Baron Wolfgang von Strucker ( Thomas Kretschmann ) , List ( Henry Goodman ) , Quicksilver ( Aaron Taylor - Johnson ) , and the Scarlet Witch ( Elizabeth Olsen ) , who appear in Avengers : Age of Ultron . The revelation in the film that S.H.I.E.L.D. had been infiltrated by Hydra informed the final six episodes of the first season of Agents of S.H.I.E.L.D. , a television series set in the MCU .","title":"List of Marvel Cinematic Universe films","score":14.670479},{"document_id":"856834500_15267-15653-0-386","text":"Doctor Strange\nDoctor Strange appeared as a regular character throughout the 2010 - 2013 The New Avengers series . Brother Voodoo , now newly appointed Sorcerer Supreme Doctor Voodoo , sacrifices himself in order to stop the powerful mystical entity Agamotto from reclaiming the Eye . A guilt - ridden Strange rejoins the New Avengers , and offers the team his valet Wong to act as their housekeeper .","title":"Doctor Strange","score":16.040821},{"document_id":"856834500_13883-14519-0-636","text":"Doctor Strange\nStrange appeared as a supporting character for the bulk of the 2000s . He appeared regularly in The Amazing Spider - Man under J. Michael Straczynski , before being cast into a time loop by Baron Mordo . He later appeared on and off in The New Avengers , where he was stated as being part of the secret group known as the Illuminati to deal with future threats to Earth . Ultimately Strange joined the team and allowed them to use his home as a base after the events of Civil War , which he sat out . Doctor Strange was critical of the federal Superhuman Registration Act and aided the anti-registration Avengers team led by Luke Cage .","title":"Doctor Strange","score":15.438891}],"91204c45fc829e328f9a3643d9dd4c2b<::>5":[{"document_id":"846609097_34419-34933-0-514","text":"List of Marvel Cinematic Universe films\nDerrickson stated that the events of the film take `` roughly '' a year , ending `` up to date with the rest of the MCU '' . Doctor Strange introduces the Eye of Agamotto , a mystical relic that can manipulate time and is revealed to be an Infinity Stone at the end of the film , specifically the Time Stone . The film 's mid-credits scene features a cameo appearance by Hemsworth as Thor , meeting with Strange , which was footage from Thor : Ragnarok . The scene was directed by Ragnarok director Taika Waititi .","title":"List of Marvel Cinematic Universe films","score":12.956849},{"document_id":"856834500_15267-15653-0-386","text":"Doctor Strange\nDoctor Strange appeared as a regular character throughout the 2010 - 2013 The New Avengers series . Brother Voodoo , now newly appointed Sorcerer Supreme Doctor Voodoo , sacrifices himself in order to stop the powerful mystical entity Agamotto from reclaiming the Eye . A guilt - ridden Strange rejoins the New Avengers , and offers the team his valet Wong to act as their housekeeper .","title":"Doctor Strange","score":12.51066},{"document_id":"846609097_23702-24460-0-758","text":"List of Marvel Cinematic Universe films\nThe film is set two years after the events of The Avengers . Stephen Strange , the alter - ego of the Marvel superhero Doctor Strange , is mentioned by name in the film by the character Jasper Sitwell . A remodeled Stark Tower from The Avengers , now known as Avengers Tower , also makes an appearance in the film . Whedon directed a post-credits scene featuring Baron Wolfgang von Strucker ( Thomas Kretschmann ) , List ( Henry Goodman ) , Quicksilver ( Aaron Taylor - Johnson ) , and the Scarlet Witch ( Elizabeth Olsen ) , who appear in Avengers : Age of Ultron . The revelation in the film that S.H.I.E.L.D. had been infiltrated by Hydra informed the final six episodes of the first season of Agents of S.H.I.E.L.D. , a television series set in the MCU .","title":"List of Marvel Cinematic Universe films","score":13.093499},{"document_id":"856834500_32198-32764-0-566","text":"Doctor Strange\nThe character appears in the Marvel Cinematic Universe . He is first referenced as merely `` Stephen Strange '' in dialogue by Agent Sitwell in the 2014 film Captain America : The Winter Soldier , and first appears in the 2016 film Doctor Strange , in which he is portrayed by Benedict Cumberbatch . Cumberbatch reprises the role in the films Thor : Ragnarok and Avengers : Infinity War , and will appear again in the untitled sequel to Avengers : Infinity War . Doctor Strange appears in the 2016 animated film Hulk : Where Monsters Dwell , voiced by Liam O'Brien .","title":"Doctor Strange","score":15.170562},{"document_id":"856834500_19665-20643-0-978","text":"Doctor Strange\nAs the Ancient One 's disciple , Strange encounters the entity Nightmare , and other mystical foes before meeting Dormammu , a warlord from an alternate dimension called the `` Dark Dimension '' . Strange is aided by a nameless girl , later called Clea , who is eventually revealed to be Dormammu 's niece . When Strange helps a weakened Dormammu drive off the rampaging Mindless Ones and return them to their prison , he is allowed to leave unchallenged . In The Unbelievable Gwenpool # 3 , Strange encounters Gwendolyn Poole , who explains herself to be from a reality where all Marvel characters are fictional characters in comic books . As Strange helps her locate her home reality in order to create a fake background for her in the Marvel Universe so that she can get a Social Security number , driver 's license and other essential documents , he discovers that Benedict Cumberbatch has been cast to play him in Gwen 's universe , remarking that he `` could see that '' .","title":"Doctor Strange","score":12.514076}],"91204c45fc829e328f9a3643d9dd4c2b<::>6":[{"document_id":"850561695_22121-22888-0-767","text":"Infinity Gems\nThe Time Stone was encased in the Eye of Agamotto by Earth 's first sorcerer , Agamotto . A Master of the Mystic Arts can use the Stone to alter and manipulate time . Thousands of years later , in Doctor Strange , Dr. Stephen Strange learns to use the Eye and uses it to save the Earth from Dormammu by trapping the demon in a time loop until he abandons his plans for Earth . The Masters of the Mystic Arts retain possession of the Eye in their secret compound Kamar - Taj in Kathmandu , Nepal . During the events of Avengers : Infinity War , Strange uses the Time Stone to look into future timelines , viewing millions of possible outcomes of their conflict with Thanos . Strange later surrenders the stone to Thanos in exchange for him sparing Tony Stark 's life .","title":"Infinity Gems","score":15.903394},{"document_id":"856834500_16879-17724-0-845","text":"Doctor Strange\nDuring the `` Infinity Countdown '' storyline , Doctor Strange goes on a space mission . He encounters Super-Skrull who has the Time Gem . After defeating Super-Skrull , Doctor Strange claims the Time Gem . Doctor Strange then tracks down the Mind Gem and finds it in Turk Barrett 's possession as Turk managed to evade him . When Black Widow 's clone arrives seeking out Doctor Strange where she wants to dispose of the Space Stone , he did not want to take it as he knows what would happen if they are in the same proximity . Using a magic spell , Doctor Strange spoke to the holders of the Infinity Gems and requested a parley to reform the Infinity Watch . He states to Adam Warlock , Black Widow 's clone , Captain Marvel , Star - Lord , and Turk Barrett that they need to safeguard them from such calamities even if one of them is Thanos .","title":"Doctor Strange","score":19.550661},{"document_id":"846609097_34419-34933-0-514","text":"List of Marvel Cinematic Universe films\nDerrickson stated that the events of the film take `` roughly '' a year , ending `` up to date with the rest of the MCU '' . Doctor Strange introduces the Eye of Agamotto , a mystical relic that can manipulate time and is revealed to be an Infinity Stone at the end of the film , specifically the Time Stone . The film 's mid-credits scene features a cameo appearance by Hemsworth as Thor , meeting with Strange , which was footage from Thor : Ragnarok . The scene was directed by Ragnarok director Taika Waititi .","title":"List of Marvel Cinematic Universe films","score":14.155514},{"document_id":"850561695_6313-6800-0-487","text":"Infinity Gems\nAs a result of the Incursions , the entire Multiverse is destroyed . However , Doctor Doom combines fragments of several alternate realities into Battleworld . Doctor Strange gathers Infinity Gems from various realities into a new Infinity Gauntlet , which he leaves hidden until the surviving heroes of Earth - 616 return . The Gauntlet is subsequently claimed by T'Challa , who uses it to keep the Beyonder - enhanced Doom occupied until Mister Fantastic can disrupt his power source .","title":"Infinity Gems","score":18.490707},{"document_id":"850561695_14490-14891-0-401","text":"Infinity Gems\nAfter various alternate universes are combined into Battleworld , Doctor Strange gathers Infinity Gems from other universes into a new Infinity Gauntlet that works in the area where Doom has built his palace . Strange leaves the Gauntlet hidden until he has access to someone he can trust it with ; after his death , the Gauntlet is claimed by T'Challa , who uses it against Doom in the final battle .","title":"Infinity Gems","score":19.232338}],"251e29286cef45d899d7889e94ae25d5<::>1":[{"document_id":"17a25b07af4a6429-2-1918","text":"Testing Options | Sierra County, CA - Official Website\nTesting Options | Sierra County, CA - Official Website\n\n \n\nSkip to Main Content\n\n \n\nSearch\n\n \n \n \n\nYour GovernmentCommunityCounty DepartmentsHow Do I\n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \nHomeCounty DepartmentsPublic HealthCommunicable DiseaseCoronavirus (COVID-19)Testing Options \n\n\r\n\r\nTesting Options \t\n\nResidential households in the U.S. can order one set of #4 FREE at-home tests from USPS.com. Here's what you need to know about your order:Limit of one order per residential addressOne order includes #4 individual rapid antigen COVID-19 tests (COVID.gov/tests has more details about at-home tests, including extended shelf life and updated expiration dates)Have Medi-Cal? Follow these steps to receive free tests.\n\n \n \n\nMyTurn.ca.gov to find testing\n \n \n \n \n \n\nMore resources for testing\n \n \n \n \n\nBelow are facilities offering testing in or near Sierra County. Many clinics offer Drive-Thru Testing options.Eastern Plumas Health Care (Loyalton) - (530) 993-1231Monday thru Thursday by appointmentEastern Plumas Health Care (Portola)- (530) 832-6600 Monday thru Friday by appointmentPlumas District Hospital (Quincy) - (530) 283-5640Sierra Nevada Medical Center (Grass Valley) - (530) 274-6000Tahoe Forest Hospital (Truckee) - (530) 582-3450 Western Sierra Medical Clinic (Downieville) - (530) 274-9762Find Testing Near You Search Tools in California and Nevada\n\n \n \n \n\nFAQs about payment for COVID-19 testing:1. Must health plans cover COVID-19 testing? Yes. Health plans must cover COVID-19 tests that are FDA approved or authorized, or approved by the state, without prior authorization and at no cost to the enrollee. This includes follow-up (serial/sequential) tests. This requirement applies to such tests administered by a skilled nursing facility.  Biden-Harris Administration Requires Insurance Companies and Group Health Plans to Cover the Cost of At-Home COVID-19 Tests, Increasing Access to Free Tests (January 10, 2022)2.","title":"Testing Options | Sierra County, CA - Official Website","score":13.211225},{"document_id":"17a25b07af4a6429-1444-3540","text":"Testing Options | Sierra County, CA - Official Website\nHealth plans must cover COVID-19 tests that are FDA approved or authorized, or approved by the state, without prior authorization and at no cost to the enrollee. This includes follow-up (serial/sequential) tests. This requirement applies to such tests administered by a skilled nursing facility.  Biden-Harris Administration Requires Insurance Companies and Group Health Plans to Cover the Cost of At-Home COVID-19 Tests, Increasing Access to Free Tests (January 10, 2022)2. Does the requirement for health plans to cover COVID-19 apply to testing for asymptomatic individuals? Yes. Health plans must cover testing for COVID-19 and may not deny coverage based on lack of medical necessity. Please refer to the federal Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act” (CARES Act) for additional information. 3. Does the requirement for health plans to cover COVID-19 testing apply to commercial, Medi-Cal, and Medicare Advantage plans? Yes. All of these plans must cover COVID-19 testing, without prior authorization, and at no cost to the enrollee. Similarly, recent guidance from the federal Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) also requires coverage of COVID-19 tests for beneficiaries in traditional Medicare coverage. 4. Does the requirement for health plans to cover COVID-19 testing apply to self-funded, employer plans (also known as ERISA plans)? Yes. Self-funded employer plans also are required to cover COVID-19 testing and screening without cost to the enrollee, and without prior authorization. Please refer to the CARES Act for additional information.\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n\nAbout Vaccine for COVID-19\n\nClinical & Professional Resources\n\nQuarantine & Isolation Instructions\n\nTesting Options \n\nTravel \n\nTreatment for COVID-19\n\n \n\n \n\nEmergencyInformation\n\nOnlinePayments\n\n \n \n\nAgendas& Minutes\n\nCountyOrdinance Code\n\n \n \n\nJobs\n\nView PropertyTax bills\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n \n\nContact Us\n\nSierra County Courthouse100 Courthouse Square #200Downieville, CA 95936Phone: 530-289-3698\n \n\n \n \n\n \n \n\nQuick Links\n\nCurrent Projects\n\nProjects & Public Hearings\n\nCA Chief Probation Officers","title":"Testing Options | Sierra County, CA - Official Website","score":13.486445},{"document_id":"c63b038e88a17934-8587-10816","text":"\n\t\n\tOffice of the Patient Advocate - State of California\n\n\nYou can apply for Medi-Cal through your county’s Medi-Cal office or the BenefitsCal website. You also can apply for coverage through Covered California.\nTo appeal a Medi-Cal decision, you can request a State Fair Hearing. Learn more about a Medi-Cal Fair Hearing.\nFor complaints about a Medi-Cal health plan or a provider in its network, contact your health plan’s member services for assistance or to file a grievance.\n\nCovered California\n\nCovered California is a marketplace where Californians can buy a health plan and often are eligible to receive federal tax credits to help pay the premium.\nCovered California plans are primarily HMOs, PPOs, and EPOs. They are individual commercial plans that Covered California has already screened to make sure they meet standards for benefits and costs.\nYou can apply for coverage or find help with enrollment through the Covered California website\nTo appeal a Covered California eligibility decision, you can request a State Fair Hearing for an administrative law judge to review your case. Learn more about Covered California appeals.\nFor a complaint about a Covered California health plan or a provider in its network, contact your health plan’s member services for assistance or to file a grievance. If your health plan does not help, or if you have an urgent health issue, you can file a complaint with the Department of Managed Health Care.\n\nMedicare\n\nMedicare is the federal health insurance program for people who are 65 and older, and for some people under 65 who have a disability.\nMedicare Advantage plans are usually HMOs and PPOs. Traditional Medicare (or Original Medicare) is more like fee-for-service health insurance.\nMost people first become eligible for Medicare when they turn 65. Eligibility for Medicare is determined by the U.S. Social Security Administration. Learn more about enrolling in Medicare at www.medicare.gov​.\nMedicare has an annual open enrollment period when you can change your health plan or prescription drug coverage.\nVisit the Medicare website for more information about program benefits.\nFor help understanding your Medicare options or help with Medicare complaints, contact your local Health Insurance Counseling and Advocacy Program (HICAP).","title":"\n\t\n\tOffice of the Patient Advocate - State of California\n\n","score":12.204885},{"document_id":"6d16416fe4ee9e44-19643-22027","text":"The 2024-25 Budget: Medi-Cal Analysis\nExpanded use of asset verification reports for ex‑parte renewals until the elimination of the asset test on January 1, 2024. \n\nReducing Documentation Requirements. The state has also received approval for flexibilities that reduce county workload and simplify processes for enrollees. Specifically: \n\nWhen self‑attested information cannot be verified with electronic data sources, a beneficiary can provide a reasonable explanation for the discrepancy in lieu of needing to provide documentation. \nCounties can assume no change in assets (and renew on an ex‑parte basis) when asset verification data returns no information within a reasonable time frame (20‑30 days depending upon the circumstance) rather than seek additional verification from the enrollee. \nCounties can use updated contact information provided by managed care plans, Program of All‑Inclusive Care for the Elderly (PACE) organizations, and the United States Postal Service in lieu of requiring confirmation by the beneficiary. \nCounties can extend a renewal date by 12 months when contact is made with certain hard‑to‑reach populations, including individuals experiencing homelessness, seniors, and persons with disabilities.\nThe amount by which income reported by a beneficiary can deviate from that shown in federal data sources is increased from 10 percent to 20 percent.\nThe requirement that applicants apply for certain types of available income (such as unemployment or veteran’s benefits) and medical support from a non‑custodial parent within 90 days of approval is waived.\n\nGovernor’s Budget Caseload Estimates\nModest Decline in 2023‑24 Followed by Decline of About 1 Million in 2024‑25, Reflecting Redeterminations. Figure 6 details the administration’s estimates of caseload built into the Governor’s budget. As shown in the figure, the administration estimates a 7 percent decline in overall caseload from 2023‑24 to 2024‑25, reflecting the result of redeterminations. The caseload decline is almost exclusively concentrated in the ACA optional expansion (largely childless adults) and families and children categories. This concentration is unsurprising, given that 94 percent of the cumulative increase in caseload during the continuous coverage period (March 2020 through June 2023) was in the ACA optional expansion (53 percentage points) and families and children (41 percentage points) categories.","title":"The 2024-25 Budget: Medi-Cal Analysis","score":12.246283},{"document_id":"914c180e07b780f0-1919-3898","text":"Government Benefits\nCare Management for Seniors\r\n\t\n\nNeed help with your care? Find out which care management program is right for you.\n\n \r\n\tMedi-Cal and other Health Services\r\n\t\n\nMedi-Cal is a program that offers free or low-cost health coverage for children and adults with limited income and resources. If you qualify, you can enroll in Medi-Cal year-round.\n\n \r\n\tMedicare Counseling\r\n\t\n\nFree information to help you choose the Medicare plan that's right for you.\n\n \r\n\tCalFresh/EBT Food Benefits\r\n\t\n\nCalFresh provides monthly assistance to low- or no-income individuals and families. Benefits are loaded onto an EBT card that works like a debit card to use at stores to buy food.\n\nResources\n\nAdult Protective Services\nReport elder and dependant adult abuse 24/7\n\nVeterans\nGet information on benefits available to veterans and their families.\n\nInformation & Assistance\nChat online or on the phone about support to stay living at home safely and more.\n\nAging and Disability Resource Guide\nFind local resources for seniors and people with disabilities.\n\nBecome a Caregiver\nEarn money with flexible hours while providing housekeeping and basic in-home assistnace.\n\n \n\nAdult and Aging Division\n\nIn-person Lobby Hours\nMonday – Friday\n8:00 AM – 5:00 PM\n\nContact us by Phone\nPhone: (707) 565-5900\nCA Relay: 711\n\nLocations\nSanta Rosa Office\n3725 Westwind Blvd, 1st Floor\n\nSanta Rosa, CA 95403\nGoogle Maps™ Directions\n\nPetaluma Office\n\n5350 Old Redwood Hwy N #100\nPetaluma, CA 94954\nGoogle Maps™ Directions\n\nCounty of Sonoma\n\n \n\n \r\n\tSoCoEmergency.org\r\n\t\n\n \r\n\tPay Property Taxes\r\n\t\n\n \r\n\tView Road Closures and Delays \r\n\t\n\n \r\n\tBoard Meetings, Agendas and Minutes\r\n\t\n\n \r\n\tView All County News\r\n\t\n\n \r\n\tView All County Press Releases\r\n\t\n\n \r\n\tView All County Events\r\n\t\n\n \r\n\tCounty Department Directory\r\n\t\n\n\r\n Subscribe to SoCo Correspondent email newsletter\r\n \n\n\r\n ©2022 County of Sonoma. All rights reserved.\r\n \n\nBack to Top\n|\n\r\n\tAccessibility Information\r\n\t\n|\n\r\n\tSB 272\r\n\t\n|\n\r\n\tTerms of Use\r\n\t\n|\n\r\n\tWeb Standards","title":"Government Benefits","score":12.43583}],"251e29286cef45d899d7889e94ae25d5<::>5":[{"document_id":"808d567bf79dd929-2-1890","text":"Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19) | CDC\nCoronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19) | CDC\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\nSkip directly to site content\nSkip directly to search\n\nEspañol | \nOther Languages\n\nAn official website of the United States government Here's how you know \n\nOfficial websites use .gov\nA .gov website belongs to an official government organization in the United States.\n\nSecure .gov websites use HTTPS\nA lock ( ) or https:// means you've safely connected to the .gov website. Share sensitive information only on official, secure websites.\n\n \n\nCenters for Disease Control and Prevention. CDC twenty four seven. Saving Lives, Protecting People\n\n×\n\nSubmit\n\nHOME\n COVID-19\n\n \n\n \n\n \n\nMinus\n\nRelated Pages\n\nCOVID-19 Vaccines\nCOVID-19 vaccines are safe, effective, and free. Everyone 6 months and older can get an updated COVID-19 vaccine. Learn more.\n\nHighlights\n\nHow to Protect Yourself and Others \nPeople with Certain Medical Conditions \nVentilation in Buildings\n\nCOVID-19 Vaccines\nCOVID-19 vaccines are safe, effective, and free. Everyone 6 months and older can get an updated COVID-19 vaccine. Learn more.\n\nHighlights\n\nHow to Protect Yourself and Others \nPeople with Certain Medical Conditions \nVentilation in Buildings\n\nSymptoms of COVID-19People may experience sudden fever or chills, cough, shortness of breath, loss of taste or smell, and other symptoms.\n\nTesting for COVID-19Use viral tests like PCR or rapid at-home tests to determine if you are sick with COVID-19. Learn how to get tested.\n\nTreatments and MedicationsAntiviral medications are available to treat mild to moderate COVID-19. Start treatment as soon as you develop symptoms.\n\nGet the Latest on COVID-19, Flu, and RSVLearn more about all three of these respiratory viruses, who is most at risk, and how they are affecting your state right now. You can use some of the same strategies to protect yourself from all three viruses.\nGet the Latest on COVID-19, Flu, and RSV","title":"Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19) | CDC","score":11.5787945},{"document_id":"808d567bf79dd929-1451-2933","text":"Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19) | CDC\nTreatments and MedicationsAntiviral medications are available to treat mild to moderate COVID-19. Start treatment as soon as you develop symptoms.\n\nGet the Latest on COVID-19, Flu, and RSVLearn more about all three of these respiratory viruses, who is most at risk, and how they are affecting your state right now. You can use some of the same strategies to protect yourself from all three viruses.\nGet the Latest on COVID-19, Flu, and RSV\n\nOther COVID-19 TopicsOther COVID-19 Topics\nAbout COVID-19Long COVIDData & SurveillanceCommunication Resources\n\nCOVID-19 DataMonitoring the impact of COVID-19 and the effectiveness of prevention and control strategies remains a public health priority. CDC continues to provide sustainable, high-impact, and timely information to inform decision-making.\nCOVID Data Tracker\nCOVID-19 Data\nMonitoring the impact of COVID-19 and the effectiveness of prevention and control strategies remains a public health priority. CDC continues to provide sustainable, high-impact, and timely information to inform decision-making.\nCOVID Data Tracker\n\nFor Health ProfessionalsHealthcare WorkersHealth DepartmentsLaboratory Personnel\nFor Health ProfessionalsHealthcare WorkersHealth DepartmentsLaboratory Personnel\n\nLanguages\n\nEspañol\n\nOther Languages\n\nLanguages\n\nEspañol\n\nOther Languages\n\n \n\r\n\tLast Updated Mar. 15, 2024\tSource: \tNational Center for Immunization and Respiratory Diseases (NCIRD), Division of Viral Diseases\n\nFacebook\nTwitter\nLinkedIn\nSyndicate","title":"Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19) | CDC","score":11.758698},{"document_id":"808d567bf79dd929-5706-6942","text":"Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19) | CDC\nInstagram\nLinkedIn\nYoutube\nPinterest\nSnapchat\n\n\r\n\tCONTACT CDC\r\n\t\n\nContact Us\n\nCall 800-232-4636\n\nEmail Us\n\n\r\n\tABOUT CDC\r\n\t\n\nAbout CDC\nJobs\nFunding\n\n\r\n\tPOLICIES\r\n\t\n\nAccessibility\nExternal Links\nPrivacy\nPolicies\nNo Fear Act\nFOIA\nOIG\nNondiscrimination\nVulnerability Disclosure Policy\n\n\r\n\tCONNECT WITH US\r\n\t\n\nFacebook\nTwitter\nInstagram\nLinkedIn\n\nYoutube\nPinterest\nSnapchat\n\n\r\n\tLANGUAGES\r\n\t\n\nEspañol\n繁體中文\nTiếng Việt\n한국어\nTagalog\nРусский\nالعربية\nKreyòl Ayisyen\nFrançais\nPolski\nPortuguês\nItaliano\nDeutsch\n日本語\nفارسی\nEnglish\n\nEspañol\n繁體中文\nTiếng Việt\n한국어\nTagalog\nРусский\nالعربية\nKreyòl Ayisyen\nFrançais\nPolski\nPortuguês\nItaliano\nDeutsch\n日本語\nفارسی\nEnglish\n\nAccessibility\nExternal Links\nPrivacy\nPolicies\n\nNo Fear Act\nFOIA\nOIG\nUSA.gov\n\nNondiscrimination\nVulnerability Disclosure Policy\nDepartment of Health & Human Services\nCOVID-19 Web Archive\n\nCOVID-19 Web Archive\n\nU.S. Department of Health & Human Services\n\nUSA.gov\n\nSAS\n\nstats\n\nExit Notification / Disclaimer Policy\n\nClose\n\nLinks with this icon indicate that you are leaving the CDC website.\n\nThe Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) cannot attest to the accuracy of a non-federal website.","title":"Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19) | CDC","score":11.841913},{"document_id":"00e9adb15f35b625-3085-4945","text":"COVID-19 Overview and Infection Prevention and Control Priorities in non-U.S. Healthcare Settings | CDC\nCoronaviruses are a large family of viruses that can cause illness in animals or humans. In humans there are several known coronaviruses that cause respiratory infections. These coronaviruses range from the common cold to more severe diseases such as severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS), Middle East respiratory syndrome (MERS), and COVID-19.\nTop of PageCoronavirus Disease 2019:\nEmergence\nCOVID-19 was identified in Wuhan, China in December 2019. COVID-19 is caused by the virus severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 (SARS-CoV-2), a new virus in humans causing respiratory illness which can be spread from person-to-person. Early in the outbreak, many patients were reported to have a link to a large seafood and live animal market; however, later cases with no link to the market confirmed person-to-person transmission of the disease. Additionally, travel-related exportation of cases occurred.\nTransmission\nThere are three main ways that COVID-19 can spread:\n\nBy breathing in air carrying droplets or aerosol particles that contain the SARS-CoV-2 virus when close to an infected person or in poorly ventilated spaces with infected persons\nBy having droplets and particles that contain the SARS-CoV-2 virus land on the eyes, nose, or mouth – especially through splashes and sprays like a cough or sneeze\nBy touching the eyes, nose, or mouth with hands that have the SARS-CoV-2 virus particles on them\n\nThe droplets that contain the SARS-CoV-2 virus are released when someone with COVID-19 sneezes, coughs, or talks. Infectious droplets can land in the mouths or noses of people who are nearby or possibly be inhaled into the lungs. A physical distance of at least 1 meter (3 ft) between persons is recommended by the WHO to avoid infection,1 whereas CDC recommends maintaining a physical distance of at least 1.8 meters (6ft) between persons.","title":"COVID-19 Overview and Infection Prevention and Control Priorities in non-U.S. Healthcare Settings | CDC","score":19.752256},{"document_id":"00e9adb15f35b625-4505-6636","text":"COVID-19 Overview and Infection Prevention and Control Priorities in non-U.S. Healthcare Settings | CDC\nThe droplets that contain the SARS-CoV-2 virus are released when someone with COVID-19 sneezes, coughs, or talks. Infectious droplets can land in the mouths or noses of people who are nearby or possibly be inhaled into the lungs. A physical distance of at least 1 meter (3 ft) between persons is recommended by the WHO to avoid infection,1 whereas CDC recommends maintaining a physical distance of at least 1.8 meters (6ft) between persons. Respiratory droplets can land on hands, objects, or surfaces around the person when they cough or talk, and people can then become infected with COVID-19 from touching hands, objects or surfaces with droplets and then touching their eyes, nose, or mouth. Additionally, transmission can occur from those with mild symptoms or from those who do not feel ill.\nThere are certain circumstances that can increase the risk of infection for COVID-19 such as poorly ventilated space. In indoor spaces with poor ventilation, the concentration of virus particles is often higher than outdoors.2,3 Other factors that are associated with increased COVID-19 risk include prolonged exposure to those infected with COVID-19, close contact with infected persons, and any other activity that leads to exposure to a greater amount of respiratory droplets and particles.\nSymptoms\nA wide range of symptoms for COVID-19 have been reported.4 These symptoms include:\n\nFever or chills\nCough\nMuscle or body aches\nAnorexia\nSore throat\nNasal congestion or runny nose\nHeadache\nDiarrhea\nNausea\nShortness of breath or difficulty breathing\nLoss of smell or taste\n\nThe estimated incubation period is between 2 and 14 days with a median of 5 days. It is important to note that some people become infected and do not develop any symptoms or feel ill.\nPeople at Higher Risk for Severe Illness\nCOVID-19 is a relatively new disease; therefore, additional risk factors for severe COVID-19 may continue to be identified. In some cases, people who get COVID-19 can develop severe complications, including difficulty breathing, causing a need for hospitalization and intensive care. 5 These severe complications often lead to death.","title":"COVID-19 Overview and Infection Prevention and Control Priorities in non-U.S. Healthcare Settings | CDC","score":12.031065}],"251e29286cef45d899d7889e94ae25d5<::>6":[{"document_id":"3464686257d18d56-1116-3057","text":"About Vaccine for COVID-19 | Sierra County, CA - Official Website\nThe Western States Scientific Safety Review Workgroup released a statement affirming these updates.Second Booster Shot for Some Individuals Based on expanded FDA EUAs, the following individuals may receive a second booster dose at least four months after their first booster dose:A first booster dose for children aged 5-11People 12 years and older who are moderately or severely immunocompromisedPeople 50 years and older who are not moderately or severely immunocompromised People 18-49 years old who are not moderately or severely immunocompromised and who received Janssen COVID-19 vaccine as both their primary series dose and booster dose\n\n \n \n\nChoosing the COVID-19 Vaccine that is Right for YouCOVID-19 Booster VaccinesCOVID-19 Vaccine Booster Questions & AnswersGet the Facts on COVID-19 Vaccines, Boosters , and Additional DosesFACT SHEET: Pfizer COVID-19 Vaccine (Comirnaty)Benefits and Risks (PDF)FACT SHEET: Johnson & Johnson COVID-19 VaccineBenefits and RiskFACT SHEET: Moderna COVID-19 Vaccine (Spikevax)Benefits and Risks\n\n \n \n\nCOVID-19 Vaccines While Pregnant or BreastfeedingCOVID-19 vaccination is recommended for all people aged 5 years and older, including people who are pregnant, breastfeeding, trying to get pregnant now, or might become pregnant in the future. Pregnant and recently pregnant people are more likely to get severely ill with COVID-19 compared with non-pregnant people. Getting a COVID-19 vaccine can protect you from severe illness from COVID-19. What You Need to Know, Vaccination During Pregnancy Guidance (ca.gov). \n\n \n \n\nWhere do I report a reaction to a vaccination?Report an adverse event to VAERS -Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System. VAERS is a passive reporting system, meaning it relies on individuals to send in reports of their experiences. Anyone can submit a report to VAERS, including parents and patients.\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\nContact Us\n\nDeborah Perkins, RNInfection Prevention SpecialistDr.","title":"About Vaccine for COVID-19 | Sierra County, CA - Official Website","score":22.079323},{"document_id":"00e9adb15f35b625-3085-4945","text":"COVID-19 Overview and Infection Prevention and Control Priorities in non-U.S. Healthcare Settings | CDC\nCoronaviruses are a large family of viruses that can cause illness in animals or humans. In humans there are several known coronaviruses that cause respiratory infections. These coronaviruses range from the common cold to more severe diseases such as severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS), Middle East respiratory syndrome (MERS), and COVID-19.\nTop of PageCoronavirus Disease 2019:\nEmergence\nCOVID-19 was identified in Wuhan, China in December 2019. COVID-19 is caused by the virus severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 (SARS-CoV-2), a new virus in humans causing respiratory illness which can be spread from person-to-person. Early in the outbreak, many patients were reported to have a link to a large seafood and live animal market; however, later cases with no link to the market confirmed person-to-person transmission of the disease. Additionally, travel-related exportation of cases occurred.\nTransmission\nThere are three main ways that COVID-19 can spread:\n\nBy breathing in air carrying droplets or aerosol particles that contain the SARS-CoV-2 virus when close to an infected person or in poorly ventilated spaces with infected persons\nBy having droplets and particles that contain the SARS-CoV-2 virus land on the eyes, nose, or mouth – especially through splashes and sprays like a cough or sneeze\nBy touching the eyes, nose, or mouth with hands that have the SARS-CoV-2 virus particles on them\n\nThe droplets that contain the SARS-CoV-2 virus are released when someone with COVID-19 sneezes, coughs, or talks. Infectious droplets can land in the mouths or noses of people who are nearby or possibly be inhaled into the lungs. A physical distance of at least 1 meter (3 ft) between persons is recommended by the WHO to avoid infection,1 whereas CDC recommends maintaining a physical distance of at least 1.8 meters (6ft) between persons.","title":"COVID-19 Overview and Infection Prevention and Control Priorities in non-U.S. Healthcare Settings | CDC","score":18.242622},{"document_id":"97819f62800639ce-6680-8757","text":"Frequently Asked Questions | Department of Health\nThe CDC recommends that you get vaccinated even if you have already had COVID-19, because you can be infected more than once. While you may have some short-term antibody protection after recovering from COVID-19, we don’t know how long this protection will last. Vaccination is the best protection, and it is safe. People who get COVID-19 may have serious illnesses, and some have debilitating symptoms that persist for months.  \n\n Development\n \n \n \n\nWhat is in the COVID-19 vaccines?The ingredients in Pfizer’s COVID-19 vaccine are listed on page 2 here.The ingredients in Moderna’s COVID-19 vaccine are listed on page 2 here.Did the clinical trials include people with comorbidities including diabetes or hypertension?Yes. Clinical trials for both vaccines included participants identified as having at least one condition that put them at increased risk of severe complications of COVID-19 including:Chronic lung disease (e.g., emphysema and chronic bronchitis, idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, and cystic fibrosis) or moderate to severe asthmaSignificant cardiac disease (e.g., heart failure, coronary artery disease, congenital heart disease, cardiomyopathies, and pulmonary hypertension)Obesity (body mass index ≥ 30 kg/m2)Diabetes (Type 1, Type 2 or gestational)Liver diseaseHuman Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) infection (not included in the efficacy evaluation)Do COVID-19 vaccines contain animal-based ingredients? No. The Moderna, Pfizer/BioNTech and Johnson & Johnson/Janssen COVID-19 vaccines contain no human or animal products, preservatives or adjuvants and utilize no ingredients of human or animal origin.\n\n Availability\n \n \n \n\nWhen should I get the vaccine? COVID-19 vaccines are updated periodically to better protect against new strains of the virus. For more information on the most up- to- date vaccine formulation and vaccination schedule, visit the CDC website.I'm homebound. How can I get the vaccine?COVID vaccines are widely available at pharmacies, local health departments, clinics, Federally Qualified Health Centers and health care provider offices.","title":"Frequently Asked Questions | Department of Health","score":24.061602},{"document_id":"00e9adb15f35b625-7529-9863","text":"COVID-19 Overview and Infection Prevention and Control Priorities in non-U.S. Healthcare Settings | CDC\nWhile safe and effective vaccines are a great tool for prevention, it is important to continue other preventative actions such as wearing masks, performing hand hygiene, physically distancing from others, and avoiding crowded spaces and spaces with poor ventilation.7  There are several vaccine candidates, and many have been listed under WHO’s emergency use.\nMasks\nWearing masks is another important preventative action for COVID-19 that should continue to be performed. When selecting a mask, there are many factors to consider.8 Masks should\n\nHave two or more layers of washable, breathable fabric\nCompletely cover the nose and mouth\nFit snug against the sides of the face and not have gaps\nHave a nose wire to prevent air from leaking out of the top of the mask\n\nIt is also important to choose and wear the proper type of mask based on your setting. For example, in a community setting, cloth masks should be worn, whereas during aerosol generating procedures in a healthcare setting, should be worn.\nOther preventative actions\nEven with the introduction of vaccinations as a tool for prevention against COVID-19 and the proper use of masks, CDC recommends the following key COVID-19 preventative activities: 7— avoiding crowded spaces or spaces that have poor ventilation or wear a mask in these spaces; performing proper hand hygiene; keeping high touch surfaces clean; monitoring symptoms; and getting tested if ill.\nIPC for COVID-19\nInfection prevention and control (IPC) is the practice of preventing or stopping the spread of infections from the delivery of healthcare services in facilities like hospitals, outpatient clinics, dialysis centers, long-term care facilities, or traditional practitioners. IPC is a critical part of health system strengthening and must be a priority to protect patients and healthcare workers. In the context of COVID-19, the IPC goal is to support the maintenance of essential healthcare services by containing and preventing COVID-19 transmission within healthcare facilities to keep patients and healthcare workers healthy and safe.\nCOVID-19 IPC Priorities\n\nRapid identification of suspect cases\n\nScreening/triage at initial healthcare facility encounter and rapid implementation of source control\nLimiting the entry of healthcare workers and/or visitors with suspected or confirmed COVID-19","title":"COVID-19 Overview and Infection Prevention and Control Priorities in non-U.S. Healthcare Settings | CDC","score":15.629595},{"document_id":"0669908d5d4870d2-1604-3759","text":"How to Protect Yourself and Others | CDC\nWhen you are sick:\n\nUse precautions to prevent spread, including staying home and away from others (including people you live with who are not sick) if you have respiratory symptoms.\n\nLearn when you can go back to your normal activities.\n\nSeek health care promptly for testing and/or treatment if you have risk factors for severe illness. Treatment may help lower your risk of severe illness, but it needs to be started within a few days of when your symptoms begin.\n\nAdditional Prevention Strategies\nIn addition, there are other prevention strategies that you can choose to further protect yourself and others.\n\nWearing a mask and putting distance between yourself and others can help lower the risk of COVID-19 transmission.\nTesting for COVID-19 can help you decide what to do next, like getting treatment to reduce your risk of severe illness and taking steps to lower your chances of spreading COVID-19 to others.\n\nKey Times for Prevention\nUsing these prevention strategies can be especially helpful when:\n\nRespiratory viruses, such as COVID-19, flu, and RSV, are causing a lot of illness in your community\nYou or those around you have risk factors for severe illness\nYou or those around you were recently exposed to a respiratory virus, are sick, or are recovering\n\nCheck Your CommunityFind out if respiratory viruses are causing a lot of illness in your community. Data updated weekly.\nCheck the latest data\nGet the Latest on COVID-19, Flu, and RSVLearn more about all three of these respiratory viruses, who is most at risk, and how they are affecting your state right now. You can use some of the same strategies to protect yourself from all three viruses.\nGet the Latest on COVID-19, Flu, and RSV\n\nRelated Pages\nCOVID-19 Testing\nCOVID-19 Vaccines\nCOVID-19 Treatments and Medications\nPreventing Respiratory Viruses\nProtect Yourself from COVID-19, Flu, and RSV\n\nAdditional Resources\nRespirators and Masks\nImproving Ventilation in Your Home\nImproving Ventilation In Buildings\n\nArchived ContentSearch for and find historical COVID-19 pages and files. Please note the content on these pages and files is no longer being updated and may be out of date.","title":"How to Protect Yourself and Others | CDC","score":16.40657}],"251e29286cef45d899d7889e94ae25d5<::>8":[{"document_id":"2251c4827c59360d-1567-3644","text":"About COVID-19 Vaccines | Veterans Affairs\nThe COVID-19 vaccines are safe. Scientists studied all the original Food and Drug Administration (FDA) authorized vaccines in at least 3 phases of clinical trials to ensure they are safe and effective. They continue to study the updated vaccines. Hundreds of millions of people have safely received COVID-19 vaccines in the U.S.\nThere is no cure for COVID-19 at this time. There are treatments for COVID-19. But the risk of severe illness and death are still high in certain groups of people. Talk to your health care provider before taking any medications to prevent or treat COVID-19. \nLearn more about COVID-19 treatments on the CDC website\nSome people report long-term effects of COVID-19. Most people get better in weeks. But some people have effects that last for a longer time. These effects may include symptoms like dizziness, depression, or feeling very tired. They may also include effects on vital organs like your heart or lungs. The effects can happen even after a mild illness.\nLearn more about long-term COVID-19 effects on the CDC website\nWhen you’re up to date on your COVID-19 vaccines, you can do more. This may include visiting with family and friends or going to different activities. Staying up to date with your vaccines reduces your risk of severe illness or death from COVID-19. \nYou can get a free COVID-19 vaccine—even if you don’t have health insurance.\nFind out how to get a COVID-19 vaccine at VA\nFind COVID-19 vaccines near you on the CDC website\n\nVaccine effectiveness\nScientists studied the original FDA authorized COVID-19 vaccines in tens of thousands of people in clinical trials. The trials included people of all ages, genders, races, and ethnicities. Scientists continue to monitor the effectiveness of the vaccines over time.  \nResults show that the vaccines work well in these ways:\n\nThe vaccines help protect you from getting COVID-19. Vaccines help train your body’s natural immune system to recognize and fight a specific disease by stimulating a response to the virus that causes that disease. Over time, this protection decreases.","title":"About COVID-19 Vaccines | Veterans Affairs","score":17.775175},{"document_id":"2251c4827c59360d-3185-5318","text":"About COVID-19 Vaccines | Veterans Affairs\nThe trials included people of all ages, genders, races, and ethnicities. Scientists continue to monitor the effectiveness of the vaccines over time.  \nResults show that the vaccines work well in these ways:\n\nThe vaccines help protect you from getting COVID-19. Vaccines help train your body’s natural immune system to recognize and fight a specific disease by stimulating a response to the virus that causes that disease. Over time, this protection decreases. So you may need additional vaccine doses to stay protected.\nEven if you get COVID-19, the vaccines help protect you from getting severe illness. Severe illness may mean having to go to the hospital, needing a ventilator to breathe, or having an illness that results in death. This protection is one of the main benefits of vaccination.\nThe vaccines may protect you from developing long-term effects of COVID-19. People who get COVID-19 after vaccination are less likely to report these long-term effects.\nLearn more about long-term COVID-19 effects on the CDC website\nThe vaccines offer good protection against most COVID-19 variants. Variants are new forms of the virus that causes COVID-19. Updated vaccines protect against newer variants. \n\nWe’re still learning about how long vaccines protect you from COVID-19. We’re also still learning how well vaccines protect you from spreading the virus that causes COVID-19. \nLearn more about how COVID-19 vaccines work on the CDC website\n\nVaccine safety\nHere’s how we know that COVID-19 vaccines are safe:\n\nScientists studied the original COVID-19 vaccines in tens of thousands of people in clinical trials. These trials showed no serious safety concerns. The trials included people of all ages, genders, races, and ethnicities. \nAll the current vaccines have met the FDA’s high safety standards. Before the FDA approves or authorizes a vaccine for use, they review all safety data and clinical trial results. They also review the process a company uses to make the vaccine. They make sure the process follows quality and safety standards.\nHundreds of millions of people in the United States have now received COVID-19 vaccines.","title":"About COVID-19 Vaccines | Veterans Affairs","score":17.673506},{"document_id":"2251c4827c59360d-11048-13176","text":"About COVID-19 Vaccines | Veterans Affairs\nLearn more about how COVID-19 vaccines work on the CDC website\nHow vaccines protect the people around you\nProtecting whole communities from diseases like COVID-19 is an important reason for everyone to get vaccines. We call this “community immunity.”\nWhen enough people are vaccinated and develop immunity to a certain virus, that virus can’t spread as easily from person to person. This means that everyone in the community is less likely to get infected. Even if some people do still get infected, there’s less chance of an outbreak that causes many people in the community to get sick at the same time. This helps prevent issues like too many people needing care at once and not having enough hospital beds or health care providers.\nData shows that some communities have been disproportionately affected by COVID-19. These include Black, Hispanic, Native American, Pacific Islander, and Asian communities. Members of these communities can help protect their families and friends by getting vaccinated.\n\n You should get a COVID-19 vaccine even if you’ve had COVID-19 before \n \n\nData from clinical trials show that COVID-19 vaccines are safe in people who’ve been infected with the virus that causes COVID-19 in the past. \nIf you’re currently sick from COVID-19, you should wait until you’ve recovered and you’re finished with isolation to get a vaccine.\nGo to the CDC website for answers to more common questions about COVID-19 vaccines\n\n Scientists created and tested COVID-19 vaccines quickly, but still followed FDA review steps \n \n\nHere’s what you should know about how scientists created and tested COVID-19 vaccines so quickly:\n\nThey built on earlier work. Scientists have been studying vaccines for more than 100 years. Scientists have been studying the technology for mRNA vaccines for more than 20 years. And the National Institutes of Health (NIH) was working on creating a coronavirus vaccine even before the COVID-19 pandemic.\nThey got the funding they needed to work quickly. The COVID-19 pandemic was a public health emergency. So the U.S. government invested millions of dollars to help study and test vaccines.","title":"About COVID-19 Vaccines | Veterans Affairs","score":17.595003},{"document_id":"2251c4827c59360d-14377-15067","text":"About COVID-19 Vaccines | Veterans Affairs\nYour body then makes antibodies in response. Vaccines are a safer way for your body to learn to make antibodies to some of the more dangerous viruses, like COVID-19. But vaccines use the same natural process of your immune system, which is already activated often by germs and viruses. \nWe know that COVID-19 vaccines work well to prevent severe illness and death from COVID-19. Scientists continue to study the effectiveness of the COVID-19 vaccines as new variants appear.\nAs the vaccine science evolves, the CDC may recommend additional updated vaccines. That shouldn’t prevent you from getting a dose of COVID-19 vaccine now if you’re eligible.\n\nLast updated: January 24, 2024\n\nFeedback","title":"About COVID-19 Vaccines | Veterans Affairs","score":16.364939},{"document_id":"2251c4827c59360d-9487-11504","text":"About COVID-19 Vaccines | Veterans Affairs\nWe’ve used this type of vaccine in the U.S for more than 30 years. \nThe Novavax COVID-19 vaccine injects the coronavirus spike protein itself into the body to induce an immune response. In contrast, mRNA COVID-19 vaccines (Pfizer, Moderna) teach our body how to make the spike protein to induce an immune response.\n\n mRNA COVID-19 vaccines don’t change your DNA \n \n\nmRNA vaccines that protect you from COVID-19 don’t alter your DNA. These vaccines work outside of your cell’s nucleus (where your DNA is kept). The vaccines teach your cells how to make a protein that triggers an immune response. Your cells then break down the mRNA and get rid of it soon after they’ve finished using the instructions.\n\n COVID-19 vaccines can’t give you COVID-19 \n \n\nThe current COVID-19 vaccines, and the vaccines still in development, use one of these methods:\n\nAn inactivated virus\nA harmless piece of the virus\nA gene from the virus\n\nNone of these can cause COVID-19.\nLearn more about how COVID-19 vaccines work on the CDC website\n\n Vaccines protect you, your family, and your community \n \n\nHow vaccines protect you\nVaccines help train your body’s natural immune system to recognize and fight a specific disease by stimulating a response to the virus that causes that disease.\nWhen a virus is introduced to your body for the first time, your immune system mounts a defense. This includes making antibodies that help kill or neutralize the virus. If you’re exposed to the same virus again, these antibodies also help your immune system recognize and fight the virus quickly.\nLearn more about how COVID-19 vaccines work on the CDC website\nHow vaccines protect the people around you\nProtecting whole communities from diseases like COVID-19 is an important reason for everyone to get vaccines. We call this “community immunity.”\nWhen enough people are vaccinated and develop immunity to a certain virus, that virus can’t spread as easily from person to person. This means that everyone in the community is less likely to get infected.","title":"About COVID-19 Vaccines | Veterans Affairs","score":16.362339}],"e1b602e47ded79a35d8df4eefe194e39<::>2":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_03120-3469-5331","text":"\nFor more information about feature support in the universal language model, see [Supported languages](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-language-support).\n\n\n\n\n\n Creating a skill that uses the universal language model \n\nTo create a skill that uses the universal language model, complete the following steps:\n\n\n\n1. From the Skills page, click Create skill.\n2. Choose to create either a dialog or actions skill, and then click Next.\n\nFor more information, see [Choosing a conversational skill](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-skills-choose).\n3. Name your skill, and optionally add a description. From the Language field, choose Another language.\n\nRemember, if the language you want to support is listed individually, choose it instead of using the universal model. The built-in language models provide optimal language support.\n4. Create the skill.\n5. If your skill will support a language with right-to-left directional text, such as Hebrew, configure the bidirectional capabilities.\n\nClick the options icon from the skill tile ![Skill options icon](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/417db917d18067d9dcc4cf2612564a9a87c3ddc8/assistant/images/kebab.png), and then select Language preferences. Click the Enable bidirectional capabilities switch. Specify any settings that you want to configure.\n\nFor more information, see [Configuring bidirectional languages](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-language-supportlanguage-support-configure-bidirectional).\n\n\n\nNext, start building your conversation.\n\nAs you follow the normal steps to design a conversational flow, you teach the universal language model about the language you want your skill to support. It is by adding training data that is written in the target language that the universal model is constructed. For an actions skill, add actions.","score":15.637815},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02839-3583-5403","text":"\nIf your skill will support a language with right-to-left directional text, such as Hebrew, configure the bidirectional capabilities.\n\nClick the options icon from the skill tile ![Skill options icon](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/a2b18c153837bce00a5b4de496e4b4ca64bbf56e/assistant-data/images/kebab.png), and then select Language preferences. Click the Enable bidirectional capabilities switch. Specify any settings that you want to configure.\n\nFor more information, see [Configuring bidirectional languages](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-language-supportlanguage-support-configure-bidirectional).\n\n\n\nNext, start building your conversation.\n\nAs you follow the normal steps to design a conversational flow, you teach the universal language model about the language you want your skill to support. It is by adding training data that is written in the target language that the universal model is constructed. Add intents, intent user examples, and entities. The universal language model adapts to understand and support your language of choice.\n\n\n\n\n\n Integration considerations \n\nWhen your skill is ready, you can add it to an assistant and deploy it. Keep these tips in mind:\n\n\n\n* Search skill: If you build an assistant that specializes in a single language, be sure to connect it to data collections that are written in that language. For more information about the languages that are supported by Discovery, see [Language support](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/discovery-data?topic=discovery-data-language-support).\n* Web chat: Web chat has some hardcoded strings that you can customize to reflect your target language. For more information, see [Global audience support](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-web-chat-basicsweb-chat-basics-global).","score":14.014008},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02839-7-2335","text":"\nAdding support for global audiences \n\nYour customers come from all around the globe. You need an assistant that can talk to them in their own language and in a familiar style. Choose the approach that best fits your business needs.\n\n\n\n* Quickest solution: The simplest way to add language support is to author the conversational skill in a single language. You can translate each message that is sent to your assistant from the customer's local language to the skill language. Later you can translate each response from the skill language back to the customer's local language.\n\nThis approach simplifies the process of authoring and maintaining the conversational skill. You can build one skill and use it for all languages. However, the intention and meaning of the customer message can be lost in the translation.\n\nFor more information about webhooks you can use for translation, see [Webhook overview](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-webhook-overview).\n* Most precise solution: If you have the time and resources, the best user experience can be achieved when you build multiple conversational skills, one for each language that you want to support. Watson Assistant has built-in support for all languages. Use one of 13 language-specific models or the universal model, which adapts to any other language you want to support.\n\nWhen you build a skill that is dedicated to a language, a language-specific classifier model is used by the skill. The precision of the model means that your assistant can better understand and recognize the goals of even the most colloquial message from a customer.\n\nUse the new universal language model to create an assistant that is fluent even in languages that Watson Assistant doesn't support with built-in models.\n\nTo deploy, attach each language skill to its own assistant that you can deploy in a way that optimizes its use by your target audience.\n\n\n\n\n\n Understanding the universal language model \n\nA skill that uses the universal language model applies a set of shared linguistic characteristics and rules from multiple languages as a starting point. It then learns from the training data that you add to it.\n\nThe universal language classifier can adapt to a single language per skill. It cannot be used to support multiple languages within a single skill.","score":13.608723},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03313-4560-6553","text":"\nA dialog skill has the training data and dialog that your assistant uses to chat with customers. An actions skill is a new way to build a conversation. Actions offer step-by-step flows for a conversations and are made so that anybody can build them. A search skill is configured to search the appropriate external data sources for answers to customer questions. [Learn more](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-skill-add). \n Skill version Versions are snapshots of a skill that you can create at key points during the development lifecycle. You can deploy one version to production, while you continue to make and test improvements that you make to another version of the skill. [Learn more](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-versions). \n Slots A special set of fields that you can add to a dialog node that enable the assistant to collect necessary pieces of information from the customer. For example, the assistant can require a customer to provide valid date and location details before it gets weather forecast information on the customer's behalf. [Learn more](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-dialog-slots). \n Step A step that you add to an action represents a single interaction or exchange of information with a customer, a turn in the conversation. [Learn more](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-actions-overviewactions-overview-steps). \n System entity Prebuilt entities that recognize references to common things like dates and numbers. You can add these to your skill and start using them immediately. [Learn more](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-system-entities). \n Try it out A chat window that you use to test as you build. For example, from the dialog skill's \"Try it out\" pane, you can mimic the behavior of a customer and enter a query to see how the assistant responds. You can test only the current skill; you cannot test your assistant and all attached skills from end to end.","score":16.456291},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03353-5263-7331","text":"\nItalian (it) GA Deprecated \n Japanese (ja) GA Deprecated \n Korean (ko) GA Deprecated \n Portuguese (Brazilian) (pt-br) GA Deprecated \n Spanish (es) GA Deprecated \n Universal (xx) GA NA \n\n\n\nThe Watson Assistant service supports multiple languages as noted, but the tool interface itself (descriptions, labels, etc.) is in English. All supported languages can be input and trained through the English interface.\n\nGB18030 compliance: GB18030 is a Chinese standard that specifies an extended code page for use in the Chinese market. This code page standard is important for the software industry because the China National Information Technology Standardization Technical Committee has mandated that any software application that is released for the Chinese market after September 1, 2001, be enabled for GB18030. The Watson Assistant service supports this encoding, and is certified GB18030-compliant\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Changing a skill language \n\nOnce a skill has been created, its language cannot be modified. If it is necessary to change the supported language of a skill, you can do so by editing the skill's underlying JSON.\n\nTo change the skill language, take the following steps:\n\n\n\n1. Download the skill that you want to edit.\n2. Open the downloaded skill JSON file in a text editor.\n3. Search for the property named language.\n\nThe language property is set to the original language of the skill. For example, the language property is en for an English skill.\n4. Change the value of this property to the language you want to use instead. For example, change it to fr for French or de for German.\n5. Save the changes to the JSON file, and then upload the edited file, overwriting the existing skill.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Configuring bidirectional languages \n\nFor bidirectional languages, such as Arabic, you can change your skill preferences.\n\n\n\n1. From your skill tile, click the Actions drop-down menu, and then select Language Preferences.\n\nThis option is only available for skills that are configured to use a bidirectional language.\n2. Select from the following options for your skill:","score":14.850118}],"e1b602e47ded79a35d8df4eefe194e39<::>3":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_03373-7076-8670","text":"\nYou can then create a collection from a data source and configure your search skill to search this collection for answers to customer queries.\n\nThe following diagram illustrates how user input is processed when both a dialog skill and a search skill are added to an assistant. Any questions that the dialog is not designed to answer are sent to the search skill, which finds a relevant response from a Discovery data collection.\n\n![Diagram of how a question gets routed to the search skill.](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/417db917d18067d9dcc4cf2612564a9a87c3ddc8/assistant/images/search-skill-diagram.png)\n\n\n\n\n\n Creating a skill \n\nYou can add one conversation skill (actions or dialog) and one search skill to an assistant.\n\n\n\n Conversation \n\n\n\n* [Actions skill](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-skill-actions-add)\n* [Dialog Skill](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-skill-dialog-add)\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Search \n\n\n\n* [Search Skill](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-skill-search-add)\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Skill limits \n\nThe number of skills you can create depends on your Watson Assistant plan type. Any sample dialog skills that are available for you to use do not count toward your limit unless you use them. A skill version does not count as a skill.\n\n\n\nPlan details\n\n Plan Maximum number of skills of each type per service instance \n\n Enterprise 100 \n Premium (legacy) 100 \n Plus 50 \n Standard (legacy) 20 \n Lite, Trial 5 \n\n\n\n* After 30 days of inactivity, an unused skill in a Lite plan service instance might be deleted to free up space.","score":12.382353},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03369-66296-68553","text":"\nVisit the learning center!\n: Click the Learning center link that is displayed in the header of the skill pages to find helpful product tours. The tours guide you through the steps to follow to complete a range of tasks, from adding your first intent to a dialog skill to enhancing the conversation in an actions skill. The Additional resources page has links to relevant documentation topics and how-to videos. You can search the resource link titles to find what you're looking for quickly.\n\n\n\n\n\n 29 October 2020 \n\nSystem entity support changes\n: For English, Brazilian Portuguese, Czech, Dutch, French, German, Italian, and Spanish dialog skills only the new system entities API version is supported. For backward compatibility, both the interpretation and metadata attributes are included with the recognized entity object. The new system entity version is enabled automatically for dialog skills in the Arabic, Chinese, Korean, and Japanese languages. You can choose to use the legacy version of the system entities API by switching to it from the Options>System Entities page. This settings page is not displayed in English, Brazilian Portuguese, Czech, Dutch, French, German, Italian, and Spanish dialog skills because use of the legacy version of the API is no longer supported for those languages. For more information about the new system entities, see [System entities](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-system-entities).\n\n\n\n\n\n 28 October 2020 \n\nIntroducing the actions skill!\n: The actions skill is the latest step in the continuing evolution of Watson Assistant as a software as a service application. The actions skill is designed to make it simple enough for anyone to build a virtual assistant. We've removed the need to navigate between intents, entities, and dialog to create conversational flows. Building can all now be done in one simple and intuitive interface.\n\nWeb chat integration is created automatically\n: When you create a new assistant, a web chat integration is created for you automatically (in addition to the preview link integration, which was created previously). These integrations are added also to the assistant that is auto-generated (named My first assistant) when you create a new service instance.","score":33.198082},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03043-7-2031","text":"\nAdding a skill to your assistant \n\nCustomize your assistant by adding to it the skills it needs to satisfy your customers' goals.\n\nYou can create the following types of skills:\n\n\n\n* Dialog skill: Uses Watson natural language processing and machine learning technologies to understand user questions and requests, and respond to them with answers that are authored by you.\n* Search skill: For a given user query, uses the IBM Watson® Discovery service to search a data source of your self-service content and return an answer.\n\n\n\nTypically, you create a skill of each type first. Then, as you build a dialog for the dialog skill, you decide when to initiate the search skill. For some questions or requests, a hardcoded or programmatically-derived response (that is defined in the dialog skill) is sufficient. For others, you might want to provide a more robust response by returning a full passage of related information (that is extracted from an external data source by using the search skill).\n\n\n\n Dialog skill \n\nA dialog skill contains the training data and logic that enables an assistant to help your customers. It contains the following types of artifacts:\n\n\n\n* [Intents](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-intents): An intent represents the purpose of a user's input, such as a question about business locations or a bill payment. You define an intent for each type of user request you want your application to support. In the tool, the name of an intent is always prefixed with the character. To train the dialog skill to recognize your intents, you supply lots of examples of user input and indicate which intents they map to.\n\nA content catalog is provided that contains prebuilt common intents you can add to your application rather than building your own. For example, most applications require a greeting intent that starts a dialog with the user. You can add the General content catalog to add an intent that greets the user and does other useful things, like end the conversation.","score":30.532116},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16364-103662-105841","text":"\n: For English, Brazilian Portuguese, Czech, Dutch, French, German, Italian, and Spanish dialog skills only the new system entities API version is supported. For backward compatibility, both the interpretation and metadata attributes are included with the recognized entity object. The new system entity version is enabled automatically for dialog skills in the Arabic, Chinese, Korean, and Japanese languages. You can choose to use the legacy version of the system entities API by switching to it from the Options>System Entities page. This settings page is not displayed in English, Brazilian Portuguese, Czech, Dutch, French, German, Italian, and Spanish dialog skills because use of the legacy version of the API is no longer supported for those languages. For more information about the new system entities, see [System entities](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-system-entities).\n\n\n\n\n\n 28 October 2020 \n\nIntroducing the actions skill!\n: The actions skill is the latest step in the continuing evolution of Watson Assistant as a software as a service application. The actions skill is designed to make it simple enough for anyone to build a virtual assistant. We've removed the need to navigate between intents, entities, and dialog to create conversational flows. Building can all now be done in one simple and intuitive interface.\n\nThe actions skill is available as a beta feature. For more information, see [Adding an actions skill](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-skill-actions-add).\n\nWeb chat integration is created automatically\n: When you create a new assistant, a web chat integration is created for you automatically (in addition to the preview link integration, which was created previously). These integrations are added also to the assistant that is auto-generated (named My first assistant) when you create a new service instance. For more information, see [Integrating the web chat with your website](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-deploy-web-chat).\n\nText messaging integration was renamed\n: The Twilio messaging integration was renamed to SMS with Twilio.\n\n\n\n\n\n 9 October 2020 \n\nSearch skill update","score":33.322113},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03166-14421-16009","text":"\nIf your assistant has multiple skills attached to it, the dialog skill orchestrates the incoming messages. If you want an action that you created to respond to a conversation starter message, make sure your dialog is set up to call the action. For more information, see [Calling an actions skill from a dialog](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-dialog-call-action).\n\nAll three conversation starters are required.\n\n\n\nA developer can customize the home screen even more:\n\n\n\n* A Get started heading is displayed before the list of conversation starter messages. A developer can change the heading text by replacing the homeScreen_conversationStarterLabel in the web chat language strings file. For more information, see the [instance.updateLanguagePack() method](https://web-chat.global.assistant.watson.cloud.ibm.com/docs.html?to=api-instance-methodsupdatelanguagepack) documentation.\n* You can use the web chat API to add other elements to the home screen page. For more information, see the [instance.writeableElements() method](https://web-chat.global.assistant.watson.cloud.ibm.com/docs.html?to=api-instance-methodswriteableelements) documentation.\n* For information about CSS helper classes that you can use to change the home screen style, see the [prebuilt templates](https://web-chat.global.assistant.watson.cloud.ibm.com/docs.html?to=api-renderhtml) documentation.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Showing more suggestions \n\nSuggestions give your customers a way to try something else when the current exchange with the assistant isn't delivering what they expect. A question mark icon !","score":29.569265}],"e1b602e47ded79a35d8df4eefe194e39<::>6":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_09229-1545-3258","text":"\n\"supported_as_target\": false,\n\"identifiable\": true\n},\n{\n\"language\": \"ar\",\n\"language_name\": \"Arabic\",\n\"native_language_name\": \"العربية\",\n\"country_code\": \"AR\",\n\"words_separated\": true,\n\"direction\": \"right_to_left\",\n\"supported_as_source\": true,\n\"supported_as_target\": true,\n\"identifiable\": true\n},\n. . .\n]\nShow more\n\nThe list of support languages is long, reporting more than 75 languages.\n\n\n\n\n\n List of supported languages \n\nThe following table list the translatable languages. The service can translate from the following languages to any other language in the list (with the exception of Basque and Catalan). The service correctly translates from and to bidirectional languages that are written left-to-right and right-to-left (for example, Arabic, Hebrew, and Urdu).\n\nThe service use ISO two-character codes for most languages. It uses an ISO three-character code (cnr) for Montenegrin. In some cases, it uses a two-character language code and a two-character country code separated by a hyphen, such as fr-CA for French Canadian, pa-PK for Punjabi spoken in Pakistan, and zh-TW for traditional (Mandarin) Chinese spoken in Taiwan.\n\nNot all language combinations that are supported for translation are also customizable. Usually, only the combinations with English as source or target language are customizable. Click the name of a language to see the customizable translation models for that language.\n\n\n\nTable 1. Translatable languages\n\n Language Language code Language Language code \n\n [Arabic](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/language-translator?topic=language-translator-translation-modelsarabic) ar [Latvian](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/language-translator?topic=language-translator-translation-modelslatvian) lv","score":10.948103},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03027-6555-8367","text":"\nThe language property is set to the original language of the skill. For example, the language property is en for an English skill.\n4. Change the value of this property to the language you want to use instead. For example, change it to fr for French or de for German.\n5. Save the changes to the JSON file, and then upload the edited file, overwriting the existing skill.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Configuring bidirectional languages \n\nFor bidirectional languages, such as Arabic, you can change your skill preferences.\n\n\n\n1. From your skill tile, click the Actions drop-down menu, and then select Language Preferences.\n\nThis option is only available for skills that are configured to use a bidirectional language.\n2. Select from the following options for your skill:\n\n\n\n* GUI Direction: Specifies the layout direction of elements, such as buttons or menus, in the graphical user interface. Choose LTR (left-to-right) or RTL (right-to-left). If not specified, the tool follows the web browser GUI direction setting.\n* Text Direction: Specifies the direction of typed text. Choose LTR (left-to-right), RTL (right-to-left), or Auto (which automatically chooses the text direction based on your system settings). The None option displays left-to-right text.\n* Numeric Shaping: Specifies which form of numerals to use when presenting regular digits. Choose from Nominal, Arabic-Indic, or Arabic-European. The None option will display Western numerals.\n* Calendar Type: Specifies how you choose filtering dates in the skill UI. Choose Islamic-Civil, Islamic-Tabular, Islamic-Umm al-Qura, or Gregorian.\n\n\n\nThis setting is not reflected in the Try it out panel.\n\n![Bidi options](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/a2b18c153837bce00a5b4de496e4b4ca64bbf56e/assistant-data/images/bidi-options.png)\n3. Click the X to close the page.","score":13.852427},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03353-6854-8737","text":"\nSave the changes to the JSON file, and then upload the edited file, overwriting the existing skill.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Configuring bidirectional languages \n\nFor bidirectional languages, such as Arabic, you can change your skill preferences.\n\n\n\n1. From your skill tile, click the Actions drop-down menu, and then select Language Preferences.\n\nThis option is only available for skills that are configured to use a bidirectional language.\n2. Select from the following options for your skill:\n\n\n\n* GUI Direction: Specifies the layout direction of elements, such as buttons or menus, in the graphical user interface. Choose LTR (left-to-right) or RTL (right-to-left). If not specified, the tool follows the web browser GUI direction setting.\n* Text Direction: Specifies the direction of typed text. Choose LTR (left-to-right) or RTL (right-to-left), or select Auto which will automatically choose the text direction based on your system settings. The None option will display left-to-right text.\n* Numeric Shaping: Specifies which form of numerals to use when presenting regular digits. Choose from Nominal, Arabic-Indic, or Arabic-European. The None option will display Western numerals.\n* Calendar Type: Specifies how you choose filtering dates in the skill UI. Choose Islamic-Civil, Islamic-Tabular, Islamic-Umm al-Qura, or Gregorian.\n\n\n\nThis setting is not reflected in the \"Try it out\" panel.\n\n![Bidi options](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/417db917d18067d9dcc4cf2612564a9a87c3ddc8/assistant/images/bidi-options.png)\n3. Click the X to close the page. Your changes are saved automatically.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Working with accented characters \n\nIn a conversational setting, users might or might not use accents while interacting with the Watson Assistant service. As such, both accented and non-accented versions of words might be treated the same for intent detection and entity recognition.","score":13.434051},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02839-3583-5403","text":"\nIf your skill will support a language with right-to-left directional text, such as Hebrew, configure the bidirectional capabilities.\n\nClick the options icon from the skill tile ![Skill options icon](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/a2b18c153837bce00a5b4de496e4b4ca64bbf56e/assistant-data/images/kebab.png), and then select Language preferences. Click the Enable bidirectional capabilities switch. Specify any settings that you want to configure.\n\nFor more information, see [Configuring bidirectional languages](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-language-supportlanguage-support-configure-bidirectional).\n\n\n\nNext, start building your conversation.\n\nAs you follow the normal steps to design a conversational flow, you teach the universal language model about the language you want your skill to support. It is by adding training data that is written in the target language that the universal model is constructed. Add intents, intent user examples, and entities. The universal language model adapts to understand and support your language of choice.\n\n\n\n\n\n Integration considerations \n\nWhen your skill is ready, you can add it to an assistant and deploy it. Keep these tips in mind:\n\n\n\n* Search skill: If you build an assistant that specializes in a single language, be sure to connect it to data collections that are written in that language. For more information about the languages that are supported by Discovery, see [Language support](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/discovery-data?topic=discovery-data-language-support).\n* Web chat: Web chat has some hardcoded strings that you can customize to reflect your target language. For more information, see [Global audience support](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-web-chat-basicsweb-chat-basics-global).","score":17.080215},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03120-4813-6717","text":"\nFor more information, see [Configuring bidirectional languages](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-language-supportlanguage-support-configure-bidirectional).\n\n\n\nNext, start building your conversation.\n\nAs you follow the normal steps to design a conversational flow, you teach the universal language model about the language you want your skill to support. It is by adding training data that is written in the target language that the universal model is constructed. For an actions skill, add actions. For a dialog skill, add intents, intent user examples, and entities. The universal language model adapts to understand and support your language of choice.\n\n\n\n\n\n Integration considerations \n\nWhen your skill is ready, you can add it to an assistant and deploy it. Keep these tips in mind:\n\n\n\n* Phone integration: If you want to deploy an assistant that uses the universal language model with the phone integration, you must connect to custom Speech service language models that can understand the language you're using. For more information about supported language models, see the [Speech to Text](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/speech-to-text?topic=speech-to-text-modelsmodelsList) and [Text to Speech](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/text-to-speech?topic=text-to-speech-voiceslanguageVoices) documentation.\n* Search skill: If you build an assistant that specializes in a single language, be sure to connect it to data collections that are written in that language. For more information about the languages that are supported by Discovery, see [Language support](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/discovery-data?topic=discovery-data-language-support).\n* Web chat: Web chat has some hardcoded strings that you can customize to reflect your target language. For more information, see [Global audience support](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-web-chat-basicsweb-chat-basics-global).","score":11.117418}],"4175fcce99c56af0e02be5b8990fc16a<::>5":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_04734-4788-6538","text":"\n[External link icon](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/8aa0853d34cf2349f1d2db8e5c61e6422a580169/icons/launch-glyph.svg)](https://www.ibm.com/blogs/cloud-computing/2016/08/10/practical-guide-paas/).\n\nWith the SaaS model, your provider maintains the systems through the actual application. The application is cloud-aware, and users can use different end points, depending on the software provider, to use the software. The cloud provider is responsible for all infrastructure and application management, which includes software updates, hardware repairs, and network settings. This model is often used in pay-as-you-go software licensing models. For more information, see [SaaS applications for business and IT](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/saas)![External link icon](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/8aa0853d34cf2349f1d2db8e5c61e6422a580169/icons/launch-glyph.svg).\n\n\n\n\n\n Cloud types \n\nThere are three different types of clouds available: public, private, and hybrid. A public cloud includes a shared set of resources that are provisioned to allow access to a company's resources. It is hosted in a multi-tenant environment on a virtual server, and it can be accessed from anywhere.\n\nA private cloud includes resources that are provisioned to allow access to a company's resources. It is hosted on dedicated hardware, such as a bare metal server, and either onsite at the company's office (or across offices) or by a cloud provider. A private cloud can be accessed from anywhere.\n\nA hybrid cloud includes resources that combine the aspects of both public and private clouds. It is hosted both onsite at a company's office (or across offices) and by a cloud provider. A hybrid cloud can be accessed from anywhere.\n\n\n\n\n\n Next steps","score":16.297256},{"document_id":"ibmcld_11665-7-2043","text":"\nIBM Cloud® Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) Infrastructure environment introduction \n\nAn Infrastructure-as-a-Service (IaaS) environment consists of many components - primarily compute, storage, and network from a specified region (such as the US) and a designated site location (also referred to as a zone), which is a data center site.\n\n\n\n Deployment and management \n\nIBM Cloud VPC Infrastructure offerings, such as virtual or bare metal servers, are deployed through the [IBM Cloud VPC Infrastructure console](https://cloud.ibm.com/vpc-ext/overview).\n\nAlternatively, deployments can be made and managed by using:\n\n\n\n* IBM Cloud CLI\n* IBM Cloud VPC Infrastructure API calls that use an IBM Cloud API key\n* [Terraform Provider for IBM Cloud](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/terraform?topic=terraform-getting-started) by using an IBM Cloud API key\n\n\n\nFor more information, see [Managing VPC Infrastructure (IAM)](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/vpc?topic=vpc-iam-getting-started).\n\n\n\n\n\n Locations - availability zones \n\nWith availability zones across North and South America, Europe, Asia, and Australia, you can provision cloud resources where (and when) you need them. Many regions are available globally, with multiple availability zones in each region. Each availability zone is connected to the IBM Cloud global private network, making data transfers faster and more efficient anywhere in the world.\n\nFor more information about IBM Cloud availability zones, data centers, and Points of Presence (PoPs), see the [global regions, availability zones, and data centers map](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/data-centers/datacentermap).\n\n\n\n\n\n Compute Resources \n\nTwo types of compute resource can be deployed in IBM Cloud VPC Infrastructure environment:\n\n\n\n* Intel Virtual Server Instances (VSIs)\n* Intel Bare Metal Servers\n\n\n\nThese compute resources are offered in different profiles that define CPU and RAM combinations.\n\nFor more information, see [Infrastructure certified for SAP](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/sap?topic=sap-iaas-offerings).\n\n\n\n\n\n Networking","score":15.912071},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04734-6091-6676","text":"\nIt is hosted on dedicated hardware, such as a bare metal server, and either onsite at the company's office (or across offices) or by a cloud provider. A private cloud can be accessed from anywhere.\n\nA hybrid cloud includes resources that combine the aspects of both public and private clouds. It is hosted both onsite at a company's office (or across offices) and by a cloud provider. A hybrid cloud can be accessed from anywhere.\n\n\n\n\n\n Next steps \n\nTo continue, see [Planning your infrastructure](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cloud-infrastructure?topic=cloud-infrastructure-planning-2).","score":15.501865},{"document_id":"ibmcld_11149-7-2279","text":"\nWhat is the IBM Cloud platform? \n\nThe IBM Cloud® platform combines platform as a service (PaaS) with infrastructure as a service (IaaS) to provide an integrated experience. The platform scales and supports both small development teams and organizations, and large enterprise businesses. Globally deployed across data centers around the world, the solution you build on IBM Cloud® spins up fast and performs reliably in a tested and supported environment you can trust!\n\nIBM Cloud provides solutions that enable higher levels of compliance, security, and management, with proven architecture patterns and methods for rapid delivery for running mission-critical workloads. Available in data centers worldwide, with multizone regions in North and South America, Europe, Asia, and Australia, you are enabled to deploy locally with global scalability.\n\nIBM Cloud offers the most open and secure public cloud for business with a next-generation hybrid cloud platform, advanced data and AI capabilities, and deep enterprise expertise across 20 industries. Solutions are available depending on your needs for working in the public cloud, on-premises, or a combination:\n\n\n\n* With public cloud, the resources are made available to you over the public internet. It is a multi-tenant environment, and resources like hardware and infrastructure are managed by IBM®.\n* A [hybrid cloud solution](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/hybrid) is a combination of public and private, giving you the flexibility to move workloads between the two based on your business and technological needs. IBM uses Red Hat OpenShift on IBM Cloud, the market-leading hybrid cloud container platform for hybrid solutions that enables you to build once and deploy anywhere. With IBM Cloud Satellite, you can create a hybrid environment that brings the scalability and on-demand flexibility of public cloud services to the applications and data that runs in your secure private cloud.\n* Support for [multicloud](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/learn/multicloud) and hybrid multicloud solutions is also available, which makes it easy for you to work with different vendors. [IBM Cloud Paks](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/paks) are software products for hybrid clouds that enable you to develop apps once and deploy them anywhere.","score":15.633669},{"document_id":"ibmcld_11149-1736-3999","text":"\nWith IBM Cloud Satellite, you can create a hybrid environment that brings the scalability and on-demand flexibility of public cloud services to the applications and data that runs in your secure private cloud.\n* Support for [multicloud](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/learn/multicloud) and hybrid multicloud solutions is also available, which makes it easy for you to work with different vendors. [IBM Cloud Paks](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/paks) are software products for hybrid clouds that enable you to develop apps once and deploy them anywhere.\n* [Virtual Private Cloud (VPC)](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/vpc?topic=vpc-getting-started) is available as a public cloud service that lets you establish your own private cloud-like computing environment on shared public cloud infrastructure. With VPC, enterprises can define and control a virtual network that is logically isolated from all other public cloud tenants, creating a private, secure place on the public cloud.\n\n\n\nWith our open source technologies, such as Kubernetes, Red Hat OpenShift, and a full range of compute options, including virtual machines, containers, bare metal, and serverless, you have the control and flexibility that's required to support workloads in your hybrid environment. You can deploy cloud-native apps while also ensuring workload portability.\n\nWhether you need to migrate apps to the cloud, modernize your existing apps by using cloud services, ensure data resiliency against regional failure, or use new paradigms and deployment topologies to innovate and build your cloud-native apps, the platform's open architecture is built to accommodate your use case.\n\n\n\n What's built into the platform? \n\nAs the following diagram illustrates, the IBM Cloud platform is composed of multiple components that work together to provide a consistent and dependable cloud experience.\n\n\n\n* A robust console that serves as the front end for creating, viewing, managing your cloud resources\n* An identity and access management component that securely authenticates users for both platform services and controls access to resources consistently across IBM Cloud\n* A catalog that consists of hundreds of supported products\n* A search and tagging mechanism for filtering and identifying your resources","score":16.575136}],"4175fcce99c56af0e02be5b8990fc16a<::>6":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_05707-4888-6797","text":"\nIBM Cloud Kubernetes Service on IBM Cloud Public delivers powerful tools by combining Docker containers, the Kubernetes technology, an intuitive user experience, and built-in security and isolation to automate the deployment, operation, scaling, and monitoring of containerized apps in a cluster of compute hosts For more information, see [IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service technology](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-service-arch).\n: You can also create your cluster in a Virtual Private Cloud (VPC), which gives you the security of a private cloud environment with isolated networking features along with the dynamic scalability of the public cloud. For more information, see [Overview of Classic and VPC infrastructure providers](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-infrastructure_providers).\n\nIBM Cloud Private, on-premises\n: IBM Cloud Private is an application platform that can be installed locally on your own machines. You might choose to use Kubernetes in IBM Cloud Private when you need to develop and manage on-premises, containerized apps in your own controlled environment behind a firewall. For more information, see the [IBM Cloud Private product documentation](https://www.ibm.com/docs/en/cloud-private/3.2.x).\n\n\n\n\n\n Comparison of free and standard clusters \n\nReview the following table for a comparison of free and standard clusters.\n\nThe free cluster option is deprecated and will be unsupported on 25 July 2023. Existing free tier clusters will be allowed to finish their 30-day trial window. If you want to try IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service, [contact IBM Sales](https://www.ibm.com/account/reg/us-en/signup?formid=MAIL-wcp).\n\nFree clusters are automatically deleted after 30 days.\n\nIf you have a free cluster and want to upgrade to a standard cluster, you can [create a standard cluster](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-clusters).","score":20.28512},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05666-7536-9272","text":"\n* VPC clusters: A Load Balancer for VPC is automatically created in your VPC for your cluster. For cost information, see [Pricing for Load Balancer for VPC](https://cloud.ibm.com/vpc-ext/provision/vs).\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Storage \n\nWhen you provision storage, you can choose the storage type and storage class that is correct for your use case. Charges vary depending on the type of storage, the location, and the specs of the storage instance. Some storage solutions, such as file and block storage offer hourly and monthly rates that you can choose from.\n\nTo choose the correct storage solution, see [Planning highly available persistent storage](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-storage-plan). For more information, see:\n\n\n\n* [File Storage for Classic](https://www.ibm.com/products/file-storage)\n* [Block Storage for Classic](https://www.ibm.com/products/block-storage)\n* [File Storage for VPC](https://www.ibm.com/products/file-storage)\n* [Block Storage for VPC](https://www.ibm.com/products/block-storage)\n* [IBM Cloud Object Storage](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/object-storage)\n* [Portworx Enterprise pricing](https://cloud.ibm.com/catalog/services/portworx-enterprise)\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n IBM Cloud services \n\nEach service that you integrate with your cluster has its own pricing model. Review each product documentation and use the IBM Cloud console to [estimate costs](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/billing-usage?topic=billing-usage-costcost).\n\n\n\n\n\n Operators and other third-party integrations \n\nOperators and other [third-party integrations](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-supported_integrations) are a convenient way to add services to your cluster from community, third-party, your own, or other providers.","score":15.774978},{"document_id":"ibmcld_14916-7-2291","text":"\nOverview \n\nUse IBM Cloud® Virtual Private Cloud to create your own space in IBM Cloud®. A virtual private cloud (VPC) is a secure, isolated virtual network that combines the security of a private cloud with the availability and scalability of IBM's public cloud.\n\n\n\n Logical isolation \n\nVPC gives your applications logical isolation from other networks, while providing scalability and security. To make this logical isolation possible, the VPC is divided into subnets that use a range of private IP addresses. You can create subnets in suggested prefix ranges, or bring your own public IP address range (BYOIP) to your IBM Cloud account. By default, all resources within the same VPC can communicate with each other over the private network, regardless of their subnet.\n\n\n\n\n\n Quick instance provisioning with high network performance \n\nYou can quickly provision scalable compute resources in your VPC by creating virtual server instances with the core and RAM configuration that's best for your workload. You can select from the supported stock images or custom images that were imported from IBM Cloud Object Storage. All images are cloud-init enabled. You can connect to your instance without using a password by adding SSH keys.\n\nYou can create instances with up to 80 Gbps network bandwidth per instance. Each instance can be multi-homed, that is, you can create multiple network interfaces per instance.\n\n\n\n\n\n Multi-architecture images \n\nYou can choose to create virtual server instances with different operating systems on x86_64 or s390x processor architecture. For more information, see [Images](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/vpc?topic=vpc-about-images).\n\n\n\n\n\n Storage capabilities \n\nWhen you create an instance, a 100 GB block storage volume is automatically attached as a primary boot volume. To add secondary data volumes to your instance, create block storage volumes.\n\n\n\n\n\n External connectivity \n\nSeveral options are available for enabling your instances to communicate with the public internet:\n\n\n\n* To enable all instances in a subnet to send outgoing traffic, attach a public gateway to the subnet.\n* To enable communication to and from a particular instance, independent of whether the subnet is attached to a public gateway, associate the instance with a floating IP.","score":20.425472},{"document_id":"ibmcld_11149-1736-3999","text":"\nWith IBM Cloud Satellite, you can create a hybrid environment that brings the scalability and on-demand flexibility of public cloud services to the applications and data that runs in your secure private cloud.\n* Support for [multicloud](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/learn/multicloud) and hybrid multicloud solutions is also available, which makes it easy for you to work with different vendors. [IBM Cloud Paks](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/paks) are software products for hybrid clouds that enable you to develop apps once and deploy them anywhere.\n* [Virtual Private Cloud (VPC)](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/vpc?topic=vpc-getting-started) is available as a public cloud service that lets you establish your own private cloud-like computing environment on shared public cloud infrastructure. With VPC, enterprises can define and control a virtual network that is logically isolated from all other public cloud tenants, creating a private, secure place on the public cloud.\n\n\n\nWith our open source technologies, such as Kubernetes, Red Hat OpenShift, and a full range of compute options, including virtual machines, containers, bare metal, and serverless, you have the control and flexibility that's required to support workloads in your hybrid environment. You can deploy cloud-native apps while also ensuring workload portability.\n\nWhether you need to migrate apps to the cloud, modernize your existing apps by using cloud services, ensure data resiliency against regional failure, or use new paradigms and deployment topologies to innovate and build your cloud-native apps, the platform's open architecture is built to accommodate your use case.\n\n\n\n What's built into the platform? \n\nAs the following diagram illustrates, the IBM Cloud platform is composed of multiple components that work together to provide a consistent and dependable cloud experience.\n\n\n\n* A robust console that serves as the front end for creating, viewing, managing your cloud resources\n* An identity and access management component that securely authenticates users for both platform services and controls access to resources consistently across IBM Cloud\n* A catalog that consists of hundreds of supported products\n* A search and tagging mechanism for filtering and identifying your resources","score":19.510372},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10116-16035-17814","text":"\nPricing for VPC infrastructure varies based on regional location and sustained usage.\n\nThis information applies to VPC worker nodes only.\n\nRegional uplift charges\n: When you create a cluster on VPC infrastructure, the worker nodes might incur an uplift charge that varies by the [multizone location](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-regions-and-zoneszones-vpc) that you create the cluster in. The uplift charge is a percentage (%) of the hourly rate (r), and is added to the hourly rate of the worker node. The total hourly rate cost for a worker node can be calculated as r + (r × %). In the [Red Hat OpenShift cluster creation console](https://cloud.ibm.com/kubernetes/catalog/create?platformType=openshift), this uplift is reflected in the pricing calculator as you configure your cluster details. The following table describes the pricing uplift by region.\n: For a table that describes the pricing uplift by region, see [Regional pricing for VPC](https://cloud.ibm.com/vpc-ext/provision/vs).\n\nSustained usage discounts\n: For virtual server instances that are billed at an hourly rate, discounted prices depend on how long the instance runs during the billing month. For more information, expand the Sustained usage discounts on IBM Cloud Virtual Servers for VPC section on the [Pricing for VPC](https://cloud.ibm.com/vpc-ext/provision/vs) page.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Estimating costs \n\nSee [Estimating your costs](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/billing-usage?topic=billing-usage-costcost).\n\nKeep in mind that some charges are not reflected in the estimate, such as tiered pricing for increased hourly usage. For more information, see [Understanding costs for your clusters](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-costscosts-for-clusters).\n\n\n\n\n\n Managing costs","score":17.009754}],"4175fcce99c56af0e02be5b8990fc16a<::>7":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_14870-7-1912","text":"\nDeployment Journey Overview \n\nIBM Cloud® Virtual Private Cloud(VPC) allows you to establish your own virtual private cloud by defining a virtual network that is logically isolated from all other public cloud tenants. The underlying software defined networking (SDN) and virtual network functions allows you to quickly establish the network constructs and on-prem connectivity needed to run your workload. The information contained within this document is meant to serve as a technical guide for beginning with a new IBM Cloud Account and leading towards a fully configured VPC network environment.\n\nWelcome to the Deployment Journey for VPC on IBM Cloud! Use the sidebar on the left to navigate between the journey points.\n\n\n\n Journey Map \n\n![Architecture](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/d50364af907081c3c38f99c11f35dd9cab4b2510/vpc-journey/images/overview/journey-map.png)\n\n\n\n\n\n Assumptions \n\nThis deployment guide will be assuming the following points. Please note that while your circumstance may not be exactly identical, you will still benefit from the overall journey steps and concepts covered in this guide.\n\n\n\n* You are already familar with the concepts introduced in the \"Tour IBM Cloud\" videos available on the [Getting Started with IBM Cloud](https://cloud.ibm.com/cloud/get-started) page.\n* Access groups will need to be defined so only certain users have the ability to create and manage the VPC network settings (i.e. CIDR ranges, Subnet ACL rules, etc.,).\n* You have a networking background and familar with concepts such as IP Addressing, subnets, routing, etc.,\n* Focus will be on establishing the underlying network connectivity to support VPC based workloads.\n\n\n\n* Note: A separate deployment guide will cover the compute resources which runs within the VPC like IBM Kubernetes Services (IKS), Red Hat OpenShift, IBM Code Engine, and VPC Virtual Server Instances (VSIs).","score":18.155756},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16262-7-2107","text":"\nAccessing context data in dialog \n\nThe context is an object that contains variables that persist throughout a conversation and can be shared by the dialog and the client application. Both the dialog and the client application can read and write context variables.\n\nYou can choose whether you want the context to be maintained by your application or by the Watson Assistant service:\n\n\n\n* If you use the stateful v2 message API, the context is automatically maintained by the assistant on a per-session basis. Your application must explicitly create a session at the beginning of each conversation. The context is stored by the service as part of the session and is not returned in message responses unless you request it. For more information, see the [v2 API Reference](https://cloud.ibm.com/apidocs/assistant/assistant-v2message).\n* If you use the stateless v2 message API (or the legacy v1 message API) your application is responsible for storing the context after each conversation turn and sending it back to the service with the next message. For a complex application, or an application that needs to store personally identifiable information, you might choose to store the context in a database.\n\nA session ID is automatically generated at the beginning of the conversation, but no session data is stored by the service. With the stateless message API, the context is always included with each message response. For more information, see the [v2 API Reference](https://cloud.ibm.com/apidocs/assistant/assistant-v2messagestateless).\n\n\n\nImportant: One use of the context is to specify a unique user ID for each user who interacts with the assistant. For user-based plans, this ID is used for billing purposes. For more information, see [User-based plans explained](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/watson-assistant?topic=watson-assistant-admin-managing-planadmin-managing-plan-user-based).\n\nThere are two types of context:\n\n\n\n* Global context: context variables that are shared by all skills that are used by an assistant, including internal system variables that are used to manage conversation flow.","score":6.503543},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10551-16669-18647","text":"\n* Vault: This option is used for workloads or cool data that are accessed infrequently, such as once a month or less. Common use cases are archives, short-term data retention, digital asset preservation, tape replacement, and disaster recovery.\n* Cold: This option is used for cold data that is rarely accessed (every 90 days or less), or inactive data. Common use cases are archives, long-term backups, historical data that you keep for compliance, or workloads and apps that are rarely accessed.\n* Flex: This option is used for workloads and data that don't follow a specific usage pattern, or that are too huge to determine or predict a usage pattern.\n\n\n\n[Check out this blog](https://www.ibm.com/blogs/cloud-archive/interconnect-2017-changing-rules-storage) to learn how the Flex storage class works compared to traditional storage tiers.\n3. Decide on the level of resiliency for the data that is stored in your bucket.\n\n\n\n* Cross-region: With this option, your data is stored across three regions within a geolocation for highest availability. If you have workloads that are distributed across regions, requests are routed to the nearest regional endpoint. The API endpoint for the geolocation is automatically set by the ibmc Helm plug-in that you installed earlier based on the location that your cluster is in. For example, if your cluster is in US South, then your storage classes are configured to use the US GEO API endpoint for your buckets. For more information, see [Regions and endpoints](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cloud-object-storage/basics?topic=cloud-object-storage-endpointsendpoints).\n* Regional: With this option, your data is replicated across multiple zones within one region. If you have workloads that are located in the same region, you see lower latency and better performance than in a cross-regional setup. The regional endpoint is automatically set by the ibm Helm plug-in that you installed earlier based on the location that your cluster is in.","score":6.922821},{"document_id":"ibmcld_06826-818-1266","text":"\n* Example usage on GitHub:\n\n\n\n$ export GHE_TOKEN='my-git-token'\n$ export GHE_ORG='my-github-username'\n$ export GHE_REPO='my-github-repo-name'\n$ export GIT_COMMIT='1df4adf81a294315a3fb4e211df9ae6cad4895c1'\n$ cocoa set-status --state=\"pending\" --targetURL=\"https://cloud.ibm.com/devops/pipelines/tekton/pipeline-id/runs/run-id/lint/lint?env_id=ibm:yp:us-south\" --context=\"tekton/lint\" --description=\"Tekton linter is running.\" --git-provider=\"github\"","score":6.5131464},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16080-1378-3052","text":"\nIn short, using VPC you can:\n\n\n\n* create a software-defined network (SDN),\n* isolate workloads,\n* have fine control of inbound and outbound traffic.\n\n\n\n\n\n Objectives \n\n\n\n* Understand the infrastructure objects available for virtual private clouds\n* Learn how to create a virtual private cloud, subnets and server instances\n* Know how to apply security groups to secure access to the servers\n\n\n\nZoom\n\n![Architecture](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/f02b9c9adcbb7328d95a45e105cec371d50f15eb/vpc/includes/solution-tutorials/includes/solution-tutorials/images/solution40-vpc-public-app-private-backend/Architecture.svg)\n\nFigure 1. Architecture diagram of the tutorial\n\n\n\n1. The admin (DevOps) sets up the required infrastructure (VPC, subnets, security groups with rules, VSIs) on the cloud.\n2. The internet user makes an HTTP/HTTPS request to the web server on the frontend.\n3. The frontend requests private resources from the secured backend and serves results to the user.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Before you begin \n\n\n\n* Check for user permissions. Be sure that your user account has sufficient permissions to create and manage VPC resources. See the list of [required permissions](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/vpc?topic=vpc-managing-user-permissions-for-vpc-resources) for VPC.\n* You need an SSH key to connect to the virtual servers. If you don't have an SSH key, see [the instructions](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/vpc?topic=vpc-ssh-keys) for creating a key for VPC.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Step 1: Create a Virtual Private Cloud and subnets \n\nTo tighten the security of your servers, it is recommended to only allow connections to the ports required by the applications deployed on the servers.","score":18.353401}],"ccdfb6b6f98c55047ae81b705104dbd6<::>1":[{"document_id":"b033aa2800ec0652-14612-17072","text":"For Colleges and Universities - NASA\nNASA's Impact on Our Lives\nNASA’s Technology Transfer program ensures that technologies developed for missions in exploration and discovery are broadly available to the public, maximizing the benefit to the nation. From eco-friendly food alternatives to precision eye surgery, the list of NASA spinoffs goes on for lightyears! \n\nLearn More\n\n \n\n\tResearch On The Station\t\n\n\tResearch Opportunities for Professionals\t\n\n\tScience Activation\t\n\n\tCitizen Science\t\n\nGet Your Research On The Station\n\nReference information and resources to provide insight into sending your science experiment or technology demonstration to the space station.\nConducting research on the ISS National Laboratory demonstrates to U.S. citizens and the world that space is accessible, affordable, and capable of supporting the research and development necessary to make the fundamental business case for sustainable industrial demand in low Earth orbit. \n\n\tLearn More \t\n\n \n\nResearch Opportunities for Professionals\n\nFind Opportunities for Funding and More\nSupporting research in science and technology is an important part of NASA’s overall mission. \n\n\tLearn More \t\n\n \n\nScience Activation\n\nNASA Science Events and Activities\nLet NASA’s Science Activation program bring the universe to you! We’re inviting every student, educator, and lifelong learner to share in the excitement of scientific discovery and space exploration through these unique opportunities. Science Activation reaches learners in all 50 states and more than 110 countries around the world.\n\n\tLearn More \t\n\n \n\nCitizen Science\n\nNASA’s citizen science projects are collaborations between scientists and interested members of the public. \nThrough these collaborations, volunteers (known as citizen scientists) have helped make thousands of important scientific discoveries. More than 410 NASA citizen scientists have been named as co-authors on refereed scientific publications. NASA citizen science projects are open to everyone around the world, not limited to U.S. citizens or residents. \n\n\tLearn More \t\n\n \n\nNASA+\nNow Available: NASA+, a new ad-free, no-cost, family-friendly streaming service that embeds you into our missions through new original video series.\n\n\tStart Exploring NASA+ about NASA+\n\n \n\nGet Social With NASA\n\nNASA Podcast on SpotifyFrom interviews with astronauts to narrative shows that take you on a tour of the galaxy, NASA podcast let you experience the thrill of space exploration without leaving Earth.","title":"For Colleges and Universities - NASA","score":12.655424},{"document_id":"0c4d7fef596217da-1755-3919","text":"Discovery Program\n- Exoplanet observation mission (launched 7 March 2009) Dawn \r- Asteroid Vesta and Ceres orbiter (launched 27 September 2007) Deep Impact \r- Mission to Comet Tempel 1 (launched 12 January 2005) MESSENGER \r- Mission to orbit Mercury (launched 3 August 2004) CONTOUR \r- Mission to fly by three comet nuclei (launched 3 July 2002 - failed) Genesis \r- Solar wind sample return mission (launched 8 August 2001) Stardust \r- Comet P/Wild 2 coma sample return (launched 7 February 1999) Lunar Prospector \r- Lunar orbiter (launched 7 January 1998) Mars Pathfinder \r- Mars surface lander and rover (launched 4 December 1996) Near Earth Asteroid Rendezvous (NEAR) \r- Asteroid 433 Eros Orbiter (launched 17 February 1996) Discovery Missions of Opportunity MEGANE \r- MMX gamma-ray/neutron spectrometer EPOXI \r- Deep Impact extended mission Stardust-NExT \r- Stardust extended mission Moon Mineralogy Mapper (M3) \r- Chandrayaan 1 imaging spectrometer ASPERA-3 \r- Mars Express ion, electron, and neutral atom analyzer Strofio \r- BepiColombo Mercury mass spectrometer More Information on the Discovery Program and Missions \rNASA selects 2 missions to study 'lost habitable' world of Venus - Press Release (June 2021) \rNASA selects two missions to explore the early solar system - Press Release (January 2017) \rNASA selects investigations for future key planetary mission - Press Release (September 2015) \rNew insight on Mars expected from new NASA mission - Press Release (August 2012) \rNASA selects investigations for future key planetary mission - Press Release (May 2011) \rNew NASA Mission to Reveal Moon's Internal Structure and Evolution - Press Release (December 2007) \rThree new concept studies and three missions of opportunity - Press Release (October 2006) \rTwo new missions, Dawn and Kepler, selected - Press Release (December 2001) \rThree new missions under consideration - Press Release (January 2001) \rSelection of MESSENGER and Deep Impact - Press Release (July 1999) \rFive missions selected for further study - Press Release (November 1998) \rSelection of CONTOUR and Genesis - Press Release (October 1997) \rLunar Prospector Selection - Press Release (February 1995)","title":"Discovery Program","score":12.789681},{"document_id":"a38987d211c62a61-11288-12969","text":"NASA - NSSDCA - Spacecraft - Details\nRev., 117, No. 1-2, 95-121, doi:10.1007/s11214-005-3394-4, Mar. 2005.Veverka, J., et al., Return to Comet Tempel 1: Overview of Stardust-NExT results,\n Icarus, 222, No. 2, 424-435, doi:10.1016/j.icarus.2012.03.034, Feb. 2013.Wellnitz, D. D., et al., The location of the impact point of the Deep Impact Impactor on Comet 9P/Tempel 1,\n Icarus, 222, No. 2, 487-491, doi:10.1016/j.icarus.2012.08.003, Feb. 2013.Schultz, P. H., et al., The Deep Impact crater on 9P/Tempel-1 from Stardust-NExT,\n Icarus, 222, No. 2, 502-515, doi:10.1016/j.icarus.2012.06.018, Feb. 2013.\n\nComet Hartley 2 at EPOXI closest approach - 4 November 2010\n\n Images of the Deep Impact encounter with Comet Tempel 1 - 4 July 2005\n\n Call for CCD Observations of Comet Tempel 1\n\n Comet Page\n\n Comet Fact Sheet\n\n NASA's Discovery Program\n\nDeep Impact Press Releases\n\n NASA sends spacecraft on mission to Comet Hartley 2 - 13 December 2007\n\n New extended missions chosen for Deep Impact - 3 July 2007\n\n Deep Impact extended missions chosen for further study - 30 October 2006\n\n NASA's Deep Impact tells a tale of the comet - 4 July 2005\n\n Deep Impact kicks off Fourth of July with deep space fireworks - 4 July 2005\n\n NASA announces spectacular day of the comet - 9 June 2005\n\n NASA's Deep Impact spacecraft spots its quarry, stalking begins - 27 April 2005\n\n NASA releases Deep Impact mission status report - 25 March 2005\n\n Deep Impact launched and flying toward date with a comet - 12 January 2005\n\n Deep Impact arrives in Florida to prepare for launch - 18 October 2004\n\n Deep Impact launch date changed - 01 April 2003\n\n University of Maryland Press Release on Deep Impact - 07 July 1999\n\n EPOXI Project Home Page","title":"NASA - NSSDCA - Spacecraft - Details","score":12.582201},{"document_id":"a38987d211c62a61-2-2173","text":"NASA - NSSDCA - Spacecraft - Details\nNASA - NSSDCA - Spacecraft - Details\n\nFriday, 22 March 2024\n\nDeep Impact/EPOXINSSDCA/COSPAR ID: 2005-001ADescriptionThe goals of the Deep Impact mission were to rendezvous with comet 9P/Tempel 1 and launch a projectile into the comet nucleus. Observations were made of the ejecta, much of which represented pristine material from the interior of the comet, the crater formation process, the resulting crater, and outgassing from the nucleus, particularly the newly exposed surface. The scientific objectives of the mission are to: improve the knowledge of the physical characteristics of cometary nuclei and directly assess the interior of cometary nucleus; determine properties of the surface layers such as density, strength, porosity, and composition from the crater and its formation; study the relationship between the surface layers of a cometary nucleus and the possibly pristine materials of the interior by comparison of the interior of the crater with the surface before impact; and improve our understanding of the evolution of cometary nuclei, particularly their approach to dormancy, by comparing the interior and the surface. This project was selected as a Discovery class mission in July, 1999. After the primary mission, Deep Impact was selected for a two-part extended mission designated EPOXI.\n\nSpacecraft and Subsystems\n\nThe spacecraft consists of a 370 kg cylindrical copper impactor attached to a 650 kg flyby bus. The spacecraft is a box-shaped honeycomb aluminum framework with a flat rectangular Whipple debris shield mounted on one side to protect components during comet close approach. Body mounted on the framework are one high- and one medium-resolution instrument, each of which consists of an imaging camera and an infrared spectrometer which will be used to observe the ejected ice and dust, much of which will be exposed to space for the first time in over 4 billion years. The medium resolution camera has a field of view (FOV) of 0.587 degrees and a resolution of 7 m/pixel at 700 km distance and is used for navigation and context images. The high resolution camera has a FOV of 0.118 degrees and a resolution of 1.4 m/pixel at 700 km.","title":"NASA - NSSDCA - Spacecraft - Details","score":15.603389},{"document_id":"a38987d211c62a61-5878-7995","text":"NASA - NSSDCA - Spacecraft - Details\nAt this point (about 961 seconds after impact) imaging ended as the spacecraft reoriented itself by 45 degrees to optimize protection from dust damage as it flew by the nucleus. Closest approach to the nucleus was at a distance of about 500 km. At 1270 seconds the crossing of the inner coma was complete and the spacecraft oriented itself to look back at the comet and begin imaging again. At 3000 seconds the spacecraft began playback of data to Earth at 20 to 200 kilobits per second. The comet and spacecraft were about 0.89 AU from Earth and 1.5 AU from the Sun during the encounter. Real time return of selected impactor images and flyby images and spectra were returned to Earth during the encounter. Primary data return took place over the first day after encounter, with a 28 day supplemental data return period. Earth-based observatories also studied the impact. The spacecraft ranged over a distance of 0.93 to 1.56 AU from the Sun during the primary mission. End of primary mission was August 2005. The total budget for the primary mission was $240 million.\n\nEPOXI Extended Mission\n\nDeep Impact has been funded for an extended mission which has two parts. The Deep Impact Extended Investigation (DIXI) involved flying by comet 103P/Hartley 2 on 4 November 2010 at a closest approach of approximately 700 km. (The original target was comet Boethin on 5 December 2008) and returning images and data. The Extrasolar Planet Observation and Characterization (EPOCh) investigation used the Deep Impact imaging system to observe nearby bright stars with known large planets to characterize the planets as they orbit behind and in front of the stars and to search other planets in those systems. This phase of the mission began 26 January 2008 and continued until the end of July. The spacecraft made three close Earth / Moon flybys to target itself for Hartley 2, on 31 December 2007, 29 December 2008, and 27 June 2010. Scientific observations of the Earth and Moon were made. The encounter with Hartley 2 took place on 4 November 2010 at approximately 14:00 UT (10:00 a.m. EDT) at a distance of roughly 700 km.","title":"NASA - NSSDCA - Spacecraft - Details","score":12.143994}],"ccdfb6b6f98c55047ae81b705104dbd6<::>2":[{"document_id":"b033aa2800ec0652-14612-17072","text":"For Colleges and Universities - NASA\nNASA's Impact on Our Lives\nNASA’s Technology Transfer program ensures that technologies developed for missions in exploration and discovery are broadly available to the public, maximizing the benefit to the nation. From eco-friendly food alternatives to precision eye surgery, the list of NASA spinoffs goes on for lightyears! \n\nLearn More\n\n \n\n\tResearch On The Station\t\n\n\tResearch Opportunities for Professionals\t\n\n\tScience Activation\t\n\n\tCitizen Science\t\n\nGet Your Research On The Station\n\nReference information and resources to provide insight into sending your science experiment or technology demonstration to the space station.\nConducting research on the ISS National Laboratory demonstrates to U.S. citizens and the world that space is accessible, affordable, and capable of supporting the research and development necessary to make the fundamental business case for sustainable industrial demand in low Earth orbit. \n\n\tLearn More \t\n\n \n\nResearch Opportunities for Professionals\n\nFind Opportunities for Funding and More\nSupporting research in science and technology is an important part of NASA’s overall mission. \n\n\tLearn More \t\n\n \n\nScience Activation\n\nNASA Science Events and Activities\nLet NASA’s Science Activation program bring the universe to you! We’re inviting every student, educator, and lifelong learner to share in the excitement of scientific discovery and space exploration through these unique opportunities. Science Activation reaches learners in all 50 states and more than 110 countries around the world.\n\n\tLearn More \t\n\n \n\nCitizen Science\n\nNASA’s citizen science projects are collaborations between scientists and interested members of the public. \nThrough these collaborations, volunteers (known as citizen scientists) have helped make thousands of important scientific discoveries. More than 410 NASA citizen scientists have been named as co-authors on refereed scientific publications. NASA citizen science projects are open to everyone around the world, not limited to U.S. citizens or residents. \n\n\tLearn More \t\n\n \n\nNASA+\nNow Available: NASA+, a new ad-free, no-cost, family-friendly streaming service that embeds you into our missions through new original video series.\n\n\tStart Exploring NASA+ about NASA+\n\n \n\nGet Social With NASA\n\nNASA Podcast on SpotifyFrom interviews with astronauts to narrative shows that take you on a tour of the galaxy, NASA podcast let you experience the thrill of space exploration without leaving Earth.","title":"For Colleges and Universities - NASA","score":11.820598},{"document_id":"4e6b3c9b505969b6-2-2063","text":"A Message from Dr. Laurie Leshin\nA Message from Dr. Laurie Leshin\n\n Skip to main content\n \n JPL\n \n Careers\n \n Education\n \n Science & Technology\n \n About JPL\n \n Missions\n \n News\n \n Galleries\n \n Events\n \n Visit\n \n Topics\n \n A Plan for JPL\n \n Succeed\n \n Seed\n \n Lead\n A Message from Dr. Laurie Leshin\n A Message from Dr. Laurie LeshinFirst of a kind. Pathfinding. Groundbreaking. Impactful. These are words that describe JPL and the work we do every day. What brings JPLers together is a shared passion for imagining and then achieving what others might think impossible – in other words, we Dare Mighty Things Together.The purpose of “Dare Mighty Things Together: A Plan for JPL, 2023-2026” is to help us focus on actions that enable JPL to have an expanded positive impact on the space ecosystem in the coming years.The plan includes seven \"strategic imperatives\" to guide our focus and are designed with a three-year time horizon, taking us to JPL's 90th birthday in October 2026. Our seven strategic imperatives are intended to serve as the foundation of much work over the next three years, advancing our ability to succeed, seed, and lead well into the future.It’s an incredibly exciting time to be at JPL and I’m thrilled to be on this journey with you! \n Download PDF version\n We have a North Star that guides us. We seek to: NISAR Assembly: NASA-ISRO Synthetic Aperture Radar being assembled in SAF Credit: NASA/JPL-Caltech Drive the forefront of scientific discovery and extraordinary benefit to humanity through innovative missions, technology, and researchInspire people everywhere to think bigger and imagine what is possibleLeverage our unique capabilities to advance the broader space-exploration ecosystemCreate a safe, inclusive, exciting workplace where all can thriveWe have big aspirations, driven by our values. We aim to be: \n BOLD.\n We are courageous explorers, driven by our conviction to take informed risks and expand the edge of possibility. We build and manage complex missions designed to tackle the most challenging scientific questions and address global challenges.","title":"A Message from Dr. Laurie Leshin","score":12.284955},{"document_id":"a38987d211c62a61-12469-13272","text":"NASA - NSSDCA - Spacecraft - Details\nNASA announces spectacular day of the comet - 9 June 2005\n\n NASA's Deep Impact spacecraft spots its quarry, stalking begins - 27 April 2005\n\n NASA releases Deep Impact mission status report - 25 March 2005\n\n Deep Impact launched and flying toward date with a comet - 12 January 2005\n\n Deep Impact arrives in Florida to prepare for launch - 18 October 2004\n\n Deep Impact launch date changed - 01 April 2003\n\n University of Maryland Press Release on Deep Impact - 07 July 1999\n\n EPOXI Project Home Page\n\n Deep Impact Project Home PageNSSDCA Master Catalog Search\n\nSpacecraft\nExperiments\nData Collections\nPersonnel\nPublications\nMaps\nNew/Updated Data\nLunar/Planetary Events\n\n \n\n+ Privacy Policy and Important Notices\n\nNASA Official: Dr. David R. Williams\nCurator: E. Bell, II\nVersion 5.1.15, 28 October 2022","title":"NASA - NSSDCA - Spacecraft - Details","score":12.906982},{"document_id":"a699bdfdc1eb02c3-11145-12805","text":"NASA Impacts - NASA\nThe Science Mission Directorate (SMD) is an organization where discoveries in one scientific discipline have a direct route to other areas of study. This flow is something extremely valuable and is rare in the scientific world.\n\n Learn More about Science \n\nThe James Webb Space Telescope’s Engineering Design Unit (EDU) primary mirror segment, coated with gold.NASA/Drew Noel  \n\nTechnology\n\nNASA technology development supports the nation’s innovation economy by creating solutions for space exploration that also generate tangible benefits for life on Earth. NASA is investing in the future of innovation.\n\n Learn More about Technology \n\nThe Orpheus submersible robot is being developed by Woods Hole Oceanographic Institute and the Jet Propulsion Laboratory to explore the deep ocean autonomously. NASA/JPL-Caltech \n\n \n\nKeep Exploring\nDiscover More\n\nNASA Organization\n\n \n\nNASA Directorates\n\n \n\nNASA Centers and Facilities\n\n \n\nGet Involved\n\n \n\n \n\nThe National Aeronautics and Space Administration\nNASA explores the unknown in air and space, innovates for the benefit of humanity, and inspires the world through discovery.\n\nAbout NASA's Mission\n\nJoin Us\n\nHome\nNews & Events\nMultimedia\nNASA+\nMissions\nHumans in Space\nEarth & Climate\nThe Solar System\nThe Universe\nScience\nAeronautics\nTechnology\nLearning Resources\nAbout NASA\nNASA en Español\n\nFollow NASA\n\nMore NASA Social Accounts\nNASA Newsletters\n\nSitemap\nFor Media\nPrivacy Policy\nFOIA\nNo FEAR Act\nOffice of the IG\nBudget & Annual Reports\nAgency Financial Reports\nContact NASA\nAccessibility\n\n\tPage Last Updated:\t\n\n\tMay 22, 2024\t\n\n\tPage Editor:\t\n\n\tDacia Massengill\t\n\n\tResponsible NASA Official:\t\n\n\tAbigail Bowman","title":"NASA Impacts - NASA","score":11.770078},{"document_id":"a38987d211c62a61-2-2173","text":"NASA - NSSDCA - Spacecraft - Details\nNASA - NSSDCA - Spacecraft - Details\n\nFriday, 22 March 2024\n\nDeep Impact/EPOXINSSDCA/COSPAR ID: 2005-001ADescriptionThe goals of the Deep Impact mission were to rendezvous with comet 9P/Tempel 1 and launch a projectile into the comet nucleus. Observations were made of the ejecta, much of which represented pristine material from the interior of the comet, the crater formation process, the resulting crater, and outgassing from the nucleus, particularly the newly exposed surface. The scientific objectives of the mission are to: improve the knowledge of the physical characteristics of cometary nuclei and directly assess the interior of cometary nucleus; determine properties of the surface layers such as density, strength, porosity, and composition from the crater and its formation; study the relationship between the surface layers of a cometary nucleus and the possibly pristine materials of the interior by comparison of the interior of the crater with the surface before impact; and improve our understanding of the evolution of cometary nuclei, particularly their approach to dormancy, by comparing the interior and the surface. This project was selected as a Discovery class mission in July, 1999. After the primary mission, Deep Impact was selected for a two-part extended mission designated EPOXI.\n\nSpacecraft and Subsystems\n\nThe spacecraft consists of a 370 kg cylindrical copper impactor attached to a 650 kg flyby bus. The spacecraft is a box-shaped honeycomb aluminum framework with a flat rectangular Whipple debris shield mounted on one side to protect components during comet close approach. Body mounted on the framework are one high- and one medium-resolution instrument, each of which consists of an imaging camera and an infrared spectrometer which will be used to observe the ejected ice and dust, much of which will be exposed to space for the first time in over 4 billion years. The medium resolution camera has a field of view (FOV) of 0.587 degrees and a resolution of 7 m/pixel at 700 km distance and is used for navigation and context images. The high resolution camera has a FOV of 0.118 degrees and a resolution of 1.4 m/pixel at 700 km.","title":"NASA - NSSDCA - Spacecraft - Details","score":26.782648}],"ccdfb6b6f98c55047ae81b705104dbd6<::>3":[{"document_id":"a38987d211c62a61-1615-3491","text":"NASA - NSSDCA - Spacecraft - Details\nBody mounted on the framework are one high- and one medium-resolution instrument, each of which consists of an imaging camera and an infrared spectrometer which will be used to observe the ejected ice and dust, much of which will be exposed to space for the first time in over 4 billion years. The medium resolution camera has a field of view (FOV) of 0.587 degrees and a resolution of 7 m/pixel at 700 km distance and is used for navigation and context images. The high resolution camera has a FOV of 0.118 degrees and a resolution of 1.4 m/pixel at 700 km. The infrared spectrometers cover the range from 1.05 to 4.8 micrometers with FOV of 0.29 degrees (hi-res) and 1.45 degrees (lo-res). The total flyby bus instrument payload has a mass of 90 kg and will use an average of 92 W during encounter.\n\nThe flyby spacecraft measures approximately 3.2 m x 1.7 m x 2.3 m, is three-axis stabilized and uses a blowdown hydrazine primary propulsion system with 5000 N-s RCS total impulse providing a total delta-V of 190 m/s. Communications with the ground from the flyby bus are via X-band (8.000 MHz) through a 1 meter diameter parabolic dish antenna mounted on a 2-axis gimbal or through a fixed low-gain antenna. Communication between the impactor and flyby spacecraft is in S-band. The uplink data rate will be 125 bps, downlink will be at 175 kbps. Power of 620 W at the encounter is provided by a 7.2 square meter solar array and stored in a small NiH2 battery. The spacecraft control system consists of four hemispherical resonator gyros, two star trackers, reaction wheels, and hydrazine thrusters. Pointing accuracy is 200 microradians with 65 microradian knowledge. Thermal control is achieved by insulating blankets, surface radiators, finishes, and heaters. The spacecraft has two redundant RAD750 computers with 309 MB each of memory for scientific data.\n\nThe Impactor","title":"NASA - NSSDCA - Spacecraft - Details","score":27.388607},{"document_id":"a38987d211c62a61-11288-12969","text":"NASA - NSSDCA - Spacecraft - Details\nRev., 117, No. 1-2, 95-121, doi:10.1007/s11214-005-3394-4, Mar. 2005.Veverka, J., et al., Return to Comet Tempel 1: Overview of Stardust-NExT results,\n Icarus, 222, No. 2, 424-435, doi:10.1016/j.icarus.2012.03.034, Feb. 2013.Wellnitz, D. D., et al., The location of the impact point of the Deep Impact Impactor on Comet 9P/Tempel 1,\n Icarus, 222, No. 2, 487-491, doi:10.1016/j.icarus.2012.08.003, Feb. 2013.Schultz, P. H., et al., The Deep Impact crater on 9P/Tempel-1 from Stardust-NExT,\n Icarus, 222, No. 2, 502-515, doi:10.1016/j.icarus.2012.06.018, Feb. 2013.\n\nComet Hartley 2 at EPOXI closest approach - 4 November 2010\n\n Images of the Deep Impact encounter with Comet Tempel 1 - 4 July 2005\n\n Call for CCD Observations of Comet Tempel 1\n\n Comet Page\n\n Comet Fact Sheet\n\n NASA's Discovery Program\n\nDeep Impact Press Releases\n\n NASA sends spacecraft on mission to Comet Hartley 2 - 13 December 2007\n\n New extended missions chosen for Deep Impact - 3 July 2007\n\n Deep Impact extended missions chosen for further study - 30 October 2006\n\n NASA's Deep Impact tells a tale of the comet - 4 July 2005\n\n Deep Impact kicks off Fourth of July with deep space fireworks - 4 July 2005\n\n NASA announces spectacular day of the comet - 9 June 2005\n\n NASA's Deep Impact spacecraft spots its quarry, stalking begins - 27 April 2005\n\n NASA releases Deep Impact mission status report - 25 March 2005\n\n Deep Impact launched and flying toward date with a comet - 12 January 2005\n\n Deep Impact arrives in Florida to prepare for launch - 18 October 2004\n\n Deep Impact launch date changed - 01 April 2003\n\n University of Maryland Press Release on Deep Impact - 07 July 1999\n\n EPOXI Project Home Page","title":"NASA - NSSDCA - Spacecraft - Details","score":13.8628435},{"document_id":"a38987d211c62a61-2964-4900","text":"NASA - NSSDCA - Spacecraft - Details\nPower of 620 W at the encounter is provided by a 7.2 square meter solar array and stored in a small NiH2 battery. The spacecraft control system consists of four hemispherical resonator gyros, two star trackers, reaction wheels, and hydrazine thrusters. Pointing accuracy is 200 microradians with 65 microradian knowledge. Thermal control is achieved by insulating blankets, surface radiators, finishes, and heaters. The spacecraft has two redundant RAD750 computers with 309 MB each of memory for scientific data.\n\nThe Impactor\n\nThe impactor projectile is made of primarily copper (49%) and only 24% aluminum so it will be easily identifiable and minimize contamination in the spectra after the projectile is largely vaporized and mixed in with the comet ejecta on impact. The impactor is a short hexagonal cylinder built above the copper cratering mass. It has a small hydrazine propulsion system for targeting which can provide delta-V of 25 m/s. Targeting is accomplished using a high-precision star-tracker, auto-navigation algorithms, and the Impactor Targeting Sensor (ITS), a camera which provides images for autonomous control and targeting. The ITS will operate until impact, and images will be sent back to Earth via the flyby spacecraft. Damage to the instrument due to dust in the coma may make imaging impossible duing the last minute or so before impact. Communication with the flyby spacecraft is via S-band. The impactor is mechanically and electrically connected to the flyby spacecraft until 24 hours prior to encounter. After separation it runs on internal battery power.\n\nFor the Deep Impact Impactor (DII) spacecraft record, see:\n\nhttp://nssdc.gsfc.nasa.gov/nmc/spacecraftDisplay.do?id=2005-001D\n\nMission Profile\n\nDeep Impact launched on 12 January 2005 at 18:47:08.574 UT (1:47:08 p.m. EST) on a Delta II. The spacecraft transferred into a heliocentric orbit and will rendezvous with comet P/Tempel 1 in July 2005.","title":"NASA - NSSDCA - Spacecraft - Details","score":15.353452},{"document_id":"a38987d211c62a61-12469-13272","text":"NASA - NSSDCA - Spacecraft - Details\nNASA announces spectacular day of the comet - 9 June 2005\n\n NASA's Deep Impact spacecraft spots its quarry, stalking begins - 27 April 2005\n\n NASA releases Deep Impact mission status report - 25 March 2005\n\n Deep Impact launched and flying toward date with a comet - 12 January 2005\n\n Deep Impact arrives in Florida to prepare for launch - 18 October 2004\n\n Deep Impact launch date changed - 01 April 2003\n\n University of Maryland Press Release on Deep Impact - 07 July 1999\n\n EPOXI Project Home Page\n\n Deep Impact Project Home PageNSSDCA Master Catalog Search\n\nSpacecraft\nExperiments\nData Collections\nPersonnel\nPublications\nMaps\nNew/Updated Data\nLunar/Planetary Events\n\n \n\n+ Privacy Policy and Important Notices\n\nNASA Official: Dr. David R. Williams\nCurator: E. Bell, II\nVersion 5.1.15, 28 October 2022","title":"NASA - NSSDCA - Spacecraft - Details","score":15.559286},{"document_id":"a38987d211c62a61-2-2173","text":"NASA - NSSDCA - Spacecraft - Details\nNASA - NSSDCA - Spacecraft - Details\n\nFriday, 22 March 2024\n\nDeep Impact/EPOXINSSDCA/COSPAR ID: 2005-001ADescriptionThe goals of the Deep Impact mission were to rendezvous with comet 9P/Tempel 1 and launch a projectile into the comet nucleus. Observations were made of the ejecta, much of which represented pristine material from the interior of the comet, the crater formation process, the resulting crater, and outgassing from the nucleus, particularly the newly exposed surface. The scientific objectives of the mission are to: improve the knowledge of the physical characteristics of cometary nuclei and directly assess the interior of cometary nucleus; determine properties of the surface layers such as density, strength, porosity, and composition from the crater and its formation; study the relationship between the surface layers of a cometary nucleus and the possibly pristine materials of the interior by comparison of the interior of the crater with the surface before impact; and improve our understanding of the evolution of cometary nuclei, particularly their approach to dormancy, by comparing the interior and the surface. This project was selected as a Discovery class mission in July, 1999. After the primary mission, Deep Impact was selected for a two-part extended mission designated EPOXI.\n\nSpacecraft and Subsystems\n\nThe spacecraft consists of a 370 kg cylindrical copper impactor attached to a 650 kg flyby bus. The spacecraft is a box-shaped honeycomb aluminum framework with a flat rectangular Whipple debris shield mounted on one side to protect components during comet close approach. Body mounted on the framework are one high- and one medium-resolution instrument, each of which consists of an imaging camera and an infrared spectrometer which will be used to observe the ejected ice and dust, much of which will be exposed to space for the first time in over 4 billion years. The medium resolution camera has a field of view (FOV) of 0.587 degrees and a resolution of 7 m/pixel at 700 km distance and is used for navigation and context images. The high resolution camera has a FOV of 0.118 degrees and a resolution of 1.4 m/pixel at 700 km.","title":"NASA - NSSDCA - Spacecraft - Details","score":26.782648}],"ccdfb6b6f98c55047ae81b705104dbd6<::>5":[{"document_id":"a38987d211c62a61-7578-9316","text":"NASA - NSSDCA - Spacecraft - Details\nThis phase of the mission began 26 January 2008 and continued until the end of July. The spacecraft made three close Earth / Moon flybys to target itself for Hartley 2, on 31 December 2007, 29 December 2008, and 27 June 2010. Scientific observations of the Earth and Moon were made. The encounter with Hartley 2 took place on 4 November 2010 at approximately 14:00 UT (10:00 a.m. EDT) at a distance of roughly 700 km. The spacecraft and comet were 1.064 AU from the Sun and 0.156 AU from Earth at encounter. Approach phase angle was 86 degrees, MRI resolution at closest approach was 7 m per pixel. The two extended missions together are known as EPOXI. Following Hartley 2, remote observations were made of Comet Garradd (C/2009 P1) and comet ISON (C/2012 S1). After a period in which communications could not be established in 2013, it was concluded on 16 September 2013 that the spacecraft was lost, and end of mission was announced on 19 September. Total cost of the extended mission is $40 million.\n\nComet Tempel 1\n\nComet 9P/Tempel 1 is a periodic comet which orbits the Sun every 5.51 years. It has a semi-major axis of 3.12 astronomical units (AU, the distance from the Sun to the Earth) and a perihelion distance of 1.5 AU, which puts it between the orbits of Mars and Jupiter. Its orbit is inclined 10.5 degrees to the ecliptic. The orbit has changed in the past but the perihelion has been within 10 AU for at least 300,000 years. The nucleus is estimated to be roughly 14 km long and 4 km wide. The perihelion occurs on 5 July 2005, the day after the encounter. The comet was discovered on 3 April 1867 by Ernst Wilhelm Leberecht Tempel and was first recognized to be periodic in May of that year by C. Bruhns.\n\nComet Hartley 2","title":"NASA - NSSDCA - Spacecraft - Details","score":16.408},{"document_id":"9bc7745d8009b92c-2-1791","text":"Comets\nComets\n\n+ Visit the NASA Portal\n+ NSSDCA Home\n\nSearch:\n\nPlanetary HomeAbout PlanetaryMission ChronologyFact SheetsContact Us\n\nComets\n\nGeneral Information\n\nComet Fact Sheet\nFrequently Asked Questions - Comets\nReference Books on Comets\nImages and Information on the Comet SL-9 collision with Jupiter\nInformation on Comet Hale-Bopp\nInformation on Comet Hyakutake\n\nMissions to Comets\nCurrent and Past Missions\n\nNew Horizons - NASA Pluto and Kuiper Belt mission\nDeep Impact/EPOXI - NASA Flyby of Comets P/Tempel 1 and Hartley 2 (2005)\nRosetta - ESA Mission to Comet Churyumov-Gerasimenko (2004)\nCONTOUR - NASA Mission to fly by three comet nuclei (2002)\nGenesis - NASA Discovery Solar Wind Sample Return Mission (2001)\nStardust - NASA Discovery Mission to collect samples from Comet P/Wild 2 (1999)\nDeep Space 1 - NASA Flyby Mission to comet Borrelly and asteroid Braille (1998)\nGalileo - NASA Mission to Jupiter, imaged Comet Shoemaker-Levy 9 Impact (1989)\nGiotto - ESA mission to Comets Halley and Grigg-Skjellerup\nICE (ISEE-3) - NASA Mission to Comet Giacobini-Zinner\nSakigake - Japanese ISAS mission to Comet Halley\nSuisei - Japanese ISAS mission to Comet Halley\nVega 1 - Soviet mission to Venus and Comet Halley\nVega 2 - Soviet mission to Venus and Comet Halley\n\nData\n\nImages of Comets (Catalog of Spaceborne Imaging)\nImages of Comets (NSSDCA Photo Gallery)\nImages and Information on the Comet SL-9 collision with Jupiter\nChiron Perihelion Campaign (CPC)\nInternational Halley Watch CD-ROMs\nGiotto Grigg-Skjellerup Encounter Data on CD-ROM\nShoemaker-Levy 9/Jupiter Collision CD-ROMs\nGalileo CD-ROMs\nGalileo CD-ROM volume 16 - images of Shoemaker-Levy 9\n\nPress Releases\n\nMysterious Sedna - Astronomers have discovered a mysterious planet-like body in the distant reaches of the solar system.","title":"Comets","score":14.231694},{"document_id":"a38987d211c62a61-8916-10686","text":"NASA - NSSDCA - Spacecraft - Details\nThe orbit has changed in the past but the perihelion has been within 10 AU for at least 300,000 years. The nucleus is estimated to be roughly 14 km long and 4 km wide. The perihelion occurs on 5 July 2005, the day after the encounter. The comet was discovered on 3 April 1867 by Ernst Wilhelm Leberecht Tempel and was first recognized to be periodic in May of that year by C. Bruhns.\n\nComet Hartley 2\n\nComet 103P/Hartley, commonly known as Hartley 2, is a periodic comet which takes 6.46 years to orbit the Sun. Its semi-major axis is 3.46 AU with a perihelion distance of 1.05 AU and a perihelion date of 28 October 2010, 7 days before encounter. Its orbit is inclined 13.6 degrees to the ecliptic. The elongated nucleus is about 2 km long by 0.5 km wide. It was discovered by Malcolm Hartley on 15 March 1986.Alternate Names28517DIFDeep ImpactDeep Impact Flyby SpacecraftDeepImpactEPOXIurn:nasa:pds:context:instrument_host:spacecraft.difFacts in BriefLaunch Date: 2005-01-12Launch Vehicle: Delta IILaunch Site: Cape Canaveral, United StatesMass: 650 kgNominal Power: 620 WFunding AgencyNational Aeronautics and Space Administration (United States)DisciplinePlanetary ScienceAdditional InformationLaunch/Orbital information for Deep Impact/EPOXITelecommunications information for Deep Impact/EPOXIExperiments on Deep Impact/EPOXIData collections from Deep Impact/EPOXI\n Questions and comments about this spacecraft can be directed to:\n Dr. David R. Williams PersonnelNameRoleOriginal AffiliationE-mailDr. Michael F. A'HearnMission Principal InvestigatorUniversity of MarylandDr. Tim LarsonProject ManagerNASA Jet Propulsion Laboratorytimothy.w.larson@nasa.govSelected ReferencesBelton, M. J. S., and M. F. A'Hearn, Deep sub-surface exploration of cometary nuclei,\n Adv.","title":"NASA - NSSDCA - Spacecraft - Details","score":12.150268},{"document_id":"0d2796c897962ee0-1690-3736","text":"NASA - NSSDCA - Spacecraft - Details\nScientific objectives included imaging the nuclei at resolutions of 4 m, performing spectral mapping of the nuclei at resolutions of 100-200 m, and obtaining detailed compositional data on gas and dust in the near-nucleus environment, with the goal of improving our knowledge of the characteristics of comet nuclei.\n\nSpacecraft and Subsystems\n\nThe CONTOUR spacecraft has a total fueled mass of 775 kg, including a Star 30 SRM booster with a mass of 377 kg and 70 kg of hydrazine fuel. Power is provided by a body-mounted solar array designed for operation at distances between 0.75 and 1.5 AU from the Sun. It is three-axis stabilized for encounters and spin-stabilized during cruise mode between encounters. Communications are through a fixed 0.45 m diameter high-gain antenna which will support data rates greater than 100 kbit/sec at encounters. Data and images are stored on two 3.3 Gbit solid-state recorders with a capacity of 600 images. The spacecraft is equipped with four primary science instruments, the Contour Remote Imager/Spectrograph (CRISP), the Contour Aft Imager (CAI), the Dust Analyzer (CIDA), and the Neutral Gas Ion Mass Spectrometer (NGIMS).\n\nMission Profile\n\nCONTOUR launched on a Delta 7425 (a Delta II Lite launch vehicle with four strap-on solid-rocket boosters and a Star 30 third stage) on 3 July 2002 at 6:47:41 UT (2:47:41 a.m. EDT) into a high-apogee Earth orbit with a period of 5.5 days from Cape Canaveral Air Force Station. Following a series of phasing orbits, the command was given to fire the Star 30BP solid rocket motor on 15 August 2002 at 08:49 UT to perform an injection maneuver to eject CONTOUR from Earth orbit and put it in a heliocentric trajectory.\n\nContact was not regained 46 minutes after the scheduled firing as planned. It was assumed the firing was at least partially completed, on 16 August three objects were observed on the approximate trajectory CONTOUR would have entered if the firing had ended 3 seconds early. When no contact was made by 20 December, the mission was declared lost.","title":"NASA - NSSDCA - Spacecraft - Details","score":13.842867},{"document_id":"ae14778ce057eb11-2-1391","text":"Asteroids, Comets & Meteors - NASA Science\nAsteroids, Comets & Meteors - NASA Science\n\n Skip to main content Missions Search All NASA MissionsA to Z List of MissionsUpcoming Launches and LandingsSpaceships and RocketsCommunicating with MissionsArtemisJames Webb Space TelescopeHubble Space TelescopeInternational Space StationOSIRIS-RExHumans in Space Why Go to SpaceAstronautsCommercial SpaceDestinationsSpaceships and RocketsLiving in SpaceEarth &amp; Climate Explore Earth ScienceClimate ChangeEarth, Our PlanetEarth Science in ActionEarth MultimediaEarth DataEarth Science ResearchersAbout NASA NASA's ImpactsCenters and FacilitiesDirectoratesOrganizationsPeople of NASACareersInternshipsOur HistoryDoing Business with NASAGet InvolvedContactLearning Resources For Kids and StudentsFor EducatorsFor Colleges and UniversitiesFor ProfessionalsScience for EveryoneSpace Samples for LearningRequest an Exhibit or SpeakerSTEM Engagement at NASAAeronautics Science in the AirNASA AircraftFlight InnovationSupersonic FlightAir Traffic SolutionsGreen Aviation TechDrones & YouTechnology Technology Transfer & SpinoffsSpace Travel TechnologyTechnology Living in SpaceManufacturing and MaterialsRoboticsScience InstrumentsComputingThe Universe ExoplanetsThe Search for Life in the UniverseStarsGalaxiesBlack HolesThe Big BangDark Matter &amp; Dark EnergyThe Solar System The SunMercuryVenusEarthThe MoonMarsJupiterSaturnUranusNeptunePluto","title":"Asteroids, Comets & Meteors - NASA Science","score":13.973448}],"ccdfb6b6f98c55047ae81b705104dbd6<::>6":[{"document_id":"e360a1566f0e0c55-2-1017","text":"Technology Mission and Impact - NASA\nTechnology Mission and Impact - NASA\n\nExplore\n \n\nSearch\n\nNews & Events\n\nNews & Events\n\nAll NASA News\n\nVideo Series on NASA+\n\nPodcasts\n\nBlogs\n\nNewsletters\n\nSocial Media\n\nMedia Resources\n\nUpcoming Launches & Landings\n\nVirtual Events\n\nMultimedia\n\nMultimedia\n\nNASA+\n\nImages\n\nNASA TV\n\nSounds and Ringtones\n\nInteractives\n\nNASA Apps\n\nPodcasts\n\ne-Books\n\nSTEM Multimedia\n\nNASA+\n\nSearch\n\nSuggested Searches\n\nClimate Change\n\nArtemis\n\nExpedition 64\n\nMars perseverance\n\nSpaceX Crew-2\n\nInternational Space Station\n\nView All Topics A-Z\n\nHomeMissionsHumans in SpaceEarth & ClimateThe Solar SystemThe UniverseScienceAeronauticsTechnologyLearning ResourcesAbout NASAEspañol \n\nNews & Events\n\nMultimedia\n\nNASA+\n\nFeatured3 min readWelcome Back to Planet Earth, Expedition 70 Crew! article1 day ago5 min readNASA “Wildfire Digital Twin” Pioneers New AI Models and Streaming Data Techniques for Forecasting Fire and Smokearticle1 day ago3 min readNASA Study Provides New Look at Orbital Debris, Potential Solutions article2 days ago\n\nBack","title":"Technology Mission and Impact - NASA","score":10.049389},{"document_id":"a38987d211c62a61-11288-12969","text":"NASA - NSSDCA - Spacecraft - Details\nRev., 117, No. 1-2, 95-121, doi:10.1007/s11214-005-3394-4, Mar. 2005.Veverka, J., et al., Return to Comet Tempel 1: Overview of Stardust-NExT results,\n Icarus, 222, No. 2, 424-435, doi:10.1016/j.icarus.2012.03.034, Feb. 2013.Wellnitz, D. D., et al., The location of the impact point of the Deep Impact Impactor on Comet 9P/Tempel 1,\n Icarus, 222, No. 2, 487-491, doi:10.1016/j.icarus.2012.08.003, Feb. 2013.Schultz, P. H., et al., The Deep Impact crater on 9P/Tempel-1 from Stardust-NExT,\n Icarus, 222, No. 2, 502-515, doi:10.1016/j.icarus.2012.06.018, Feb. 2013.\n\nComet Hartley 2 at EPOXI closest approach - 4 November 2010\n\n Images of the Deep Impact encounter with Comet Tempel 1 - 4 July 2005\n\n Call for CCD Observations of Comet Tempel 1\n\n Comet Page\n\n Comet Fact Sheet\n\n NASA's Discovery Program\n\nDeep Impact Press Releases\n\n NASA sends spacecraft on mission to Comet Hartley 2 - 13 December 2007\n\n New extended missions chosen for Deep Impact - 3 July 2007\n\n Deep Impact extended missions chosen for further study - 30 October 2006\n\n NASA's Deep Impact tells a tale of the comet - 4 July 2005\n\n Deep Impact kicks off Fourth of July with deep space fireworks - 4 July 2005\n\n NASA announces spectacular day of the comet - 9 June 2005\n\n NASA's Deep Impact spacecraft spots its quarry, stalking begins - 27 April 2005\n\n NASA releases Deep Impact mission status report - 25 March 2005\n\n Deep Impact launched and flying toward date with a comet - 12 January 2005\n\n Deep Impact arrives in Florida to prepare for launch - 18 October 2004\n\n Deep Impact launch date changed - 01 April 2003\n\n University of Maryland Press Release on Deep Impact - 07 July 1999\n\n EPOXI Project Home Page","title":"NASA - NSSDCA - Spacecraft - Details","score":18.004217},{"document_id":"a699bdfdc1eb02c3-2-953","text":"NASA Impacts - NASA\nNASA Impacts - NASA\n\nExplore\n \n\nSearch\n\nNews & Events\n\nNews & Events\n\nAll NASA News\n\nVideo Series on NASA+\n\nPodcasts\n\nBlogs\n\nNewsletters\n\nSocial Media\n\nMedia Resources\n\nUpcoming Launches & Landings\n\nVirtual Events\n\nMultimedia\n\nMultimedia\n\nNASA+\n\nImages\n\nNASA TV\n\nSounds and Ringtones\n\nInteractives\n\nNASA Apps\n\nPodcasts\n\ne-Books\n\nSTEM Multimedia\n\nNASA+\n\nSearch\n\nSuggested Searches\n\nClimate Change\n\nArtemis\n\nExpedition 64\n\nMars perseverance\n\nSpaceX Crew-2\n\nInternational Space Station\n\nView All Topics A-Z\n\nHomeMissionsHumans in SpaceEarth & ClimateThe Solar SystemThe UniverseScienceAeronauticsTechnologyLearning ResourcesAbout NASAEspañol \n\nNews & Events\n\nMultimedia\n\nNASA+\n\nFeatured4 min readNASA, IBM Research to Release New AI Model for Weather, Climatearticle3 days ago7 min readNASA Tool Gets Ready to Image Faraway Planetsarticle4 days ago4 min readNASA, Sierra Space Deliver Dream Chaser to Florida for Launch Preparationarticle5 days ago\n\nBack","title":"NASA Impacts - NASA","score":10.454604},{"document_id":"a38987d211c62a61-12469-13272","text":"NASA - NSSDCA - Spacecraft - Details\nNASA announces spectacular day of the comet - 9 June 2005\n\n NASA's Deep Impact spacecraft spots its quarry, stalking begins - 27 April 2005\n\n NASA releases Deep Impact mission status report - 25 March 2005\n\n Deep Impact launched and flying toward date with a comet - 12 January 2005\n\n Deep Impact arrives in Florida to prepare for launch - 18 October 2004\n\n Deep Impact launch date changed - 01 April 2003\n\n University of Maryland Press Release on Deep Impact - 07 July 1999\n\n EPOXI Project Home Page\n\n Deep Impact Project Home PageNSSDCA Master Catalog Search\n\nSpacecraft\nExperiments\nData Collections\nPersonnel\nPublications\nMaps\nNew/Updated Data\nLunar/Planetary Events\n\n \n\n+ Privacy Policy and Important Notices\n\nNASA Official: Dr. David R. Williams\nCurator: E. Bell, II\nVersion 5.1.15, 28 October 2022","title":"NASA - NSSDCA - Spacecraft - Details","score":16.631256},{"document_id":"9c070b59bed82a67-2-1031","text":"Privacy Impact Assessment (PIA) Summaries - NASA\nPrivacy Impact Assessment (PIA) Summaries - NASA\n\nExplore\n \n\nSearch\n\nNews & Events\n\nNews & Events\n\nAll NASA News\n\nVideo Series on NASA+\n\nPodcasts\n\nBlogs\n\nNewsletters\n\nSocial Media\n\nMedia Resources\n\nUpcoming Launches & Landings\n\nVirtual Events\n\nMultimedia\n\nMultimedia\n\nNASA+\n\nImages\n\nNASA TV\n\nSounds and Ringtones\n\nInteractives\n\nNASA Apps\n\nPodcasts\n\ne-Books\n\nSTEM Multimedia\n\nNASA+\n\nSearch\n\nSuggested Searches\n\nClimate Change\n\nArtemis\n\nExpedition 64\n\nMars perseverance\n\nSpaceX Crew-2\n\nInternational Space Station\n\nView All Topics A-Z\n\nHomeMissionsHumans in SpaceEarth & ClimateThe Solar SystemThe UniverseScienceAeronauticsTechnologyLearning ResourcesAbout NASAEspañol \n\nNews & Events\n\nMultimedia\n\nNASA+\n\nFeatured3 min readWelcome Back to Planet Earth, Expedition 70 Crew! article3 days ago5 min readNASA “Wildfire Digital Twin” Pioneers New AI Models and Streaming Data Techniques for Forecasting Fire and Smokearticle3 days ago3 min readNASA Study Provides New Look at Orbital Debris, Potential Solutions article4 days ago\n\nBack","title":"Privacy Impact Assessment (PIA) Summaries - NASA","score":8.882622}],"f5a8ca2f2bc12180940167fb920bb018<::>1":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_02952-3289-5462","text":"\nAdd meaningful names to the dialog nodes in your dialog.\n\nWhen a conversation is transferred to an agent, the name of the most-recently processed dialog node is sent with it. To ensure that a useful summary is provided to service desk agents when a conversation is transferred to them, add short dialog node names that reflect the node's purpose. For example, Find a store.\n\nSome older skills specify the purpose of the node in the external node name field instead.\n\n![Screen capture of the field in the node edit view where you add the node purpose summary.](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/a2b18c153837bce00a5b4de496e4b4ca64bbf56e/assistant-data/images/disambig-node-purpose.png)\n\nEvery dialog branch can be processed by the assistant while it chats with a customer, including branches with root nodes in folders.\n4. If a child node in any dialog branch conditions on a request or question that you do not want the assistant to handle, add a Connect to human agent response type to the child node.\n\nAt run time, if the conversation reaches this child node, the dialog is passed to a human agent at that point.\n\n\n\nYour dialog is now ready to support transfers from your assistant to a service desk agent.\n\n\n\n\n\n Measuring containment \n\nFrom the Analytics page, you can measure conversation containment. Containment is the rate at which your assistant is able to satisfy a customer's request without human intervention per conversation.\n\nTo measure containment accurately, the metric must be able to identify when a human intervention occurs. The metric primarily uses the Connect to human agent response type as an indicator. If a user conversation log includes a call to a Connect to human agent response type, then the conversation is considered to be not contained.\n\nHowever, not all human interventions are transacted by using a Connect to human agent response type. If you use an alternate method to deliver additional support, you must take additional steps to register the fact that the customer's need was not fulfilled by the assistant. For example, you might direct customers to your call center phone number or to an online support ticket form URL.","score":15.711144},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02952-1632-3754","text":"\nCreate an intent that can recognize when a customer asks to speak to someone. After defining the intent, you can add a root-level dialog node that conditions on the intent. As the dialog node response, add a Connect to human agent response type. At run time, if the user asks to speak to someone, this node is triggered and a transfer is initiated on the user's behalf.\n* When the conversation broaches a topic that is sensitive in nature, you can start a transfer.\n\nFor example, an insurance company might want questions about bereavement benefits always to be handled by a person. Or, if a customer wants to close an account, you might want to transfer the conversation to a respresentative who is authorized to offer incentives to keep the customer's business.\n* When the assistant repeatedly fails to understand a customer's request. Instead of asking the customer to retry or rephrase the question over and over, your assistant can offer to transfer the customer to a human agent.\n\n\n\nTo design a dialog that can transfer the conversation, complete the following steps:\n\n\n\n1. Add an intent to your skill that can recognize a user's request to speak to a human.\n\nYou can create your own intent or add the prebuilt intent named General_Connect_to_Agent that is provided with the General content catalog.\n2. Add a root node to your dialog that conditions on the intent you created in the previous step. Choose Connect to human agent as the response type.\n\nFor more information, see [Adding a Connect to human agent response type](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-dialog-overviewdialog-overview-add-connect-to-human-agent).\n3. Add meaningful names to the dialog nodes in your dialog.\n\nWhen a conversation is transferred to an agent, the name of the most-recently processed dialog node is sent with it. To ensure that a useful summary is provided to service desk agents when a conversation is transferred to them, add short dialog node names that reflect the node's purpose. For example, Find a store.\n\nSome older skills specify the purpose of the node in the external node name field instead.","score":16.80034},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02882-7-2075","text":"\nBuilding a conversational flow \n\nThe dialog defines what your assistant says in response to customers.\n\n\n\n Creating a dialog \n\nTo create a dialog, complete the following steps:\n\n\n\n1. Click the Dialog tab, and then click Create dialog.\n\nWhen you open the dialog editor for the first time, the following nodes are created for you:\n\n\n\n* Welcome: The first node. It contains a greeting that is displayed to your users when they first engage with your assistant. You can edit the greeting.\n\n\n\nThis node is not triggered in dialog flows that are initiated by users. For example, dialogs that are deployed in environments such as messaging channels where customers start the conversation do not process nodes with the welcome special condition.\n\n\n\n* Anything else: The final node. It contains phrases that are used to reply to users when their input is not recognized. You can replace the responses that are provided or add more responses with a similar meaning to add variety to the conversation. You can also choose whether you want your assistant to return each response that is defined in turn or return them in random order.\n\n\n\n2. To add more nodes to the dialog tree, click the More![More icon](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/a2b18c153837bce00a5b4de496e4b4ca64bbf56e/assistant-data/images/kabob.png) icon on the Welcome node, and then select Add node below.\n3. In the If assistant recognizes field, enter a condition that, when met, triggers your assistant to process the node.\n\nTo start off, you typically want to add an intent as the condition. For example, if you add open_account here, it means that you want the response that you will specify in this node to be returned to the user if the user input indicates that the user wants to open an account.\n\nAs you begin to define a condition, a box is displayed that shows you your options. You can enter one of the following characters, and then pick a value from the list of options that is displayed.\n\n\n\nCondition builder syntax\n\n Character Lists defined values for these artifact types \n\n `#` intents","score":16.001131},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02882-18936-21214","text":"\nYou can return responses with multimedia or interactive elements such as images or clickable buttons to simplify the interaction model of your application and enhance the user experience.\n\nIn addition to the default response type of Text, for which you specify the text to return to the user as a response, the following response types are supported:\n\n\n\n* Connect to human agent: The dialog calls a service that you designate, typically a service that manages human agent support ticket queues, to pass off the conversation to a person. You can optionally include a message that summarizes the user's issue to be provided to the human agent. It is the responsibility of the external service to display a message that is shown to the user that explains that the conversation is being transferred. The dialog does not manage that communication itself. The dialog transfer does not occur when you are testing nodes with this response type in the Try it out pane. You must access a node that uses this response type from a test deployment to see how your users will experience it.\n* Image: Embeds an image into the response. The source image file must be hosted somewhere and have a URL that you can use to reference it. It cannot be a file that is stored in a directory that is not publicly accessible.\n* Option: Adds a list of one or more options. When a user clicks one of the options, an associated user input value is sent to your assistant. How options are rendered can differ depending on where you deploy the dialog. For example, in one integration channel the options might be displayed as clickable buttons, but in another they might be displayed as a dropdown list.\n* Pause: Forces the application to wait for a specified number of milliseconds before continuing with processing. You can choose to show an indicator that the dialog is working on typing a response. Use this response type if you need to perform an action that might take some time. For example, a parent node makes a Cloud Function call and displays the result in a child node. You could use this response type as the response for the parent node to give the programmatic call time to complete, and then jump to the child node to show the result. This response type does not render in the Try it out pane.","score":15.932046},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03185-6701-8694","text":"\n[A sample dialog tree with example content](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/417db917d18067d9dcc4cf2612564a9a87c3ddc8/assistant/images/dialog-depiction-full.png)\n\nThe dialog tree in this diagram contains two root dialog nodes. A typical dialog tree would likely have many more nodes, but this depiction provides a glimpse of what a subset of nodes might look like.\n\n\n\n* The first root node conditions on an intent value. It has two child nodes that each condition on an entity value. The second child node defines two responses. The first response is returned to the user if the value of the context variable matches the value specified in the condition. Otherwise, the second response is returned.\n\nThis standard type of node is useful to capture questions about a certain topic and then in the root response ask a follow-up question that is addressed by the child nodes. For example, it might recognize a user question about discounts and ask a follow-up question about whether the user is a member of any associations with which the company has special discount arrangements. And the child nodes provide different responses based on the user's answer to the question about association membership.\n* The second root node is a node with slots. It also conditions on an intent value. It defines a set of slots, one for each piece of information that you want to collect from the user. Each slot asks a question to elicit the answer from the user. It looks for a specific entity value in the user's reply to the prompt, which it then saves in a slot context variable.\n\nThis type of node is useful for collecting details you might need to perform a transaction on the user's behalf. For example, if the user's intent is to book a flight, the slots can collect the origin and destination location information, travel dates, and so on.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Ready to get started? \n\nFor more information, see [Creating a dialog](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-dialog-overview).","score":15.754622}],"f5a8ca2f2bc12180940167fb920bb018<::>2":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_02998-4422-6015","text":"\nWe'll create a simple dialog that handles greeting and ending intents, each with a single node.\n\n\n\n Adding a start node \n\n\n\n1. From the Skills menu, click Dialog.\n2. Two nodes were added to the dialog for you:\n\n\n\n* Welcome: Contains a greeting that is displayed to your users when they first engage with the assistant.\n* Anything else: Contains phrases that are used to reply to users when their input is not addressed by any of the existing dialog nodes.\n\n\n\n![A new dialog with two built-in nodes](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/a2b18c153837bce00a5b4de496e4b4ca64bbf56e/assistant-data/images/gs-new-dialog.png)\n3. Click the Welcome node to open it in the edit view.\n4. Replace the default response with the text, Welcome to the Watson Assistant tutorial!.\n\n![Editing the welcome node response](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/a2b18c153837bce00a5b4de496e4b4ca64bbf56e/assistant-data/images/gs-edit-welcome-node.png)\n5. Click ![Close](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/a2b18c153837bce00a5b4de496e4b4ca64bbf56e/assistant-data/images/close.png) to close the edit view.\n\n\n\nYou created a dialog node that is triggered by the welcome condition. (welcome is a special condition that functions like an intent, but does not begin with a .) It is triggered when a new conversation starts. Your node specifies that when a new conversation starts, the system should respond with the welcome message that you add to the response section of this first node.\n\n\n\n\n\n Testing the start node \n\nYou can test your dialog at any time to verify the dialog. Let's test it now.","score":36.539223},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03269-3433-5472","text":"\n(https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/417db917d18067d9dcc4cf2612564a9a87c3ddc8/assistant/images/dialog-start.png)\n\nThis design results in a dialog that works like this:\n\n\n\n* Whatever the integration type, the conversation_start node is processed, which means any context variables that you define in it are initialized.\n* In integrations where the assistant starts the dialog flow, the Welcome node is triggered and its text response is displayed.\n* In integrations where the user starts the dialog flow, the user's first input is evaluated and then processed by the node that can provide the best response.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Ending the conversation gracefully \n\nThe Anything else node is designed to recognize the anything_else special condition, which understands when user input does not match any of the intents that are used as conditions in a dialog's nodes.\n\nDon't delete the Anything else node.\n\nYou might not recognize its value at first, but it serves some important functions. If you did delete it, don't panic. You can add it back. Just add a dialog node to the end of your dialog tree, and add the anything_else special condition to its If assistant recognizes field.\n\nThe Anything else node provides the following benefits:\n\n\n\n* It prevents your assistant from ever going silent and failing to respond at all to your customers. The Anything else node is what enables your assistant to (if nothing else) say, I'm sorry, I didn't understand. or I can't help you with that.\n* The skill's analytics feature uses this node to learn about the topics that your dialog can't address. The coverage metric looks for occurrences of nodes with the anything_else condition being processed in the user conversation logs. It uses this information to determine the frequency with which your dialog is able to match user requests to intents that can address them. The node is registered by the metric if it conditions on anything_else alone or when it's used in combination with another condition, such as anything_else && positive_feedback.","score":42.369057},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03145-1287-2166","text":"\nIntents that are added from a content catalog are distinguishable from other intents by their names. Each intent name is prepended with the content catalog name.\n3. Add a content catalog to your dialog skill by clicking the Add to skill button.\n4. Go to the Intents page to see the intents that you added from the catalog listed.\n\n\n\nYour skill trains itself on the new data.\n\nAfter you add a catalog to your skill, the intents become part of your training data. If IBM makes subsequent updates to a content catalog, the changes are not automatically applied to any intents you added from a catalog.\n\n\n\n\n\n Editing content catalog intents \n\nLike any other intent, after you add content catalog intents to your skill, you can make the following changes to them:\n\n\n\n* Rename intents\n* Delete intents\n* Add, edit, or delete intent user examples\n* Move an example to a different intent","score":11.544182},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03196-10492-12812","text":"\nUse the syntax, intent_name. For example, weather checks if the user input is asking for a weather forecast. If so, the node with the weather intent condition is processed.\n\nFor more information about intents, see [Defining intents](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-intents).\n* Special condition: Conditions that are provided with the product that you can use to perform common dialog functions. See the Special conditions table in the next section for details.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Special conditions \n\n\n\nSpecial conditions\n\n Condition syntax Description \n\n anything_else You can use this condition at the end of a dialog, to be processed when the user input does not match any other dialog nodes. The Anything else node is triggered by this condition. If you add a search skill to your assistant, a root node with this condition can be configured to trigger a search. \n conversation_start Like welcome, this condition is evaluated as true during the first dialog turn. Unlike welcome, it is true whether or not the initial request from the application contains user input. \n false This condition is always evaluated to false. You might use this at the start of a branch that is under development, to prevent it from being used, or as the condition for a node that provides a common function and is used only as the target of a Jump to action. \n irrelevant This condition will evaluate to true if the user’s input is determined to be irrelevant by the Watson Assistant service. \n true This condition is always evaluated to true. You can use it at the end of a list of nodes or responses to catch any responses that did not match any of the previous conditions. \n welcome This condition is evaluated as true during the first dialog turn (when the conversation starts), only if the initial request from the application does not contain any user input. It is evaluated as false in all subsequent dialog turns. The Welcome node is triggered by this condition. Typically, a node with this condition is used to greet the user, for example, to display a message such as Welcome to our Pizza ordering app. This node is never processed during interactions that occur through channels such as Facebook or Slack. \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Condition syntax details \n\nUse one of these syntax options to create valid expressions in conditions:","score":37.067062},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03010-7-2157","text":"\nDefining intents \n\nIntents are purposes or goals that are expressed in a customer's input, such as answering a question or processing a bill payment. By recognizing the intent expressed in a customer's input, the Watson Assistant service can choose the correct dialog flow for responding to it.\n\n\n\n Intent creation overview \n\n\n\n* Plan the intents for your application.\n\nConsider what your customers might want to do, and what you want your application to be able to handle on their behalf. For example, you might want your application to help your customers make a purchase. If so, you can add a buy_something intent. (The that is added as a prefix to the intent name helps to clearly identify it as an intent.)\n* Teach Watson about your intents.\n\nAfter you decide which business requests that you want your application to handle for your customers, you must teach Watson about them. For each business goal (such as buy_something), you must provide at least 5 examples of utterances that your customers typically use to indicate their goal. For example, I want to make a purchase.\n\nIdeally, find real-world user utterance examples that you can extract from existing business processes. The user examples should be tailored to your specific business. For example, if you are an insurance company, a user example might look more like this, I want to buy a new XYZ insurance plan.\n\nThe examples that you provide are used by your assistant to build a machine learning model that can recognize the same and similar types of utterances and map them to the appropriate intent.\n\n\n\nStart with a few intents, and test them as you iteratively expand the scope of the application.\n\n\n\n\n\n Creating intents \n\n\n\n1. Open your dialog skill. The skill opens to the Intents page.\n2. Select Create intent.\n3. In the Intent name field, type a name for the intent.\n\n\n\n* The intent name can contain letters (in Unicode), numbers, underscores, hyphens, and periods.\n* The name cannot consist of .. or any other string of only periods.\n* Intent names cannot contain spaces and must not exceed 128 characters. The following are examples of intent names:\n\n\n\n* weather_conditions","score":12.150414}],"f5a8ca2f2bc12180940167fb920bb018<::>4":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_02952-1632-3754","text":"\nCreate an intent that can recognize when a customer asks to speak to someone. After defining the intent, you can add a root-level dialog node that conditions on the intent. As the dialog node response, add a Connect to human agent response type. At run time, if the user asks to speak to someone, this node is triggered and a transfer is initiated on the user's behalf.\n* When the conversation broaches a topic that is sensitive in nature, you can start a transfer.\n\nFor example, an insurance company might want questions about bereavement benefits always to be handled by a person. Or, if a customer wants to close an account, you might want to transfer the conversation to a respresentative who is authorized to offer incentives to keep the customer's business.\n* When the assistant repeatedly fails to understand a customer's request. Instead of asking the customer to retry or rephrase the question over and over, your assistant can offer to transfer the customer to a human agent.\n\n\n\nTo design a dialog that can transfer the conversation, complete the following steps:\n\n\n\n1. Add an intent to your skill that can recognize a user's request to speak to a human.\n\nYou can create your own intent or add the prebuilt intent named General_Connect_to_Agent that is provided with the General content catalog.\n2. Add a root node to your dialog that conditions on the intent you created in the previous step. Choose Connect to human agent as the response type.\n\nFor more information, see [Adding a Connect to human agent response type](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-dialog-overviewdialog-overview-add-connect-to-human-agent).\n3. Add meaningful names to the dialog nodes in your dialog.\n\nWhen a conversation is transferred to an agent, the name of the most-recently processed dialog node is sent with it. To ensure that a useful summary is provided to service desk agents when a conversation is transferred to them, add short dialog node names that reflect the node's purpose. For example, Find a store.\n\nSome older skills specify the purpose of the node in the external node name field instead.","score":45.244827},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02998-3401-4882","text":"\n(https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/a2b18c153837bce00a5b4de496e4b4ca64bbf56e/assistant-data/images/gs-add-content-catalog.png)\n3. Open the Intents tab to review the intents and associated example utterances that were added to your training data. You can recognize them because each intent name begins with the prefix General_. You will add the General_Greetings and General_Ending intents to your dialog in the next step.\n\n![Shows the intents that are displayed in the Intents tab after the General catalog is added.](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/a2b18c153837bce00a5b4de496e4b4ca64bbf56e/assistant-data/images/gs-general-content-added.png)\n\n\n\nYou successfully started to build your training data by adding prebuilt content from IBM.\n\n\n\n\n\n Step 5: Build a dialog \n\nA dialog defines the flow of your conversation in the form of a logic tree. It matches intents (what users say) to responses (what the bot says back). Each node of the tree has a condition that triggers it, based on user input.\n\nWe'll create a simple dialog that handles greeting and ending intents, each with a single node.\n\n\n\n Adding a start node \n\n\n\n1. From the Skills menu, click Dialog.\n2. Two nodes were added to the dialog for you:\n\n\n\n* Welcome: Contains a greeting that is displayed to your users when they first engage with the assistant.\n* Anything else: Contains phrases that are used to reply to users when their input is not addressed by any of the existing dialog nodes.\n\n\n\n!","score":45.58991},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03269-3433-5472","text":"\n(https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/417db917d18067d9dcc4cf2612564a9a87c3ddc8/assistant/images/dialog-start.png)\n\nThis design results in a dialog that works like this:\n\n\n\n* Whatever the integration type, the conversation_start node is processed, which means any context variables that you define in it are initialized.\n* In integrations where the assistant starts the dialog flow, the Welcome node is triggered and its text response is displayed.\n* In integrations where the user starts the dialog flow, the user's first input is evaluated and then processed by the node that can provide the best response.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Ending the conversation gracefully \n\nThe Anything else node is designed to recognize the anything_else special condition, which understands when user input does not match any of the intents that are used as conditions in a dialog's nodes.\n\nDon't delete the Anything else node.\n\nYou might not recognize its value at first, but it serves some important functions. If you did delete it, don't panic. You can add it back. Just add a dialog node to the end of your dialog tree, and add the anything_else special condition to its If assistant recognizes field.\n\nThe Anything else node provides the following benefits:\n\n\n\n* It prevents your assistant from ever going silent and failing to respond at all to your customers. The Anything else node is what enables your assistant to (if nothing else) say, I'm sorry, I didn't understand. or I can't help you with that.\n* The skill's analytics feature uses this node to learn about the topics that your dialog can't address. The coverage metric looks for occurrences of nodes with the anything_else condition being processed in the user conversation logs. It uses this information to determine the frequency with which your dialog is able to match user requests to intents that can address them. The node is registered by the metric if it conditions on anything_else alone or when it's used in combination with another condition, such as anything_else && positive_feedback.","score":44.678303},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03196-4-2102","text":"\nThis documentation is for the classic Watson Assistant experience. To see the documentation for the new Watson Assistant, please go [here](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/watson-assistant).\n\n\n\n Creating a dialog \n\nThe dialog defines what your assistant says in response to customers.\n\n\n\n Creating a dialog \n\nTo create a dialog, complete the following steps:\n\n\n\n1. From the Skills menu, click Dialog.\n\nThe following nodes are created for you automatically:\n\n\n\n* Welcome: The first node. It contains a greeting that is displayed to your users when they first engage with your assistant. You can edit the greeting.\n\n\n\nThis node is not triggered in dialog flows that are initiated by users. For example, dialogs used in integrations with channels such as Facebook or Slack skip nodes with the welcome special condition.\n\n\n\n* Anything else: The final node. It contains phrases that are used to reply to users when their input is not recognized. You can replace the responses that are provided or add more responses with a similar meaning to add variety to the conversation. You can also choose whether you want your assistant to return each response that is defined in turn or return them in random order.\n\n\n\nFor more information about these built-in nodes, see [Starting and ending the dialog](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-dialog-start).\n2. To add more nodes to the dialog tree, click Add node.\n\nYour new node is added after the Welcome node and before the Anything else node.\n3. Add a name to the node.\n\nUse a short, customer-friendly description of what the node does as its name. For example, Open an account, Get policy information, or Get a weather forecast.\n\nThe name can be up to 512 characters in length.\n\nThis node name is shown to customers or service desk personnel to express the purpose of this branch of the dialog, so take some time to add a name that is concise and descriptive.\n4. In the If assistant recognizes field, enter a condition that, when met, triggers your assistant to process the node.\n\nTo start off, you typically want to add an intent as the condition.","score":47.94938},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02882-7-2075","text":"\nBuilding a conversational flow \n\nThe dialog defines what your assistant says in response to customers.\n\n\n\n Creating a dialog \n\nTo create a dialog, complete the following steps:\n\n\n\n1. Click the Dialog tab, and then click Create dialog.\n\nWhen you open the dialog editor for the first time, the following nodes are created for you:\n\n\n\n* Welcome: The first node. It contains a greeting that is displayed to your users when they first engage with your assistant. You can edit the greeting.\n\n\n\nThis node is not triggered in dialog flows that are initiated by users. For example, dialogs that are deployed in environments such as messaging channels where customers start the conversation do not process nodes with the welcome special condition.\n\n\n\n* Anything else: The final node. It contains phrases that are used to reply to users when their input is not recognized. You can replace the responses that are provided or add more responses with a similar meaning to add variety to the conversation. You can also choose whether you want your assistant to return each response that is defined in turn or return them in random order.\n\n\n\n2. To add more nodes to the dialog tree, click the More![More icon](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/a2b18c153837bce00a5b4de496e4b4ca64bbf56e/assistant-data/images/kabob.png) icon on the Welcome node, and then select Add node below.\n3. In the If assistant recognizes field, enter a condition that, when met, triggers your assistant to process the node.\n\nTo start off, you typically want to add an intent as the condition. For example, if you add open_account here, it means that you want the response that you will specify in this node to be returned to the user if the user input indicates that the user wants to open an account.\n\nAs you begin to define a condition, a box is displayed that shows you your options. You can enter one of the following characters, and then pick a value from the list of options that is displayed.\n\n\n\nCondition builder syntax\n\n Character Lists defined values for these artifact types \n\n `#` intents","score":52.89086}],"f5a8ca2f2bc12180940167fb920bb018<::>7":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_03043-7-2031","text":"\nAdding a skill to your assistant \n\nCustomize your assistant by adding to it the skills it needs to satisfy your customers' goals.\n\nYou can create the following types of skills:\n\n\n\n* Dialog skill: Uses Watson natural language processing and machine learning technologies to understand user questions and requests, and respond to them with answers that are authored by you.\n* Search skill: For a given user query, uses the IBM Watson® Discovery service to search a data source of your self-service content and return an answer.\n\n\n\nTypically, you create a skill of each type first. Then, as you build a dialog for the dialog skill, you decide when to initiate the search skill. For some questions or requests, a hardcoded or programmatically-derived response (that is defined in the dialog skill) is sufficient. For others, you might want to provide a more robust response by returning a full passage of related information (that is extracted from an external data source by using the search skill).\n\n\n\n Dialog skill \n\nA dialog skill contains the training data and logic that enables an assistant to help your customers. It contains the following types of artifacts:\n\n\n\n* [Intents](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-intents): An intent represents the purpose of a user's input, such as a question about business locations or a bill payment. You define an intent for each type of user request you want your application to support. In the tool, the name of an intent is always prefixed with the character. To train the dialog skill to recognize your intents, you supply lots of examples of user input and indicate which intents they map to.\n\nA content catalog is provided that contains prebuilt common intents you can add to your application rather than building your own. For example, most applications require a greeting intent that starts a dialog with the user. You can add the General content catalog to add an intent that greets the user and does other useful things, like end the conversation.","score":17.01034},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02998-3401-4882","text":"\n(https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/a2b18c153837bce00a5b4de496e4b4ca64bbf56e/assistant-data/images/gs-add-content-catalog.png)\n3. Open the Intents tab to review the intents and associated example utterances that were added to your training data. You can recognize them because each intent name begins with the prefix General_. You will add the General_Greetings and General_Ending intents to your dialog in the next step.\n\n![Shows the intents that are displayed in the Intents tab after the General catalog is added.](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/a2b18c153837bce00a5b4de496e4b4ca64bbf56e/assistant-data/images/gs-general-content-added.png)\n\n\n\nYou successfully started to build your training data by adding prebuilt content from IBM.\n\n\n\n\n\n Step 5: Build a dialog \n\nA dialog defines the flow of your conversation in the form of a logic tree. It matches intents (what users say) to responses (what the bot says back). Each node of the tree has a condition that triggers it, based on user input.\n\nWe'll create a simple dialog that handles greeting and ending intents, each with a single node.\n\n\n\n Adding a start node \n\n\n\n1. From the Skills menu, click Dialog.\n2. Two nodes were added to the dialog for you:\n\n\n\n* Welcome: Contains a greeting that is displayed to your users when they first engage with the assistant.\n* Anything else: Contains phrases that are used to reply to users when their input is not addressed by any of the existing dialog nodes.\n\n\n\n!","score":45.25524},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03196-4-2102","text":"\nThis documentation is for the classic Watson Assistant experience. To see the documentation for the new Watson Assistant, please go [here](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/watson-assistant).\n\n\n\n Creating a dialog \n\nThe dialog defines what your assistant says in response to customers.\n\n\n\n Creating a dialog \n\nTo create a dialog, complete the following steps:\n\n\n\n1. From the Skills menu, click Dialog.\n\nThe following nodes are created for you automatically:\n\n\n\n* Welcome: The first node. It contains a greeting that is displayed to your users when they first engage with your assistant. You can edit the greeting.\n\n\n\nThis node is not triggered in dialog flows that are initiated by users. For example, dialogs used in integrations with channels such as Facebook or Slack skip nodes with the welcome special condition.\n\n\n\n* Anything else: The final node. It contains phrases that are used to reply to users when their input is not recognized. You can replace the responses that are provided or add more responses with a similar meaning to add variety to the conversation. You can also choose whether you want your assistant to return each response that is defined in turn or return them in random order.\n\n\n\nFor more information about these built-in nodes, see [Starting and ending the dialog](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-dialog-start).\n2. To add more nodes to the dialog tree, click Add node.\n\nYour new node is added after the Welcome node and before the Anything else node.\n3. Add a name to the node.\n\nUse a short, customer-friendly description of what the node does as its name. For example, Open an account, Get policy information, or Get a weather forecast.\n\nThe name can be up to 512 characters in length.\n\nThis node name is shown to customers or service desk personnel to express the purpose of this branch of the dialog, so take some time to add a name that is concise and descriptive.\n4. In the If assistant recognizes field, enter a condition that, when met, triggers your assistant to process the node.\n\nTo start off, you typically want to add an intent as the condition.","score":47.51987},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03373-4-1923","text":"\nThis documentation is for the classic Watson Assistant experience. To see the documentation for the new Watson Assistant, please go [here](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/watson-assistant).\n\n\n\n Adding skills to your assistant \n\nCustomize your assistant by adding to it the skills it needs to satisfy your customers' goals.\n\nConversational skills return responses that are authored by you to answer common questions, while a search skill searches for and returns passages from existing self-service content.\n\nYou can add the following types of skills to your assistant:\n\n\n\n* Conversational skills: Understand and address questions or requests that your customers typically ask about. You provide information about the subjects or tasks that your users need help with, and how they ask about them, and the product dynamically builds a machine learning model that is tailored to understand the same and similar user requests.\n\n\n\n* Actions skill : Offers a simple interface where anyone can build a conversational flow for your assistant to follow. The complex process of training data creation occurs behind the scenes automatically. [Learn more](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-skill-addskill-add-actions-skill)\n* Dialog skill: Offers a set of editors that you use to define both your training data and the conversation. The conversation is represented as a dialog tree. You use the graphical dialog editor to create a script of sorts for your assistant to read from when it interacts with your customers. The dialog keys off the common customer goals that you teach it to recognize, and provides useful responses. [Learn more](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-skill-addskill-add-dialog-skill)\n\n\n\nIf you can't decide which type of conversational skill to create, see [Choosing a conversational skill](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-skills-choose).\n* Search skill!","score":13.862698},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02952-1632-3754","text":"\nCreate an intent that can recognize when a customer asks to speak to someone. After defining the intent, you can add a root-level dialog node that conditions on the intent. As the dialog node response, add a Connect to human agent response type. At run time, if the user asks to speak to someone, this node is triggered and a transfer is initiated on the user's behalf.\n* When the conversation broaches a topic that is sensitive in nature, you can start a transfer.\n\nFor example, an insurance company might want questions about bereavement benefits always to be handled by a person. Or, if a customer wants to close an account, you might want to transfer the conversation to a respresentative who is authorized to offer incentives to keep the customer's business.\n* When the assistant repeatedly fails to understand a customer's request. Instead of asking the customer to retry or rephrase the question over and over, your assistant can offer to transfer the customer to a human agent.\n\n\n\nTo design a dialog that can transfer the conversation, complete the following steps:\n\n\n\n1. Add an intent to your skill that can recognize a user's request to speak to a human.\n\nYou can create your own intent or add the prebuilt intent named General_Connect_to_Agent that is provided with the General content catalog.\n2. Add a root node to your dialog that conditions on the intent you created in the previous step. Choose Connect to human agent as the response type.\n\nFor more information, see [Adding a Connect to human agent response type](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-dialog-overviewdialog-overview-add-connect-to-human-agent).\n3. Add meaningful names to the dialog nodes in your dialog.\n\nWhen a conversation is transferred to an agent, the name of the most-recently processed dialog node is sent with it. To ensure that a useful summary is provided to service desk agents when a conversation is transferred to them, add short dialog node names that reflect the node's purpose. For example, Find a store.\n\nSome older skills specify the purpose of the node in the external node name field instead.","score":44.936367}],"f5a8ca2f2bc12180940167fb920bb018<::>8":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_03043-7-2031","text":"\nAdding a skill to your assistant \n\nCustomize your assistant by adding to it the skills it needs to satisfy your customers' goals.\n\nYou can create the following types of skills:\n\n\n\n* Dialog skill: Uses Watson natural language processing and machine learning technologies to understand user questions and requests, and respond to them with answers that are authored by you.\n* Search skill: For a given user query, uses the IBM Watson® Discovery service to search a data source of your self-service content and return an answer.\n\n\n\nTypically, you create a skill of each type first. Then, as you build a dialog for the dialog skill, you decide when to initiate the search skill. For some questions or requests, a hardcoded or programmatically-derived response (that is defined in the dialog skill) is sufficient. For others, you might want to provide a more robust response by returning a full passage of related information (that is extracted from an external data source by using the search skill).\n\n\n\n Dialog skill \n\nA dialog skill contains the training data and logic that enables an assistant to help your customers. It contains the following types of artifacts:\n\n\n\n* [Intents](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-intents): An intent represents the purpose of a user's input, such as a question about business locations or a bill payment. You define an intent for each type of user request you want your application to support. In the tool, the name of an intent is always prefixed with the character. To train the dialog skill to recognize your intents, you supply lots of examples of user input and indicate which intents they map to.\n\nA content catalog is provided that contains prebuilt common intents you can add to your application rather than building your own. For example, most applications require a greeting intent that starts a dialog with the user. You can add the General content catalog to add an intent that greets the user and does other useful things, like end the conversation.","score":17.01034},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02998-3401-4882","text":"\n(https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/a2b18c153837bce00a5b4de496e4b4ca64bbf56e/assistant-data/images/gs-add-content-catalog.png)\n3. Open the Intents tab to review the intents and associated example utterances that were added to your training data. You can recognize them because each intent name begins with the prefix General_. You will add the General_Greetings and General_Ending intents to your dialog in the next step.\n\n![Shows the intents that are displayed in the Intents tab after the General catalog is added.](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/a2b18c153837bce00a5b4de496e4b4ca64bbf56e/assistant-data/images/gs-general-content-added.png)\n\n\n\nYou successfully started to build your training data by adding prebuilt content from IBM.\n\n\n\n\n\n Step 5: Build a dialog \n\nA dialog defines the flow of your conversation in the form of a logic tree. It matches intents (what users say) to responses (what the bot says back). Each node of the tree has a condition that triggers it, based on user input.\n\nWe'll create a simple dialog that handles greeting and ending intents, each with a single node.\n\n\n\n Adding a start node \n\n\n\n1. From the Skills menu, click Dialog.\n2. Two nodes were added to the dialog for you:\n\n\n\n* Welcome: Contains a greeting that is displayed to your users when they first engage with the assistant.\n* Anything else: Contains phrases that are used to reply to users when their input is not addressed by any of the existing dialog nodes.\n\n\n\n!","score":45.25524},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03119-7-1688","text":"\nCreating an assistant \n\nCreate an assistant with the skills it needs to address the business goals of your customers.\n\nTo learn more about what an assistant is first, see [Assistants](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-assistants).\n\nFollow these steps to create an assistant:\n\n\n\n1. Click the Assistants icon ![Assistants menu icon](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/417db917d18067d9dcc4cf2612564a9a87c3ddc8/assistant/images/nav-ass-icon.png).\n2. Click Create assistant.\n3. Add details about the new assistant:\n\n\n\n* Name: A name no more than 100 characters in length. A name is required.\n* Description: An optional description no more than 200 characters in length.\n\n\n\n4. Click Create assistant.\n5. Add a skill to the assistant.\n\nNote: You can choose to add an existing skill or create a new one.\n\nSee [Adding a skill to an assistant](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-skill-add).\n\n\n\n\n\n Assistant limits \n\nThe number of assistants you can create depends on your Watson Assistant [plan type](https://www.ibm.com/products/watson-assistant/pricing/). There is also a limit of 100 assistants per service instance.\n\nAfter 30 days of inactivity, an unused assistant in a Lite plan service instance might be deleted to free up space. See [Changing the inactivity timeout setting](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-assistant-settings) for more information on the subject.\n\nYou can connect one skill of each type to your assistant. The number of skills you can build differs depending on the plan you have. See [Skill limits](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-skill-addskill-add-limits) for more details.","score":18.01061},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02998-4422-6015","text":"\nWe'll create a simple dialog that handles greeting and ending intents, each with a single node.\n\n\n\n Adding a start node \n\n\n\n1. From the Skills menu, click Dialog.\n2. Two nodes were added to the dialog for you:\n\n\n\n* Welcome: Contains a greeting that is displayed to your users when they first engage with the assistant.\n* Anything else: Contains phrases that are used to reply to users when their input is not addressed by any of the existing dialog nodes.\n\n\n\n![A new dialog with two built-in nodes](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/a2b18c153837bce00a5b4de496e4b4ca64bbf56e/assistant-data/images/gs-new-dialog.png)\n3. Click the Welcome node to open it in the edit view.\n4. Replace the default response with the text, Welcome to the Watson Assistant tutorial!.\n\n![Editing the welcome node response](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/a2b18c153837bce00a5b4de496e4b4ca64bbf56e/assistant-data/images/gs-edit-welcome-node.png)\n5. Click ![Close](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/a2b18c153837bce00a5b4de496e4b4ca64bbf56e/assistant-data/images/close.png) to close the edit view.\n\n\n\nYou created a dialog node that is triggered by the welcome condition. (welcome is a special condition that functions like an intent, but does not begin with a .) It is triggered when a new conversation starts. Your node specifies that when a new conversation starts, the system should respond with the welcome message that you add to the response section of this first node.\n\n\n\n\n\n Testing the start node \n\nYou can test your dialog at any time to verify the dialog. Let's test it now.","score":44.44847},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02952-1632-3754","text":"\nCreate an intent that can recognize when a customer asks to speak to someone. After defining the intent, you can add a root-level dialog node that conditions on the intent. As the dialog node response, add a Connect to human agent response type. At run time, if the user asks to speak to someone, this node is triggered and a transfer is initiated on the user's behalf.\n* When the conversation broaches a topic that is sensitive in nature, you can start a transfer.\n\nFor example, an insurance company might want questions about bereavement benefits always to be handled by a person. Or, if a customer wants to close an account, you might want to transfer the conversation to a respresentative who is authorized to offer incentives to keep the customer's business.\n* When the assistant repeatedly fails to understand a customer's request. Instead of asking the customer to retry or rephrase the question over and over, your assistant can offer to transfer the customer to a human agent.\n\n\n\nTo design a dialog that can transfer the conversation, complete the following steps:\n\n\n\n1. Add an intent to your skill that can recognize a user's request to speak to a human.\n\nYou can create your own intent or add the prebuilt intent named General_Connect_to_Agent that is provided with the General content catalog.\n2. Add a root node to your dialog that conditions on the intent you created in the previous step. Choose Connect to human agent as the response type.\n\nFor more information, see [Adding a Connect to human agent response type](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-dialog-overviewdialog-overview-add-connect-to-human-agent).\n3. Add meaningful names to the dialog nodes in your dialog.\n\nWhen a conversation is transferred to an agent, the name of the most-recently processed dialog node is sent with it. To ensure that a useful summary is provided to service desk agents when a conversation is transferred to them, add short dialog node names that reflect the node's purpose. For example, Find a store.\n\nSome older skills specify the purpose of the node in the external node name field instead.","score":44.936367}],"4751cd8210b4adb8bce5cbc3fe913096<::>2":[{"document_id":"251713-0-809","text":"\nA company can issue different kinds of shares. For example, some kinds of shares may get preference in dividends or payment in event of (company) bankruptcy. Preferred shares are an example of this. A company might have several kinds of preferred shares and a 'common stock'. Here is a good explanation. See too the Wikipedia article about preferred stock. Toronto-Dominion Bank (TD) is an example of a company that has fourteen different preferred share issues, each with its own listing on the Toronto Stock Exchange (TSE) and symbol. TD has one kind of common stock, which is also listed on the TSE. However, TD common equity trades much more actively than the preferred shares. Remember that preferred stock is a different security type than common stock e.g. common has voting rights, preferred does not.","score":19.500679},{"document_id":"236482-0-850","text":"\n\"In most cases, the other classes of shares are preferred stock (example, JPM-F). Preferred stock usually pays higher dividends and shareholders get preferential treatment in the event that the company goes under. (Preferred shareholders are behind bondholders in line, but ahead of common stock holders) In other cases, different classes of shares have different voting rights or pricing. Examples include Berkshire Hathaway B shares. In the case of Berkshire Hathaway B shares, the stock has 1/500th of the rights and 1/10,000th of the voting rights of an \"\"A\"\" share.  You need to be cautious about investing in anything other than common stock -- make sure that you understand what you are getting into. This is not to say that other share classes are 'bad' -- just that many preferred stocks are thinly traded and are difficult to buy and sell.\"","score":18.094803},{"document_id":"725-0-452","text":"\nPreferred stock is traded on the market, so you can just buy it like any other. The symbol for a preferred stock is the ticker symbol followed by a dash and a letter for each class of preferred stock. Examples: Generally speaking, you should buy Preferred stock with the intention of holding onto it for at least a  couple of years. Often preferred shares are lightly traded and have wide spreads that made it difficult to make money in the short term.","score":22.164995},{"document_id":"272784-0-597","text":"\nPreferred stocks are, err... Preferred. The whole point of preferred stocks is that they have some preference over other classes of stocks (there may be more than 2, by the way). It can be more voting rights, more dividends or priority on dividends' distribution (common with VC investments), or priority on liquidations (in bankruptcy, preferred stock holders are ranked higher than common). Many times initial or critical investments are made on preferred terms, and the stocks are converted to common when certain thresholds are met. Obviously all these benefits require a premium on the price.","score":19.558302},{"document_id":"405791-0-2113","text":"\n\"I seem not to be able to comment on the first answer due to reputation, so I'll aim to enhanced the first answer which is generally good but with these caveats: 1) Dividends are not \"\"guaranteed\"\" to preferred shareholders.  Rather, preferred shareholders are normally in line ahead (i.e. in preference to or \"\"preferred\"\") of common shareholders in terms of dividend payment.  This is an extremely important distinction, because unlike investments that we generally consider \"\"guaranteed\"\" such as CDs (known as GICs in Canada), a company's board can suspend the dividend at anytime for long periods of time without significant repercussions -- whereas a missed payment to a bank or secured bondholder can often push a company into bankruptcy very quickly. 2) Due to point 1), it is extremely important to know the \"\"convenants\"\" or rules sorrounding both the preferred shares you are buying and the other more senior creditors of that issuing company (i.e. taxes (almost always come first), banks loans, leases, bonds etc.).  It is also important to know if a particular preferred share has \"\"cumulative\"\" dividends.  You generally only want to buy preferred's that have \"\"cumulative\"\" dividends, since that means that anytime the company misses a payment, they must pay those dividends first before any other dividends at the same or lower priority in the future. 3) Unlike a common stock, your upside on a preferred stock is relatively fixed: you get a fixed share of the company's profit and that's it, whereas a common shareholder gets everything that's left over after interest and preferred dividends are paid. So if the company does really well you will theoretically do much better with common stock over time. For the above reasons, it is generally advisable to think of preferred shares as being more similar to really risky bonds in the same company, rather than similar to common stock.   Of course, if you are an advanced investor there are a lot more variables in play such as tax considerations and whether the preferred have special options attached to them such conversion into common shares.\"","score":17.63049}],"1065ea5ad1ae2b90e6fce67d851a7a66<::>1":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_10817-2884-4620","text":"\nInstall mobile SDK from source code \n\n\n\n1. Download the [source code](https://github.com/apache/openwhisk-client-swift).\n2. Open the project by using the OpenWhisk.xcodeproj with Xcode. The project contains two schemes: \"OpenWhisk\" (targeted for iOS) and \"OpenWhiskWatch\" (targeted for watchOS 2).\n3. Build the project for the targets that you need and add the resulting frameworks to your app (usually in /Library/Developer/Xcode/DerivedData/your-app-name).\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Install the starter app example for mobile SDK \n\nYou can use the Cloud Functions CLI to download example code that embeds the Cloud Functions SDK framework.\n\nTo install the starter app example, enter the following command:\n\nibmcloud fn sdk install iOS\n\nThis command downloads a compressed file that contains the starter app. The project directory contains a Podfile.\n\nTo install the SDK, enter the following command:\n\npod install\n\n\n\n\n\n Getting started with mobile SDK \n\nTo get up and running quickly, create a WhiskCredentials object with your Cloud Functions API credentials and create a Cloud Functions instance from the object.\n\nFor example, use the following example code to create a credentials object:\n\nlet credentialsConfiguration = WhiskCredentials(accessKey: \"myKey\", accessToken: \"myToken\")\nlet whisk = Whisk(credentials: credentialsConfiguration!)\n\nIn previous example, you pass in the myKey and myToken that you get from Cloud Functions. You can retrieve the key and token with the following CLI command:\n\nibmcloud fn property get --auth\n\nExample output\n\nwhisk auth kkkkkkkk-kkkk-kkkk-kkkk-kkkkkkkkkkkk:tttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttt\n\nThe string before the colon is your key, and the string after the colon is your token.","score":16.65177},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10817-7-1802","text":"\nMobile SDK \n\nIBM Cloud® Functions provides a mobile SDK for iOS and watchOS devices that enables mobile apps to fire remote triggers and invoke remote actions. A version for Android is not available, so Android developers can use the OpenWhisk REST API directly. The mobile SDK is written in Swift 4 and supports iOS 11 and later releases. You can build the mobile SDK by using Xcode 9.\n\nThe mobile SDK is not supported for IAM-based namespaces. Use a Cloud Foundry-based namespace instead.\n\n\n\n Add the SDK to your app \n\nYou can install the mobile SDK by using CocoaPods, Carthage, or from the source directory.\n\n\n\n Install mobile SDK with CocoaPods \n\nThe IBM Cloud® Functions SDK for mobile is available for public distribution through CocoaPods. Assuming CocoaPods is installed, put the following lines into a file called Podfile inside the starter app project directory.\n\ninstall! 'cocoapods', :deterministic_uuids => false\nuse_frameworks!\n\ntarget 'MyApp' do\npod 'OpenWhisk', :git => 'https://github.com/apache/incubator-openwhisk-client-swift.git', :tag => '0.3.0'\nend\n\ntarget 'MyApp WatchKit Extension' do\npod 'OpenWhisk', :git => 'https://github.com/apache/incubator-openwhisk-client-swift.git', :tag => '0.3.0'\nend\n\nFrom the command line, type pod install. This command installs the SDK for an iOS app with a watchOS extension. Use the workspace file CocoaPods creates for your app to open the project in Xcode.\n\nAfter installation, open your project workspace. You might get the following warning when building: Use Legacy Swift Language Version” (SWIFT_VERSION) is required to be configured correctly for targets which use Swift. Use the [Edit > Convert > To Current Swift Syntax…] menu to choose a Swift version or use the Build Settings editor to configure the build setting directly.","score":16.728172},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02698-7-1759","text":"\nIntegrating SDKs \n\nThe App Configuration client SDK is available for Android, JavaScript, and React, the server SDKs for Node, Python, Go, and Java, and the admin SDK for Go, to integrate with your web and mobile applications, microservices, and distributed environments.\n\n\n\n Client-side and Server-side SDKs \n\nUnderstand the differences between the various SDKs so that you can decide between SDK types for your use case.\n\n\n\n Types of SDKs \n\nSDKs supported by App Configuration include:\n\n\n\n* Server-side SDK\n* Client-side SDK\n* Admin SDK\n\n\n\nSDKs that help evaluate feature flag and property values are broadly classified as Server-side or Client-side - based on the deployment environment. These SDKs can be integrated into your application to assess the feature or property values by considering segment targeting rules, if any.\n\nEvaluation SDKs fetch the latest configuration data from the App Configuration service and ensure that any change in the service configuration is made available to your application in real time.\n\nAdmin SDKs can be used to create and manage configurations for Environments, Collections, Feature flags, Properties, and Segments. As an option to IBM Cloud Dashboard or IBM Cloud CLI, Admin SDKs can be used to programmatically manage your service configuration from within your application.\n\nThe currently available Go language Admin SDK integrates with your Go application.\n\nDifferences between client-side and server-side SDKs:\n\n\n\nTable 1. List of App Configuration server, client, and admin SDKs\n\n SDK type Details Links to SDKs and integration docs \n\n Server side These SDKs are designed for multi-user systems and are intended to be used in a trusted environment, such as inside a corporate network or on a web server.","score":14.854377},{"document_id":"ibmcld_12330-7-2140","text":"\nContent \n\n\n\n Languages / platforms \n\nEvery IBM Service that offers public APIs SHOULD offer SDKs for the languages / platforms most commonly used by developers that use the service.\n\n\n\n* Java, Node, Python, and Go are \"first-tier\" languages that should have SDK support.\n* iOS and Android SDKs are important for services that may be used from mobile devices.\n* Other languages that may warrant SDK support in particular domains are C#, Ruby, Scala.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Basic interface \n\nThe SDK SHOULD provide a basic interface that maps directly onto the operations of the underlying API. Each method of an SDK SHOULD correspond to exactly one operation of the underlying API, and this relationship should be clear from design of the API.\n\nOperations whose functionality is fully supported by a related operation SHOULD be omitted. This can occur, for example, when an operation is exposed with both a GET and an POST method, where the GET offers a subset of the features of the POST but with a simpler interface.\n\n\n\n\n\n Methods \n\nMethods MUST employ a flexible parameter-passing design that allows optional parameters to be added to a method without causing incompatibility with applications using the prior version of the method.\n\nIn some languages this can be accomplished using standard language features like default parameter values, but in other languages (e.g. Java) the method parameters must be encapsulated into an \"options\" object.\n\n\n\n\n\n Streaming \n\nFor a language/runtime that supports stream value types:\n\n\n\n* The SDK SHOULD allow any potentially large input value to a method to be supplied as a stream.\n* The SDK SHOULD allow the result of a method to be returned as a stream if that value may be large.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Asynchronous method calls \n\nThe SDK MUST support asynchronous invocation of any method that performs a network operation. The SDK SHOULD support synchronous or pseudo-synchronous (e.g. async/await) invocation of methods that perform network operation in languages where this method style is idiomatic.\n\n\n\n\n\n Instrumentation \n\nThe SDK SHOULD be instrumented so that relevant usage data can be collected by the service.","score":15.016662},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02772-4213-5899","text":"\nIn the defaultConfig section, configure the redirect scheme.\n\ndefaultConfig {\n...\nmanifestPlaceholders = ['appIdRedirectScheme': android.defaultConfig.applicationId]\n}\n\n\n\n4. Synchronize your project with Gradle. Click Tools > Android > Sync Project with Gradle Files.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Initializing the SDK \n\n\n\n1. Pass the context, tenant ID, and region parameters to the initialize method to configure the SDK.\n\nA common, though not mandatory, place to put the initialization code is in the onCreate method of the main activity in your Android application.\n\nAppID.getInstance().initialize(getApplicationContext(), <tenantID>, <region>);\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Authenticating with the iOS Swift SDK \n\nProtect your mobile applications by using the App ID client SDK.\n\n\n\n Before you begin \n\nYou must have the following prerequisites before you get started:\n\n\n\n* Xcode 9.0 or higher\n* CocoaPods 1.1.0 or higher\n* iOS 10.0 or higher\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Installing the SDK \n\nThe App ID client SDK is distributed with CocoaPods, a dependency manager for Swift and Objective-C Cocoa projects. CocoaPods downloads artifacts, and makes them available to your project.\n\n\n\n1. Create an Xcode project or open an existing one.\n2. Create a new or open your existing Podfile in the project's directory.\n3. Add the IBMCloudAppID pod and use_frameworks! command to your target's dependencies\n\ntarget '<yourTarget>' do\nuse_frameworks!\npod 'IBMCloudAppID'\nend\n4. Install your dependencies from the command line within your project directory.\n\npod install --repo-update\n5. After installation, open the {your app}.xcworkspace file that contains your Xcode project and your linked dependencies\n6. Enable keychain sharing in your Xcode project.","score":14.922942}],"1065ea5ad1ae2b90e6fce67d851a7a66<::>3":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_04518-1426-3052","text":"\nuse_frameworks!\n\ntarget 'MyApp' do\npod 'BMSCore'\nend\n\nThen run the pod install command, and open the generated .xcworkspace file. To update to a newer release of BMSCore, use pod update BMSCore.\n\nFor more information about using CocoaPods, see the [CocoaPods Guides](https://guides.cocoapods.org/using/index.html).\n2. To install BMSCore by using Carthage, follow these [instructions](https://github.com/Carthage/Carthagegetting-started).\n\n\n\n1. Add the following line to your Cartfile:\n\ngithub \"ibm-bluemix-mobile-services/bms-clientsdk-swift-core\"\n2. Run the carthage update command.\n3. After the build is finished, add BMSCore.framework to your project by following [Step 3](https://github.com/Carthage/Carthagegetting-started) in the Carthage instructions.\n\nFor apps that are built with Swift 2.3, use the carthage update --toolchain com.apple.dt.toolchain.Swift_2_3 command. Otherwise, use the carthage update command.\n\n\n\n3. Import the BMSCore module.\n\nimport BMSCore\n4. Initialize the BMSClient class by using the following code.\n\nPlace the initialization code in the application(_:didFinishLaunchingWithOptions:) method of your app delegate, or in a location that works best for your project.\n\nBMSClient.sharedInstance.initialize(bluemixRegion: BMSClient.Region.usSouth) // Make sure that you point to your region\n\nYou must initialize the BMSClient with the bluemixRegion parameter. In the initializer, the bluemixRegion value specifies which IBM Cloud deployment you're using, for example, BMSClient.Region.usSouth, BMSClient.Region.unitedKingdom, or BMSClient.Region.sydney.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Initializing your Cordova app \n\n\n\n1.","score":13.796515},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10817-1342-3184","text":"\nUse the workspace file CocoaPods creates for your app to open the project in Xcode.\n\nAfter installation, open your project workspace. You might get the following warning when building: Use Legacy Swift Language Version” (SWIFT_VERSION) is required to be configured correctly for targets which use Swift. Use the [Edit > Convert > To Current Swift Syntax…] menu to choose a Swift version or use the Build Settings editor to configure the build setting directly. This is caused if CocoaPods does not update the Swift version in the Pods project. To fix, select the Pods project and the IBM Cloud® Functions target. Go to Build Settings and change the setting Use Legacy Swift Language Version to no. Alternatively, you can add the following post installation instructions at the end of you Podfile:\n\npost_install do installer\ninstaller.pods_project.targets.each do target\ntarget.build_configurations.each do config\nconfig.build_settings['SWIFT_VERSION'] = '4.0'\nend\nend\nend\n\n\n\n\n\n Install mobile SDK with Carthage \n\nCreate a file in the project directory for your app and name it Cartfile. Put the following line in the file:\n\ngithub \"openwhisk/openwhisk-client-swift.git\" > 0.3.0 Or latest version\n\nFrom the command line, type carthage update --platform ios. Carthage downloads and builds the SDK, creates a directory that is called Carthage in the project directory for your app, and puts an OpenWhisk.framework file inside Carthage/build/iOS.\n\nYou must then add OpenWhisk.framework file to the embedded frameworks in your Xcode project\n\n\n\n\n\n Install mobile SDK from source code \n\n\n\n1. Download the [source code](https://github.com/apache/openwhisk-client-swift).\n2. Open the project by using the OpenWhisk.xcodeproj with Xcode. The project contains two schemes: \"OpenWhisk\" (targeted for iOS) and \"OpenWhiskWatch\" (targeted for watchOS 2).\n3.","score":12.831307},{"document_id":"ibmcld_07551-15747-17355","text":"\npod 'ENPushDestination', '> 0.0.1'\nend\n\n\n\n\n\n Carthage \n\nTo install ENPushDestination using Carthage, add the following to your Cartfile.\n\ngithub \"IBM/event-notifications-destination-ios-sdk\" > 0.0.1\n\nThen, run the following command to build the dependencies and frameworks:\n\ncarthage update --platform iOS\n\n\n\n\n\n Swift Package Manager \n\nAdd the following to your Package.swift file to identify ENPushDestination as a dependency. The package manager clones ENPushDestination when you build your project with swift build.\n\ndependencies: [\n.package(url: \"https://github.com/IBM/event-notifications-destination-ios-sdk\", from: \"0.0.1\")\n]\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Installation - Initialize SDK \n\nComplete the following steps to enable iOS applications to receive notifications.\n\n\n\n1. Add the import statements in your .swift file.\n\nimport ENPushDestination\n2. Initialize the ENPushDestination SDK\n\nlet instanceGUID = \"<instance_guid>>\";\nlet destinationID = \"<instance_destination_id>\";\nlet apiKey = \"<instance_apikey>\";\n\nlet enPush = ENPush.sharedInstance\nenPush.setCloudRegion(region: .usSouth)\nenPush.initialize(instanceGUID, destinationID, apiKey)\n\n\n\n* region: Region of the Event Notifications instance. For example, Region.usSouth.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Register for notifications \n\nUse the ENPush.registerDevice() API to register the device with iOS destination in Event Notifications service.\n\nThe following options are supported:\n\n\n\n* Register without userId:\n\n/Register iOS devices/\nenPush.registerWithDeviceToken(deviceToken: \"<apns-device-token>\") { response, statusCode, error in\nprint(response?.id ?? \"\")\n}\n* Register with UserId.","score":14.766662},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04518-7-1743","text":"\nInitializing BMSClient \n\nBMSCore provides the HTTP infrastructure that the other IBM Cloud® Web and Mobile services client SDKs use to communicate with their corresponding IBM Cloud services.\n\n\n\n Initializing your Android app \n\nYou can either download and import the BMSCore package to your Android Studio project, or use Gradle.\n\n\n\n1. Import the Client SDK by adding the following import statement at the beginning of your project file:\n\nimport com.ibm.mobilefirstplatform.clientsdk.android.core.api.;\n2. Initialize the BMSClient SDK in your Android application by adding the initialization code in the onCreate method of the main activity in your Android app, or in a location that works best for your project.\n\nBMSClient.getInstance().initialize(getApplicationContext(), BMSClient.REGION_US_SOUTH); // Make sure that you point to your region\n\nYou must initialize the BMSClient with the bluemixRegion parameter. In the initializer, the bluemixRegion value specifies which IBM Cloud deployment you are using, for example, BMSClient.REGION_US_SOUTH, BMSClient.REGION_UK, or BMSClient.REGION_SYDNEY.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Initializing your iOS app \n\nYou can use [CocoaPods](https://cocoapods.org) or [Carthage](https://github.com/Carthage/Carthage) to get the BMSCore package.\n\n\n\n1. To install BMSCore by using CocoaPods, add the following lines to your Podfile. If your project doesn't have a Podfile yet, use the pod init command.\n\nuse_frameworks!\n\ntarget 'MyApp' do\npod 'BMSCore'\nend\n\nThen run the pod install command, and open the generated .xcworkspace file. To update to a newer release of BMSCore, use pod update BMSCore.\n\nFor more information about using CocoaPods, see the [CocoaPods Guides](https://guides.cocoapods.org/using/index.html).\n2.","score":11.067471},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10852-44214-45420","text":"\n* [Install mobile SDK with Carthage](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_mobile_sdkinstall-mobile-sdk-carthage)\n* [Install mobile SDK from source code](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_mobile_sdkinstall-mobile-sdk-source-code)\n\n\n\n* [Install the starter app example for mobile SDK](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_mobile_sdkinstall-mobile-sdk-starter-app)\n* [Getting started with mobile SDK](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_mobile_sdkget-started-mobile-sdk)\n* [Invoke a mobile SDK action](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_mobile_sdkinvoke-mobile-sdk-action)\n* [Fire a mobile SDK trigger](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_mobile_sdkfire-mobile-sdk-trigger)\n* [Use mobile SDK actions that return a result](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_mobile_sdkmobile-sdk-actions-results)\n* [Configuring the mobile SDK](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_mobile_sdkconfigure-mobile-sdk)\n\n\n\n* [Support for qualified names with mobile SDK](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_mobile_sdkqualified-names-mobile-sdk)","score":12.769793}],"1065ea5ad1ae2b90e6fce67d851a7a66<::>6":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_02680-5022-6382","text":"\nThe String data type can be of the format of a text string, JSON or YAML. Accordingly, the SDK processes each format as shown in Table 1.\n\n\n\nTable 1. Example outputs\n\n Feature or Property value Data type Data format Type of data returned by getCurrentValue() Example output \n\n true BOOLEAN not applicable java.lang.Boolean true \n 25 NUMERIC not applicable java.lang.Integer 25 \n a string text STRING TEXT java.lang.String a string text \n {\"firefox\": { <br>\"name\": \"Firefox\", <br>\"pref_url\": \"about:config\" <br>}} STRING JSON org.json.JSONObject {\"firefox\":{\"name\":\"Firefox\",\"pref_url\":\"about:config\"}} \n men: <br>- John Smith <br>- Bill Jones <br>women: <br>- Mary Smith <br>- Susan Williams STRING YAML java.lang.String `\"men:<br><br><br><br> * John Smith<br> * Bill Jones\\women:<br> * Mary Smith<br> * Susan Williams\"`<br><br><br> \n\n\n\n\n\n Feature flag \n\nval feature: Feature? = appConfiguration.getFeature(\"json-feature\")\nfeature.getFeatureDataType(); // STRING\nfeature.getFeatureDataFormat(); // JSON\n\n// Example below (traversing the returned JSONObject)\nif (feature != null) {\nval result = feature.getCurrentValue(entityId, entityAttributes) as JSONObject\nresult.get(\"key\") // returns the value of the key\n}\n\nval feature: Feature? = appConfiguration.getFeature(\"yaml-feature\")\nfeature.getFeatureDataType(); // STRING\nfeature.getFeatureDataFormat(); // YAML","score":15.9806385},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10817-5370-6915","text":"\nTo fire a remote trigger, you can call the fireTrigger method, and pass in parameters as needed by using a dictionary.\n\n// In this example we are firing a trigger when our location has changed by a certain amount\nvar locationParams = Dictionary<String, String>()\nlocationParams[\"payload\"] = \"{\"lat\":41.27093, \"lon\":-73.77763}\"\ndo {\ntry whisk.fireTrigger(name: \"locationChanged\", package: \"mypackage\", namespace: \"mynamespace\", parameters: locationParams, callback: {(reply, error) -> Void in\nif let error = error {\nprint(\"Error firing trigger (error.localizedDescription)\")\n} else {\nprint(\"Trigger fired!\")\n}\n})\n} catch {\nprint(\"Error (error)\")\n}\n\nIn the previous example, you are firing a trigger that is called locationChanged.\n\n\n\n\n\n Use mobile SDK actions that return a result \n\nIf the action returns a result, set hasResult to true in the invokeAction call. The result of the action is returned in the reply dictionary, for example:\n\ndo {\ntry whisk.invokeAction(name: \"actionWithResult\", package: \"mypackage\", namespace: \"mynamespace\", parameters: params, hasResult: true, callback: {(reply, error) -> Void in\nif let error = error {\n//do something\nprint(\"Error invoking Action (error.localizedDescription)\")\n} else {\nvar result = reply[\"result\"]\nprint(\"Got result (result)\")\n}\n})\n} catch {\nprint(\"Error (error)\")\n}\n\nBy default, the SDK returns only the activation ID and any result that is produced by the invoked action. To get metadata of the entire response object, which includes the HTTP response status code, use the following setting:","score":15.419876},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10863-4041-5570","text":"\nresolve({ cloudant_result: 'SUCCESS' });\n}, 5000);\n});\n}\nShow more\n6. Click Save.\n7. Test your action by clicking Invoke and waiting for the following output to display.\n\nExample output\n\nResults:\n{\n\"cloudant_result\": \"SUCCESS\"\n}\n\nLogs:\n[\n\"2020-04-21T01:53:36.739565Z stdout: fake db access done. Resolving Promise...\"\n]\n\n\n\n\n\nYour db-access action is ready!\n\n\n\n\n\n Step 3: Create the ow-sdk-action actionow-sdk-action action \n\nThe ow-sdk-action action is a Node.js program that calls the other two actions: cos-access and db-access. When invoked, the ow-sdk-action action code acts as a custom sequence, first calling cos-access, then db-access, and finally cos-access again. The results of each action are stored in a variable that is called chained_action_results, which is then returned at the end. When the action is invoked, follow the code comments to see what is happening.\n\n\n\n1. From the Actions page, create a third action called ow-sdk-action.\n\n\n\n1. Name your action ow-sdk-action.\n2. Select the action-tutorial package.\n3. Select Node.js 10 for the runtime.\n4. Click Create.\n5. Paste in the following code example:\n\n/\n* main() will be run when you invoke this action\n* @param Cloud Functions actions accept a single parameter, which must be a JSON object.\n* @return The output of this action, which must be a JSON object.\n/\nconst openwhisk = require('openwhisk');\nconst ow = openwhisk();\n\nfunction main(params) {\n// for demonstration purposes, we keep track of the individual results of each action that we invoke in our","score":17.289219},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02679-8312-9928","text":"\nThe SDK uses the attribute values to determine whether the specified entity satisfies the targeting rules, and returns the appropriate feature flag value.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Get single property \n\nconst property = appConfigClient.getProperty('property_id'); // property can be null incase of an invalid property id\n\nif (property != null) {\nconsole.log(Property Name ${property.getPropertyName()} );\nconsole.log(Property Id ${property.getPropertyId()} );\nconsole.log(Property Type ${property.getPropertyDataType()} );\n}\n\n\n\n\n\n Get all properties \n\nconst properties = appConfigClient.getProperties();\nconst property = properties['property_id'];\n\nif (property != null) {\nconsole.log(Property Name ${property.getPropertyName()} );\nconsole.log(Property Id ${property.getPropertyId()} );\nconsole.log(Property Type ${property.getPropertyDataType()} );\n}\n\n\n\n\n\n Evaluate a property \n\nYou can use the property.getCurrentValue(entityId, entityAttributes) method to evaluate the value of the property. This method returns a JSON object containing evaluated value and evaluation details.\n\nconst entityId = '<entityId>';\nconst entityAttributes = {\ncity: 'Bangalore',\ncountry: 'India',\n};\n\nconst result = property.getCurrentValue(entityId, entityAttributes);\nconsole.log(result.value); // Evaluated value of the property. The type of evaluated value will match the type of property (Boolean, String, Numeric).\nconsole.log(result.details); // a JSON object containing detailed information of the evaluation. See below\n\n// the result.details will have the following\nconsole.log(result.details.valueType); // a string value. Example: DEFAULT_VALUE","score":17.071892},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02679-14005-15387","text":"\nOnce the SDK is initialized, the appConfigClient can be obtained across other modules as shown below:\n\n// other modules\n\nconst { AppConfiguration } = require('ibm-appconfiguration-node-sdk');\nconst appConfigClient = AppConfiguration.getInstance();\n\nfeature = appConfigClient.getFeature('online-check-in');\nconst enabled = feature.isEnabled();\nconst featureValue = feature.getCurrentValue(entityId, entityAttributes)\n\n\n\n\n\n Supported data types \n\nYou can configure feature flags and properties with App Configuration, supporting the following data types: Boolean, Numeric, SecretRef, and String. The String data type can be in the format of a text string, JSON, or YAML. The SDK processes each format as shown in the table.\n\n\n\nTable 1. Example outputs\n\n Feature or Property value Data type Data format Type of data returned by getCurrentValue().value Example output \n\n true BOOLEAN not applicable boolean true \n 25 NUMERIC not applicable number 25 \n a string text STRING TEXT string a string text \n {\"firefox\": { <br>\"name\": \"Firefox\", <br>\"pref_url\": \"about:config\" <br>}} STRING JSON JSONObject {\"firefox\":{\"name\":\"Firefox\",\"pref_url\":\"about:config\"}} \n men: <br>- John Smith <br>- Bill Jones <br>women: <br>- Mary Smith <br>- Susan Williams STRING YAML java.lang.String `\"men:<br><br><br><br> * John Smith<br> * Bill Jones\\women:<br> * Mary Smith<br> * Susan Williams\"`<br><br><br>","score":14.824263}],"1065ea5ad1ae2b90e6fce67d851a7a66<::>7":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_02731-4670-6607","text":"\n: Server SDK: You can protect your back-end resources that are hosted on IBM Cloud and your web apps by using the server SDK. It extracts the access token from a request and validates it with App ID. Client SDK: You can protect your mobile apps with the Android or iOS client SDK. The client SDK communicates with your cloud resources to start the authentication process when it detects an authorization challenge.\n\nIBM Cloud\n: App ID: After successful authentication, App ID returns access and identity tokens to your app. Cloud Directory: Users can sign up for your service with their email and a password. You can then manage your users in a list view through the UI. With Cloud Directory, App ID functions as your identity provider.\n\nExternal (third party)\n: Social and enterprise identity providers: App ID supports Facebook, Google+, and SAML 2.0 Federation as identity provider options. The service arranges a redirect to the identity provider and verifies the returned authentication tokens. If the tokens are valid, the service grants access to your app.\n\n\n\n\n\n Integrations \n\nYou can use App ID with other IBM Cloud offerings.\n\nKubernetes Service\n: By configuring Ingress in a standard cluster you can secure your apps at the cluster level. Check out the [App ID authentication Ingress annotation](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-comm-ingress-annotationsapp-id-authentication) or the [Announcing App ID integration to IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/blog/announcing-app-id-integration-ibm-cloud-kubernetes-service) blog post to get started.\n\nCloud Functions and API Connect\n: When you create your APIs with [Cloud Functions](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-getting-started) and [API Connect](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/apiconnect?topic=apiconnect-getting-started), you can secure your applications at the gateway rather than in your app code.\n\nActivity Tracker","score":19.450922},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10817-7-1802","text":"\nMobile SDK \n\nIBM Cloud® Functions provides a mobile SDK for iOS and watchOS devices that enables mobile apps to fire remote triggers and invoke remote actions. A version for Android is not available, so Android developers can use the OpenWhisk REST API directly. The mobile SDK is written in Swift 4 and supports iOS 11 and later releases. You can build the mobile SDK by using Xcode 9.\n\nThe mobile SDK is not supported for IAM-based namespaces. Use a Cloud Foundry-based namespace instead.\n\n\n\n Add the SDK to your app \n\nYou can install the mobile SDK by using CocoaPods, Carthage, or from the source directory.\n\n\n\n Install mobile SDK with CocoaPods \n\nThe IBM Cloud® Functions SDK for mobile is available for public distribution through CocoaPods. Assuming CocoaPods is installed, put the following lines into a file called Podfile inside the starter app project directory.\n\ninstall! 'cocoapods', :deterministic_uuids => false\nuse_frameworks!\n\ntarget 'MyApp' do\npod 'OpenWhisk', :git => 'https://github.com/apache/incubator-openwhisk-client-swift.git', :tag => '0.3.0'\nend\n\ntarget 'MyApp WatchKit Extension' do\npod 'OpenWhisk', :git => 'https://github.com/apache/incubator-openwhisk-client-swift.git', :tag => '0.3.0'\nend\n\nFrom the command line, type pod install. This command installs the SDK for an iOS app with a watchOS extension. Use the workspace file CocoaPods creates for your app to open the project in Xcode.\n\nAfter installation, open your project workspace. You might get the following warning when building: Use Legacy Swift Language Version” (SWIFT_VERSION) is required to be configured correctly for targets which use Swift. Use the [Edit > Convert > To Current Swift Syntax…] menu to choose a Swift version or use the Build Settings editor to configure the build setting directly.","score":22.355345},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10817-6582-8092","text":"\n} else {\nvar result = reply[\"result\"]\nprint(\"Got result (result)\")\n}\n})\n} catch {\nprint(\"Error (error)\")\n}\n\nBy default, the SDK returns only the activation ID and any result that is produced by the invoked action. To get metadata of the entire response object, which includes the HTTP response status code, use the following setting:\n\nwhisk.verboseReplies = true\n\n\n\n\n\n Configuring the mobile SDK \n\nYou can configure the SDK to work with different installations of Cloud Functions by using the baseURL parameter. For instance:\n\nwhisk.baseURL = \"http://localhost:8080\"\n\nIn this example, you use an installation that is running at http://localhost:8080. If you do not specify the baseURL, the mobile SDK uses the instance that is running at [https://us-south.functions.cloud.ibm.com](https://us-south.functions.cloud.ibm.com).\n\nYou can pass in a custom NSURLSession in case you require special network handling. For example, you might have your own Cloud Functions installation that uses self-signed certificates:\n\n// create a network delegate that trusts everything\nclass NetworkUtilsDelegate: NSObject, NSURLSessionDelegate {\nfunc URLSession(session: NSURLSession, didReceiveChallenge challenge: NSURLAuthenticationChallenge, completionHandler: (NSURLSessionAuthChallengeDisposition, NSURLCredential?) -> Void) {\ncompletionHandler(NSURLSessionAuthChallengeDisposition.UseCredential, NSURLCredential(forTrust: challenge.protectionSpace.serverTrust!))\n}\n}\n// create an NSURLSession that uses the trusting delegate","score":24.286194},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10817-2884-4620","text":"\nInstall mobile SDK from source code \n\n\n\n1. Download the [source code](https://github.com/apache/openwhisk-client-swift).\n2. Open the project by using the OpenWhisk.xcodeproj with Xcode. The project contains two schemes: \"OpenWhisk\" (targeted for iOS) and \"OpenWhiskWatch\" (targeted for watchOS 2).\n3. Build the project for the targets that you need and add the resulting frameworks to your app (usually in /Library/Developer/Xcode/DerivedData/your-app-name).\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Install the starter app example for mobile SDK \n\nYou can use the Cloud Functions CLI to download example code that embeds the Cloud Functions SDK framework.\n\nTo install the starter app example, enter the following command:\n\nibmcloud fn sdk install iOS\n\nThis command downloads a compressed file that contains the starter app. The project directory contains a Podfile.\n\nTo install the SDK, enter the following command:\n\npod install\n\n\n\n\n\n Getting started with mobile SDK \n\nTo get up and running quickly, create a WhiskCredentials object with your Cloud Functions API credentials and create a Cloud Functions instance from the object.\n\nFor example, use the following example code to create a credentials object:\n\nlet credentialsConfiguration = WhiskCredentials(accessKey: \"myKey\", accessToken: \"myToken\")\nlet whisk = Whisk(credentials: credentialsConfiguration!)\n\nIn previous example, you pass in the myKey and myToken that you get from Cloud Functions. You can retrieve the key and token with the following CLI command:\n\nibmcloud fn property get --auth\n\nExample output\n\nwhisk auth kkkkkkkk-kkkk-kkkk-kkkk-kkkkkkkkkkkk:tttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttt\n\nThe string before the colon is your key, and the string after the colon is your token.","score":20.543694},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10852-45155-46272","text":"\n* [Configuring the mobile SDK](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_mobile_sdkconfigure-mobile-sdk)\n\n\n\n* [Support for qualified names with mobile SDK](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_mobile_sdkqualified-names-mobile-sdk)\n* [Invoking actions with mobile SDK from WhiskButton](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_mobile_sdkinvoke-mobile-sdk-actions-whiskbutton)\n\n\n\n\n\n[Object Storage](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_obstoragepkg_obstorage)\n\n\n\n* [Packages for Object Storage](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_obstorageobstorage_packages)\n* [Setting up the IBM Cloud Object Storage trigger](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_obstoragepkg_obstorage_ev)\n\n\n\n* [Prerequisites for working with the IBM Cloud Object Storage trigger](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_obstoragecos_changes_pre)\n* [1. Assigning the Notifications Manager role to your Cloud Functions namespace](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_obstoragepkg_obstorage_auth)\n* [2.","score":18.344112}],"8a19ee37ca7d97eaddbe2e19ca600556<::>1":[{"document_id":"41168a49b304126a-13272-15299","text":"Approaches to Composting | US EPA\nWindrows are the most common method of composting in the United States. Windrows can be turned periodically or have perforated pipes underneath them to allow air flow. Small to large volumes and a wide variety of materials can be composted using this method, which makes it adaptable to many scales and sites for composting. Windrow composting often requires equipment such as front-end loaders, excavators, or windrow turners.\nIn-Vessel\nIn-vessel composting can process a variety of organic materials without taking up much space. This method involves feeding materials into a vessel, such as a drum, silo, concrete-lined trench, or similar enclosed equipment. The materials are then mechanically turned or mixed in the vessel with bulking agents like wood chips to ensure aeration. Vessels, also known as bioreactors, vary in size and capacity. A similar composting method that takes place in an enclosed area is an agitated bay system where mixing and aerating equipment moves compost along walled bays or beds as it decomposes and stabilizes.\nWorm Composting (Vermicomposting)\n\n Resources\n \n\nCheck out EPA’s Home Composting page as well as vermicomposting resources from North Carolina State University Cooperative Extension.\n\nWorm composting, or vermicomposting, relies on earthworms and microorganisms to break down organic materials into vermicompost, or worm castings, a high-quality soil amendment. A vermicomposting system can be indoors or outdoors in the shade and sized to match the volume of food scraps put into the system. Vermicomposting can used by households, schools, farms, institutions, and businesses. A properly maintained vermicomposting system does not produce odors or attract pests.\nIt is essential to use a suitable worm species, such as red wrigglers (Eisenia fetida). Worms are kept in a closed bin or system that should be shielded from light and rain, with sufficient air flow, and a way to drain excess liquid. The ideal temperature for a vermicomposting system is 55 to 80 degrees Fahrenheit.","title":"Approaches to Composting | US EPA","score":12.81326},{"document_id":"41168a49b304126a-14897-16951","text":"Approaches to Composting | US EPA\nA properly maintained vermicomposting system does not produce odors or attract pests.\nIt is essential to use a suitable worm species, such as red wrigglers (Eisenia fetida). Worms are kept in a closed bin or system that should be shielded from light and rain, with sufficient air flow, and a way to drain excess liquid. The ideal temperature for a vermicomposting system is 55 to 80 degrees Fahrenheit. Earthworms survive at 32 to 95 degrees Fahrenheit with at least four inches of bedding and insulation around the bin during colder months.\nComposting Biosolids\nBiosolids are a product of the wastewater treatment process. At the end of the process, liquids are separated from solids. The wastewater solids are then treated physically, biologically, or chemically to reduce pathogens, stabilize organic compounds, and reduce the volume of material. Composting is a highly effective treatment to stabilize and prepare biosolids for use as a soil amendment or mulch in landscaping, horticulture, agriculture, and land remediation. Biosolids management and use is determined by the federal regulation Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations Part 503. Individual states may have more stringent requirements and additional biosolids regulations. More information can be found on EPA’s Biosolids website.\nAdditional Resources\nMore resources are available on other EPA composting webpages:\nComposting at Home.\nCommunity Composting.\nComposting Homepage.\n\n \nMention of or referral to commercial products or services or links to non-EPA sites does not imply official EPA endorsement of or responsibility for the opinions, ideas, data, or products presented at those locations or guarantee the validity of the information provided. Mention of commercial products/services on non-EPA websites is provided solely as a pointer to information on topics related to environmental protection that may be useful to EPA staff and the public.\n\nVisit the webpages below for more composting information:\nThe Composting Handbook (Compost Research and Education Foundation).","title":"Approaches to Composting | US EPA","score":15.260868},{"document_id":"41168a49b304126a-11461-13699","text":"Approaches to Composting | US EPA\nThese piles rely on passive aeration rather than active aeration to maintain optimal temperature and oxygen levels. Passive aeration is caused by warm air heated by microbial activity rising to the top of the pile as cool air is drawn in through the sides and bottom of the pile to replace it, known as the “chimney effect.” When mixing organic materials in the pile, it is important to ensure there is enough free air space throughout the pile to support aeration. Adding bulking agents such as wood chips creates a less dense pile for oxygen to flow. Also, turning the pile occasionally is recommended to encourage even decomposition. This method usually does not get the pile hot enough to break down materials such as meat, bones, and dairy products.\n\nBins to contain compost can be constructed from materials such as wire, wood, and cinder blocks; enclosed barrels or tumblers for small volumes are also available for purchase. Three-bin systems are a common model, with each bin containing compost at a different stage of the process, from freshly added organic materials to finished compost.\nStatic Pile with Active Aeration\nActively aerated static piles use blower systems to move air through the pile. “Positive” aeration is when air is blown through pipes beneath or inside the pile; “negative” aeration draws air down through the pile. Air blower systems can be activated by a timer or a temperature sensor and piles may be covered to help control the pile temperature and moisture level. This method of composting speeds up the composting process by carefully controlling the pile conditions and works with large quantities and all types of materials.\nWindrow\nWindrow composting consists of forming long, narrow rows or “windrows” roughly twice as wide as they are high and as long as space allows. Windrows are the most common method of composting in the United States. Windrows can be turned periodically or have perforated pipes underneath them to allow air flow. Small to large volumes and a wide variety of materials can be composted using this method, which makes it adaptable to many scales and sites for composting. Windrow composting often requires equipment such as front-end loaders, excavators, or windrow turners.","title":"Approaches to Composting | US EPA","score":12.648729},{"document_id":"d0cad7a60e0694bc-2-1676","text":"Backyard Composting | Madison County, NY\nBackyard Composting | Madison County, NY\n\n \n\nSkip to Main Content\n\n \n\nSearch\n\n \n \n \n\nPrograms & ServicesFacilitiesSystem OverviewResourcesContact Us\n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \nHomeDepartmentsDepartments M-ZSolid WasteResourcesBackyard Composting\n\n\r\n\r\nBackyard Composting\t\n\nFour Easy Steps to Composting at HomeKindly put together by Julie Poplaski, Master Gardener Volunteer with CCE Madison\n\n \n \n \n\nStep 1: Pick Out A BinMake sure your bin is at least 3x3x3 feet in size.A sunny vs. shady spot will impact how fast your compost will dry out or hold water.A closed bin (like a tumbler) is the only way to ensure you will keep critters out. It will also keep out microbes which are needed to break down your waste. If you use a closed bin make sure to add a shovel full of soil from the ground.Keep your bin somewhere convenient to use and access. It can be helpful to have a hose within reach if weather is dry.Pallets make great open compost bins and free if you can get a hold of them. They should be stamped, look for ones that say HT for heat treated. If stamp says MB leave them be and keep looking.If you make your own closed bin with a vessel like a garbage can, you will need to drill holes to allow oxygen exchange.Step 2: Gather MaterialsA common way to describe materials that go in your compost is brown or greens. Browns are higher in carbon while greens have a higher nitrogen to carbon ratio.3 parts brown to 1 part green is optimal. This ratio does not have to be exact but will generally achieve the best results.Leave out feces from cats and dogs, invasive plants, weed seeds, oil, fats, plastics or non organic matter.Gather kitchen waste in a container by your sink.","title":"Backyard Composting | Madison County, NY","score":16.870033},{"document_id":"d0cad7a60e0694bc-1046-3115","text":"Backyard Composting | Madison County, NY\nIf stamp says MB leave them be and keep looking.If you make your own closed bin with a vessel like a garbage can, you will need to drill holes to allow oxygen exchange.Step 2: Gather MaterialsA common way to describe materials that go in your compost is brown or greens. Browns are higher in carbon while greens have a higher nitrogen to carbon ratio.3 parts brown to 1 part green is optimal. This ratio does not have to be exact but will generally achieve the best results.Leave out feces from cats and dogs, invasive plants, weed seeds, oil, fats, plastics or non organic matter.Gather kitchen waste in a container by your sink. If you can not have the bowl inside a cabinet get a container with a lid to help minimize fruit flies and pests.BrownsGreensLeavesVegetable ScrapsStrawCoffee GroundsWood ChipsAlfalfaSawdustGrass ClippingsNewspaperManure *herbivores onlyCardboardGarden Waste Step 3: MaintainIf you have a open bin, layer some small sticks and twigs at the bottom to help with air and drainage when starting.From here, you should layer your browns and greens. You can imagine you are making a bowl for your greens to lay in the middle and then add more browns on top.Because your greens are mostly made in the kitchen and will need to go out frequently it is handy to have a large pile of browns near your bin to add when greens are ready.Keep your compost at 40-60% water content. It should be the consistency of a wrung out sponge.Turning helps a pile break down faster and makes sure oxygen is present.Step 4: Harvest and More!You will know when your compost is done when it has a earthy smell and looks like rich dark soil.If you do not fully turn the pile, your finished compost will be at the bottom of the pile.If you are running out of browns; shredded newspaper, paper towel and toilet paper rolls make good brown additions.Other Resources:www.compost.css.cornell.eduwww.epa.gov/recycle/composting-homewww.dec.ny.gov/chemical/8799.html\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n\nAdditional Resources\n\nBackyard Composting\n\nForms\n\nRequest a Tour or Presentation\n\nIllegal Dumping","title":"Backyard Composting | Madison County, NY","score":14.214536}],"8a19ee37ca7d97eaddbe2e19ca600556<::>3":[{"document_id":"41168a49b304126a-3039-5240","text":"Approaches to Composting | US EPA\nA mismatched ratio of carbon to nitrogen may lead to odors, pests, or incomplete decomposition of materials in the pile.\nPile Structure\nThe size of particles in a compost pile and the size of the pile itself impact how oxygen, water and microorganisms move through the pile. Chopping, chipping, or shredding materials into smaller pieces before adding them to a compost pile increases the surface area on which microorganisms can feed. Smaller particles produce a more homogeneous compost mixture and improve pile insulation to help maintain optimum temperatures. Larger particles decrease the density of the compost, creating space for air and water to flow through the pile. A balanced distribution of large and small particle sizes supports optimal density and porosity. Finished compost is often screened to remove large particles or items that did not fully decompose and which can be added into the next round of composting.\nMoisture Content\nMicroorganisms living in a compost pile need enough moisture to survive. Water is the key element that helps transport substances within the compost pile and makes the nutrients in the organic material accessible to microbes. Feedstocks such as food scraps contain some moisture in varying amounts, but moisture may also come in the form of rainfall or intentional watering. It is important to prevent too much water from entering the system to avoid anaerobic or low or no oxygen conditions.\nOxygen Flow\nComposting is an aerobic process. Aerating the pile aids the decomposition process by providing oxygen that microorganisms need to breathe. Turning the pile, blowing air into the pile through pipes or vents, and adding bulking agents such as wood chips and dry leaves to the pile all help increase aeration.\nTemperature\nBeneficial microorganisms in a compost pile require a certain temperature range for optimal activity – 131 to 160 degrees Fahrenheit. Pile conditions within that range will promote rapid decomposition and destroy pathogens and weed seeds. Above that temperature range, beneficial microorganisms cannot survive. Below that range, decomposition will occur more slowly, and pathogens and weed seeds may remain in the final compost.","title":"Approaches to Composting | US EPA","score":13.127341},{"document_id":"41168a49b304126a-13272-15299","text":"Approaches to Composting | US EPA\nWindrows are the most common method of composting in the United States. Windrows can be turned periodically or have perforated pipes underneath them to allow air flow. Small to large volumes and a wide variety of materials can be composted using this method, which makes it adaptable to many scales and sites for composting. Windrow composting often requires equipment such as front-end loaders, excavators, or windrow turners.\nIn-Vessel\nIn-vessel composting can process a variety of organic materials without taking up much space. This method involves feeding materials into a vessel, such as a drum, silo, concrete-lined trench, or similar enclosed equipment. The materials are then mechanically turned or mixed in the vessel with bulking agents like wood chips to ensure aeration. Vessels, also known as bioreactors, vary in size and capacity. A similar composting method that takes place in an enclosed area is an agitated bay system where mixing and aerating equipment moves compost along walled bays or beds as it decomposes and stabilizes.\nWorm Composting (Vermicomposting)\n\n Resources\n \n\nCheck out EPA’s Home Composting page as well as vermicomposting resources from North Carolina State University Cooperative Extension.\n\nWorm composting, or vermicomposting, relies on earthworms and microorganisms to break down organic materials into vermicompost, or worm castings, a high-quality soil amendment. A vermicomposting system can be indoors or outdoors in the shade and sized to match the volume of food scraps put into the system. Vermicomposting can used by households, schools, farms, institutions, and businesses. A properly maintained vermicomposting system does not produce odors or attract pests.\nIt is essential to use a suitable worm species, such as red wrigglers (Eisenia fetida). Worms are kept in a closed bin or system that should be shielded from light and rain, with sufficient air flow, and a way to drain excess liquid. The ideal temperature for a vermicomposting system is 55 to 80 degrees Fahrenheit.","title":"Approaches to Composting | US EPA","score":18.106525},{"document_id":"41168a49b304126a-11461-13699","text":"Approaches to Composting | US EPA\nThese piles rely on passive aeration rather than active aeration to maintain optimal temperature and oxygen levels. Passive aeration is caused by warm air heated by microbial activity rising to the top of the pile as cool air is drawn in through the sides and bottom of the pile to replace it, known as the “chimney effect.” When mixing organic materials in the pile, it is important to ensure there is enough free air space throughout the pile to support aeration. Adding bulking agents such as wood chips creates a less dense pile for oxygen to flow. Also, turning the pile occasionally is recommended to encourage even decomposition. This method usually does not get the pile hot enough to break down materials such as meat, bones, and dairy products.\n\nBins to contain compost can be constructed from materials such as wire, wood, and cinder blocks; enclosed barrels or tumblers for small volumes are also available for purchase. Three-bin systems are a common model, with each bin containing compost at a different stage of the process, from freshly added organic materials to finished compost.\nStatic Pile with Active Aeration\nActively aerated static piles use blower systems to move air through the pile. “Positive” aeration is when air is blown through pipes beneath or inside the pile; “negative” aeration draws air down through the pile. Air blower systems can be activated by a timer or a temperature sensor and piles may be covered to help control the pile temperature and moisture level. This method of composting speeds up the composting process by carefully controlling the pile conditions and works with large quantities and all types of materials.\nWindrow\nWindrow composting consists of forming long, narrow rows or “windrows” roughly twice as wide as they are high and as long as space allows. Windrows are the most common method of composting in the United States. Windrows can be turned periodically or have perforated pipes underneath them to allow air flow. Small to large volumes and a wide variety of materials can be composted using this method, which makes it adaptable to many scales and sites for composting. Windrow composting often requires equipment such as front-end loaders, excavators, or windrow turners.","title":"Approaches to Composting | US EPA","score":12.52049},{"document_id":"41168a49b304126a-14897-16951","text":"Approaches to Composting | US EPA\nA properly maintained vermicomposting system does not produce odors or attract pests.\nIt is essential to use a suitable worm species, such as red wrigglers (Eisenia fetida). Worms are kept in a closed bin or system that should be shielded from light and rain, with sufficient air flow, and a way to drain excess liquid. The ideal temperature for a vermicomposting system is 55 to 80 degrees Fahrenheit. Earthworms survive at 32 to 95 degrees Fahrenheit with at least four inches of bedding and insulation around the bin during colder months.\nComposting Biosolids\nBiosolids are a product of the wastewater treatment process. At the end of the process, liquids are separated from solids. The wastewater solids are then treated physically, biologically, or chemically to reduce pathogens, stabilize organic compounds, and reduce the volume of material. Composting is a highly effective treatment to stabilize and prepare biosolids for use as a soil amendment or mulch in landscaping, horticulture, agriculture, and land remediation. Biosolids management and use is determined by the federal regulation Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations Part 503. Individual states may have more stringent requirements and additional biosolids regulations. More information can be found on EPA’s Biosolids website.\nAdditional Resources\nMore resources are available on other EPA composting webpages:\nComposting at Home.\nCommunity Composting.\nComposting Homepage.\n\n \nMention of or referral to commercial products or services or links to non-EPA sites does not imply official EPA endorsement of or responsibility for the opinions, ideas, data, or products presented at those locations or guarantee the validity of the information provided. Mention of commercial products/services on non-EPA websites is provided solely as a pointer to information on topics related to environmental protection that may be useful to EPA staff and the public.\n\nVisit the webpages below for more composting information:\nThe Composting Handbook (Compost Research and Education Foundation).","title":"Approaches to Composting | US EPA","score":17.156694},{"document_id":"41168a49b304126a-4632-6781","text":"Approaches to Composting | US EPA\nTurning the pile, blowing air into the pile through pipes or vents, and adding bulking agents such as wood chips and dry leaves to the pile all help increase aeration.\nTemperature\nBeneficial microorganisms in a compost pile require a certain temperature range for optimal activity – 131 to 160 degrees Fahrenheit. Pile conditions within that range will promote rapid decomposition and destroy pathogens and weed seeds. Above that temperature range, beneficial microorganisms cannot survive. Below that range, decomposition will occur more slowly, and pathogens and weed seeds may remain in the final compost. Pile temperatures must remain at 131 degrees Fahrenheit or above for several days to meet standards for reducing pathogens. The exact amount of time depends on the method of composting. Controlling the oxygen, moisture, pile structure, and nutrient balance helps achieve the optimal temperature range in a compost pile.\nModels of Composting\nComposting can take place at a range of scales and locations. Site and facility management can be public, private, or a combination. Materials arrive at composting sites through different collection programs.\nThe fundamentals of composting are the same no matter the size or scale of an operation. However, the volume of materials composted, the types of feedstock, and the composting methods and equipment used may differ. Composting operations that handle large volumes of materials and certain feedstocks - such as biosolids or manures - may have additional permitting or zoning requirements, depending on state and local regulations.\n\nBackyard/Home Composting\nBackyard/home composting occurs in residential settings – often in a backyard pile or a small, enclosed bin. Vermicomposting, or worm composting, is also an option for home composters. Home composting systems mostly handle food scraps (except for meat, bones, and dairy products) and yard trimmings. By composting at home, households reduce their trash going to the landfill or incinerator and use the compost they produce in their garden, yard, or house plants. To learn more, visit EPA’s Home Composting webpage.\nCommunity Composting","title":"Approaches to Composting | US EPA","score":20.059837}],"8a19ee37ca7d97eaddbe2e19ca600556<::>4":[{"document_id":"9ec848e20ce7df79-1650-3716","text":"Recycling | Auburn, CA\nMany local businesses and schools participate in recycling programs for cardboard, aluminum cans, glass and office paper.Mandatory Commercial Recycling Regulation - Effective July 1, 2012 (PDF)Placer Green Business Certification Program Now Offered (PDF)Mandatory Commercial Recycling in Auburn Pamphlet (PDF)For additional information please call either: City of Auburn at 530-823-4211, ext. 145 or Recology Auburn Placer at 530-885-3735.Businesses interested in participating in the Placer Green Business Certification Program are encouraged to call the Business Environmental Resource Center at 916-874-2100 or visit their website.Residential RecyclingThe City of Auburn and Recology Auburn Placer have implemented a residential recycling program called the \"Blue Bag Program.\" Through this program Recology Auburn Placer will deliver \"blue bags\" to City residents. The \"blue bags\" are then placed next to or into their garbage can on their designated pick up day.The following items can be placed in the blue bags:All paper, including:Copy paperEnvelopesJunk mailMagazinesNewspaperPaperPlastic containers - please remove the lidsGlass containers - please remove the lidsAluminum and Steel/Tin CansTo request blue bags please call Recology Auburn Placer at 530-885-3735.\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\nContact Us\n\nRecology Auburn Placer\n\nPhysical Address\n\n12305 Shale Ridge Road\nAuburn, CA 95603\n\nPhone: 530-885-3735\n\nDirectory\n\n \n \n \n\nQuick Links\n\nRecology Auburn Placer\n\nWestern Placer Waste Management Authority\n\nWaste Management for State Agencies\n\nCalifornia Department of Conservation\n\nPlacer Recycles (Formerly OneBigBin)\n\nView All\n\n/QuickLinks.aspx\n\n \n \n \n\nConstruction & Facility Maintenance\n\nEngineering\n\nRecycling\n\nSewer\n\nSolid & Hazardous Waste\n\nTransit Services\n\n \n\nNotify Me®\n\nReport a Concern\n\nBusiness Licenses\n\nAirport \n\nEmployment\n\nMeetings & Agendas\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\nConnect With Us\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n \n \n\n \n\nFacebook\nTwitter\nPinterest\nDelicious\nBlogger\nLinkedIn\n\n \n \n\nHome\nMy Account\nPrinter Friendly\nEmail Page\nContact Us\nRSS\nSite Map\nTranslate Page\nNotifications\nDocuments","title":"Recycling | Auburn, CA","score":9.004936},{"document_id":"9060ac11354f286a-2-1937","text":"FAQs | Madison County, NY\nFAQs | Madison County, NY\n\n \n\nSkip to Main Content\n\n \n\nSearch\n\n \n \n \n\nPrograms & ServicesFacilitiesSystem OverviewResourcesContact Us\n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \nHomeDepartmentsDepartments M-ZSolid WasteResourcesFrequently Asked Questions\n\n\r\n\r\nFAQs\t\n\nShould I bag my recyclables? No, recyclables should be kept loose in curbside bins and at the transfer station containers. Paper/cardboard must be kept in a separate recycling bin from plastic/metal/glass containers. Where can I get a new recycling bin? Residents of Madison County can pick up new recycling bins at their local transfer station, when they are open. Recycling bins are FREE, while supplies last.Will the rain affect my recycling? It is okay if your recyclables get wet from the rain. To help keep recyclables dry and to keep recyclables from blowing out of the container, we recommend placing your heavier plastic/metal/glass recycling bin on top of your paper/cardboard recycling bin to weigh everything down and keep the paper dry.Do I need to tarp my waste materials when I drop it off at the Transfer Station or Landfill?Yes! All waste materials including recyclables, trash, and construction/demolition debris should be tarped and tied down in a truck bed. Unsecure items, even if they are bagged, can fall out of the truck bed and create unsafe roads along with litter. Make sure to secure your garbage to help keep Madison County roads safe and clean.Why do I need a punch card and where can I get one?Residents that drop off garbage and other bulky items at our transfer stations need to buy a punch card before visiting. Punch cards are sold at the landfill scale house, village and town clerk offices, and other local businesses across the county. Punch cards are not sold at transfer stations. View a list of local businesses that sell our punch cards.  Can I recycle plastic items that have a #1-7 on them?Unfortunately, not all plastics can be recycled in our program.","title":"FAQs | Madison County, NY","score":25.138666},{"document_id":"fe8c82cdf4a51f27-10667-12565","text":"\r\n\tFAQs - City of Piedmont\r\n\nBut if this is a one-time or occasional occurrence, your bagged recycling overage can be set out within 3 feet of the curb. However, notice is required!\n\nQ. Where can I sell my California Redemption (CRV) containers?\n\nA. Berkeley Recycling located at 669 Gilman Street in Berkeley pays for certain recyclables at their Buyback. To learn which materials will be purchased and current pricing, visit berkeleyrecycling.org.\n\nQ. What is considered Electronic Waste(e-waste)?\n\nA. TVs, computer monitors, computers, keyboards, cables, small accessories, inkjet printers/scanners/fax machines, laser printers, desktop copiers, stereos, audio/video equipment, video games, laptops, cellular/cordless phones and answering machines, power supplies. Click here to view E-Waste details.\n\nQ. Can e-waste be collected at the curb?\n\nA. Yes, to schedule a Curbside E-Waste On-Call Clean-up, call Republic Services at 800-320-8077\n\nQ. What do I do with batteries and cell phones?\n\nA. DO NOT place any batteries or cell phones in any of your wheeled carts. You can properly dispose and recycle household batteries and cell phones in one of three ways:\n\nYou can place your household batteries and cell phones in a sealed plastic bag on top of the Blue Recycling cart on your regular service day.\nYou can bring your household batteries to the Piedmont Fire Station for recycling.\nBatteries, both household and automobile, can be taken to an Alameda County Household Hazardous Waste Facility . Call (800) 606-6606 for more information. \n\nQ. How do I recycle paint?\n\nA. Latex and oil-based paint needs to be taken to an Alameda County Household Hazardous Waste Facility. Call (800) 606-6606 or visit http://www.StopWaste.org/recycling/residents/household-hazardous-waste/paints.\n\nQ. What do I do with syringes and hypodermic needles?\n\nA. They cannot be recycled or thrown in the garbage and must be disposed of properly.","title":"\r\n\tFAQs - City of Piedmont\r\n","score":8.686219},{"document_id":"c9dcfd3554fa61ae-7759-9721","text":"FAQs • Do you take credit cards?\nThe individual will dump all of the pills into one zip lock bag and recycle the bottles at home. Any medication that is not in pill form leave in its original container, scratch off the patient's name and prescription number and place the container(s) in a second, separate zip lock bag. Place the plastic bags in the green receptacle located in the Police Department lobby. \n\n19.\nNoise: What hours can construction / repair work be done?\n\nExcept as otherwise provided in this section it is unlawful for a person to do any of the following acts:Create noise on a street, sidewalk or public place adjacent to a school or church while in use or to a hospital if the noise unreasonably interferes with the working of the institution or the peace or quiet of a hospital patientInstall, use or operate a loudspeaker or sound-amplifying equipment in a fixed or movable position or mounted on a sound truck for the purpose of transmitting sound to a person in or on a street, sidewalk, park or public property without a permitOperate machinery, equipment, or a pump, fan, air-conditioner, spa or pool equipment, power tool, lawn mower or leaf blower or engine in a manner which causes excessive noise to nearby residents between the hours of 10 p.m. and 8 a.m.Operate or perform construction or repair work (which creates noise) within or adjacent to a residential land use district except during the following hours:Monday through Friday: 7:30 a.m. to 7 p.m.Saturdays, Sundays and holidays: 9 a.m. to 7 p.m.Operate or play a radio, television set, stereo, phonograph, receiving set, tape or compact disk player, jukebox, musical instrument or similar device between 10 p.m. and 8 a.m. in such a manner as to be plainly audible at a distance of fifty (50 feet) feet from the building, structure or vehicle from which it is located or a distance of fifty (50 feet) feet from the device if outside \n\n20.\nDoes the Danville Police Department issue background check letters?","title":"FAQs • Do you take credit cards?","score":10.2420225},{"document_id":"98725809e2754974-77-2147","text":"Recycling | Madison County, NY\nPrograms & ServicesFacilitiesSystem OverviewResourcesContact Us\n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \nHomeDepartmentsDepartments M-ZSolid WastePrograms & ServicesRecycling\n\n\r\n\r\nRecycling\t\n\nMadison County uses a two-bin recycling system where paper products are placed into one bin and plastic/metal/glass containers are placed into another. Do NOT put recyclables in a plastic bag. Keep recyclables loose in the recycling bins. All recyclables must be empty, clean & dry.Recycling bins are available for Madison County residents at our 4 transfer stations, when they are open.Paper Bin:Accepted Items in Your 'Paper' Recycling Bin: Newspaper & InsertsMagazines & CatalogsNon-Metallic Greeting Cards/Wrapping PaperCereal Boxes & Dry Food BoxesProduct BoxesCardboard (flattened)Telephone BooksPaper BagsGift BoxesPaper Towel & Toilet Paper TubesPaper, Mail & EnvelopesShredded Paper (put in paper bags)Take-Out Pizza Boxes (grease is okay)Other BoxboardNot Accepted in Your 'Paper' Recycling Bin: Frozen, Refrigerated or Microwave Product BoxesSoda & Beer Cartons/CarriersWax-Coated Corrugated BoxesFolders or Spiral Books with Metal PartsAnything Containing Foil, Metal or PlasticPaper CupsMilk or Juice CartonsCarbon or Wax PaperPaper Egg CartonsTissue PaperContainers Bin:Accepted in Your 'Containers' Recycling Bin: Plastic Bottles & Jugs with a neck such as:Plastic Milk and Water JugsSoap and Detergent BottlesWater BottlesDeposit BottlesPlastic Yogurt & Dairy TubsGlass Bottles & JarsAluminum CansAluminum FoilAluminum Plates or TraysMetal Food Containers & Metal LidsEmpty Aerosol CansNot Accepted in Your 'Containers' Recycling Bin: Plastic Clamshell ContainersPlastic Bags and other FilmsPlastic Toys, Buckets or PailsPartially or Full ContainersCeramic or Crystal housewarePlastic Take-Out ContainersPlastic Cups, Straws & LidsBottles that contained hazardous productsPots and PansLight BulbsBlack PlasticAny other Plastics Scrap Metal ItemsWindow or Auto GlassMirrorsCan I recycle plastic items that have a #1-7 on them?Unfortunately, not all plastics can be recycled in our program.","title":"Recycling | Madison County, NY","score":20.204544}],"8a19ee37ca7d97eaddbe2e19ca600556<::>5":[{"document_id":"48bba2114bb2383e-4897-7329","text":"\r\n\tOrdinances and Regulations - City of Piedmont\r\n\nRequirements to collect food scraps and compostable paper separately from garbage is effective January 1, 2018 for businesses, institutions, and multi-family properties.\nAll recyclable covered materials: cardboard, newspaper, white paper, mixed recyclable paper, recyclable glass food and beverage containers, metal (aluminum and steel) food and beverage containers, PET (#1) and HDPE (#2) plastic\nPLANT DEBRIS LANDFILL BAN ORDINANCE\n This ordinance applies to certain businesses and institutions and requires plant debris be separated and composted. Alameda County law prohibits disposal of plant debris in county landfills. Plant Debris Landfill Ban Ordinance requires landscape professionals, residents and businesses to separate all plant debris from garbage. Those subscribing to 4 or more cubic yards of weekly on-site garbage service must place plant debris in the designated “organics” bin, and those who haul to their local facility must deposit plant debris in the disposal facility’s designated “clean green” area. Plant debris includes grass, leaves, shrubbery, vines and tree branches.\n This law applies to any person or organization generating significant amounts of plant debris that hauls the material to Alameda County disposal facilities or places the material in bins for collection, including:\n\nCommercial and institutional (e.g. colleges, hospitals, park districts, golf courses) customers subscribing to 4 or more cubic yards of weekly solid waste collection service.\nLandscapers and gardeners\nMunicipalities\n\nThe Plant Debris Landfill Ban Ordinance covers all cities\nand unincorporated areas in Alameda County.\nCity of Piedmont Construction and Demolition Debris Recycling FAQ \nMore information on Piedmont Construction and Demolition Debris Recycling here. \n Projects required by the California Green Building Standards (all newly constructed residential buildings and projects increasing the building's conditioned area, volume, or size) having a building permit valuation greater than or equal to $50,000 are required to divert at least 65% of the debris generated by the project from going to a landfill. This includes all construction, demolition and/or renovation projects within the City. Although not required, the City encourages projects with a valuation of less than $50,000 to recycle at least 65% of the debris generated.\n Q: Are there any additional City fees associated with these requirements?","title":"\r\n\tOrdinances and Regulations - City of Piedmont\r\n","score":12.250097},{"document_id":"98725809e2754974-482-2554","text":"Recycling | Madison County, NY\nAll recyclables must be empty, clean & dry.Recycling bins are available for Madison County residents at our 4 transfer stations, when they are open.Paper Bin:Accepted Items in Your 'Paper' Recycling Bin: Newspaper & InsertsMagazines & CatalogsNon-Metallic Greeting Cards/Wrapping PaperCereal Boxes & Dry Food BoxesProduct BoxesCardboard (flattened)Telephone BooksPaper BagsGift BoxesPaper Towel & Toilet Paper TubesPaper, Mail & EnvelopesShredded Paper (put in paper bags)Take-Out Pizza Boxes (grease is okay)Other BoxboardNot Accepted in Your 'Paper' Recycling Bin: Frozen, Refrigerated or Microwave Product BoxesSoda & Beer Cartons/CarriersWax-Coated Corrugated BoxesFolders or Spiral Books with Metal PartsAnything Containing Foil, Metal or PlasticPaper CupsMilk or Juice CartonsCarbon or Wax PaperPaper Egg CartonsTissue PaperContainers Bin:Accepted in Your 'Containers' Recycling Bin: Plastic Bottles & Jugs with a neck such as:Plastic Milk and Water JugsSoap and Detergent BottlesWater BottlesDeposit BottlesPlastic Yogurt & Dairy TubsGlass Bottles & JarsAluminum CansAluminum FoilAluminum Plates or TraysMetal Food Containers & Metal LidsEmpty Aerosol CansNot Accepted in Your 'Containers' Recycling Bin: Plastic Clamshell ContainersPlastic Bags and other FilmsPlastic Toys, Buckets or PailsPartially or Full ContainersCeramic or Crystal housewarePlastic Take-Out ContainersPlastic Cups, Straws & LidsBottles that contained hazardous productsPots and PansLight BulbsBlack PlasticAny other Plastics Scrap Metal ItemsWindow or Auto GlassMirrorsCan I recycle plastic items that have a #1-7 on them?Unfortunately, not all plastics can be recycled in our program. In an effort to educate the public on what plastics can and cannot be recycled, we have moved our messaging away from using the #1-7 symbols. These numbers reflect the type of plastic used to make a product and does not mean that an item can be recycled. Instead, our messaging focuses on the shape of the material such as plastic bottles/jugs that have a \"neck\" or taper at the top and plastic dairy tubs.","title":"Recycling | Madison County, NY","score":19.156698},{"document_id":"b7db2ba287736762-1518-3660","text":"Holiday Recycling 101 | Madison County, NY\nYou can also add a unique and personal touch by using newspaper or brown craft paper and draw your own designs!Avoid wrapping paper and gift bags with metallic, foil or glittery elements as these cannot be recycled. \n\n \n \n \n\nReuse Your Paper Bags for Gift Wrap: Did you run out of wrapping paper or wanted to try something new? Try reusing your paper grocery bags! You can even decorate them with markers, stamps or bows to add a unique and personal touch. Once the gifts are opened, you can put the paper bags in your recycling bin and save the bows/ribbon for next year.\n\n \n \n\n \n \n \n \n\n \n \n \n\nRecycling Old Electronics: As you switch out your old TV for a new one, don't forget to recycle your old electronics at LOJO Technology in Oneida.This is a FREE program for Madison County residents. Bring your accepted electronics to 634 Birchwood Drive in Oneida, Monday through Friday from 8 AM to 3 PM. Business waste will NOT be accepted.For more information and to see a list of accepted items, visit: www.madisoncounty.ny.gov/2389/Electronic-Waste\n\n \n \n \n\n \n \n \n\nChristmas Tree & Wreath Composting: When the time comes to take down the tree, don't forget that you can compost it through our yard waste program for free. Remove all lights and ornaments before dropping off your tree to one of our 4 transfer stations. OR, look into local organizations or farms who may use the trees for their animals!\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\nNext\nPrevious\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n\nHoliday Recycling 101\n\n \n\n \n\nContact Us\n\nRecycle & Dispose\n\nCOUNTY HOME\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\nRecycling Guides\n\nHousehold Hazardous Waste\n\n \n \n\nFAQ\n\nFORMS\n\nLocation& Hours\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n \n\nContact Us\n\nMadison County NY138 N Court StreetWampsville, NY 13163Hours: Monday-Friday 8 a.m. - 4 p.m.\n \n\n \n \n\n \n \n\nSocial Media\n\nFacebook\n\nYouTube\n\n \n \n\n \n \n\nPopular Resources\n\nCounty Campus Map\n\nResource Directory\n\nFEMA - Plan & Prepare Ways to Protect Your Family & Property\n\nOnline Citizen Preparedness Training\n\nReady - Prepare, Plan, Stay Informed\n\n/QuickLinks.aspx\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\nHome\n\nSite Map\n\nContact Us\n\nAccessibility\n\nCopyright Notices\n\nDirections to County Offices\n\nPrivacy Policy\n\nEmployee Portal","title":"Holiday Recycling 101 | Madison County, NY","score":12.511618},{"document_id":"98725809e2754974-77-2147","text":"Recycling | Madison County, NY\nPrograms & ServicesFacilitiesSystem OverviewResourcesContact Us\n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \nHomeDepartmentsDepartments M-ZSolid WastePrograms & ServicesRecycling\n\n\r\n\r\nRecycling\t\n\nMadison County uses a two-bin recycling system where paper products are placed into one bin and plastic/metal/glass containers are placed into another. Do NOT put recyclables in a plastic bag. Keep recyclables loose in the recycling bins. All recyclables must be empty, clean & dry.Recycling bins are available for Madison County residents at our 4 transfer stations, when they are open.Paper Bin:Accepted Items in Your 'Paper' Recycling Bin: Newspaper & InsertsMagazines & CatalogsNon-Metallic Greeting Cards/Wrapping PaperCereal Boxes & Dry Food BoxesProduct BoxesCardboard (flattened)Telephone BooksPaper BagsGift BoxesPaper Towel & Toilet Paper TubesPaper, Mail & EnvelopesShredded Paper (put in paper bags)Take-Out Pizza Boxes (grease is okay)Other BoxboardNot Accepted in Your 'Paper' Recycling Bin: Frozen, Refrigerated or Microwave Product BoxesSoda & Beer Cartons/CarriersWax-Coated Corrugated BoxesFolders or Spiral Books with Metal PartsAnything Containing Foil, Metal or PlasticPaper CupsMilk or Juice CartonsCarbon or Wax PaperPaper Egg CartonsTissue PaperContainers Bin:Accepted in Your 'Containers' Recycling Bin: Plastic Bottles & Jugs with a neck such as:Plastic Milk and Water JugsSoap and Detergent BottlesWater BottlesDeposit BottlesPlastic Yogurt & Dairy TubsGlass Bottles & JarsAluminum CansAluminum FoilAluminum Plates or TraysMetal Food Containers & Metal LidsEmpty Aerosol CansNot Accepted in Your 'Containers' Recycling Bin: Plastic Clamshell ContainersPlastic Bags and other FilmsPlastic Toys, Buckets or PailsPartially or Full ContainersCeramic or Crystal housewarePlastic Take-Out ContainersPlastic Cups, Straws & LidsBottles that contained hazardous productsPots and PansLight BulbsBlack PlasticAny other Plastics Scrap Metal ItemsWindow or Auto GlassMirrorsCan I recycle plastic items that have a #1-7 on them?Unfortunately, not all plastics can be recycled in our program.","title":"Recycling | Madison County, NY","score":20.204544},{"document_id":"b7db2ba287736762-2-2090","text":"Holiday Recycling 101 | Madison County, NY\nHoliday Recycling 101 | Madison County, NY\n\n \n\nSkip to Main Content\n\n \n\nSearch\n\n \n \n \n\nPrograms & ServicesFacilitiesSystem OverviewResourcesContact Us\n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \nHomeDepartmentsDepartments M-ZSolid WastePrograms & ServicesRecyclingHoliday Recycling 101\n\n\r\n\r\nHoliday Recycling 101\t\n\n \n \n \n \n\nThe Dept. of Solid Waste has a few tips and tricks to help you rethink waste this holiday season!\n\n \n \n \n\nOnline Shopping & Packaging: As the holiday shopping season continues, many of us will be turning to online shopping to find what we need. You can recycle right by folding cardboard boxes and removing any non-paper contaminants such as loose tape or plastic packaging before placing your cardboard boxes in the recycling bin. Do NOT include foam, bubble wrap or shipping envelopes in your recycling bin. However, there are special drop-off recycling programs for some of these materials. Plastic film such as bubble wrap, air pillows and plastic shipping envelopes can go back to retail stores as part of their plastic film recycling program. For more information on plastic film recycling or to find a drop-off location, visit https://how2recycle.info/sdo\n\n \n \n\n \n \n \n \n\n \n \n \n\nOpt for Recyclable Wrapping Paper When Wrapping Gifts: When it comes to gift wrapping, try opting for low-waste or recyclable wrapping paper! Reusing gift bags/ boxes and buying non-metallic wrapping paper or brown craft paper can reduce waste this holiday season. Don't forget to reuse ribbon and bows to add some extra holiday flare. You can also add a unique and personal touch by using newspaper or brown craft paper and draw your own designs!Avoid wrapping paper and gift bags with metallic, foil or glittery elements as these cannot be recycled. \n\n \n \n \n\nReuse Your Paper Bags for Gift Wrap: Did you run out of wrapping paper or wanted to try something new? Try reusing your paper grocery bags! You can even decorate them with markers, stamps or bows to add a unique and personal touch. Once the gifts are opened, you can put the paper bags in your recycling bin and save the bows/ribbon for next year.","title":"Holiday Recycling 101 | Madison County, NY","score":13.10123}],"8a19ee37ca7d97eaddbe2e19ca600556<::>6":[{"document_id":"62964e3a38783558-6000-7852","text":"FAQs • Monterey Park, CA • CivicEngage\nGarbage can, solid waste container, solid waste, junk, bulky items,  placed or maintained so as to be visible from neighboring properties or the public right-of-way, except for those times scheduled for collection, in accordance with this code;Trash enclosures must be maintained in a closed manner at all times to prohibit visibility of trash container from public rights-of-way or adjacent property.6.08.060 Containers for residential collection.    (a)    To protect public health, safety, and well-being against the growth and spread of vectors, it is the duty of every person in possession, charge, or control of any residential property within the city, in or from which refuse accumulates or is produced, to keep in a suitable place and utilize the containers provided by the servicer. No other containers shall be used;    (b)    If the capacity of the containers provided by the servicer is insufficient for the quantity of all refuse, recyclables and/or yard waste generated at the premises between pickups, then the residential service customer shall subscribe to such additional service as determined and required by the servicer to protect the public health, safety, and well-being against the growth and spread of vectors from such refuse, recyclables and/or yard waste;    (c)    All refuse and recyclables to be collected shall be placed in the containers provided by servicer, as follows:    (1)    Curbside Service;    (A)   Refuse and recyclables (not including yard waste) shall be placed in the black container(s);    (B)   Yard waste shall be placed in the green container(s);    (C)   No such container may be placed for pickup if its contents exceed three hundred pounds;    (2)    Bin Service. The occupant shall place refuse and recyclables in the bin(s) provided by the servicer;    (3)    Construction and demolition debris.","title":"FAQs • Monterey Park, CA • CivicEngage","score":14.956075},{"document_id":"97a1e0156fea0a8a-0-2188","text":"Yard Waste | Madison County, NY\n\n\nYard Waste | Madison County, NY\n\n \n\nSkip to Main Content\n\n \n\nSearch\n\n \n \n \n\nPrograms & ServicesFacilitiesSystem OverviewResourcesContact Us\n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \nHomeDepartmentsDepartments M-ZSolid WastePrograms & ServicesSpecial ProgramsYard Waste\n\n\r\n\r\nYard Waste\t\n\nAs of January 1, 2020, there is a charge for commercial yard waste drop-off. All commercial yard waste must go to 6641 Buyea Road, Canastota and go over the scales before unloading.Residential Yard Waste No Charge for items up to 6 inches in diameter and no longer than 10 feet in length. Bring to any of the 4 transfer stations and see an attendant before unloading.Commercial Yard Waste, Buyea Road ONLY $25.00 per ton, must go over the scales before unloading.Stumps and Oversized Tree Limbs, Buyea Road ONLY$35.00 per ton, must go over the scales before unloading. Accepted Materials:Grass clippingsLeavesWeedsWood Chips/MulchBrush and Branches (up to 6 inches in diameter and no longer than 10 feet in length)NOT Accepted:Any contaminated productTreated Wood, Construction Debris, Plastic, Dirt, Trash, Concrete, Stone or MetalCoal AshesPlastic BagsWhen available, wood chips and compost are FREE to Madison County Residents. NOT for Commercial Business.\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n\nAgricultural Plastics\n\nBulbs, Batteries & Ink Cartridges\n\nExpanded Polystyrene\n\nScrap Metal\n\nTextiles\n\nThermostats\n\nYard Waste\n\n \n\n \n\nContact Us\n\nRecycle & Dispose\n\nCOUNTY HOME\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\nRecycling Guides\n\nHousehold Hazardous Waste\n\n \n \n\nFAQ\n\nFORMS\n\nLocation& Hours\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n  \n \n\n  \n \n\nContact Us\n\nMadison County NY138 N Court StreetWampsville, NY 13163Hours: Monday-Friday 8 a.m. - 4 p.m.\n \n\n  \n \n\n  \n \n\nSocial Media\n\nFacebook\n\nYouTube\n\n \n \n\n  \n \n\nPopular Resources\n\nCounty Campus Map\n\nResource Directory\n\nFEMA - Plan & Prepare Ways to Protect Your Family & Property\n\nOnline Citizen Preparedness Training\n\nReady - Prepare, Plan, Stay Informed\n\n/QuickLinks.aspx\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\nHome\n\nSite Map\n\nContact Us\n\nAccessibility\n\nCopyright Notices\n\nDirections to County Offices\n\nPrivacy Policy\n\nEmployee Portal\n\n/QuickLinks.aspx\n\n \n \n \n\nLoading\n\n\r\n\tLoading\r\n\t\n\nDo Not Show Again\nClose\n\nArrow Left\n\nArrow Right\n\n[]\n\nSlideshow Left Arrow\n\nSlideshow Right Arrow\n\n","title":"Yard Waste | Madison County, NY","score":21.399445},{"document_id":"9f6f101741b4f16b-6778-8992","text":"FAQs • Code Enforcement\nNo other containers shall be used;    (b)    If the capacity of the containers provided by the servicer is insufficient for the quantity of all refuse, recyclables and/or yard waste generated at the premises between pickups, then the residential service customer shall subscribe to such additional service as determined and required by the servicer to protect the public health, safety, and well-being against the growth and spread of vectors from such refuse, recyclables and/or yard waste;    (c)    All refuse and recyclables to be collected shall be placed in the containers provided by servicer, as follows:    (1)    Curbside Service;    (A)   Refuse and recyclables (not including yard waste) shall be placed in the black container(s);    (B)   Yard waste shall be placed in the green container(s);    (C)   No such container may be placed for pickup if its contents exceed three hundred pounds;    (2)    Bin Service. The occupant shall place refuse and recyclables in the bin(s) provided by the servicer;    (3)    Construction and demolition debris. Except for disposal by a self hauler pursuant to Section 6.08.280, construction and demolition debris shall be placed in the debris box(es) provided by the servicer and/or the black container(s) for refuse and recyclables provided by the servicer (the black containers are subject to the three hundred pound weight limit);    (d)    To minimize interference with the public rights-of-way, no person shall place a container or bulky item on a parkway for collection service earlier than twenty-four hours prior to the normal collection date as specified by the director of public works. To minimize interference with public rights-of-way, any containers not collected from or any bulky items not removed shall be removed from the public right-of-way location by midnight of the scheduled day of collection;    (e)    Unless otherwise directed by the servicer, containers shall be placed for collection on the street with the wheels of each against the curb and at least one foot distance between each container. In instances where no curb exists, containers shall be placed as close to the edge of the street as practicable with the wheels toward the lot.","title":"FAQs • Code Enforcement","score":15.4508705},{"document_id":"40f771df171f5692-2-1964","text":"Additional Resources | Madison County, NY\nAdditional Resources | Madison County, NY\n\n \n\nSkip to Main Content\n\n \n\nSearch\n\n \n \n \n\nPrograms & ServicesFacilitiesSystem OverviewResourcesContact Us\n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \nHomeDepartmentsDepartments M-ZSolid WasteResourcesAdditional Resources\n\n\r\n\r\nAdditional Resources\t\n\nBefore You RECYCLE...REDUCE & RETHINK the amount of material requiring disposal:Avoid the purchase of bulky, disposable itemsPass on magazines, books and catalogs to neighbors, hospitals and nursing homesBuy products in reusable containers or in simple packagingReduce Food Waste! Check out Syracuse University's Center for Sustainable Community Solutions to see how they are tackling food waste in Central New York. You can even take the pledge to be part of the solution and prevent wasted food!A Guide to Eco-Friendly Downsizing and Minimalist LivingReducing Single-Use Plastic in Your Home13 Sustainable Decorating Tips for an Eco-Friendly HomeZero-Waste Home Design GuideREUSE as much as possible:Plastic containers can be reused for food storage, glass jars for nail, tacks, etc.Reuse wrapping paper, plastic bags, boxes and lumberDonate outgrown clothes to friends or local charities. For more information on how to reduce waste from clothing, check out this blog on selling, donating and upcycling your old clothes!Try to repair before you consider replacement of lawn mowers, tools, vacuum cleaners, TVsDonate broken appliances to Goodwill industries, a local rescue mission or charity, or find out if a nearby vocational school can use them for parts or to have students practice repairing themOffer furniture and household items no longer needed to college students and friends, or donate to charityBring reusable bags to the grocery storeReuse your yard waste. Yard waste can be a great fertilizer and there are several ways to recycle your yard waste and to keep it out of the landfill. Check out this article on recycling & composting yard waste to learn more.COMPOST your food waste!","title":"Additional Resources | Madison County, NY","score":14.891489},{"document_id":"62964e3a38783558-6793-9007","text":"FAQs • Monterey Park, CA • CivicEngage\nNo other containers shall be used;    (b)    If the capacity of the containers provided by the servicer is insufficient for the quantity of all refuse, recyclables and/or yard waste generated at the premises between pickups, then the residential service customer shall subscribe to such additional service as determined and required by the servicer to protect the public health, safety, and well-being against the growth and spread of vectors from such refuse, recyclables and/or yard waste;    (c)    All refuse and recyclables to be collected shall be placed in the containers provided by servicer, as follows:    (1)    Curbside Service;    (A)   Refuse and recyclables (not including yard waste) shall be placed in the black container(s);    (B)   Yard waste shall be placed in the green container(s);    (C)   No such container may be placed for pickup if its contents exceed three hundred pounds;    (2)    Bin Service. The occupant shall place refuse and recyclables in the bin(s) provided by the servicer;    (3)    Construction and demolition debris. Except for disposal by a self hauler pursuant to Section 6.08.280, construction and demolition debris shall be placed in the debris box(es) provided by the servicer and/or the black container(s) for refuse and recyclables provided by the servicer (the black containers are subject to the three hundred pound weight limit);    (d)    To minimize interference with the public rights-of-way, no person shall place a container or bulky item on a parkway for collection service earlier than twenty-four hours prior to the normal collection date as specified by the director of public works. To minimize interference with public rights-of-way, any containers not collected from or any bulky items not removed shall be removed from the public right-of-way location by midnight of the scheduled day of collection;    (e)    Unless otherwise directed by the servicer, containers shall be placed for collection on the street with the wheels of each against the curb and at least one foot distance between each container. In instances where no curb exists, containers shall be placed as close to the edge of the street as practicable with the wheels toward the lot.","title":"FAQs • Monterey Park, CA • CivicEngage","score":16.462101}],"72ba19c38518da1fc894fc638a2802f7<::>1":[{"document_id":"c225494fb67307fa-324755-326675","text":"Bill Text - AB-132 Postsecondary education trailer bill.\nFor each student identified pursuant to this subparagraph, the community college district shall receive the number of points equal to the number of points that the community college was granted for that student for each of the metrics described in paragraph (1).(C) (i) Each community college district shall receive points for a student who received financial aid under the Federal Pell Grant program (20 U.S.C. Sec. 1070a) and generated points for any of the metrics described in paragraph (1), based on the three-year rolling average for this metric calculated pursuant to clause (ii) of subparagraph (A).(ii) Each community\n\tcollege district shall receive, for each student identified pursuant to clause (i), points for one of the following, with the community college district receiving points based on the outcome that would generate the highest number of points and with the points counted only if the student was enrolled in the community college district in the academic year in which the award was granted:(I) Four and one-half points for each chancellor’s office approved associate degree or approved baccalaureate degree granted, excluding an associate degree for transfer granted pursuant to Article 3 (commencing with Section 66745) of Chapter 9.2 of Part 40 of Division 5, based on the three-year rolling average for this metric calculated pursuant to clause (ii) of subparagraph (A).(II) Six points for each chancellor’s office approved associate for transfer degree granted pursuant to Article 3\n\t(commencing with Section 66745) of Chapter 9.2 of Part 40 of Division 5, based on the three-year rolling average for this metric calculated pursuant to clause (ii) of subparagraph (A).(III) Three points for each chancellor’s office approved credit certificate requiring 16 or more units granted, based on the three-year rolling average for this metric calculated pursuant to clause (ii) of subparagraph (A).","title":"Bill Text - AB-132 Postsecondary education trailer bill.","score":6.5803723},{"document_id":"6e97640495151e68-4584-6689","text":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu\nMake the sample tube sprites reappear when players click the green flag to restart the game.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n4. Add a countdown timer NASA’s missions to Mars and other destinations have a planned life expectancy. Some missions, including every Mars rover to date, have been extended and operated beyond their planned mission life expectancy, while others experience problems that shorten their mission. You can create a timer that counts down to the end of the mission and ends the game. Your timer should not be so short that the game is unplayable or unwinnable, but it should not be so long that there is no challenge to playing the game. As a bonus, you can create code to extend or shorten the planned mission time.\nTasks\n\nCreate a timer that counts from a set time down to zero. Hint: Create a Time variable that you can program to change. (See example image.)\nMake gameplay stop when the timer reaches zero.\nMake a “Mission Over” message appear when the timer reaches zero.\nMake the timer start over when a player clicks the green flag to restart the game.\nBonus: Develop code that will increase or decrease the amount of time on the timer by one or two seconds at random.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n5. Add a scoring system Rover missions on Mars don’t have a scoring system. But the science they collect is valuable, and some discoveries may be more exciting, interesting, or important than others. To determine how well players are doing while playing your game, you can develop a scoring system that includes points earned for collecting sample tubes. How points are totaled is up to you. You could also program your game to reduce point totals in certain scenarios (see Step 6, for example).\nTasks\n\nDevelop code to create a scoring system.\nIncrease the score by one or more points for each sample tube collected.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n6. Add hazards Space travel and other worlds are fraught with hazards. From steep slopes and deep sand to sharp rocks and high radiation, there are countless ways a mission can be delayed or end unexpectedly. Program your game to include hazards that players need to avoid.","title":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu","score":7.352094},{"document_id":"6e97640495151e68-6174-8304","text":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu\nYou could also program your game to reduce point totals in certain scenarios (see Step 6, for example).\nTasks\n\nDevelop code to create a scoring system.\nIncrease the score by one or more points for each sample tube collected.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n6. Add hazards Space travel and other worlds are fraught with hazards. From steep slopes and deep sand to sharp rocks and high radiation, there are countless ways a mission can be delayed or end unexpectedly. Program your game to include hazards that players need to avoid. Look for dark areas in your backdrop image. These shadowed regions are often steep slopes that a rover could get stuck on.\nTasks\n\nDevelop code that identifies hazardous locations on the backdrop image.\nAdd in undesirable outcomes that occur when the rover reaches hazardous locations. (For example, the game could stop, time might be taken away, points might go down, etc.)\nMake a “Hazard” message appear when players encounter a hazard.\nMake some hazards hidden and some visible.\nBonus: Make a hidden hazard that changes location each time the game is restarted.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n7. Add landing code Every Mars rover has to first land on the Red Planet before it can start exploring. You can specify a landing site by creating scripts that place the rover at a certain location at the beginning of the game.Tasks Create code that puts the rover in a specific location at the beginning of the game. Bonus: Modify your landing code to make the rover land in a random location on the backdrop image or in a random location within a smaller section of the backdrop image.About the image: This animated image is a clip from a video taken by the Perseverance rover mission as the rover was being lowered onto the surface of Mars. › Full video and caption\n\n8. Take it farther Now that you’ve created your game, let others play it and suggest improvements! Also, check out this Mars rover game from NASA for more inspiration.\n \n\nRelated TagsCodingProgrammingMars RoverGamespace travelDesign Your Spacecraftsample returnperseveranceperseverencemars 2020Sample Handlingmars sample returnMarsMissionsRoversJump ToMaterials1.","title":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu","score":7.0085797},{"document_id":"a66481068c3edb08-16774-18987","text":"Cadet Selection Process\nWhen POST electronically scans test answers, statistical calculations are performed to convert raw scores (the number of items answered correctly) into a “T-score.” A T-score is a standardized score that places an individual’s performance on the test into a distribution (bell-shaped curve) with a midpoint (average) of 50 and a standard deviation of 10. If the individual’s score falls around 50, his/her performance is considered “average” when compared to other applicants who have taken the test. Scores of 40 or below are considered “below average.” Scores of 60 or above are considered “above average.” Research shows that the likelihood of successful academy completion increases for every point scored above 42.\nAll responses provided by the test taker are a part of the ongoing analyses of the test battery.\n\nThe graph above provides a visual representation of T scores. The bell is comprised of many individual test scores. The bell is widest in the middle because most scores fall in and around the middle. This is why scores near the midpoint of 50 are considered “average.”\n\nFAQS\nCan I take the PELLETB elsewhere?\nYes, unfortunately there is not a list of providers that offer the test, so you would need to contact agencies or academies directly to determine if it is offered.\nHow do I get my test results?\nFor security reasons, POST is unable to provide test results directly to applicants or other unauthorized persons. All agencies/academies that use the PELLETB are required to provide applicants with their test results within 30 days of the test administration. If it has been less than 30 days, please allow time for the agency/academy to process your results. If it has been more than 30 days, contact the agency where the PELLETB was originally administered to inquire about your results. Alternately, an authorized agency representative (i.e., an individual listed on a current POST Security Agreement) from any of POST’s user agencies can contact POST on your behalf to obtain your results.\nHow long is my test score good for?\nA score on the POST test has no shelf life; therefore, a candidate may submit the department letter from the previous administration to the prospective employer.","title":"Cadet Selection Process","score":6.1818113},{"document_id":"c225494fb67307fa-322497-324517","text":"Bill Text - AB-132 Postsecondary education trailer bill.\n(E) Each community college district shall be granted one point for each student who successfully completes nine or more career technical education units, based on the three-year rolling average for this metric calculated pursuant to clause (ii) of subparagraph (A).(F) Each community college district shall be granted one point for each student who obtains a regional living wage within one year of community college completion, based on the three-year rolling average for this metric calculated pursuant to clause (ii) of\n\tsubparagraph (A).(2) (A) (i) Each community college district shall also be granted additional points for an equity component of the student success allocation. The marginal funding per point for the equity component of the student success allocation revenue shall be as follows:(I) For the 2018–19 fiscal year, one hundred eleven dollars ($111).(II) For the 2019–20 fiscal year, one hundred forty-one dollars ($141).(III) Commencing with the 2020–21 fiscal year, the rate specified in subclause (II) adjusted for changes in the cost-of-living adjustment and other base adjustments in subsequent annual budget acts.(ii) (I) Commencing with the 2019–20 fiscal year, to calculate the equity component of the student success allocation for each community college district, the chancellor’s office shall calculate a three-year rolling average for each metric described in this paragraph. To compute the three-year average for each metric, the chancellor’s office shall compute the sum of data for that metric from the prior year, the year prior to the prior year, and the year prior to the year prior to the prior year, and divide the sum by three.(II) For the calculation of the three-year rolling average for the equity component of the student success allocation for the 2020–21 fiscal year, data from the 2018–19 fiscal year, for purposes of subparagraphs (B) and (C), may be used in place of data from the 2019–20 fiscal year.(B) Each community college district shall receive points for a student","title":"Bill Text - AB-132 Postsecondary education trailer bill.","score":7.104416}],"72ba19c38518da1fc894fc638a2802f7<::>7":[{"document_id":"6e97640495151e68-6174-8304","text":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu\nYou could also program your game to reduce point totals in certain scenarios (see Step 6, for example).\nTasks\n\nDevelop code to create a scoring system.\nIncrease the score by one or more points for each sample tube collected.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n6. Add hazards Space travel and other worlds are fraught with hazards. From steep slopes and deep sand to sharp rocks and high radiation, there are countless ways a mission can be delayed or end unexpectedly. Program your game to include hazards that players need to avoid. Look for dark areas in your backdrop image. These shadowed regions are often steep slopes that a rover could get stuck on.\nTasks\n\nDevelop code that identifies hazardous locations on the backdrop image.\nAdd in undesirable outcomes that occur when the rover reaches hazardous locations. (For example, the game could stop, time might be taken away, points might go down, etc.)\nMake a “Hazard” message appear when players encounter a hazard.\nMake some hazards hidden and some visible.\nBonus: Make a hidden hazard that changes location each time the game is restarted.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n7. Add landing code Every Mars rover has to first land on the Red Planet before it can start exploring. You can specify a landing site by creating scripts that place the rover at a certain location at the beginning of the game.Tasks Create code that puts the rover in a specific location at the beginning of the game. Bonus: Modify your landing code to make the rover land in a random location on the backdrop image or in a random location within a smaller section of the backdrop image.About the image: This animated image is a clip from a video taken by the Perseverance rover mission as the rover was being lowered onto the surface of Mars. › Full video and caption\n\n8. Take it farther Now that you’ve created your game, let others play it and suggest improvements! Also, check out this Mars rover game from NASA for more inspiration.\n \n\nRelated TagsCodingProgrammingMars RoverGamespace travelDesign Your Spacecraftsample returnperseveranceperseverencemars 2020Sample Handlingmars sample returnMarsMissionsRoversJump ToMaterials1.","title":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu","score":7.437807},{"document_id":"41473022e0d88a8b-2150-4130","text":"Activities for Students – NASA Jet Propulsion Laboratory\nBuild a rubber-band-powered rover that can scramble across a room.TAGS:DesignFlightProjectDIYEngineeringBuildingThe Engineering Design ProcessMoon 2024ApolloMay the Fourthen Españolspace travelDesign Your SpacecraftcodingmicrodevicesprogrammingEarth's MoonMarsMissionsRoversSpacecraft\n\nTry it out!\nDesign and build a lander that will protect two \"astronauts\" when they touch down.\n\nproject\nMake an Astronaut Lander\n\nproject\n\nMake an Astronaut Lander\n\nDesign and build a lander that will protect two \"astronauts\" when they touch down.TAGS:Earth's MoonLiving in SpaceLanderDesignProjectDIYEngineeringBuildingThe Engineering Design ProcessMoon 2024Apollo#VirtualMoonshotMay the Fourthen Españolvideo tutorialspace travelLand on MarsArtemiscodingmicrodevicesprogrammingMarsMissionsSpacecraft\n\nGet Started!\nCreate a video game that lets players explore the Red Planet with a helicopter like the one going to Mars with NASA's Perseverance rover!\n\nproject\nCode a Mars Helicopter Video Game\n\nproject\n\nCode a Mars Helicopter Video Game\n\nCreate a video game that lets players explore the Red Planet with a helicopter like the one going to Mars with NASA's Perseverance rover!TAGS:MarsMars RoverMars HelicoptercodingprogramminghelicopterMars 2020en Españolvideo tutorialspace travelScratchDesign Your SpacecraftMars Sample ReturnMissionsRoversSpacecraft\n\nFind out!\nNASA has dozens of robotic spacecraft exploring our solar system – and beyond. So how exactly do we navigate spacecraft that are so far away?\n\nvideo\nHow Do We Know Where Faraway Spacecraft Are?\n\nvideo\n\nHow Do We Know Where Faraway Spacecraft Are?\n\nNASA has dozens of robotic spacecraft exploring our solar system – and beyond. So how exactly do we navigate spacecraft that are so far away?TAGS:Deep Space NetworkDSNCommunicationsSpace TravelRadioMissionsRoversSpacecraft\n\nTry it out!\nIn this challenge, you will build and program a light-powered device that can move to collect as much light as possible while not overheating.","title":"Activities for Students – NASA Jet Propulsion Laboratory","score":7.42741},{"document_id":"866d6d375cabb612-3433-5920","text":"Progress | Governor of California\nCombating gun violence\n\nCalifornia’s strong gun laws work – our state is ranked #1 in gun safety, with a gun death rate 43% lower than the national average. And Governor Newsom is doing even more to get weapons of war off California streets:\n\nStrengthened and expanded “red flag laws” and ghost gun regulations and prohibited the sale of semiautomatic rifles to people under 21\nInvested in local government efforts to seize weapons from people who are prohibited from having them. \nSigned additional legislation to strengthen public carry regulations, require microstamping on handgun cartridges, generate millions every year on the sale of bullets to improve school safety and gun violence intervention programs, keep guns out of the hands of potentially dangerous individuals, update the definition of a firearm to include ghost gun parts, and strengthen the process for removing firearms from people who are prohibited from owning them\n\nProposed a Right to Safety amendment to the United States Constitution to enshrine fundamental, broadly-supported gun safety measures into law\nSigned a law to hold the gun industry accountable by allowing private citizens to sue those who illegally manufacture, distribute, or sell unlawful assault weapons, ghost guns, and ghost gun kits\n\nHealth care\nBetter mental health care for all Californians\n\nGovernor Newsom is improving access to quality behavioral health services for all Californians. The Governor invested billions for the California Master Plan for Kids’ Mental Health. This ensures California kids, parents, and communities have increased access to mental health and substance use disorder treatment services. The Governor is making sure mental health is treated the same as physical health through:\n\nmental health parity legislation,\nholding health insurers accountable,\nrecord investments in veterans mental health services, and \nbillions in investments to expand mental health care for low-income Californians.\n\nHealth care\nPushing treatment, not tents\n\nGovernor Newsom is helping Californians with serious mental illness and substance use disorders get the support and care they need, including helping unhoused people get treatment. No more excuses. Counties now have every tool they need to support the needs of their community. No more passing the buck.\nThe Newsom Administration will: \n\nincrease transparency, accountability, and oversight\nbuild approximately 11,000 behavioral health beds and housing units across California","title":"Progress | Governor of California","score":7.0351},{"document_id":"63365dfc1ab44556-2669-4899","text":"Attacks in Crowded and Public Spaces | Ready.gov\nIndividuals using firearms to cause mass casualties (active shooter).Individuals using a vehicle to cause mass casualties.Individuals using homemade bombs to cause mass casualties.Other methods used in mass attacks may include knives, fires, drones or other weapons.\nPrepare BEFORE\n\nImage\n \n\nStay alert. Always be aware of your environment and any possible dangers.If you see something, say something® to local authorities. That includes suspicious packages, people behaving strangely or someone using strange communications.Observe warning signs. Signs might include unusual or violent communications, substance abuse, expressed anger or intent to cause harm. These warning signs may increase over time.Have an exit plan. Identify exits and areas to hide wherever you go, including work, school and special events.Learn lifesaving skills. Take trainings such as You Are the Help Until Help Arrives and first aid to assist the wounded before help arrives.\n\nSurvive DURING: Run, Hide, Fight\n\nImage\n \n\nRun to Safety\nSeek safety. Getting away from the attacker is the top priority.Leave your belongings behind and get away.Call 9-1-1 when you are safe and describe the attacker, location and weapons.\nCover and Hide\nCover and hide if you can’t evacuate. Find a place to hide out of view of the attacker and put a solid barrier between yourself and the threat if possible.Lock and block doors, close blinds and turn off lights.Keep silent.\n\nDefend, Disrupt, Fight\nFight only as a last resort. When you can’t run or cover, attempt to disrupt the attack or disable the attacker.Be aggressive and commit to your actions.Recruit others to ambush the attacker with makeshift weapons such as chairs, fire extinguishers, scissors, books, etc.Be prepared to cause severe or lethal injury to the attacker.\nHelp the Wounded\nTake care of yourself first and then, if you are able, help the wounded get to safety and provide immediate care. Call 9-1-1 when it is safe for you to do so.\n\nBe Safe AFTER\nWhen Law Enforcement Arrives\n\nRemain calm and follow instructions.Keep hands visible and empty.Report to designated areas to provide information and get help.Follow law enforcement’s instructions and evacuate in the direction they tell you to go.","title":"Attacks in Crowded and Public Spaces | Ready.gov","score":7.7316866},{"document_id":"379d0812978017d7-2918-4908","text":"Student Project: NASA Space Voyagers: The Game | NASA/JPL Edu\nNASA's Europa Clipper mission, currently in development, is designed to orbit Europa, make up-close observations, and investigate whether the icy moon has conditions suitable for life.About the image: From left to right: An artistic depiction of the Artemis program's Gateway space station; a selfie taken by the Perseverance rover on Mars; and an artistic depiction of the Europa Clipper spacecraft orbiting Jupiter's moon Europa. Image credit: NASA/JPL-Caltech | + Expand image\n\n2. Print and cut out the game materials Print out the following on 8.5x11 paper or card stock: Starter Pack of game cards, double-sided (6 sheets of paper) (Optional) Ocean Worlds Expansion Pack, double-sided (1 sheet of paper). (Optional) Game mat, single-sided (6 sheets of paper)Cut out the game cards.If you're using the game mat, assemble it by taping together the pieces, as shown below. The mat includes a place for the deck, discard pile, and spacecraft. + Expand image+ Expand (top) image\n\n3. Get familiar with the gameplay This game is very similar in structure to strategy card games you may already be familiar with. Whether the architecture looks familiar or not, it may help to watch this tutorial video before getting started. Learn to play NASA Space Voyagers, a strategy card game in which students design a robotic space mission to explore the Moon, Mars, and beyond. | Watch on YouTube\n\n4. Go alone or play with a friend You can play by yourself or with up to three other players, collaboratively. If you play alone, some of the more challenging destinations may prove difficult. Playing on a team will allow you to pool your resources toward your common goal.\n\n5. Pick a destination to explore The destination cards, such as the Moon or Mars, have an exploration value, or a number of points you will need to earn to complete your mission and win the game. Each round, you will roll the dice to determine which of the challenges on the destination card you must overcome.+ Expand image\n\n6.","title":"Student Project: NASA Space Voyagers: The Game | NASA/JPL Edu","score":7.041891}],"72ba19c38518da1fc894fc638a2802f7<::>9":[{"document_id":"4e6b3c9b505969b6-1288-3570","text":"A Message from Dr. Laurie Leshin\nWe seek to: NISAR Assembly: NASA-ISRO Synthetic Aperture Radar being assembled in SAF Credit: NASA/JPL-Caltech Drive the forefront of scientific discovery and extraordinary benefit to humanity through innovative missions, technology, and researchInspire people everywhere to think bigger and imagine what is possibleLeverage our unique capabilities to advance the broader space-exploration ecosystemCreate a safe, inclusive, exciting workplace where all can thriveWe have big aspirations, driven by our values. We aim to be: \n BOLD.\n We are courageous explorers, driven by our conviction to take informed risks and expand the edge of possibility. We build and manage complex missions designed to tackle the most challenging scientific questions and address global challenges. We are motivated by building first-of-a-kind systems and by knowing that our discoveries will advance knowledge and drive positive change in society. \n INCLUSIVE.\n We create a collaborative culture where our teams, colleagues, and partners feel valued and empowered to innovate. We appreciate excellence, expertise, and experience across all disciplines. We embrace difference with respect and curiosity. We create environments where teams can achieve things not thought possible. We take pride in the breadth of our reach, engagement, and impact. \n TRUSTED.\n We operate with integrity and the highest professional standards. We do the right thing. We honor our commitments. We work to advance our relationships. We share information and expertise with each other, with partners, and with the world. We work together toward ambitious common goals and outcomes. \n Looking forward, we see our work through the lens of:\n \n SUCCEED\n \n Advance science and exploration by delivering on our commitments\n \n Learn More\n \n SEED\n \n Grow our capabilities to enable the future of scientific exploration from space\n \n Learn More\n \n LEAD\n \n Be an inspiring role model and enabling industry leader\n \n Learn More\n Within the Succeed, Seed and Lead framework, we will focus on a set of strategic imperatives to guide our path forward:1. World Class Workforce2. Position For Performance3. Transformative Science and Technology4. Lab-wide Planning and Prioritization5. Industry Leading Workplace Culture6. Global Inspiration7.","title":"A Message from Dr. Laurie Leshin","score":17.14743},{"document_id":"4491cc8a434f3d01-1270-2293","text":"Public Safety and Law for Citizens: USA.gov\nEnforcement and Corrections-Related AgenciesFederal, state, and international criminal justice agencies and policePersonal and Public SafetySafety, missing children, sex offender registry, domestic violence E-mail this pageReceive updates by e-mailUSA.gov RSS feeds Tutorials: Find government info Featured SitesInmate LocatorMissing ChildrenIdentity TheftPublic Safety and Law: Online ServicesDisaster Assistance for VictimsSex Offender Registry National SearchAmerica's Most Wanted CriminalsCalifornia Fires – Government Information Home | About Us | Contact Us | Contact Government | FAQs | Website Policies | Privacy | Suggest-A-Link | Link to Us Page Last Reviewed or Updated: January 4, 2008 If you have questions about the federal government: Check our frequently asked questions, e-mail USA.gov, or call 1 (800) FED INFO (1-800-333-4636).USA.gov™ is the U.S. government's official web portal: Office of Citizen Services and Communications U.S. General Services Administration 1800 F Street, NW, Washington, DC 20405","title":"Public Safety and Law for Citizens: USA.gov","score":6.412583},{"document_id":"01ecc36678dae793-8277-9197","text":"People of NASA Science - NASA Science\nMark ClampinDr. Mark Clampin is the Astrophysics Division Director in the Science Mission Directorate at NASA Headquarters in Washington, DC. The…BioValeria SalazarSystems Engineer - NASA's Jet Propulsion Laboratory (JPL)BioPrevious12345…8NextReturn to topThe National Aeronautics and Space AdministrationNASA explores the unknown in air and space, innovates for the benefit of humanity, and inspires the world through discovery.About NASA's MissionJoin UsHomeNews & EventsMultimediaNASA+MissionsHumans in SpaceEarth & ClimateThe Solar SystemThe UniverseScienceAeronauticsTechnologyLearning ResourcesAbout NASANASA en EspañolFollow NASAMore NASA Social AccountsNASA NewslettersSitemapFor MediaPrivacy PolicyFOIANo FEAR ActOffice of the IGBudget & Annual ReportsAgency Financial ReportsContact NASAAccessibilityPage Last Updated:5 months agoPage Editor:SMD Content EditorsResponsible NASA Official for Science:Dana Bolles","title":"People of NASA Science - NASA Science","score":16.567291},{"document_id":"cef57ff244018d18-180763-182606","text":"VA News\n<p>According to the <a href=\"https://www.cdc.gov/violenceprevention/pdf/nisvs-statereportbook.pdf\" rel=\"noopener\">National Intimate Partner and Sexual Violence Survey</a>, 9.4% of Asian American, Native Hawaiian and Pacific Islander men experienced some form of contact sexual violence in their lifetime. VA&#8217;s Nationwide Screening Program, in which every Veteran seen for health care is asked whether they have experienced military sexual trauma (MST), found that 1 in 50  men responded with &#8220;yes&#8221; when screened by their VA provider.</p>\n\n<p>Stereotypes impact society’s perception of sexual violence against certain populations often leaving those impacted by sexual trauma isolated and unsupported.</p>\n\n<p><a href=\"https://www.lse.ac.uk/media-and-communications/assets/documents/research/msc-dissertations/2015/SteffiLau.pdf\" rel=\"noopener\">Emasculating</a> portrayals of Asian American men can be traced back to the mid-1800s when economic and racial fears toward Chinese immigrant men culminated into exclusionary laws and discriminatory economic practices. Job opportunities for these men were limited to work in laundry and cooking, which was traditionally viewed as “women’s work,” prompting an effeminate image.</p>\n\n<p>Centuries of stereotyping and microaggressions have led Asian American men to be portrayed as less masculine, submissive, socially awkward or lacking in sexual appeal. In contrast to the emasculation of Asian American men is the hyper-masculine portrayal of Native Hawaiian/Pacific Islanders.</p>\n\n<p>Native Hawaiian/Pacific Islander men are often portrayed as hyper-masculine, underscoring a “strong warrior culture” and highlighting elements like <a href=\"https://www.newzealand.com/us/feature/haka/\" rel=\"noopener\">Hakas</a> (a lively performance energizing warriors as they head into battle).","title":"VA News","score":6.7318926},{"document_id":"b8d7966aec1a23d1-1535-3695","text":"Workplace Violence | Superior Court of California | County of Tuolumne\nJail and Prison Facilities Grand Jury Report\n\nSchool Safety Grand Jury Report\n\nJudicial Assignments\n\nJudge Kevin M. Seibert Biography\n\nJudge Laura L. Krieg Biography\n\nJudge Hallie Gorman Campbell Biography\n\nJudge David C. Beyersdorf Biography\n\nCommissioner Steven S. Streger Biography\n\nJustice Partners\n\nLocation & Contact Info\n\nVisiting the Courthouse\n\nMedia Relations\n\nNews & Events\n\nProcurement & Bids\n\nRequest an Interpreter\n\nRevenue Recovery\n\nSet a Hearing\n\nTelephonic Appearances\n\nTrial Court Allocations\n\nGeneral Information\n \n\n Translate\n \n\nEnglish\n\nEspañol\n\n Translate\n \n\nEnglish\n\nEspañol\n\nSearch\n\n Search\n\n \n\nSelf Help\n\nWorkplace Violence\n\n Preventing Workplace Violence\n \n\nWorkplace Violence\n\nUnder California law (Code of Civil Procedure § 527.8), an employer whose employee has suffered violence or threat of violence at the workplace may seek a temporary restraining order, and an injunction prohibiting harassment.\n\nPlaintiff\nThe plaintiff must be an employer with standing to bring this action. An employer is defined under Section 350(a) of the California Labor Code as, \"every person engaged in any business or enterprise in this state that has one or more persons in service under any appointment, contract of hire, or apprenticeship, express or implied, oral or written, irrespective of whether the person is the owner of the business or is operating on a concessionaire or other basis.\"\nType of Harassment\nHarassment may include, but is not limited to, unlawful violence, or a credible threat of violence construed to have been carried out or has been carried out at the workplace.\nThe protective order can be enforced by law enforcement agencies after the defendant has been served.\nResources\nFor more information go to:\nWorkplace Violence (California Courts) \n\nUseful Links\nRestraining Orders\nAbuse & Harassment\nCivil Harassment\nVictim Assistance\nJustice and Other Useful Links\nCalifornia Courts Restraining Orders\n\n \n\n Was this helpful?\n \n\nYes\n\nNo\n\nYes\n\nNo\n\nAny additional feedback?\n\nEmail (optional)\n\nThis question is for testing whether or not you are a human visitor and to prevent automated spam submissions.\n\nLeave this field blank","title":"Workplace Violence | Superior Court of California | County of Tuolumne","score":6.111599}],"674aa142d92a6b4262de254df0c3f7b2<::>1":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_13160-7-1812","text":"\nBuild a database-driven Slackbot \n\nThis tutorial may incur costs. Use the [Cost Estimator](https://cloud.ibm.com/estimator/review) to generate a cost estimate based on your projected usage.\n\nIn this tutorial, you are going to build a Slackbot which allows to search and create entries in a backend Db2 on Cloud database. The Slackbot is backed by the IBM Watson® Assistant service. You will integrate Slack and IBM Watson® Assistant using an Assistant integration. Db2 on Cloud is made available to Watson Assistant as custom extension.\n\nThe Slack integration sends messages between Slack and Watson Assistant. A custom extension, written in Python and deployed as serverless Code Engine app, exposes a REST API against the database backend.\n\nThis tutorial uses the new experience of Watson Assistant and an action skill. A former version was based on the dialog skill and the database was integrated using IBM Cloud® Functions with code written in Node.js. You can find that version of the tutorial in the [cloud-functions branch of the related code repository](https://github.com/IBM-Cloud/slack-chatbot-database-watson/tree/cloud-functions).\n\n\n\n Objectives \n\n\n\n* Build a chatbot using Watson Assistant which interacts with a database backend\n* Connect Watson Assistant to Slack using an integration\n* Create and deploy a Python database app to Code Engine\n* Access a Db2 on Cloud database via a Watson Assistant custom extension\n\n\n\nZoom\n\n![Architecture](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/f84e2238288b7f0355715a4c355609ce7ac48fb0/solution-tutorials/images/solution19/SlackbotArchitecture.svg)\n\nFigure 1. Architecture diagram of the tutorial\n\n\n\n1. The user interacts with [IBM Watson® Assistant](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/watson-assistant), either through Slack or using a web chat client\n2.","score":20.353296},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16233-7-2298","text":"\nAbout Watson Assistant \n\nUse IBM Watson® Assistant to build your own branded live chatbot into any device, application, or channel. Your chatbot, which is also known as an assistant, connects to the customer engagement resources you already use to deliver an engaging, unified problem-solving experience to your customers.\n\n\n\n\n\n Create AI-driven conversational flows Your assistant uses industry-leading AI capabilities to understand questions that your customers ask in natural language. It uses machine learning models that are custom-built from your data to deliver accurate answers in real time. \n Embed existing help content You already know the answers to customer questions? Put your subject matter expertise to work. Add a search integration with IBM Watson® Discovery to give your assistant access to corporate data collections that it can mine for answers. \n Connect to your customer service teams If customers need more help or want to discuss a topic that requires a personal touch, connect them to human agents from your existing service desk provider. \n Bring the assistant to your customers, where they are Configure one or more built-in integrations to quickly publish your assistant on popular social media platforms such as Slack, Facebook Messenger, Intercom, or WhatsApp. Turn the assistant into a member of your customer support call center team, where it can answer the phone and address simple requests so its human teammates can focus on more nuanced customer needs. Make your assistant the go-to help resource for customers by adding it as a chat widget to your company website. If none of the built-in integrations fit your needs, use the APIs to build your own custom app. \n Track customer engagement and satisfaction Use built-in metrics to analyze logs from conversations between customers and your assistant to gauge how well it's doing and identify areas for improvement. \n\n\n\n\n\n How it works \n\nThis diagram illustrates how IBM Watson® Assistant delivers an exceptional, omnichannel customer experience:\n\nZoom\n\n![Flow diagram of the service](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/ca9232b3702768f24bb897f48f10778fcda28718/watson-assistant/images/arch-detail.png)\n\nHow it works\n\nCustomers interact with the assistant through one or more of these channels:","score":23.743132},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03330-4-2191","text":"\nThis documentation is for the classic Watson Assistant experience. To see the documentation for the new Watson Assistant, please go [here](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/watson-assistant).\n\n\n\n About Watson Assistant \n\nUse IBM Watson® Assistant to build your own branded live chatbot into any device, application, or channel. Your chatbot, which is also known as an assistant, connects to the customer engagement resources you already use to deliver an engaging, unified problem-solving experience to your customers.\n\n\n\n\n\n Create AI-driven conversational flows Your assistant leverages industry-leading AI capabilities to understand questions that your customers ask in natural language. It uses machine learning models that are custom built from your data to deliver accurate answers in real time. \n Embed existing help content You already know the answers to customer questions? Put your subject matter expertise to work. Add a search skill to give your assistant access to corporate data collections that it can mine for answers. \n Connect to your customer service teams If customers need more help or want to discuss a topic that requires a personal touch, connect them to human agents from your existing service desk provider. \n Bring the assistant to your customers, where they are Configure one or more built-in integrations to quickly publish your assistant on popular social media platforms such as Slack, Facebook Messenger, Intercom, or WhatsApp. Turn the assistant into a member of your customer support call center team, where it can answer the phone and address simple requests so its human teammates can focus on more nuanced customer needs. Make your assistant the go-to help resource for customers by adding it as a chat widget to your company website. If none of the built-in integrations fit your needs, use the APIs to build your own custom app. \n Track customer engagement and satisfaction Use built-in metrics to analyze logs from conversations between customers and your assistant to gauge how well it's doing and identify areas for improvement. \n\n\n\n\n\n How it works \n\nThis diagram illustrates how the product delivers an exceptional, omnichannel customer experience:\n\n!","score":21.94748},{"document_id":"ibmcld_07080-6045-7467","text":"\n[checkbox](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/f16b1f78a92498247223b337bd9303c2758b9ba8/discovery-data/images/checkbox.png) Deploy your solution. [Deploying your project](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/discovery-data?topic=discovery-data-deploy) \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Enhance your chatbot \n\nDelight your customers by fortifying your chatbot with an answer to every question. Discovery is designed to work seemlessly with Watson Assistant to search and deliver answers from help content that you already own.\n\nZoom\n\n![Shows a chat bot with emphasize the answer enabled.](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/f16b1f78a92498247223b337bd9303c2758b9ba8/discovery-data/images/convo-search.png)\n\nFigure 3. Answer finding enabled in the Watson Assistant web chat\n\nIf enhancing your chatbot is your goal, complete the steps that are listed in the following table.\n\n\n\nChecklist for enhancing your chatbot\n\n Step Task Related information \n\n ![checkbox](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/f16b1f78a92498247223b337bd9303c2758b9ba8/discovery-data/images/checkbox.png) Create a Conversational Search project. [Creating projects](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/discovery-data?topic=discovery-data-projects) \n ![checkbox](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/f16b1f78a92498247223b337bd9303c2758b9ba8/discovery-data/images/checkbox.png) Add a collection that connects to an external data source or contains uploaded files.","score":21.033869},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16364-201078-203239","text":"\nSee [Fuzzy matching](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-entitiesentities-fuzzy-matching) for details.\n\n\n\n\n\n 13 June 2017 \n\nUser conversations\n: The Improve panel now includes a User conversations page, which provides a list of user interactions with your chatbot that can be filtered by keyword, intent, entity, or number of days. You can open individual conversations to correct intents, or to add entity values or synonyms.\n\nRegex change\n: The regular expressions that are supported by SpEL functions like find, matches, extract, replaceFirst, replaceAll and split have changed. A group of regular expression constructs are no longer allowed, including look-ahead, look-behind, possessive repetition and backreference constructs. This change was necessary to avoid a security exposure in the original regular expression library.\n\n\n\n\n\n 12 June 2017 \n\nUpdates\n: This release includes the following updates:\n\n\n\n* The maximum number of workspaces that you can create with the Lite plan (formerly named the Free plan) changed from 3 to 5.\n* You can now assign any name to a dialog node; it does not need to be unique. And you can subsequently change the node name without impacting how the node is referenced internally. The name you specify is treated as an alias and the system uses its own internal identifier to reference the node.\n* You can no longer change the language of a workspace after you create it by editing the workspace details. If you need to change the language, you can export the workspace as a JSON file, update the language property, and then import the JSON file as a new workspace.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n 6 June 2017 \n\nLearn\n: A new Learn about IBM Watson® Assistant page is available that provides getting started information and links to service documentation and other useful resources. To open the page, click the icon in the page header.\n\nBulk export and delete\n: You can now simultaneously export a number of intents or entities to a CSV file, so you can then import and reuse them for another Watson Assistant application. You can also simultaneously select a number of entities or intents for deletion in bulk.\n\nUpdates to Korean","score":19.805973}],"674aa142d92a6b4262de254df0c3f7b2<::>5":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_13432-9455-11593","text":"\nUse the parameter to suppress word insertions from music, coughing, and other non-speech events that can adversely affect the quality of speech recognition.\n* [Background audio suppression](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/speech-to-text?topic=speech-to-text-detectiondetection-parameters-suppression) suppresses background audio based on its volume to prevent it from being transcribed as speech. Use the parameter to suppress side conversations or background noise from speech recognition.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Speech audio parsing \n\n\n\n* [End of phrase silence time](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/speech-to-text?topic=speech-to-text-parsingsilence-time) specifies the duration of the pause interval at which the service splits a transcript into multiple final results in response to silence. If the service detects pauses or extended silence before it reaches the end of the audio stream, its response can include multiple final results. You can increase or decrease the pause interval to affect the results that you receive.\n* [Split transcript at phrase end](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/speech-to-text?topic=speech-to-text-parsingsplit-transcript) directs the services to split a transcript into multiple final results for semantic features such as sentences. The service bases its understanding of semantic features on the base language model that you use with a request. Custom language models and grammars can also influence how and where the service splits a transcript.\n* [Character insertion bias](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/speech-to-text?topic=speech-to-text-parsinginsertion-bias) specifies whether a next-generation model is to favor shorter or longer strings as it develops hypotheses during speech recognition. As it develops transcription hypotheses, the service optimizes how it parses audio to balance between competing strings of different lengths. You can indicate that the service is to bias its analysis toward shorter or longer strings.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Speaker labels \n\n\n\n* [Speaker labels](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/speech-to-text?topic=speech-to-text-speaker-labels) identify different speakers from the audio of a multi-participant exchange.","score":9.48996},{"document_id":"ibmcld_09919-9389-11561","text":"\n: If a request contains both an error in the emotion feature and a valid feature request for another feature, the response returns a 200 with a warning for the emotion feature.\n: The error log has changed from emotion request must specify at least one of: document, targets to emotion request must specify at least one of: document or targets.\n: Requests that include the emotion feature with any nonstring elements in the targets list returns an error.\n\n\n\n\n\n 1 December 2021 \n\nTone analytics\n: [Tone analytics](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/natural-language-understanding?topic=natural-language-understanding-tone_analytics) is now available, for English and French languages only. The tone analytics feature detects excited, frustrated, impolite, polite, sad, satisfied, and sympathetic tones from text.\n\n\n\n\n\n 12 October 2021 \n\nKeyword and syntax support for additional languages\n: Support for keywords and syntax is now available, for all public and premium service instances, for the following languages: Hindi, Romanian, and Turkish. In addition, syntax is available for all supported languages. For details, see [Language support](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/natural-language-understanding?topic=natural-language-understanding-language-support).\n\n\n\n\n\n 15 August 2021 \n\nCustom classification feature\n: The [custom classifications](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/natural-language-understanding?topic=natural-language-understanding-classifications) feature is now generally available (GA).\n\nCategories stock model updated\n: The [categories stock model](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/natural-language-understanding?topic=natural-language-understanding-categories-hierarchy) has been updated to use the [IAB Tech Lab 2.0 taxonomy](https://iabtechlab.com/standards/content-taxonomy/).\n\n\n\n\n\n 5 May 2021 \n\nAdvanced Rules beta feature deprecated\n: The advanced rules beta feature is deprecated. As of June 10, 2021, you will not be able to deploy advanced rules models to Natural Language Understanding; existing models will keep running. After June 24, 2021, no advanced rules models will run in Natural Language Understanding.\n\n\n\n\n\n 25 March 2021 \n\nCustom classifications beta feature","score":9.678637},{"document_id":"ibmcld_13074-16820-18514","text":"\nEmotion Analysis can detect emotions that are associated with targeted phrases, entities, or keywords, or it can analyze the overall emotional tone of your content.\n\nExample portion of a document enriched with Emotion Analysis:\n\n{\n\"text\": \"The stockholders were pleased that Acme Corporation plans to build a new factory in Atlanta, Georgia.\",\n\"enriched_text\": {\n\"emotion\": {\n\"document\": {\n\"emotion\": {\n\"disgust\": 0.102578,\n\"joy\": 0.626655,\n\"anger\": 0.02303,\n\"fear\": 0.018884,\n\"sadness\": 0.096802\n}\n}\n}\n\nIn the preceding example, you could query the joy Emotion by accessing enriched_text.emotion.document.emotion.joy\n\nEmotion Analysis analyzes your text and calculates a score for each emotion (anger, disgust, fear, joy, sadness) on a scale of 0.0 to 1.0. If the score of any emotion is 0.5 or higher, then that emotion is detected. The higher the score above 0.5, the higher the relevance. In the snippet shown, joy has a score above 0.5, so Watson detected joy.\n\nEmotion Analysis is supported in English only.\n\n\n\n\n\n Element classification \n\nThe Element Classification enrichment is deprecated and will no longer be available, effective 10 July 2020.\n\nParses elements (sentences, lists, tables) in governing documents to classify important types and categories For more information, see [Element classification](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/discovery?topic=discovery-element-classification).\n\n[Smart Document Understanding](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/discovery?topic=discovery-sdu) is unavailable if this enrichment is used.\n\n\n\n Enrichment pricing \n\nEnrichment pricing information is available on [IBM Cloud](https://cloud.ibm.com/catalog/services/discovery).\n\n\n\n\n\n Enrichment language support","score":20.063297},{"document_id":"ibmcld_13074-15255-17243","text":"\nSee [Entity extraction](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/discovery?topic=discovery-configserviceentity-extraction) and [Keyword extraction](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/discovery?topic=discovery-configservicekeyword-extraction) about those enrichments.\n\nThe subject, action, and object are extracted for every sentence that contains a relation.\n\n\n\n\n\n Sentiment analysis \n\nIdentifies attitude, opinions, or feelings in the content that is being analyzed. Discovery can calculate overall sentiment within a document, sentiment for user-specified targets, entity-level sentiment, quotation-level sentiment, directional-sentiment, and keyword-level sentiment. The combination of these capabilities supports a variety of use cases ranging from social media monitoring to trend analysis.\n\nExample portion of a document enriched with Sentiment Analysis:\n\n{\n\"text\": \"The stockholders were pleased that Acme Corporation plans to build a new factory in Atlanta, Georgia.\",\n\"enriched_text\": {\n\"sentiment\": {\n\"document\": {\n\"score\": 0.459813,\n\"label\": \"positive\"\n}\n}\n\nIn the preceding example, you could query the sentiment label by accessing enriched_text.sentiment.document.label\n\nThe label is the overall sentiment of the document (positive, negative, or neutral). The sentiment label is based on the score; a score of 0.0 would indicate that the document is neutral, a positive number would indicate the document is positive, a negative number would indicate the document is negative.\n\n\n\n\n\n Emotion analysis \n\nDetects anger, disgust, fear, joy, and sadness implied in English text. Emotion Analysis can detect emotions that are associated with targeted phrases, entities, or keywords, or it can analyze the overall emotional tone of your content.\n\nExample portion of a document enriched with Emotion Analysis:\n\n{\n\"text\": \"The stockholders were pleased that Acme Corporation plans to build a new factory in Atlanta, Georgia.\",\n\"enriched_text\": {\n\"emotion\": {\n\"document\": {\n\"emotion\": {\n\"disgust\": 0.102578,","score":14.24327},{"document_id":"ibmcld_13333-1778-4047","text":"\nYou can set a threshold below which such events are ignored.\n\n\n\nBy default, speech activity detection is configured to provide optimal performance for the general case for each model. For specific cases, the default settings might not be optimal and can lead either to slow transcription or to word insertions and deletions. You are encouraged to experiment with different settings to determine which values work best for your audio.\n\n\n\n\n\n Speech detector sensitivity \n\nUse the speech_detector_sensitivity parameter to adjust the sensitivity of speech activity detection. Use the parameter to suppress word insertions from music, coughing, and other non-speech events. The service biases the audio it passes for speech recognition by evaluating chunks of the input audio against prior models of speech and non-speech activity.\n\nSpecify a float value between 0.0 and 1.0. The default value is 0.5, which provides a reasonable compromise for the level of sensitivity. A value of 0.0 suppresses all audio (no speech is transcribed). A value of 1.0 suppresses no audio (speech detection sensitivity is disabled). The values increase on a monotonic curve of sensitivity versus speech. Specifying one or two decimal places of precision (for example, 0.55) is typically more than sufficient.\n\nThis parameter can affect both the quality and the latency of speech recognition:\n\n\n\n* Lower values can decrease latency because less audio is potentially passed for speech recognition. However, a low setting might discard chunks of audio that contain actual speech, losing viable content from the transcript.\n* Higher values can increase latency because more audio is potentially passed for speech recognition. However, a high setting might pass chunks of audio that contain non-speech events, adding spurious content to the transcript.\n\n\n\n\n\n Speech detector sensitivity example \n\nThe following example request specifies a value of 0.6 for the speech_detector_sensitivity parameter with the synchronous HTTP interface. The service recognizes slightly more potential non-speech events than it would by default.\n\nIBM Cloud\n\ncurl -X POST -u \"apikey:{apikey}\" --header \"Content-Type: audio/flac\" --data-binary @{path}audio-file1.flac \"{url}/v1/recognize?speech_detector_sensitivity=0.6\"","score":9.453383}],"747a810abfd6da4a9c37cdb74feec95e<::>4":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_10501-10889-12757","text":"\nCreating cluster...\nOK\nCluster created with ID brkhsd220b6ktv7sjl50\n4. Wait for the cluster to reach a Warning state. The Warning state indicates that the cluster master is fully deployed, but no worker nodes could be detected in the cluster.\n\nibmcloud oc cluster ls\n\nExample output\n\nOK\nName ID State Created Workers Location Version Resource Group Name Provider\nsatcluster brkhsd220b6ktv7sjl50 warning 12 minutes ago 0 mylocation 4.5.23_1525_openshift Default satellite\n5. Make sure that hosts are assigned as worker nodes to the cluster.\n\n\n\n* Autoassignment: If you included --host-labels when you created the cluster and you have available hosts with matching labels in your Satellite location, the worker nodes are automatically assigned to the cluster. If you don't have any available and matching hosts, the cluster is still created but enters a Warning state. [Attach hosts](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/satellite?topic=satellite-attach-hosts) to your Satellite location so that hosts can be assigned as worker nodes to the worker pool. If the hosts are not automatically assigned, you can also manually [assign Satellite hosts to your cluster](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/satellite?topic=satellite-assigning-hostshost-assign-manual).\n* Manual assignment: [Assign Satellite hosts to your cluster](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/satellite?topic=satellite-assigning-hostshost-assign-manual). After the hosts successfully bootstrap, the hosts function as the worker nodes for your cluster to run Red Hat OpenShift workloads. Generally, assign at least 3 hosts as worker nodes in your cluster.\n\n\n\n6. Verify that your cluster reaches a normal state.\n\nibmcloud oc cluster ls\n\nExample output\n\nOK\nName ID State Created Workers Location Version Resource Group Name Provider\nsatcluster brkhsd220b6ktv7sjl50 normal 2 hours ago 3 mylocation 4.3.23_1525_openshift Default satellite","score":16.874708},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10085-7670-9434","text":"\nIf you are logging in with a federated ID, use ibmcloud login --sso.\n\nibmcloud login [--sso]\n2. If you have multiple IBM Cloud accounts, select the account where you want to create your cluster.\n3. To create clusters in a resource group other than default, target that resource group. A cluster can be created in only one resource group, and after the cluster is created, you can't change its resource group. You must have at least the [Viewer role](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-userschecking-perms) for the resource group to target it.\n\nibmcloud target -g <resource_group_name>\n4. Review the zones where you can create your cluster. In the output of the following command, zones have a Location Type of dc. To span your cluster across zones, you must create the cluster in a [multizone-capable zone](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-regions-and-zoneszones-mz). Multizone-capable zones have a metro value in the Multizone Metro column. If you want to create a multizone cluster, you can use the IBM Cloud console, or [add more zones](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-add_workersadd_zone) to your cluster after the cluster is created.\n\nibmcloud oc locations\n\nWhen you select a zone that is located outside your country, keep in mind that you might require legal authorization before data can be physically stored in a foreign country.\n5. Review the worker node flavors that are available in that zone. The flavor determines the amount of virtual CPU, memory, and disk space that is set up in each worker node and made available to your apps. Worker nodes in classic clusters can be created as virtual machines on shared or dedicated infrastructure, or as bare metal machines that are dedicated to you.","score":17.000034},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05819-1301-3152","text":"\nGive your cluster a unique name, such as mycluster-free.\n4. Select a resource group to create the cluster in, such as default.\n5. In the Summary pane, review the order summary and then click Create. A worker pool is created that contains one worker node in the default resource group.\n\n\n\nThe worker node can take a few minutes to provision, but you can see the progress in the Worker nodes tab. When the status reaches Ready, you can start working with your cluster by [deploying your first app](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-getting-starteddeploy-app)!\n\n\n\n\n\n Creating a VPC cluster in the IBM Cloud console \n\nCreate a standard VPC cluster by using the IBM Cloud console. For more detailed information about your cluster customization options, see [Creating a standard VPC cluster](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-cluster-create-vpc-gen2&interface=ui).\n\nVPC clusters can be created as standard clusters only, and as such incur costs. Be sure to review the order summary at the end of this tutorial to review the costs for your cluster. To keep your costs to a minimum, set up your cluster as a single zone cluster with one worker node only.\n\n\n\n1. Create a Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) on generation 2 compute.\n\n\n\n1. Navigate to the [VPC create console](https://cloud.ibm.com/vpc/provision/vpc).\n2. Give the VPC a name and select a resource group to deploy the VPC into.\n3. Give the VPC subnet a name and select the location where you want to create the cluster.\n4. Attach a public gateway to your subnet so that you can access public endpoints from your cluster. This public gateway is used later on to access container images from Docker Hub.\n5. Click Create virtual private cloud.\n\n\n\n2. From the [IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service dashboard](https://cloud.ibm.com/kubernetes/clusters), click Create cluster.","score":16.615837},{"document_id":"ibmcld_09655-7-1917","text":"\nCreate a cluster \n\nThis section steps through the build tasks needed to create the Windows Server Failover Cluster (WSFC) and the availability group.\n\nThis guide assumes that you:\n\n\n\n* Have at least two servers running Windows 2019 and SQL Server 2019 to cluster.\n* Have a bastion host with external Internet access.\n* Have deployed active directory.\n\n\n\n\n\n Install the Failover Clustering feature \n\n\n\n1. RDP to the first SQL server using a user from the SQL Admins group account and open a PowerShell session.\n2. Add the SQL Admins group to the local Remote Management Users group so users in this group, can execute remote commands.\n3. Allow inbound TCP port 5022 into the server as this port is used for availability group traffic. Install the Failover Clustering feature and then restart the server:\n\n$domainnb = \"<NB_Domain>\"\n$group = $domainnb + \"SQLAdmins\"\nAdd-LocalGroupMember -Group \"Remote Management Users\" -Member $group\nNew-NetFirewallRule -DisplayName 'SQL-AG-Inbound' -Profile Domain -Direction Inbound -Action Allow -Protocol TCP -LocalPort 5022\nInstall-WindowsFeature –Name Failover-Clustering –IncludeManagementTools\nRestart-Computer -Force\n4. Repeat for the second SQL server.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Create a WSFC and enable SQL Always On \n\n\n\n1. RDP to the first SQL server using a user from the SQL Admins group account and open a PowerShell session.\n2. Run a cluster validation test. Ignore any \"one pair of network interfaces\" warnings, as this is normal for this deployment.\n3. If there are no errors them create a WSFC cluster with a name of wsfc01 which includes the two SQL servers <hostname1> and <hostname2>. The -ManagementPointNetworkType Distributed option uses the node IP address of the virtual server which means that secondary IP addressing on the interface is not required. This option creates a Distributed Network Name (DNN), which routes traffic to the appropriate clustered resource.\n4.","score":18.454504},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10096-5554-7309","text":"\nLooking for a fast way to create a cluster from the UI? Try out [Automating cluster creation with IBM Cloud Schematics templates](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-templates).\n\n\n\n\n\n Deciding on your cluster setup \n\nAfter you set up your account to create clusters, decide on the setup for your cluster. You must make these decisions every time that you create a cluster. Review the following decision tree image for more information, such as comparisons of Kubernetes and Red Hat OpenShift, and VPC and classic infrastructure.\n\n\n\n\n\n Next steps \n\nWhen the cluster is up and running, you can check out the following cluster administration tasks:\n\n\n\n* If you created the cluster in a multizone capable zone, [spread worker nodes by adding a zone to your cluster](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-add_workers).\n* [Deploy an app in your cluster.](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-deploy_appapp_cli)\n* [Set up your own private registry in IBM Cloud to store and share Docker images with other users.](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Registry?topic=Registry-getting-started)\n* [Set up the cluster autoscaler](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-cluster-scaling-classic-vpc) to automatically add or remove worker nodes from your worker pools based on your workload resource requests.\n* Control who can create pods in your cluster with [pod security policies](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-psp).\n\n\n\nThen, you can check out the following network configuration steps for your cluster setup:\n\n\n\n* Classic clusters:\n\n\n\n* Isolate networking workloads to edge worker nodes [in classic clusters without a gateway](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-edge).","score":18.852121}],"a2698b2973ea7db1ee5adb5e70ec02e4<::>1":[{"document_id":"834226571_364-764-0-400","text":"Storm drain\nA storm drain , storm sewer ( U.S. and Canada ) , surface water drain / sewer ( United Kingdom ) , or stormwater drain ( Australia and New Zealand ) is designed to drain excess rain and ground water from impervious surfaces such as paved streets , car parks , parking lots , footpaths , sidewalks , and roofs . Storm drains vary in design from small residential dry wells to large municipal systems .","title":"Storm drain","score":15.753506},{"document_id":"834226571_11488-12059-0-571","text":"Storm drain\nCatch basins are commonly designed with a sump area below the outlet pipe level which is a reservoir for water and debris to help prevent the pipe from clogging . Unless they are constructed with permeable bottoms to allow water to infiltrate into the underlying soil , this subterranean basin can become a perfect mosquito breeding area because it is cool , dark , and retains stagnant water for long periods of time . Combined with standard grates which have holes large enough for mosquitoes to enter and leave the basin , this is a major problem in mosquito control .","title":"Storm drain","score":15.861658},{"document_id":"834226571_7232-7729-0-497","text":"Storm drain\nMost drains have a single large exit at their point of discharge ( often covered by a grating ) into a canal , river , lake , reservoir , sea or ocean . Other than catchbasins , typically there are no treatment facilities in the piping system . Small storm drains may discharge into individual dry wells . Storm drains may be interconnected using slotted pipe , to make a larger dry well system . Storm drains may discharge into man - made excavations known as recharge basins or retention ponds .","title":"Storm drain","score":18.308708},{"document_id":"834226571_10005-10224-0-219","text":"Storm drain\nThe first flush from urban runoff can be extremely dirty . Storm water may become contaminated while running down the road or other impervious surface , or from lawn chemical run - off , before entering the drain . Lack","title":"Storm drain","score":15.631505},{"document_id":"834226571_4749-5081-0-332","text":"Storm drain\nSome of the heavier sediment and small objects may settle in a catchbasin , or sump , which lies immediately below the outlet , where water from the top of the catchbasin reservoir overflows into the sewer proper . The catchbasin serves much the same function as the `` trap '' in household wastewater plumbing in trapping objects .","title":"Storm drain","score":16.88009}],"a2698b2973ea7db1ee5adb5e70ec02e4<::>7":[{"document_id":"810295079_9286-9973-0-683","text":"Rainwater harvesting\nAround the third century BCE , the farming communities in Balochistan ( now located in Pakistan , Afghanistan , and Iran ) , and Kutch , India , used rainwater harvesting for agriculture and many other uses . In ancient Tamil Nadu , rainwater harvesting was done by Chola kings . Rainwater from the Brihadeeswarar temple ( located in Balaganpathy Nagar , Thanjavur , India ) was collected in Shivaganga tank . During the later Chola period , the Vīrānam tank was built ( 1011 to 1037 CE ) in Cuddalore district of Tamil Nadu state to store water for drinking and irrigation purposes . Vīrānam is a 16 - km - long tank with a storage capacity of 1,465,000,000 cu ft ( 41,500,000 m ) .","title":"Rainwater harvesting","score":10.352969},{"document_id":"804150900_3742-4703-0-961","text":"Ancient Egypt\nThe success of ancient Egyptian civilization came partly from its ability to adapt to the conditions of the Nile River valley for agriculture . The predictable flooding and controlled irrigation of the fertile valley produced surplus crops , which supported a more dense population , and social development and culture . With resources to spare , the administration sponsored mineral exploitation of the valley and surrounding desert regions , the early development of an independent writing system , the organization of collective construction and agricultural projects , trade with surrounding regions , and a military intended to defeat foreign enemies and assert Egyptian dominance . Motivating and organizing these activities was a bureaucracy of elite scribes , religious leaders , and administrators under the control of a pharaoh , who ensured the cooperation and unity of the Egyptian people in the context of an elaborate system of religious beliefs .","title":"Ancient Egypt","score":11.649472},{"document_id":"834226571_18029-18605-0-576","text":"Storm drain\nArchaeological studies have revealed use of rather sophisticated stormwater runoff systems in ancient cultures . For example , in Minoan Crete approximately 4000 years before present , cities such as Phaistos were designed to have storm drains and channels to collect precipitation runoff . At Cretan Knossos , storm drains include stone - lined structures large enough for a person to crawl through . Other examples of early civilizations with elements of stormwater drain systems include early people of Mainland Orkney such as Gurness and the Brough of Birsay in Scotland .","title":"Storm drain","score":15.886391},{"document_id":"810295079_13807-14246-0-439","text":"Rainwater harvesting\nA number of Canadians have started implementing rainwater harvesting systems for use in stormwater reduction , irrigation , laundry , and lavatory plumbing . Substantial reform to Canadian law since the mid-2000s has increased the use of this technology in agricultural , industrial , and residential use , but ambiguity remains amongst legislation in many provinces . Bylaws and local municipal codes often regulate rainwater harvesting .","title":"Rainwater harvesting","score":11.329432},{"document_id":"810295079_8252-8818-0-566","text":"Rainwater harvesting\nTraditionally , stormwater management using detention basins served a single purpose . However , optimized real - time control lets this infrastructure double as a source of rainwater harvesting without compromising the existing detention capacity . This has been used in the EPA headquarters to evacuate stored water prior to storm events , thus reducing wet weather flow while ensuring water availability for later reuse . This has the benefit of increasing water quality released and decreasing the volume of water released during combined sewer overflow events .","title":"Rainwater harvesting","score":11.352137}],"af57ff6995d958858fc451e606fdb54d<::>1":[{"document_id":"dcf45cd1bd02778d-120919-123209","text":"Self-Help Glossary - selfhelp\nsubstituted service: Service of process on a party by leaving the court papers with someone other than a party to the lawsuit; valid only if certain specified procedures are followed. (See also service of process.)\nsummary judgment: A court decision made on the basis of statements and evidence presented for the court record without a trial. It is used when no factual disputes exist in the case. Summary judgment is granted if, based on the undisputed facts in the record, a party is entitled to judgment in his or her favor as a matter of law.\nsummons: A notice to a defendant or respondent that an action against him or her was filed in the court issuing the summons and that a judgment will be taken against him or her if the defendant or respondent doesn't answer the complaint or petition within a certain time.\nsuperior court: The trial court in each county of the State of California. This court hears all adoption, family law, juvenile, criminal, civil, small claims, and probate cases.\nSupervised visitation: Visitation between a parent and a child that happens in the presence of another specified adult. The court may order supervised visitation when there has been domestic violence, child abuse, or a threat to take the child out of state. Click here for more information on supervised visitation.\nsupport order: A court order for the support of a child, spouse or domestic partner. A support order can include monetary support; health care; payment of debts; or repayment of court costs and attorney fees, interest, and penalties; and other kinds of support. (See also noncustodial parent, obligation, obligor.)\n\nsupport person: In a domestic violence case, the person who says s/he is the victim of domestic violence can choose someone, a support person, to provide moral and emotional support. The support person does not need to have any special training or qualification. The support person may sit with the person to be protected at court hearings if the person to be protected does not have a lawyer, but s/he is not allowed to give legal advice or advocate for the person to be protected. The support person can also go with the protected person to custody mediation or orientation to mediation. For more information on support persons, read Family Code section 6303.","title":"Self-Help Glossary - selfhelp","score":6.8008494},{"document_id":"dc065f1d54c6f025-1282-3483","text":"\r\n\tCalCareers\r\n\nThese 22 groups, or job families, were developed by the federal government as a way to standardize the terminology to describe work across the nation – both in government and the private sector – based on similarities of the work performed, and sometimes on the skills, education, and training needed to perform the work. Click on a job group below for examples of the types of jobs in that category.\n\nArchitecture and Engineering\r\n \n\nArts, Design, Entertainment, Sports, and Media\r\n \n\nBuilding and Grounds Cleaning and Maintenance\r\n \n\nBusiness and Financial Operations\r\n \n\nCommunity and Social Services\r\n \n\nComputer and Mathematical\r\n \n\nConstruction and Extraction\r\n \n\nEducation, Training, and Library\r\n \n\nFarming, Fishing, and Forestry\r\n \n\nFood Preparation and Serving Related\r\n \n\nHealthcare Practitioners and Technical\r\n \n\nHealthcare Support\r\n \n\nInstallation, Maintenance, and Repair\r\n \n\nLegal\r\n \n\nLife, Physical, and Social Science\r\n \n\nManagement\r\n \n\nOffice and Administrative Support\r\n \n\nPersonal Care and Service\r\n \n\nProduction\r\n \n\nProtective Service\r\n \n\nSales and Related\r\n \n\nTransportation and Material Moving\r\n \n\n\r\n Show More\n\nHow to Apply for a State Job\n\n\r\n \r\n Learn more about the steps for getting a State Job - Click Here\r\n \n\n\r\n Step 1\r\n \n\r\n Search\r\n \n\n\r\n Step 2\r\n \n\r\n Assessment\r\n \n\n\r\n Step 3\r\n \n\r\n Apply\r\n \n\nTyping Certification\n\nA typing certification is required when applying for clerical positions for State civil service. The specific  typing requirement for the classification will be noted in the Class Specification. State departments will honor typing certificates issued within the last  four years, certified from a five (5) minute typing test, with a minimum of 40 WPM (words per minute) that meet CalHR requirements.\n\nJob Description / Salary Search\n\n\r\n Browse jobs listings, class specifications, and the latest salary information from the State Controller’s Office. Salary levels should be verified with each department personnel office prior to applying.\r\n \n\nEligible List Ranking Search\n\n\r\n If you’ve already achieved list eligibility by taking and passing an exam or assessment, \r\n and wish to see your current ranking on the list.\r\n \n\nHow to Reinstate with the State","title":"\r\n\tCalCareers\r\n","score":7.1982656},{"document_id":"c63b038e88a17934-13436-15630","text":"\n\t\n\tOffice of the Patient Advocate - State of California\n\n\nYou cannot use out-of-network providers unless your HMO gives pre-approval, you have an emergency, or you are traveling and need urgent care.\nYou must live or work in the area served by your HMO. This is called the service area.\nLearn more about HMOs.\n\nWhat is a PPO?\n\nA PPO (preferred provider organization) is a kind of health plan.\nA PPO has a network of doctors, hospitals, labs, and other providers. These are called the preferred providers. You usually pay less when you get your care from a preferred provider.\nYou can use out-of-network providers, but you may have to pay more.\nYou can get many services without a referral from your main doctor.\nYou can get many services without pre-approval from your PPO.\nCertain services may require a referral or pre-approval.\nYou must live in your PPO’s service area.\nLearn more about PPOs.\n\n \n\n \n \nOther Kinds of Plans\n\nEPO (exclusive provider organization) is a kind of managed care plan like an HMO or PPO. An EPO has a network of doctors and other providers that you have to use to get care (similar to an HMO). Similar to a PPO, you can usually go to a provider without a referral from your main doctor.\nPoint of Service plan is a type of managed care plan that combines the characteristics and rules of an HMO and PPO.\nFee-for-service insurance (indemnity insurance) usually costs more than HMOs and PPOs, but it gives you greater choice of doctors. Usually, you pay part of each bill, and the doctor bills your insurance company for the rest.\n\n​What’s New with Health Coverage\n\nStarting January 1, 2020, Californians must have health insurance or face penalties at tax time.\n\n \n \n\nAbout OPA\r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \n\nStaff\r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \n\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\tStrategic Plan \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \n\n\r\n\r\n\tNews and Media\r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \n\n\r\n Research and Reports\r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \n\nContact Us\r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \n\nHealth Care Quality\r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \n\n\r\nHealth Plan Report Card\r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \n\n\r\nCommercial Medical Group Report Card\r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \n\n\r\nMedicare Medical Group Report Card\r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \n\nComplaint Data Reports\n\nOther Resources\n\nHow to File a Complaint\n\nKnow Your Rights\n\nHealth Insurance and Public Coverage","title":"\n\t\n\tOffice of the Patient Advocate - State of California\n\n","score":7.3837147},{"document_id":"927e8c4b785ff2b4-2535-4782","text":"Buyer Information | Office of General Services\nBecome an Authorized User\nIf you are, among others, a state agency, a public authority or benefit corporation, a local government or political subdivision, a volunteer organization (such as ambulance services & fire companies), or a registered charitable organization, you may be eligible to use OGS centralized statewide contracts. Contracts are divided into three types:\n\r\nCommodity (e.g., fuel, vehicles, office supplies, and food)\r\nService (e.g., elevator maintenance)\r\nTechnology (e.g., hardware, software, telecommunications, and IT services)\n\r\nFor local governments and other government organizations, including schools and public authorities, no additional paperwork beyond your purchase order is needed. If you don’t have an authorized user identification number, we ask that you complete a simple eligibility application. This will provide assurances to companies that you are eligible to use state contracts.\n\nApply\n\nProcurement Resources\n\n \n\n Purchaser Notification Service (PNS)\n \n Register for OGS centralized contract email updates.\n\n \n\n 1122 Program\n \n\n Purchase equipment for counter-drug, homeland security, and emergency response.\n\n \n\n Conducting Your Own Procurement\n \n\n Informational resources and templates for conducting your own procurement.\n\n \n\n New York State Vehicle Marketplace\n \n\n Purchase or lease of new Class 1 - 8 vehicles.\n\n \n\n New York State Preferred Sources\n \n\n Preferred Source offerings, guidelines and related information.\n\n \n\n File Requirements Online\n \n\n Milk, salt, and certain fuels.\n\nWhat's Happening\nOffice of General Services — Upcoming Events\nFrom business outreach and training to community events, find out what's going on at the Office of General Services.\n\nAll Upcoming Events\n\n Office of General Services\n\nAbout\n\nAgency Overview\n\nCommissioner Jeanette M. Moy\n\nStrategic Plan\n\nEmployment\n\nContact Us\n\nBuy Flags\n\nPermits to Assemble\n\nPublic Information\n\nPress\n\nFreedom of Information Law (FOIL)\n\nOpen Meetings\n\nExecutive Law § 203-b List of State Boards\n\nOGS and Open Data\n\nDesign-Build Report\n\nSite Map\n\nLegal\n\nRules and Regulations\n\nService of Process\n\nDebarred and Non-Responsible Entities\n\nExecutive Order 157\n\nExecutive Order 16\n\nIran Divestment Act\n\nAdvisory Council on Procurement Lobbying","title":"Buyer Information | Office of General Services","score":8.13227},{"document_id":"5a727aaeaed2e9c7-4175-6530","text":"Bill Text - SB-225 Health care coverage: timely access to care.\n(a) A health care service plan that provides or arranges for the provision of hospital or physician services, including a specialized mental health plan that provides physician or hospital services, or that provides mental health services pursuant to a contract with a full service plan, shall comply with the following timely access requirements:(1) A health care service plan shall provide or arrange for the provision of covered health care services in a timely manner appropriate for the nature of the enrollee’s condition consistent with good professional practice. A plan shall establish and maintain networks, policies, procedures, and quality assurance monitoring systems and\n\tprocesses sufficient to ensure compliance with this clinical appropriateness standard. A health care service plan that uses a tiered network shall demonstrate compliance with the standards established by this section based on providers available at the lowest cost-sharing tier.(2) A health care service plan shall ensure that all plan and provider processes necessary to obtain covered health care services, including, but not limited to, prior authorization processes, are completed in a manner that assures the provision of covered health care services to an enrollee in a timely manner appropriate for the enrollee’s condition and in compliance with this section.(3) If it is necessary for a provider or an enrollee to reschedule an appointment, the appointment shall be promptly rescheduled\n\tin a manner that is appropriate for the enrollee’s health care needs, and ensures continuity of care consistent with good professional practice, and consistent with this section and the regulations adopted thereunder.(4) Interpreter services required by Section 1367.04 of this code and Section 1300.67.04 of Title 28 of the California Code of Regulations shall be coordinated with scheduled appointments for health care services in a manner that ensures the provision of interpreter services at the time of the appointment without imposing delay on the scheduling of the appointment. This subdivision does not modify the requirements established in Section 1300.67.04 of Title 28 of the California Code of Regulations, or approved by the department pursuant to Section 1300.67.04 of Title 28 of the California Code of Regulations for\n\ta plan’s language assistance program.","title":"Bill Text - SB-225 Health care coverage: timely access to care.","score":7.123769}],"af57ff6995d958858fc451e606fdb54d<::>2":[{"document_id":"96279533404f74a9-1726-4033","text":"Reference | GSA\nSchedules and GSA Advantage\nGovernmentwide contracts for products and services at volume discount pricing.\n\nAuctions\nFederal assets available via auction to the general public.\n\n Sell to government\n Toggle submenu\n\n Explore sell to government\n \n\n Step 1: Learn about government contracting\n Toggle submenu\n\n Ways you can sell to government\n \n\n How to access contract opportunities\n \n\n Conduct market research\n \n\n Step 2: Compete for a contract\n Toggle submenu\n\n Register your business\n \n\n Certify as a small business\n \n\n Become a schedule holder\n \n\n Market your business\n \n\n Research active solicitations\n \n\n Respond to a solicitation\n \n\n What to expect during the award process\n \n\n Step 3: Manage your contract\n Toggle submenu\n\n Comply with contractual requirements\n \n\n Handle contract modifications\n \n\n Monitor past performance evaluations\n \n\nFeatured Topics\n\nContract opportunities on SAM.gov\nSearch current federal contract opportunities and procurement notices.\n\nForecast of contracting opportunities\nAnticipated contracts offered by GSA.\n\nVendor support center\nResearch the federal market, report sales, and upload contract information.\n\n Real estate\n Toggle submenu\n\n Explore real estate\n \n\n Design and construction\n Toggle submenu\n\n 3D-4D building information modeling\n \n\n Art in architecture | Fine arts\n \n\n Computer-aided design standards\n \n\n Commissioning\n \n\n Design excellence\n \n\n Engineering\n \n\n Project management information system\n \n\n Spatial data management\n \n\n Facilities management\n Toggle submenu\n\n Facilities operations\n \n\n Security\n \n\n Smart buildings\n \n\n Tenant services\n \n\n Utility services\n \n\n Water quality management\n \n\n Historic preservation\n Toggle submenu\n\n Explore historic buildings\n \n\n Heritage tourism\n \n\n Historic preservation policy, tools and resources\n \n\n Historic building stewardship\n \n\n Videos, pictures, posters and more\n \n\n NEPA implementation\n \n\n Our properties\n Toggle submenu\n\n Courthouse program\n \n\n Land ports of entry\n \n\n Prospectus library\n \n\n Regional buildings\n \n\n Renting property\n \n\n Visiting public buildings\n \n\n Real estate services\n Toggle submenu\n\n Leasing\n \n\n Real property disposal\n \n\n Reimbursable services (RWA)\n \n\n Rental policy and procedures\n \n\n Site selection and relocation\n \n\n For businesses seeking opportunities\n \n\n For federal customers","title":"Reference | GSA","score":10.214736},{"document_id":"030c54337bc2a6b6-12720-14733","text":"e-Services for Business FAQs\nAll service recipients can file the DE 542 online.\nFollow these steps:\n\nLog in to e-Services for Business.\nSelect Show More from the Account Management panel.\nSelect File Report of Independent Contractors. You will be directed to the Internet Independent Contractor Reporting (iICR) website to complete and submit a Report of Independent Contractor(s) (DE 542).\nSelect Create New DE 542.\nComplete the required fields.\nReview and submit the completed DE 542.\n\nYou can save your report at any time as a draft. Select the draft icon and/or Edit to edit your saved draft.\nYou will be allowed to include up to 30 new independent contractors in one submission.\nImportant: The DE 542 can only be filed from 5 a.m. to 12 midnight, Pacific time, 7 days a week.\nFor More Information\nRefer to our e-Services for Business Tutorials.\n\nHow do I correct a previously filed Report of New Employee(s) (DE 34) or Report of Independent Contractor(s) (DE 542)?\n\nYou can file the employee information again to correct a previously filed report.\n\nI am not a California employer and I need to file the Report of Independent Contractor(s) (DE 542) as a service recipient, which type of enrollment should I select?\n\nYou must select Representative as the type of enrollment. This type of enrollment allows you access to e-Services for Business to file the DE 542 without registering for a California employer payroll tax account number.\n\nCan I submit a bulk file for these reports?\n\nYes. You can submit a bulk file for these reports online.\nFollow these steps:\n\nLog in to e-Services for Business.\nSelect More...\nSelect Upload a Bulk Return File from the Payments and Returns panel.\nSelect NER to upload a Report of New Employee(s).\nSelect ICR to upload a Report of Independent Contractor(s).\n\nFor More Information\n\nElectronic Filing Guide for the New Employee Registry (DE 340) (PDF)\nElectronic Filing Guide for the Independent Contractor Reporting Program (DE 542M) (PDF)\n\nFile Benefit Charge and Unemployment Insurance (UI) Rate Protests","title":"e-Services for Business FAQs","score":10.855017},{"document_id":"a4e2900142a3ed56-2-1969","text":"DES-PPM&OE - Contractor’s Corner\nDES-PPM&OE - Contractor’s Corner\n\nSkip to Main Content\n\nCA.gov\nHome\n\n Contact PPM&OE\n Settings\n\n×\n\nDefault\nHigh Contrast\n\nReset\nIncrease Font SizeFont Increase\nDecrease Font SizeFont Decrease\n\nMenu\n\nContractor's Corner\n\nGuidance\n\nCaltrans Bidding Connect\n\nSitemap\n\nCustom Google Search\n\nSubmit\nClose Search\n\nContractor’s Corner\nNew Updates. January 3, 2024\nCaltrans is dedicated to increasing the participation of small businesses in Non-Federal aid contracts awarded by the Department. \n Pursuant to Government Code Section 14110.3, Caltrans is committed to meet or exceed its statutory goal of 25 percent certified small business \n participation in Non-Federal aid contracts and procurements. In support of this effort, Caltrans is seeking the active support and participation \n of all of its prime contractor partners in helping Caltrans to meet this objective. Caltrans has established contract specific goals of 5% \n (and on selected projects a goal of 25%) on Non-Federal aid funded, construction-related contracts and procurements. \n \"Small Business Goals apply\" will be displayed on advertised projects when applicable. \nUnder Govt Code 14835 et seq. and 2 CA Code of Regs 1896 et seq., the Department gives preference to certified small businesses and \n non-small businesses who commit to 25 percent certified small business participation. \n \"Small Business Preference(s) apply\" will be displayed on advertised projects when applicable.\nIf you have any questions, please contact the Office of Construction Contract Awards at 916-227-6299.\nNew Updates. October 12, 2023\nOn August 23, 2023, the Office of Management and Budget posted revised guidance on the Federal Register in the \n form of 2 CFR 184 & 200. This includes expansion of construction materials subject to Buy America requirements. Accordingly, \n Caltrans will revise requirements in Section 6-1.04, \"Buy America,\" in the Special Provisions for most projects advertising \n after October 23, 2023.","title":"DES-PPM&OE - Contractor’s Corner","score":10.466002},{"document_id":"d49d5bd8c9f4f6ef-3147-5447","text":"Hiring a home-improvement contractor | New York State Attorney General\nWithhold final payment until the entire project is completed to your satisfaction and all required inspections and certificates \nof occupancy are finalized. \nGet everything in writing\nState law requires a contractor to provide a written contract for home improvement to work. The contract should include a timeline for work to be completed, a payment schedule, and specifics about the project — such as types or brands of materials. On larger projects, architect or engineer plans should specify virtually every detail. Remember, any verbal changes to the project must be added to the written contract. The contractor is bound only by what is in the contract. Keep copies for your records.\nKnow what permits are needed\nEven though a qualified contractor should be aware of the necessary permits and inspections, you should know them as well. Check with your local building department before beginning a project. Also check the New York State Department of State building code website.\nGet references and check them\nAsk friends and neighbors for names of contractors. Examine the completed project, and ask if they are satisfied with the results. Get references from the contractor and speak directly to former customers. Check the contractor's accreditation with the Better Business Bureau.\nKnow where your payments are going\nContractors are required to deposit progress payments in an escrow account. The payments are to be used solely for your project: Any withdrawal must bear a \"reasonable relationship\" to the work completed. The contractor can otherwise obtain bond insurance to protect your money. Know which option your contractor will use.\nNever do business with a contractor who is unwilling to abide by any of these conditions\nEven if the contractor seems reputable, it simply is not worth the risk.\nGet proof of insurance\nIf a worker is injured, or damage is caused on your property, you could be held liable if your contractor does not have the required insurance.\nCheck licenses where necessary\nIn the state of New York, home-improvement contractors must be licensed in New York City, Suffolk, Nassau, Westchester, Putnam, and Rockland counties.\nRunning into problems?\nSpeak with your contractor and try to reach a resolution.\nThe goal is to have the work finished to your satisfaction.","title":"Hiring a home-improvement contractor | New York State Attorney General","score":10.709544},{"document_id":"d49d5bd8c9f4f6ef-1545-3666","text":"Hiring a home-improvement contractor | New York State Attorney General\nEvent Archive\n\nContact\n\nContact Us\n\nFile a Complaint\n\nHow can we help you?\n\nI Want To...\n\nAppeal a background check\n\nApply for a Job/Internship\n\nDo Business with the OAG\n\nFile a Complaint\n\nFind Legal Services\n\nKnow My Rights\n\nMake a FOIL Request\n\nRegister/Submit a Filing\n\nReport a Data Breach\n\nRequest a Publication\n\nServe Papers on OAG\n\nUse the Whistleblower Portal\n\nHome\n\n Hiring a home-improvement contractor\n \n\nHiring a home-improvement contractor\nDo your homework!\n\nDear New Yorkers,\n\nThe average consumer now has access to a worldwide marketplace, and competition is fierce. Sometimes, it is hard to know the difference between a bargain and a ripoff. Here are some tips on how you can be a smart consumer.\nIf you run into problems, our office may be able to help. Our Bureau of Consumer Frauds and Protection offers an informal dispute resolution program for complaints against a merchant or business. In addition, we keep track of the filed complaints and can take action if there is a pattern of consumer fraud.\nRemember, if a deal seems too good to be true, it is probably not a good deal.\n \n\nSincerely,\n\n \n\n \n\n \n\nGetting started\nIdentify the full home-improvement project\nPrepare a comprehensive list of all work to be completed. Be specific. Set a reasonable budget for your project. \nShop around\nInterview multiple contractors. Contact at least three contractors and get written estimates for your project. Insist upon specific timelines detailing start and completion dates.\nYour home-improvement project \nNever pay the full price up front\nEstablish a payment schedule and adhere to it. Withhold final payment until the entire project is completed to your satisfaction and all required inspections and certificates \nof occupancy are finalized. \nGet everything in writing\nState law requires a contractor to provide a written contract for home improvement to work. The contract should include a timeline for work to be completed, a payment schedule, and specifics about the project — such as types or brands of materials. On larger projects, architect or engineer plans should specify virtually every detail.","title":"Hiring a home-improvement contractor | New York State Attorney General","score":10.5433035}],"af57ff6995d958858fc451e606fdb54d<::>3":[{"document_id":"2cfec0466f870f42-1575-3691","text":"Business Resources - U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs\nVA Federal Supply Schedule (FSS)VA manages multiple award contracts for medical equipment, supply, pharmaceutical, and service Schedule programs.\nForecast of Contracting OpportunitiesThis forecast represents VA’s best estimate of procurement opportunities during the fiscal year.\nVA Acquisition Regulations (VAAR)Our supplement of the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR). \nConstruction and Facilities Management (CFM)CFM provides a wide variety of services and expertise to VA to deliver high quality and cost-effective facilities in support of our Veterans.\nEnhanced-Use Lease (EUL)CFM provides a wide variety of services and expertise to VA to deliver high quality and cost-effective facilities in support of our Veterans.\nVA PathfinderAn interactive website to guide you through working and innovating with VA.\nVisit PathfinderNon-VA ResourcesThese additional resources our outside VA and are helpful to the business process\nSystem for Award ManagementA government-wide portal used by the Federal government in conducting the acquisition and financial assistance processes.\nProcurement Technical Assistance Program (PTAP)PTAP is a network of procurement professionals working to help local businesses compete.\n\n \n \n\n We’re here anytime, day or night - 24/7\n\nIf you are a Veteran in crisis\n or concerned about one, connect with our caring, qualified responders for confidential help. Many of\n them are Veterans themselves. \n\n Call 988 and press\n 1\n Text to 838255\n Chat confidentially now\n Call TTY if you\n have hearing loss 1-800-799-4889\n\nGet more resources at VeteransCrisisLine.net. \n\nOfficial website of the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs\n\nVA.gov\nChooseVA\nDiscoverVA\nVA Forms\nVA Publications\nAbout VA\nVA mobile apps\nAccessibility at VA\nNo FEAR Act data\nWhistleblower Protection\nOffice of the Inspector General\nVA plans, budget, finances, and performance\nAgency Financial Report\nPrivacy policy\nFOIA requests\nDisclaimers\nOpen data\nVulnerability disclosure policy\nCopyright policy\n\nLooking for U.S. government information and services?  Visit USA.gov\nAll VA Social Media U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs","title":"Business Resources - U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs","score":13.702497},{"document_id":"50a18d4423f7a219-750-2799","text":"Procurement Services Announcements | Office of General Services\nCareers with D&CEmergency ConstructionFormsMinority and Women-Owned BusinessesPreviously Approved Construction VendorsService-Disabled Veteran-Owned BusinessesProcurementProcurementContractsBid OpportunitiesBid Opening ResultsProcurement ResourcesAnnouncementsDo BusinessBuyer InformationGreen Purchasing Preferred SourcesVehicle MarketplaceState Procurement CouncilGovernment SupportGovernment SupportDigital & Media ServicesConstruction & Procurement During EmergenciesEnergy PlanningFederal SurplusFleet ManagementFood DistributionLanguage AccessMail & FreightPlaza DockmasterPrinting & CopyingRisk & InsuranceState SurplusResiliency & SustainabilityResiliency & SustainabilityGreenNYSustainable PurchasingZero Emission Vehicles & InfrastructureResiliencySustainable Buildings & InfrastructureDo BusinessDo BusinessConstruction OpportunitiesEvent Vendor OpportunitiesLeasing OpportunitiesMinority and Women-Owned BusinessesProcurement OpportunitiesService-Disabled Veteran-Owned BusinessesState EmployeesState EmployeesDowntown Albany Employee ParkingUpdate Your Employee Parking ProfileDining Options & MenusID CardsBusiness Services CenterBuilding Tenant InformationRSA SecurID TokenVisitVisitState Building DirectoryEmpire State PlazaHarriman State Office CampusPhoto ID Requirements in OGS BuildingsPlaza Lighting CalendarUpcoming EventsHarlem EventsHarlem Art CollectionDining Options & MenusNYSStore Public AuctionsAbout OGSAbout OGSStrategic PlanExecutive TeamCareers\n\nProcurement Services Announcements\n\n \n\n All \n Procurement Services Announcements \n\nFilter Options\n\nFilter\n\n2024\n2023\n2022\n2021\n2020\n2019\n2018\n2017\n2016\n2015\n2014\n2013\n2012\n2011\n2010\n2009\n2008\n2007\n2005\n2004\n\nRefine\n\nFrom\n\nTo\n\n229 results found \n \n \n\nImage of a newspaper.\n\n \n 2024\n \n\n CL 899 Discontinuation of OGS Centralized Contract for Aggregates...\n \n\n May 9, 2024\n |\n \n 1:32 PM EDT\n \n\nLearn more about CL 899 Discontinuation of OGS Centralized Contract for Aggregates Materials\n\n \n\n \n 2024\n \n\n Procurement Services Quarterly Update April 2024\n \n\n April 25, 2024\n |","title":"Procurement Services Announcements | Office of General Services","score":13.481264},{"document_id":"927e8c4b785ff2b4-2535-4782","text":"Buyer Information | Office of General Services\nBecome an Authorized User\nIf you are, among others, a state agency, a public authority or benefit corporation, a local government or political subdivision, a volunteer organization (such as ambulance services & fire companies), or a registered charitable organization, you may be eligible to use OGS centralized statewide contracts. Contracts are divided into three types:\n\r\nCommodity (e.g., fuel, vehicles, office supplies, and food)\r\nService (e.g., elevator maintenance)\r\nTechnology (e.g., hardware, software, telecommunications, and IT services)\n\r\nFor local governments and other government organizations, including schools and public authorities, no additional paperwork beyond your purchase order is needed. If you don’t have an authorized user identification number, we ask that you complete a simple eligibility application. This will provide assurances to companies that you are eligible to use state contracts.\n\nApply\n\nProcurement Resources\n\n \n\n Purchaser Notification Service (PNS)\n \n Register for OGS centralized contract email updates.\n\n \n\n 1122 Program\n \n\n Purchase equipment for counter-drug, homeland security, and emergency response.\n\n \n\n Conducting Your Own Procurement\n \n\n Informational resources and templates for conducting your own procurement.\n\n \n\n New York State Vehicle Marketplace\n \n\n Purchase or lease of new Class 1 - 8 vehicles.\n\n \n\n New York State Preferred Sources\n \n\n Preferred Source offerings, guidelines and related information.\n\n \n\n File Requirements Online\n \n\n Milk, salt, and certain fuels.\n\nWhat's Happening\nOffice of General Services — Upcoming Events\nFrom business outreach and training to community events, find out what's going on at the Office of General Services.\n\nAll Upcoming Events\n\n Office of General Services\n\nAbout\n\nAgency Overview\n\nCommissioner Jeanette M. Moy\n\nStrategic Plan\n\nEmployment\n\nContact Us\n\nBuy Flags\n\nPermits to Assemble\n\nPublic Information\n\nPress\n\nFreedom of Information Law (FOIL)\n\nOpen Meetings\n\nExecutive Law § 203-b List of State Boards\n\nOGS and Open Data\n\nDesign-Build Report\n\nSite Map\n\nLegal\n\nRules and Regulations\n\nService of Process\n\nDebarred and Non-Responsible Entities\n\nExecutive Order 157\n\nExecutive Order 16\n\nIran Divestment Act\n\nAdvisory Council on Procurement Lobbying","title":"Buyer Information | Office of General Services","score":8.13227},{"document_id":"50a18d4423f7a219-263-2449","text":"Procurement Services Announcements | Office of General Services\nNavigation Menu Toggle\n\n Office of General Services\n\nReal EstateReal EstateState Building DirectoryApply to Use OGS-Managed PropertyReal Estate AuctionsTenant InformationTenant RepresentativesLeasingLand ManagementDining Options & MenusDowntown Albany Employee ParkingDeliveries to the Empire State PlazaDesign & ConstructionDesign & ConstructionLet's Work Together! Upcoming ProjectsCurrent Bid OpportunitiesConstruction ContractorsConsultant ProfessionalsClient AgenciesBuild With Us! Careers with D&CEmergency ConstructionFormsMinority and Women-Owned BusinessesPreviously Approved Construction VendorsService-Disabled Veteran-Owned BusinessesProcurementProcurementContractsBid OpportunitiesBid Opening ResultsProcurement ResourcesAnnouncementsDo BusinessBuyer InformationGreen Purchasing Preferred SourcesVehicle MarketplaceState Procurement CouncilGovernment SupportGovernment SupportDigital & Media ServicesConstruction & Procurement During EmergenciesEnergy PlanningFederal SurplusFleet ManagementFood DistributionLanguage AccessMail & FreightPlaza DockmasterPrinting & CopyingRisk & InsuranceState SurplusResiliency & SustainabilityResiliency & SustainabilityGreenNYSustainable PurchasingZero Emission Vehicles & InfrastructureResiliencySustainable Buildings & InfrastructureDo BusinessDo BusinessConstruction OpportunitiesEvent Vendor OpportunitiesLeasing OpportunitiesMinority and Women-Owned BusinessesProcurement OpportunitiesService-Disabled Veteran-Owned BusinessesState EmployeesState EmployeesDowntown Albany Employee ParkingUpdate Your Employee Parking ProfileDining Options & MenusID CardsBusiness Services CenterBuilding Tenant InformationRSA SecurID TokenVisitVisitState Building DirectoryEmpire State PlazaHarriman State Office CampusPhoto ID Requirements in OGS BuildingsPlaza Lighting CalendarUpcoming EventsHarlem EventsHarlem Art CollectionDining Options & MenusNYSStore Public AuctionsAbout OGSAbout OGSStrategic PlanExecutive TeamCareers\n\nProcurement Services Announcements\n\n \n\n All \n Procurement Services Announcements \n\nFilter Options\n\nFilter\n\n2024\n2023\n2022\n2021\n2020\n2019\n2018\n2017\n2016\n2015\n2014\n2013\n2012\n2011\n2010\n2009\n2008\n2007\n2005\n2004\n\nRefine\n\nFrom","title":"Procurement Services Announcements | Office of General Services","score":12.529093},{"document_id":"927e8c4b785ff2b4-733-3007","text":"Buyer Information | Office of General Services\nCareers with D&CEmergency ConstructionFormsMinority and Women-Owned BusinessesPreviously Approved Construction VendorsService-Disabled Veteran-Owned BusinessesProcurementProcurementContractsBid OpportunitiesBid Opening ResultsProcurement ResourcesAnnouncementsDo BusinessBuyer InformationGreen Purchasing Preferred SourcesVehicle MarketplaceState Procurement CouncilGovernment SupportGovernment SupportDigital & Media ServicesConstruction & Procurement During EmergenciesEnergy PlanningFederal SurplusFleet ManagementFood DistributionLanguage AccessMail & FreightPlaza DockmasterPrinting & CopyingRisk & InsuranceState SurplusResiliency & SustainabilityResiliency & SustainabilityGreenNYSustainable PurchasingZero Emission Vehicles & InfrastructureResiliencySustainable Buildings & InfrastructureDo BusinessDo BusinessConstruction OpportunitiesEvent Vendor OpportunitiesLeasing OpportunitiesMinority and Women-Owned BusinessesProcurement OpportunitiesService-Disabled Veteran-Owned BusinessesState EmployeesState EmployeesDowntown Albany Employee ParkingUpdate Your Employee Parking ProfileDining Options & MenusID CardsBusiness Services CenterBuilding Tenant InformationRSA SecurID TokenVisitVisitState Building DirectoryEmpire State PlazaHarriman State Office CampusPhoto ID Requirements in OGS BuildingsPlaza Lighting CalendarUpcoming EventsHarlem EventsHarlem Art CollectionDining Options & MenusNYSStore Public AuctionsAbout OGSAbout OGSStrategic PlanExecutive TeamCareers\n\n \n\nBuyer/Authorized User Information\n\nInformation on using OGS centralized contracts and other procurement options.\n\nApply\n\nTOP\nBuyer Information\n\nSHARE\n\nShare by Email\n\nShare by Facebook\n\nShare by Twitter\n\nBuying 101\n\nUnderstand the Procurement Process\n\nState Agencies\n\nMunicipalities\n\nSchool Districts\n\nSUNY\n\nEligibility\nBecome an Authorized User\nIf you are, among others, a state agency, a public authority or benefit corporation, a local government or political subdivision, a volunteer organization (such as ambulance services & fire companies), or a registered charitable organization, you may be eligible to use OGS centralized statewide contracts. Contracts are divided into three types:\n\r\nCommodity (e.g., fuel, vehicles, office supplies, and food)\r\nService (e.g., elevator maintenance)","title":"Buyer Information | Office of General Services","score":23.374329}],"af57ff6995d958858fc451e606fdb54d<::>4":[{"document_id":"50a18d4423f7a219-750-2799","text":"Procurement Services Announcements | Office of General Services\nCareers with D&CEmergency ConstructionFormsMinority and Women-Owned BusinessesPreviously Approved Construction VendorsService-Disabled Veteran-Owned BusinessesProcurementProcurementContractsBid OpportunitiesBid Opening ResultsProcurement ResourcesAnnouncementsDo BusinessBuyer InformationGreen Purchasing Preferred SourcesVehicle MarketplaceState Procurement CouncilGovernment SupportGovernment SupportDigital & Media ServicesConstruction & Procurement During EmergenciesEnergy PlanningFederal SurplusFleet ManagementFood DistributionLanguage AccessMail & FreightPlaza DockmasterPrinting & CopyingRisk & InsuranceState SurplusResiliency & SustainabilityResiliency & SustainabilityGreenNYSustainable PurchasingZero Emission Vehicles & InfrastructureResiliencySustainable Buildings & InfrastructureDo BusinessDo BusinessConstruction OpportunitiesEvent Vendor OpportunitiesLeasing OpportunitiesMinority and Women-Owned BusinessesProcurement OpportunitiesService-Disabled Veteran-Owned BusinessesState EmployeesState EmployeesDowntown Albany Employee ParkingUpdate Your Employee Parking ProfileDining Options & MenusID CardsBusiness Services CenterBuilding Tenant InformationRSA SecurID TokenVisitVisitState Building DirectoryEmpire State PlazaHarriman State Office CampusPhoto ID Requirements in OGS BuildingsPlaza Lighting CalendarUpcoming EventsHarlem EventsHarlem Art CollectionDining Options & MenusNYSStore Public AuctionsAbout OGSAbout OGSStrategic PlanExecutive TeamCareers\n\nProcurement Services Announcements\n\n \n\n All \n Procurement Services Announcements \n\nFilter Options\n\nFilter\n\n2024\n2023\n2022\n2021\n2020\n2019\n2018\n2017\n2016\n2015\n2014\n2013\n2012\n2011\n2010\n2009\n2008\n2007\n2005\n2004\n\nRefine\n\nFrom\n\nTo\n\n229 results found \n \n \n\nImage of a newspaper.\n\n \n 2024\n \n\n CL 899 Discontinuation of OGS Centralized Contract for Aggregates...\n \n\n May 9, 2024\n |\n \n 1:32 PM EDT\n \n\nLearn more about CL 899 Discontinuation of OGS Centralized Contract for Aggregates Materials\n\n \n\n \n 2024\n \n\n Procurement Services Quarterly Update April 2024\n \n\n April 25, 2024\n |","title":"Procurement Services Announcements | Office of General Services","score":11.646442},{"document_id":"927e8c4b785ff2b4-733-3007","text":"Buyer Information | Office of General Services\nCareers with D&CEmergency ConstructionFormsMinority and Women-Owned BusinessesPreviously Approved Construction VendorsService-Disabled Veteran-Owned BusinessesProcurementProcurementContractsBid OpportunitiesBid Opening ResultsProcurement ResourcesAnnouncementsDo BusinessBuyer InformationGreen Purchasing Preferred SourcesVehicle MarketplaceState Procurement CouncilGovernment SupportGovernment SupportDigital & Media ServicesConstruction & Procurement During EmergenciesEnergy PlanningFederal SurplusFleet ManagementFood DistributionLanguage AccessMail & FreightPlaza DockmasterPrinting & CopyingRisk & InsuranceState SurplusResiliency & SustainabilityResiliency & SustainabilityGreenNYSustainable PurchasingZero Emission Vehicles & InfrastructureResiliencySustainable Buildings & InfrastructureDo BusinessDo BusinessConstruction OpportunitiesEvent Vendor OpportunitiesLeasing OpportunitiesMinority and Women-Owned BusinessesProcurement OpportunitiesService-Disabled Veteran-Owned BusinessesState EmployeesState EmployeesDowntown Albany Employee ParkingUpdate Your Employee Parking ProfileDining Options & MenusID CardsBusiness Services CenterBuilding Tenant InformationRSA SecurID TokenVisitVisitState Building DirectoryEmpire State PlazaHarriman State Office CampusPhoto ID Requirements in OGS BuildingsPlaza Lighting CalendarUpcoming EventsHarlem EventsHarlem Art CollectionDining Options & MenusNYSStore Public AuctionsAbout OGSAbout OGSStrategic PlanExecutive TeamCareers\n\n \n\nBuyer/Authorized User Information\n\nInformation on using OGS centralized contracts and other procurement options.\n\nApply\n\nTOP\nBuyer Information\n\nSHARE\n\nShare by Email\n\nShare by Facebook\n\nShare by Twitter\n\nBuying 101\n\nUnderstand the Procurement Process\n\nState Agencies\n\nMunicipalities\n\nSchool Districts\n\nSUNY\n\nEligibility\nBecome an Authorized User\nIf you are, among others, a state agency, a public authority or benefit corporation, a local government or political subdivision, a volunteer organization (such as ambulance services & fire companies), or a registered charitable organization, you may be eligible to use OGS centralized statewide contracts. Contracts are divided into three types:\n\r\nCommodity (e.g., fuel, vehicles, office supplies, and food)\r\nService (e.g., elevator maintenance)","title":"Buyer Information | Office of General Services","score":10.903349},{"document_id":"2cfec0466f870f42-1575-3691","text":"Business Resources - U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs\nVA Federal Supply Schedule (FSS)VA manages multiple award contracts for medical equipment, supply, pharmaceutical, and service Schedule programs.\nForecast of Contracting OpportunitiesThis forecast represents VA’s best estimate of procurement opportunities during the fiscal year.\nVA Acquisition Regulations (VAAR)Our supplement of the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR). \nConstruction and Facilities Management (CFM)CFM provides a wide variety of services and expertise to VA to deliver high quality and cost-effective facilities in support of our Veterans.\nEnhanced-Use Lease (EUL)CFM provides a wide variety of services and expertise to VA to deliver high quality and cost-effective facilities in support of our Veterans.\nVA PathfinderAn interactive website to guide you through working and innovating with VA.\nVisit PathfinderNon-VA ResourcesThese additional resources our outside VA and are helpful to the business process\nSystem for Award ManagementA government-wide portal used by the Federal government in conducting the acquisition and financial assistance processes.\nProcurement Technical Assistance Program (PTAP)PTAP is a network of procurement professionals working to help local businesses compete.\n\n \n \n\n We’re here anytime, day or night - 24/7\n\nIf you are a Veteran in crisis\n or concerned about one, connect with our caring, qualified responders for confidential help. Many of\n them are Veterans themselves. \n\n Call 988 and press\n 1\n Text to 838255\n Chat confidentially now\n Call TTY if you\n have hearing loss 1-800-799-4889\n\nGet more resources at VeteransCrisisLine.net. \n\nOfficial website of the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs\n\nVA.gov\nChooseVA\nDiscoverVA\nVA Forms\nVA Publications\nAbout VA\nVA mobile apps\nAccessibility at VA\nNo FEAR Act data\nWhistleblower Protection\nOffice of the Inspector General\nVA plans, budget, finances, and performance\nAgency Financial Report\nPrivacy policy\nFOIA requests\nDisclaimers\nOpen data\nVulnerability disclosure policy\nCopyright policy\n\nLooking for U.S. government information and services?  Visit USA.gov\nAll VA Social Media U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs","title":"Business Resources - U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs","score":12.751697},{"document_id":"927e8c4b785ff2b4-2535-4782","text":"Buyer Information | Office of General Services\nBecome an Authorized User\nIf you are, among others, a state agency, a public authority or benefit corporation, a local government or political subdivision, a volunteer organization (such as ambulance services & fire companies), or a registered charitable organization, you may be eligible to use OGS centralized statewide contracts. Contracts are divided into three types:\n\r\nCommodity (e.g., fuel, vehicles, office supplies, and food)\r\nService (e.g., elevator maintenance)\r\nTechnology (e.g., hardware, software, telecommunications, and IT services)\n\r\nFor local governments and other government organizations, including schools and public authorities, no additional paperwork beyond your purchase order is needed. If you don’t have an authorized user identification number, we ask that you complete a simple eligibility application. This will provide assurances to companies that you are eligible to use state contracts.\n\nApply\n\nProcurement Resources\n\n \n\n Purchaser Notification Service (PNS)\n \n Register for OGS centralized contract email updates.\n\n \n\n 1122 Program\n \n\n Purchase equipment for counter-drug, homeland security, and emergency response.\n\n \n\n Conducting Your Own Procurement\n \n\n Informational resources and templates for conducting your own procurement.\n\n \n\n New York State Vehicle Marketplace\n \n\n Purchase or lease of new Class 1 - 8 vehicles.\n\n \n\n New York State Preferred Sources\n \n\n Preferred Source offerings, guidelines and related information.\n\n \n\n File Requirements Online\n \n\n Milk, salt, and certain fuels.\n\nWhat's Happening\nOffice of General Services — Upcoming Events\nFrom business outreach and training to community events, find out what's going on at the Office of General Services.\n\nAll Upcoming Events\n\n Office of General Services\n\nAbout\n\nAgency Overview\n\nCommissioner Jeanette M. Moy\n\nStrategic Plan\n\nEmployment\n\nContact Us\n\nBuy Flags\n\nPermits to Assemble\n\nPublic Information\n\nPress\n\nFreedom of Information Law (FOIL)\n\nOpen Meetings\n\nExecutive Law § 203-b List of State Boards\n\nOGS and Open Data\n\nDesign-Build Report\n\nSite Map\n\nLegal\n\nRules and Regulations\n\nService of Process\n\nDebarred and Non-Responsible Entities\n\nExecutive Order 157\n\nExecutive Order 16\n\nIran Divestment Act\n\nAdvisory Council on Procurement Lobbying","title":"Buyer Information | Office of General Services","score":11.891353},{"document_id":"675b6a28a5fe222b-2-2236","text":"VA.gov Home | Veterans Affairs\nVA.gov Home | Veterans Affairs\n\nSkip to Content\n\nAn official website of the United States government\n\nHere’s how you know\n\nThe .gov means it’s official.\n\n Federal government websites often end in .gov or .mil. Before sharing sensitive information, make sure you're on a federal government site.\n \n\nThe site is secure.\n The https:// ensures that you're connecting to the official website and that any information you provide is encrypted and sent securely.\n \n\nTalk to the Veterans Crisis Line now\n\n Welcome to VA.gov\n\n The PACT Act and your VA benefits\n \n\n This new law expands and extends eligibility for care and benefits for Veterans and survivors related to toxic exposures.\n \n\n Learn what the PACT Act means for you\n \n\n Create an account to manage your VA benefits and care in one place — any time, from anywhere.\n \n\n Search\n \n\n Other search tools\n \n\n Top pages\n \n\nVA\n NEWS\n\n VA’s mission to better serve all\n\n Building equity and ending harassment for underserved populations.\n \n \n Read the full article\n \n about VA’s mission to better serve all\n \n\nMore VA news\n \n\n Explore VA benefits and health care\n \n\nApply for VA health care, find out how to access services, and manage your health and benefits online.\n\nFile a claim for disability compensation for conditions related to your military service, and manage your benefits over time.\n\nApply for and manage your GI Bill and other education benefits to help pay for college and training programs.\n\nApply for vocational rehabilitation services, get support for your Veteran-owned small business, and access other career resources.\n\nApply for monthly payments for wartime Veterans and survivors with limited or no income who meet certain age and disability requirements.\n\nFind out if you're eligible for a VA-backed home loan. If you have a service-connected disability, see if you qualify for a housing grant to help you live more independently.\n\nExplore VA life insurance options for Veterans, service members, and families. Manage your policy online, file claims for benefits, and access helpful resources.\n\nGet help planning a burial in a VA national cemetery, order a headstone or other memorial item to honor a Veteran's service, and apply for survivor and dependent benefits.","title":"VA.gov Home | Veterans Affairs","score":11.537263}],"af57ff6995d958858fc451e606fdb54d<::>5":[{"document_id":"0324a26acb64e2e0-7979-10461","text":"Women Veterans - Veterans\nWomen Veterans may be eligible for a wide-variety of benefits available to all U.S. military Veterans. VA benefits include disability compensation, pension, education and training, health care, home loans, insurance, vocational rehabilitation and employment, and burial. See our Veterans page for an overview of the benefits available to all Veterans.\nThe following sections provide information about VA benefits and programs specifically for Women Veterans.\nVA Benefits and Programs for Women Veterans\nCenter for Women Veterans\nVA's Center for Women Veterans monitors and coordinates VA's administration of benefit services and programs for women Veterans. The Center advocates for a cultural transformation that recognizes the service and contributions of women Veterans and women in the military, and also raises awareness of the responsibility to treat women Veterans with dignity and respect.\nLearn more about the Center for Women Veterans.\nWomen Veteran Coordinators\nThere are Women Veteran Coordinator (WVCs) located in every regional office who function as the primary contact for women Veterans. WVCs provide specific information and comprehensive assistance to women Veterans, their dependents, and beneficiaries concerning VA benefits and related non-VA benefits. They may assist you in the claims intake, development, and processing of military sexual and personal trauma claims.\nFind a regional office near you.\nVA Health Care for Women Veterans\nAt each VA medical center nationwide, a Women Veterans Program Manager (WVPM) is designated to advise and advocate for women Veterans. The WVPM can help coordinate all the services you may need, from primary care to specialized care for chronic conditions or reproductive health. Woman Veterans who are interested in receiving care at VA should contact the nearest VA Medical Center and ask for the WVPM.\nWoman Veterans who are interested in receiving care at VA should contact the nearest VA Medical Center and ask for the Women Veterans Program Manager.\nLearn more about the VA Health Care for Women Veterans.\nVA Benefits for Survivors of Military Sexual Trauma\nVA has special services available to help women who experienced military sexual trauma (MST), including free, confidential counseling and treatment for mental and physical health conditions related to MST. You do not need to have a service-connected disability or injury, and may be able to receive this benefit even if you are not eligible for other VA care.","title":"Women Veterans - Veterans","score":10.021616},{"document_id":"42a7a715a971d313-7634-9865","text":"Center for Women Veterans (CWV)\nLearn more about what earned benefits and services are available to you!\n\nVA offers benefits, services, and programs such as:\n\nBenefits, including:\n\nService-Connected Disability Compensation\nHome loans\nReadiness and employment services\nSmall business programs with initiatives specifically for women Veteran-owned small businesses\nBurial (including pre-need eligibility)\nLife insurance\nTransition and economic development\nEducation and training\nPension for Veterans and survivors\n\nHealth care, including:\n\nSpecialized care for women Veterans\nMilitary Sexual Harassment, Assault or Rape (Military Sexual Trauma)\nMaternity care\nPACT Act\nLGBTQ+ care\n\n \nApply now for benefits and health care. Do you still have questions? Contact us at 00w@va.gov, call or text the Women Veterans Call Center at 1-855-829-6636 or contact a local Veteran Service Officer.\nDid you know: if you need mental health services related to PTSD or other mental health conditions linked to your service (including conditions related to an experience of military sexual harassment, assault or rape) you may qualify for VA health benefits right away, even without a VA Character of Discharge review or a discharge upgrade.\nIf you have a less than honorable discharge you may be eligible for a discharge upgrade. Learn more »\n\nWomen Veterans NOT using VA Benefits and Services?\nWomen Veterans NOT using your earned VA Benefits & Services, we would love to hear from you. Please take our survey, it takes 5 minutes and is anonymous. Take the survey »\n\nVA Women’s Health Transition Training\nThe Women’s Health Services Office at the Department of Veterans Affairs, in conjunction with the Department of Defense, is hosting a Women’s Health Transition Training. The training will provide servicewomen with a deeper understanding of the women’s health services available to them within the VA health care system. Learn more »\n\n \n\nSite Navigation\n\nHome\nAbout Us\nAdvisory Committee\nWomen Veterans' Mental Health\nResources for Women Veterans\nWomen Veterans Outreach\nResearch and Reports\nCWV Partnerships\nFrequently Asked Questions\nEvents\nContact Us\n\nWomen Veteran Resources\n\nSubscribe to receive weekly women Veteran centric updates and news\n\nButton to subscribe to email","title":"Center for Women Veterans (CWV)","score":11.699538},{"document_id":"3b9228d5ddf7d49b-14377-16744","text":"California Blueprint for Women’s Pandemic Economic Recovery | CCSWG\nSolutions include: Increasing California’s minimum wage, improving pay data transparency requirements for private companies, ensuring equal pay for equal work for temporary employees, support occupational transitions, protect against workplace discrimination, and improve workplace protections.\n \nExamine the long-term impact of Long COVID on women’s health and economic status.\nSolutions include: Plan for Long COVID, improve Covid-19 reporting, improve access to sick leave, palliative care, mental health support, and prioritize accessibility.\n \nBuild more equitable and comprehensive support system for the long term to alleviate poverty and support economic recovery for women.\nSolutions include: Enhance Unemployment Insurance and improve access to benefits that include Paid Family Leave, CalWorks and CalFresh. Incentivize through tax credits to include Low-Income Housing Tax Credits, Child Tax Credits, Young Child Tax Credit, and CalEITC. Dedicated support is needed for women-owned small businesses.\n \nCalifornia must apply significant investment to address a care system that was patchwork to begin with and envision a new approach to care.\nSolutions include: Affordable and accessible childcare options for families, to improving wages and incentives for the caregiving profession, investment in elder care, support in making up for lost retirement savings, increased flexibility for working parents, pilot a guaranteed income program.\n \nSupport California women in the workforce, especially in industries where they are often overlooked or under-resourced, specifically for women of color, women with disabilities, members of the LGBTQIA+ community.\nSolutions include: Future research and improved data collection and transparency centers an intersectional approaches that presuppose structural gender bias and compounding challenges. Elevating women’s voices and influence on critical matters of the state through gender advisors and establishing local women commissions to improve equitable representation.\n \n\nHave questions about the Blueprint? Contact me! \nDarcy Totten, CCSWG Director of External Affairs\nDarcy.Totten@women.ca.gov\n\n \n\n \n \n \n \n\nBack to Top\n\nAccessibility\n\nCertification\n\nConditions of Use\n\nPrivacy Policy\n\nDisclaimer\n\nDownload Free Readers\n\nReport A Web Problem\n\nCopyright © State of California\nPowered by: CAWeb Publishing Service","title":"California Blueprint for Women’s Pandemic Economic Recovery | CCSWG","score":10.403091},{"document_id":"2ac77ebdc937d7df-7543-9456","text":"Doing Business With DEC - NYSDEC\nPlease include your customer number, the transaction number(s) from your invoice(s), your email address and phone number in the email.Procurement OpportunitiesDEC enters into contracts for commodities, construction, and services that are needed to fulfill its mission. DEC also enters into contracts to provide State and local assistance funding to eligible recipients. All DEC procurements are conducted in accordance with State laws and procurement guidelines. As required by Economic Development Law, DEC advertises all procurement opportunities estimated at $50,000 or more in the New York State Contract Reporter (NYSCR), (leaves DEC website) a procurement opportunities newsletter that is published free of charge on a daily basis. To encourage competition and reach as many potential vendors as possible, DEC may also advertise in other media such as newspapers, trade magazines, and on its own website.Remediation Procurement OpportunitiesApply for a Grant \n\nMinority and Women-Owned Business Enterprise (M/WBE) Program \n\nThe policies of the Minority and Women-owned Business Enterprise program promote and encourage participation by minority and women-owned businesses in state contracting opportunities. \n\nLearn More about the M/WBE Program \n\nService-Disabled Veteran-Owned Business (SDVOB) Program\n\nService-Disabled Veteran-Owned Businesses (SDVOBs) are an important part of DEC's procurement activities. In 2014, New York State Passed Executive Law Article 17-B, which aims at greater inclusion of service-disabled veterans within New York State's economy.\n\nLearn More about the SVDOB Program \n\n DEC Delivers -- Keeping You Connected and Informed \n \n\n -- Sign up to receive Contract Opportunities and M/WBE Support notifications\n \n\nGov Delivery Form\n\nYou must have JavaScript enabled to use this form.\n\nEmail address\n\n \n This field is required.\n \n\nTopic Id\n\n \n- None -AdirondacksAir Quality (Air Mail!","title":"Doing Business With DEC - NYSDEC","score":10.4706},{"document_id":"3b9228d5ddf7d49b-12609-14923","text":"California Blueprint for Women’s Pandemic Economic Recovery | CCSWG\nThirty-five percent of women workers in California sought benefits, compared to 28% of men. The Blueprint further determined that between March 2020 and December 2020, Unemployment Insurance benefits reached the families of approximately 3.6 million California children, reaching about 40% of the state’s children supporting those households in the first year of the pandemic. \n \n\nGender is a substantive element of the health of the state’s overall workforce and capacity for economic growth and must be considered as an essential element in state resource stewardship.\n\nCalifornia has barreled toward recovery, with overall unemployment rates falling to 3.9%, a historic low going back to the official data series started in 1976. The state as a whole has accounted for 16.1% of the nation’s new jobs as of July 2022 and has recovered all of the private-sector jobs lost during the pandemic. \nOne thing these numbers do not tell us, however, is the type of work, compensation, flexibility, or the intangible elements of work, including caregiving. It also does not address the lasting repercussions of the pandemic on women and families who could not afford to spend two years not working or working less. The overall hit to wealth building results in less savings, home ownership or investments or retirement savings and remains an issue for the state and the economy as a whole.\n\nA Call to Action\n\nCCSWG is concerned by the systematic erosion of women’s well-being, human rights, and economic status that have been profoundly accelerated by COVID-19. It will undoubtedly continue unless halted by deliberate interventions we must deploy now.\n \nSupport broad structural changes to end the gender wage gap, improve workplace equity for women, and alleviate poverty.\nSolutions include: Increasing California’s minimum wage, improving pay data transparency requirements for private companies, ensuring equal pay for equal work for temporary employees, support occupational transitions, protect against workplace discrimination, and improve workplace protections.\n \nExamine the long-term impact of Long COVID on women’s health and economic status.\nSolutions include: Plan for Long COVID, improve Covid-19 reporting, improve access to sick leave, palliative care, mental health support, and prioritize accessibility.","title":"California Blueprint for Women’s Pandemic Economic Recovery | CCSWG","score":10.831362}],"af57ff6995d958858fc451e606fdb54d<::>6":[{"document_id":"2ac77ebdc937d7df-7543-9456","text":"Doing Business With DEC - NYSDEC\nPlease include your customer number, the transaction number(s) from your invoice(s), your email address and phone number in the email.Procurement OpportunitiesDEC enters into contracts for commodities, construction, and services that are needed to fulfill its mission. DEC also enters into contracts to provide State and local assistance funding to eligible recipients. All DEC procurements are conducted in accordance with State laws and procurement guidelines. As required by Economic Development Law, DEC advertises all procurement opportunities estimated at $50,000 or more in the New York State Contract Reporter (NYSCR), (leaves DEC website) a procurement opportunities newsletter that is published free of charge on a daily basis. To encourage competition and reach as many potential vendors as possible, DEC may also advertise in other media such as newspapers, trade magazines, and on its own website.Remediation Procurement OpportunitiesApply for a Grant \n\nMinority and Women-Owned Business Enterprise (M/WBE) Program \n\nThe policies of the Minority and Women-owned Business Enterprise program promote and encourage participation by minority and women-owned businesses in state contracting opportunities. \n\nLearn More about the M/WBE Program \n\nService-Disabled Veteran-Owned Business (SDVOB) Program\n\nService-Disabled Veteran-Owned Businesses (SDVOBs) are an important part of DEC's procurement activities. In 2014, New York State Passed Executive Law Article 17-B, which aims at greater inclusion of service-disabled veterans within New York State's economy.\n\nLearn More about the SVDOB Program \n\n DEC Delivers -- Keeping You Connected and Informed \n \n\n -- Sign up to receive Contract Opportunities and M/WBE Support notifications\n \n\nGov Delivery Form\n\nYou must have JavaScript enabled to use this form.\n\nEmail address\n\n \n This field is required.\n \n\nTopic Id\n\n \n- None -AdirondacksAir Quality (Air Mail!","title":"Doing Business With DEC - NYSDEC","score":10.4706},{"document_id":"42a7a715a971d313-7634-9865","text":"Center for Women Veterans (CWV)\nLearn more about what earned benefits and services are available to you!\n\nVA offers benefits, services, and programs such as:\n\nBenefits, including:\n\nService-Connected Disability Compensation\nHome loans\nReadiness and employment services\nSmall business programs with initiatives specifically for women Veteran-owned small businesses\nBurial (including pre-need eligibility)\nLife insurance\nTransition and economic development\nEducation and training\nPension for Veterans and survivors\n\nHealth care, including:\n\nSpecialized care for women Veterans\nMilitary Sexual Harassment, Assault or Rape (Military Sexual Trauma)\nMaternity care\nPACT Act\nLGBTQ+ care\n\n \nApply now for benefits and health care. Do you still have questions? Contact us at 00w@va.gov, call or text the Women Veterans Call Center at 1-855-829-6636 or contact a local Veteran Service Officer.\nDid you know: if you need mental health services related to PTSD or other mental health conditions linked to your service (including conditions related to an experience of military sexual harassment, assault or rape) you may qualify for VA health benefits right away, even without a VA Character of Discharge review or a discharge upgrade.\nIf you have a less than honorable discharge you may be eligible for a discharge upgrade. Learn more »\n\nWomen Veterans NOT using VA Benefits and Services?\nWomen Veterans NOT using your earned VA Benefits & Services, we would love to hear from you. Please take our survey, it takes 5 minutes and is anonymous. Take the survey »\n\nVA Women’s Health Transition Training\nThe Women’s Health Services Office at the Department of Veterans Affairs, in conjunction with the Department of Defense, is hosting a Women’s Health Transition Training. The training will provide servicewomen with a deeper understanding of the women’s health services available to them within the VA health care system. Learn more »\n\n \n\nSite Navigation\n\nHome\nAbout Us\nAdvisory Committee\nWomen Veterans' Mental Health\nResources for Women Veterans\nWomen Veterans Outreach\nResearch and Reports\nCWV Partnerships\nFrequently Asked Questions\nEvents\nContact Us\n\nWomen Veteran Resources\n\nSubscribe to receive weekly women Veteran centric updates and news\n\nButton to subscribe to email","title":"Center for Women Veterans (CWV)","score":11.467961},{"document_id":"2cfec0466f870f42-2-2134","text":"Business Resources - U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs\nBusiness Resources - U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs\n\n \n\nSkip to content\n\n \n\nAn official website of the United States government\nHere’s how you know\n\n Here’s how you know \n\n Talk to the Veterans Crisis Line now \n\n \n\n Official websites use .gov \n A .gov website belongs to an official government organization in the United States. \n\n \n\n Secure .gov websites use HTTPS \n A lock ( \n\nLock\nA locked padlock\n\n ) or https:// means you’ve safely connected to the .gov website. Share sensitive information only on official, secure websites. \n\nVA.govVA NewsLocationsBusinessVA CareersContact UsMAIN MENUMenu\n \n\nBusiness ResourcesDepartment of Veterans Affairs2022-09-14T14:23:53-04:00 \nHomeBusiness ResourcesWhether this is the first time your company has done business with the VA, you’re starting a new Veteran-owned business or you have a portfolio of contracts, you can find resources here to help your business-related needs.\nWhat are you looking for?Select a resource you want to use. \nSmall Business at VAResources for small businesses to get and maintain contracts.\nVeteran-Owned Businesses Resources for Veteran-owned businesses to get and maintain contracts.\nSmall Business Liaisons Small business liaisons are located nationwide to offer advice to Veteran-owned and other small businesses on doing business with VA.\nSmall Business EventsAccess our listing of business-related events.\nVendor Communication PlanAccess our agency communication plan on how we will interact with vendors.\nWorking with VAA wide variety of resources to help you get started working with VA.\nVA Federal Supply Schedule (FSS)VA manages multiple award contracts for medical equipment, supply, pharmaceutical, and service Schedule programs.\nForecast of Contracting OpportunitiesThis forecast represents VA’s best estimate of procurement opportunities during the fiscal year.\nVA Acquisition Regulations (VAAR)Our supplement of the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR). \nConstruction and Facilities Management (CFM)CFM provides a wide variety of services and expertise to VA to deliver high quality and cost-effective facilities in support of our Veterans.","title":"Business Resources - U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs","score":11.498366},{"document_id":"0934b31d940efc39-33761-35570","text":"Veteran discounts available year round - VA News\nIt was updated 2-21-21. They cannot honor this offer at this time.\n\nKaren Jones\n\tMarch 24, 2021 at 22:44\t\n\nAre these discounts available to widows?\n\nPatricia Doyle\n\tMarch 24, 2021 at 22:24\t\n\nHow does the veterans advantage work how do you obtain it\n\nBrian Sheehan\n\tMarch 24, 2021 at 21:51\t\n\nIt’s not listed but Home Depot also offers a 10% discount. It’s not as easy to use as Lowe’s because they don’t do preregistration so no online discount and you need to show your Veterans ID at checkout, but it seems to have fewer restrictions and applies even on sale prices.\n\nMichael M Bates\n\tMarch 24, 2021 at 21:40\t\n\nUnless I’m missing something, to use the CVS discount you have to subscribe to a “Veterans Advantage” program, costing between $4.95 and $9.99 a month. Unless you order quite a lot from CVS, not much of a discount.\n\nAmy Fultz\n\tMarch 24, 2021 at 20:41\t\n\nYou need to state that Home Depot only gives discounts to retired or disabled veterans or active duty military. They DO NOT give discounts to all veterans except on Veterans Day.\n\nJack Levy\n\tMarch 24, 2021 at 20:10\t\n\nHello,\nAll those mentioned are great perks.\nOne suggestion that would be really nice to have is to have some kind of a discount from Comcast.\nComcast service is expensive and any brake in their monthly service fees would be a relief.\n\nBrian Lee Speir\n\tMarch 24, 2021 at 20:07\t\n\nI’m happy & grateful for any Veteran’s discount,no matter the percentage or conditions. The businesses don’t have to give a discount anyway so I appreciate it,just as I appreciate Senior discounts.\n\nRICHARD WENSEL\n\tMarch 24, 2021 at 20:06\t\n\nJust wondering why every offer expired 15 days before this was posted.\nNot very helpful.\n\nLouis Demerson jr\n\tMarch 24, 2021 at 19:57\t\n\nThanks for information that can be beneficial too many.\n\nRichard G Finkle","title":"Veteran discounts available year round - VA News","score":11.496132},{"document_id":"a4ee11222d510562-0-2214","text":"Support For Your Veteran-Owned Small Business | Veterans Affairs\n\n\nSupport For Your Veteran-Owned Small Business | Veterans Affairs\n\nSkip to Content\n\nAn official website of the United States government\n\nHere’s how you know\n\nThe .gov means it’s official.\n\n            Federal government websites often end in .gov or .mil. Before sharing sensitive information, make sure you're on a federal government site.\n          \n\nThe site is secure.\n The https:// ensures that you're connecting to the official website and that any information you provide is encrypted and sent securely.\n          \n\nTalk to the Veterans Crisis Line now\n\nHome\n                \n\nCareers and employment\n\n            Veteran-owned small business support\n        \n\nCareers and employment\n\n                                Get benefits\n                            \n\nVeteran Readiness and Employment (Chapter 31)\n\nSupport-and-services tracks\n\nReemployment\n\nRapid Access to Employment\n\nSelf-Employment\n\nLong-Term Services\n\nIndependent Living\n\nEligibility\n\nHow to apply\n\nAccessing VR&E through IDES\n\nEducational and career counseling\n\nApply now\n\nVeteran-owned small business support\n\nDependent employment benefits\n\n                                Manage benefits\n                            \n\nVA Transition Assistance\n\nFind a job\n\nFind VA careers and support\n\nPrint Civil Service Preference Letter\n\nGet LinkedIn classes\n\nCheck claim, decision review, or appeal status\n\nRequest a decision review\n\n                                More resources\n                            \n\nSubsistence allowance rates\n\nCompare VA education benefits\n\nVetSuccess on Campus\n\nProgram definitions\n\nVR&E success stories\n\nEmployment resources for Veterans\n\nResources for family members\n\nIn this section\n\nSupport for your Veteran-Owned Small Business\n\nIf you have a Veteran-Owned Small Business, you may qualify for advantages when bidding on government contracts—along with access to other resources and support—through the Veteran Small Business Certification program (VetCert). \n\nVetCert is run by the U.S. Small Business Administration (SBA). Registering through SBA will allow you to work with us (all businesses who work with VA must be registered). Learn more about VetCert on the SBA website\n\nLast updated: April 15, 2024\n\nFeedback\n\n","title":"Support For Your Veteran-Owned Small Business | Veterans Affairs","score":13.553294}],"af57ff6995d958858fc451e606fdb54d<::>7":[{"document_id":"a6b2bb85a051fd9a-1414-3099","text":"FEMA: FEMA's Environmental Planning and Historic Preservation (EHP) Program\nAchieving use of the environment without degradation or undesirable and unintended consequences;\nPreserving historic, cultural and natural aspects of national heritage and maintaining, wherever possible, an environment that supports diversity and variety of individual choice;\nAchieving a balance between resource use and development within the sustained carrying capacity of the ecosystem involved; and\nEnhancing the quality of renewable resources and working toward the maximum attainable recycling of depletable resources.\n\nBack To Top\n\nEHP Program\nThe Environmental Planning and Historic Preservation (EHP) program integrates the protection and enhancement of environmental, historic, and cultural resources into FEMA's mission, programs and activities; ensures that FEMA's activities and programs related to disaster response and recovery, hazard mitigation, and emergency preparedness comply with federal environmental and historic preservation laws and executive orders; and provides environmental and historic preservation technical assistance to FEMA staff, local, State and Federal partners, and grantees and subgrantees.\n\nPlease use the links on the left to navigate to a variety of EHP information.\nBack To Top\n\nLast Modified: Friday, 30-Jan-2009 12:59:15 EST\n\nSolutions\n\nBest Practices Portfolio\n\nOnline Tools\n\nPhoto Library\nFEMA Library\nFind a Flood Map\n\nRelated Topics\n\nAdvisory Council on Historic Preservation Honors FEMA's Historic Preservation Efforts in Gulf Coast\n\n Email Updates\n\nHome\nContact Us\nPrivacy Policy\nImportant Notices\nFOIA\nNo FEAR Act Data\nUSA.gov\nDHS\n\nFEMA 500 C Street SW, Washington, D.C. 20472Disaster Assistance: (800) 621-FEMA, TTY (800) 462-7585","title":"FEMA: FEMA's Environmental Planning and Historic Preservation (EHP) Program","score":11.851292},{"document_id":"927e8c4b785ff2b4-733-3007","text":"Buyer Information | Office of General Services\nCareers with D&CEmergency ConstructionFormsMinority and Women-Owned BusinessesPreviously Approved Construction VendorsService-Disabled Veteran-Owned BusinessesProcurementProcurementContractsBid OpportunitiesBid Opening ResultsProcurement ResourcesAnnouncementsDo BusinessBuyer InformationGreen Purchasing Preferred SourcesVehicle MarketplaceState Procurement CouncilGovernment SupportGovernment SupportDigital & Media ServicesConstruction & Procurement During EmergenciesEnergy PlanningFederal SurplusFleet ManagementFood DistributionLanguage AccessMail & FreightPlaza DockmasterPrinting & CopyingRisk & InsuranceState SurplusResiliency & SustainabilityResiliency & SustainabilityGreenNYSustainable PurchasingZero Emission Vehicles & InfrastructureResiliencySustainable Buildings & InfrastructureDo BusinessDo BusinessConstruction OpportunitiesEvent Vendor OpportunitiesLeasing OpportunitiesMinority and Women-Owned BusinessesProcurement OpportunitiesService-Disabled Veteran-Owned BusinessesState EmployeesState EmployeesDowntown Albany Employee ParkingUpdate Your Employee Parking ProfileDining Options & MenusID CardsBusiness Services CenterBuilding Tenant InformationRSA SecurID TokenVisitVisitState Building DirectoryEmpire State PlazaHarriman State Office CampusPhoto ID Requirements in OGS BuildingsPlaza Lighting CalendarUpcoming EventsHarlem EventsHarlem Art CollectionDining Options & MenusNYSStore Public AuctionsAbout OGSAbout OGSStrategic PlanExecutive TeamCareers\n\n \n\nBuyer/Authorized User Information\n\nInformation on using OGS centralized contracts and other procurement options.\n\nApply\n\nTOP\nBuyer Information\n\nSHARE\n\nShare by Email\n\nShare by Facebook\n\nShare by Twitter\n\nBuying 101\n\nUnderstand the Procurement Process\n\nState Agencies\n\nMunicipalities\n\nSchool Districts\n\nSUNY\n\nEligibility\nBecome an Authorized User\nIf you are, among others, a state agency, a public authority or benefit corporation, a local government or political subdivision, a volunteer organization (such as ambulance services & fire companies), or a registered charitable organization, you may be eligible to use OGS centralized statewide contracts. Contracts are divided into three types:\n\r\nCommodity (e.g., fuel, vehicles, office supplies, and food)\r\nService (e.g., elevator maintenance)","title":"Buyer Information | Office of General Services","score":23.374329},{"document_id":"f855a4fc4c6fb8f4-5-2231","text":"\r\n\tEnvironmental Review and Permitting\r\n\nEnvironmental Review and Permitting\r\n\nSkip to Main Content\n\n   See the Emergency Closures page before visiting a CDFW office, facility or property.\n\t\n\n \n\n×\n\nSaving your location allows us to provide you with more relevant information.\n\nSet Location\n\nLogin\nAbout CDFW\nContact\n\nSearch\nGoogle Translate\n\nMenu\n\nHome\n\nHome\n\nFishing\n\nHunting\n\nLicensing\n\nConservation\n\nLearning\n\nHomeConservation  Environmental Review\n\n\r\n\tEnvironmental Review and Permitting\r\n\t\r\n\t\n\nCalifornia’s fish and wildlife depend upon the quality and quantity of habitat including lands, waters, and other environmental factors necessary for survival.\n\n\tCDFW’s Environmental Review and Permitting Programs implement sections of the California Fish and Game Code, California Code of Regulations, and other statutes and regulations. These Programs help fulfill CDFW’s mission to manage California’s diverse fish, wildlife, and plant resources, and the habitats upon which they depend, for their ecological values and for their use and enjoyment by the public.\n\n California Endangered Species Act (CESA) Permits\nCESA authorizes CDFW to permit project proponents to take state-listed threatened, endangered or candidate species if certain conditions are met. The CESA Program administers the incidental take provisions of CESA, including Incidental Take Permits, Consistency Determinations, and Safe Harbor Agreements to ensure regulatory compliance and statewide consistency.\n\n California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) Review\nCEQA requires public agencies to disclose and mitigate environmental impacts of discretionary projects they approve. Most often, CDFW acts as a Trustee and/or Responsible Agency and provides the requisite biological expertise to review and comment upon CEQA environmental documents prepared by another Lead Agency. CDFW may also act as Lead Agency.\n\n Habitat Restoration and Enhancement Act (HREA) Approvals\nThe HREA established a process for CDFW to approve small-scale, voluntary habitat restoration projects that meet specific eligibility requirements. Projects approved by CDFW, pursuant to HREA, will not require additional permits from CDFW, such as an LSA agreement or CESA permit.\n\n Lake and Streambed Alteration (LSA) Program","title":"\r\n\tEnvironmental Review and Permitting\r\n","score":10.027489},{"document_id":"8dd4304ad00694f0-1482-4100","text":"Links for Schools\nThe CEEIN partnership provides a forum for its members to share resources, programs and materials with California's public schools and students in grades kindergarten through university.California Department of Education-Office of Environmental EducationThe Office of Environmental Education provides grants and resources to encourage community partnerships to select, support, and develop sustainable educational projects and programs.California Regional Environmental Education CommunityThe California Regional Environmental Education Community (CREEC) Network is an educational project whose mission is To develop a communication network which provides educators with access to High Quality environmental education resources to enhance the environmental literacy of California Students.  The CREEC Network is one of the best sources for Environmental Education resources in California.Department of Fish and Game – Project WILDProject WILD is an engaging, fun environment-based education program. Students of all ages enjoy experiencing Project WILD activities that help them understand and value the human, wildlife, habitat connections. Explore our site and discover more about Project WILD, the K-12 Curriculum & Activity Guides, workshops, the Going WILD Newsletter, and related educational materials.Department of Forestry and Fire ProtectionWildland fire safety begins with clearance around your homes, safe camping begins with getting a campfire permit, and keeping your children safe begins with important lessons like Stop, Drop, and Roll, and that matches are not toys.  Information at this site could save you and your family.  Fire Safety is up to each and every one of us.California Coastal CommissionThe California Coastal Commission Public Education Program works to increase public knowledge of coastal and marine resources and to engage the public in coastal protection and restoration activities. They offer a variety of conservation, education and community involvement programs. There is bound to be a program just right for you, so get involved!\nFederal Agencies\nNational Aeronautic and Space Administration - Athena: Earth ResourcesExplore the environment created by wetlands, volcanoes, and earthquakes, including their influence on Earth's geography and landforms. Part of NASA's Learning Technologies Project (LTP).Bureau of Land ManagementThis website is produced and maintained by the Environmental Education and Volunteers Group of the Bureau of Land Management. It presents learning opportunities associated with the 262 million acres of public lands that BLM manages for all Americans.","title":"Links for Schools","score":10.342089},{"document_id":"c0c0ad176692bfc1-65474-67620","text":"Bill Text - SB-375 Transportation planning: travel demand models: sustainable communities strategy: environmental review.\nThe program for preservation of the assisted housing developments shall utilize, to the extent necessary, all available federal, state, and local financing and subsidy programs identified in paragraph (9) of subdivision (a), except where a community has other urgent needs for which alternative funding sources are not available. The program may include strategies that involve local regulation and technical assistance.(7) The program shall include an identification of the agencies and officials responsible for the implementation of the various actions and the means by which consistency will be achieved with other general plan elements and community goals. The local government shall make a diligent effort to achieve public participation of all economic segments of the community in the development of the housing element, and the program shall\n\t describe this effort.(d) (1) A local government may satisfy all or part of its requirement to identify a zone or zones suitable for the development of emergency shelters pursuant to paragraph (4) of subdivision (a) by adopting and implementing a multijurisdictional agreement, with a maximum of two other adjacent communities, that requires the participating jurisdictions to develop at least one year-round emergency shelter within two years of the beginning of the planning period.(2) The agreement shall allocate a portion of the new shelter capacity to each jurisdiction as credit towards its emergency shelter need, and each jurisdiction shall describe how the capacity was allocated as part of its housing element.(3) Each member jurisdiction of a multijurisdictional agreement shall describe in\n\t its housing element all of the following:(A) How the joint facility will meet the jurisdiction’s emergency shelter need.(B) The jurisdiction’s contribution to the facility for both the development and ongoing operation and management of the facility.(C) The amount and source of the funding that the jurisdiction contributes to the facility.(4) The aggregate capacity claimed by the participating jurisdictions in their housing elements shall not exceed the actual capacity of the shelter.","title":"Bill Text - SB-375 Transportation planning: travel demand models: sustainable communities strategy: environmental review.","score":10.187257}],"47b2471404382af6e973013ab1cf96b9<::>1":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_01705-13208-15001","text":"\nIf you created a Lite account before 25 October 2021, your account doesn't expire and you can work in IBM Cloud for free by accessing services with select Lite plans, which are displayed with a Lite tag ![Lite tag](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/4d8c6eec891cff72b666dc24bd3211810c77fb42/icons/Lite.svg) in the catalog. To gain access to all Free plans, you can go ahead and [upgrade to a Pay-As-You-Go account](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accountfaqschangeacct) by adding your credit card information.\n\nStarting 25 October 2021, all new accounts are created as Pay-As-You-Go based on an update to our account registration process. As part of this update, you're asked to provide credit card information for identity verification. You have full access to the catalog, including all Free and Lite plans, and you get a $200 credit that you can apply in your first 30 days. You pay only for billable services that you use, with no long-term contracts or commitments.\n\nLite accounts have access to a single resource group that's created for you with the name Default. All of your service's instances are automatically added to this resource group. You can update the name of this resource group at any time. See [Renaming a resource group](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-rgsrename_rgs) for the detailed steps.\n\n\n\n What's available in a lite account? \n\nCheck out the following list of key features that are available in a Lite account:\n\n\n\n* The account is free - no credit card required.\n* The account never expires.\n* You receive email notifications about your account status and quota limits.\n* You can create one instance of any service in the [IBM Cloud catalog](https://cloud.ibm.com/catalog/?search=label:lite%20lite) that has a Lite plan.","score":20.426775},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01705-14609-15453","text":"\nCheck out the following list of key features that are available in a Lite account:\n\n\n\n* The account is free - no credit card required.\n* The account never expires.\n* You receive email notifications about your account status and quota limits.\n* You can create one instance of any service in the [IBM Cloud catalog](https://cloud.ibm.com/catalog/?search=label:lite%20lite) that has a Lite plan.\n* After 10 days of no development activity, your apps go to sleep. You can wake up your apps by continuing to work on them.\n* After 30 days of no development activity, your service instances with Lite plans are deleted\n\n\n\nOnly Lite accounts created before 12 August 2021 can use 186 GBH of free buildpacks and Cloud Foundry apps with up to 256 MB of free instantaneous runtime memory per month. The use of one org in one IBM Cloud region is supported.","score":20.808193},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16727-1079289-1081125","text":"\n* What's a Lite pricing plan for services?\n\nA Lite plan is a free quota-based service plan. You can use a service's Lite plan to build an app without incurring any charges. A Lite plan might be offered on a monthly cycle that is renewed each month or on a one-off usage basis. Lite pricing plans are available with all account types. You can have one instance of a Lite plan for each service. For more information about Lite accounts, see [Account types](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accountsliteaccount).\n* How many apps can I build?\n\nThere's no limit to the number of apps you can build in a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account.\n\nIf you created a Lite account before 12 August 2021, you can build and deploy apps with 256 MB of instantaneous runtime memory. To get 512 MB of free instantaneous runtime memory, upgrade to a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account and pay only for what you use over that limit.\n* What happens when my Lite plan instance reaches the monthly quota?\n\nReaching any quota limit for Lite plan instances suspends the service for that month. Quota limits are per org, not instance. New instances that you create in the same org reflect any usage from previous instances. The quota limits reset on the first of every month.\n\nYou can check your usage by going to Manage > Billing and usage in the IBM Cloud console, and selecting Usage. For more information, see [Viewing your usage](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/billing-usage?topic=billing-usage-viewingusage).\n* How many resource groups, orgs, or spaces can I create?\n\nIf you have a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account, there's no limit to the number of resource groups, orgs, or spaces that you can create. However, if you have a Lite account, you're limited to one org and one resource group.\n* Can I change which notifications I receive?","score":20.867868},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01660-8584-10307","text":"\nLite pricing plans are available with all account types. You can have one instance of a Lite plan for each service. For more information about Lite accounts, see [Account types](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accountsliteaccount).\n\n\n\n\n\n How many apps can I build? \n\nThere's no limit to the number of apps you can build in a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account.\n\nIf you created a Lite account before 12 August 2021, you can build and deploy apps with 256 MB of instantaneous runtime memory. To get 512 MB of free instantaneous runtime memory, upgrade to a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account and pay only for what you use over that limit.\n\n\n\n\n\n What happens when my Lite plan instance reaches the monthly quota? \n\nReaching any quota limit for Lite plan instances suspends the service for that month. Quota limits are per org, not instance. New instances that you create in the same org reflect any usage from previous instances. The quota limits reset on the first of every month.\n\nYou can check your usage by going to Manage > Billing and usage in the IBM Cloud console, and selecting Usage. For more information, see [Viewing your usage](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/billing-usage?topic=billing-usage-viewingusage).\n\n\n\n\n\n How many resource groups, orgs, or spaces can I create? \n\nIf you have a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account, there's no limit to the number of resource groups, orgs, or spaces that you can create. However, if you have a Lite account, you're limited to one org and one resource group.\n\n\n\n\n\n Can I change which notifications I receive? \n\nYes, you can update your email preferences for receiving notifications from the Email preferences page in the console. Click the Avatar icon !","score":21.12707},{"document_id":"ibmcld_07578-1076793-1078629","text":"\n* What's a Lite pricing plan for services?\n\nA Lite plan is a free quota-based service plan. You can use a service's Lite plan to build an app without incurring any charges. A Lite plan might be offered on a monthly cycle that is renewed each month or on a one-off usage basis. Lite pricing plans are available with all account types. You can have one instance of a Lite plan for each service. For more information about Lite accounts, see [Account types](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accountsliteaccount).\n* How many apps can I build?\n\nThere's no limit to the number of apps you can build in a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account.\n\nIf you created a Lite account before 12 August 2021, you can build and deploy apps with 256 MB of instantaneous runtime memory. To get 512 MB of free instantaneous runtime memory, upgrade to a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account and pay only for what you use over that limit.\n* What happens when my Lite plan instance reaches the monthly quota?\n\nReaching any quota limit for Lite plan instances suspends the service for that month. Quota limits are per org, not instance. New instances that you create in the same org reflect any usage from previous instances. The quota limits reset on the first of every month.\n\nYou can check your usage by going to Manage > Billing and usage in the IBM Cloud console, and selecting Usage. For more information, see [Viewing your usage](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/billing-usage?topic=billing-usage-viewingusage).\n* How many resource groups, orgs, or spaces can I create?\n\nIf you have a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account, there's no limit to the number of resource groups, orgs, or spaces that you can create. However, if you have a Lite account, you're limited to one org and one resource group.\n* Can I change which notifications I receive?","score":20.867868}],"47b2471404382af6e973013ab1cf96b9<::>2":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_16727-1079289-1081125","text":"\n* What's a Lite pricing plan for services?\n\nA Lite plan is a free quota-based service plan. You can use a service's Lite plan to build an app without incurring any charges. A Lite plan might be offered on a monthly cycle that is renewed each month or on a one-off usage basis. Lite pricing plans are available with all account types. You can have one instance of a Lite plan for each service. For more information about Lite accounts, see [Account types](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accountsliteaccount).\n* How many apps can I build?\n\nThere's no limit to the number of apps you can build in a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account.\n\nIf you created a Lite account before 12 August 2021, you can build and deploy apps with 256 MB of instantaneous runtime memory. To get 512 MB of free instantaneous runtime memory, upgrade to a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account and pay only for what you use over that limit.\n* What happens when my Lite plan instance reaches the monthly quota?\n\nReaching any quota limit for Lite plan instances suspends the service for that month. Quota limits are per org, not instance. New instances that you create in the same org reflect any usage from previous instances. The quota limits reset on the first of every month.\n\nYou can check your usage by going to Manage > Billing and usage in the IBM Cloud console, and selecting Usage. For more information, see [Viewing your usage](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/billing-usage?topic=billing-usage-viewingusage).\n* How many resource groups, orgs, or spaces can I create?\n\nIf you have a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account, there's no limit to the number of resource groups, orgs, or spaces that you can create. However, if you have a Lite account, you're limited to one org and one resource group.\n* Can I change which notifications I receive?","score":23.679508},{"document_id":"ibmcld_07578-1076793-1078629","text":"\n* What's a Lite pricing plan for services?\n\nA Lite plan is a free quota-based service plan. You can use a service's Lite plan to build an app without incurring any charges. A Lite plan might be offered on a monthly cycle that is renewed each month or on a one-off usage basis. Lite pricing plans are available with all account types. You can have one instance of a Lite plan for each service. For more information about Lite accounts, see [Account types](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accountsliteaccount).\n* How many apps can I build?\n\nThere's no limit to the number of apps you can build in a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account.\n\nIf you created a Lite account before 12 August 2021, you can build and deploy apps with 256 MB of instantaneous runtime memory. To get 512 MB of free instantaneous runtime memory, upgrade to a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account and pay only for what you use over that limit.\n* What happens when my Lite plan instance reaches the monthly quota?\n\nReaching any quota limit for Lite plan instances suspends the service for that month. Quota limits are per org, not instance. New instances that you create in the same org reflect any usage from previous instances. The quota limits reset on the first of every month.\n\nYou can check your usage by going to Manage > Billing and usage in the IBM Cloud console, and selecting Usage. For more information, see [Viewing your usage](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/billing-usage?topic=billing-usage-viewingusage).\n* How many resource groups, orgs, or spaces can I create?\n\nIf you have a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account, there's no limit to the number of resource groups, orgs, or spaces that you can create. However, if you have a Lite account, you're limited to one org and one resource group.\n* Can I change which notifications I receive?","score":20.867868},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01705-14609-15453","text":"\nCheck out the following list of key features that are available in a Lite account:\n\n\n\n* The account is free - no credit card required.\n* The account never expires.\n* You receive email notifications about your account status and quota limits.\n* You can create one instance of any service in the [IBM Cloud catalog](https://cloud.ibm.com/catalog/?search=label:lite%20lite) that has a Lite plan.\n* After 10 days of no development activity, your apps go to sleep. You can wake up your apps by continuing to work on them.\n* After 30 days of no development activity, your service instances with Lite plans are deleted\n\n\n\nOnly Lite accounts created before 12 August 2021 can use 186 GBH of free buildpacks and Cloud Foundry apps with up to 256 MB of free instantaneous runtime memory per month. The use of one org in one IBM Cloud region is supported.","score":19.866922},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01705-13208-15001","text":"\nIf you created a Lite account before 25 October 2021, your account doesn't expire and you can work in IBM Cloud for free by accessing services with select Lite plans, which are displayed with a Lite tag ![Lite tag](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/4d8c6eec891cff72b666dc24bd3211810c77fb42/icons/Lite.svg) in the catalog. To gain access to all Free plans, you can go ahead and [upgrade to a Pay-As-You-Go account](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accountfaqschangeacct) by adding your credit card information.\n\nStarting 25 October 2021, all new accounts are created as Pay-As-You-Go based on an update to our account registration process. As part of this update, you're asked to provide credit card information for identity verification. You have full access to the catalog, including all Free and Lite plans, and you get a $200 credit that you can apply in your first 30 days. You pay only for billable services that you use, with no long-term contracts or commitments.\n\nLite accounts have access to a single resource group that's created for you with the name Default. All of your service's instances are automatically added to this resource group. You can update the name of this resource group at any time. See [Renaming a resource group](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-rgsrename_rgs) for the detailed steps.\n\n\n\n What's available in a lite account? \n\nCheck out the following list of key features that are available in a Lite account:\n\n\n\n* The account is free - no credit card required.\n* The account never expires.\n* You receive email notifications about your account status and quota limits.\n* You can create one instance of any service in the [IBM Cloud catalog](https://cloud.ibm.com/catalog/?search=label:lite%20lite) that has a Lite plan.","score":19.690062},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01660-23838-25711","text":"\nFor more information, see [Adding orgs and spaces](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-orgsspacesuserscreateorg).\n\n\n\n\n\n Why do I get logged out of my account? \n\nThe administrator of your account has customized the duration of active and inactive accounts, which requires users to enter their credentials after a specific time. For more information, see [Managing user's login session durations](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-iam-work-sessions).\n\n\n\n\n\n Why can't I create a Lite account? \n\nBased on an update to our account registration that released starting 25 October 2021, new accounts are created as Pay-As-You-Go. As part of this update, you're asked to provide credit card information for identity verification. After you register and create your new account, you can access the full IBM Cloud catalog, including all Free and Lite plans. And, you get a $200 credit that you can use on products in the first 30 days. You pay only for billable services that you use, with no long-term contracts or commitments.\n\nIf you created a Lite account before 25 October 2021, you can continue working as you always have. However, you can go ahead and [upgrade to a Pay-As-You-Go account](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accountfaqschangeacct) by adding your credit card information. This way, you can gain access to all Free service plans in the catalog.\n\n\n\n\n\n How do I see who created a service instance and when? \n\nFrom the [Resource list](https://cloud.ibm.com/resources), expand the appropriate section, and click the row for the instance that you want more details about. Additional details about the resource display including when the resource was created and by whom.\n\nFor classic infrastructure services, you can get similar information by using the [Audit log](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-audit-log).","score":18.265703}],"47b2471404382af6e973013ab1cf96b9<::>3":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_02152-7-1996","text":"\nWhat's in an account? \n\nYour IBM Cloud® account includes many interacting components and systems for resource, user, and access management. Concepts like how certain components are connected or how access works help you in understanding how to set up your account.\n\nThe following diagram contains two main concepts for the components in the account hierarchy that are important to understand. The use of the solid lines and the dotted lines help illustrate that some components are contained within others, for example, users are added to access groups. However, some components interact with others for providing access instead of membership. For example, users are given access to resource groups but are not members of a resource group the same way they are for access groups.\n\nZoom\n\n![A diagram that shows the components in an account, including services, users, and the subcomponents of each.](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/4d8c6eec891cff72b666dc24bd3211810c77fb42/account/images/account_diagram.svg)\n\nFigure 1. A diagram that shows the components in an account, including services, users, and the subcomponents of each.\n\nUsers\n: Users are invited to the account and given access to the resources in the account.\n\nService IDs\n: A service ID identifies a service or application similar to how a user ID identifies a user. You can use a service ID that you create to enable an application outside of IBM Cloud access to your services. You can assign specific access policies to the service ID that restrict permissions for using specific services, or even combine permissions for accessing different services. Since service IDs are not tied to a specific user, if a user happens to leave an organization and is deleted from the account, the service ID remains, ensuring that your application or service stays up and running. For more information, see [Creating and working with service IDs](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-serviceids).\n\nTrusted profiles","score":20.804615},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01660-23838-25711","text":"\nFor more information, see [Adding orgs and spaces](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-orgsspacesuserscreateorg).\n\n\n\n\n\n Why do I get logged out of my account? \n\nThe administrator of your account has customized the duration of active and inactive accounts, which requires users to enter their credentials after a specific time. For more information, see [Managing user's login session durations](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-iam-work-sessions).\n\n\n\n\n\n Why can't I create a Lite account? \n\nBased on an update to our account registration that released starting 25 October 2021, new accounts are created as Pay-As-You-Go. As part of this update, you're asked to provide credit card information for identity verification. After you register and create your new account, you can access the full IBM Cloud catalog, including all Free and Lite plans. And, you get a $200 credit that you can use on products in the first 30 days. You pay only for billable services that you use, with no long-term contracts or commitments.\n\nIf you created a Lite account before 25 October 2021, you can continue working as you always have. However, you can go ahead and [upgrade to a Pay-As-You-Go account](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accountfaqschangeacct) by adding your credit card information. This way, you can gain access to all Free service plans in the catalog.\n\n\n\n\n\n How do I see who created a service instance and when? \n\nFrom the [Resource list](https://cloud.ibm.com/resources), expand the appropriate section, and click the row for the instance that you want more details about. Additional details about the resource display including when the resource was created and by whom.\n\nFor classic infrastructure services, you can get similar information by using the [Audit log](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-audit-log).","score":16.039583},{"document_id":"ibmcld_07965-7-2098","text":"\nIBM Cloud account setup \n\nAn [IBM Cloud account](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-overview) is needed to provision and manage IBM Cloud services that make up the reference architectures of the IBM Cloud for Financial Services. Along with the high-level steps to follow, we describe some of the best practices for account setup that will help you satisfy the requirements of the IBM Cloud Framework for Financial Services. In addition, the most relevant [control requirements](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/framework-financial-services?topic=framework-financial-services-aboutframework-control-requirements) are provided.\n\n\n\n1. Create an IBM Cloud account. For more information, see [Create your account](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-account-getting-startedaccount-gs-create).\n\nIt is highly recommended that you use a functional ID that is owned by your company rather than an employee's personal ID. A functional ID is a company-owned email address (such as ibm-cloud-admin@domain.com) used to represent a functional user. This allows for uninterrupted administrative access by the account owner as employees leave the company or are reassigned to other projects.\n\nThe following table shows the controls that are most related to this step.\n\n\n\nTable 1. Related controls in IBM Cloud Framework for Financial Services for account creation\n\n Family Control \n\n Access Control (AC) [AC-2 Account Management](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/framework-financial-services-controls?topic=framework-financial-services-controls-ac-2) \n\n\n\n2. Set up the Activity Tracker Event Routing service as described in [Audit logging for IBM Cloud events](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/framework-financial-services?topic=framework-financial-services-shared-logging-audit). This enables IBM Cloud platform events to be recorded for auditing purposes. Setting this up early in the process is important so that all platform events that occur during the rest of these steps are available in the audit logs.\n\nThe following table shows the controls that are most related to this step.\n\n\n\nTable 2.","score":20.083204},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01705-13208-15001","text":"\nIf you created a Lite account before 25 October 2021, your account doesn't expire and you can work in IBM Cloud for free by accessing services with select Lite plans, which are displayed with a Lite tag ![Lite tag](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/4d8c6eec891cff72b666dc24bd3211810c77fb42/icons/Lite.svg) in the catalog. To gain access to all Free plans, you can go ahead and [upgrade to a Pay-As-You-Go account](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accountfaqschangeacct) by adding your credit card information.\n\nStarting 25 October 2021, all new accounts are created as Pay-As-You-Go based on an update to our account registration process. As part of this update, you're asked to provide credit card information for identity verification. You have full access to the catalog, including all Free and Lite plans, and you get a $200 credit that you can apply in your first 30 days. You pay only for billable services that you use, with no long-term contracts or commitments.\n\nLite accounts have access to a single resource group that's created for you with the name Default. All of your service's instances are automatically added to this resource group. You can update the name of this resource group at any time. See [Renaming a resource group](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-rgsrename_rgs) for the detailed steps.\n\n\n\n What's available in a lite account? \n\nCheck out the following list of key features that are available in a Lite account:\n\n\n\n* The account is free - no credit card required.\n* The account never expires.\n* You receive email notifications about your account status and quota limits.\n* You can create one instance of any service in the [IBM Cloud catalog](https://cloud.ibm.com/catalog/?search=label:lite%20lite) that has a Lite plan.","score":16.46403},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16727-1042765-1044817","text":"\nContact an [IBM Cloud Sales](https://cloud.ibm.com/catalog?contactmodule) representative to request a quote for additional server bandwidth.\n* What's the difference between a Pay-As-You-Go and Subscription account?\n\nWith Pay-As-You-Go accounts, you're billed monthly for your resource usage. Your resource usage consists of recurring and fluctuating costs. This account type is a good fit for developers or companies that want to explore the entire IBM Cloud catalog but have smaller or variable workloads. You pay only for what you use or commit to on a monthly basis, with no long-term contracts. Usage consists of products, services, and resources.\n\nWith Subscription accounts, you buy a subscription for an amount of credit to spend on resource usage within a certain time period. In exchange for this spending commitment, you get a discount on your usage costs. For more information about the differences between account types, see [Account types](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accounts).\n* What happens if my Lite plan instance reaches the monthly quota?\n\nWhen you reach any quota for Lite plan instances, the service for that month is suspended. Quotas are based per org and not per instance. New instances that are created in the same org show any usage from previous instances. The quota resets on the first of every month.\n* Can I use PayPal as a payment method?\n\nAs of March 31, 2023, PayPal is no longer accepted.\n* Can I update my credit card?\n\nUpdating your credit card is just like adding a new one. Go to the [Payments](https://cloud.ibm.com/billing/payments) page in the IBM Cloud console. In the Add Payment Method section, enter the billing information for your new card, and click Add credit card.\n\nTo switch to a different payment method, select Pay with Other, and click Submit change request. A support case to change your payment method is then created for you.\n\nIf your payments are managed outside of the console, go to IBM.com and log in to the Manage Payment Method application to update your credit card.","score":16.252777}],"47b2471404382af6e973013ab1cf96b9<::>5":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_03729-3519-5413","text":"\nThese resources are updated daily.\n\n\n\n\n\n Lite plans \n\nLite plans are structured as a free quota. You can work on your projects worry free, without the risk of generating an accidental bill. The quota might operate for a specific time period, for example a month, or on a one-off usage basis. The following list provides some examples of Lite plan quotas:\n\n\n\n* Maximum number of registered devices\n* Maximum number of application bindings\n* Encrypted data storage limit, for example 1 GB\n* Provisioned throughput capacity\n\n\n\nYou can easily find services for Lite plans in the catalog. By default, all services with a Lite plan are displayed with a Lite tag ![Lite tag](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/9713d864488177dc6b273b53b7f2383a81f10bc1/icons/Lite.svg). Select a service to view the quota details for the associated Lite plan.\n\n\n\n\n\n Charges for compute resources \n\nYou're charged for the time that your apps run and the memory that's used in GB-hours. GB-hours is the calculation of the number of application instances that are multiplied by the memory per instance and by the hours that the instances run. You can customize the number of instances and the amount of memory per instance based on your needs. You can also add memory or instances to scale for more users. To get the amount charged, take your application instances that are multiplied by memory per instance and by hours running.\n\nFor example, consider a runtime that costs $0.07 per GB-hour in two 512-MB instances, running for 30 days (720 hours). These resources would cost $50.4 USD, with the following calculations:\n\n2 instances x 0.5 GB x 720 hours = 720 GB-hours.\n720 GB-hours x $0.07 per GB-hour = $50.4\n\n\n\n\n\n Charges for services \n\nMany services include monthly free allowances. Usage of services that aren't included as part of the free allowance is charged in one of the following ways:\n\nFixed charges","score":18.320219},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03729-1672-3956","text":"\nServices For Bare Metal Servers, there are fixed plans to choose from, and those plans are charged at a fixed monthly rate. \n Metered Usage is a unit-based pricing model in which you pay for what you consume. In this case, the number of GB hours that are consumed for runtimes and the number of IP addresses and storage that is consumed for containers. Services, Compute, and Containers For Push Notifications, any usage that is consumed over the free monthly allowance of 100,000 digital messages per month, will be charged. \n Tiered In this pricing model, you get a volumed-based discount according to your actual usage. Tiered pricing is typically used for charge metrics that are expected to have high quantities per month, such as API calls. Services might offer simple, graduated, or block tier pricing plans. Services For API Connect, one of the tiered plans charges $10,000 for the first 25 million monthly API calls and $40.00 USD per 100,000 API calls per month thereafter. \n Reserved Reserved pricing is based on a long-term commitment for a service, so you can get a discounted price. With a reserved plan, you get a dedicated service instance that is easy to set up, deploy, and deliver in the public IBM Cloud environment. Services Db2 on Cloud has reserved plans. \n\n\n\n\n\n Understanding monthly and hourly tags \n\nOn the usage dashboard, your products and resources can be labeled with Monthly, Hourly, or a combination of both tags to signify how often charges are updated.\n\nThe Monthly tag signifies that resources within your account have a fixed cost. These charge show up immediately after purchase and are prorated in proportion to how many days are left in the month. Any recurring monthly fixed costs are then shown at the first of every month.\n\nThe Hourly tag signifies that resources within your account have variable costs. These resources are updated daily.\n\n\n\n\n\n Lite plans \n\nLite plans are structured as a free quota. You can work on your projects worry free, without the risk of generating an accidental bill. The quota might operate for a specific time period, for example a month, or on a one-off usage basis. The following list provides some examples of Lite plan quotas:\n\n\n\n* Maximum number of registered devices\n* Maximum number of application bindings","score":18.420761},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16727-1079289-1081125","text":"\n* What's a Lite pricing plan for services?\n\nA Lite plan is a free quota-based service plan. You can use a service's Lite plan to build an app without incurring any charges. A Lite plan might be offered on a monthly cycle that is renewed each month or on a one-off usage basis. Lite pricing plans are available with all account types. You can have one instance of a Lite plan for each service. For more information about Lite accounts, see [Account types](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accountsliteaccount).\n* How many apps can I build?\n\nThere's no limit to the number of apps you can build in a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account.\n\nIf you created a Lite account before 12 August 2021, you can build and deploy apps with 256 MB of instantaneous runtime memory. To get 512 MB of free instantaneous runtime memory, upgrade to a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account and pay only for what you use over that limit.\n* What happens when my Lite plan instance reaches the monthly quota?\n\nReaching any quota limit for Lite plan instances suspends the service for that month. Quota limits are per org, not instance. New instances that you create in the same org reflect any usage from previous instances. The quota limits reset on the first of every month.\n\nYou can check your usage by going to Manage > Billing and usage in the IBM Cloud console, and selecting Usage. For more information, see [Viewing your usage](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/billing-usage?topic=billing-usage-viewingusage).\n* How many resource groups, orgs, or spaces can I create?\n\nIf you have a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account, there's no limit to the number of resource groups, orgs, or spaces that you can create. However, if you have a Lite account, you're limited to one org and one resource group.\n* Can I change which notifications I receive?","score":18.176434},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01705-14609-15453","text":"\nCheck out the following list of key features that are available in a Lite account:\n\n\n\n* The account is free - no credit card required.\n* The account never expires.\n* You receive email notifications about your account status and quota limits.\n* You can create one instance of any service in the [IBM Cloud catalog](https://cloud.ibm.com/catalog/?search=label:lite%20lite) that has a Lite plan.\n* After 10 days of no development activity, your apps go to sleep. You can wake up your apps by continuing to work on them.\n* After 30 days of no development activity, your service instances with Lite plans are deleted\n\n\n\nOnly Lite accounts created before 12 August 2021 can use 186 GBH of free buildpacks and Cloud Foundry apps with up to 256 MB of free instantaneous runtime memory per month. The use of one org in one IBM Cloud region is supported.","score":32.904602},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01705-13208-15001","text":"\nIf you created a Lite account before 25 October 2021, your account doesn't expire and you can work in IBM Cloud for free by accessing services with select Lite plans, which are displayed with a Lite tag ![Lite tag](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/4d8c6eec891cff72b666dc24bd3211810c77fb42/icons/Lite.svg) in the catalog. To gain access to all Free plans, you can go ahead and [upgrade to a Pay-As-You-Go account](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accountfaqschangeacct) by adding your credit card information.\n\nStarting 25 October 2021, all new accounts are created as Pay-As-You-Go based on an update to our account registration process. As part of this update, you're asked to provide credit card information for identity verification. You have full access to the catalog, including all Free and Lite plans, and you get a $200 credit that you can apply in your first 30 days. You pay only for billable services that you use, with no long-term contracts or commitments.\n\nLite accounts have access to a single resource group that's created for you with the name Default. All of your service's instances are automatically added to this resource group. You can update the name of this resource group at any time. See [Renaming a resource group](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-rgsrename_rgs) for the detailed steps.\n\n\n\n What's available in a lite account? \n\nCheck out the following list of key features that are available in a Lite account:\n\n\n\n* The account is free - no credit card required.\n* The account never expires.\n* You receive email notifications about your account status and quota limits.\n* You can create one instance of any service in the [IBM Cloud catalog](https://cloud.ibm.com/catalog/?search=label:lite%20lite) that has a Lite plan.","score":33.065865}],"47b2471404382af6e973013ab1cf96b9<::>6":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_01705-14609-15453","text":"\nCheck out the following list of key features that are available in a Lite account:\n\n\n\n* The account is free - no credit card required.\n* The account never expires.\n* You receive email notifications about your account status and quota limits.\n* You can create one instance of any service in the [IBM Cloud catalog](https://cloud.ibm.com/catalog/?search=label:lite%20lite) that has a Lite plan.\n* After 10 days of no development activity, your apps go to sleep. You can wake up your apps by continuing to work on them.\n* After 30 days of no development activity, your service instances with Lite plans are deleted\n\n\n\nOnly Lite accounts created before 12 August 2021 can use 186 GBH of free buildpacks and Cloud Foundry apps with up to 256 MB of free instantaneous runtime memory per month. The use of one org in one IBM Cloud region is supported.","score":14.847175},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16727-1079289-1081125","text":"\n* What's a Lite pricing plan for services?\n\nA Lite plan is a free quota-based service plan. You can use a service's Lite plan to build an app without incurring any charges. A Lite plan might be offered on a monthly cycle that is renewed each month or on a one-off usage basis. Lite pricing plans are available with all account types. You can have one instance of a Lite plan for each service. For more information about Lite accounts, see [Account types](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accountsliteaccount).\n* How many apps can I build?\n\nThere's no limit to the number of apps you can build in a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account.\n\nIf you created a Lite account before 12 August 2021, you can build and deploy apps with 256 MB of instantaneous runtime memory. To get 512 MB of free instantaneous runtime memory, upgrade to a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account and pay only for what you use over that limit.\n* What happens when my Lite plan instance reaches the monthly quota?\n\nReaching any quota limit for Lite plan instances suspends the service for that month. Quota limits are per org, not instance. New instances that you create in the same org reflect any usage from previous instances. The quota limits reset on the first of every month.\n\nYou can check your usage by going to Manage > Billing and usage in the IBM Cloud console, and selecting Usage. For more information, see [Viewing your usage](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/billing-usage?topic=billing-usage-viewingusage).\n* How many resource groups, orgs, or spaces can I create?\n\nIf you have a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account, there's no limit to the number of resource groups, orgs, or spaces that you can create. However, if you have a Lite account, you're limited to one org and one resource group.\n* Can I change which notifications I receive?","score":15.614928},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01029-0-4062","text":"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  Free Lite plan \n\nThe IBM® Db2® on Cloud Lite plan provides basic resources for you to develop or learn about Db2 without charge.\n\nThere is no time limit on the Lite plan, but users must re-extend their Lite plan every 30 days.\n\nOnly community support is available.\n\n\n\n  Architecture \n\nUnlike other Db2 on Cloud plans, the free Db2 on Cloud Lite plan runs on a multi-tenant system.\n\nThe Lite plan uses one database schema.\n\nFor more information about the free Db2 on Cloud Lite plan, see the [FAQ](https://ibm.biz/db2oc_free_plan_faq).\n\n\n\n\n\n  Regional availability \n\nThe Lite plan is available in the Dallas and London regions. If you do not see the Lite plan listed in the catalog, select either Dallas or London region.\n\n\n\n\n\n  Restrictions \n\nIt is recommended that you use an enterprise-level service plan rather than a Lite service plan for mission-critical or performance-sensitive workloads.\n\nThe following table contains Db2 on Cloud Lite plan restrictions:\n\n\n\nTable 1. Db2 on Cloud Lite plan restrictions\n\n Category                Item                                                                   Restriction                                                                                              \n\n Resources               Storage                                                                200 MB of storage per user                                                                               \n                         Connections                                                            15 connections per user                                                                                  \n                         Performance                                                            Performance might fluctuate due to workloads run by other users on the multi-tenant system               \n Features & functions    Federation                                                             Not supported                                                                                            \n                         Oracle compatibility                                                   Not supported                                                                                            \n                         User-defined extensions (UDFs)                                         Not supported on any Db2 on Cloud plans, including the Lite plan                                         \n                         User management                                                        User not given administrative authority                                                                  \n                         Row and column access control (RCAC)                                   Not supported                                                                                            \n                         IBM InfoSphere Data Replication for use in loading data                Not supported                                                                                            \n Networking environment  IBM Cloud Integrated Analytics                                         Not supported                                                                                            \n                         IBM Cloud Dedicated                                                    Not supported                                                                                            \n Security compliances    Health Information Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA)  Not supported. Refer to your Service Description.                                                        \n                         EU General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR)                           Not supported. Refer to your Service Description.                                                        \n Account management      Reactivation                                                           Reactivation required every 30 days. If not reactivated, Lite plan services are deleted 60 days later.   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","score":14.633961},{"document_id":"ibmcld_07578-45764-47767","text":"\nYou must use a paid plan to use customization.\n\nThe Lite plan is intended for any user who wants to try out the service before committing to a purchase. For more information, see the Speech to Text service in the [IBM Cloud® Catalog](https://%7BDomainName%7D/catalog/speech-to-text). Services that are created with the Lite plan are deleted after 30 days of inactivity.\n* What is the price for using the Speech to Text Plus plan?\n\nThe Plus plan provides access to all of the service's features:\n\n\n\n* Use of all available models (same as the Lite plan).\n* Unlimited creation and use of custom language and custom acoustic models at no extra charge.\n* A maximum of one hundred concurrent transcription requests from all interfaces, WebSocket and HTTP, combined.\n\n\n\nThe plan uses a simple tiered pricing model to give high-volume users further discounts as they use the service more heavily. Pricing is based on the aggregate number of minutes of audio that you recognize per month:\n\n\n\n* Users who recognize 1 to 999,999 minutes of audio in a given month pay $0.02 (USD) per minute of audio for that month.\n* Users who recognize at least 1,000,000 minutes of audio in a given month pay $0.01 (USD) per minute of audio for that month.\n\n\n\nThe Plus plan is intended for small businesses. It is also a good choice for large enterprises that want to develop and test larger applications before considering moving to a Premium plan. For more information, see the Speech to Text service in the [IBM Cloud® Catalog](https://%7BDomainName%7D/catalog/speech-to-text).\n* Can I continue to use the Speech to Text Standard plan?\n\nThe Standard plan is no longer available for purchase by new users. But existing users of the Standard plan can continue to use the plan indefinitely with no change in their pricing. Their API settings and custom models remain unaffected.\n\nExisting users can also choose to upgrade to the new Plus plan by visiting the [IBM Cloud® Catalog](https://%7BDomainName%7D/catalog/speech-to-text).","score":14.248899},{"document_id":"ibmcld_07578-1076793-1078629","text":"\n* What's a Lite pricing plan for services?\n\nA Lite plan is a free quota-based service plan. You can use a service's Lite plan to build an app without incurring any charges. A Lite plan might be offered on a monthly cycle that is renewed each month or on a one-off usage basis. Lite pricing plans are available with all account types. You can have one instance of a Lite plan for each service. For more information about Lite accounts, see [Account types](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accountsliteaccount).\n* How many apps can I build?\n\nThere's no limit to the number of apps you can build in a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account.\n\nIf you created a Lite account before 12 August 2021, you can build and deploy apps with 256 MB of instantaneous runtime memory. To get 512 MB of free instantaneous runtime memory, upgrade to a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account and pay only for what you use over that limit.\n* What happens when my Lite plan instance reaches the monthly quota?\n\nReaching any quota limit for Lite plan instances suspends the service for that month. Quota limits are per org, not instance. New instances that you create in the same org reflect any usage from previous instances. The quota limits reset on the first of every month.\n\nYou can check your usage by going to Manage > Billing and usage in the IBM Cloud console, and selecting Usage. For more information, see [Viewing your usage](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/billing-usage?topic=billing-usage-viewingusage).\n* How many resource groups, orgs, or spaces can I create?\n\nIf you have a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account, there's no limit to the number of resource groups, orgs, or spaces that you can create. However, if you have a Lite account, you're limited to one org and one resource group.\n* Can I change which notifications I receive?","score":15.614928}],"47b2471404382af6e973013ab1cf96b9<::>7":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_12623-13439-14474","text":"\nEducational institutions might want to provide IBM Cloud accounts to their students so that they can learn valuable skills through hands-on projects that use IBM Cloud services. For these institutions, such as traditional universities or online learning platforms, you can group accounts by department or subject area, then create accounts for each course.\n\nWithin each account, students can create resources to build their projects and collaborate with other students in the account. The university has a complete view of the costs of each department and course.\n\nZoom\n\n![A three-tier enterprise that models how a university can organize their accounts. For example, account groups are named for each department: Data Science, Computer Science, and Computer Engineering. Each account group contains individual accounts for each class, such as DS101 and DS102.](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/d4595e5202a9a27767cf034e81b038cdf772e0d5/secure-enterprise/images/enterprise-edu.svg)\n\nFigure 6. An enterprise for a university","score":15.640516},{"document_id":"ibmcld_07152-7168-8788","text":"\nPremium \n\nPremium plans offer developers and organizations a single tenant instance of one or more Watson services for better isolation and security. These plans offer compute-level isolation on the existing shared platform, as well as end-to-end encrypted data while in transit and at rest.\n\nFor more information, or to purchase a Premium plan, contact [Sales](https://ibm.biz/contact-wdc-premium).\n\n\n\n\n\n Additional information \n\nFor information about calculating costs, see the [IBM Cloud Pricing Calculator](https://cloud.ibm.com/estimator/review).\n\nFor additional pricing information, see the [Discovery catalog](https://cloud.ibm.com/catalog/services/discovery).\n\n\n\n\n\n Notes for Customers with Existing Plans \n\n\n\n* Beginning 1 August 2018, your billing and usage is based on this pricing plan.\n* The Lite plan is now reduced from 2,000 documents/400 Discovery News queries per month to 1,000 documents/200 Discovery News queries per month. If you already exceeded the new Lite plan limits, you cannot add any more documents. However, you can continue using it or upgrade to an Advanced or Premium plan.\n* The Standard plan is retired and is no longer available to new users. If you are currently on an existing Standard plan, you can continue using it or upgrade to an Advanced or Premium plan.\n* The Advanced and Premium plans are now based on document tiers. They are no longer based on document hours. Your monthly bill will not fluctuate, based on the number of documents, unless you switch between tiers.\n* Premium customers, contact [Sales](https://ibm.biz/contact-wdc-premium) for details on billing changes.","score":17.594715},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16727-1079289-1081125","text":"\n* What's a Lite pricing plan for services?\n\nA Lite plan is a free quota-based service plan. You can use a service's Lite plan to build an app without incurring any charges. A Lite plan might be offered on a monthly cycle that is renewed each month or on a one-off usage basis. Lite pricing plans are available with all account types. You can have one instance of a Lite plan for each service. For more information about Lite accounts, see [Account types](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accountsliteaccount).\n* How many apps can I build?\n\nThere's no limit to the number of apps you can build in a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account.\n\nIf you created a Lite account before 12 August 2021, you can build and deploy apps with 256 MB of instantaneous runtime memory. To get 512 MB of free instantaneous runtime memory, upgrade to a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account and pay only for what you use over that limit.\n* What happens when my Lite plan instance reaches the monthly quota?\n\nReaching any quota limit for Lite plan instances suspends the service for that month. Quota limits are per org, not instance. New instances that you create in the same org reflect any usage from previous instances. The quota limits reset on the first of every month.\n\nYou can check your usage by going to Manage > Billing and usage in the IBM Cloud console, and selecting Usage. For more information, see [Viewing your usage](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/billing-usage?topic=billing-usage-viewingusage).\n* How many resource groups, orgs, or spaces can I create?\n\nIf you have a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account, there's no limit to the number of resource groups, orgs, or spaces that you can create. However, if you have a Lite account, you're limited to one org and one resource group.\n* Can I change which notifications I receive?","score":17.252073},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01660-8584-10307","text":"\nLite pricing plans are available with all account types. You can have one instance of a Lite plan for each service. For more information about Lite accounts, see [Account types](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accountsliteaccount).\n\n\n\n\n\n How many apps can I build? \n\nThere's no limit to the number of apps you can build in a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account.\n\nIf you created a Lite account before 12 August 2021, you can build and deploy apps with 256 MB of instantaneous runtime memory. To get 512 MB of free instantaneous runtime memory, upgrade to a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account and pay only for what you use over that limit.\n\n\n\n\n\n What happens when my Lite plan instance reaches the monthly quota? \n\nReaching any quota limit for Lite plan instances suspends the service for that month. Quota limits are per org, not instance. New instances that you create in the same org reflect any usage from previous instances. The quota limits reset on the first of every month.\n\nYou can check your usage by going to Manage > Billing and usage in the IBM Cloud console, and selecting Usage. For more information, see [Viewing your usage](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/billing-usage?topic=billing-usage-viewingusage).\n\n\n\n\n\n How many resource groups, orgs, or spaces can I create? \n\nIf you have a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account, there's no limit to the number of resource groups, orgs, or spaces that you can create. However, if you have a Lite account, you're limited to one org and one resource group.\n\n\n\n\n\n Can I change which notifications I receive? \n\nYes, you can update your email preferences for receiving notifications from the Email preferences page in the console. Click the Avatar icon !","score":17.493214},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01705-7-1620","text":"\nAccount types \n\nWhen you register with IBM Cloud®, you are set up with a Pay-As-You-Go account. Even though you provide your credit card information for account security and identity verification purposes, you can still use IBM Cloud for free by selecting products in the catalog that offer Free and Lite pricing plans. Another account type, called a Subscription account, is also available. With a Subscription account, you get many of the same features of a Pay-As-You-Go account, plus discounts for platform services and support with a more consistent billing structure that uses subscriptions.\n\n\n\n Comparing accounts \n\nThe following table provides a comparison of Trial, Pay-As-You-Go, and Subscription accounts. For more details about each account, see the sections that follow.\n\n\n\nTable 1. Comparison of IBM Cloud accounts\nThis table has row and column headers. The row headers identify the feature. The column headers identify the account type. To understand which features apply to the account types, navigate to the row, and find the feature that you're interested in.\n\n Trial Pay-As-You-Go Subscription \n\n [Free community buildpacks](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cloud-foundry-public?topic=cloud-foundry-public-available_buildpacks) 186 GBH 186 GBH 186 GBH \n Access to [Lite service plans](https://cloud.ibm.com/catalog/?search=label:lite) ![Feature available](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/4d8c6eec891cff72b666dc24bd3211810c77fb42/icons/icon_enabled.svg) ![Feature available](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/4d8c6eec891cff72b666dc24bd3211810c77fb42/icons/icon_enabled.svg) !","score":18.761095}],"47b2471404382af6e973013ab1cf96b9<::>8":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_01705-11723-13541","text":"\nWhen your service bundle expires or you use all of the credit, you can continue to use any of the services, with usage charged at the Pay-As-You Go rate.\n\n\n\n\n\n Expiring subscriptions \n\nWhen your subscription is about to expire, you are notified by email 60, 30, 14, and 1 day before the expiration date of the last subscription on the account. After your subscription expires, your account is converted to a Pay-As-You-Go account, which means you pay only for billable services that you use with no contracts or commitments. In addition, the discounts that are associated with your subscription account won't apply to the Pay-As-You-Go account. Go to the [Subscriptions](https://cloud.ibm.com/billing/subscriptions) page to check whether any of your subscriptions are approaching their expiration date.\n\nYou can work with [IBM Cloud Sales](https://www.ibm.com/cloud?contactmodule) to renew your subscription account.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Enterprise Savings Plan billing model \n\nIBM Cloud customers can sign up for the Enterprise Savings Plan billing model. With this billing model, you commit to spend a certain amount on IBM Cloud and you also receive discounts across the platform. You are billed monthly based on your usage and you continue to receive a discount even after you reach your committed amount. For more information about the billing model, see [Enterprise Savings Plan pricing model](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/billing-usage?topic=billing-usage-committed-use).\n\n\n\n\n\n Lite account \n\nIf you created a Lite account before 25 October 2021, your account doesn't expire and you can work in IBM Cloud for free by accessing services with select Lite plans, which are displayed with a Lite tag ![Lite tag](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/4d8c6eec891cff72b666dc24bd3211810c77fb42/icons/Lite.svg) in the catalog.","score":19.448198},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01705-13208-15001","text":"\nIf you created a Lite account before 25 October 2021, your account doesn't expire and you can work in IBM Cloud for free by accessing services with select Lite plans, which are displayed with a Lite tag ![Lite tag](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/4d8c6eec891cff72b666dc24bd3211810c77fb42/icons/Lite.svg) in the catalog. To gain access to all Free plans, you can go ahead and [upgrade to a Pay-As-You-Go account](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accountfaqschangeacct) by adding your credit card information.\n\nStarting 25 October 2021, all new accounts are created as Pay-As-You-Go based on an update to our account registration process. As part of this update, you're asked to provide credit card information for identity verification. You have full access to the catalog, including all Free and Lite plans, and you get a $200 credit that you can apply in your first 30 days. You pay only for billable services that you use, with no long-term contracts or commitments.\n\nLite accounts have access to a single resource group that's created for you with the name Default. All of your service's instances are automatically added to this resource group. You can update the name of this resource group at any time. See [Renaming a resource group](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-rgsrename_rgs) for the detailed steps.\n\n\n\n What's available in a lite account? \n\nCheck out the following list of key features that are available in a Lite account:\n\n\n\n* The account is free - no credit card required.\n* The account never expires.\n* You receive email notifications about your account status and quota limits.\n* You can create one instance of any service in the [IBM Cloud catalog](https://cloud.ibm.com/catalog/?search=label:lite%20lite) that has a Lite plan.","score":19.23274},{"document_id":"ibmcld_12623-7-2328","text":"\nWhat is an enterprise? \n\nIBM Cloud®\n\nenterprisesprovide a way to centrally manage billing and resource usage across multiple accounts. Within an enterprise, you create a multitiered hierarchy of accounts, with billing and payments for all accounts managed at the enterprise level.\n\nWhen compared to using multiple stand-alone accounts, enterprises offer the following key benefits:\n\n\n\n* Centralized account management: View your entire enterprise hierarchy at a glance, without needing to switch accounts. You can add existing accounts or create new accounts directly within the enterprise.\n* Consolidated subscription billing: Track your subscriptions and credit spending for all accounts from a single view. Your subscription credit is pooled and shared among accounts in the enterprise.\n* Top-down usage reporting: From your enterprise account, you can view usage of all accounts in your enterprise, which is organized by account group.\n\n\n\n\n\n Watch and learn \n\n\n\n* Video transcript\n\nYour IBM Cloud account is your home for collaboration in the cloud. As you scale up your workloads, you might find that you're managing multiple IBM Cloud accounts. For example, your company might have many teams, each with one or more of their own accounts for development, testing, and production environments. Or, you might isolate certain workloads in separate accounts to meet security or compliance guidelines. As the number of accounts grows, it can become more difficult to track resource usage and associated costs.\n\nIBM Cloud enterprises offer a simpler way to centrally manage billing and usage across multiple accounts. Within an enterprise, you can create a multi-tiered hierarchy of accounts by adding new or existing accounts and nesting them in account groups. How you structure your enterprise is up to you. For example, for a large organization, you might organize your accounts by geography, or by department. You can choose the structure that best fits how you want to track your usage. If your teams change, no problem - you can move accounts within the enterprise as needed.\n\nConsolidated billing simplifies invoicing and payment within your enterprise. Usage costs are deducted from a subscription credit pool that's shared between all accounts, so you can add and manage subscription credit from a single place.","score":11.247027},{"document_id":"ibmcld_12559-1521-3753","text":"\nTo create an enterprise, you must be the account owner or have the Administrator role on the Billing account management service.\n\nCreating an enterprise from an account and importing existing accounts cannot be undone. This tutorial is provided as an example of the steps you can follow to set up an enterprise by department, but you should carefully plan your enterprise structure around your organization's needs.\n\n\n\n\n\n Step 1: Create the enterprise \n\nEnterprises are created from an existing Subscription account. When you create the enterprise, the account is added to the enterprise hierarchy. Billing transitions to being managed by the enterprise, but its users and resources remain the same and are completely unaffected. For a complete description of account impacts, see [Creating an enterprise](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/secure-enterprise?topic=secure-enterprise-create-enterprise).\n\n\n\n1. In the IBM Cloud® console, go to Manage > Enterprise, and click Create.\n2. Enter the name of your company, such as Example Corp, to identify your enterprise.\n3. Enter your company's domain, such as examplecorp.com.\n4. Review the information about the impact to your account, and select I understand the impact to my account. Then, click Create. The account is now permanently part of the enterprise and can't be removed.\n\n\n\nAfter your enterprise is created, you are directed to the enterprise dashboard. From here, you can view the enterprise details, accounts, users, and billing information. Go to the Accounts page to view your enterprise structure, where you see the following accounts:\n\n\n\n* An enterprise account with the same name as your enterprise. This account is used for enterprise management.\n* The account that you created the enterprise from. Users can continue working with resources in the account unaffected.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Step 2: Create an enterprise structure with account groups \n\nUse account groups to [organize related accounts](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-enterprise-organize). The second and third tier of the Example Corp. enterprise hierarchy contain the Marketing, Development, Sales, Design, and Engineering account groups. Complete the following steps to create the account groups:\n\n\n\n1.","score":10.749787},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01705-14609-15453","text":"\nCheck out the following list of key features that are available in a Lite account:\n\n\n\n* The account is free - no credit card required.\n* The account never expires.\n* You receive email notifications about your account status and quota limits.\n* You can create one instance of any service in the [IBM Cloud catalog](https://cloud.ibm.com/catalog/?search=label:lite%20lite) that has a Lite plan.\n* After 10 days of no development activity, your apps go to sleep. You can wake up your apps by continuing to work on them.\n* After 30 days of no development activity, your service instances with Lite plans are deleted\n\n\n\nOnly Lite accounts created before 12 August 2021 can use 186 GBH of free buildpacks and Cloud Foundry apps with up to 256 MB of free instantaneous runtime memory per month. The use of one org in one IBM Cloud region is supported.","score":20.845411}],"8040ccdfc0a0ffb8e3f82d94f92ddb5c<::>1":[{"document_id":"85518-0-353","text":"\nI remember walking into Sears with every intention of buying an expensive TV.  I waited for 15 minutes for an employee to notice me and come help.  Nothin'.  I kept catching their eye and giving the eyebrows-raised, hey-can-you-help-me smile.  Nothin'.  I ended up walking out and going to London Drugs, of all places, where the staff was super helpful.","score":6.326177},{"document_id":"555659-0-545","text":"\nYou cannot really help someone who doesn't want to help themselves.   Show me an addict who is suffering and asking for help; trying to hard to stop, and I'll help.   But to the addict that is sitting on the bench drooling  with needle mark on the arm, they are a lost cause until they decide they are ready for help.   You do you, if you want to take your hard earned money and help those that I deem 'unworthy' by all means do it. If it makes you feel good who am I too stop you. However, don't turn your optional charity into forced taxation.","score":6.2648554},{"document_id":"455896-0-261","text":"\nHey man, help is help and I appreciate anything and everything. The best piece of business advice I ever got was to always look at your company from a consumer's point of view and that perfectly lines up with what you just said.   I'd love to see what you have.","score":6.0594225},{"document_id":"133525-0-1045","text":"\nFrom the FAQ I think it is fairly clear that it is OK: Can I open a Help to Buy: ISA with someone else? No. Help to Buy:   ISAs are only available to individuals. But, you can put more than one   government bonus towards the home you are buying. So, if you are   buying a home with someone else who is also a first time buyer, they   can open and save money into their own account and receive a   government bonus. Inference: if you are buying a home with someone else who is NOT also a first time buyer, they can't get their own account and get the bonus (but there's no problem with you doing so).  Alternatively - open the Help To Buy ISA, you'll still get the normal interest rate on it, and then argue the case with the conveyancer / solicitor once you actually buy the property and claim the Government bonus. In fact, here is the declaration you (well, specifically, your girlfriend) would have to sign at the point you jointly make the purchase. Nothing in there that forbids it being a joint purchase with a non-first-time-buyer either.","score":6.4755898},{"document_id":"580629-0-203","text":"\nI've noticed that most of the problems seem to occur when they assume I am a new user (the random ones you get for hitting help help) and asking a way more basic question than what I was actually asking.","score":9.171116}],"8040ccdfc0a0ffb8e3f82d94f92ddb5c<::>3":[{"document_id":"85517-0-280","text":"\nEarly on, one might not be able to get credit for their business. For convenience, and the card perks, it makes sense to use the personal card. But for sake of a clean paper trail, I'd choose 1 card and use it exclusively, 100% for the business. Not one card here, one card there.","score":14.646883},{"document_id":"133795-0-427","text":"\nThree things prevent you from doing this: Credit cards generally don't accept other credit cards as payment.  You could do this with a cash advance or balance transfer, but Cash advances and balance transfers usually have fees associated with them, negating any reward you might earn. Your card might have a no-fee balance transfer promotion going, but Cash advances and balance transfers generally aren't eligible for rewards.","score":13.949307},{"document_id":"596692-0-327","text":"\nYour best option is just to pick a card that gives you the best (highest) rewards without charging you an annual or other fees (or the lowest annual or other fees). As you are looking to pay off the full balance by the due date you won't have to worry about the interest rate but just make sure you get an interest free period.","score":16.515526},{"document_id":"539610-0-1307","text":"\nYou have 3 assumptions about the use of credit cards for all your purchases: 1) May be a moot point. At current interest rates that will not make much of a difference. If somebody links their card to a checking account that doesn't pay any interest there will be no additional interest earned. If the rate on their account is <1% they may make a couple of dollars a month. 2) Make sure that the card delivers on the benefits you expect. Don't select a card with an annual fee. Cash is better than miles for most people. Also make sure the best earnings aren't from only shopping at one gas station or one store. You might not make as much as you expect. Especially if the gas station is generally the most expensive in the area. Sometimes the maximum cash back is only for a limited time, or only after you have charged thousands of dollars that year. 3) It can have a positive impact on your credit rating. I have also found that the use of the credit card does minimize the chances of accidentally overdrawing the linked account. There is only one big scheduled withdraw a month, instead of dozens of unscheduled ones. There is some evidence that by disconnecting the drop in balance from the purchase, people spend more. They say I am getting X% back, but then are shocked when they see the monthly bill.","score":14.960897},{"document_id":"111891-0-159","text":"\nThey are not as good of an option when compared to a card you open chosen based on features and rates.  Get a card with a lower rate that can be used anywhere.","score":14.150882}],"8040ccdfc0a0ffb8e3f82d94f92ddb5c<::>4":[{"document_id":"408763-0-405","text":"\nYou can improve your credit score simply by being an authorized user on someone's credit card account.  They don't even physically have to give you a card to use, they can just add you to the account as an authorized user and your credit score will be affected.  Be forewarned though, it can be negatively impacted as well.  Only participate in such a scheme if it's with someone trustworthy and reliable.","score":13.992027},{"document_id":"399904-0-654","text":"\n\"Ironically, the worst financial advice I read comes from \"\"bankers.\"\" The top dozen members here can be trusted to give better advice than the average banker.  Your score is not improved by maintaining a balance, only by using the card(s) regularly. No need to carry charges month to month and pay interest, rather, have the bill reflect a 1-9% utilization.  I'd recommend Credit Karma to see how the factors affect your score. FICO scoring prefers to see a large number of accounts, low utilization, high average account age, low number of inquiries, no late payments. CK will let you see a simulated score and how it changes based on these variables.\"","score":13.918072},{"document_id":"474235-0-425","text":"\nBased on the formula used by FICO which is pretty much what you want to focus on, the following is recommended for someone with no credit history: When you get all this, follow the following habits to make sure it does you some good: Follow these and you will do great, I started with a $500 Discover card and $500 Chase Visa at UCLA and a Union 76 gas card, I had 700+ credit in less than 2 years. Good luck and be vigilant.","score":14.537424},{"document_id":"63276-0-1067","text":"\n\"I'm not going to recommend a specific card.  New card offers pop up all the time.  My answer would be out of date in a month! As a general rule, if you pay off your balance every month, you should be looking at a cash-back or a rewards card. Cash-back cards will give you some money (say 1%) of every dollar you spend.  Some will give you larger amounts of cash-back for certain types of spending (e.g. groceries). With a Rewards card, you usually get \"\"points\"\" or \"\"airline miles\"\", which can be redeemed for merchandise, flights around the wold, concert tickets, etc. With these types of cards, it makes sense to do as much of your spending as possible with the cards, so you can maximize the benefits. Which specific card is best will depend on your shopping habits, and which bank is offering the best deal that week.  I recommend you start at http://www.creditcards.com to compare card offerings.  For cash-back cards, you can also go to http://www.creditcardtuneup.com, enter some details of your spending, and see which one will give you the most cash back.\"","score":14.573083},{"document_id":"539007-0-594","text":"\nA credit card is essentially a contract where they will loan you money in an on demand basis.  It is not a contract for you to loan them money. The money that you have overpaid is generally treated as if it is a payment for a charge that you have made that has not been processed yet.  The bank can not treat that money as a deposit and thus leverage it make money them selves. You can open an account and get a debit card.  This would allow you to accrue interest for your deposit while using your money.  But if you find one willing to pay you 25% interest please share with the rest of us :)","score":14.095703}],"8040ccdfc0a0ffb8e3f82d94f92ddb5c<::>5":[{"document_id":"53468-0-2112","text":"\n\"The U.S. requires money transfer services to be licensed under 31 USC 5330 in addition to any applicable laws at the state level. According to multiple sources online, including the thread referenced by MD-Tech's answer, OkPay either cannot or will not get a license, so they are out. I dug on this a bit more because I thought it was interesting, and OkPay has other issues with U.S. and other regulators related to its interaction with Bitcoins, which themselves are a hot potato for regulation right now and may explain the licensing problem. It seems to also be facing regulatory pressure in other countries, by the way, so it's not strictly a problem they face in the U.S. Just for whatever reason, the problem is greater here. Some interesting summary points: With mounting pressure on online money exchanges from US regulators, payments processor OKPay has announced that it is suspending processing for all Bitcoin exchanges, including industry leader Mt. Gox. ... Earlier this month, the US Department of Homeland Security seized Mt. Gox's account with mobile payment processor Dwolla, on allegations that the account was in violation of US Code 18 USC § 1960 by operating an \"\"unlicensed money transmitting business.\"\" Just where the Bitcoin market falls under US law is unclear, because the legality of Bitcoin transactions has yet to be tried in court and law enforcement has refused to comment on ongoing investigations, such as the Dwolla case. http://www.theregister.co.uk/2013/05/29/okpay_suspends_bitcoin_processing/ In March, the US Treasury said any firms dealing in the virtual currency would be considered \"\"money services businesses\"\" just like any other, which means they must hand over transaction information to the government and work to prevent money laundering. http://www.theregister.co.uk/2013/05/15/mt_gox_us_court/ In the UK, it apparently has also had trouble with banking partners (quoting a OkPay official regarding changing bank providers): The UK bank that we used before did not make a final decision on whether to handle transactions in favour of crypto-currencies or not.","score":4.9805875},{"document_id":"527759-0-27","text":"\nOK: here are some thoughts:","score":6.236195},{"document_id":"15411-0-409","text":"\n\"That seems to happen a lot. A lot of awesome potential is utterly wasted because old people are in charge who are too used to things being _one_ way to see that things are changing. They figure that if they just stay put they'll anchor reality and things will stay the way they always have. They're vital, they're necessary, the world can't move very far without them!  Nope. Sorry. The world says, \"\"Bye!\"\"\"","score":5.1927195},{"document_id":"221015-0-716","text":"\nIf you read the link that MD-Tech provided, it actually indicates that the foreign companies (mostly banks) are choosing not to work with the United States in their latest answer, so it looks like it's not OkPay, but the financial companies that they use. On further research, the reason that this is banned is to prevent capital flight in the future.  OkPay offers may ways to transfer funds in and out, such as traditional credit cards, like VISA and MasterCard, and other non-traditional ways, such as crypto-coins.   Here is another example of how the US government is limiting what US consumers can do with their money.  Apparently while no one was looking in 2010, they were able to pass some new restrictions.","score":4.9487824},{"document_id":"53468-1460-3429","text":"\nhttp://www.theregister.co.uk/2013/05/29/okpay_suspends_bitcoin_processing/ In March, the US Treasury said any firms dealing in the virtual currency would be considered \"\"money services businesses\"\" just like any other, which means they must hand over transaction information to the government and work to prevent money laundering. http://www.theregister.co.uk/2013/05/15/mt_gox_us_court/ In the UK, it apparently has also had trouble with banking partners (quoting a OkPay official regarding changing bank providers): The UK bank that we used before did not make a final decision on whether to handle transactions in favour of crypto-currencies or not. Therefore the compliance department of the bank asked us to restrict such transfers. This apparently allowed them to reverse a policy in the UK: OKPAY's policy shift comes just months after it stipulated that GBP users check a box, verifying that their funds would not be spent on cryptocurrency, a feature that further incited users. http://www.coindesk.com/okpay-gbp-bitcoin-transactions/ I hadn't heard of this company prior to your question, but having done some research, I tend to think that at least the part of this quote about language, attributed to a user, is true: OKPAY are quite paranoid about AML and another problem is that their support people seem to be very bad at English, so their replies are often hard to understand. Their support are also slow [sic]. However in my experience they are an honest company. I found at least one case where rumors that the entire company were going to shut down were traced back to a poorly translated message issued by the company. Again, I know only what I read just now about this company, but it looked like there were a few red flags - the problems with the US probably not being the most important. This type of service is probably part of the future, but I'm not sure that I'd send money through it now in its current state or organization and regulation.\"","score":5.3895617}],"2f013337236ea4635ad106813275dab7<::>2":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_05032-6428-8442","text":"\n* [Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) Rule 1.31(c)-(d)](https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=2404f765a6f79e0b7fcf05b6844046cb&mc=true&node=se17.1.1_131&rgn=div8)\n\n\n\nTo assist clients in making informed decisions, IBM engaged Cohasset Associates Inc. to conduct an independent assessment of IBM’s Immutable Object Storage. Review [Cohasset Associates Inc.’s report](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/images/immutable-cos.pdf) that provides details on the assessment of the Immutable Object Storage feature of IBM Cloud Object Storage.\n\n\n\n Audit of access and transactions \n\nAccess log data for Immutable Object Storage to review changes to retention parameters, object retention period, and application of legal holds is available on a case-by-case basis by opening a customer service ticket.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Using the console \n\nRetention policies can be added to new or existing empty buckets, and cannot be removed. For a new bucket, ensure that you are creating the bucket in a [supported region](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/services/cloud-object-storage/basics?topic=cloud-object-storage-service-availabilityservice-availability), and then choose the Add retention policy option. For an existing bucket, ensure that it has no objects and then navigate to configuration settings and click the Create policy button below the bucket retention policy section. In either case, set a minimum, maximum, and default retention periods.\n\n\n\n\n\n Using the REST API, Libraries, and SDKs \n\nSeveral new APIs have been introduced to the IBM Cloud Object Storage SDKs to provide support for applications working with retention policies. Select a language (HTTP, Java, JavaScript, or Python) at the beginning of this page to view examples that use the appropriate Object Storage SDK.\n\nAll code examples assume the existence of a client object that is called cos that can call the different methods. For details on creating clients, see the specific SDK guides.\n\nAll date values used to set retention periods are Greenwich mean time.","score":16.286217},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05512-0-650","text":"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  Cognos Dashboard Embedded end user experience \n\nIBM® Cognos Dashboard Embedded uses the powerful IBM Cognos Analytics dashboard experience. To learn more above the Cognos Analytics dashboard experience, please see [IBM Cognos Analytics - Dashboard documentation](https://www.ibm.com/support/knowledgecenter/en/SSEP7J_11.0.0/com.ibm.swg.ba.cognos.ug_ca_dshb.doc/wa_dashboard_discoveryset_intro.html).\n\nCognos Dashboard Embedded does not support:\n\n\n\n*  Reporting and modelling.\n*  Custom widgets. You cannot extend the set of shapes.\n*  Pinned objects. There is no My pins panel.\n*  Intent based authoring.\n*  Drillthrough navigation.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","score":5.325155},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04866-6428-8391","text":"\n* [Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) Rule 1.31(c)-(d)](https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=2404f765a6f79e0b7fcf05b6844046cb&mc=true&node=se17.1.1_131&rgn=div8)\n\n\n\nTo assist clients in making informed decisions, IBM engaged Cohasset Associates Inc. to conduct an independent assessment of IBM’s Immutable Object Storage. Review [Cohasset Associates Inc.’s report](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cloud-object-storage/images/immutable-cos.pdf) that provides details on the assessment of the Immutable Object Storage feature of IBM Cloud Object Storage.\n\n\n\n Audit of access and transactions \n\nAccess log data for Immutable Object Storage to review changes to retention parameters, object retention period, and application of legal holds is available on a case-by-case basis by opening a customer service ticket.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Using the console \n\nRetention policies can be added to new or existing empty buckets, and cannot be removed. For a new bucket, ensure that you are creating the bucket in a [supported region](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/services/cloud-object-storage/basics?topic=cloud-object-storage-service-availabilityservice-availability), and then choose the Add retention policy option. For an existing bucket, ensure that it has no objects and then navigate to configuration settings and click the Create policy button below the bucket retention policy section. In either case, set a minimum, maximum, and default retention periods.\n\n\n\n\n\n Using the REST API, Libraries, and SDKs \n\nSeveral new APIs have been introduced to the IBM Cloud Object Storage SDKs to provide support for applications working with retention policies. Select a language (HTTP, Java, JavaScript, or Python) at the beginning of this page to view examples that use the appropriate Object Storage SDK.\n\nAll code examples assume the existence of a client object that is called cos that can call the different methods. For details on creating clients, see the specific SDK guides.","score":8.839502},{"document_id":"ibmcld_00028-3354-4853","text":"\nfor param in params:\nprint(param)\nendpoint = params[0]\nbucket_name = params[1]\nlog_config_file = params[2]\naccess_key = params[3]\nsecret_key = params[4]\ncos = cos_utils.get_cos_object(access_key, secret_key, endpoint)\n\nretCode = cos_utils.download_file(log_config_file, cos, bucket_name, \"{}/{}\".format(install_path, log_config_file))\nif (retCode != 0):\nprint(\"non-zero return code while downloading file {}\".format(str(retCode)))\nsys.exit(retCode)\nelse:\nprint(\"Successfully downloaded file...\")\nShow more\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Using the library set created using script based customization \n\nWhen you use a library set that you created using a script, you need to include the path of the library in certain environment variables so that the library set can be accessed by your Spark application.\n\nFor example, if your custom library is a .so file, you need to add \"EXTRA_LD_LIBRARY_PATH\" to the \"env\" section of the Spark application submit call, with the value /home/spark/shared/user-libs/<libraryset_name>/custom/<subdir_if_applicable>. This prepends \"EXTRA_LD_LIBRARY_PATH\" to \"LD_LIBRARY_PATH\", ensuring that this is the first path to the .so file that is searched.\n\nIf your custom library is a JAR file and you need it to be accessible on the Spark classpath, you must specify the JAR file in the extra classpath for driver/executor depending on where you require the JAR file. For example, to add it in front of the driver classpath, add the following property, where the library set name is java_library:","score":5.3937106},{"document_id":"ibmcld_14708-3638-5837","text":"\nThe [Compliance assessment report (by Cohasset)](https://www.veeam.com/wp-compliance-assessment-report-cohasset.html) describes the settings that must be configured to become compliant with the following regulations:\n\n\n\n* FINRA Rule 4511.\n* SEC Rule 17a-4(f).\n* CFTC Rule 1 .31 (c)-(d).\n\n\n\nThe previous assessment report considers the following details as best practice for a Linux hardened repository:\n\n\n\n* The Linux hardened repository can be independent or Scale-out backup repository. A repository that retains immutable backup files for compliance with SEC 17a-4(f) must be configured as a stand-alone backup repository as a Veeam Scale-Out backup Repository is not compliant with this rule.\n* It is recommended that the name and description attributes for the repository include the word “immutable\" when the Linux hardened repository feature is enabled.\n* To protect against the possibility of premature deletion of backup files that can result from accelerating the system time clock, Linux OS must be configured to synchronize with a secure time source. For example, with a network time protocol (NTP) clock.\n* Ensure separation of duties by assigning management of Linux hardened repositories to a team other than backup administrators.\n* Veeam recommends XFS for performance and space efficiency reasons (block cloning support). Due to the requirement for periodic full backups, means that due to fast cloning, synthetic full backups take no physical disk space, except for metadata.\n* Only backup job configurations with forward incremental with synthetic or active full are supported. Forward incremental with synthetic full is the default backup job setting.\n* For backup copy jobs, GFS must be enabled.\n* Encryption of backup files is available as follows:\n\n\n\n* When configured in a backup job, Veeam Backup and Replication can use 256-bit AES block cypher encryption.\n* For data in transit, a global network traffic rule can be configured to enable all traffic to be encrypted through 256-bit AES encryption. When enable and two backup infrastructure components need to communicate, a dynamic key is generated by the backup server and communicated to each node over a secure channel.","score":7.8864803}],"2f013337236ea4635ad106813275dab7<::>3":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_04831-50613-52356","text":"\nX-Clv-Request-Id: 3e8bdf1e-b611-4b83-a404-e7d3e58e60b0\nServer: Cleversafe/3.14.9.53\nX-Clv-S3-Version: 2.5\nx-amz-request-id: 3e8bdf1e-b611-4b83-a404-e7d3e58e60b0\n\nThe server responds with 204 No Content.\n\n\n\n\n\n Add a retention policy on an existing bucket \n\nImmutable Object Storage is available in certain regions only, see [Integrated Services](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cloud-object-storage/basics?topic=cloud-object-storage-service-availabilityservice-availability) for details. The service also requires a Standard pricing plan. See [pricing](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/object-storage) for details.\n\nFind out more about Immutable Object Storage in the [documentation](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cloud-object-storage?topic=cloud-object-storage-immutable).\n\nThe minimum and maximum supported values for the retention period settings MinimumRetention, DefaultRetention, and MaximumRetention are a minimum of 0 days and a maximum of 365243 days (1000 years).\n\nThis operation does not make use of extra query parameters. The required Content-MD5 header needs to be the binary representation of a base64-encoded MD5 hash. The following snippet shows one way to achieve the content for that particular header.\n\nPolicies are enforced until the end of a retention period, and can not be altered until the retention period has expired. While IBM Cloud Object Storage makes use of the S3 API for most operations, the APIs used for configuring retention policies is not the same as the S3 API, although some terminology may be shared. Read this documentation carefully to prevent any users in your organization from creating objects that can not be deleted, even by IBM Cloud administrators.\n\nNot all operations are supported in Satellite environments.","score":18.352621},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04866-7-2136","text":"\nUsing Immutable Object Storage to protect buckets \n\nImmutable Object Storage preserves electronic records and maintains data integrity. Retention policies ensure that data is stored in a WORM (Write-Once-Read-Many), non-erasable and non-rewritable manner. This policy is enforced until the end of a retention period and the removal of any legal holds.\n\nThis feature is not currently supported in Object Storage for Satellite. [Learn more.](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cloud-object-storage?topic=cloud-object-storage-about-cos-satellite)\n\nPolicies are enforced until the end of a retention period, and can not be altered until the retention period has expired. While IBM Cloud Object Storage makes use of the S3 API for most operations, the APIs used for configuring retention policies is not the same as the S3 API, although some terminology may be shared. Read this documentation carefully to prevent any users in your organization from creating objects that can not be deleted, even by IBM Cloud administrators.\n\nThis feature can be used by any user that needs long-term data retention in their environment, including but not limited to organizations in the following industries:\n\n\n\n* Financial\n* Healthcare\n* Media content archives\n* Anyone looking to prevent privileged modification or deletion of objects or documents\n\n\n\nRetention policies can also be used by organizations that deal with financial records management, such as broker-dealer transactions, and might need to store data in a non-rewritable and non-erasable format.\n\nImmutable Object Storage is available in certain regions only, see [Integrated Services](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/services/cloud-object-storage/basics?topic=cloud-object-storage-service-availabilityservice-availability) for details. It also requires a Standard pricing plan. See [pricing](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/object-storage) for details.\n\nIt isn't possible to use Aspera high-speed transfer with buckets with a retention policy.\n\n\n\n Terminology and usage \n\n\n\n Retention period \n\nThe duration of time an object must be stored in the IBM Cloud Object Storage bucket.\n\n\n\n\n\n Retention policy","score":17.694046},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05032-1541-3629","text":"\nImmutable Object Storage is available in certain regions only, see [Integrated Services](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/services/cloud-object-storage/basics?topic=cloud-object-storage-service-availabilityservice-availability) for details. It also requires a Standard pricing plan. See [pricing](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/object-storage) for details.\n\nIt isn't possible to use Aspera high-speed transfer with buckets with a retention policy.\n\n\n\n Terminology and usage \n\n\n\n Retention period \n\nThe duration of time an object must be stored in the IBM Cloud Object Storage bucket.\n\n\n\n\n\n Retention policy \n\nA retention policy is enabled at the IBM Cloud Object Storage bucket level. Minimum, maximum and default retention period are defined by this policy and apply to all objects in the bucket.\n\nMinimum retention period is the minimum duration of time an object must be kept unmodified in the bucket.\n\nMaximum retention period is the maximum duration of time an object can be kept unmodified in the bucket.\n\nIf an object is stored in the bucket without specifying a custom retention period, the default retention period is used. The minimum retention period must be less than or equal to the default retention period, which in turn must be less than or equal to the maximum retention period.\n\nA maximum retention period of 1000 years can be specified for the objects.\n\nTo create a retention policy on a bucket, you need Manager role. See [Bucket permissions](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/services/cloud-object-storage/iam?topic=cloud-object-storage-iam-bucket-permissions) for more details.\n\n\n\n\n\n Legal hold \n\nCertain objects might need to be prevented from modification after a retention period expires. An example is an incomplete legal review, where records might need to be accessible for an extended duration beyond the retention period originally set. A legal hold flag can then be applied at the object level. Legal holds can be applied to objects during initial uploads or after an object is written. Note: A maximum of 100 legal holds can be applied per object.\n\n\n\n\n\n Indefinite retention","score":19.082005},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04866-1541-3629","text":"\nImmutable Object Storage is available in certain regions only, see [Integrated Services](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/services/cloud-object-storage/basics?topic=cloud-object-storage-service-availabilityservice-availability) for details. It also requires a Standard pricing plan. See [pricing](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/object-storage) for details.\n\nIt isn't possible to use Aspera high-speed transfer with buckets with a retention policy.\n\n\n\n Terminology and usage \n\n\n\n Retention period \n\nThe duration of time an object must be stored in the IBM Cloud Object Storage bucket.\n\n\n\n\n\n Retention policy \n\nA retention policy is enabled at the IBM Cloud Object Storage bucket level. Minimum, maximum and default retention period are defined by this policy and apply to all objects in the bucket.\n\nMinimum retention period is the minimum duration of time an object must be kept unmodified in the bucket.\n\nMaximum retention period is the maximum duration of time an object can be kept unmodified in the bucket.\n\nIf an object is stored in the bucket without specifying a custom retention period, the default retention period is used. The minimum retention period must be less than or equal to the default retention period, which in turn must be less than or equal to the maximum retention period.\n\nA maximum retention period of 1000 years can be specified for the objects.\n\nTo create a retention policy on a bucket, you need Manager role. See [Bucket permissions](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/services/cloud-object-storage/iam?topic=cloud-object-storage-iam-bucket-permissions) for more details.\n\n\n\n\n\n Legal hold \n\nCertain objects might need to be prevented from modification after a retention period expires. An example is an incomplete legal review, where records might need to be accessible for an extended duration beyond the retention period originally set. A legal hold flag can then be applied at the object level. Legal holds can be applied to objects during initial uploads or after an object is written. Note: A maximum of 100 legal holds can be applied per object.\n\n\n\n\n\n Indefinite retention","score":19.082005},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04991-50585-52328","text":"\nX-Clv-Request-Id: 3e8bdf1e-b611-4b83-a404-e7d3e58e60b0\nServer: Cleversafe/3.14.9.53\nX-Clv-S3-Version: 2.5\nx-amz-request-id: 3e8bdf1e-b611-4b83-a404-e7d3e58e60b0\n\nThe server responds with 204 No Content.\n\n\n\n\n\n Add a retention policy on an existing bucket \n\nImmutable Object Storage is available in certain regions only, see [Integrated Services](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cloud-object-storage/basics?topic=cloud-object-storage-service-availabilityservice-availability) for details. The service also requires a Standard pricing plan. See [pricing](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/object-storage) for details.\n\nFind out more about Immutable Object Storage in the [documentation](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cloud-object-storage?topic=cloud-object-storage-immutable).\n\nThe minimum and maximum supported values for the retention period settings MinimumRetention, DefaultRetention, and MaximumRetention are a minimum of 0 days and a maximum of 365243 days (1000 years).\n\nThis operation does not make use of extra query parameters. The required Content-MD5 header needs to be the binary representation of a base64-encoded MD5 hash. The following snippet shows one way to achieve the content for that particular header.\n\nPolicies are enforced until the end of a retention period, and can not be altered until the retention period has expired. While IBM Cloud Object Storage makes use of the S3 API for most operations, the APIs used for configuring retention policies is not the same as the S3 API, although some terminology may be shared. Read this documentation carefully to prevent any users in your organization from creating objects that can not be deleted, even by IBM Cloud administrators.\n\nNot all operations are supported in Satellite environments.","score":21.53859}],"2f013337236ea4635ad106813275dab7<::>4":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_05032-3142-5463","text":"\nCertain objects might need to be prevented from modification after a retention period expires. An example is an incomplete legal review, where records might need to be accessible for an extended duration beyond the retention period originally set. A legal hold flag can then be applied at the object level. Legal holds can be applied to objects during initial uploads or after an object is written. Note: A maximum of 100 legal holds can be applied per object.\n\n\n\n\n\n Indefinite retention \n\nAllows the user to set the object to be stored indefinitely until a new retention period is applied. This is set at a per object level.\n\n\n\n\n\n Event-based retention \n\nImmutable Object Storage allows users to set indefinite retention on the object if they are unsure of the final duration of the retention period, or want to use event-based retention. Once set to indefinite, user applications can then can change the object retention to a finite value later. For example, a company has a policy of retaining employee records for three years after the employee leaves the company. When an employee joins the company, the records that are associated with that employee can be indefinitely retained. When the employee leaves the company, the indefinite retention is converted to a finite value of three years from the current time, as defined by company policy. The object is then protected for three years after the retention period change. A user or third-party application can change the retention period from indefinite to finite retention that uses an SDK or REST API.\n\n\n\n\n\n Permanent retention \n\nPermanent retention ensures that data can not be deleted, ever, by anyone. Read the documentation carefully and do not use permanent retention unless there is a compelling regulatory or compliance need for permanent data storage.\n\nPermanent retention can only be enabled at a IBM Cloud Object Storage bucket level with retention policy enabled and users are able to select the permanent retention period option during object uploads. Once enabled, this process can't be reversed and objects uploaded that use a permanent retention period cannot be deleted. It's the responsibility of the users to validate at their end if there's a legitimate need to permanently store objects by using Object Storage buckets with a retention policy.","score":16.383076},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05075-1845-4162","text":"\nThe object version can be be deleted after this date is passed (assuming there are no legal holds on the object version).\n\nThe retention period for new objects can be inherited from the default value set on the bucket, or it can be explicitly defined when writing the object by specifying a Retain Until Date.\n\nWhen you use bucket default settings, you don’t specify a Retain Until Date. Instead, you specify a duration, in either days or years, for which every object version placed in the bucket should be protected. When you place an object in the bucket, a Retain Until Date is calculated for the object version by adding the specified duration to the time of the object write.\n\nIf your request to place an object version in a bucket contains an explicit retention mode and Retain Until Date, those settings override any bucket default settings for that object version.\n\nLike all other Object Lock settings, the Retain Until Date applies to individual object versions. Different versions of a single object can have different retention modes and periods.\n\nImagine an object that is 60 days into a 90-day retention period, and you overwrite that object with the same name and a two year retention period. The operation will succeed and a new version of the object with a two year retention period is created. Meanwhile, after 30 more days the original version is eligible for deletion.\n\n\n\n\n\n Extending a retention period \n\nTo extend the retention period of an object, simply send a request to set a new, longer, retention period. The old value will be overwritten with the new, assuming the requestor has the cloud-object-storage.object.put_object_lock_retention and cloud-object-storage.object.put_object_lock_retention_version actions.\n\n\n\n\n\n Legal Hold \n\nA legal hold is like a retention period in that it prevents an object version from being overwritten or deleted. However, legal holds are more flexible and don't have a defined temporal component. Instead they simply remain in effect until removed. Legal holds can be freely placed and removed by any user who has the cloud-object-storage.object.put_object_lock_legal_hold and cloud-object-storage.object.put_object_lock_legal_hold_version actions.\n\nLegal holds have the additional benefit of acting as method for applying indefinite retention on an object.","score":14.682356},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05088-35529-37138","text":"\nThe new retention period can be provided as part of the object overwrite request or the default retention time of the bucket will be given to the object.\n\nThe minimum and maximum supported values for the retention period settings MinimumRetention, DefaultRetention, and MaximumRetention are a minimum of 0 days and a maximum of 365243 days (1000 years).\n\ndef add_protection_configuration_to_bucket(bucket_name):\ntry:\nnew_protection_config = {\n\"Status\": \"Retention\",\n\"MinimumRetention\": {\"Days\": 10},\n\"DefaultRetention\": {\"Days\": 100},\n\"MaximumRetention\": {\"Days\": 1000}\n}\n\ncos.put_bucket_protection_configuration(Bucket=bucket_name, ProtectionConfiguration=new_protection_config)\n\nprint(\"Protection added to bucket {0}n\".format(bucket_name))\nexcept ClientError as be:\nprint(\"CLIENT ERROR: {0}n\".format(be))\nexcept Exception as e:\nprint(\"Unable to set bucket protection config: {0}\".format(e))\nShow more\n\n\n\n\n\n Check protection on a bucket \n\ndef get_protection_configuration_on_bucket(bucket_name):\ntry:\nresponse = cos.get_bucket_protection_configuration(Bucket=bucket_name)\nprotection_config = response.get(\"ProtectionConfiguration\")\n\nprint(\"Bucket protection config for {0}n\".format(bucket_name))\nprint(protection_config)\nprint(\"n\")\nexcept ClientError as be:\nprint(\"CLIENT ERROR: {0}n\".format(be))\nexcept Exception as e:\nprint(\"Unable to get bucket protection config: {0}\".format(e))\n\n\n\n\n\n Upload a protected object \n\nObjects in protected buckets that are no longer under retention (retention period has expired and the object does not have any legal holds), when overwritten, will again come under retention.","score":14.650262},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04866-3142-5463","text":"\nCertain objects might need to be prevented from modification after a retention period expires. An example is an incomplete legal review, where records might need to be accessible for an extended duration beyond the retention period originally set. A legal hold flag can then be applied at the object level. Legal holds can be applied to objects during initial uploads or after an object is written. Note: A maximum of 100 legal holds can be applied per object.\n\n\n\n\n\n Indefinite retention \n\nAllows the user to set the object to be stored indefinitely until a new retention period is applied. This is set at a per object level.\n\n\n\n\n\n Event-based retention \n\nImmutable Object Storage allows users to set indefinite retention on the object if they are unsure of the final duration of the retention period, or want to use event-based retention. Once set to indefinite, user applications can then can change the object retention to a finite value later. For example, a company has a policy of retaining employee records for three years after the employee leaves the company. When an employee joins the company, the records that are associated with that employee can be indefinitely retained. When the employee leaves the company, the indefinite retention is converted to a finite value of three years from the current time, as defined by company policy. The object is then protected for three years after the retention period change. A user or third-party application can change the retention period from indefinite to finite retention that uses an SDK or REST API.\n\n\n\n\n\n Permanent retention \n\nPermanent retention ensures that data can not be deleted, ever, by anyone. Read the documentation carefully and do not use permanent retention unless there is a compelling regulatory or compliance need for permanent data storage.\n\nPermanent retention can only be enabled at a IBM Cloud Object Storage bucket level with retention policy enabled and users are able to select the permanent retention period option during object uploads. Once enabled, this process can't be reversed and objects uploaded that use a permanent retention period cannot be deleted. It's the responsibility of the users to validate at their end if there's a legitimate need to permanently store objects by using Object Storage buckets with a retention policy.","score":16.383076},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05075-5285-7227","text":"\n* You will need to pick a region where Object Lock is supported, refer to [Integrated Services](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cloud-object-storage?topic=cloud-object-storage-service-availability) for details.\n* A maximum default retention period of 100 years (or 36500 days) is supported.\n* When using the console, it is also possible to set a Retain Until Date in months, in addition to days or years.\n\n\n\nThe retention period for an object cannot be decreased. If you are using default retention for validation testing please use a lower duration (such as 1 day) as the default retention, increasing it to your desired setting as needed.\n\n\n\n Creating and setting up your new bucket for use with Object Lock \n\n\n\n1. Navigate to your desired Object Storage instance and use Create Bucket with Customize your bucket option\n2. Enter the required bucket configuration details as per your use case requirements\n3. Navigate to the Object Versioning section and set it to Enabled\n4. Look for Immutability, and under Object Lock click Add\n5. Set Object Lock to Enabled\n6. Optionally, set a default retention period.\n7. Click on Save\n8. Proceed with rest of the configuration settings and click Create bucket\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Enabling Object Lock on an existing bucket: \n\nA bucket can be set for Object Lock use as follows:\n\n\n\n1. Navigate to your bucket Configuration section\n2. Click on Object Versioning\n3. At the Object Versioning section click on Edit, set the configuration option to Enabled and Save\n4. Navigate to Object Lock section, click on Add\n5. Set Object Lock to Enabled\n6. Optionally, set a default retention period.\n7. Click on Save\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Adding a Retain Until Date or Legal Hold to an object \n\n\n\n1. Navigate to the bucket with the target object\n2. Toggle Display Versions\n3. Go to the details of the target version\n4. Add a retention period and/or toggle on a legal hold.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Using Object Lock for business continuity and disaster recovery","score":14.356989}],"2f013337236ea4635ad106813275dab7<::>5":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_05166-15912-16684","text":"\nThis allows for lower latency when accessing storage from compute resources co-located within the same data center, or for data requiring a specific geographic location. More information can be found in the [Select Regions and Endpoints](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cloud-object-storage/basics?topic=cloud-object-storage-endpoints) documentation.\n\n\n\n\n\n 8 August 2017 \n\nIntroducing IBM Cloud Object Storage\n: Object Storage is a highly available, durable, and secure platform for storing unstructured data. Unstructured data (sometimes called binary or \"blob\" data) refers to data that is not highly structured in the manner of a database. Object storage is the most efficient way to store PDFs, media files, database backups, disk images, or even large structured datasets.","score":13.547807},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05126-7854-8791","text":"\nYou can manage your keys manually by supplying your own encryption keys - referred to as Server-Side Encryption with Customer-Provided Keys (SSE-C).\n\n\n\n\n\n Archive rules \n\nIBM Cloud® Object Storage Archive is a low-cost option for data that is rarely accessed. You can migrate data from any of the storage tiers (Standard, Vault, Cold Vault, and Flex) to a long-term offline archive.\n\n\n\n\n\n Retention policies \n\nImmutable Object Storage maintains data integrity in a WORM (Write-Once-Read-Many) manner. Objects can't be modified until the end of their retention period and the removal of any legal holds.\n\n\n\n\n\n Aspera high-speed transfer \n\nAspera high-speed transfer improves data transfer performance under most conditions, especially in networks with high latency or packet loss. Instead of the standard HTTP PUT, Aspera high-speed transfer uploads the object by using the [FASP protocol](https://www.ibm.com/products/aspera/technology).","score":14.07155},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04869-7924-8861","text":"\nYou can manage your keys manually by supplying your own encryption keys - referred to as Server-Side Encryption with Customer-Provided Keys (SSE-C).\n\n\n\n\n\n Archive rules \n\nIBM Cloud® Object Storage Archive is a low-cost option for data that is rarely accessed. You can migrate data from any of the storage tiers (Standard, Vault, Cold Vault, and Flex) to a long-term offline archive.\n\n\n\n\n\n Retention policies \n\nImmutable Object Storage maintains data integrity in a WORM (Write-Once-Read-Many) manner. Objects can't be modified until the end of their retention period and the removal of any legal holds.\n\n\n\n\n\n Aspera high-speed transfer \n\nAspera high-speed transfer improves data transfer performance under most conditions, especially in networks with high latency or packet loss. Instead of the standard HTTP PUT, Aspera high-speed transfer uploads the object by using the [FASP protocol](https://www.ibm.com/products/aspera/technology).","score":14.07155},{"document_id":"ibmcld_08007-5991-8147","text":"\n[Object Storage](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cloud-object-storage?topic=cloud-object-storage-about-cloud-object-storage) is an alternative storage option that is useful for certain use cases, including backup and recovery, data archiving, cloud-native application building, and AI and big data analytics. Object Storage stores encrypted and dispersed data across multiple geographic locations.\n\nBy default, all objects that are stored in Object Storage are encrypted by using randomly generated keys and an all-or-nothing-transform (AONT). While this default encryption model provides at-rest security, financial service workloads need full control over the data encryption keys used. Again, Hyper Protect Crypto Services should be used for this purpose.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Using IBM Cloud services outside of a VPC \n\nTo connect to IBM Cloud services from your VPC, you need to use [Virtual Private Endpoints (VPE) for VPC](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/vpc?topic=vpc-about-vpe). In the reference architecture diagram, VPEs appear in the middle subnets of the workload VPC. With VPEs, you can connect to supported IBM Cloud services from your VPC network by using the IP addresses of your choosing, which is allocated from a subnet within your VPC.\n\nVPE is an evolution of the private connectivity to IBM Cloud services. VPEs are virtual IP interfaces that are bound to an endpoint gateway created on a per service, or service instance, basis (depending on the service operation model). The endpoint gateway is a virtualized function that scales horizontally, is redundant and highly available, and spans all availability zones of your VPC. Endpoint gateways enable communications from virtual server instances within your VPC and IBM Cloud service on the private backbone. VPE for VPC gives you the experience of controlling all the private addressing within your cloud.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Variation with edge/transit VPC for public internet access \n\nYou might want to allow consumers to access your service through the public internet. This base architecture can be adapted to securely enable this type of access as shown in the following diagram, which introduces a new edge VPC.","score":14.366763},{"document_id":"ibmcld_13064-7-2233","text":"\nWhat is IBM Cloud Object Storage? \n\nIBM Cloud® Object Storage is a highly available, durable, and secure platform for storing unstructured data. Unstructured data (sometimes called binary or \"blob\" data) refers to data that is not highly structured in the manner of a database. Object storage is the most efficient way to store PDFs, media files, database backups, disk images, or even large structured datasets.\n\nThe files that are uploaded into IBM Cloud Object Storage are called objects. Objects can be anywhere from very small (a few bytes) [to very large] (up to 10TB). They are organized into buckets that serve as containers for objects, and which can be configured independently from one another in terms of locations, resiliency, billing rates, security, and object lifecycle. Objects themselves have their own metadata in the form of user-defined tags, legal holds, or archive status. Within a bucket, the hierarchy of objects is effectively \"flat\", although it is possible to add prefixes to object names to provide some organization and to provide flexibility in listing and other operations.\n\nIBM Cloud Object Storage is strongly consistent for all data operations, and eventually consistent for bucket configuration operations. This means that when an object is uploaded, the server responds with a 200 OK after the object is successfully written, and the object is immediately available for listing and reading. All data stored in IBM Cloud Object Storage is encrypted, erasure-coded, and dispersed across three locations (with the distance between locations ranging from within a single data center, across a Multi-Zone Region or MZR, or even across multiple MZRs). This geographic range of dispersal contributes to a bucket's resiliency.\n\nAll requests and responses are made over HTTPS and all requests support the use of hash-based integrity checks using a Content-MD5 header. If the provided MD5 hash does not match the checksum computed by the storage service, the object is discarded and an error is returned. All GET and HEAD requests made to objects return an Etag value with the MD5 hash of the object to ensure integrity on the client side.\n\nDevelopers use APIs to interact with their object storage.","score":13.813277}],"2f013337236ea4635ad106813275dab7<::>6":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_04866-7-2136","text":"\nUsing Immutable Object Storage to protect buckets \n\nImmutable Object Storage preserves electronic records and maintains data integrity. Retention policies ensure that data is stored in a WORM (Write-Once-Read-Many), non-erasable and non-rewritable manner. This policy is enforced until the end of a retention period and the removal of any legal holds.\n\nThis feature is not currently supported in Object Storage for Satellite. [Learn more.](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cloud-object-storage?topic=cloud-object-storage-about-cos-satellite)\n\nPolicies are enforced until the end of a retention period, and can not be altered until the retention period has expired. While IBM Cloud Object Storage makes use of the S3 API for most operations, the APIs used for configuring retention policies is not the same as the S3 API, although some terminology may be shared. Read this documentation carefully to prevent any users in your organization from creating objects that can not be deleted, even by IBM Cloud administrators.\n\nThis feature can be used by any user that needs long-term data retention in their environment, including but not limited to organizations in the following industries:\n\n\n\n* Financial\n* Healthcare\n* Media content archives\n* Anyone looking to prevent privileged modification or deletion of objects or documents\n\n\n\nRetention policies can also be used by organizations that deal with financial records management, such as broker-dealer transactions, and might need to store data in a non-rewritable and non-erasable format.\n\nImmutable Object Storage is available in certain regions only, see [Integrated Services](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/services/cloud-object-storage/basics?topic=cloud-object-storage-service-availabilityservice-availability) for details. It also requires a Standard pricing plan. See [pricing](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/object-storage) for details.\n\nIt isn't possible to use Aspera high-speed transfer with buckets with a retention policy.\n\n\n\n Terminology and usage \n\n\n\n Retention period \n\nThe duration of time an object must be stored in the IBM Cloud Object Storage bucket.\n\n\n\n\n\n Retention policy","score":15.705174},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05032-4961-6763","text":"\nPermanent retention can only be enabled at a IBM Cloud Object Storage bucket level with retention policy enabled and users are able to select the permanent retention period option during object uploads. Once enabled, this process can't be reversed and objects uploaded that use a permanent retention period cannot be deleted. It's the responsibility of the users to validate at their end if there's a legitimate need to permanently store objects by using Object Storage buckets with a retention policy.\n\nWhen using Immutable Object Storage, you are responsible for ensuring that your IBM Cloud Account is kept in good standing per IBM Cloud policies and guidelines for as long as the data is subject to a retention policy. Refer to IBM Cloud Service terms for more information.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Immutable Object Storage and considerations for various regulations \n\nWhen using immutable Object Storage, it is the client's responsibility to check for and ensure whether any of the feature capabilities that are discussed can be used to satisfy and comply with the key rules around electronic records storage and retention that is generally governed by:\n\n\n\n* [Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Rule 17a-4(f)](https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=b6b7a79d18d000a733725e88d333ddb5&mc=true&node=pt17.4.240&rgn=div5se17.4.240_117a_64),\n* [Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) Rule 4511(c)](https://www.finra.org/rules-guidance/rulebooks/finra-rules/4511), and\n* [Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) Rule 1.31(c)-(d)](https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=2404f765a6f79e0b7fcf05b6844046cb&mc=true&node=se17.1.1_131&rgn=div8)\n\n\n\nTo assist clients in making informed decisions, IBM engaged Cohasset Associates Inc. to conduct an independent assessment of IBM’s Immutable Object Storage.","score":16.190489},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05032-6428-8442","text":"\n* [Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) Rule 1.31(c)-(d)](https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=2404f765a6f79e0b7fcf05b6844046cb&mc=true&node=se17.1.1_131&rgn=div8)\n\n\n\nTo assist clients in making informed decisions, IBM engaged Cohasset Associates Inc. to conduct an independent assessment of IBM’s Immutable Object Storage. Review [Cohasset Associates Inc.’s report](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/images/immutable-cos.pdf) that provides details on the assessment of the Immutable Object Storage feature of IBM Cloud Object Storage.\n\n\n\n Audit of access and transactions \n\nAccess log data for Immutable Object Storage to review changes to retention parameters, object retention period, and application of legal holds is available on a case-by-case basis by opening a customer service ticket.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Using the console \n\nRetention policies can be added to new or existing empty buckets, and cannot be removed. For a new bucket, ensure that you are creating the bucket in a [supported region](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/services/cloud-object-storage/basics?topic=cloud-object-storage-service-availabilityservice-availability), and then choose the Add retention policy option. For an existing bucket, ensure that it has no objects and then navigate to configuration settings and click the Create policy button below the bucket retention policy section. In either case, set a minimum, maximum, and default retention periods.\n\n\n\n\n\n Using the REST API, Libraries, and SDKs \n\nSeveral new APIs have been introduced to the IBM Cloud Object Storage SDKs to provide support for applications working with retention policies. Select a language (HTTP, Java, JavaScript, or Python) at the beginning of this page to view examples that use the appropriate Object Storage SDK.\n\nAll code examples assume the existence of a client object that is called cos that can call the different methods. For details on creating clients, see the specific SDK guides.\n\nAll date values used to set retention periods are Greenwich mean time.","score":15.385843},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05032-7-2136","text":"\nUsing Immutable Object Storage to protect buckets \n\nImmutable Object Storage preserves electronic records and maintains data integrity. Retention policies ensure that data is stored in a WORM (Write-Once-Read-Many), non-erasable and non-rewritable manner. This policy is enforced until the end of a retention period and the removal of any legal holds.\n\nThis feature is not currently supported in Object Storage for Satellite. [Learn more.](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cloud-object-storage?topic=cloud-object-storage-about-cos-satellite)\n\nPolicies are enforced until the end of a retention period, and can not be altered until the retention period has expired. While IBM Cloud Object Storage makes use of the S3 API for most operations, the APIs used for configuring retention policies is not the same as the S3 API, although some terminology may be shared. Read this documentation carefully to prevent any users in your organization from creating objects that can not be deleted, even by IBM Cloud administrators.\n\nThis feature can be used by any user that needs long-term data retention in their environment, including but not limited to organizations in the following industries:\n\n\n\n* Financial\n* Healthcare\n* Media content archives\n* Anyone looking to prevent privileged modification or deletion of objects or documents\n\n\n\nRetention policies can also be used by organizations that deal with financial records management, such as broker-dealer transactions, and might need to store data in a non-rewritable and non-erasable format.\n\nImmutable Object Storage is available in certain regions only, see [Integrated Services](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/services/cloud-object-storage/basics?topic=cloud-object-storage-service-availabilityservice-availability) for details. It also requires a Standard pricing plan. See [pricing](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/object-storage) for details.\n\nIt isn't possible to use Aspera high-speed transfer with buckets with a retention policy.\n\n\n\n Terminology and usage \n\n\n\n Retention period \n\nThe duration of time an object must be stored in the IBM Cloud Object Storage bucket.\n\n\n\n\n\n Retention policy","score":15.705174},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04866-4961-6763","text":"\nPermanent retention can only be enabled at a IBM Cloud Object Storage bucket level with retention policy enabled and users are able to select the permanent retention period option during object uploads. Once enabled, this process can't be reversed and objects uploaded that use a permanent retention period cannot be deleted. It's the responsibility of the users to validate at their end if there's a legitimate need to permanently store objects by using Object Storage buckets with a retention policy.\n\nWhen using Immutable Object Storage, you are responsible for ensuring that your IBM Cloud Account is kept in good standing per IBM Cloud policies and guidelines for as long as the data is subject to a retention policy. Refer to IBM Cloud Service terms for more information.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Immutable Object Storage and considerations for various regulations \n\nWhen using immutable Object Storage, it is the client's responsibility to check for and ensure whether any of the feature capabilities that are discussed can be used to satisfy and comply with the key rules around electronic records storage and retention that is generally governed by:\n\n\n\n* [Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Rule 17a-4(f)](https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=b6b7a79d18d000a733725e88d333ddb5&mc=true&node=pt17.4.240&rgn=div5se17.4.240_117a_64),\n* [Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) Rule 4511(c)](https://www.finra.org/rules-guidance/rulebooks/finra-rules/4511), and\n* [Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) Rule 1.31(c)-(d)](https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=2404f765a6f79e0b7fcf05b6844046cb&mc=true&node=se17.1.1_131&rgn=div8)\n\n\n\nTo assist clients in making informed decisions, IBM engaged Cohasset Associates Inc. to conduct an independent assessment of IBM’s Immutable Object Storage.","score":16.190489}],"2f013337236ea4635ad106813275dab7<::>7":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_05032-4961-6763","text":"\nPermanent retention can only be enabled at a IBM Cloud Object Storage bucket level with retention policy enabled and users are able to select the permanent retention period option during object uploads. Once enabled, this process can't be reversed and objects uploaded that use a permanent retention period cannot be deleted. It's the responsibility of the users to validate at their end if there's a legitimate need to permanently store objects by using Object Storage buckets with a retention policy.\n\nWhen using Immutable Object Storage, you are responsible for ensuring that your IBM Cloud Account is kept in good standing per IBM Cloud policies and guidelines for as long as the data is subject to a retention policy. Refer to IBM Cloud Service terms for more information.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Immutable Object Storage and considerations for various regulations \n\nWhen using immutable Object Storage, it is the client's responsibility to check for and ensure whether any of the feature capabilities that are discussed can be used to satisfy and comply with the key rules around electronic records storage and retention that is generally governed by:\n\n\n\n* [Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Rule 17a-4(f)](https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=b6b7a79d18d000a733725e88d333ddb5&mc=true&node=pt17.4.240&rgn=div5se17.4.240_117a_64),\n* [Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) Rule 4511(c)](https://www.finra.org/rules-guidance/rulebooks/finra-rules/4511), and\n* [Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) Rule 1.31(c)-(d)](https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=2404f765a6f79e0b7fcf05b6844046cb&mc=true&node=se17.1.1_131&rgn=div8)\n\n\n\nTo assist clients in making informed decisions, IBM engaged Cohasset Associates Inc. to conduct an independent assessment of IBM’s Immutable Object Storage.","score":17.529528},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05032-6428-8442","text":"\n* [Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) Rule 1.31(c)-(d)](https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=2404f765a6f79e0b7fcf05b6844046cb&mc=true&node=se17.1.1_131&rgn=div8)\n\n\n\nTo assist clients in making informed decisions, IBM engaged Cohasset Associates Inc. to conduct an independent assessment of IBM’s Immutable Object Storage. Review [Cohasset Associates Inc.’s report](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/images/immutable-cos.pdf) that provides details on the assessment of the Immutable Object Storage feature of IBM Cloud Object Storage.\n\n\n\n Audit of access and transactions \n\nAccess log data for Immutable Object Storage to review changes to retention parameters, object retention period, and application of legal holds is available on a case-by-case basis by opening a customer service ticket.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Using the console \n\nRetention policies can be added to new or existing empty buckets, and cannot be removed. For a new bucket, ensure that you are creating the bucket in a [supported region](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/services/cloud-object-storage/basics?topic=cloud-object-storage-service-availabilityservice-availability), and then choose the Add retention policy option. For an existing bucket, ensure that it has no objects and then navigate to configuration settings and click the Create policy button below the bucket retention policy section. In either case, set a minimum, maximum, and default retention periods.\n\n\n\n\n\n Using the REST API, Libraries, and SDKs \n\nSeveral new APIs have been introduced to the IBM Cloud Object Storage SDKs to provide support for applications working with retention policies. Select a language (HTTP, Java, JavaScript, or Python) at the beginning of this page to view examples that use the appropriate Object Storage SDK.\n\nAll code examples assume the existence of a client object that is called cos that can call the different methods. For details on creating clients, see the specific SDK guides.\n\nAll date values used to set retention periods are Greenwich mean time.","score":16.763077},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05032-7-2136","text":"\nUsing Immutable Object Storage to protect buckets \n\nImmutable Object Storage preserves electronic records and maintains data integrity. Retention policies ensure that data is stored in a WORM (Write-Once-Read-Many), non-erasable and non-rewritable manner. This policy is enforced until the end of a retention period and the removal of any legal holds.\n\nThis feature is not currently supported in Object Storage for Satellite. [Learn more.](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cloud-object-storage?topic=cloud-object-storage-about-cos-satellite)\n\nPolicies are enforced until the end of a retention period, and can not be altered until the retention period has expired. While IBM Cloud Object Storage makes use of the S3 API for most operations, the APIs used for configuring retention policies is not the same as the S3 API, although some terminology may be shared. Read this documentation carefully to prevent any users in your organization from creating objects that can not be deleted, even by IBM Cloud administrators.\n\nThis feature can be used by any user that needs long-term data retention in their environment, including but not limited to organizations in the following industries:\n\n\n\n* Financial\n* Healthcare\n* Media content archives\n* Anyone looking to prevent privileged modification or deletion of objects or documents\n\n\n\nRetention policies can also be used by organizations that deal with financial records management, such as broker-dealer transactions, and might need to store data in a non-rewritable and non-erasable format.\n\nImmutable Object Storage is available in certain regions only, see [Integrated Services](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/services/cloud-object-storage/basics?topic=cloud-object-storage-service-availabilityservice-availability) for details. It also requires a Standard pricing plan. See [pricing](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/object-storage) for details.\n\nIt isn't possible to use Aspera high-speed transfer with buckets with a retention policy.\n\n\n\n Terminology and usage \n\n\n\n Retention period \n\nThe duration of time an object must be stored in the IBM Cloud Object Storage bucket.\n\n\n\n\n\n Retention policy","score":17.89406},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04866-7-2136","text":"\nUsing Immutable Object Storage to protect buckets \n\nImmutable Object Storage preserves electronic records and maintains data integrity. Retention policies ensure that data is stored in a WORM (Write-Once-Read-Many), non-erasable and non-rewritable manner. This policy is enforced until the end of a retention period and the removal of any legal holds.\n\nThis feature is not currently supported in Object Storage for Satellite. [Learn more.](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cloud-object-storage?topic=cloud-object-storage-about-cos-satellite)\n\nPolicies are enforced until the end of a retention period, and can not be altered until the retention period has expired. While IBM Cloud Object Storage makes use of the S3 API for most operations, the APIs used for configuring retention policies is not the same as the S3 API, although some terminology may be shared. Read this documentation carefully to prevent any users in your organization from creating objects that can not be deleted, even by IBM Cloud administrators.\n\nThis feature can be used by any user that needs long-term data retention in their environment, including but not limited to organizations in the following industries:\n\n\n\n* Financial\n* Healthcare\n* Media content archives\n* Anyone looking to prevent privileged modification or deletion of objects or documents\n\n\n\nRetention policies can also be used by organizations that deal with financial records management, such as broker-dealer transactions, and might need to store data in a non-rewritable and non-erasable format.\n\nImmutable Object Storage is available in certain regions only, see [Integrated Services](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/services/cloud-object-storage/basics?topic=cloud-object-storage-service-availabilityservice-availability) for details. It also requires a Standard pricing plan. See [pricing](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/object-storage) for details.\n\nIt isn't possible to use Aspera high-speed transfer with buckets with a retention policy.\n\n\n\n Terminology and usage \n\n\n\n Retention period \n\nThe duration of time an object must be stored in the IBM Cloud Object Storage bucket.\n\n\n\n\n\n Retention policy","score":17.89406},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04866-4961-6763","text":"\nPermanent retention can only be enabled at a IBM Cloud Object Storage bucket level with retention policy enabled and users are able to select the permanent retention period option during object uploads. Once enabled, this process can't be reversed and objects uploaded that use a permanent retention period cannot be deleted. It's the responsibility of the users to validate at their end if there's a legitimate need to permanently store objects by using Object Storage buckets with a retention policy.\n\nWhen using Immutable Object Storage, you are responsible for ensuring that your IBM Cloud Account is kept in good standing per IBM Cloud policies and guidelines for as long as the data is subject to a retention policy. Refer to IBM Cloud Service terms for more information.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Immutable Object Storage and considerations for various regulations \n\nWhen using immutable Object Storage, it is the client's responsibility to check for and ensure whether any of the feature capabilities that are discussed can be used to satisfy and comply with the key rules around electronic records storage and retention that is generally governed by:\n\n\n\n* [Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Rule 17a-4(f)](https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=b6b7a79d18d000a733725e88d333ddb5&mc=true&node=pt17.4.240&rgn=div5se17.4.240_117a_64),\n* [Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) Rule 4511(c)](https://www.finra.org/rules-guidance/rulebooks/finra-rules/4511), and\n* [Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) Rule 1.31(c)-(d)](https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=2404f765a6f79e0b7fcf05b6844046cb&mc=true&node=se17.1.1_131&rgn=div8)\n\n\n\nTo assist clients in making informed decisions, IBM engaged Cohasset Associates Inc. to conduct an independent assessment of IBM’s Immutable Object Storage.","score":17.529528}],"2f013337236ea4635ad106813275dab7<::>9":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_03056-7-2123","text":"\nSystem entities \n\nLearn about system entities that are provided by IBM for you to use out of the box. These built-in utility entities help your assistant recognize terms and references that are commonly used by customers in conversation, such as numbers and dates.\n\nSystem entities return an interpretation property. The information that is included by this property offers better date and time understanding and can classify mentions with more precision.\n\nIf you used an earlier product version and imported skills, review any dialog skills that use system entities. See if you can improve their detection capabilities by leveraging the new interpretation property.\n\nFor information about how to add system entities to your dialog skill, see [Creating entities](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-entitiesentities-enable-system-entities).\n\nFor information about how to use contextual entities to identify people and location names, see the [Detecting Names And Locations With Watson Assistant](https://medium.com/ibm-watson/detecting-names-and-locations-with-watson-assistant-e3e1fa2a8427) blog post on Medium.\n\n\n\n @sys-currency entity \n\nThe @sys-currency system entity detects mentions of monetary currency values in user input. The currency can be expressed with a currency symbol or currency-specific terms. In either case, a number is returned.\n\n\n\n Recognized formats \n\n\n\n* 20 cents\n* Five dollars\n* $10\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Attributes \n\n\n\n* .literal: Exact phrase in input that is interpreted to be a currency mention.\n* .numeric_value: Canonical numeric value as an integer or a double, in base units.\n* .location: Lists the index element values of the first and last letters in the text string for the phrase that is interpreted to be a currency mention.\n* .unit: Base unit of currency specified as a 3-letter ISO currency code. For example, USD or EUR.\n\n\n\nThe following table illustrates the information that each attribute captures from the user input.\n\n\n\n@sys-currency examples\n\n Attribute Type Example (input = twenty dollars) Example (input = $1,234.56) \n\n @sys-currency string 20 1234.56","score":8.107513},{"document_id":"ibmcld_07771-0-1254","text":"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  IA-8 - Identification and Authentication (non-organizational Users) \n\n\n\n  Control requirements \n\nIA-8 - 0\n:   The information system uniquely identifies and authenticates non-organizational users (or processes acting on behalf of non-organizational users).\n\n\n\n\n\n  NIST supplemental guidance \n\nNon-organizational users include information system users other than organizational users explicitly covered by IA-2. These individuals are uniquely identified and authenticated for accesses other than those accesses explicitly identified and documented in AC-14. In accordance with the E-Authentication E-Government initiative, authentication of non-organizational users accessing federal information systems may be required to protect federal, proprietary, or privacy-related information (with exceptions noted for national security systems). Organizations use risk assessments to determine authentication needs and consider scalability, practicality, and security in balancing the need to ensure ease of use for access to federal information and information systems with the need to protect and adequately mitigate risk. IA-2 addresses identification and authentication requirements for access to information systems by organizational users.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","score":8.036526},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02873-7270-8670","text":"\nThis standard type of node is useful to capture questions about a certain topic and then in the root response ask a follow-up question that is addressed by the child nodes. For example, it might recognize a user question about discounts and ask a follow-up question about whether the user is a member of any associations with which the company has special discount arrangements. And the child nodes provide different responses based on the user's answer to the question about association membership.\n* The second root node is a node with slots. It also conditions on an intent value. It defines a set of slots, one for each piece of information that you want to collect from the user. Each slot asks a question to elicit the answer from the user. It looks for a specific entity value in the user's reply to the prompt, which it then saves in a slot context variable.\n\nThis type of node is useful for collecting details you might need to perform a transaction on the user's behalf. For example, if the user's intent is to book a flight, the slots can collect the origin and destination location information, travel dates, and so on.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Ready to get started? \n\nFor more information, see [Building a dialog](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-dialog-overview).\n\nNext topic:[Planning the dialog](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-dialog-plan)","score":8.530601},{"document_id":"ibmcld_07098-4987-7173","text":"\nUp to 60 passages are sent to the answer-finding service. How these 60 passages are chosen differs based on the passages.per_document parameter value.\n\n\n\n* If passages.per_document is false, the top 60 passages from all of the documents that are returned by search are chosen based on their passage scores only.\n* If passages.per_document is true, the returned documents are ranked first, and then the top 60 passages from these top documents are chosen.\n\nFor example, if you set the query to return 100 documents (count=100) and ask for 2 passages from each document (passages.max_per_document=2), then 2 passages are chosen from each of the 30 top-ranked documents (2 x 30 = 60 passages) only. No passages are chosen from the remaining 70 documents.\n\n\n\nIf your goal is to get the best 10 short answers, a good approach is to give the answer-finding feature various passages from more documents than just the top 10. To do so, set passages.per_document to true, and then request 20 documents and up to 3 passages from each document with the answer-finding feature enabled. The answer-finding feature searches for answers in up to 20*3 = 60 passages.\n\nAnswer finding does not use the transformed query string that is generated by query analysis. Instead, it uses a copy of the user's original input that is stored at query time to find the best short answer. If the answer-finding module is confident that it found an answer in one of the passages, the answer confidence score is combined with the document and passage scores to produce a final ranking, which can promote a document or passage that might otherwise be missed.\n\n\n\n\n\n Answer-finding API details \n\nThe answer-finding API adds the following parameters to the passage section of the query API:\n\n\n\n* find_answers is optional and defaults to false. If it is set to true (and the natural_language_query parameter is set to a query string), the answer-finding feature is enabled.\n* max_answers_per_passage is optional and defaults to 1. In this case, the answer-finding feature finds the number of answers that are specified at most from any one passage.\n\n\n\nA section is also added to the return value within each passage object.","score":7.9187393},{"document_id":"ibmcld_07732-0-1352","text":"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  CP-3 - Contingency Training \n\n\n\n  Control requirements \n\nThe organization provides contingency training to information system users consistent with assigned roles and responsibilities:\n\nCP-3 (a)\n:   Within [IBM Assignment: 90 days] of assuming a contingency role or responsibility;\n\nCP-3 (b)\n:   When required by information system changes; and\n\nCP-3 (c)\n:   [IBM Assignment: at least annually] thereafter.\n\n\n\n\n\n  NIST supplemental guidance \n\nContingency training provided by organizations is linked to the assigned roles and responsibilities of organizational personnel to ensure that the appropriate content and level of detail is included in such training. For example, regular users may only need to know when and where to report for duty during contingency operations and if normal duties are affected; system administrators may require additional training on how to set up information systems at alternate processing and storage sites; and managers/senior leaders may receive more specific training on how to conduct mission-essential functions in designated off-site locations and how to establish communications with other governmental entities for purposes of coordination on contingency-related activities. Training for contingency roles/responsibilities reflects the specific continuity requirements in the contingency plan.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","score":7.84301}],"a3f07e9ed5f257db6aecd30511f03af1<::>1":[{"document_id":"842831882_29196-29596-0-400","text":"Grenade (song)\nBruno Mars -- lead vocals , instrumentation , songwriting Philip Lawrence -- songwriting Ari Levine -- engineer , instrumentation , songwriting The Smeezingtons -- production Brody Brown -- instrumentation , songwriting Claude Kelly -- songwriting Andrew Wyatt -- songwriting Manny Marroquin -- mixing Christian Plata -- mixing assistant Erik Madrid -- mixing assistant Stephen Marcussen -- mastering","title":"Grenade (song)","score":18.31451},{"document_id":"842831882_10116-11025-0-909","text":"Grenade (song)\nLyrically , the song contains masochistic themes and tells the story of heartbreak caused by a failed relationship : `` Gave you all I had / And you tossed it in the trash '' . The chorus has Mars singing , `` I 'd catch a grenade for ya , '' and speaks of unrequited love when the subject girl of his affections `` wo n't do the same '' . Tim Byron , writer for The Vine , `` ' Grenade ' is about the feeling of withdrawal '' . The critic added , `` Mars knows she is bad for him , that 's she 's preventing him from thinking straight , that he ca n't actually have her the way he wants , but he still nonetheless has crazy desires for that rush of romantic cocaine that he gets from her . '' As Mars commented in an interview to Blues & Soul : `` ' Grenade ' represents the OTHER side of love -- where you 're in love with a woman and you know for a fact that she does n't love you the way you love HER . ''","title":"Grenade (song)","score":19.7259},{"document_id":"842831882_574-1434-0-858","text":"Grenade (song)\n`` Grenade '' is a song by American singer and songwriter Bruno Mars from his debut studio album , Doo - Wops & Hooligans ( 2010 ) . A pop and R&B ballad , `` Grenade '' was written and produced by The Smeezingtons ( Mars , Phillip Lawrence , Ari Levine ) with additional songwriting by Brody Brown , Claude Kelly , and Andrew Wyatt . The song was developed from an unreleased track with similar lyrical themes played by record producer Benny Blanco to Mars . `` Grenade '' was completely rearranged and re ‐ recorded two days before the album 's release . The song 's lyrics carry a message of unrequited love and how Mars ' heart was broken , despite his best efforts to show her his love . Initially released as a promotional single on September 28 , 2010 , it was later announced as the album 's second single , released by Atlantic and Elektra Records .","title":"Grenade (song)","score":18.301472},{"document_id":"842831882_20284-20861-0-577","text":"Grenade (song)\nThe music video was released on November 19 , 2010 on MTV and MTV.com. and it involves Mars 's efforts to sing to a woman he loves after dragging an upright piano with a rope tied to it through Los Angeles . Scenes also feature the singer singing in a dark bedroom , looking out of a rainy window . He wears a suit and encounters a gang and a pit bull along the way . When he reaches the woman 's house and finds out she is with another man , he drags himself and the piano in front of a train to attempt suicide . As the train approaches Bruno at full speed , the video ends .","title":"Grenade (song)","score":17.487192},{"document_id":"842831882_76-573-0-497","text":"Grenade (song)\n`` Grenade '' Single by Bruno Mars from the album Doo - Wops & Hooligans Released September 28 , 2010 ( Promotional single ) Genre Pop R&B Length 3 : 42 Label Elektra Songwriter ( s ) Bruno Mars Philip Lawrence Ari Levine Brody Brown Claude Kelly Andrew Wyatt Producer ( s ) The Smeezingtons Bruno Mars singles chronology `` Just the Way You Are '' ( 2010 ) `` Grenade '' ( 2010 ) `` The Lazy Song '' ( 2011 ) `` Just the Way You Are '' ( 2010 ) `` Grenade '' ( 2010 ) `` The Lazy Song '' ( 2011 )","title":"Grenade (song)","score":16.936316}],"a3f07e9ed5f257db6aecd30511f03af1<::>2":[{"document_id":"842831882_20284-20861-0-577","text":"Grenade (song)\nThe music video was released on November 19 , 2010 on MTV and MTV.com. and it involves Mars 's efforts to sing to a woman he loves after dragging an upright piano with a rope tied to it through Los Angeles . Scenes also feature the singer singing in a dark bedroom , looking out of a rainy window . He wears a suit and encounters a gang and a pit bull along the way . When he reaches the woman 's house and finds out she is with another man , he drags himself and the piano in front of a train to attempt suicide . As the train approaches Bruno at full speed , the video ends .","title":"Grenade (song)","score":17.831324},{"document_id":"842831882_19380-20283-0-903","text":"Grenade (song)\nNabil Elderkin directed the music video for the song . In a behind - the - scenes video , Mars explained , `` The concept of the video is my struggle , to tell this girl I 'd do anything for her , so I 'm going as far as dragging a piano to get to her just so I can sing my heart out . '' Mars , sarcastically , replied to rumors related to the use of special effects : `` A lot of people think this is a camera trick , but that is a heavy piano . Luckily , I 've been doing about , you know , 800 to 967 push - ups every day , so it 's not a big deal , I can handle it . '' Regardless , this achievement , Mars was cautious : `` The actions in this video serve as a metaphor , and should not be taken literally . I am aware of the power of visual media , and I encourage everyone who watches this video to understand that it is an artistic interpretation of the song , and not something to imitate '' .","title":"Grenade (song)","score":23.264797},{"document_id":"842831882_76-573-0-497","text":"Grenade (song)\n`` Grenade '' Single by Bruno Mars from the album Doo - Wops & Hooligans Released September 28 , 2010 ( Promotional single ) Genre Pop R&B Length 3 : 42 Label Elektra Songwriter ( s ) Bruno Mars Philip Lawrence Ari Levine Brody Brown Claude Kelly Andrew Wyatt Producer ( s ) The Smeezingtons Bruno Mars singles chronology `` Just the Way You Are '' ( 2010 ) `` Grenade '' ( 2010 ) `` The Lazy Song '' ( 2011 ) `` Just the Way You Are '' ( 2010 ) `` Grenade '' ( 2010 ) `` The Lazy Song '' ( 2011 )","title":"Grenade (song)","score":17.72931},{"document_id":"842831882_7809-8340-0-531","text":"Grenade (song)\n`` Grenade '' was recorded at Larrabee Recording Studios and Levcon Studios in Los Angeles , with Ari Levine , Bruno Mars and Brody Brown playing all the instruments on the track and recording them . Levine was also responsible for engineering the song at Levcon Studios in California . The mixing of the track was finished at Larrabee Sound Studios , in North Hollywood by Manny Marroquin , with Christian Plata and Erik Madrid serving as the assistants . Stephen Marcussen mastered the song at Marcussen Mastering in California .","title":"Grenade (song)","score":17.50095},{"document_id":"842831882_574-1434-0-858","text":"Grenade (song)\n`` Grenade '' is a song by American singer and songwriter Bruno Mars from his debut studio album , Doo - Wops & Hooligans ( 2010 ) . A pop and R&B ballad , `` Grenade '' was written and produced by The Smeezingtons ( Mars , Phillip Lawrence , Ari Levine ) with additional songwriting by Brody Brown , Claude Kelly , and Andrew Wyatt . The song was developed from an unreleased track with similar lyrical themes played by record producer Benny Blanco to Mars . `` Grenade '' was completely rearranged and re ‐ recorded two days before the album 's release . The song 's lyrics carry a message of unrequited love and how Mars ' heart was broken , despite his best efforts to show her his love . Initially released as a promotional single on September 28 , 2010 , it was later announced as the album 's second single , released by Atlantic and Elektra Records .","title":"Grenade (song)","score":18.301472}],"a3f07e9ed5f257db6aecd30511f03af1<::>5":[{"document_id":"837756128_23667-29241-2091-3246","text":"List of Super Bowl halftime shows\n'' ( Intro ) / Vince Lombardi `` Excellence '' speech voiceover `` Love on Top '' ( chorus a cappella ) ( Beyoncé ) `` Crazy in Love '' ( Beyoncé ) `` End of Time '' ( Beyoncé ) `` Baby Boy '' ( Beyoncé ) `` Bootylicious '' ( Destiny 's Child ) `` Independent Women Part I '' ( Destiny 's Child ) `` Single Ladies ( Put a Ring on It ) '' ( Beyoncé featuring Kelly Rowland and Michelle Williams ) `` Halo '' ( Beyoncé ) XLVIII Main article : Super Bowl XLVIII halftime show Date : Feb 2 , 2014 Location : MetLife Stadium ( East Rutherford , New Jersey ) Performers : Bruno Mars , Red Hot Chili Peppers Producer : Ricky Kirshner Director : Hamish Hamilton Sponsor : Pepsi References : Setlist : `` Billionaire '' ( Intro ) ( children 's choir ) `` Locked Out of Heaven '' ( Bruno Mars ) `` Treasure '' ( Bruno Mars ) `` Runaway Baby '' ( Bruno Mars ) `` Give It Away '' ( Red Hot Chili Peppers with Bruno Mars ) `` Just the Way You Are '' ( Bruno Mars ) XLIX Main article : Super Bowl XLIX halftime show Date : Feb 1 , 2015 Location : University of Phoenix Stadium ( Glendale , Arizona ) Performers : Katy Perry , Lenny Kravitz , Missy Elliott , and Arizona","title":"List of Super Bowl halftime shows","score":13.225012},{"document_id":"837756128_23667-29241-3247-4396","text":"List of Super Bowl halftime shows\nState University Sun Devil Marching Band Producer : Ricky Kirshner Director : Hamish Hamilton Sponsor : Pepsi References : Setlist : `` Roar '' ( Katy Perry ) `` Dark Horse '' ( Katy Perry ) `` I Kissed a Girl '' ( Lenny Kravitz and Katy Perry ) `` Teenage Dream '' ( Katy Perry ) `` California Gurls '' ( Katy Perry ) `` Get Ur Freak On '' ( Missy Elliott and Katy Perry ) `` Work It '' ( Missy Elliott and Katy Perry ) `` Lose Control '' ( Missy Elliott ) `` Firework '' ( Katy Perry ) 50 Main article : Super Bowl 50 halftime show Date : Feb 7 , 2016 Location : Levi 's Stadium ( Santa Clara , California ) Performers : Coldplay , Beyoncé , Bruno Mars , Mark Ronson , Gustavo Dudamel , University of California Marching Band and Youth Orchestra L.A. Producer : Ricky Kirshner Director : Hamish Hamilton Sponsor : Pepsi References : Setlist : `` Yellow '' ( intro a cappella ) ( Coldplay ) `` Viva la Vida '' ( Coldplay ) `` Paradise '' ( Coldplay ) `` Adventure of a Lifetime '' ( Coldplay ) `` Uptown Funk '' ( Mark Ronson & Bruno Mars ) `` Formation '' ( Beyoncé ) `` Crazy In Love '' / `` Uptown Funk '' ( Beyoncé , Bruno Mars ) `` Clocks '' (","title":"List of Super Bowl halftime shows","score":13.0086975},{"document_id":"834210179_3380-3836-0-456","text":"Super Bowl XLVIII\nIn the United States , the game was televised by Fox ; with an average audience of 111.5 million viewers , and peaking at 115.3 million during the halftime show featuring Bruno Mars , the game was briefly the most - watched U.S. television broadcast of all time , until it was surpassed the following year . The game 's inaugural Spanish - language telecast on Fox Deportes was also the highest - rated Spanish - language cable telecast outside of soccer .","title":"Super Bowl XLVIII","score":13.077613},{"document_id":"834210179_30364-31402-0-1038","text":"Super Bowl XLVIII\nOn September 8 , 2013 , the league announced that Bruno Mars would perform at halftime . On January 10 , 2014 , it was announced that Red Hot Chili Peppers would be joining Mars as halftime show performers . The show opened with a children 's choir singing a chorus from `` Billionaire . '' Afterward , Mars appeared , playing a drum solo . Mars then performed the songs `` Locked Out of Heaven '' , `` Treasure '' , `` Runaway Baby '' , `` Give It Away '' ( with Red Hot Chili Peppers ) and `` Just the Way You Are '' as a tribute to the United States Armed Forces . The halftime performance was the most watched in the history of the Super Bowl drawing in a record 115.3 million viewers , passing the record 114 million who watched Madonna perform two years earlier . It was later revealed that the music was pre-recorded . Red Hot Chili Pepper 's drummer , Chad Smith responded on Twitter by saying `` FYI ... Every band in the last 10 years at the Super Bowl has performed to a previously recorded track . It 's the NFL 's policy . ''","title":"Super Bowl XLVIII","score":18.030642},{"document_id":"837756128_23667-29241-4397-5562","text":"List of Super Bowl halftime shows\ninstrumental ) ( Coldplay ) `` Fix You '' / `` Up & Up '' ( Coldplay , Beyoncé and Bruno Mars ) LI Main article : Super Bowl LI halftime show Date : Feb 5 , 2017 Location : NRG Stadium ( Houston , Texas ) Performer : Lady Gaga Producer : Ricky Kirshner Director : Hamish Hamilton Sponsor : Pepsi Zero Sugar References : Setlist : `` God Bless America '' / `` This Land Is Your Land '' `` Poker Face '' `` Born This Way '' `` Telephone '' `` Just Dance '' `` Million Reasons '' `` Bad Romance '' LII Main article : Super Bowl LII halftime show Date : Feb 4 , 2018 Location : U.S. Bank Stadium ( Minneapolis , Minnesota ) Performer : Justin Timberlake and the Tennessee Kids , University of Minnesota Marching Band Producer : Ricky Kirshner Director : Hamish Hamilton Sponsor : Pepsi References : Setlist : `` Filthy '' `` Rock Your Body '' `` Señorita '' `` SexyBack '' `` My Love '' `` Cry Me a River '' `` Suit & Tie '' ( Featuring the University of Minnesota Marching Band ) `` Until the End of Time '' `` I Would Die 4 U '' ( Pre-recorded video of Prince ( displayed on a projection screen ) with Justin Timberlake ) `` Mirrors '' `` Ca n't Stop the Feeling ! ''","title":"List of Super Bowl halftime shows","score":14.276997}],"a3f07e9ed5f257db6aecd30511f03af1<::>7":[{"document_id":"842831882_26726-28494-0-1767","text":"Grenade (song)\nAdditionally , Mars performed on the Late Show with David Letterman , on November 11 , 2010 , with a soul redemption of `` Grenade '' accompanied by an all - female string section . Robbie Draw from website Idolator wrote a positive review , commenting `` Bruno Mars hit up the Late Show With David Letterman last night and left a piece of his heart on the stage after turning out an emotional , bluesy rendition of his new single `` Grenade '' `` . Story Gilmore of Neon Limelight also praised the performance , calling it `` nothing short of awesome '' and noticed that Mars `` takes this performing thing seriously . Even when he 's doing something as simple as a late night show performance , he makes sure he 's on his A game '' . The song was performed at NBC 's The Today Show on November 22 , 2010 , as part of the Toyota Concert Series and at the 2010 Soul Train Music Awards on November 28 , 2010 . On January 6 , 2011 , Mars performed `` Grenade '' on The Ellen DeGeneres Show with a guitar , `` backed by three background singers , a strings section , and pianist '' . He also performed the song on the Dutch television show The Voice of Holland on January 21 , 2011 . On February 13 , 2011 he performed the song live at the 2011 Grammy Awards , along with B.o.B. and Janelle Monáe . In Germany , Mars performed `` Grenade '' on two different shows Wetten , dass ... ? and at the Echo Awards , on 19 and 28 March 2011 , respectively . It was the eleventh song of his debut worldwide tour , The Doo - Wops & Hooligans Tour ( 2011 -- 12 ) and was thirteenth or tenth on the set list of his second tour , The Moonshine Jungle Tour ( 2013 -- 14 ) . On his third tour , the 24K Magic World Tour ( 2017 -- 18 ) , it was also the thirteenth item on the setlist .","title":"Grenade (song)","score":10.120666},{"document_id":"842831882_25349-26725-0-1376","text":"Grenade (song)\nMars performed the song at the Bowery Ballroom in New York City on August 25 , 2010 , with him and his four - piece band dressed in blue tuxedos and black skinny ties . John Macdonald for Spin said `` Despite a couple pitch problems here and there , Mars proved to be nearly as good a performer as he is a songwriter '' . The song was also performed in a similar manner on the October 9 , 2010 episode of Saturday Night Live , as part of a segue from `` Nothin ' on You '' , the debut single was also performed . His performance was well received by critics . Billboard 's magazine critique Walter Frazier analysed the performance and commented `` Mars ' backing band ... dressed as a 1950s rockabilly group , while Mars resembled something of a modern - day Elvis , surely inspiring swoons for the `` SNL '' audience . '' The performance was also praised by Mawuse Ziegbe , MTV reviewer , who wrote : `` Mars peppered the performance with hip - swaying moves Elvis would be proud of and wrapped up the set in classic rock - star style with an enthusiastic jump in the air . '' On October 21 , 2010 , a soulful arrangement of the song was sung for a Billboard Tastemakers video session . On May 5 , 2011 Mars expressed his apprehension about performing the song because fans have been throwing dummy grenades on stage , some of which are metal and have posed a safety hazard .","title":"Grenade (song)","score":14.378257},{"document_id":"834210179_30364-31402-0-1038","text":"Super Bowl XLVIII\nOn September 8 , 2013 , the league announced that Bruno Mars would perform at halftime . On January 10 , 2014 , it was announced that Red Hot Chili Peppers would be joining Mars as halftime show performers . The show opened with a children 's choir singing a chorus from `` Billionaire . '' Afterward , Mars appeared , playing a drum solo . Mars then performed the songs `` Locked Out of Heaven '' , `` Treasure '' , `` Runaway Baby '' , `` Give It Away '' ( with Red Hot Chili Peppers ) and `` Just the Way You Are '' as a tribute to the United States Armed Forces . The halftime performance was the most watched in the history of the Super Bowl drawing in a record 115.3 million viewers , passing the record 114 million who watched Madonna perform two years earlier . It was later revealed that the music was pre-recorded . Red Hot Chili Pepper 's drummer , Chad Smith responded on Twitter by saying `` FYI ... Every band in the last 10 years at the Super Bowl has performed to a previously recorded track . It 's the NFL 's policy . ''","title":"Super Bowl XLVIII","score":10.362321},{"document_id":"837756128_23667-29241-4397-5562","text":"List of Super Bowl halftime shows\ninstrumental ) ( Coldplay ) `` Fix You '' / `` Up & Up '' ( Coldplay , Beyoncé and Bruno Mars ) LI Main article : Super Bowl LI halftime show Date : Feb 5 , 2017 Location : NRG Stadium ( Houston , Texas ) Performer : Lady Gaga Producer : Ricky Kirshner Director : Hamish Hamilton Sponsor : Pepsi Zero Sugar References : Setlist : `` God Bless America '' / `` This Land Is Your Land '' `` Poker Face '' `` Born This Way '' `` Telephone '' `` Just Dance '' `` Million Reasons '' `` Bad Romance '' LII Main article : Super Bowl LII halftime show Date : Feb 4 , 2018 Location : U.S. Bank Stadium ( Minneapolis , Minnesota ) Performer : Justin Timberlake and the Tennessee Kids , University of Minnesota Marching Band Producer : Ricky Kirshner Director : Hamish Hamilton Sponsor : Pepsi References : Setlist : `` Filthy '' `` Rock Your Body '' `` Señorita '' `` SexyBack '' `` My Love '' `` Cry Me a River '' `` Suit & Tie '' ( Featuring the University of Minnesota Marching Band ) `` Until the End of Time '' `` I Would Die 4 U '' ( Pre-recorded video of Prince ( displayed on a projection screen ) with Justin Timberlake ) `` Mirrors '' `` Ca n't Stop the Feeling ! ''","title":"List of Super Bowl halftime shows","score":9.099362},{"document_id":"826405298_10081-10350-0-269","text":"Lana Del Rey\nDel Rey built anticipation to the album by doing a number of live appearances , such as promotional concerts at the Bowery Ballroom and at the Chateau Marmont , and with performances at television shows such as De Wereld Draait Door , and Later ... with Jools Holland .","title":"Lana Del Rey","score":12.970574}],"04f83f1199c7ce4d7bef50be70f2db73<::>1":[{"document_id":"c41add8034d82d3f-2812-4704","text":"Walk. Run. Dance. Play. What's your move? - Move Your Way | health.gov\nGet your kids moving\n\nYou know kids need physical activity to grow up strong and healthy.But did you know it can help them feel better right away?Better sleepBetter moodBetter gradesAnd when you move with your kids, you get the health benefits, too!\n\nHelp your kids move moreUse our interactive graphic to see how they can get the recommended 60 minutes a day.\n\nLearn the basics\n\nFind out how your kids can get enough physical activity. Read the fact sheet for parents [PDF - 1.9 MB].\n\nLearn how sports can help your kids get active and build important life skills. Check out the sports fact sheet for parents [PDF - 1.7 MB].\n\nHelp children understand why physical activity is important. Share this fact sheet with your kids [PDF - 1.4 MB].\n\nWatch our videos\n\nGet moving as a family! See how you can get active together [YouTube – 1:55].\n\nStuck indoors? Learn how to get kids moving without leaving the house! [YouTube – 1:47].\n\nHave a teen? Get ideas for helping teens get more active [YouTube – 0:29].\n\nLearn about creating healthy habits as a family\n\nLuis, Camila, and their 3 kids are getting active and making healthy meals as a team. Read their story.\n\nFor during and after pregnancy:\nFind your way to move\n\nPhysical activity is safe and healthy during and after pregnancy — and it can help you feel better right away!More energyBetter moodLess stressIt can even make labor shorter and recovery faster. And when you’re active, it’s easier to keep up with your kids as they grow!\n\nReady to get more active?Use our interactive tool to see how you can build more activity into your day. You may already be more active than you think!\n\nFind more information\n\nPhysical activity can help you have a healthy pregnancy. Read this fact sheet to learn more [PDF - 586 KB].\n\nAfter having a baby, it can be hard to get active again. Check out this fact sheet for tips to get started [PDF - 713 KB].","title":"Walk. Run. Dance. Play. What's your move? - Move Your Way | health.gov","score":11.171634},{"document_id":"2435e097253a8be4-3441-5216","text":"\r\n\tPhysical Activity\r\n\nFind support with friends and make it a group activity by scheduling virtual meetups.\n\t\n\nLearn more\n\nExercising with an Injury or Disability\n\nLimited mobility doesn't mean you can't exercise. Finding ways to stay active and healthy that work for your body are important.\n\t\n\nGet started\n\nFitness During and After Pregnancy\n\n\tYour fitness activities might change while you're pregnant, but staying active is more important than ever. An active lifestyle keeps both you and your baby healthy. And when you’re active, it’s easier to keep up with your kids as they grow!\n\t\n\nLearn more\n\nFamily Fitness\n\nGrowing children should get at least one hour of physical activity a day. Running, biking, or hiking are all great ways for children to get exercise, but there are many activities children can do indoors as well. Even getting them to assist with the chores can help!\n\t\n\nSimple exercise for kids\n\n\tStaying active helps kids do better in school. Children who get enough physical activity tend to have an easier time focusing and even perform better on tests. Physical activity is shown to have a positive influence on memory, flexible thinking and self-control. So get your kids moving by playing sports or games that involve the whole family.\n\t\n\nLearn how exercising helps growing brains\n\nFind More Healthy Tips\nInspired to get moving? Find the tools, tips and tricks that will help you be active and stay healthy.\n\t\n\nLearn more\n\n\tThis material was funded by USDA’s Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program. \n\tThis institution is an equal opportunity provider.\nNondiscrimination Statement\n\nWebsite Accessibility Certification | \r\n\tConditions of Use | \r\n\tPrivacy Policy | \r\n\tNotice on Collection | \r\n\tAccessibility | \r\n\tGet Free Reader | \r\n Copyright 2024 CalFresh Healthy Living","title":"\r\n\tPhysical Activity\r\n","score":12.366726},{"document_id":"af6c1949b4fb05a5-2619-4382","text":"Active Transportation Program (ATP) | Rebuilding CA\nThe program held regular walk-to-school and bike-to-school days and school celebrations. It also offered safety education to students in grades k-12 at 10 elementary and middle schools, along with two high schools. A partnership bewteen Redding School District’s After School Program and the Advanced Cycling Education organization bought 12 bikes for the afterschool Bike Safety program at seven schools.A ped safety campaign with Pedestrians Don’t Wear Armor.School children crossing the street safely with the help of crossing guards.A new cross walk in front of Junction School on Walk to School Day.A walking school bus at Cypress School.A ped safety campaign with Pedestrians Don’t Wear Armor.School children crossing the street safely with the help of crossing guards.A new cross walk in front of Junction School on Walk to School Day.A walking school bus at Cypress School.A ped safety campaign with Pedestrians Don’t Wear Armor.Go to previous slide.Go to slide 0Go to slide 1Go to slide 2Go to slide 3Go to next slide.Key BenefitsEnhanced engagement with parents and families through surveys and feedback mechanisms.Increased use of walking and biking methods for student transportation.Additional education in the areas of bike and walking safety.Partner-supported investment in bicycles for the afterschool Bike Safety program.Project Stats1 Open street event4 Walking school buses started at four schools7 Bike safety programs provided in after school settings3,000 Participants in community events16,700 Students at school events and activitiesMore Featured ProgramsTrade Corridor Enhancement ProgramSolutions for Congested Corridors ProgramLocal Partnership ProgramState Highway Operation and Protection ProgramTransit Intercity Rail Capital Program","title":"Active Transportation Program (ATP) | Rebuilding CA","score":11.390656},{"document_id":"73b4dcd30526baee-1431-3469","text":"Joni - Move Your Way | health.gov\nThat’s not to say getting active is easy with a young child and a baby in the house! Taking them with me on walks is a challenge sometimes — and when I finally get some time to myself after the kids are in bed, physical activity usually isn’t the first thing on my list. But I try my best to get active a few times a week, whether it’s outside or with an online exercise video. I don’t always get to do as much as I’d like, but that’s okay! I like knowing that even a little bit of activity relieves some stress and helps me stay healthy — and it’s setting a good example for my kids.\n\n \n\nAdults need a mix of physical activity to stay healthy\n\n \n\n \n\nModerate-intensity aerobic activity\nAdults need at least 150 minutes each week of moderate-intensity aerobic activity. Anything that gets the heart beating faster counts! Brisk walking is a great option if you’re recovering from childbirth or if you’re just starting to get active — and you can do it almost anywhere. Invite a friend along for some social time while you get moving!\n\n \n\nMuscle-strengthening activity\nIt’s also important to do muscle-strengthening activities 2 days a week — that’s anything that makes your muscles work harder than usual.\n\n \n\nHow I make every bite count\n\nI grew up eating home-cooked meals, and I always thought I’d give my kids the same experience. But taking care of young children doesn’t leave much time for cooking — I’m not interested in anything that takes more than 30 minutes to make. The faster I can put together a meal, the better.\nIt’s also a challenge to find healthy foods that work for all of us — a young kid who’s still figuring out what they like, a baby who’s just starting to eat solid foods, and myself. I want to make sure we all get the nutrients we need, but at first I had no idea how to do that with so many different preferences to take into account.\nI talked to our family doctor about my concerns, and she shared some good advice: It’s absolutely okay not to cook a whole meal. Eating healthy doesn’t have to be complicated!","title":"Joni - Move Your Way | health.gov","score":10.503357},{"document_id":"7460265a7e8d043c-1981-4497","text":"Strategies for Physical Activity Through Community Design | Physical Activity | CDC\nFebruary 8, 2024\t\n\nError processing SSI file\n\nStrategies for Physical Activity Through Community Design \n\nKey points\n\nBeing physically active is one of the most important ways people can improve their health now and into the future.\n\nPhysical activity benefits people of all ages and abilities.\n\nTo increase physical activity, state and local organizations can implement policies and take action to connect activity-friendly routes to everyday destinations.\n\nBackground\n\nSafe places to walk are important community design elements.\nPhysical activity is one of the best things people of all ages can do to improve their health. It is vital for healthy aging and can reduce the burden of chronic diseases and prevent early death. Yet, only about 1 in 4 adults and 1 in 6 high school students fully meet the recommendations in the Physical Activity Guidelines for Americans.\nAccess to safe places to play and walk, such as parks, safe streets, trails, and greenways, is important for physical activity. It is also important to be able to safely and easily walk, bike, or take transit to everyday destinations such as homes, workplaces, schools, parks, health care, and food outlets.\nAdditionally, many people from racial and ethnic minority groups and from rural areas are less likely to have access to these safe spaces. Historical land use as well as housing and transportation policies can contribute to limited access. People impacted by these disparities are also less likely to meet the physical activity recommendations.\nDesigning communities to provide access to these safe spaces for everyone helps increase physical activity and can provide better places to live. It can also help improve health equity.\nConnect activity-friendly routes to everyday destinations\nTip‎\nImplement policies and activities to connect pedestrian, bicycle, or transit transportation networks (called activity-friendly routes) to everyday destinations.To align with the Community Preventive Services Task Force's built environment recommendation, increasing physical activity through community design needs to include at least one element from activity-friendly routes plus one element from everyday destinations. Possibilities for each are below.\nSee recommendation\n\nActivity-Friendly Routes\n\nEveryday Destinations\n\nThese may include new or improved:\r\n\nStreet pattern design and connectivity, such as convenient, connected, and accessible streets that create many route options, shorter block lengths, and shorter crossing distances.","title":"Strategies for Physical Activity Through Community Design | Physical Activity | CDC","score":10.216078}],"04f83f1199c7ce4d7bef50be70f2db73<::>3":[{"document_id":"73b4dcd30526baee-1431-3469","text":"Joni - Move Your Way | health.gov\nThat’s not to say getting active is easy with a young child and a baby in the house! Taking them with me on walks is a challenge sometimes — and when I finally get some time to myself after the kids are in bed, physical activity usually isn’t the first thing on my list. But I try my best to get active a few times a week, whether it’s outside or with an online exercise video. I don’t always get to do as much as I’d like, but that’s okay! I like knowing that even a little bit of activity relieves some stress and helps me stay healthy — and it’s setting a good example for my kids.\n\n \n\nAdults need a mix of physical activity to stay healthy\n\n \n\n \n\nModerate-intensity aerobic activity\nAdults need at least 150 minutes each week of moderate-intensity aerobic activity. Anything that gets the heart beating faster counts! Brisk walking is a great option if you’re recovering from childbirth or if you’re just starting to get active — and you can do it almost anywhere. Invite a friend along for some social time while you get moving!\n\n \n\nMuscle-strengthening activity\nIt’s also important to do muscle-strengthening activities 2 days a week — that’s anything that makes your muscles work harder than usual.\n\n \n\nHow I make every bite count\n\nI grew up eating home-cooked meals, and I always thought I’d give my kids the same experience. But taking care of young children doesn’t leave much time for cooking — I’m not interested in anything that takes more than 30 minutes to make. The faster I can put together a meal, the better.\nIt’s also a challenge to find healthy foods that work for all of us — a young kid who’s still figuring out what they like, a baby who’s just starting to eat solid foods, and myself. I want to make sure we all get the nutrients we need, but at first I had no idea how to do that with so many different preferences to take into account.\nI talked to our family doctor about my concerns, and she shared some good advice: It’s absolutely okay not to cook a whole meal. Eating healthy doesn’t have to be complicated!","title":"Joni - Move Your Way | health.gov","score":13.911621},{"document_id":"c41add8034d82d3f-1300-3248","text":"Walk. Run. Dance. Play. What's your move? - Move Your Way | health.gov\nGet tips for fitting more activity into your day [YouTube – 1:59].\n\nRead stories about boosting your health with physical activity and healthy eating\n\nJeff gets active on most days and is trying to eat healthier. Read Jeff’s story.\n\nCheryl gets active with everyday tasks and saves time with meal prep and shopping smart. Read Cheryl’s story.\n\nFor older adults: \nGet active to age well \n\nPhysical activity can help you stay healthy and independent as you age. Being active can: Make it easier to do everyday tasks, like cleaning and grocery shoppingHelp ease pain and manage other health problemsLower your risk of falls — and your risk of an injury if you do fall\n\nReady to make a plan?Use our interactive tool to build your personalized weekly activity plan.\n\nLearn tips to get moving\n\nDid you know physical activity can help you stay independent as you get older? Read the fact sheet about physical activity for older adults [PDF - 1.2 MB].\n\nIt’s important to get a mix of activity types as you get older. Read the fact sheet about different activity types for older adults [PDF - 1.1 MB].\n\nCheck out our videos\n\nTrying to get motivated to move more? Make a pledge! Watch this video to see how [YouTube – 0:31]. \n\nWant to get active and get things done at the same time? Watch this video about making yardwork a workout [YouTube – 0:30].\n\nLearn about eating healthy and getting active safely as you age\n\nJohn and Patty find creative ways to eat healthy and get active indoors. Read their story.\n\nFor parents:\nGet your kids moving\n\nYou know kids need physical activity to grow up strong and healthy.But did you know it can help them feel better right away?Better sleepBetter moodBetter gradesAnd when you move with your kids, you get the health benefits, too!\n\nHelp your kids move moreUse our interactive graphic to see how they can get the recommended 60 minutes a day.\n\nLearn the basics\n\nFind out how your kids can get enough physical activity.","title":"Walk. Run. Dance. Play. What's your move? - Move Your Way | health.gov","score":12.834626},{"document_id":"2435e097253a8be4-5-2156","text":"\r\n\tPhysical Activity\r\n\nPhysical Activity\r\n\nSkip to Main Content\n\n×\n\nSaving your location allows us to provide you with more relevant information.\n\nSet Location\n\nAbout Us\nContact Us\n Translate\n\nMenu\n\nHome\n\nHome\n\nHealthy on a Budget\n\nHealthy Recipes\n\nPhysical Activity\n\nWorksite Wellness\n\nEvents\n\nPartners\n\nSNAC\n\nAdministration\n\nPhysical Activity\n\n\tRegular physical activity is one of the most important things you can do for your health. Everyone can experience the health benefits of physical activity – age, abilities, shape, or size do not matter. Starting a new wellness routine can feel challenging, but don’t worry. Increases in daily activity can come from small changes made throughout your day, such as walking or cycling instead of using the car, getting off a bus a stop earlier and walking the rest of the way, or walking the children to school.\n\t\n\n\tRegardless of how you choose to incorporate physical activity in your life, the important part is that you do.\n\t\n\nGet Started\n\n\tExercise can be easy to do and fun for everyone. You don't need equipment or access to a gym to keep your body healthy and active. Find an exercise that fits your lifestyle, whether you're at the park, the office, or at home watching TV.\n\t\n\n\tCheck with your doctor before doing any physical activity if you have health issues or concerns.\n\t\n\nSimple Exercises\n\nStart with these exercises and build up slowly to a routine that works for you. The important thing is to get you moving and strengthen your muscles. Try them out and see how you feel.\n\t\n\nPelvic Neutral in Standing\n\tThis exercise strengthens your back and will help you execute exercises safely.\n\t\n\nWall Sits\n\tThese simple exercises can be done anywhere there's a wall to lean on and can help you increase your lower body strength and endurance.\n\t\n\nYoga Poses\n\tYoga has become a popular way of promoting physical and mental well-being. It can help you relax and manage stress and anxiety while also increasing your strength and flexibility.\n\t\n\nGet more exercises\n\nLet's Get Moving\n\nBeyond the Gym\n\n\tYour local park or even your home have all the space you need to stay active without the need of a gym or expensive equipment.","title":"\r\n\tPhysical Activity\r\n","score":11.804383},{"document_id":"2435e097253a8be4-3441-5216","text":"\r\n\tPhysical Activity\r\n\nFind support with friends and make it a group activity by scheduling virtual meetups.\n\t\n\nLearn more\n\nExercising with an Injury or Disability\n\nLimited mobility doesn't mean you can't exercise. Finding ways to stay active and healthy that work for your body are important.\n\t\n\nGet started\n\nFitness During and After Pregnancy\n\n\tYour fitness activities might change while you're pregnant, but staying active is more important than ever. An active lifestyle keeps both you and your baby healthy. And when you’re active, it’s easier to keep up with your kids as they grow!\n\t\n\nLearn more\n\nFamily Fitness\n\nGrowing children should get at least one hour of physical activity a day. Running, biking, or hiking are all great ways for children to get exercise, but there are many activities children can do indoors as well. Even getting them to assist with the chores can help!\n\t\n\nSimple exercise for kids\n\n\tStaying active helps kids do better in school. Children who get enough physical activity tend to have an easier time focusing and even perform better on tests. Physical activity is shown to have a positive influence on memory, flexible thinking and self-control. So get your kids moving by playing sports or games that involve the whole family.\n\t\n\nLearn how exercising helps growing brains\n\nFind More Healthy Tips\nInspired to get moving? Find the tools, tips and tricks that will help you be active and stay healthy.\n\t\n\nLearn more\n\n\tThis material was funded by USDA’s Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program. \n\tThis institution is an equal opportunity provider.\nNondiscrimination Statement\n\nWebsite Accessibility Certification | \r\n\tConditions of Use | \r\n\tPrivacy Policy | \r\n\tNotice on Collection | \r\n\tAccessibility | \r\n\tGet Free Reader | \r\n Copyright 2024 CalFresh Healthy Living","title":"\r\n\tPhysical Activity\r\n","score":12.366726},{"document_id":"c41add8034d82d3f-2812-4704","text":"Walk. Run. Dance. Play. What's your move? - Move Your Way | health.gov\nGet your kids moving\n\nYou know kids need physical activity to grow up strong and healthy.But did you know it can help them feel better right away?Better sleepBetter moodBetter gradesAnd when you move with your kids, you get the health benefits, too!\n\nHelp your kids move moreUse our interactive graphic to see how they can get the recommended 60 minutes a day.\n\nLearn the basics\n\nFind out how your kids can get enough physical activity. Read the fact sheet for parents [PDF - 1.9 MB].\n\nLearn how sports can help your kids get active and build important life skills. Check out the sports fact sheet for parents [PDF - 1.7 MB].\n\nHelp children understand why physical activity is important. Share this fact sheet with your kids [PDF - 1.4 MB].\n\nWatch our videos\n\nGet moving as a family! See how you can get active together [YouTube – 1:55].\n\nStuck indoors? Learn how to get kids moving without leaving the house! [YouTube – 1:47].\n\nHave a teen? Get ideas for helping teens get more active [YouTube – 0:29].\n\nLearn about creating healthy habits as a family\n\nLuis, Camila, and their 3 kids are getting active and making healthy meals as a team. Read their story.\n\nFor during and after pregnancy:\nFind your way to move\n\nPhysical activity is safe and healthy during and after pregnancy — and it can help you feel better right away!More energyBetter moodLess stressIt can even make labor shorter and recovery faster. And when you’re active, it’s easier to keep up with your kids as they grow!\n\nReady to get more active?Use our interactive tool to see how you can build more activity into your day. You may already be more active than you think!\n\nFind more information\n\nPhysical activity can help you have a healthy pregnancy. Read this fact sheet to learn more [PDF - 586 KB].\n\nAfter having a baby, it can be hard to get active again. Check out this fact sheet for tips to get started [PDF - 713 KB].","title":"Walk. Run. Dance. Play. What's your move? - Move Your Way | health.gov","score":11.171634}],"04f83f1199c7ce4d7bef50be70f2db73<::>4":[{"document_id":"c41add8034d82d3f-2812-4704","text":"Walk. Run. Dance. Play. What's your move? - Move Your Way | health.gov\nGet your kids moving\n\nYou know kids need physical activity to grow up strong and healthy.But did you know it can help them feel better right away?Better sleepBetter moodBetter gradesAnd when you move with your kids, you get the health benefits, too!\n\nHelp your kids move moreUse our interactive graphic to see how they can get the recommended 60 minutes a day.\n\nLearn the basics\n\nFind out how your kids can get enough physical activity. Read the fact sheet for parents [PDF - 1.9 MB].\n\nLearn how sports can help your kids get active and build important life skills. Check out the sports fact sheet for parents [PDF - 1.7 MB].\n\nHelp children understand why physical activity is important. Share this fact sheet with your kids [PDF - 1.4 MB].\n\nWatch our videos\n\nGet moving as a family! See how you can get active together [YouTube – 1:55].\n\nStuck indoors? Learn how to get kids moving without leaving the house! [YouTube – 1:47].\n\nHave a teen? Get ideas for helping teens get more active [YouTube – 0:29].\n\nLearn about creating healthy habits as a family\n\nLuis, Camila, and their 3 kids are getting active and making healthy meals as a team. Read their story.\n\nFor during and after pregnancy:\nFind your way to move\n\nPhysical activity is safe and healthy during and after pregnancy — and it can help you feel better right away!More energyBetter moodLess stressIt can even make labor shorter and recovery faster. And when you’re active, it’s easier to keep up with your kids as they grow!\n\nReady to get more active?Use our interactive tool to see how you can build more activity into your day. You may already be more active than you think!\n\nFind more information\n\nPhysical activity can help you have a healthy pregnancy. Read this fact sheet to learn more [PDF - 586 KB].\n\nAfter having a baby, it can be hard to get active again. Check out this fact sheet for tips to get started [PDF - 713 KB].","title":"Walk. Run. Dance. Play. What's your move? - Move Your Way | health.gov","score":11.171634},{"document_id":"5e122232877c3d86-1549-3620","text":"Take Action Toward Better Heart Health: | NHLBI, NIH\nMission and Strategic Vision\n\nLeadership\n\nDivisions, Offices and Centers\n\nAdvisory Committees\n\nBudget and Legislative Information\n\nJobs and Working at the NHLBI\n\nContact and FAQs\n\nNIH Sleep Research Plan\n\n\tHOME\n\t\n\n\tSearch Text:\n\t\n\n Home/Education and Awareness/The Heart Truth® / < Back To Let's Work Together to Prevent Heart Disease/Take Action Toward Better Heart Health: \n\nTake Action Toward Better Heart Health: \n\nMaintain a Healthy Weight\n \n\nBeing overweight is hard on your heart. It increases your risk of having heart disease, a stroke, high cholesterol, high blood pressure, and diabetes. Choosing heart-healthy foods and getting regular exercise will help you achieve and maintain a healthy weight. Also, find ways to reduce stress, which affects energy and hunger and, if chronic, can make your body store more fat.\nIf your doctor diagnosed you with overweight or obesity, it’s important to follow their recommendations for losing weight. Health professionals recommend losing 5% to 10% of your initial weight over the course of about 6 months. But a loss of just 3% to 5% of your current weight can lower triglycerides and glucose levels in your blood, as well as your risk of developing type 2 diabetes. Losing more than 3% to 5% of your weight can improve blood pressure readings, lower “bad” LDL cholesterol, and increase “good” HDL cholesterol.\nIf you need to lose weight, connecting with others can help keep you on track. Try these:\nJoin a weight loss program with a buddy.\nSign “social support” agreements with three family members or friends.\nGet your kids involved. Explain that it's important to sit less and move more to stay at a healthy weight and that they’ll have more energy to ride a bike or shoot hoops. Tell them you’ll do the same.\n\nThis video shows how little things we do each day can add up and lead to weight gain. Gaining 10 pounds adds more than 30 pounds of force to your knees, which can cause aches and pains. Taking action by eating healthy and getting physical activity can lower the risk of developing serious health problems.","title":"Take Action Toward Better Heart Health: | NHLBI, NIH","score":8.992504},{"document_id":"1c56aea339be06db-1588-3689","text":"Healthy Lifestyles & Prevention - New York State Department of Health\nHealthy Lifestyles at Work & Home\n\nAdapt the Fun for Everyone! Physical Activity and People with Disabilities\nFit for Life\nGuidelines for Healthy Meetings\nFood Standards for Workplaces Toolkit\nPromoting Worksite Wellness\n\nHuman Trafficking\n\nHuman Trafficking\n\nImmunization\n\nImmunization\n\nInjury Prevention\n\nChild Injury Prevention in New York State\nInjury Prevention in New York State\nTraumatic Brain Injury\nChoking Prevention for Children\nDriving\r\n \nChild Passenger Safety\nYounger Driver Safety\nDrowsy Driving Awareness\n\nFall Prevention in Older Adults, New York State\nFall Injuries\nInjury Prevention Statistics\nPedestrian Safety\nPoison Prevention\nChildren's Product Recalls\nShaken Baby Syndrome\nSuicide and Self-Harm Injuries\n\nLead Exposure\n\nLead\n\nNutrition\n\nChild and Adult Care Food Program (CACFP)\nCommodity Supplemental Food Program (CSFP)\nFarmers Market Nutrition Program\nFood Safety\nFood Standards for Hospitals Toolkit\nFood Standards for Workplaces Toolkit\nGuidelines for Healthy Meetings\nHunger Prevention and Nutrition Assistance Program (HPNAP)\nJust Say Yes to Fruits and Vegetables (JSY)\nNutrition Resources\nWIC (Special Supplemental Nutrition Program for Women, Infants and Children)\n\nObesity Prevention & Physical Activity\n\niChoose600™ – choosing lower calorie meals at fast food restaurants\nObesity\nTips for Child Care Professionals\nTips for Parents\n\nOral Health\n\nOral Health\n\nPregnancy\n\nHealthy Pregnancy Fact Sheet\n\nPrevention Agenda 2019-2024: New York State's Health Improvement Plan\n\nPrevention Agenda 2019-2024: New York State's Health Improvement Plan\n\nPublic Health\n\nPublic Health Works!\n\nRape Crisis and Sexual Violence Prevention\n\nRape Crisis and Sexual Violence Prevention Program\n\nSexual Health\n\nFamily Planning and Reproductive Health Care\nHIV/AIDS\n\nTalking with Young People about HIV/AIDS\n\nLesbian, Gay, Bisexual and Transgender (LGBT) Health Care\n\nGuidelines for Care of Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual and Transgender Patients\n\nNYS Condom Program (NYSCondom)\nSexually Transmitted Diseases\n\nTanning\n\nIndoor Tanning\n\nTobacco Control\n\nTobacco Control and Prevention\n\nRelated Links","title":"Healthy Lifestyles & Prevention - New York State Department of Health","score":8.768087},{"document_id":"838fffa336b64b99-2847-5118","text":"West Nile Virus | Sierra County, CA - Official Website\nTake steps to avoid West Nile virus infection.How do I protect myself from West Nile virus?There is no vaccine to prevent West Nile virus infection.The best way to prevent diseases spread by mosquitoes is to protect yourself and your family from mosquito bites.Wear long-sleeved shirts and long pants.Stay in places with air conditioning and window and door screens to keep mosquitoes outside.Treat your clothing and gear with permethrin or buy pre-treated items.Use Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)-registered insect repellents.Always follow the product label instructions.When used as directed, these insect repellents are proven safe and effective even for pregnant and breastfeeding women.Do not use insect repellents on babies younger than 2 months old.Do not use products containing oil of lemon eucalyptus or para-menthane-diol on children younger than 3 years old.Mosquito netting can be used to cover babies younger than 2 months old in carriers, strollers, or cribs to protect them from mosquito bites.Sleep under a mosquito bed net if air conditioned or screened rooms are not available or if sleeping outdoors.If you have a baby or child:Do not use insect repellent on babies younger than 2 months old.Do not use products containing oil of lemon eucalyptus or para-menthane-diol on children younger than 3 years old.Dress your child in clothing that covers arms and legs.Cover crib, stroller, and baby carrier with mosquito netting.Do not apply insect repellent onto a child’s hands, eyes, mouth, and cut or irritated skin.Adults: Spray insect repellent onto your hands and then apply to a child’s face.More InformationInformation on West Nile virus from CDC.Information on insect repellent use and effectiveness from the EPA.The American Academy of Microbiology (AAM) comprehensive report published in 2013 called West Nile virus FAQ [1.58 MB]Information on West Nile virus from CDC.Information on insect repellent use and effectiveness from the EPA.The American Academy of Microbiology (AAM) comprehensive report published in 2013 called West Nile virus FAQ [1.58 MB]Content provided and maintained by the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Please see our system usage guidelines and disclaimer.\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n\nCoronavirus (COVID-19)","title":"West Nile Virus | Sierra County, CA - Official Website","score":8.916592},{"document_id":"2435e097253a8be4-3441-5216","text":"\r\n\tPhysical Activity\r\n\nFind support with friends and make it a group activity by scheduling virtual meetups.\n\t\n\nLearn more\n\nExercising with an Injury or Disability\n\nLimited mobility doesn't mean you can't exercise. Finding ways to stay active and healthy that work for your body are important.\n\t\n\nGet started\n\nFitness During and After Pregnancy\n\n\tYour fitness activities might change while you're pregnant, but staying active is more important than ever. An active lifestyle keeps both you and your baby healthy. And when you’re active, it’s easier to keep up with your kids as they grow!\n\t\n\nLearn more\n\nFamily Fitness\n\nGrowing children should get at least one hour of physical activity a day. Running, biking, or hiking are all great ways for children to get exercise, but there are many activities children can do indoors as well. Even getting them to assist with the chores can help!\n\t\n\nSimple exercise for kids\n\n\tStaying active helps kids do better in school. Children who get enough physical activity tend to have an easier time focusing and even perform better on tests. Physical activity is shown to have a positive influence on memory, flexible thinking and self-control. So get your kids moving by playing sports or games that involve the whole family.\n\t\n\nLearn how exercising helps growing brains\n\nFind More Healthy Tips\nInspired to get moving? Find the tools, tips and tricks that will help you be active and stay healthy.\n\t\n\nLearn more\n\n\tThis material was funded by USDA’s Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program. \n\tThis institution is an equal opportunity provider.\nNondiscrimination Statement\n\nWebsite Accessibility Certification | \r\n\tConditions of Use | \r\n\tPrivacy Policy | \r\n\tNotice on Collection | \r\n\tAccessibility | \r\n\tGet Free Reader | \r\n Copyright 2024 CalFresh Healthy Living","title":"\r\n\tPhysical Activity\r\n","score":12.366726}],"04f83f1199c7ce4d7bef50be70f2db73<::>5":[{"document_id":"2435e097253a8be4-3441-5216","text":"\r\n\tPhysical Activity\r\n\nFind support with friends and make it a group activity by scheduling virtual meetups.\n\t\n\nLearn more\n\nExercising with an Injury or Disability\n\nLimited mobility doesn't mean you can't exercise. Finding ways to stay active and healthy that work for your body are important.\n\t\n\nGet started\n\nFitness During and After Pregnancy\n\n\tYour fitness activities might change while you're pregnant, but staying active is more important than ever. An active lifestyle keeps both you and your baby healthy. And when you’re active, it’s easier to keep up with your kids as they grow!\n\t\n\nLearn more\n\nFamily Fitness\n\nGrowing children should get at least one hour of physical activity a day. Running, biking, or hiking are all great ways for children to get exercise, but there are many activities children can do indoors as well. Even getting them to assist with the chores can help!\n\t\n\nSimple exercise for kids\n\n\tStaying active helps kids do better in school. Children who get enough physical activity tend to have an easier time focusing and even perform better on tests. Physical activity is shown to have a positive influence on memory, flexible thinking and self-control. So get your kids moving by playing sports or games that involve the whole family.\n\t\n\nLearn how exercising helps growing brains\n\nFind More Healthy Tips\nInspired to get moving? Find the tools, tips and tricks that will help you be active and stay healthy.\n\t\n\nLearn more\n\n\tThis material was funded by USDA’s Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program. \n\tThis institution is an equal opportunity provider.\nNondiscrimination Statement\n\nWebsite Accessibility Certification | \r\n\tConditions of Use | \r\n\tPrivacy Policy | \r\n\tNotice on Collection | \r\n\tAccessibility | \r\n\tGet Free Reader | \r\n Copyright 2024 CalFresh Healthy Living","title":"\r\n\tPhysical Activity\r\n","score":12.579473},{"document_id":"73b4dcd30526baee-1431-3469","text":"Joni - Move Your Way | health.gov\nThat’s not to say getting active is easy with a young child and a baby in the house! Taking them with me on walks is a challenge sometimes — and when I finally get some time to myself after the kids are in bed, physical activity usually isn’t the first thing on my list. But I try my best to get active a few times a week, whether it’s outside or with an online exercise video. I don’t always get to do as much as I’d like, but that’s okay! I like knowing that even a little bit of activity relieves some stress and helps me stay healthy — and it’s setting a good example for my kids.\n\n \n\nAdults need a mix of physical activity to stay healthy\n\n \n\n \n\nModerate-intensity aerobic activity\nAdults need at least 150 minutes each week of moderate-intensity aerobic activity. Anything that gets the heart beating faster counts! Brisk walking is a great option if you’re recovering from childbirth or if you’re just starting to get active — and you can do it almost anywhere. Invite a friend along for some social time while you get moving!\n\n \n\nMuscle-strengthening activity\nIt’s also important to do muscle-strengthening activities 2 days a week — that’s anything that makes your muscles work harder than usual.\n\n \n\nHow I make every bite count\n\nI grew up eating home-cooked meals, and I always thought I’d give my kids the same experience. But taking care of young children doesn’t leave much time for cooking — I’m not interested in anything that takes more than 30 minutes to make. The faster I can put together a meal, the better.\nIt’s also a challenge to find healthy foods that work for all of us — a young kid who’s still figuring out what they like, a baby who’s just starting to eat solid foods, and myself. I want to make sure we all get the nutrients we need, but at first I had no idea how to do that with so many different preferences to take into account.\nI talked to our family doctor about my concerns, and she shared some good advice: It’s absolutely okay not to cook a whole meal. Eating healthy doesn’t have to be complicated!","title":"Joni - Move Your Way | health.gov","score":10.271085},{"document_id":"7460265a7e8d043c-1981-4497","text":"Strategies for Physical Activity Through Community Design | Physical Activity | CDC\nFebruary 8, 2024\t\n\nError processing SSI file\n\nStrategies for Physical Activity Through Community Design \n\nKey points\n\nBeing physically active is one of the most important ways people can improve their health now and into the future.\n\nPhysical activity benefits people of all ages and abilities.\n\nTo increase physical activity, state and local organizations can implement policies and take action to connect activity-friendly routes to everyday destinations.\n\nBackground\n\nSafe places to walk are important community design elements.\nPhysical activity is one of the best things people of all ages can do to improve their health. It is vital for healthy aging and can reduce the burden of chronic diseases and prevent early death. Yet, only about 1 in 4 adults and 1 in 6 high school students fully meet the recommendations in the Physical Activity Guidelines for Americans.\nAccess to safe places to play and walk, such as parks, safe streets, trails, and greenways, is important for physical activity. It is also important to be able to safely and easily walk, bike, or take transit to everyday destinations such as homes, workplaces, schools, parks, health care, and food outlets.\nAdditionally, many people from racial and ethnic minority groups and from rural areas are less likely to have access to these safe spaces. Historical land use as well as housing and transportation policies can contribute to limited access. People impacted by these disparities are also less likely to meet the physical activity recommendations.\nDesigning communities to provide access to these safe spaces for everyone helps increase physical activity and can provide better places to live. It can also help improve health equity.\nConnect activity-friendly routes to everyday destinations\nTip‎\nImplement policies and activities to connect pedestrian, bicycle, or transit transportation networks (called activity-friendly routes) to everyday destinations.To align with the Community Preventive Services Task Force's built environment recommendation, increasing physical activity through community design needs to include at least one element from activity-friendly routes plus one element from everyday destinations. Possibilities for each are below.\nSee recommendation\n\nActivity-Friendly Routes\n\nEveryday Destinations\n\nThese may include new or improved:\r\n\nStreet pattern design and connectivity, such as convenient, connected, and accessible streets that create many route options, shorter block lengths, and shorter crossing distances.","title":"Strategies for Physical Activity Through Community Design | Physical Activity | CDC","score":12.790904},{"document_id":"c41add8034d82d3f-2812-4704","text":"Walk. Run. Dance. Play. What's your move? - Move Your Way | health.gov\nGet your kids moving\n\nYou know kids need physical activity to grow up strong and healthy.But did you know it can help them feel better right away?Better sleepBetter moodBetter gradesAnd when you move with your kids, you get the health benefits, too!\n\nHelp your kids move moreUse our interactive graphic to see how they can get the recommended 60 minutes a day.\n\nLearn the basics\n\nFind out how your kids can get enough physical activity. Read the fact sheet for parents [PDF - 1.9 MB].\n\nLearn how sports can help your kids get active and build important life skills. Check out the sports fact sheet for parents [PDF - 1.7 MB].\n\nHelp children understand why physical activity is important. Share this fact sheet with your kids [PDF - 1.4 MB].\n\nWatch our videos\n\nGet moving as a family! See how you can get active together [YouTube – 1:55].\n\nStuck indoors? Learn how to get kids moving without leaving the house! [YouTube – 1:47].\n\nHave a teen? Get ideas for helping teens get more active [YouTube – 0:29].\n\nLearn about creating healthy habits as a family\n\nLuis, Camila, and their 3 kids are getting active and making healthy meals as a team. Read their story.\n\nFor during and after pregnancy:\nFind your way to move\n\nPhysical activity is safe and healthy during and after pregnancy — and it can help you feel better right away!More energyBetter moodLess stressIt can even make labor shorter and recovery faster. And when you’re active, it’s easier to keep up with your kids as they grow!\n\nReady to get more active?Use our interactive tool to see how you can build more activity into your day. You may already be more active than you think!\n\nFind more information\n\nPhysical activity can help you have a healthy pregnancy. Read this fact sheet to learn more [PDF - 586 KB].\n\nAfter having a baby, it can be hard to get active again. Check out this fact sheet for tips to get started [PDF - 713 KB].","title":"Walk. Run. Dance. Play. What's your move? - Move Your Way | health.gov","score":12.195418},{"document_id":"7460265a7e8d043c-3755-6356","text":"Strategies for Physical Activity Through Community Design | Physical Activity | CDC\nImplement policies and activities to connect pedestrian, bicycle, or transit transportation networks (called activity-friendly routes) to everyday destinations.To align with the Community Preventive Services Task Force's built environment recommendation, increasing physical activity through community design needs to include at least one element from activity-friendly routes plus one element from everyday destinations. Possibilities for each are below.\nSee recommendation\n\nActivity-Friendly Routes\n\nEveryday Destinations\n\nThese may include new or improved:\r\n\nStreet pattern design and connectivity, such as convenient, connected, and accessible streets that create many route options, shorter block lengths, and shorter crossing distances.\nPedestrian infrastructure, such as sidewalk networks that can include trails, traffic calming, intersection safety, street lighting, benches, public bathrooms, shade, and landscaping.\nBicycle infrastructure, such as bicycle networks that can include slow/safe streets, protected bikeways, trails, traffic calming, intersection safety, street lighting, public bathrooms, shade, and landscaping.\nPublic transit infrastructure and access, such as transit networks that include expanded services, times, and locations and public bathrooms that are safe and easy to access.\n\nThese may include increased:\r\n\nProximity to community or neighborhood destinations, such as homes, worksites, schools, parks, grocery stores, health care facilities, pharmacies, and other shops.\nMixed land use such as neighborhoods that combine restaurants, offices, housing, or shops.\nResidential density to increase the variety of housing options in an area through compact community design and other approaches that reduce travel distances.\nParks and recreational facility access, such as parks and recreational facilities close to homes.\n\nPotential state activities\n\nTip‎\n* Designates short-term activities that may be accomplished in 1 to 2 years.+ Designates activities that may take up to 5 years, depending on the organization's capacity, previous work in this area, and size of the project.\n\nCreate interdepartmental memoranda of understanding, interagency agreements, or staff-sharing agreements with key departments. Include the state’s transportation department as well as others represented in your cross-sectoral coalition. Meet to formalize the public health relationship and identify topics, projects, communication channels, and opportunities for collaboration.*\nProvide technical assistance* on:\n\nCommunity engagement and organizing\n\nCoalition building\n\nNeeds assessment","title":"Strategies for Physical Activity Through Community Design | Physical Activity | CDC","score":10.085004}],"04f83f1199c7ce4d7bef50be70f2db73<::>6":[{"document_id":"ad0544154450d496-1665-3901","text":"As Part of NY SWIMS Initiative, Governor Hochul Announces Up to $90 Million Available for Municipal Swimming Facilities in Underserved Communities | Governor Kathy Hochul\nThe first application round will make up to $90 million available for municipal swimming facility projects in underserved communities across New York State. The remaining NY SWIMS capital funding will be made available during subsequent application periods. “Drownings in New York State have reached record levels in the last few years, and our kids are particularly vulnerable,” Governor Hochul said. “Through NY SWIMS, we’re making sure that all New Yorkers know how to swim through the largest statewide investment in swimming since the New Deal. We look forward to municipalities taking advantage of this opportunity to create new ways to provide children and their families safe spaces to learn how to swim and prevent childhood drowning.”Included in Governor Hochul’s FY 2025 Enacted Budget and State of the State proposals, the program offers grants between $50,000 and $10 million to acquire, design, construct or reconstruct facilities, provide major renovations, improvements, and modernization or rehabilitation of swimming facilities and natural swimming areas. The Request for Applications for the first round of funding was posted today at www.dasny.org and www.parks.ny.gov. The first application period for the NY SWIMS capital grant will open on June 13, 2024, and applications must be submitted by July 12, 2024. Awards are expected to be announced no earlier than August 28, 2024. Applications will be evaluated on characteristics of projects’ need, impact, and viability. NY SWIMS grants will require applicants to provide a 20 percent matching contribution towards the overall project cost. In addition to various costs to develop swimming areas, NY SWIMS funds are also available to support ancillary projects, including splash pads, concession stands, picnic areas, and playgrounds. Funds for these costs are limited to 10 percent of grants awarded for any individual project. Recognizing that drowning is the leading cause of death for children ages 1-4 and that climate change will increase extreme heat events, NY SWIMS will build out municipal swimming facilities in high-need areas, connect New Yorkers to the State’s rivers and lakes, deploy pools in urban environments, and invest in State parks and pools.","title":"As Part of NY SWIMS Initiative, Governor Hochul Announces Up to $90 Million Available for Municipal Swimming Facilities in Underserved Communities | Governor Kathy Hochul","score":11.4993305},{"document_id":"5a0620324a34660c-3131-4885","text":"\r\n\tSwimming - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nRed flags indicate a danger or hazard. Flag designations may vary, so be sure to understand the color coding before you dive in.\n\nBe attentive.\r\n\t\nAlways swim sober.\nIf you're swimming with children, designate a \"water watcher\" who will always keep a close eye on the kids. This person shouldn't be reading, using a phone, or doing anything but observing. \r\n\tNever let children swim unattended.\nKnow the signs of trouble: While we tend to think that swimmers in trouble will be waving their hands and making lots of noise, this may not always be the case. Watch out for people whose heads are low in\r\n\tthe water (mouth submerged) or tilted back with mouth open, eyes closed or unable to focus, legs vertical in the water, or who are trying to swim but not making progress.\n\nSwimming\nWater Quality - Beach Results\n\nParks, Recreation and Historic Preservation\n\nInside our Agency\n\nAbout Us\nRegions\nEmployment\nState Council of Parks\nNatural Heritage Trust\nInside our Agency\nFriends & Support\n\nResources\n\nPublic Documents\nPublications\nAccessibility\nGrants\nFreedom of Information Law (FOIL)\nMaster Plans\nDoing Business\nPrivacy Policy\n\nNews\n\nPress Releases\nPublic Meetings\nPress Contacts\nParks Blog\n\nQuick Links\n\nContact us\nPark Police\nPermits\nPark Store Apparel & Gifts\nGift Cards\nDonate\nContent Submission Agreement\n\nLanguage Access\n\nEspañol - Spanish\n中文 - Chinese\nРусский - Russian\nאידיש - Yiddish\nবাংলা - Bengali\n한국어 - Korean\nKreyòl Ayisyen - Haitian Creole\nItaliano - Italian\nالعَرَبِي - Arabic\nPolski - Polish\nFrançais - French\nاردو - Urdu\n\nCONNECT WITH US\n\nFACEBOOK\n\nTWITTER\n\nINSTAGRAM\n\nYOUTUBE\n\nFLICKR\n\nRSS FEED\n\n\r\n Your browser does not support iFrames\r\n \n\nTranslation Services\nThis page is available in other languages\n\nTranslate\n\nEnglish\n\nEspañol\n\n中文","title":"\r\n\tSwimming - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":13.631522},{"document_id":"eef1cf2550d82aa8-4177-6475","text":"Facility Information and FAQs | City of Morgan Hill, CA - Official Website\nCan my child work out at the CRC?CRC Fitness Center and Group Exercise Age Restrictions effective 2021The CRC welcomes children ages 8 - 9 into the Fitness Center and Group Exercise classes, when accompanied and directly supervised by a parent or guardian. Children ages 10 - 11 are welcome into the Fitness Center and Group Exercise classes, parent or guardian must be in the building. All youth in the facility are expected to use the facility for the purpose of fitness and exercise and must compete the Youth Strength Training session to use the equipment. Children are not able to sit and observe.The parent or guardian will be solely responsible for the child while they are in the fitness center or group exercise class. Each child and parent/guardian are required to review the new and updated guidelines before entering the fitness facility.The use of fitness equipment will be subject to height requirements, and the discretion of the Wellness Coach and CRC Staff.Youth 8-10 may participate (must be working out) in family friendly specific classes marked on the Group Exercise schedule. See schedule (PDF) for list of these classes. Those 12 years of age and older may use the facility without parental supervision.For all youth access in the facility, please view here: Youth Access (PDF) Senior Center Information: The Senior Nutrition Program is available Monday-Friday.  The Café registration table and dining hall open at 10:30 a.m. and lunch is served at 11:30 a.m.  Meals are a voluntary contribution of $3 for Seniors over 60 years and $8 for those under 60 years of age.The Senior Center is open weekdays from 9 a.m. - 3 p.m. with programs and activities. Visit the website for more information. Does Kids Club Require reservations? The CRC Kids' Club provides safe, programmed activities for youth 6 months to 9 years of age while parents are working out.  Please view the Kids Club page for operating hours and monthly activity calendar. Indoor pool open information:The pool is open for lap swimming and swim lessons. The shallow water play area is also be open during pool hours. Please view the CRC Indoor Pool schedule (PDF) for availability.CRC memberships provide free access to the Aquatics Center. View the Aquatics Center Outdoor pool schedule (PDF) for availability.","title":"Facility Information and FAQs | City of Morgan Hill, CA - Official Website","score":10.913945},{"document_id":"5a0620324a34660c-1467-3525","text":"\r\n\tSwimming - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nFor a fun, safe time, follow these tips:\n\nBe proactive\r\n\t\nMake sure everyone in your group knows how to swim.\nChoose bright colors for swimwear. Neon pink and neon orange offer the most visibility for light-bottomed pools. For lakes and dark-bottomed pools, neon green, neon orange and neon yellow are the most visible.\nConsider learning CPR. In an emergency, every second counts.\n\nBe aware of the conditions. \r\n\t\nOcean swimming is very different from pool swimming, so be prepared for powerful waves, strong surf and sudden drop-offs. \nRip currents usually form near a shallow point in the water, and can happen at any beach with breaking waves, including the Great Lakes. If you are caught in a rip current, try to remain calm and\r\n\tdon't fight it. Swim parallel to the shore until you are out of the current, and float or tread water if you begin to tire. More from the National Weather Service: Break the Grip of the Rip! \nKeep away from the water's edge. Jagged, slippery rocks and murky waters can be hazardous.\n\nBe aware of the rules.\r\n\t\nSwim only in designated areas, and only when a lifeguard is on duty. Prohibited swim areas are often accompanied by dangers such as turbulent underwater currents, extreme cold, and widely varying depths. \r\n\tThese hazards can put even good swimmers at risk.\nChoose a swimming spot near a lifeguard for maximum visibility. Always follow their directions, and ensure that any children you are swimming with do the same.\nWatch for warning flags and know what they mean. Green flags usually mark designated swimming areas - be sure to swim between the green flags. Yellow flags may denote a surfing beach or an advisory. \r\n\tRed flags indicate a danger or hazard. Flag designations may vary, so be sure to understand the color coding before you dive in.\n\nBe attentive.\r\n\t\nAlways swim sober.\nIf you're swimming with children, designate a \"water watcher\" who will always keep a close eye on the kids. This person shouldn't be reading, using a phone, or doing anything but observing. \r\n\tNever let children swim unattended.","title":"\r\n\tSwimming - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":13.400426},{"document_id":"ad0544154450d496-4805-6686","text":"As Part of NY SWIMS Initiative, Governor Hochul Announces Up to $90 Million Available for Municipal Swimming Facilities in Underserved Communities | Governor Kathy Hochul\nAll potential applicants are strongly encouraged to review the RFA, ask questions, and view the Webinar as the New York Statewide Investment in More Swimming initiative (NY SWIMS) Grant Application process will be explained in the Webinar Video. As New York State Parks celebrate their Centennial in 2024, NY SWIMS also reverses decades of disinvestment to ensure public parks offer new, state-of-the-art swimming facilities which can serve thousands of daily visitors. Disparate access to safe and convenient opportunities for swimming has denied far too many New Yorkers the chance to engage with the water and learn foundational water safety skills. Drownings in New York State have reached record highs in recent years, claiming the lives of 230 New Yorkers in 2021 (the last year data is available) and more than 1,000 New Yorkers from 2017 to 2021. Drowning now ranks as the leading cause of death among children aged one to four years old in the United States, and it is the second-leading cause of death for children aged 5 to 14. Without equitable and widespread access to safe swimming opportunities, fewer people will develop foundational swimming and water safety skills, more people will swim in unsafe waterways without lifeguards, and more preventable drowning deaths will continue to occur each year. \n\n Contact the Governor’s Press Office\n \n\n Contact us by phone:\n \nAlbany: (518) 474 - 8418New York City: (212) 681 - 4640\n\n Contact us by email:\n \n[email protected]\n\n Translations\n \n\nArabic Translation\n\n الترجمة إلى العربية\n \n\nDownload\n\nBengali Translation\n\n বাংলা অনুবাদ\n \n\nDownload\n\nChinese Translation\n\n 中文翻譯\n \n\nDownload\n\nFrench Translation\n\n Traduction en français\n \n\nDownload\n\nHaitian-Creole Translation\n\n Tradiksyon kreyòl ayisyen\n \n\nDownload\n\nItalian Translation\n\n Traduzione italiana\n \n\nDownload\n\nKorean Translation\n\n 한국어 번역\n \n\nDownload\n\nPolish Translation","title":"As Part of NY SWIMS Initiative, Governor Hochul Announces Up to $90 Million Available for Municipal Swimming Facilities in Underserved Communities | Governor Kathy Hochul","score":11.663435}],"6a738cc02c5aa0b74319acd0e8a809dd<::>2":[{"document_id":"836413300_5266-5860-0-594","text":"Infertility\nIn the UK , previous NICE guidelines defined infertility as failure to conceive after regular unprotected sexual intercourse for 2 years in the absence of known reproductive pathology . Updated NICE guidelines do not include a specific definition , but recommend that `` A woman of reproductive age who has not conceived after 1 year of unprotected vaginal sexual intercourse , in the absence of any known cause of infertility , should be offered further clinical assessment and investigation along with her partner , with earlier referral to a specialist if the woman is over 36 years of age .","title":"Infertility","score":15.987293},{"document_id":"836413300_5888-6160-0-272","text":"Infertility\nResearchers commonly base demographic studies on infertility prevalence on a five - year period . Practical measurement problems , however , exist for any definition , because it is difficult to measure continuous exposure to the risk of pregnancy over a period of years .","title":"Infertility","score":15.684655},{"document_id":"836413300_17279-17477-0-198","text":"Infertility\nWomen over the age of 35 should see their physician or WHNP after six months as fertility tests can take some time to complete , and age may affect the treatment options that are open in that case .","title":"Infertility","score":15.809281},{"document_id":"836413300_6204-6626-0-422","text":"Infertility\nPrimary infertility is defined as the absence of a live birth for women who desire a child and have been in a union for at least 12 months , during which they have not used any contraceptives . The World Health Organisation also adds that ' women whose pregnancy spontaneously miscarries , or whose pregnancy results in a still born child , without ever having had a live birth would present with primarily infertility ' .","title":"Infertility","score":15.071448},{"document_id":"836413300_4516-4806-0-290","text":"Infertility\na woman under 35 has not conceived after 12 months of contraceptive - free intercourse . Twelve months is the lower reference limit for Time to Pregnancy ( TTP ) by the World Health Organization . a woman over 35 has not conceived after 6 months of contraceptive - free sexual intercourse .","title":"Infertility","score":15.827396}],"6a738cc02c5aa0b74319acd0e8a809dd<::>3":[{"document_id":"836413300_2341-3664-0-1323","text":"Infertility\n`` Demographers tend to define infertility as childlessness in a population of women of reproductive age , '' whereas `` the epidemiological definition refers to `` trying for '' or `` time to '' a pregnancy , generally in a population of women exposed to '' a probability of conception . Currently , female fertility normally peaks at age 24 and diminishes after 30 , with pregnancy occurring rarely after age 50 . A female is most fertile within 24 hours of ovulation . Male fertility peaks usually at age 25 and declines after age 40 . The time needed to pass ( during which the couple tries to conceive ) for that couple to be diagnosed with infertility differs between different jurisdictions . Existing definitions of infertility lack uniformity , rendering comparisons in prevalence between countries or over time problematic . Therefore , data estimating the prevalence of infertility cited by various sources differs significantly . A couple that tries unsuccessfully to have a child after a certain period of time ( often a short period , but definitions vary ) is sometimes said to be subfertile , meaning less fertile than a typical couple . Both infertility and subfertility are defined as the inability to conceive after a certain period of time ( the length of which vary ) , so often the two terms overlap .","title":"Infertility","score":13.101141},{"document_id":"836413300_5266-5860-0-594","text":"Infertility\nIn the UK , previous NICE guidelines defined infertility as failure to conceive after regular unprotected sexual intercourse for 2 years in the absence of known reproductive pathology . Updated NICE guidelines do not include a specific definition , but recommend that `` A woman of reproductive age who has not conceived after 1 year of unprotected vaginal sexual intercourse , in the absence of any known cause of infertility , should be offered further clinical assessment and investigation along with her partner , with earlier referral to a specialist if the woman is over 36 years of age .","title":"Infertility","score":12.6538515},{"document_id":"836413300_3763-4293-0-530","text":"Infertility\n`` Infertility is `` a disease of the reproductive system defined by the failure to achieve a clinical pregnancy after 12 months or more of regular unprotected sexual intercourse ( and there is no other reason , such as breastfeeding or postpartum amenorrhoea ) . Primary infertility is infertility in a couple who have never had a child . Secondary infertility is failure to conceive following a previous pregnancy . Infertility may be caused by infection in the man or woman , but often there is no obvious underlying cause . ''","title":"Infertility","score":12.261488},{"document_id":"836413300_4516-4806-0-290","text":"Infertility\na woman under 35 has not conceived after 12 months of contraceptive - free intercourse . Twelve months is the lower reference limit for Time to Pregnancy ( TTP ) by the World Health Organization . a woman over 35 has not conceived after 6 months of contraceptive - free sexual intercourse .","title":"Infertility","score":13.331289},{"document_id":"836413300_6627-6848-0-221","text":"Infertility\nSecondary infertility is defined as the absence of a live birth for women who desire a child and have been in a union for at least 12 months since their last live birth , during which they did not use any contraceptives .","title":"Infertility","score":12.353144}],"6a738cc02c5aa0b74319acd0e8a809dd<::>4":[{"document_id":"801197945_14330-14831-0-501","text":"Egg donation\nWomen may resort to egg donation because their ovaries may not be able to produce a substantial number of viable eggs . Women may experience premature ovarian failure and stop producing viable eggs during their reproductive years . Some women may be born without ovaries . Ovaries damaged by chemotherapy or radiotherapy may also no longer produce healthy eggs . Older women with diminished ovarian reserves or older women who are going through menopause could also become pregnant with egg donation .","title":"Egg donation","score":14.72995},{"document_id":"836800285_8620-9445-0-825","text":"Adolescence\nThe major landmark of puberty for males is spermarche , the first ejaculation , which occurs , on average , at age 13 . For females , it is menarche , the onset of menstruation , which occurs , on average , between ages 12 and 13 . The age of menarche is influenced by heredity , but a girl 's diet and lifestyle contribute as well . Regardless of genes , a girl must have a certain proportion of body fat to attain menarche . Consequently , girls who have a high - fat diet and who are not physically active begin menstruating earlier , on average , than girls whose diet contains less fat and whose activities involve fat reducing exercise ( e.g. ballet and gymnastics ) . Girls who experience malnutrition or are in societies in which children are expected to perform physical labor also begin menstruating at later ages .","title":"Adolescence","score":10.260173},{"document_id":"836413300_10980-12270-0-1290","text":"Infertility\nDNA damage DNA damage reduces fertility in female ovocytes , as caused by smoking , other xenobiotic DNA damaging agents ( such as radiation or chemotherapy ) or accumulation of the oxidative DNA damage 8 - hydroxy - deoxyguanosine DNA damage reduces fertility in male sperm , as caused by oxidative DNA damage , smoking , other xenobiotic DNA damaging agents ( such as drugs or chemotherapy ) or other DNA damaging agents including reactive oxygen species , fever or high testicular temperature . The damaged DNA related to infertility manifests itself by the increased susceptibility to denaturation inducible by heat or acid and / or by the presence of double - strand breaks that can be detected by the TUNEL assay . General factors Diabetes mellitus , thyroid disorders , undiagnosed and untreated coeliac disease , adrenal disease Hypothalamic - pituitary factors Hyperprolactinemia Hypopituitarism The presence of anti-thyroid antibodies is associated with an increased risk of unexplained subfertility with an odds ratio of 1.5 and 95 % confidence interval of 1.1 -- 2.0 . Environmental factors Toxins such as glues , volatile organic solvents or silicones , physical agents , chemical dusts , and pesticides . Tobacco smokers are 60 % more likely to be infertile than non-smokers .","title":"Infertility","score":11.778966},{"document_id":"836800285_11419-11862-0-443","text":"Adolescence\nGirls have usually reached full physical development around ages 15 -- 17 , while boys usually complete puberty around ages 16 -- 17 . Any increase in height beyond the post-pubertal age is uncommon . Girls attain reproductive maturity about four years after the first physical changes of puberty appear . In contrast , boys accelerate more slowly but continue to grow for about six years after the first visible pubertal changes . Approximate","title":"Adolescence","score":10.171162},{"document_id":"836800285_6649-7732-0-1083","text":"Adolescence\nPuberty occurs through a long process and begins with a surge in hormone production , which in turn causes a number of physical changes . It is the stage of life characterized by the appearance and development of secondary sex characteristics ( for example , a deeper voice and larger adam 's apple in boys , and development of breasts and more curved and prominent hips in girls ) and a strong shift in hormonal balance towards an adult state . This is triggered by the pituitary gland , which secretes a surge of hormonal agents into the blood stream , initiating a chain reaction to occur . The male and female gonads are subsequently activated , which puts them into a state of rapid growth and development ; the triggered gonads now commence the mass production of the necessary chemicals . The testes primarily release testosterone , and the ovaries predominantly dispense estrogen . The production of these hormones increases gradually until sexual maturation is met . Some boys may develop gynecomastia due to an imbalance of sex hormones , tissue responsiveness or obesity .","title":"Adolescence","score":10.1996155}],"6a738cc02c5aa0b74319acd0e8a809dd<::>5":[{"document_id":"801197945_115-609-0-494","text":"Egg donation\nEgg donation is the process by which a woman donates eggs to enable another woman to conceive as part of an assisted reproduction treatment or for biomedical research . For assisted reproduction purposes , egg donation typically involves in vitro fertilization technology , with the eggs being fertilized in the laboratory ; more rarely , unfertilized eggs may be frozen and stored for later use . Egg donation is a third party reproduction as part of assisted reproductive technology ( ART ) .","title":"Egg donation","score":11.490821},{"document_id":"814786582_12698-14047-0-1349","text":"Gatekeeping (communication)\nAlong with Web 2.0 environment , users have begun playing a greater role in producing and ( re ) distributing online news items via online social networks such as Twitter and Facebook . Shoemaker and Vos ( 2011 ) theorized such practice as `` audience gatekeeping '' . According to them ( 2011 ) , audience gatekeeping is the process in which users `` pass along already available news items and comment on them '' based on the user 's own set of criteria about the newsworthiness '' ( p. 113 ) . Kwon et al. ( 2013 ) adapted the theory of audience gatekeeping to explore what channels are mainly adopted for Twitter audiences to filter and share news contents . The notion of audience gatekeeping consists with Goode 's ( 2009 ) discussion on metajournalism , whereby users ' role in reprocessing and rebroadcasting the existing online contents are as equally emphasized as users ' original creation in nurturing citizen journalism as reshaping the existing hierarchy of journalism system . Kwon et al. ( 2013 ) also found that re-processed news items by user - generated content websites , or social media , are more frequently adopted by Twitter users than the direct news times from traditional mass media organizations , confirming the empowering role of ordinary online users in retelling and redistributing news agendas to networked publics .","title":"Gatekeeping (communication)","score":4.2798815},{"document_id":"799836073_3795-4411-0-616","text":"Operating system\nSingle - user operating systems have no facilities to distinguish users , but may allow multiple programs to run in tandem . A multi-user operating system extends the basic concept of multi-tasking with facilities that identify processes and resources , such as disk space , belonging to multiple users , and the system permits multiple users to interact with the system at the same time . Time - sharing operating systems schedule tasks for efficient use of the system and may also include accounting software for cost allocation of processor time , mass storage , printing , and other resources to multiple users .","title":"Operating system","score":4.355182},{"document_id":"826581210_10680-11092-0-412","text":"Starbucks\nIn early 2008 , Starbucks started a community website , My Starbucks Idea , designed to collect suggestions and feedback from customers . Other users comment and vote on suggestions . Journalist Jack Schofield noted that `` My Starbucks seems to be all sweetness and light at the moment , which I do n't think is possible without quite a lot of censorship '' . The website is powered by Salesforce.com software .","title":"Starbucks","score":4.4649825},{"document_id":"850112639_9476-9634-0-158","text":"Semen\nSemen cryopreservation can be used for far longer storage durations . For human sperm , the longest reported successful storage with this method is 21 years .","title":"Semen","score":15.180548}],"6a738cc02c5aa0b74319acd0e8a809dd<::>6":[{"document_id":"798162198_8695-9359-0-664","text":"Genetic recombination\nDuring both mitosis and meiosis , DNA damages caused by a variety of exogenous agents ( e.g. UV light , X-rays , chemical cross-linking agents ) can be repaired by homologous recombinational repair ( HRR ) . These findings suggest that DNA damages arising from natural processes , such as exposure to reactive oxygen species that are byproducts of normal metabolism , are also repaired by HRR . In humans and rodents , deficiencies in the gene products necessary for HRR during meiosis cause infertility . In humans , deficiencies in gene products necessary for HRR , such as BRCA1 and BRCA2 , increase the risk of cancer ( see DNA repair - deficiency disorder ) .","title":"Genetic recombination","score":13.658104},{"document_id":"836413300_20181-20287-0-106","text":"Infertility\nOther medical techniques are e.g. tuboplasty , assisted hatching , and Preimplantation genetic diagnosis .","title":"Infertility","score":13.261869},{"document_id":"836413300_10980-12270-0-1290","text":"Infertility\nDNA damage DNA damage reduces fertility in female ovocytes , as caused by smoking , other xenobiotic DNA damaging agents ( such as radiation or chemotherapy ) or accumulation of the oxidative DNA damage 8 - hydroxy - deoxyguanosine DNA damage reduces fertility in male sperm , as caused by oxidative DNA damage , smoking , other xenobiotic DNA damaging agents ( such as drugs or chemotherapy ) or other DNA damaging agents including reactive oxygen species , fever or high testicular temperature . The damaged DNA related to infertility manifests itself by the increased susceptibility to denaturation inducible by heat or acid and / or by the presence of double - strand breaks that can be detected by the TUNEL assay . General factors Diabetes mellitus , thyroid disorders , undiagnosed and untreated coeliac disease , adrenal disease Hypothalamic - pituitary factors Hyperprolactinemia Hypopituitarism The presence of anti-thyroid antibodies is associated with an increased risk of unexplained subfertility with an odds ratio of 1.5 and 95 % confidence interval of 1.1 -- 2.0 . Environmental factors Toxins such as glues , volatile organic solvents or silicones , physical agents , chemical dusts , and pesticides . Tobacco smokers are 60 % more likely to be infertile than non-smokers .","title":"Infertility","score":16.786564},{"document_id":"836413300_15575-15915-0-340","text":"Infertility\nIn some cases , both the man and woman may be infertile or sub-fertile , and the couple 's infertility arises from the combination of these conditions . In other cases , the cause is suspected to be immunological or genetic ; it may be that each partner is independently fertile but the couple can not conceive together without assistance .","title":"Infertility","score":17.859453},{"document_id":"836413300_14735-15544-0-809","text":"Infertility\nThe main cause of male infertility is low semen quality . In men who have the necessary reproductive organs to procreate , infertility can be caused by low sperm count due to endocrine problems , drugs , radiation , or infection . There may be testicular malformations , hormone imbalance , or blockage of the man 's duct system . Although many of these can be treated through surgery or hormonal substitutions , some may be indefinite . Infertility associated with viable , but immotile sperm may be caused by primary ciliary dyskinesia . The sperm must provide the zygote with DNA , centrioles , and activation factor for the embryo to develop . A defect in any of these sperm structures may result in infertility that will not be detected by semen analysis . Antisperm antibodies cause immune infertility .","title":"Infertility","score":14.040766}],"6a738cc02c5aa0b74319acd0e8a809dd<::>7":[{"document_id":"836413300_20181-20287-0-106","text":"Infertility\nOther medical techniques are e.g. tuboplasty , assisted hatching , and Preimplantation genetic diagnosis .","title":"Infertility","score":13.261869},{"document_id":"801197945_1529-2276-0-747","text":"Egg donation\nThe first child born from egg donation was reported in Australia in 1983 . In July 1983 , a clinic in Southern California reported a pregnancy using egg donation , which led to the birth of the first American child born from egg donation on February 3 , 1984 . This procedure was performed at the Harbor UCLA Medical Center and the University of California at Los Angeles School of Medicine . In the procedure , which is no longer used today , a fertilized egg that was just beginning to develop was transferred from one woman in whom it had been conceived by artificial insemination to another woman who gave birth to the infant 38 weeks later . The sperm used in the artificial insemination came from the husband of the woman who bore the baby .","title":"Egg donation","score":12.302786},{"document_id":"836413300_10980-12270-0-1290","text":"Infertility\nDNA damage DNA damage reduces fertility in female ovocytes , as caused by smoking , other xenobiotic DNA damaging agents ( such as radiation or chemotherapy ) or accumulation of the oxidative DNA damage 8 - hydroxy - deoxyguanosine DNA damage reduces fertility in male sperm , as caused by oxidative DNA damage , smoking , other xenobiotic DNA damaging agents ( such as drugs or chemotherapy ) or other DNA damaging agents including reactive oxygen species , fever or high testicular temperature . The damaged DNA related to infertility manifests itself by the increased susceptibility to denaturation inducible by heat or acid and / or by the presence of double - strand breaks that can be detected by the TUNEL assay . General factors Diabetes mellitus , thyroid disorders , undiagnosed and untreated coeliac disease , adrenal disease Hypothalamic - pituitary factors Hyperprolactinemia Hypopituitarism The presence of anti-thyroid antibodies is associated with an increased risk of unexplained subfertility with an odds ratio of 1.5 and 95 % confidence interval of 1.1 -- 2.0 . Environmental factors Toxins such as glues , volatile organic solvents or silicones , physical agents , chemical dusts , and pesticides . Tobacco smokers are 60 % more likely to be infertile than non-smokers .","title":"Infertility","score":16.786564},{"document_id":"836413300_14735-15544-0-809","text":"Infertility\nThe main cause of male infertility is low semen quality . In men who have the necessary reproductive organs to procreate , infertility can be caused by low sperm count due to endocrine problems , drugs , radiation , or infection . There may be testicular malformations , hormone imbalance , or blockage of the man 's duct system . Although many of these can be treated through surgery or hormonal substitutions , some may be indefinite . Infertility associated with viable , but immotile sperm may be caused by primary ciliary dyskinesia . The sperm must provide the zygote with DNA , centrioles , and activation factor for the embryo to develop . A defect in any of these sperm structures may result in infertility that will not be detected by semen analysis . Antisperm antibodies cause immune infertility .","title":"Infertility","score":14.040766},{"document_id":"836413300_15575-15915-0-340","text":"Infertility\nIn some cases , both the man and woman may be infertile or sub-fertile , and the couple 's infertility arises from the combination of these conditions . In other cases , the cause is suspected to be immunological or genetic ; it may be that each partner is independently fertile but the couple can not conceive together without assistance .","title":"Infertility","score":13.823887}],"6a738cc02c5aa0b74319acd0e8a809dd<::>9":[{"document_id":"801197945_19084-19695-0-611","text":"Egg donation\nThe recipient has a minimal risk of contracting a transmittable disease . While the donor may test negative for HIV , such testing does not exclude the possibility that the donor has contracted HIV very recently , so the recipient faces a residual risk of exposure . However , the FDA governs this and requires full infectious disease testing no more than 30 days prior to retrieval and / or transfer . Most clinics now require , however , that donors be retested a few days prior to retrieval so the risk to the recipient is minimal . Intimate partners of both the egg donor and the recipient are also tested .","title":"Egg donation","score":17.687597},{"document_id":"801197945_15360-16493-0-1133","text":"Egg donation\nAlthough the donors may be motivated by both monetary and altruistic reasons , egg agencies desire and prefer to choose donors that are strictly providing eggs for altruistic reasons . The European Union limits any financial compensation for donors to at most $1500 . In some countries , most notably Spain and Cyprus , this has limited donors to the poorest segments of society . In the United States , donors are paid regardless of how many eggs she produces . A donor 's compensation may increase for each additional time she provides eggs , especially if the donor 's eggs have a history of reliably resulting in the recipient becoming pregnant . In the United States , egg - broker agencies are known for advertising to college students who are more likely to be in financial situations that motivate them to participate for the financial compensation . It is not unusual for one student to donate many times . Often , this is done without consideration of potential long - term health consequences . Such a student is arguably not making the decision to donate her eggs autonomously due to her unfavorable financial situation .","title":"Egg donation","score":28.61662},{"document_id":"801197945_33418-34806-0-1388","text":"Egg donation\nDonor profiles presented on agency websites are their primary marketing tool to find recipients and learn what these future consumers want . On the donor profiles listed on the agency website for recipients , or `` clients '' , to peruse for their desired egg match , `` physical characteristics , family health history , educational attainment ( in some cases , standardized test scores , GPA , and IQ scores are requested ) , as well as open - ended questions about hobbies , likes and dislikes , and motivations for donating '' are included . Donors are encouraged to submit attractive photos and are advised of what the recipient finds as desirable . Profiles that are at some point deemed unacceptable are deleted , whether it be because their personalities did not stand out or their portrayals were viewed as negative in some way . Overweight volunteers for donation are also most often not accepted , not just because of conventional views on physical attractiveness but also because women with a higher body - mass index tend to respond differently ( less well ) to ovarian stimulation drugs and IVF clinics thus generally recommend that patients not use donors with higher BMIs . Egg donors also have a higher standard of physical appearance than sperm donors ; many sperm donors are not required to provide adult photographs of themselves , or in some cases , any photographs .","title":"Egg donation","score":18.203043},{"document_id":"801197945_32696-33417-0-721","text":"Egg donation\nFor a donor to be accepted by an agency and repeatedly used she must be marketable and appealing to the recipients . Although egg donation is a significant , life - giving act , the companies participating in this industry still have to operate with an economical mind - set . Matches between egg recipients and egg donors are what make the profit for the company and achievable to continue these processes for others . The most sought - after donors tend to be those who are ( 1 ) proven ( i.e. , have donated before and produced a pregnancy from it , proving themselves both fertile and reliable ) ; ( 2 ) conventionally attractive ; ( 3 ) healthy , with good family health histories ; and ( 4 ) smart , well educated .","title":"Egg donation","score":19.60753},{"document_id":"801197945_19696-20137-0-441","text":"Egg donation\nThe recipient also trusts that the medical history of the donor and her family is accurate . This factor of trust should not be underestimated in importance . Donors in the US are paid thousands of dollars ; such compensation may attract unscrupulous individuals inclined to conceal their true motivations . However , a full psychological evaluation is required by most IVF clinics , giving an indication if the donor is trustworthy or not .","title":"Egg donation","score":17.902525}],"2b34f5e7861ca9b1b3eab65ad6d6b4b0<::>1":[{"document_id":"371672-0-1243","text":"\nThe Euro will collapse because Spain, Italy, Portugal and Greece will have to default on their debt. In order to keep up with current payments they have to take emergency loans at the same time that their economies are in recession and demands on social programs are increasing. There is simply no way that they can cut enough spending and raise enough revenue to balance their budgets. That is not opinion, it is arithmetic.   If they cannot pay their loans they will either voluntarily leave the Euro, or they will be forced out.   Next comes France who also has a large and growing budget deficit and a large public debt. It is unsustainable. That which is unsustainable will end.   The last reason that the Euro will fail and that it will be soon is Germany. Up to now, all the bailouts of Ireland, Portugal, Italy, Greece and Spain have come predominantly from Germany. In order to float the Eurobonds that some idiots think might save Europe, the German people have to authorize their government to participate and thereby take on another mountain of debt. The German people will not vote for that authorization.  Is that enough reasons? Because there are more. Lots more. Read [Mike Shedlock](http://globaleconomicanalysis.blogspot.com)","score":13.492476},{"document_id":"278196-0-843","text":"\nThe Euro is a common currency between various countries in Europe.  This means that individual countries give up their traditional sovereign control of their own currency, and cede that control to the EU. Such a system has many advantages, but it also means that individual countries cannot deal with their unique situations as easily.  For instance, if the US were a part of the EU, then the Fed couldn't issue $600B the way they are to bolster the economy. The danger to the Euro is that countries will withdraw their participation in order to micromanage their economies more effectively.  If a major country withdraws its participation, it could start a domino effect where many countries withdraw so that they too can manage their economies more effectively.  As more countries withdraw, a shared currency becomes less and less appealing.","score":14.679551},{"document_id":"535947-0-901","text":"\nKrugman (Nobel prize in Economy) has just said: Greek euro exit, very possibly next month. Huge withdrawals from Spanish and Italian banks, as depositors try to move their money to Germany. 3a. Maybe, just possibly, de facto controls, with banks forbidden to   transfer deposits out of country and limits on cash withdrawals. 3b. Alternatively, or maybe in tandem, huge draws on ECB credit to   keep the banks from collapsing. 4a. Germany has a choice. Accept huge indirect public claims on Italy   and Spain, plus a drastic revision of strategy — basically, to give   Spain in particular any hope you need both guarantees on its debt to   hold borrowing costs down and a higher eurozone inflation target to   make relative price adjustment possible; or: 4b. End of the euro. And we’re talking about months, not years, for this to play out. http://krugman.blogs.nytimes.com/2012/05/13/eurodammerung-2/","score":12.670532},{"document_id":"143823-0-472","text":"\nSo the Euro was doomed from the start because there was no provisions of kicking out and/or halting countries from excessive borrowing?  I think the Euro is stronger in the long run because no single country can put inflationary pressure on the Euro due to irresponsible borrowing by that single state (e.g. United States).  In the end of the day, they have to work their way out of debt with real economic growth thusly making it an attractive currency for the long term.","score":12.588527},{"document_id":"353780-0-251","text":"\nThe EU's situation is nothing like the United States.  The core problem there is a monetary union without a fiscal union.  All the member countries were bound to a currency they had no control over, despite the health and resources of their economies.","score":12.532674}],"2b34f5e7861ca9b1b3eab65ad6d6b4b0<::>2":[{"document_id":"109937-0-847","text":"\nwe have massive numbers of people out of work and our infrastructure is crumbling.  We put people to work just like we did in the 30's; our infrastructure gets fixed and so does our economy.  I totally agree that for an economy to grow we have to make more stuff.  We're not making the stuff now because people cannot afford to purchase it.  If given funds, people would purchase stuff, and stuff would get made.  This got us out of them great depression and has kept Scandinavia strong, and even got Iceland out of it's terrible brush with Libertarianism.  Brazil is becoming a first world powerhouse by this sort of redistribution.  Redistributing money down the ladder has the benefit of working.    Austerity leads to Greece.  And Spain. And Portugal. And Ireland.  But not Germany, because they deficit-spent their way out of their recession.","score":9.691413},{"document_id":"584131-0-1254","text":"\nThe technical term of a recession is 2 successive quarters of negative GDP growth. As is the natural cycle, the curve will invert at some point in the future; maybe it's tomorrow or 5 years from now - but nobody knows for certain. One also shouldn't take any single indicator as the end all be all of indicators. For example, there are other spreads that indicate the health of credit in the global economy such as the TED spread and the LIBOR-OIS spread. If you take a peek at the TED spread (http://www.macrotrends.net/1447/ted-spread-historical-chart), it tells a much different story. The TED spread measures the health of the global banking system by tracking the rate at which banks lend to each other. A lower TED rate equals more trust and perceived creditworthiness of the borrower, which would be another bank.  Lastly, you really can't rely on a single article or single indicator to come to the conclusion that the sky is falling. Even if we are on the precipice of a recession here in the US, nobody can tell predetermine the impact and depth of the recession. In my opinion, we are nearing the top of the credit cycle and should be expecting a bit of a cooling off in the near term 1-3 years. Outside of that, your guess is as good as mine.","score":10.520692},{"document_id":"278510-0-362","text":"\nA recession has nothing to do with the stock market and everything to do with gross domestic product. By definition a recession is when for two or more consecutive quarters GDP remains constant or decreases. Officially US recessions are declared by the national bureau of economic research, a private non profit, non government organization tasked with doing so.","score":10.523536},{"document_id":"375026-0-505","text":"\nThose surveys suck.  I've seen them jump all over the place.  Not too long ago the northeast one was way up.  Real live recessions don't usually happen unless the yield curve is inverted.  This muddling along crap is pretty characteristic of a recovery from a financial panic.  Lots of slow deleveraging fed by easy money.  I'd be really surprised to see a real recession.  I do think corporate earnings are going to start missing estimates.  But that is more about some mean reversion than anything else.","score":9.749164},{"document_id":"111035-0-354","text":"\nName one country that spend that much money in such short period to get out of recession.  You have to find some sub-saharan despot to match the number.  (no. japan ain't it. considering the massive surplus current account and trade balance.)  https://tradingeconomics.com/japan/current-account  https://tradingeconomics.com/united-states/current-account","score":10.611623}],"2b34f5e7861ca9b1b3eab65ad6d6b4b0<::>3":[{"document_id":"140947-0-1555","text":"\n\"The US national debt isn't the problem. If the Bush-era tax cuts had been allowed to expire then US debt would have been paid off reasonably quickly. The CBO’s “baseline” budget forecast,   which assumes that the cuts do indeed   expire as planned, sees the deficit   falling from 9.1% of GDP in 2010 to   2.5% in 2014. These are just the debts the US has already incurred. The problem is the future entitlements the US is promising to its soon-to-be-retired generation of Baby Boomers.  Medicare, health insurance, and so on are all future costs that can be calculated fairly accurately when considering the size and earnings of the work-force relative to the size, longevity and health of the newly-retired. Governments can \"\"solve\"\" the problems of entitlements simply be reneging on their promises. The concern that investors have is that either entitlements will be paid by raising taxes (and so cutting profits and investment returns) or countries will simply default on their existing debts as their tax receipts run out. As Europe has shown (from French workers rioting about having to retire at 62, to British students rioting about paying their tuition fees), breaking promises has consequences for elected politicians too. Europe is already going rather painfully through this process of economic restructuring.  The US will eventually come round as well.  Just don't expect it to be painless. So keep your money and invest it wisely.  No doubt that tax collectors will be round in a while to take their cut so you can make your contribution.\"","score":10.657415},{"document_id":"515042-0-453","text":"\nThe government has expenditures, part of which includes interest expense on debt.  The government first pays with your taxes, the remainder, which varies between a few billion to tens of billions to sometimes hundreds of billions of dollars, is called the deficit.  The government takes out loans, called US Treasury Bonds, to pay the deficiet.  The interest payments on this new debt is added to the interest expenditure the government pays every year.","score":9.835333},{"document_id":"371672-0-1243","text":"\nThe Euro will collapse because Spain, Italy, Portugal and Greece will have to default on their debt. In order to keep up with current payments they have to take emergency loans at the same time that their economies are in recession and demands on social programs are increasing. There is simply no way that they can cut enough spending and raise enough revenue to balance their budgets. That is not opinion, it is arithmetic.   If they cannot pay their loans they will either voluntarily leave the Euro, or they will be forced out.   Next comes France who also has a large and growing budget deficit and a large public debt. It is unsustainable. That which is unsustainable will end.   The last reason that the Euro will fail and that it will be soon is Germany. Up to now, all the bailouts of Ireland, Portugal, Italy, Greece and Spain have come predominantly from Germany. In order to float the Eurobonds that some idiots think might save Europe, the German people have to authorize their government to participate and thereby take on another mountain of debt. The German people will not vote for that authorization.  Is that enough reasons? Because there are more. Lots more. Read [Mike Shedlock](http://globaleconomicanalysis.blogspot.com)","score":13.492476},{"document_id":"589950-0-427","text":"\n\"The Euro is not the reason for the debt crisis. It is only preventing those countries affected from using the easy way out. The fault is entirely that of those countries.  They were given billions and billions in structural aid, to put the \"\"convergence criteria\"\" into reality. Instead they chose bubble economies. And no, this is not the same all around Europe. I don't see France or Germany having a giant property bubble.\"","score":10.169316},{"document_id":"189811-0-637","text":"\n&gt;The EU focus on fiscal deficit is completely mistaken. They are the result of the crisis, not the cause.  The fiscal deficit was *increased* by the crisis, but there would not have been a crisis at all if nobody had been running up debts either.  It's possible to shift private deficits to public (as happens if people borrow more money than they are taking in, default on loans, cause a bank to run out of money, and the government decides to transfer the bank's losses to its taxpaying public).  However, it's still ultimately driven by running a deficit until an unsustainable amount of debt is public, via one mechanism or other.","score":11.162089}],"2b34f5e7861ca9b1b3eab65ad6d6b4b0<::>5":[{"document_id":"541335-0-429","text":"\nYes, you should own a diverse mix of company sizes to be well diversified. While both will probably get hit in a recession, different economies suit different sized companies very differently in many cases, and this diversity positions you best to not only not miss out in cases where small companies do better out of recessions than large, but also in environments where small companies rate of growth is larger in bull markets.","score":15.99503},{"document_id":"312942-0-1522","text":"\nDiversified is relative. Alfred has all his money in Apple.  He's done very well over the last 10 years, but I think most investors would say that he's taking an incredible risk by putting everything on one stock. Betty has stock in Apple, Microsoft, and Google.  Compared to Alfred, she is diversified. Charlie looks at Betty and realizes that she is only investing in one particular industry.  All the companies in an individual industry can have a downturn together, so he invests everything in an S&P 500 index fund. David looks at Charlie and notes that he's got everything in large, high-capitalization companies.  Small-cap stocks are often where the growth happens, so he invests in a total stock market fund. Evelyn realizes that David has all his money tied up in one country, the United States.  What about the rest of the world?  She invests in a global fund. Frank really likes Evelyn's broad approach to equities, but he knows that some portion of fixed-income assets (e.g. cash deposits, bonds) can reduce portfolio volatility—and may even enhance returns through periodic rebalancing. He does what Evelyn does, but also allocates some percentage of his portfolio to fixed income, and intends to maintain his target allocations. Being diversified enough depends on your individual goals and investing philosophy.  There are some who would say that it is wrong to put all of your money in one fund, no matter what it is.  Others would say that a sufficiently broad index fund is inherently diversified as-is.","score":13.944204},{"document_id":"322806-0-2123","text":"\n\"Diversification is the only real free lunch in finance (reduction in risk without any reduction in expected returns), so clearly every good answer to your question will be \"\"yes.\"\" Diversification is good.\"\" Let's talk about many details your question solicits. Many funds are already pretty diversified. If you buy a mutual fund, you are generally already getting a large portion of the gains from diversification. There is a very large difference between the unnecessary risk in your portfolio if you only hold a couple of stocks and if you hold a mutual fund. Should you be diversified across mutual funds as well? It depends on what your funds are. Many funds, such as target-date funds, are intended to be your sole investment. If you have funds covering every major asset class, then there may not be any additional benefit to buying other funds. You probably could not have picked your \"\"favorite fund\"\" early on. As humans, we have cognitive biases that make us think we knew things early on that we did not. I'm sure at some point at the very beginning you had a positive feeling toward that fund. Today you regret not acting on it and putting all your money there. But the number of such feelings is very large and if you acted on all those, you would do a lot of crazy and harmful things. You didn't know early on which fund would do well. You could just as well have had a good feeling about a fund that subsequently did much worse than your diversified portfolio did. The advice you have had about your portfolio probably isn't based on sound finance theory. You say you have always kept your investments in line with your age. This implies that you believe the guidelines given you by your broker or financial advisor are based in finance theory. Generally speaking, they are not. They are rules of thumb that seemed good to someone but are not rigorously proven either in theory or empirics. For example the notion that you should slowly shift your investments from speculative to conservative as you age is not based on sound finance theory. It just seems good to the people who give advice on such things.","score":14.516269},{"document_id":"102620-0-616","text":"\nYou are diversified within a particular type of security. Notably the stock market. A truly diversified portfolio not only has multiple types of holdings within a single type of security (what your broad market fund does) but between different types. You have partially succeeded in doing this with the international fund - that way your risk is spread between domestic and international stocks. But there are other holdings. Cash, bonds, commodities, real estate, etc. There are broad index funds/ETFs for those as well, which may reduce your risk when the stock market as a whole tanks - which it does on occasion.","score":16.314774},{"document_id":"502495-0-471","text":"\nDiversification is a good method of risk management. Different types of investments do better in different situations and economic climates. Invest all your money at the wrong time in a single product and you could lose everything. You could also technically make a great deal of money, but actions such as these are the actions of speculators, not investors.  Spreading your investments appropriately lets you maximize your growth opportunities while limiting your risk.","score":14.78325}],"2b34f5e7861ca9b1b3eab65ad6d6b4b0<::>6":[{"document_id":"546589-0-710","text":"\nIcelandish and Irish Economies began to fail in 2008, Ireland was bailed out by the IMF and Britain, Iceland by the Germany and the IMF. Greek economy has essentially failed, and is at risk of being kicked out of the Euro currency by the Eurozone members. Spanish and Italian economies are faltering. Worst case scenario, everybody can't pay back money and keep accumulating debt, which would lead to a complete collapse of the European economy, resulting in a global economic meltdown. Germany currently are in control of al lot of countries debts (especially Ireland) which means that they will become the main players in decisions regarding the proliferation/faltering of the european economy in the future.","score":11.187618},{"document_id":"342743-0-504","text":"\nThe government bailed out the financial system because it was in its best interest to. Letting the system all crash on top of yourself is definitely not smart. So we loan financial institutions money, shore up any short term issues, and we get most of the money back, if not all of it. If I'm not mistaken, all the bail out money was paid back.  But beyond the point, there may be merit in basic income ideas, but this is definitely not the kind of rhetoric, thinking, analysis, or insight that it needs.","score":9.913503},{"document_id":"110628-0-1025","text":"\n&gt; Europe is a temporary problem.  Lol..  The better question for this thread is how is the European economy not utterly doomed?  I see no way at all of the Euro surviving.  Greece has already technically defaulted by saying it's not going to pay back all of it's debt.  They will officially default when Germany stops bailing them out.  Spain is in the exact same situation, just about a year behind.  They haven't technically defaulted yet, but they will.  They're receiving bailout after bailout and the Greece situation only makes their interest rates worse.  Italy is just barely behind Spain, the Greek default followed by the Spanish defualt will send Italian interest rates through the roof dooming them to the same fate.  This will eventually effect the US, but our borrowing rates are held artificially low due to the Fed just printing up more fake money and letting the US borrow as much as it wants.  If you don't see this scheme crumbling and collapsing, I'm just curious what you actually think *will* happen?","score":10.39229},{"document_id":"371672-0-1243","text":"\nThe Euro will collapse because Spain, Italy, Portugal and Greece will have to default on their debt. In order to keep up with current payments they have to take emergency loans at the same time that their economies are in recession and demands on social programs are increasing. There is simply no way that they can cut enough spending and raise enough revenue to balance their budgets. That is not opinion, it is arithmetic.   If they cannot pay their loans they will either voluntarily leave the Euro, or they will be forced out.   Next comes France who also has a large and growing budget deficit and a large public debt. It is unsustainable. That which is unsustainable will end.   The last reason that the Euro will fail and that it will be soon is Germany. Up to now, all the bailouts of Ireland, Portugal, Italy, Greece and Spain have come predominantly from Germany. In order to float the Eurobonds that some idiots think might save Europe, the German people have to authorize their government to participate and thereby take on another mountain of debt. The German people will not vote for that authorization.  Is that enough reasons? Because there are more. Lots more. Read [Mike Shedlock](http://globaleconomicanalysis.blogspot.com)","score":11.364759},{"document_id":"59110-0-1774","text":"\nThose government workers in Greece were just mooching off a corrupt system that was enabled by the blind pursuit of yield and the moral hazard of bailout expectations. They were way overpaid to do nothing but collect bribes and drink coffee all day. Good riddance. Greece is a poor agricultural country with some tourism and some shipping, and needs to go back to living within its means. Nobody is going to starve, and high unemployment was always the norm there until a few years ago - I lived there before the Euro, and they managed just fine despite high interest rates and inflation.   Japan has had lost decades because its banks, like those in the west now, are practicing extend and pretend, so there hasn't been a proper flush of the system. The PIIGS should just flat out default and get it over with, rather than slowly default while giving up sovereignty.   Even Germany would be better off if the PIIGS defaulted, since it is German taxpayers and savers who are going to pay for these bailouts. Let the banks fail, meaning let their equityholders and bondholders take losses - the depositors will be fine. The resulting lower asset prices will tempt risk capital back into the system, and life will go on. Bailouts just throw good money after bad and prop up corrupt banks and politicians.  EDIT: Let me clarify about depositors making out fine. The banks' equityholders and bondholders take losses before depositors, who are insured anyway. In most cases, in Europe as in the US, the write-downs are not large enough to eat through this cushion before threatening depositors. Creditors were rewarded with higher interest for lending to these irresponsible banks, so they should take the hit rather than get made whole at taxpayer and saver (inflation) expense.","score":12.031575}],"2b34f5e7861ca9b1b3eab65ad6d6b4b0<::>7":[{"document_id":"59110-0-1774","text":"\nThose government workers in Greece were just mooching off a corrupt system that was enabled by the blind pursuit of yield and the moral hazard of bailout expectations. They were way overpaid to do nothing but collect bribes and drink coffee all day. Good riddance. Greece is a poor agricultural country with some tourism and some shipping, and needs to go back to living within its means. Nobody is going to starve, and high unemployment was always the norm there until a few years ago - I lived there before the Euro, and they managed just fine despite high interest rates and inflation.   Japan has had lost decades because its banks, like those in the west now, are practicing extend and pretend, so there hasn't been a proper flush of the system. The PIIGS should just flat out default and get it over with, rather than slowly default while giving up sovereignty.   Even Germany would be better off if the PIIGS defaulted, since it is German taxpayers and savers who are going to pay for these bailouts. Let the banks fail, meaning let their equityholders and bondholders take losses - the depositors will be fine. The resulting lower asset prices will tempt risk capital back into the system, and life will go on. Bailouts just throw good money after bad and prop up corrupt banks and politicians.  EDIT: Let me clarify about depositors making out fine. The banks' equityholders and bondholders take losses before depositors, who are insured anyway. In most cases, in Europe as in the US, the write-downs are not large enough to eat through this cushion before threatening depositors. Creditors were rewarded with higher interest for lending to these irresponsible banks, so they should take the hit rather than get made whole at taxpayer and saver (inflation) expense.","score":11.237586},{"document_id":"546589-0-710","text":"\nIcelandish and Irish Economies began to fail in 2008, Ireland was bailed out by the IMF and Britain, Iceland by the Germany and the IMF. Greek economy has essentially failed, and is at risk of being kicked out of the Euro currency by the Eurozone members. Spanish and Italian economies are faltering. Worst case scenario, everybody can't pay back money and keep accumulating debt, which would lead to a complete collapse of the European economy, resulting in a global economic meltdown. Germany currently are in control of al lot of countries debts (especially Ireland) which means that they will become the main players in decisions regarding the proliferation/faltering of the european economy in the future.","score":32.607548},{"document_id":"371672-0-1243","text":"\nThe Euro will collapse because Spain, Italy, Portugal and Greece will have to default on their debt. In order to keep up with current payments they have to take emergency loans at the same time that their economies are in recession and demands on social programs are increasing. There is simply no way that they can cut enough spending and raise enough revenue to balance their budgets. That is not opinion, it is arithmetic.   If they cannot pay their loans they will either voluntarily leave the Euro, or they will be forced out.   Next comes France who also has a large and growing budget deficit and a large public debt. It is unsustainable. That which is unsustainable will end.   The last reason that the Euro will fail and that it will be soon is Germany. Up to now, all the bailouts of Ireland, Portugal, Italy, Greece and Spain have come predominantly from Germany. In order to float the Eurobonds that some idiots think might save Europe, the German people have to authorize their government to participate and thereby take on another mountain of debt. The German people will not vote for that authorization.  Is that enough reasons? Because there are more. Lots more. Read [Mike Shedlock](http://globaleconomicanalysis.blogspot.com)","score":13.492476},{"document_id":"110628-0-1025","text":"\n&gt; Europe is a temporary problem.  Lol..  The better question for this thread is how is the European economy not utterly doomed?  I see no way at all of the Euro surviving.  Greece has already technically defaulted by saying it's not going to pay back all of it's debt.  They will officially default when Germany stops bailing them out.  Spain is in the exact same situation, just about a year behind.  They haven't technically defaulted yet, but they will.  They're receiving bailout after bailout and the Greece situation only makes their interest rates worse.  Italy is just barely behind Spain, the Greek default followed by the Spanish defualt will send Italian interest rates through the roof dooming them to the same fate.  This will eventually effect the US, but our borrowing rates are held artificially low due to the Fed just printing up more fake money and letting the US borrow as much as it wants.  If you don't see this scheme crumbling and collapsing, I'm just curious what you actually think *will* happen?","score":9.461035},{"document_id":"119018-0-473","text":"\nYes.  When the currency of a country appreciates, it benefits some groups and disadvantages others.  In particular, exporters suffer when a currency increases in value relative to other countries.  In a country like the US, where exporters are small relative to the economy, this isn't a big deal.  In germany, where exporters make up a big part of the economy, a currency increasing in value leads to large numbers of layoffs and other negative net effects to the economy.","score":9.571727}],"2b34f5e7861ca9b1b3eab65ad6d6b4b0<::>8":[{"document_id":"546589-0-710","text":"\nIcelandish and Irish Economies began to fail in 2008, Ireland was bailed out by the IMF and Britain, Iceland by the Germany and the IMF. Greek economy has essentially failed, and is at risk of being kicked out of the Euro currency by the Eurozone members. Spanish and Italian economies are faltering. Worst case scenario, everybody can't pay back money and keep accumulating debt, which would lead to a complete collapse of the European economy, resulting in a global economic meltdown. Germany currently are in control of al lot of countries debts (especially Ireland) which means that they will become the main players in decisions regarding the proliferation/faltering of the european economy in the future.","score":11.457678},{"document_id":"59110-0-1774","text":"\nThose government workers in Greece were just mooching off a corrupt system that was enabled by the blind pursuit of yield and the moral hazard of bailout expectations. They were way overpaid to do nothing but collect bribes and drink coffee all day. Good riddance. Greece is a poor agricultural country with some tourism and some shipping, and needs to go back to living within its means. Nobody is going to starve, and high unemployment was always the norm there until a few years ago - I lived there before the Euro, and they managed just fine despite high interest rates and inflation.   Japan has had lost decades because its banks, like those in the west now, are practicing extend and pretend, so there hasn't been a proper flush of the system. The PIIGS should just flat out default and get it over with, rather than slowly default while giving up sovereignty.   Even Germany would be better off if the PIIGS defaulted, since it is German taxpayers and savers who are going to pay for these bailouts. Let the banks fail, meaning let their equityholders and bondholders take losses - the depositors will be fine. The resulting lower asset prices will tempt risk capital back into the system, and life will go on. Bailouts just throw good money after bad and prop up corrupt banks and politicians.  EDIT: Let me clarify about depositors making out fine. The banks' equityholders and bondholders take losses before depositors, who are insured anyway. In most cases, in Europe as in the US, the write-downs are not large enough to eat through this cushion before threatening depositors. Creditors were rewarded with higher interest for lending to these irresponsible banks, so they should take the hit rather than get made whole at taxpayer and saver (inflation) expense.","score":11.149777},{"document_id":"110628-0-1025","text":"\n&gt; Europe is a temporary problem.  Lol..  The better question for this thread is how is the European economy not utterly doomed?  I see no way at all of the Euro surviving.  Greece has already technically defaulted by saying it's not going to pay back all of it's debt.  They will officially default when Germany stops bailing them out.  Spain is in the exact same situation, just about a year behind.  They haven't technically defaulted yet, but they will.  They're receiving bailout after bailout and the Greece situation only makes their interest rates worse.  Italy is just barely behind Spain, the Greek default followed by the Spanish defualt will send Italian interest rates through the roof dooming them to the same fate.  This will eventually effect the US, but our borrowing rates are held artificially low due to the Fed just printing up more fake money and letting the US borrow as much as it wants.  If you don't see this scheme crumbling and collapsing, I'm just curious what you actually think *will* happen?","score":27.398855},{"document_id":"246940-0-492","text":"\nFolks, they aren't making the ESM just for shits and giggles.  Of course it will be used.  The real question is how far this goes.  If growth doesn't come back then not only Italy will need a bailout but so will France.  And not even the ESM is big enough for France.  But Spain and Italy are already pretty much baked into their planning.  All of this stuff is already laid out but you can still bet the breathless media will report every single step like no one ever before contemplated it.","score":10.10198},{"document_id":"371672-0-1243","text":"\nThe Euro will collapse because Spain, Italy, Portugal and Greece will have to default on their debt. In order to keep up with current payments they have to take emergency loans at the same time that their economies are in recession and demands on social programs are increasing. There is simply no way that they can cut enough spending and raise enough revenue to balance their budgets. That is not opinion, it is arithmetic.   If they cannot pay their loans they will either voluntarily leave the Euro, or they will be forced out.   Next comes France who also has a large and growing budget deficit and a large public debt. It is unsustainable. That which is unsustainable will end.   The last reason that the Euro will fail and that it will be soon is Germany. Up to now, all the bailouts of Ireland, Portugal, Italy, Greece and Spain have come predominantly from Germany. In order to float the Eurobonds that some idiots think might save Europe, the German people have to authorize their government to participate and thereby take on another mountain of debt. The German people will not vote for that authorization.  Is that enough reasons? Because there are more. Lots more. Read [Mike Shedlock](http://globaleconomicanalysis.blogspot.com)","score":13.492476}],"95a0893567c7519c090ecbcdd14daccd<::>7":[{"document_id":"807203428_14662-15590-0-928","text":"Modern history\nIn China , urbanization increased as the population grew and as the division of labor grew more complex . Large urban centers , such as Nanjing and Beijing , also contributed to the growth of private industry . In particular , small - scale industries grew up , often specializing in paper , silk , cotton , and porcelain goods . For the most part , however , relatively small urban centers with markets proliferated around the country . Town markets mainly traded food , with some necessary manufactures such as pins or oil . Despite the xenophobia and intellectual introspection characteristic of the increasingly popular new school of neo-Confucianism , China under the early Ming dynasty was not isolated . Foreign trade and other contacts with the outside world , particularly Japan , increased considerably . Chinese merchants explored all of the Indian Ocean , reaching East Africa with the treasure voyages of Zheng He .","title":"Modern history","score":13.384726},{"document_id":"838404409_2075-2517-0-442","text":"Geography of China\nTraditionally , the Chinese population centered on the Chinese central plain and oriented itself toward its own enormous inland market , developing as an imperial power whose center lay in the middle and lower reaches of the Yellow River on the northern plains . More recently , the 18,000 km ( 11,000 mi ) coastline has been used extensively for export - oriented trade , causing the coastal provinces to become the leading economic center .","title":"Geography of China","score":13.021406},{"document_id":"818663358_2670-3433-0-763","text":"Standard of living in China\nWhile food production rose substantially after 1949 , population increases were nearly as great until the 1980s . Production of grain , the source of about 75 percent of the calories in the Chinese diet , grew at an average rate of 2.7 percent a year between 1952 and 1979 , while population growth averaged almost 2 percent a year . Total grain output per capita grew from 288 kilograms a year in 1952 to 319 kilograms in 1978 , an increase of only 11 percent in 26 years . In 1984 , however , a remarkably good harvest produced 396 kilograms of grain per capita , an increase of 24 percent in only 6 years . In 1985 grain output fell below the peak level of 1984 , to 365 kilograms per person , and recovered only partially in 1986 to 369 kilograms per capita .","title":"Standard of living in China","score":13.10132},{"document_id":"818663358_1279-1523-0-244","text":"Standard of living in China\nUntil the end of the 1970s , the fruits of economic growth were largely negated by population increases , which prevented significant advances in the per capita availability of food , clothing , and housing beyond levels achieved in the 1950s .","title":"Standard of living in China","score":13.066064},{"document_id":"838404409_23078-23478-0-400","text":"Geography of China\nChina 's economy has recently become export - oriented . The coastal provinces got the greatest benefits from the recent development of China 's economy , becoming the new economic center of China . The Chinese leadership has long encouraged a move inland , and in 2012 , following the western crisis , the top leadership announced a policy to redirect Chinese production toward the national market .","title":"Geography of China","score":13.182533}],"5f9ccf0a4ff691fc482432af64cc3c9d<::>4":[{"document_id":"a7b76650e1b68c81-4527-6376","text":"For the Home | Consumer Advice\nDid you know that scammers send fake package shipment and delivery notifications to try to steal people's personal information — not just at the holidays, but all year long? Here's what you need to know to protect yourself from these scams.\n\nView all Consumer Alerts\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nScams\n\nSearch\n\nShow/hide Search menu items\n\nItems per page\n\n20\n50\n100\n\nFilters\n\nFulltext search\n\nCFG: Translation Menu\n\nEspañol\n\nCFG: Secondary Menu\n\nReport Fraud\n\nRead Consumer Alerts\n\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nVisit ftc.gov\n\nCFG: Main Navigation\n\nShopping and Donating\n\nShow/hide Shopping and Donating menu items\n\nShopping\n\nFor the Home\n\nHealth\n\nFunerals\n\nBuying and Owning a Car\n\nDonating to Charity\n\nCredit, Loans, and Debt\n\nShow/hide Credit, Loans, and Debt menu items\n\nCredit and Debt\n\nLoans and Mortgages\n\nJobs and Making Money\n\nShow/hide Jobs and Making Money menu items\n\nMoney-Making Opportunities and Investments\n\nJobs\n\nEducation and Training\n\nUnwanted Calls, Emails, and Texts\n\nShow/hide Unwanted Calls, Emails, and Texts menu items\n\nUnwanted Calls\n\nUnwanted Emails, Texts, and Mail\n\nIdentity Theft and Online Security\n\nShow/hide Identity Theft and Online Security menu items\n\nIdentity Theft\n\nOnline Privacy and Security\n\nProtecting Kids Online\n\nScams\n\nShow/hide Scams menu items\n\nGift Card Scams\n\nGovernment and Business Impersonators\n\nPhone Scams\n\nRomance Scams\n\nScams Against Immigrants\n\nScams Against Older Adults\n\nScams Against Small Businesses\n\nWire Transfer Scams\n\nItems per page\n\n20\n50\n100\n\nFilters\n\nFulltext search\n\nFor the Home\n\nGet advice on maintaining and improving your home, making eco-friendly choices, renting, and buying and selling timeshares.\n\nVea esta página en español\n\nRemodeling, Repair, and Maintenance\n\nHow To Avoid a Home Improvement Scam\n\nWhat to consider when shopping for a competent and reliable contractor for your project.","title":"For the Home | Consumer Advice","score":15.787064},{"document_id":"a618f0371eb48adf-1447-3375","text":"Identity Theft and Online Security | Consumer Advice\nCredit, Loans, and Debt\nLearn about getting and using credit, borrowing money, and managing debt.\nView Credit, Loans, and Debt\n\nVideo\n\nTopics\n\nTopics\n\nCredit and Debt\n\nLoans and Mortgages\n\nConsumer Alerts\n\nSkip the scams as you look for options to avoid foreclosure \n\nApril 23, 2024\n\nGema de las Heras \n\n Are you having a hard time paying your mortgage? Even if you’ve missed payments or you’re already facing foreclosure, you still might have options. You really do, but that’s the same thing scammers will tell you. Fortunately, there are ways to spot mortgage relief scams while you focus on saving your home.\n\nView all Consumer Alerts\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nShow/hide Jobs and Making Money menu items\n\nJobs and Making Money\nWhat to know when you're looking for a job or more education, or considering a money-making opportunity or investment.\nView Jobs and Making Money\n\nVideo\n\nTopics\n\nTopics\n\nMoney-Making Opportunities and Investments\n\nJobs\n\nEducation and Training\n\nConsumer Alerts\n\nMystery shopping, (fake) checks, and gift cards \n\nApril 18, 2024\n\nAndrew Rayo\n\n If you’re looking for a new job, getting paid to shop might sound like a dream. Companies hire mystery shoppers to try products or services and share experiences about things like buying or returning something, or their overall customer experience. But while some mystery shopping jobs are legitimate, many aren’t. So how do you spot the scams?\n\nView all Consumer Alerts\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nShow/hide Unwanted Calls, Emails, and Texts menu items\n\nUnwanted Calls, Emails, and Texts\nWhat to do about unwanted calls, emails, and text messages that can be annoying, might be illegal, and are probably scams.\nView Unwanted Calls, Emails, and Texts\n\nVideo\n\nTopics\n\nTopics\n\nUnwanted Calls\n\nUnwanted Emails, Texts, and Mail\n\nConsumer Alerts\n\nFake shipping notification emails and text messages: What you need to know this holiday season\n\nDecember 14, 2023\n\nAlvaro Puig","title":"Identity Theft and Online Security | Consumer Advice","score":15.719162},{"document_id":"f81a8bb78e5bbc6f-3846-6133","text":"Fraud and scam answers | Consumer Financial Protection Bureau\nForeclosure relief and mortgage loan modification scams are schemes to take your money or your house—often by making a false promise of saving you from foreclosure. These scammers may ask for money upfront and claim to guarantee that you can get your mortgage terms changed. If you’re having trouble making mortgage payments, a HUD-approved housing counseling agency can walk you through your options for free.\n\n Fraud alert for prevention\n \n\nA fraud alert is something you can use to reduce the likelihood that you will be the victim of new account identity theft. It requires creditors who check your credit report to take steps to verify your identity before opening a new account, issuing an additional card, or increasing the credit limit on an existing account. When you place a fraud alert on your credit report at one of the nationwide credit reporting companies, the company must notify the others.There are two main types of fraud alerts: initial fraud alerts and extended alerts. Members of the military have an additional option available to them—active duty alerts, which give service members protection while they are on active duty. Read more.\n\n Fraud by fiduciaries\n \n\nA fiduciary is someone who manages someone else’s money or property. For example, agents under a power of attorney and court-appointed guardians are fiduciaries.When you are named a fiduciary, you are required by law to manage the person’s money and property for his or her benefit, not yours. When a fiduciary spends the money for his or her own benefit, that may be fraud.\n\n Identity theft\n \n\nIdentity theft occurs when someone steals your identity to commit fraud.Stealing your identity could mean using personal information without your permission, such as your name, Social Security number, bank account information, or credit card number. The Federal Trade Commission offers information about preventing and responding to identify theft.\n\n Imposter scams\n \n\nImposter scammers try to convince you to send money by pretending to be someone you know or trust like a sheriff, local, state, or federal government employee, or charity organization. Remember, caller ID can be faked. You can always call the organization or government agency and ask if the person works for them before giving any money.","title":"Fraud and scam answers | Consumer Financial Protection Bureau","score":19.76399},{"document_id":"f81a8bb78e5bbc6f-2145-4411","text":"Fraud and scam answers | Consumer Financial Protection Bureau\nRegistration & Submission Programs\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Amicus Program\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Consumer Complaint Program\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Data & Research\n\n \n \n\n Back\n \n\n Data & Research Overview\n \n\n \n\n \n\n Reports\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Research Hub\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Consumer Complaint Database\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Mortgage Database (HMDA)\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Small Business Lending Database\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Public Data Inventory\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Consumer Credit Trends\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Mortgage Performance Trends\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Financial Well-Being Survey\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Credit Card Surveys & Agreements\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Prepaid Account Agreements\n\n \n\n \n \n\n Featured\n \n\nHelp advance financial well-being\n\n \n\n \n\n News\n\n \n \n\n Back\n \n\n \n\n \n\n Press Releases\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Speeches & Op-eds\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Testimony\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Statements\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Blog\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Director’s Notebook\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Recent Updates\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Consumer Advisories\n\n \n\n \n \n\n Español\n \n\n 中文\n \n\n Tiếng Việt\n \n\n 한국어\n \n\n Tagalog\n \n\n Pусский\n \n\n العربية\n \n\n Kreyòl Ayisyen\n \n\n(855) 411-2372\n\n \n \n \n \n\n \n\n / \n\n \n \n Fraud and scams\n \n\n Navigate this section\n \n\n Fraud and scams\n\n Basics\n\n Key terms\n\n Common issues\n\n Know your rights\n\n How-to guides\n\n Fraud and scams key terms\n \n\nEnglish\n\nEspañol\n \n\n Elder financial exploitation\n \n\nElder financial exploitation is the illegal or improper use of an older adult’s funds, property, or assets. It is the most common form of elder abuse, but only a small fraction of incidents are reported.The perpetrators can be strangers who gain the trust of older adults, but they can also be family members or friends. It's important to know the warning signs. Read more.\n\n Foreclosure relief scam\n \n\nForeclosure relief and mortgage loan modification scams are schemes to take your money or your house—often by making a false promise of saving you from foreclosure. These scammers may ask for money upfront and claim to guarantee that you can get your mortgage terms changed. If you’re having trouble making mortgage payments, a HUD-approved housing counseling agency can walk you through your options for free.\n\n Fraud alert for prevention\n \n\nA fraud alert is something you can use to reduce the likelihood that you will be the victim of new account identity theft.","title":"Fraud and scam answers | Consumer Financial Protection Bureau","score":16.519545},{"document_id":"994cf15a893d61b1-4523-6282","text":"About Us | Consumer Advice\nDid you know that scammers send fake package shipment and delivery notifications to try to steal people's personal information — not just at the holidays, but all year long? Here's what you need to know to protect yourself from these scams.\n\nView all Consumer Alerts\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nScams\n\nSearch\n\nShow/hide Search menu items\n\nItems per page\n\n20\n50\n100\n\nFilters\n\nFulltext search\n\nCFG: Translation Menu\n\nEspañol\n\nCFG: Secondary Menu\n\nReport Fraud\n\nRead Consumer Alerts\n\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nVisit ftc.gov\n\nCFG: Main Navigation\n\nShopping and Donating\n\nShow/hide Shopping and Donating menu items\n\nShopping\n\nFor the Home\n\nHealth\n\nFunerals\n\nBuying and Owning a Car\n\nDonating to Charity\n\nCredit, Loans, and Debt\n\nShow/hide Credit, Loans, and Debt menu items\n\nCredit and Debt\n\nLoans and Mortgages\n\nJobs and Making Money\n\nShow/hide Jobs and Making Money menu items\n\nMoney-Making Opportunities and Investments\n\nJobs\n\nEducation and Training\n\nUnwanted Calls, Emails, and Texts\n\nShow/hide Unwanted Calls, Emails, and Texts menu items\n\nUnwanted Calls\n\nUnwanted Emails, Texts, and Mail\n\nIdentity Theft and Online Security\n\nShow/hide Identity Theft and Online Security menu items\n\nIdentity Theft\n\nOnline Privacy and Security\n\nProtecting Kids Online\n\nScams\n\nShow/hide Scams menu items\n\nGift Card Scams\n\nGovernment and Business Impersonators\n\nPhone Scams\n\nRomance Scams\n\nScams Against Immigrants\n\nScams Against Older Adults\n\nScams Against Small Businesses\n\nWire Transfer Scams\n\nItems per page\n\n20\n50\n100\n\nFilters\n\nFulltext search\n\nAbout Us\n\nVea esta página en español\n\nThe FTC works to stop deceptive and unfair business practices and scams, and to help consumers like you recognize and recover from them. Sign up for email updates at ftc.gov/subscribe.\nReport to the FTC","title":"About Us | Consumer Advice","score":16.398102}],"5f9ccf0a4ff691fc482432af64cc3c9d<::>7":[{"document_id":"4c0150c5079fa69c-7432-9285","text":"Consumer Alerts | Consumer Advice\nSpot an ad on social for a low, low price on a brand name product? Think twice\n\nCristina Miranda\n\nMay 13, 2024\n\n Social media feeds are flooded with ads offering steep discounts on brand-name products, including luxury items. But are these offers real or a scam? When a low-priced “deal” pops into your socials\n\nConsumer Alert\n\nNo one is using your Social Security number to commit crimes. It’s a scam.\n\nAlvaro Puig\n\nMay 10, 2024\n\n The phone rings. Your caller ID says it’s the Social Security Administration. You hesitate. You’re not expecting a call from them, and you’ve heard about impersonation scams. But something inside you\n\nConsumer Alert\n\nThat text about overdue toll charges is probably a scam \n\nAndrew Rayo\n\nMay 8, 2024\n\n When you go through a toll, you know you’ll need to pay a fee to use that road or bridge. But scammers are targeting drivers with text messages pretending to be from the tolling agency collecting\n\nConsumer Alert\n\nLet’s talk about spam texts and emails \n\nAndrew Rayo\n\nMay 6, 2024\n\n Another day, another round of spam texts and emails trying to sell you things. At best, spam is annoying. At worst, it’s pushing scams or trying to install malware on your device. If you’re tired of\n\nConsumer Alert\n\nAqua Finance misled people about financing for home water treatment systems\n\nCristina Miranda\n\nMay 1, 2024\n\n At some point, most of us will rely on financing to buy the things we need or want. But what happens when financing terms aren’t clear? Or you’re told to expect a monthly payment amount, but end up\n\nConsumer Alert\n\nUse Pass It On to talk about fraud this Older Americans Month\n\nBridget Small\n\nMay 1, 2024\n\n This month, we join the nation to celebrate Older Americans Month. It’s also the 10th anniversary of Pass It On, the FTC’s fraud education campaign for older adults. As Older Americans Month\n\nConsumer Alert","title":"Consumer Alerts | Consumer Advice","score":12.638751},{"document_id":"5614642324237198-4553-6251","text":"Let’s talk about spam texts and emails | Consumer Advice\nDid you know that scammers send fake package shipment and delivery notifications to try to steal people's personal information — not just at the holidays, but all year long? Here's what you need to know to protect yourself from these scams.\n\nView all Consumer Alerts\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nScams\n\nSearch\n\nShow/hide Search menu items\n\nItems per page\n\n20\n50\n100\n\nFilters\n\nFulltext search\n\nCFG: Translation Menu\n\nEspañol\n\nCFG: Secondary Menu\n\nReport Fraud\n\nRead Consumer Alerts\n\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nVisit ftc.gov\n\nCFG: Main Navigation\n\nShopping and Donating\n\nShow/hide Shopping and Donating menu items\n\nShopping\n\nFor the Home\n\nHealth\n\nFunerals\n\nBuying and Owning a Car\n\nDonating to Charity\n\nCredit, Loans, and Debt\n\nShow/hide Credit, Loans, and Debt menu items\n\nCredit and Debt\n\nLoans and Mortgages\n\nJobs and Making Money\n\nShow/hide Jobs and Making Money menu items\n\nMoney-Making Opportunities and Investments\n\nJobs\n\nEducation and Training\n\nUnwanted Calls, Emails, and Texts\n\nShow/hide Unwanted Calls, Emails, and Texts menu items\n\nUnwanted Calls\n\nUnwanted Emails, Texts, and Mail\n\nIdentity Theft and Online Security\n\nShow/hide Identity Theft and Online Security menu items\n\nIdentity Theft\n\nOnline Privacy and Security\n\nProtecting Kids Online\n\nScams\n\nShow/hide Scams menu items\n\nGift Card Scams\n\nGovernment and Business Impersonators\n\nPhone Scams\n\nRomance Scams\n\nScams Against Immigrants\n\nScams Against Older Adults\n\nScams Against Small Businesses\n\nWire Transfer Scams\n\nItems per page\n\n20\n50\n100\n\nFilters\n\nFulltext search\n\nBreadcrumb\n\nHome\n\nConsumer Alerts\n\nVea esta página en español\n\nConsumer Alert\n\nLet’s talk about spam texts and emails \n\nBy\n\nAndrew Rayo\n\nConsumer Education Specialist\n\nMay 6, 2024","title":"Let’s talk about spam texts and emails | Consumer Advice","score":12.544401},{"document_id":"37b460a856376278-1480-3398","text":"Scam Alerts | Food and Nutrition Service\nMeals for Schools and Childcare\n\nFood Distribution & Emergency Assistance\n\nWIC\n\nSummer Nutrition Programs\n\nAssistance for Seniors & Adult Care\n\nFarmers Market Programs\n\nNAP Block Grants for Territories\n\nData & Research\n\nData & Research\n\nData Visualizations\n\nResearch & Analysis\n\nProgram Data\n\nFunding\n\nFunding\n\nGrant Opportunities\n\nGrants Management\n\nDoing Business with FNS\n\nNewsroom\n\nNewsroom\n\nPress Releases\n\nBlogs\n\nSubscriber Updates\n\nFederal Register Notices\n\nSuccess Stories\n\nNewsletters\n\nUSDA Press Releases\n\nUSDA Blogs\n\nContact FNS Press Office\n\nResources\n\nResources\n\nFactsheets\n\nFederal Register\n\nInfographics\n\nGuidance Documents\n\nPolicy Memos\n\nVideos/Webinars\n\nAll Resources\n\nOur Agency\n\nOur Agency\n\nActing Under Secretary\n\nDeputy Under Secretary\n\nAdministrator\n\nAssistant Administrator\n\nFNS Careers\n\nContact us\n\nCivil Rights\n\nEquity Action Plan\n\nPartnerships\n\nFreedom of Information Act\n\nState Systems Office\n\nSearch\n\n Languages \n\nEnglish\n\nSpanish\n\nContact Us\n\nReport Fraud\n\nAskUSDA\n\nUSDA.gov\n\nScam Alerts\n\nBreadcrumb\n\nHome\n\nSupplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP)\n\nThe following are informative reports concerning scams.College Student Email Scam (07/11/23)Please be aware of emails that target college students claiming that they are automatically eligible for Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) benefits if enrolled in an academic year. The email includes a link for a website or email address that is not from SNAP. Do not click on any links or give any of your information. To apply for SNAP benefits, please contact your local office.Instant Cash EBT Card Scam (06/26/23)There may be a Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) card scam asking people to signup for instant cash. This is not real. Any social media platform asking you to sign up to receive instant cash is fake. Do not click any links or give your information to anyone.","title":"Scam Alerts | Food and Nutrition Service","score":11.80956},{"document_id":"1007f0c181b30bac-7514-9238","text":"Identity Theft | Consumer Advice\nMay 8, 2024\n\nWhen you go through a toll, you know you’ll need to pay a fee to use that road or bridge. But scammers are targeting drivers with text messages pretending to be from the tolling agency collecting “overdue toll charges.” Here’s what to know about this text scam.\n\nConsumer Alert\n\nLet’s talk about spam texts and emails \n\nAndrew Rayo\n\nMay 6, 2024\n\nAnother day, another round of spam texts and emails trying to sell you things. At best, spam is annoying. At worst, it’s pushing scams or trying to install malware on your device. If you’re tired of getting spam, there are some ways to help.\n\nConsumer Alert\n\nIf someone you care about paid a scammer, here’s how to help\n\nJennifer Leach\n\nApril 10, 2024\n\nSharing a scam experience with someone you know takes courage. If someone trusts you enough to share their scam story, especially if the scammer is still in touch with them, here’s some advice to help guide you. \n\nConsumer Alert\n\nDid someone send you to a Bitcoin ATM? It’s a scam \n\nJennifer Leach\n\nMarch 7, 2024\n\nIs there a legit reason for someone to send you to a Bitcoin ATM? The short answer is NO. Will someone from the government send you to a Bitcoin ATM? NEVER. If you’ve followed this Anatomy of a Scam series, you know there’s more to it than that.\n\nGet consumer alerts\nEmail Signup\n\nFeatured Videos\n\n \n\nWhat To Do After a Data Breach\n \n\nIdentityTheft.gov Helps You Report and Recover from Identity Theft\n\nFeatured Resources\n\n \nShredding Infographic\n \nUsing A Health App Infographic\n\nReturn to top\n\nMenu\n\nCFG: Footer Menu\n\nFeature Pages\n\nArticles\n\nConsumer Alerts\n\nVideos\n\nCFG: Footer Menu Right\n\nReport Fraud\n\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nCFG: Footer\n\nftc.gov\n\nAbout Us\n\nContact Us\n\nPrivacy and Notices\n\nFOIA","title":"Identity Theft | Consumer Advice","score":13.718559},{"document_id":"e6ea24fa9e962807-10446-12124","text":"Report phishing | Internal Revenue Service\nIf you don't find information on our website or the instructions are different from what you were told to do in the letter, notice or form, please use the appropriate online resources.\nOnce you have determined that it is not legitimate, report the incident to TIGTA and phishing@irs.gov.\n\nWhat if I receive an email requesting W-2 information? (updated Jan. 19, 2024)\n\nSince 2016, phishing@irs.gov has received emails from organizations that have been targeted by the business email compromise (BEC) / business email spoofing (BES) W-2 scam.\nThere are multiple variants of this scam (e.g., fake invoice, gift card, wire transfer, title/escrow, etc.). Please only contact the IRS for the W-2 variant. You can report the W-2 variant to the IRS – whether you are a victim or not – and should report any BEC/BES variants to the Internet Crime Complaint Center.\nIf you are a victim of this scam (e.g., you responded by sending the W-2s) please email dataloss@irs.gov and also send the full email headers to phishing@irs.gov (Subject: W-2 Scam).\nIf you are a recipient of this scam but did not send any information, please send the full email headers to phishing@irs.gov (Subject: W-2 Scam).\nIf you report the W-2 scam to phishing@irs.gov please clarify if you are a victim.\nPlease see:\nIR-2016-34, IRS Alerts Payroll and HR Professionals to Phishing Scheme Involving W-2s\nIR-2017-10, IRS, States and Tax Industry Renew Alert about Form W-2 Scam Targeting Payroll, Human Resource Departments\nIR-2017-20, Dangerous W-2 Phishing Scam Evolving; Targeting Schools, Restaurants, Hospitals, Tribal Groups and Others\nIR-2017-130, Don't Take the Bait, Step 6: Watch Out for the W-2 Email Scam","title":"Report phishing | Internal Revenue Service","score":16.641094}],"91715ec6ec7e9a11925e58e707b6626e<::>1":[{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-1541-3606","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nWe do not have all course records prior to 2000. Any certificate issued prior to 2000 is only acceptable if you have a copy of it and you were under 18 years of age when it was issued. All NYS boating safety certificates issued\r\n\tafter 2000, regardless of age, are acceptable.\nI took course prior to 2000, but lost my certificate - what should I do?\r\n\tUnfortunately, we do not have records for all students who took the course prior to the year 2000. Search for your record online at ilostmycard.com. You can also email us at boating@parks.ny.gov with your name and date of birth to search for your record. If your record is not found, you will need to retake the course to obtain a certificate.\nCan I use my NY safety certificate in other states?\r\n\tYes, because the New York Safe Boating Certificate is nationally accredited and valid in other states and Canada. Please note that the Adventure License is not acceptable proof of a safe boating certificate outside of New York State.\nI'm visiting New York. Will my safety certificate from my home state be sufficient?\r\n\tYes, provided it was issued from your current state of residence, and the course was approved by the National Association of Boating Law Administrators. Look for the NASBLA logo on your certificate.\nI just bought a motor boat; will I need a course immediately?\r\n\tIn 2024, if you were born January 1, 1978 or later, you will need a certificate before you can legally operate the boat. Starting in 2025, everyone, regardless of age, will need a certificate before they can legally operate their boat.\nWill I need a course in order to rent a motorboat in New York?\r\n\tNo. If you are at least 18 years old, you may rent without completing a course. The livery must demonstrate how to properly use the boat before renting it. Persons under the age of 18 may only rent a motorboat if they hold a \r\n\tsafety certificate.\nI lost my safety certificate. How can I get a replacement?\r\n\tYou can order your replacement certificate online at https://www.ilostmycard.com/\nWhat if I lost my temporary certificate?","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":18.454784},{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-9649-11623","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nNo, the icon can only be placed on licenses and ID's issued by the NYS DMV.\nDo I need to notify DMV before they renew my license or ID?\r\n\tNo. DMV will maintain a record of your having completed the boating safety course, and automatically place the icon on your license each time it is renewed.\nI have a U.S. Coast Guard License; Can that be listed on the Adventure License?\r\n\tNo, only boating safety certificates can be listed.\nWhat happens if I move out of state?\r\n\tIf you move out of state you must relinquish your NY Driver license and apply for a driver's license in your new state. In order to maintain the Adventure License status you will need to apply for a NY Non-Driver ID which will include that designation and maintain it continuously.\nI have a lifetime fishing and hunting license and a boating safety certificate. Can I put all three on my driver's license?\r\n\tYes you may.\nI live in NY but I have an out of state boating safety certificate, do I qualify for the Adventure License program?\r\n\tNo, you must have a New York safe boating certificate to be eligible.\nI got my boating safety certificate online and tried to get the Adventure License through my provider but I when I click on the link it brings me back to a NYS information page. What do I have to do?\r\n\tYou must log into your account created with your online provider. For more information, click on the link below for your provider and follow the directions on the document that pops up. Alternatively, you can bring your printed certificate to any DMV office.\n\nBoat US       Boat-Ed       \r\n\tBoater Exam       US Power Squadron       \r\n\tAceboater\n\nI paid my fee and I have not received my new license/permit/ID yet. Who do I call?\r\n\tYou can check on the mailing status with DMV.\nCustomers who wish to add the anchor icon to their enhanced driver's license must have an up-to-date photo on file with DMV in order for their request to be processed successfully. If your photo is out of date, please","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":16.509863},{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-4764-6943","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nA boating safety certificate issued by the US Coast Guard Auxiliary is recognized as a valid safe boating certificate – you do not need any further documentation. The same is true of certificates issued by the US Power Squadron/America’s Boating Club.\nI took a class online and I have lost my permanent card, can you issue me a replacement card?\r\n\tYou need to go to the online provider that issued your card. The same is true for lost Power Squadron and Coast Guard Auxiliary cards. NYS can only issue replacement certificates for the NY Safe Boating Course.\nThe back of my certificate says its approved by \"NASBLA\". What is that? \r\n\tThe National Association of State Boating Law Administrators (NASBLA) is a national nonprofit organization that works to develop public policy for recreational boating safety. NASBLA represents the recreational boating \r\n\tauthorities of all 50 states and the U.S. territories.\n\nIn Classroom Course\nThis course is designed as a comprehensive boating safety course, teaching the fundamentals of safe boating operation and has been approved by the National Association of Boating Law Administrators (NASBLA).\n\nStudents must be at least 10 years of age to attend the course.\nThis course requires a minimum of 8 hours of classroom instruction.\nCourses are available throughout the state.\nYou must register for your course online at https://www.register-ed.com/programs/new_york/252-new-york-safe-boating-course\nAn instructor may or may not charge a fee for the course. If a fee is charged, they may vary depending upon who is offering the course. Some courses may be taught by volunteers free of charge.\nStudents will receive a temporary boating safety certificate upon completion of the course.\nPermanent boating safety certificates do not expire.\n\nFees\nCourses are taught by volunteer or paid instructors. Volunteers are free of charge, but an instructor may charge a fee for the course. Fees may vary.\nStudents 18 years of age and older will be required to pay a $10 fee to NYS for issuance of a permanent boating safety certificate.\nCost for a replacement certificate is $10.00 regardless of age\nHow do I find out if there is a fee for the class?","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":19.25143},{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-8034-10114","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nYou must log back into the online course you took and complete the transaction there. Alternatively, you can bring your certificate directly to a DMV office to process.\r\n\t\r\n\tI took an online class and I've lost my boating safety certificate. Can NYS Parks issue me a replacement certificate?\r\n\tDuplicate certificates and any problems with the on-line courses will be handled by the online provider. On-line support and a phone number can be found at the course provider's website.\nI have a certificate from a Coast Guard Auxiliary boating safety course, do I still need to get a New York State Boating Safety Certificate?\r\n\tNo, the certificate from the Coast Guard Auxiliary course is a boating safety certificate recognized as acceptable by New York State.\nI have a certificate from a Power Squadron boating safety course, do I still need to get a New York State Boating Safety Certificate?\r\n\tNo, the certificate from the Power Squadron course is a boating safety certificate recognized as acceptable by New York State.\nI have a certificate from a US Powerboating safety course, do I still need to get a New York State Boating Safety Certificate?\r\n\tNo, the certificate from the US Powerboating course is a boating safety certificate recognized as acceptable by New York State.\n\nNew York State Adventure License Program\nWho is eligible for the Adventure License boating icon?\r\n\tAnyone successfully completing the New York Safe Boating Course may opt to have their driver's license, non-driver ID, or learner's permit indicate completion of the course.\nI have a NYC ID; can I have the boating icon put on that ID?\r\n\tNo, the icon can only be placed on licenses and ID's issued by the NYS DMV.\nDo I need to notify DMV before they renew my license or ID?\r\n\tNo. DMV will maintain a record of your having completed the boating safety course, and automatically place the icon on your license each time it is renewed.\nI have a U.S. Coast Guard License; Can that be listed on the Adventure License?\r\n\tNo, only boating safety certificates can be listed.\nWhat happens if I move out of state?","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":17.784294},{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-3175-5322","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nNo. If you are at least 18 years old, you may rent without completing a course. The livery must demonstrate how to properly use the boat before renting it. Persons under the age of 18 may only rent a motorboat if they hold a \r\n\tsafety certificate.\nI lost my safety certificate. How can I get a replacement?\r\n\tYou can order your replacement certificate online at https://www.ilostmycard.com/\nWhat if I lost my temporary certificate?\r\n\tTemporary certificates cannot be replaced.\nCan I make a copy of my Boating Safety Certificate to keep onboard my boat?\r\n\tNo, you must have the original certificate on your person or on board the boat if you are the operator.\nWhy haven't I received my safety certificate yet?\r\n\tIt takes approximately 90 days from your course completion date for your permanent certificate to arrive in the mail. Your temporary certificate is valid through those 90 days. If you are over 18 years of age, you must purchase your certificate from https://www.ilostmycard.com/ before it will be mailed to you. If you are within 7 days of your temporary certificate’s expiration date and have not yet received your card, please email us at boating@parks.ny.gov\nHow can I become an instructor?\r\n\tTo become a State certified instructor, you must be at least 18 years of age, be able to demonstrate an ability to instruct and must have taken a New York State Parks classroom course. For more information, or to begin the certification process, click here\nI have a US Coast Guard Auxiliary boating safety certificate. Can I exchange it for a New York boating safety certificate?\r\n\tA boating safety certificate issued by the US Coast Guard Auxiliary is recognized as a valid safe boating certificate – you do not need any further documentation. The same is true of certificates issued by the US Power Squadron/America’s Boating Club.\nI took a class online and I have lost my permanent card, can you issue me a replacement card?\r\n\tYou need to go to the online provider that issued your card. The same is true for lost Power Squadron and Coast Guard Auxiliary cards. NYS can only issue replacement certificates for the NY Safe Boating Course.","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":20.33219}],"91715ec6ec7e9a11925e58e707b6626e<::>2":[{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-3175-5322","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nNo. If you are at least 18 years old, you may rent without completing a course. The livery must demonstrate how to properly use the boat before renting it. Persons under the age of 18 may only rent a motorboat if they hold a \r\n\tsafety certificate.\nI lost my safety certificate. How can I get a replacement?\r\n\tYou can order your replacement certificate online at https://www.ilostmycard.com/\nWhat if I lost my temporary certificate?\r\n\tTemporary certificates cannot be replaced.\nCan I make a copy of my Boating Safety Certificate to keep onboard my boat?\r\n\tNo, you must have the original certificate on your person or on board the boat if you are the operator.\nWhy haven't I received my safety certificate yet?\r\n\tIt takes approximately 90 days from your course completion date for your permanent certificate to arrive in the mail. Your temporary certificate is valid through those 90 days. If you are over 18 years of age, you must purchase your certificate from https://www.ilostmycard.com/ before it will be mailed to you. If you are within 7 days of your temporary certificate’s expiration date and have not yet received your card, please email us at boating@parks.ny.gov\nHow can I become an instructor?\r\n\tTo become a State certified instructor, you must be at least 18 years of age, be able to demonstrate an ability to instruct and must have taken a New York State Parks classroom course. For more information, or to begin the certification process, click here\nI have a US Coast Guard Auxiliary boating safety certificate. Can I exchange it for a New York boating safety certificate?\r\n\tA boating safety certificate issued by the US Coast Guard Auxiliary is recognized as a valid safe boating certificate – you do not need any further documentation. The same is true of certificates issued by the US Power Squadron/America’s Boating Club.\nI took a class online and I have lost my permanent card, can you issue me a replacement card?\r\n\tYou need to go to the online provider that issued your card. The same is true for lost Power Squadron and Coast Guard Auxiliary cards. NYS can only issue replacement certificates for the NY Safe Boating Course.","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":20.33219},{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-1541-3606","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nWe do not have all course records prior to 2000. Any certificate issued prior to 2000 is only acceptable if you have a copy of it and you were under 18 years of age when it was issued. All NYS boating safety certificates issued\r\n\tafter 2000, regardless of age, are acceptable.\nI took course prior to 2000, but lost my certificate - what should I do?\r\n\tUnfortunately, we do not have records for all students who took the course prior to the year 2000. Search for your record online at ilostmycard.com. You can also email us at boating@parks.ny.gov with your name and date of birth to search for your record. If your record is not found, you will need to retake the course to obtain a certificate.\nCan I use my NY safety certificate in other states?\r\n\tYes, because the New York Safe Boating Certificate is nationally accredited and valid in other states and Canada. Please note that the Adventure License is not acceptable proof of a safe boating certificate outside of New York State.\nI'm visiting New York. Will my safety certificate from my home state be sufficient?\r\n\tYes, provided it was issued from your current state of residence, and the course was approved by the National Association of Boating Law Administrators. Look for the NASBLA logo on your certificate.\nI just bought a motor boat; will I need a course immediately?\r\n\tIn 2024, if you were born January 1, 1978 or later, you will need a certificate before you can legally operate the boat. Starting in 2025, everyone, regardless of age, will need a certificate before they can legally operate their boat.\nWill I need a course in order to rent a motorboat in New York?\r\n\tNo. If you are at least 18 years old, you may rent without completing a course. The livery must demonstrate how to properly use the boat before renting it. Persons under the age of 18 may only rent a motorboat if they hold a \r\n\tsafety certificate.\nI lost my safety certificate. How can I get a replacement?\r\n\tYou can order your replacement certificate online at https://www.ilostmycard.com/\nWhat if I lost my temporary certificate?","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":17.307844},{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-4764-6943","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nA boating safety certificate issued by the US Coast Guard Auxiliary is recognized as a valid safe boating certificate – you do not need any further documentation. The same is true of certificates issued by the US Power Squadron/America’s Boating Club.\nI took a class online and I have lost my permanent card, can you issue me a replacement card?\r\n\tYou need to go to the online provider that issued your card. The same is true for lost Power Squadron and Coast Guard Auxiliary cards. NYS can only issue replacement certificates for the NY Safe Boating Course.\nThe back of my certificate says its approved by \"NASBLA\". What is that? \r\n\tThe National Association of State Boating Law Administrators (NASBLA) is a national nonprofit organization that works to develop public policy for recreational boating safety. NASBLA represents the recreational boating \r\n\tauthorities of all 50 states and the U.S. territories.\n\nIn Classroom Course\nThis course is designed as a comprehensive boating safety course, teaching the fundamentals of safe boating operation and has been approved by the National Association of Boating Law Administrators (NASBLA).\n\nStudents must be at least 10 years of age to attend the course.\nThis course requires a minimum of 8 hours of classroom instruction.\nCourses are available throughout the state.\nYou must register for your course online at https://www.register-ed.com/programs/new_york/252-new-york-safe-boating-course\nAn instructor may or may not charge a fee for the course. If a fee is charged, they may vary depending upon who is offering the course. Some courses may be taught by volunteers free of charge.\nStudents will receive a temporary boating safety certificate upon completion of the course.\nPermanent boating safety certificates do not expire.\n\nFees\nCourses are taught by volunteer or paid instructors. Volunteers are free of charge, but an instructor may charge a fee for the course. Fees may vary.\nStudents 18 years of age and older will be required to pay a $10 fee to NYS for issuance of a permanent boating safety certificate.\nCost for a replacement certificate is $10.00 regardless of age\nHow do I find out if there is a fee for the class?","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":17.84601},{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-9649-11623","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nNo, the icon can only be placed on licenses and ID's issued by the NYS DMV.\nDo I need to notify DMV before they renew my license or ID?\r\n\tNo. DMV will maintain a record of your having completed the boating safety course, and automatically place the icon on your license each time it is renewed.\nI have a U.S. Coast Guard License; Can that be listed on the Adventure License?\r\n\tNo, only boating safety certificates can be listed.\nWhat happens if I move out of state?\r\n\tIf you move out of state you must relinquish your NY Driver license and apply for a driver's license in your new state. In order to maintain the Adventure License status you will need to apply for a NY Non-Driver ID which will include that designation and maintain it continuously.\nI have a lifetime fishing and hunting license and a boating safety certificate. Can I put all three on my driver's license?\r\n\tYes you may.\nI live in NY but I have an out of state boating safety certificate, do I qualify for the Adventure License program?\r\n\tNo, you must have a New York safe boating certificate to be eligible.\nI got my boating safety certificate online and tried to get the Adventure License through my provider but I when I click on the link it brings me back to a NYS information page. What do I have to do?\r\n\tYou must log into your account created with your online provider. For more information, click on the link below for your provider and follow the directions on the document that pops up. Alternatively, you can bring your printed certificate to any DMV office.\n\nBoat US       Boat-Ed       \r\n\tBoater Exam       US Power Squadron       \r\n\tAceboater\n\nI paid my fee and I have not received my new license/permit/ID yet. Who do I call?\r\n\tYou can check on the mailing status with DMV.\nCustomers who wish to add the anchor icon to their enhanced driver's license must have an up-to-date photo on file with DMV in order for their request to be processed successfully. If your photo is out of date, please","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":16.413158},{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-5-1991","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\n\r\n Your browser does not support iFrames\r\n \n\nNavigation menu\n\nParks, Recreation and Historic Preservation\n\nVisit\n\nState Parks\nHistoric Sites\nNature Centers\nEvents\nGolf Courses\nTrails\nAdmission\nAccessibility\nLove Our New York Lands\n\nGet Active\n\nHiking\nBoating\nSwimming\nGolf\nPavilions\nHunting\nSnowmobiling\n\nCamp\n\nOverview\nCampsites\nCottages\nCabins\nGroup Camping\nFees & Rates\nCamper Assistance Program\nKnow before you go\n\nConnect to Nature\n\nThe Environment\nNature Centers\nNature Nearby\nConnect Kids\nFORCES\nLadders to the Outdoors\n\nDiscover History\n\nHistoric Business Preservation Registry\nHistoric Sites\nHistoric Preservation Office\nBureau of Historic Sites\nHeritage Trail\nHeritage Areas\nWe Are NY\nBlack History\nWomen's History\nLGBTQIA+ History\nDutch Heritage\n\n \n\nBoating Frequently Asked Questions\n\nHome / Boating / Education / Frequently Asked Questions\n\nNew York Safe Boating Education Program\n\nBoating Safety Certificates\nWho needs a boating safety certificate?\r\n\tAnyone operating a Personal Watercraft (JetSki™, Wave Runner™, etc.) must have a boating safety certificate, and be at least 14 years of age or older.\nIn 2024: If you are operating any other type of motorized boat, you will need a safety certificate if you were born January 1, 1978 or later. Starting in 2025, all operators of motorized vessels, regardless of age, will be required to have a safety certificate.\nI earned a state safety certificate when I was young. Does that count?\r\n\tWe do not have all course records prior to 2000. Any certificate issued prior to 2000 is only acceptable if you have a copy of it and you were under 18 years of age when it was issued. All NYS boating safety certificates issued\r\n\tafter 2000, regardless of age, are acceptable.\nI took course prior to 2000, but lost my certificate - what should I do?\r\n\tUnfortunately, we do not have records for all students who took the course prior to the year 2000.","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":16.765955}],"91715ec6ec7e9a11925e58e707b6626e<::>3":[{"document_id":"37a833f0b34a3508-5053-7382","text":"Motor Boating - NYSDEC\nBe sure to adhere to all boating regulations and requirements prior to launching, including properly cleaning your boat, getting your boat registered, and obtaining boater safety certification.\n \n \n\nPlaces to Launch Your Boat\n\nBoat Launch Sites\n\nDECinfo Locator (an interactive map)\n\nNew York State Boat Launching Sites (PDF)\n\nHuntFishNY Mobile App\n\nBoat Cleaning and DisinfectingBoats, trailers, waders and other fishing equipment can spread harmful aquatic invasive species from waterbody to waterbody unless properly cleaned after use. DEC regulations prohibit boats from launching or leaving sites without first draining the boat and cleaning the boat, trailer and equipment. Furthermore, many New York counties, towns, and villages also have laws in place that prohibit the transport of aquatic invasive species on boats, trailers and equipment.To avoid spreading invasive species, follow the 'Clean.Drain.Dry.' method for properly disinfecting your boat and equipment before launching. If you need help, many public boat launches have boat stewards on-site to inspect your watercraft and gear.Use our interactive map feature to locate a boat inspection station and boat steward near you.Certificate Requirements for Boating in the Adirondack Park: As of June 2022, all boaters operating any kind of motorized watercraft in the Adirondack Park and within ten miles of the Blue Line are required by law to possess certification that their vessel has undergone the proper cleaning measures to prevent the spread of aquatic invasive species. Boaters can get their certification from a boat steward at a DEC designated inspection station or by completing a self-issued certificate (PDF) prior to launch. Have questions about this new regulation? See our Frequently Asked Questions (PDF)Register your Boat at the DMVIf you use a motor (electric or fuel-driven), no matter how small the craft or the motor, you must register your boat with the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV).You can either register your boat online or call the DMV at (518) 486-9786. (Note: In New York, watercraft without a motor do not need to be registered.)Boating Safety Courses and CertificationFor information about boating certificate requirements and boating safety courses, call the OPRHP at (518) 474-0456 or visit the OPRHP boating education page.","title":"Motor Boating - NYSDEC","score":15.457456},{"document_id":"736432ff5cad3860-6534-8886","text":"Am I Required to Register as an Employer?\nPost notices in your workplace and to provide your employees with benefit information. Refer to Required Notices and Pamphlets to learn more about posting requirements.\n\nState law requires all employers to electronically submit employment tax returns, wage reports and payroll tax deposits to us.\nFor More Information\n\nE-file and E-pay Mandate for Employers\nRequired Filings and Due Dates\nHelpful Resources for the New Employer\nPayroll Tax Seminars\n\nManage your Employer Payroll Tax Accounts Online\n\ne-Services for Business is your fast, easy, and secure way to manage your employer payroll tax accounts online.\nFeatures:\n\nRegister, close, or re-open an employer payroll tax account.\nFile, adjust, and print returns and reports.\nMake payments.\nProtest Unemployment Insurance benefit charges or rates.\nAuthorize a power of attorney.\nReport changes to your business.\nView notices and letters.\nReport new employees or independent contractors.\nRequest a transfer of a reserve account.\n\nFor more information or to enroll, refer to e-Services for Business.\n\nState Income Tax Withholding\n\nEncourage your employees to withhold the correct amount of state income tax. Have your employees fill out the following forms:\n\nCalifornia Employee’s Withholding Allowance Certificate (DE 4) (PDF)\nFederal IRS Form W-4\n\nYou can find California Withholding Schedules on Rates & Withholding for more information.\n\nSole Corporate Shareholder Exclusion\n\nIf you are a corporate officer and the sole shareholder (or the only shareholder other than your spouse) of a private corporation, you can choose to be excluded from State Disability Insurance coverage for benefits and contributions. Refer to the Sole Shareholder/Corporate Officer Exclusion Statement (DE 459) (PDF) for more information.\n\nAlternate Registration Option\n\nIf you have already registered online, do not use this alternate method.\nInclude your Federal employer identification number (FEIN) on the registration form to ensure unemployment insurance tax credits apply correctly when claimed on your Employer’s Annual FUTA Tax Return (IRS Form 940).\nContact the IRS for information on federal filing requirements.\nMail-in Registration\nComplete the registration form for your type of business:\n\nCommercial Employer Account Registration and Update Form (Including Pacific Maritime, and Fishing Boats) (DE 1) (PDF)","title":"Am I Required to Register as an Employer?","score":11.181159},{"document_id":"37a833f0b34a3508-6800-8014","text":"Motor Boating - NYSDEC\nSee our Frequently Asked Questions (PDF)Register your Boat at the DMVIf you use a motor (electric or fuel-driven), no matter how small the craft or the motor, you must register your boat with the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV).You can either register your boat online or call the DMV at (518) 486-9786. (Note: In New York, watercraft without a motor do not need to be registered.)Boating Safety Courses and CertificationFor information about boating certificate requirements and boating safety courses, call the OPRHP at (518) 474-0456 or visit the OPRHP boating education page.\n\nImportant Links\n\nNew York State Boat Launching Sites Directory (PDF)\n\nProcedures to Prevent the Spread of Aquatic Invasive Species While Boating (PDF)\n\nAquatic Invasive Species in New York State\n\nPlaces to Fish\n\nBoating Long Islands Marine Waters (PDF)\n\nDEC Recreation Maps\n\nBoating Data for Google Maps and Google Earth\n\n Subscribe to \"The Fishing Line\" DEC Delivers Newsletter\n \n\n Sign up to stay informed and up-to-date on boating news in New York State!\n \n\nGov Delivery Form\n\nYou must have JavaScript enabled to use this form.\n\nEmail address\n\n \n This field is required.\n \n\nTopic Id\n\n \n- None -AdirondacksAir Quality (Air Mail!","title":"Motor Boating - NYSDEC","score":18.428507},{"document_id":"1b9cac50a38886eb-4861-7027","text":"Renew Your Vehicle's Registration - California DMV\nThe vehicle’s record or ownership has changed since the renewal notice was sent.\t\n\n\tYou have received a demand for payment letter because of delinquent registration.\t\n\n\tYou are renewing a commercial vehicle registered through the International Registration Plan (IRP).\t\n\n\tThe vehicle is any of the following:– Special construction equipment– Cemetery equipment– Special mobile equipment– Logging equipment– Husbandry equipment– Cotton or farm trailer equipment\t\n\n\tThe vehicle has Year of Manufacturer (YOM) specialty plates.\t\n\n\tThe vehicle is a trailer subject to permanent trailer identification (PTI) registration.\t\n\n\tThe vessel is owned by an exempt agency.\t\n\nNot driving your vehicle this renewal year?\nIf you plan to store and not operate your vehicle during the next renewal year, you may file for Planned Nonoperation (PNO) online. There is a fee to file for PNO.\nYou may file for PNO up to 60 days before the vehicle’s registration expires. You may also file for PNO up to 90 days after your vehicle’s registration expires, but there will be a late filing penalty fee.\nIf at any time the vehicle is found operating or parked on public roadways or public property, you will be required to pay full registration fees and penalties for that year.\n\nAbout\n\nThe History of the Department of Motor Vehicles\nDepartment of Motor Vehicles Strategic Plan: 2021-2026\nRulemaking Actions\nSmall Business and Disabled Veteran Business Enterprise Program\nProcessing Times\n\n \n\nCustomer Service\n\nVehicle or Driver’s Records Requests\nPayments & Refunds\nInterpreter Services\nFiling a Complaint For Unlawful Activities\nNatural Disaster Assistance\n\n \n\nResearch & Reports\n\nResearch Studies & Reports\nReports to the California Legislature\nDepartment of Motor Vehicles Field Office Wait Times Reports\nDepartment of Motor Vehicles Performance Reports\n\n \n\nOnline Services\nVirtual Field Office\nForms\nNews & Media\nCareers\nContact Us\n \n\n\tCopyright © 2024 State of California\t\n\nPrivacy Policy Statement (Privacy/Security)\nConditions of Use\nSite Map\nAccessibility\n\nsocial-outline-facebook\n\n\t icon\t\n\nsocial-outline-x\n\n\t icon\t\n\nsocial-outline-youtube\n\n\t icon\t\n\nsocial-outline-instagram\n\n\t icon","title":"Renew Your Vehicle's Registration - California DMV","score":12.8919115},{"document_id":"736432ff5cad3860-8336-10417","text":"Am I Required to Register as an Employer?\nIf you have already registered online, do not use this alternate method.\nInclude your Federal employer identification number (FEIN) on the registration form to ensure unemployment insurance tax credits apply correctly when claimed on your Employer’s Annual FUTA Tax Return (IRS Form 940).\nContact the IRS for information on federal filing requirements.\nMail-in Registration\nComplete the registration form for your type of business:\n\nCommercial Employer Account Registration and Update Form (Including Pacific Maritime, and Fishing Boats) (DE 1) (PDF)\nAgricultural Employer Account Registration and Update Form (DE 1AG) (PDF)\nGovernmental Organizations, Public Schools, and Indian Tribes Registration and Update Form (DE 1GS) (PDF)\nNonprofit Employers Registration and Update Form (DE 1NP) (PDF)\nEmployers Depositing Only Personal Income Tax Withholding Registration and Update Form (DE 1P) (PDF)\nEmployer of Household Workers (DE1HW) (PDF)\n\nMail or fax your completed registration form to the address or fax number below.\nMail to:Employment Development DepartmentAccount Services Group, MIC 28PO Box 826880Sacramento CA 94280-0001Fax: 1-916-654-9211\nNote: Registration by mail may take 10-14 days to process.\n\nResources for New Business Owners\n\nE-file and E-pay Mandate for Employers\nCalGOLD – Business Permits Made Simple\nStriking Gold in California (PDF) – What You Need to Know About Taxes and Your Small Business.\nCalifornia Tax Service Center – Guiding Taxpayers to the Forms and Services They Need\nPayroll Tax Seminars – No-fee seminars to assist employers in complying with California’s payroll tax laws.\nChanges to Your Business\nRequired Filings and Due Dates\n\nFor More Help\nCall the Taxpayer Assistance Center at 1-888-745-3886 or visit your local Employment Tax Office.\n\ne-Services for Business\n\nUse e-Services for Business to manage your employer payroll tax account online.\n\n Log In\n \n\n Enroll\n \n\nStay Up-to-Date\n\nCheck Required Filings and Due Dates\nFind Payroll Tax Seminars\nVisit Employer News and Updates\nGet EDD email notices\nGet Forms and Publications\n\nContact Us","title":"Am I Required to Register as an Employer?","score":11.200481}],"91715ec6ec7e9a11925e58e707b6626e<::>4":[{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-1541-3606","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nWe do not have all course records prior to 2000. Any certificate issued prior to 2000 is only acceptable if you have a copy of it and you were under 18 years of age when it was issued. All NYS boating safety certificates issued\r\n\tafter 2000, regardless of age, are acceptable.\nI took course prior to 2000, but lost my certificate - what should I do?\r\n\tUnfortunately, we do not have records for all students who took the course prior to the year 2000. Search for your record online at ilostmycard.com. You can also email us at boating@parks.ny.gov with your name and date of birth to search for your record. If your record is not found, you will need to retake the course to obtain a certificate.\nCan I use my NY safety certificate in other states?\r\n\tYes, because the New York Safe Boating Certificate is nationally accredited and valid in other states and Canada. Please note that the Adventure License is not acceptable proof of a safe boating certificate outside of New York State.\nI'm visiting New York. Will my safety certificate from my home state be sufficient?\r\n\tYes, provided it was issued from your current state of residence, and the course was approved by the National Association of Boating Law Administrators. Look for the NASBLA logo on your certificate.\nI just bought a motor boat; will I need a course immediately?\r\n\tIn 2024, if you were born January 1, 1978 or later, you will need a certificate before you can legally operate the boat. Starting in 2025, everyone, regardless of age, will need a certificate before they can legally operate their boat.\nWill I need a course in order to rent a motorboat in New York?\r\n\tNo. If you are at least 18 years old, you may rent without completing a course. The livery must demonstrate how to properly use the boat before renting it. Persons under the age of 18 may only rent a motorboat if they hold a \r\n\tsafety certificate.\nI lost my safety certificate. How can I get a replacement?\r\n\tYou can order your replacement certificate online at https://www.ilostmycard.com/\nWhat if I lost my temporary certificate?","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":38.773983},{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-4764-6943","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nA boating safety certificate issued by the US Coast Guard Auxiliary is recognized as a valid safe boating certificate – you do not need any further documentation. The same is true of certificates issued by the US Power Squadron/America’s Boating Club.\nI took a class online and I have lost my permanent card, can you issue me a replacement card?\r\n\tYou need to go to the online provider that issued your card. The same is true for lost Power Squadron and Coast Guard Auxiliary cards. NYS can only issue replacement certificates for the NY Safe Boating Course.\nThe back of my certificate says its approved by \"NASBLA\". What is that? \r\n\tThe National Association of State Boating Law Administrators (NASBLA) is a national nonprofit organization that works to develop public policy for recreational boating safety. NASBLA represents the recreational boating \r\n\tauthorities of all 50 states and the U.S. territories.\n\nIn Classroom Course\nThis course is designed as a comprehensive boating safety course, teaching the fundamentals of safe boating operation and has been approved by the National Association of Boating Law Administrators (NASBLA).\n\nStudents must be at least 10 years of age to attend the course.\nThis course requires a minimum of 8 hours of classroom instruction.\nCourses are available throughout the state.\nYou must register for your course online at https://www.register-ed.com/programs/new_york/252-new-york-safe-boating-course\nAn instructor may or may not charge a fee for the course. If a fee is charged, they may vary depending upon who is offering the course. Some courses may be taught by volunteers free of charge.\nStudents will receive a temporary boating safety certificate upon completion of the course.\nPermanent boating safety certificates do not expire.\n\nFees\nCourses are taught by volunteer or paid instructors. Volunteers are free of charge, but an instructor may charge a fee for the course. Fees may vary.\nStudents 18 years of age and older will be required to pay a $10 fee to NYS for issuance of a permanent boating safety certificate.\nCost for a replacement certificate is $10.00 regardless of age\nHow do I find out if there is a fee for the class?","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":16.084095},{"document_id":"188ddb2d5b3a07af-2-2096","text":"Safety & Justice | The State of New York\nSafety & Justice | The State of New York\n\n Skip to main content\n \n\n Your browser does not support iFrames\n \n\n Safety & Justice\n \n\n\tAll Services\n \n\nBusiness\n\nCulture & Recreation\n\nEducation\n\nEmployment\n\nEnvironment\n\nGovernment\n\nHealth\n\nHousing\n\nIdentification\n\nLicenses\n\nMilitary\n\nSafety & Justice\n\nSocial Programs\n\nTaxes\n\nTransportation\n\nUnemployment\n\n\tFeatured\n \n\nSearch Sex Offender Registry \n\nSearch Sex Offender Registry \n\nSearch to see if a sex offender is living in your community.\n\nOverview \nHow To \nSearch \n\nFind an Incarcerated Individual at a Correctional Facility \n\nFind an Incarcerated Individual at a Correctional Facility \n\nSearch for real-time information concerning current and certain former inmates to the public.\n\nOverview \nGuidance\nHow To \n\nApply for Clemency\n\nApply for Clemency\n\nApply for clemency in the form of reprieves, commutations, and pardons.\n\nOverview\nPardons\nYouth Pardons\n\n All \n Safety & Justice \n\nFilter and Refine\n\nRefine\n\nFilter\n\nCriminal Justice Emergency Preparedness Emergency Services Family Social Programs \n\nRefine\n\nItems per page\n102550100\n\n108 Services\n\nof 11\n\nApply for Clemency\n\nApply for clemency in the form of reprieves, commutations, and pardons.\n\nOverview \n\nPardons \n\nYouth Pardons \n\nFind a Parolee \n\nGet real-time information concerning parolees supervised by the Department of Corrections and Community Supervision.\n\nOverview \n\nGuidance \n\nHow to \n\nFind an Incarcerated Individual at a Correctional Facility \n\nSearch for real-time information concerning current and certain former inmates to the public.\n\nOverview \n\nGuidance \n\nHow To \n\nRegister a Cooling Tower and Submit Reports\n\nNew statewide regulations require registration and periodic reporting of testing, inspection, and certification of cooling towers.\n\nOverview \n\nHow To Register & Report \n\nContact \n\nSearch Sex Offender Registry \n\nSearch to see if a sex offender is living in your community.\n\nOverview \n\nHow To \n\nSearch \n\nSearch the Board of Parole Interview Calendar\n\nFind information concerning currently incarcerated inmates and their Parole Board eligibility status.\n\nOverview","title":"Safety & Justice | The State of New York","score":15.615386},{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-9649-11623","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nNo, the icon can only be placed on licenses and ID's issued by the NYS DMV.\nDo I need to notify DMV before they renew my license or ID?\r\n\tNo. DMV will maintain a record of your having completed the boating safety course, and automatically place the icon on your license each time it is renewed.\nI have a U.S. Coast Guard License; Can that be listed on the Adventure License?\r\n\tNo, only boating safety certificates can be listed.\nWhat happens if I move out of state?\r\n\tIf you move out of state you must relinquish your NY Driver license and apply for a driver's license in your new state. In order to maintain the Adventure License status you will need to apply for a NY Non-Driver ID which will include that designation and maintain it continuously.\nI have a lifetime fishing and hunting license and a boating safety certificate. Can I put all three on my driver's license?\r\n\tYes you may.\nI live in NY but I have an out of state boating safety certificate, do I qualify for the Adventure License program?\r\n\tNo, you must have a New York safe boating certificate to be eligible.\nI got my boating safety certificate online and tried to get the Adventure License through my provider but I when I click on the link it brings me back to a NYS information page. What do I have to do?\r\n\tYou must log into your account created with your online provider. For more information, click on the link below for your provider and follow the directions on the document that pops up. Alternatively, you can bring your printed certificate to any DMV office.\n\nBoat US       Boat-Ed       \r\n\tBoater Exam       US Power Squadron       \r\n\tAceboater\n\nI paid my fee and I have not received my new license/permit/ID yet. Who do I call?\r\n\tYou can check on the mailing status with DMV.\nCustomers who wish to add the anchor icon to their enhanced driver's license must have an up-to-date photo on file with DMV in order for their request to be processed successfully. If your photo is out of date, please","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":15.641583},{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-3175-5322","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nNo. If you are at least 18 years old, you may rent without completing a course. The livery must demonstrate how to properly use the boat before renting it. Persons under the age of 18 may only rent a motorboat if they hold a \r\n\tsafety certificate.\nI lost my safety certificate. How can I get a replacement?\r\n\tYou can order your replacement certificate online at https://www.ilostmycard.com/\nWhat if I lost my temporary certificate?\r\n\tTemporary certificates cannot be replaced.\nCan I make a copy of my Boating Safety Certificate to keep onboard my boat?\r\n\tNo, you must have the original certificate on your person or on board the boat if you are the operator.\nWhy haven't I received my safety certificate yet?\r\n\tIt takes approximately 90 days from your course completion date for your permanent certificate to arrive in the mail. Your temporary certificate is valid through those 90 days. If you are over 18 years of age, you must purchase your certificate from https://www.ilostmycard.com/ before it will be mailed to you. If you are within 7 days of your temporary certificate’s expiration date and have not yet received your card, please email us at boating@parks.ny.gov\nHow can I become an instructor?\r\n\tTo become a State certified instructor, you must be at least 18 years of age, be able to demonstrate an ability to instruct and must have taken a New York State Parks classroom course. For more information, or to begin the certification process, click here\nI have a US Coast Guard Auxiliary boating safety certificate. Can I exchange it for a New York boating safety certificate?\r\n\tA boating safety certificate issued by the US Coast Guard Auxiliary is recognized as a valid safe boating certificate – you do not need any further documentation. The same is true of certificates issued by the US Power Squadron/America’s Boating Club.\nI took a class online and I have lost my permanent card, can you issue me a replacement card?\r\n\tYou need to go to the online provider that issued your card. The same is true for lost Power Squadron and Coast Guard Auxiliary cards. NYS can only issue replacement certificates for the NY Safe Boating Course.","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":15.883944}],"91715ec6ec7e9a11925e58e707b6626e<::>5":[{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-4764-6943","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nA boating safety certificate issued by the US Coast Guard Auxiliary is recognized as a valid safe boating certificate – you do not need any further documentation. The same is true of certificates issued by the US Power Squadron/America’s Boating Club.\nI took a class online and I have lost my permanent card, can you issue me a replacement card?\r\n\tYou need to go to the online provider that issued your card. The same is true for lost Power Squadron and Coast Guard Auxiliary cards. NYS can only issue replacement certificates for the NY Safe Boating Course.\nThe back of my certificate says its approved by \"NASBLA\". What is that? \r\n\tThe National Association of State Boating Law Administrators (NASBLA) is a national nonprofit organization that works to develop public policy for recreational boating safety. NASBLA represents the recreational boating \r\n\tauthorities of all 50 states and the U.S. territories.\n\nIn Classroom Course\nThis course is designed as a comprehensive boating safety course, teaching the fundamentals of safe boating operation and has been approved by the National Association of Boating Law Administrators (NASBLA).\n\nStudents must be at least 10 years of age to attend the course.\nThis course requires a minimum of 8 hours of classroom instruction.\nCourses are available throughout the state.\nYou must register for your course online at https://www.register-ed.com/programs/new_york/252-new-york-safe-boating-course\nAn instructor may or may not charge a fee for the course. If a fee is charged, they may vary depending upon who is offering the course. Some courses may be taught by volunteers free of charge.\nStudents will receive a temporary boating safety certificate upon completion of the course.\nPermanent boating safety certificates do not expire.\n\nFees\nCourses are taught by volunteer or paid instructors. Volunteers are free of charge, but an instructor may charge a fee for the course. Fees may vary.\nStudents 18 years of age and older will be required to pay a $10 fee to NYS for issuance of a permanent boating safety certificate.\nCost for a replacement certificate is $10.00 regardless of age\nHow do I find out if there is a fee for the class?","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":19.25143},{"document_id":"7899b392be96c5ce-11104-11838","text":"Field Trips\nClasses receiving scholarships are responsible for a $25 registration fee per class. If approved, scholarships are paid by the Sonoma County Regional Parks Foundation. Funding is available for each classroom to receive one scholarship per year. \nCancellations\nCancellations must be made one month prior to field trips. Classes that cancel less than a month prior to a field trip are still responsible for the payment of invoices. Extreme rain events or poor air quality cancels.\n\n \n\nLearn\n\nHome\nFind a Park\nFind a Campsite\nBecome a Member\nSubscribe to our Newsletter\nPlanning Projects\nPublic Meetings\n\nContact Us Main Office: (707) 565-2041Hours: Mon-Fri, 8 a.m. - 5 p.m.\n\nAddress2300 County Center DriveSuite A120Santa Rosa, CA 95403","title":"Field Trips","score":9.032668},{"document_id":"c225494fb67307fa-26851-29351","text":"Bill Text - AB-132 Postsecondary education trailer bill.\n2019–20 fiscal year and each fiscal year thereafter, and appropriates that sum to the Student Aid Commission for purposes of the scholarship program.This bill would revise provisions of the Middle Class Scholarship Program. Among the changes, the bill would provide, commencing with the 2022–23 academic year, an eligible student with a scholarship award in an amount that equals the difference between the student’s cost of attendance, as determined by the commission, and the sum of contributions from sources, including federal, state, and institutionally administered student scholarships, grants, or fee waivers, to fund the student’s cost of attendance. The bill would decrease the appropriations of $117,000,000 for the 2019–20 fiscal year to $116,557,000 and for the 2020–21 fiscal year to $116,956,000, and would set the appropriation for the 2021–22 fiscal year and each fiscal year thereafter at $117,000,000.(12) Existing law authorizes community college districts to charge students a fee of $46 per unit per semester, and also authorizes the waiver of this fee for students who meet specified criteria.This bill would authorize a community college district to use available emergency relief funds provided by the federal government to waive this fee, if it is unpaid by a student due to the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic, as specified.(13) The Zero-Textbook-Cost Degree Grant Program requires the Chancellor of the California Community Colleges to distribute grants to community college districts that meet specified criteria for developing and implementing associate degrees and career technical education certificate programs earned entirely by completing courses that eliminate conventional textbook costs by\n\t using alternative instructional materials and methodologies.Existing law requires a community college district, as a condition of receiving funding appropriated in the annual Budget Act, to develop and implement zero-textbook-cost degrees, among other things, to strive to implement zero-textbook-cost degrees by the first term of the 2018–19 academic year, or sooner, as determined by the office of the Chancellor of the California Community Colleges. Existing law requires the chancellor to report, by June 30, 2019, to the Legislature, the Legislative Analyst’s Office, and the Department of Finance specified information on the development and implementation of zero-textbook-cost degrees pursuant to the program, including the estimated annual savings to students.","title":"Bill Text - AB-132 Postsecondary education trailer bill.","score":9.706288},{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-6543-8514","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nFees\nCourses are taught by volunteer or paid instructors. Volunteers are free of charge, but an instructor may charge a fee for the course. Fees may vary.\nStudents 18 years of age and older will be required to pay a $10 fee to NYS for issuance of a permanent boating safety certificate.\nCost for a replacement certificate is $10.00 regardless of age\nHow do I find out if there is a fee for the class?\r\n\tCourse fees will be listed in the “About this Event” section of the class listing. Find a course near you at https://www.register-ed.com/programs/new_york/252-new-york-safe-boating-course\nWhat type of payment do you accept?\r\n\tPayment for certificates (both first time and replacement) must be made online at https://www.ilostmycard.com/. No cash or personal checks are accepted.\n\r\n\tIf you require an alternative payment method, you must email us at Boating@parks.ny.gov\n\nCan I pay my instructor for my permanent card?\r\n\tNo, you must send your application for a permanent boating safety certificate and $10 fee to this office.\n\nNew York Safe Boating online programs\nI have found a variety of on-line boating courses. Does NYS recognize all these courses?\r\n\tAlthough there are several on-line providers of \"boating education\", only those listed on the Parks webpage are acceptable in meeting the State's boater education requirements.\nCan I apply for the Adventure License program?\r\n\tStudents successfully completing the on-line course are also eligible to apply for the Adventure License. You must log back into the online course you took and complete the transaction there. Alternatively, you can bring your certificate directly to a DMV office to process.\r\n\t\r\n\tI took an online class and I've lost my boating safety certificate. Can NYS Parks issue me a replacement certificate?\r\n\tDuplicate certificates and any problems with the on-line courses will be handled by the online provider. On-line support and a phone number can be found at the course provider's website.","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":9.693233},{"document_id":"b03966276e8c8526-17073-19284","text":"The 2024-25 Budget: California Student Aid Commission\nIn this section, we first provide background on the Middle Class Scholarship program and then discuss cost estimates for this program under the Governor’s budget.\nBackground\nState Revamped Middle Class Scholarship Program in 2022‑23. The state created the original Middle Class Scholarship program in the 2013‑14 budget package to provide partial tuition coverage to certain UC and CSU students. Originally, awards were for students who were not receiving tuition coverage through the Cal Grant program or other need‑based financial aid programs. In 2022‑23, the state implemented a new set of rules for the Middle Class Scholarship program. The new program focuses on total cost of attendance (rather than only tuition). Under the new program, students may use their awards for nontuition expenses, such as housing and food. \nAward Amounts Are Now Calculated Based on Total Cost of Attendance. Middle Class Scholarship award amounts now vary widely among students, with each student’s award reflecting their costs and available resources. As Figure 4 shows, calculating each student’s award amount involves several steps. Starting with a student’s total cost of attendance, CSAC deducts the student’s available resources, consisting of other gift aid, a student contribution from part‑time work earnings, and in some cases a parent contribution. (The parent contribution only applies to dependent students with a household income of more than $100,000.) This calculation determines the student’s remaining costs. Next, CSAC determines what percentage of each student’s remaining costs it can cover based on the annual state appropriation for the program. Awards cover the same percentage of remaining costs for each student, except foster youth receive awards that cover 100 percent of their remaining costs. \n\nFigure 4\nMiddle Class Scholarships Are Calculated Using Multicomponent Formula\nIllustrative CSU Dependent Student With $110,000 Household Income, 2023‑24\n\nAward Calculation\n\nCost of attendance\n\n$30,000\n\nOther federal, state, and institutional gift aida\n\n‑5,742\n\nStudent contribution from work earnings\n\n‑7,898\n\n33% of parent contribution from federal EFCb\n\n‑6,300\n\nStudent’s Remaining Costs\n\n$10,060","title":"The 2024-25 Budget: California Student Aid Commission","score":9.5809965}],"91715ec6ec7e9a11925e58e707b6626e<::>6":[{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-5-1991","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\n\r\n Your browser does not support iFrames\r\n \n\nNavigation menu\n\nParks, Recreation and Historic Preservation\n\nVisit\n\nState Parks\nHistoric Sites\nNature Centers\nEvents\nGolf Courses\nTrails\nAdmission\nAccessibility\nLove Our New York Lands\n\nGet Active\n\nHiking\nBoating\nSwimming\nGolf\nPavilions\nHunting\nSnowmobiling\n\nCamp\n\nOverview\nCampsites\nCottages\nCabins\nGroup Camping\nFees & Rates\nCamper Assistance Program\nKnow before you go\n\nConnect to Nature\n\nThe Environment\nNature Centers\nNature Nearby\nConnect Kids\nFORCES\nLadders to the Outdoors\n\nDiscover History\n\nHistoric Business Preservation Registry\nHistoric Sites\nHistoric Preservation Office\nBureau of Historic Sites\nHeritage Trail\nHeritage Areas\nWe Are NY\nBlack History\nWomen's History\nLGBTQIA+ History\nDutch Heritage\n\n \n\nBoating Frequently Asked Questions\n\nHome / Boating / Education / Frequently Asked Questions\n\nNew York Safe Boating Education Program\n\nBoating Safety Certificates\nWho needs a boating safety certificate?\r\n\tAnyone operating a Personal Watercraft (JetSki™, Wave Runner™, etc.) must have a boating safety certificate, and be at least 14 years of age or older.\nIn 2024: If you are operating any other type of motorized boat, you will need a safety certificate if you were born January 1, 1978 or later. Starting in 2025, all operators of motorized vessels, regardless of age, will be required to have a safety certificate.\nI earned a state safety certificate when I was young. Does that count?\r\n\tWe do not have all course records prior to 2000. Any certificate issued prior to 2000 is only acceptable if you have a copy of it and you were under 18 years of age when it was issued. All NYS boating safety certificates issued\r\n\tafter 2000, regardless of age, are acceptable.\nI took course prior to 2000, but lost my certificate - what should I do?\r\n\tUnfortunately, we do not have records for all students who took the course prior to the year 2000.","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":18.280657},{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-8034-10114","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nYou must log back into the online course you took and complete the transaction there. Alternatively, you can bring your certificate directly to a DMV office to process.\r\n\t\r\n\tI took an online class and I've lost my boating safety certificate. Can NYS Parks issue me a replacement certificate?\r\n\tDuplicate certificates and any problems with the on-line courses will be handled by the online provider. On-line support and a phone number can be found at the course provider's website.\nI have a certificate from a Coast Guard Auxiliary boating safety course, do I still need to get a New York State Boating Safety Certificate?\r\n\tNo, the certificate from the Coast Guard Auxiliary course is a boating safety certificate recognized as acceptable by New York State.\nI have a certificate from a Power Squadron boating safety course, do I still need to get a New York State Boating Safety Certificate?\r\n\tNo, the certificate from the Power Squadron course is a boating safety certificate recognized as acceptable by New York State.\nI have a certificate from a US Powerboating safety course, do I still need to get a New York State Boating Safety Certificate?\r\n\tNo, the certificate from the US Powerboating course is a boating safety certificate recognized as acceptable by New York State.\n\nNew York State Adventure License Program\nWho is eligible for the Adventure License boating icon?\r\n\tAnyone successfully completing the New York Safe Boating Course may opt to have their driver's license, non-driver ID, or learner's permit indicate completion of the course.\nI have a NYC ID; can I have the boating icon put on that ID?\r\n\tNo, the icon can only be placed on licenses and ID's issued by the NYS DMV.\nDo I need to notify DMV before they renew my license or ID?\r\n\tNo. DMV will maintain a record of your having completed the boating safety course, and automatically place the icon on your license each time it is renewed.\nI have a U.S. Coast Guard License; Can that be listed on the Adventure License?\r\n\tNo, only boating safety certificates can be listed.\nWhat happens if I move out of state?","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":26.96136},{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-9649-11623","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nNo, the icon can only be placed on licenses and ID's issued by the NYS DMV.\nDo I need to notify DMV before they renew my license or ID?\r\n\tNo. DMV will maintain a record of your having completed the boating safety course, and automatically place the icon on your license each time it is renewed.\nI have a U.S. Coast Guard License; Can that be listed on the Adventure License?\r\n\tNo, only boating safety certificates can be listed.\nWhat happens if I move out of state?\r\n\tIf you move out of state you must relinquish your NY Driver license and apply for a driver's license in your new state. In order to maintain the Adventure License status you will need to apply for a NY Non-Driver ID which will include that designation and maintain it continuously.\nI have a lifetime fishing and hunting license and a boating safety certificate. Can I put all three on my driver's license?\r\n\tYes you may.\nI live in NY but I have an out of state boating safety certificate, do I qualify for the Adventure License program?\r\n\tNo, you must have a New York safe boating certificate to be eligible.\nI got my boating safety certificate online and tried to get the Adventure License through my provider but I when I click on the link it brings me back to a NYS information page. What do I have to do?\r\n\tYou must log into your account created with your online provider. For more information, click on the link below for your provider and follow the directions on the document that pops up. Alternatively, you can bring your printed certificate to any DMV office.\n\nBoat US       Boat-Ed       \r\n\tBoater Exam       US Power Squadron       \r\n\tAceboater\n\nI paid my fee and I have not received my new license/permit/ID yet. Who do I call?\r\n\tYou can check on the mailing status with DMV.\nCustomers who wish to add the anchor icon to their enhanced driver's license must have an up-to-date photo on file with DMV in order for their request to be processed successfully. If your photo is out of date, please","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":19.16313},{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-1541-3606","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nWe do not have all course records prior to 2000. Any certificate issued prior to 2000 is only acceptable if you have a copy of it and you were under 18 years of age when it was issued. All NYS boating safety certificates issued\r\n\tafter 2000, regardless of age, are acceptable.\nI took course prior to 2000, but lost my certificate - what should I do?\r\n\tUnfortunately, we do not have records for all students who took the course prior to the year 2000. Search for your record online at ilostmycard.com. You can also email us at boating@parks.ny.gov with your name and date of birth to search for your record. If your record is not found, you will need to retake the course to obtain a certificate.\nCan I use my NY safety certificate in other states?\r\n\tYes, because the New York Safe Boating Certificate is nationally accredited and valid in other states and Canada. Please note that the Adventure License is not acceptable proof of a safe boating certificate outside of New York State.\nI'm visiting New York. Will my safety certificate from my home state be sufficient?\r\n\tYes, provided it was issued from your current state of residence, and the course was approved by the National Association of Boating Law Administrators. Look for the NASBLA logo on your certificate.\nI just bought a motor boat; will I need a course immediately?\r\n\tIn 2024, if you were born January 1, 1978 or later, you will need a certificate before you can legally operate the boat. Starting in 2025, everyone, regardless of age, will need a certificate before they can legally operate their boat.\nWill I need a course in order to rent a motorboat in New York?\r\n\tNo. If you are at least 18 years old, you may rent without completing a course. The livery must demonstrate how to properly use the boat before renting it. Persons under the age of 18 may only rent a motorboat if they hold a \r\n\tsafety certificate.\nI lost my safety certificate. How can I get a replacement?\r\n\tYou can order your replacement certificate online at https://www.ilostmycard.com/\nWhat if I lost my temporary certificate?","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":19.33254},{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-3175-5322","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nNo. If you are at least 18 years old, you may rent without completing a course. The livery must demonstrate how to properly use the boat before renting it. Persons under the age of 18 may only rent a motorboat if they hold a \r\n\tsafety certificate.\nI lost my safety certificate. How can I get a replacement?\r\n\tYou can order your replacement certificate online at https://www.ilostmycard.com/\nWhat if I lost my temporary certificate?\r\n\tTemporary certificates cannot be replaced.\nCan I make a copy of my Boating Safety Certificate to keep onboard my boat?\r\n\tNo, you must have the original certificate on your person or on board the boat if you are the operator.\nWhy haven't I received my safety certificate yet?\r\n\tIt takes approximately 90 days from your course completion date for your permanent certificate to arrive in the mail. Your temporary certificate is valid through those 90 days. If you are over 18 years of age, you must purchase your certificate from https://www.ilostmycard.com/ before it will be mailed to you. If you are within 7 days of your temporary certificate’s expiration date and have not yet received your card, please email us at boating@parks.ny.gov\nHow can I become an instructor?\r\n\tTo become a State certified instructor, you must be at least 18 years of age, be able to demonstrate an ability to instruct and must have taken a New York State Parks classroom course. For more information, or to begin the certification process, click here\nI have a US Coast Guard Auxiliary boating safety certificate. Can I exchange it for a New York boating safety certificate?\r\n\tA boating safety certificate issued by the US Coast Guard Auxiliary is recognized as a valid safe boating certificate – you do not need any further documentation. The same is true of certificates issued by the US Power Squadron/America’s Boating Club.\nI took a class online and I have lost my permanent card, can you issue me a replacement card?\r\n\tYou need to go to the online provider that issued your card. The same is true for lost Power Squadron and Coast Guard Auxiliary cards. NYS can only issue replacement certificates for the NY Safe Boating Course.","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":20.33219}],"aea2634b0e5f1c2444550d31c41adc94<::>3":[{"document_id":"834188205_51385-51606-0-221","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nOn June 26 , 2015 the U.S. Supreme Court ruled in Obergefell v. Hodges that the 14th Amendment requires all U.S. state laws to recognize same - sex marriages . This left Section 2 of DOMA as superseded and unenforceable .","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":15.9782295},{"document_id":"853841453_32621-33227-0-606","text":"Society of the United States\nIn many states , it is illegal to cross state lines to obtain a marriage that would be illegal in the home state . The typical wedding involves a couple proclaiming their commitment to one another in front of their close relatives and friends , often presided over by a religious figure such as a minister , priest , or rabbi , depending upon the faith of the couple . In traditional Christian ceremonies , the bride 's father will `` give away '' ( hand off ) the bride to the groom . Secular weddings are also common , often presided over by a judge , Justice of the Peace , or other municipal official .","title":"Society of the United States","score":20.66622},{"document_id":"834188205_30111-30591-0-480","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nOn March 3 , 2009 , GLAD filed a federal court challenge , Gill v. Office of Personnel Management , based on the Equal Protection Clause and the federal government 's consistent deference to each state 's definition of marriage prior to the enactment of DOMA . The case questioned only the DOMA provision that the federal government defines marriage as the union of a man and a woman . On May 6 , 2010 , Judge Joseph L. Tauro heard arguments in the U.S. District Court in Boston .","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":15.690691},{"document_id":"834188205_1272-2165-0-891","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nThe Defense of Marriage Act ( DOMA ) ( Pub. L. 104 -- 199 , 110 Stat. 2419 , enacted September 21 , 1996 , 1 U.S.C. § 7 and 28 U.S.C. § 1738C ) was a United States federal law that , prior to being ruled unconstitutional , defined marriage for federal purposes as the union of one man and one woman , and allowed states to refuse to recognize same - sex marriages granted under the laws of other states . Until Section 3 of the Act was struck down in 2013 ( United States v. Windsor ) , DOMA , in conjunction with other statutes , had barred same - sex married couples from being recognized as `` spouses '' for purposes of federal laws , effectively barring them from receiving federal marriage benefits . DOMA 's passage did not prevent individual states from recognizing same - sex marriage , but it imposed constraints on the benefits received by all legally married same - sex couples .","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":15.843809},{"document_id":"817115950_2342-3778-0-1436","text":"Toast (honor)\nToasts are generally offered at times of celebration or commemoration , including certain holidays , such as New Year 's Eve . Other occasions include retirement celebrations , housewarming parties , births , etc . The protocol for toasting at weddings is comparatively elaborate and fixed . At a wedding reception , the father of the bride , in his role as host , regularly offers the first toast , thanking the guests for attending , offering tasteful remembrances of the bride 's childhood , and wishing the newlyweds a happy life together . The best man usually proposes a toast in the form of best wishes and congratulations to the newlyweds . A best man 's toast takes the form of a short speech ( 3 -- 5 minutes ) that combines a mixture of humor and sincerity . The humor often comes in the shape of the best man telling jokes at the groom 's expense whilst the sincerity incorporates the praise and complimentary comments that a best man should make about the bride and groom , amongst others . The actual `` toast '' is then delivered at the end of the speech and is a short phrase wishing the newlyweds a happy , healthy , loving life together . The maid of honor may follow suit , appropriately tailoring her comments to the bride . The groom may offer the final toast , thanking the bride 's parents for hosting the wedding , the wedding party for their participation , and finally dedicating the toast to the bridesmaids .","title":"Toast (honor)","score":17.679663}],"aea2634b0e5f1c2444550d31c41adc94<::>4":[{"document_id":"866379367_229-514-0-285","text":"Jewish wedding\nWhile wedding ceremonies vary , common features of a Jewish wedding include a ketubah ( marriage contract ) which is signed by two witnesses , a wedding canopy ( chuppah or huppah ) , a ring owned by the groom that is given to the bride under the canopy , and the breaking of a glass .","title":"Jewish wedding","score":17.801838},{"document_id":"866379367_6974-7370-0-396","text":"Jewish wedding\nFormer Sephardic Chief Rabbi of Israel Ovadia Yosef has strongly criticized the way this custom is sometimes carried out , arguing that `` Many unknowledgeable people fill their mouths with laughter during the breaking of the glass , shouting ' mazel tov ' and turning a beautiful custom meant to express our sorrow '' over Jerusalem 's destruction `` into an opportunity for lightheadedness . ''","title":"Jewish wedding","score":20.7519},{"document_id":"866379367_6324-6973-0-649","text":"Jewish wedding\nThe origin of this custom is unknown , although many reasons have been given . The primary reason is that joy must always be tempered . This is based on two accounts in the Talmud of rabbis who , upon seeing that their son 's wedding celebration was getting out of hand , broke a vessel -- in the second case a glass -- to calm things down . Another explanation is that it is a reminder that despite the joy , Jews still mourn the destruction of the Temple in Jerusalem . Because of this , some recite the verses `` If I forget thee / O Jerusalem ... '' ( Ps. 137 : 5 ) at this point . Many other reasons have been given by traditional authorities .","title":"Jewish wedding","score":22.9182},{"document_id":"866379367_5928-6323-0-387","text":"Jewish wedding\nAfter the bride has been given the ring , or at the end of the ceremony ( depending on local custom ) , the groom breaks a glass , crushing it with his right foot , and the guests shout `` מזל טוב ‎ '' ( mazel tov ! ' congratulations ' ) . At some contemporary weddings , a lightbulb may be substituted because it is thinner and more easily broken , and it makes a louder popping sound .","title":"Jewish wedding","score":20.60089},{"document_id":"866379367_7371-7458-0-87","text":"Jewish wedding\nReform Judaism has a new custom where brides and grooms break the wine glass together .","title":"Jewish wedding","score":20.13167}],"aea2634b0e5f1c2444550d31c41adc94<::>5":[{"document_id":"856883712_20393-20623-0-230","text":"Los Angeles County, California\nOn November 4 , 2008 , Los Angeles County was almost evenly split over Proposition 8 which amended the California Constitution to ban same - sex marriages . The county voted for the amendment 50.04 % with a margin of 2,385 votes .","title":"Los Angeles County, California","score":19.721785},{"document_id":"800798238_29278-29507-0-229","text":"Michigan\nMichigan has recognized and performed same - sex marriages since June 26 , 2015 , following the Supreme Court ruling in Obergefell v. Hodges . Previously , such unions were prohibited under a 2004 state constitutional amendment .","title":"Michigan","score":20.94125},{"document_id":"834188205_1272-2165-0-891","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nThe Defense of Marriage Act ( DOMA ) ( Pub. L. 104 -- 199 , 110 Stat. 2419 , enacted September 21 , 1996 , 1 U.S.C. § 7 and 28 U.S.C. § 1738C ) was a United States federal law that , prior to being ruled unconstitutional , defined marriage for federal purposes as the union of one man and one woman , and allowed states to refuse to recognize same - sex marriages granted under the laws of other states . Until Section 3 of the Act was struck down in 2013 ( United States v. Windsor ) , DOMA , in conjunction with other statutes , had barred same - sex married couples from being recognized as `` spouses '' for purposes of federal laws , effectively barring them from receiving federal marriage benefits . DOMA 's passage did not prevent individual states from recognizing same - sex marriage , but it imposed constraints on the benefits received by all legally married same - sex couples .","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":26.136904},{"document_id":"853841453_32491-32620-0-129","text":"Society of the United States\nMarriage laws are established by individual states . Same - sex marriage has been legal in the United States since 26 June 2015 .","title":"Society of the United States","score":25.37714},{"document_id":"834188205_51385-51606-0-221","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nOn June 26 , 2015 the U.S. Supreme Court ruled in Obergefell v. Hodges that the 14th Amendment requires all U.S. state laws to recognize same - sex marriages . This left Section 2 of DOMA as superseded and unenforceable .","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":20.943544}],"aea2634b0e5f1c2444550d31c41adc94<::>6":[{"document_id":"866493429_67176-67628-0-452","text":"United States\nThe total fertility rate ( TFR ) in 2016 was 1.82 births per 1000 woman . Adoption in the United States is common and relatively easy from a legal point of view ( compared to other Western countries ) . In 2001 , with over 127,000 adoptions , the U.S. accounted for nearly half of the total number of adoptions worldwide . Same - sex marriage is legal nationwide and it is legal for same - sex couples to adopt . Polygamy is illegal throughout the U.S.","title":"United States","score":18.305086},{"document_id":"834188205_44388-45448-0-1060","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nTim Coco and Genesio J. Oliveira , a same - sex couple married in Massachusetts in 2005 , successfully challenged this policy and developed a model since followed by other immigration activists . The U.S. refused to recognize their marriage , and in 2007 Oliveira , a Brazilian national , accepted `` voluntary departure '' and returned to Brazil . They conducted a national press campaign A Boston Globe editorial commented , `` Great strides toward equality for gays have been made in this country , but the woeful fate of Tim Coco and Genesio Oliveira shows that thousands of same - sex couples , even in Massachusetts , still are n't really full citizens . '' The editorial gained the attention of Senator John F. Kerry , who first lobbied Attorney General Eric Holder without success . He then gained the support of Homeland Security Secretary Janet Napolitano , who granted Oliveira humanitarian parole , enabling the couple to reunite in the U.S. in June 2010 . Humanitarian parole is granted on a case - by - case basis at the Secretary 's discretion .","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":13.243822},{"document_id":"834188205_46876-47454-0-578","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nOn April 2 , 2012 , five bi-national same - sex couples represented by Immigration Equality and Paul , Weiss filed a lawsuit , Blesch v. Holder , in the District Court for the Eastern District of New York , claiming that Section 3 of DOMA violated their equal protection rights by denying the U.S. citizen in the relationship the same rights in the green card application process granted a U.S. citizen who is in a relationship of partners of the opposite sex . On July 25 , Chief Judge Carol Bagley Amon stayed the case pending the resolution of Windsor by the Second Circuit .","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":12.903716},{"document_id":"857125726_80987-81993-0-1005","text":"Republic of Ireland\nCapital punishment is constitutionally banned in Ireland , while discrimination based on age , gender , sexual orientation , marital or familial status , religion , race or membership of the travelling community is illegal . The legislation which outlawed homosexual acts was repealed in 1993 . In 2010 , the Dáil and the Seanad passed the Civil Partnership and Certain Rights and Obligations of Cohabitants Act , which recognised civil partnerships between same - sex couples . It permits same - sex couples to register their relationship before a registrar . A Sunday Times poll carried out in March 2011 showed that 73 % of people believe that same - sex couples should be allowed to marry , while 60 % believe that same - sex couples should be allowed to adopt children . In April 2012 , the Constitutional Convention voted overwhelmingly in favour of extending marriage rights to same - sex couples . On 23 May 2015 , Ireland became the first country to legalise same - sex marriage by popular vote .","title":"Republic of Ireland","score":12.638483},{"document_id":"853841453_32491-32620-0-129","text":"Society of the United States\nMarriage laws are established by individual states . Same - sex marriage has been legal in the United States since 26 June 2015 .","title":"Society of the United States","score":12.617143}],"aea2634b0e5f1c2444550d31c41adc94<::>7":[{"document_id":"834188205_44388-45448-0-1060","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nTim Coco and Genesio J. Oliveira , a same - sex couple married in Massachusetts in 2005 , successfully challenged this policy and developed a model since followed by other immigration activists . The U.S. refused to recognize their marriage , and in 2007 Oliveira , a Brazilian national , accepted `` voluntary departure '' and returned to Brazil . They conducted a national press campaign A Boston Globe editorial commented , `` Great strides toward equality for gays have been made in this country , but the woeful fate of Tim Coco and Genesio Oliveira shows that thousands of same - sex couples , even in Massachusetts , still are n't really full citizens . '' The editorial gained the attention of Senator John F. Kerry , who first lobbied Attorney General Eric Holder without success . He then gained the support of Homeland Security Secretary Janet Napolitano , who granted Oliveira humanitarian parole , enabling the couple to reunite in the U.S. in June 2010 . Humanitarian parole is granted on a case - by - case basis at the Secretary 's discretion .","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":18.257734},{"document_id":"834188205_45449-46123-0-674","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nOn September 28 , 2011 , in Lui v. Holder , U.S. District Court Judge Stephen V. Wilson rejected a challenge to DOMA , citing Adams v. Howerton ( 1982 ) . The plaintiffs in that case had unsuccessfully challenged the denial of immediate relative status to the same - sex spouse of an American citizen . Early in 2012 , two bi-national same - sex couples were granted `` deferred action '' status , suspending deportation proceedings against the non-U.S. citizen for a year . A similar Texas couple had a deportation case dismissed in March 2012 , leaving the non-citizen spouse unable to work legally in the United States but no longer subject to the threat of deportation .","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":18.230682},{"document_id":"834188205_43780-44387-0-607","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nBi-national same - sex couples were kept from legally living in the United States by DOMA 's Section 3 , which prevented one spouse from sponsoring the other for a green card . Following some uncertainty after the Obama Administration determined Section 3 to be unconstitutional , the United States Citizenship and Immigration Services ( USCIS ) reaffirmed its policy of denying such applications . With respect to obtaining a visitor 's visa , Bureau rules treated bi-national same - sex spouses the same as bi-national opposite - sex unmarried partners under the classification `` cohabiting partners '' .","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":18.979408},{"document_id":"834188205_46876-47454-0-578","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nOn April 2 , 2012 , five bi-national same - sex couples represented by Immigration Equality and Paul , Weiss filed a lawsuit , Blesch v. Holder , in the District Court for the Eastern District of New York , claiming that Section 3 of DOMA violated their equal protection rights by denying the U.S. citizen in the relationship the same rights in the green card application process granted a U.S. citizen who is in a relationship of partners of the opposite sex . On July 25 , Chief Judge Carol Bagley Amon stayed the case pending the resolution of Windsor by the Second Circuit .","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":18.77376},{"document_id":"834188205_18250-18688-0-438","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nUnder DOMA , persons in same - sex marriages were not considered married for immigration purposes . U.S. citizens and permanent residents in same - sex marriages could not petition for their spouses , nor could they be accompanied by their spouses into the U.S. on the basis of a family or employment - based visa . A non-citizen in such a marriage could not use it as the basis for obtaining a waiver or relief from removal from the U.S.","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":18.436941}],"aea2634b0e5f1c2444550d31c41adc94<::>8":[{"document_id":"820778119_33451-34196-0-745","text":"History of immigration to the United States\nRestriction proceeded piecemeal over the course of the late 19th and early 20th centuries , but immediately after the end of World War I ( 1914 -- 18 ) and into the early 1920s , Congress changed the nation 's basic policy about immigration . The National Origins Formula of 1921 ( and its final form in 1924 ) not only restricted the number of immigrants who might enter the United States , but also assigned slots according to quotas based on national origins . A complicated piece of legislation , it essentially gave preference to immigrants from Central , Northern and Western Europe , severely limiting the numbers from Russia and Southern Europe , and declared all potential immigrants from Asia unworthy of entry into the United States .","title":"History of immigration to the United States","score":15.012018},{"document_id":"834188205_45449-46123-0-674","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nOn September 28 , 2011 , in Lui v. Holder , U.S. District Court Judge Stephen V. Wilson rejected a challenge to DOMA , citing Adams v. Howerton ( 1982 ) . The plaintiffs in that case had unsuccessfully challenged the denial of immediate relative status to the same - sex spouse of an American citizen . Early in 2012 , two bi-national same - sex couples were granted `` deferred action '' status , suspending deportation proceedings against the non-U.S. citizen for a year . A similar Texas couple had a deportation case dismissed in March 2012 , leaving the non-citizen spouse unable to work legally in the United States but no longer subject to the threat of deportation .","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":16.458447},{"document_id":"834188205_18250-18688-0-438","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nUnder DOMA , persons in same - sex marriages were not considered married for immigration purposes . U.S. citizens and permanent residents in same - sex marriages could not petition for their spouses , nor could they be accompanied by their spouses into the U.S. on the basis of a family or employment - based visa . A non-citizen in such a marriage could not use it as the basis for obtaining a waiver or relief from removal from the U.S.","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":17.968147},{"document_id":"834188205_46876-47454-0-578","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nOn April 2 , 2012 , five bi-national same - sex couples represented by Immigration Equality and Paul , Weiss filed a lawsuit , Blesch v. Holder , in the District Court for the Eastern District of New York , claiming that Section 3 of DOMA violated their equal protection rights by denying the U.S. citizen in the relationship the same rights in the green card application process granted a U.S. citizen who is in a relationship of partners of the opposite sex . On July 25 , Chief Judge Carol Bagley Amon stayed the case pending the resolution of Windsor by the Second Circuit .","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":17.59323},{"document_id":"834188205_44388-45448-0-1060","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nTim Coco and Genesio J. Oliveira , a same - sex couple married in Massachusetts in 2005 , successfully challenged this policy and developed a model since followed by other immigration activists . The U.S. refused to recognize their marriage , and in 2007 Oliveira , a Brazilian national , accepted `` voluntary departure '' and returned to Brazil . They conducted a national press campaign A Boston Globe editorial commented , `` Great strides toward equality for gays have been made in this country , but the woeful fate of Tim Coco and Genesio Oliveira shows that thousands of same - sex couples , even in Massachusetts , still are n't really full citizens . '' The editorial gained the attention of Senator John F. Kerry , who first lobbied Attorney General Eric Holder without success . He then gained the support of Homeland Security Secretary Janet Napolitano , who granted Oliveira humanitarian parole , enabling the couple to reunite in the U.S. in June 2010 . Humanitarian parole is granted on a case - by - case basis at the Secretary 's discretion .","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":18.10336}],"5e79e465134d923edf68580733a81c68<::>1":[{"document_id":"cd6f208d9e0ae12d-5990-8226","text":"Camping\nATV operators under the age of 18 must possess an appropriate safety certificate or be supervised by an adult who has a safety certificate. For more information about how to acquire a safety certificate, email Hollister.Hills@parks.ca.gov.\nAll California Vehicle Code laws pertaining to driving under the influence or open containers of alcohol and marijuana apply to off-highway. DO NOT DRIVE UNDER THE INFLUENCE.\nMotor vehicles must stay out of vegetated areas. Stay on designated trails and obey all signs.\nRegistration: All vehicles operated off-highway on public lands in California are required to be street-licensed or registered as an OHV through the Department of Motor Vehicles and display a current green or red sticker. Funds generated from OHV registration are used for acquisition, development, and operation of OHV areas.\nOut of State OHV: If a bike has current registration in a state with an Off-Highway Vehicle Program, then registration requirements do not apply. If the bike is registered to a state that does NOT offer an OHV Program, then the bike must have a Non-Resident Sticker. Non-Resident Stickers can be purchased at the Kiosk for $30. More Information About Non-Resident OHV Permits\nTo read more about OHV laws and safety, please visit our California State Parks OHV Laws/Safety page.\n\nPark Regulations\n\nDrones are not allowed in the park. To protect wildlife and cultural resources, and for the safety and welfare of visitors and staff, the park is closed to the use of Model Aircraft, Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS), and Gliders in flight.\nLoaded firearms and hunting are not allowed in units of the State Parks System. Possession of loaded firearms or air rifles is prohibited.\nQuiet hours are 10pm to sunrise.\nFires are permitted in state-provided fire rings. No ground fires allowed. You must provide your own fire ring if camping at Radio Ridge in the Lower Ranch, or the Obstacle Course Camp in the Upper Ranch. This is necessary to prevent disastrous fires. Portable stoves may be used in designated areas. It is the responsibility of every visitor to use extreme caution with any burning materials, including tobacco.  Campfires are not allowed in Hudner Ranch during fire season (summer & fall).","title":"Camping","score":15.142199},{"document_id":"2946b6131be9cbab-6292-8430","text":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV\nVisit a DMV office (schedule an appointment), where you will:\n\nBring your California Identification Card or proof of identity and residency. (Federal Noncompliant/REAL ID/AB60)\nPay the application fee.\nPass a vision exam.\nTake a photo.\nTake the knowledge test(s). There are multiple choice questions based on the California Motorcycle Handbook, and a passing score is 80%.\n\nPlease refer to Motorcycle Licenses for additional information.\n\n\tFAQs\n\t\n\nplus\n\nminus\n\nCan I apply for my REAL ID driver’s license?\nYes! If applying for a REAL ID DL, two residency documents are required.If you are 15 ½ – 17 ½ years old, you will need to provide proof that you completed driver education (certificate of completion of driver education) or are enrolled and participating in an approved integrated driver education/driver training (DE/DT) program (certificate of enrollment in an integrated [classroom] driver education and driver training program).\nCan I take my knowledge test online before visiting a DMV office?\nDMV offers an online knowledge test. This test is offered in 35 languages and is available Monday-Friday from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. The test needs a webcam and cannot be done on a smartphone or tablet. You will verify your identity before starting and will be monitored during the test.\nIf eligible, you can choose this option after filling out your driver’s license application. If you are under 18, your parent or guardian will need to give permission before you can take the test.\nThe test can be attempted online twice. If you fail both attempts, you will need to go to a DMV office to take the test a third time.\nWhat is Financial Responsibility (Insurance)?\nProof of financial responsibility must be always carried in the vehicle. Most Californians maintain financial responsibility through insurance companies, which provide the policy holder with an identification card to be used as proof of coverage. The card must state the insurance company’s name and address, the period of coverage, and policy number.\nFinancial responsibility in California requires that drivers and vehicle owners carry the following minimum dollar limits:","title":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV","score":16.711985},{"document_id":"2946b6131be9cbab-4797-6729","text":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV\n(Federal Noncompliant/REAL ID/AB60)\nPay the application fee.\nPass a vision exam.\nTake a photo.\nTake the knowledge test(s). There are multiple choice questions based on the California Driver’s Handbook, and a passing score is 80%.\n\nPlease refer to Provisional Licensing for additional information.\n\n\tTo apply for a California Instruction Permit (over age 18), you must:\n\t\n\nplus\n\nminus\n\nBe at least 18.\nComplete the California Driver’s License or ID Card Application.\nVisit a DMV office (schedule an appointment), where you will:\n\nBring your California Identification Card or proof of identity and residency. (Federal Noncompliant/REAL ID/AB60)\nPay the application fee.\nPass a vision exam.\nTake a photo.\nTake the knowledge test(s). There are multiple choice questions based on the California Driver’s Handbook, and a passing score is 80%.\n\nPlease refer to Driver’s Licenses for additional information.\n\n\tTo apply for a California Motorcycle Instruction Permit, you must:\n\t\n\nplus\n\nminus\n\nBe at least 15 ½.\nHave a Certificate of Completion of Driver Education and Driver Training if you are between the ages of 15 ½ and 17 ½.\nComplete a California Highway Patrol approved California Motorcyclist Safety Program (CMSP) motorcyclist training course, and receive a Certificate of Completion of Motorcycle Training (DL 389) if you are between the ages of 15 ½ to 21.\nComplete the California Driver’s License or ID Card Application.\nHave a parent(s)/guardian(s) sign the application if you are under 18.\nVisit a DMV office (schedule an appointment), where you will:\n\nBring your California Identification Card or proof of identity and residency. (Federal Noncompliant/REAL ID/AB60)\nPay the application fee.\nPass a vision exam.\nTake a photo.\nTake the knowledge test(s). There are multiple choice questions based on the California Motorcycle Handbook, and a passing score is 80%.\n\nPlease refer to Motorcycle Licenses for additional information.","title":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV","score":16.877588},{"document_id":"2946b6131be9cbab-7816-9924","text":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV\nIf you fail both attempts, you will need to go to a DMV office to take the test a third time.\nWhat is Financial Responsibility (Insurance)?\nProof of financial responsibility must be always carried in the vehicle. Most Californians maintain financial responsibility through insurance companies, which provide the policy holder with an identification card to be used as proof of coverage. The card must state the insurance company’s name and address, the period of coverage, and policy number.\nFinancial responsibility in California requires that drivers and vehicle owners carry the following minimum dollar limits:\n\n$15,000 for injury or death of 1 person per accident.\n$30,000 for injury or death of 2 or more persons per accident.\n$5,000 for any property damage per accident.\n\nWhen parents or guardians sign for a minor to get a DL, they are stating that they will accept financial responsibility for that minor.\nI’m almost 18. Do I need to take driver education/driver training (DE/DT) in order to get my instruction permit?\nIf you are over 17 ½ but under 18 years of age, you may get your instruction permit without the DE/DT certificates. However, you will not be able to take the driving test until you are 18 years of age.\nWhat do I do if I completed my DE/DT in another state? (Applies to applicants under 18 years of age) \nIf your DE/DT were completed in a state other than California, DMV will accept a letter from your out-of-state secondary school on the school’s official stationery. The letter must be signed by a school official stating that the completed courses you have taken are equivalent to a California secondary school course as described in Section 10020 of Title 5 of the California Code of Regulations and on form “To Secondary Schools Other Than California Schools” (DL 33). Obtain a DL 33 form from your local DMV office or by calling DMV at 1-800-777-0133. Send the DL 33 form to your out-of-state school for completion. An out-of-state driving instruction permit is not acceptable proof of DE/DT.\nWhat if my provisional instruction permit expires before I take the driving test?","title":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV","score":17.190792},{"document_id":"2946b6131be9cbab-3204-5180","text":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV\nQuick LinksChoose the Best Test Option Find out the difference between eLearning and online knowledge testing.\n \nAppointments\nLocations\n\n\tHome\t\n\n\tDriver’s Licenses & Identification Cards\t\n\n\tInstruction Permits\t\n\nInstruction Permits\n\n \n\nDriver’s License & ID Online Renewal\n\nDriver’s License & ID Card Status\n\nREAL ID\n\nDriver’s License / ID Card Application\n\nDriver’s License & ID Card Online Renewal\n\nDriver’s License or ID Card Renewal\n\nDriver’s License or ID Card Updates\n\nLicensing Fees\n\nDriver’s License or ID Card Replacement\n\nDriver’s Licenses\n\nID Cards\n\nCommercial Driver’s Licenses\n\nMotorcycle Licenses\n\nAB 60 Driver’s Licenses\n\nKnowledge and Drive Tests Preparation\n\nThe first milestone on the road to getting your California driver’s license (DL) is to obtain your provisional instruction permit, sometimes called a “learner’s permit.” This is for people who are learning to drive and working on the requirements to get a DL.\n\nVisit the California Driver’s Handbook to get all the knowledge you need to start!\n\ninfo-icon\n\n\tNotification icon\t\n\nHelp improve the way California drivers get a license. Download the new mobile DMV TestBuddy App!\n\n\tTo apply for a California Instruction Permit (under age 18), you must:\n\t\n\nplus\n\nminus\n\nBe at least 15 ½ but under 18.\nHave a Certificate of Completion/Enrollment of Driver Education.\nComplete the California Driver’s License or ID Card Application.\nHave a parent(s)/guardian(s) sign the application.\nVisit a DMV office (schedule an appointment), where you will:\n\nBring your California Identification Card or proof of identity and residency. (Federal Noncompliant/REAL ID/AB60)\nPay the application fee.\nPass a vision exam.\nTake a photo.\nTake the knowledge test(s). There are multiple choice questions based on the California Driver’s Handbook, and a passing score is 80%.\n\nPlease refer to Provisional Licensing for additional information.\n\n\tTo apply for a California Instruction Permit (over age 18), you must:\n\t\n\nplus\n\nminus","title":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV","score":17.930164}],"5e79e465134d923edf68580733a81c68<::>2":[{"document_id":"cd6f208d9e0ae12d-5990-8226","text":"Camping\nATV operators under the age of 18 must possess an appropriate safety certificate or be supervised by an adult who has a safety certificate. For more information about how to acquire a safety certificate, email Hollister.Hills@parks.ca.gov.\nAll California Vehicle Code laws pertaining to driving under the influence or open containers of alcohol and marijuana apply to off-highway. DO NOT DRIVE UNDER THE INFLUENCE.\nMotor vehicles must stay out of vegetated areas. Stay on designated trails and obey all signs.\nRegistration: All vehicles operated off-highway on public lands in California are required to be street-licensed or registered as an OHV through the Department of Motor Vehicles and display a current green or red sticker. Funds generated from OHV registration are used for acquisition, development, and operation of OHV areas.\nOut of State OHV: If a bike has current registration in a state with an Off-Highway Vehicle Program, then registration requirements do not apply. If the bike is registered to a state that does NOT offer an OHV Program, then the bike must have a Non-Resident Sticker. Non-Resident Stickers can be purchased at the Kiosk for $30. More Information About Non-Resident OHV Permits\nTo read more about OHV laws and safety, please visit our California State Parks OHV Laws/Safety page.\n\nPark Regulations\n\nDrones are not allowed in the park. To protect wildlife and cultural resources, and for the safety and welfare of visitors and staff, the park is closed to the use of Model Aircraft, Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS), and Gliders in flight.\nLoaded firearms and hunting are not allowed in units of the State Parks System. Possession of loaded firearms or air rifles is prohibited.\nQuiet hours are 10pm to sunrise.\nFires are permitted in state-provided fire rings. No ground fires allowed. You must provide your own fire ring if camping at Radio Ridge in the Lower Ranch, or the Obstacle Course Camp in the Upper Ranch. This is necessary to prevent disastrous fires. Portable stoves may be used in designated areas. It is the responsibility of every visitor to use extreme caution with any burning materials, including tobacco.  Campfires are not allowed in Hudner Ranch during fire season (summer & fall).","title":"Camping","score":15.213267},{"document_id":"2946b6131be9cbab-3204-5180","text":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV\nQuick LinksChoose the Best Test Option Find out the difference between eLearning and online knowledge testing.\n \nAppointments\nLocations\n\n\tHome\t\n\n\tDriver’s Licenses & Identification Cards\t\n\n\tInstruction Permits\t\n\nInstruction Permits\n\n \n\nDriver’s License & ID Online Renewal\n\nDriver’s License & ID Card Status\n\nREAL ID\n\nDriver’s License / ID Card Application\n\nDriver’s License & ID Card Online Renewal\n\nDriver’s License or ID Card Renewal\n\nDriver’s License or ID Card Updates\n\nLicensing Fees\n\nDriver’s License or ID Card Replacement\n\nDriver’s Licenses\n\nID Cards\n\nCommercial Driver’s Licenses\n\nMotorcycle Licenses\n\nAB 60 Driver’s Licenses\n\nKnowledge and Drive Tests Preparation\n\nThe first milestone on the road to getting your California driver’s license (DL) is to obtain your provisional instruction permit, sometimes called a “learner’s permit.” This is for people who are learning to drive and working on the requirements to get a DL.\n\nVisit the California Driver’s Handbook to get all the knowledge you need to start!\n\ninfo-icon\n\n\tNotification icon\t\n\nHelp improve the way California drivers get a license. Download the new mobile DMV TestBuddy App!\n\n\tTo apply for a California Instruction Permit (under age 18), you must:\n\t\n\nplus\n\nminus\n\nBe at least 15 ½ but under 18.\nHave a Certificate of Completion/Enrollment of Driver Education.\nComplete the California Driver’s License or ID Card Application.\nHave a parent(s)/guardian(s) sign the application.\nVisit a DMV office (schedule an appointment), where you will:\n\nBring your California Identification Card or proof of identity and residency. (Federal Noncompliant/REAL ID/AB60)\nPay the application fee.\nPass a vision exam.\nTake a photo.\nTake the knowledge test(s). There are multiple choice questions based on the California Driver’s Handbook, and a passing score is 80%.\n\nPlease refer to Provisional Licensing for additional information.\n\n\tTo apply for a California Instruction Permit (over age 18), you must:\n\t\n\nplus\n\nminus","title":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV","score":17.930164},{"document_id":"2946b6131be9cbab-6292-8430","text":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV\nVisit a DMV office (schedule an appointment), where you will:\n\nBring your California Identification Card or proof of identity and residency. (Federal Noncompliant/REAL ID/AB60)\nPay the application fee.\nPass a vision exam.\nTake a photo.\nTake the knowledge test(s). There are multiple choice questions based on the California Motorcycle Handbook, and a passing score is 80%.\n\nPlease refer to Motorcycle Licenses for additional information.\n\n\tFAQs\n\t\n\nplus\n\nminus\n\nCan I apply for my REAL ID driver’s license?\nYes! If applying for a REAL ID DL, two residency documents are required.If you are 15 ½ – 17 ½ years old, you will need to provide proof that you completed driver education (certificate of completion of driver education) or are enrolled and participating in an approved integrated driver education/driver training (DE/DT) program (certificate of enrollment in an integrated [classroom] driver education and driver training program).\nCan I take my knowledge test online before visiting a DMV office?\nDMV offers an online knowledge test. This test is offered in 35 languages and is available Monday-Friday from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. The test needs a webcam and cannot be done on a smartphone or tablet. You will verify your identity before starting and will be monitored during the test.\nIf eligible, you can choose this option after filling out your driver’s license application. If you are under 18, your parent or guardian will need to give permission before you can take the test.\nThe test can be attempted online twice. If you fail both attempts, you will need to go to a DMV office to take the test a third time.\nWhat is Financial Responsibility (Insurance)?\nProof of financial responsibility must be always carried in the vehicle. Most Californians maintain financial responsibility through insurance companies, which provide the policy holder with an identification card to be used as proof of coverage. The card must state the insurance company’s name and address, the period of coverage, and policy number.\nFinancial responsibility in California requires that drivers and vehicle owners carry the following minimum dollar limits:","title":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV","score":16.4492},{"document_id":"2946b6131be9cbab-7816-9924","text":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV\nIf you fail both attempts, you will need to go to a DMV office to take the test a third time.\nWhat is Financial Responsibility (Insurance)?\nProof of financial responsibility must be always carried in the vehicle. Most Californians maintain financial responsibility through insurance companies, which provide the policy holder with an identification card to be used as proof of coverage. The card must state the insurance company’s name and address, the period of coverage, and policy number.\nFinancial responsibility in California requires that drivers and vehicle owners carry the following minimum dollar limits:\n\n$15,000 for injury or death of 1 person per accident.\n$30,000 for injury or death of 2 or more persons per accident.\n$5,000 for any property damage per accident.\n\nWhen parents or guardians sign for a minor to get a DL, they are stating that they will accept financial responsibility for that minor.\nI’m almost 18. Do I need to take driver education/driver training (DE/DT) in order to get my instruction permit?\nIf you are over 17 ½ but under 18 years of age, you may get your instruction permit without the DE/DT certificates. However, you will not be able to take the driving test until you are 18 years of age.\nWhat do I do if I completed my DE/DT in another state? (Applies to applicants under 18 years of age) \nIf your DE/DT were completed in a state other than California, DMV will accept a letter from your out-of-state secondary school on the school’s official stationery. The letter must be signed by a school official stating that the completed courses you have taken are equivalent to a California secondary school course as described in Section 10020 of Title 5 of the California Code of Regulations and on form “To Secondary Schools Other Than California Schools” (DL 33). Obtain a DL 33 form from your local DMV office or by calling DMV at 1-800-777-0133. Send the DL 33 form to your out-of-state school for completion. An out-of-state driving instruction permit is not acceptable proof of DE/DT.\nWhat if my provisional instruction permit expires before I take the driving test?","title":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV","score":16.474155},{"document_id":"2946b6131be9cbab-4797-6729","text":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV\n(Federal Noncompliant/REAL ID/AB60)\nPay the application fee.\nPass a vision exam.\nTake a photo.\nTake the knowledge test(s). There are multiple choice questions based on the California Driver’s Handbook, and a passing score is 80%.\n\nPlease refer to Provisional Licensing for additional information.\n\n\tTo apply for a California Instruction Permit (over age 18), you must:\n\t\n\nplus\n\nminus\n\nBe at least 18.\nComplete the California Driver’s License or ID Card Application.\nVisit a DMV office (schedule an appointment), where you will:\n\nBring your California Identification Card or proof of identity and residency. (Federal Noncompliant/REAL ID/AB60)\nPay the application fee.\nPass a vision exam.\nTake a photo.\nTake the knowledge test(s). There are multiple choice questions based on the California Driver’s Handbook, and a passing score is 80%.\n\nPlease refer to Driver’s Licenses for additional information.\n\n\tTo apply for a California Motorcycle Instruction Permit, you must:\n\t\n\nplus\n\nminus\n\nBe at least 15 ½.\nHave a Certificate of Completion of Driver Education and Driver Training if you are between the ages of 15 ½ and 17 ½.\nComplete a California Highway Patrol approved California Motorcyclist Safety Program (CMSP) motorcyclist training course, and receive a Certificate of Completion of Motorcycle Training (DL 389) if you are between the ages of 15 ½ to 21.\nComplete the California Driver’s License or ID Card Application.\nHave a parent(s)/guardian(s) sign the application if you are under 18.\nVisit a DMV office (schedule an appointment), where you will:\n\nBring your California Identification Card or proof of identity and residency. (Federal Noncompliant/REAL ID/AB60)\nPay the application fee.\nPass a vision exam.\nTake a photo.\nTake the knowledge test(s). There are multiple choice questions based on the California Motorcycle Handbook, and a passing score is 80%.\n\nPlease refer to Motorcycle Licenses for additional information.","title":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV","score":16.877588}],"5e79e465134d923edf68580733a81c68<::>3":[{"document_id":"2946b6131be9cbab-9313-11343","text":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV\nThe letter must be signed by a school official stating that the completed courses you have taken are equivalent to a California secondary school course as described in Section 10020 of Title 5 of the California Code of Regulations and on form “To Secondary Schools Other Than California Schools” (DL 33). Obtain a DL 33 form from your local DMV office or by calling DMV at 1-800-777-0133. Send the DL 33 form to your out-of-state school for completion. An out-of-state driving instruction permit is not acceptable proof of DE/DT.\nWhat if my provisional instruction permit expires before I take the driving test?\nThe California Driver’s License or ID Card Application and fee is valid for 12 months after you apply. If your application expires before you have held your provisional instruction permit for the required six months to take your driving test, you’ll need to reapply at a DMV office. You will get cumulative credit for the time you held your instruction permit that counts towards your six-month requirement. Make sure to bring both your expired and valid provisional instruction permits when you take your driving test to show proof of credit.\nWhen is the knowledge test available?\nKnowledge tests (online and in-office) can be completed during DMV business hours. Online testing must be started before 4:00 p.m. and testing in-office before 4:30 p.m. Study the handbook and make use of the practice tests – we want you to pass!\nIf I have a valid driver’s license from another country, do I need an accompanying driver to and from the drive test?\nYes.\n\nThe name on my identity document isn't my current name. How do I change it?\nYour current true full name (first, middle, last) needs to appear on your identity document. If you need to make a name change, learn how you can update info on your DL/ID card.\n\nUpdate info on your DL/ID card\n\nNeed something else?\n\nTake a Drive Test\nHave you completed the requirements to take your drive test and get your driver’s license (DL)? \n\nSchedule a drive test\n\nDriver's Licenses","title":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV","score":17.884275},{"document_id":"2946b6131be9cbab-6292-8430","text":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV\nVisit a DMV office (schedule an appointment), where you will:\n\nBring your California Identification Card or proof of identity and residency. (Federal Noncompliant/REAL ID/AB60)\nPay the application fee.\nPass a vision exam.\nTake a photo.\nTake the knowledge test(s). There are multiple choice questions based on the California Motorcycle Handbook, and a passing score is 80%.\n\nPlease refer to Motorcycle Licenses for additional information.\n\n\tFAQs\n\t\n\nplus\n\nminus\n\nCan I apply for my REAL ID driver’s license?\nYes! If applying for a REAL ID DL, two residency documents are required.If you are 15 ½ – 17 ½ years old, you will need to provide proof that you completed driver education (certificate of completion of driver education) or are enrolled and participating in an approved integrated driver education/driver training (DE/DT) program (certificate of enrollment in an integrated [classroom] driver education and driver training program).\nCan I take my knowledge test online before visiting a DMV office?\nDMV offers an online knowledge test. This test is offered in 35 languages and is available Monday-Friday from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. The test needs a webcam and cannot be done on a smartphone or tablet. You will verify your identity before starting and will be monitored during the test.\nIf eligible, you can choose this option after filling out your driver’s license application. If you are under 18, your parent or guardian will need to give permission before you can take the test.\nThe test can be attempted online twice. If you fail both attempts, you will need to go to a DMV office to take the test a third time.\nWhat is Financial Responsibility (Insurance)?\nProof of financial responsibility must be always carried in the vehicle. Most Californians maintain financial responsibility through insurance companies, which provide the policy holder with an identification card to be used as proof of coverage. The card must state the insurance company’s name and address, the period of coverage, and policy number.\nFinancial responsibility in California requires that drivers and vehicle owners carry the following minimum dollar limits:","title":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV","score":15.382456},{"document_id":"2946b6131be9cbab-3204-5180","text":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV\nQuick LinksChoose the Best Test Option Find out the difference between eLearning and online knowledge testing.\n \nAppointments\nLocations\n\n\tHome\t\n\n\tDriver’s Licenses & Identification Cards\t\n\n\tInstruction Permits\t\n\nInstruction Permits\n\n \n\nDriver’s License & ID Online Renewal\n\nDriver’s License & ID Card Status\n\nREAL ID\n\nDriver’s License / ID Card Application\n\nDriver’s License & ID Card Online Renewal\n\nDriver’s License or ID Card Renewal\n\nDriver’s License or ID Card Updates\n\nLicensing Fees\n\nDriver’s License or ID Card Replacement\n\nDriver’s Licenses\n\nID Cards\n\nCommercial Driver’s Licenses\n\nMotorcycle Licenses\n\nAB 60 Driver’s Licenses\n\nKnowledge and Drive Tests Preparation\n\nThe first milestone on the road to getting your California driver’s license (DL) is to obtain your provisional instruction permit, sometimes called a “learner’s permit.” This is for people who are learning to drive and working on the requirements to get a DL.\n\nVisit the California Driver’s Handbook to get all the knowledge you need to start!\n\ninfo-icon\n\n\tNotification icon\t\n\nHelp improve the way California drivers get a license. Download the new mobile DMV TestBuddy App!\n\n\tTo apply for a California Instruction Permit (under age 18), you must:\n\t\n\nplus\n\nminus\n\nBe at least 15 ½ but under 18.\nHave a Certificate of Completion/Enrollment of Driver Education.\nComplete the California Driver’s License or ID Card Application.\nHave a parent(s)/guardian(s) sign the application.\nVisit a DMV office (schedule an appointment), where you will:\n\nBring your California Identification Card or proof of identity and residency. (Federal Noncompliant/REAL ID/AB60)\nPay the application fee.\nPass a vision exam.\nTake a photo.\nTake the knowledge test(s). There are multiple choice questions based on the California Driver’s Handbook, and a passing score is 80%.\n\nPlease refer to Provisional Licensing for additional information.\n\n\tTo apply for a California Instruction Permit (over age 18), you must:\n\t\n\nplus\n\nminus","title":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV","score":17.930164},{"document_id":"2946b6131be9cbab-7816-9924","text":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV\nIf you fail both attempts, you will need to go to a DMV office to take the test a third time.\nWhat is Financial Responsibility (Insurance)?\nProof of financial responsibility must be always carried in the vehicle. Most Californians maintain financial responsibility through insurance companies, which provide the policy holder with an identification card to be used as proof of coverage. The card must state the insurance company’s name and address, the period of coverage, and policy number.\nFinancial responsibility in California requires that drivers and vehicle owners carry the following minimum dollar limits:\n\n$15,000 for injury or death of 1 person per accident.\n$30,000 for injury or death of 2 or more persons per accident.\n$5,000 for any property damage per accident.\n\nWhen parents or guardians sign for a minor to get a DL, they are stating that they will accept financial responsibility for that minor.\nI’m almost 18. Do I need to take driver education/driver training (DE/DT) in order to get my instruction permit?\nIf you are over 17 ½ but under 18 years of age, you may get your instruction permit without the DE/DT certificates. However, you will not be able to take the driving test until you are 18 years of age.\nWhat do I do if I completed my DE/DT in another state? (Applies to applicants under 18 years of age) \nIf your DE/DT were completed in a state other than California, DMV will accept a letter from your out-of-state secondary school on the school’s official stationery. The letter must be signed by a school official stating that the completed courses you have taken are equivalent to a California secondary school course as described in Section 10020 of Title 5 of the California Code of Regulations and on form “To Secondary Schools Other Than California Schools” (DL 33). Obtain a DL 33 form from your local DMV office or by calling DMV at 1-800-777-0133. Send the DL 33 form to your out-of-state school for completion. An out-of-state driving instruction permit is not acceptable proof of DE/DT.\nWhat if my provisional instruction permit expires before I take the driving test?","title":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV","score":15.578762},{"document_id":"2946b6131be9cbab-4797-6729","text":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV\n(Federal Noncompliant/REAL ID/AB60)\nPay the application fee.\nPass a vision exam.\nTake a photo.\nTake the knowledge test(s). There are multiple choice questions based on the California Driver’s Handbook, and a passing score is 80%.\n\nPlease refer to Provisional Licensing for additional information.\n\n\tTo apply for a California Instruction Permit (over age 18), you must:\n\t\n\nplus\n\nminus\n\nBe at least 18.\nComplete the California Driver’s License or ID Card Application.\nVisit a DMV office (schedule an appointment), where you will:\n\nBring your California Identification Card or proof of identity and residency. (Federal Noncompliant/REAL ID/AB60)\nPay the application fee.\nPass a vision exam.\nTake a photo.\nTake the knowledge test(s). There are multiple choice questions based on the California Driver’s Handbook, and a passing score is 80%.\n\nPlease refer to Driver’s Licenses for additional information.\n\n\tTo apply for a California Motorcycle Instruction Permit, you must:\n\t\n\nplus\n\nminus\n\nBe at least 15 ½.\nHave a Certificate of Completion of Driver Education and Driver Training if you are between the ages of 15 ½ and 17 ½.\nComplete a California Highway Patrol approved California Motorcyclist Safety Program (CMSP) motorcyclist training course, and receive a Certificate of Completion of Motorcycle Training (DL 389) if you are between the ages of 15 ½ to 21.\nComplete the California Driver’s License or ID Card Application.\nHave a parent(s)/guardian(s) sign the application if you are under 18.\nVisit a DMV office (schedule an appointment), where you will:\n\nBring your California Identification Card or proof of identity and residency. (Federal Noncompliant/REAL ID/AB60)\nPay the application fee.\nPass a vision exam.\nTake a photo.\nTake the knowledge test(s). There are multiple choice questions based on the California Motorcycle Handbook, and a passing score is 80%.\n\nPlease refer to Motorcycle Licenses for additional information.","title":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV","score":16.877588}],"766728e82e315ca65d97b6b162faea0c<::>2":[{"document_id":"351d62c973f5a12e-1481-3556","text":"Skywatching FAQ\nIf you have access to binoculars or a telescope, they will extend your vision and enhance the experience – but they are by no means necessary to get started. How do I find a good location for skywatching or stargazing?The number one priority when seeking an excellent location for skywatching is to get away from bright city lights. Scattered light from urban areas creates light pollution that washes out the fainter stars and the Milky Way. Wide open areas without lots of tall trees or mountains nearby make for good viewing spots, since you can see more of the sky. Examples include places like a large field, a wide valley, and the shore of a lake or the ocean. Any location you select should be a place where you can feel safe at night.> More about finding a good skywatching locationWhat can I see in the night sky?The whole universe is accessible to skywatchers. Your own eyes will show you stars, a handful of bright planets, the Moon, comets and meteors (shooting stars), to name a few sights. Binoculars or a small telescope enable you to see finer details than your eyes can detect, making visible things like the large moons of Jupiter and the rings of Saturn, as well as star clusters and double stars. A larger telescope enables you to see fainter objects, like nebulas and other galaxies.How does light pollution affect skywatching?Light pollution is stray light from parking lots, sport complexes, street lights, and other human activity, scattered into the night sky. It's a combined effect of scattered light from these things that manifests as a glow in the night sky that makes it difficult to observe fainter stars and the Milky Way. The larger and more developed a city is, the more light pollution it tends to produce. The effect decreases the farther away you travel from a city. Heading out to less developed areas, away from town, will enable you to see more stars.> More about how light pollution impacts locations for stargazingCan I see ____ from my location on Earth? How do I know if objects and events described here are visible where I live?","title":"Skywatching FAQ","score":16.206657},{"document_id":"bfd4514593f8c09e-21337-23369","text":"Skywatching - NASA Science\nWide open areas without lots of tall trees or mountains nearby make for good viewing spots, since you can see more of the sky. Examples include places like a large field, a wide valley, and the shore of a lake or the ocean. Any location you select should be a place where you can feel safe at night.> More about finding a good skywatching locationQ: What can I see in the night sky?The whole universe is accessible to skywatchers. Your own eyes will show you stars, a handful of bright planets, the Moon, comets and meteors (shooting stars), to name a few sights. Binoculars or a small telescope enable you to see finer details than your eyes can detect, making visible things like the large moons of Jupiter and the rings of Saturn, as well as star clusters and double stars. A larger telescope enables you to see fainter objects, like nebulas and other galaxies.Q: How does light pollution affect skywatching?Light pollution is stray light from parking lots, sport complexes, street lights, and other human activity, scattered into the night sky. It's a combined effect of scattered light from these things that manifests as a glow in the night sky that makes it difficult to observe fainter stars and the Milky Way. The larger and more developed a city is, the more light pollution it tends to produce. The effect decreases the farther away you travel from a city. Heading out to less developed areas, away from town, will enable you to see more stars.> More about finding a good skywatching locationQ: How can I involve my children in skywatching?Parents can prepare to involve their children in skywatching by learning some of the basics, like the phases of the Moon, the names of a few easy to recognize constellations, and knowing how to identify bright stars and planets using a favorite astronomy app. Staying up to date with the month's skywatching highlights, with resources like NASA's What's Up video series, makes it easy to know what there is to observe, and provides some fun facts to share when out under the stars.","title":"Skywatching - NASA Science","score":17.189386},{"document_id":"e7ddfe44b77f940b-4878-7033","text":"Jet Propulsion Laboratory - Reaching for the Stars Since 1936\nThe spacecraft dives through an approximately 1,500-mile-wide (2,400-kilometer-wide) gap between Saturn and its rings for the first time on April 26 and loops around to shoot through that gap another 21 times before ending its mission by burning up in the skies of Saturn on Sept. 15, 2017. Data from Cassini's grand finale provide insight into the planet's internal structure, rings, radiation environment and atmosphere (including the first direct measurements).\n› visit website for more info\n\nFEBRUARY 22, 2017First System of Seven Earth-Sized Planets Around a Single Star RevealedSpitzer Space Telescope\n\nForty light-years away, a system of seven Earth-sized planets encircle an ultra-cool dwarf star called TRAPPIST-1. This is the only known planetary system apart from our own that has three planets in the habitable zone, the area around a star in which a planet could support liquid water on its surface. In collaboration with several ground-based telescopes, including the Transiting Planets and Planetesimals Small Telescope (TRAPPIST) in Chile, NASA's Spitzer Space Telescope helped reveal the number and nature of these planets, using its infrared vision.\n› visit website for more info\n\nJULY 4, 2016First Solar-Powered Spacecraft at JupiterJuno\n\nAfter traveling 1.7 billion miles (2.7 billion kilometers) and nearly five years, Juno successfully begins orbiting the solar system's largest planet on Independence Day. It is the first solar-powered spacecraft to explore Jupiter and carries instruments that will enable it to peer down through the clouds and into the planet's interior, giving scientists clues about how Jupiter was born and how the entire solar system evolved.\n› visit website for more info\n\nMARCH 6, 2015First Spacecraft to Visit a Dwarf Planet and First Spacecraft to Orbit Two Planetary DestinationsDawn\n\nTwo-and-a-half years after it left its first destination, the protoplanet Vesta, NASA's Dawn spacecraft slips into orbit around Ceres, the largest world in the main asteroid belt between Mars and Jupiter. The spacecraft is approximately 38,000 miles (61,000 kilometers) from Ceres when it is captured by Ceres' gravity.","title":"Jet Propulsion Laboratory - Reaching for the Stars Since 1936","score":12.41186},{"document_id":"4a9dd1207fbb9a07-7012-8933","text":"Juno - NASA Science\nThat includes the dust in the planet’s faint rings, and three of Jupiter’s four Galilean Moons – Ganymede, Europa, and Io – so named because in 1610 Italian astronomer Galileo Galilei was the first to identify the quartet of satellites (Callisto is the fourth – farther out than the other three, and not visited by Juno). seeing what galileo sawJupiter's MoonsIn January 1610, astronomer Galileo Galilei saw four points of light near Jupiter; but they didn't traverse the sky like other stars, they remained close to the planet. He realized he was seeing moons – the first discovered beyond Earth. In June 2016 as it approached Jupiter, NASA's Juno spacecraft enjoyed the same orbital ballet that Galileo witnessed, and captured a unique time-lapse movie of the Galilean moons in motion around the planet. The movie begins on June 12, 2016, with Juno 10 million miles (16 million kilometers) from Jupiter, and ends on June 29, 3 million miles (5 million kilometers) distant. The innermost moon is volcanic Io; next in line is the ice-crusted ocean world Europa, followed by massive Ganymede, and finally, heavily cratered Callisto.Learn MoreSpacecraft DesignWith a distinctive silhouette, like a three-bladed fan spinning through space, the Juno orbiter would fill a basketball court. Its hexagonal main body measures about 11.5 feet high and wide (3.5 meters), and the “blades” – actually huge solar arrays – give it an overall width exceeding 66 feet (20 meters).  Juno’s rotation keeps it stable in flight – the way a spinning top or gyroscope remains steady – as the spacecraft spins twice per minute for science operations, which it increased to five rotations per minute when it performed main-engine maneuvers. Also, Juno’s instruments are all fixed, so the rotating spacecraft gives each of them regular turns at their targets during close passes over Jupiter, a trip that takes about two hours from pole to pole.","title":"Juno - NASA Science","score":14.079083},{"document_id":"34925d9489925019-2518-4475","text":"Jupiter - NASA Science\nNowhere to LandAs a gas giant, Jupiter has no solid surface. It may have an Earth-sized core.5. Big and LightJupiter's atmosphere is mostly hydrogen and helium.6. Many MoonsAs of July 2023, Jupiter had 95 moons.7. Faint RingsThe rings were spotted in 1979.8. ExplorationSeven robots flew past; two stayed in orbit.9. Ingredients for Life?Jupiter can't support life as we know it.10. Super StormThe Great Red Spot is a storm that has raged for more than 100 years.FactsExplorationMoonsResourcesFacts About JupiterJupiter is a world of extremes. It's the largest planet in our solar system. If Jupiter was a hollow shell, 1,000 Earths could fit inside.Jupiter also is the oldest planet, forming from the dust and gases left over from the Sun's formation 4.5 billion years ago. But it has the shortest day in the solar system, taking only 10.5 hours to spin around once on its axis.Read MoreNASA’s Juno spacecraft took three images of Jupiter’s Great Red Spot on Feb. 12, 2019, that were used to create this color-enhanced view.Enhanced image by Kevin M. Gill (CC-BY) based on images provided courtesy of NASA/JPL-Caltech/SwRI/MSSSExploring JupiterThe first detailed observations of Jupiter were made by Galileo Galilei in 1610 with a small, homemade telescope. More recently, this planet has been studied by orbiters, probes, and spacecraft passing by on their way to other worlds. NASA’s Juno spacecraft currently is studying the giant planet from orbit. Europa Clipper will launch in October 2024 to study Jupiter's icy moon, Europa.Read MoreNASA's Juno spacecraft launches from Space Launch Complex 41 at Cape Canaveral Air Force Station in Florida on Aug. 5, 2011. NASA/Bill IngallsMoons of JupiterJupiter has 95 moons that have been officially recognized by the International Astronomical Union.But the number doesn't capture the complexity of the Jovian system of moons, rings and asteroids. The giant planet has thousands of small objects in its orbit.","title":"Jupiter - NASA Science","score":12.592328}],"766728e82e315ca65d97b6b162faea0c<::>3":[{"document_id":"50629ffcafb3a28b-1425-3021","text":"Why does Saturn have rings? | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids\nThe Cassini spacecraft arrived at Saturn in July 2004. It orbited Saturn for 13 years, studying Saturn, its rings, and its moons much more thoroughly than the earlier spacecraft could.\nCassini also carried a probe, called Huygens (HOY-guns), that parachuted into the atmosphere of Saturn's giant moon Titan. Huygens sent back amazing information and images from this strange world whose surface we have never seen.\nCassini and Huygens made many exciting discoveries. In September 2017, Cassini ended its mission with a planned plunge into Saturn's atmosphere. \n\nA view of Saturn's rings, as seen by the Cassini spacecraft. Credit: NASA/JPL-Caltech/Space Science Institute\n\n \tarticle last updated September 22, 2017\n \n\nBig rings… Small rings… Fat rings… Skinny rings…\n\n This series of photos was taken by the Hubble Space Telescope from 1996 through 2000. You can see how Saturn's rings seem to change, but it is only because our angle of view changes.\n\nIf you liked this, you may like:\n\nMake a CD Saturn\n\nWhat Is a Barycenter?\n\nAll About Saturn\n\n\t Games\t \n\n\t Crafts\t \n\n\t Activities\t \n\n\t Videos\t \n\n\t Glossary\t \n\n\t Mystery\t \n\nAbout Us\nPrivacy Policy\nImage Use\nAccessibility\n\nContact NASA Space Place\n\n Last Updated: May 6th, 2024 \n\n \n\nMore\nLess\n\nBy Subject\n\nSpace\nSun\nEarth\nSolar System\nPeople & Technology\nParents & Educators\n\nBy Type\n\nExplore\nDo\nPlay\n\nMore\nLess\n\nBig rings… Small rings… Fat rings… Skinny rings…\n\n This series of photos was taken by the Hubble Space Telescope from 1996 through 2000. You can see how Saturn's rings seem to change, but it is only because our angle of view changes.","title":"Why does Saturn have rings? | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids","score":13.0951605},{"document_id":"663ef7dd0ef38181-2147-3944","text":"Saturn - NASA Science\nIt’s surrounded by beautiful rings.10 Things about saturnSaturn FactsSecond LargestNine Earths would almost span Saturn’s diameter.Sixth from the SunSaturn is 9.5 AU from the Sun. Earth = 1.Long YearIt takes 29 Earth years for Saturn to orbit the Sun.No SurfaceThis gas giant world may have a small core.Bring a SpacesuitSaturn's atmosphere is mostly hydrogen and helium.King of the MoonsSaturn has the most: 146.The Nicest RingsEight rings make for a spectacular system.Distant DestinationFour missions visited Saturn; one has orbited.Not Suitable For LifeSaturn can't support life as we know it.Cloud HexagonA powerful jet stream shapes the clouds.Planet Saturn OverviewSaturn is the sixth planet from the Sun and the second largest planet in our solar system. Adorned with a dazzling system of icy rings, Saturn is unique among the planets.It is not the only planet to have rings, but none are as spectacular or as complex as Saturn's. Like fellow gas giant Jupiter, Saturn is a massive ball made mostly of hydrogen and helium.The farthest planet from Earth discovered by the unaided human eye, Saturn has been known since ancient times. The planet is named for the Roman god of agriculture and wealth, who was also the father of Jupiter.Unable to render the provided sourceNASA's Eyes is a real-time visualization of our solar system powered by actual planetary science data.NASA/JPL-CaltechPop CulturePerhaps the most iconic of all the planets in our solar system, Saturn is heavily present in pop culture.It provides a backdrop for numerous science fiction stories, movies, and TV shows, comics, and video games, including the \"Cthulhu Mythos,\" \"WALL-E,\" \"2001: A Space Odyssey,\" and \"Star Trek.\" In Tim Burton's film \"Beetlejuice,\" a dusty, fictional Saturn is populated by giant sandworms.","title":"Saturn - NASA Science","score":13.109391},{"document_id":"bfd4514593f8c09e-21337-23369","text":"Skywatching - NASA Science\nWide open areas without lots of tall trees or mountains nearby make for good viewing spots, since you can see more of the sky. Examples include places like a large field, a wide valley, and the shore of a lake or the ocean. Any location you select should be a place where you can feel safe at night.> More about finding a good skywatching locationQ: What can I see in the night sky?The whole universe is accessible to skywatchers. Your own eyes will show you stars, a handful of bright planets, the Moon, comets and meteors (shooting stars), to name a few sights. Binoculars or a small telescope enable you to see finer details than your eyes can detect, making visible things like the large moons of Jupiter and the rings of Saturn, as well as star clusters and double stars. A larger telescope enables you to see fainter objects, like nebulas and other galaxies.Q: How does light pollution affect skywatching?Light pollution is stray light from parking lots, sport complexes, street lights, and other human activity, scattered into the night sky. It's a combined effect of scattered light from these things that manifests as a glow in the night sky that makes it difficult to observe fainter stars and the Milky Way. The larger and more developed a city is, the more light pollution it tends to produce. The effect decreases the farther away you travel from a city. Heading out to less developed areas, away from town, will enable you to see more stars.> More about finding a good skywatching locationQ: How can I involve my children in skywatching?Parents can prepare to involve their children in skywatching by learning some of the basics, like the phases of the Moon, the names of a few easy to recognize constellations, and knowing how to identify bright stars and planets using a favorite astronomy app. Staying up to date with the month's skywatching highlights, with resources like NASA's What's Up video series, makes it easy to know what there is to observe, and provides some fun facts to share when out under the stars.","title":"Skywatching - NASA Science","score":17.189386},{"document_id":"351d62c973f5a12e-1481-3556","text":"Skywatching FAQ\nIf you have access to binoculars or a telescope, they will extend your vision and enhance the experience – but they are by no means necessary to get started. How do I find a good location for skywatching or stargazing?The number one priority when seeking an excellent location for skywatching is to get away from bright city lights. Scattered light from urban areas creates light pollution that washes out the fainter stars and the Milky Way. Wide open areas without lots of tall trees or mountains nearby make for good viewing spots, since you can see more of the sky. Examples include places like a large field, a wide valley, and the shore of a lake or the ocean. Any location you select should be a place where you can feel safe at night.> More about finding a good skywatching locationWhat can I see in the night sky?The whole universe is accessible to skywatchers. Your own eyes will show you stars, a handful of bright planets, the Moon, comets and meteors (shooting stars), to name a few sights. Binoculars or a small telescope enable you to see finer details than your eyes can detect, making visible things like the large moons of Jupiter and the rings of Saturn, as well as star clusters and double stars. A larger telescope enables you to see fainter objects, like nebulas and other galaxies.How does light pollution affect skywatching?Light pollution is stray light from parking lots, sport complexes, street lights, and other human activity, scattered into the night sky. It's a combined effect of scattered light from these things that manifests as a glow in the night sky that makes it difficult to observe fainter stars and the Milky Way. The larger and more developed a city is, the more light pollution it tends to produce. The effect decreases the farther away you travel from a city. Heading out to less developed areas, away from town, will enable you to see more stars.> More about how light pollution impacts locations for stargazingCan I see ____ from my location on Earth? How do I know if objects and events described here are visible where I live?","title":"Skywatching FAQ","score":16.206657},{"document_id":"50629ffcafb3a28b-2-1891","text":"Why does Saturn have rings? | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids\nWhy does Saturn have rings? | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids\n\nsaturn-rings\n\nVea en Español\n\nEarth\nSun\nSolar System\nUniverse\nScience and Tech\nEducators\n\ncassini\n\nWhy does Saturn have rings?\n\nAn image of Saturn taken by the Cassini spacecraft. Credit: NASA/JPL-Caltech/Space Science Institute\nScientists have ideas about why Saturn has rings, but no one knows for sure.\n\nWhat are Saturn's rings made of?\nAre they solid like the CD you used to make your model? Or are they made of many particles dancing in formation around the planet? Four robotic spacecraft from Earth have visited Saturn—Pioneer 11, Voyager 1, Voyager 2 and Cassini. They have revealed many surprising things about Saturn's rings.\n\nThe small color differences in Saturn's rings have been enhanced in this picture from Voyager 2 data. Credit: NASA\n\n\r\nOver 60 bright and dark ringlets show up in this color enhanced image from Voyager 2 data. Credit: NASA\n\nThe rings are about 400,000 kilometers (240,000 miles) wide. That's the distance from the Earth to the Moon! But the rings are as little as 100 meters (330 feet) thick. They range from particles too tiny to see to \"particles\" the size of a bus. Scientists think they are icy snowballs or ice covered rocks.\nThere are actually many rings—maybe 500 to 1000. There are also gaps in the rings.\n\nArtist's concept of Cassini diving between Saturn and its innermost ring. Credit: NASA/JPL-Caltech\n\nThe Cassini spacecraft arrived at Saturn in July 2004. It orbited Saturn for 13 years, studying Saturn, its rings, and its moons much more thoroughly than the earlier spacecraft could.\nCassini also carried a probe, called Huygens (HOY-guns), that parachuted into the atmosphere of Saturn's giant moon Titan. Huygens sent back amazing information and images from this strange world whose surface we have never seen.\nCassini and Huygens made many exciting discoveries.","title":"Why does Saturn have rings? | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids","score":12.514649}],"20c2cbd18c16c12c9c2bbead6aef1a21<::>1":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_16358-7447-9162","text":"\nBefore we add anything to our new assistant, let's check on the status of our data.\n\n\n\n\n\n Step 5: Prepare your data for retrieval \n\nTo improve the retrievability of the information in your PDF files, you will split the PDF files into many smaller documents. To do so, you will first teach Discovery about the structure of your PDF files, so it understands how subsections are formatted and can split the document by subsection.\n\n\n\n1. Return to the web browser tab where your Discovery project is displayed.\n\nThe Improve and customize page for the last PDF file that you uploaded is displayed.\n2. From the Improvement tools panel, expand Define structure, and then click New fields.\n\nZoom\n\n![Shows the chat bot preview in a fake web page](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/ca9232b3702768f24bb897f48f10778fcda28718/watson-assistant/images/tut-neural-new-fields.png)\n\nFigure 5. Opening the tool for defining fields\n3. Choose the Discovery docs part 1 collection.\n\nThe Identify fields tab is displayed, where you can choose the type of Smart Document Understanding model that you want to use.\n4. Click User-trained models, and then click Submit.\n\nZoom\n\n![Shows the chat bot preview in a fake web page](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/ca9232b3702768f24bb897f48f10778fcda28718/watson-assistant/images/tut-neural-user-trained.png)\n\nFigure 6. Creating a user-trained model\n5. Click Apply changes and reprocess.\n\nAfter some processing occurs, a representation of the document is displayed in the Smart Document Understanding tool. The tool shows you a view of the original document along with a representation of the document, where the text is replaced by blocks. The blocks represent field types.","score":8.8994255},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04105-7-2225","text":"\nAbout bot management \n\nBot management blocks undesired or malicious internet bot traffic while allowing useful bots to access web properties. Bot management detects bot activity, discerns between desirable and undesirable bot behavior, and identifies the sources of the undesirable activity.\n\nUnmanaged bots can cause serious issues for web properties. Excessive bot traffic can put a heavy load on web servers, slowing or denying service to legitimate users (for example, DDoS attacks). Malicious bots can perform cyber attacks such as scraping content from websites, stealing user credentials, and spreading spam content.\n\n\n\n What bot managers do \n\nA bot manager is any software product that manages bots. Bot managers should be able to block some bots and allow others through, instead of simply blocking all non-human traffic. If all bots are blocked and Google bots aren't able to index a page, for instance, then that page can't show up in Google search results, resulting in greatly reduced organic traffic to the website.\n\nAn effective bot manager accomplishes the following goals:\n\n\n\n* Distinguishes bots from human visitors\n* Identifies bot reputation\n* Identifies bot origin IP addresses and block based on IP reputation\n* Analyzes bot behavior\n* Adds \"good\" bots to allowlists\n* Challenges potential bots with a CAPTCHA test, JavaScript injection, or other methods\n* Rate limits any potential bot that is over-using a service\n* Denies access to certain content or resources for \"bad\" bots\n* Serves alternative content to bots\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n What are bots and what do they do? \n\nA bot is a computer program that automatically does certain actions on a network. The tasks a bot is programmed to do are fairly simple, but the bot can do these tasks repeatedly at a much faster rate than a human can.\n\nBots don't access the internet using a traditional web browser or a mouse to interact with visual content. Bots are software programs that typically use a \"headless browser\" to make HTTP requests and other activities.\n\nBots can do almost any repetitive, non-creative task that can be automated, including filling out forms, reading and downloading content, and even hold basic conversations with humans as chatbots.","score":11.05156},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16358-8609-10224","text":"\n[Shows the chat bot preview in a fake web page](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/ca9232b3702768f24bb897f48f10778fcda28718/watson-assistant/images/tut-neural-user-trained.png)\n\nFigure 6. Creating a user-trained model\n5. Click Apply changes and reprocess.\n\nAfter some processing occurs, a representation of the document is displayed in the Smart Document Understanding tool. The tool shows you a view of the original document along with a representation of the document, where the text is replaced by blocks. The blocks represent field types.\n\nInitially, the blocks are labeled as text because all of the document content is considered to be standard text by default, and is indexed in the text field.\n\nWe want to label all first- and second-level headings as subtitles instead of text.\n6. From the thumbnails view, click the thumbnail for the first full-text page from the document to open the first page with real content.\n\nZoom\n\n![Shows the Smart Document Understanding tool](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/ca9232b3702768f24bb897f48f10778fcda28718/watson-assistant/images/tut-neural-sdu-tool.png)\n\nFigure 7. The Smart Document Understanding tool\n7. To annotate the document, click the subtitle label from the Field labels list. Then, click each block in the representation of the PDF page that represents a heading to change its label from text to subtitle.\n\nZoom\n\n![Shows labeled subtitles in the SDU tool](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/ca9232b3702768f24bb897f48f10778fcda28718/watson-assistant/images/tut-neural-sdu-subtitle.png)\n\nFigure 8. Applying the subtitle label","score":8.898412},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04105-3403-5572","text":"\nHow bot management works \n\nTo identify bots, bot managers might use JavaScript challenges (which determine whether a traditional web browser is being used) or CAPTCHA challenges. They can also determine which users are humans and which are bots by behavioral analysis; by comparing a user's behavior to the standard behavior of users in the past.\n\nWhen a bot is identified as bad, it can be redirected to a different page or blocked from accessing a web resource altogether.\n\nGood bots can be added to an allowlist. A bot manager can also distinguish between good and bad bots by using further behavioral analysis.\n\nAnother bot management approach is to use the robots.txt file to set up a honeypot. A honeypot is a fake target for bad actors that, when accessed, exposes the bad actor as malicious. In the case of a bot, a honeypot could be a webpage on the site that's forbidden to bots by the robots.txt file. Good bots will read the robots.txt file and avoid that webpage; some bad bots will crawl the webpage. By tracking the IP address of the bots that access the honeypot, bad bots can be identified and blocked.\n\n\n\n\n\n Kinds of bot attacks bot management mitigates \n\nA bot management solution can help stop a variety of attacks, including the following:\n\n\n\n* DDoS attacks\n* DoS attacks\n* Credential stuffing\n* Credit card stuffing\n* Brute force password cracking\n* Spam content\n* Data scraping and web scraping\n* Email address harvesting\n* Ad fraud\n* Click fraud\n\n\n\nThese bot activities are not always considered \"malicious,\" but a bot manager should still be able to mitigate them:\n\n\n\n* Inventory hoarding\n* Automated posting on social forums or platforms\n* Shopping cart stuffing\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n How does CIS manage bots? \n\nCIS collects data from requests flowing through its network every day. With this data, powered by Cloudflare's machine learning and behavior analysis, CIS can identify likely bot activity and can provide you with information on how to allow or disallow specific bot traffic using Firewall Rules.\n\nCloudflare Bot Management uses the following detection mechanisms, each producing their own scores, which are then combined to form a single score:","score":14.464249},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04105-1672-3877","text":"\nThe tasks a bot is programmed to do are fairly simple, but the bot can do these tasks repeatedly at a much faster rate than a human can.\n\nBots don't access the internet using a traditional web browser or a mouse to interact with visual content. Bots are software programs that typically use a \"headless browser\" to make HTTP requests and other activities.\n\nBots can do almost any repetitive, non-creative task that can be automated, including filling out forms, reading and downloading content, and even hold basic conversations with humans as chatbots. Like any tool that can be used for good, bots can be used for malicious behavior, too.\n\n\n\n\n\n Differences between good bots and bad bots \n\nIt is estimated that up to half of all internet traffic is bot traffic. Some bots are malicious, and some are \"good.\"\n\nBots that misuse online products or services can be considered \"bad.\" Bad bots range from malicious to simply annoying; for instance, breaking into user accounts to steal data or buying concert tickets online to assist scalpers.\n\nA bot that performs a helpful service can be considered \"good.\" For example, customer service chatbots, search engine crawlers, and performance monitoring bots are generally good bots. Good bots look for and abide by the rules outlined in a website's robots.txt file.\n\n\n\n\n\n The robots.txt file \n\nRobots.txt is a file that outlines the rules for bots accessing properties on a web server, though the file itself does not enforce these rules. Anyone programming a bot is expected to follow an honor system and make sure that their bot checks a website's robots.txt file before accessing the website. Malicious bots don't follow this system, which generates the need for bot management.\n\n\n\n\n\n How bot management works \n\nTo identify bots, bot managers might use JavaScript challenges (which determine whether a traditional web browser is being used) or CAPTCHA challenges. They can also determine which users are humans and which are bots by behavioral analysis; by comparing a user's behavior to the standard behavior of users in the past.\n\nWhen a bot is identified as bad, it can be redirected to a different page or blocked from accessing a web resource altogether.","score":16.113834}],"20c2cbd18c16c12c9c2bbead6aef1a21<::>2":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_04170-7-2189","text":"\nJavaScript detections \n\nIBM Cloud® Internet Services (CIS) bot features include JavaScript detections. A small amount of JavaScript is injected into client devices using [Google’s Picasso fingerprinting technique](https://research.google/pubs/pub45581/). Picasso results are factored into bot scores and help CIS classify traffic as automated or human. BotScoreSrc: Not Computed and a score of 0 are relevant to Picasso JavaScript Fingerprinting requests. These requests are exempt from being blocked by any firewall rules.\n\nThis detection technique gathers general data about the machines reaching CIS. For example, if a particular user is accessing CIS via Google Chrome on a MacBook Pro, because there are millions of people using Google Chrome on a MacBook Pro, CIS cannot identify specific individuals. CIS also takes steps to anonymize and phase out data for added privacy.\n\nJavaScript is only injected in response to requests for HTML pages or page views, excluding AJAX calls. API and mobile app traffic is unaffected. Additionally, code is not injected again until its 30-minute session life expires. The Picasso script is roughly 70 KB and execution time varies by device, anywhere from 90 ms to around 500 ms.\n\nThe snippets of JavaScript will contain a source pointing to the challenge platform with paths that start with /cdn-cgi/challenge-platform/....\n\n\n\n Enable JavaScript detections \n\nFor no-cost Trial plans (Bot Fight Mode), JavaScript detections are automatically enabled and cannot be disabled.\n\nFor all other plans (Super Bot Fight Mode and Bot Management for Enterprise), JavaScript detections are optional. To adjust your settings, go to Security > Bots.\n\n\n\n\n\n Enforcing execution of JavaScript detections \n\nTo ensure that visitors have previously run and passed JavaScript detections, you can create a firewall rule with the field cf.bot_management.js_detection.passed which performs a Managed Challenge action. Enter (cf.bot_management.js_detection.passed) into the Expression preview section as a singular rule.\n\n\n\n\n\n Considerations \n\n\n\n* If you have a Content Security Policy (CSP):\n\n\n\n* Ensure that anything under /cdn-cgi/challenge-platform/ is allowed.","score":19.35153},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04105-1672-3877","text":"\nThe tasks a bot is programmed to do are fairly simple, but the bot can do these tasks repeatedly at a much faster rate than a human can.\n\nBots don't access the internet using a traditional web browser or a mouse to interact with visual content. Bots are software programs that typically use a \"headless browser\" to make HTTP requests and other activities.\n\nBots can do almost any repetitive, non-creative task that can be automated, including filling out forms, reading and downloading content, and even hold basic conversations with humans as chatbots. Like any tool that can be used for good, bots can be used for malicious behavior, too.\n\n\n\n\n\n Differences between good bots and bad bots \n\nIt is estimated that up to half of all internet traffic is bot traffic. Some bots are malicious, and some are \"good.\"\n\nBots that misuse online products or services can be considered \"bad.\" Bad bots range from malicious to simply annoying; for instance, breaking into user accounts to steal data or buying concert tickets online to assist scalpers.\n\nA bot that performs a helpful service can be considered \"good.\" For example, customer service chatbots, search engine crawlers, and performance monitoring bots are generally good bots. Good bots look for and abide by the rules outlined in a website's robots.txt file.\n\n\n\n\n\n The robots.txt file \n\nRobots.txt is a file that outlines the rules for bots accessing properties on a web server, though the file itself does not enforce these rules. Anyone programming a bot is expected to follow an honor system and make sure that their bot checks a website's robots.txt file before accessing the website. Malicious bots don't follow this system, which generates the need for bot management.\n\n\n\n\n\n How bot management works \n\nTo identify bots, bot managers might use JavaScript challenges (which determine whether a traditional web browser is being used) or CAPTCHA challenges. They can also determine which users are humans and which are bots by behavioral analysis; by comparing a user's behavior to the standard behavior of users in the past.\n\nWhen a bot is identified as bad, it can be redirected to a different page or blocked from accessing a web resource altogether.","score":13.058725},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04105-3403-5572","text":"\nHow bot management works \n\nTo identify bots, bot managers might use JavaScript challenges (which determine whether a traditional web browser is being used) or CAPTCHA challenges. They can also determine which users are humans and which are bots by behavioral analysis; by comparing a user's behavior to the standard behavior of users in the past.\n\nWhen a bot is identified as bad, it can be redirected to a different page or blocked from accessing a web resource altogether.\n\nGood bots can be added to an allowlist. A bot manager can also distinguish between good and bad bots by using further behavioral analysis.\n\nAnother bot management approach is to use the robots.txt file to set up a honeypot. A honeypot is a fake target for bad actors that, when accessed, exposes the bad actor as malicious. In the case of a bot, a honeypot could be a webpage on the site that's forbidden to bots by the robots.txt file. Good bots will read the robots.txt file and avoid that webpage; some bad bots will crawl the webpage. By tracking the IP address of the bots that access the honeypot, bad bots can be identified and blocked.\n\n\n\n\n\n Kinds of bot attacks bot management mitigates \n\nA bot management solution can help stop a variety of attacks, including the following:\n\n\n\n* DDoS attacks\n* DoS attacks\n* Credential stuffing\n* Credit card stuffing\n* Brute force password cracking\n* Spam content\n* Data scraping and web scraping\n* Email address harvesting\n* Ad fraud\n* Click fraud\n\n\n\nThese bot activities are not always considered \"malicious,\" but a bot manager should still be able to mitigate them:\n\n\n\n* Inventory hoarding\n* Automated posting on social forums or platforms\n* Shopping cart stuffing\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n How does CIS manage bots? \n\nCIS collects data from requests flowing through its network every day. With this data, powered by Cloudflare's machine learning and behavior analysis, CIS can identify likely bot activity and can provide you with information on how to allow or disallow specific bot traffic using Firewall Rules.\n\nCloudflare Bot Management uses the following detection mechanisms, each producing their own scores, which are then combined to form a single score:","score":15.150479},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04113-1734-4014","text":"\nIBM CIS usually accelerates API traffic by removing connection overhead. However, the default security stance can interfere with many API calls. It is recommended that you take a few actions to prevent interference with your API traffic after proxying is active.\n\n\n\n* Turn security features off selectively, using the Page Rules features.\n\n\n\n* Create a Page Rule with the URL pattern of your API, such as api.example.com\n* Add the following rule behaviors:\n\n\n\n* Select Security Level to Essentially off\n* Select TLS to Off\n* Select Browser Integrity Check to Off\n\n\n\n* Select Provision Resource\n\n\n\n* Alternatively, you can turn off Web Application Firewall globally from the Security page.\n\n\n\n\n\n What does the Browser Integrity Check do? \n\nThe browser integrity check looks for HTTP headers that are commonly abused by spammers. It denies traffic with those headers access to your page. It also blocks visitors that do not have a user agent, or who add a non-standard user agent (this tactic is commonly used by abuse bots, crawlers, or APIs).\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Best practice 4: Configure your security settings as strictly as possible \n\nCIS provides some options for encrypting your traffic. As a reverse proxy the TLS connection is terminated at Cloudflare and a new TLS connection is opened to your origin servers. For your termination with CIS, you can upload a custom certificate from your account, you can use a wildcard certificate provisioned for you by CIS, or both.\n\n\n\n Upload a custom certificate \n\nYou can upload your public and private key when you create an Enterprise domain. If you upload your own certificate, you gain immediate compatibility with encrypted traffic, and you maintain control over your certificate (for example, an Extended Validation (EV) certificate). Remember that you'll be responsible for managing your certificate if you upload a custom certificate. For example, IBM CIS won't track the certificate expiration dates.\n\n\n\n\n\n Alternatively, use a certificate provisioned by CIS \n\nIBM CIS has partnered with several Certificate Authorities (CAs) to provide domain wildcard certificates for our customers, by default. Manual verification could be required for setting up these certificates, and your support team can help you perform these additional steps.","score":13.492578},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04105-5067-6335","text":"\n* Shopping cart stuffing\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n How does CIS manage bots? \n\nCIS collects data from requests flowing through its network every day. With this data, powered by Cloudflare's machine learning and behavior analysis, CIS can identify likely bot activity and can provide you with information on how to allow or disallow specific bot traffic using Firewall Rules.\n\nCloudflare Bot Management uses the following detection mechanisms, each producing their own scores, which are then combined to form a single score:\n\n\n\n* Machine learning: A highly accurate bot identification machine learning model trained on trillions of requests with minimal impact to request processing speed\n* Heuristics engine: Detects bots by screening requests through a set of simple rules that capture bots based on certain attibutes of the requests made.\n* Behavioral analysis: Detects bots that have never been seen, calculating and analyzing normal visitor behavior over an extended period of time.\n* Verified bots: A way to avoid accidental blocks of useful bots using several validators and a bots directory of unique good bot identities.\n* JS fingerprinting: A challenge-response system with challenge injected into the webpage on Cloudflare’s edge and rendered in the background for validation.","score":13.63713}],"20c2cbd18c16c12c9c2bbead6aef1a21<::>3":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_04105-7-2225","text":"\nAbout bot management \n\nBot management blocks undesired or malicious internet bot traffic while allowing useful bots to access web properties. Bot management detects bot activity, discerns between desirable and undesirable bot behavior, and identifies the sources of the undesirable activity.\n\nUnmanaged bots can cause serious issues for web properties. Excessive bot traffic can put a heavy load on web servers, slowing or denying service to legitimate users (for example, DDoS attacks). Malicious bots can perform cyber attacks such as scraping content from websites, stealing user credentials, and spreading spam content.\n\n\n\n What bot managers do \n\nA bot manager is any software product that manages bots. Bot managers should be able to block some bots and allow others through, instead of simply blocking all non-human traffic. If all bots are blocked and Google bots aren't able to index a page, for instance, then that page can't show up in Google search results, resulting in greatly reduced organic traffic to the website.\n\nAn effective bot manager accomplishes the following goals:\n\n\n\n* Distinguishes bots from human visitors\n* Identifies bot reputation\n* Identifies bot origin IP addresses and block based on IP reputation\n* Analyzes bot behavior\n* Adds \"good\" bots to allowlists\n* Challenges potential bots with a CAPTCHA test, JavaScript injection, or other methods\n* Rate limits any potential bot that is over-using a service\n* Denies access to certain content or resources for \"bad\" bots\n* Serves alternative content to bots\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n What are bots and what do they do? \n\nA bot is a computer program that automatically does certain actions on a network. The tasks a bot is programmed to do are fairly simple, but the bot can do these tasks repeatedly at a much faster rate than a human can.\n\nBots don't access the internet using a traditional web browser or a mouse to interact with visual content. Bots are software programs that typically use a \"headless browser\" to make HTTP requests and other activities.\n\nBots can do almost any repetitive, non-creative task that can be automated, including filling out forms, reading and downloading content, and even hold basic conversations with humans as chatbots.","score":13.310807},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04105-5067-6335","text":"\n* Shopping cart stuffing\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n How does CIS manage bots? \n\nCIS collects data from requests flowing through its network every day. With this data, powered by Cloudflare's machine learning and behavior analysis, CIS can identify likely bot activity and can provide you with information on how to allow or disallow specific bot traffic using Firewall Rules.\n\nCloudflare Bot Management uses the following detection mechanisms, each producing their own scores, which are then combined to form a single score:\n\n\n\n* Machine learning: A highly accurate bot identification machine learning model trained on trillions of requests with minimal impact to request processing speed\n* Heuristics engine: Detects bots by screening requests through a set of simple rules that capture bots based on certain attibutes of the requests made.\n* Behavioral analysis: Detects bots that have never been seen, calculating and analyzing normal visitor behavior over an extended period of time.\n* Verified bots: A way to avoid accidental blocks of useful bots using several validators and a bots directory of unique good bot identities.\n* JS fingerprinting: A challenge-response system with challenge injected into the webpage on Cloudflare’s edge and rendered in the background for validation.","score":21.284773},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04170-1738-2974","text":"\nTo ensure that visitors have previously run and passed JavaScript detections, you can create a firewall rule with the field cf.bot_management.js_detection.passed which performs a Managed Challenge action. Enter (cf.bot_management.js_detection.passed) into the Expression preview section as a singular rule.\n\n\n\n\n\n Considerations \n\n\n\n* If you have a Content Security Policy (CSP):\n\n\n\n* Ensure that anything under /cdn-cgi/challenge-platform/ is allowed. Your CSP should allow scripts that are served from your origin domain (script-src self).\n* If your CSP uses a nonce for script tags, CIS adds these nonces to the scripts it injects by parsing your CSP response header.\n* If your CSP does not use nonce for script tags and JavaScript Detection is enabled, you might see a console error such as\n\nRefused to execute inline script because it violates the following Content Security Policy directive: \"script-src 'self'\". Either the 'unsafe-inline' keyword, a hash ('sha256-b123b8a70+4jEj+d6gWI9U6IilUJIrlnRJbRR/uQl2Jc='), or a nonce ('nonce-...') is required to enable inline execution.\n* It is not recommended to use unsafe-inline. Instead, it is recommend that you use CSP nonces in script tags which are parsed and supported in the CDN.","score":13.46434},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04105-3403-5572","text":"\nHow bot management works \n\nTo identify bots, bot managers might use JavaScript challenges (which determine whether a traditional web browser is being used) or CAPTCHA challenges. They can also determine which users are humans and which are bots by behavioral analysis; by comparing a user's behavior to the standard behavior of users in the past.\n\nWhen a bot is identified as bad, it can be redirected to a different page or blocked from accessing a web resource altogether.\n\nGood bots can be added to an allowlist. A bot manager can also distinguish between good and bad bots by using further behavioral analysis.\n\nAnother bot management approach is to use the robots.txt file to set up a honeypot. A honeypot is a fake target for bad actors that, when accessed, exposes the bad actor as malicious. In the case of a bot, a honeypot could be a webpage on the site that's forbidden to bots by the robots.txt file. Good bots will read the robots.txt file and avoid that webpage; some bad bots will crawl the webpage. By tracking the IP address of the bots that access the honeypot, bad bots can be identified and blocked.\n\n\n\n\n\n Kinds of bot attacks bot management mitigates \n\nA bot management solution can help stop a variety of attacks, including the following:\n\n\n\n* DDoS attacks\n* DoS attacks\n* Credential stuffing\n* Credit card stuffing\n* Brute force password cracking\n* Spam content\n* Data scraping and web scraping\n* Email address harvesting\n* Ad fraud\n* Click fraud\n\n\n\nThese bot activities are not always considered \"malicious,\" but a bot manager should still be able to mitigate them:\n\n\n\n* Inventory hoarding\n* Automated posting on social forums or platforms\n* Shopping cart stuffing\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n How does CIS manage bots? \n\nCIS collects data from requests flowing through its network every day. With this data, powered by Cloudflare's machine learning and behavior analysis, CIS can identify likely bot activity and can provide you with information on how to allow or disallow specific bot traffic using Firewall Rules.\n\nCloudflare Bot Management uses the following detection mechanisms, each producing their own scores, which are then combined to form a single score:","score":14.464249},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04170-7-2189","text":"\nJavaScript detections \n\nIBM Cloud® Internet Services (CIS) bot features include JavaScript detections. A small amount of JavaScript is injected into client devices using [Google’s Picasso fingerprinting technique](https://research.google/pubs/pub45581/). Picasso results are factored into bot scores and help CIS classify traffic as automated or human. BotScoreSrc: Not Computed and a score of 0 are relevant to Picasso JavaScript Fingerprinting requests. These requests are exempt from being blocked by any firewall rules.\n\nThis detection technique gathers general data about the machines reaching CIS. For example, if a particular user is accessing CIS via Google Chrome on a MacBook Pro, because there are millions of people using Google Chrome on a MacBook Pro, CIS cannot identify specific individuals. CIS also takes steps to anonymize and phase out data for added privacy.\n\nJavaScript is only injected in response to requests for HTML pages or page views, excluding AJAX calls. API and mobile app traffic is unaffected. Additionally, code is not injected again until its 30-minute session life expires. The Picasso script is roughly 70 KB and execution time varies by device, anywhere from 90 ms to around 500 ms.\n\nThe snippets of JavaScript will contain a source pointing to the challenge platform with paths that start with /cdn-cgi/challenge-platform/....\n\n\n\n Enable JavaScript detections \n\nFor no-cost Trial plans (Bot Fight Mode), JavaScript detections are automatically enabled and cannot be disabled.\n\nFor all other plans (Super Bot Fight Mode and Bot Management for Enterprise), JavaScript detections are optional. To adjust your settings, go to Security > Bots.\n\n\n\n\n\n Enforcing execution of JavaScript detections \n\nTo ensure that visitors have previously run and passed JavaScript detections, you can create a firewall rule with the field cf.bot_management.js_detection.passed which performs a Managed Challenge action. Enter (cf.bot_management.js_detection.passed) into the Expression preview section as a singular rule.\n\n\n\n\n\n Considerations \n\n\n\n* If you have a Content Security Policy (CSP):\n\n\n\n* Ensure that anything under /cdn-cgi/challenge-platform/ is allowed.","score":14.486707}],"20c2cbd18c16c12c9c2bbead6aef1a21<::>4":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_16495-7-2129","text":"\nMaking machine learning model improvements \n\nAfter you determine areas in which the model is having trouble, take steps to improve its performance.\n\n\n\n Creating model versions \n\nAfter you create a machine learning model, you can take a snapshot to keep a backup version of the current resources in case you want to restore the resources in a future iteration.\n\n\n\n About this task \n\nThe F1 score provides an indication of the quality of the model. If the model performance results are good, you might want to store a version of the component before changing any of the resources. If changes that you make result in poorer quality, you can revert to a version that you stored. When you revert to an older version, all annotation tasks are archived because they are no longer valid.\n\nYou can have a maximum of 10 versions of a workspace. If you reach that limit, delete older versions or versions that you no longer need before creating a new version.\n\nWhen you create a new version, the following resources are captured:\n\n\n\n* Type system\n* Corpus\n* Ground truth\n* Machine learning model\n* Machine learning model evaluation results\n\n\n\nThe following resources are excluded:\n\n\n\n* Annotation tasks, because they are temporal by design, used only for determining ground truth\n* Dictionaries, because dictionaries can be large, and various types of dictionaries are managed in different ways\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Procedure \n\nTo create and restore machine learning model versions:\n\n\n\n1. Log in as a Knowledge Studio administrator or project manager, and select your workspace.\n2. Select Machine Learning Model > Performance. Performance statistics about the current version, labeled version 1.0, are displayed.\n3. To take a snapshot of the current version, click Machine Learning Model > Versions, and then click Take Snapshot. The resources in version 1.0 are frozen, and a new version, labeled 1.1, becomes the current version. For each new version that you create, the minor version number is incremented, for example, 1.0 becomes 1.1 and then becomes 1.2.\n4. Revise the workspace resources as needed, re-train, and re-evaluate the model.\n5.","score":14.464115},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16437-1699-3728","text":"\nTo take a snapshot of the current version, click Machine Learning Model > Versions, and then click Take Snapshot. The resources in version 1.0 are frozen, and a new version, labeled 1.1, becomes the current version. For each new version that you create, the minor version number is incremented, for example, 1.0 becomes 1.1 and then becomes 1.2.\n4. Revise the workspace resources as needed, re-train, and re-evaluate the model.\n5. If you are pleased with the performance results and want to store the new version before making future changes, create another version. Continue revising resources and re-training the model as needed, creating a new version for each iteration that you want to retain.\n6. If performance results are worse, and you want to revert to a previous version before testing any further:\n\n\n\n1. Open the Assets > Dictionaries page and download any dictionaries that you want to re-use in the restored model.\n2. Click Machine Learning Model > Versions and click Promote for the version that you want to restore. The version that you promote becomes the current version, and the version number changes to 2.0. When you promote a version, the major version number is incremented and the minor version number becomes 0, for example, 1.1 becomes 2.0.\n3. Open the Dictionaries page and upload the dictionaries that you downloaded.\n4. If testing of the new version requires changes to ground truth, open the Machine Learning Model > Annotations page. Click the Annotation Tasks tab and create a new annotation task.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Modifying a type system without losing human annotations \n\nYou might need to make modifications while you train a model, based on the performance statistics. But, generally, you want the type system to be as close to final as possible before you begin large-scale annotation tasks. If you change the type system after human annotators began their work, they must revisit the documents that they annotated. They must assess the applicability of the type system changes.\n\n\n\n About this task","score":14.737686},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16437-7-2129","text":"\nMaking machine learning model improvements \n\nAfter you determine areas in which the model is having trouble, take steps to improve its performance.\n\n\n\n Creating model versions \n\nAfter you create a machine learning model, you can take a snapshot to keep a backup version of the current resources in case you want to restore the resources in a future iteration.\n\n\n\n About this task \n\nThe F1 score provides an indication of the quality of the model. If the model performance results are good, you might want to store a version of the component before changing any of the resources. If changes that you make result in poorer quality, you can revert to a version that you stored. When you revert to an older version, all annotation tasks are archived because they are no longer valid.\n\nYou can have a maximum of 10 versions of a workspace. If you reach that limit, delete older versions or versions that you no longer need before creating a new version.\n\nWhen you create a new version, the following resources are captured:\n\n\n\n* Type system\n* Corpus\n* Ground truth\n* Machine learning model\n* Machine learning model evaluation results\n\n\n\nThe following resources are excluded:\n\n\n\n* Annotation tasks, because they are temporal by design, used only for determining ground truth\n* Dictionaries, because dictionaries can be large, and various types of dictionaries are managed in different ways\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Procedure \n\nTo create and restore machine learning model versions:\n\n\n\n1. Log in as a Knowledge Studio administrator or project manager, and select your workspace.\n2. Select Machine Learning Model > Performance. Performance statistics about the current version, labeled version 1.0, are displayed.\n3. To take a snapshot of the current version, click Machine Learning Model > Versions, and then click Take Snapshot. The resources in version 1.0 are frozen, and a new version, labeled 1.1, becomes the current version. For each new version that you create, the minor version number is incremented, for example, 1.0 becomes 1.1 and then becomes 1.2.\n4. Revise the workspace resources as needed, re-train, and re-evaluate the model.\n5.","score":14.464115},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04175-0-1274","text":"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  Machine learning models \n\nEnterprise customers can enable auto-updates to their machine learning models for the newest bot detection models as they are released.\n\nTo enable auto-updates:\n\n\n\n1.  Log in to the CIS and select your account and domain.\n2.  Go to Security > Bots.\n3.  Select Configure Bot Management.\n4.  Enable auto-updates to the machine learning model.\n\n\n\nEnabling auto-updates for the machine learning model upgrades you to the latest version immediately. You can toggle the button off within 24 hours to revert to the previous version. To make changes after 24 hours, contact support.\n\n\n\n  What has changed? \n\nIf you are on an older machine learning model, you'll see a score change to requests scored by the machine learning source instantly. If you are already on the latest model, the changes show only after a new machine learning model becomes the global default.\n\nYou will be notified prior to a new machine learning model becoming the global default.\n\n\n\n\n\n  Why you should upgrade \n\nBy not updating to the latest version, you will be using a machine learning model that is no longer maintained or monitored by the engineering team. As internet traffic changes and new trends evolve, the scoring accuracy of older versions can degrade.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","score":17.770304},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16495-1699-3728","text":"\nTo take a snapshot of the current version, click Machine Learning Model > Versions, and then click Take Snapshot. The resources in version 1.0 are frozen, and a new version, labeled 1.1, becomes the current version. For each new version that you create, the minor version number is incremented, for example, 1.0 becomes 1.1 and then becomes 1.2.\n4. Revise the workspace resources as needed, re-train, and re-evaluate the model.\n5. If you are pleased with the performance results and want to store the new version before making future changes, create another version. Continue revising resources and re-training the model as needed, creating a new version for each iteration that you want to retain.\n6. If performance results are worse, and you want to revert to a previous version before testing any further:\n\n\n\n1. Open the Assets > Dictionaries page and download any dictionaries that you want to re-use in the restored model.\n2. Click Machine Learning Model > Versions and click Promote for the version that you want to restore. The version that you promote becomes the current version, and the version number changes to 2.0. When you promote a version, the major version number is incremented and the minor version number becomes 0, for example, 1.1 becomes 2.0.\n3. Open the Dictionaries page and upload the dictionaries that you downloaded.\n4. If testing of the new version requires changes to ground truth, open the Machine Learning Model > Annotations page. Click the Annotation Tasks tab and create a new annotation task.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Modifying a type system without losing human annotations \n\nYou might need to make modifications while you train a model, based on the performance statistics. But, generally, you want the type system to be as close to final as possible before you begin large-scale annotation tasks. If you change the type system after human annotators began their work, they must revisit the documents that they annotated. They must assess the applicability of the type system changes.\n\n\n\n About this task","score":14.737686}],"20c2cbd18c16c12c9c2bbead6aef1a21<::>5":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_10916-45658-47923","text":"\nA JavaScript object that represents a back-end service such as a database, REST API (to be consumed), or SOAP web service. Data sources are backed by connectors that then communicate directly with the database or other back-end services.\n\n\n\n\n\n LoopBack model \n\nA model that provides a remote (REST) API that clients use to perform operations and interact with backend systems. The model consists of application data, validation rules, data access capabilities, and business logic. Every LoopBack application by default has a set of built-in models: user, application, email, and several models for access control.\n\n\n\n\n\n LUN \n\nSee [logical unit number](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/overview?topic=overview-glossaryx2163327).\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n M \n\n\n\n machine learning (ML) \n\nA method of data analysis that iteratively learns from past data and independently adapts when exposed to new data. The mathematical model at the core of machine learning is built from ground truth inputs. Through training and refinement of example input data, the model can deliver accurate, repeatable results when it analyzes new data.\n\n\n\n\n\n machine learning annotator \n\nSee [machine learning model](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/overview?topic=overview-glossaryx7579194).\n\n\n\n\n\n machine learning model \n\nA component that identifies entities and entity relationships according to a statistical model that is based on ground truth. The model applies past experience, such as training data, to determine or predict the correct outcome of future experiences based on characteristics of the data. These past experiences are captured in the form of a model by calculating feature scores for each candidate answer or evidence and combining that with known outcomes.\n\n\n\n\n\n Managed Service Provider (MSP) \n\nAn IBM Business Partner that provides IT services on a contractual basis to maintain clients' computers, networks or software. They manage services on-site at the clients' data center, remotely in the clients’ data center, or in a third-party data center.\n\n\n\n\n\n master key \n\nAn encryption key that is used to protect a crypto unit. The master key provides full control of the hardware security module and ownership of the root of trust that encrypts the chain keys, including the root key and standard key.","score":13.617075},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04105-5067-6335","text":"\n* Shopping cart stuffing\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n How does CIS manage bots? \n\nCIS collects data from requests flowing through its network every day. With this data, powered by Cloudflare's machine learning and behavior analysis, CIS can identify likely bot activity and can provide you with information on how to allow or disallow specific bot traffic using Firewall Rules.\n\nCloudflare Bot Management uses the following detection mechanisms, each producing their own scores, which are then combined to form a single score:\n\n\n\n* Machine learning: A highly accurate bot identification machine learning model trained on trillions of requests with minimal impact to request processing speed\n* Heuristics engine: Detects bots by screening requests through a set of simple rules that capture bots based on certain attibutes of the requests made.\n* Behavioral analysis: Detects bots that have never been seen, calculating and analyzing normal visitor behavior over an extended period of time.\n* Verified bots: A way to avoid accidental blocks of useful bots using several validators and a bots directory of unique good bot identities.\n* JS fingerprinting: A challenge-response system with challenge injected into the webpage on Cloudflare’s edge and rendered in the background for validation.","score":12.940795},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16483-10566-12256","text":"\nYou cannot create a semi-supervised or unsupervised machine learning model. You cannot do extensive feature engineering. Not applicable Machine learning model <br><br> * 1 machine learning model per workspace<br> * 10 model versions per workspace<br> * Maximum number of workspaces is determined by your deployment.<br> * The maximum number of training actions you can perform per month is determined by your deployment.<br><br><br> \n Publication Export a machine learning model to use for performing text extraction in other Watson applications. Not applicable <br><br> * ZIP file<br><br><br> None \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Rule-based model \n\nTable 3: Rule-based model\n\n\n\n Task Typical usage Supported input formats Supported output formats Limits and requirements \n\n Rule editor Create or upload documents to the rule editor from which to define classes, regular expressions, and rules. <br><br> * Plain text (added in editor)<br> * CSV file in UTF-8 format<br> * Copied from the All document set<br><br><br> None <br><br> * 1 rule-based model per workspace<br> * 5,000 characters per document<br> * 100 documents per workspace<br> * Maximum size of document title is 256 characters<br> * 200 rules per workspace<br> * 400 classes per workspace<br> * 100 regular expression group per workspace<br> * 100 regular expression entries per regular expression group<br> * 1,000 characters per regular expression entry<br> * 5 rule-based model versions per workspace<br><br><br> \n Publication Publish a rule-based model to use for performing pattern recognition in other Watson applications. Not applicable <br><br> * PEAR file<br><br><br> Rule-based models can currently be exported to IBM Watson Discovery only","score":13.437222},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16464-7-2089","text":"\nCreating a machine learning model \n\nThis tutorial helps you understand the process for building a machine learning model that you can deploy and use with other Watson services.\n\n\n\n Learning objectives \n\nAfter you complete the lessons in this tutorial, you will know how to perform the following tasks:\n\n\n\n* Create document sets\n* Pre-annotate documents\n* Create tasks for human annotators\n* Analyze inter-annotator agreement and adjudicate conflicts in annotated documents\n* Create machine learning models\n\n\n\nThis tutorial takes approximately 60 minutes to finish. If you explore other concepts that are related to this tutorial, it might take longer to complete.\n\n\n\n\n\n Before you begin \n\n\n\n* You're using a supported browser. See [Browser requirements](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/watson-knowledge-studio-data?topic=watson-knowledge-studio-data-system-requirements).\n* You successfully completed [Getting started with Knowledge Studio](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/watson-knowledge-studio-data?topic=watson-knowledge-studio-data-wks_tutintro), which covers creating a workspace, creating a type system, and adding a dictionary.\n* You must have at least one user ID in either the Admin or Project Manager role.\n\n> Note: If possible, use multiple user IDs for the machine learning model tasks in this tutorial (one Admin or Project Manager user ID, and at least two Human Annotator user IDs). Using multiple user IDs provides the most realistic simulation of an actual IBM Watson™ Knowledge Studio workspace, where a project manager must coordinate and adjudicate annotation that is performed by multiple human annotators. However, if you have access to only a single user ID, you can still simulate most parts of the process.\n\nFor information about user roles, see [User roles in Knowledge Studio](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/watson-knowledge-studio-data?topic=watson-knowledge-studio-data-roles).\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Results \n\nAfter completing this tutorial, you will have a custom machine learning model that you can use with other Watson services.\n\n\n\n\n\n Lesson 1: Adding documents for annotation","score":13.186781},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04175-0-1274","text":"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  Machine learning models \n\nEnterprise customers can enable auto-updates to their machine learning models for the newest bot detection models as they are released.\n\nTo enable auto-updates:\n\n\n\n1.  Log in to the CIS and select your account and domain.\n2.  Go to Security > Bots.\n3.  Select Configure Bot Management.\n4.  Enable auto-updates to the machine learning model.\n\n\n\nEnabling auto-updates for the machine learning model upgrades you to the latest version immediately. You can toggle the button off within 24 hours to revert to the previous version. To make changes after 24 hours, contact support.\n\n\n\n  What has changed? \n\nIf you are on an older machine learning model, you'll see a score change to requests scored by the machine learning source instantly. If you are already on the latest model, the changes show only after a new machine learning model becomes the global default.\n\nYou will be notified prior to a new machine learning model becoming the global default.\n\n\n\n\n\n  Why you should upgrade \n\nBy not updating to the latest version, you will be using a machine learning model that is no longer maintained or monitored by the engineering team. As internet traffic changes and new trends evolve, the scoring accuracy of older versions can degrade.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","score":14.848181}],"20c2cbd18c16c12c9c2bbead6aef1a21<::>6":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_16378-7-2121","text":"\nTutorial: Authenticating a user in the middle of a session \n\nIf you have web chat security enabled, you must set a user ID for the customer at the beginning of the session as part of the JSON Web Token (JWT) you use to sign messages. For users who are not authenticated, this is typically a generated ID, and it cannot be changed after the JWT is created. However, you can use a private variable to authenticate a user later in the session.\n\nWith web chat security enabled, the user ID associated with each message is based on the sub claim in the JWT payload. This value must be set at the beginning of the session, when the JWT is created, and cannot be changed during the life of the session. For unauthenticated (anonymous) users, you would typically use a generated ID, saved to a cookie, to ensure that each unique customer is counted only once for billing purposes.\n\nHowever, you might want your customers to be able to authenticate in the middle of a session (for example, to complete an action that updates the user's account information). Because the generated user ID in the sub claim cannot be changed, you need another way to authenticate the user securely. You can do this by storing the customer's actual authenticated user ID as a private variable in the user payload of the JWT. (You could store the user ID in an ordinary context variable, but this would not be secure, because such variables can be modified.)\n\nFor a complete, working version of the example described in this tutorial, see [Enabling security for Watson Assistant web chat](https://github.com/watson-developer-cloud/assistant-toolkit/tree/master/integrations/webchat/examples/web-chat-security).\n\nThis example in this tutorial, which is based on an Express server for Node.js, shows how to start a session with an anonymous user ID and then authenticate the user during the session.\n\n\n\n1. Create a function called getOrSetAnonymousID() that generates a unique anonymous user ID for each customer and stores it in a cookie (or, if the cookie already exists, uses the stored user ID).\n\nUse a cookie that lasts for at least 45 days.","score":13.665405},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04105-1672-3877","text":"\nThe tasks a bot is programmed to do are fairly simple, but the bot can do these tasks repeatedly at a much faster rate than a human can.\n\nBots don't access the internet using a traditional web browser or a mouse to interact with visual content. Bots are software programs that typically use a \"headless browser\" to make HTTP requests and other activities.\n\nBots can do almost any repetitive, non-creative task that can be automated, including filling out forms, reading and downloading content, and even hold basic conversations with humans as chatbots. Like any tool that can be used for good, bots can be used for malicious behavior, too.\n\n\n\n\n\n Differences between good bots and bad bots \n\nIt is estimated that up to half of all internet traffic is bot traffic. Some bots are malicious, and some are \"good.\"\n\nBots that misuse online products or services can be considered \"bad.\" Bad bots range from malicious to simply annoying; for instance, breaking into user accounts to steal data or buying concert tickets online to assist scalpers.\n\nA bot that performs a helpful service can be considered \"good.\" For example, customer service chatbots, search engine crawlers, and performance monitoring bots are generally good bots. Good bots look for and abide by the rules outlined in a website's robots.txt file.\n\n\n\n\n\n The robots.txt file \n\nRobots.txt is a file that outlines the rules for bots accessing properties on a web server, though the file itself does not enforce these rules. Anyone programming a bot is expected to follow an honor system and make sure that their bot checks a website's robots.txt file before accessing the website. Malicious bots don't follow this system, which generates the need for bot management.\n\n\n\n\n\n How bot management works \n\nTo identify bots, bot managers might use JavaScript challenges (which determine whether a traditional web browser is being used) or CAPTCHA challenges. They can also determine which users are humans and which are bots by behavioral analysis; by comparing a user's behavior to the standard behavior of users in the past.\n\nWhen a bot is identified as bad, it can be redirected to a different page or blocked from accessing a web resource altogether.","score":16.113834},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16387-7-1890","text":"\nEnabling web chat security \n\nTo enable web chat security, you must make changes to your web application server code and the web chat embed script, as well as the web chat integration settings.\n\n\n\n Before you begin \n\nBefore you enable security, you must create an RS256 public/private key pair. You can use a tool such as OpenSSL or PuTTYgen.\n\nFor example, to create the key pair at a command prompt using OpenSSL, you would use the command openssl genrsa -out key.pem 2048.\n\nSave the generated key pair in a secure location.\n\nMake sure these keys are accessible only by your server code. Never pass them to a client browser through your website.\n\n\n\n\n\n Generating a JWT \n\nTo use web chat security, you must configure the web chat on your website to send a JSON Web Token (JWT) with each message to the assistant. The JWT is used to verify the origin of messages sent from your website, and optionally to carry additional encrypted data. Your website will need to be able to generate a new JWT at the beginning of each session, and also whenever an existing JWT expires.\n\nDo not hardcode a JWT in your website code or share JWTs between users.\n\nOn your server, implement a function that generates and returns a JSON Web Token (JWT) that is signed with your private key. You will use this token to verify the origin of messages sent from your website, and optionally to carry additional encrypted data.\n\nMost programming languages offer JWT libraries that you can use to generate a token. To validate signed JWTs, the web chat integration uses the [jsonwebtoken](https://www.npmjs.com/package/jsonwebtoken) library with the RS256 algorithm.\n\nThe JWT payload must specify the following claims:\n\n\n\n* sub: A unique user ID that identifies the customer who is interacting with the web chat. This can be either a generated unique identifier (for anonymous users) or an authenticated user ID.","score":13.399436},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16388-7-1918","text":"\nEncrypting sensitive data \n\nBy using the public key that is provided by IBM, you can add another level of encryption to hide sensitive data you send from the web chat.\n\nTo use this method for encrypting data, you must first enable the web chat security feature. For more information, see [Enabling web chat security](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/watson-assistant?topic=watson-assistant-web-chat-security-enable).\n\nUse this method to send sensitive information in messages that come from your website, such as information about a customer's loyalty level, a user ID, or security tokens to use in webhooks that you call from actions. Information passed to your assistant in this way is stored in a private context variable. Private variables cannot be seen by customers and are never sent back to the web chat.\n\nFor example, you might start a business process for a VIP customer that is different from the process you start for a standard customer. You do not want non-VIPs to know that they are categorized as such, but you must pass this information to your action so it can change the flow of the conversation. To do this, you can pass the customer MVP status as an encrypted variable. This private context variable is available for use by the action, but not by anything else.\n\n![development icon](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/ca9232b3702768f24bb897f48f10778fcda28718/watson-assistant/images/development-icon.png)Tutorial: For a tutorial that shows an example of using web chat security to authenticate users and protect sensitive data, see [Tutorial: Authenticating a user in the middle of a session](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/watson-assistant?topic=watson-assistant-web-chat-develop-security).\n\nTo encrypt sensitive data:\n\n\n\n1. On the Security tab of the web chat integration settings, click the Generate key button.\n2. Copy the public key that displays in the IBM-provided public key field.","score":14.203907},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02855-25179-26743","text":"\nfunction mockLogin() {\nconst payload = {\n/\n* Even if this is an unauthenticated user, add a userID in the sub claim that can be used\n* for billing purposes.\n* This ID will help us keep track \"unique users\". For unauthenticated users, drop a\n* cookie in the browser so you can make sure the user is counted uniquely across visits.\n/\nsub: 'some-user-id', // Required\niss: 'yourdomain.com' // Required\n};\n// The \"expiresIn\" option adds an \"exp\" claim to the payload.\nreturn jwt.sign(payload, process.env.YOUR_PRIVATE_RSA_KEY, { algorithm: 'RS256', expiresIn: '10000ms' });\n}\nShow more\n\n\n\nTo enable security, complete the following steps:\n\n\n\n1. From the web chat integration page in Watson Assistant, set the Secure your web chat switch to On.\n2. Add your public key to the Your public key field.\n\nThe public key that you add is used to verify that data which claims to come from your web chat instance is coming from your web chat instance.\n3. To prove that a message is coming from your website, each message that is submitted from your web chat implementation must include the JSON Web Token (JWT) that you created earlier.\n\nAdd the token to the web chat code snippet that you embed in your website page. Specify the token in the identityToken property.\n\nFor example:\n\n<script>\nwindow.watsonAssistantChatOptions = {\nintegrationID: 'YOUR_INTEGRATION_ID',\nregion: 'YOUR_REGION',\nserviceInstanceID: 'YOUR_SERVICE_INSTANCE',\nidentityToken: 'YOUR_JWT',\nonLoad: function(instance) {\ninstance.render();\n}\n};\nsetTimeout(function(){\nconst t=document.createElement('script');","score":13.561723}],"20c2cbd18c16c12c9c2bbead6aef1a21<::>7":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_07982-7-2122","text":"\nHandling and securing secrets \n\nA secret is any piece of data that is sensitive within the context of an application or service. Secrets must be securely protected through their entire lifecycle.\n\nSecrets include all of the following but are not limited to:\n\n\n\n* Passwords of any type (database logins, OS accounts, functional IDs, and so on)\n* API keys\n* Long-lived authentication tokens (OAuth2, GitHub, IAM, and so on)\n* SSH keys\n* Encryption keys\n* Other private keys (PKI/TLS certificates, HMAC keys, signing keys, and so on)\n\n\n\nApplication providers should ensure:\n\n\n\n* Secrets are generated and stored in the environment (for example, dev, test, and production) where your service is deployed.\n* Secrets never leave their environments (for example, dev, test, and production) and should be secured by using access control measures. Service design should minimize the number of machines and people with access to secrets by using both authorization and network restrictions based on the principle of least privilege.\n* Secrets are rotated in according with the requirements of the IBM Cloud Framework for Financial Services with minimal or no downtime.\n* Secrets are never stored in source code, configuration files, or documentation.\n\n\n\nThe following table lists the different solutions that you can use to protect your application secrets.\n\n\n\nTable 1. Secrets management and data protection scenarios\n\n Scenario What to use \n\n You need to create, lease, and manage API keys, credentials, database configurations, and other secrets for your services and applications. Use [IBM Cloud Secrets Manager](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/secrets-manager?topic=secrets-manager-getting-started). \n You need to generate, renew, and manage TLS/SSL certificates for your deployments. Use [IBM Cloud Secrets Manager](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/secrets-manager?topic=secrets-manager-getting-started). \n You need to create and manage encryption keys. Use [Hyper Protect Crypto Services](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/hs-crypto?topic=hs-crypto-overview) to manage encryption keys in a single-tenant service with dedicated hardware.","score":16.88572},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04105-3403-5572","text":"\nHow bot management works \n\nTo identify bots, bot managers might use JavaScript challenges (which determine whether a traditional web browser is being used) or CAPTCHA challenges. They can also determine which users are humans and which are bots by behavioral analysis; by comparing a user's behavior to the standard behavior of users in the past.\n\nWhen a bot is identified as bad, it can be redirected to a different page or blocked from accessing a web resource altogether.\n\nGood bots can be added to an allowlist. A bot manager can also distinguish between good and bad bots by using further behavioral analysis.\n\nAnother bot management approach is to use the robots.txt file to set up a honeypot. A honeypot is a fake target for bad actors that, when accessed, exposes the bad actor as malicious. In the case of a bot, a honeypot could be a webpage on the site that's forbidden to bots by the robots.txt file. Good bots will read the robots.txt file and avoid that webpage; some bad bots will crawl the webpage. By tracking the IP address of the bots that access the honeypot, bad bots can be identified and blocked.\n\n\n\n\n\n Kinds of bot attacks bot management mitigates \n\nA bot management solution can help stop a variety of attacks, including the following:\n\n\n\n* DDoS attacks\n* DoS attacks\n* Credential stuffing\n* Credit card stuffing\n* Brute force password cracking\n* Spam content\n* Data scraping and web scraping\n* Email address harvesting\n* Ad fraud\n* Click fraud\n\n\n\nThese bot activities are not always considered \"malicious,\" but a bot manager should still be able to mitigate them:\n\n\n\n* Inventory hoarding\n* Automated posting on social forums or platforms\n* Shopping cart stuffing\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n How does CIS manage bots? \n\nCIS collects data from requests flowing through its network every day. With this data, powered by Cloudflare's machine learning and behavior analysis, CIS can identify likely bot activity and can provide you with information on how to allow or disallow specific bot traffic using Firewall Rules.\n\nCloudflare Bot Management uses the following detection mechanisms, each producing their own scores, which are then combined to form a single score:","score":13.561816},{"document_id":"ibmcld_12491-3915-5501","text":"\nAdding user credentials with the API \n\nYou can store a username and password programmatically by calling the Secrets Manager API.\n\nThe following example shows a query that you can use to create a username and password secret. When you call the API, replace the ID variables and IAM token with the values that are specific to your Secrets Manager instance.\n\nYou can store metadata that are relevant to the needs of your organization with the custom_metadata and version_custom_metadata request parameters. Values of the version_custom_metadata are returned only for the versions of a secret. The custom metadata of your secret is stored as all other metadata, for up to 50 versions, and you must not include confidential data.\n\ncurl -X POST\n-H \"Authorization: Bearer {IAM_token}\" -H \"Accept: application/json\" -H \"Content-Type: application/json\" -d '{\n\"name\": \"example-username-password-secret\",\n\"description\": \"Description of my user credentials secret\",\n\"secret_type\": \"username_password\",\n\"secret_group_id\": \"bfc0a4a9-3d58-4fda-945b-76756af516aa\",\n\"labels\": [\n\"dev\",\n\"us-south\"\n],\n\"username\": \"example-username\",\n\"password\": \"example-password\",\n\"rotation\": {\n\"auto_rotate\": true,\n\"interval\": 10,\n\"unit\": \"day\"\n},\n\"custom_metadata\": {\n\"metadata_custom_key\": \"metadata_custom_value\"\n},\n\"version_custom_metadata\": {\n\"custom_version_key\": \"custom_version_value\"\n}\n}'\n\"https://{instance_ID}.{region}.secrets-manager.appdomain.cloud/api/v2/secrets\"\n\n\n\n\n\n Adding user credentials with Terraform \n\nYou can store a username and password programmatically by using Terraform for Secrets Manager.","score":12.648699},{"document_id":"ibmcld_12492-27119-28010","text":"\n},\n\"secret_type\": \"username_password\",\n\"state\": 1,\n\"state_description\": \"Active\",\n\"versions\": [\n{\n\"auto_rotated\": false,\n\"created_by\": \"iam-ServiceId-c0c7cfa4-b24e-4917-ad74-278f2fee5ba0\",\n\"creation_date\": \"2020-12-15T22:43:36Z\",\n\"id\": \"ae4b3afd-5e63-5951-790b-f1892e8c5267\"\n}\n]\n},\n\"wrap_info\": null,\n\"warnings\": null,\n\"auth\": null\n}\n\nA request to create user credentials in an existing secret group returns the following response:\n\n{\n\"request_id\": \"4ccc9dd5-af3a-6865-293f-3f704d2866e1\",\n\"lease_id\": \"\",\n\"renewable\": false,\n\"lease_duration\": 0,\n\"data\": {\n\"created_by\": \"iam-ServiceId-c0c7cfa4-b24e-4917-ad74-278f2fee5ba0\",\n\"creation_date\": \"2020-12-15T22:46:41Z\",\n\"crn\": \"crn:v1:bluemix:public:secrets-manager:us-south:a/a5ebf2570dcaedf18d7ed78e216c263a:0f4c764e-dc3d-44d1-bd60-a2f7cd91e0c0:secret:be4a0846-4cb5-3bfa-bab5-10a44dfc3e85\",\n\"description\": \"Extended description for my secret.\",","score":11.902462},{"document_id":"ibmcld_12498-7-2091","text":"\nWhat is a secret? \n\nA secret is a piece of sensitive information. For example, an API key, password, or any type of credential that you might use to access a confidential system.\n\nBy using secrets, you're able to authenticate to protected resources as you build your applications. For example, when you try to access an external service API, you're asked to provide a unique credential. After you supply your credential, the external service can understand who you are and whether you're authorized to interact with it.\n\nTo learn more about the general characteristics of a secret, check out the following video.\n\n\n\n* Video transcript\n\nHow are you making sure that your secrets are securely stored so that you can avoid data breaches and chaos in your DevOps workflows?\n\nHi, I'm Alex Greer with the IBM Cloud team, and before I get started make sure to like and subscribe now.\n\nWhat is a secret?\n\nA secret is a digital credential that is going to allow entities to communicate and perform actions on a service. This discrete piece of information keeps that access point secure. So let's look at how this paradigm exists.\n\nLet's start with an entity here that needs to access some sort of service. We'll leave it little ambiguous for now, but some sort of service. To properly communicate with the service and be able to take the action that it needs to get its job done, this entity is going to need to communicate to the service two things: One, who it is, so that service can understand what or who is interacting with it. Two, it's going to have to know the set of permissions that it should grant in the context of its service. With these, the service can now properly allow that entity to interact with them. How we enable this interaction is with something we call a \"secret.\"\n\nNow, with this dynamic established, let's move into an example with users. For users, we'll say that this user here is our entity, and we'll say our service here – let's say that it's a developer, and they happen to need read or write access. They're interacting with the development repo to do that.","score":17.551512}],"717ca9138f07b4621887812f47499d74<::>1":[{"document_id":"834324633_45649-46118-0-469","text":"Friends\nBecause of syndication revenue , Friends continues to generate approximately $1 billion each year for Warner Bros. That translates into about $20 million in annual residuals each for Jennifer Aniston , Courteney Cox , Lisa Kudrow , Matt LeBlanc , Matthew Perry and David Schwimmer , who each get 2 % of syndication income for Friends . The series has a syndication deal through multiple networks including Nickelodeon , TBS , and Paramount ( formerly known as Spike ) .","title":"Friends","score":17.247562},{"document_id":"834324633_11142-12231-0-1089","text":"Friends\nIn their original contracts for the first season , cast members were paid $22,500 per episode . The cast members received different salaries in the second season , beginning from the $20,000 range to $40,000 per episode . Before their salary negotiations for the third season , the cast decided to enter collective negotiations , despite Warner Bros . ' preference for individual deals . The actors were given the salary of the least paid cast member , meaning Aniston and Schwimmer had their salaries reduced . The stars were paid $75,000 per episode in season three , $85,000 in season four , $100,000 in season five , $125,000 in season six , $750,000 in seasons seven and eight , and $1 million in seasons nine and ten , making Aniston , Cox , and Kudrow the highest - paid TV actresses of all time . The cast also received syndication royalties beginning in 2000 after renegotiations . At the time , that financial benefit of a piece of the show 's lucrative back - end profits had only been given out to stars who had ownership rights in a show , like Jerry Seinfeld and Bill Cosby .","title":"Friends","score":19.094603},{"document_id":"801917418_13275-14045-0-769","text":"Daenerys Targaryen\nIn October 2014 , Clarke and several other key cast members , all contracted for six seasons of the series , renegotiated their deals to include a potential seventh season and salary increases for seasons five , six , and seven . The Hollywood Reporter called the raises `` huge '' , noting that the deal would make the performers `` among the highest - paid actors on cable TV '' . Deadline.com put the number for season five at `` close to $300,000 an episode '' for each actor , and The Hollywood Reporter wrote in June 2016 that the performers would each be paid `` upward of $500,000 per episode '' for seasons seven and the potential eight . In 2017 , Clarke became one of the highest paid actors on television and will earn £ 2 million per episode for the show .","title":"Daenerys Targaryen","score":14.578083},{"document_id":"826231264_17922-20342-0-2420","text":"Rachel Green\nCrane and Kauffman strongly envisioned Friends as an ensemble comedy , and Warner Bros. initially marketed the show as such by having the cast appear in their entirety for all press , interviews and photo shoots . One of few sitcoms at the time to be neither a workplace comedy , family sitcom or star a famous comedian , Elizabeth Kolbert of The New York Times explained that each of the show 's main characters are `` of equal importance . '' As a writer , Crane preferred it this way because `` utilizing six equal players , rather than emphasizing one or two , would allow for myriad story lines . '' Kauffman echoed `` that Friends worked best when the entire ensemble was onstage . '' The only reason Aniston is credited first during the show 's title sequence is because the cast is listed alphabetically . The show 's ensemble format is also believed to have prevented jealous conflicts among the cast . Famously , the Friends cast became the first in television history to negotiate as a group for equal salaries , refusing to work until their demands of $100,000 per episode were met during season three , which eventually increased to $1 million per episode by seasons nine and ten -- approximately $25 million per year . Alongside Cox and actress Lisa Kudrow , who portrays Phoebe , Aniston became the highest - paid television actress of all time . By then , Aniston had surpassed Cox as the show 's most famous cast member due to having launched an international hair trend with the `` Rachel '' and successfully transitioning into a film career , combined with her high - profile relationship with her then - husband , actor Brad Pitt , who had once guest starred in an episode of the show . At times the producers would use the actress ' popularity to boost the show 's ratings , notably her character 's seventh season kiss with actress Winona Ryder and pregnancy arc . Aniston had been telling the press that the show 's ninth season would be her last , and was initially hesitant to return to Friends to film its tenth and final season . She explained to NBC 's Matt Lauer , `` I wanted it to end when people still loved us and we were on a high . And then I was also feeling like , ' How much more of Rachel do I have in me ? ' '' However , the actress ultimately agreed to complete the tenth season of Friends , which was reduced from 24 to 18 episodes to accommodate Aniston 's busy film schedule .","title":"Rachel Green","score":17.368292},{"document_id":"853113559_13758-14534-0-775","text":"Cersei Lannister\nIn October 2014 , Headey and several other key cast members , all contracted for six seasons of the series , renegotiated their deals to include a potential seventh season and salary increases for seasons five , six , and seven . The Hollywood Reporter called the raises `` huge '' , noting that the deal would make the performers `` among the highest - paid actors on cable TV '' . Deadline Hollywood put the number for season five at `` close to $300,000 an episode '' for each actor , and The Hollywood Reporter wrote in June 2016 that the performers would each be paid `` upward of $500,000 per episode '' for seasons seven and the potential eight . In 2017 , Headey became one of the highest paid actors on television and will earn £ 2 million per episode for the show .","title":"Cersei Lannister","score":14.64477}],"717ca9138f07b4621887812f47499d74<::>3":[{"document_id":"826231264_3925-4979-0-1053","text":"Rachel Green\nRachel debuts in the pilot episode of Friends as a runaway bride who is distraught after abandoning her fiancé Barry Farber ( Mitchell Whitfield ) at the altar . She locates her high school best friend Monica Geller ( Courteney Cox ) , the only person she knows in New York City , who agrees to let Rachel reside with her while she attempts to reorganize her life . Rachel meets and befriends Monica 's friends Phoebe Buffay ( Lisa Kudrow ) , Joey Tribbiani ( Matt LeBlanc ) , and Chandler Bing ( Matthew Perry ) , while reuniting with Monica 's older brother Ross Geller ( David Schwimmer ) , who has harbored unrequited romantic feelings for her since high school . Having previously relied on her parents ' money her entire life with a sole goal of marrying wealthy , Rachel attempts to reinvent herself as an independent young woman by waitressing at Central Perk , a coffeehouse where her new friends regularly socialize . She is terrible at the job , but remains employed because the owner , Gunther ( James Michael Tyler ) , is in love with her .","title":"Rachel Green","score":31.55312},{"document_id":"834324633_1693-2291-0-598","text":"Friends\nFriends is an American television sitcom , created by David Crane and Marta Kauffman , which aired on NBC from September 22 , 1994 to May 6 , 2004 , lasting ten seasons . With an ensemble cast starring Jennifer Aniston , Courteney Cox , Lisa Kudrow , Matt LeBlanc , Matthew Perry and David Schwimmer , the show revolves around six 20 -- 30 year old friends living in Manhattan , New York City . The series was produced by Bright / Kauffman / Crane Productions , in association with Warner Bros. Television . The original executive producers were Kevin S. Bright , Marta Kauffman , and David Crane .","title":"Friends","score":21.108475},{"document_id":"834324633_313-1692-0-1379","text":"Friends\nFriends Genre Sitcom Created by David Crane Marta Kauffman Starring Jennifer Aniston Courteney Cox Lisa Kudrow Matt LeBlanc Matthew Perry David Schwimmer Theme music composer Michael Skloff Allee Willis Opening theme `` I 'll Be There for You '' by The Rembrandts Country of origin United States Original language ( s ) English No. of seasons 10 No. of episodes 236 ( list of episodes ) Production Executive producer ( s ) David Crane Marta Kauffman Kevin S. Bright Michael Borkow ( season 4 ) Michael Curtis ( season 5 ) Adam Chase ( seasons 5 -- 6 ) Greg Malins ( seasons 5 -- 7 ) Wil Calhoun ( season 7 ) Scott Silveri ( season 8 -- 10 ) Shana Goldberg - Meehan ( season 8 -- 10 ) Andrew Reich ( seasons 8 -- 10 ) Ted Cohen ( seasons 8 -- 10 ) Camera setup Multi-camera Running time 20 -- 22 minutes ( per episode ) 22 -- 65 minutes ( extended international TV & DVD episodes ) Production company ( s ) Bright / Kauffman / Crane Productions Warner Bros. Television Distributor Warner Bros. Television Distribution Release Original network NBC Picture format 480i ( 4 : 3 SDTV ) ( original broadcast ) 1080p ( 16 : 9 HDTV ) ( 2012 remaster ) Audio format Dolby Surround 2.0 ( original broadcast ) Dolby Digital 5.1 ( 2012 remaster ) Original release September 22 , 1994 ( 1994 - 09 - 22 ) -- May 6 , 2004 ( 2004 - 05 - 06 ) External links ( warnervideo.com/friends15/ Website )","title":"Friends","score":19.59337},{"document_id":"834324633_11142-12231-0-1089","text":"Friends\nIn their original contracts for the first season , cast members were paid $22,500 per episode . The cast members received different salaries in the second season , beginning from the $20,000 range to $40,000 per episode . Before their salary negotiations for the third season , the cast decided to enter collective negotiations , despite Warner Bros . ' preference for individual deals . The actors were given the salary of the least paid cast member , meaning Aniston and Schwimmer had their salaries reduced . The stars were paid $75,000 per episode in season three , $85,000 in season four , $100,000 in season five , $125,000 in season six , $750,000 in seasons seven and eight , and $1 million in seasons nine and ten , making Aniston , Cox , and Kudrow the highest - paid TV actresses of all time . The cast also received syndication royalties beginning in 2000 after renegotiations . At the time , that financial benefit of a piece of the show 's lucrative back - end profits had only been given out to stars who had ownership rights in a show , like Jerry Seinfeld and Bill Cosby .","title":"Friends","score":31.325743},{"document_id":"826231264_17922-20342-0-2420","text":"Rachel Green\nCrane and Kauffman strongly envisioned Friends as an ensemble comedy , and Warner Bros. initially marketed the show as such by having the cast appear in their entirety for all press , interviews and photo shoots . One of few sitcoms at the time to be neither a workplace comedy , family sitcom or star a famous comedian , Elizabeth Kolbert of The New York Times explained that each of the show 's main characters are `` of equal importance . '' As a writer , Crane preferred it this way because `` utilizing six equal players , rather than emphasizing one or two , would allow for myriad story lines . '' Kauffman echoed `` that Friends worked best when the entire ensemble was onstage . '' The only reason Aniston is credited first during the show 's title sequence is because the cast is listed alphabetically . The show 's ensemble format is also believed to have prevented jealous conflicts among the cast . Famously , the Friends cast became the first in television history to negotiate as a group for equal salaries , refusing to work until their demands of $100,000 per episode were met during season three , which eventually increased to $1 million per episode by seasons nine and ten -- approximately $25 million per year . Alongside Cox and actress Lisa Kudrow , who portrays Phoebe , Aniston became the highest - paid television actress of all time . By then , Aniston had surpassed Cox as the show 's most famous cast member due to having launched an international hair trend with the `` Rachel '' and successfully transitioning into a film career , combined with her high - profile relationship with her then - husband , actor Brad Pitt , who had once guest starred in an episode of the show . At times the producers would use the actress ' popularity to boost the show 's ratings , notably her character 's seventh season kiss with actress Winona Ryder and pregnancy arc . Aniston had been telling the press that the show 's ninth season would be her last , and was initially hesitant to return to Friends to film its tenth and final season . She explained to NBC 's Matt Lauer , `` I wanted it to end when people still loved us and we were on a high . And then I was also feeling like , ' How much more of Rachel do I have in me ? ' '' However , the actress ultimately agreed to complete the tenth season of Friends , which was reduced from 24 to 18 episodes to accommodate Aniston 's busy film schedule .","title":"Rachel Green","score":29.740168}],"717ca9138f07b4621887812f47499d74<::>5":[{"document_id":"834324633_18287-19316-0-1029","text":"Friends\nSeason five starts with Ross and Emily 's wedding in London . The season features Monica and Chandler trying to keep their new relationship a secret from their friends . Phoebe gives birth to triplets in the show 's 100th episode . She gives birth to a boy , Frank Jr . Jr. , and two girls : Leslie and Chandler . Emily states that the only condition in which she would remain married to Ross is if he stops all communication with Rachel . Ross agrees , but during a last dinner with all six main characters together , Emily phones Ross and , upon discovering Rachel is there , realizes she does not trust him , which ends the marriage . Phoebe begins a relationship with a police officer , Gary ( Michael Rapaport ) , after finding his badge and using it as her own . Monica and Chandler go public with their relationship , to the surprise and happiness of their friends . They decide to get married on a trip to Las Vegas , but , change their plans after witnessing Ross and Rachel drunkenly stumble out of the wedding chapel .","title":"Friends","score":12.13795},{"document_id":"834324633_23512-25065-0-1553","text":"Friends\nThe tenth season closes several long - running storylines . Charlie breaks up with Ross to get back together with her ex-boyfriend . Joey and Rachel try to contend with Ross ' feelings about them being together and decide it would be best to remain friends . Phoebe and Mike get married mid-season outside the Central Perk coffee house . Monica and Chandler apply to adopt a child and are chosen by Erica ( Anna Faris ) . In the series finale , Erica gives birth to twins , to the surprise of Monica and Chandler -- a boy and a girl . Monica and Chandler prepare to move to the suburbs , and Joey becomes upset with the changes in his life . Rachel gets fired from her job and accepts a new offer in Paris . Ross tries to get her job back by secretly meeting her boss but eventually gives up after realizing that the Paris job is her dream job . Rachel says a tearful goodbye to everyone but Ross . A hurt and angry Ross confronts Rachel , and they end up sleeping together . Rachel leaves , and Ross , realizing he loves her , chases after her to the airport . Rachel realizes she loves him too , and cancels her flight to Paris , agreeing to stay with him . The series ends with all friends plus Monica and Chandler 's new babies leaving the apartment , heading to Central Perk for a final cup of coffee . The finale dialogue used in this series is by Chandler , making a joke for the last time . The camera 's last view is of all of the characters ' keys to the apartment on the counter table , finishing with a shot of the apartment 's purple door .","title":"Friends","score":11.501002},{"document_id":"834324633_44460-45636-0-1176","text":"Friends\nRatings table Season Timeslot Season premiere Season finale TV season Rank Viewers ( in millions ) Most - watched episode Title Viewers ( in millions ) Thursday 8 : 30 pm ( 1 -- 16 ) Thursday 9 : 30 pm ( 17 -- 24 ) September 22 , 1994 May 18 , 1995 1994 -- 95 8 24.3 `` The One Where Rachel Finds Out '' 31.3 Thursday 8 : 00 pm September 21 , 1995 May 16 , 1996 1995 -- 96 29.4 `` The One After the Superbowl '' 52.9 September 19 , 1996 May 15 , 1997 1996 -- 97 24.9 `` The One Where Chandler Ca n't Remember Which Sister '' 29.8 September 25 , 1997 May 7 , 1998 1997 -- 98 24.0 `` The One with Ross 's Wedding '' 31.6 5 September 24 , 1998 May 20 , 1999 1998 -- 99 23.5 `` The One After Ross Says Rachel '' 30.9 6 September 23 , 1999 May 18 , 2000 1999 -- 2000 5 20.7 `` The One with the Proposal '' 30.7 7 October 12 , 2000 May 17 , 2001 2000 -- 01 5 20.2 `` The One with Monica and Chandler 's Wedding '' 30.1 8 September 27 , 2001 May 16 , 2002 2001 -- 02 24.5 `` The One Where Rachel Has a Baby '' 34.9 9 September 26 , 2002 May 15 , 2003 2002 -- 03 21.8 `` The One Where No One Proposes '' 34.0 10 September 25 , 2003 May 6 , 2004 2003 -- 04 22.8 `` The Last One '' 52.5","title":"Friends","score":12.272044},{"document_id":"834324633_12815-13126-0-311","text":"Friends\nThe cast remained good friends after the series run , most notably Cox and Aniston , with Aniston being godmother to Cox and David Arquette 's daughter , Coco . In the official farewell commemorative book Friends ' Til the End , each separately acknowledged in interviews that the cast had become their family .","title":"Friends","score":7.917279},{"document_id":"834324633_22565-23464-0-899","text":"Friends\nSeason nine begins with Ross and Rachel living together as roommates with their daughter Emma . Monica and Chandler try to conceive a baby of their own but find out that they are unable to , due to health restrictions . Phoebe begins dating Mike Hannigan ( Paul Rudd ) and chooses to be with him over her ex-boyfriend David ( Hank Azaria ) . Rachel and Emma move in with Joey in the middle of the season , and Rachel develops infatuation towards him , while the rest of the `` friends '' try hard to get Ross and Rachel back together . The group travels to Barbados in the finale to hear Ross give a keynote speech at a palaeontology conference , where they stay at a hotel . Joey and his girlfriend Charlie ( Aisha Tyler ) break up , and she begins a relationship with Ross . Upon seeing Ross and Charlie kiss each other , Joey goes to Rachel 's hotel room , and the finale ends with them kissing .","title":"Friends","score":13.256824}],"717ca9138f07b4621887812f47499d74<::>6":[{"document_id":"801186722_11599-12213-0-614","text":"The Big Bang Theory\nIn March 2017 , the main cast members ( Galecki , Parsons , Cuoco , Helberg , and Nayyar ) took a 10 % pay cut to allow Bialik and Rauch an increase in their earnings . This put Galecki , Parsons , Cuoco , Helberg and Nayyar at $900,000 per episode , with Parsons , Galecki , and Helberg also receiving overall deals with Warner Bros. Television . By the end of April , Bialik and Rauch had signed deals to earn $500,000 per episode , each , with the deals also including a separate development component for both actors . The deal was an increase from the $175,000 - $200,000 the duo had been making per episode .","title":"The Big Bang Theory","score":10.278377},{"document_id":"826231264_17922-20342-0-2420","text":"Rachel Green\nCrane and Kauffman strongly envisioned Friends as an ensemble comedy , and Warner Bros. initially marketed the show as such by having the cast appear in their entirety for all press , interviews and photo shoots . One of few sitcoms at the time to be neither a workplace comedy , family sitcom or star a famous comedian , Elizabeth Kolbert of The New York Times explained that each of the show 's main characters are `` of equal importance . '' As a writer , Crane preferred it this way because `` utilizing six equal players , rather than emphasizing one or two , would allow for myriad story lines . '' Kauffman echoed `` that Friends worked best when the entire ensemble was onstage . '' The only reason Aniston is credited first during the show 's title sequence is because the cast is listed alphabetically . The show 's ensemble format is also believed to have prevented jealous conflicts among the cast . Famously , the Friends cast became the first in television history to negotiate as a group for equal salaries , refusing to work until their demands of $100,000 per episode were met during season three , which eventually increased to $1 million per episode by seasons nine and ten -- approximately $25 million per year . Alongside Cox and actress Lisa Kudrow , who portrays Phoebe , Aniston became the highest - paid television actress of all time . By then , Aniston had surpassed Cox as the show 's most famous cast member due to having launched an international hair trend with the `` Rachel '' and successfully transitioning into a film career , combined with her high - profile relationship with her then - husband , actor Brad Pitt , who had once guest starred in an episode of the show . At times the producers would use the actress ' popularity to boost the show 's ratings , notably her character 's seventh season kiss with actress Winona Ryder and pregnancy arc . Aniston had been telling the press that the show 's ninth season would be her last , and was initially hesitant to return to Friends to film its tenth and final season . She explained to NBC 's Matt Lauer , `` I wanted it to end when people still loved us and we were on a high . And then I was also feeling like , ' How much more of Rachel do I have in me ? ' '' However , the actress ultimately agreed to complete the tenth season of Friends , which was reduced from 24 to 18 episodes to accommodate Aniston 's busy film schedule .","title":"Rachel Green","score":29.974976},{"document_id":"834324633_45649-46118-0-469","text":"Friends\nBecause of syndication revenue , Friends continues to generate approximately $1 billion each year for Warner Bros. That translates into about $20 million in annual residuals each for Jennifer Aniston , Courteney Cox , Lisa Kudrow , Matt LeBlanc , Matthew Perry and David Schwimmer , who each get 2 % of syndication income for Friends . The series has a syndication deal through multiple networks including Nickelodeon , TBS , and Paramount ( formerly known as Spike ) .","title":"Friends","score":12.371323},{"document_id":"834324633_12232-12814-0-582","text":"Friends\nSeries creator David Crane wanted all six actors to be equally prominent , and the series was lauded as being `` the first true ' ensemble ' show . '' The cast members made efforts to keep the ensemble format and not allow one member to dominate ; they entered themselves in the same acting categories for awards , opted for collective salary negotiations , and asked to appear together on magazine cover photos in the first season . The cast members also became best friends off - screen , so much so that recurring guest star Tom Selleck reported that he sometimes felt left out .","title":"Friends","score":10.999377},{"document_id":"834324633_11142-12231-0-1089","text":"Friends\nIn their original contracts for the first season , cast members were paid $22,500 per episode . The cast members received different salaries in the second season , beginning from the $20,000 range to $40,000 per episode . Before their salary negotiations for the third season , the cast decided to enter collective negotiations , despite Warner Bros . ' preference for individual deals . The actors were given the salary of the least paid cast member , meaning Aniston and Schwimmer had their salaries reduced . The stars were paid $75,000 per episode in season three , $85,000 in season four , $100,000 in season five , $125,000 in season six , $750,000 in seasons seven and eight , and $1 million in seasons nine and ten , making Aniston , Cox , and Kudrow the highest - paid TV actresses of all time . The cast also received syndication royalties beginning in 2000 after renegotiations . At the time , that financial benefit of a piece of the show 's lucrative back - end profits had only been given out to stars who had ownership rights in a show , like Jerry Seinfeld and Bill Cosby .","title":"Friends","score":15.505968}],"5b9edac124aea30a2256705d27226d7f<::>4":[{"document_id":"856833960_14112-15158-0-1046","text":"Cakewalk\nCakewalk music incorporated polyrhythm , syncopation , and the hambone rhythm into the regular march rhythm . Schuller considers the syncopation of the hambone rhythm to be `` an idiomatic corruption , a flattened - out mutation of what was once the true polyrhythmic character of African music '' . However , the figure known as the hambone is one of the most basic duple - pulse rhythmic cells in sub-Saharan African music traditions . The `` hambone rhythm '' is found in the oldest known traditional music of the Ewe of Ghana , Togo , and Dahomey , to name just one ethnic group . It is heard in traditional drumming music , from Mali to Mozambique , and from Senegal to South Africa . The rhythmic figure is also prominent in popular African dance genres such as afrobeat , highlife , and soukous . Although its duple - pulse structure is identical to common time in European - based meter , the pattern of attack - points of the hambone rhythm possess a true African polyrhythmic character , or more precisely , a cross-rhythmic character .","title":"Cakewalk","score":7.965948},{"document_id":"798007132_78-391-0-313","text":"Ham hock\nA ham hock ( or hough ) or pork knuckle is the joint between the tibia / fibula and the metatarsals of the foot of a pig , where the foot was attached to the hog 's leg . It is the portion of the leg that is neither part of the ham proper nor the foot or ankle , but rather the extreme shank end of the leg bone .","title":"Ham hock","score":8.588432},{"document_id":"856586819_31979-32231-0-252","text":"Helsinki\nThe city of Helsinki hosts its own art collection in the Helsinki Art Museum ( HAM ) , primarily located in its Tennispalatsi gallery . Pieces outside of Tennispalatsi include about 200 public art pieces and all art held in property owned by the city .","title":"Helsinki","score":8.092566},{"document_id":"837275285_18310-18974-0-664","text":"Hamlet\nMost scholars reject the idea that Hamlet is in any way connected with Shakespeare 's only son , Hamnet Shakespeare , who died in 1596 at age eleven . Conventional wisdom holds that Hamlet is too obviously connected to legend , and the name Hamnet was quite popular at the time . However , Stephen Greenblatt has argued that the coincidence of the names and Shakespeare 's grief for the loss of his son may lie at the heart of the tragedy . He notes that the name of Hamnet Sadler , the Stratford neighbour after whom Hamnet was named , was often written as Hamlet Sadler and that , in the loose orthography of the time , the names were virtually interchangeable .","title":"Hamlet","score":13.194552},{"document_id":"798007132_406-1023-0-617","text":"Ham hock\nSince this piece generally consists of much skin , tendons and ligaments , it requires long cooking through stewing or braising to be made palatable . The cut of meat can be cooked with greens and other vegetables or in flavorful sauces . It is often added to soups , such as pea and ham soup , with the meat being added to the soup prior to serving . The meat of particularly meaty hocks may be removed and served as is . Ham hocks , like hog jowls ( pigs ' cheeks ) , add a distinctive flavor to various dishes . This is particularly true for collard greens , mustard greens , cabbage , green beans and navy beans .","title":"Ham hock","score":8.378384}],"5b9edac124aea30a2256705d27226d7f<::>5":[{"document_id":"840297813_30551-31009-0-458","text":"Shakespeare's reputation\nClearly there were some exceptions to the official approval of Shakespeare , and the great patriotic plays , most notably Henry V were shelved . But interestingly the reception of The Merchant of Venice was at best lukewarm ( Marlowe 's The Jew of Malta was suggested as a possible alternative ) because it was too ambiguous and not nearly anti-semitic enough for Nazi taste . So Hamlet was by far the most popular play , along with Macbeth and Richard III .","title":"Shakespeare's reputation","score":17.625383},{"document_id":"837275285_51973-52565-0-592","text":"Hamlet\nShakespeare almost certainly wrote the role of Hamlet for Richard Burbage . He was the chief tragedian of the Lord Chamberlain 's Men , with a capacious memory for lines and a wide emotional range . Judging by the number of reprints , Hamlet appears to have been Shakespeare 's fourth most popular play during his lifetime -- only Henry IV Part 1 , Richard III and Pericles eclipsed it . Shakespeare provides no clear indication of when his play is set ; however , as Elizabethan actors performed at the Globe in contemporary dress on minimal sets , this would not have affected the staging .","title":"Hamlet","score":17.38573},{"document_id":"837275285_651-1313-0-662","text":"Hamlet\nHamlet is Shakespeare 's longest play , and is considered among the most powerful and influential works of world literature , with a story capable of `` seemingly endless retelling and adaptation by others '' . It was probably one of Shakespeare 's most popular works during his lifetime , and still ranks among his most performed , topping the performance list of the Royal Shakespeare Company and its predecessors in Stratford - upon - Avon since 1879 . It has inspired many other writers -- from Johann Wolfgang von Goethe and Charles Dickens to James Joyce and Iris Murdoch -- and has been described as `` the world 's most filmed story after Cinderella '' .","title":"Hamlet","score":17.116617},{"document_id":"803829007_102427-102815-0-388","text":"United Kingdom\nThe English playwright and poet William Shakespeare is widely regarded as the greatest dramatist of all time , and his contemporaries Christopher Marlowe and Ben Jonson have also been held in continuous high esteem . More recently the playwrights Alan Ayckbourn , Harold Pinter , Michael Frayn , Tom Stoppard and David Edgar have combined elements of surrealism , realism and radicalism .","title":"United Kingdom","score":15.092232},{"document_id":"806376271_40405-41737-0-1331","text":"Romeo and Juliet\nRomeo and Juliet ranks with Hamlet as one of Shakespeare 's most performed plays . Its many adaptations have made it one of his most enduring and famous stories . Even in Shakespeare 's lifetime , it was extremely popular . Scholar Gary Taylor measures it as the sixth most popular of Shakespeare 's plays , in the period after the death of Christopher Marlowe and Thomas Kyd but before the ascendancy of Ben Jonson during which Shakespeare was London 's dominant playwright . The date of the first performance is unknown . The First Quarto , printed in 1597 , says that `` it hath been often ( and with great applause ) plaid publiquely '' , setting the first performance before that date . The Lord Chamberlain 's Men were certainly the first to perform it . Besides their strong connections with Shakespeare , the Second Quarto actually names one of its actors , Will Kemp , instead of Peter , in a line in Act Five . Richard Burbage was probably the first Romeo , being the company 's actor , and Master Robert Goffe ( a boy ) the first Juliet . The premiere is likely to have been at `` The Theatre '' , with other early productions at `` The Curtain '' . Romeo and Juliet is one of the first Shakespearean plays to have been performed outside England : a shortened and simplified version was performed in Nördlingen in 1604 .","title":"Romeo and Juliet","score":16.67385}],"5b9edac124aea30a2256705d27226d7f<::>6":[{"document_id":"803829007_102427-102815-0-388","text":"United Kingdom\nThe English playwright and poet William Shakespeare is widely regarded as the greatest dramatist of all time , and his contemporaries Christopher Marlowe and Ben Jonson have also been held in continuous high esteem . More recently the playwrights Alan Ayckbourn , Harold Pinter , Michael Frayn , Tom Stoppard and David Edgar have combined elements of surrealism , realism and radicalism .","title":"United Kingdom","score":14.649608},{"document_id":"806376271_40405-41737-0-1331","text":"Romeo and Juliet\nRomeo and Juliet ranks with Hamlet as one of Shakespeare 's most performed plays . Its many adaptations have made it one of his most enduring and famous stories . Even in Shakespeare 's lifetime , it was extremely popular . Scholar Gary Taylor measures it as the sixth most popular of Shakespeare 's plays , in the period after the death of Christopher Marlowe and Thomas Kyd but before the ascendancy of Ben Jonson during which Shakespeare was London 's dominant playwright . The date of the first performance is unknown . The First Quarto , printed in 1597 , says that `` it hath been often ( and with great applause ) plaid publiquely '' , setting the first performance before that date . The Lord Chamberlain 's Men were certainly the first to perform it . Besides their strong connections with Shakespeare , the Second Quarto actually names one of its actors , Will Kemp , instead of Peter , in a line in Act Five . Richard Burbage was probably the first Romeo , being the company 's actor , and Master Robert Goffe ( a boy ) the first Juliet . The premiere is likely to have been at `` The Theatre '' , with other early productions at `` The Curtain '' . Romeo and Juliet is one of the first Shakespearean plays to have been performed outside England : a shortened and simplified version was performed in Nördlingen in 1604 .","title":"Romeo and Juliet","score":15.883975},{"document_id":"837275285_51973-52565-0-592","text":"Hamlet\nShakespeare almost certainly wrote the role of Hamlet for Richard Burbage . He was the chief tragedian of the Lord Chamberlain 's Men , with a capacious memory for lines and a wide emotional range . Judging by the number of reprints , Hamlet appears to have been Shakespeare 's fourth most popular play during his lifetime -- only Henry IV Part 1 , Richard III and Pericles eclipsed it . Shakespeare provides no clear indication of when his play is set ; however , as Elizabethan actors performed at the Globe in contemporary dress on minimal sets , this would not have affected the staging .","title":"Hamlet","score":16.521496},{"document_id":"840297813_30551-31009-0-458","text":"Shakespeare's reputation\nClearly there were some exceptions to the official approval of Shakespeare , and the great patriotic plays , most notably Henry V were shelved . But interestingly the reception of The Merchant of Venice was at best lukewarm ( Marlowe 's The Jew of Malta was suggested as a possible alternative ) because it was too ambiguous and not nearly anti-semitic enough for Nazi taste . So Hamlet was by far the most popular play , along with Macbeth and Richard III .","title":"Shakespeare's reputation","score":16.60114},{"document_id":"826096157_13500-14104-0-604","text":"Richard III (play)\nAt the Battle of Bosworth Field , Lord Stanley ( who is also Richmond 's stepfather ) and his followers desert Richard 's side , whereupon Richard calls for the execution of George Stanley , Lord Stanley 's son . This does not happen , as the battle is in full swing , and Richard is left at a disadvantage . Richard is soon unhorsed on the field at the climax of the battle , and cries out , `` A horse , a horse , my kingdom for a horse ! '' Richmond kills Richard in the final duel . Subsequently , Richmond succeeds to the throne as Henry VII , and marries Princess Elizabeth from the House of York .","title":"Richard III (play)","score":13.647764}],"5b9edac124aea30a2256705d27226d7f<::>7":[{"document_id":"826096157_42563-43568-0-1005","text":"Richard III (play)\nRichard had to come down from the North , where he had lived very happily for many years , to fulfil Edward IV 's wish that he rule as Lord Protector of the Realm . It was the Plantagenet tradition that a future king would stay in the royal apartments of the Tower of London while awaiting his coronation . It only became the `` Bloody Tower '' during the Tudor era . No one knows why the `` princes in the tower '' disappeared or what happened to them . Richard took the throne by an Act of Parliament and with relatively little bloodshed for the times , new evidence having been presented to him claiming that Edward IV 's marriage to Queen Elizabeth ( Elizabeth Woodville ) had been bigamous . Richard did not murder his own wife ; she is thought to have died of tuberculosis . There is no surviving evidence to suggest that he planned to marry his niece , Elizabeth of York ; he was negotiating a marriage for Elizabeth with a Portuguese prince , Manuel , Duke of Beja ( later Manuel I of Portugal ) .","title":"Richard III (play)","score":16.584568},{"document_id":"826096157_4371-4631-0-260","text":"Richard III (play)\nThe play begins with Richard ( called `` Gloucester '' in the text ) standing in `` a street '' , describing the re-accession to the throne of his brother , King Edward IV of England , eldest son of the late Richard , Duke of York , implying the year is 1471 .","title":"Richard III (play)","score":16.914402},{"document_id":"826096157_156-630-0-474","text":"Richard III (play)\nRichard III is a historical play by William Shakespeare believed to have been written around 1593 . It depicts the Machiavellian rise to power and subsequent short reign of King Richard III of England . The play is grouped among the histories in the First Folio and is most often classified as such . Occasionally , however , as in the quarto edition , it is termed a tragedy . Richard III concludes Shakespeare 's first tetralogy ( also containing Henry VI parts 1 -- 3 ) .","title":"Richard III (play)","score":17.839506},{"document_id":"826096157_18486-19259-0-773","text":"Richard III (play)\nOne of the central themes of Richard III is the idea of fate , especially as it is seen through the tension between free will and fatalism in Richard 's actions and speech , as well as the reactions to him by other characters . There is no doubt that Shakespeare drew heavily on Sir Thomas More 's account of Richard III as a criminal and tyrant as inspiration for his own rendering . This influence , especially as it relates to the role of divine punishment in Richard 's rule of England , reaches its height in the voice of Margaret . Janis Lull suggests that `` Margaret gives voice to the belief , encouraged by the growing Calvinism of the Elizabethan era , that individual historical events are determined by God , who often punishes evil with ( apparent ) evil '' .","title":"Richard III (play)","score":18.025417},{"document_id":"826096157_40641-41263-0-622","text":"Richard III (play)\nShakespeare , and the Tudor chroniclers who influenced him , were obliged to portray the downfall of the Plantagenet House of York and the victory of the House of Tudor as good conquering evil . This is usually attributed to bias as a result of a new regime being in place , requiring that the last Plantagenet king , Richard III , be depicted as a villain . There are many historical inaccuracies in the play , which can be attributed partly to Shakespeare 's sources , such as Holinshed 's Chronicles . Some of these inaccuracies are listed below in the order in which they either appear or are referred to in the play .","title":"Richard III (play)","score":19.743223}],"5b9edac124aea30a2256705d27226d7f<::>8":[{"document_id":"840297813_30551-31009-0-458","text":"Shakespeare's reputation\nClearly there were some exceptions to the official approval of Shakespeare , and the great patriotic plays , most notably Henry V were shelved . But interestingly the reception of The Merchant of Venice was at best lukewarm ( Marlowe 's The Jew of Malta was suggested as a possible alternative ) because it was too ambiguous and not nearly anti-semitic enough for Nazi taste . So Hamlet was by far the most popular play , along with Macbeth and Richard III .","title":"Shakespeare's reputation","score":14.154629},{"document_id":"837275285_651-1313-0-662","text":"Hamlet\nHamlet is Shakespeare 's longest play , and is considered among the most powerful and influential works of world literature , with a story capable of `` seemingly endless retelling and adaptation by others '' . It was probably one of Shakespeare 's most popular works during his lifetime , and still ranks among his most performed , topping the performance list of the Royal Shakespeare Company and its predecessors in Stratford - upon - Avon since 1879 . It has inspired many other writers -- from Johann Wolfgang von Goethe and Charles Dickens to James Joyce and Iris Murdoch -- and has been described as `` the world 's most filmed story after Cinderella '' .","title":"Hamlet","score":14.16985},{"document_id":"840297813_32143-33481-0-1338","text":"Shakespeare's reputation\nIn the years of tentative political and economic liberalization after the death of Mao in 1976 , Shakespeare became popular in China . The very act of putting on a play by Shakespeare , formerly condemned as a `` bourgeois Western imperialist author '' whom no Chinese could respect , was in and of itself an act of quiet dissent . Of all Shakespeare 's plays , the most popular in China in the late 1970s and 1980s was Macbeth , as Chinese audiences saw in a play first performed in England in 1606 and set in 11th century Scotland a parallel with the Great Proletarian Cultural Revolution of the late 1960s . The violence and bloody chaos of Macbeth reminded Chinese audiences of the violence and bloody chaos of the Cultural Revolution , and furthermore , the story of a national hero becoming a tyrant complete with a power - hungry wife was seen as a parallel with Mao Zedong and his wife , Jiang Qing . Reviewing a production of Macbeth in Beijing in 1980 , one Chinese critic , Xu Xiaozhong praised Macbeth as the story of `` how the greed for power finally ruined a great man '' . Another critic , Zhao Xun wrote `` Macbeth is the fifth Shakespearean play produced on the Chinese stage after the smashing of the Gang of Four . This play of conspiracy has always been performed at critical moments in the history of our nation '' .","title":"Shakespeare's reputation","score":20.952818},{"document_id":"840297813_34802-36344-0-1542","text":"Shakespeare's reputation\nA 1981 production of The Merchant of Venice was a hit with Chinese audiences as the play was seen promoting the theme of justice and fairness in life , with the character of Portia being especially popular as she seen as standing for as one critic wrote for `` the humanist spirit of the Renaissance '' with its striving for `` individuality , human rights and freedom '' . The theme of a religious conflict between a Jewish merchant vs. a Christian merchant in The Merchant of Venice is generally ignored in Chinese productions of The Merchant of Venice as most Chinese find do not find the theme of Jewish - Christian conflict relevant. , Unlike in Western productions , the character of Shylock is very much an unnuanced villain in Chinese productions of The Merchant of Venice , being presented as a man capable only of envy , spite , greed and cruelty , a man whose actions are only motivated by his spiritual impoverishment . By contrast , in the West , Shylock is usually presented as a nuanced villain , of a man who has never held power over a Christian before , and lets that power go to his head . Another popular play , especially with dissidents under the Communist government , is Hamlet . Hamlet , with its theme of a man trapped under a tyrannical regime is very popular with Chinese dissidents with one dissident Wu Ningkun writing about his time in internal exile between 1958 - 61 at a collective farm in a remote part of northern Manchuria that he understood all too well the line from the play `` Denmark is a prison ! ''","title":"Shakespeare's reputation","score":14.802436},{"document_id":"828863731_3949-4308-0-359","text":"Theatre of China\nIn the Song Dynasty , there were many popular plays involving acrobatics and music . These developed in the Yuan Dynasty into a more sophisticated form known as zaju , with a four - or five - act structure . Yuan drama spread across China and diversified into numerous regional forms , the best known of which is Beijing Opera , which is still popular today .","title":"Theatre of China","score":14.933165}],"e0f8a53d3ab93e7900633fc8fa40631e<::>3":[{"document_id":"136862-0-623","text":"\n\"One common rule of thumb: you can probably get 4% or better returns on your investments ('\"\"typical market rate of return is 8%, derate to allow for inflation and off years). Figure out what kind of income you will want in retirement and divide by 0.04 to get the savings you need to accumulate to support that.   This doesn't allow for the fact that your needs are also going to increase with inflation; you can make a guess at that and use an inflated needs estimate.  Not sophisticated,  not precise, but it's a quick and dirty ballpark estimate. And sometimes it's surprisingly close to what a proper model would say.\"","score":13.05915},{"document_id":"557350-0-306","text":"\nYes definitely  Warren Buffet averaged returns of only around 21% throughout his 40 years in business.  ROE of 23% is probably more than double the ROE of most companies , whats more as the saying goes its easier to grow sales from 1 million to 100 million than to grow sales from 100 million to 10 billion","score":15.3448305},{"document_id":"181013-0-366","text":"\nSee the Moneychimp site. From 1934 to 2006, the S&P returned an 'average' 12.81%. But the CAGR was 11.26%.  I wrote an article Average Return vs Compound Annual Growth to address this issue.  Interesting that over time only a few funds have managed to get anywhere near this return, but the low cost indexer can get the long term CAGR minus .05% or so, if they wish.","score":12.630943},{"document_id":"411084-0-851","text":"\n\"Consultant, I commend you for thinking about your financial future at such an early age. Warren Buffet, arguably the most successful investor ever lived, and the best known student of Ben Graham has a very simple advice for non-professional investors:  \"\"Put 10% of the cash in short-term government bonds and 90% in a very low-cost S&P 500 index fund. (I suggest Vanguard’s.)\"\" This quote is from his 2013 letter to shareholders. Source: http://www.berkshirehathaway.com/letters/2013ltr.pdf Buffet's annual letters to shareholders are the wealth of useful and practical wisdom for building one's financial future. The logic behind his advice is that most investors cannot consistently pick stock \"\"winners\"\", additionally, they are not able to predict timing of the market; hence, one has to simply stay in the market, and win over in the long run.\"","score":25.919733},{"document_id":"405281-0-2255","text":"\nIf your requirements are hard (must have $1000/month, must have the same or bigger in capital at the end), stocks are a poor choice of investment. However, in many cases, people are willing to tolerate some level of risk to achieve the expected returns. You also do not mention inflation, which can take quite a lot out of your portfolio over the course of ten years. If we make some simplifying assumptions, you want to generate $12,000 a year. You can realistically expect the (whole) stock market, long term (i.e. over time periods substantially longer than 10 years), to return approximately 4 - 5% after factoring in inflation. That means an investment of $240,000 - $300,000 (the math is simplified somewhat here). If you don't care about inflation, you can up the percentage rather somewhat. According to this article, the S&P 500 returned an average of 11.31% from 1928 through 2010 (not factoring in inflation), which would require an investment of approximately $106,100. But! This opens you up to substantial risk. The stock market may go down 30% this year! According to the above article, the S&P returned only 3.54% from 2001 to 2010. Long-term, it goes up, but your investment case is really unsuited to investing in an index to the entire stock market given your requirements. You may be better suited investing primarily in stable bonds, or perhaps a mix of bonds and stocks. Alternatively, you may want to consider even more stable investments such as treasury notes. Treasury notes are all but guaranteed, but with a lousy rate of return. Heck, you could consider a GIC (that may be Canada-only) or even a savings account. There's also the possibility of purchasing an annuity, though almost everyone will advise against such. Personally, I'd go for a mutual fund which invested approximately 70% bonds and the rest in stocks over such a time period. Something like ING Direct's Streetwise Balanced Income Portfolio, if you were in Canada. It substantially lowers your expected return but also lowers your risk. I can't honestly say what the expected return there is; at this point, it's returned 4% per year (before inflation), but has been around only since the beginning of 2008. And to be clear, this is absolutely not free of risk.","score":12.636696}],"e0f8a53d3ab93e7900633fc8fa40631e<::>9":[{"document_id":"175679-0-522","text":"\nPut in the maximum you can into the 401(k), the limit should be $16,500 so long as the highly compensated rules don't kick in. Since you cannot deduct the traditional IRA, it's a great option to deposit to a traditional IRA and immediately convert that balance to a Roth account. That puts you at $21,500/yr saved, nearly 18%.  There's nothing stopping you from investing outside these accounts. A nice ETF with low expenses, investing in a stock index (I am thinking SPY for the S&P 500) is great to accumulate long term.","score":21.89373},{"document_id":"577582-0-1162","text":"\nMake sure you are hitting the actual max of the 401k. Most think it is 18K, but that is the amount you can contribute into either pre-tax or roth. On top of this, you can also contribute using an after-tax contribution (treated differently from Roth). Total amounts up to 54k (since you are under 50).  One thing I would look into for ways to beat interest rates in bank accounts and CDs is Municipal Bond funds, given your high income. I have seen some earning almost 6% tax-free YTD. These also give you liquidity. Definitely keep your 3 mo salary in the bank, but once you get over that while maxing out your 401k, this is a pretty good way to make your money work for you, without crushing you come tax time.   Building that muni bond fund account gradually, you can eventually use that account to pay for things like car payments, mortgage, rent, vacation, etc. Just be sure if you go with a mutual fund, that you are aware of any surrender charge schedules. I have seen this done with C Shares, where you can withdraw your investment without penalty after 1 year.   Let me know if this is unclear or you would like any additional information. Best of luck!","score":18.575743},{"document_id":"15841-0-1083","text":"\nI have worked for companies that have done this. One did have a match and the other did not. When they figured their profit at the end of the year a portion was given to the employees as a 401K deposit.  retirement-topics-401k-and-profit-sharing-plan-contribution-limits Total annual contributions (annual additions) to all of your accounts   in plans maintained by one employer (and any related employer) are   limited. The limit applies to the total of: elective deferrals employer matching contributions employer nonelective contributions allocations of forfeitures The annual additions paid to a participant’s account cannot exceed the   lesser of: 100% of the participant's compensation, or $54,000 ($60,000 including catch-up contributions) for 2017;  $53,000   ($59,000 including catch-up contributions) for 2016. So as long as everything stays below that $54,000 limit you are good. In one case the decision was made by the company for the employee, the other company gave us the option of bonus check or 401K. I heard that most of the employees wanted the money in the 401K.","score":18.074858},{"document_id":"290105-0-662","text":"\nI would hire an accountant to help set this up, given the sums of money involved.  $53,000 would be the minimum amount of compensation needed to maximize the 401k. The total limit of contributions is the lesser of: 100% of the participant's compensation, or $53,000 ($59,000 including catch-up contributions) for 2015 and 2016. and they don't count contributions as compensation Your employer's contributions to a qualified retirement plan for you   are not included in income at the time contributed. (Your employer can   tell  you  whether  your  retirement  plan  is  qualified.) On the bright side, employer contributions aren't subject to FICA withholdings.","score":18.986248},{"document_id":"467044-0-1711","text":"\nYes, quite easily, in fact.  You left a lot of numbers out, so lets start with some assumptions. If you are at the median of middle income families in the US that might mean $70,000/year. 15% of that is an investment of $875 per month. If you invest that amount monthly and assume a 6% return, then you will have a million dollars at approximately 57 years old. 6% is a very conservative number, and as Ben Miller points out, the S&P 500 has historically returned closer to 11%. If you assumed an aggressive 9% return, and continued with that $875/month for 40 years until you turn 65, that becomes $4 million. Start with a much more conservative $9/hr for $18,720 per year (40 hours * 52 weeks, no overtime). If that person saved 14% of his/her income or about $219 per month from 25 to 65 years old with the same 9%, they would still achieve $1 million for retirement. Is it much harder for a poor person? Certainly, but hopefully these numbers illustrate that it is better to save and invest even a small amount if that's all that can be done. High income earners have the most to gain if they save and the most to lose if they don't. Let's just assume an even $100,000/year salary and modest 401(k) match of 3%. Even married filing jointly a good portion of that salary is going to be taxed at the 25% rate. If single you'll be hitting the 28% income tax rate.  If you can max out the $18,000 (2017) contribution limit and get an additional $3,000 from an employer match (for a total monthly contribution of $1750) 40 years of contributions would become $8.2 million with the 9% rate of return.  If you withdrew that money at 4% per year you would have a residual income of $300k throughout your retirement.","score":16.786177}],"e0f8a53d3ab93e7900633fc8fa40631e<::>10":[{"document_id":"357492-0-585","text":"\nNo. But you are not splitting the 401(k), the judge is. There is no provision for an employee to simply request funds to give to the ex-spouse. But there is a QDRO, a qualified domestic relations order whereby a judge orders this to occur. The lawyers will be aware of the loans, as will the judge, and will take that into account when splitting the 401(k). Depending on what other money the Ex has, he make be required to pay the loans back, partially, or in full.  No one can guess what will happen. The judge will take all aspects of your finances and current earnings into account.","score":14.506749},{"document_id":"384693-0-1409","text":"\nYou may withdraw penalty-free from a 401(k) if you separate from service at 55 or later. This may make the rolling to any IRA not a good idea. You can withdraw penalty free if you are disabled. You can withdraw penalty free if you take the withdrawal using a process called Section 72t which basically means a steady withdrawal for either 5 years or until age 59-1/2 whichever is second.  Aside from these exceptions, the concept is to be allowed to take withdrawals after 59-1/2, but you must start to take withdrawals starting at 70-1/2. These are called RMDs (required minimum distributions) and represent a small fraction of the account, 1/27.4 at 70, 1/18.7 at 80, 1/11.4 at 90.  Each year, you take a minimum of this fraction of the account value and pay the tax. If you had a million dollars, your first withdrawal would be $36,496, you'd be in the 15% marginal rate with this income.  In general, it's always a good idea to be aware of your marginal tax rate. For example, a married filing joint couple would be in the 15% bracket up to a taxable $74,900 in 2015. At withdrawal time, and as the year moves along, if they are on track to have a taxable $64,900 (for example), it would be wise to take the extra $10,000, either as a withdrawal to put aside for the next year, or as a Roth conversion. This way, as the RMDs increase, they have a reduced chance to push the couple to the next tax bracket.","score":13.435229},{"document_id":"128451-0-1390","text":"\n\"Yes you can do the withdraw if you turned 55 during the year you separated from service. http://www.401khelpcenter.com/401k_education/Early_Dist_Options.html#.VdMrqPlVhBc Leaving Your Job On or After Age 55 The age 59½ distribution rule says any 401k participant may begin to withdraw money from his or her plan after reaching the age of 59½ without having to pay a 10 percent early withdrawal penalty. There is an exception to that rule, however, which allows an employee who retires, quits or is fired at age 55 to withdraw without penalty from their 401k (the \"\"rule of 55\"\"). There are three key points early retirees need to know. First, this exception applies if you leave your job at any time during the calendar year in which you turn 55, or later, according to IRS Publication 575. Second, if you still have money in the plan of a former employer and assuming you weren't at least age 55 when you left that employer, you'll have to wait until age 59½ to start taking withdrawals without penalty. Better yet, get any old 401k's rolled into your current 401k before you retire from your current job so that you will have access to these funds penalty free. Third, this exception only applies to funds withdrawn from a 401k. IRAs operate until different rules, so if you retire and roll money into an IRA from your 401k before age 59½, you will lose this exception on those dollars.\"","score":13.413866},{"document_id":"129730-0-965","text":"\n\"As JoeTaxpayer says, \"\"It's a very rare circumstance where an early 401(k) withdrawal actually makes any real economic sense.\"\" Your statements that one year's salary for you is $60K and the combination of your spouse's income and yours puts you into the highest income tax bracket together lead to the conclusion that your spouse's income is considerably higher than yours. If this income will continue past your death (e.g. you two are not in a joint venture that will collapse when you pass away because she cannot do the work by herself), then it is very definitely to your joint advantage to leave your money in a tax-deferred account for as long as possible. Her income should be enough to cover the mortgage payments.  Also, rather than take the money out and paying taxes at a high rate right now, your  spouse can roll over the 401k money into an IRA and withdraw only small amounts per year, paying taxes spread over the years rather than in a lump sum.\"","score":13.250824},{"document_id":"430034-1685-2745","text":"\nIf you withdraw money from a 401k before you are 59 1/2, you will pay a 10% penalty, and you will have to have income tax withheld on the amount you withdraw. On the other hand, if your employer matches 100% of your 401k contributions, you could be throwing away 50% of your possible retirement savings because of your fear of the possibility of a 10% loss! In addition 401k plans do have some exceptions to the early withdrawal penalty. There are provisions for medical emergencies and home purchases for example. However, the qualifications are not entirely straight-forward, and you should read up on them before enrolling. The real answer to your fears is planning. Figure out your living expenses. Figure out how much you want in an emergency fund. Figure out when you will be wanting to buy a house, have a child, or go back to school. Set aside the savings you'll need for all those, and then for the remainder of your money you can consider long term investments with some confidence that you probably won't need to face the early withdrawal penalties.","score":13.944866}],"2cc753bcef23767c18aedad06c4405c4<::>1":[{"document_id":"fe8c82cdf4a51f27-12212-14051","text":"\r\n\tFAQs - City of Piedmont\r\n\nA. Latex and oil-based paint needs to be taken to an Alameda County Household Hazardous Waste Facility. Call (800) 606-6606 or visit http://www.StopWaste.org/recycling/residents/household-hazardous-waste/paints.\n\nQ. What do I do with syringes and hypodermic needles?\n\nA. They cannot be recycled or thrown in the garbage and must be disposed of properly. Please visit the Alameda County Household Hazardous Waste website or call (800) 606-6606 for proper disposal instructions.\n\nQ. I have some unusual items to recycle. Where can I get more information about what to do with them?\n\nA. Visit the web site of StopWaste.org. or call their toll-free hotline, (877) 786-7927.\n\nQ. Who should I call about the disposal of household hazardous waste?\n\nA. Call the Alameda County Household Hazardous Waste Program at (800) 606-6606.\n\nCollection Day Information\n\nQ. What are the hours of collection?\n\nA. Service hours are Monday - Friday from 7:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m.\n\nQ. What is my collection schedule during holidays?\n\nA. There is no garbage, organics, or recycling collection on New Year's Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day. During weeks when these holidays fall on a weekday, pickup is one day later for the rest of the week, including Saturday. For example, if your regular service day is Tuesday you will get service on Wednesday, or if your regular service day is Friday you will get service on Saturday. Garbage, recycling, and organics collection schedules are not affected by any other holidays.\n\nAdditional Service Questions\n\nQ. Who do I call about missed collection of garbage/recycling/organics service?\n\nA. Call Republic Services at their toll- free number, (800) 320-8077 before 12 noon for a return trip on the same day.\n\nQ. I need a replacement cart because mine is damaged or missing. Who do I call?","title":"\r\n\tFAQs - City of Piedmont\r\n","score":12.054192},{"document_id":"fe8c82cdf4a51f27-13646-15675","text":"\r\n\tFAQs - City of Piedmont\r\n\nGarbage, recycling, and organics collection schedules are not affected by any other holidays.\n\nAdditional Service Questions\n\nQ. Who do I call about missed collection of garbage/recycling/organics service?\n\nA. Call Republic Services at their toll- free number, (800) 320-8077 before 12 noon for a return trip on the same day.\n\nQ. I need a replacement cart because mine is damaged or missing. Who do I call?\n\nA. Call Republic Services at their toll-free number, (800) 320-8077. Republic Services will also provide additional recyclables and organics carts at no extra cost.\n\nQ. Where should I place my carts for collection?\n\nA. Customers with on-premises (backyard) collection service should keep all their carts in an accessible location out of view from the street in the side or rear yard. The blue recycling cart should be kept next to the black and green carts and does not need to be taken to the curb.\n\nCustomers who have opted to have Curbside collection service should place all their carts within three feet of the curb for collection no earlier than 6:00 p.m. on the day prior to the scheduled collection day and must remove all carts from the curb no later than 12:00 midnight on the scheduled collection day. Customers may not place carts in a public street, or public sidewalk, but may place carts in the right-of-way parking strip. To help reduce scavenging, please place the carts out before 7:00 a.m.\n\nShould you need a trash enclosure to screen your bins please see the Trash Enclosure Information Brochure.\n\nQ. What should I do if I see someone other than the recycling company taking recyclables from my Blue Recycling Cart?\n\nA. Get a description of the person and/or the make and model of the vehicle and call the police non-emergency number, (510) 420-3000.\n\nGet Detailed Information on These Services:\nOrganics | Recycling | Garbage | Hazardous Waste | Bulky Items | E Waste \n| \nFAQ | Climate Action | Ordinances and Regulations \n| \nConstruction & Demolition Debris Recycling | Resources \n\nPiedmont Evergreen","title":"\r\n\tFAQs - City of Piedmont\r\n","score":17.18205},{"document_id":"4c60d329380aa03d-1450-3954","text":"Resources for Local Education Agencies: K-12 Public Schools and School Districts - CalRecycle Home Page\nLocal Education Agency Definition\nCollection Requirements\nWaivers\nEdible Food Requirements\n\nResources and Best Management Practices\nStatewide Local Education Agency Webinar\nLocal Education Agency PowerPoint Presentation\n\n \n\nCalifornia is home to more than 10,000 K-12 schools and 6 million students. By managing recycling programs, local education agencies, which include K-12 public schools and school districts, play a vital role in fighting climate change and protecting the environment for future generations.\nLocal education agencies are required to maintain mandatory commercial recycling and organic recycling programs, including ensuring that schools have properly labeled recycling containers to collect bottles, cans, paper, cardboard, food waste, and other recyclable materials. SB 1383 expands the definition of organic waste to include food scraps, landscape and pruning waste, organic textiles and carpets, lumber, and wood.\nImpacted Schools and Districts\nSB 1383 applies to all local education agencies, including:\n\nK-12 public and charter schools\nSchool districts\nCounty offices of education (that are not subject to the control of the city or county solid waste regulations)\n\nCollection Requirements for Local Education Agencies\nLocal education agencies must recycle their organic waste either by:\n\nSubscribing to a collection service that the jurisdiction provides OR\nContracting for collection services independently OR\nSelf-hauling organic waste to a specified composting facility, community composting program, or other collection activity or program.\n\nEducation\n\nSchool staff and administrators must educate employees and students about organic waste prevention. Staff and administrators must periodically:\n\nInspect organic waste containers for contamination.\nInform employees if containers are contaminated.\nInstruct employees on how to properly sort material into the correct containers.\n\nHaving clear signage and container labeling encourages proper sorting and minimizes contamination. See Containers for container color and labeling requirements.\nContainers\nSchool staff and administrators must provide containers to collect organic waste and recyclables in all areas where disposal containers are provided, except in restrooms. However, a school is not required to provide an internal collection container if a specific material type is not generated in a particular room (e.g., food waste in a classroom).\nContainers must conform to the proper color or labeling requirements:","title":"Resources for Local Education Agencies: K-12 Public Schools and School Districts - CalRecycle Home Page","score":12.130085},{"document_id":"9bb4f6a6c44ee3a0-2918-4826","text":"CalRecycle Home Page\n×75% of California Communities report they have residential organic waste collection.\n100% of California Communities have expanded programs to send still-fresh, unsold food to Californians in need.\n3 million cars worth of climate pollution will be cut by reaching SB 1383’s recycling and food rescue targets.\n \nLearn More×CalRecycle’s monthly webcast provides updates, announcements, and a report from Director Rachel Machi Wagoner.\nMeeting Details\n\nSB 1383 Food and Yard Waste ResourcesTools and guidance for SB 1383, the state’s food and yard waste recycling law, which has targets to:\n\nCut organic waste disposal 75% by 2025\nSend at least 20% of surplus, still fresh food to Californians in need by 2025.\n\nLearn More\n\nSB 343: Accurate Recycling LabelsIncreasing recycling in California first requires accurate labels on recyclables. The law outlaws manufacturers and others from selling products or packaging labeled as recyclable unless the items are regularly collected and processed for recycling in the state.\nLearn More\n\nSB 54: Plastic Pollution Prevention and Packaging Producer Responsibility ActPackaging is over 50% of waste landfilled in California by volume. Get updates on Senate Bill 54 (Allen, Chapter 75, Statutes of 2022), the Plastic Pollution Prevention and Packaging Producer Responsibility Act.\nLearn More\n\nPublic NoticesPublic NoticesDecisions and Public ParticipationGrantsData CentralGrants, Payments, and Loans ProgramsLaws and ContractsContractsLaws and RegulationsCivil Rights and Title VIFormsForms\n\nGavin Newsom\nGovernor\n\nVisit his page\n\nYana Garcia\nSecretary for Environmental Protection\n\nVisit her profile page\n\nZoe Heller\nDirector\n\nVisit her bio\n\n \n\n \n \n \n \n\nBack to Top\n\nPrivacy Policy\n\nConditions of Use\n\nAccessibility\n\nContact Us\n\nInformation and Disclaimers\n\nFacebook\n\nInstagram\n\nLinkedIn\n\nX\n\nYouTube\n\nCopyright © State of California\nPowered by: CAWeb Publishing Service","title":"CalRecycle Home Page","score":12.497907},{"document_id":"fe8c82cdf4a51f27-6287-8334","text":"\r\n\tFAQs - City of Piedmont\r\n\nClick here to view Organics Recycling details.\n\nQ. What doesn't belong in the Green Organics Cart?\n\nA. All plastics (including bags and flower pots), all glass and metal, pet waste, diapers, treated or coated wood, trash, hazardous waste and rocks (dirt, concrete and sand).\n\nQ. I just completed a yard clean-up. How do I dispose of all the yard debris that does not fit in my Green Organics Cart?\n\nA. On those periodic occasions when a single-family customer has additional green waste more than what can be placed in the Green Organics Cart, they may call Republic Services at (800) 320-8077 to request overage bags in which to place the additional plant debris. Organics collection is unlimited in volume and is provided at no additional cost. If a customer regularly finds that they have more yard debris than will fit in the green Organics cart, they can call Republic Services to request an additional green cart.\n\nQ. Why should I recycle food scraps?\n\nA. Properly sorting your food scraps and food soiled paper not only helps fight climate change, it's now the law. Effective January 2022, State law (SB 1383) requires all residents and businesses to keep compostable and recyclable materials of of California's landfills and subscribe to organics collective services. Food scraps and food soiled paper are the largest single item in our waste stream - making up approximately 35% of what we throw away in Alameda County. Food scraps are a resource, not a waste. By participating in the food scrap recycling program, food scraps and food soiled paper are sent to a composting facility. Instead of taking up space in the landfill, your food scraps become compost - a valuable resource used by landscapers and farmers. The result is a reduction in greenhouse gas emissions and a healthier environment. To learn more, visit the http://stopfoodwaste.org website.\n\nQ. How do I recycle food scraps?\n\nA. Collect food scraps and food-soiled paper in the green kitchen pail. Empty the pail contents into the large green Organics cart for collection.","title":"\r\n\tFAQs - City of Piedmont\r\n","score":11.585447}],"2cc753bcef23767c18aedad06c4405c4<::>3":[{"document_id":"fe8c82cdf4a51f27-4768-6684","text":"\r\n\tFAQs - City of Piedmont\r\n\nTo receive the discount, the account holder must fill out the application for exemption to curbside placement of carts, provide a doctor's certification that the customer is unable to move the carts to the curb or provide a copy of a valid California Disability Placard, and verify that there are no able-bodied household members that can move the carts to the curb.\n\nService Rates for Single Family Residences\n\nQ. What are the Service Rates for Single Family Residences?\n\nA. Single family residential prices are based on the size of the garbage cart. Each residential account includes unlimited recycling and organics carts. Carts used for on-premises (backyard) services are limited to a maximum size of 35 gallons. Additional garbage carts are available for an additional cost.\n\nCurbside Collection:\n\n20 Gallon Garbage Cart - $94.76 per month\n35 Gallon Garbage Cart - $100.41 per month\n65 Gallon Garbage Cart - $138.33 per month\n95 Gallon Garbage Cart - $154.91 per month\n\nResidential Rates Effective July 1, 2023 - Curbside Service\n\nOn-Premises (Backyard) Collection:\n\n20 Gallon Garbage Cart - $145 per month\n35 Gallon Garbage Cart - $150.65 per month\n\nBackyard Rates Effective July 1, 2023 - Back Yard Service\n(Limited to 20 or 35 gallon carts ONLY for worker safety)\n\nInterested in Organics Recycling (Composting)?\n\nQ. What goes in the Green Organics Cart?\n\nA. Yard trimmings, food scraps and food soiled paper. All items must fit within the cart with the lid completely closed. This includes twigs and branches. Click here to view Organics Recycling details.\n\nQ. What doesn't belong in the Green Organics Cart?\n\nA. All plastics (including bags and flower pots), all glass and metal, pet waste, diapers, treated or coated wood, trash, hazardous waste and rocks (dirt, concrete and sand).\n\nQ. I just completed a yard clean-up. How do I dispose of all the yard debris that does not fit in my Green Organics Cart?","title":"\r\n\tFAQs - City of Piedmont\r\n","score":17.817091},{"document_id":"4acbb81f4f18c9a2-111501-113272","text":"FAQs • San Bruno, CA • CivicEngage\n▼\r\nFinance - Utility Billing\t\n\nShow All Answers\n\n1.\nWhen does my garbage get picked up?\n\nGarbage collection is provided by Recology San Bruno. The City provides billing services on behalf of the Recology San Bruno. For detailed information regarding garbage and recycling collection, collection dates, or scheduling extra service, please contact Recology San Bruno at 650-583-8536. \n\n2.\nWhere is your office located?\n\nThe Utility Billing office is located in San Bruno City Hall located at:567 El Camino RealSan Bruno, CA 94066 \n\n3.\nMay I make a PG&E payment at City Hall?\n\nPG&E payments are not accepted by the City of San Bruno. To find a local office, please contact PG&E directly at 800-743-5000. \n\n4.\nWhy did our rates go up?\n\nWe are on a 5-year rate plan, and in the 5th year of rate increases. \n\n5.\nWho do I contact if I have questions regarding my water and sewer bill?\n\nYou can contact Utility Billing of the Finance Department for any questions or concerns you may have:webfinance@sanbruno.ca.govPhone: 650-616-7086Fax: 650-876-0256 \n\n6.\nWhat is a reconnect fee?\n\nUtility services may be disconnected if you fail to pay past due charges on your utility statement. A reconnect service fee of $93 (before 2 pm) or $155 (after 2 pm) will be imposed to restore service. Any unauthorized attempt to establish service will result in a meter-tampering fine of $915 per occurrence ($305 per each additional occurrence). see Master Fee Schedule Budget & Financial Reports | San Bruno, CAFor more information, please contact the Finance Department at 650-616-7086. \n\n7.\nWhat is the Water Service Fee?\n\nAll water customers are billed a monthly service fee depending on the size of the water meter installed at the service location and a per unit charge for water consumed.","title":"FAQs • San Bruno, CA • CivicEngage","score":14.08318},{"document_id":"62964e3a38783558-6000-7852","text":"FAQs • Monterey Park, CA • CivicEngage\nGarbage can, solid waste container, solid waste, junk, bulky items,  placed or maintained so as to be visible from neighboring properties or the public right-of-way, except for those times scheduled for collection, in accordance with this code;Trash enclosures must be maintained in a closed manner at all times to prohibit visibility of trash container from public rights-of-way or adjacent property.6.08.060 Containers for residential collection.    (a)    To protect public health, safety, and well-being against the growth and spread of vectors, it is the duty of every person in possession, charge, or control of any residential property within the city, in or from which refuse accumulates or is produced, to keep in a suitable place and utilize the containers provided by the servicer. No other containers shall be used;    (b)    If the capacity of the containers provided by the servicer is insufficient for the quantity of all refuse, recyclables and/or yard waste generated at the premises between pickups, then the residential service customer shall subscribe to such additional service as determined and required by the servicer to protect the public health, safety, and well-being against the growth and spread of vectors from such refuse, recyclables and/or yard waste;    (c)    All refuse and recyclables to be collected shall be placed in the containers provided by servicer, as follows:    (1)    Curbside Service;    (A)   Refuse and recyclables (not including yard waste) shall be placed in the black container(s);    (B)   Yard waste shall be placed in the green container(s);    (C)   No such container may be placed for pickup if its contents exceed three hundred pounds;    (2)    Bin Service. The occupant shall place refuse and recyclables in the bin(s) provided by the servicer;    (3)    Construction and demolition debris.","title":"FAQs • Monterey Park, CA • CivicEngage","score":12.655342},{"document_id":"fe8c82cdf4a51f27-3063-5393","text":"\r\n\tFAQs - City of Piedmont\r\n\nQ. How can I save money?\n\nA. There are four ways to reduce the cost of garbage collection service.\n\nService rates are based upon the size of your garbage cart. Collection service for recyclables and organics is unlimited in volume and provided at no additional cost. By recycling more and generating less garbage, you may be able to switch to a smaller garbage cart to save money. But be sure to choose the right container for your garbage needs. Charges will be assessed for overflowing garbage, garbage set out beyond your service level, or allowing garbage to accumulate on your property. Recycling carts and organics carts contaminated with garbage will not be serviced. Call Republic Services at (800) 320-8077 to order additional or larger carts for recyclables and organics.\nOn-premises (backyard) collection service costs more than curbside service. Switching to curbside service saves approximately $50 per month. With curbside collection, the customer is responsible for placing the wheeled carts at the curb on their regular collection service day and returning the carts to their storage location promptly after collection. With curbside collection, carts are not limited in size as they are with on-premises collection.\nAn Annual Pre-Payment Discount allows single family customers to voluntarily pay for one (1) year of service with the twelfth (12th) month of service provided at no charge. That is 12 months of service for the cost of 11 months of service.\n\n Physically disabled residential customers with no able-bodied household members are eligible to receive on-premises (backyard) collection at curbside rates. The maximum cart size available to on-premises collection is 35 gallons. To receive the discount, the account holder must fill out the application for exemption to curbside placement of carts, provide a doctor's certification that the customer is unable to move the carts to the curb or provide a copy of a valid California Disability Placard, and verify that there are no able-bodied household members that can move the carts to the curb.\n\nService Rates for Single Family Residences\n\nQ. What are the Service Rates for Single Family Residences?\n\nA. Single family residential prices are based on the size of the garbage cart. Each residential account includes unlimited recycling and organics carts.","title":"\r\n\tFAQs - City of Piedmont\r\n","score":15.063655},{"document_id":"97a1e0156fea0a8a-0-2188","text":"Yard Waste | Madison County, NY\n\n\nYard Waste | Madison County, NY\n\n \n\nSkip to Main Content\n\n \n\nSearch\n\n \n \n \n\nPrograms & ServicesFacilitiesSystem OverviewResourcesContact Us\n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \nHomeDepartmentsDepartments M-ZSolid WastePrograms & ServicesSpecial ProgramsYard Waste\n\n\r\n\r\nYard Waste\t\n\nAs of January 1, 2020, there is a charge for commercial yard waste drop-off. All commercial yard waste must go to 6641 Buyea Road, Canastota and go over the scales before unloading.Residential Yard Waste No Charge for items up to 6 inches in diameter and no longer than 10 feet in length. Bring to any of the 4 transfer stations and see an attendant before unloading.Commercial Yard Waste, Buyea Road ONLY $25.00 per ton, must go over the scales before unloading.Stumps and Oversized Tree Limbs, Buyea Road ONLY$35.00 per ton, must go over the scales before unloading. Accepted Materials:Grass clippingsLeavesWeedsWood Chips/MulchBrush and Branches (up to 6 inches in diameter and no longer than 10 feet in length)NOT Accepted:Any contaminated productTreated Wood, Construction Debris, Plastic, Dirt, Trash, Concrete, Stone or MetalCoal AshesPlastic BagsWhen available, wood chips and compost are FREE to Madison County Residents. NOT for Commercial Business.\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n\nAgricultural Plastics\n\nBulbs, Batteries & Ink Cartridges\n\nExpanded Polystyrene\n\nScrap Metal\n\nTextiles\n\nThermostats\n\nYard Waste\n\n \n\n \n\nContact Us\n\nRecycle & Dispose\n\nCOUNTY HOME\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\nRecycling Guides\n\nHousehold Hazardous Waste\n\n \n \n\nFAQ\n\nFORMS\n\nLocation& Hours\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n  \n \n\n  \n \n\nContact Us\n\nMadison County NY138 N Court StreetWampsville, NY 13163Hours: Monday-Friday 8 a.m. - 4 p.m.\n \n\n  \n \n\n  \n \n\nSocial Media\n\nFacebook\n\nYouTube\n\n \n \n\n  \n \n\nPopular Resources\n\nCounty Campus Map\n\nResource Directory\n\nFEMA - Plan & Prepare Ways to Protect Your Family & Property\n\nOnline Citizen Preparedness Training\n\nReady - Prepare, Plan, Stay Informed\n\n/QuickLinks.aspx\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\nHome\n\nSite Map\n\nContact Us\n\nAccessibility\n\nCopyright Notices\n\nDirections to County Offices\n\nPrivacy Policy\n\nEmployee Portal\n\n/QuickLinks.aspx\n\n \n \n \n\nLoading\n\n\r\n\tLoading\r\n\t\n\nDo Not Show Again\nClose\n\nArrow Left\n\nArrow Right\n\n[]\n\nSlideshow Left Arrow\n\nSlideshow Right Arrow\n\n","title":"Yard Waste | Madison County, NY","score":11.630323}],"2cc753bcef23767c18aedad06c4405c4<::>7":[{"document_id":"9bb4f6a6c44ee3a0-1430-3366","text":"CalRecycle Home Page\nMillion Tons of Disaster Debris Cleaned Up\n\nMillion Mattresses Collected for Recycling\n\nBillion Pounds of Carpet Collected\n\nMillion Gallons of Paint Collected\n\nMillion Unsold Meals Sent to Californians in Need\n\nBillion Gallons of Used Oil Collected for Recycling\n\n%\nCA Communities Expanded Still-Fresh Unsold Food Donation Programs\n\n%\nCA Communities with Residential Organic Waste Collection\n\n%\nBeverage Container Recycling Rate\n\n*Click on each number for more information.\n\n \nOur Mission\nProtecting California’s environment and climate for the health and prosperity of future generations through the reduction, reuse and recycling of California resources, environmental education, disaster recovery and the transition from a disposable to a fully circular economy.\n\n\tUpcoming Events\t\n\n\tMay\t\n\n\t29\t\n\n10:00 am - 5:00 pm PDT \n\n\tNotice of AB 1311 Alternative Schedule 45-Day Comment Period and Public Hearing\t\n\n\tJun\t\n\n\t18\t\n\n10:00 am - 11:30 am PDT \n\n\tJune 2024 CalRecycle Monthly Public Meeting\t\n\n\tJun\t\n\n\t19\t\n\nJune 19 - June 20 \n\n\t2024 California Tire Conference\t\n\n\tJun\t\n\n\t21\t\n\n10:00 am - 5:00 pm PDT \n\n\tSB 54 Advisory Board Meeting\t\n\n\tView Calendar\t\n\nWhere Can I Recycle?I Recycle SmartCalifornia’s 1383 Implementation ProgressMonthly Public Meeting×\n\nRecycling Center Map\nBeverage Containers\nE-Waste\nPaint\nUsed Oil & Filters\nCarpet\nMattresses\n×      \n\nWhat can I recycle?\nLooking for your local recycling information?\nWhat food scraps and yard waste can you recycle?\nHow do I reduce waste?\n×75% of California Communities report they have residential organic waste collection.\n100% of California Communities have expanded programs to send still-fresh, unsold food to Californians in need.\n3 million cars worth of climate pollution will be cut by reaching SB 1383’s recycling and food rescue targets.\n \nLearn More×CalRecycle’s monthly webcast provides updates, announcements, and a report from Director Rachel Machi Wagoner.\nMeeting Details","title":"CalRecycle Home Page","score":12.105472},{"document_id":"98725809e2754974-482-2554","text":"Recycling | Madison County, NY\nAll recyclables must be empty, clean & dry.Recycling bins are available for Madison County residents at our 4 transfer stations, when they are open.Paper Bin:Accepted Items in Your 'Paper' Recycling Bin: Newspaper & InsertsMagazines & CatalogsNon-Metallic Greeting Cards/Wrapping PaperCereal Boxes & Dry Food BoxesProduct BoxesCardboard (flattened)Telephone BooksPaper BagsGift BoxesPaper Towel & Toilet Paper TubesPaper, Mail & EnvelopesShredded Paper (put in paper bags)Take-Out Pizza Boxes (grease is okay)Other BoxboardNot Accepted in Your 'Paper' Recycling Bin: Frozen, Refrigerated or Microwave Product BoxesSoda & Beer Cartons/CarriersWax-Coated Corrugated BoxesFolders or Spiral Books with Metal PartsAnything Containing Foil, Metal or PlasticPaper CupsMilk or Juice CartonsCarbon or Wax PaperPaper Egg CartonsTissue PaperContainers Bin:Accepted in Your 'Containers' Recycling Bin: Plastic Bottles & Jugs with a neck such as:Plastic Milk and Water JugsSoap and Detergent BottlesWater BottlesDeposit BottlesPlastic Yogurt & Dairy TubsGlass Bottles & JarsAluminum CansAluminum FoilAluminum Plates or TraysMetal Food Containers & Metal LidsEmpty Aerosol CansNot Accepted in Your 'Containers' Recycling Bin: Plastic Clamshell ContainersPlastic Bags and other FilmsPlastic Toys, Buckets or PailsPartially or Full ContainersCeramic or Crystal housewarePlastic Take-Out ContainersPlastic Cups, Straws & LidsBottles that contained hazardous productsPots and PansLight BulbsBlack PlasticAny other Plastics Scrap Metal ItemsWindow or Auto GlassMirrorsCan I recycle plastic items that have a #1-7 on them?Unfortunately, not all plastics can be recycled in our program. In an effort to educate the public on what plastics can and cannot be recycled, we have moved our messaging away from using the #1-7 symbols. These numbers reflect the type of plastic used to make a product and does not mean that an item can be recycled. Instead, our messaging focuses on the shape of the material such as plastic bottles/jugs that have a \"neck\" or taper at the top and plastic dairy tubs.","title":"Recycling | Madison County, NY","score":10.493836},{"document_id":"fe8c82cdf4a51f27-10667-12565","text":"\r\n\tFAQs - City of Piedmont\r\n\nBut if this is a one-time or occasional occurrence, your bagged recycling overage can be set out within 3 feet of the curb. However, notice is required!\n\nQ. Where can I sell my California Redemption (CRV) containers?\n\nA. Berkeley Recycling located at 669 Gilman Street in Berkeley pays for certain recyclables at their Buyback. To learn which materials will be purchased and current pricing, visit berkeleyrecycling.org.\n\nQ. What is considered Electronic Waste(e-waste)?\n\nA. TVs, computer monitors, computers, keyboards, cables, small accessories, inkjet printers/scanners/fax machines, laser printers, desktop copiers, stereos, audio/video equipment, video games, laptops, cellular/cordless phones and answering machines, power supplies. Click here to view E-Waste details.\n\nQ. Can e-waste be collected at the curb?\n\nA. Yes, to schedule a Curbside E-Waste On-Call Clean-up, call Republic Services at 800-320-8077\n\nQ. What do I do with batteries and cell phones?\n\nA. DO NOT place any batteries or cell phones in any of your wheeled carts. You can properly dispose and recycle household batteries and cell phones in one of three ways:\n\nYou can place your household batteries and cell phones in a sealed plastic bag on top of the Blue Recycling cart on your regular service day.\nYou can bring your household batteries to the Piedmont Fire Station for recycling.\nBatteries, both household and automobile, can be taken to an Alameda County Household Hazardous Waste Facility . Call (800) 606-6606 for more information. \n\nQ. How do I recycle paint?\n\nA. Latex and oil-based paint needs to be taken to an Alameda County Household Hazardous Waste Facility. Call (800) 606-6606 or visit http://www.StopWaste.org/recycling/residents/household-hazardous-waste/paints.\n\nQ. What do I do with syringes and hypodermic needles?\n\nA. They cannot be recycled or thrown in the garbage and must be disposed of properly.","title":"\r\n\tFAQs - City of Piedmont\r\n","score":11.391905},{"document_id":"fe8c82cdf4a51f27-12212-14051","text":"\r\n\tFAQs - City of Piedmont\r\n\nA. Latex and oil-based paint needs to be taken to an Alameda County Household Hazardous Waste Facility. Call (800) 606-6606 or visit http://www.StopWaste.org/recycling/residents/household-hazardous-waste/paints.\n\nQ. What do I do with syringes and hypodermic needles?\n\nA. They cannot be recycled or thrown in the garbage and must be disposed of properly. Please visit the Alameda County Household Hazardous Waste website or call (800) 606-6606 for proper disposal instructions.\n\nQ. I have some unusual items to recycle. Where can I get more information about what to do with them?\n\nA. Visit the web site of StopWaste.org. or call their toll-free hotline, (877) 786-7927.\n\nQ. Who should I call about the disposal of household hazardous waste?\n\nA. Call the Alameda County Household Hazardous Waste Program at (800) 606-6606.\n\nCollection Day Information\n\nQ. What are the hours of collection?\n\nA. Service hours are Monday - Friday from 7:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m.\n\nQ. What is my collection schedule during holidays?\n\nA. There is no garbage, organics, or recycling collection on New Year's Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day. During weeks when these holidays fall on a weekday, pickup is one day later for the rest of the week, including Saturday. For example, if your regular service day is Tuesday you will get service on Wednesday, or if your regular service day is Friday you will get service on Saturday. Garbage, recycling, and organics collection schedules are not affected by any other holidays.\n\nAdditional Service Questions\n\nQ. Who do I call about missed collection of garbage/recycling/organics service?\n\nA. Call Republic Services at their toll- free number, (800) 320-8077 before 12 noon for a return trip on the same day.\n\nQ. I need a replacement cart because mine is damaged or missing. Who do I call?","title":"\r\n\tFAQs - City of Piedmont\r\n","score":12.772532},{"document_id":"05e50be28c1a4beb-6531-8314","text":"Household Hazardous Waste | Madison County, NY\nBring paint to the Service Counter in the back of Parry's during store hours.Through our HHW program - please submit paint quantities under the correct category. Items covered under the PaintCare program do not go towards the limit of 20 liquid gallons and 30 solid pounds of HHW material.Latex paint is not considered hazardous waste. Another option to dispose of latex (water-based) paint is to throw away the lid and dry out the left-over paint. Add an absorbent like kitty litter and allow mixture to air dry until hard. Once dry, throw the can in the garbage. Do NOT do this for oil-based paints as these need to go to a paint drop off location.\n\n \n \n \n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n\nAbout Us\n\nElectronic Recycling\n\nHousehold Hazardous Waste\n\nPharmaceutical Waste\n\nRecycling\n\nHoliday Recycling 101\n\nSharps Disposal\n\nSpecial Programs\n\nAgricultural Plastics\n\nBulbs, Batteries & Ink Cartridges\n\nExpanded Polystyrene\n\nScrap Metal\n\nTextiles\n\nThermostats\n\nYard Waste\n\nSpecial Events\n\n \n\n \n\nContact Us\n\nRecycle & Dispose\n\nCOUNTY HOME\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\nRecycling Guides\n\nHousehold Hazardous Waste\n\n \n \n\nFAQ\n\nFORMS\n\nLocation& Hours\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n \n\nContact Us\n\nMadison County NY138 N Court StreetWampsville, NY 13163Hours: Monday-Friday 8 a.m. - 4 p.m.\n \n\n \n \n\n \n \n\nSocial Media\n\nFacebook\n\nYouTube\n\n \n \n\n \n \n\nPopular Resources\n\nCounty Campus Map\n\nResource Directory\n\nFEMA - Plan & Prepare Ways to Protect Your Family & Property\n\nOnline Citizen Preparedness Training\n\nReady - Prepare, Plan, Stay Informed\n\n/QuickLinks.aspx\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\nHome\n\nSite Map\n\nContact Us\n\nAccessibility\n\nCopyright Notices\n\nDirections to County Offices\n\nPrivacy Policy\n\nEmployee Portal\n\n/QuickLinks.aspx\n\n \n \n \n\nLoading\n\n\r\n\tLoading\r\n\t\n\nDo Not Show Again\nClose\n\nArrow Left\n\nArrow Right\n\n[]\n\nSlideshow Left Arrow\n\nSlideshow Right Arrow","title":"Household Hazardous Waste | Madison County, NY","score":10.991541}],"2cc753bcef23767c18aedad06c4405c4<::>9":[{"document_id":"48bba2114bb2383e-6680-8913","text":"\r\n\tOrdinances and Regulations - City of Piedmont\r\n\nProjects required by the California Green Building Standards (all newly constructed residential buildings and projects increasing the building's conditioned area, volume, or size) having a building permit valuation greater than or equal to $50,000 are required to divert at least 65% of the debris generated by the project from going to a landfill. This includes all construction, demolition and/or renovation projects within the City. Although not required, the City encourages projects with a valuation of less than $50,000 to recycle at least 65% of the debris generated.\n Q: Are there any additional City fees associated with these requirements? \n A: No. There are no additional City fees associated with the requirement to recycle C&D debris. \n Q: Am I required to use Republic Services to haul recyclable and non-recyclable debris? \n A: Yes. Republic Services has an exclusive franchise for the removal of solid waste and recyclable material from properties within the City limits.\n Q: May I self-haul the debris? \n A: Contractors, or any other paid hauler other than Republic Services, cannot remove the debris for the homeowner. Only home-owners who do not pay to have debris removed but personally transport the debris to the solid waste and/or recycling facility are exempt from the exclusive franchise agreement.\n Q: Can I salvage or reuse materials, fixtures and appliances? \n A: Yes. Applicants are encouraged to salvage and reuse materials and fixtures such as bricks, windows, light fixtures, porcelain fixtures, fireplace mantles and more per the attached Salvaged Material Form (SMF). If you do salvage or reuse, you will need to submit a SMF along with weight estimates and receipts from salvage vendors to the City to document that you have diverted at least 65% of the C&D materials from the landfill. Please refer to the Builders’ Guide to Reuse & Recycling for information on salvage and reuse service providers.\n Q: How do I estimate the weight of materials reused or salvaged? \n A: You should use the attached City approved Conversion Table for Salvage and Reuse to estimate the weight of these materials.\n Q: How do I comply with the Diversion Goal if more than 65% of the debris generated is not recyclable?","title":"\r\n\tOrdinances and Regulations - City of Piedmont\r\n","score":12.109215},{"document_id":"48bba2114bb2383e-8282-10276","text":"\r\n\tOrdinances and Regulations - City of Piedmont\r\n\nIf you do salvage or reuse, you will need to submit a SMF along with weight estimates and receipts from salvage vendors to the City to document that you have diverted at least 65% of the C&D materials from the landfill. Please refer to the Builders’ Guide to Reuse & Recycling for information on salvage and reuse service providers.\n Q: How do I estimate the weight of materials reused or salvaged? \n A: You should use the attached City approved Conversion Table for Salvage and Reuse to estimate the weight of these materials.\n Q: How do I comply with the Diversion Goal if more than 65% of the debris generated is not recyclable? \n A: If unique circumstances make it infeasible for you to comply with the Diversion Goal, you may apply, in writing, to the Building Official for an exemption.\n Q: What is the penalty for not complying with the Ordinance? \n A: Violation of a City ordinance, such as the Construction and Demolition Debris Recycling Ordinance, is considered an infraction that may result in a fine. \n Q: Are these requirements necessary? \n A: Yes. C&D debris represents a significant portion of the City’s overall waste stream. Keeping these materials out of landfills is an essential part of the City’s plan for: \n    - Fulfilling the City’s own environmental and waste reduction goals; and \n    - Complying with the State’s Integrated Waste Management Act. \n\nGet Detailed Information on These Services:\nOrganics | Recycling | Garbage | Hazardous Waste | Bulky Items | E Waste \n| \nFAQ | Climate Action | Ordinances and Regulations \n| \nConstruction & Demolition Debris Recycling | Resources \n\nPiedmont Evergreen\n[email protected]   120 Vista Avenue Piedmont, CA 94611   (510) 420-3040\n\nSTAY CURRENT\nSign up for our newsletter\n\nHELPFUL RESOURCES\nRepublic Services of Piedmont\n800-320-8077   local.republicservices.com/site/piedmont-ca\nAlameda County Recycling Hotline\n877-STOPWASTE (786-7927)   www.StopWaste.org\nHousehold Hazardous Waste\n800-606-6606   www.household-hazwaste.org","title":"\r\n\tOrdinances and Regulations - City of Piedmont\r\n","score":7.3639903},{"document_id":"49ed30294a0a3fe0-2-2068","text":"FEMA: Returning Home\nFEMA: Returning Home\n\nFEMA.gov\n\nContact Us\nSite Map\nFrequently Asked Questions\nEspañol\n\nSearch\n\n Advanced Search\n\nHome\nDisaster Information\nPlan Ahead\nApply for Assistance\nRecover & Rebuild\nAbout Us\n\nRecover & Rebuild\nEnsure Your Safety\nFind Family Members\nGet Food and Water\nFind a Place to Stay\nReturn Home Safely\nFile an Insurance Claim\nApply for Assistance\nCope with Stress\nClean Up the Damage\nRebuild Smarter and Stronger\nProtect Your Property\nHow You Can Help\n\nReturning Home\n\nGeneral Tips\nBefore You Enter Your Home\nGoing Inside Your Home\n\nGeneral Tips\nDon't return to your flood-damaged home before the area is declared to be safe by local officials. Returning home can be both physically and mentally challenging. Above all, use caution.\nCheck for injuries. Do not attempt to move seriously injured persons unless they are in immediate danger of death or further injury. If you must move an unconscious person, first stabilize the neck and back, then call for help immediately.\n\nKeep a battery-powered radio with you so you can listen for emergency updates and news reports.\n\nUse a battery-powered flash light to inspect a damaged home.\nNote: The flashlight should be turned on outside before entering - the battery may produce a spark that could ignite leaking gas, if present.\n\nWatch out for animals, especially poisonous snakes. Use a stick to poke through debris.\n\nBe wary of wildlife and other animals\n\nUse the phone only to report life-threatening emergencies.\n\nStay off the streets. If you must go out, watch for fallen objects; downed electrical wires; and weakened walls, bridges, roads, and sidewalks.\n\nBack To Top\n\nBefore You Enter Your Home\nWalk carefully around the outside and check for loose power lines, gas leaks, and structural damage. If you have any doubts about safety, have your residence inspected by a qualified building inspector or structural engineer before entering.\nDo not enter if:\n\nYou smell gas.\nFloodwaters remain around the building.\nYour home was damaged by fire and the authorities have not declared it safe.\n\nBack To Top","title":"FEMA: Returning Home","score":6.8419485},{"document_id":"9f6f101741b4f16b-6778-8992","text":"FAQs • Code Enforcement\nNo other containers shall be used;    (b)    If the capacity of the containers provided by the servicer is insufficient for the quantity of all refuse, recyclables and/or yard waste generated at the premises between pickups, then the residential service customer shall subscribe to such additional service as determined and required by the servicer to protect the public health, safety, and well-being against the growth and spread of vectors from such refuse, recyclables and/or yard waste;    (c)    All refuse and recyclables to be collected shall be placed in the containers provided by servicer, as follows:    (1)    Curbside Service;    (A)   Refuse and recyclables (not including yard waste) shall be placed in the black container(s);    (B)   Yard waste shall be placed in the green container(s);    (C)   No such container may be placed for pickup if its contents exceed three hundred pounds;    (2)    Bin Service. The occupant shall place refuse and recyclables in the bin(s) provided by the servicer;    (3)    Construction and demolition debris. Except for disposal by a self hauler pursuant to Section 6.08.280, construction and demolition debris shall be placed in the debris box(es) provided by the servicer and/or the black container(s) for refuse and recyclables provided by the servicer (the black containers are subject to the three hundred pound weight limit);    (d)    To minimize interference with the public rights-of-way, no person shall place a container or bulky item on a parkway for collection service earlier than twenty-four hours prior to the normal collection date as specified by the director of public works. To minimize interference with public rights-of-way, any containers not collected from or any bulky items not removed shall be removed from the public right-of-way location by midnight of the scheduled day of collection;    (e)    Unless otherwise directed by the servicer, containers shall be placed for collection on the street with the wheels of each against the curb and at least one foot distance between each container. In instances where no curb exists, containers shall be placed as close to the edge of the street as practicable with the wheels toward the lot.","title":"FAQs • Code Enforcement","score":6.857709},{"document_id":"a0b1b0d20c55119a-2-2585","text":"Construction & Demolition Debris Recycling | Danville, CA\nConstruction & Demolition Debris Recycling | Danville, CA\n\n \n\nSkip to Main Content\n\n \n\nSearch\n\n \n \n \n\nTown GovernmentServicesDoing BusinessLive LocallyHow Do I?\n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \nTown of Danville, Calif. – Official WebsiteTown GovernmentDevelopment ServicesEngineeringRecycling & Green BuildingConstruction & Demolition Debris Recycling\n\n\r\n\r\nConstruction & Demolition Debris Recycling\t\n\nConstruction & Demolition Recycling OrdinanceTo encourage construction and demolition recycling, the Town of Danville has adopted a construction and demolition recycling ordinance. The ordinance requires certain projects within the Town to divert 65% of their job debris from the landfill. The ordinance requires applicants to visit http://danville.wastetracking.com/ and submit:A Waste Management Plan (WMP) as part of the application submittal requirements for a building, grading, demolition or similar permitWeighmaster certificates for all debris recycling must be submitted to verify plan compliance prior to permit finalization.Applicable ProjectsWaste tracking per the town's Construction and Demolition Recycling Ordinance is required for the following types of construction projects:Commercial Additions, Demolitions, and New ConstructionTenant Improvements exceeding $200,000 in valuationResidential Additions, Demolitions, and New ConstructionResidential Alterations that increase the volume of living spaceThe following types of projects are exempt from the Construction and Demolition Recycling Ordinance:Cell SitesResidential Re-RoofsSwimming PoolsDetached Accessory StructuresResidential Remodels and Alterations within the existing footprint where no additional square footage or volume of living area are created.Mandatory Use of Certified Facilities In order to be counted toward the project’s 65% diversion requirement, all construction and demolition waste must be taken to a Certified Construction and Demolition Recovery Facility. These Certified Facilities will provide weighmaster certificates that must be uploaded to http://danville.wastetracking.com/  to verify compliance with the C&D Ordinance. The Central Contra Costa Solid Waste Authority (CCSWA) maintains the list of certified facilities. View the Certified Facilities List for Construction and Demolition Waste and Recovery and Permitted Recyclers.\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n\nConstruction & Demolition Debris Recycling\n\nGreen Building Resources\n\nClean Water Program\n\nPermit Center\n\n \n\n \n\nAgendas & Minutes\n\nSign Up for Notifications\n\n \n \n\nReport a Concern\n\nJobs & Volunteer\n\n \n \n\nPrograms and Classes\n\nRent a Facility","title":"Construction & Demolition Debris Recycling | Danville, CA","score":6.797791}],"124e27c3861eff7dadd17993719a0beb<::>2":[{"document_id":"24de6442808976ec-3268-4396","text":"File a complaint | New York State Attorney General\nPatterns of complaints involving the same party or a new issue often help us in allocating our law enforcement resources, regardless of whether we can intervene on any individual complaint.\nIf you have questions regarding your individual legal rights or responsibilities, contact a private attorney.\nIf you cannot complete the form online or need additional assistance with where to direct your complaint, please call our OAG Help Line at 1-800-771-7755.\nFiling a false complaint is punishable as a Class A Misdemeanor.\n\nLetitia James\nNew York State Attorney General\n\nSocial Media\n\nContact\n\n Office of the New York State Attorney General\n The Capitol\n Albany NY 12224-0341\n Phone: 1-800-771-7755\n\nFooter\n\nStatewide Offices\n\nPress Releases\n\nFile a Complaint\n\nEmployment Opportunities\n\nCopyright ©\n 2024\n — Office of the New York State Attorney General. All Rights Reserved.\n \n\nPolicy Menu\n\nPrivacy Policy\n\nDisclaimer\n\nAccessibility Policy\n\nWe Value Your Privacy\nWe use cookies to enhance your browsing experience, serve personalized content, and analyze our traffic. By using this website you consent to our use of cookies.\n\nOkay","title":"File a complaint | New York State Attorney General","score":13.417718},{"document_id":"1df68abf2a1712f7-2-1908","text":"Whistleblower Complaint\nWhistleblower Complaint\n\nSkip to Main Content\n\nCA.gov\n\nShare via Facebook\nShare via Twitter\nShare via LinkedIn\nShare via Email\n\nContact Us\n\nTranslate\n\nSettings\n\nDefault\n\nHigh Contrast\n\nReset\n\nIncrease Font Size\n\nIncrease \r\n Font\r\n Size \n\nDecrease Font Size\n\nDecrease \r\n Font\r\n Size \n\nTranslate this website:\n\nCalifornia\nPublic Utilities Commission\n\nSite Search\n\n \n\nHome\nConsumer Support\nFile a Complaint\nWhistleblower Complaint\n\n \nWhistleblower Complaint\n\n\r\n As an employee, contractor, or subcontractor of a company regulated by the Commission, you may report suspected unsafe, unlawful, or dishonest activity. \r\n \n\nReport Unsafe Conditions\nIf the situation is an immediate safety threat, please call 911.\nIf you are a whistleblower, you can report unsafe conditions — confidentially, if you prefer — to us in the following ways:\n\nCall the whistleblower hotline at 1-800-649-7570\n\nFile a Whistleblower Complaint Online\n\nAll others can report unsafe conditions to us in the following ways:\n\nCall the whistleblower hotline at 1-800-649-7570\n\nE-mail safetyhotline@cpuc.ca.gov\n\nWho is a “Whistleblower”?\nA whistleblower who can be assisted by us is an employee, contractor, or subcontractor of a company regulated by us who reports their employer’s suspected unsafe, unlawful, or dishonest activity. Whistleblowers may report their claims internally to their company’s upper management or to the company’s ethics officer or externally to regulators responsible for regulating the company. A whistleblower’s inside knowledge of the suspected unlawful or dishonest activity may help us discover something we would otherwise not know. Whistleblowers can play a valuable role in helping us get needed evidence to support the claim.\nWhat is the role of the Public Utilities Commission?\nWe regulate privately owned electric, natural gas, phone, water, railroad, rail transit, and passenger transportation companies.","title":"Whistleblower Complaint","score":17.735323},{"document_id":"6c1006a3ad7136cd-1552-3502","text":"File a complaint: Vehicle lease or purchase | New York State Attorney General\nEvent Archive\n\nContact\n\nContact Us\n\nFile a Complaint\n\nHow can we help you?\n\nI Want To...\n\nAppeal a background check\n\nApply for a Job/Internship\n\nDo Business with the OAG\n\nFile a Complaint\n\nFind Legal Services\n\nKnow My Rights\n\nMake a FOIL Request\n\nRegister/Submit a Filing\n\nReport a Data Breach\n\nRequest a Publication\n\nServe Papers on OAG\n\nUse the Whistleblower Portal\n\nHome\n\nFile a complaint\n\nConsumer issues\n\n Vehicle lease or purchase\n \n\nFile a complaint: Vehicle lease or purchase\n\nChoose the category that best fits your purpose:\n\n New car purchase disputes\n\n Used car purchases disputes\n\n Lease disputes\n\n Excess wear and tear lease penalties\n\n \n\nKnow what you're looking for?Popular complaint forms for:Consumer fraudDiscriminationEmployment and wagesHealth insurance and providersTechnology and privacy\n\n \n\nWe welcome complaints and whistleblower tips. For consumer issues, we offer a voluntary mediation service if we believe our intervention might assist in resolving the dispute. Patterns of complaints involving the same party or a new issue often help us in allocating our law enforcement resources, regardless of whether we can intervene on any individual complaint.\nIf you have questions regarding your individual legal rights or responsibilities, contact a private attorney.\nIf you cannot complete the form online or need additional assistance with where to direct your complaint, please call our OAG Help Line at 1-800-771-7755.\nFiling a false complaint is punishable as a Class A Misdemeanor.\n\nLetitia James\nNew York State Attorney General\n\nSocial Media\n\nContact\n\n Office of the New York State Attorney General\n The Capitol\n Albany NY 12224-0341\n Phone: 1-800-771-7755\n\nFooter\n\nStatewide Offices\n\nPress Releases\n\nFile a Complaint\n\nEmployment Opportunities\n\nCopyright ©\n 2024\n — Office of the New York State Attorney General. All Rights Reserved.\n \n\nPolicy Menu\n\nPrivacy Policy\n\nDisclaimer\n\nAccessibility Policy\n\nWe Value Your Privacy","title":"File a complaint: Vehicle lease or purchase | New York State Attorney General","score":13.254691},{"document_id":"b0c6aedbea918266-5130-6565","text":"\r\n\tCalifornia Department of Managed Health Care > File a Complaint\r\n\nWe cannot talk to another person about your case unless you sign this form:\nAuthorized Assistant Form (English), Formulario de Asistente Autorizado (Español)\n\n \n\nWhat Happens Next\n\nWithin 7 Days\n\nThe Help Center will review your application and send you an acknowledgement of receipt letter.\n\n Expedited IMR decisions are typically determined, if the case has qualified for an IMR and the required documentation has been received by the DMHC's Independent Medical Review organization.\n\nWithin 30 Days\n\n Consumer Complaints are usually decided.\n\nWithin 45 Days\n\n Non-expedited IMRs are usually decided.\n\n \nHave additional questions? Take a look at our Frequently Asked Questions.\n \nOther helpful links:\n \nIndependent Medical Review and Complaint Reports\n \nProvider Complaint Against a Plan\n \nLegal Representative for Deceased Patient Form (English)\n \n\nDocuments & Links\n\nIndependent Medical Review/Complaint Form\nView All Health Plans\nSubmit a Provider Complaint\nLanguage Access Complaint Form (PDF)\nFormulario de Queja Acceso Idioma (PDF)\n\nStatewide Campaigns\n\nCOVID-19 Updates\nMental Health Resources for Youth\nRegister to VOTE\nSave Our Water\nFlex Alert\n\n\r\n  \r\n \n\nNeed Help with Your Health Plan?\nCall the DMHC Help Center\n\n1-888-466-2219    or  \r\n \nFile a Complaint\n\nBack to Top\nPrivacy Policy & Condition of Use\nAccessibility Certification\nSite Map\nAccessibility\nContact Us\n\nFacebook\n\nYouTube\n\nTwitter\n\nLinkedIn\n\nCopyright 2024 DMHC","title":"\r\n\tCalifornia Department of Managed Health Care > File a Complaint\r\n","score":17.351665},{"document_id":"24de6442808976ec-1561-3787","text":"File a complaint | New York State Attorney General\nFile a Complaint\n\nHow can we help you?\n\nI Want To...\n\nAppeal a background check\n\nApply for a Job/Internship\n\nDo Business with the OAG\n\nFile a Complaint\n\nFind Legal Services\n\nKnow My Rights\n\nMake a FOIL Request\n\nRegister/Submit a Filing\n\nReport a Data Breach\n\nRequest a Publication\n\nServe Papers on OAG\n\nUse the Whistleblower Portal\n\nHome\n\n File a complaint\n \n\nFile a complaint\n\nChoose the category that best fits your purpose:\n\n Consumer issues\nVehicles, personal data, credit cards, goods or services purchases, and more\n\n Housing and real estate\nRent, housing discrimination, unlawful evictions, deed theft, and more\n\n Technology and information privacy\nTechnology issues, and data & information privacy\n\n Health care issues\nMedicaid provider fraud, nursing homes, hospitals, and more\n\n Civil rights and discrimination\nEmployer discrimination, voting issues, law enforcement, and more\n\n Employment issues\nWages, conditions, harassment in the workplace, opportunity fraud, and more\n\n Finance, investment, and lending\nInvestor fraud, brokers, lenders, credit, financial services, and more\n\n Public corruption or corporate wrongdoing\nPublic officials, elected representatives, charitable organizations, and more \n\n Charities and fundraising\nCharitable organizations or 501(c)(3) corporations\n\n Fair market and competition\nAntitrust violations and patent protections\n\n \n\nKnow what you're looking for?Popular complaint forms for:Consumer fraudDiscriminationEmployment and wagesHealth insurance and providersTechnology and privacy\n\n \n\nWe welcome complaints and whistleblower tips. For consumer issues, we offer a voluntary mediation service if we believe our intervention might assist in resolving the dispute. Patterns of complaints involving the same party or a new issue often help us in allocating our law enforcement resources, regardless of whether we can intervene on any individual complaint.\nIf you have questions regarding your individual legal rights or responsibilities, contact a private attorney.\nIf you cannot complete the form online or need additional assistance with where to direct your complaint, please call our OAG Help Line at 1-800-771-7755.\nFiling a false complaint is punishable as a Class A Misdemeanor.","title":"File a complaint | New York State Attorney General","score":16.061525}],"124e27c3861eff7dadd17993719a0beb<::>3":[{"document_id":"a5a566afcb2ba053-6666-8243","text":"Regional Offices | New York State Attorney General\nMain line: 315-448-4800\nConsumer Frauds: 315-448-4848\nFax: 315-448-4899, 315-448-4851 (Consumer Frauds Bureau)\nOffice hours: 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday\nThe Syracuse Regional Office serves the counties of Cayuga, Cortland, Madison, Oswego, and Onondaga.\n\n \n\nUtica Regional OfficeAddress:207 Genesee Street, Room 508Utica NY 13501Main line: 315-864-2000Fax: 315-292-6060Office hours: 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through FridayThe Utica Regional Office serves the counties of  Fulton, Hamilton, Herkimer, Lewis, Montgomery, and Oneida. \n\nWatertown Regional Office\nAddress:\nDulles State Office Building\n317 Washington Street\nWatertown NY 13601\nMain line: 315-523-6080\nFax: 315-955-6311\nOffice hours: 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday\nThe Watertown Regional Office serves the counties of Jefferson, Lewis, and St. Lawrence.\n\n \n\nWestchester Regional Office\nAddress:\n44 South Broadway\nWhite Plains NY 10601\nMain line: 914-422-8755\nConsumer Frauds: 914-422-8755\nFax: 914-422-8706\nOffice hours: 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday\nThe Westchester Regional Office serves the counties of Putnam, Rockland, and Westchester.\n\nRegional Offices work\n\nPress Releases\n\nMarch 20, 2024\n\nAttorney General James Reaches $175,000 Settlement with Syracuse Landlord for Failing to Address Lead-Based Paint Hazards\n\nMarch 8, 2024\n\nAttorney General James Wins $300,000 for Customers of Long Island Pet Store That Illegally Sold Sick Puppies\n\nFebruary 4, 2024\n\nAttorney General James Stops Illegal Housing Discrimination in Westchester County\n\nJanuary 22, 2024","title":"Regional Offices | New York State Attorney General","score":14.143244},{"document_id":"9b031b68b9000e37-9099-10848","text":"Service on the Attorney General | State of California - Department of Justice - Office of the Attorney General\nOakland, CA 94612-0550\n\nOffice of the Attorney General\n2550 Mariposa Mall, Room 5090\nFresno, CA 93721-2271\nPhone: (559) 705-2300\n\nOffice of the Attorney General\n300 South Spring Street\nLos Angeles, CA 90013-1230\nPhone: (213) 269-6000\n\nOffice of the Attorney General\n600 West Broadway, Suite 1800\n San Diego, CA 92101-3702\nPhone: (619) 738-9000\n\nOffice of the Attorney General\nP.O. Box 85266-5299\n San Diego, CA 92186-5266\n\nPlease note, the Office of the Attorney General accepts service of process Monday-Friday between the hours of 8:00 a.m. – 5:00 p.m. Our Office is closed on weekends and regular State holidays.\n\n \n\n \n\nLanguage Issues?\n\nLanguage Barrier Reporting Form, pdf\nFormulario Para Reportar Barreras con el Idioma, pdf\n\nContact Us\n\nContact Home\nGeneral Questions or Comments\nComplaint Against Business/Company\nTechnical Comments\nService on the Attorney General\nLoan Modification Fraud\n\n \n \n \n\nState of California Department of Justice Office of the Attorney General\n\nSearch\n\nSearch\n\n WHO WE ARE \n\nAbout AG Rob Bonta\nHistory of the Office\nOrganization of the Office\n\nWHAT WE DO\n\nPublic Safety\nOpinions and Quo Warranto\nResearch\nChildren & Families\nCivil Rights\nConsumer Protection\nEnvironment & Public Health\nGrant Opportunities\nTobacco Directory\nTobacco Grants\n\nOPEN GOVERNMENT\n\nBallot Initiatives\nConflicts of Interest\nCriminal Justice Statistics\nMeetings and Public Notices\nOpenJustice Initiative\nPublic Records\nPublications\nRegulations\n\nMemorial\n\nAgents Fallen in the Line of Duty\n\nVote\n\nRegister to Vote\n\nWHAT WE'RE WORKING ON\n\n21st Century Policing\nChildren’s Rights\nConsumer Protection and Economic Opportunity\nEnvironmental Justice\nEquality\nHealth Care\nImmigration\nOpenJustice\n\nMEDIA \n\nConsumer Alerts\nPress Releases\nMedia Library","title":"Service on the Attorney General | State of California - Department of Justice - Office of the Attorney General","score":14.422162},{"document_id":"6663043e6001c9a3-16902-18107","text":"County Elections Offices :: California Secretary of State\nHours: 8:00 a.m. - 5:00 p.m.\nhttps://www.yuba.org/departments/elections/index.php\r\nE-Mail: elections@co.yuba.ca.us\n\nS\nrevised 3/8/22\n\nElections Division\n\nAbout Elections Division\nStatewide Election Results\nRegister to Vote\nPre-Register to Vote\nVoter Registration Status\nVoter Registration Statistics\nBallot Measures\nVoting In California\nPolitical Parties\nUpcoming Elections\nPublications & Resources\nVoting Technology\nElections Site Map\nContact Information\n\nCall Us\n(916) 653-6814 \n\nReceive Updates\nSign up for e-updates \n\nWrite Us\nAgency Contacts \n\n Agency\n \n\nHome\nAbout\nBusiness\nNotary & Apostille\nElections\nCampaign & Lobbying\nState Archives\nRegistries\nNews\nContact Us\n\nResources\n \n\nContracting Opportunities\nCareer Opportunities\nSite Maintenance Schedule\nLanguage Access Complaint Form\nPublic Records Act Requests\nFree Document Readers\nSitemap\nCalifornia Home Page\n\nCalifornia\n Secretary of State\n \n\nShirley N. Weber, Ph.D., California Secretary of State\n1500 11th Street\nSacramento,\r\n California \n95814\n\nOffice:\n(916) 653-6814\n\nSocial Media\n \n\nFacebook\nTwitter\nYoutube\nSnapchat\nInstagram\nRSS Feed\n\nPrivacy Policy\nWebsite Help\nAccessibility\n\nCopyright © 2024 California Secretary of\n State\n\nTop of Page","title":"County Elections Offices :: California Secretary of State","score":13.993166},{"document_id":"ee9b1a18792b93f4-4433-6797","text":"\n\t\n\tOffice of the Patient Advocate - State of California\n\n\nHours of operation: Monday-Friday, 8:00 a.m. – 6:00 p.m. (except state holidays)\nExtended hours during peak enrollment season (open until 8:00 p.m. Monday-Friday and 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on Saturday)\nWebsite: www.coveredca.com\n\nComplaint Data Highlights\nThe highlights below are based on information Covered California reported to OPA about its consumer assistance service center and about its 2020 State Fair Hearings. State Fair Hearings conducted by the California Department of Social Services (CDSS) are an avenue for Covered California members and applicants to appeal decisions about eligibility and enrollment. More details can be found in the Covered California section of the full Annual Complaint Data Report.\nConsumer assistance volume in 2020: 6,424,432 phone calls and other contacts\nComplaint volume in 2020: 11,079 (including 2,095 formal State Fair Hearings conducted by CDSS and 8,984 hearing requests resolved informally by Covered California)\nComplaint review time in 2020:\n36 days on average overall, 70 days on average for a formal State Fair Hearing\nComplaint review times ranged from 0-333 days.\n\nMost State Fair Hearings must be conducted no later than 90 days from the date the hearing request was filed.\nCDSS refers some hearing requests to Covered California for resolution instead of conducting a formal hearing with an Administrative Law Judge. These complaints usually have a faster resolution process than the formal hearing process.\nThere is a faster hearing process for certain appeals involving consumers with urgent clinical issues.\n\nReasons for complaints:\n\nDenial of Coverage (53% of complaints)\nEligibility Determination (39%)\nCancellation (8%)\n\nTop results of the complaint review:\n\nComplaint Withdrawn (81% of complaints)\nCompromise Settlement/Resolution (7%)\nNo Action Requested/Required (6%)\nCovered California Position Substantiated (4%)\nCovered California Position Overturned (2%)\n\n​\nNote – The Complaint Withdrawn result includes complaints where the problem was resolved before a hearing took place.\n\nAbout OPA\r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \n\nStaff\r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \n\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\tStrategic Plan \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \n\n\r\n\r\n\tNews and Media\r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \n\n\r\n Research and Reports\r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \n\nContact Us\r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \n\nHealth Care Quality\r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \n\n\r\nHealth Plan Report Card","title":"\n\t\n\tOffice of the Patient Advocate - State of California\n\n","score":14.1307335},{"document_id":"a5a566afcb2ba053-4635-6069","text":"Regional Offices | New York State Attorney General\nOffice hours: 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday\nThe Buffalo Regional Office serves the counties of Allegany, Cattaraugus, Chautauqua, Erie, Genesee, Niagara, Orleans, and Wyoming.\n\n \n\nHarlem Regional Office\nAddress:\n163 West 125th Street, Suite 1324\nNew York NY 10027\nMain line: 212-364-6010\nFax: 646-356-3000\nOffice hours: 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday\nThe Harlem Regional Office serves Bronx County and New York County (96th Street and above).\n\n \n\nNassau Regional OfficeAddress:200 Old Country Road, Suite 240Mineola NY 11501Main line: 516-248-3302Consumer Frauds: 516-248-3301, 516-248-3300Fax: 516-747-6432Office hours: 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through FridayThe Nassau Regional Office serves Nassau County. \n\nPlattsburgh Regional Office\nAddress:\n43 Durkee Street, Suite 700\nPlattsburgh NY 12901\nMain line: 518-562-3288\nConsumer Frauds: 518-562-3282\nFax: 518-562-3293\nOffice hours: 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday\nThe Plattsburgh Regional Office serves the counties of Clinton, Essex, and Franklin.\n\n \n\nPoughkeepsie Regional Office\nAddress:\nOne Civic Center Plaza, Suite 401\nPoughkeepsie NY 12601-3157\nMain line: 845-485-3900\nFax: 845-452-3303, 845-485-3927\nOffice hours: 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday\nThe Poughkeepsie Regional Office serves the counties of Dutchess, Orange, Sullivan, and Ulster.\n\n \n\nRochester Regional Office\nAddress:\n144 Exchange Blvd., Suite 200","title":"Regional Offices | New York State Attorney General","score":22.331314}],"124e27c3861eff7dadd17993719a0beb<::>4":[{"document_id":"9999e2c0a3aa9d92-2-1892","text":"On the job | New York State Attorney General\nOn the job | New York State Attorney General\n\nSkip to main content \n\nOffice of the New York State Attorney General\n\nLetitia James\nNew York State Attorney General\n\nSearch\n\nSort by\nRelevanceDate\n\nOrder\nAscDesc\n\nHow can we help you?\n\nI Want To...\n\nAppeal a background check\n\nApply for a Job/Internship\n\nDo Business with the OAG\n\nFile a Complaint\n\nFind Legal Services\n\nKnow My Rights\n\nMake a FOIL Request\n\nRegister/Submit a Filing\n\nReport a Data Breach\n\nRequest a Publication\n\nServe Papers on OAG\n\nUse the Whistleblower Portal\n\nSearch\n\nSort by\nRelevanceDate\n\nOrder\nAscDesc\n\nMain navigation\n\nAbout\n\nAbout the Office\n\nEmployment Opportunities\n\nMeet Letitia James\n\nYear in Review\n\nResources\n\nFor Individuals\n\nCar & Auto\n\nCharities & Nonprofits\n\nCivil Rights\n\nConsumer Issues\n\nCredit & Lending\n\nEducation & Students\n\nEnvironmental Issues\n\nHealth Care & Insurance\n\nInvesting & Finance\n\nPolicing Issues\n\nTenants & Homeowners\n\nWorkers' Rights\n\nFor Organizations\n\nBusiness Guidance\n\nCharities, Nonprofits & Fundraisers\n\nContract & Procurement Opportunities\n\nData Breach Reporting\n\nFranchise Regulation\n\nInvestments, Registration & Regulation\n\nNew York Voting Rights Act\n\nOutreach Presentations\n\nPolice Departments & Law Enforcement\n\nReal Estate Regulation\n\nLibraries & Documents\n\nAdvocacy and Enforcement Actions\n\nCharities Registry Search\n\nCharities Transaction Search\n\nOffering Plan Database\n\nOpinions\n\nPublications\n\nReal Estate Policy Memoranda Search\n\nRegulatory Documents\n\nReports\n\nNews & Media\n\nPress Releases\n\nLivestream\n\nEvent Archive\n\nContact\n\nContact Us\n\nFile a Complaint\n\nHow can we help you?\n\nI Want To...\n\nAppeal a background check\n\nApply for a Job/Internship\n\nDo Business with the OAG\n\nFile a Complaint\n\nFind Legal Services\n\nKnow My Rights\n\nMake a FOIL Request\n\nRegister/Submit a Filing\n\nReport a Data Breach\n\nRequest a Publication\n\nServe Papers on OAG\n\nUse the Whistleblower Portal\n\nHome","title":"On the job | New York State Attorney General","score":15.632099},{"document_id":"a72d0a6a32e5426a-3444-6148","text":"About the Office | New York State Attorney General\nEconomic Justice \nExecutive \nRegional Offices \nSocial Justice \nSolicitor General \nState Counsel \n\nAdministration Division\n\nThe Administration Division consists of:Administrative Services BureauBudget and Fiscal Management BureauHuman Resources Management BureauInformation Technology BureauLegal Recruitment BureauLegal Education and Professional Development BureauOffice of Diversity and InclusionPractice Technologies Group\n\nLearn more about the Administration Division \n\nCriminal Justice Division\n\nThe Criminal Justice Division consists of:\n\nConviction Review Bureau\nCriminal Enforcement and Financial Crimes Bureau\nInvestigations\nMedicaid Fraud Control Unit \nOffice of Special Investigation\nOrganized Crime Task Force\nPublic Integrity Bureau\nReal Estate Enforcement Unit\n\nLearn more about the Criminal Justice Division \n\nEconomic Justice Division\n\nThe Economic Justice Division consists of:\n\nAntitrust Bureau\nBureau of Internet and Technology\nConsumer Frauds and Protection Bureau \nInvestor Protection Bureau \nTaxpayer Protection Bureau\n\nLearn more about the Economic Justice Division \n\nExecutive Division\n\nThe Executive Division consists of:Constituent Services BureauIntergovernmental Affairs Legislative AffairsManaging Attorney's OfficePress OfficePublic Information and Correspondence UnitRecords Access Office (Freedom of Information Law (FOIL))Research and Analytics Department\n\nLearn more about the Executive Division \n\nRegional Offices Division\n\nThe Office of the New York State Attorney General's regional offices help carry out the Attorney General’s essential defensive, regulatory, and affirmative justice functions in every part of the state.Each regional office handles many functions, which may include:representing and defending the state, its officers, and other government agencies in federal and state courtshandling claims and defensive litigation conducting social and economic justice investigations, litigation, and enforcement  prohibiting discrimination and protecting the rights of consumers, senior citizens, tenants, immigrants, and others sponsoring community outreach and educationmediating consumer-frauds cases managing regulatory matters involving charities handling Mental Hygiene Law casesfacilitating Extreme Risk Protection Orders (ERPOs)enforcing the Cannabis Law\n\nLearn more about the Attorney General’s 13 regional offices \n\nSocial Justice Division\n\nThe Social Justice Division consists of:\n\nCharities Bureau\nCivil Rights Bureau\nEnvironmental Protection Bureau \nHate Crimes Unit \nHealth Care Bureau\nHousing Protection Unit \nLabor Bureau\nLaw Enforcement Misconduct Investigative Office \nReal Estate Finance Bureau \n\nLearn more about the Social Justice Division","title":"About the Office | New York State Attorney General","score":16.157642},{"document_id":"a72d0a6a32e5426a-4903-7270","text":"About the Office | New York State Attorney General\nThe Office of the New York State Attorney General's regional offices help carry out the Attorney General’s essential defensive, regulatory, and affirmative justice functions in every part of the state.Each regional office handles many functions, which may include:representing and defending the state, its officers, and other government agencies in federal and state courtshandling claims and defensive litigation conducting social and economic justice investigations, litigation, and enforcement  prohibiting discrimination and protecting the rights of consumers, senior citizens, tenants, immigrants, and others sponsoring community outreach and educationmediating consumer-frauds cases managing regulatory matters involving charities handling Mental Hygiene Law casesfacilitating Extreme Risk Protection Orders (ERPOs)enforcing the Cannabis Law\n\nLearn more about the Attorney General’s 13 regional offices \n\nSocial Justice Division\n\nThe Social Justice Division consists of:\n\nCharities Bureau\nCivil Rights Bureau\nEnvironmental Protection Bureau \nHate Crimes Unit \nHealth Care Bureau\nHousing Protection Unit \nLabor Bureau\nLaw Enforcement Misconduct Investigative Office \nReal Estate Finance Bureau \n\nLearn more about the Social Justice Division \n\nSolicitor General Division\n\nThe Solicitor General Division consists of:\n\nAppeals and Opinions Bureau\nCriminal Appeals and Federal Habeas Corpus Bureau\nLaw Library\n\nLearn more about the Solicitor General Division \n\nState Counsel Division\n\nThe State Counsel Division consists of:\n\nCivil Recoveries Bureau\nClaims Bureau\nLitigation Bureau\nReal Property Bureau\nSex Offender Management Bureau\n\nLearn more about the State Counsel Division \n\nYou may also be interested in\n\nEmployment opportunities \nMeet Letitia James \n\nLetitia James\nNew York State Attorney General\n\nSocial Media\n\nContact\n\n Office of the New York State Attorney General\n The Capitol\n Albany NY 12224-0341\n Phone: 1-800-771-7755\n\nFooter\n\nStatewide Offices\n\nPress Releases\n\nFile a Complaint\n\nEmployment Opportunities\n\nCopyright ©\n 2024\n — Office of the New York State Attorney General. All Rights Reserved.\n \n\nPolicy Menu\n\nPrivacy Policy\n\nDisclaimer\n\nAccessibility Policy\n\nWe Value Your Privacy\nWe use cookies to enhance your browsing experience, serve personalized content, and analyze our traffic. By using this website you consent to our use of cookies.\n\nOkay","title":"About the Office | New York State Attorney General","score":16.449532},{"document_id":"0ebed12eee5b6af6-3438-5980","text":"Administration Division | New York State Attorney General\nThe Information Technology Bureau sets the strategic direction for the use of technology across the Office of the New York State Attorney General; maintains operational continuity and security of systems, data, applications, websites, and telecommunications; and provides ongoing technology support to all other divisions and bureaus in support of the mission of the office.  \n\nLegal Recruitment Bureau \nThe Legal Recruitment Bureau handles recruitment for appointed positions, including most attorney positions. We seek dedicated candidates to serve in positions across the state. We offer comprehensive benefits, including paid leave, health, dental, vision, and retirement. A workplace flexibilities program is also available. Options include telecommuting and alternative work schedules. \n\nLegal Education and Professional Development Bureau\nThe goal of the Legal Education and Professional Development (LEPD) Bureau is to provide opportunities for continuous professional development and skills training to all Office of the New York State Attorney General employees and state government attorneys. LEPD leads the way for the office in a dedicated effort to create a culture of learning.\nThe office is one of the largest Continuing Legal Education (CLE) providers in the state. Our CLE programs are developed specifically for state attorneys to enhance knowledge and skills relevant to public legal practice. In addition, we also offer professional-development courses and opportunities (through webinars, conferences, classroom training, and eLearning), and management training and development, and oversee agency mandated training. \n\nOffice of Diversity & Inclusion\nAttorney General Letitia James is dedicated to ensuring that the workforce of the Office of the New York State Attorney General reflects the people of New York. To advance this aim, in 2019 the Attorney General established the Office of Diversity and Inclusion. The Office of Diversity and Inclusion provides leadership and guidance with respect to all diversity, equity, inclusion, and accessibility (DEIA) matters within our office.\nWith the goal of fostering DEIA, in 2020 the Attorney General established the Diversity Committee. The Diversity Committee is made up of 18 members, with two members representing each of the nine divisions at the office. The Diversity Committee works with the office to increase recruitment and hiring of a diverse workforce, enhance employee engagement and retention, and foster inclusion and equity within all aspects of the office.","title":"Administration Division | New York State Attorney General","score":16.286507},{"document_id":"a72d0a6a32e5426a-1561-4013","text":"About the Office | New York State Attorney General\nFile a Complaint\n\nHow can we help you?\n\nI Want To...\n\nAppeal a background check\n\nApply for a Job/Internship\n\nDo Business with the OAG\n\nFile a Complaint\n\nFind Legal Services\n\nKnow My Rights\n\nMake a FOIL Request\n\nRegister/Submit a Filing\n\nReport a Data Breach\n\nRequest a Publication\n\nServe Papers on OAG\n\nUse the Whistleblower Portal\n\nHome\n\n About the Office\n \n\nAbout the Office\n\n \n\nAs head of the Department of Law, the Attorney General is both the People's Lawyer and the state's chief legal officer. The Attorney General serves as the guardian of the legal rights of the people of New York, its organizations, and its natural resources. As the state's chief legal counsel, the Attorney General advises the executive branch of state government, and defends actions and proceedings on behalf of the state.\n\n \nMeet Letitia James \n\nThe Attorney General serves the public interest of all New Yorkers in matters affecting their daily lives, enforcing laws to protect consumers, tenants, patients, workers, investors, and charitable donors. The office coordinates statewide civil and criminal investigations, promoting economic and social justice, encouraging harm-reducing public health strategies, and preserving the state’s environment. \nWhile the Attorney General acts independently of the Governor, the Governor or a state agency may request the Attorney General to undertake specific criminal investigations and prosecutions. The Attorney General's authority also includes the activities and investigations of the Organized Crime Task Force and Medicaid Fraud Control Unit.\nThe office employs over 1,700 staff, including investigators, analysts, scientists, forensic accountants, legal assistants and support staff, and over 700 assistant attorneys general, serving in over two dozen locations across New York state.  \n\nDepartment of Law Divisions\n\nAdministration \nCriminal Justice \nEconomic Justice \nExecutive \nRegional Offices \nSocial Justice \nSolicitor General \nState Counsel \n\nAdministration Division\n\nThe Administration Division consists of:Administrative Services BureauBudget and Fiscal Management BureauHuman Resources Management BureauInformation Technology BureauLegal Recruitment BureauLegal Education and Professional Development BureauOffice of Diversity and InclusionPractice Technologies Group\n\nLearn more about the Administration Division \n\nCriminal Justice Division\n\nThe Criminal Justice Division consists of:\n\nConviction Review Bureau","title":"About the Office | New York State Attorney General","score":17.130943}],"124e27c3861eff7dadd17993719a0beb<::>7":[{"document_id":"2c35fffe4cc77ccc-7063-8522","text":"Press Releases | New York State Attorney General\nFebruary 2024\n\nJanuary 2024\n\nDecember 2023\n\nNovember 2023\n\nOctober 2023\n\nSeptember 2023\n\nAugust 2023\n\nJuly 2023\n\nJune 2023\n\nMay 2023\n\nApril 2023\n\nMarch 2023\n\nFebruary 2023\n\nJanuary 2023\n\nDecember 2022\n\nNovember 2022\n\nOctober 2022\n\nSeptember 2022\n\nAugust 2022\n\nJuly 2022\n\nJune 2022\n\nMay 2022\n\nApril 2022\n\nMarch 2022\n\nFebruary 2022\n\nJanuary 2022\n\nDecember 2021\n\nNovember 2021\n\nOctober 2021\n\nSeptember 2021\n\nAugust 2021\n\nJuly 2021\n\nJune 2021\n\nMay 2021\n\nApril 2021\n\nMarch 2021\n\nFebruary 2021\n\nJanuary 2021\n\nDecember 2020\n\nNovember 2020\n\nOctober 2020\n\nSeptember 2020\n\nAugust 2020\n\nJuly 2020\n\nJune 2020\n\nMay 2020\n\nApril 2020\n\nMarch 2020\n\nFebruary 2020\n\nJanuary 2020\n\nDecember 2019\n\nNovember 2019\n\nOctober 2019\n\nSeptember 2019\n\nAugust 2019\n\nJuly 2019\n\nJune 2019\n\nMay 2019\n\nApril 2019\n\nMarch 2019\n\nFebruary 2019\n\nJanuary 2019\n\nVisit the Press Release Archive\n\nLetitia James\nNew York State Attorney General\n\nSocial Media\n\nContact\n\n Office of the New York State Attorney General\n The Capitol\n Albany NY 12224-0341\n Phone: 1-800-771-7755\n\nFooter\n\nStatewide Offices\n\nPress Releases\n\nFile a Complaint\n\nEmployment Opportunities\n\nCopyright ©\n 2024\n — Office of the New York State Attorney General. All Rights Reserved.\n \n\nPolicy Menu\n\nPrivacy Policy\n\nDisclaimer\n\nAccessibility Policy\n\nWe Value Your Privacy\nWe use cookies to enhance your browsing experience, serve personalized content, and analyze our traffic. By using this website you consent to our use of cookies.\n\nOkay","title":"Press Releases | New York State Attorney General","score":16.414654},{"document_id":"2c35fffe4cc77ccc-1559-3093","text":"Press Releases | New York State Attorney General\nFile a Complaint\n\nHow can we help you?\n\nI Want To...\n\nAppeal a background check\n\nApply for a Job/Internship\n\nDo Business with the OAG\n\nFile a Complaint\n\nFind Legal Services\n\nKnow My Rights\n\nMake a FOIL Request\n\nRegister/Submit a Filing\n\nReport a Data Breach\n\nRequest a Publication\n\nServe Papers on OAG\n\nUse the Whistleblower Portal\n\nHome\n\n Press Releases\n \n\nPress Releases\n\nShow filters\nHide filters\n\nSearch\n\nPress type\n- Any -Amicus BriefCase AnnouncementConsumer AlertEventGuidanceLetterStatement\n\nBureau\n- Any -AntitrustAppeals and OpinionsAuto Insurance Fraud UnitCharitiesCivil RecoveriesCivil RightsConsumer FraudsConviction ReviewCrime Proceeds Strike ForceCriminal Appeals & Federal Habeas CorpusCriminal Enforcement and Financial Crimes (CEFC)Environmental ProtectionExecutiveHate Crimes UnitHealth CareHousing Protection UnitInternet & TechnologyInvestigationsInvestor ProtectionLaborLaw Enforcement Misconduct Investigative Office (LEMIO)Medicaid Fraud Control Unit (MFCU)Office of Special Investigation (OSI)Organized Crime Task Force (OCTF)Public IntegrityReal Estate EnforcementReal Estate Finance (REF)Real PropertyRegional - All OfficesRegional - Binghamton OfficeRegional - Brooklyn OfficeRegional - Buffalo OfficeRegional - Harlem OfficeRegional - Nassau OfficeRegional - Plattsburgh OfficeRegional - Poughkeepsie OfficeRegional - Rochester OfficeRegional - Suffolk OfficeRegional - Syracuse OfficeRegional - Utica OfficeRegional - Watertown OfficeRegional - Westchester OfficeState CounselTaxpayer Protection\n\nTopic","title":"Press Releases | New York State Attorney General","score":15.699583},{"document_id":"a72d0a6a32e5426a-4903-7270","text":"About the Office | New York State Attorney General\nThe Office of the New York State Attorney General's regional offices help carry out the Attorney General’s essential defensive, regulatory, and affirmative justice functions in every part of the state.Each regional office handles many functions, which may include:representing and defending the state, its officers, and other government agencies in federal and state courtshandling claims and defensive litigation conducting social and economic justice investigations, litigation, and enforcement  prohibiting discrimination and protecting the rights of consumers, senior citizens, tenants, immigrants, and others sponsoring community outreach and educationmediating consumer-frauds cases managing regulatory matters involving charities handling Mental Hygiene Law casesfacilitating Extreme Risk Protection Orders (ERPOs)enforcing the Cannabis Law\n\nLearn more about the Attorney General’s 13 regional offices \n\nSocial Justice Division\n\nThe Social Justice Division consists of:\n\nCharities Bureau\nCivil Rights Bureau\nEnvironmental Protection Bureau \nHate Crimes Unit \nHealth Care Bureau\nHousing Protection Unit \nLabor Bureau\nLaw Enforcement Misconduct Investigative Office \nReal Estate Finance Bureau \n\nLearn more about the Social Justice Division \n\nSolicitor General Division\n\nThe Solicitor General Division consists of:\n\nAppeals and Opinions Bureau\nCriminal Appeals and Federal Habeas Corpus Bureau\nLaw Library\n\nLearn more about the Solicitor General Division \n\nState Counsel Division\n\nThe State Counsel Division consists of:\n\nCivil Recoveries Bureau\nClaims Bureau\nLitigation Bureau\nReal Property Bureau\nSex Offender Management Bureau\n\nLearn more about the State Counsel Division \n\nYou may also be interested in\n\nEmployment opportunities \nMeet Letitia James \n\nLetitia James\nNew York State Attorney General\n\nSocial Media\n\nContact\n\n Office of the New York State Attorney General\n The Capitol\n Albany NY 12224-0341\n Phone: 1-800-771-7755\n\nFooter\n\nStatewide Offices\n\nPress Releases\n\nFile a Complaint\n\nEmployment Opportunities\n\nCopyright ©\n 2024\n — Office of the New York State Attorney General. All Rights Reserved.\n \n\nPolicy Menu\n\nPrivacy Policy\n\nDisclaimer\n\nAccessibility Policy\n\nWe Value Your Privacy\nWe use cookies to enhance your browsing experience, serve personalized content, and analyze our traffic. By using this website you consent to our use of cookies.\n\nOkay","title":"About the Office | New York State Attorney General","score":15.520128},{"document_id":"2c35fffe4cc77ccc-2-1913","text":"Press Releases | New York State Attorney General\nPress Releases | New York State Attorney General\n\nSkip to main content \n\nOffice of the New York State Attorney General\n\nLetitia James\nNew York State Attorney General\n\nSearch\n\nSort by\nRelevanceDate\n\nOrder\nAscDesc\n\nHow can we help you?\n\nI Want To...\n\nAppeal a background check\n\nApply for a Job/Internship\n\nDo Business with the OAG\n\nFile a Complaint\n\nFind Legal Services\n\nKnow My Rights\n\nMake a FOIL Request\n\nRegister/Submit a Filing\n\nReport a Data Breach\n\nRequest a Publication\n\nServe Papers on OAG\n\nUse the Whistleblower Portal\n\nSearch\n\nSort by\nRelevanceDate\n\nOrder\nAscDesc\n\nMain navigation\n\nAbout\n\nAbout the Office\n\nEmployment Opportunities\n\nMeet Letitia James\n\nYear in Review\n\nResources\n\nFor Individuals\n\nCar & Auto\n\nCharities & Nonprofits\n\nCivil Rights\n\nConsumer Issues\n\nCredit & Lending\n\nEducation & Students\n\nEnvironmental Issues\n\nHealth Care & Insurance\n\nInvesting & Finance\n\nPolicing Issues\n\nTenants & Homeowners\n\nWorkers' Rights\n\nFor Organizations\n\nBusiness Guidance\n\nCharities, Nonprofits & Fundraisers\n\nContract & Procurement Opportunities\n\nData Breach Reporting\n\nFranchise Regulation\n\nInvestments, Registration & Regulation\n\nNew York Voting Rights Act\n\nOutreach Presentations\n\nPolice Departments & Law Enforcement\n\nReal Estate Regulation\n\nLibraries & Documents\n\nAdvocacy and Enforcement Actions\n\nCharities Registry Search\n\nCharities Transaction Search\n\nOffering Plan Database\n\nOpinions\n\nPublications\n\nReal Estate Policy Memoranda Search\n\nRegulatory Documents\n\nReports\n\nNews & Media\n\nPress Releases\n\nLivestream\n\nEvent Archive\n\nContact\n\nContact Us\n\nFile a Complaint\n\nHow can we help you?\n\nI Want To...\n\nAppeal a background check\n\nApply for a Job/Internship\n\nDo Business with the OAG\n\nFile a Complaint\n\nFind Legal Services\n\nKnow My Rights\n\nMake a FOIL Request\n\nRegister/Submit a Filing\n\nReport a Data Breach\n\nRequest a Publication\n\nServe Papers on OAG\n\nUse the Whistleblower Portal\n\nHome\n\n Press Releases","title":"Press Releases | New York State Attorney General","score":15.651846},{"document_id":"2c35fffe4cc77ccc-2066-4234","text":"Press Releases | New York State Attorney General\n- Any -AntitrustAppeals and OpinionsAuto Insurance Fraud UnitCharitiesCivil RecoveriesCivil RightsConsumer FraudsConviction ReviewCrime Proceeds Strike ForceCriminal Appeals & Federal Habeas CorpusCriminal Enforcement and Financial Crimes (CEFC)Environmental ProtectionExecutiveHate Crimes UnitHealth CareHousing Protection UnitInternet & TechnologyInvestigationsInvestor ProtectionLaborLaw Enforcement Misconduct Investigative Office (LEMIO)Medicaid Fraud Control Unit (MFCU)Office of Special Investigation (OSI)Organized Crime Task Force (OCTF)Public IntegrityReal Estate EnforcementReal Estate Finance (REF)Real PropertyRegional - All OfficesRegional - Binghamton OfficeRegional - Brooklyn OfficeRegional - Buffalo OfficeRegional - Harlem OfficeRegional - Nassau OfficeRegional - Plattsburgh OfficeRegional - Poughkeepsie OfficeRegional - Rochester OfficeRegional - Suffolk OfficeRegional - Syracuse OfficeRegional - Utica OfficeRegional - Watertown OfficeRegional - Westchester OfficeState CounselTaxpayer Protection\n\nTopic\n- Any -Business GuidanceCar & AutoCharities Trusts & EstatesCharities, Non-Profits & FundraisersCivil Rights-Disability Rights-LGBTQIA+ Rights-Law Enforcement-Reproductive Health-Voting RightsConsumer Issues-Animals-Contractors & Home Maintenance-Credit Reporting-Energy & Utilities-Health Clubs & Gyms-Immigration Services-Purchases-TechnologyCredit & Lending-Credit & Debt Management-Debt Settlement-Identity Theft-Loans & MortgagesEducation & StudentsEnvironmental IssuesInvesting & FinanceInvestments, Registrations & RegulationsPolice Departments & Law EnforcementPolicing Issues-Human Trafficking-Victims RightsReal Estate RegulationTenants & Homeowners-Homeowners-TenantsWorkers Rights\n\nSort results by\nNewestOldest\n\n\tDisplaying 1 - 25 of 10375\n\t\n\nMay 24, 2024\nAttorney General James and DEC Interim Commissioner Mahar Sue Contractor for Illegal Construction Near Protected Wetlands on Long Island\nMay 23, 2024\nAttorney General James Takes Action to Defend Protections for Pregnant Workers\nMay 23, 2024\nAttorney General James Secures Over $10 Million from Health Care Companies for Failing to Provide Care to New Yorkers\nMay 23, 2024","title":"Press Releases | New York State Attorney General","score":16.002447}],"124e27c3861eff7dadd17993719a0beb<::>8":[{"document_id":"8e56fedddb0c2508-15489-17592","text":"Whistleblower Protection - NASA OIG\nThe controlling Executive Orders and statutory provisions in the event of any conflict with a non-disclosure policy, form, or agreement include, as of March 14, 2013:\n\nExecutive Order No. 13526 (governing classified national security information);\nSection 7211 of Title 5, United States Code (governing disclosures to Congress);\nSection 1034 of Title 10, United States Code as amended by the Military Whistleblower Protection Act (governing disclosure to Congress by members of the military);\nSection 2302(b)(8) of Title 5, United States Code, as amended by the Whistleblower Protection Act of 1989 and the Whistleblower Protection Enhancement Act of 2012 (governing disclosures of illegality, waste, fraud, abuse or public health or safety threats);\nIntelligence Identities Protection Act of 1982 (50 U.S.C. 421 et seq.) (governing disclosures that could expose confidential Government agents);\nThe statutes which protect against disclosure that may compromise the national security, including Sections 641, 793, 794, 798, and 952 of Title 18, United States Code; and\nSection 4(b) of the Subversive Activities Control Act of 1950 (50 U.S.C. 783(b)).\n\n \n\n\tReprisal Questionnaire\t\n\n \n\nInitial Complaint & Questionnaire for Whistleblowers\n\nJan 25, 2024\n\nVND.OPENXMLFORMATS-OFFICEDOCUMENT.WORDPROCESSINGML.DOCUMENT (196.13 KB)\n\n \n\nWhistleblower Posters\n\nWe encourage the following posters to be prominently displayed on NASA Centers and made available on the intranet. Click the View PDF icon to view each one.\n\nWhistleblowingDefines a “whistleblower” as someone who discloses information he or she reasonably believes evidences a violation of any law, rule, or regulation; gross mismanagement; gross waste of funds; an abuse of authority; a substantial and specific danger to public health or safety.View PDFWhistleblower RetaliationAsks, “What is whistleblower retaliation?” A federal employee authorized to take, direct others to take, recommend or approve any personnel action may not take, fail to take, or threaten to take any personnel action against an employee because of protected whistleblowing.","title":"Whistleblower Protection - NASA OIG","score":11.838165},{"document_id":"8e56fedddb0c2508-18519-20658","text":"Whistleblower Protection - NASA OIG\nCurrent and former Federal civilian employees and applicants can confidentially report information to an OIG or OSC about any of the following types of wrongdoing:\n\na violation of any law, rule, or regulation;\nmismanagement;\na gross waste of funds;\nan abuse of authority; or\na substantial and specific danger to public health or safety.\nCensorship related to scientific research, analysis, or technology (scientific integrity)\n\nCan I keep my identity confidential?\nYes. NASA OIG has a hotline that allows employees to make confidential disclosures. Inspectors General are prohibited from disclosing an employee’s identity without the employee’s consent unless the IG determines that disclosure is unavoidable or is compelled by a court order. If you file a disclosure with OSC, your identity will not be shared outside OSC without your consent. OSC may disclose your identity only if OSC determines that it is necessary because of an imminent danger to public health or safety or an imminent violation of any criminal law.\nAre whistleblowers protected from retaliation?\nYes. The Whistleblower Protection Act prohibits retaliation. This means it is unlawful for agencies to take or threaten to take a personnel action against an employee because he or she disclosed wrongdoing. Personnel actions can include poor performance review, demotion, suspension, termination, or revocation or downgrade of a security clearance.In addition, the law prohibits retaliation for:\n\nfiling an appeal, complaint, or grievance;\nhelping someone else file or testifying on that person’s behalf;\ncooperating with or disclosing information to OSC or an Inspector General; or\nrefusing to obey an unlawful order.\n\nAre disclosures to Congress protected?\nYes. Federal law establishes that a Federal employee has the right to communicate with and provide information to the United States Congress.\nWhat can you do if you believe whistleblower retaliation occurred?\nIf you believe that an agency has retaliated against you because of your whistleblowing, you can:\n\nfile a complaint with OSC, which may seek corrective action when warranted;\nfile a union grievance; or","title":"Whistleblower Protection - NASA OIG","score":11.869146},{"document_id":"8e56fedddb0c2508-16998-19067","text":"Whistleblower Protection - NASA OIG\nWhistleblowingDefines a “whistleblower” as someone who discloses information he or she reasonably believes evidences a violation of any law, rule, or regulation; gross mismanagement; gross waste of funds; an abuse of authority; a substantial and specific danger to public health or safety.View PDFWhistleblower RetaliationAsks, “What is whistleblower retaliation?” A federal employee authorized to take, direct others to take, recommend or approve any personnel action may not take, fail to take, or threaten to take any personnel action against an employee because of protected whistleblowing. Cites an example. Defines “protected whistleblowing.”View PDFProhibited Personnel Practices (PPPs)Lists 14 prohibitions, including: whistleblower retaliation; discrimination for engaging in conduct unrelated to work performance, such as discrimination based on gender identity or sexual orientation; and hiring and promotion offenses that offend the merit system. 5 U.S.C. §§ 2302(b)(1)-(b)(13).View PDFThe Hatch ActPermitted and Prohibited Activities for Most Federal Employees (poster): Lists permitted and prohibited activities for employees who may engage in partisan activity.View PDF \n\nFrequently Asked Questions (FAQs)\nWhere do I go to report wrongdoing?\nFederal civilian employees have many options to disclose wrongdoing. They can:\n\ntell a supervisor or someone higher up in management,\nreport the issue to their agency’s Office of Inspector General (OIG),\nfile a complaint with the Office of Special Counsel (OSC).\n\nCurrent and former Federal civilian employees and applicants can confidentially report information to an OIG or OSC about any of the following types of wrongdoing:\n\na violation of any law, rule, or regulation;\nmismanagement;\na gross waste of funds;\nan abuse of authority; or\na substantial and specific danger to public health or safety.\nCensorship related to scientific research, analysis, or technology (scientific integrity)\n\nCan I keep my identity confidential?\nYes. NASA OIG has a hotline that allows employees to make confidential disclosures.","title":"Whistleblower Protection - NASA OIG","score":12.480521},{"document_id":"fe33a79129d8ed0d-3339-5019","text":"Whistleblower Portal | New York State Attorney General\nTo learn more about Tor Browser and how it works, visit the official Tor Browser online documentation. \n2. Launch Tor Browser on your computer.\nAfter installation, open Tor Browser and type the following URL into the Tor Browser's address bar:\n\nhttp://wux56igrepfok5cz5eqszt3xr7ng6tqai2ayplbmvp5qxruax5eicjad.onion\n\nIf you are unable to reach the whistleblower portal in Tor Browser, refer to Tor Browser's guide to first-time use for additional troubleshooting steps.\nPlease note that the URL address above will only work inside Tor Browser.  Attempts to visit the URL in your default browser (such as Chrome, Firefox, Safari, or Edge) will not connect.\n3. Submit your communication via the whistleblower portal.\nThe whistleblower portal consists of a simple form that asks individuals to provide the following information:\n\nthe subject of the communication\na description of the communication\nany supporting files available to upload\n\nOnce the form has been submitted, the submitter will receive a secret code to track their submission and communication with our office.\n\nLetitia James\nNew York State Attorney General\n\nSocial Media\n\nContact\n\n Office of the New York State Attorney General\n The Capitol\n Albany NY 12224-0341\n Phone: 1-800-771-7755\n\nFooter\n\nStatewide Offices\n\nPress Releases\n\nFile a Complaint\n\nEmployment Opportunities\n\nCopyright ©\n 2024\n — Office of the New York State Attorney General. All Rights Reserved.\n \n\nPolicy Menu\n\nPrivacy Policy\n\nDisclaimer\n\nAccessibility Policy\n\nWe Value Your Privacy\nWe use cookies to enhance your browsing experience, serve personalized content, and analyze our traffic. By using this website you consent to our use of cookies.\n\nOkay","title":"Whistleblower Portal | New York State Attorney General","score":22.34509},{"document_id":"fe33a79129d8ed0d-1565-3653","text":"Whistleblower Portal | New York State Attorney General\nFile a Complaint\n\nHow can we help you?\n\nI Want To...\n\nAppeal a background check\n\nApply for a Job/Internship\n\nDo Business with the OAG\n\nFile a Complaint\n\nFind Legal Services\n\nKnow My Rights\n\nMake a FOIL Request\n\nRegister/Submit a Filing\n\nReport a Data Breach\n\nRequest a Publication\n\nServe Papers on OAG\n\nUse the Whistleblower Portal\n\nHome\n\n Whistleblower Portal\n \n\nOffice of the New York State Attorney General Whistleblower Portal\n\nThe Office of the New York State Attorney General (OAG) welcomes and encourages whistleblowers, tips, and complaints. Whistleblowers are essential to fulfilling our mission: protecting the citizens of New York. Whistleblowing insiders are particularly critical in opaque industries, where transparency is limited.\nWe take special care to protect whistleblowers. While we encourage whistleblowers to identify themselves, we recognize that many whistleblowers have legitimate concerns about their anonymity because they report conduct by their employers, associates, or community members. The whistleblower portal allows anonymous submissions and two-way communications with our office through a unique key code that submitters can use to send and retrieve messages. As most people understand, the transmission of this information will be anonymous, but the content therein is not guaranteed to remain anonymous and confidential.\nTo begin the anonymous submission process, follow the instructions below:\n\n1. Download and install Tor Browser on your computer.\nOffice of the New York State Attorney General uses Tor Browser to provide an extra layer of security and privacy to protect the anonymity of whistleblowers.  Individuals must download and install the Tor Browser on their computer first to connect and access the whistleblower portal. \nTo learn more about Tor Browser and how it works, visit the official Tor Browser online documentation. \n2. Launch Tor Browser on your computer.\nAfter installation, open Tor Browser and type the following URL into the Tor Browser's address bar:\n\nhttp://wux56igrepfok5cz5eqszt3xr7ng6tqai2ayplbmvp5qxruax5eicjad.onion","title":"Whistleblower Portal | New York State Attorney General","score":13.627722}],"c6c3b02ca32795af64c903dd76700517<::>1":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_01535-6381-8675","text":"\nThis action happens dynamically every time Vulnerability Advisor is queried. Therefore, no pregenerated scan result exists that requires deleting. However, the image index report is deleted within 30 days of the deletion of the image from the registry.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Types of vulnerabilities \n\n\n\n Vulnerable packages \n\nVulnerability Advisor checks for vulnerable packages in images that are using supported operating systems and provides a link to any relevant security notices about the vulnerability.\n\nPackages that contain known vulnerability issues are displayed in the scan results. The possible vulnerabilities are updated daily by using the published security notices for the Docker image types that are listed in the following table. Typically, for a vulnerable package to pass the scan, a later version of the package is required that includes a fix for the vulnerability. The same package can list multiple vulnerabilities, and in this case, a single package update can address multiple vulnerabilities.\n\nVulnerability Advisor returns vulnerabilities only when a package fix is published by the distributor. Declared vulnerabilities that aren't fixed yet, or are not going to be fixed, are not reported by Vulnerability Advisor. Therefore, if Vulnerability Advisor does not report any vulnerabilities, there might still be a risk in the image.\n\nFor version 3, the scanning of an image is triggered in one of the following ways:\n\n\n\n* When a new image is pushed to the registry.\n* When a new security notice is released for a package that is installed in the image, the image is queued for scanning, which might take some time to complete.\n* While an image is tagged in the registry, it is scanned every week.\n\n\n\nVulnerability Advisor version 3 is deprecated from 19 June 2023. For more information about how to update to version 4, see [Update Vulnerability Advisor to version 4 by 19 June 2023](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Registry?topic=Registry-registry_notices_va_v4&interface=ui).\n\nFor version 4, the image is indexed the first time that it is pushed. Thereafter, the vulnerability assessment is calculated every time Vulnerability Advisor is queried about that image.\n\nThe following tables show the supported Docker base images that Vulnerability Advisor checks for vulnerable packages.","score":15.456947},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01533-4546-6910","text":"\nTo find out more about the issues, click the link in the Security status column.\n\nThe Vulnerability Advisor dashboard provides an overview and assessment of the security for an image. If you want to find out more about the Vulnerability Advisor dashboard, see [Reviewing a vulnerability report](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Registry?topic=Registry-va_indexva_reviewing).\n\nEncrypted images aren't scanned by Vulnerability Advisor.\n\n\n\n Data protection \n\nTo scan images and containers in your account for security issues, Vulnerability Advisor collects, stores, and processes the following information:\n\n\n\n* Free-form fields, including IDs, descriptions, and image names (registry, namespace, repository name, and image tag)\n* Metadata about the file modes and creation timestamps of the configuration files\n* The content of system and application configuration files in images and containers\n* Installed packages and libraries (including their versions)\n\n\n\nDo not put personal information into any field or location that Vulnerability Advisor processes, as identified in the preceding list.\n\nScan results, aggregated at a data center level, are processed to produce anonymized metrics to operate and improve the service. In version 3, a vulnerability report (scan result) is generated when the image is pushed to the registry (and is regenerated regularly thereafter). When Vulnerability Advisor is queried, a scan result is retrieved that might be up to 5 days old. Scan results are deleted 30 days after they are generated.\n\nIn version 4, the image is indexed when it is first pushed to Container Registry registry, and that index report is stored in the database. When Vulnerability Advisor is queried, the image index report is retrieved, and a vulnerability assessment is produced. This action happens dynamically every time Vulnerability Advisor is queried. Therefore, no pregenerated scan result exists that requires deleting. However, the image index report is deleted within 30 days of the deletion of the image from the registry.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Types of vulnerabilities \n\n\n\n Vulnerable packages \n\nVulnerability Advisor checks for vulnerable packages in images that are using supported operating systems and provides a link to any relevant security notices about the vulnerability.\n\nPackages that contain known vulnerability issues are displayed in the scan results.","score":17.050583},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01535-4585-6962","text":"\nTo find out more about the issues, click the link in the Security status column.\n\nThe Vulnerability Advisor dashboard provides an overview and assessment of the security for an image. If you want to find out more about the Vulnerability Advisor dashboard, see [Reviewing a vulnerability report](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Registry?topic=Registry-va_index&interface=uiva_reviewing).\n\nEncrypted images aren't scanned by Vulnerability Advisor.\n\n\n\n Data protection \n\nTo scan images and containers in your account for security issues, Vulnerability Advisor collects, stores, and processes the following information:\n\n\n\n* Free-form fields, including IDs, descriptions, and image names (registry, namespace, repository name, and image tag)\n* Metadata about the file modes and creation timestamps of the configuration files\n* The content of system and application configuration files in images and containers\n* Installed packages and libraries (including their versions)\n\n\n\nDo not put personal information into any field or location that Vulnerability Advisor processes, as identified in the preceding list.\n\nScan results, aggregated at a data center level, are processed to produce anonymized metrics to operate and improve the service. In version 3, a vulnerability report (scan result) is generated when the image is pushed to the registry (and is regenerated regularly thereafter). When Vulnerability Advisor is queried, a scan result is retrieved that might be up to 5 days old. Scan results are deleted 30 days after they are generated.\n\nIn version 4, the image is indexed when it is first pushed to Container Registry registry, and that index report is stored in the database. When Vulnerability Advisor is queried, the image index report is retrieved, and a vulnerability assessment is produced. This action happens dynamically every time Vulnerability Advisor is queried. Therefore, no pregenerated scan result exists that requires deleting. However, the image index report is deleted within 30 days of the deletion of the image from the registry.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Types of vulnerabilities \n\n\n\n Vulnerable packages \n\nVulnerability Advisor checks for vulnerable packages in images that are using supported operating systems and provides a link to any relevant security notices about the vulnerability.\n\nPackages that contain known vulnerability issues are displayed in the scan results.","score":16.737833},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01533-4-2366","text":"\n* UI\n* CLI\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Managing image security with Vulnerability Advisor \n\nVulnerability Advisor is provided as part of IBM Cloud® Container Registry. Vulnerability Advisor checks the security status of container images that are provided by IBM, third parties, or added to your organization's registry namespace.\n\nVulnerability Advisor provides security management for [IBM Cloud Container Registry](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Registry?topic=Registry-getting-startedgetting-started). Vulnerability Advisor generates a security status report that includes suggested fixes and best practices. Vulnerability Advisor is available in two versions: version 3 and version 4. Version 4 uses new architecture and a different scanning engine.\n\nVulnerability Advisor version 3 is deprecated from 19 June 2023. For more information about how to update to version 4, see [Update Vulnerability Advisor to version 4 by 19 June 2023](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Registry?topic=Registry-registry_notices_va_v4&interface=ui).\n\nWhen you add an image to a namespace, the image is automatically scanned by Vulnerability Advisor to detect security issues and potential vulnerabilities. If security issues are found, instructions are provided to help fix the reported vulnerability.\n\nAny issues that are found by Vulnerability Advisor result in a verdict that indicates that it is not advisable to deploy this image. If you choose to deploy the image, any containers that are deployed from the image include known issues that might be used to attack or otherwise compromise the container. The verdict is adjusted based on any exemptions that you specified.\n\nFixing the security and configuration issues that are reported by Vulnerability Advisor can help you to secure your IBM Cloud infrastructure.\n\nYou can use IBM Cloud Security and Compliance Center to monitor vulnerabilities that are detected by Vulnerability Advisor. For more information, see [Getting started with Security and Compliance Center](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/security-compliance?topic=security-compliance-getting-started).\n\nUsing Portieris to block the deployment of images with issues that are found by Vulnerability Advisor is deprecated.\n\n\n\n About Vulnerability Advisor \n\nVulnerability Advisor provides functions to help you to secure your images.\n\nVulnerability Advisor version 3 is deprecated from 19 June 2023.","score":15.27716},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01533-6329-8623","text":"\nThis action happens dynamically every time Vulnerability Advisor is queried. Therefore, no pregenerated scan result exists that requires deleting. However, the image index report is deleted within 30 days of the deletion of the image from the registry.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Types of vulnerabilities \n\n\n\n Vulnerable packages \n\nVulnerability Advisor checks for vulnerable packages in images that are using supported operating systems and provides a link to any relevant security notices about the vulnerability.\n\nPackages that contain known vulnerability issues are displayed in the scan results. The possible vulnerabilities are updated daily by using the published security notices for the Docker image types that are listed in the following table. Typically, for a vulnerable package to pass the scan, a later version of the package is required that includes a fix for the vulnerability. The same package can list multiple vulnerabilities, and in this case, a single package update can address multiple vulnerabilities.\n\nVulnerability Advisor returns vulnerabilities only when a package fix is published by the distributor. Declared vulnerabilities that aren't fixed yet, or are not going to be fixed, are not reported by Vulnerability Advisor. Therefore, if Vulnerability Advisor does not report any vulnerabilities, there might still be a risk in the image.\n\nFor version 3, the scanning of an image is triggered in one of the following ways:\n\n\n\n* When a new image is pushed to the registry.\n* When a new security notice is released for a package that is installed in the image, the image is queued for scanning, which might take some time to complete.\n* While an image is tagged in the registry, it is scanned every week.\n\n\n\nVulnerability Advisor version 3 is deprecated from 19 June 2023. For more information about how to update to version 4, see [Update Vulnerability Advisor to version 4 by 19 June 2023](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Registry?topic=Registry-registry_notices_va_v4&interface=ui).\n\nFor version 4, the image is indexed the first time that it is pushed. Thereafter, the vulnerability assessment is calculated every time Vulnerability Advisor is queried about that image.\n\nThe following tables show the supported Docker base images that Vulnerability Advisor checks for vulnerable packages.","score":15.456947}],"c6c3b02ca32795af64c903dd76700517<::>4":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_01535-8161-9952","text":"\nFor more information about how to update to version 4, see [Update Vulnerability Advisor to version 4 by 19 June 2023](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Registry?topic=Registry-registry_notices_va_v4&interface=ui).\n\nFor version 4, the image is indexed the first time that it is pushed. Thereafter, the vulnerability assessment is calculated every time Vulnerability Advisor is queried about that image.\n\nThe following tables show the supported Docker base images that Vulnerability Advisor checks for vulnerable packages.\n\nVulnerability Advisor supports only releases of platforms that are currently supported by the vendor of that platform.\n\n\n\nTable 1. Supported Docker base images that Vulnerability Advisor 3 checks for vulnerable packages\n\n Docker base image Supported versions Source of security notices \n\n Alpine All stable versions with vendor security support. [Git - Alpine Linux](https://gitlab.alpinelinux.org/) and [CVE](https://cve.mitre.org/data/downloads/index.html). \n CentOS Version 7 [CentOS announce archives](https://lists.centos.org/pipermail/centos-announce/) and [CentOS CR announce archives](https://lists.centos.org/pipermail/centos-cr-announce/). \n Debian All stable versions with vendor security support or long-term support. [Debian security announcements](https://lists.debian.org/debian-security-announce/) and [Debian LTS Security Information](https://www.debian.org/lts/security/). \n GoogleContainerTools distroless All stable versions with vendor security support. [GoogleContainerTools distroless](https://github.com/GoogleContainerTools/distroless) \n Red Hat® Enterprise Linux® (RHEL) RHEL/UBI 7, RHEL/UBI 8, and RHEL/UBI 9 [Red Hat Security Data API](https://access.redhat.com/labsinfo/securitydataapi). \n Ubuntu All stable versions with vendor security support.","score":20.50338},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01410-2747-3497","text":"\nVersion 1.0.0 of the CLI was released on 15 September 2022.\n\nThis release has the following changes:\n\n\n\n* Vulnerability Advisor v4 is now available, see [Vulnerability Advisor 4 is available from Container Registry plug-in 1.0.0](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Registry?topic=Registry-registry_release_notes15sep2022_va_version_4).\n* Image and digest list output no longer includes security status by default. You can either add the --va argument to include security status for all the listed images, or you can use the ibmcloud cr va command to query security status for an individual image.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Version 0.1.582 \n\nVersion 0.1.582 of the CLI was released on 15 September 2022.\n\nThis release has the following changes:\n\n\n\n* Vulnerability remediations.","score":15.9703455},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01533-8109-9900","text":"\nFor more information about how to update to version 4, see [Update Vulnerability Advisor to version 4 by 19 June 2023](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Registry?topic=Registry-registry_notices_va_v4&interface=ui).\n\nFor version 4, the image is indexed the first time that it is pushed. Thereafter, the vulnerability assessment is calculated every time Vulnerability Advisor is queried about that image.\n\nThe following tables show the supported Docker base images that Vulnerability Advisor checks for vulnerable packages.\n\nVulnerability Advisor supports only releases of platforms that are currently supported by the vendor of that platform.\n\n\n\nTable 1. Supported Docker base images that Vulnerability Advisor 3 checks for vulnerable packages\n\n Docker base image Supported versions Source of security notices \n\n Alpine All stable versions with vendor security support. [Git - Alpine Linux](https://gitlab.alpinelinux.org/) and [CVE](https://cve.mitre.org/data/downloads/index.html). \n CentOS Version 7 [CentOS announce archives](https://lists.centos.org/pipermail/centos-announce/) and [CentOS CR announce archives](https://lists.centos.org/pipermail/centos-cr-announce/). \n Debian All stable versions with vendor security support or long-term support. [Debian security announcements](https://lists.debian.org/debian-security-announce/) and [Debian LTS Security Information](https://www.debian.org/lts/security/). \n GoogleContainerTools distroless All stable versions with vendor security support. [GoogleContainerTools distroless](https://github.com/GoogleContainerTools/distroless) \n Red Hat® Enterprise Linux® (RHEL) RHEL/UBI 7, RHEL/UBI 8, and RHEL/UBI 9 [Red Hat Security Data API](https://access.redhat.com/labsinfo/securitydataapi). \n Ubuntu All stable versions with vendor security support.","score":20.50338},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01329-14955-16723","text":"\nIf you want to run Vulnerability Advisor in a different version, see [Setting the Vulnerability Advisor version](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Registry?topic=Registry-va_index&interface=uiva_set_version). For more information about the versions of Vulnerability Advisor, see [About Vulnerability Advisor](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Registry?topic=Registry-va_index&interface=uiabout).\n\nVulnerability Advisor version 3 is deprecated from 19 June 2023. For more information about how to update to version 4, see [Update Vulnerability Advisor to version 4 by 19 June 2023](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Registry?topic=Registry-registry_notices_va_v4&interface=ui).\n\nibmcloud cr image-digests [--format FORMAT | --quiet | -q | --json] [--restrict RESTRICTION] [--include-ibm] [--no-va] [--va]\n\n\n\n Prerequisites \n\nTo find out about the required permissions, see [Access roles for using Container Registry](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Registry?topic=Registry-iamaccess_roles_using).\n\n\n\n\n\n Command options \n\n--format FORMAT\n: (Optional) Format the output elements by using a Go template. For more information, see [Formatting and filtering the Container Registry CLI output](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Registry?topic=Registry-registry_cli_list).\n\n--quiet, -q\n: (Optional) Each image is listed in the format: repository@digest\n\n--json\n: (Optional) Outputs the list in JSON format.\n\n--restrict RESTRICTION\n: (Optional) Limit the output to display only images in the specified namespace or repository.\n\n--include-ibm\n: (Optional) Includes IBM-provided public images in the output. By default only private images are listed. You can view IBM-provided images in the global registry only.\n\n--no-va\n: (Optional) Excludes the security status (Vulnerability Advisor) results from the output.","score":15.933866},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01533-4546-6910","text":"\nTo find out more about the issues, click the link in the Security status column.\n\nThe Vulnerability Advisor dashboard provides an overview and assessment of the security for an image. If you want to find out more about the Vulnerability Advisor dashboard, see [Reviewing a vulnerability report](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Registry?topic=Registry-va_indexva_reviewing).\n\nEncrypted images aren't scanned by Vulnerability Advisor.\n\n\n\n Data protection \n\nTo scan images and containers in your account for security issues, Vulnerability Advisor collects, stores, and processes the following information:\n\n\n\n* Free-form fields, including IDs, descriptions, and image names (registry, namespace, repository name, and image tag)\n* Metadata about the file modes and creation timestamps of the configuration files\n* The content of system and application configuration files in images and containers\n* Installed packages and libraries (including their versions)\n\n\n\nDo not put personal information into any field or location that Vulnerability Advisor processes, as identified in the preceding list.\n\nScan results, aggregated at a data center level, are processed to produce anonymized metrics to operate and improve the service. In version 3, a vulnerability report (scan result) is generated when the image is pushed to the registry (and is regenerated regularly thereafter). When Vulnerability Advisor is queried, a scan result is retrieved that might be up to 5 days old. Scan results are deleted 30 days after they are generated.\n\nIn version 4, the image is indexed when it is first pushed to Container Registry registry, and that index report is stored in the database. When Vulnerability Advisor is queried, the image index report is retrieved, and a vulnerability assessment is produced. This action happens dynamically every time Vulnerability Advisor is queried. Therefore, no pregenerated scan result exists that requires deleting. However, the image index report is deleted within 30 days of the deletion of the image from the registry.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Types of vulnerabilities \n\n\n\n Vulnerable packages \n\nVulnerability Advisor checks for vulnerable packages in images that are using supported operating systems and provides a link to any relevant security notices about the vulnerability.\n\nPackages that contain known vulnerability issues are displayed in the scan results.","score":15.706466}],"c6c3b02ca32795af64c903dd76700517<::>6":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_01412-3332-4467","text":"\nDGflqQBSmV40XP3iZnNUJDrHuAol463Z/BuxxFXL3ry6rTosLGfrRwdQjxp8RSsn\nWyIIO2rmcqXZYe4SCtiMjMejLlTIDWLIMdYL3d6hA4DpgDLoh6EPmhKMVVwRt5b0\new5eMLcDuq6ButOM5yv4zYVHNrajY41NK+abSlFb6wzMg2AUDiC/MxV1LRq6mpyZ\nGJllx3LS1M1j7fDO3pmh/M0X7yD/4RgHwFaW4/4CQBw3fyxrOv0pZzZay+o\n-----END PUBLIC KEY-----\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Step 2: Encrypt the image \n\nEncrypt the image by using the public key and then build a container image by using a\n\nDockerfile.\n\n\n\n1. Go to the directory where you store your apps, for example, <my_app>.\n\ncd <my_app>\n2. Create the Dockerfile by running the following command:\n\ncat << EOF >> Dockerfile\nFROM nginx:latest\nRUN echo \"some secret\" > /secret-file\nEOF\n3. Use Buildah to create an unencrypted image by running the following command, where <namespace> is your namespace:\n\nbuildah bud -t us.icr.io/<namespace>/<my_app> .\n\nus.icr.io/<namespace>/<my_app> is committed to the local image store.\n4. Encrypt the image by using the public key and upload the image to the registry by running the following commands and by specifying the JSON Web Encryption (jwe) protocol to encrypt the image, where <user_keys>/<user>Pub.pem is the encryption key.","score":22.02175},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01535-4585-6962","text":"\nTo find out more about the issues, click the link in the Security status column.\n\nThe Vulnerability Advisor dashboard provides an overview and assessment of the security for an image. If you want to find out more about the Vulnerability Advisor dashboard, see [Reviewing a vulnerability report](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Registry?topic=Registry-va_index&interface=uiva_reviewing).\n\nEncrypted images aren't scanned by Vulnerability Advisor.\n\n\n\n Data protection \n\nTo scan images and containers in your account for security issues, Vulnerability Advisor collects, stores, and processes the following information:\n\n\n\n* Free-form fields, including IDs, descriptions, and image names (registry, namespace, repository name, and image tag)\n* Metadata about the file modes and creation timestamps of the configuration files\n* The content of system and application configuration files in images and containers\n* Installed packages and libraries (including their versions)\n\n\n\nDo not put personal information into any field or location that Vulnerability Advisor processes, as identified in the preceding list.\n\nScan results, aggregated at a data center level, are processed to produce anonymized metrics to operate and improve the service. In version 3, a vulnerability report (scan result) is generated when the image is pushed to the registry (and is regenerated regularly thereafter). When Vulnerability Advisor is queried, a scan result is retrieved that might be up to 5 days old. Scan results are deleted 30 days after they are generated.\n\nIn version 4, the image is indexed when it is first pushed to Container Registry registry, and that index report is stored in the database. When Vulnerability Advisor is queried, the image index report is retrieved, and a vulnerability assessment is produced. This action happens dynamically every time Vulnerability Advisor is queried. Therefore, no pregenerated scan result exists that requires deleting. However, the image index report is deleted within 30 days of the deletion of the image from the registry.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Types of vulnerabilities \n\n\n\n Vulnerable packages \n\nVulnerability Advisor checks for vulnerable packages in images that are using supported operating systems and provides a link to any relevant security notices about the vulnerability.\n\nPackages that contain known vulnerability issues are displayed in the scan results.","score":18.307083},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01412-7-1617","text":"\nEncrypting images for content confidentiality \n\nYou can protect the confidentiality of your IBM Cloud® Container Registry images, and ensure that hosts that aren't trusted can't run the images.\n\nCreate an encrypted image so that people without the\n\nprivate keycan't access the content. Create the encrypted image by using an RSA public-private key pair to encrypt and decrypt the image. A public key is not a secret and anyone can use it to encrypt an image. A private key is a secret, and only users that have that private key can use it to decrypt the image.\n\nEncryption is supported in IBM Cloud Container Registry and complies with the following standards:\n\n\n\n* [opencontainers/image-spec](https://github.com/opencontainers/image-spec)\n* [opencontainers/artifacts](https://github.com/opencontainers/artifacts/pull/15)\n\n\n\nFor more information about encrypting images, see [Advancing container image security with encrypted container images](https://developer.ibm.com/articles/advancing-image-security-encrypted-container-images/) and [Advancing image security and compliance through Container Image Encryption](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dYXhAxxPkqA).\n\n\n\n Before you begin \n\n\n\n* Complete the instructions in [Getting started with IBM Cloud Container Registry](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Registry?topic=Registry-getting-startedgetting-started).\n* Ensure that you have the most recent version of the container-registry CLI plug-in for the IBM Cloud CLI, see [Updating the container-registry CLI plug-in](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Registry?topic=Registry-registry_setup_cli_namespaceregistry_cli_update).","score":14.492729},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01533-4546-6910","text":"\nTo find out more about the issues, click the link in the Security status column.\n\nThe Vulnerability Advisor dashboard provides an overview and assessment of the security for an image. If you want to find out more about the Vulnerability Advisor dashboard, see [Reviewing a vulnerability report](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Registry?topic=Registry-va_indexva_reviewing).\n\nEncrypted images aren't scanned by Vulnerability Advisor.\n\n\n\n Data protection \n\nTo scan images and containers in your account for security issues, Vulnerability Advisor collects, stores, and processes the following information:\n\n\n\n* Free-form fields, including IDs, descriptions, and image names (registry, namespace, repository name, and image tag)\n* Metadata about the file modes and creation timestamps of the configuration files\n* The content of system and application configuration files in images and containers\n* Installed packages and libraries (including their versions)\n\n\n\nDo not put personal information into any field or location that Vulnerability Advisor processes, as identified in the preceding list.\n\nScan results, aggregated at a data center level, are processed to produce anonymized metrics to operate and improve the service. In version 3, a vulnerability report (scan result) is generated when the image is pushed to the registry (and is regenerated regularly thereafter). When Vulnerability Advisor is queried, a scan result is retrieved that might be up to 5 days old. Scan results are deleted 30 days after they are generated.\n\nIn version 4, the image is indexed when it is first pushed to Container Registry registry, and that index report is stored in the database. When Vulnerability Advisor is queried, the image index report is retrieved, and a vulnerability assessment is produced. This action happens dynamically every time Vulnerability Advisor is queried. Therefore, no pregenerated scan result exists that requires deleting. However, the image index report is deleted within 30 days of the deletion of the image from the registry.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Types of vulnerabilities \n\n\n\n Vulnerable packages \n\nVulnerability Advisor checks for vulnerable packages in images that are using supported operating systems and provides a link to any relevant security notices about the vulnerability.\n\nPackages that contain known vulnerability issues are displayed in the scan results.","score":18.58924},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01533-6329-8623","text":"\nThis action happens dynamically every time Vulnerability Advisor is queried. Therefore, no pregenerated scan result exists that requires deleting. However, the image index report is deleted within 30 days of the deletion of the image from the registry.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Types of vulnerabilities \n\n\n\n Vulnerable packages \n\nVulnerability Advisor checks for vulnerable packages in images that are using supported operating systems and provides a link to any relevant security notices about the vulnerability.\n\nPackages that contain known vulnerability issues are displayed in the scan results. The possible vulnerabilities are updated daily by using the published security notices for the Docker image types that are listed in the following table. Typically, for a vulnerable package to pass the scan, a later version of the package is required that includes a fix for the vulnerability. The same package can list multiple vulnerabilities, and in this case, a single package update can address multiple vulnerabilities.\n\nVulnerability Advisor returns vulnerabilities only when a package fix is published by the distributor. Declared vulnerabilities that aren't fixed yet, or are not going to be fixed, are not reported by Vulnerability Advisor. Therefore, if Vulnerability Advisor does not report any vulnerabilities, there might still be a risk in the image.\n\nFor version 3, the scanning of an image is triggered in one of the following ways:\n\n\n\n* When a new image is pushed to the registry.\n* When a new security notice is released for a package that is installed in the image, the image is queued for scanning, which might take some time to complete.\n* While an image is tagged in the registry, it is scanned every week.\n\n\n\nVulnerability Advisor version 3 is deprecated from 19 June 2023. For more information about how to update to version 4, see [Update Vulnerability Advisor to version 4 by 19 June 2023](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Registry?topic=Registry-registry_notices_va_v4&interface=ui).\n\nFor version 4, the image is indexed the first time that it is pushed. Thereafter, the vulnerability assessment is calculated every time Vulnerability Advisor is queried about that image.\n\nThe following tables show the supported Docker base images that Vulnerability Advisor checks for vulnerable packages.","score":16.412382}],"c6c3b02ca32795af64c903dd76700517<::>8":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_01377-13470-15034","text":"\ncontainer-registry.settings.set [ibmcloud cr platform-metrics](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Registry?topic=Registry-containerregcliic_cr_platform_metrics) Update registry service settings for the targeted account, such as enabling platform metrics. Manager \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Access roles for using Container Registry \n\nTo grant a user permission to access Container Registry content in your account, you must create a policy that grants one or more of the roles in the following table. When you create your policy, you can restrict access to a specific namespace by specifying the resource type namespace and the namespace name as the resource. If you don't specify a resource-type and a resource, the policy grants access to all resources in the account. Alternatively, if your namespace is within a resource group, permission can be granted by using an IAM access policy on that resource group.\n\nFor example, use the following command to create a user policy. Where <user_email> is the user's email address, <region> is the region, <roles> is the role, or roles, that you want the user to have, and <namespace_name> is the name of the namespace.\n\nibmcloud iam user-policy-create <user_email> --service-name container-registry --region <region> --roles <roles> [--resource-type namespace --resource <namespace_name>]\n\nThe following table details actions that are mapped to operations on the service and to the service access roles for using Container Registry.\n\n\n\nTable 5. Service actions and operations for using Container Registry\n\n Action Operation on service Role Status","score":16.099777},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01387-13496-15060","text":"\ncontainer-registry.settings.set [ibmcloud cr platform-metrics](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Registry?topic=Registry-containerregcliic_cr_platform_metrics) Update registry service settings for the targeted account, such as enabling platform metrics. Manager \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Access roles for using Container Registry \n\nTo grant a user permission to access Container Registry content in your account, you must create a policy that grants one or more of the roles in the following table. When you create your policy, you can restrict access to a specific namespace by specifying the resource type namespace and the namespace name as the resource. If you don't specify a resource-type and a resource, the policy grants access to all resources in the account. Alternatively, if your namespace is within a resource group, permission can be granted by using an IAM access policy on that resource group.\n\nFor example, use the following command to create a user policy. Where <user_email> is the user's email address, <region> is the region, <roles> is the role, or roles, that you want the user to have, and <namespace_name> is the name of the namespace.\n\nibmcloud iam user-policy-create <user_email> --service-name container-registry --region <region> --roles <roles> [--resource-type namespace --resource <namespace_name>]\n\nThe following table details actions that are mapped to operations on the service and to the service access roles for using Container Registry.\n\n\n\nTable 5. Service actions and operations for using Container Registry\n\n Action Operation on service Role Status","score":16.099777},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01388-1400-3142","text":"\nYou can choose to create a second IBM Cloud account, or you can work with a colleague that has an IBM Cloud account.\n* Ensure that you have the correct access permissions for adding and removingnamespaces, see [Access roles for configuring IBM Cloud Container Registry](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Registry?topic=Registry-iamaccess_roles_configure).\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Step 1: Authorize a user to configure the registry \n\nAdd a second user to your account and grant them the ability to configure IBM Cloud Container Registry.\n\n\n\n1. Add User B to User A's account.\n\n\n\n1. Log in to User A's account, by running the following command.\n\nibmcloud login\n2. Invite User B to access User A's account by running the following command, where <user.b@example.com> is User B's email address.\n\nibmcloud account user-invite <user.b@example.com>\n3. Get User A's Account ID by running the following command.\n\nibmcloud target\n\nMake a note of the Account ID that is in the parentheses ( ) in the Account row.\n\n\n\n2. Prove that User B can target User A's account but can't do anything with IBM Cloud Container Registry yet.\n\n\n\n1. Log in as User B and target User A's account by running the following command, where <YourAccountID> is User A's Account ID.\n\nibmcloud login -c <YourAccountID>\n2. Try to edit your registry quota to 4 GB of traffic by running the following command.\n\nibmcloud cr quota-set --traffic=4000\n\nThe command fails because User B doesn't have the correct access.\n\n\n\n3. Grant User B the Manager role so that User B can configure IBM Cloud Container Registry.\n\n\n\n1. Log back in to your account as yourself, User A, by running the following command.\n\nibmcloud login\n2. Create a policy that grants the Manager role to User B by running the following command.","score":28.593006},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01388-7-1807","text":"\nGranting access to Container Registry resources tutorial \n\nUse this tutorial to find out how to grant access to your resources by configuring IBM Cloud® Identity and Access Management (IAM) for IBM Cloud® Container Registry.\n\nAll accounts require IAM access policies. To set up and manage IAM access policies, see [Defining IAM access policies](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Registry?topic=Registry-useruser).\n\nFor more information about how to use IAM to manage access to your resources, see [Managing access to resources](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-assign-access-resources).\n\n\n\n Before you begin \n\nBefore you begin, you must complete the following tasks:\n\n\n\n* Complete the instructions in [Getting started with IBM Cloud Container Registry](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Registry?topic=Registry-getting-startedgetting-started).\n* Ensure that you have the most recent version of the container-registry CLI plug-in for the IBM Cloud CLI, see [Updating the container-registry CLI plug-in](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Registry?topic=Registry-registry_setup_cli_namespaceregistry_cli_update).\n* Ensure that you have access to two [IBM Cloud accounts](https://cloud.ibm.com/login) that you can use for this tutorial, one for User A and one for User B, each must use a unique email address. You work in your own account, User A, and invite another user, User B, to use your account. You can choose to create a second IBM Cloud account, or you can work with a colleague that has an IBM Cloud account.\n* Ensure that you have the correct access permissions for adding and removingnamespaces, see [Access roles for configuring IBM Cloud Container Registry](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Registry?topic=Registry-iamaccess_roles_configure).\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Step 1: Authorize a user to configure the registry","score":16.107338},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01388-4098-5759","text":"\nibmcloud iam user-policy-delete <user.b@example.com> <Policy_ID>\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Step 2: Authorize a user to access specific namespaces \n\nCreate some\n\nnamespaceswith sample images, and grant access to them. You create policies to grant different roles to each namespace, and show what effect that has.\n\n\n\n1. Create three new namespaces in User A's account. These namespaces must be unique across the region, so choose your own namespace names, but this tutorial uses namespace_a, namespace_b and namespace_c as examples.\n\n\n\n1. Log in as User A, by running the following command.\n\nibmcloud login\n2. Create namespace_a by running the following command.\n\nibmcloud cr namespace-add namespace_a\n\nThe namespace must be unique across all IBM Cloud accounts in the same region. Namespaces must have 4 - 30 characters, and contain lowercase letters, numbers, hyphens (-), and underscores (_) only. Namespaces must start and end with a letter or number.\n\nIf you have a problem when you try to add a namespace, see [Why can't I add a namespace?](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Registry?topic=Registry-troubleshoot-add-namespace) for assistance.\n3. Create namespace_b by running the following command.\n\nibmcloud cr namespace-add namespace_b\n4. Create namespace_c by running the following command.\n\nibmcloud cr namespace-add namespace_c\n\n\n\n2. Prove that User B can't see anything.\n\n\n\n1. Log in as User B, targeting User A's account by running the following command.\n\nibmcloud login -c <YourAccountID>\n2. Try to list the namespaces as User B by running the following command.\n\nibmcloud cr namespaces\n\nIt returns an empty list because User B doesn't have access to any namespaces.\n\n\n\n3.","score":17.290108}],"4c86c8740c3d49e06b7aca9d308119fa<::>3":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_06090-3328-5351","text":"\nYour service might not yet support private cloud service endpoints. If you have a private-only cluster, you must use service credentials that use the private cloud service endpoint, or open up the public IP address and port to connect to your service.\n\n\n\n\n\n Can I use all IBM Cloud services in my cluster? \n\nYou can use service binding only for services that support service keys so that the service credentials can automatically be created and stored in a Kubernetes secret. To find a list of services that support service keys, see [Enabling external apps to use IBM Cloud services](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-externalappexternalapp).\n\nServices that don't support service keys usually provide an API that you can use in your app. The service binding method does not automatically set up API access for your app. Make sure to review the API documentation of your service and implement the API interface in your app.\n\n\n\n\n\n Can I bind multiple IBM Cloud services to multiple clusters at once? \n\nIBM Cloud service binding is on a per-cluster, per-service basis, and works by creating a Kubernetes secret that your pods can mount.\n\nFor multiple clusters and services, you can [use IAM trusted profiles instead](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-pod-iam-identity). In IAM, you create a trusted profile with access policies for the IBM Cloud services that you want. Then, you link the trusted profile with as many clusters as you want, based on conditions such as all the prod Kubernetes namespaces in clusters in a resource group. Finally, your pods mount the Kubernetes service account projected volume to get a token that can be exchanged for an IAM token that your apps use to authenticate with the IBM Cloud services.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Adding IBM Cloud services to clusters \n\nUse IBM Cloud service binding to automatically create service credentials for your IBM Cloud services and store these credentials in a Kubernetes secret.\n\nBefore you begin:\n\n\n\n* Ensure you have the following roles:","score":21.631557},{"document_id":"ibmcld_07578-373434-375500","text":"\nIBM Cloud Kubernetes Service is a managed Kubernetes offering that delivers powerful tools, an intuitive user experience, and built-in security for rapid delivery of apps that you can bind to cloud services that are related to IBM Watson®, AI, IoT, DevOps, security, and data analytics. As a certified Kubernetes provider, IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service provides intelligent scheduling, self-healing, horizontal scaling, service discovery and load balancing, automated rollouts and rollbacks, and secret and configuration management. The service also has advanced capabilities around simplified cluster management, container security and isolation policies, the ability to design your own cluster, and integrated operational tools for consistency in deployment.\n\nFor a detailed overview of capabilities and benefits, see [Benefits of using the service](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-cs_ovbenefits).\n* Can I get a free cluster?\n\nThe free tier option is deprecated and will be unsupported on 25 July 2023. Existing free tier clusters will be allowed to finish their 30-day trial window. If you want to try IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service, [contact IBM Sales](https://www.ibm.com/account/reg/us-en/signup?formid=MAIL-wcp).\n\nYou can have 1 free cluster at a time in IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service, and each free cluster expires in 30 days. Free clusters are ideal for testing out Kubernetes deployments and getting familiar with the IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service API, CLI, and console tools. After you are done testing your free cluster, you can [copy your configuration files and redeploy them to a standard cluster](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-update_appcopy_apps_cluster).\n* What container platforms are available for my cluster?\n\nWith IBM Cloud, you can create clusters for your containerized workloads from two different container management platforms: the IBM version of community Kubernetes and Red Hat OpenShift on IBM Cloud. The container platform that you select is installed on your cluster master and worker nodes.","score":22.585196},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10469-2788-4532","text":"\nTo determine whether a location has a multizone region, your can run ibmcloud oc locations and look for the value in the Multizone Metro column.\n\n\n\nAvailable multizone metro locations for classic clusters in Red Hat OpenShift on IBM Cloud.\n\n Geography Country Metro Region Zones \n\n Asia Pacific Australia Sydney au-syd syd01, syd04, syd05 \n Asia Pacific Japan Osaka jp-osa osa21, osa22, osa23 \n Asia Pacific Japan Tokyo jp-tok tok02, tok04, tok05 \n Europe Germany Frankfurt de-fra fra02, fra04, fra05 \n Europe United Kingdom London uk-lon lon02, lon04, lon05, lon06 \n North America United States Dallas us-dal dal10, dal12, dal13 \n North America United States Washington DC us-wdc wdc04, wdc06, wdc07 \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Classic single zone regions \n\nIf you create a classic cluster in a single zone region, you can create multiple worker nodes but you can't spread them across data centers (zones). The highly available master includes three replicas on separate hosts, but is not spread across zones.\n\nClassic single zone clusters are managed from the regional endpoint located in the nearest region that supports classic multizone, such as mon01 to us-east or sao01 to us-south.\n\n\n\nAvailable single zone data center locations for classic clusters in Red Hat OpenShift on IBM Cloud.\n\n Geography Country Metro Region Zone Managed from region \n\n Asia Pacific India Chennai in-che che01 AP North (ap-north, jp-tok) \n Asia Pacific Singapore Singapore sng-mtr sng01 AP North (ap-north, jp-tok) \n Europe Italy Milan it-mil mil01 EU Central (eu-central, eu-de) \n Europe Netherlands Amsterdam nl-ams ams03 EU Central (eu-central, eu-de) \n North America Canada Montreal ca-mon mon01 US East (us-east) \n North America Canada Toronto ca-tor tor01 US East (us-east)","score":19.622375},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05707-4888-6797","text":"\nIBM Cloud Kubernetes Service on IBM Cloud Public delivers powerful tools by combining Docker containers, the Kubernetes technology, an intuitive user experience, and built-in security and isolation to automate the deployment, operation, scaling, and monitoring of containerized apps in a cluster of compute hosts For more information, see [IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service technology](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-service-arch).\n: You can also create your cluster in a Virtual Private Cloud (VPC), which gives you the security of a private cloud environment with isolated networking features along with the dynamic scalability of the public cloud. For more information, see [Overview of Classic and VPC infrastructure providers](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-infrastructure_providers).\n\nIBM Cloud Private, on-premises\n: IBM Cloud Private is an application platform that can be installed locally on your own machines. You might choose to use Kubernetes in IBM Cloud Private when you need to develop and manage on-premises, containerized apps in your own controlled environment behind a firewall. For more information, see the [IBM Cloud Private product documentation](https://www.ibm.com/docs/en/cloud-private/3.2.x).\n\n\n\n\n\n Comparison of free and standard clusters \n\nReview the following table for a comparison of free and standard clusters.\n\nThe free cluster option is deprecated and will be unsupported on 25 July 2023. Existing free tier clusters will be allowed to finish their 30-day trial window. If you want to try IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service, [contact IBM Sales](https://www.ibm.com/account/reg/us-en/signup?formid=MAIL-wcp).\n\nFree clusters are automatically deleted after 30 days.\n\nIf you have a free cluster and want to upgrade to a standard cluster, you can [create a standard cluster](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-clusters).","score":21.780527},{"document_id":"ibmcld_06038-7-1830","text":"\nLocations \n\nYou can deploy IBM Cloud® Kubernetes Service clusters worldwide. When you create a cluster, its resources remain in the location that you deploy the cluster to. To work with your cluster, you can access the service via a global API endpoint.\n\nZoom\n\n![IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service locations](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/4d497aff9e27b92fbbc2ee4e343a9ec4549cb1d7/containers/images/locations.svg)\n\nFigure 1. IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service locations\n\nThis image is an artistic representation and does not reflect actual political or geographic boundaries.\n\n\n\n IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service locations \n\nIBM Cloud resources are organized into a hierarchy of geographic locations. IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service is available in a subset of these locations, including worldwide multizone regions and single zone regions. Other IBM Cloud services might be available globally or within a specific location.\n\nibmcloud ks locations\n\n\n\n How locations are organized \n\nThe following image is used as an example to explain how IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service locations are organized. For more information, see [Locations for resource deployment](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/overview?topic=overview-locations).\n\nZoom\n\n![Organization of IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service locations](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/4d497aff9e27b92fbbc2ee4e343a9ec4549cb1d7/containers/images/cs_regions_hierarchy.png)\n\nFigure 1. Organization of IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service locations\n\n\n\nOrganization of IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service locations.\n\n Type Example Description \n\n Geography North America (na) An organizational grouping that is based on geographic continents. \n Country Canada (ca) The location's country within the geography. \n Metro For example, Dallas (dal). The name of a city where 1 or more data centers are located.","score":27.985893}],"4c86c8740c3d49e06b7aca9d308119fa<::>4":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_06209-1393-3390","text":"\nIf your cluster runs an unsupported Kubernetes version, follow the [version archive instructions](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-cs_versionsk8s_version_archive). To avoid getting in an unsupported state and operational impact, keep your cluster up-to-date.\n\nCan my worker nodes run a later version than the master?\n: Your worker nodes can't run a later major.minor Kubernetes version than the master. Additionally, your worker nodes can be only up to two versions behind the master version (n-2). First, [update your master](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-updateupdate_master) to the latest Kubernetes version. Then, [update the worker nodes](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-updateworker_node) in your cluster.\n\nWorker nodes can run later patch versions than the master, such as patch versions that are specific to worker nodes for security updates.\n\nHow are patch updates applied?\n: By default, patch updates for the master are applied automatically over the course of several days, so a master patch version might show up as available before it is applied to your master. The update automation also skips clusters that are in an unhealthy state or have operations currently in progress. Occasionally, IBM might disable automatic updates for a specific master fix pack, such as a patch that is only needed if a master is updated from one minor version to another. In any of these cases, you can [check the versions change log](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-changelog) for any potential impact and choose to safely use the ibmcloud ks cluster master update[command](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-kubernetes-service-clics_cluster_update) yourself without waiting for the update automation to apply.\n\nUnlike the master, you must update your workers for each patch version.\n\nWhat happens during the master update?\n: Your master is highly available with three replica master pods.","score":50.76136},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04810-7-1962","text":"\nDeployment Journey Overview \n\nIBM Cloud Kubernetes Service(IKS) is a managed offering to create your own Kubernetes cluster of compute hosts to deploy and manage containerized apps on IBM Cloud. As a certified Kubernetes provider, IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service provides intelligent scheduling, self-healing, horizontal scaling, service discovery and load balancing, automated rollouts and rollbacks, and secret and configuration management for your apps. Combined with an intuitive user experience, built-in security and isolation, and advanced tools to secure, manage, and monitor your cluster workloads, you can rapidly deliver highly available and secure containerized apps in the public cloud.\n\nWelcome to the Deployment Journey for Cloud Native on IBM Cloud! Use the sidebar on the left to navigate between the journey points.\n\n\n\n Journey Map \n\n![Architecture](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/b7b9235ce6abd45b66931867c388cf107d38e15b/cloud-native-journey/kubernetes-on-vpc/images/overview/journey-map.png)\n\n\n\n\n\n Assumptions \n\nThis deployment guide will be assuming the following points. Please note that while your circumstance may not be exactly identical, you will still benefit from the overall journey steps and concepts covered in this guide.\n\n\n\n* You are already familar with the concepts introduced in the \"Tour IBM Cloud\" videos available on the [Getting Started with IBM Cloud](https://cloud.ibm.com/cloud/get-started) page.\n* Access groups will need to be defined so only certain users have the ability to create and manage the VPC network settings (i.e. CIDR ranges, Subnet ACLs rules, etc.).\n* When you create your cluster, you must choose a VPC networking setup so that certain cluster components can communicate with each other and with networks or services outside of the cluster.\n\n\n\n* Worker-to-worker communication: All worker nodes must be able to communicate with each other on the private network through VPC subnets.","score":17.318563},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05998-7-2051","text":"\nUnderstanding IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service \n\nLearn more about [IBM Cloud® Kubernetes Service](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/kubernetes-service), its capabilities, and the options that are available to you to customize the cluster to your needs.\n\nReview frequently asked questions and key technologies that IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service uses.\n\n\n\n What is IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service and how does it work? \n\nIBM Cloud Kubernetes Service is a managed offering to create your own Kubernetes cluster of compute hosts to deploy and manage containerized apps on IBM Cloud. As a certified Kubernetes provider, IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service provides intelligent scheduling, self-healing, horizontal scaling, service discovery and load balancing, automated rollouts and rollbacks, and secret and configuration management for your apps. Combined with an intuitive user experience, built-in security and isolation, and advanced tools to secure, manage, and monitor your cluster workloads, you can rapidly deliver highly available and secure containerized apps in the public cloud.\n\n\n\n\n\n What is Kubernetes? \n\nKubernetes is an open source platform for managing containerized workloads and services across multiple hosts, and offers management tools for deploying, automating, monitoring, and scaling containerized apps with minimal to no manual intervention.\n\nZoom\n\n![Kubernetes certification badge](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/4d497aff9e27b92fbbc2ee4e343a9ec4549cb1d7/containers/images/certified-kubernetes-color.svg)\n\nFigure 1. This badge indicates Kubernetes certification for IBM Cloud Container Service.\n\nThe open source project, Kubernetes, combines running a containerized infrastructure with production workloads, open source contributions, and Docker container management tools. The Kubernetes infrastructure provides an isolated and secure app platform for managing containers that is portable, extensible, and self-healing in case of a failover. For more information, see [What is Kubernetes?](https://www.ibm.com/topics/kubernetes).","score":17.247015},{"document_id":"ibmcld_07578-373434-375500","text":"\nIBM Cloud Kubernetes Service is a managed Kubernetes offering that delivers powerful tools, an intuitive user experience, and built-in security for rapid delivery of apps that you can bind to cloud services that are related to IBM Watson®, AI, IoT, DevOps, security, and data analytics. As a certified Kubernetes provider, IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service provides intelligent scheduling, self-healing, horizontal scaling, service discovery and load balancing, automated rollouts and rollbacks, and secret and configuration management. The service also has advanced capabilities around simplified cluster management, container security and isolation policies, the ability to design your own cluster, and integrated operational tools for consistency in deployment.\n\nFor a detailed overview of capabilities and benefits, see [Benefits of using the service](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-cs_ovbenefits).\n* Can I get a free cluster?\n\nThe free tier option is deprecated and will be unsupported on 25 July 2023. Existing free tier clusters will be allowed to finish their 30-day trial window. If you want to try IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service, [contact IBM Sales](https://www.ibm.com/account/reg/us-en/signup?formid=MAIL-wcp).\n\nYou can have 1 free cluster at a time in IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service, and each free cluster expires in 30 days. Free clusters are ideal for testing out Kubernetes deployments and getting familiar with the IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service API, CLI, and console tools. After you are done testing your free cluster, you can [copy your configuration files and redeploy them to a standard cluster](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-update_appcopy_apps_cluster).\n* What container platforms are available for my cluster?\n\nWith IBM Cloud, you can create clusters for your containerized workloads from two different container management platforms: the IBM version of community Kubernetes and Red Hat OpenShift on IBM Cloud. The container platform that you select is installed on your cluster master and worker nodes.","score":17.594578},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05777-7-1924","text":"\nFAQs \n\nReview frequently asked questions (FAQs) for using IBM Cloud® Kubernetes Service.\n\n\n\n What is Kubernetes? \n\nKubernetes is an open source platform for managing containerized workloads and services across multiple hosts, and offers managements tools for deploying, automating, monitoring, and scaling containerized apps with minimal to no manual intervention. All containers that make up your microservice are grouped into pods, a logical unit to ensure easy management and discovery. These pods run on compute hosts that are managed in a Kubernetes cluster that is portable, extensible, and self-healing in case of failures.\n\nFor more information about Kubernetes, see the [Kubernetes documentation](https://kubernetes.io/docs/home/?path=users&persona=app-developer<=vel=foundational).\n\n\n\n\n\n How does IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service work? \n\nWith IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service, you can create your own Kubernetes cluster to deploy and manage containerized apps on IBM Cloud. Your containerized apps are hosted on IBM Cloud infrastructure compute hosts that are called worker nodes. You can choose to provision your compute hosts as [virtual machines](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-planning_worker_nodesvm) with shared or dedicated resources, or as [bare metal machines](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-planning_worker_nodesbm) that can be optimized for GPU and software-defined storage (SDS) usage. Your worker nodes are controlled by a highly available Kubernetes master that is configured, monitored, and managed by IBM. You can use the IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service API or CLI to work with your cluster infrastructure resources and the Kubernetes API or CLI to manage your deployments and services.\n\nFor more information about how your cluster resources are set up, see the [Service architecture](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-service-arch).","score":17.346476}],"4c86c8740c3d49e06b7aca9d308119fa<::>5":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_03824-7-1809","text":"\nKubernetes \n\nThe IBM Blockchain Platform allows you to provision blockchain components into your Kubernetes cluster. Kubernetes is an open-source system for automating deployment, scaling, and management of containerized applications.\n\nKubernetes provides a container-centric management environment. It orchestrates computing, networking, and storage infrastructure on behalf of user workloads. This provides much of the simplicity of Platform as a Service (PaaS) with the flexibility of Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS), and enables portability across infrastructure providers.\n\nThe following diagram explains the architecture of Kubernetes. For more explanation about nodes, containers, and pod, see the [Key Kubernetes objects](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/blockchain/reference?topic=blockchain-k8s-overviewk8s-overview-key-obj) section below.\n\nZoom\n\n![Kubernetes architecture diagram](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/c5288bed34c3820e3a5251d820ee91adcd2591a3/blockchain/images/k8s-archi-diagram.svg)\n\nFigure 1. Kubernetes architecture diagram\n\n\n\n Key Kubernetes objects \n\n\n\n* Cluster\n\nA set of machines, called nodes, that run containerized applications managed by Kubernetes. A cluster has several worker nodes and at least one master node.\n* Node\n\nA node is a worker machine in Kubernetes. A node may be a VM or physical machine, depending on the cluster. Each node contains the services necessary to run pods and is managed by the master components. The services on a node include the container runtime, kubelet and kube-proxy. For more information, see the [Kubernetes Node section](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/architecture/nodes/) in the Kubernetes documentation.\n* Container\n\nA lightweight and portable executable image that contains software and all of its dependencies.","score":17.793512},{"document_id":"ibmcld_13180-5921-7911","text":"\n[Kubernetes](https://kubernetes.io/) is a container orchestrator to manage the lifecycle of containerized apps in a cluster of worker nodes. Your apps might need many other resources to run, such as volumes, networks, and secrets which will help you connect to other cloud services, and secure keys. Kubernetes helps you to add these resources to your app. The key paradigm of Kubernetes is its declarative model. The user provides the desired state and Kubernetes attempts to conform to, and then maintains the described state.\n\nThis [self-paced workshop](https://ibm.github.io/kube101/) can help you to get your first hands-on experience with Kubernetes. Additionally, check out the Kubernetes [concepts](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/) documentation page to learn more about the concepts of Kubernetes.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n What IBM's doing for you \n\nBy using Kubernetes clusters with IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service, you get the following benefits:\n\n\n\n* Multiple data centers where you can deploy your clusters.\n* Support for ingress and load balancer networking options.\n* Dynamic persistent volume support.\n* Highly available, IBM-managed Kubernetes masters.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Sizing clusters \n\nAs you design your cluster architecture, you want to balance costs against availability, reliability, complexity, and recovery. Kubernetes clusters in IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service provide architectural options based on the needs of your apps. With a bit of planning, you can get the most out of your cloud resources without over-architecting or over-spending. Even if you over or underestimate, you can easily scale up or down your cluster, by changing either the number or size of worker nodes.\n\nTo run a production app in the cloud by using Kubernetes, consider the following items:\n\n\n\n1. Do you expect traffic from a specific geographic location? If yes, select the location that is physically closest to you for best performance.\n2. How many replicas of your cluster do you want for higher availability?","score":17.260122},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05777-7-1924","text":"\nFAQs \n\nReview frequently asked questions (FAQs) for using IBM Cloud® Kubernetes Service.\n\n\n\n What is Kubernetes? \n\nKubernetes is an open source platform for managing containerized workloads and services across multiple hosts, and offers managements tools for deploying, automating, monitoring, and scaling containerized apps with minimal to no manual intervention. All containers that make up your microservice are grouped into pods, a logical unit to ensure easy management and discovery. These pods run on compute hosts that are managed in a Kubernetes cluster that is portable, extensible, and self-healing in case of failures.\n\nFor more information about Kubernetes, see the [Kubernetes documentation](https://kubernetes.io/docs/home/?path=users&persona=app-developer<=vel=foundational).\n\n\n\n\n\n How does IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service work? \n\nWith IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service, you can create your own Kubernetes cluster to deploy and manage containerized apps on IBM Cloud. Your containerized apps are hosted on IBM Cloud infrastructure compute hosts that are called worker nodes. You can choose to provision your compute hosts as [virtual machines](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-planning_worker_nodesvm) with shared or dedicated resources, or as [bare metal machines](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-planning_worker_nodesbm) that can be optimized for GPU and software-defined storage (SDS) usage. Your worker nodes are controlled by a highly available Kubernetes master that is configured, monitored, and managed by IBM. You can use the IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service API or CLI to work with your cluster infrastructure resources and the Kubernetes API or CLI to manage your deployments and services.\n\nFor more information about how your cluster resources are set up, see the [Service architecture](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-service-arch).","score":29.133385},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04085-7-1799","text":"\nKubernetes \n\nThe IBM Blockchain Platform allows you to provision blockchain components into your Kubernetes cluster. Kubernetes is an open-source system for automating deployment, scaling, and management of containerized applications.\n\nKubernetes provides a container-centric management environment. It orchestrates computing, networking, and storage infrastructure on behalf of user workloads. This provides much of the simplicity of Platform as a Service (PaaS) with the flexibility of Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS), and enables portability across infrastructure providers.\n\nThe following diagram explains the architecture of Kubernetes. For more explanation about nodes, containers, and pod, see the [Key Kubernetes objects](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/blockchain?topic=blockchain-k8s-overviewk8s-overview-key-obj) section below.\n\nZoom\n\n![Kubernetes architecture diagram](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/c5288bed34c3820e3a5251d820ee91adcd2591a3/blockchain/images/k8s-archi-diagram.svg)\n\nFigure 1. Kubernetes architecture diagram\n\n\n\n Key Kubernetes objects \n\n\n\n* Cluster\n\nA set of machines, called nodes, that run containerized applications managed by Kubernetes. A cluster has several worker nodes and at least one master node.\n* Node\n\nA node is a worker machine in Kubernetes. A node may be a VM or physical machine, depending on the cluster. Each node contains the services necessary to run pods and is managed by the master components. The services on a node include the container runtime, kubelet and kube-proxy. For more information, see the [Kubernetes Node section](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/architecture/nodes/) in the Kubernetes documentation.\n* Container\n\nA lightweight and portable executable image that contains software and all of its dependencies.","score":17.857578},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01545-6013-8003","text":"\n[Kubernetes](https://kubernetes.io/) is a container orchestrator to manage the lifecycle of containerized apps in a cluster of worker nodes. Your apps might need many other resources to run, such as volumes, networks, and secrets which will help you connect to other cloud services, and secure keys. Kubernetes helps you to add these resources to your app. The key paradigm of Kubernetes is its declarative model. The user provides the desired state and Kubernetes attempts to conform to, and then maintains the described state.\n\nThis [self-paced workshop](https://ibm.github.io/kube101/) can help you to get your first hands-on experience with Kubernetes. Additionally, check out the Kubernetes [concepts](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/) documentation page to learn more about the concepts of Kubernetes.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n What IBM's doing for you \n\nBy using Kubernetes clusters with IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service, you get the following benefits:\n\n\n\n* Multiple data centers where you can deploy your clusters.\n* Support for ingress and load balancer networking options.\n* Dynamic persistent volume support.\n* Highly available, IBM-managed Kubernetes masters.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Sizing clusters \n\nAs you design your cluster architecture, you want to balance costs against availability, reliability, complexity, and recovery. Kubernetes clusters in IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service provide architectural options based on the needs of your apps. With a bit of planning, you can get the most out of your cloud resources without over-architecting or over-spending. Even if you over or underestimate, you can easily scale up or down your cluster, by changing either the number or size of worker nodes.\n\nTo run a production app in the cloud by using Kubernetes, consider the following items:\n\n\n\n1. Do you expect traffic from a specific geographic location? If yes, select the location that is physically closest to you for best performance.\n2. How many replicas of your cluster do you want for higher availability?","score":17.260122}],"4c86c8740c3d49e06b7aca9d308119fa<::>7":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_06063-7869-9744","text":"\nThese certificates are never shared across clusters or across Kubernetes master components.\n\nNeed to revoke existing certificates and create new certificates for your cluster? Check out [Rotating CA certificates in your cluster](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-securitycert-rotate).\n\nConnectivity to worker nodes\n: Although Kubernetes secures the communication between the master and worker nodes by using the https protocol, no authentication is provided on the worker node by default. To secure this communication, IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service automatically sets up an Konnectivity connection between the Kubernetes master and the worker node when the cluster is created.\n\nFine-grained access control\n: As the account administrator you can [grant access to other users for IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-usersusers) by using IBM Cloud Identity and Access Management (IAM). IBM Cloud IAM provides secure authentication with the IBM Cloud platform, IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service, and all the resources in your account. Setting up proper user roles and permissions is key to limiting who can access your resources and to limiting the damage that a user can do when legitimate permissions are misused. You can select from the following pre-defined user roles that determine the set of actions that the user can perform:\n\n\n\n* Platform access roles: Determine the cluster and worker node management-related actions that a user can perform in IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service.\n* Service access roles: Determine the [Kubernetes RBAC role](https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/access-authn-authz/rbac/) that is assigned to the user and the actions that a user can run against the Kubernetes API server. With RBAC roles, users can create Kubernetes resources, such as app deployments, namespaces, or configmaps.","score":21.889084},{"document_id":"ibmcld_06063-3142-5113","text":"\nBy default, Kubernetes requires every request to go through several stages before access to the API server is granted.\n\nAuthentication\n: Validates the identity of a registered user or service account.\n\nAuthorization\n: Limits the permissions of authenticated users and service accounts to ensure that they can access and operate only the cluster components that you want them to.\n\nAdmission control\n: Validates or mutates requests before they are processed by the Kubernetes API server. Many Kubernetes features require admission controllers to properly function.\n\n\n\n\n\n What does IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service do to secure my API server and etcd data store? \n\nThe following image shows the default cluster security settings that address authentication, authorization, admission control, and secure connectivity between the Kubernetes master and worker nodes.\n\nZoom\n\n![Describes the security stages when you access the Kubernetes API server.](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/4d497aff9e27b92fbbc2ee4e343a9ec4549cb1d7/containers/images/cs_security_apiserver_access.png)\n\nFigure 1. Security stages when accessing the Kubernetes API server\n\nReview the following security features for Kubernetes API server and etcd.\n\nFully managed and dedicated Kubernetes master\n: Every cluster in IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service is controlled by a dedicated Kubernetes master that is managed by IBM in an IBM-owned IBM Cloud account. The Kubernetes master is set up with the following dedicated components that are not shared with other IBM customers.\n\n\n\n* etcd data store: Stores all Kubernetes resources of a cluster, such as Services, Deployments, and Pods. Kubernetes ConfigMaps and Secrets are app data that is stored as key value pairs so that they can be used by an app that runs in a pod. Data in etcd is stored on the local disk of the Kubernetes master and is backed up to IBM Cloud Object Storage. Data is encrypted during transit to IBM Cloud Object Storage and at rest.","score":20.754425},{"document_id":"ibmcld_07578-380995-382843","text":"\n* What options do I have to secure my cluster?\n\nYou can use built-in security features in IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service to protect the components in your cluster, your data, and app deployments to ensure security compliance and data integrity. Use these features to secure your Kubernetes API server, etcd data store, worker node, network, storage, images, and deployments against malicious attacks. You can also leverage built-in logging and monitoring tools to detect malicious attacks and suspicious usage patterns.\n\nFor more information about the components of your cluster and how you can meet security standards for each component, see [Security for IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-securitysecurity).\n* What access policies do I give my cluster users?\n\nIBM Cloud Kubernetes Service uses Cloud Identity and Access Management (IAM) to grant access to cluster resources through IAM platform access roles and Kubernetes role-based access control (RBAC) policies through IAM service access roles. For more information about types of access policies, see [Pick the correct access policy and role for your users](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-access-overviewaccess_roles).\n\nThe access policies that you assign users vary depending on what you want your users to be able to do. You can find more information about what roles authorize which types of actions on the [User access reference page](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-access_reference) or in the following table's links. For steps to assign policies, see [Granting users access to your cluster through IBM Cloud IAM](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-userschecking-perms).\n\n\n\nTypes of roles you might assign to meet different use cases.\n\n Use case Example roles and scope","score":28.924881},{"document_id":"ibmcld_06231-24636-26058","text":"\n* To assign access to individual users or users in an access group, ensure that the user or group has been assigned at least one [IBM Cloud IAM platform access role](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-usersadd_users) at the IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service service level.\n\n\n\nTo create custom RBAC permissions,\n\n\n\n1. Create the role or cluster role with the access that you want to assign.\n\n\n\n1. Create a .yaml file to define the role or cluster role.\n\nkind: Role\napiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1\nmetadata:\nnamespace: default\nname: my_role\nrules:\n- apiGroups: [\"\"]\nresources: [\"pods\"]\nverbs: [\"get\", \"watch\", \"list\"]\n- apiGroups: [\"apps\", \"extensions\"]\nresources: [\"daemonsets\", \"deployments\"]\nverbs: [\"get\", \"list\", \"watch\", \"create\", \"update\", \"patch\", \"delete\"]\n\n\n\nTable 3. Understanding the YAML parameters\n\n Parameter Description \n\n kind Use Role to grant access to resources within a specific namespace. Use ClusterRole to grant access to cluster-wide resources such as worker nodes, or to namespace-scoped resources such as pods in all namespaces. \n apiVersion <br><br> * For clusters that run Kubernetes 1.8 or later, use rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1.<br> * For earlier versions, use apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1beta1.<br><br><br> \n metadata.namespace For kind Role only: Specify the Kubernetes namespace to which access is granted. \n metadata.name Name the role or cluster role.","score":20.867825},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16727-380969-382817","text":"\n* What options do I have to secure my cluster?\n\nYou can use built-in security features in IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service to protect the components in your cluster, your data, and app deployments to ensure security compliance and data integrity. Use these features to secure your Kubernetes API server, etcd data store, worker node, network, storage, images, and deployments against malicious attacks. You can also leverage built-in logging and monitoring tools to detect malicious attacks and suspicious usage patterns.\n\nFor more information about the components of your cluster and how you can meet security standards for each component, see [Security for IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-securitysecurity).\n* What access policies do I give my cluster users?\n\nIBM Cloud Kubernetes Service uses Cloud Identity and Access Management (IAM) to grant access to cluster resources through IAM platform access roles and Kubernetes role-based access control (RBAC) policies through IAM service access roles. For more information about types of access policies, see [Pick the correct access policy and role for your users](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-access-overviewaccess_roles).\n\nThe access policies that you assign users vary depending on what you want your users to be able to do. You can find more information about what roles authorize which types of actions on the [User access reference page](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-access_reference) or in the following table's links. For steps to assign policies, see [Granting users access to your cluster through IBM Cloud IAM](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-userschecking-perms).\n\n\n\nTypes of roles you might assign to meet different use cases.\n\n Use case Example roles and scope","score":28.924881}],"41a4006bfa6841516188c1695ebaf16c<::>1":[{"document_id":"843537822_62979-63260-0-281","text":"Berlin Wall\nWalking through Checkpoint Charlie , 10 November 1989 Germans stand on top of the Wall in the days before it was torn down At the Brandenburg Gate , 10 November 1989 Juggling on the Wall on 16 November 1989 `` Mauerspecht '' ( November 1989 ) The Fall of the Wall ( November 1989 )","title":"Berlin Wall","score":16.892021},{"document_id":"843537822_6316-7100-0-784","text":"Berlin Wall\nIn 1989 a series of revolutions in nearby Eastern Bloc countries -- Poland and Hungary in particular -- caused a chain reaction in East Germany that ultimately resulted in the demise of the Wall . After several weeks of civil unrest , the East German government announced on 9 November 1989 that all GDR citizens could visit West Germany and West Berlin . Crowds of East Germans crossed and climbed onto the Wall , joined by West Germans on the other side in a celebratory atmosphere . Over the next few weeks , euphoric people and souvenir hunters chipped away parts of the Wall ; the governments later used industrial equipment to remove most of what was left . The `` fall of the Berlin Wall '' paved the way for German reunification , which formally took place on 3 October 1990 .","title":"Berlin Wall","score":17.662516},{"document_id":"843537822_63713-64044-0-331","text":"Berlin Wall\nThe fall of the Berlin Wall ( German : Mauerfall ) began the evening of 9 November 1989 and continued over the following days and weeks , with people nicknamed Mauerspechte ( wall woodpeckers ) using various tools to chip off souvenirs , demolishing lengthy parts in the process , and creating several unofficial border crossings .","title":"Berlin Wall","score":18.059263},{"document_id":"843537822_3963-5068-0-1096","text":"Berlin Wall\nThe Berlin Wall ( German : Berliner Mauer , pronounced ( bɛʁˈliːnɐ ˈmaʊ̯ɐ ) ( listen ) ) was a guarded concrete barrier that physically and ideologically divided Berlin from 1961 to 1989 . Constructed by the German Democratic Republic ( GDR , East Germany ) , starting on 13 August 1961 , the Wall cut off ( by land ) West Berlin from virtually all of surrounding East Germany and East Berlin until government officials opened it in November 1989 . Its demolition officially began on 13 June 1990 and finished in 1992 . The barrier included guard towers placed along large concrete walls , accompanied by a wide area ( later known as the `` death strip '' ) that contained anti-vehicle trenches , `` fakir beds '' and other defenses . The Eastern Bloc portrayed the Wall as protecting its population from fascist elements conspiring to prevent the `` will of the people '' in building a socialist state in East Germany . In practice , the Wall served to prevent the massive emigration and defection that had marked East Germany and the communist Eastern Bloc during the post-World War II period .","title":"Berlin Wall","score":17.240547},{"document_id":"843537822_66876-67169-0-293","text":"Berlin Wall\nThe fall of the Wall marked the first critical step towards German reunification , which formally concluded a mere 339 days later on 3 October 1990 with the dissolution of East Germany and the official reunification of the German state along the democratic lines of the West German Basic Law .","title":"Berlin Wall","score":18.291983}],"41a4006bfa6841516188c1695ebaf16c<::>3":[{"document_id":"843537822_50713-51695-0-982","text":"Berlin Wall\nIf an escapee was wounded in a crossing attempt and lay on the death strip , no matter how close they were to the Western wall , Westerners could not intervene for fear of triggering engaging fire from the ' Grepos ' , the East Berlin border guards . The guards often let fugitives bleed to death in the middle of this ground , as in the most notorious failed attempt , that of Peter Fechter ( aged 18 ) . He was shot and bled to death , in full view of the Western media , on 17 August 1962 . Fechter 's death created negative publicity worldwide that led the leaders of East Berlin to place more restrictions on shooting in public places , and provide medical care for possible `` would - be escapers '' . The last person to be shot and killed while trying to cross the border was Chris Gueffroy on 6 February 1989 , while the final person to die in an escape attempt was Winfried Freudenberg who was killed when his homemade natural gas - filled balloon crashed on 8 March 1989 .","title":"Berlin Wall","score":15.9798765},{"document_id":"843537822_46715-47282-0-567","text":"Berlin Wall\nDuring the years of the Wall , around 5,000 people successfully defected to West Berlin . The number of people who died trying to cross the Wall , or as a result of the Wall 's existence , has been disputed . The most vocal claims by Alexandra Hildebrandt , Director of the Checkpoint Charlie Museum and widow of the Museum 's founder , estimated the death toll to be well above 200 . A historic research group at the Center for Contemporary Historical Research ( ZZF ) in Potsdam has confirmed at least 140 deaths . Prior official figures listed 98 as being killed .","title":"Berlin Wall","score":23.28159},{"document_id":"843537822_36099-36915-0-816","text":"Berlin Wall\nDespite the East German government 's general policy of benign neglect , vandals were not unknown to have been pursued in the outer strip , and even arrested . In 1986 , defector and political activist Wolfram Hasch and four other defectors were standing inside the outer strip defacing the wall when East German personnel emerged from one of the hidden doors to apprehend them . All but Hasch escaped back into the western sector . Hasch himself was arrested , dragged through the door into the death strip , and later convicted of illegally crossing the de jure border outside the wall . Noted graffiti artist Thierry Noir has reported having often been perused there by East German soldiers . While some graffiti artists were chased off the outer strip , others , such as Keith Haring , were seemingly tolerated .","title":"Berlin Wall","score":12.292373},{"document_id":"843537822_48297-48781-0-483","text":"Berlin Wall\nOn 22 August 1961 , Ida Siekmann was the first casualty at the Berlin Wall : she died after she jumped out of her third floor apartment at 48 Bernauer Strasse . The first person to be shot and killed while trying to cross to West Berlin was Günter Litfin , a twenty - four - year - old tailor . He attempted to swim across the Spree Canal to West Germany on 24 August 1961 , the same day that East German police had received shoot - to - kill orders to prevent anyone from escaping .","title":"Berlin Wall","score":14.653656},{"document_id":"843537822_5747-6315-0-568","text":"Berlin Wall\nBefore the Wall 's erection , 3.5 million East Germans circumvented Eastern Bloc emigration restrictions and defected from the GDR , many by crossing over the border from East Berlin into West Berlin ; from there they could then travel to West Germany and to other Western European countries . Between 1961 and 1989 the Wall prevented almost all such emigration . During this period over 100,000 people attempted to escape and over 5,000 people succeeded in escaping over the Wall , with an estimated death toll ranging from 136 to more than 200 in and around Berlin .","title":"Berlin Wall","score":20.366627}],"41a4006bfa6841516188c1695ebaf16c<::>4":[{"document_id":"843537822_47834-48296-0-462","text":"Berlin Wall\nEarly successful escapes involved people jumping the initial barbed wire or leaping out of apartment windows along the line , but these ended as the Wall was fortified . East German authorities no longer permitted apartments near the Wall to be occupied , and any building near the Wall had its windows boarded and later bricked up . On 15 August 1961 , Conrad Schumann was the first East German border guard to escape by jumping the barbed wire to West Berlin .","title":"Berlin Wall","score":11.213292},{"document_id":"843537822_5747-6315-0-568","text":"Berlin Wall\nBefore the Wall 's erection , 3.5 million East Germans circumvented Eastern Bloc emigration restrictions and defected from the GDR , many by crossing over the border from East Berlin into West Berlin ; from there they could then travel to West Germany and to other Western European countries . Between 1961 and 1989 the Wall prevented almost all such emigration . During this period over 100,000 people attempted to escape and over 5,000 people succeeded in escaping over the Wall , with an estimated death toll ranging from 136 to more than 200 in and around Berlin .","title":"Berlin Wall","score":14.627218},{"document_id":"843537822_58992-59851-0-859","text":"Berlin Wall\nThe wave of refugees leaving East Germany for the West kept increasing . By early November refugees were finding their way to Hungary via Czechoslovakia , or via the West German Embassy in Prague . This was tolerated by the new Krenz government , because of long - standing agreements with the communist Czechoslovak government , allowing free travel across their common border . However this movement of people grew so large it caused difficulties for both countries . To ease the difficulties , the politburo led by Krenz decided on 9 November to allow refugees to exit directly through crossing points between East Germany and West Germany , including between East and West Berlin . Later the same day , the ministerial administration modified the proposal to include private , round - trip , travel . The new regulations were to take effect the next day .","title":"Berlin Wall","score":13.103955},{"document_id":"843537822_57147-57619-0-472","text":"Berlin Wall\nIn June 1989 the Hungarian government began dismantling the electrified fence along its border with Austria ( with Western TV crews present ) , and then , in September , more than 13,000 East German tourists escaped through Hungary to Austria . This set up a chain of events . The Hungarians prevented many more East Germans from crossing the border and returned them to Budapest . These East Germans flooded the West German embassy and refused to return to East Germany .","title":"Berlin Wall","score":12.609262},{"document_id":"843537822_50220-50712-0-490","text":"Berlin Wall\nAn airborne escape was made by Thomas Krüger , who landed a Zlin Z 42 M light aircraft of the Gesellschaft für Sport und Technik , an East German youth military training organization , at RAF Gatow . His aircraft , registration DDR - WOH , was dismantled and returned to the East Germans by road , complete with humorous slogans painted on it by RAF airmen , such as `` Wish you were here '' and `` Come back soon '' . DDR - WOH is still flying today , but under the registration D - EWOH .","title":"Berlin Wall","score":12.697584}],"41a4006bfa6841516188c1695ebaf16c<::>6":[{"document_id":"843537822_13591-14422-0-831","text":"Berlin Wall\nUp until 1952 , the demarcation lines between East Germany and the western occupied zones could be easily crossed in most places . On 1 April 1952 , East German leaders met the Soviet leader Joseph Stalin in Moscow ; during the discussions Stalin 's foreign minister Vyacheslav Molotov proposed that the East Germans should `` introduce a system of passes for visits of West Berlin residents to the territory of East Berlin ( so as to stop ) free movement of Western agents '' in the GDR . Stalin agreed , calling the situation `` intolerable '' . He advised the East Germans to build up their border defenses , telling them that `` The demarcation line between East and West Germany should be considered a border -- and not just any border , but a dangerous one ... The Germans will guard the line of defence with their lives . ''","title":"Berlin Wall","score":14.740193},{"document_id":"843537822_11444-11773-0-329","text":"Berlin Wall\nThe German Democratic Republic ( East Germany ) was declared on 7 October 1949 . By a secret treaty , the Soviet Ministry of Foreign Affairs accorded the East German state administrative authority , but not autonomy . The Soviets permeated East German administrative , military and secret police structures and had full control .","title":"Berlin Wall","score":15.733007},{"document_id":"843537822_66876-67169-0-293","text":"Berlin Wall\nThe fall of the Wall marked the first critical step towards German reunification , which formally concluded a mere 339 days later on 3 October 1990 with the dissolution of East Germany and the official reunification of the German state along the democratic lines of the West German Basic Law .","title":"Berlin Wall","score":14.747571},{"document_id":"843537822_58701-58991-0-290","text":"Berlin Wall\nThe longtime leader of East Germany , Erich Honecker , resigned on 18 October 1989 and was replaced by Egon Krenz that day . Honecker had predicted in January of that year that the Wall would stand for 50 or 100 more years if the conditions that had caused its construction did not change .","title":"Berlin Wall","score":17.140387},{"document_id":"843316151_87626-88155-0-529","text":"History of Germany (1945–90)\nOn 18 October , Erich Honecker was forced to resign as head of the SED and as head of state and was replaced by Egon Krenz . But the exodus continued unabated , and pressure for political reform mounted . On 4 November , a demonstration in East Berlin drew as many as 1 million East Germans . Finally , on 9 November 1989 , the Berlin Wall was opened , and East Germans were allowed to travel freely . Thousands poured through the wall into the western sectors of Berlin , and on 12 November , East Germany began dismantling it .","title":"History of Germany (1945–90)","score":16.74312}],"41a4006bfa6841516188c1695ebaf16c<::>7":[{"document_id":"803775631_24399-25070-0-671","text":"History of chemistry\nIn 1702 , German chemist Georg Stahl coined the name `` phlogiston '' for the substance believed to be released in the process of burning . Around 1735 , Swedish chemist Georg Brandt analyzed a dark blue pigment found in copper ore . Brandt demonstrated that the pigment contained a new element , later named cobalt . In 1751 , a Swedish chemist and pupil of Stahl 's named Axel Fredrik Cronstedt , identified an impurity in copper ore as a separate metallic element , which he named nickel . Cronstedt is one of the founders of modern mineralogy . Cronstedt also discovered the mineral scheelite in 1751 , which he named tungsten , meaning `` heavy stone '' in Swedish .","title":"History of chemistry","score":6.4138703},{"document_id":"843316151_84202-84627-0-425","text":"History of Germany (1945–90)\nIn 1969 , Chancellor Willy Brandt announced that West Germany would remain firmly rooted in the Atlantic alliance but would intensify efforts to improve relations with the Eastern Bloc , especially East Germany . West Germany commenced this Ostpolitik , initially under fierce opposition from the conservatives , by negotiating nonaggression treaties with the Soviet Union , Poland , Czechoslovakia , Bulgaria , and Hungary .","title":"History of Germany (1945–90)","score":9.872723},{"document_id":"843316151_64018-65787-0-1768","text":"History of Germany (1945–90)\nIn the 1969 election , the SPD -- headed by Willy Brandt -- gained enough votes to form a coalition government with the FDP . Although Chancellor for only just over four years , Brandt was one of the most popular politicians in the whole period . Brandt was a gifted speaker and the growth of the Social Democrats from there on was in no small part due to his personality . Brandt began a policy of rapprochement with West Germany 's eastern neighbors known as Ostpolitik , a policy opposed by the CDU . The issue of improving relations with Poland , Czechoslovakia , and East Germany made for an increasingly aggressive tone in public debates but it was a huge step forward when Willy Brandt and the Foreign Minister , Walther Scheel ( FDP ) negotiated agreements with all three countries ( Moscow Agreement , August 1970 , Warsaw Agreement , December 1970 , Four - Power Agreement over the status of West Berlin in 1971 and an agreement on relations between West and East Germany , signed in December 1972 ) . These agreements were the basis for a rapid improvement in the relations between east and west and led , in the long term , to the dismantlement of the Warsaw Treaty and the Soviet Union 's control over East - Central Europe . During a visit to Warsaw on 7 December 1970 , Brandt made the Warschauer Kniefall by kneeling before a monument to those killed in the Warsaw Ghetto Uprising , a gesture of humility and penance that no German Chancellor had made until that time . Chancellor Brandt was forced to resign in May 1974 , after Günter Guillaume , a senior member of his staff , was uncovered as a spy for the East German intelligence service , the Stasi . Brandt 's contributions to world peace led to his winning the Nobel Peace Prize for 1971 . U.S.","title":"History of Germany (1945–90)","score":13.748088},{"document_id":"824750228_75022-75318-0-296","text":"Cold War\nMeanwhile , these developments coincided with the `` Ostpolitik '' of West German Chancellor Willy Brandt . Other agreements were concluded to stabilize the situation in Europe , culminating in the Helsinki Accords signed at the Conference on Security and Co-operation in Europe in 1975 . Iranian","title":"Cold War","score":8.635361},{"document_id":"843537822_25189-26266-0-1076","text":"Berlin Wall\nWith the closing of the East - West sector boundary in Berlin , the vast majority of East Germans could no longer travel or emigrate to West Germany . Berlin soon went from being the easiest place to make an unauthorized crossing between East and West Germany to being the most difficult . Many families were split , while East Berliners employed in the West were cut off from their jobs . West Berlin became an isolated exclave in a hostile land . West Berliners demonstrated against the Wall , led by their Mayor ( Oberbürgermeister ) Willy Brandt , who strongly criticized the United States for failing to respond . Allied intelligence agencies had hypothesized about a wall to stop the flood of refugees , but the main candidate for its location was around the perimeter of the city . In 1961 , Secretary of State Dean Rusk proclaimed , `` The Wall certainly ought not to be a permanent feature of the European landscape . I see no reason why the Soviet Union should think it is -- it is to their advantage in any way to leave there that monument to communist failure . ''","title":"Berlin Wall","score":7.2843113}],"d2432696b32af73cf3dabd7090997afb<::>4":[{"document_id":"4a9dd1207fbb9a07-44845-46937","text":"Juno - NASA Science\nThe Italian Space Agency provided a plaque depicting astronomer Galileo Galilei and handwritten text copied from his journal. In the January 1610 entry, he described what would later be known as the Galilean moons, Jupiter’s largest satellites – Io, Europa, Ganymede, and Callisto. Using a telescope he fashioned, Galileo spotted three points of light (and later a fourth) that stayed close to Jupiter, but didn’t move like the other stars. “It is evident that around Jupiter there are three moving stars invisible till this time to everyone,” he wrote. After a week of observation, Galileo realized they were moons – the first discovered beyond Earth. Also secured to the spacecraft, as part of a joint outreach program between NASA and the LEGO Group, Juno carries a set of three LEGO mini-figurines. Crafted in aluminum and shielded under a thermal blanket, they represent Galileo, who is carrying a telescope, the Roman god Jupiter (wielding a lightning bolt), and the goddess Juno, his wife (holding a magnifying glass, ready to investigate). Three LEGO figurines representing the Roman god Jupiter, the goddess Juno (his wife), and astronomer Galileo Galilei are shown here aboard the Juno spacecraft. Cast in aluminum, the tiny travelers are mounted on the probe for its trip to Jupiter.NASA/JPL-Caltech/KSCFAQs and More About the MissionNASA’s Jet Propulsion Laboratory, a division of Caltech in Pasadena, California, manages the Juno mission for the principal investigator, Scott J. Bolton of Southwest Research Institute in San Antonio. Juno is part of NASA’s New Frontiers Program, which is managed at NASA’s Marshall Space Flight Center in Huntsville, Alabama, for the agency’s Science Mission Directorate in Washington. Lockheed Martin Space in Denver built and operates the spacecraft. Frequently Asked QuestionsQ: What is the Juno mission? A: Juno is a solar-powered spacecraft sent to Jupiter – the first and largest planet in our solar system – to learn how it formed, and by extension how the solar system formed. Q: When was Juno launched and when did it arrive at Jupiter?","title":"Juno - NASA Science","score":15.824214},{"document_id":"4a9dd1207fbb9a07-16118-18182","text":"Juno - NASA Science\nAnother contributor stitched together images of individual cyclones near the north pole; the complete picture surprised researchers, showing a pinwheel of complementary storms twirling around a central vortex. Others had more whimsical takes on the JunoCam views, turning Jupiter’s swirls into artwork that echoes Monet or VanGogh, or adding dreamlike figures or stark geometrics. Art+Science: A Sampler of Jupiter Images from JunoCamNASA’s Juno spacecraft was a little more than one Earth diameter from Jupiter when it captured this mind-bending, color-enhanced view of the planet’s tumultuous atmosphere. Citizen scientists Gerald Eichstädt and Seán Doran processed this image using data from the JunoCam imager.Enhanced image by Sean Doran (CC BY-NC-SA) based on images provided courtesy of NASA/JPL-Caltech/SwRI/MSSSThis animation simulates the motion of clouds in Jupiter's Great Red Spot. The animation was made by applying a wind movement model to a mosaic of JunoCam images.NASA/JPL-Caltech/SwRI/MSSS/Gerald Eichstadt/Justin Cowart› Full image and captionThis image shows Jupiter’s south pole, as seen by NASA’s Juno spacecraft from an altitude of 32,000 miles (52,000 kilometers). The oval features are cyclones, up to 600 miles (1,000 kilometers) in diameter. Multiple images taken with the JunoCam instrument on three separate orbits were combined to show all areas in daylight, enhanced color, and stereographic projection.NASA/JPL-Caltech/SwRI/MSSS/Betsy Asher Hall/Gervasio RoblesJupiter's volcanically active moon Io casts its shadow on the planet in this dramatic image from NASA's Juno spacecraft. As with solar eclipses on the Earth, within the dark circle racing across Jupiter's cloud tops one would witness a full solar eclipse as Io passes in front of the Sun. Such events occur frequently on Jupiter because it is a large planet with many moons. In addition, unlike most other planets in our solar system, Jupiter's axis is not highly tilted relative to its orbit, so the Sun never strays far from Jupiter's equatorial plane (+/- 3 degrees).","title":"Juno - NASA Science","score":14.749383},{"document_id":"4a9dd1207fbb9a07-29825-32144","text":"Juno - NASA Science\nPolar cyclones as large as Earth, plunging storm systems that travel deep into the heart of the gas giant, and a mammoth, lumpy magnetic field far more powerful than the strongest magnetic field found on Earth, all tantalized scientists. Previous spacecraft visiting Jupiter traveled more or less even with its equator – the same view of the planet that’s visible from Earth. Juno was the first to fly over the north and south poles, a unique vantage point that accounts for many of the mission’s surprises.  Scientists discovered that the massive auroras undulating at Jupiter’s poles seem to form by different processes than the northern lights and southern lights on Earth. Investigators also discovered that lightning storms, which on Earth are more common near the equator, are a polar phenomenon on Jupiter, where they drop softball-sized hailstones of ammonia and water. A technical concern arose early in the mission, however – it changed Juno’s timeline, and altered what it would accomplish during its time in orbit.  Originally, the flight plan had Juno looping around Jupiter for a couple of 53-day orbits, then shrinking those orbits to 14 days for the remainder of the mission – spending about 15 months circling and studying the planet. But a problem in the main engine, with some valves not working as expected, troubled the Juno team; a misfire could prove disastrous. They decided to maintain the status quo of the longer orbits. Each flyby of Jupiter would give Juno’s instruments the same two-hour window to collect data, but they would come every seven weeks, instead of every two. The new plan meant a much longer schedule to complete Juno’s science goals. Then again, the wider orbits would allow for “bonus science” that wasn’t part of the original mission design.  The spacecraft could further explore the far reaches of space dominated by Jupiter’s magnetic field. And after it completed its initial goals, and NASA extended the mission, the Juno team realized that the long orbits would evolve to eventually put the planet’s Galilean moons within reach. On June 7, 2021, during orbit 34, Juno flew within 652 miles of Ganymede, Jupiter’s largest moon (in fact, the largest moon in the solar system). It was the closest such encounter since the Galileo spacecraft flew by Ganymede in May 2000.","title":"Juno - NASA Science","score":16.293213},{"document_id":"4a9dd1207fbb9a07-34744-36792","text":"Juno - NASA Science\nAmong other discoveries Juno made possible: JunoCam provided the first clear, close-up pictures of Jupiter’s north pole – a strange, bluish region full of giant storms and strange weather. A central cyclone at the north pole is surrounded by eight more, as if they’re bowing in tribute. These cyclones stretch more than 2,500 miles across (4,000 kilometers). And though their spiral arms smack together as they spin, the storms don’t merge. During a close flyby of the south pole, Juno spotted a new, giant cyclone in the region. A pattern of six cyclones, with one in the center, had seemed locked in place at the south pole, but a new maelstrom had somehow muscled in.Scientists knew Jupiter had an intense magnetic field. Juno showed it’s far more intense than anyone expected – in some places more than 30 times as powerful as the one surrounding Earth.  The now-departed Galileo spacecraft dropped a probe into Jupiter’s atmosphere in 1995 and found the place where it entered to be strangely dry, with one-tenth the water that scientists expected. Juno solved the mystery, showing that water is much more abundant nearer Jupiter’s equator. High-voltage electrical charges contribute to the formation of auroras at Jupiter’s poles, just as they do on Earth. But Jupiter is the solar system’s Texas: everything’s bigger. The most powerful energies there come to 400,000 electron volts, while our most powerful auroras on Earth hit only a few thousand volts. Maybe the most iconic storm in the solar system, Jupiter’s Great Red Spot has been swirling for centuries. But it appears to be slowly shrinking, from twice Earth’s size in 1979 to 1.3 times now. Juno plumbed the depths of this signature cyclone, showing that its roots run 200 miles (320 kilometers) deep — 50 to 100 times as deep as Earth’s oceans. Since April 2022, Juno has been observing the volcano-covered moon Io. and has sent back images that appear to show fresh lava fields, in areas last seen in visible-light images during Galileo and New Horizon flybys (in 1999 and 2007).","title":"Juno - NASA Science","score":14.490492},{"document_id":"4a9dd1207fbb9a07-7012-8933","text":"Juno - NASA Science\nThat includes the dust in the planet’s faint rings, and three of Jupiter’s four Galilean Moons – Ganymede, Europa, and Io – so named because in 1610 Italian astronomer Galileo Galilei was the first to identify the quartet of satellites (Callisto is the fourth – farther out than the other three, and not visited by Juno). seeing what galileo sawJupiter's MoonsIn January 1610, astronomer Galileo Galilei saw four points of light near Jupiter; but they didn't traverse the sky like other stars, they remained close to the planet. He realized he was seeing moons – the first discovered beyond Earth. In June 2016 as it approached Jupiter, NASA's Juno spacecraft enjoyed the same orbital ballet that Galileo witnessed, and captured a unique time-lapse movie of the Galilean moons in motion around the planet. The movie begins on June 12, 2016, with Juno 10 million miles (16 million kilometers) from Jupiter, and ends on June 29, 3 million miles (5 million kilometers) distant. The innermost moon is volcanic Io; next in line is the ice-crusted ocean world Europa, followed by massive Ganymede, and finally, heavily cratered Callisto.Learn MoreSpacecraft DesignWith a distinctive silhouette, like a three-bladed fan spinning through space, the Juno orbiter would fill a basketball court. Its hexagonal main body measures about 11.5 feet high and wide (3.5 meters), and the “blades” – actually huge solar arrays – give it an overall width exceeding 66 feet (20 meters).  Juno’s rotation keeps it stable in flight – the way a spinning top or gyroscope remains steady – as the spacecraft spins twice per minute for science operations, which it increased to five rotations per minute when it performed main-engine maneuvers. Also, Juno’s instruments are all fixed, so the rotating spacecraft gives each of them regular turns at their targets during close passes over Jupiter, a trip that takes about two hours from pole to pole.","title":"Juno - NASA Science","score":15.770077}],"d2432696b32af73cf3dabd7090997afb<::>5":[{"document_id":"de2c70091c5cd310-1466-3137","text":"How Do Hurricanes Form? | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids\nThe whole system of clouds and wind spins and grows, fed by the ocean's heat and water evaporating from the surface. \nStorms that form north of the equator spin counterclockwise. Storms south of the equator spin clockwise. This difference is because of Earth's rotation on its axis.\nAs the storm system rotates faster and faster, an eye forms in the center. It is very calm and clear in the eye, with very low air pressure. Higher pressure air from above flows down into the eye.\n\nIf you could slice into a tropical cyclone, it would look something like this. The small red arrows show warm, moist air rising from the ocean's surface, and forming clouds in bands around the eye. The blue arrows show how cool, dry air sinks in the eye and between the bands of clouds. The large red arrows show the rotation of the rising bands of clouds.\nWhen the winds in the rotating storm reach 39 mph, the storm is called a \"tropical storm.\" And when the wind speeds reach 74 mph, the storm is officially a \"tropical cyclone,\" or hurricane.\nTropical cyclones usually weaken when they hit land, because they are no longer being \"fed\" by the energy from the warm ocean waters. However, they often move far inland, dumping many inches of rain and causing lots of wind damage before they die out completely.\nTropical cyclone categories:\n\nCategory\nWind Speed (mph)\nDamage at Landfall\nStorm Surge (feet)\n\n1\n74-95\nMinimal\n4-5\n\n2\n96-110\nModerate\n6-8\n\n3\n111-129\nExtensive\n9-12\n\n4\n130-156\nExtreme\n13-18\n\n5\n157 or higher\nCatastrophic\n19+\n\nThe two GOES satellites keep their eyes on hurricanes from far above Earth's surface—22,300 miles above, to be exact! (Learn more about this kind of orbit.)","title":"How Do Hurricanes Form? | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids","score":19.334667},{"document_id":"de2c70091c5cd310-2-1945","text":"How Do Hurricanes Form? | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids\nHow Do Hurricanes Form? | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids\n\nhurricanes\n\nVea en Español\n\nEarth\nSun\nSolar System\nUniverse\nScience and Tech\nEducators\n\ngoes-and goes-r\n\nHow Do Hurricanes Form?\n\nHurricane Fran. Image made from GOES satellite data.\n\nHurricanes are the most violent storms on Earth. People call these storms by other names, such as typhoons or cyclones, depending on where they occur. The scientific term for all these storms is tropical cyclone. Only tropical cyclones that form over the Atlantic Ocean or eastern Pacific Ocean are called \"hurricanes.\"\nWhatever they are called, tropical cyclones all form the same way.\n\nTropical cyclones are like giant engines that use warm, moist air as fuel. That is why they form only over warm ocean waters near the equator. The warm, moist air over the ocean rises upward from near the surface. Because this air moves up and away from the surface, there is less air left near the surface. Another way to say the same thing is that the warm air rises, causing an area of lower air pressure below.\n\nA cumulonimbus cloud. A tropical cyclone has so many of these, they form huge, circular bands.\n\nAir from surrounding areas with higher air pressure pushes in to the low pressure area. Then that \"new\" air becomes warm and moist and rises, too. As the warm air continues to rise, the surrounding air swirls in to take its place. As the warmed, moist air rises and cools off, the water in the air forms clouds. The whole system of clouds and wind spins and grows, fed by the ocean's heat and water evaporating from the surface. \nStorms that form north of the equator spin counterclockwise. Storms south of the equator spin clockwise. This difference is because of Earth's rotation on its axis.\nAs the storm system rotates faster and faster, an eye forms in the center. It is very calm and clear in the eye, with very low air pressure. Higher pressure air from above flows down into the eye.","title":"How Do Hurricanes Form? | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids","score":19.4841},{"document_id":"de2c70091c5cd310-2875-4612","text":"How Do Hurricanes Form? | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids\n96-110\nModerate\n6-8\n\n3\n111-129\nExtensive\n9-12\n\n4\n130-156\nExtreme\n13-18\n\n5\n157 or higher\nCatastrophic\n19+\n\nThe two GOES satellites keep their eyes on hurricanes from far above Earth's surface—22,300 miles above, to be exact! (Learn more about this kind of orbit.)\nThese satellites, built by NASA and operated by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), save lives by helping weather forecasters predict and warn people where and when these severe storms will hit land.\n\nRelated Resources for Educators\n\nOur World: What is a Hurricane?\nReal World: Hurricane Hunters\nNASA's Eyes on Extreme Weather\n\n \tarticle last updated December 4, 2019\n \n\nHurricane Katrina from space\n\nHere is a movie of Hurricane Katrina, which struck the coast of Louisiana, Alabama and Mississippi on August 29, 2005, as a Category 3. This movie was made from images taken by the GOES weather satellite. In the movie you can see the storm starting to form in the Atlantic on August 24 and becoming more and more organized as it moves over the warm waters of the Gulf of Mexico.\n\nClick to view movie.\n\nIf you liked this, you may like:\n\nPrinted Product Downloads\n\nAll About Earth\n\nWhat Is La Niña?\n\n\t Games\t \n\n\t Crafts\t \n\n\t Activities\t \n\n\t Videos\t \n\n\t Glossary\t \n\n\t Mystery\t \n\nAbout Us\nPrivacy Policy\nImage Use\nAccessibility\n\nContact NASA Space Place\n\n Last Updated: May 6th, 2024 \n\n \n\nMore\nLess\n\nBy Subject\n\nSpace\nSun\nEarth\nSolar System\nPeople & Technology\nParents & Educators\n\nBy Type\n\nExplore\nDo\nPlay\n\nMore\nLess\n\nHurricane Katrina from space\n\nHere is a movie of Hurricane Katrina, which struck the coast of Louisiana, Alabama and Mississippi on August 29, 2005, as a Category 3. This movie was made from images taken by the GOES weather satellite.","title":"How Do Hurricanes Form? | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids","score":8.922263},{"document_id":"de2c70091c5cd310-4253-4808","text":"How Do Hurricanes Form? | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids\nLess\n\nBy Subject\n\nSpace\nSun\nEarth\nSolar System\nPeople & Technology\nParents & Educators\n\nBy Type\n\nExplore\nDo\nPlay\n\nMore\nLess\n\nHurricane Katrina from space\n\nHere is a movie of Hurricane Katrina, which struck the coast of Louisiana, Alabama and Mississippi on August 29, 2005, as a Category 3. This movie was made from images taken by the GOES weather satellite. In the movie you can see the storm starting to form in the Atlantic on August 24 and becoming more and more organized as it moves over the warm waters of the Gulf of Mexico.\n\nClick to view movie.","title":"How Do Hurricanes Form? | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids","score":9.836533},{"document_id":"fafaf941c041d198-9263-11443","text":"Earth Matters\nThis diagram illustrates the different processes in the atmosphere that are driven by the heat of the Sun: warm air rising and cooling and then forming clouds, and wind changing due to changes in air temperature.\nLet’s look at the process by which clouds form.\nClouds form when air cools and water vapor condenses. There are four ways that cause air to rise in our atmosphere, which is necessary to initiate the formation of a cloud.\n1) Convection\nThis process starts when the Sun warms the surface of the Earth. The air right above the surface is warmer than the rest of the air and it starts to rise. If this portion or parcel of air rises enough to cool to the dew point, condensation occurs and a cloud forms. You see this most often on hot summer days when beautiful cumulus towers develop and grow.\nComparison Example: You may have experienced convection when you sat around a campfire, and felt the warmth of the heat coming from right above the fire.\n2) Convergence\nThis process happens when air at the surface comes together or converges and leads to air moving up. These clouds are not puffy cumulus like those seen through convection.\n3) Fronts\nWeather fronts, like a strong cold front, pushes air upward quite drastically and can produce strong cumulonimbus clouds that can lead to severe weather conditions. Different types of fronts lead to different lifting depending on the conditions. Dry lines* can also produce quite an amount of lifting that can lead to severe weather out in the Southwest.\n*Dry lines are similar to a cold or warm front, but instead of being a boundary separating different types of temperatures, it is a boundary separating dry air from moist air. They occur frequently in the Southwest United States (Texas and Oklahoma) when moist air from the Gulf of Mexico meets dry desert air from the Southwest.\n4) Topography\nLifting (or the movement of air upward) can also be caused by slopes and mountains. You may have seen how an area that is mostly flat can experience some clouds always around the one area that has some slope. Scientists call this process orographic lifting, meaning the movement of air influenced by mountains in that region.","title":"Earth Matters","score":9.883743}],"b4614daadceeecb400f7baf0aa48dcb8<::>2":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_16321-14177-15957","text":"\nThe WebSocket API sends two types of parameters: query parameters, which are sent when phone integration connects to the service, and message parameters, which are sent as part of the JSON data in the request body. For a full list of parameters, see the [Text to Speech API documentation](https://cloud.ibm.com/apidocs/text-to-speech).\n\n\n\n\n\n command_info.type : disable_barge_in \n\nDisables speech barge-in so that playback isn't interrupted when the caller speaks while audio is being played back.\n\nNo parameters.\n\n\n\n\n\n command_info.type : enable_barge_in \n\nEnables speech barge-in so that callers can interrupt playback by speaking.\n\nNo parameters.\n\n\n\n\n\n Changing the assistant's voice \n\nYou can change the voice of your assistant when it covers certain topics in the conversation that warrant it. For example, you might want to use a voice with a British accent for a branch of the conversation that applies only to customers in the UK.\n\nThis example shows how to specify a voice during the conversation:\n\n{\n\"generic\": [\n{\n\"response_type\": \"text_to_speech\",\n\"command_info\": {\n\"type\": \"configure\",\n\"parameters\": {\n\"synthesize\": {\n\"voice\": \"en-GB_KateV3Voice\"\n}\n}\n}\n}\n]\n}\n\nShow more\n\nIn the voice parameter, specify the voice model that you want to use. For more information about voice model options, see [Supported languages and voices](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/text-to-speech?topic=text-to-speech-voiceslanguageVoices).\n\nThe model you specify must be one that is supported by the Text to Speech service instance that is configured for use with the integration.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Transferring a call to a live agent \n\nWhen you configure the phone integration, you can optionally set up backup call center support, which makes it possible for the assistant to transfer a call to a human.","score":14.723011},{"document_id":"ibmcld_13455-7-1568","text":"\nThe WebSocket interface \n\nThe WebSocket interface of the IBM Watson® Speech to Text service is the most natural way for a client to interact with the service. To use the WebSocket interface for speech recognition, you first use the /v1/recognize method to establish a persistent connection with the service. You then send text and binary messages over the connection to initiate and manage recognition requests.\n\nBecause of their advantages, WebSockets are the preferred mechanism for speech recognition. For more information, see [Advantages of the WebSocket interface](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/speech-to-text?topic=speech-to-text-service-featuresfeatures-websocket-advantages). For more information about the WebSocket interface and its parameters, see the [API & SDK reference](https://cloud.ibm.com/apidocs/speech-to-text).\n\n\n\n Managing a WebSocket connection \n\nThe WebSocket recognition request and response cycle has the following steps:\n\n\n\n1. [Open a connection](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/speech-to-text?topic=speech-to-text-websocketsws-open)\n2. [Initiate a recognition request](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/speech-to-text?topic=speech-to-text-websocketsws-start)\n3. [Send audio and receive recognition results](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/speech-to-text?topic=speech-to-text-websocketsws-audio)\n4. [End a recognition request](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/speech-to-text?topic=speech-to-text-websocketsws-stop)\n5. [Send additional requests and modify request parameters](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/speech-to-text?topic=speech-to-text-websocketsws-more)\n6.","score":17.015211},{"document_id":"ibmcld_13790-7-1700","text":"\nThe WebSocket interface \n\nTo synthesize text to speech with the WebSocket interface of the IBM Watson® Text to Speech service, you first establish a connection with the service by calling its /v1/synthesize method. You then send the text to be synthesized to the service as a JSON text message over the connection. The service automatically closes the WebSocket connection when it finishes processing the request.\n\nThe synthesize request and response cycle includes the following steps:\n\n\n\n1. [Open a connection](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/text-to-speech?topic=text-to-speech-usingWebSocketWSopen).\n2. [Send input text](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/text-to-speech?topic=text-to-speech-usingWebSocketWSsend).\n3. [Receive a response](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/text-to-speech?topic=text-to-speech-usingWebSocketWSreceive).\n\n\n\nThe WebSocket interface accepts identical input and produces identical results as the GET and POST /v1/synthesize methods of the HTTP interface. In addition, the WebSocket interface also supports use of the SSML <mark> element to identify the location of user-specified markers in the audio. It can also return timing information for all strings of the input text. (The <mark> element and word timings are available only with the WebSocket interface.)\n\n\n\n* For more information about obtaining word timings, see [Generating word timings](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/text-to-speech?topic=text-to-speech-timing).\n* For more information about the WebSocket interface and its parameters, see the [API & SDK reference](https://cloud.ibm.com/apidocs/text-to-speech).\n\n\n\nThe snippets of example code that follow are written in JavaScript and are based on the HTML5 WebSocket API.","score":15.219557},{"document_id":"ibmcld_13297-4312-5935","text":"\nTo use the WebSocket interface, you first use the /v1/recognize method to establish a connection with the service. You specify parameters such as the language model and any custom models that are to be used for requests that are sent over the connection. You then register event listeners to handle responses from the service. To make a request, you send a JSON text message that includes the audio format and any additional parameters. You pass the audio as a binary message (blob), and then send a text message to signal the end of the audio.\n\nThe following example provides JavaScript code that establishes a connection and sends the text and binary messages for a recognition request. The basic example does not include the code to define all of the necessary event handlers for the connection.\n\nvar access_token = {access_token};\nvar wsURI = '{ws_url}/v1/recognize'\n+ '?access_token=' + access_token;\nvar websocket = new WebSocket(wsURI);\n\nwebsocket.onopen = function(evt) { onOpen(evt) };\n\nfunction onOpen(evt) {\nvar message = {\naction: 'start',\ncontent-type: 'audio/flac'\n};\nwebsocket.send(JSON.stringify(message));\nwebsocket.send(blob);\nwebsocket.send(JSON.stringify({action: 'stop'}));\n}\nShow more\n\n\n\n\n\n Using the synchronous HTTP interface \n\n[The synchronous HTTP interface](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/speech-to-text?topic=speech-to-text-http) provides the simplest way to make a recognition request. You use the POST /v1/recognize method to make a request to the service. You pass the audio and all parameters with the single request. The following curl example shows a basic HTTP recognition request:\n\nIBM Cloud","score":14.570344},{"document_id":"ibmcld_13429-163247-165127","text":"\nThe WebSocket section also discusses the maximum frame or message size of 4 MB enforced by the WebSocket interface.\n\nHTTP and WebSocket interfaces can now return warnings\n: The JSON response for a recognition request can now include an array of warning messages for invalid query parameters or JSON fields that are included with a request. Each element of the array is a string that describes the nature of the warning followed by an array of invalid argument strings. For example, \"warnings\": [ \"Unknown arguments: u'{invalid_arg_1}', u'{invalid_arg_2}'].\" ]. For more information, see the [API & SDK reference](https://cloud.ibm.com/apidocs/speech-to-text).\n\nBeta Apple iOS SDK is deprecated\n: The beta Watson Speech Software Development Kit (SDK) for the Apple® iOS operating system is deprecated. Use the Watson SDK for the Apple® iOS operating system instead. The new SDK is available from the [ios-sdk repository](https://github.com/watson-developer-cloud/ios-sdk) in the watson-developer-cloud namespace on GitHub.\n\nWebSocket interface can produce delayed results\n: The WebSocket interface can take minutes to produce final results for a recognition request for an especially long audio file. For the WebSocket interface, the underlying TCP connection remains idle while the service prepares the response. Therefore, the connection can close due to a timeout. To avoid the timeout with the WebSocket interface, request interim results (\"interim_results\": \"true\") in the JSON for the start message to initiate the request. You can discard the interim results if you do not need them. This issue will be resolved in a future update.\n\n\n\n\n\n 19 January 2016 \n\nNew profanity filtering feature\n: The service was updated to include a new profanity filtering feature on January 19, 2016. By default, the service censors profanity from its transcription results for US English audio.","score":16.93188}],"b4614daadceeecb400f7baf0aa48dcb8<::>4":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_13352-2748-4496","text":"\nYou use the POST /v1/customizations/{customization_id}/grammars/{grammar_name} method to add a grammar file to a custom model.\n\ncustomization_id (required string)\n: Specify the customization ID of the custom model to which the grammar is to be added.\n\ngrammar_name (required string)\n: Specify a name for the grammar. Use a localized name that matches the language of the custom model and reflects the contents of the grammar.\n\n\n\n* Include a maximum of 128 characters in the name.\n* Do not use characters that need to be URL-encoded. For example, do not use spaces, slashes, backslashes, colons, ampersands, double quotes, plus signs, equals signs, questions marks, and so on in the name. (The service does not prevent the use of these characters. But because they must be URL-encoded wherever used, their use is strongly discouraged.)\n* Do not use the name of a grammar or corpus that has already been added to the custom model.\n* Do not use the name user, which is reserved by the service to denote custom words that are added or modified by the user.\n* Do not use the name base_lm or default_lm. Both names are reserved for future use by the service.\n\n\n\nContent-Type (required string)\n: Use the request header to specify the format of the grammar:\n\n\n\n* application/srgs for an ABNF grammar\n* application/srgs+xml for an XML grammar\n\n\n\nPass the grammar text file as the body of the request. The following example adds the grammar file named confirm.abnf to the custom model with the specified ID. The example names the grammar confirm-abnf.\n\nIBM Cloud\n\ncurl -X POST -u \"apikey:{apikey}\" --header \"Content-Type: application/srgs\" --data-binary @confirm.abnf \"{url}/v1/customizations/{customization_id}/grammars/confirm-abnf\"\n\nIBM Cloud Pak for Data","score":15.063949},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03042-2711-4616","text":"\n{: note}\n\n1. conversation_id (v1 only): A property defined in the v1 API that is stored in the context object of a /message API call. This property can be used to identify multiple /message API calls that are associated with a single conversational exchange with one user. However, the same ID is only used if you explicitly retain the ID and pass it back with each request that is made as part of the same conversation. Otherwise, a new ID is generated for each new /message API call.\nShow more\n\nDesign any custom applications to capture a unique user_id or session_id and pass the information to Watson Assistant. Choose a non-human-identifiable ID that doesn't change throughout the customer lifecycle. For example, don't use a person's email address as the user ID. In fact, the user_id syntax must meet the requirements for header fields as defined in [RFC 7230](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7230section-3.2).\n\nThe built-in integrations derive the user ID in the following ways:\n\n\n\n* For web chat, you can set the value of the user_id property. For more information, see [Adding user identity information](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-deploy-web-chatdeploy-web-chat-userid).\n\n\n\n\n\n Handling anonymous users \n\nIf your custom application or assistant interacts with users who are anonymous, you can generate a randomized universally unique ID to represent each anonymous user. For more information about UUIDs, see [RFC 4122](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122.html).\n\n\n\n* For web chat, if you do not pass an identifier for the user when the session begins, the web chat creates one for you. It creates a first-party cookie with a generated anonymous ID. The cookie remains active for 45 days. If the same user returns to your site later in the month and chats with your assistant again, the web chat integration recognizes the user.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Service API versioning","score":14.059817},{"document_id":"ibmcld_13386-1713-3820","text":"\n* customization_id identifies the custom model's Globally Unique Identifier (GUID). The GUID is used to identify the model in methods of the interface.\n* created is the date and time in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) at which the custom model was created.\n* updated is the date and time in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) at which the custom model was last modified.\n* language is the language of the custom model.\n* owner identifies the credentials of the service instance that owns the custom model.\n* name is the name of the custom model.\n* description shows the description of the custom model, if one was provided at its creation.\n* base_model_name indicates the name of the language model for which the custom model was created.\n* versions provides a list of the available versions of the custom model. Each element of the array indicates a version of the base model with which the custom model can be used. Multiple versions exist only if the custom model is upgraded to a new version of its base model. Otherwise, only a single version is shown. For more information, see [Listing version information for a custom model](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/speech-to-text?topic=speech-to-text-custom-upgrade-usecustom-upgrade-use-listing).\n\n\n\nThe methods also return a status field that indicates the state of the custom model:\n\n\n\n* pending indicates that the model was created. It is waiting either for valid training data (audio resources) to be added or for the service to finish analyzing data that was added.\n* ready indicates that the model contains valid audio data and is ready to be trained. If the model contains a mix of valid and invalid audio resources, training of the model fails unless you set the strict query parameter to false. For more information, see [Training failures](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/speech-to-text?topic=speech-to-text-acousticfailedTraining-acoustic).\n* training indicates that the model is being trained on audio data.\n* available indicates that the model is trained and ready to use with recognition requests.\n* upgrading indicates that the model is being upgraded.","score":16.578676},{"document_id":"ibmcld_13327-1936-3804","text":"\nYou can associate a customer ID with data that is added or updated for custom language and custom acoustic models. You associate a customer ID with corpora, custom words, grammars, and audio resources by passing the X-Watson-Metadata header with the following methods. If necessary, you can then delete the data by using the DELETE /v1/user_data method.\n\n\n\n* POST /v1/customizations/{customization_id}/corpora/{corpus_name}\n* POST /v1/customizations/{customization_id}/words\n* PUT /v1/customizations/{customization_id}/words/{word_name}\n* POST /v1/customizations/{customization_id}/grammars/{grammar_name}\n* POST /v1/acoustic_customizations/{customization_id}/audio/{audio_name}\n\n\n\nIn addition, if you delete an instance of the Speech to Text service from the IBM Cloud console, all data associated with that service instance is automatically deleted. This includes all custom language models, corpora, grammars, and words, and all custom acoustic models and audio resources. This data is purged automatically and regardless of whether a customer ID is associated with the data.\n\nFor more information, see [Information security](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/speech-to-text?topic=speech-to-text-information-security).\n\n\n\n\n\n Request logging and data privacy \n\nIBM Cloud\n\nHow the service handles request logging for calls to the customization interface depends on the request:\n\n\n\n* The service does not log data that is used to build custom models. For example, when working with corpora and words in a custom language model, you do not need to set the X-Watson-Learning-Opt-Out request header. Your training data is never used to improve the service's base models.\n* The service does log data when a custom model is used with a recognition request. You can opt out of request logging at the account level or by setting the X-Watson-Learning-Opt-Out request header to true.","score":14.381783},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02753-7-2147","text":"\nCustomizing tokens \n\nWith App ID, tokens are used to identify users and secure your resources. You can choose to customize the information that is injected in to the tokens by the service. By injecting the information into your tokens, it's available to your application at run time without you having to configure extra network calls. For more information about tokens and how they're used in App ID, see [Understanding tokens](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/appid?topic=appid-tokens).\n\nBy customizing your token configuration, you can ensure that your security and user experience needs are met. However, should a token ever become compromised, a malicious user might have more information or time that can be used to affect your application. Be sure that you understand the security implications of the customizations that you want to make before you make them.\n\n\n\n Understanding custom claims mapping \n\nA claim is a statement that an entity makes about itself or on behalf of someone else. For example, if you signed into an application by using an identity provider, the provider would send the application a group of claims or statements about you to the app so that it can group with information that it already knows about you. This way, when you sign in, the app is set up with your information, in the way that you configured it.\n\n\n\n What types of claims can I define? \n\nThe claims that are provided by App ID fall into several categories that are differentiated by their level of customization.\n\nNormalized claims\n: In each identity token, there is a set of claims that is recognized by App ID as normalized. When available, the claims are mapped directly from your identity provider to the token by default. The claims can't be explicitly omitted but they can be overwritten in your token by custom claims. The claims include name, email, picture, and locale.\n\nRestricted claims\n: Restricted claims are those that have limited customization possibilities and cannot be overwritten by custom mappings. For an access token, scope is the only restricted claim. Although it cannot be overwritten, it can be extended with your own scope.","score":14.492787}],"b4614daadceeecb400f7baf0aa48dcb8<::>5":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_16291-1353-3298","text":"\nClick Users, and then locate and click the user account you want to use for the integration.\n4. Click the Access Keys tab.\n5. Click Generate New Access Key.\n6. Click Show Secret Key, and copy the secret key to a secure location.\n\nYou cannot retrieve the secret key again after you complete the next step and Save. You must generate a new key if the current one is lost or forgotten.\n7. Click Save.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Set up the integration \n\nTo complete setup, you must have an assistant ready to deploy, your NICE CXone access keys, and phone numbers allocated for this integration.\n\nTo integrate your assistant with NICE CXone:\n\n\n\n1. In the Integrations section on the main page for your assistant under Essential Channels, you will see a tile for Phone.\n2. On the Phone tile, click Add.\n3. On the pop-up window, click Add again.\n4. Select NICE CXone on the Select contact center page.\n\nClick Next.\n5. On the Connect to contact center page, specify the following values: - the Authentication URL from NICE CXone - the API URL, which is the Admin API endpoint from NICE CXone - the Access key ID - the Access key secret\n\nClick Test connection to verify the credentials.\n\nClick Next.\n6. On the Phone number page, enter a phone number you allocated for the NICE CXone integration. You can add more phone numbers later.\n\nClick Next.\n7. On the Speech to Text page, select the instance of the Speech to Text service you want to use.\n\n\n\n* If you have existing Speech to Text instances, select the instance you want to use from the list.\n* If you do not have any existing Speech to Text instances, click Create new instance to create a new Plus or Enterprise instance.\n\n\n\n8. In the Choose your Speech to Text language model field, select the language you want to use.\n\nThe list of language models is automatically filtered to use the same language as your assistant. To see all language models, toggle the Filter models based on assistant language switch to Off.","score":15.233078},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16291-7-1781","text":"\nIntegrating with phone and NICE CXone contact center ![Plus or higher plans only](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/ca9232b3702768f24bb897f48f10778fcda28718/watson-assistant/images/plus.png) \n\nIBM Cloud\n\nConnect your assistant to a NICE CXone contact center with live agents.\n\nTransfer customers from a chat with your assistant to live agents who can help them by phone. If customers ask to speak to someone, your assistant can forward them directly to customer support with the conversation history.\n\nThis integration creates a connection between your assistant and a contact center using NICE CXone.\n\nYou need a Plus or Enterprise Plan to use this feature.\n\n\n\n Before you begin \n\nYou must have a NICE CXone account and phone numbers allocated for this integration.\n\n\n\n1. Go to the [NICE website](https://www.nice.com/).\n2. Create an account.\n3. Follow the instructions to get phone numbers or select existing phone numbers.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Generate NICE CXone access keys \n\nAccess keys are used for authentication and consist of two parts: an access key ID and a secret access key.\n\nTo generate NICE CXone access keys to use with your assistant:\n\n\n\n1. Log in to the NICE CXone console.\n2. Click the app selector ![appselectoricon.png](https://help.nice-incontact.com/content/resources/images/icons/appselectoricon.png) and select Admin.\n3. Click Users, and then locate and click the user account you want to use for the integration.\n4. Click the Access Keys tab.\n5. Click Generate New Access Key.\n6. Click Show Secret Key, and copy the secret key to a secure location.\n\nYou cannot retrieve the secret key again after you complete the next step and Save. You must generate a new key if the current one is lost or forgotten.\n7. Click Save.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Set up the integration","score":14.201422},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16288-7-2218","text":"\nPhone integration configuration \n\nIBM Cloud\n\nAfter you have set up the phone integration for your assistant, you can modify the phone integration settings to customize the call behavior.\n\n\n\n Handling call and transfer failures \n\nYou can configure the phone integration to transfer the caller to a human agent if the phone connection fails for any reason. To transfer the caller to a human agent automatically, go to the Advanced tab in the phone integration settings, and make the following configuration selections:\n\n\n\n* SIP target when a call fails: Add the SIP endpoint for your support agent service. Specify a SIP or telephone URI for a general call queue that can redirect requests to other queues. For more information, see [Configuring backup call center support](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/watson-assistant?topic=watson-assistant-deploy-phone-configdeploy-phone-config-transfer-service).\n* Call failure message: Add the message you want the assistant to say to a caller before it transfers the call to a human agent.\n\n\n\nIf, after you transfer the call to a human, the connection to a live agent fails for any reason, you can configure what to do.\n\n\n\n* Transfer failure message: Add the message you want the assistant to say to a caller if transfer to a live agent fails. The message can be up to 150 characters in length.\n* Disconnect call on transfer failure: Choose whether to disconnect the call after the failure message. This option is enabled by default. If this option is disabled, when a call transfer fails, your assistant can disconnect or process a different action.\n\nIf you choose to leave a call connected despite a transfer failure, Watson Assistant will initiate a new turn to determine the next step. It's important that the Assistant be configured with an Action or webhook that can handle this scenario.\n\n\n\nThe phone integration supports disaster recovery by providing the ability to do a fast failover to another region instead of routing the call to a live agent when a service outage occurs. This is accomplished by sending a SIP 503 response to the upstream SIP trunking provider, instead of auto referring the call to a live agent when failures happen during the setup of a call.","score":13.698332},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16287-1442-3506","text":"\nThe trunk can connect to the public switched telephone network (PSTN) or your company's on-premises private branch exchange (PBX).\n\nWhen a customer makes a phone call using the telephone number connected to your assistant, the phone integration makes it possible for your assistant to answer. The integration converts output from your assistant into voice audio by using the IBM Watson® Text to Speech service, and the audio is sent to the telephone network through the SIP trunk. When the customer replies, the voice input is converted into text by using the IBM Watson® Speech to Text service.\n\nThis feature is available only to Plus or Enterprise plan users.\n\nDepending on the architecture of your existing telephony infrastructure, there are multiple ways you might integrate it with Watson Assistant. For more information about common integration patterns, read the blog post [Hey Watson, can I have your number?](https://medium.com/ibm-watson/hey-watson-can-i-have-your-number-7de8fc7621ed) on Medium.\n\n\n\n Set up the integration \n\nYou must have Manager role access to the instance and Viewer role access to the resource group to complete setup. For more information about access levels, see [Managing access](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/watson-assistant?topic=watson-assistant-access-control).\n\nTo set up the integration:\n\n\n\n1. In the Integrations section on the main page for your assistant under Essential Channels, you will see a tile for Phone.\n2. On the Phone tile, click Add.\n3. On the pop-up window, click Add again.\n4. Choose whether to generate a free phone number for your assistant, integrate with your contact center, or connect to an existing SIP trunk:\n\n\n\n* To generate a free phone number for your assistant, click Generate a free phone number.\n\nGenerating a free phone number is supported only for Watson Assistant instances in the Dallas and Washington DC data centers.\n* To integrate with a [contact center](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/watson-assistant?topic=watson-assistant-deploy-phone-nicecxone), click Integrate with your contact center.","score":13.793136},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16288-1733-3996","text":"\nIt's important that the Assistant be configured with an Action or webhook that can handle this scenario.\n\n\n\nThe phone integration supports disaster recovery by providing the ability to do a fast failover to another region instead of routing the call to a live agent when a service outage occurs. This is accomplished by sending a SIP 503 response to the upstream SIP trunking provider, instead of auto referring the call to a live agent when failures happen during the setup of a call. This 503 response can then be used by the SIP trunking provider to reroute the call to another region. If you want to take advantage of this capability, open a service ticket against the Watson Assistant service instance that requires disaster recovery.\n\n\n\n\n\n Secure the phone connection \n\nYou can add security to the phone connection by going to the Advanced options tab in the phone integration settings, and selecting one or both of the following options:\n\n\n\n* Force secure trunking: Select this option to use Secure Real-Time Transfer Protocol (SRTP) to secure the audio that is transmitted over the phone. For more information about RTP, see [Call routing details](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/watson-assistant?topic=watson-assistant-deploy-phone-configdeploy-phone-config-route).\n* Enable SIP authentication: Select this option if you want to require SIP digest authentication.\n\nWhen SIP authentication is required, all inbound traffic (meaning requests from the SIP provider to your assistant) is authenticated using SIP digest authentication, and must be sent using Transport Layer Security (TLS). If this option is selected, the SIP digest user name and password must be configured, and the SIP trunk being used to connect to Assistant must be configured to use only TLS.\n\nIf you use Twilio as your SIP trunk provider, you cannot enable SIP authentication for outbound SIP trunks to Watson Assistant.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Applying advanced SIP trunk configuration settings \n\nTo configure how your assistant interacts with a SIP trunk from an external provider, go to the SIP trunk tab in the phone integration settings, and update the following options in the SIP trunking integration section:\n\n\n\n* SIP INVITE headers to extract: List the headers that you want your assistant to use.","score":18.002815}],"b4614daadceeecb400f7baf0aa48dcb8<::>6":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_16288-6287-8401","text":"\nWhen you use the phone integration as the first line of assistance for customers, it's a good idea to have a live agent backup available. You can design your assistant to transfer a call to a human in case the phone connection fails, or if a user asks to speak to someone.\n\nYour company might already have one or more phone numbers that connect to an automatic call dispatcher (ACD) that can queue callers until an appropriate agent is available. If not, choose a call center service to use as your backup.\n\nA conversation cannot be transferred from one integration type to another. For example, if you use the web chat integration with service desk support, you cannot transfer a phone call to the service desk that is set up for the web chat.\n\nYou must provide the call center SIP URI for the call center service you use. You must specify this information in your assistant when you enable a call transfer from a dialog node or action step. For more information, see [Transferring a call to a live agent](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/watson-assistant?topic=watson-assistant-phone-actionsphone-actions-transfer).\n\n\n\n\n\n Optimize your actions for phone interaction \n\nFor the best customer experience, design your dialog with the capabilities of the phone integration in mind:\n\n\n\n* Do not include HTML elements in your action responses. To add formatting, use Markdown. For more information, see [Formatting responses](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/watson-assistant?topic=watson-assistant-respondrespond-formatting).\n* You can use a search extension to include search results in actions that the phone integration will read. When search results are returned, the phone integration reads the introductory message (for example, I found this information that might be helpful), and then the body of only the first search result.\n\nThe entire search response (meaning the introductory message plus the body of the first search result) must be less than 5,000 characters long or the response will not be read at all. Be sure to test the search results that are returned and curate the data collection that you use as necessary.","score":22.168814},{"document_id":"ibmcld_07638-0-2400","text":"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  AC-17 - Remote Access \n\n\n\n  Control requirements \n\nThe organization:\n\nAC-17 (a)\n:   Establishes and documents usage restrictions, configuration/connection requirements, and implementation guidance for each type of remote access allowed; and\n\nAC-17 (b)\n:   Authorizes remote access to the information system prior to allowing such connections.\n\n\n\n\n\n  Implementation guidance \n\nSee the resources that follow to learn more about how to implement this control.\n\n\n\n*  [Connecting application provider to the management VPC](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/framework-financial-services?topic=framework-financial-services-vpc-architecture-connectivity-management)\n*  [Running operator actions through a bastion host](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/framework-financial-services?topic=framework-financial-services-vpc-architecture-connectivity-bastion)\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  NIST supplemental guidance \n\nRemote access is access to organizational information systems by users (or processes acting on behalf of users) communicating through external networks (e.g., the Internet). Remote access methods include, for example, dial-up, broadband, and wireless. Organizations often employ encrypted virtual private networks (VPNs) to enhance confidentiality and integrity over remote connections. The use of encrypted VPNs does not make the access non-remote; however, the use of VPNs, when adequately provisioned with appropriate security controls (e.g., employing appropriate encryption techniques for confidentiality and integrity protection) may provide sufficient assurance to the organization that it can effectively treat such connections as internal networks. Still, VPN connections traverse external networks, and the encrypted VPN does not enhance the availability of remote connections. Also, VPNs with encrypted tunnels can affect the organizational capability to adequately monitor network communications traffic for malicious code. Remote access controls apply to information systems other than public web servers or systems designed for public access. This control addresses authorization prior to allowing remote access without specifying the formats for such authorization. While organizations may use interconnection security agreements to authorize remote access connections, such agreements are not required by this control. Enforcing access restrictions for remote connections is addressed in AC-3.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","score":11.618218},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10916-70504-72851","text":"\nSecure Shell (SSH) \n\nA network protocol for secure data exchange between two networked devices. The client can use public-key and private-key authentication, or password authentication, to access the remote server.\n\n\n\n\n\n Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) \n\nA security protocol that provides communication privacy. With SSL, client/server applications can communicate in a way that is designed to prevent eavesdropping, tampering, and message forgery. See also [certificate authority](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/overview?topic=overview-glossaryx2016383).\n\n\n\n\n\n security definition \n\nA specification of the settings for a particular aspect of API security; for example, the user registry that authenticates access to the API.\n\n\n\n\n\n security group \n\nA resource that provides rules to filter IP traffic to resources in a virtual private cloud. Rules are stateful, such that packets in response to allowed packets are automatically permitted.\n\n\n\n\n\n select availability \n\nA production-ready product that is available for sale and accessible to select customers.\n\n\n\n\n\n service \n\nA cloud extension that provides ready-for-use functionality, such as database, messaging, and web software for running code, or application management or monitoring capabilities. Services usually do not require installation or maintenance and can be combined to create applications.\n\n\n\n\n\n service binding \n\nAn association between an application and a service instance that contains the application credentials that are used to communicate with the service instance.\n\n\n\n\n\n service endpoint \n\nThe physical address of a service that implements one or more interfaces.\n\n\n\n\n\n service ID \n\nAn identity that authenticates a service or an application to a cloud environment and other services. A service ID can be assigned access policies and used to enable an application that is deployed to a cloud environment access to cloud services.\n\n\n\n\n\n session \n\nThe period of time after an app is started on a mobile device and the quality assurance product is notified to begin collecting app behavior, issues, and problems.\n\n\n\n\n\n signature key \n\nAn encryption key that is used by the crypto unit administrator to sign commands that are issued to the crypto unit.\n\n\n\n\n\n signCert \n\nA certificate that any entity, such as an organization or admin, attaches to their proposals or proposal responses.","score":12.327283},{"document_id":"ibmcld_14068-0-510","text":"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  SSH keys \n\nSecure Socket Shell (SSH) is a network protocol that enables a user or client computer to connect, through a secure channel, to a remote computer over the internet and have access to issue commands on the remote computer.\n\nSSH keys are the public-key credentials that are used by the SSH protocol for authentication and encryption.\n\nFor more information about SSH keys, see [Getting started with SSH keys](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/ssh-keys?topic=ssh-keys-getting-started-tutorial).\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","score":12.054079},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16288-1733-3996","text":"\nIt's important that the Assistant be configured with an Action or webhook that can handle this scenario.\n\n\n\nThe phone integration supports disaster recovery by providing the ability to do a fast failover to another region instead of routing the call to a live agent when a service outage occurs. This is accomplished by sending a SIP 503 response to the upstream SIP trunking provider, instead of auto referring the call to a live agent when failures happen during the setup of a call. This 503 response can then be used by the SIP trunking provider to reroute the call to another region. If you want to take advantage of this capability, open a service ticket against the Watson Assistant service instance that requires disaster recovery.\n\n\n\n\n\n Secure the phone connection \n\nYou can add security to the phone connection by going to the Advanced options tab in the phone integration settings, and selecting one or both of the following options:\n\n\n\n* Force secure trunking: Select this option to use Secure Real-Time Transfer Protocol (SRTP) to secure the audio that is transmitted over the phone. For more information about RTP, see [Call routing details](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/watson-assistant?topic=watson-assistant-deploy-phone-configdeploy-phone-config-route).\n* Enable SIP authentication: Select this option if you want to require SIP digest authentication.\n\nWhen SIP authentication is required, all inbound traffic (meaning requests from the SIP provider to your assistant) is authenticated using SIP digest authentication, and must be sent using Transport Layer Security (TLS). If this option is selected, the SIP digest user name and password must be configured, and the SIP trunk being used to connect to Assistant must be configured to use only TLS.\n\nIf you use Twilio as your SIP trunk provider, you cannot enable SIP authentication for outbound SIP trunks to Watson Assistant.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Applying advanced SIP trunk configuration settings \n\nTo configure how your assistant interacts with a SIP trunk from an external provider, go to the SIP trunk tab in the phone integration settings, and update the following options in the SIP trunking integration section:\n\n\n\n* SIP INVITE headers to extract: List the headers that you want your assistant to use.","score":18.002815}],"b4614daadceeecb400f7baf0aa48dcb8<::>7":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_16287-9341-9853","text":"\nThe Voice add-on use is charged separately and in addition to your service plan charges.\n\nPlan usage is measured based on the number of monthly active users, where a user is identified by the caller's unique phone number. An MD5 hash is applied to the phone number and the 128-bit hash value is used for billing purposes.\n\nThe number of concurrent calls that your assistant can participate in at one time depends on your plan type.\n\n\n\nPlan details\n\n Plan Concurrent calls \n\n Enterprise 1,000 \n Plus 100 \n Trial 5","score":18.4835},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02110-1686-3682","text":"\nIf a limit is exceeded, you receive an exception and are not allowed to create any new resources beyond that limit.\n\nIf you have a specific use case that requires an extended limit, you can request an increase. For more information, see [Increasing account limits](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-account-limits).\n\n\n\nTable 1. IAM account limits\n\n Resource Max \n\n Access groups per account 500 \n Access groups per user 50 \n Access management tags per account 250 \n API Keys per identity 20 \n Custom roles per account 40 \n Dynamic rules per access group 5 \n Dynamic rules per trusted profile 20 \n Dynamic rules per Identity provider (IdP) 2000 \n IdPs per account 5 \n Policies per account <br><br>[1] 4020 \n Policies per subject within an account 1000 \n Policies with access management tags within an account 25 \n Service IDs per account 2000 \n Trusted profiles per account 2000 \n Users per trial account 100 \n Users per billable account 7500 \n\n\n\nA maximum of 1,000 policies and service to service authorizations within one account is recommended to ensure optimal performance within your account. For more information about limiting the number of policies in your account, see the [Best practices for organizing resources and assigning access](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-account_setup).\n\nIf you want to check the number of policies in your account, see [Viewing the total number of policies per account](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-account-limits&interface=clitotal-number-policies-cli). To request an increase in the account limit, see [Requesting a policy and rule shared limit increase](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-account-limits&interface=clilimit-increase).\n\n\n\n Policy limitations based on attributes \n\nAccess management tags are only available when you create an access policy that is scoped for all IAM-enabled services. In this case, when you enable the access based on tags, no other attributes can be added.","score":10.588173},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02110-4734-6930","text":"\nA context-based restriction rule that includes multiple network zones can have a maximum of 1000 IP addresses indirectly associated with it. For example, in a rule that includes two network zones, one of the zones could have 800 IP addresses and the other could have a maximum of 200 IP addresses.\n\nIf you want to check the number of rules in your account, see [Viewing the total number of rules per account](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-account-limits&interface=clitotal-number-rules-cli). To request an increase in the account limit, see [Requesting a policy and rule shared limit increase](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-account-limits&interface=clilimit-increase).\n\n\n\n Eventual consistency \n\nContext-based restrictions follow an [eventually consistent](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Eventual_consistency) pattern that is common to many cloud-native services. As a result, Context-based restrictions remain highly available and performant across multiple global regions. Changes that are made to Context-based restrictions rules and network zones are recorded and propagated worldwide. Access changes might not take effect until the propagation process is complete, usually within a few minutes.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Access policy version limitations \n\nAs of 25 January 2023, IAM supports two versions of the IAM Policy Management API: /v2/policies and /v1/policies. v1/polices allows for string comparisons against attributes in the subject and resources of a policy. v2/polices introduces a new schema that provides backwards functional compatibility while allowing for more complex comparisons and operators.\n\n\n\n String comparisons \n\nThe following table lists the string comparison operators that you can use to build access policies with /v2/policies syntax. For more information about each version, see [Comparing /v1/policies and /v2/policies syntax](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-known-issuescompare-syntax).\n\n\n\nTable 3. The string comparison operators available for conditions in access policies.\n\n Operator Description \n\n stringEquals Case-sensitive string comparison. Boolean or number values are converted into a string before comparison.","score":10.314445},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16287-7751-9832","text":"\nHowever, provisioning the new number might take several minutes.\n\n\n\n\n\n Adding more phone numbers \n\nIf you are using existing phone numbers you configured via a SIP trunk provider, you can add multiple numbers to the same phone integration.\n\nIf you generated a free phone number, you cannot add more numbers.\n\nTo add more phone numbers:\n\n\n\n1. In the phone integration settings, go to the Phone number tab.\n2. Use one of the following methods:\n\n\n\n* To add phone numbers one by one, click Add phone number in the table, and enter the phone number along with an optional description. Click the Add button to save the number.\n* To import a set of phone numbers that are stored in a comma-separated values (CSV) file, click the Upload a CSV file icon (![Add phone number][images/phone-integ-import-number.png]), and then find the CSV file that contains the list of phone numbers.\n\nThe phone numbers you upload will replace any existing numbers in the table.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Setting up live agent escalation \n\nIf you want your assistant to be able to transfer a conversation to a live agent, you can connect your phone integration to a contact center. For more information, see instructions for the supported platform:\n\n\n\n* [Genesys](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/watson-assistant?topic=watson-assistant-deploy-phone-genesys)\n* [Twilio Flex](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/watson-assistant?topic=watson-assistant-deploy-phone-flex)\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Phone integration limits \n\nAny speech service charges incurred by the phone integration are included as Voice add-on charges in your Watson Assistant service plan usage. The Voice add-on use is charged separately and in addition to your service plan charges.\n\nPlan usage is measured based on the number of monthly active users, where a user is identified by the caller's unique phone number. An MD5 hash is applied to the phone number and the 128-bit hash value is used for billing purposes.\n\nThe number of concurrent calls that your assistant can participate in at one time depends on your plan type.\n\n\n\nPlan details\n\n Plan Concurrent calls \n\n Enterprise 1,000","score":27.641855},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03285-25484-27434","text":"\nInstructs the phone integration to collect dual-tone multi-frequency signaling (DTMF) input from a user. This command supports the following parameters:\n\n\n\n parameter name description required default \n\n termination_key The DTMF termination key, which signals the end of DTMF input (for example, ). no n/a \n count The number of DTMF digits to collect. This must be a positive integer no larger than 100. Required if termintation_key, or minimum_count and maximum_count, are not defined n/a \n minimum_count The minimum number of DTMF digits to collect. This property is used along with maximum_count to define a range for the number of digits to collect. This value must be a positive integer with a minimum value of 1 and a maximum value less than maximum_count. Required if terminatation_key and count are not defined. n/a \n maximum_count The maximum number of DTMF digits to collect. This property is used along with minimum_count to define a range for the number of digits to collect. When this number of digits is collected, a conversation turn is initiated. This value must be a positive integer no greater than 100. Required if termintation_key and count are not defined. n/a \n inter_digit_timeout_count The amount of time (in milliseconds) to wait for a new DTMF digit after a DTMF digit is received. During an active DTMF collection, this timeout activates when the first DTMF collection is received. When the inter-digit timeout is active, it deactivates the post-response timeout timer. If the inter_digit_timeout_count parameter is not specified, the post-response timer resets after receiving each DTMF digit, and it stays active until either the post-response timeout count is met or the collection completes. This value is a positive integer no higher than 100,000 (or 100 seconds). no n/a \n ignore_speech Whether to disable speech recognition during collection of DTMF digits, until either the collection completes or a timeout occurs.","score":10.474981}],"b4614daadceeecb400f7baf0aa48dcb8<::>8":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_16288-10521-12298","text":"\nYou can get the SIP URI for your phone integration from the phone integration configuration page.\n6. If you plan to support call transfers, enable Call Transfer (SIP REFER) in your SIP trunk. If you expect to transfer calls to the public switched telephone network (PSTN), also enable PSTN Transfer on your trunk.\n7. Select Numbers from the navigation bar for your SIP trunk, and then do one of the following things:\n\n\n\n* Click Add a number and then Buy a Number.\n* If you already have a number, you can click Add a number and then Add an Existing Number.\n\n\n\n\n\nIf you use a Lite or Trial Twilio account for testing purposes, then be sure to verify the transfer target. For more information, see the [Twilio documentation](https://support.twilio.com/hc/en-us/articles/223136107-How-does-Twilio-s-Free-Trial-work-).\n\nYou cannot enable SIP authentication if you choose Twilio as your SIP trunk provider. Twilio doesn't support SIPS for originating calls.\n\n\n\n\n\n Using other third-party providers \n\nYou can ask for help setting up an account with another SIP trunk provider by opening a support request.\n\nIBM has established relationships with the following SIP trunk providers:\n\n\n\n* [Five9](https://www.five9.com/products/capabilities/contact-center-software)\n* [Genesys](https://www.genesys.com/en-sg/definitions/what-is-a-trunk)\n* [Vonage](https://www.vonage.com/communications-apis/sip-trunking/)\n* [Voximplant](https://voximplant.com/)\n\n\n\nThe SIP trunk provider sets up a SIP trunk for your voice traffic, and manages access from allowed IP addresses. Most of the major SIP trunk providers have existing relationships with IBM. Therefore, the network configuration that is required to support the SIP trunk connection typically can be handled for you with minimal effort.\n\n\n\n1.","score":23.61981},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03158-8929-11062","text":"\nFor more information, see [Configuring backup support](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-deploy-phonedeploy-phone-transfer-service).\n* Call failure message: Add the message to say to a caller before you transfer them to a human agent.\n\n\n\nIf, after you transfer the caller to a human agent, the connection to the human agent fails for any reason, you can configure what to do.\n\n\n\n* Transfer failure message: Add the message to stream to callers if the transfer to a human agent fails. The message can be up to 1,024 characters in length.\n* Disconnect call on transfer failure: Choose whether to disconnect the call after sharing the failure message. This option is enabled by default. If disabled, when a call transfer fails, your assistant can disconnect or process a different dialog node.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Secure the phone connection \n\nYou can add security to the phone connection by selecting one or both of the following configuration options:\n\n\n\n* Force secure trunking: Select this option to use Secure Real-Time Transfer Protocol (SRTP) to secure the audio that is transmitted over the phone. For more information about RTP, see [Call routing details](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-deploy-phonedeploy-phone-route).\n* Enable SIP authentication: Select this option if you want to require SIP digest authentication.\n\nWhen SIP authentication is required, all inbound traffic (meaning requests from the SIP provider to your assistant) is authenticated using SIP digest authentication, and must be sent using Transport Layer Security (TLS). If this option is selected, the SIP digest user name and password must be configured, and the SIP trunk being used to connect to Assistant must be configured to use only TLS.\n\nIf you use Twilio as your SIP trunk provider, you cannot enable SIP authentication for outbound SIP trunks to Watson Assistant.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Apply advanced SIP trunk configuration settings \n\n\n\n* SIP INVITE headers to extract: List headers that you want to use in your dialog.\n\nThe SIP request often sends INVITE headers with information about the request that is used by the SIP network.","score":13.588005},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16250-5445-7809","text":"\nTo support disaster recovery, the service provider may need to configure two separate SIP trunks, one for each region, and only when all the zones in a single region fail should the call be switched to the backup region. It's important to set the SIP INVITE failure timeouts at the SIP trunking provider low enough to avoid long call setup latencies when a failover is occurring.\n\n\n\n\n\n Partial service outage \n\nThe second type of failure is a partial service outage within the region. This is much harder to detect and manage because of the large number of variations in service failures that can occur within a region. In some cases, these may be small issues that affect the performance characteristics of the call but not cause the call to fail.\n\nFor issues like this that ultimately cause a call to fail, there are two ways Watson Assistant can handle the call. The first is to accept the call and then transfer it to a configured default SIP URI. This can be configured in the Watson Assistant phone integration settings and is also used if there is a mid-call failure. The default transfer target SIP URI is defined in the SIP target when a call fails field located on the Advanced tab of the phone integration configuration panel.\n\nThe phone integration can also be configured to respond to a SIP INVITE with a SIP 500 (service unavailable) message if an outage is detected during call setup instead of transferring a call to a live agent. A SIP 500 can then be used to redirect the call to another zone, or if many SIP 500s are received, to another region. Using a SIP 500 INVITE error is a better way to signal a failure to an upstream SIP trunking provider because it gives the provider a way to reroute the call. Using only the default transfer target to handle call failures is acceptable for low call volume scenarios but can result in large numbers of calls being directed to a customer contact center when bigger call volumes are handled by Watson Assistant. To enable this 500 error response capability for a specific Watson Assistant instance, you need to make a request to IBM.\n\nYou should plan for both full and partial service outages. A good first step is to plan for a manual failover between regions before enabling automation. This requires a complete replica of Watson Assistant in both regions, including all custom speech model training.","score":13.0322275},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16288-7-2218","text":"\nPhone integration configuration \n\nIBM Cloud\n\nAfter you have set up the phone integration for your assistant, you can modify the phone integration settings to customize the call behavior.\n\n\n\n Handling call and transfer failures \n\nYou can configure the phone integration to transfer the caller to a human agent if the phone connection fails for any reason. To transfer the caller to a human agent automatically, go to the Advanced tab in the phone integration settings, and make the following configuration selections:\n\n\n\n* SIP target when a call fails: Add the SIP endpoint for your support agent service. Specify a SIP or telephone URI for a general call queue that can redirect requests to other queues. For more information, see [Configuring backup call center support](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/watson-assistant?topic=watson-assistant-deploy-phone-configdeploy-phone-config-transfer-service).\n* Call failure message: Add the message you want the assistant to say to a caller before it transfers the call to a human agent.\n\n\n\nIf, after you transfer the call to a human, the connection to a live agent fails for any reason, you can configure what to do.\n\n\n\n* Transfer failure message: Add the message you want the assistant to say to a caller if transfer to a live agent fails. The message can be up to 150 characters in length.\n* Disconnect call on transfer failure: Choose whether to disconnect the call after the failure message. This option is enabled by default. If this option is disabled, when a call transfer fails, your assistant can disconnect or process a different action.\n\nIf you choose to leave a call connected despite a transfer failure, Watson Assistant will initiate a new turn to determine the next step. It's important that the Assistant be configured with an Action or webhook that can handle this scenario.\n\n\n\nThe phone integration supports disaster recovery by providing the ability to do a fast failover to another region instead of routing the call to a live agent when a service outage occurs. This is accomplished by sending a SIP 503 response to the upstream SIP trunking provider, instead of auto referring the call to a live agent when failures happen during the setup of a call.","score":17.866583},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03312-5487-7760","text":"\nIf a failover is automated and a regional backup is enabled, it is always best to try a different zone first and only redirect traffic to the passive backup region if a preconfigured number of failures occur within a short period of time. This prevents an unnecessary failover between regions if only a short outage occurs.\n\nNote that Watson Assistant provides a round-robin fully qualified domain name (FQDN) that includes the IPs for each zone in the region. Many SIP trunking providers automatically retry each IP in the FQDN when failures occur. To support disaster recovery, the service provider may need to configure two separate SIP trunks, one for each region, and only when all the zones in a single region fail should the call be switched to the backup region. It's important to set the SIP INVITE failure timeouts at the SIP trunking provider low enough to avoid long call setup latencies when a failover is occurring.\n\n\n\n\n\n Partial service outage \n\nThe second type of failure is a partial service outage within the region. This is much harder to detect and manage because of the large number of variations in service failures that can occur within a region. In some cases, these may be small issues that affect the performance characteristics of the call but not cause the call to fail.\n\nFor issues like this that ultimately cause a call to fail, there are two ways Watson Assistant can handle the call. The first is to accept the call and then transfer it to a configured default SIP URI. This can be configured in the Watson Assistant phone integration settings and is also used if there is a mid-call failure. The default transfer target SIP URI is defined in the SIP target when a call fails field located on the Advanced tab of the phone integration configuration panel.\n\nThe phone integration can also be configured to respond to a SIP INVITE with a SIP 500 (service unavailable) message if an outage is detected during call setup instead of transferring a call to a live agent. A SIP 500 can then be used to redirect the call to another zone, or if many SIP 500s are received, to another region. Using a SIP 500 INVITE error is a better way to signal a failure to an upstream SIP trunking provider because it gives the provider a way to reroute the call.","score":12.670489}],"927077bd895f0c292618f4a34789bef3<::>1":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_05525-7-1062","text":"\nVersion 1.14 change log (unsupported 31 May 2020) \n\nVersion 1.14 is unsupported. You can review the following archive of 1.14 change logs.\n\n\n\n Change log for worker node fix pack 1.14.10_1555, released 26 May 2020 \n\nThe following table shows the changes that are in the worker node fix pack 1.14.10_1555. Worker node patch updates can be applied by updating, reloading (in classic infrastructure), or replacing (in VPC infrastructure) the worker node.\n\n\n\nChanges since version 1.14.10_1554\n\n Component Previous Current Description \n\n Ubuntu 18.04 packages 4.15.0-99-generic 4.15.0-101-generic Updated worker node images with kernel and package updates for [CVE-2019-20795](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2019-20795), [CVE-2020-11494](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2020-11494), [CVE-2020-12762](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2020-12762), [CVE-2020-3810](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2020-3810), [CVE-2020-8616](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2020-8616), and [CVE-2020-8617](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2020-8617).","score":10.897119},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05873-18853-19782","text":"\n: 1.15.3\n\nCurrent version\n: 1.15.4\n\nUpdates in this version\n: See the Istio release notes for [Istio 1.15.4](https://istio.io/latest/news/releases/1.15.x/announcing-1.15.4/).\n: Fixes a podAntiAffinity label bug where the value was incorrect.\n: Resolves the following CVEs:\n\n\n\n* [CVE-2022-32221](https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2022-32221)\n* [CVE-2022-35260](https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2022-35260)\n* [CVE-2022-42915](https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2022-42915)\n* [CVE-2022-42916](https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2022-42916)\n* [CVE-2022-42010](https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2022-42010)\n* [CVE-2022-42011](https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2022-42011)\n* [CVE-2022-42012](https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2022-42012)\n* [CVE-2022-3358](https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2022-3358)","score":10.984281},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05526-7-1432","text":"\nVersion 1.15 change log (unsupported 22 September 2020) \n\nVersion 1.15 is unsupported. You can review the following archive of 1.15 change logs.\n\n\n\n Change log for worker node fix pack 1.15.12_1552, released 14 September 2020 \n\nThe following table shows the changes that are in the worker node fix pack 1.15.12_1552. Worker node patch updates can be applied by updating, reloading (in classic infrastructure), or replacing (in VPC infrastructure) the worker node.\n\n\n\nChanges since version 1.15.12_1551\n\n Component Previous Current Description \n\n HAProxy 1.8.25-384f42 1.8.26-561f1a See the [HAProxy change log](https://www.haproxy.org/download/1.8/src/CHANGELOG). \n Ubuntu 18.04 packages 4.15.0-112-generic 4.15.0-117-generic Updated worker node image with kernel and package updates for [CVE-2020-14344](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2020-14344), [CVE-2020-14363](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2020-14363), and [CVE-2020-14386](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2020-14386). \n Ubuntu 16.04 packages 4.4.0-187-generic 4.4.0-189-generic Updated worker node image with kernel and package updates for [CVE-2020-14344](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2020-14344) and [CVE-2020-14363](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2020-14363). \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Change log for worker node fix pack 1.15.12_1551, released 31 August 2020 \n\nThe following table shows the changes that are in the worker node fix pack 1.15.12_1551.","score":11.443328},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16034-7-1778","text":"\nVPC CLI release notes \n\nThe following release notes are for the IBM Cloud® Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) command line interface (CLI).\n\n\n\n v6.15.0 \n\nVersion 6.15.0 was released on 2023-07-11.\n\n\n\n New commands \n\n\n\n* New commands image-obsolete and image-deprecate are introduced to support image lifecycle management.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Updated commands \n\n\n\n* Added support for image lifecycle management in image-create, image-update, and images commands.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Removed commands \n\n\n\n* N/A\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Notes \n\n\n\n* N/A\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n v6.14.1 \n\nVersion 6.14.1 was released on 2023-06-30.\n\n\n\n New commands \n\n\n\n* N/A\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Updated commands \n\n\n\n* N/A\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Removed commands \n\n\n\n* N/A\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Notes \n\n\n\n* Fixed issue with using the SSH key generated from UI in CLI.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n v6.14.0 \n\nVersion 6.14.0 was released on 2023-06-23.\n\n\n\n New commands \n\n\n\n* N/A\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Updated commands \n\n\n\n* Added support for more algorithms in the SSH key key-create command.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Removed commands \n\n\n\n* N/A\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n v6.13.0 \n\nVersion 6.13.0 was released on 2023-06-22.\n\n\n\n New commands \n\n\n\n* N/A\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Updated commands \n\n\n\n* Added support for snapshot and backup cross region copy in snaphot-create, snapshots, backup-policy-plan-create and backup-policy-plan-update commands.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Removed commands \n\n\n\n* N/A\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n v6.12.0 \n\nVersion 6.12.0 was released on 2023-06-01.\n\n\n\n New commands \n\n\n\n* N/A\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Updated commands \n\n\n\n* Added support for fileshare mount targets in share commands (Beta).\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Removed commands \n\n\n\n* N/A\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Notes \n\n\n\n* Fixed bare-metal-server-network-interfaces, bare-metal-server-profiles and bare-metal-servers commands to print correct response values.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n v6.11.1 \n\nVersion 6.11.1 was released on 2023-05-03.\n\n\n\n New commands \n\n\n\n* N/A\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Updated commands","score":14.791778},{"document_id":"ibmcld_00861-117621-118714","text":"\nGo version: go1.13.10\nGit commit: 9d988398e7\nBuilt: Fri May 15 00:22:47 2020\nOS/Arch: linux/amd64\nExperimental: false\n\n dc --version\ndc (GNU bc 1.07.1) 1.4.1\n\n ed --version\nGNU ed 1.14.2\nShow more\n\n\n\n\n\n Version 3.0 \n\nTo view the contents of version 3.0, from the running image, type default_versions.sh. The 3.x branch provides images with the current tool versions. The current Java™ version is Java™ 11. Node.js no longer uses nvm to manage different node.js versions. It provides the current LTS version of Node.js at the time that it was built.\n\nThis image includes the following tools:\n\n node --version\nv14.16.1\n\n npm --version\n6.14.12\n\n jq --version\njq-1.6\n\n yq --version\nyq version 4.6.2\n\n kubectl version --client\nClient Version: version.Info{Major:\"1\", Minor:\"20\", GitVersion:\"v1.20.5\", GitCommit:\"6b1d87acf3c8253c123756b9e61dac642678305f\", GitTreeState:\"clean\", BuildDate:\"2021-03-18T01:10:43Z\", GoVersion:\"go1.15.8\", Compiler:\"gc\", Platform:\"linux/amd64\"}\n\n buildctl --version\nbuildctl github.com/moby/buildkit v0.8.2 9065b18ba4633c75862befca8188de4338d9f94a\n\n helm version --client","score":10.503379}],"927077bd895f0c292618f4a34789bef3<::>2":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_16034-15398-17327","text":"\nUpdated commands \n\n\n\n* Update vpn-server-update command to support VPN server upgrade and downgrade.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Removed commands \n\n\n\n* N/A\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Note \n\n\n\n* Linux_S390x build support added.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n v2.0.0 \n\nVersion 2.0.0 was released on 2021-11-18.\n\n\n\n New commands \n\n\n\n* N/A\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Updated commands \n\n\n\n* Update instance commands with \"by name\" support. Instance commands include instance-initialization-values, instance-console, instance-create, instance-create-from-template, instance-delete, instance-disk, instance-disk-update, instance-disks, instance-network-interface, instance-network-interface-create, instance-network-interface-delete, instance-network-interface-floating-ip, instance-network-interface-floating-ip-add, instance-network-interface-floating-ip-remove, instance-network-interface-floating-ips, instance-network-interface-update, instance-network-interfaces, instance-reboot, instance-stop, instance-update, instance-volume-attachments, instance-volume-attachment, instance-volume-attachment-add, instance-volume-attachment-detach, instance-volume-attachment-update, instance-template, instance-template-create, instance-template-create-override-source-template, instance-template-update, instance-group, instance-group-create, instance-group-update, instance-group-delete, instance-group-load-balancer-delete, instance-group-managers, instance-group-manager-create, instance-group-manager-update, instance-group-manager-delete, instance-group-manager-actions, instance-group-manager-action-create, instance-group-manager-action-update, instance-group-manager-action-delete, instance-group-manager-policies, instance-group-manager-policy, instance-group-manager-policy-create, instance-group-manager-policy-update, instance-group-membership, instance-group-membership-delete, instance-group-membership-update, instance-group-memberships, instance-group-memberships-delete commands with \"by name\" support.","score":17.577246},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16034-7-1778","text":"\nVPC CLI release notes \n\nThe following release notes are for the IBM Cloud® Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) command line interface (CLI).\n\n\n\n v6.15.0 \n\nVersion 6.15.0 was released on 2023-07-11.\n\n\n\n New commands \n\n\n\n* New commands image-obsolete and image-deprecate are introduced to support image lifecycle management.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Updated commands \n\n\n\n* Added support for image lifecycle management in image-create, image-update, and images commands.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Removed commands \n\n\n\n* N/A\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Notes \n\n\n\n* N/A\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n v6.14.1 \n\nVersion 6.14.1 was released on 2023-06-30.\n\n\n\n New commands \n\n\n\n* N/A\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Updated commands \n\n\n\n* N/A\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Removed commands \n\n\n\n* N/A\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Notes \n\n\n\n* Fixed issue with using the SSH key generated from UI in CLI.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n v6.14.0 \n\nVersion 6.14.0 was released on 2023-06-23.\n\n\n\n New commands \n\n\n\n* N/A\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Updated commands \n\n\n\n* Added support for more algorithms in the SSH key key-create command.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Removed commands \n\n\n\n* N/A\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n v6.13.0 \n\nVersion 6.13.0 was released on 2023-06-22.\n\n\n\n New commands \n\n\n\n* N/A\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Updated commands \n\n\n\n* Added support for snapshot and backup cross region copy in snaphot-create, snapshots, backup-policy-plan-create and backup-policy-plan-update commands.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Removed commands \n\n\n\n* N/A\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n v6.12.0 \n\nVersion 6.12.0 was released on 2023-06-01.\n\n\n\n New commands \n\n\n\n* N/A\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Updated commands \n\n\n\n* Added support for fileshare mount targets in share commands (Beta).\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Removed commands \n\n\n\n* N/A\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Notes \n\n\n\n* Fixed bare-metal-server-network-interfaces, bare-metal-server-profiles and bare-metal-servers commands to print correct response values.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n v6.11.1 \n\nVersion 6.11.1 was released on 2023-05-03.\n\n\n\n New commands \n\n\n\n* N/A\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Updated commands","score":14.791778},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16034-12689-13797","text":"\nVersion 3.4.0 was released on 2022-02-24.\n\n\n\n New commands \n\n\n\n* N/A\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Updated commands \n\n\n\n* Update instance-create, instance-update, instance-template-create, instance-template-create-override-source-template and instance-create-from-template commands to support metadata service.\n* Update instance-create and instance-create-from-template commands to support trusted profile.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Removed commands \n\n\n\n* N/A\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n v3.3.0 \n\nVersion 3.3.0 was released on 2022-02-17.\n\n\n\n New commands \n\n\n\n* N/A\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Updated commands \n\n\n\n* Update instance-create, instance-update, instance-template-create, instance-template-create-override-source-template and instance-create-from-template, commands to add support for vm-host-failure-policy.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Removed commands \n\n\n\n* N/A\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n v3.2.0 \n\nVersion 3.2.0 was released on 2022-02-11.\n\n\n\n New commands \n\n\n\n* N/A.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Updated commands \n\n\n\n* Update instance-create, instance-update and volume-update commands to support resize boot volume.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Removed commands \n\n\n\n* N/A\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n v3.1.0 \n\nVersion 3.1.0 was released on 2022-01-28.\n\n\n\n New commands","score":18.032091},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16034-4138-5877","text":"\n* Updated instance-create, instance-create-from-template, instance-update, instance-template-create and instance-template-create-override-source-template commands to support instance metadata service.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Removed commands \n\n\n\n* N/A\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n v6.5.0 \n\nVersion 6.5.0 was released on 2023-02-07.\n\n\n\n New commands \n\n\n\n* Added snapshot-clone, snapshot-clone-create, snapshot-clone-delete and snapshot-clonescommands to support snapshot fast restore.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Updated commands \n\n\n\n* Updated snapshot-create, backup-policy-create, backup-policy-plan-create and backup-policy-plan-update commands to support snapshot and backup fast restore.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Removed commands \n\n\n\n* N/A\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n v6.4.0 \n\nVersion 6.4.0 was released on 2023-01-31.\n\n\n\n New commands \n\n\n\n* N/A\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Updated commands \n\n\n\n* Updated bare-metal-server-create, bare-metal-server-update and bare-metal-server commands to support secure boot mode and TPM.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Removed commands \n\n\n\n* N/A\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n v6.3.0 \n\nVersion 6.3.0 was released on 2023-01-13.\n\n\n\n New commands \n\n\n\n* N/A\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Updated commands \n\n\n\n* Updated ike-policy-create, ike-policy-update, ipsec-policy-create and ipsec-policy-update commands to remove the weak ciphers.\n* Updated vpn-server-create, vpn-server-update, load-balancer-listener-create and load-balancer-listener-update commands to remove the certificate manager support.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Removed commands \n\n\n\n* N/A\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n v6.2.0 \n\nVersion 6.2.0 was released on 2022-12-14.\n\n\n\n New commands \n\n\n\n* N/A\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Updated commands \n\n\n\n* Updated volume-create command to support creation of volume from snapshot.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Removed commands \n\n\n\n* N/A\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n v6.1.0 \n\nVersion 6.1.0 was released on 2022-11-21.\n\n\n\n New commands \n\n\n\n* N/A\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Updated commands","score":18.34335},{"document_id":"ibmcld_15646-2393-4239","text":"\nSchedule lifecycle Opens the Schedule image lifecycle panel. You can make an immediate status change or schedule a statue change for a future date and time. You can schedule a single status change or schedule the complete lifecycle of the images. The image statuses are:<br><br><br><br> * available: The image can be used to create an instance.<br> * deprecated: The image is still available to use to provision and instance. Using the deprecated status can discourage use of the image before the status changes to obsolete.<br> * obsolete: The image is not available to use to provision an instancce.<br> * Schedule complete lifecycle: You can schedule both the deprecated and obsolete status changes at the same time.<br><br><br><br>You can move back and forth between the three statuses. Only the statuses you can change to are displayed. You can schedule status changes by by using calendar date and time or number of days. The obsolescence dates must always be after the deprecation date. \n Delete Delete the custom image.<br><br>If you want to delete a custom image in a private catalog, see [Deleting a custom image in a private catalog](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/vpc?topic=vpc-planning-custom-imagesdeleting-private-catalog-custom-image-vpc). \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Listing custom images by using the CLI \n\nYou can list all of the IBM Cloud VPC custom images in your region by using the command-line interface (CLI).\n\nTo list all custom images by using the CLI, use the ibmcloud is images command. Custom images are private to the account where they are created, so the --visibility option is private.\n\nibmcloud is images --visibility private\n\nFor more information, see [ibmcloud is images](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/vpc?topic=vpc-infrastructure-cli-plugin-vpc-referenceimages) in the VPC CLI reference page.\n\n\n\n\n\n Listing all images by using the API","score":19.557747}],"927077bd895f0c292618f4a34789bef3<::>5":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_09506-41237-42522","text":"\nIf a question mark icon does not pop up in the IBMid field, the user does not exist yet. Follow the steps in the [How to Create a New User](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/mas-ms?topic=mas-ms-sspcreate-new-user-am-tool) document to create the new user. The process of creating a new user will also grant the user access to the customer you are managing.\n\n\n\n Value Description \n\n IBMid The user's IBMid (email address) \n First Name The user's First Name \n Last Name The user's Last Name \n\n\n\n![SSP-AM-Grant-User-Customer-3](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/bd177462727ef0a849ddcf8c842a6203b41f0625/mas-ms/images/SSP-AM-Grant-User-Customer-3.png)\n5. Select the question mark (?) icon. A message will pop up asking if you want to grant the user access to the customer you are managing. Select “Yes”.\n\n![SSP-AM-Grant-User-Customer-4](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/bd177462727ef0a849ddcf8c842a6203b41f0625/mas-ms/images/SSP-AM-Grant-User-Customer-4.png)\n6. Return to the List View without saving.\n\n![SSP-AM-Grant-User-Customer-5](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/bd177462727ef0a849ddcf8c842a6203b41f0625/mas-ms/images/SSP-AM-Grant-User-Customer-5.png)\n7. The user should now be viewable in your List View and have access to the customer you are managing.","score":5.262964},{"document_id":"ibmcld_13770-7534-9182","text":"\nThe service returns the following response with information about the prompt, including its initial status:\n\n{\n\"prompt\": \"Thank you and good-bye!\",\n\"prompt_id\": \"goodbye\",\n\"status\": \"processing\",\n\"speaker_id\": \"823068b2-ed4e-11ea-b6e0-7b6456aa95cc\"\n}\n\nAdding a prompt is an asynchronous operation. For more information about checking the status of a new prompt, see [Monitoring the add prompt request](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/text-to-speech?topic=text-to-speech-tbe-createtbe-create-add-prompt-monitor).\n\n\n\n Monitoring the add prompt request \n\nThe service returns a 201 response code if it successfully initiates the request to add the prompt. Although adding a prompt accepts less audio than speaker enrollment, the service must align the audio with the provided text. The time that it takes to process a prompt depends on the length of the audio for the prompt. The processing time generally matches the length of the audio (for example, it takes 20 seconds to process a 20-second prompt).\n\nFor shorter prompts, you can wait for a reasonable amount of time and then check the status of the prompt with the GET /v1/customizations/{customization_id}/prompts/{prompt_id} method. For longer prompts, consider using that method to poll the service every few seconds to determine when the prompt is ready. The following example checks the status of the goodbye prompt:\n\nIBM Cloud\n\ncurl -X GET -u \"apikey:{apikey}\" \"{url}/v1/customizations/82f4809a-bf63-89a6-52ca-22731fe467ba/prompts/goodbye\"\n\nIBM Cloud Pak for Data\n\ncurl -X GET --header \"Authorization: Bearer {token}\" \"{url}/v1/customizations/82f4809a-bf63-89a6-52ca-22731fe467ba/prompts/goodbye\"","score":5.5046697},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02747-12770-14654","text":"\n5. Define an expiration time for the action URL. The URL expiration is the amount of time, in minutes, that a user must complete the action before the verification link expires. This setting also affects the amount of time that your reset password link is valid.\n6. Enter a URL for the page that you want to display after a user verifies their email in the Thank you page URL box. If you choose to leave this field blank, an App ID default page is displayed.\n7. Click Save.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Email: Reset password \n\nWhen a user interacts with your app, they might forget their password or need to update it. You can customize the email response to their request. When a user requests a change to their password, the password remains unchanged until they click the link in this email.\n\n\n\n1. Go to the Cloud Directory > Email templates > Reset password tab of the service dashboard.\n2. Set Forgot password email to Enabled.\n3. Customize the content of your message. You can add parameters and insert images by using the UI. To change the [language](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/appid?topic=appid-cd-typescd-languages) of the message, you can use [the APIs](https://us-south.appid.cloud.ibm.com/swagger-ui//Management%20API%20-%20Config/mgmt.updateLocalization) to set the language. However, you are responsible for the content and conversion of the message. Check out the following table to see the different parameters that you can use in your message. If a user does not supply the information that is pulled by the parameter, it appears blank.\n\n\n\nTable 3. Parameters that you can use in messages that are related to forgotten passwords\n\n Parameter Description \n\n %{linkExpiration.hours} Displays the number of hours that the link is valid. \n %{linkExpiration.minutes} Displays the number of minutes that the link is valid. \n %{resetPassword.code} Displays a one-time passcode as part of the URL.","score":6.3693423},{"document_id":"ibmcld_13770-6649-7831","text":"\nThe request specifies the speaker ID for the speaker named speaker_one and the customization ID for the custom model that was created in the first step. The Content-Type header of the request must be multipart/form-data.\n\nIBM Cloud\n\ncurl -X POST -u apikey:{apikey} --header \"Content-Type:multipart/form-data\" --form metadata=\"{\"prompt_text\": \"Thank you and good-bye!\", \"speaker_id\": \"56367f89-546d-4b37-891e-4eb0c13cc833\"}\" --form file=@goodbye-prompt.wav \"{url}/v1/customizations/82f4809a-bf63-89a6-52ca-22731fe467ba/prompts/goodbye\"\n\nIBM Cloud Pak for Data\n\ncurl -X POST --header \"Authorization: Bearer {token}\" --header \"Content-Type:multipart/form-data\" --form metadata=\"{\"prompt_text\": \"Thank you and good-bye!\", \"speaker_id\": \"56367f89-546d-4b37-891e-4eb0c13cc833\"}\" --form file=@goodbye-prompt.wav \"{url}/v1/customizations/82f4809a-bf63-89a6-52ca-22731fe467ba/prompts/goodbye\"\n\nThe service returns the following response with information about the prompt, including its initial status:\n\n{\n\"prompt\": \"Thank you and good-bye!\",\n\"prompt_id\": \"goodbye\",\n\"status\": \"processing\",\n\"speaker_id\": \"823068b2-ed4e-11ea-b6e0-7b6456aa95cc\"\n}\n\nAdding a prompt is an asynchronous operation.","score":5.772331},{"document_id":"ibmcld_13770-12514-13724","text":"\n* The service might fail to detect a mismatch between the prompt’s text and audio. This problem is more likely to occur with longer prompts. Multiple shorter prompts are preferable to a single long prompt.\n* The text of a prompt might include a word that the service does not recognize. In this case, you can add a custom word/translation pair to the prompt's custom model to tell the service how to pronounce the word. For more information, see [Adding a single word to a custom model](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/text-to-speech?topic=text-to-speech-customWordscuWordAdd).\n* The quality of the input audio might be insufficient or the service’s processing of the audio might fail to detect or reflect the intended prosody. Submitting new audio for the prompt can correct these issues.\n\n\n\nIf a prompt that is created without a speaker ID does not adequately reflect the intended prosody, enrolling the speaker and providing a speaker ID for the prompt is one recommended means of potentially improving the quality of the prompt. This is especially important for shorter prompts such as \"good-bye\" or \"thank you,\" where less audio data makes it more difficult for the service to match the prosody of the speaker.","score":5.345654}],"927077bd895f0c292618f4a34789bef3<::>6":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_05661-701-1520","text":"\n2.2.12 Deprecated Greater than or equal to 1.20 x86 \n\n\n\n\n\n Change log for version 2.2.16, released 3 July 2023 \n\n\n\n* Adds support for auto creation and deletion of user defined bucket names.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Change log for version 2.2.15, released 19 June 2023 \n\n\n\n* Updates UBI image to 8.8-860.\n* Updates Golang to 1.19.10.\n* Resolves the following CVEs: [CVE-2023-29401](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2023-29401), [CVE-2023-26125](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2023-26125), [CVE-2022-3172](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2022-3172),[CVE-2023-29403](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2023-29403), [CVE-2023-29404](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2023-29404), [CVE-2023-29405](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2023-29405), [CVE-2023-29402](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2023-29402), [CVE-","score":13.221892},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10111-706-1524","text":"\n2.2.12 Deprecated Greater than or equal to 4.6 x86 \n\n\n\n\n\n Change log for version 2.2.16, released 3 July 2023 \n\n\n\n* Adds support for auto creation and deletion of user defined bucket names.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Change log for version 2.2.15, released 19 June 2023 \n\n\n\n* Updates UBI image to 8.8-860.\n* Updates Golang to 1.19.10.\n* Resolves the following CVEs: [CVE-2023-29401](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2023-29401), [CVE-2023-26125](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2023-26125), [CVE-2022-3172](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2022-3172),[CVE-2023-29403](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2023-29403), [CVE-2023-29404](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2023-29404), [CVE-2023-29405](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2023-29405), [CVE-2023-29402](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2023-29402), [CVE-","score":13.214139},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05588-13725-14575","text":"\nChange log for patch update 1.0.6_774, released 31 August 2022 \n\n\n\n* Image tags: 1.19.1-106-3, 1.20.0-106-3, 1.21.0-106-3, 1.22.0-106-3, 1.23.0-106-3, 1.24.0-106-3\n* Resolves [CVE-2022-30630](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2022-30630), [CVE-2022-30635](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2022-30635), [CVE-2022-32148](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2022-32148), [CVE-2022-30631](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2022-30631), [CVE-2022-30632](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2022-30632), [CVE-2022-32189](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2022-32189), [CVE-2022-28131](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2022-28131), [CVE-2022-30633](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2022-30633), and [CVE-2022-1705](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2022-1705).\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Change log for patch update 1.0.6_763, released 17 August 2022","score":12.361407},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05527-7-700","text":"\nVersion 1.16 change log (unsupported as of 31 January 2021) \n\nVersion 1.16 is unsupported. You can review the following archive of 1.16 change logs.\n\n\n\n Change log for master fix pack 1.16.15_1557, released 19 January 2021 \n\nThe following table shows the changes that are in the master fix pack patch update 1.16.15_1557. Master patch updates are applied automatically.\n\n\n\nChanges since version 1.16.15_1556\n\n Component Previous Current Description \n\n Cluster health image v1.1.13 v1.1.16 Updated image to implement additional IBM security controls. \n Gateway-enabled cluster controller 1184 1195 Updated image for [CVE-2020-1971](https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2020-1971).","score":13.55228},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10062-13721-14571","text":"\nChange log for patch update 1.0.6_774, released 31 August 2022 \n\n\n\n* Image tags: 1.19.1-106-3, 1.20.0-106-3, 1.21.0-106-3, 1.22.0-106-3, 1.23.0-106-3, 1.24.0-106-3\n* Resolves [CVE-2022-30630](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2022-30630), [CVE-2022-30635](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2022-30635), [CVE-2022-32148](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2022-32148), [CVE-2022-30631](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2022-30631), [CVE-2022-30632](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2022-30632), [CVE-2022-32189](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2022-32189), [CVE-2022-28131](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2022-28131), [CVE-2022-30633](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2022-30633), and [CVE-2022-1705](https://nvd.nist.gov/vuln/detail/CVE-2022-1705).\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Change log for patch update 1.0.6_763, released 17 August 2022","score":12.361407}],"5815bb4a99e2a0d8a986348da4c49083<::>1":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_12493-7948-9647","text":"\nUse the following commands to add a static secret, such as a user credential or an arbitrary secret, to your Secrets Manager instance. Allowable values for SECRET_TYPE are: arbitrary,imported_cert, [kv](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/secrets-manager?topic=secrets-manager-vault-manage-kv-cli), private_cert, public_cert, and username_password.\n\nCreate a secret in the default secret group.\n\nvault write [-format=FORMAT] ibmcloud/SECRET_TYPE/secrets name=NAME [description=\"DESCRIPTION\"] [username=USERNAME] [password=USERNAME] [payload=DATA] [expiration_date=EXPIRATION] [certificate=CERTIFICATE_DATA] [private_key=PRIVATE_KEY_DATA] [intermediate=INTERMEDIATE_CERTIFICATE_DATA] [ca=CA_CONFIGURATION_NAME] [dns=DNS_CONFIGURATION_NAME] [key_algorithm=KEY_ALGORITHM] [labels=LABEL,LABEL]\n\nCreate a secret in a specified secret group.\n\nvault write [-format=FORMAT] ibmcloud/SECRET_TYPE/secrets/groups/SECRET_GROUP_ID name=NAME [description=\"DESCRIPTION\"] [username=USERNAME] [password=USERNAME] [payload=DATA] [expiration_date=EXPIRATION] [certificate=CERTIFICATE_DATA] [private_key=PRIVATE_KEY_DATA] [intermediate=INTERMEDIATE_CERTIFICATE_DATA] [ca=CA_CONFIGURATION_NAME] [dns=DNS_CONFIGURATION_NAME] [key_algorithm=KEY_ALGORITHM] [labels=LABEL,LABEL]\n\n\n\n Prerequisites \n\nYou need the [Writer service role](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/secrets-manager?topic=secrets-manager-iam) to create secrets.\n\n\n\n\n\n Command options \n\nname\n: The human-readable alias that you want to assign to the secret. Required.\n\ndescription\n: An extended description to assign to the secret.\n\nexpiration_date\n: The expiration date that you want to assign to the secret. Supported for the arbitrary and username_password secret types.","score":13.329453},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16729-294066-295916","text":"\nA script and tool will assist you to simulate the transmission of web server log messages from a static file to Event Streams.\n\nObject Storage Event Streams\n\n+3\n\nAnalytics Engine,Data Engine,Key Protect\n\n\n\n* 3 hours\n* 2023-05-05\n\n\n\n[Getting started with Secrets Manager](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/secrets-manager?topic=secrets-manager-getting-started)Getting started with Secrets Manager\n\nThis tutorial focuses on storing and managing a username and password in IBM Cloud® Secrets Manager. With Secrets Manager, you can create, lease, and centrally manage secrets that are used in IBM Cloud services or your custom-built applications. Secrets are stored in a dedicated Secrets Manager instance, built on open source HashiCorp Vault.\n\nSecrets Manager\n\n\n\n* 10 minutes\n* 2023-03-01\n\n\n\n[Access a storage bucket by using a dynamic secret](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/secrets-manager?topic=secrets-manager-tutorial-access-storage-bucket)Access a storage bucket by using a dynamic secret\n\nIn this tutorial, you learn how to use IBM Cloud® Secrets Manager to create and lease an IAM credential that can be used to access a bucket in Cloud Object Storage.\n\nSecrets Manager Object Storage\n\n\n\n* 1 hour\n* 2023-05-30\n\n\n\n[Secure secrets for apps that run in your Kubernetes cluster](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/secrets-manager?topic=secrets-manager-tutorial-kubernetes-secrets)Secure secrets for apps that run in your Kubernetes cluster\n\nThis tutorial is for the Classic flavor of Kubernetes Service clusters. External Secrets is also available as an OpenShift operator.\n\nSecrets Manager\n\n\n\n* 45 minutes\n* 2023-06-15\n\n\n\n[Part 2: Create a GitHub issue when your certificates are about to expire](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/secrets-manager?topic=secrets-manager-tutorial-expiring-secrets-part-2)Part 2: Create a GitHub issue when your certificates are about to expire","score":13.097604},{"document_id":"ibmcld_07578-1213887-1215935","text":"\nAfter you delete your Key Protect instance, Key Protect uses[envelope encryption](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/key-protect?topic=key-protect-envelope-encryption) to crypto-shred any data that is associated with the Key Protect instance.\n* Why does the user interface show unauthorized access?\n\nSetting and retrieving the network access policy is only supported through the application programming interface (API). Network access policy support will be added to the user interface (UI), command line interface (CLI), and software development kit (SDK) in the future.\n\nAfter the network access policy is set to private-only the UI cannot be used for any Key Protect actions.\n\nKeys in a private-only instance will not be shown in the UI and any Key Protect actions in the UI will return an unauthorized error (HTTP status code 401).\n\n\n\nSecrets Manager\n\n\n\n* What is a secret?\n\nA secret is a piece of sensitive information. For example, a secret might be a username and password combination or an API key that you use while you develop your applications. To keep your applications secure, it is important to regulate which secrets can access what and who has access to them.\n\nIn addition to the static secrets described, there are other types of secrets that you might work with in the Secrets Manager service. To learn more about secret types, check out [Types of secrets](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/secrets-manager?topic=secrets-manager-what-is-secretsecret-types).\n* What is a secret group?\n\nA secret group is a means to organize and control access to the secrets that you store within Secrets Manager. There are several different strategies that you might use to approach secret groups. For more information and recommendations, see [Best practices for organizing secrets and assigning access](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/secrets-manager?topic=secrets-manager-best-practices-organize-secrets).\n* What is an IAM credential?\n\nAn IAM credential is a type of dynamic secret that you can use to access an IBM Cloud resource that requires IAM authentication.","score":12.555041},{"document_id":"ibmcld_12479-7-1826","text":"\nAccess a storage bucket by using a dynamic secret \n\nIn this tutorial, you learn how to use IBM Cloud® Secrets Manager to create and lease an IAM credential that can be used to access a bucket in Cloud Object Storage.\n\nAs an enterprise developer, you might be looking for ways to improve the security of your application secrets. When it comes to managing API keys, you want the ability to create your credentials dynamically so that they exist only when you need them to. You also want to lease an API key to someone else on your team and ensure that it is automatically revoked after a time duration that you specify.\n\nWith Secrets Manager, you can create a\n\ndynamic secretthat you can use to access a protected resource, such as deployment logs that you store in a Cloud Object Storage bucket. For example, consider the following scenario.\n\nZoom\n\n![The diagram shows the basic flow between the Secrets Manager and Cloud Object Storage services.](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/991f60ddbe3ab0a9aa69481a07a0a73b359fa329/secrets-manager/images/iam-credential-flow.svg)\n\nFigure 1. IAM credential flow\n\n\n\n1. As an admin user, you want to create a dynamic secret that your team can use to access a Cloud Object Storage bucket in your account. You send a request to create IAM credentials in Secrets Manager.\n2. Secrets Manager creates the secret and validates it against your defined IAM access policies.\n3. Later, a developer wants to access the contents of your storage bucket. The developer sends a request to retrieve the value of your IAM credential.\n4. Secrets Manager validates the request and generates a single-use API key that the developer can use to authenticate to Cloud Object Storage. After the API key reaches the end of its lease, the API key is revoked automatically.\n\n\n\n\n\n Before you begin","score":12.580918},{"document_id":"ibmcld_12498-8087-10171","text":"\nAnd, ultimately, it makes it a little more efficient for the management of your secrets while you're going through your DevOps operations.\n\nThank you. If you have questions, please drop us a line. If you want to see more videos like this in the future, please like and subscribe, and don't forget you can grow your skills and earn a badge with IBM Cloud Labs which, are free browser-based interactive Kubernetes labs.\n\n\n\n\n\n Working with secrets of different types \n\nSecrets that you create in Secrets Manager can be static or dynamic in nature. A static secret has its expiration date and time enforced at secret creation or rotation time. In contrast, a\n\ndynamic secrethas its expiration date and time enforced when its secret data is read or accessed.\n\nSecrets Manager further classifies static and dynamic secrets by their general purpose or function. For example, each secret type is identified by programmatic name, such as username_password. If you're looking to manage your secret by using the Secrets Manager API or CLI, you can use these programmatic names to run operations on secrets according to their type.\n\nReview the following table to understand the types of static and dynamic secrets that you can create and manage with the service.\n\n\n\nTable 1. Secret types in Secrets Manager\n\n Type Programmatic name Kind Description \n\n [Arbitrary secrets](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/secrets-manager?topic=secrets-manager-arbitrary-secrets) arbitrary Static Arbitrary pieces of sensitive data, including any type of structured or unstructured data, that you can use to access an application or resource. \n [IAM credentials](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/secrets-manager?topic=secrets-manager-iam-credentials) iam_credentials* Dynamic A dynamically generated service ID and API key that can be used to access an IBM Cloud service that requires IAM authentication. \n [Key-value secrets](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/secrets-manager?topic=secrets-manager-key-value) kv Static Pieces of sensitive data that is structured in JSON format that you can use to access an application or resource.","score":15.649247}],"5815bb4a99e2a0d8a986348da4c49083<::>2":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_07844-1598-3754","text":"\n: Shares information obtained from the vulnerability scanning process and security control assessments with [Assignment: organization-defined personnel or roles] to help eliminate similar vulnerabilities in other information systems (i.e., systemic weaknesses or deficiencies).\n\n\n\n\n\n Additional IBM Cloud for Financial Services specifications \n\n\n\n* The organization must remediate all Priority 1 (critical/high risk) and Priority 2 (moderate risk) vulnerabilities identified in new applications, releases, or public-facing systems before rolling out to production.\n* All software/technology is upgraded to the most up to date supported version.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Implementation guidance \n\nSee the resources that follow to learn more about how to implement this control.\n\n\n\n* [Development processes and software integrity](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/framework-financial-services?topic=framework-financial-services-shared-development-processes)\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n IBM Cloud for Financial Services profile \n\nThe rules related to this control that follow are part of the IBM Cloud for Financial Services v1.2.0 profile in [IBM Cloud® Security and Compliance Center](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/security-compliance?topic=security-compliance-getting-started).\n\n\n\nRules for RA-5 in IBM Cloud for Financial Services v1.2.0 profile\n\n Requirement ID Rules \n\n RA-5 (a) <br><br> * Check whether DevSecOps Toolchain scans build artifacts to identify vulnerabilities<br> * Check whether Container Registry Vulnerability Advisor scans for critical or high vulnerabilities in the system at least every # day(s)<br> * Check whether DevSecOps Toolchain validates code against Center for Internet Security (CIS) Docker benchmarks to ensure container runtimes are configured securely<br> * Check whether DevSecOps Toolchain passes dynamic code scan to identify vulnerabilities in deployed artifacts<br> * Check whether DevSecOps Toolchain scans source code and their dependencies to identify vulnerabilities<br> * Check whether DevSecOps Toolchain source code contains no secrets<br> * Check whether DevSecOps Toolchain passes static code scan to identify vulnerabilities in source code<br><br><br>","score":12.708835},{"document_id":"ibmcld_06843-4238-6198","text":"\nThis command returns either cc, cd, ci, or pr, depending on which pipeline is running. This way, you can reuse the setup script between pipelines if necessary.\n\n\n\n\n\n Static code scan \n\nThe static code scan stage runs a static code analyzer tool on the specified app repo codebases.\n\nCC pipeline provides the repos that are found in the inventory for the scanner.\n\nYou can use any of the following methods to add static code to your pipeline:\n\n\n\n* Provide an already running SonarQube instance name, URL, and credentials by adding the SonarQube tool to your toolchain. The static-scan task runs a scan on the specified repos.\n* Add your code to the static-scan custom stage in your .pipeline-config.yaml file for a custom implementation.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Dynamic scan \n\nThe Dynamic scan stage runs a dynamic application security testing tool to find vulnerabilities in the deployed application.\n\n\n\n* Add your own dynamic scan code to the dynamic-scan custom stage in your .pipeline-config.yaml file for a custom implementation.\n\n\n\nTo learn more about configuring dynamic scan by using OWASP-ZAP, see [Configuring ZAP scan for CC pipeline](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/devsecops?topic=devsecops-zap-scanszap-scan-for-cc).\n\n\n\n\n\n Scans and checks in compliance checks \n\n\n\nTable 3. Compliance scans and checks\n\n Scan or check Description \n\n Detect secrets The [IBM Detect Secrets](https://github.com/IBM/detect-secrets) tool identifies where secrets are visible in app code. \n Code Risk Analyzer vulnerability scan Finds vulnerabilities for all of the app package dependencies, container base images, and operating system packages. Uses the Code Risk Analyzer tool. \n Code Risk Analyzer CIS check Runs configuration checks on Kubernetes deployment manifests. Uses the Code Risk Analyzer tool. \n Code Risk Analyzer Bill of Material (BOM) check The BOM for a specified repo that captures the pedigree of all of the dependencies. This BOM is collected at different granularities.","score":16.38534},{"document_id":"ibmcld_09492-7377-9593","text":"\nIBM performs external and internal vulnerability scanning and subsequent remediation in all IBM Maximo Application Suite Dedicated environments on a quarterly basis per IBM IT Security Standards (ITSS). This includes Operating System, Middleware, Application and TCP/IP vulnerability scanning.\n\nVulnerabilities are assigned individual vulnerability ratings and exploitation categories (Critical, High, Medium or Low). These ratings are used to determine an IBM mandated time requirement to remediate and resolve the vulnerability.\n\nVulnerability scanning results and logs are considered IBM Confidential Information and are not disclosed to customers or prospects.\n\nSQL Injection - please see FAQ link below regarding how Maximo protects against SQL injection: [https://www-01.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=swg21419049](https://www-01.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=swg21419049)\n\n\n\n\n\n Security Services \n\nThe IBM Maximo Application Suite Dedicated team provides the following security and system access services. These services are included as part of IBM Maximo Application Suite Dedicated:\n\nSetup of SSL certificates and DNS registration. This is standard by default and allows for secure browser based HTTPS (encrypted) access IBM Maximo Application Suite Dedicated end users.\n\nSetup of IPsec Virtual Private Network (VPN) between client locations and IBM Cloud data center(s). VPN setup is optional, and is used to provide the following:\n\n\n\n* Direct read-only access to IBM on Cloud databases\n* LDAP authentication\n\n\n\nOther uses are not currently available using VPN.\n\nSetup and configuration of SSO including OIDC (default), SAML and LDAP user authentication for IBM Maximo Application Suite applications. SSO configuration is optional but is included as part of the IBM on Cloud subscription.\n\n\n\n\n\n Compliance - IBM Cloud (Infrastructure) \n\nAll IBM Maximo Application Suite Dedicated customer environments are managed to IBM IT Security Standards (ITSS) defined by IBM’s Chief Information Security Officer (CISO). This includes vulnerability scanning and subsequent remediation.\n\nIBM Cloud holds ISO-27001 certification and can provide SOC 1, 2 and 3 reports to customers\n\nIBM Cloud (IaaS) ISO certificates:","score":13.628344},{"document_id":"ibmcld_09513-6833-9016","text":"\nIBM performs external and internal vulnerability scanning and subsequent remediation in all IBM Maximo Application Suite SaaS environments on a quarterly basis per IBM IT Security Standards (ITSS). This includes Operating System, Middleware, Application and TCP/IP vulnerability scanning.\n\nVulnerabilities are assigned individual vulnerability ratings and exploitation categories (Critical, High, Medium or Low). These ratings are used to determine an IBM mandated time requirement to remediate and resolve the vulnerability.\n\nVulnerability scanning results and logs are considered IBM Confidential Information and are not disclosed to customers or prospects.\n\nSQL Injection - please see FAQ link below regarding how Maximo protects against SQL injection: [https://www-01.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=swg21419049](https://www-01.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?uid=swg21419049)\n\n\n\n\n\n Security Services \n\nThe IBM Maximo Application Suite SaaS team provides the following security and system access services. These services are included as part of the IBM Maximo Application Suite as a Service:\n\nSetup of SSL certificates and DNS registration. This is standard by default and allows for secure browser based HTTPS (encrypted) access IBM Maximo Application Suite SaaS end users.\n\nSetup of IPsec Virtual Private Network (VPN) between client locations and IBM Cloud data center(s). VPN setup is optional, and is used to provide the following:\n\n\n\n* Direct read-only access to IBM on Cloud databases\n* LDAP authentication\n\n\n\nOther uses are not currently available using VPN.\n\nSetup and configuration of SSO including OIDC (default), SAML and LDAP user authentication for IBM Maximo Application Suite applications. SSO configuration is optional but is included as part of the IBM on Cloud subscription.\n\n\n\n\n\n Compliance - AWS (Infrastructure) \n\nAll IBM Maximo Application Suite SaaS customer environments are managed to IBM IT Security Standards (ITSS) defined by IBM’s Chief Information Security Officer (CISO). This includes vulnerability scanning and subsequent remediation\n\nAWS holds ISO-27001 certification and can provide SOC 1, 2 and 3 reports to customers\n\nAWS (IaaS) ISO information:","score":13.691195},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16696-7-2390","text":"\nKey features of IBM Cloud Security and Compliance Center Workload Protection \n\nIBM Cloud® Security and Compliance Center Workload Protection offers functionality to protect workloads, get deep cloud and container visibility, posture management (compliance, benchmarks, CIEM), vulnerability scanning, forensics, and threat detection and blocking.\n\n\n\n Provides a unified and centralized framework to manage the security and compliance of applications, workloads and infrastructure \n\n\n\n* Provides a unified and centralized framework to manage the security and compliance of applications, workloads and infrastructure and protect workloads and resources that run on IBM Cloud, in other clouds, and on-prem. Presents relevant performance and security data in one location.\n* Is built on open standards for cloud native security and control, including Falco, the open source standard for cloud threat detection, and Open Policy Agent (OPA), the open source standard for policy-as-code.\n* Offers a workload protection platform (WPP) that focuses on management and security controls for workloads.\n* Offers a compliance platform (CP) that focuses on management and compliance controls that are required to meet industry standards and laws.\n* Includes Cloud security posture management (CSPM) to help you secure the infrastructure where workloads are deployed.\n* Includes Kubernetes Security Posture Management (KSPM) to help you secure Kubernetes clusters or Openshift clusters, and the workloads running within it.\n* Offers alerting on violations, and assists with remediation tasks.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Offers host and image scanning, auditing, and runtime vulnerability management capabilities \n\n\n\n* Filters and surfaces vulnerabilities in images, clusters, namespaces, or hosts.\n* Alerts on unscanned images or images when the evaluation status changes with new vulnerabilities.\n* Logs user actions, container activity, and command arguments.\n* Enforces security policies and blocks attacks.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Provides posture management for a distributed environment \n\n\n\n* Schedules customized benchmark tests to run across cloud, hosts, services, or clusters.\n* Controls compliance at cloud, orchestrator, and container level.\n* Tracks and optimizes cloud users permissions and entitlements.\n* Exports results to SIEM, logging clusters, or other tools.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Provides runtime detection and data enrichment","score":13.282482}],"5815bb4a99e2a0d8a986348da4c49083<::>7":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_16661-2743-3994","text":"\nspark = SparkSession.builder .appName(\"lh-hms-cloud\") .config(\"spark.hadoop.fs.s3a.bucket.lakehouse-bucket.endpoint\" ,\"s3.direct.us-south.cloud-object-storage.appdomain.cloud\") .config(\"spark.hadoop.fs.s3a.bucket.lakehouse-bucket.access.key\" ,\"<access-key-for-source-bucket>\") .config(\"spark.hadoop.fs.s3a.bucket.lakehouse-bucket.secret.key\" ,\"<secret-key-for-source-bucket>\") .config(\"spark.hadoop.fs.s3a.bucket.source-bucket.endpoint\" ,\"s3.direct.us-south.cloud-object-storage.appdomain.cloud\") .config(\"spark.hadoop.fs.s3a.bucket.source-bucket.access.key\" ,\"<access-key-for-lakehous-bucket>\") .config(\"spark.hadoop.fs.s3a.bucket.source-bucket.secret.key\" ,\"<secret-key-for-lakehouse-bucket>\") .enableHiveSupport() .getOrCreate()\n\nreturn spark\n\ndef main():\ntry:\nspark = init_spark()\n Create a database in lakehouse catalog\nspark.sql(\"create database if not exists lakehouse.demodb LOCATION 's3a://lakehouse-bucket/'\")\n list the database under lakehouse catalog\nspark.sql(\"show databases from lakehouse\").show()\n\n demonstration: Create a basic Iceberg table, insert some data and then query table\nspark.sql(\"create table if not exists lakehouse.demodb.testTable(id INTEGER, name VARCHAR(10), age INTEGER, salary DECIMAL(10, 2)) using iceberg\").show()","score":12.621084},{"document_id":"ibmcld_00064-3561-5813","text":"\n* There is no limit on the number of Spark applications that can be run in an IBM Analytics Engine service instance.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Default Spark runtime \n\nYou can select which Spark version to use when the instance is provisioned. Currently, you can choose between Spark 3.1 and Spark 3.3. If you don't select a Spark runtime version, Spark 3.1 is taken by default.\n\nThe runtime contains only open source Spark binaries and is configured to help you to quickly get started to create and run Spark applications in the instance. In addition to the Spark binaries, the runtime also includes the geospatial, data skipping, and Parquet modular encryption libraries.\n\nOn a Spark 3.1 or Spark 3.3 runtime, you can submit Spark applications written in the following languages: Scala 2.12, Python 3.9, and R 3.6.3.\n\nNote that the language versions are upgraded periodically to keep the runtime free from any security vulnerabilities.\n\nYou can always override the Spark runtime version when you submit an application. For details on what to add to the payload, see [Passing the runtime Spark version when submitting an application](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/AnalyticsEngine?topic=AnalyticsEngine-spark-app-rest-apipass-spark-version).\n\n\n\n\n\n Instance home \n\nInstance home is the storage attached to the instance for instance related data only, such as custom application libraries and Spark history events. Currently, only IBM Cloud Object Storage is accepted for instance home. This instance can be an instance in your IBM Cloud® account or an instance from a different account.\n\nWhen you provision an instance using the IBM Cloud console, the IBM Cloud Object Storage instances in your IBM Cloud® account are auto discovered and displayed in a list for you to select from. If no IBM Cloud Object Storage instances are found in your account, you can use the REST APIs to update instance home after instance creation.\n\nYou can't change instance home after instance creation. You can only edit the access keys.\n\n\n\n\n\n Default Spark configuration \n\nYou can specify default Spark configurations at the instance level and let that be inherited by Spark applications created on the instance. This is an optional section that you can specify at the time of instance creation.","score":16.091486},{"document_id":"ibmcld_00054-3422-4901","text":"\n\"spark.hadoop.javax.jdo.option.ConnectionURL\": \"jdbc:postgresql://<CHANGEME>.databases.appdomain.CHANGEME/ibmclouddb?sslmode=verify-ca&sslrootcert=/home/spark/shared/user-libs/certificate_library_set/custom/postgres.cert&socketTimeout=30\",\n\"ae.spark.librarysets\":\"certificate_library_set\"\n5. Set up the Hive metastore schema in the Databases for PostgreSQL instance because there are no tables in the public schema of Databases for PostgreSQL database when you create the instance. This step executes the Hive schema related DDL so that metastore data can be stored in them. After running the following Spark application called postgres-create-schema.py, you will see the Hive metadata tables created against the \"public\" schema of the instance.\n\nfrom pyspark.sql import SparkSession\nimport time\ndef init_spark():\n  spark = SparkSession.builder.appName(\"postgres-create-schema\").getOrCreate()\n  sc = spark.sparkContext\n  return spark,sc\ndef create_schema(spark,sc):\n  tablesDF=spark.sql(\"SHOW TABLES\")\n  tablesDF.show()\n  time.sleep(30)\ndef main():\n  spark,sc = init_spark()\n  create_schema(spark,sc)\nif __name__ == '__main__':\n  main()\n6. Now run the following script called postgres-parquet-table-create.py to create a Parquet table with metadata from IBM Cloud Object Storage in the Databases for PostgreSQL database.\n\nfrom pyspark.sql import SparkSession\nimport time\ndef init_spark():\n  spark = SparkSession.builder.appName(\"postgres-create-parquet-table-test\").getOrCreate()","score":12.713894},{"document_id":"ibmcld_00071-14369-15258","text":"\nA Spark runtime version comes with default runtime language version. IBM extend support for new language versions and remove the existing language version to keep the runtime free from any security vulnerabilities. The system also provides settling time to transition your workloads when ever there is a new language versions. You can test your workload with a language version by passing an environment variable that points to the language version of the application.\n\nExample:\n\n\"application_details\": {\n\"application\": \"/opt/ibm/spark/examples/src/main/python/wordcount.py\",\n\"arguments\": [\n\"/opt/ibm/spark/examples/src/main/resources/people.txt\"\n],\n\"env\": {\n\"RUNTIME_PYTHON_ENV\": \"python310\"\n}\n}\n}\n\n\n\n\n\n Learn more \n\nWhen managing your Spark applications, follow the recommended [Best practices](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/AnalyticsEngine?topic=AnalyticsEngine-best-practices-serverless).","score":14.875601},{"document_id":"ibmcld_00086-7-1903","text":"\nSpark user interface \n\nThe Spark user interface (Spark UI) helps you to keep track of various aspects of a running Spark application.\n\nThe list below includes a few examples:\n\n\n\n* current running stage\n* number of tasks in a stage\n* reason for a longer running stage\n* strangler task in a stage\n* whether the executors in the application are used optimally\n* inspect into memory and disk consumption of the driver and executors\n\n\n\nFor details, see the [Spark-UI documentation](https://spark.apache.org/docs/latest/monitoring.htmlweb-interfaces).\n\nIBM Analytics Engine displays the Spark UI only for the Spark applications that are currently running. You cannot access Spark UI for a completed application.\n\nUse the Spark history server to inspect the run of a completed Spark application. To access the Spark history server, see the [Access Spark history server](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/AnalyticsEngine?topic=AnalyticsEngine-spark-history-serverless).\n\n\n\n Accessing the Spark UI \n\nThe Spark UI endpoint of a running Spark application is accessible from the service details page of the IBM Analytics Engine instance.\n\nThe following image shows you an example of the Application tab with the link to the Spark UI of a running application.\n\nZoom\n\n![Shows the ink to Spark-ui of a running application](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/cd4be197c8921ed12923aa899ac93a8ab643c158/AnalyticsEngine/images/spark_ui.png)\n\nFigure 1. Application tab of IBM Analytics Engine service details page\n\nThe Spark UI endpoint of the running Spark application can also be obtained by invoking the following IBM Analytics Engine REST API endpoints or corresponding SDK methods:\n\n\n\n* [Retrieve the details of a given Spark application](https://cloud.ibm.com/apidocs/ibm-analytics-engine-v3get-application)\n* [List Spark applications](https://cloud.ibm.com/apidocs/ibm-analytics-engine-v3list-applications)","score":13.787512}],"4da5a7f42f3b2dc4d875dcfa2fcdefef<::>1":[{"document_id":"413368-0-222","text":"\nThese cash restrictions are already working in Italy and France. And the reporting of foreign accounts is something that it should have been done a lot of time ago. I'm not sure why the article thinks they are a big deal..","score":8.998705},{"document_id":"588153-3434-5698","text":"\n(So, for a 25 years running credit of theis type, the price Y of the credit at its inception depends on 100 Xs, which are the uncertain prices for the Swiss frank each quarter of the 25 next years.) Some of these communes can be quite small, with 5.000 inhabitants, and needless to say, do not have the required expertise to analyse the risks bound to such instruments, which in that special case led the court call the credit a swindling and to cancel the credit. But what chain of events leads a 5.000 inhabitants city in France to own a credit whose reimbursements depends on the Swiss frank? After the credit crunch in 2007 and the fall of Lehman Brothers in 2008, it has begun to be very hard to organise funding, which basically means to conclude credits running long in time on large amounts of money. So, the municipality needs a 25 years credit of 10.000.000 EUROS and goes to its communal bank. The communal bank has hundreds or thousands of municipalities looking for credits and needs itself a financing. So the communal bank goes to one of the five largest financial institutions in the world, which insists on selling a huge credit whose reimbursements have a variable part depending on hundred of values the Swiss frank will have in the 25 next years. Since the the big bank has better computation techniques than the small bank it makes a big profit. Since the small bank has no idea, how to compute the correct price of the credit it bought, it cuts this in pieces and sell it in the same form to the various communes it works with. If we were to attribute this kind of intentions to the largest five banks, we could ask about the possibility that they designed the credit to take advantage of the primitive evaluation methods of the small bank. We could also ask if they organised a cartel to force communal banks to buy their bermudean snowballs. And we could also ask, if they are so influent that they eventually can manipulate the Swiss frank to secure an even higher profit. But I will not go into this. To the best of my understanding, the subprime crisis is a play along the same plot, with different actors, but I know this latter subject only by what I could read in French newspapers. So much for the “How is it causing problems?” part.","score":9.3819275},{"document_id":"361279-0-430","text":"\nFrance is one country where cheques are common. More an more people are using credit cards for typical store payments and wire transfers are slowly gaining traction. There are several cases where cheques come handy: Sure, all these cases could ultimately be resolved with a wire transfer. Sometimes it is just simpler/faster to mail a piece of paper. This said, I believe than in 1à years from now even France will go cheque-less.","score":8.359098},{"document_id":"558388-0-548","text":"\nAs someone who spends a lot of time in France, I learned that many French banks will issue debit cards to US citizens, as an add-on feature to a bank account.  The fees are not low.  Societe Generale charges 8 Euros per month, Credit Agricole charges 30 Euros a year, BNP Paribas charges 12 Euros a month.  I'm sure other banks will issue cards as well.  You need to show 2 items proving US residence, such as a utility bill, plus a passport.  They can open an account immediately, on that basis and it takes about 7-10 days to get your debit card.","score":8.48186},{"document_id":"486729-0-1123","text":"\nSomeone else might be able to provide more details - but generally yes, of course.  International corporations can pursue debt collection across borders - whether or not they do is a matter of convenience rather than law.  My understanding is that a company's ability to report on your credit report is dependent on their membership in Equifax, USA etc. - so while most of your credit is country by country, international companies or companies with any relationship in other countries can follow you cross-border if they find out your new address and report the debt w/ that address.  Since virtually every major company has some American affiliate, I wouldn't hold my breath that you can escape it indefinitely ESPECIALLY since you don't already have the debt, and have the power to actually pay for the service that you're using.  Also - this is an incredibly scummy thing to do, and no matter how you dress it up as a financial decision it's just theft. Would you leave the country without paying your landlord? Without paying for groceries or other physical goods? Why is stealing from a telecom company any different?","score":11.941288}],"4da5a7f42f3b2dc4d875dcfa2fcdefef<::>4":[{"document_id":"371513-0-1914","text":"\nI take it the premise of the question is that we're assuming the person isn't worried about the morals. He's a criminal out for a quick buck. And I guess we're assuming that wherever you go, they wouldn't arrest you and extradite you back to the U.S. As others have noted, you can't just walk into a bank the day you graduate high school or get out of prison or whatever and get a credit line of $100,000. You have to build up to that with an income and a pattern of responsible behavior over a period of many years. I don't have the statistics handy but I'd guess most people never reach a credit limit on credit cards of $100,000. Maybe many people could get that on a home equity line of credit, but again, you'd have to build up that equity in your house first, and that would take many years. Then, while $100,000 sounds like a lot of money, how long could you really live on that? Even in a country with low cost of living, it's not like you could live in luxury for the rest of your life. If you can get that kind of credit limit, you probably are used to living on a healthy income. Sure, you could get a similar lifestyle for less in some other countries, but not for THAT much less. If you know a place where for $10,000 a year you can live a life that would cost $100,000 per year in the U.S., I'd like to know about it. Even living a relatively frugal life, I doubt the money would last more than 4 or 5 years. And then what are you going to do? If you come back to the U.S. you'd presumably be promptly arrested. You could get a job in your new country, but you could have done that without first stealing $100,000. Frankly, if you're the sort of person who can get a $100,000 credit limit, you probably can live a lot better in the U.S. by continuing to work and play by the rules than you could by stealing $100,000 and fleeing to Haiti or Eritrea. You might say, okay, $100,000 isn't really enough.","score":13.20886},{"document_id":"578738-0-896","text":"\nIf you are in the U.S., without credit cards, you probably don't have a credit history. Without a credit history, you won't be able to get a loan/mortgage, and even if you do, you'll get it on very unfavorable terms. Depending on where you live you might even have great difficulty renting an apartment. So, the most important reason to have credit cards is to have a good credit score. People have already listed other advantages of having credit cards, but another thing that wasn't mentioned is fraud protection. Credit cards are better protected against fraud than debit cards. You probably shouldn't use debit cards online unless you must. Also, without a credit card or credit history, some simple and important liberties like renting a car while you are travelling might be denied to you. So, in conclusion, it's bizarre, but in modern America you need credit cards, and you need them bad.","score":12.791265},{"document_id":"263965-0-1074","text":"\n\"The real reason credit cards are so popular in the US is that Americans are lazy and broke, and the credit card companies know how to market to that.  Have you ever heard of the $30k millionaires? These were individuals that purchased as if they were some of the wealthy elite, but had no real money to back it up. American society has pushed the idea of \"\"living on credit\"\" for quite some time now. An idea that is even furthered by watching the US government operate solely on credit. (Raise the debt ceiling much?) Live in America for more than six months and you will be bombarded with \"\"Pre-Approved Deals\"\" with low introductory rates that are designed to sucker the average consumer into opening multiple accounts that they don't need. Then, they try and get you to carry a balance by allowing low minimum payments that could take in the neighborhood of 20 years to pay off, depending on carried balance. This in turn pads the credit companies' pockets with all of the interest you now pay on the account. The few truly wealthy Americans do not purchase on credit.\"","score":12.889557},{"document_id":"539473-0-302","text":"\n\"Agree with wrschneider99. Also, since it's a \"\"credit report\"\" it helps to have a history of credit. My wife has been in the U.S. for 14 years and now has a higher credit score than me, a U.S. citizen. When we leased a car we put it in her name. When we took out a mortgage it's under both our names.\"","score":11.720484},{"document_id":"111466-0-2341","text":"\nWhen you start living in US, it doesn't actually matter what was your Credit history in another country. Your Credit History in US is tied to your SSN (Social Security Number), which will be awarded once you are in the country legally and apply for it. Getting an SSN also doesn't guarantee you nothing and you have to build your credit history slowly. Opening a Checking or Savings account will not help you in building a credit history. You need to have some type of Credit Account (credit card, car loan, mortgage etc.) linked to your SSN to start building your credit history. When you are new to US, you probably won't find any bank that will give you a Credit Card as you have no Credit history. One alternative is to apply for a secured credit card. A secured credit card is one you get by putting money or paying money to a bank and open a Credit Card against that money, thereby the bank can be secure that they won't lose any money. Once you have that, you can use that to build up your credit history slowly and once you have a good credit history and score, apply for regular Credit Card or apply for a car loan, mortgage etc. When I came to US 8 years ago, my Credit History was nothing, even though I had pretty good balance and credit history back in my country. I applied for secured credit card by paying $500 to a bank ( which got acquired by CapitalOne ), got it approved and used it for everything, for three years. I applied for other cards in the mean time but got rejected every time. Finally got approved for a regular credit card after three years and in one year added a mortgage and car loan, which helped me to get a decent score now. And Yes, a good Credit Score is important and essential for renting an apartment, leasing a car, getting a Credit Card etc.  but normally your employer can always arrange for an apartment given your situation or you need to share apartment with someone else. You can rent a car without and credit score, but need a valid US / International Drivers license and a Credit Card :-) Best option will be to open a secured credit card and start building your credit. When your wife and family arrives, they also will be assigned individual SSN and can start building their credit history themselves. Please keep in mind that Credit Score and Credit History is always individual here...","score":13.355843}],"4da5a7f42f3b2dc4d875dcfa2fcdefef<::>8":[{"document_id":"268777-0-459","text":"\nI think you're off base here.  The bureaus only remove information if the creditor cannot verify any dispute within 30 days, or if the information's super old.  If the creditor can provide corrected information, then the credit bureau is required to apply it to its own database.  A dispute can be about the entire account, or it can be about payment status within a given span (or spans) of time. Of course, it's the consumer who has to initiate the dispute.","score":20.45228},{"document_id":"450031-0-2092","text":"\n\"The Fair Credit Reporting Act specifies in some detail on pages 50-54 (as labeled in the footer, 55-59 as pages in pdf) the process that occurs when a consumer initiates a dispute. The safe outcome for the reporting agency is to remove the information in dispute from reports within 30 days if the reporting party does not certify the information is complete and accurate (with other statutory timelines for communication to the customer and the reporter). If you initiate a dispute, then the agency is following the law by deleting the reported information, outside new input from the furnisher. If this is unsatisfactory, you have the following statutory right within § 611. Procedure in case of disputed accuracy [15 U.S.C. § 1681i (d) Notification of deletion of disputed information. Following any deletion of information which is found to be inaccurate or whose accuracy can no longer be verified or any notation as to disputed information, the consumer reporting agency shall, at the request of the consumer, furnish notification that the item has been deleted or the statement, codification or summary pursuant to subsection (b) or (c) of this section to any person specifically designated by the consumer who has within two years prior thereto received a consumer report for employment purposes, or within six months prior thereto received a consumer report for any other purpose, which contained the deleted or disputed information. The section that binds furnishers of information (§ 623. Responsibilities of furnishers of information to consumer reporting agencies [15 U.S.C. § 1681s-2], starting on page 78 in the footer) places on them the following specific duties: (B) Reporting information after notice and confirmation of errors. A person shall not furnish information relating to a consumer to any consumer reporting agency if (i) the person has been notified by the consumer, at the address specified by the person for such notices, that specific information is inaccurate; and (ii) the information is, in fact, inaccurate. ... (2) Duty to correct and update information.","score":18.503052},{"document_id":"486979-0-378","text":"\nThe check clears when the receiving bank successfully pulled the money from the issuing account. However, the receiving bank may hold the money for an additional time before giving it to you. Sometimes this is done for good reasons (to prevent Check kiting) and sometimes this is about the bank having the money interest free for a bit, or just their own processing convenience.","score":7.768126},{"document_id":"172306-0-700","text":"\n\"Clearing means processing unsettled transactions. Specifically - all the money transfers between the banks, in this case. Clearing Bank for RMB business means that all RMB transactions will be cleared through that specific bank. If bank A in Hong Kong gets a check drawn on Bank B in Hong Kong, and the check is in RMB - A will go to the BoC with the check and will get the money, and BoC will take the money from B. That obviously requires both A and B have accounts with BoC. \"\"Sole\"\" clearing house means there's only one. I.e.: in our example, A and B cannot settle the check through C where they both happen to have accounts, or directly with each other. They MUST utilize the services of BoC.\"","score":9.467677},{"document_id":"293389-0-2191","text":"\n\"This is the sad state of US stock markets and Regulation T. Yes, while options have cleared & settled for t+1 (trade +1 day) for years and now actually clear \"\"instantly\"\" on some exchanges, stocks still clear & settle in t+3. There really is no excuse for it. If you are in a margin account, regulations permit the trading of unsettled funds without affecting margin requirements, so your funds in effect are available immediately after trading but aren't considered margin loans. Some strict brokers will even restrict the amount of uncleared margin funds you can trade with (Scottrade used to be hyper safe and was the only online discount broker that did this years ago); others will allow you to withdraw a large percentage of your funds immediately (I think E*Trade lets you withdraw up to 90% of unsettled funds immediately). If you are in a cash account, you are authorized to buy with unsettled funds, but you can't sell purchases made on unsettled funds until such funds clear, or you'll be barred for 90 days from trading as your letter threatened; besides, most brokers don't allow this. You certainly aren't allowed to withdraw unsettled funds (by your broker) in such an account as it would technically constitute a loan for which you aren't even liable since you've agreed to no loan contract, a margin agreement. I can't be sure if that actually violates Reg T, but when I am, I'll edit. While it is true that all marketable options are cleared through one central entity, the Options Clearing Corporation, with stocks, clearing & settling still occurs between brokers, netting their transactions between each other electronically. All financial products could clear & settle immediately imo, and I'd rather not start a firestorm by giving my opinion why not. Don't even get me started on the bond market... As to the actual process, it's called \"\"clearing & settling\"\". The general process (which can generally be applied to all financial instruments from cash deposits to derivatives trading) is: The reason why all of the old financial companies were grouped on Wall St. is because they'd have runners physically carting all of the certificates from building to building.","score":7.7286587}],"fc3e765d7ffc28ffc7ee7ea38fd3c73a<::>1":[{"document_id":"1aacb62724d27d6f-3399-5731","text":"Local rent control laws. [Ballot]\nThe state collects a personal income tax on income—including rent received by landlords—earned within the state. Local governments levy property taxes on property owners based on the value of their property. The state and local governments collect sales taxes on the retail sale of goods.\nProposal\nRepeals Costa-Hawkins. The measure repeals the limits on local rent control laws in Costa-Hawkins. Under the measure, cities and counties can regulate rents for any housing. They also can limit how much a landlord may increase rents when a new renter moves in. The measure itself does not make any changes to existing local rent control laws. Generally, cities and counties would have to take separate actions to change their local laws. However, in some cases, existing provisions in local rent control laws that are currently inoperative because they are prohibited by Costa-Hawkins could become operative without further action at the local level. The measure does not affect the requirement that rent control laws must allow landlords to receive a fair rate of return.\nLimits State Authority to Regulate Rent Control. The measure specifies the state may not limit the right of cities and counties to maintain, enact, or expand rent control. However, the state still could set some minimum protections for renters, like the current statewide limit on rent increases.\nFiscal Effects\nEconomic Effects. If many local rent control laws automatically expand in response to the repeal of Costa-Hawkins and/or communities respond to this measure by further expanding their rent control laws beyond the existing protections for renters, it could lead to several economic effects. The most likely effects are:\n\nTo avoid rent regulation, some landlords would sell their rental housing to new owners who would live there.\nThe value of rental housing would decline because potential landlords would not want to pay as much for these properties.\nSome renters would spend less on rent and some landlords would receive less rental income.\nSome renters would move less often. For example, fewer renters would move because their rents increase.\n\nThe size of these effects would depend on how many communities pass new laws (or have existing rent control laws that could immediately become effective), and the type and scope of rent control adopted.","title":"Local rent control laws. [Ballot]","score":14.287754},{"document_id":"1aacb62724d27d6f-1676-3870","text":"Local rent control laws. [Ballot]\nSeveral California cities—including Los Angeles, San Francisco, and San Jose—and some unincorporated communities have laws that limit how much landlords can increase rents for housing from one year to the next. These laws often are called rent control. About one-quarter of Californians live in communities with rent control. Local rent boards carry out rent control. These boards are paid for with fees on landlords.\nCourt Rulings Limit Local Rent Control. Courts have ruled that rent control laws must allow landlords to receive a “fair rate of return.” This means that landlords must be allowed to increase rents enough to receive some profit each year.\nState Law Limits Local Rent Control. A state law, known as the Costa-Hawkins Rental Housing Act (Costa-Hawkins), limits local rent control laws. Costa-Hawkins creates three main limitations. First, rent control cannot apply to any single-family homes. Second, rent control cannot apply to any newly built housing completed on or after February 1, 1995. Third, rent control laws cannot tell landlords what they can charge a new renter when first moving in.\nState Law Limits Rent Increases. In addition to any local rent control laws in place as allowed by Costa-Hawkins, a more recent state law also limits rent increases for most rental housing in California. Landlords cannot increase rent by more than 5 percent plus inflation in a year, or 10 percent, whichever is lower. This applies to most housing that is more than 15 years old. This law lasts until January 1, 2030.\nState and Local Government Tax Revenues. Three taxes are the largest sources of tax revenue for the state and local governments in California—personal income tax, property tax, and sales tax. The state collects a personal income tax on income—including rent received by landlords—earned within the state. Local governments levy property taxes on property owners based on the value of their property. The state and local governments collect sales taxes on the retail sale of goods.\nProposal\nRepeals Costa-Hawkins. The measure repeals the limits on local rent control laws in Costa-Hawkins. Under the measure, cities and counties can regulate rents for any housing.","title":"Local rent control laws. [Ballot]","score":15.529904},{"document_id":"63c2e813d6aa4efc-27240-29484","text":"2001 Budget Analysis: Housing and Community Development (2240)\nLocal jurisdictions may\r\nelect to implement the EHA on their own; otherwise, the department is responsible for enforcement.\nConcern Over Timeliness of Housing Approvals. When seeking to construct, rehabilitate, or repair employee housing, the\r\nhousing owner must apply for a construction permit from the local building or health department and pay the corresponding fee for\r\nthe permit. There has been some concern that the development of housing could be delayed through the permit process by local\r\ncommunities resistant to employee housing. Specifically, an entity could prevent the housing by simply not acting on the permit\r\napplication in a timely manner and by not performing the necessary check of the submitted plans for consistency with the\r\nappropriate building and health codes.\nDepartment Given New Responsibility in 2000. In response to this concern, Chapter 702, Statutes of 2000 (SB 1545, Costa),\r\nprovides an alternative approval procedure for any employee housing application for agricultural workers that has not been either\r\napproved or denied by the local department within 60 days. In those instances, Chapter 702 gives HCD the authority to check the\r\npermit plans and approve the application, if appropriate. The owner can then proceed with the project as if it had received local\r\napproval.\nRequest for Funding. As a result of the new plan-checking responsibility, the budget proposes an ongoing General Fund\r\naugmentation of $50,000. The department proposes to use these funds to contract with the Department of General Services for the\r\nengineering services necessary to perform the plan checks. Since this is a new responsibility that depends on the actions of local\r\ngovernments, the department is unsure how many plan checks it will be required to perform. The requested funds would allow\r\nabout 350 plan checks to be performed annually.\nGeneral Fund Commitment Creates Wrong Incentives. We agree with Chapter 702's intent to prevent the unnecessary delay\r\nin the approval of farmworker housing projects. By granting the department's funding request, however, the state would create a\r\nfiscal incentive for some communities not to act on permit applications. Under current law and with the approval of HCD's funding","title":"2001 Budget Analysis: Housing and Community Development (2240)","score":9.236506},{"document_id":"9b3df447d333ae7a-50159-51839","text":"FAQs • Danville, CA • CivicEngage\nIf you are interested in having a trailer placed on your street, please email Katelyn Costa, Transportation Program Specialist, or call at 925-314-3374. \n\n2.\nWhat is the process for getting traffic calming measures on my street?\n\nView the implementation process (PDF). \n\n▼\r\nNew Resident Information - Smoking Ordinance\t\n\nShow All Answers\n\n1.\nWhat are the notification requirements for landlords?\n\nEvery landlord shall deliver the following on or before May 1, 2016 to each unit of a multiple - family building.A copy of Ordinance No. 2015-04. Every landlord shall provide prospective tenants with a written notice clearly stating that:Smoking is prohibiting in all common areas, except for specifically designated smoking areas, as of May 1, 2016.Smoking is prohibiting in units, including any associated exclusive-use area or unenclosed area, as of May 1, 2016.A written notice to residents clearly stating that all units are designated nonsmoking units and smoking will be illegal in a unit, including 25 feet from any associated exclusive-use enclosed area or unenclosed area, such as a private balcony, porch, deck or patio, as of May 1, 2016. \n\n2.\nWhat are the posting / signage requirements for landlords and HOAs?\n\nClear and unambiguous \"No Smoking\" signs shall be posted in sufficient numbers and locations in common areas where smoking is prohibited. The signs shall be maintained by the person or persons with legal control over the common areas. \"No Smoking\" signs are not required inside doors or doorways of units. This applies to all multi-family housing, including apartments and condominiums. \n\n3.\nWhat are the required lease terms for apartment and condo tenants?","title":"FAQs • Danville, CA • CivicEngage","score":9.616439},{"document_id":"1aacb62724d27d6f-7074-9083","text":"Local rent control laws. [Ballot]\nThis would reduce expenses they can claim to lower their income tax payments (such as mortgage interest, property taxes, and depreciation). This would increase their income tax payments. The overall effect on state income tax revenue is not clear.\n\nOverall, the measure likely would reduce state and local revenues over time. The largest effect would be on property taxes. The amount of revenue loss would depend on many factors, most importantly how communities respond to this measure. For example, if communities that already have rent control expand their rules to include newer homes and single-family homes, revenue losses could be in the high tens of millions of dollars per year. If many communities create new rent control rules, revenue losses could be larger. If few communities make changes, revenue losses would be more limited and dependent on the scope of rent control laws that automatically expanded in response to the repeal of Costa-Hawkins.\nIncreased Local Government Costs. If cities or counties create new rent control laws or expand existing ones, local rent boards would have increased costs. For communities where rent control laws expand automatically, costs also could increase. Depending on local government choices, these costs could range from very little to tens of millions of dollars per year. These costs likely would be paid by fees on owners of rental housing.\nSummary of Fiscal Effects. We estimate that this measure would have the following major fiscal effect:\n\nOverall, a potential reduction in state and local revenues in the high tens of millions of dollars per year over time. Depending on actions by local communities, revenue losses could be less or more.\n\nSubscribe\r\n | California State Legislature \r\n | Online Voter Registration\r\n | Privacy Policy\r\n | Accessibility\n\nLegislative Analyst's Office | The California Legislature's Nonpartisan Fiscal and Policy Advisor\r\n \r\n 925 L Street, Suite 1000 Sacramento, CA 95814 | (916) 445-4656 | information [at] lao.ca.gov","title":"Local rent control laws. [Ballot]","score":12.41346}],"fc3e765d7ffc28ffc7ee7ea38fd3c73a<::>2":[{"document_id":"1aacb62724d27d6f-7074-9083","text":"Local rent control laws. [Ballot]\nThis would reduce expenses they can claim to lower their income tax payments (such as mortgage interest, property taxes, and depreciation). This would increase their income tax payments. The overall effect on state income tax revenue is not clear.\n\nOverall, the measure likely would reduce state and local revenues over time. The largest effect would be on property taxes. The amount of revenue loss would depend on many factors, most importantly how communities respond to this measure. For example, if communities that already have rent control expand their rules to include newer homes and single-family homes, revenue losses could be in the high tens of millions of dollars per year. If many communities create new rent control rules, revenue losses could be larger. If few communities make changes, revenue losses would be more limited and dependent on the scope of rent control laws that automatically expanded in response to the repeal of Costa-Hawkins.\nIncreased Local Government Costs. If cities or counties create new rent control laws or expand existing ones, local rent boards would have increased costs. For communities where rent control laws expand automatically, costs also could increase. Depending on local government choices, these costs could range from very little to tens of millions of dollars per year. These costs likely would be paid by fees on owners of rental housing.\nSummary of Fiscal Effects. We estimate that this measure would have the following major fiscal effect:\n\nOverall, a potential reduction in state and local revenues in the high tens of millions of dollars per year over time. Depending on actions by local communities, revenue losses could be less or more.\n\nSubscribe\r\n | California State Legislature \r\n | Online Voter Registration\r\n | Privacy Policy\r\n | Accessibility\n\nLegislative Analyst's Office | The California Legislature's Nonpartisan Fiscal and Policy Advisor\r\n \r\n 925 L Street, Suite 1000 Sacramento, CA 95814 | (916) 445-4656 | information [at] lao.ca.gov","title":"Local rent control laws. [Ballot]","score":22.80979},{"document_id":"808b11da3d77018d-9330-11594","text":"2001 Budget Analysis: California Housing Finance Agency (2260)\nAfter some experience with the programs, CHFA identified a number of problems and proposed a series of statutory changes to increase their use. These changes were incorporated into\r\nChapter 127, effective beginning July 1, 2000. For the sales price limit program, very few homes in California were being constructed for less than the original purchase price limit of $110,000.\r\nTherefore, the limit was raised to $130,000 and is now adjusted annually for changes in statewide home sales prices. The first-time home buyer program was originally limited to households of\r\nlow-income. Few households of this income level, however, are in the position of purchasing homes. Thus, this program was expanded to include moderate-income households.\n\nAs of September 2000, home buyers in 22 counties had received funding from the state. Four counties—Fresno, Kern, Riverside, and Tulare—represent more than 60 percent of the\r\nsingle-family programs' expenditures. The concentration of applicants in the Central Valley should not be particularly surprising, given that this area is one of California's fastest growing housing\r\nmarkets and often relies on the use of developer fees to finance new school construction.\nMultifamily Program. Likewise, the multifamily housing program has had limited success in funding applicants. From its allocation of $32.5 million so far, seven projects have been funded for\r\na total of $1.1 million, and another 34 projects have been approved with expected expenditures of $3.7 million. Due to the complexities of multifamily affordable housing financing and\r\nconstruction, the program takes a particularly long time to move from initial application to finished construction—typically a minimum of one year.\nConcerns About the Programs \nOur review of these housing assistance programs indicates a number of concerns with their operation, which we discuss below.\nLack of Applications Threatens Viability of Programs. Without a dramatic expansion in home buyer and multifamily developer interest in the programs, the programs will continue to be an\r\nineffective effort to increase housing affordability. So far, CHFA has limited its marketing efforts primarily to the real estate industry, such as lenders, brokers, and real estate agents. The","title":"2001 Budget Analysis: California Housing Finance Agency (2260)","score":15.433416},{"document_id":"80d0fc64f4a7f66a-4440-6468","text":"California's Economy and Taxes\nOverall, withholding is running 1 percent above the Governor's Budget projections and about 5 percent higher than last year. \n\nChas Alamo\n\nCalifornia Housing Affordability Tracker (April 2024) April 30, 2024\n\nOur post provides an updated snapshot of housing affordability in California. Over the last few years, we have seen a rapid increase in California housing costs, led by the dramatic increase in the costs of purchasing a home. Monthly costs for a newly purchased home are about $2,500 higher than they were just a few years ago. Annual income needed to qualify for a typical home is about $235,000—over 2 times higher than median household income (about $85,000). Further, the annual income needed to qualify for a more affordable \"bottom-tier\" home is over 50 percent higher than the median income. \n\nBrian Uhler\n\nU.S. Retail Sales Update: March 2024 April 15, 2024\n\nU.S. retail sales have grown 0.8 percent over the last 3 months and 4 percent over the last 12 months. Retail sales growth has outpaced inflation over the last 12 months, but not over the last 3 months.\n\nSeth Kerstein\n\nU.S. Retail Sales Update: February 2024 March 14, 2024\n\nU.S. retail sales have dropped 0.4 percent over the last 3 months and grown 1.5 percent over the last 12 months. The 12-month growth rate was below the rate of inflation. \n\nSeth Kerstein\n\nAnnual Revision Shows State Added Few Jobs Last Year March 13, 2024\n\nEach year, the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics revises the state's jobs number to match actual payroll records from businesses. The latest revision lowered its count of California jobs by 1.5 percent. The corrected data show that the state added just 50,000 jobs between September 2022 and September 2023, while preliminary monthly reports had showed the labor market growing by more than 300,000 jobs. \n\nChas Alamo\n\nThe 2024-25 Budget: Property Tax Postponement Program February 29, 2024\n\nThe Governor proposes to use $7.5 million General Fund on a one-time basis to support the Property Tax Postponement (PTP) program.","title":"California's Economy and Taxes","score":15.240524},{"document_id":"53311d433104dd0a-2-1643","text":"Housing Is Key\nHousing Is Key\n\nSkip to Main Content\n\nDefault\nHigh Contrast\n\nReset\nIncrease Font SizeFont Increase\nDecrease Font SizeFont Decrease\n\n×\n\nCA.gov\nHome\nFacebook\nTwitter\n\n Settings\n\nSearch\n\nMenu\n\nCustom Google Search\n\nSubmit\nClose Search\n\nRental Assistance\n\nResources\n\nEviction Protections\n\nMortgage Relief Program\n\n \n\n \n\nResources forRenters, Landlordsand Homeowners\n\nThe California Mortgage Relief Program is now accepting applications. Homeowners, apply today to get caught up on your housing payments.\n\nRent Relief Applications are closed. Check your status here.\n\n \n\nRental Assistance\n\nIn accordance with Senate Bill 115, applications are no longer open for the CA COVID-19 Rent Relief Program. State law extends eviction protections until June 30,2022 for qualifying applications received by March 31. But eviction protections do not extend for non-payment of rent after March 31. That means tenants must pay rent and utility bills beginning April 1.\n\n \n \n \n \n \n \n\n \n \n\nResources\n\n Resources | 資源 | Recursos | 리소스 | Mga Mapagkukunan | Nguồn hỗ trợ\n\nProgram Updates\n\nProgram Updates \r\n | 節目更新\r\n | Actualizaciones del programa \r\n | 프로그램 업데이트 \r\n | Mga Update sa Programa \r\n | Cập nhật chÆ°Æ¡ng trình\n\nEviction Protections\n\nTenant Eviction Protection Resources\nRecursos de protección contra el desalojo para inquilinos | 租客驅逐保護相關資源 | 임차인 퇴거 보호 리소스 | Các Nguồn lá»±c Hỗ trợ Bảo vệ Người thuê nhà Khỏi bị Trục xuất | Mga Mapagkukunan ng Impormasyon Patungkol sa Proteksyon sa Pagpapaalis ng Nangungupahan\nTenant Eviction Protection Forms","title":"Housing Is Key","score":17.090288},{"document_id":"1aacb62724d27d6f-2-2133","text":"Local rent control laws. [Ballot]\nLocal rent control laws. [Ballot]\n\n Translate\r\n \nSkip to main content\n\nTranslate Our Website\n\nThis Google™ translation feature provided on the Legislative Analyst's Office (LAO) website is for informational purposes only.\n\nThe LAO is unable to guarantee the accuracy of this translation and is therefore not liable for any inaccurate information resulting from the translation application tool.\n\nChoose your language:\n\n×\n\nToggle navigation\n\nHome\n\nPolicy Areas\n\nCapital Outlay, Infrastructure\nCriminal Justice\nEconomy and Taxes\nEducation\nEnvironment and Natural Resources\nHealth and Human Services\nLocal Government\nState Budget Condition\nTransportation\nOther Government Areas\n\nPublications\nThe Budget\nPropositions and Initiatives\nStaff\nCareers\nAbout Us\n\n \nSearch\n\nBallot Pages\n\nInitiative Fiscal Analyses (pre-ballot) \nProposition Analyses\nBallot Measures by Type: 1974 to Present\nBallot Bonds\nSummary of General Obligation Bonds—Election Results 1986 to Present (Excel File)\nRelated LAO Publications\n\nAll Initiatives\nA.G. File No. 2022-008\nFebruary 10, 2023\n \n PDF Version\n\nPursuant to Elections Code Section 9005, we have reviewed the proposed statutory Justice for Renters Act initiative ( A.G. File No. 22-0008).\nBackground\nRental Housing Is Expensive in California. Renters in California typically pay 50 percent more for housing than renters in other states. In some parts of the state, rent costs are more than double the national average. Rent is high in California because the state does not have enough housing for everyone who wants to live here. People who want to live here must compete for housing, which increases rents.\nSeveral Cities Have Rent Control Laws. Several California cities—including Los Angeles, San Francisco, and San Jose—and some unincorporated communities have laws that limit how much landlords can increase rents for housing from one year to the next. These laws often are called rent control. About one-quarter of Californians live in communities with rent control. Local rent boards carry out rent control. These boards are paid for with fees on landlords.\nCourt Rulings Limit Local Rent Control.","title":"Local rent control laws. [Ballot]","score":18.91874}],"fc3e765d7ffc28ffc7ee7ea38fd3c73a<::>3":[{"document_id":"dcf45cd1bd02778d-106458-108625","text":"Self-Help Glossary - selfhelp\nreferee: A person appointed by the court to hear and make decisions on limited legal matters, like juvenile or traffic offenses.\nreferral: Usually refers to an alternative program, like drug/alcohol rehabilitation (\"rehab\") instead of serving time in jail.\nregister of actions: The official permanent court record of actions in civil cases, including small claims. May be kept electronically and/or in a ledger.\nreinstated bail: When bail that had been forfeited, exonerated, or reduced is reestablished in its original amount. (See also bail exoneration, bail forfeiture.)\nremand: (1) When an appellate court sends a case to a lower court for further proceedings; (2) to return a prisoner to custody.\nremanding order: An order to the sheriff to hold a defendant in custody until his or her next court appearance, or until bail is posted.\nremittitur (of record): The transfer of the records of a case from a Court of Appeal to the original trial court for further action or other disposition as ordered by the appellate court.\nrent control ordinances: Laws in some communities that limit or prohibit rent increases, or that limit the reasons why a landlord can evict a tenant.\nrental agreement: An oral or written agreement between a tenant and a landlord, made before the tenant moves in that sets the terms of the tenancy, like the amount of the rent and when it is due. See lease and periodic rental agreement.\nrental application form: A form that a landlord may ask a tenant to fill out before renting that asks for information about the tenant, like the tenant's address, telephone number, employment history, and credit references.\nrental unit: an apartment, house, duplex, condominium, or room that a landlord rents to a tenant to live in. When a tenant uses the rental unit to live in, it is called a \"residential rental unit.\"\nrenter's insurance: Insurance that protects the tenant's property against losses, including theft or fire. This insurance usually also protects the tenant against liability (legal responsibility) for claims or lawsuits filed by the landlord or by others who may claim that the tenant negligently injured another person or property.","title":"Self-Help Glossary - selfhelp","score":10.287959},{"document_id":"dcf45cd1bd02778d-108096-110292","text":"Self-Help Glossary - selfhelp\nrental unit: an apartment, house, duplex, condominium, or room that a landlord rents to a tenant to live in. When a tenant uses the rental unit to live in, it is called a \"residential rental unit.\"\nrenter's insurance: Insurance that protects the tenant's property against losses, including theft or fire. This insurance usually also protects the tenant against liability (legal responsibility) for claims or lawsuits filed by the landlord or by others who may claim that the tenant negligently injured another person or property.\nrepair and deduct remedy: The tenant's remedy of deducting from future rent the amount necessary to repair defects covered by the implied warranty of habitability. The amount deducted cannot be more than one month's rent. Tenants should be careful when using this remedy and should talk to a lawyer first to make sure it is appropriate for their situation.\nreport and sentence: The proceeding that happens after a conviction in a criminal case in which the judge reviews the probation report and sentences the defendant.\nreporter: A court official that records the proceedings in trials, including the questions asked of, and answers made by, witnesses.\nrequest for admission: A method of discovery in which 1 party formally and in writing asks the opposing party to admit the truth of certain facts relevant to a case. (See also discovery.)\nreset: To put on the court calendar again. (See also calendar.)\nresidency: The usual, official place of residence. The place where a person makes his or her home.\nresidential hotel: Any building that contains six or more guest rooms or efficiency units that are designed, used, rented or occupied for sleeping purposes by guests, and which is the primary residence of these guests.\nrespondent: The person against whom an appeal is made; the responding party in a dissolution, nullity, adoption, or probate case. (See also dissolution, nullity.)\nrestitution: The act of restoring or giving the equivalent value to compensate for an injury, damage, or loss.\nrestraining order: A court order that tells a person to stop doing something for a certain amount of time, usually until a court hearing is held. (See also injunction.)","title":"Self-Help Glossary - selfhelp","score":13.146909},{"document_id":"dcf45cd1bd02778d-124445-126407","text":"Self-Help Glossary - selfhelp\n| A | B | C | D | E | F | G | H | I | J | K | L |\n| M | N | O | P | Q | R | S | T | U | V | W |\n \nT\nTemporary Assistance to Needy Families (TANF): Time-limited public assistance payments made to poor families, based on title IV-A of the Social Security Act. TANF replaced Aid to Families With Dependent Children (AFDC, also called \"welfare\") in 1996.\ntemporary judge: An attorney that volunteers his or her time to hear and decide cases. Also called a \"pro tem judge.\"\ntemporary restraining order: A court order, sometimes called a \"TRO,\" that says a person must not do certain things that are likely to cause harm that can't be fixed. Unlike an injunction, it can be granted immediately, without notice to the opposing party and without a hearing. It is intended to last only until a hearing can be held. TROs are often used in domestic violence cases to protect a person from violence or the threat of violence.\ntenancy: The tenant's exclusive right, created by a rental agreement between the landlord and the tenant, to use and possess the landlord's rental unit.\ntenancy at will: A right to occupy property for an indefinite period of time. The right is given by the property owner or landlord. Ending a tenancy at will requires the same legal procedure as ending a month-to-month tenancy. (See lease.)\ntenant: A person who rents or leases a rental unit from a landlord. The tenant has the right to the exclusive use and possession of the rental unit during the lease or rental period.\ntenant screening service: A business that collects and sells information on tenants, like whether they pay their rent on time and whether they have been defendants in eviction (unlawful detainer) cases.\nterminal: A machine connected to a computer system that lets the user enter, see, or print information.\ntestate: Having made a will or having died leaving a valid will. (See also intestate.)\ntestator: A person that has made a will or that has died leaving a valid will.","title":"Self-Help Glossary - selfhelp","score":10.4011},{"document_id":"1aacb62724d27d6f-2-2133","text":"Local rent control laws. [Ballot]\nLocal rent control laws. [Ballot]\n\n Translate\r\n \nSkip to main content\n\nTranslate Our Website\n\nThis Google™ translation feature provided on the Legislative Analyst's Office (LAO) website is for informational purposes only.\n\nThe LAO is unable to guarantee the accuracy of this translation and is therefore not liable for any inaccurate information resulting from the translation application tool.\n\nChoose your language:\n\n×\n\nToggle navigation\n\nHome\n\nPolicy Areas\n\nCapital Outlay, Infrastructure\nCriminal Justice\nEconomy and Taxes\nEducation\nEnvironment and Natural Resources\nHealth and Human Services\nLocal Government\nState Budget Condition\nTransportation\nOther Government Areas\n\nPublications\nThe Budget\nPropositions and Initiatives\nStaff\nCareers\nAbout Us\n\n \nSearch\n\nBallot Pages\n\nInitiative Fiscal Analyses (pre-ballot) \nProposition Analyses\nBallot Measures by Type: 1974 to Present\nBallot Bonds\nSummary of General Obligation Bonds—Election Results 1986 to Present (Excel File)\nRelated LAO Publications\n\nAll Initiatives\nA.G. File No. 2022-008\nFebruary 10, 2023\n \n PDF Version\n\nPursuant to Elections Code Section 9005, we have reviewed the proposed statutory Justice for Renters Act initiative ( A.G. File No. 22-0008).\nBackground\nRental Housing Is Expensive in California. Renters in California typically pay 50 percent more for housing than renters in other states. In some parts of the state, rent costs are more than double the national average. Rent is high in California because the state does not have enough housing for everyone who wants to live here. People who want to live here must compete for housing, which increases rents.\nSeveral Cities Have Rent Control Laws. Several California cities—including Los Angeles, San Francisco, and San Jose—and some unincorporated communities have laws that limit how much landlords can increase rents for housing from one year to the next. These laws often are called rent control. About one-quarter of Californians live in communities with rent control. Local rent boards carry out rent control. These boards are paid for with fees on landlords.\nCourt Rulings Limit Local Rent Control.","title":"Local rent control laws. [Ballot]","score":18.578686},{"document_id":"1aacb62724d27d6f-5211-7561","text":"Local rent control laws. [Ballot]\nThe value of rental housing would decline because potential landlords would not want to pay as much for these properties.\nSome renters would spend less on rent and some landlords would receive less rental income.\nSome renters would move less often. For example, fewer renters would move because their rents increase.\n\nThe size of these effects would depend on how many communities pass new laws (or have existing rent control laws that could immediately become effective), and the type and scope of rent control adopted. If many localities enacted rent regulation that significantly limited rents, other economic effects locally and statewide (such as impacts on housing construction) could occur.\nChanges in State and Local Revenues. The measure’s economic effects would affect property tax, sales tax, and income tax revenues. The largest and most likely impacts are:\n\nLess Property Taxes Paid by Landlords. A decline in the value of rental properties would lead to a decrease in property tax payments made by owners of those properties over time. These property tax losses would be partially offset by higher property tax payments resulting from the sales of rental housing. This is because property sales often cause property tax bills to reset at a higher level. Revenue losses from lower property values would be larger than revenue gains from increased sales. Because of this, the measure would reduce overall property tax payments over time.\nMore Sales Taxes Paid by Renters. Renters who pay less in rent would use some of their savings to buy taxable goods.\nChange in Income Taxes Paid by Landlords. Landlords’ income tax payments would change in several ways, both up and down. Some landlords would receive less rental income. This would reduce their income tax payments. On the other hand, over time, landlords would pay less to buy rental properties. This would reduce expenses they can claim to lower their income tax payments (such as mortgage interest, property taxes, and depreciation). This would increase their income tax payments. The overall effect on state income tax revenue is not clear.\n\nOverall, the measure likely would reduce state and local revenues over time. The largest effect would be on property taxes. The amount of revenue loss would depend on many factors, most importantly how communities respond to this measure.","title":"Local rent control laws. [Ballot]","score":17.468601}],"fc3e765d7ffc28ffc7ee7ea38fd3c73a<::>4":[{"document_id":"9413658bb51af449-8676-10586","text":"2001 Budget Analysis:California Spending on Long-Term Care Services\nfacilities.\n\nElderly or disabled veterans.\n\nVeterans' Homes-Residential\n\nVeterans Affairs\n\n20\n\nState institutions, with residential and domiciliary care.\n\nElderly or disabled veterans.\n\n\r\n Community-Based Care\n\nRegional Centers/Nonresidential\n\nDevelopmental Services\n\n$1,120\n\nServices provided to clients residing in own home or home of a\r\n relative.\n\nDevelopmentally disabled.\n\nRegional Centers/Residential\n\nDevelopmental Services\n\n$708\n\nServices provided to clients residing in community care facilities.\n\nDevelopmentally disabled.\n\nSSI/SSP Nonmedical Out-of-Home\n\nSocial Services\n\n456\n\nCash grant for residential care (generally, grants used for Residential\r\n Care\r\n Facilities).\n\nElderly or disabled, as eligible according to income and assets.\n\nAdult Day Health Care\n\nMedi-Cal/Aging\n\n123\n\nLicensed facilities offering health,\r\n therapeutic, and social services.\n\nElderly, disabled adults.\n\nNutrition\n\nAging\n\n68\n\nCongregate or home-delivered nutritional meals.\n\nElderly.\n\nProgram of All-Inclusive Care for the\r\n Elderly\n\nHealth Services\n\n66\n\nFull range of care, including adult day health, case management,\r\n personal care, provided on a capitated basis.\n\nElderly.\n\nSupportive Services\n\nAging\n\n36\n\nPrograms authorized by the Older\r\n Americans Act, including case management and transportation.\n\nElderly.\n\nConditional Release Program\n\nMental Health\n\n17\n\nAssessment, treatment, and supervision.\n\nJudicially committed.\n\nIndependent Living Centers\n\nRehabilitation\n\n13\n\nGrants provided to centers, which provide a full range of services.\n\nDisabled.\n\nCaregiver Resource Centers\n\nMental Health\n\n12\n\nNonprofit resource centers.\n\nCaregivers of brain-impaired adults.\n\nOmbudsman\n\nAging\n\n6\n\nState program that advocates for rights of residents in 24-hour\r\n long-term care\r\n facilities.\n\nElderly.\n\nAlzheimer's Day Care Resource Centers\n\nAging\n\n5\n\nDay care.\n\nPersons with Alzheimer's disease or other dementia and their","title":"2001 Budget Analysis:California Spending on Long-Term Care Services","score":15.301819},{"document_id":"d779124a63663438-1753-3925","text":"Apply For | Sierra County, CA - Official Website\nHaving help with tasks around the house not only makes the lives of seniors and the disabled easier, but in some cases, it allows the person to remain in his or her home.\n \n\nVeteran Benefits\n\nThe Veterans’ Peer Support Specialist provides direct and indirect peer support services to veterans and/or their family, as part of the overall goal of identifying and assisting veterans in accessing available and appropriate services. The Veterans’ Peer Support Specialist is a veteran so that support is based on shared experiences.\n \n\nWIC (Woman Infants & Children)\n\nThe Women, Infants and Children (WIC) Supplemental Nutrition Program is a federally-funded health and nutrition program for; Women who are pregnant, breastfeeding, or just had a baby, Children under 5 years old (including foster children), Families with low to medium income (working families may qualify)\r\nDads, grandparents, caregivers, migrants, and foster parents of young children may apply!\n \n\nPermit\n\n \n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n\nA Dog License\n\nRabies\n\nReport a Bite\n\nAssistance & Benefits Programs\n\nCard or License\n\nMarriage & Ceremonies\n\nDog License\n\nLibrary Card\n\nMedical Marijuana Card\n\nCertificates\n\nConservatorship\n\nDisabled Veteran's Tax Exemption\n\nEmployment with the County\n\nFictitious Business Name\n\nIn Home Supportive Services (IHSS)\n\nVeteran Benefits\n\nWIC (Woman Infants & Children)\n\nPermit\n\nBuilding\n\nAccessory Structures\n\nAffordable Housing Master Plans\n\nBuilding Code\n\nDemolition\n\nElectric Vehicle Charging Stations (EVCS)\n\nForms and Policies\n\nGenerators\n\nGrading\n\nGround Mount Solar P.V Systems\n\nNew Manufactured Home\n\nNew Residential Construction\n\nNew Residential Septic/Leach Field\n\nNew Residential Well\n\nRoof Mount Solar P.V. Systems\n\nCCW (Concealed Carry Weapon)\n\nEncroachment\n\nProperty Tax Exempt\n\nEminent Domain\n\nDisaster Relief\n\nHomeowners' Exemption\n\nInstitutional Exemption\n\nParent/Child & Grandparent Exclusion\n\nReappraisal Exclusion for Seniors, Victims of Natural Disaster, and Severely Disabled\n\nVeterans\n\nDisabled Veterans FAQ\n\nNew Construction Exclusions for the Disabled\n\nProperty Tax Savings Information Sheets\n\nSeptic\n\nShort-Term Rental Permit\n\nShort-Term Rental Permit Application","title":"Apply For | Sierra County, CA - Official Website","score":15.483652},{"document_id":"8587387a2738e543-7568-9907","text":"VA Programs For Homeless Veterans - VA Homeless Programs\nHUD-VASH General Information\nHUD Public and Indian Housing\n\nSupportive Services for Veteran Families (SSVF)\nFor very low-income Veterans, SSVF provides case management and supportive services to prevent the imminent loss of a Veteran’s home or identify a new, more suitable housing situation for the individual and his or her family; or to rapidly re-house Veterans and their families who are homeless and might remain homeless without this assistance.\nHow It Works\nThrough referrals and direct outreach, nonprofit agencies and community cooperatives use SSVF funding to quickly house Veterans and their families who are homeless and keep others from slipping into homelessness by providing time-limited supportive services that promote housing stability. Case management includes help securing VA and other benefits such as educational aid and financial planning. SSVF is available in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, Guam, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands.\nMore Information\n\nSupportive Services for Veteran Families (SSVF)\n\nHomeless Providers Grant and Per Diem (GPD) Program\nState, local and tribal governments and nonprofits receive capital grants and per diem payments to develop and operate transitional housing and/or service centers for Veterans who are homeless.\nHow It Works\nVA funds over 12,000 beds for eligible Veterans. Grantees work closely with an assigned liaison from the local VAMC. The VA GPD liaison monitors the services the grantees offer to Veterans and provides direct assistance to them. Grantees also collaborate with community-based organizations to connect Veterans with employment, housing and additional social services to promote housing stability. The maximum stay in this housing is up to 24 months, with the goal of moving Veterans into permanent housing. \nMore Information\n\nGrant and Per Diem (GPD)\n\nDomiciliary Care for Homeless Veterans (DCHV) Program\nThis program encompasses residential care for sheltered and unsheltered Veterans with multiple challenges, illnesses or rehabilitative care needs. DCHV provides a structured setting to foster Veterans’ independence and mutual support.\nHow It Works\nEither on VAMC grounds or in the community, participating Veterans receive interdisciplinary clinical care that includes medical, psychiatric, vocational, educational or social services.","title":"VA Programs For Homeless Veterans - VA Homeless Programs","score":17.22468},{"document_id":"6f34574b3a264211-14805-17126","text":"\r\n\tLegal Resources for Veterans and Service Members\r\n\nBy City\nLos Angeles\n\nInner City Law Center\nPublic Counsel–Center for Veterans’ Advancement\nUCLA Law Center\n\nSan Francisco\n\nV-Hub / Bar Association of San Francisco, Justice and Diversity Center\n\nRegional\nSF Bay Area\n\nSwords to Plowshares\n\nStatewide\n\nCalifornia Courts–The Judicial Branch of California\nCalVet Veterans Resource Book\nHERA\nLawHelpCA.org\n\nNational\n\nAmerican Bar Association\neBenefits–Benefits and Services Assistance\nDepartment of Veteran Affairs–Veterans Programs and Services \nJustice for Vets\nChapman University–Military and Veterans Law Institute\nNational Organization of Veterans' Advocates, Inc. (NOVA)\nNational Veterans Legal Services Program\nPublic Counsel–Center for Veterans' Advancement\nUSA.gov\n\nFor a complete list of legal aid providers on a broader range of issues, please visit this page. Additional legal resources can be found at LawHelpCA.org.\n\nAdditional Resources\nAssistance with housing and home loans\n\tVeterans, including the homeless and those who are struggling homeowners, can take advantage of help through state and federal programs. The California Department of Veterans Affairs connects to a range of programs.\n\nProperty tax exemptions for disabled veterans and surviving spouses\n\tA veteran who is 100 percent disabled or is compensated at the 100 percent rate due to service-connected injury or disease is exempt up to $100,000 ($150,000 for low income) from property tax. More information\n\nTreatment instead of jail time\n\tVeterans whose crimes may be related to sexual trauma, traumatic brain injury, post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), substance abuse or mental health problems from military service may have the option of treatment instead of serving time behind bars.\n\nVeterans Treatment Courts\n\tThe Judicial Council maintains a list of Superior Courts in California counties with Veterans Treatment Courts for people facing various charges, from substance abuse to mental illness. These courts help connect veterans to treatment programs through the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs and California social service agencies.  \n\nHelp after a disaster\nVeterans or service members impacted by California wildfires or other disasters can find help here. Other state agencies can also help:\n\nGet help with fire recovery through the California Department of Veterans Affairs.","title":"\r\n\tLegal Resources for Veterans and Service Members\r\n","score":15.6837635},{"document_id":"bd5445dea1a88ea6-2-2062","text":"VA Housing Assistance | Veterans Affairs\nVA Housing Assistance | Veterans Affairs\n\nSkip to Content\n\nAn official website of the United States government\n\nHere’s how you know\n\nThe .gov means it’s official.\n\n Federal government websites often end in .gov or .mil. Before sharing sensitive information, make sure you're on a federal government site.\n \n\nThe site is secure.\n The https:// ensures that you're connecting to the official website and that any information you provide is encrypted and sent securely.\n \n\nTalk to the Veterans Crisis Line now\n\nWe’re calling on mortgage servicers to pause foreclosures of VA-backed home loans through May 31, 2024. During this pause, we’ll work with servicers to find ways to help Veterans and survivors stay in their homes.\nLearn more about how to get help to avoid foreclosure\n\nHome\n \n\n Housing assistance\n \n\nVA housing assistance\n\nVA housing assistance can help Veterans, service members, and their surviving spouses to buy a home or refinance a loan. We also offer benefits and services to help you build, improve, or keep your current home. Find out how to apply for and manage the Veterans housing assistance benefits you’ve earned.\n\n How do I get help if I'm homeless or at risk of becoming homeless?\n \n\n We may be able to help\n \nWe offer many programs and services that may help—including free health care and, in some cases, free limited dental care. We can also help you connect with resources in your community, like homeless shelters or faith-based organizations.Find the support you need:Call the National Call Center for Homeless Veterans at 877-424-3838 for help 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. You’ll talk privately with a trained VA counselor for free.Contact your nearest VA medical center and ask to talk with the VA social worker. If you're a female Veteran, ask for the Women Veterans Program Manager.Find the nearest VA medical centerTalk with someone right now:If you're a Veteran in crisis or concerned about one, connect with our caring, qualified Veterans Crisis Line responders for confidential help. Many of them are Veterans themselves.","title":"VA Housing Assistance | Veterans Affairs","score":16.0714}],"fc3e765d7ffc28ffc7ee7ea38fd3c73a<::>5":[{"document_id":"5a7a62541f0d9be0-2-2084","text":"Housing help | USAGov\nHousing help | USAGov\n\n Skip to main content\n\n\tAn official website of the United States government\n\t\nHere’s how you know\n\nHere’s how you know\n\nOfficial websites use .govA .gov website belongs to an official government organization in the United States.\n\t\n\nSecure .gov websites use HTTPSA lock\n\t(\n\t\n\nLock\nLocked padlock icon\n\n)\n or https://\tmeans you’ve safely connected to the .gov website. Share sensitive information only on official, secure websites.\n\t\n\nEspañol\n\n Home\n \n\n Close\n \n\nSearch\n\n1-844-USAGOV1\n\nHousing help\n\nEmergency housing assistance\n\nEviction and foreclosure\n\nRental assistance\n\nHome repair and energy assistance\n\nHome buying assistance\n\nHow to change your address\n\nTenant rights\n\nMenu\n\nCall us at 1-844-USAGOV1\n\nSearch\n\nAll topics and services\n\nThe U.S. and its government\n\nGovernment benefits\n\nImmigration and U.S. citizenship\n\nMoney and credit\n\nTravel\n\nVoting and elections\n\n Home\n \n\nHousing help\n\nHousing help\n\nMost popular\n\nHow to change your address\nFind rental assistance programs\nLearn about home buying programs\n\n Get information about rental, home buying, and home repair assistance programs. Learn how to find emergency housing and avoid foreclosure and eviction.\n \n\nEmergency housing assistance\n\nFind emergency housing and learn how to get emergency rent assistance.\n\nEviction and foreclosure\n\nLearn how you may be able to prevent or deal with foreclosure or eviction.\n\nRental assistance\n\nLearn about government programs for affordable housing and find out if you qualify.\n\nHome repair and energy efficiency assistance\n\nLearn about government programs that may help with repairing or making improvements to your home.\n\nHome buying assistance\n\nLearn about government programs that make it easier to purchase a home.\n\nHow to change your address\n\nLearn how to change your address with the post office and other government services and agencies.\n\nHow to file a complaint against a landlord\n\nFind help if you cannot resolve a disagreement directly with your landlord or management company.\n\nLooking for something else?\nExplore all topics and services","title":"Housing help | USAGov","score":9.95405},{"document_id":"33a5169f5e33bad5-3329-4712","text":"\r\n\tCash Assistance Program for Immigrants\r\n\nRecent California legislation authorized a one-time payment of $600 to CAPI recipients to provide relief from hardship due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Payments were automatically mailed out in 2021. For additional information on the GSG please see the following link: GSG for SSI/SSP and CAPI Recipients Webpage\n\nCAPI Applications\n\nSOC 814 Application – English\nSOC 814 Application – Spanish\nSOC 814 Application - Armenian\nSOC 814 Application - Chinese\n\nInformation and Resources\n\n\tFor more information and resources visit the Cash Assistance Program for Immigrants website. This resource is designed to assist county eligibility workers and other partners who provide services to the public.\n\n\tWant to join us and work for a purpose? CDSS is hiring!\n\nQuick Links\n\nAdult Protective Services\nAssistance Dog Special Allowance\nBlind Services\nCalFresh\nDeaf Access Program\nHousing & Homelessness\nImmigration Services\nIn Home Supportive Services (IHSS)\nMedi-Cal\nPublic Charge\nRefugee Programs Bureau\nSupplemental Security Income/State Supplementary Payment (SSI/SSP)\nYour Rights Under California Welfare Programs\nUnited States Citizenship and Immigration Services\nVictims of Human Trafficking\n\nBack to Top \r\n Accessibility \r\n Accessibility Certification \r\n Conditions of Use \r\n Contact Us \r\n Get Free Reader \r\n Notice on Collection \r\n Privacy Policy \r\n \n\nCopyright © 2024 State of California","title":"\r\n\tCash Assistance Program for Immigrants\r\n","score":9.635593},{"document_id":"d35c478aa00b6b87-18475-20593","text":"The 2024-25 Budget: Child Welfare\nCounties may use some of these dollars to fund federally required case management activities for youth receiving Foster Youth to Independence (FYI)/Family Unification Program (FUP) vouchers. FYI/FUP vouchers provide a 36‑month rental subsidy (through the voucher provided by the housing authority), paired with supportive services provided or secured through the county child welfare agency.\n\nStatus: Housing Navigators funded as part of 2019‑20 budget and expanded to become HNMP in 2022‑23.\n\nGeneral Fund allocations: $13.7 million annually\n\nCounties: 51 counties have been allocated funding in 2023.\n\nExpenditures: Unknown. Grantees have multiple years to expend funding.\n\nTotal youth served in 2023: Unknown how many total youth are served by HNMP. Stakeholders estimate more than 1,300 youth were recipients of federal housing funding through FYI and FUP voucher programs as of November 2023.\n\nOverview of Administration’s Proposal for Permanent CCR Rates Structure\nBackground on CCR Rates. As part of implementing CCR, the state developed a new foster care maintenance payment rates structure to replace the previous age-based and group home rates structure. Under CCR, foster care rates must be based on the assessed level of need of individual youth (“level of care”), with youth requiring higher levels of behavioral health supports and other more therapeutic and intensive services receiving higher rates. Since 2017, the state has been implementing interim level of care (LOC) rates for resource families, Short-Term Residential Therapeutic Programs (STRTPs), Foster Family Agencies (FFAs), Intensive Services Foster Care (ISFC), and other specialized models of foster care. Statute specifies that the interim rates will expire December 31, 2024 and that the permanent, ongoing LOC rates structure will be established by January 1, 2025. In working toward meeting this statutory requirement, alongside the 2024-25 Governor’s budget, DSS has shared an initial concept paper outlining a new proposed framework for the permanent rates structure.\nCurrent Rates Structure Relies on Level of Care Protocol (LOCP).","title":"The 2024-25 Budget: Child Welfare","score":12.8862705},{"document_id":"e323a2ac64517f0f-8268-9554","text":"Section 8 Housing - housing_selfhelp\nCalifornia Tenant’s Guide—Learn about the rights and responsibilities of tenants and landlords in California, including evictions, security deposits, landlord obligations, and more.\nFair Housing Act—Learn more about the law, your rights, and how to file a complaint about housing.\nHousing Choice Vouchers Fact Sheet—Find out about housing choice vouchers. They are available for very low-income families, the elderly, and the disabled. Vouchers allow you to find your own housing, as long as the housing meets the requirements of the program.\nFile a complaint with HUD on Form 903—Use this form if you believe you were discriminated against related to housing—a violation of the Fair Housing Act. For example, if you were denied housing because of your race, or denied a mortgage loan because of your religion, or turned down for an apartment because you have children.\nApartment search—This page on the HUD website helps you search for a low-rent apartment in your state.\n\n 广东话和普通话 - Chinese\n\n以下视频为汉语普通话和粤语。资源链接和视频文稿为简体中文。  \n请在本地的法律图书室寻求帮助和了解详情，请见www.publiclawlibrary.org/law-libraries/。\n\n第一部分：前言 - 广东话, 普通话\n观看本视频，获取关于本系列其他视频的介绍。\n阅读本视频文稿。\n第二部分：补贴住房的概述 - 广东话, 普通话\n本视频向您提供补贴住房的基本情况，告诉您法律、公共住房选择，以及住房援助类型示例。\n阅读本视频文稿。\n第三部分：迫迁和终止 - 广东话, 普通话\n有时公共住房租客面临了公共住房计划迫迁或终止。观看本视频，详细了解这两种情况。 \n阅读本视频文稿。","title":"Section 8 Housing - housing_selfhelp","score":16.26815},{"document_id":"d35c478aa00b6b87-16828-18967","text":"The 2024-25 Budget: Child Welfare\nStatus: Delayed due to COVID‑19. Not yet implemented (anticipated for April/May 2024).\n\nGeneral Fund allocations: $8.25 million allocated annually since 2019‑20, but funds were not disbursed to Los Angeles County until 2022‑23 due to pandemic delays.\n\nExpenditures: Around $200,000 as of November 2023.\n\nTotal families served: None to date.\n\nBringing Families Home (BFH)\n\nTypes of services provided: Housing and supportive services for families who are involved with the child welfare system and experiencing or at risk of homelessness. These services may include, for example, rental and utility payment assistance, security deposit assistance, housing navigation, case management, legal costs, and credit repair.\n\nStatus: Implementation began in 2016.\n\nGeneral Fund allocations: $10 million in 2016, $25 million in 2019, $92.5 million in 2021‑22, and $92.5 million in 2022‑23. Total funding allocated to counties and tribes is approximately $200 million, with remaining funds (around $20 million) retained by state for reporting, evaluation, and administration.\n\nExpenditures: Counties and tribes have spent around $57 million of their total $200 million allocations, as of June 30, 2023.\n\nCounties/tribes: 53 counties and 25 tribal entities have been allocated funding.\n\nTotal families served in 2022‑23: Around 2,000 families approved as eligible for BFH services in 2022‑23.\n\nHousing Navigation and Maintenance Program (HNMP) (Under Department of Housing and Community Development)\n\nTypes of services provided: Counties are allocated funds to assist current and former foster youth (ages 18‑24, inclusive) with finding and accessing housing. Counties may use some of these dollars to fund federally required case management activities for youth receiving Foster Youth to Independence (FYI)/Family Unification Program (FUP) vouchers. FYI/FUP vouchers provide a 36‑month rental subsidy (through the voucher provided by the housing authority), paired with supportive services provided or secured through the county child welfare agency.\n\nStatus: Housing Navigators funded as part of 2019‑20 budget and expanded to become HNMP in 2022‑23.","title":"The 2024-25 Budget: Child Welfare","score":10.045663}],"fc3e765d7ffc28ffc7ee7ea38fd3c73a<::>6":[{"document_id":"487954401c8e1a27-2-2102","text":"The 2024-25 Budget: Property Tax Postponement Program [EconTax Blog]\nThe 2024-25 Budget: Property Tax Postponement Program [EconTax Blog]\n\nTranslate Our Website\n\nThis Google™ translation feature provided on the Legislative Analyst's Office (LAO) website is for informational purposes only.\nThe LAO is unable to guarantee the accuracy of this translation and is therefore not liable for any inaccurate information resulting from the translation application tool.\n\nChoose your language:\n\n×\n\nSkip to main content\n\nPolicy Areas\n\nCapital Outlay, Infrastructure\nCriminal Justice\nEconomy and Taxes\nEducation\nEnvironment and Natural Resources\nHealth and Human Services\nLocal Government\nState Budget Condition\nTransportation\nOther Government Areas\n\nPublications\nThe Budget\nPropositions and Initiatives\nStaff\nCareers\nAbout Us\n\n \nSearch\n \n\n\r\n  \r\n \n\nAll Articles\n\nTweet\n\nThe 2024-25 Budget: Property Tax Postponement Program\nFebruary 29, 2024\n\nRoss Brown\n\nBackground\nProperty Tax Postponement (PTP) Program Provides Loans to Certain Low-Income Homeowners to Pay Property Taxes. The PTP program, operated by the State Controller’s Office (SCO), provides loans to low-income seniors, blind, or disabled homeowners to pay their property taxes and stay in their homes. Homeowners then repay the loans plus interest at a later date—often when the home is sold or transferred. The PTP program has seen some significant changes over the last 15 years, including:\n\nProgram Suspension in 2009. In response to statewide budget challenges, the program was suspended from 2009 to 2014, during which time it no longer accepted applications or made property tax payments to counties.\nNew Structure for Reinstated Program in 2014. A modified version of the program was reinstated in 2014.  First, all loan repayments go through the newly established the Senior Citizens and Disabled Citizens Property Tax Postponement Fund (PTP Fund) and the money is used to make annual property payments to counties and support program administrative costs. The intent of this change was to make the program self-funded. That is, program costs are paid for with loan repayments without general taxpayer support.","title":"The 2024-25 Budget: Property Tax Postponement Program [EconTax Blog]","score":22.117805},{"document_id":"2059009a407fe8bb-43926-46141","text":"Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) | Placer County, CA\nIn order to qualify for the exemption you must either:Own and occupy the dwelling as your principal residence as of January 1, each yearIntend to occupy, as your principal residence, a recently purchased or constructed dwelling within 90 days after the purchase or completion of constructionIf you qualify for this exemption under option number 2, the first year of the exemption will only apply to a Supplemental Assessment (if any).\n\nHow do I get a Homeowners' Exemption?\n\nYou may apply for a Homeowners' Exemption by submitting a claim form (e-file link) online.\n\nWhat is the filing period for the Homeowners' Exemption?\n\nThe deadline to file for the full exemption is February 15 of each year. A partial exemption (80%) is available if filed between February 16 and December 10. The full exemption is also available on a supplemental assessment (up to the amount of the supplemental assessment), providing the full exemption has not already been applied to the property on the regular tax roll or on a prior supplemental assessment for the same year. The deadline to file for the full exemption on a supplemental assessment is within 30 days of the Notice of Supplemental Assessment. A partial exemption (80%) is available if filed after the 30th day of the Notice of Supplemental Assessment, but on or before the date on which the first installment of taxes on the supplemental tax bill becomes delinquent.\n\nDo I need to reapply for this exemption every year?\n\nNo, once you have filed for a Homeowners’ Exemption and you continue to own and occupy the residence, you will automatically receive the exemption.\n\nHow can I verify that I am receiving a Homeowners' Exemption?\n\nA Homeowners’ Exemption will appear as a $7,000 reduction in assessed value on your property tax bill.\n\nIf I move out and rent my house to someone else, am I eligible for the exemption?\n\nNo. If you do not own and occupy your home as your principal place of residence, you must cancel your Homeowners’ Exemption by writing our office. Please include the date you moved and your new mailing address.\n\nMay I claim the exemption on two properties, as live I in both?\n\nNo. The exemption is available for only one principal place of residence.","title":"Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) | Placer County, CA","score":13.304628},{"document_id":"089882437c965a3e-135661-137475","text":"2023 Personal Income Tax Booklet | California Forms & Instructions 540 | FTB.ca.gov\nDid your spouse/RDP claim the homeowner’s property tax exemption anytime during 2023?\nYou do not qualify for this credit if you or your spouse/RDP received a homeowner’s property tax exemption at any time during the year. However, if you lived apart from your spouse/RDP for the entire year and your spouse/RDP received a homeowner’s property tax exemption for a separate residence, then you may claim this credit if you are otherwise qualified.\n\nNO.\nGo to question 11.\nYES.\nIf both you and your spouse/RDP claimed the homeowner’s property tax exemption, stop here, you do not qualify for this credit. Otherwise, go to question 10.\n\nDid you and your spouse/RDP maintain separate residences for the entire year in 2023?\n\nYES.\nGo to question 11.\nNO.\nStop here. You do not qualify for this credit.\n\nIf you are:\n\nSingle, enter $60 on Form 540, line 46.\nHead of household or qualifying surviving spouse/RDP, enter $120 on Form 540, line 46.\nMarried/RDP filing separately: if you and your spouse/RDP lived in the same rental property and both qualify for this credit, one spouse/RDP may claim the full amount of the credit ($120), or each spouse/RDP may claim half the amount ($60 each). If you and your spouse/RDP lived apart for the entire year and you qualify for this credit, you may claim half the amount of the credit ($60). Enter your credit amount on Form 540, line 46.\nMarried/RDP filing jointly, enter $120 on Form 540, line 46. (Exception: If one spouse/RDP claimed the homeowner’s tax exemption and you lived apart from your spouse/RDP for the entire year, enter $60 on Form 540, line 46.)\n\n\r\n Fill in the street address(es) and landlord information below for the residence(s) you rented in California during 2023, which qualified you for this credit.\r\n \n\n \nStreet Address\nCity, State, and ZIP Code","title":"2023 Personal Income Tax Booklet | California Forms & Instructions 540 | FTB.ca.gov","score":13.227686},{"document_id":"487954401c8e1a27-1591-3702","text":"The 2024-25 Budget: Property Tax Postponement Program [EconTax Blog]\nNew Structure for Reinstated Program in 2014. A modified version of the program was reinstated in 2014.  First, all loan repayments go through the newly established the Senior Citizens and Disabled Citizens Property Tax Postponement Fund (PTP Fund) and the money is used to make annual property payments to counties and support program administrative costs. The intent of this change was to make the program self-funded. That is, program costs are paid for with loan repayments without general taxpayer support. (Previously, all program revenues and expenditures would go through the General Fund.) Second, the state also established a $15 million cap on the PTP fund balance. When the fund balance exceeds this threshold—as it did from 2017-2018 through 2019-2020 by a total of $7.9 million—those funds are transferred to the General Fund. Third, in order to qualify, homeowners must have at least 40 percent equity in the home.\nReduced Interest Rates and Raised Income Eligibility Threshold in 2019.  The Legislature modified the program in 2019, including reducing interest rates on the loans (7 percent to 5 percent), raising income eligibility thresholds ($35,000 per year to $45,000 per year and growing with inflation), and expanding the program to include manufactured homes.\n\nProposal\nBudget Proposes $7.5 Million General Fund Transfer to the PTP Fund. The Governor’s budget would provide the Department of Finance authority to transfer $7.5 million from the General Fund to the PTP Fund to ensure there are adequate resources available to cover costs in 2024-25. (This transfer is located in budget item 9100-111-0001.) Program expenditures ($9 million) are expected to exceed revenues ($5.4 million) in 2024-25 and the fund balance is insufficient to ensure adequate resources to provide loans in the budget year.\nAssessment\nStructural Deficit in PTP Fund Puts Ongoing Cost Pressure on General Fund. As shown in the figure below, expenditures have exceeded revenues over the last few years, with the gap growing in recent years. This imbalance is expected to continue for at least the next few years.","title":"The 2024-25 Budget: Property Tax Postponement Program [EconTax Blog]","score":21.585215},{"document_id":"68a6c4332b475f76-2-2092","text":"2001 Budget Analysis: Tax Relief (9100)\n2001 Budget Analysis: Tax Relief (9100)\n\nLegislative Analyst's Office\nAnalysis of the 2001-02 Budget Bill\n\nTax Relief (9100) \nThe state provides tax relief—both as subventions to local governments and as direct payments to eligible taxpayers—through a number of programs contained within this budget item. The\r\nbudget proposes total relief of $3.1 billion, of which almost $1.2 billion is appropriated in the budget bill.\nThe largest ongoing program appropriated in the budget bill is the homeowners' exemption. This provision, which is required by the State Constitution, grants a $7,000 property tax exemption\r\non the assessed value of owner-occupied dwellings, and requires the state to reimburse local governments for the resulting reduction in property tax revenues. The exemption reduces the typical\r\nhomeowner's taxes by about $75 annually. The Governor's budget proposes an expenditure of $417 million on this program in 2001-02. This is an increase of $8 million, or 2 percent, which\r\nreflects the expected growth in the number of homeowners claiming the exemption.\nVehicle License Fee Backfill \nThe largest program of tax relief pays for the costs of reimbursing local governments for reductions in the vehicle license fee (VLF). The VLF is an annual fee on the ownership of a registered\r\nvehicle in California, levied in place of taxing vehicles as personal property. The revenues are distributed to cities and counties. As part of the 1998 budget agreement, the VLF was permanently\r\ncut by 25 percent, with the potential of future reductions of up to 67.5 percent (dependent on the growth of General Fund revenues). For all VLF reductions, cities and counties continue to\r\nreceive the same amount of revenues as under prior law, with the reduced VLF amounts replaced by General Fund spending. This spending, known as the \"VLF backfill,\" is reflected in the tax\r\nrelief budget item.\nThe VLF Rebate Begins in 2001. As part of the 2000 budget agreement, vehicle owners will permanently receive the equivalent of a 67.5 percent reduction in the VLF beginning in calendar\r\nyear 2001.","title":"2001 Budget Analysis: Tax Relief (9100)","score":13.8574705}],"fc3e765d7ffc28ffc7ee7ea38fd3c73a<::>7":[{"document_id":"d3d0f0437252769a-2024-4043","text":"\r\n\t\r\n \r\n \r\n Equal Employment Opportunity / No FEAR Act\r\n \r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n | Federal Housing Finance Agency\r\n \r\n\nWe Want to Hear From YouSubmit comments and provide input on FHFA Rules Open for Comment by clicking on Rulemaking and Federal Register.​\n\nConservatorship\n\nHistory of Fannie Mae & Freddie Mac Conservatorships \nSenior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreements \n\nConservatorship of Fannie Mae \n and Freddie Mac​​As conservator, FHFA is focused on ensuring that each Enterprise builds capital and improves its safety and soundness. \n\nConservatorship ​Performance Goals​1.  ​​​ \n Op​​erate the bu​​sines​s in a safe a​nd sound manner.​2.​  ​​​​​​​​​​Prom​ote su​​stainable and equitable access to affordable housing.​\n2024 Scorecard​​​​\n\nData & Tools\n\nData\nDeveloper\nTools\nReports\nFHFA Stats Blog\n\nDownloadable Data ​& Data Reports​​FHFA experts provide reliable data, including all states, about activity in the U.S. mortgage market through its House Price Index, Refinance Report, Foreclosure Prevention Report, and Performance Report.​ \n\nHouse Price Index Rele​ase Dates​​​\nSee HPI Release Dates for​ 2023 and 2024​​​\n\nPolicy, Programs & Research\n\nPolicy\nPrograms\nMeet the Experts\nResearch\n\n​Source: FHFA​​FHFA economists and policy experts provide reliable research and policy analysis about critical topics impacting the nation’s housing finance sector. Meet the experts...​\n\n \n\nMortgage Translations\n\nMortgage Translations Home\nSearch or Browse Documents\nGlossaries\nCOVID-19 Resources\nBorrower Education Materials\nInterpretive Services\nLanguage Translation Disclosure\nLearn More\nContact Us\n\n \nMortgage Translations\n\n  \nGlossaries\n  \nCOVID-19 Resources​\n\n\r\n \r\n \r\n Equal Employment Opportunity / No FEAR Act\r\n \r\n \n\nLeadership & Organization\n\nReports & Plans\n\nCareers\n\nDo Business With Us\n\nDiversity, Equity, and Inclusion\n\nEqual Employment Opportunity / No FEAR Act\n\nFOIA & Privacy\n\nInformation Quality\n\nBudget, Finances, and Performance\n\nOmbudsman\n\nWorkforce Ombuds\n\nFHFA Policies\n\nContact Us\n\nHome / \nAbout FHFA / \nFHFA Policies / \nEqual Employment Opportunity / No FEAR Act\n\nOFFICE OF EQUAL Opportunity AND FAIRNESS (OEOF)","title":"\r\n\t\r\n \r\n \r\n Equal Employment Opportunity / No FEAR Act\r\n \r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\r\n | Federal Housing Finance Agency\r\n \r\n","score":12.359834},{"document_id":"54dd6bd0ed7797a2-0-2522","text":"2001 Budget Analysis: Dept of Fair Employment and Housing\n\n\n2001 Budget Analysis: Dept of Fair Employment and Housing\n\nLegislative Analyst's Office\nAnalysis of the 2001-02 Budget Bill\n  \n\nDepartment of Fair Employment and Housing (1700) \nThe Department of Fair Employment and Housing (DFEH) enforces laws that promote equal opportunity in housing, employment, and public accommodations, and that protect citizens from\r\nhate violence. Specifically, DFEH has responsibility for enforcing the state's main equal opportunity law, the Fair Employment and Housing Act, and resolving complaints in a timely manner.\nThe budget proposes expenditures of $22.4 million ($18.3 million from the General Fund and $4.1 million federal funds) for support of the department in 2001-02. This represents an increase\r\nof $363,000 (1.6 percent) over estimated current-year expenditures.\nInsufficient Justification of Increased Funding \nWe recommend the Legislature delete a total of $151,000 and two positions because the department has not provided workload information for the requested positions.\r\n(Delete $151,000 in Item 1700-001-0001.)\nNo Workload Data for Restrictive Covenant Program. The budget includes $151,000 from the General Fund for two positions to administer a new restrictive covenant identification\r\nservice, as authorized by Chapter 291, Statutes of 1999 (AB 1493, Nakano). Restrictive covenants under this program are those that limit property ownership based on race, color, religion,\r\nsex, familial status, marital status, disability, national origin, and ancestry, and violate the state's fair housing laws. Under this program, the department, upon request by property owners, reviews\r\nproperty deeds to determine if they contain racially restrictive covenants. According to the department, caseload tracking and processing will need to be developed for this activity. However,\r\nthe department has provided no workload data indicating the number of requests expected under the program or the amount of time it will take to process the requests. Until the department\r\nbegins administering the program, it is not clear that additional staff or resources are required. We recommend the department implement the program using existing resources during the budget\r\nyear and evaluate the workload during that time. If sufficient workload develops, a future request for staff and resources may be justified. Consequently, we recommend the Legislature delete\r\n$151,000 and two positions in Item 1700-001-0001.\n\nReturn to General Government Table of Contents,\r\n2001-02 Budget Analysis\n\n","title":"2001 Budget Analysis: Dept of Fair Employment and Housing","score":10.694533},{"document_id":"ffe67df745fed74d-1646-3736","text":"CRD | Civil Rights Department\nThe mission of the CRD is to protect the people of California from unlawful discrimination in employment, housing, businesses, and state-funded programs, and from bias-motivated violence and human trafficking.\n\nEmployment Discrimination\n\nHousing Discrimination\n\nHate Violence\n\nDiscrimination at Business Establishments\n\nDiscrimination Involving State Funded Programs\n\nEmployer Resources\n\nHousing Provider Resources\n\nCustomer Service Bystander Training (coming soon)\n\nBusiness Recognition (coming soon)\n\nHuman Trafficking, U Visas, & T Visas\n\nCriminal History in Employment\n\nLeave from Work\n\nSexual Harassment Prevention Training\n\nReasonable Accommodations at Work\n\nResources for Immigrants\n\nCRD News and Alerts\n\nMay 21, 2024 – What They’re Saying: State and Community Leaders Applaud New Anti-Hate Hotline After First Year, Remain Committed to Combatting Hate Statewide. View press release in English or Spanish\n\nMay 20, 2024 – In First Year, Statewide Anti-Hate Hotline Connects Hundreds of Californians with Support in Response to 1,000+ Reported Acts of Hate. View press release in English or Spanish\n\nMay 17, 2024 – Civil Rights Council Releases Proposed Regulations to Protect Against Employment Discrimination in Automated Decision-Making Systems. View press release in English or Spanish\n\nMay 13, 2024 – Civil Rights Department's May Newsletter\n\nGet the latest information about the Civil Rights Department (CRD) from our CRD News page.\n\nPublic Notices and Events\n\nMay 14, 2024 - MICOP & DIR: CRD Civil Rights 101 Presentation Website\n\nMay 15, 2024 - California Civil Rights Department (CRD) presents: Employment Discrimination 101 (part of a monthly webinar series) Website\n\nMay 16, 2024 - City of Brentwood: Senior Resource Fair Website\n\nMay 16, 2024 - AASCSC: 2024 Ma(n)y Celebration Website RSVP\n\nMay 18, 2024 - ONEgeneration's 15th Annual Senior Symposium - Health Fair Website\n\nMay 18, 2024 - Kern County: Older Americans’ Month Community Resource Fair Website\n\nMay 18, 2024 - Oakland Roots SC AAPI Heritage Night Tickets\n\nMay 22, 2024 - Commission on the State of Hate Meeting","title":"CRD | Civil Rights Department","score":11.699987},{"document_id":"ffe67df745fed74d-2-2218","text":"CRD | Civil Rights Department\nCRD | Civil Rights Department\n\n \n\nSkip to Main Content\n\nCA.gov\n\nHome\n\nShare via Facebook\n\nShare via Instagram\n\nShare via Twitter\n\nShare via YouTube\n\n\tAbout CRD\t\n\n\tSubscribe\t\n\n\tWork at CRD\t\nContact Us\n\nTranslate\n\n Settings\n\t\n\nDefault\n\nHigh Contrast\n\nReset\n\nIncrease Font Size\nFont Increase\n\nDecrease Font Size\nFont Decrease\n\nDyslexic font\n\n×\n\nSearch\n\nMenu\n\nComplaints\n\n\t\n\tRight-To-Sue\n\t\n\n\t\n\tComplaint Process\n\t\n\n\t\n\tFile a Complaint\n\t\n\n\t\n\tRespond to a Complaint\n\t\n\n\t\n\tCheck Complaint Status\n\t\n\n\t\n\tCCRS\n\t\n\n\t\n\tReport Discriminatory Ads & Apps\n\t\n\n\t\n\tState Bar Discipline Notice\n\t\n\nCA vs Hate\n\n\t\n\tCA vs Hate\n\t\n\n\t\n\tHate Violence\n\t\n\n\t\n\tReport a Hate Incident or Hate Crime\n\t\n\n\t\n\tCommunity Resources Supporting Monterey Park and Half Moon Bay\n\t\n\nDispute Resolution\n\n\t\n\tMediation Services\n\t\n\n\t\n\tCommunity Conflict Resolution Unit\n\t\n\nPay Data Reporting\n\nResources and Laws\n\n\t\n\tOutreach and Education\n\t\n\n\t\n\tPublications\n\t\n\n\t\n\tRequest a Speaker or Training\n\t\n\n\t\n\tSexual Harassment Prevention Training\n\t\n\n\t\n\tLaws, Reports, and Statistics\n\t\n\n\t\n\tCivil Rights Council\n\t\n\n\t\n\tCommission on the State of Hate\n\t\n\n\t\n\tOther Workplace and Housing Issues\n\t\n\n\t\n\tPublic Records Request\n\t\n\nNews and Cases\n\n\t\n\tCRD News\n\t\n\n\t\n\tCases of Interest\n\t\n\n\t\n\tFaces of CRD\n\t\n\n\t\n\tReading Room\n\t\n\n Search\n\nCustom Google Search\n\nSubmit\n\nClose Search\n\nCRD Fair Chance Interactive Guide: for jobseekers or employees with criminal records\n\nReport a Hate Incident or Hate Crime to CRD\n\nNew Guidance on Tenants’ Rights\n\nWe have a New Name and Website URL\n\nCalifornia’s Civil Rights Agency\nThe Civil Rights Department is the state agency charged with enforcing California’s civil rights laws. The mission of the CRD is to protect the people of California from unlawful discrimination in employment, housing, businesses, and state-funded programs, and from bias-motivated violence and human trafficking.\n\nEmployment Discrimination\n\nHousing Discrimination\n\nHate Violence\n\nDiscrimination at Business Establishments\n\nDiscrimination Involving State Funded Programs\n\nEmployer Resources\n\nHousing Provider Resources\n\nCustomer Service Bystander Training (coming soon)\n\nBusiness Recognition (coming soon)\n\nHuman Trafficking, U Visas, & T Visas\n\nCriminal History in Employment","title":"CRD | Civil Rights Department","score":11.229093},{"document_id":"547964666a35884d-2997-5082","text":"Employment related cases | California Courts | Self Help Guide\nDivision of Labor Standards Enforcement can help if you believe your employer owes you for unpaid wages (including overtime pay) or hasn’t given you rest and meal periods or other things you have the right to, has retaliated against you by firing, demoting or punishing you, or pays you less than someone of another sex, race or ethnicity who does essentially the same work as you.\nCalifornia Division of Occupational Safety and Health (Cal OSHA) can help if your employer does not provide a safe work environment if you get fired or discriminated against for complaining about the lack of safety at work, and more.\nDivision of Workers’ Compensation keeps track of workers’ comp claims and provides administrative and judicial services to help resolve disputes around worker’s comp benefits.\nCalifornia Department of Fair Employment and Housing (DFEH) is in charge of enforcing California’s civil rights laws and can help if you have been discriminated against at work because of race, color, national origin, sex, gender, religion, age (40 and over), disability, sexual orientation, and other protected characteristics.\nEqual Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) is the federal agency in charge of enforcing federal laws against discrimination on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, gender identity, sexual orientation, national origin, age, or disability.\n\n \n\nWas this helpful?\n\nYes\n\nNo\n\ndid this information help you with your case?\n\nGreat! Anything you can share about what made it helpful?\n\nSorry to hear that! What would make this more helpful?\n\nAny Additional Feedback?\n\nEmail (optional)\n\n CAPTCHA\nThis question is for testing whether or not you are a human visitor and to prevent automated spam submissions.\n\nLeave this field blank\n\n Was this helpful?\n\nsuccess alert banner:\nHave a question about Civil lawsuits?\nLook for a \"Chat Now\" button in the right bottom corner of your screen. If you don’t see it, disable any pop-up/ad blockers on your browser.\n\nCALIFORNIA COURTS | SELF HELP GUIDE\n\n \n\n \n\n Judicial Branch of California\n\nTerms of Use\n\nPrivacy Policy\n\n ©\n 2024","title":"Employment related cases | California Courts | Self Help Guide","score":11.156375}],"fc3e765d7ffc28ffc7ee7ea38fd3c73a<::>8":[{"document_id":"3120ebe0fe3a911e-21121-22892","text":"The 2022-23 Budget: The Governor’s Homelessness Plan\nEligible uses include rapid rehousing, operating subsidies for existing supportive housing units, street outreach, service coordination, and permanent housing. Allocations to local entities generally are based on the local entity’s share of the homeless population. \nBudget‑related legislation has modified some HHAPP program features over time. Most significantly, the program has evolved to encourage coordination among local entities to address homelessness in their region and require local action plans that will facilitate assessing program performance and conducting oversight. Figure 5 provides an overview of each round of authorized HHAPP funding. (The state also provided $500 million in flexible homelessness aid to large cities [populations over 330,000] and CoCs on a one‑time basis in 2018‑19 through the Homeless Emergency Aid Program [HEAP].) \n\nFigure 5\nOverview of The Homeless Housing, Assistance and Prevention Program (HHAPP)\n(In Millions)\n\n2019‑20 HHAPP Round 1\n\n2020‑21 HHAPP Round 2 \n\n2021‑22 HHAPP Round 3\n\n2022‑23a HHAPP Round 4\n\nGrant Funding \n\nCitiesb\n\n$285 \n\n$130 \n\n$336 \n\n$336 \n\nCounties\n\n175 \n\n80 \n\n224 \n\n224 \n\nCoCs\n\n190 \n\n90 \n\n240 \n\n240 \n\nTribal Governments \n\n— \n\n— \n\n20 \n\n20 \n\nBonusc\n\n— \n\n—\n\n180 \n\n180 \n\nTotals\n\n$650\n\n$300\n\n$1,000\n\n$1,000\n\nYouth Set Aside\n\n8 percent of allocation. \n\n8 percent of allocation.\n\n10 percent of allocation.\n\n10 percent of allocation.\n\nFund Disbursement\n\nDisbursed spring 2020.\n\nDisbursed fall 2021.\n\nAnticipated initial disbursement spring 2022.\n\nAnticipated initial disbursement spring 2023.\n\nStatus \n\nRecipients managing allocated funds per program requirements and developing annual reports, as needed.\n\nRecipients managing allocated funds per program requirements and developing annual reports, as needed.","title":"The 2022-23 Budget: The Governor’s Homelessness Plan","score":11.254302},{"document_id":"63c2e813d6aa4efc-9307-11423","text":"2001 Budget Analysis: Housing and Community Development (2240)\n$1.4 million in ongoing funds for planning grants.\n\nHomeless Programs \nThe state's primary program for the funding of homeless shelter services is the department's Emergency Housing and Assistance\r\nProgram (EHAP). The 2000-01 budget contained $39 million for two components of EHAP:\n\nOperating Grants. $14 million of the funds are available to fund the ongoing services of homeless shelters. This level of funding\r\nis again proposed for 2001-02.\nCapital Loans. Forgivable loans totaling $25 million are available for the construction, rehabilitation, or acquisition of shelter\r\nfacilities.\n\nOther Programs \nCode Enforcement Incentives. Two new programs—designed to improve local enforcement of building codes—were created by\r\nChapter 664, Statutes of 2000 (AB 1382, Lowenthal), and appropriated $5 million in one-time funds. The department has received\r\nabout $30 million in applications for the two programs.\n\nCode Enforcement Incentive Program. This program ($2.75 million) provides three-year grants to local jurisdictions to\r\nincrease staffing for local code enforcement activities. The maximum grant amount is $1 million, and local matching funds must\r\nincrease over the life of the grant.\n Community Code Enforcement Pilot Program. This program ($2.25 million), with a maximum grant amount of $450,000,\r\nemphasizes improving cooperation between code enforcement officials and prosecution agencies, health departments, housing\r\nagencies, and schools.\n\nInterregional Partnership Pilot Program. This program, funded at $5 million, will provide grants to assist local governments\r\nundertaking interregional planning for housing and employment issues, with a particular emphasis on improving geographic mapping.\nChild Care Facilities. The budget appropriated $16 million for the Child Care Facilities Financing Program. The funds can be\r\nused for either direct loans or loan guarantees for child care facility purchases, expansions, or renovations. In the 2000-01 Analysis,\r\nwe reported that the program was having administrative difficulties in distributing $7 million in funds appropriated in the 1997-98\r\nbudget.","title":"2001 Budget Analysis: Housing and Community Development (2240)","score":12.7107935},{"document_id":"3120ebe0fe3a911e-3565-5999","text":"The 2022-23 Budget: The Governor’s Homelessness Plan\nAddressing this crisis requires a complex combination of services and infrastructure. As more information about recent state efforts becomes available, we suggest the Legislature assess which types of interventions appear most effective. This information could help guide the state’s long‑term fiscal and policy role in addressing homelessness. \nFor Any Authorized Funds, Set Clear Expectations and Establish Metrics to Assess Performance. Setting clear expectations through statute and establishing reporting requirements to facilitate oversight over the state’s progress towards addressing homelessness will be critical. \n\nBackground\nHousing Affordability Affects Homelessness. The state is facing a severe affordable housing crisis. Not surprisingly, those living in poverty are the most significantly affected. Rising housing costs that have exceeded growth in wages, particularly for low‑income households, put Californians at risk of housing instability and homelessness. In California, around 2.5 million low‑income households are cost burdened (spend more than 30 percent of their incomes on housing). Over 1.5 million low‑income households face even more dire cost pressures—spending more than half of their income on housing. For this population, job loss or an unexpected expense could result in homelessness. \nHomelessness in California. While homelessness is a complex problem with many causes, the high costs of housing is a significant factor in the state’s homelessness crisis. More people experienced homelessness in California than any other state. As of January 2020—the most recent year complete federal data is available—California has about 161,500 individuals experiencing homelessness, which represents about 28 percent of the total homeless population in the nation. (California’s overall population, however, is about 12 percent of the nation.) Figure 1 provides additional details about people experiencing homelessness in California in 2020. Additionally, the state’s Homeless Data Integration System (HDIS)—which tracks people served in the state—identified that 246,100 unique people accessed some form of homelessness service in the state in 2020—159,400 individuals and 83,500 families with children. Included in the individual and family totals are 24,300 unaccompanied youth. Finally, Figure 2 depicts how the state’s sheltered and unsheltered homeless populations have changed between 2010 and 2020.","title":"The 2022-23 Budget: The Governor’s Homelessness Plan","score":9.887294},{"document_id":"58d1752eeb4ddd8d-2381-3790","text":"Bill Text - SCR-161 California Runaway and Homeless Youth Prevention Month.\nA study released in November 2017 by the University of Chicago’s Chapin Hall found that one in 10 young adults between 18 and 25 years of age, inclusive, and at least one in 30 adolescents between 13 and 17 years of age, inclusive, experiences homelessness over the course of a year; andWHEREAS, Of the unaccompanied homeless youth in California, 82.5 percent are unsheltered, which is the second highest percentage in the country. Thirty-eight percent of homeless youth in the country are located in California, and California has the largest number of homeless youth in any state; andWHEREAS, Runaway and homeless youth flee conflict, abuse, neglect, and, increasingly, poverty in their homes. They have become disconnected from educational systems and the workforce and do not have the skills or financial resources to live on their own. The factors impacting youth homelessness are complex and differ from those impacting other homeless populations; andWHEREAS, Runaway and homeless youth who live on the street are victims of physical abuse, sexual exploitation, human trafficking, and crime in untold numbers. Each year an estimated 300,000 youth are either victims, or at risk of becoming victims, of commercial sexual exploitation. Of these victimized children, approximately 60 percent are homeless; andWHEREAS, Homeless youth tend to start using drugs at a younger age, often before 15 years of age.","title":"Bill Text - SCR-161 California Runaway and Homeless Youth Prevention Month.","score":9.901878},{"document_id":"3120ebe0fe3a911e-55087-56227","text":"The 2022-23 Budget: The Governor’s Homelessness Plan\nDespite this progress, the scale of the homelessness crisis in California is significant and continued work and resources will be necessary to address the state’s homelessness challenges. We suggest the Legislature dedicate the early part of the budget process to overseeing the implementation of last year’s significant homelessness augmentations. Additionally, the state authorized significant funding last year for programs the Governor now proposes for additional augmentation. In both cases, it is too early to know how these programs have performed. As the Legislature moves forward in its efforts to address homelessness, we suggest considering how to balance the state‑local relationship and identify a predictable funding strategy that aligns with the balance of responsibilities between the state and local governments. \n \n\nSubscribe\r\n | California State Legislature\r\n | Online Voter Registration\r\n | Privacy Policy\r\n | Accessibility\n\nLegislative Analyst's Office | The California Legislature's Nonpartisan Fiscal and Policy Advisor\r\n \r\n 925 L Street, Suite 1000 Sacramento, CA 95814 | (916) 445-4656 | information [at] lao.ca.gov","title":"The 2022-23 Budget: The Governor’s Homelessness Plan","score":9.595074}],"fc3e765d7ffc28ffc7ee7ea38fd3c73a<::>9":[{"document_id":"3120ebe0fe3a911e-1681-4200","text":"The 2022-23 Budget: The Governor’s Homelessness Plan\nShifting State‑Local Relationship. Historically, local entities have provided most of the homelessness assistance in their jurisdiction, relying in part on federal and state funding. As the homelessness crisis has become more acute, the state has taken a larger role in funding and supporting local governments’ efforts to address homelessness. The state has increased its role in addressing homelessness by providing significant, albeit one‑time and temporary, funding towards infrastructure and flexible aid to local governments in recent years. \nUpdate on Key Recent Homelessness State Spending. Recent budget actions reflect the increased role of the state in addressing homelessness. The state budget provided a total of $7.2 billion ($3.3 billion General Fund) in 2021‑22 to about 30 homelessness‑related programs across various state departments. We provide implementation updates for several of the major, recent homelessness augmentations. \nHomelessness Package Proposes to Focuses on Near‑Team Needs. The Governor’s 2022‑23 budget proposes $2 billion one‑time General Fund over two years that is intended to address near‑term homelessness needs while previously authorized funds for long‑term housing solutions are implemented: $1.5 billion for behavioral health “bridge” housing and $500 million for the Encampment Resolution Grants Program. \nDevote Attention to Overseeing Recent Augmentations. We suggest the Legislature dedicate the early part of the budget process to overseeing the implementation of last year’s significant homelessness augmentations. Prior to authorizing increased funding for the activities proposed in the 2022‑23 budget, ensuring that the homelessness efforts authorized in prior budgets are operating effectively, adequately supported, and can be maintained over time will be important. \nConsider Long‑Term Plan for Ongoing Homelessness Efforts. Addressing this crisis requires a complex combination of services and infrastructure. As more information about recent state efforts becomes available, we suggest the Legislature assess which types of interventions appear most effective. This information could help guide the state’s long‑term fiscal and policy role in addressing homelessness. \nFor Any Authorized Funds, Set Clear Expectations and Establish Metrics to Assess Performance. Setting clear expectations through statute and establishing reporting requirements to facilitate oversight over the state’s progress towards addressing homelessness will be critical. \n\nBackground","title":"The 2022-23 Budget: The Governor’s Homelessness Plan","score":20.748075},{"document_id":"3120ebe0fe3a911e-3565-5999","text":"The 2022-23 Budget: The Governor’s Homelessness Plan\nAddressing this crisis requires a complex combination of services and infrastructure. As more information about recent state efforts becomes available, we suggest the Legislature assess which types of interventions appear most effective. This information could help guide the state’s long‑term fiscal and policy role in addressing homelessness. \nFor Any Authorized Funds, Set Clear Expectations and Establish Metrics to Assess Performance. Setting clear expectations through statute and establishing reporting requirements to facilitate oversight over the state’s progress towards addressing homelessness will be critical. \n\nBackground\nHousing Affordability Affects Homelessness. The state is facing a severe affordable housing crisis. Not surprisingly, those living in poverty are the most significantly affected. Rising housing costs that have exceeded growth in wages, particularly for low‑income households, put Californians at risk of housing instability and homelessness. In California, around 2.5 million low‑income households are cost burdened (spend more than 30 percent of their incomes on housing). Over 1.5 million low‑income households face even more dire cost pressures—spending more than half of their income on housing. For this population, job loss or an unexpected expense could result in homelessness. \nHomelessness in California. While homelessness is a complex problem with many causes, the high costs of housing is a significant factor in the state’s homelessness crisis. More people experienced homelessness in California than any other state. As of January 2020—the most recent year complete federal data is available—California has about 161,500 individuals experiencing homelessness, which represents about 28 percent of the total homeless population in the nation. (California’s overall population, however, is about 12 percent of the nation.) Figure 1 provides additional details about people experiencing homelessness in California in 2020. Additionally, the state’s Homeless Data Integration System (HDIS)—which tracks people served in the state—identified that 246,100 unique people accessed some form of homelessness service in the state in 2020—159,400 individuals and 83,500 families with children. Included in the individual and family totals are 24,300 unaccompanied youth. Finally, Figure 2 depicts how the state’s sheltered and unsheltered homeless populations have changed between 2010 and 2020.","title":"The 2022-23 Budget: The Governor’s Homelessness Plan","score":13.017299},{"document_id":"3120ebe0fe3a911e-21121-22892","text":"The 2022-23 Budget: The Governor’s Homelessness Plan\nEligible uses include rapid rehousing, operating subsidies for existing supportive housing units, street outreach, service coordination, and permanent housing. Allocations to local entities generally are based on the local entity’s share of the homeless population. \nBudget‑related legislation has modified some HHAPP program features over time. Most significantly, the program has evolved to encourage coordination among local entities to address homelessness in their region and require local action plans that will facilitate assessing program performance and conducting oversight. Figure 5 provides an overview of each round of authorized HHAPP funding. (The state also provided $500 million in flexible homelessness aid to large cities [populations over 330,000] and CoCs on a one‑time basis in 2018‑19 through the Homeless Emergency Aid Program [HEAP].) \n\nFigure 5\nOverview of The Homeless Housing, Assistance and Prevention Program (HHAPP)\n(In Millions)\n\n2019‑20 HHAPP Round 1\n\n2020‑21 HHAPP Round 2 \n\n2021‑22 HHAPP Round 3\n\n2022‑23a HHAPP Round 4\n\nGrant Funding \n\nCitiesb\n\n$285 \n\n$130 \n\n$336 \n\n$336 \n\nCounties\n\n175 \n\n80 \n\n224 \n\n224 \n\nCoCs\n\n190 \n\n90 \n\n240 \n\n240 \n\nTribal Governments \n\n— \n\n— \n\n20 \n\n20 \n\nBonusc\n\n— \n\n—\n\n180 \n\n180 \n\nTotals\n\n$650\n\n$300\n\n$1,000\n\n$1,000\n\nYouth Set Aside\n\n8 percent of allocation. \n\n8 percent of allocation.\n\n10 percent of allocation.\n\n10 percent of allocation.\n\nFund Disbursement\n\nDisbursed spring 2020.\n\nDisbursed fall 2021.\n\nAnticipated initial disbursement spring 2022.\n\nAnticipated initial disbursement spring 2023.\n\nStatus \n\nRecipients managing allocated funds per program requirements and developing annual reports, as needed.\n\nRecipients managing allocated funds per program requirements and developing annual reports, as needed.","title":"The 2022-23 Budget: The Governor’s Homelessness Plan","score":11.254302},{"document_id":"3120ebe0fe3a911e-19390-21705","text":"The 2022-23 Budget: The Governor’s Homelessness Plan\n2023‑24 \n\nFund Source \n\nState Administrator\n\nBehavioral Health Bridge Housinga\n\n$1,000 \n\n$500 \n\nGeneral Fund\n\nDHCS\n\nEncampment Resolution Grants Program\n\n500 \n\n—\n\nGeneral Fund\n\nCal ICH\n\naThis funding is proposed to be provided through the existing Behavioral Health Continuum Infrastructure Program.\n\nDHCS = Department of Health Care Services and Cal ICH = California Interagency Council on Homelessness.\n\nUpdate on Major Recent State Actions Addressing Homelessness \nIn this section, we provide implementation updates for several of the major, recent homelessness augmentations. While Figure 3 shows that the major recent augmentations span four departments and an even larger number of programs, the 2021‑22 budget actually provided even more funding—a total of $7.2 billion ($3.3 billion General Fund)—to about 30 homelessness‑related programs in additional state departments that are not all shown in the figure. Beyond the various state housing departments, the 2021‑22 budget also funds homelessness programs in the human services, health, veterans, transportation, higher education, and emergency services areas of the budget. We are only highlighting the implementation status of the major augmentations in this section. \nHomeless Housing, Assistance and Prevention Program (HHAPP)\nFlexible Aid to Local Entities. Since 2019‑20, the budget has authorized $2.95 billion General Fund in flexible aid to large cities (populations over 300,000), counties, Continuums of Care (CoCs)—local entities that administer housing assistance programs within a particular area, often a county or group of counties—and more recently to tribal governments through HHAPP to fund a variety of programs and services that address homelessness. Eligible uses include rapid rehousing, operating subsidies for existing supportive housing units, street outreach, service coordination, and permanent housing. Allocations to local entities generally are based on the local entity’s share of the homeless population. \nBudget‑related legislation has modified some HHAPP program features over time. Most significantly, the program has evolved to encourage coordination among local entities to address homelessness in their region and require local action plans that will facilitate assessing program performance and conducting oversight.","title":"The 2022-23 Budget: The Governor’s Homelessness Plan","score":13.059691},{"document_id":"3120ebe0fe3a911e-51629-53838","text":"The 2022-23 Budget: The Governor’s Homelessness Plan\nSpecific Considerations for 2022‑23 Budget Proposals\nHow Has the Administration Assessed the Level of Need for Encampment Resolutions? While requests for encampment resolution funding in 2021‑22 exceeded availability by $70 million, the Governor’s proposal goes far beyond funding these original requests. The state’s ability to spend the major proposed augmentation is unclear. Understanding how recently introduced legislation may expand the scope of allowable usages of the funds will be important. Additionally, the 2021‑22 funding was intended to fund demonstration projects which would inform best practices for addressing the needs of people living in unsheltered encampments, while simultaneously addressing the health and safety needs of the entire community. The administration is proposing an augmentation on many orders of magnitude above what has been previously authorized for the program before the initial funding is released and the performance of the program can be assessed. As a result, how successful interventions will be identified for this round of funding is unclear.\nBridge Funding May Make Sense but Forthcoming Details Will Be Important. The Governor indicates the homelessness funding proposed in the 2022‑23 budget is intended to address near‑term needs while previously funded long‑term housing solutions come online. We suggest the Legislature consider the trade‑offs between pursuing the bridge proposal, given the time and resources required to implement a new program of this scale and supporting existing services and programs. Specifically, the Legislature could consider where existing programs could be leveraged to provide immediate housing support for people with behavioral health needs experiencing homelessness. While some bridge resources may be necessary, whether the short‑term options proposed by the administration are most effective, especially in the context of what the state already has invested towards housing and homelessness infrastructure, is unclear. For example, could an expanded Project Roomkey address the immediate need identified by the Governor? Alternatively, would additional funding for CCE provide both immediate and longer‑term solutions?","title":"The 2022-23 Budget: The Governor’s Homelessness Plan","score":13.221287}],"d7b4f863baa92fd08c1db2b1a95170dd<::>1":[{"document_id":"d430fcc6509467a4-20954-22891","text":"Catalog of Earth Satellite Orbits\n(NASA illustration courtesy Orbital Debris Program Office.)\n\nThe debris field generated by the Iridium collision is of particular concern to the Earth Observing System because the center of the debris field will eventually drift through the EOS satellites’ orbits. The Iridium and Russian satellites were 790 kilometers above the Earth, while EOS satellites orbit at 705 kilometers. Many pieces of debris from this collision were propelled to lower altitudes and are already causing issues at 705 kilometers.\nMission control engineers track orbital debris and other orbiting satellites that could come into the Earth Observing System’s orbit, and they carefully plan avoidance maneuvers as needed. The same team also plans and executes maneuvers to adjust the satellite’s inclination and height. The team evaluates these planned maneuvers to ensure that they do not bring the EOS satellites into close proximity to catalogued orbital debris or other satellites. To peek in on a day in the mission control center during one such maneuver, see the related article Flying Steady: Mission Control Tunes Up Aqua’s Orbit.\n\nLinks\nJ-Track 3-D\nEyes on the Earth 3D\n\nReferences\nAir University. (2003, August). Orbital Mechanics. Space Primer. Accessed May 22, 2009.\nBlitzer, L. (1971, August). Satellite orbit paradox: A general view. American Journal of Physics. 39, 882-886.\nCornish, N. J. (2008). The Lagrange Points. Wilkinson Microwave Anisotropy Probe (WMAP), National Aeronautics and Space Administration. Accessed June 4, 2009.\nEuropean Space Agency. (2009, February 12). What are Lagrange Points? Accessed June 4, 2009.\nGleick, J. (2003). Isaac Newton. New York: Vintage Books.\nHawking, S. (2004). The Illustrated on the Shoulders of Giants. Philadelphia: Running Press.\nIannotta, B. and Malik, T. (2009, February 11). U.S. satellite destroyed in space collision. Accessed May 22, 2009.\nThe James Webb Space Telescope. About JWST’s Orbit.","title":"Catalog of Earth Satellite Orbits","score":10.992385},{"document_id":"d430fcc6509467a4-19200-21462","text":"Catalog of Earth Satellite Orbits\nNow, the satellite is moving through this thicker layer of the atmosphere instead of the thin layer it was in when the Sun was less active. Since the satellite moves through denser air at solar maximum, it faces more resistance. When the Sun is quiet, satellites in low Earth orbit have to boost their orbits about four times per year to make up for atmospheric drag. When solar activity is at its greatest, a satellite may have to be maneuvered every 2-3 weeks.\nThe third reason to move a satellite is to avoid space junk, orbital debris, that may be in its path. On February 11, a communication satellite owned by Iridium, a U.S. company, collided with a non-functioning Russian satellite. Both satellites broke apart, creating a field of debris that contained at least 2,500 pieces. Each piece of debris was added to the database of more than 18,000 manmade objects currently in Earth orbit and tracked by the U.S. Space Surveillance Network.\nNASA satellite mission controllers carefully track anything that may enter the path of their satellites. As of May 2009, Earth Observing satellites had been moved three separate times to avoid orbital debris.\n\nThousands of manmade objects—95 % of them “space junk”— occupy low Earth orbit. Each black dot in this image shows either a functioning satellite, an inactive satellite, or a piece of debris. Although the space near Earth looks crowded, each dot is much larger than the satellite or debris it represents, and collisions are extremely rare. (NASA illustration courtesy Orbital Debris Program Office.)\n\nOrbiting objects are concentrated in low Earth orbit (nearly obscuring the Earth’s surface in this illustration) and geostationary orbit (revealed by the ring of satellites along the outer edges). (NASA illustration courtesy Orbital Debris Program Office.)\n\nThe debris field generated by the Iridium collision is of particular concern to the Earth Observing System because the center of the debris field will eventually drift through the EOS satellites’ orbits. The Iridium and Russian satellites were 790 kilometers above the Earth, while EOS satellites orbit at 705 kilometers. Many pieces of debris from this collision were propelled to lower altitudes and are already causing issues at 705 kilometers.","title":"Catalog of Earth Satellite Orbits","score":11.294272},{"document_id":"a219ceb7178fd438-7609-9715","text":"Catalog of Earth Satellite Orbits\nEach orbit lasts 12 hours, so the slow, high-altitude portion of the orbit repeats over the same location every day and night. Russian communications satellites and the Sirius radio satellites currently use this type of orbit. (Adapted from Fundamentals of Space Systems by Vincent L. Pisacane, 2005.)\n\nThe Molniya orbit is highly eccentric: the satellite moves in an extreme ellipse with the Earth close to one edge. Because it is accelerated by our planet’s gravity, the satellite moves very quickly when it is close to the Earth. As it moves away, its speed slows, so it spends more time at the top of its orbit farthest from the Earth. A satellite in a Molniya orbit takes 12 hours to complete its orbit, but it spends about two-thirds of that time over one hemisphere. Like a semi-synchronous orbit, a satellite in the Molniya orbit passes over the same path every 24 hours. This type of orbit is useful for communications in the far north or south.\nLow Earth Orbit\nMost scientific satellites and many weather satellites are in a nearly circular, low Earth orbit. The satellite’s inclination depends on what the satellite was launched to monitor. The Tropical Rainfall Measuring Mission (TRMM) satellite was launched to monitor rainfall in the tropics. Therefore, it has a relatively low inclination (35 degrees), staying near the equator.\n\nTRMM’s low orbital inclination—just 35° from the equator—allows its instruments to concentrate on the tropics. This image shows one half of the observations TRMM makes in a single day. (NASA image courtesy TRMM Project.)\n\nMany of the satellites in NASA’s Earth Observing System have a nearly polar orbit. In this highly inclined orbit, the satellite moves around the Earth from pole to pole, taking about 99 minutes to complete an orbit. During one half of the orbit, the satellite views the daytime side of the Earth. At the pole, satellite crosses over to the nighttime side of Earth.\nAs the satellites orbit, the Earth turns underneath. By the time the satellite crosses back into daylight, it is over the region adjacent to the area seen in its last orbit.","title":"Catalog of Earth Satellite Orbits","score":11.386708},{"document_id":"a219ceb7178fd438-6127-8141","text":"Catalog of Earth Satellite Orbits\nThe perspectives of the Sun from 60 degrees behind (left) and ahead (right) of Earth’s orbit reveal portions of the Sun’s surface that would otherwise be hidden from view. (NASA images courtesy STEREO Science Center.)\n\nMedium Earth Orbit\nCloser to the Earth, satellites in a medium Earth orbit move more quickly. Two medium Earth orbits are notable: the semi-synchronous orbit and the Molniya orbit.\nThe semi-synchronous orbit is a near-circular orbit (low eccentricity) 26,560 kilometers from the center of the Earth (about 20,200 kilometers above the surface). A satellite at this height takes 12 hours to complete an orbit. As the satellite moves, the Earth rotates underneath it. In 24-hours, the satellite crosses over the same two spots on the equator every day. This orbit is consistent and highly predictable. It is the orbit used by the Global Positioning System (GPS) satellites.\n\nThe second common medium Earth orbit is the Molniya orbit. Invented by the Russians, the Molniya orbit works well for observing high latitudes. A geostationary orbit is valuable for the constant view it provides, but satellites in a geostationary orbit are parked over the equator, so they don’t work well for far northern or southern locations, which are always on the edge of view for a geostationary satellite. The Molniya orbit offers a useful alternative.\n\nThe Molniya orbit combines high inclination (63.4°) with high eccentricity (0.722) to maximize viewing time over high latitudes. Each orbit lasts 12 hours, so the slow, high-altitude portion of the orbit repeats over the same location every day and night. Russian communications satellites and the Sirius radio satellites currently use this type of orbit. (Adapted from Fundamentals of Space Systems by Vincent L. Pisacane, 2005.)\n\nThe Molniya orbit is highly eccentric: the satellite moves in an extreme ellipse with the Earth close to one edge. Because it is accelerated by our planet’s gravity, the satellite moves very quickly when it is close to the Earth.","title":"Catalog of Earth Satellite Orbits","score":11.189781},{"document_id":"d430fcc6509467a4-9471-11452","text":"Catalog of Earth Satellite Orbits\nIt is a good location for space telescopes, including the future James Webb Space Telescope (Hubble’s successor, scheduled to launch in 2014) and the current Wilkinson Microwave Anisotropy Probe (WMAP), used for studying the nature of the universe by mapping background microwave radiation.\nThe third Lagrange point is opposite the Earth on the other side of the Sun so that the Sun is always between it and Earth. A satellite in this position would not be able to communicate with Earth. The extremely stable fourth and fifth Lagrange points are in Earth’s orbital path around the Sun, 60 degrees ahead of and behind Earth. The twin Solar Terrestrial Relations Observatory (STEREO) spacecraft will orbit at the fourth and fifth Lagrange points to provide a three-dimensional view of the Sun.\n\nThe twin Solar Terrestrial Relations Observatory (STEREO) spacecraft took these images of sunspot 1024 on July 5, 2009, while on their way to L4 and L5. The perspectives of the Sun from 60 degrees behind (left) and ahead (right) of Earth’s orbit reveal portions of the Sun’s surface that would otherwise be hidden from view. (NASA images courtesy STEREO Science Center.)\n\nMedium Earth Orbit\nCloser to the Earth, satellites in a medium Earth orbit move more quickly. Two medium Earth orbits are notable: the semi-synchronous orbit and the Molniya orbit.\nThe semi-synchronous orbit is a near-circular orbit (low eccentricity) 26,560 kilometers from the center of the Earth (about 20,200 kilometers above the surface). A satellite at this height takes 12 hours to complete an orbit. As the satellite moves, the Earth rotates underneath it. In 24-hours, the satellite crosses over the same two spots on the equator every day. This orbit is consistent and highly predictable. It is the orbit used by the Global Positioning System (GPS) satellites.\n\nThe second common medium Earth orbit is the Molniya orbit. Invented by the Russians, the Molniya orbit works well for observing high latitudes.","title":"Catalog of Earth Satellite Orbits","score":10.849043}],"d7b4f863baa92fd08c1db2b1a95170dd<::>2":[{"document_id":"a219ceb7178fd438-7609-9715","text":"Catalog of Earth Satellite Orbits\nEach orbit lasts 12 hours, so the slow, high-altitude portion of the orbit repeats over the same location every day and night. Russian communications satellites and the Sirius radio satellites currently use this type of orbit. (Adapted from Fundamentals of Space Systems by Vincent L. Pisacane, 2005.)\n\nThe Molniya orbit is highly eccentric: the satellite moves in an extreme ellipse with the Earth close to one edge. Because it is accelerated by our planet’s gravity, the satellite moves very quickly when it is close to the Earth. As it moves away, its speed slows, so it spends more time at the top of its orbit farthest from the Earth. A satellite in a Molniya orbit takes 12 hours to complete its orbit, but it spends about two-thirds of that time over one hemisphere. Like a semi-synchronous orbit, a satellite in the Molniya orbit passes over the same path every 24 hours. This type of orbit is useful for communications in the far north or south.\nLow Earth Orbit\nMost scientific satellites and many weather satellites are in a nearly circular, low Earth orbit. The satellite’s inclination depends on what the satellite was launched to monitor. The Tropical Rainfall Measuring Mission (TRMM) satellite was launched to monitor rainfall in the tropics. Therefore, it has a relatively low inclination (35 degrees), staying near the equator.\n\nTRMM’s low orbital inclination—just 35° from the equator—allows its instruments to concentrate on the tropics. This image shows one half of the observations TRMM makes in a single day. (NASA image courtesy TRMM Project.)\n\nMany of the satellites in NASA’s Earth Observing System have a nearly polar orbit. In this highly inclined orbit, the satellite moves around the Earth from pole to pole, taking about 99 minutes to complete an orbit. During one half of the orbit, the satellite views the daytime side of the Earth. At the pole, satellite crosses over to the nighttime side of Earth.\nAs the satellites orbit, the Earth turns underneath. By the time the satellite crosses back into daylight, it is over the region adjacent to the area seen in its last orbit.","title":"Catalog of Earth Satellite Orbits","score":14.415952},{"document_id":"d430fcc6509467a4-4693-6881","text":"Catalog of Earth Satellite Orbits\nOrbital inclination is the angle between the plane of an orbit and the equator. An orbital inclination of 0° is directly above the equator, 90° crosses right above the pole, and 180° orbits above the equator in the opposite direction of Earth’s spin. (NASA illustration by Robert Simmon.)\n\nTogether, the satellite’s height, eccentricity, and inclination determine the satellite’s path and what view it will have of Earth.\n\nThree Classes of Orbit\nHigh Earth Orbit\nWhen a satellite reaches exactly 42,164 kilometers from the center of the Earth (about 36,000 kilometers from Earth’s surface), it enters a sort of “sweet spot” in which its orbit matches Earth’s rotation. Because the satellite orbits at the same speed that the Earth is turning, the satellite seems to stay in place over a single longitude, though it may drift north to south. This special, high Earth orbit is called geosynchronous.\nA satellite in a circular geosynchronous orbit directly over the equator (eccentricity and inclination at zero) will have a geostationary orbit that does not move at all relative to the ground. It is always directly over the same place on the Earth’s surface.\nA geostationary orbit is extremely valuable for weather monitoring because satellites in this orbit provide a constant view of the same surface area. When you log into your favorite weather web site and look at the satellite view of your hometown, the image you are seeing comes from a satellite in geostationary orbit. Every few minutes, geostationary satellites like the Geostationary Operational Environmental Satellite (GOES) satellites send information about clouds, water vapor, and wind, and this near-constant stream of information serves as the basis for most weather monitoring and forecasting.\n\nSatellites in geostationary orbit rotate with the Earth directly above the equator, continuously staying above the same spot. This position allows satellites to observe weather and other phenomena that vary on short timescales. (NASA images by Marit Jentoft-Nilsen and Robert Simmon.)\n\nBecause geostationary satellites are always over a single location, they can also be useful for communication (phones, television, radio).","title":"Catalog of Earth Satellite Orbits","score":15.324516},{"document_id":"a219ceb7178fd438-6127-8141","text":"Catalog of Earth Satellite Orbits\nThe perspectives of the Sun from 60 degrees behind (left) and ahead (right) of Earth’s orbit reveal portions of the Sun’s surface that would otherwise be hidden from view. (NASA images courtesy STEREO Science Center.)\n\nMedium Earth Orbit\nCloser to the Earth, satellites in a medium Earth orbit move more quickly. Two medium Earth orbits are notable: the semi-synchronous orbit and the Molniya orbit.\nThe semi-synchronous orbit is a near-circular orbit (low eccentricity) 26,560 kilometers from the center of the Earth (about 20,200 kilometers above the surface). A satellite at this height takes 12 hours to complete an orbit. As the satellite moves, the Earth rotates underneath it. In 24-hours, the satellite crosses over the same two spots on the equator every day. This orbit is consistent and highly predictable. It is the orbit used by the Global Positioning System (GPS) satellites.\n\nThe second common medium Earth orbit is the Molniya orbit. Invented by the Russians, the Molniya orbit works well for observing high latitudes. A geostationary orbit is valuable for the constant view it provides, but satellites in a geostationary orbit are parked over the equator, so they don’t work well for far northern or southern locations, which are always on the edge of view for a geostationary satellite. The Molniya orbit offers a useful alternative.\n\nThe Molniya orbit combines high inclination (63.4°) with high eccentricity (0.722) to maximize viewing time over high latitudes. Each orbit lasts 12 hours, so the slow, high-altitude portion of the orbit repeats over the same location every day and night. Russian communications satellites and the Sirius radio satellites currently use this type of orbit. (Adapted from Fundamentals of Space Systems by Vincent L. Pisacane, 2005.)\n\nThe Molniya orbit is highly eccentric: the satellite moves in an extreme ellipse with the Earth close to one edge. Because it is accelerated by our planet’s gravity, the satellite moves very quickly when it is close to the Earth.","title":"Catalog of Earth Satellite Orbits","score":30.172613},{"document_id":"d430fcc6509467a4-1459-3649","text":"Catalog of Earth Satellite Orbits\nThere are essentially three types of Earth orbits: high Earth orbit, medium Earth orbit, and low Earth orbit. Many weather and some communications satellites tend to have a high Earth orbit, farthest away from the surface. Satellites that orbit in a medium (mid) Earth orbit include navigation and specialty satellites, designed to monitor a particular region. Most scientific satellites, including NASA’s Earth Observing System fleet, have a low Earth orbit.\n\nOne way of classifying orbits is by altitude. Low Earth orbit starts just above the top of the atmosphere, while high Earth orbit begins about one tenth of the way to the moon. (NASA illustration by Robert Simmon)\n\nThe height of the orbit, or distance between the satellite and Earth’s surface, determines how quickly the satellite moves around the Earth. An Earth-orbiting satellite’s motion is mostly controlled by Earth’s gravity. As satellites get closer to Earth, the pull of gravity gets stronger, and the satellite moves more quickly. NASA’s Aqua satellite, for example, requires about 99 minutes to orbit the Earth at about 705 kilometers up, while a weather satellite about 36,000 kilometers from Earth’s surface takes 23 hours, 56 minutes, and 4 seconds to complete an orbit. At 384,403 kilometers from the center of the Earth, the Moon completes a single orbit in 28 days.\n\nThe higher a satellite’s orbit, the slower it moves. Certain orbital altitudes have special properties, like a geosynchronous orbit, in which a satellite travels around the Earth exactly once each day. The length of each red arrow in this diagram represents the distance traveled by a satellite in an hour. View animation. (NASA illustration by Robert Simmon.)\n\nChanging a satellite’s height will also change its orbital speed. This introduces a strange paradox. If a satellite operator wants to increase the satellite’s orbital speed, he can’t simply fire the thrusters to accelerate the satellite. Doing so would boost the orbit (increase the altitude), which would slow the orbital speed. Instead, he must fire the thrusters in a direction opposite to the satellite’s forward motion, an action that on the ground would slow a moving vehicle.","title":"Catalog of Earth Satellite Orbits","score":15.202416},{"document_id":"a219ceb7178fd438-1300-3462","text":"Catalog of Earth Satellite Orbits\nA satellite in a circular geosynchronous orbit directly over the equator (eccentricity and inclination at zero) will have a geostationary orbit that does not move at all relative to the ground. It is always directly over the same place on the Earth’s surface.\nA geostationary orbit is extremely valuable for weather monitoring because satellites in this orbit provide a constant view of the same surface area. When you log into your favorite weather web site and look at the satellite view of your hometown, the image you are seeing comes from a satellite in geostationary orbit. Every few minutes, geostationary satellites like the Geostationary Operational Environmental Satellite (GOES) satellites send information about clouds, water vapor, and wind, and this near-constant stream of information serves as the basis for most weather monitoring and forecasting.\n\nSatellites in geostationary orbit rotate with the Earth directly above the equator, continuously staying above the same spot. This position allows satellites to observe weather and other phenomena that vary on short timescales. (NASA images by Marit Jentoft-Nilsen and Robert Simmon.)\n\nBecause geostationary satellites are always over a single location, they can also be useful for communication (phones, television, radio). Built and launched by NASA and operated by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), the GOES satellites provide a search and rescue beacon used to help locate ships and airplanes in distress.\nFinally, many high Earth orbiting satellites monitor solar activity. The GOES satellites carry a large contingent of “space weather” instruments that take images of the Sun and track magnetic and radiation levels in space around them. \nOther orbital “sweet spots,” just beyond high Earth orbit, are the Lagrange points. At the Lagrange points, the pull of gravity from the Earth cancels out the pull of gravity from the Sun. Anything placed at these points will feel equally pulled toward the Earth and the Sun and will revolve with the Earth around the Sun.\nOf the five Lagrange points in the Sun-Earth system, only the last two, called L4 and L5, are stable.","title":"Catalog of Earth Satellite Orbits","score":15.401245}],"d7b4f863baa92fd08c1db2b1a95170dd<::>3":[{"document_id":"a219ceb7178fd438-1300-3462","text":"Catalog of Earth Satellite Orbits\nA satellite in a circular geosynchronous orbit directly over the equator (eccentricity and inclination at zero) will have a geostationary orbit that does not move at all relative to the ground. It is always directly over the same place on the Earth’s surface.\nA geostationary orbit is extremely valuable for weather monitoring because satellites in this orbit provide a constant view of the same surface area. When you log into your favorite weather web site and look at the satellite view of your hometown, the image you are seeing comes from a satellite in geostationary orbit. Every few minutes, geostationary satellites like the Geostationary Operational Environmental Satellite (GOES) satellites send information about clouds, water vapor, and wind, and this near-constant stream of information serves as the basis for most weather monitoring and forecasting.\n\nSatellites in geostationary orbit rotate with the Earth directly above the equator, continuously staying above the same spot. This position allows satellites to observe weather and other phenomena that vary on short timescales. (NASA images by Marit Jentoft-Nilsen and Robert Simmon.)\n\nBecause geostationary satellites are always over a single location, they can also be useful for communication (phones, television, radio). Built and launched by NASA and operated by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), the GOES satellites provide a search and rescue beacon used to help locate ships and airplanes in distress.\nFinally, many high Earth orbiting satellites monitor solar activity. The GOES satellites carry a large contingent of “space weather” instruments that take images of the Sun and track magnetic and radiation levels in space around them. \nOther orbital “sweet spots,” just beyond high Earth orbit, are the Lagrange points. At the Lagrange points, the pull of gravity from the Earth cancels out the pull of gravity from the Sun. Anything placed at these points will feel equally pulled toward the Earth and the Sun and will revolve with the Earth around the Sun.\nOf the five Lagrange points in the Sun-Earth system, only the last two, called L4 and L5, are stable.","title":"Catalog of Earth Satellite Orbits","score":13.048536},{"document_id":"d430fcc6509467a4-5-1965","text":"Catalog of Earth Satellite Orbits\nCatalog of Earth Satellite Orbits\n\nAtmosphere\nHeat\nHuman Presence\nLand\nLife\n\nNatural\n Events\n\nAll\nDrought\nDust and Haze\nEarthquakes\nFires\nFloods\nLandslides\nMan-made\nSea and Lake Ice\nSevere Storms\nTemperature Extremes\nUnique Imagery\nVolcanoes\nWater Color\n\nRemote Sensing\nSnow & Ice\nWater\n\nCollections\n\nABCs from Space\nAir Quality\nAmazon Deforestation\nApplied Sciences\nAstronaut Photography\nBackgrounders\nBlue Marble\nEarth at Night\nEarth from Afar\nFall Colors\nFood and Agriculture\nInternational Parks and UNESCO Sites\nRenewable and Alternative Energy\nSea Level Rise\nU.S. National Parks\nWorld of Change\n\nEO Explorer\n\nTopics\n\nSearch\n\nImages\nGlobal Maps\nArticles\nBlogs\nEO Explorer\n\n×\n This page contains archived content and is no longer being updated. At the time of publication, it represented the best available science.\n\nCatalog of Earth Satellite Orbits\nBy Holli Riebeek\nDesign by Robert Simmon\nSeptember 4, 2009\n\nJust as different seats in a theater provide different perspectives on a performance, different Earth orbits give satellites varying perspectives, each valuable for different reasons. Some seem to hover over a single spot, providing a constant view of one face of the Earth, while others circle the planet, zipping over many different places in a day.\n\nFlying hundreds of kilometers above the Earth, the International Space Station and other orbiting satellites provide a unique perspective on our planet. (NASA Photograph S126-E-014918.)\n\nThere are essentially three types of Earth orbits: high Earth orbit, medium Earth orbit, and low Earth orbit. Many weather and some communications satellites tend to have a high Earth orbit, farthest away from the surface. Satellites that orbit in a medium (mid) Earth orbit include navigation and specialty satellites, designed to monitor a particular region. Most scientific satellites, including NASA’s Earth Observing System fleet, have a low Earth orbit.\n\nOne way of classifying orbits is by altitude.","title":"Catalog of Earth Satellite Orbits","score":26.792883},{"document_id":"d430fcc6509467a4-4693-6881","text":"Catalog of Earth Satellite Orbits\nOrbital inclination is the angle between the plane of an orbit and the equator. An orbital inclination of 0° is directly above the equator, 90° crosses right above the pole, and 180° orbits above the equator in the opposite direction of Earth’s spin. (NASA illustration by Robert Simmon.)\n\nTogether, the satellite’s height, eccentricity, and inclination determine the satellite’s path and what view it will have of Earth.\n\nThree Classes of Orbit\nHigh Earth Orbit\nWhen a satellite reaches exactly 42,164 kilometers from the center of the Earth (about 36,000 kilometers from Earth’s surface), it enters a sort of “sweet spot” in which its orbit matches Earth’s rotation. Because the satellite orbits at the same speed that the Earth is turning, the satellite seems to stay in place over a single longitude, though it may drift north to south. This special, high Earth orbit is called geosynchronous.\nA satellite in a circular geosynchronous orbit directly over the equator (eccentricity and inclination at zero) will have a geostationary orbit that does not move at all relative to the ground. It is always directly over the same place on the Earth’s surface.\nA geostationary orbit is extremely valuable for weather monitoring because satellites in this orbit provide a constant view of the same surface area. When you log into your favorite weather web site and look at the satellite view of your hometown, the image you are seeing comes from a satellite in geostationary orbit. Every few minutes, geostationary satellites like the Geostationary Operational Environmental Satellite (GOES) satellites send information about clouds, water vapor, and wind, and this near-constant stream of information serves as the basis for most weather monitoring and forecasting.\n\nSatellites in geostationary orbit rotate with the Earth directly above the equator, continuously staying above the same spot. This position allows satellites to observe weather and other phenomena that vary on short timescales. (NASA images by Marit Jentoft-Nilsen and Robert Simmon.)\n\nBecause geostationary satellites are always over a single location, they can also be useful for communication (phones, television, radio).","title":"Catalog of Earth Satellite Orbits","score":13.509964},{"document_id":"d430fcc6509467a4-15813-17968","text":"Catalog of Earth Satellite Orbits\nIt would be impossible to collect the kind of consistent information required to study climate change.\nThe path that a satellite has to travel to stay in a Sun-synchronous orbit is very narrow. If a satellite is at a height of 100 kilometers, it must have an orbital inclination of 96 degrees to maintain a Sun-synchronous orbit. Any deviation in height or inclination will take the satellite out of a Sun-synchronous orbit. Since the drag of the atmosphere and the tug of gravity from the Sun and Moon alter a satellite’s orbit, it takes regular adjustments to maintain a satellite in a Sun-synchronous orbit.\n\nAchieving and Maintaining Orbit\nLaunch\nThe amount of energy required to launch a satellite into orbit depends on the location of the launch site and how high and how inclined the orbit is. Satellites in high Earth orbit require the most energy to reach their destination. Satellites in a highly inclined orbit, such as a polar orbit, take more energy than a satellite that circles the Earth over the equator. A satellite with a low inclination can use the Earth’s rotation to help boost it into orbit. The International Space Station orbits at an inclination of 51.6397 degrees to make it easier for the Space Shuttle and Russian rockets to reach it. A polar-orbiting satellite, on the other hand, gets no help from Earth’s momentum, and so requires more energy to reach the same altitude.\n\nSatellites in low-inclination orbits can get an energy boost from the Earth’s rotation by being launched near the equator. The European Space Agency launches satellites into geostationary orbits from their facilities in French Guiana (left). On the other hand, high-inclination satellites don’t receive much benefit from equatorial launch sites. The Baikonur Cosmodrome (right), located at 49° north, is frequently used to launch satellites into polar and Molniya orbits, as well as to send astronauts and supplies to the International Space Station. [Photographs ©2008 ESA/CNES/ARIANESPACE/Activité Photo Optique Video CSG (left) and courtesy NASA (right).]\n\nMaintaining Orbit\nOnce a satellite is in orbit, it usually takes some work to keep it there.","title":"Catalog of Earth Satellite Orbits","score":13.392581},{"document_id":"d430fcc6509467a4-1459-3649","text":"Catalog of Earth Satellite Orbits\nThere are essentially three types of Earth orbits: high Earth orbit, medium Earth orbit, and low Earth orbit. Many weather and some communications satellites tend to have a high Earth orbit, farthest away from the surface. Satellites that orbit in a medium (mid) Earth orbit include navigation and specialty satellites, designed to monitor a particular region. Most scientific satellites, including NASA’s Earth Observing System fleet, have a low Earth orbit.\n\nOne way of classifying orbits is by altitude. Low Earth orbit starts just above the top of the atmosphere, while high Earth orbit begins about one tenth of the way to the moon. (NASA illustration by Robert Simmon)\n\nThe height of the orbit, or distance between the satellite and Earth’s surface, determines how quickly the satellite moves around the Earth. An Earth-orbiting satellite’s motion is mostly controlled by Earth’s gravity. As satellites get closer to Earth, the pull of gravity gets stronger, and the satellite moves more quickly. NASA’s Aqua satellite, for example, requires about 99 minutes to orbit the Earth at about 705 kilometers up, while a weather satellite about 36,000 kilometers from Earth’s surface takes 23 hours, 56 minutes, and 4 seconds to complete an orbit. At 384,403 kilometers from the center of the Earth, the Moon completes a single orbit in 28 days.\n\nThe higher a satellite’s orbit, the slower it moves. Certain orbital altitudes have special properties, like a geosynchronous orbit, in which a satellite travels around the Earth exactly once each day. The length of each red arrow in this diagram represents the distance traveled by a satellite in an hour. View animation. (NASA illustration by Robert Simmon.)\n\nChanging a satellite’s height will also change its orbital speed. This introduces a strange paradox. If a satellite operator wants to increase the satellite’s orbital speed, he can’t simply fire the thrusters to accelerate the satellite. Doing so would boost the orbit (increase the altitude), which would slow the orbital speed. Instead, he must fire the thrusters in a direction opposite to the satellite’s forward motion, an action that on the ground would slow a moving vehicle.","title":"Catalog of Earth Satellite Orbits","score":28.204334}],"d7b4f863baa92fd08c1db2b1a95170dd<::>4":[{"document_id":"a219ceb7178fd438-4505-6689","text":"Catalog of Earth Satellite Orbits\n(NASA illustration by Robert Simmon.)\n\nThe first Lagrange point is located between the Earth and the Sun, giving satellites at this point a constant view of the Sun. The Solar and Heliospheric Observatory (SOHO), a NASA and European Space Agency satellite tasked to monitor the Sun, orbits the first Lagrange point, about 1.5 million kilometers away from Earth.\nThe second Lagrange point is about the same distance from the Earth, but is located behind the Earth. Earth is always between the second Lagrange point and the Sun. Since the Sun and Earth are in a single line, satellites at this location only need one heat shield to block heat and light from the Sun and Earth. It is a good location for space telescopes, including the future James Webb Space Telescope (Hubble’s successor, scheduled to launch in 2014) and the current Wilkinson Microwave Anisotropy Probe (WMAP), used for studying the nature of the universe by mapping background microwave radiation.\nThe third Lagrange point is opposite the Earth on the other side of the Sun so that the Sun is always between it and Earth. A satellite in this position would not be able to communicate with Earth. The extremely stable fourth and fifth Lagrange points are in Earth’s orbital path around the Sun, 60 degrees ahead of and behind Earth. The twin Solar Terrestrial Relations Observatory (STEREO) spacecraft will orbit at the fourth and fifth Lagrange points to provide a three-dimensional view of the Sun.\n\nThe twin Solar Terrestrial Relations Observatory (STEREO) spacecraft took these images of sunspot 1024 on July 5, 2009, while on their way to L4 and L5. The perspectives of the Sun from 60 degrees behind (left) and ahead (right) of Earth’s orbit reveal portions of the Sun’s surface that would otherwise be hidden from view. (NASA images courtesy STEREO Science Center.)\n\nMedium Earth Orbit\nCloser to the Earth, satellites in a medium Earth orbit move more quickly. Two medium Earth orbits are notable: the semi-synchronous orbit and the Molniya orbit.\nThe semi-synchronous orbit is a near-circular orbit (low eccentricity) 26,560 kilometers from the center of the Earth (about 20,200 kilometers above the surface).","title":"Catalog of Earth Satellite Orbits","score":15.088977},{"document_id":"cddac1f4d1f59f15-4256-6052","text":"Notes on the Fact Sheets\nSemimajor axis (106 km) Approximate mean distance from the Sun (or other central \r body in the case of satellites) from center to center in \r 10^6 kilometers. \rSidereal orbit period (days) The time it takes the body to make one revolution about\r the Sun relative to the fixed stars in days.\r For Pluto, it is the time from the last zero longitude \r crossing to the next (24 July 1820 - 2 July 2068).\rTropical orbit period (days) The average time for the body to make one revolution \r about the Sun from one point in its seasonal orbit to \r the equivalent point (e.g. equinox to equinox) in days.\r For Earth, this equals exactly 1 year. Not known for Pluto. \rSynodic period (days) The time interval between similar configurations in the \r orbit (e.g. opposition) of the body and Earth, in days.\rPerihelion (106 km) The point in a body's orbit closest to the \r Sun, in 10^6 kilometers.\rAphelion (106 km) The point in a body's orbit furthest from \r the Sun, in 10^6 kilometers.\rMean orbital velocity (km/s) The average speed of the body in elliptical orbit, \r in kilometers/second.\rMax. orbital velocity (km/s) Maximum orbital velocity, at perihelion, \r in kilometers/second.\rMin. orbital velocity (km/s) Minimum orbital velocity, at aphelion, \r in kilometers/second. \rOrbit inclination (deg) The inclination of the orbit to the ecliptic, in degrees. \r For satellites, this is with respect to the planet's equator. \rOrbit eccentricity A measure of the circularity of the orbit, equal to \r (aphelion - perihelion distance)/(2 x semi-major axis).\r For the Galilean satellites, the forced eccentricity is given. \r For a circular orbit eccentricity = 0. Dimensionless.\rSidereal rotation period (hrs) The time for one rotation of the body on its axis \r relative to the fixed stars, in hours. A minus sign","title":"Notes on the Fact Sheets","score":15.871223},{"document_id":"b017b30284fcf46b-3447-5587","text":"Facts About Earth - NASA Science\nEarth's vast oceans provided a convenient place for life to begin about 3.8 billion years ago.Some of the features of our planet that make it great for sustaining life are changing due to the ongoing effects of climate change.Size and DistanceWith an equatorial diameter of 7926 miles (12,760 kilometers), Earth is the biggest of the terrestrial planets and the fifth largest planet in our solar system.From an average distance of 93 million miles (150 million kilometers), Earth is exactly one astronomical unit away from the Sun because one astronomical unit (abbreviated as AU), is the distance from the Sun to Earth. This unit provides an easy way to quickly compare planets' distances from the Sun.It takes about eight minutes for light from the Sun to reach our planet.Orbit and RotationAs Earth orbits the Sun, it completes one rotation every 23.9 hours. It takes 365.25 days to complete one trip around the Sun. That extra quarter of a day presents a challenge to our calendar system, which counts one year as 365 days. To keep our yearly calendars consistent with our orbit around the Sun, every four years we add one day. That day is called a leap day, and the year it's added to is called a leap year.Earth's axis of rotation is tilted 23.4 degrees with respect to the plane of Earth's orbit around the Sun. This tilt causes our yearly cycle of seasons. During part of the year, the northern hemisphere is tilted toward the Sun, and the southern hemisphere is tilted away. With the Sun higher in the sky, solar heating is greater in the north producing summer there. Less direct solar heating produces winter in the south. Six months later, the situation is reversed. When spring and fall begin, both hemispheres receive roughly equal amounts of heat from the Sun.MoonsEarth is the only planet that has a single moon. Our Moon is the brightest and most familiar object in the night sky. In many ways, the Moon is responsible for making Earth such a great home. It stabilizes our planet's wobble, which has made the climate less variable over thousands of years.Earth sometimes temporarily hosts orbiting asteroids or large rocks.","title":"Facts About Earth - NASA Science","score":28.508823},{"document_id":"bbde1f11bd992d2c-1484-3326","text":"How Is the Sun Completely Blocked in an Eclipse? | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids\nThis means that from Earth, the Moon and the Sun appear to be roughly the same size in the sky.\n\nCredit: NASA/JPL-Caltech\nSo, when the Moon comes between Earth and the Sun during a total solar eclipse, the Moon appears to completely cover up the light from the Sun.\nHowever, it won't always be this way.\n\nTotal solar eclipses won't be around forever!\nThe Moon's orbit is changing. In fact, the Moon's orbit grows about 1.5 inches (3.8 cm) larger every year. As the Moon's orbit takes it farther and farther away from Earth, the Moon will appear smaller and smaller in our sky.\nThis occasionally happens now. The Moon's orbit isn't perfectly round. That means that sometimes the Moon is slightly farther away from Earth than it is at other times. Sometimes the Moon is far enough away that it doesn't create a total solar eclipse. In this case, the Moon obscures most of the Sun, but a thin ring of the Sun remains visible around the Moon.\nHowever, once the Moon's growing orbit takes it approximately 14,600 miles (23,500 km) farther away from Earth, it will always be too far away to completely cover the Sun. That won't happen for a long time though. If the Moon's orbit grows only 1.5 inches every year, it will take more than 600 million years for total solar eclipses to completely disappear!\n\nRelated Resources for Educators\n\nSolar Eclipses\n\n \tarticle last updated March 29, 2024\n \n\nMore about the Sun and Moon!\n\nLunar Eclipses and Solar Eclipses\n\nWhat is the Sun's corona?\n\nHow far away is the Moon?\n\nIf you liked this, you may like:\n\nWhat Is a Solar Eclipse?\n\nLunar Eclipses and Solar Eclipses\n\nMake Oreo Moon Phases!\n\n\t Games\t \n\n\t Crafts\t \n\n\t Activities\t \n\n\t Videos\t \n\n\t Glossary\t \n\n\t Mystery\t \n\nAbout Us\nPrivacy Policy\nImage Use\nAccessibility\n\nContact NASA Space Place\n\n Last Updated: May 6th, 2024 \n\n \n\nMore\nLess\n\nBy Subject\n\nSpace","title":"How Is the Sun Completely Blocked in an Eclipse? | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids","score":14.846609},{"document_id":"8c8c73cfe63fa935-1437-3352","text":"A Different View of Home\nAstronomical units are roughly the distance from the Sun to the Earth: 150 million kilometers or 93 million miles.\nThe HI instrument observes the area just off the limb of the Sun (left) in order to detect the faintly visible light of the solar wind and coronal mass ejections (CMEs) as they blow out into the solar system. STEREO-B was on the far side of the Sun from the Earth, at about a 150 to 160 degree angle from the Earth-Sun line. Puffs of solar wind and from a CME are visible in a video made from the same images in March.\nIn the image and video, PanSTARRS and its tail are the bright, wide mass in the center of the image. A coronal mass ejection is developing on the Sun’s limb (left), and Earth is to the right of the comet. The white dots in the background are stars. The vertical lines across the image are artifacts of the imager; the light of the comet, the Earth, and some planets and stars is too bright for an instrument trying to observe the faint light of the Sun’s atmosphere.\nVideos of the comet and solar eruptions are available by clicking \r\nhere and here. To see the location of the satellites, comet, and planets, click here.\nImage by NASA/GSFC/STEREO. Caption by Michael Carlowicz.\n\nNASA’s STEREO-B spacecraft observed Comet PanSTARRS and Earth from the far side of the Sun in March 2013.\nImage of the Day for March 31, 2013\n\nInstrument:\nSTEREO\n\nAppears in this Collection:\nEarth from Afar\n\nImage of the Day\nHeat\nRemote Sensing\n\nView more Images of the Day:\n\nMar 30, 2013\n\nApr 1, 2013\n\nYou might also be interested in    (view all)\n\nSubscribe to our newsletters\n \n\nImage\n\nSun-Earth Selfie\nThe STEREO A spacecraft looked back from the far side of the Sun to capture an image of Earth and Mercury.\n\nImage of the Day\nRemote Sensing\n\nImage\n\nFar Side of the Sun\nFor the first time in history, the world has a full view of the far side of the Sun and of the entire 360-degree sphere at once.","title":"A Different View of Home","score":23.290325}],"d7b4f863baa92fd08c1db2b1a95170dd<::>5":[{"document_id":"34f72eaf079e26bb-3824-5667","text":"Sketch the Shape of the Sun for Science During the Solar Eclipse - NASA Science\n“It’s the precise timing of when these flashes appear and disappear that can tell you how big the Sun is and what shape it is,” Emslie says.Citizen scientists will activate the Sunsketcher app before the eclipse and then prop their phone against a steady surface with the rear (back-facing) camera pointed at the Sun. The app will automatically take images of Baily’s Beads at the correct times.SunSketcher/Tabby ClineThe SunSketcher team will merge the images collected from various viewpoints on the eclipse path to create an evolving pattern of beads. This pattern will be compared with 3D maps that show the exact locations and distances between lunar craters, mountains, and valleys on the surface of the Moon from NASA’s Lunar Reconnaissance Orbiter. The combined measurements will allow researchers to calculate the precise size and shape of the Sun based on the timing of the images captured over 90 minutes of eclipse observations.“The fascinating thing about this is you can really only do this by having observers stretched over the whole eclipse path,” Emslie explains. “No one observer can monitor an eclipse for more than about four or five minutes.”The Sun is round but not a perfect sphere. It bulges out slightly along the equator with a diameter of about 865,000 miles. Scientists suspect the shape of the Sun changes slightly as it goes through 11-year cycles of fluctuating solar activity. The Sun is a rotating ball of gas and plasma with complicated internal flows of material, energy, and magnetic fields beneath the surface that vary over that cycle and impact its overall shape.“All of these flows connect to the surface somehow, and so the shape of the surface is determined by the details of the flows,” Emslie says. “If we can understand the subsurface flows, we can better understand the Sun’s internal structure.”","title":"Sketch the Shape of the Sun for Science During the Solar Eclipse - NASA Science","score":13.556191},{"document_id":"276c2a372d769358-2-1740","text":"How Does Our Sun Compare With Other Stars? | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids\nHow Does Our Sun Compare With Other Stars? | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids\n\nsun-compare\n\nVea en Español\n\nEarth\nSun\nSolar System\nUniverse\nScience and Tech\nEducators\n\nHow Does Our Sun Compare With Other Stars?\n\nThe Short Answer:\n\r\n\tOur Sun is an average sized star: there are smaller stars and larger stars, even up to 100 times larger. Many other solar systems have multiple suns, while ours just has one. Our Sun is 864,000 miles in diameter and 10,000 degrees Fahrenheit on the surface.\r\n\t\n\nCredit: ESA/NASA\n\nOur Sun is a bright, hot ball of hydrogen and helium at the center of our solar system. It is 864,000 miles (1,392,000 km) in diameter, which makes it 109 times wider than Earth. It's 10,000 degrees Fahrenheit (5,500 degrees Celsius) at the surface, and 27 million degrees Fahrenheit (15,000,000 degrees Celsius) in the core. Yikes!\nOur Sun is pretty impressive, but how does it compare to other stars? There are billions more stars in the Milky Way galaxy - the galaxy we call home. And there are many, many more in the rest of the universe. Is our Sun special?\n\nThe size of our sun\nIt turns out that our Sun is an average sized star. There are bigger stars, and there are smaller stars. We have found stars that are 100 times bigger in diameter than our sun. Truly, those stars are enormous. We have also seen stars that are just one tenth the size of our sun.\n\nSuns with friends\nOur Sun is a little unusual because it doesn't have any friends. It's just one Sun surrounded by planets, asteroids, comets, and dwarf planets. But solar systems can have more than one sun. In fact, that's often the case. More than half of all stars are in multiple star systems. That means the solar system has two or more suns in it.","title":"How Does Our Sun Compare With Other Stars? | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids","score":18.711048},{"document_id":"bbde1f11bd992d2c-1484-3326","text":"How Is the Sun Completely Blocked in an Eclipse? | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids\nThis means that from Earth, the Moon and the Sun appear to be roughly the same size in the sky.\n\nCredit: NASA/JPL-Caltech\nSo, when the Moon comes between Earth and the Sun during a total solar eclipse, the Moon appears to completely cover up the light from the Sun.\nHowever, it won't always be this way.\n\nTotal solar eclipses won't be around forever!\nThe Moon's orbit is changing. In fact, the Moon's orbit grows about 1.5 inches (3.8 cm) larger every year. As the Moon's orbit takes it farther and farther away from Earth, the Moon will appear smaller and smaller in our sky.\nThis occasionally happens now. The Moon's orbit isn't perfectly round. That means that sometimes the Moon is slightly farther away from Earth than it is at other times. Sometimes the Moon is far enough away that it doesn't create a total solar eclipse. In this case, the Moon obscures most of the Sun, but a thin ring of the Sun remains visible around the Moon.\nHowever, once the Moon's growing orbit takes it approximately 14,600 miles (23,500 km) farther away from Earth, it will always be too far away to completely cover the Sun. That won't happen for a long time though. If the Moon's orbit grows only 1.5 inches every year, it will take more than 600 million years for total solar eclipses to completely disappear!\n\nRelated Resources for Educators\n\nSolar Eclipses\n\n \tarticle last updated March 29, 2024\n \n\nMore about the Sun and Moon!\n\nLunar Eclipses and Solar Eclipses\n\nWhat is the Sun's corona?\n\nHow far away is the Moon?\n\nIf you liked this, you may like:\n\nWhat Is a Solar Eclipse?\n\nLunar Eclipses and Solar Eclipses\n\nMake Oreo Moon Phases!\n\n\t Games\t \n\n\t Crafts\t \n\n\t Activities\t \n\n\t Videos\t \n\n\t Glossary\t \n\n\t Mystery\t \n\nAbout Us\nPrivacy Policy\nImage Use\nAccessibility\n\nContact NASA Space Place\n\n Last Updated: May 6th, 2024 \n\n \n\nMore\nLess\n\nBy Subject\n\nSpace","title":"How Is the Sun Completely Blocked in an Eclipse? | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids","score":13.899931},{"document_id":"8c8c73cfe63fa935-1437-3352","text":"A Different View of Home\nAstronomical units are roughly the distance from the Sun to the Earth: 150 million kilometers or 93 million miles.\nThe HI instrument observes the area just off the limb of the Sun (left) in order to detect the faintly visible light of the solar wind and coronal mass ejections (CMEs) as they blow out into the solar system. STEREO-B was on the far side of the Sun from the Earth, at about a 150 to 160 degree angle from the Earth-Sun line. Puffs of solar wind and from a CME are visible in a video made from the same images in March.\nIn the image and video, PanSTARRS and its tail are the bright, wide mass in the center of the image. A coronal mass ejection is developing on the Sun’s limb (left), and Earth is to the right of the comet. The white dots in the background are stars. The vertical lines across the image are artifacts of the imager; the light of the comet, the Earth, and some planets and stars is too bright for an instrument trying to observe the faint light of the Sun’s atmosphere.\nVideos of the comet and solar eruptions are available by clicking \r\nhere and here. To see the location of the satellites, comet, and planets, click here.\nImage by NASA/GSFC/STEREO. Caption by Michael Carlowicz.\n\nNASA’s STEREO-B spacecraft observed Comet PanSTARRS and Earth from the far side of the Sun in March 2013.\nImage of the Day for March 31, 2013\n\nInstrument:\nSTEREO\n\nAppears in this Collection:\nEarth from Afar\n\nImage of the Day\nHeat\nRemote Sensing\n\nView more Images of the Day:\n\nMar 30, 2013\n\nApr 1, 2013\n\nYou might also be interested in    (view all)\n\nSubscribe to our newsletters\n \n\nImage\n\nSun-Earth Selfie\nThe STEREO A spacecraft looked back from the far side of the Sun to capture an image of Earth and Mercury.\n\nImage of the Day\nRemote Sensing\n\nImage\n\nFar Side of the Sun\nFor the first time in history, the world has a full view of the far side of the Sun and of the entire 360-degree sphere at once.","title":"A Different View of Home","score":13.418691},{"document_id":"550486490ae28c75-1460-3583","text":"Sun-Earth Days 2013: Articles\nThe sun is a moderate sized (1,400,000 km in diameter), G spectral type, variable star in a vast collection of an estimated 200-400 billion stars in a barred spiral galaxy called the Milky Way. Though it is a smallish star, most stars in our galaxy are smaller, and less massive. Our sun is, like most stars in our galaxy and probably most stars, a main sequence star which means it generates its energy by thermonuclear fusion resulting in the release of gamma ray photons during a process in the core where hydrogen nuclei (protons) are fused together to form helium nuclei. This process, converting hydrogen to helium, driven by the enormous internal pressure of the sun's mass (2x1030 kg or over 300,000 times the mass of the Earth!) is what makes a star a star. Since everything forms from a roughly basic and somewhat consistent cosmic menu of elements (75% H, 24% He,...) the variable that determines whether you get an asteroid, a planet, or a star is mass. Enough mass creates enough pressure to start this fusion process and create a star. Not enough mass and you have a failed star or planet (even less mass and you get an object that is not round at all). It's that simple. The sun formed around the same time that the planets formed, from a molecular cloud - remnant of a super nova explosion. The sun is very old, by human standards but only middle aged by stellar standards, about 4.6 billion years old and it should be around in a more or less similar form for maybe another 5 billion years.\nIt might be interesting to note that considering only classical (or Newtonian) physics, the physics that you learned in high school, the physics that defined reality for around 400 years, since Isaac Newton gave his three laws of motion, the sun and all the stars cannot shine. Classical physics does not allow two similarly charged protons to bond. In addition, matter - energy equivalency (E=mc2) was not known until the early 1900's. So before Einstein and before quantum physics, there was no plausible explanation for how the sun generated its energy. Want to know more? Read \"On the age of mostly everything\".","title":"Sun-Earth Days 2013: Articles","score":17.615335}],"d7b4f863baa92fd08c1db2b1a95170dd<::>6":[{"document_id":"7fa336e18f856eed-1066-3077","text":"Galaxies - NASA Science\nTechnologyTechnology Living in SpaceManufacturing and MaterialsRoboticsScience InstrumentsComputingThe Universe ExoplanetsThe Search for Life in the UniverseStarsGalaxiesBlack HolesThe Big BangDark Matter &amp; Dark EnergyThe Solar System The SunMercuryVenusEarthThe MoonMarsJupiterSaturnUranusNeptunePluto &amp; Dwarf PlanetsAsteroids, Comets &amp; MeteorsThe Kuiper BeltThe Oort CloudSkywatchingEspañol CienciaAeronáuticaCiencias TerrestresSistema SolarUniversoScience All NASA ScienceEarth SciencePlanetary ScienceAstrophysics & Space ScienceThe Sun & HeliophysicsBiological & Physical SciencesLunar ScienceCitizen ScienceAstromaterialsAeronautics ResearchHuman Space Travel ResearchExploreSearchSubmitNews & EventsMultimediaNASA+UniverseCosmic HistoryBuilding BlocksForcesGalaxiesOverviewTypesEvolutionLarge Scale StructuresBlack HolesOverviewTypesAnatomyBlack Hole WeekStarsOverviewTypesMultiple Star SystemsPlanetary SystemsExoplanetsExplorationSensing the UniverseTelescopes 101ObservatoriesMoreNewsDeep DivesQuick ReadsMultimediaGlossaryExplore This SectionUniverseGalaxiesBlack HolesStarsExoplanetsExplorationMoreGalaxy BasicsGalaxies consist of stars, planets, and vast clouds of gas and dust, all bound together by gravity. The largest contain trillions of stars and can be more than a million light-years across. The smallest can contain a few thousand stars and span just a few hundred light-years. Most large galaxies have supermassive black holes at their centers, some with billions of times the Sun’s mass.Galaxies come in a variety of shapes, mostly spirals and ellipticals, as well as those with less orderly appearances, usually dubbed irregular.Most galaxies are between 10 billion and 13.6 billion years old. Some are almost as old as the universe itself, which formed around 13.8 billion years ago. Astronomers think the youngest known galaxy formed approximately 500 million years ago.Galaxies can organize into groups of about 100 or fewer members held together by their mutual gravity.","title":"Galaxies - NASA Science","score":18.746996},{"document_id":"3f2a8b084e26c5d3-1395-3083","text":"What Is a Galaxy? | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids\nThis image covers a patch of sky approximately the size of a grain of sand held at arm’s length by someone on the ground. The universe is a very big place! Credit: NASA, ESA, CSA, and STScI\n\nSome galaxies are spiral-shaped like ours. They have curved arms that make it look like a pinwheel. Other galaxies are smooth and oval shaped. They’re called elliptical galaxies. And there are also galaxies that aren’t spirals or ovals. They have irregular shapes and look like blobs. The light that we see from each of these galaxies comes from the stars inside it.\n\n\r\nSometimes galaxies get too close and smash into each other. Our Milky Way galaxy will someday bump into Andromeda, our closest galactic neighbor. But don’t worry. It won’t happen for about five billion years. But even if it happened tomorrow, you might not notice. Galaxies are so big and spread out at the ends that even though galaxies bump into each other, the planets and solar systems often don’t get close to colliding.\n\n \tarticle last updated July 13, 2022\n \n\nMore on Galaxies!\n\nMake a Pinwheel Galaxy pinwheel!\n\nWhat's a satellite galaxy?\n\nWhere'd all these galaxies come from?\n\nIf you liked this, you may like:\n\nTypes of Galaxies\n\nWhat Is the Big Bang?\n\nWhat Is a Satellite Galaxy?\n\n\t Games\t \n\n\t Crafts\t \n\n\t Activities\t \n\n\t Videos\t \n\n\t Glossary\t \n\n\t Mystery\t \n\nAbout Us\nPrivacy Policy\nImage Use\nAccessibility\n\nContact NASA Space Place\n\n Last Updated: May 6th, 2024 \n\n \n\nMore\nLess\n\nBy Subject\n\nSpace\nSun\nEarth\nSolar System\nPeople & Technology\nParents & Educators\n\nBy Type\n\nExplore\nDo\nPlay\n\nMore\nLess\n\nMore on Galaxies!\n\nMake a Pinwheel Galaxy pinwheel!\n\nWhat's a satellite galaxy?\n\nWhere'd all these galaxies come from?","title":"What Is a Galaxy? | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids","score":17.294209},{"document_id":"7fa336e18f856eed-2478-4046","text":"Galaxies - NASA Science\nMost large galaxies have supermassive black holes at their centers, some with billions of times the Sun’s mass.Galaxies come in a variety of shapes, mostly spirals and ellipticals, as well as those with less orderly appearances, usually dubbed irregular.Most galaxies are between 10 billion and 13.6 billion years old. Some are almost as old as the universe itself, which formed around 13.8 billion years ago. Astronomers think the youngest known galaxy formed approximately 500 million years ago.Galaxies can organize into groups of about 100 or fewer members held together by their mutual gravity. Larger structures, called clusters, may contain thousands of galaxies. Groups and clusters can be arranged in superclusters, which are not gravitationally bound. Superclusters, empty voids, “walls” of galaxies, and other large-scale structures make up the cosmic web of matter in the universe.Our Milky WayOur home galaxy is called the Milky Way. It’s a spiral galaxy with a disk of stars spanning more than 100,000 light-years. Earth is located along one of the galaxy’s spiral arms, about halfway from the center. Our solar system takes about 240 million years to orbit the Milky Way just once.This illustration shows the Milky Way, our home galaxy.NASA/JPL-CaltechFrom our perspective on Earth, the Milky Way looks like a faint, milky band of light arcing across the entire sky, which is how it got its name. This feature marks the central disk of our home galaxy seen edge on.The Milky Way sits in a neighborhood with over 50 other galaxies called the Local Group.","title":"Galaxies - NASA Science","score":15.962675},{"document_id":"413f669a8b34a8a4-0-2557","text":"Types of Galaxies | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids\n\n\nTypes of Galaxies | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids\n\ngalactic-explorer\n\nVea en Español\n\nEarth\nSun\nSolar System\nUniverse\nScience and Tech\nEducators\n\nTypes of Galaxies\n\nA galaxy is a huge collection of gas, dust, and billions of stars all held together by gravity. All galaxies are made up of these same things. However, they come in many different shapes and sizes.\n\nHere are a few types of galaxies:\n\nSpiral galaxies look like giant pinwheels. The arms of the pinwheel are made up of stars and lots of gas and dust. Gas and dust are some of the main ingredients needed to form new stars. Young stars burn much hotter than older stars, so spiral galaxies are often some of the brightest in the universe. About 60% of nearby galaxies are spirals. Our home galaxy, the Milky Way, is a very good example of one.\n\nElliptical galaxies are shaped like stretched-out circles, or ellipses. Some elliptical galaxies are more stretched out than others. One might look almost perfectly circular. Another one might look long and flat. Elliptical galaxies contain mostly older stars. That means they often aren't as bright as spiral galaxies. They also have very little dust and gas. Elliptical galaxies are the largest and most common galaxies observed. They make up about 20% of nearby galaxies.\n\nIrregular galaxies are just that: irregular. They don't have a single common shape. Irregular galaxies are among the smallest galaxies scientists have observed. However, they can also be very bright. Like spiral galaxies, irregular galaxies are often filled with gas, dust, and lots of bright young stars. About 20% of nearby galaxies are irregular galaxies.\n\nQuasars are compact areas in the center of a galaxy. They give off enormous amounts of energy. Quasars are actually some of the brightest objects in the universe. There are no quasars near our Milky Way.\n\n        \tarticle last updated January 19, 2022\n        \n\nExplore More!\n\nMake the Pinwheel Galaxy!\n\nWhat is a galaxy?\n\nWhat are black holes?\n\nIf you liked this, you may like:\n\nWhat Is a Galaxy?\n\nWhat Is the Big Bang?\n\nWhat Is a Satellite Galaxy?\n\n\t    Games\t    \n\n\t    Crafts\t    \n\n\t    Activities\t    \n\n\t    Videos\t    \n\n\t    Glossary\t    \n\n\t    Mystery\t    \n\nAbout Us\nPrivacy Policy\nImage Use\nAccessibility\n\nContact NASA Space Place\n\n        Last Updated: May 6th, 2024    \n\n \n\nMore\nLess\n\nBy Subject\n\nSpace\nSun\nEarth\nSolar System\nPeople & Technology\nParents & Educators\n\nBy Type\n\nExplore\nDo\nPlay\n\nMore\nLess\n\nExplore More!\n\nMake the Pinwheel Galaxy!\n\nWhat is a galaxy?\n\nWhat are black holes?\n\n \n\n","title":"Types of Galaxies | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids","score":15.23727},{"document_id":"3f2a8b084e26c5d3-2-1870","text":"What Is a Galaxy? | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids\nWhat Is a Galaxy? | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids\n\ngalaxy\n\nVea en Español\n\nEarth\nSun\nSolar System\nUniverse\nScience and Tech\nEducators\n\nWhat Is a Galaxy?\n\nThe Short Answer:\n\r\n\tA galaxy is a huge collection of gas, dust, and billions of stars and their solar systems, all held together by gravity.\r\n\t\n\nWe live on a planet called Earth that is part of our solar system. But where is our solar system? It’s a small part of the Milky Way Galaxy.\nA galaxy is a huge collection of gas, dust, and billions of stars and their solar systems. A galaxy is held together by gravity. Our galaxy, the Milky Way, also has a supermassive black hole in the middle.\n\nWhen you look up at stars in the night sky, you’re seeing other stars in the Milky Way. If it’s really dark, far away from lights from cities and houses, you can even see the dusty bands of the Milky Way stretch across the sky.\n\nThe Milky Way galaxy fills the night sky in this photo. Credit: NPS/Dan Duriscoe\n\nThere are many galaxies besides ours, though. There are so many, we can’t even count them all yet! The Hubble Space Telescope looked at a small patch of space for 12 days and found 10,000 galaxies, of all sizes, shapes, and colors. Some scientists think there could be as many as one hundred billion galaxies in the universe.\n\nThis is a picture taken by the NASA’s James Webb Space Telescope showing thousands of galaxies. This image covers a patch of sky approximately the size of a grain of sand held at arm’s length by someone on the ground. The universe is a very big place! Credit: NASA, ESA, CSA, and STScI\n\nSome galaxies are spiral-shaped like ours. They have curved arms that make it look like a pinwheel. Other galaxies are smooth and oval shaped. They’re called elliptical galaxies. And there are also galaxies that aren’t spirals or ovals. They have irregular shapes and look like blobs.","title":"What Is a Galaxy? | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids","score":20.769875}],"d7b4f863baa92fd08c1db2b1a95170dd<::>7":[{"document_id":"7fa336e18f856eed-2478-4046","text":"Galaxies - NASA Science\nMost large galaxies have supermassive black holes at their centers, some with billions of times the Sun’s mass.Galaxies come in a variety of shapes, mostly spirals and ellipticals, as well as those with less orderly appearances, usually dubbed irregular.Most galaxies are between 10 billion and 13.6 billion years old. Some are almost as old as the universe itself, which formed around 13.8 billion years ago. Astronomers think the youngest known galaxy formed approximately 500 million years ago.Galaxies can organize into groups of about 100 or fewer members held together by their mutual gravity. Larger structures, called clusters, may contain thousands of galaxies. Groups and clusters can be arranged in superclusters, which are not gravitationally bound. Superclusters, empty voids, “walls” of galaxies, and other large-scale structures make up the cosmic web of matter in the universe.Our Milky WayOur home galaxy is called the Milky Way. It’s a spiral galaxy with a disk of stars spanning more than 100,000 light-years. Earth is located along one of the galaxy’s spiral arms, about halfway from the center. Our solar system takes about 240 million years to orbit the Milky Way just once.This illustration shows the Milky Way, our home galaxy.NASA/JPL-CaltechFrom our perspective on Earth, the Milky Way looks like a faint, milky band of light arcing across the entire sky, which is how it got its name. This feature marks the central disk of our home galaxy seen edge on.The Milky Way sits in a neighborhood with over 50 other galaxies called the Local Group.","title":"Galaxies - NASA Science","score":23.444866},{"document_id":"f79e0a3c08ea5afb-2431-3997","text":"Universe - NASA Science\nBlack HolesConcentrations of matter with gravity so powerful not even light can escape.GalaxiesCollections of stars, planets, and vast clouds of gas and dust bound together by gravity.The Search for LifeEarth is the only planet we know of with life on it ... so farThe Big BangLearn about he history of the universe according to cosmology’ current theoriesDark Matter and Dark EnergyMysterious substances that affect and shape the cosmos.The Universe StoriesExplore All Universe StoriesArticle2 min readHubble Captures a Bright Spiral in the Queen’s HairArticle5 min readGalaxies Actively Forming in Early Universe Caught Feeding on Cold Gas5 min readNASA’s TESS Finds Intriguing World Sized Between Earth, VenusArticle2 days ago6 min readNew Images From Euclid Mission Reveal Wide View of the Dark UniverseArticle2 days ago5 min readSpotted: ‘Death Star’ Black Holes in ActionImage ArticleReturn to topThe National Aeronautics and Space AdministrationNASA explores the unknown in air and space, innovates for the benefit of humanity, and inspires the world through discovery.About NASA's MissionJoin UsHomeNews & EventsMultimediaNASA+MissionsHumans in SpaceEarth & ClimateThe Solar SystemThe UniverseScienceAeronauticsTechnologyLearning ResourcesAbout NASANASA en EspañolFollow NASAMore NASA Social AccountsNASA NewslettersSitemapFor MediaPrivacy PolicyFOIANo FEAR ActOffice of the IGBudget & Annual ReportsAgency Financial ReportsContact NASAAccessibilityPage Last Updated:3 weeks agoPage Editor:SMD Content EditorsResponsible NASA Official for Science:Dana Bolles","title":"Universe - NASA Science","score":18.744217},{"document_id":"a74c19711dc17109-5566-8061","text":"Types - NASA Science\nThey range from dwarf irregular galaxies with 100 million times the Sun’s mass to large ones weighing 10 billion solar masses.Astronomers think these galaxies’ odd shapes are sometimes the result of interactions with others. For example, one spiral galaxy passing another with a stronger gravitational pull could lose some of its material, become distorted, and morph into a new shape. Some, like gas-rich dwarf galaxies, may be new, formed by material pulled from such encounters. Or perhaps when galaxies collide, they create a larger, oddly shaped mashup. Some scientists theorize that some large irregular galaxies could represent an intermediate step between spiral and elliptical galaxies.Irregular galaxies born from galaxy interactions or collisions typically host a mix of older and younger stars, depending on the characteristics and composition of the original galaxies. Irregular galaxies may also hold significant amounts of gas and dust – essential ingredients for making new stars.Active GalaxiesAround 10% of known galaxies are active, which means their centers appear more than 100 times brighter than the combined light of their stars. They can be spiral, elliptical, or irregular. The Milky Way is not currently an active galaxy, although it likely experienced a burst of activity in the past few million years.Astronomers think this excess energy comes from areas near the galaxies’ central supermassive black holes, which range from hundreds of thousands to billions of times the mass of our Sun.Gas and dust collect around the black hole to form an accretion disk. The black hole’s gravity compresses and heats the disk, which causes the material to glow across multiple wavelengths, from infrared to X-rays.Infrared observations show that the black hole and its accretion disk are embedded within a clumpy ring of cooler dust, called a torus, that may be a few light-years across. Close to the black hole, a small fraction of the infalling gas can be driven outward, perpendicular to the disk, as jets of particles that move near the speed of light.During the early 20th century, astronomers began classifying active galaxies based on the distinctive characteristics and behaviors they observed. Scientists now think viewing the centers of these galaxies at different angles – for example, seeing directly into the torus versus seeing it from the side – produce many of the signature traits.Active galaxies can also be categorized by their brightness in radio wavelengths.","title":"Types - NASA Science","score":17.592184},{"document_id":"96a1752a09a860fe-7560-8818","text":"NASA Astrophysics - NASA Science\nBlack holes are now known to be present at the center of most galaxies, including the Milky Way galaxy. The age, size and shape of the universe have been mapped based on the primordial radiation left by the big bang. And it has been learned that most of the matter in the universe is dark and invisible, and the universe is not only expanding, but accelerating in an unexpected way.For the long term future, the Astrophysics goals will be guided based on the results of the 2020 Decadal survey Pathways to Discovery in Astronomy and Astrophysics for the 2020s. It identifies the most compelling science goals and presents an ambitious program of ground- and space-based activities for future investment. The report recommends critical near-term actions to support the foundations of the profession as well as the technologies and tools needed to carry out the science.In 2012 the Astrophysics Implementation Plan was released which describes the activities currently being undertaken in response to the decadal survey recommendations within the current budgetary constraints. The plan was updated in 2014, 2016, and in 2018.The Astrophysics roadmap Enduring Quests, Daring Visions was developed by a task force of the Astrophysics Subcommittee (APS) in 2013.","title":"NASA Astrophysics - NASA Science","score":25.02881},{"document_id":"a74c19711dc17109-2441-4592","text":"Types - NASA Science\nOther classifications organize galaxies by the activity in their central regions – powered by a supersized black hole – and the angle at which we view them.Spiral GalaxiesThis stunning view of spiral galaxy M101, also known as the Pinwheel galaxy, was captured by the Hubble Space Telescope.NASA, ESA, K. Kuntz (JHU), F. Bresolin (University of Hawaii), J. Trauger (Jet Propulsion Lab), J. Mould (NOAO), Y.-H. Chu (University of Illinois, Urbana) and STScI; CFHT Image: Canada-France-Hawaii Telescope/J.-C. Cuillandre/Coelum; NOAO Image: G. Jacoby, B. Bohannan, M. Hanna/NOAO/AURA/NSFOur Milky Way is one example of a broad class of galaxies defined by the presence of spiral arms. These galaxies resemble giant rotating pinwheels with a pancake-like disk of stars and a central bulge or tight concentration of stars.The spiral arms can be wound tightly or loosely, and some cannot be seen from Earth because we view the galaxy from the side, edge on.Spiral galaxies are surrounded by halos, mixtures of old stars, star clusters, and dark matter – invisible material that does not emit or reflect light but still has a gravitational pull on other matter. The youngest stars form in gas-rich arms, while older stars can be found throughout the disk and within the bulge and halo.Both the Milky Way and the Andromeda galaxies belong to a subtype known as barred spirals, which make up two-thirds of the group. Barred spirals sport ribbons of stars, gas, and dust that cut across their centers. Scientists think the presence of a bar indicates that a galaxy has reached full maturity.Elliptical GalaxiesNGC 2865, shown here in an image captured by the Hubble Space Telescope, is an elliptical galaxy located 100 million light-years away.ESA/Hubble & NASAElliptical galaxies have shapes that range from completely round to oval. They are less common than spiral galaxies.Unlike spirals, elliptical galaxies usually contain little gas and dust and show very little organization or structure. The stars orbit around the core in random directions and are generally older than those in spiral galaxies since little of the gas needed to form new stars remains.","title":"Types - NASA Science","score":18.35092}],"d7b4f863baa92fd08c1db2b1a95170dd<::>8":[{"document_id":"d43b3612675ee2a1-1064-3121","text":"Forces - NASA Science\nTechnologyTechnology Living in SpaceManufacturing and MaterialsRoboticsScience InstrumentsComputingThe Universe ExoplanetsThe Search for Life in the UniverseStarsGalaxiesBlack HolesThe Big BangDark Matter &amp; Dark EnergyThe Solar System The SunMercuryVenusEarthThe MoonMarsJupiterSaturnUranusNeptunePluto &amp; Dwarf PlanetsAsteroids, Comets &amp; MeteorsThe Kuiper BeltThe Oort CloudSkywatchingEspañol CienciaAeronáuticaCiencias TerrestresSistema SolarUniversoScience All NASA ScienceEarth SciencePlanetary ScienceAstrophysics & Space ScienceThe Sun & HeliophysicsBiological & Physical SciencesLunar ScienceCitizen ScienceAstromaterialsAeronautics ResearchHuman Space Travel ResearchExploreSearchSubmitNews & EventsMultimediaNASA+UniverseCosmic HistoryBuilding BlocksForcesGalaxiesOverviewTypesEvolutionLarge Scale StructuresBlack HolesOverviewTypesAnatomyBlack Hole WeekStarsOverviewTypesMultiple Star SystemsPlanetary SystemsExoplanetsExplorationSensing the UniverseTelescopes 101ObservatoriesMoreNewsDeep DivesQuick ReadsMultimediaGlossaryExplore This SectionUniverseGalaxiesBlack HolesStarsExoplanetsExplorationMoreFour ForcesContentsThe Four Fundamental ForcesGravitational ForceElectromagnetic ForceStrong Nuclear ForceWeak Nuclear ForceThe Four Fundamental ForcesWhy does Earth stay in orbit around the Sun? How does light travel? What holds atoms and nuclei together?For centuries, scientists have sought to describe the forces that dictate interactions on the largest and smallest scales, from planets to particles. They understand that there are four fundamental forces — gravity, electromagnetism, and the strong and weak nuclear forces — that are responsible for shaping the universe we inhabit.Gravitational ForceNASAThe most familiar force is gravity. It is responsible for keeping our feet on the ground and holding Earth in its orbit around the Sun.According to the general theory of relativity, gravity can be understood as bends and curves in the fabric of space-time that affect the motions of galaxies, stars, planets, and even light.","title":"Forces - NASA Science","score":17.608545},{"document_id":"8191d780a21919a2-36736-38898","text":" Virtual Vocabulary | NASA eClips\ntopgravitational force - Gravitational force is the force of attraction between all masses in the universe. topgravitational pull - Gravitational pull is the attraction that all masses in the universe exert on one another. The gravitational pull of the Moon on Earth's oceans causes tides. topgravity - Gravity is a force between objects based on their masses and the distance between the objects. The force of gravity on the moon is less than the force of gravity on Earth because the moon has only 1/6 the mass of Earth. Earth's gravity is described as 1g. topGreat Salt Lake - The Great Salt Lake, located in several wide basins in Utah, is the largest natural lake west of the Mississippi River. The Great Salt Lake is approximately 75 miles long and about 35 miles wide. Salt is brought in by tributaries. As water in the Lake evaporates, salt is left behind. The salinity of the lake is 270 parts per thousand as compared to the average salinity of the world ocean, which is 35 parts per thousand. topgreenhouse gases - Greenhouse gases are gases that contribute to the warming of the Earth's atmosphere by reflecting solar radiation from Earth's surface. Carbon dioxide, ozone, and water vapor are examples of greenhouse gases. topground truth - Ground truthing is a validation process where a person on the ground (or sometimes in an airplane) makes a measurement of the same phenomenon a satellite is measuring, at the same time the satellite is measuring it. The two answers are compared to evaluate how well the satellite instrument is performing. The actual measurements taken on Earth are called \"ground truth.\" tophhabitat - A habitat is the place where an organism is naturally found in an ecosystem. topheat - Heat is the amount of thermal energy absorbed, released, or transferred by a material. This is typically expressed as q, and is measured in joules (J). topHIAD - (Hypersonic Inflatable Aerodynamic Decelerators) HIADs are inflatable heat shield structures made up of incredibly strong, yet flexible fabric designed to maintain shape and withstand head during atmospheric reentry. tophighlands - Highlands are mountainous regions of land.","title":" Virtual Vocabulary | NASA eClips","score":11.827115},{"document_id":"d43b3612675ee2a1-2592-5035","text":"Forces - NASA Science\nThey understand that there are four fundamental forces — gravity, electromagnetism, and the strong and weak nuclear forces — that are responsible for shaping the universe we inhabit.Gravitational ForceNASAThe most familiar force is gravity. It is responsible for keeping our feet on the ground and holding Earth in its orbit around the Sun.According to the general theory of relativity, gravity can be understood as bends and curves in the fabric of space-time that affect the motions of galaxies, stars, planets, and even light. Anything with mass makes a dent in space-time, causing objects to be attracted to each other.Gravity is an attractive force that draws two objects together. Its strength approximately increases with the masses of the two objects but decreases with the square of the distance between them. That means that if the Moon were twice its current distance from Earth, the gravitational tug between the two would be just one fourth of what it is now.Despite being the weakest force, gravity works across infinite distances, making it responsible for the formation of the universe's structure.Electromagnetic ForceNASAOur television sets are powered by electromagnetism. Light carries this force, which illuminates our houses at night, keeps electrons in orbit around atomic nuclei, and allows chemical compounds to form.As the name implies, electromagnetism is the force that includes both electricity and magnetism. They are intertwined — a moving electric field produces a magnetic field, and vice versa.Like gravity, the strength of electromagnetism drops off with the square of the distance between objects and works at infinite range. However, electromagnetism only comes into play for charged objects, and whether it attracts or repels depends on the charges of each. Two negative or positive charges repel each other; one of each attracts.While electromagnetism is stronger than gravity, it is often balanced out in large objects by the equal numbers of positive and negative charges that form neutral atoms. For example, Earth has a magnetic field due to electric currents in its liquid core; however, Earth itself is electrically neutral.Strong Nuclear ForceNASANuclear forces affect our daily lives, but they work on distances smaller than atoms.The strong nuclear force, or strong force for short, holds together the building blocks of atoms. It always attracts and works at two different size scales in atoms.","title":"Forces - NASA Science","score":19.722599},{"document_id":"f79e0a3c08ea5afb-2431-3997","text":"Universe - NASA Science\nBlack HolesConcentrations of matter with gravity so powerful not even light can escape.GalaxiesCollections of stars, planets, and vast clouds of gas and dust bound together by gravity.The Search for LifeEarth is the only planet we know of with life on it ... so farThe Big BangLearn about he history of the universe according to cosmology’ current theoriesDark Matter and Dark EnergyMysterious substances that affect and shape the cosmos.The Universe StoriesExplore All Universe StoriesArticle2 min readHubble Captures a Bright Spiral in the Queen’s HairArticle5 min readGalaxies Actively Forming in Early Universe Caught Feeding on Cold Gas5 min readNASA’s TESS Finds Intriguing World Sized Between Earth, VenusArticle2 days ago6 min readNew Images From Euclid Mission Reveal Wide View of the Dark UniverseArticle2 days ago5 min readSpotted: ‘Death Star’ Black Holes in ActionImage ArticleReturn to topThe National Aeronautics and Space AdministrationNASA explores the unknown in air and space, innovates for the benefit of humanity, and inspires the world through discovery.About NASA's MissionJoin UsHomeNews & EventsMultimediaNASA+MissionsHumans in SpaceEarth & ClimateThe Solar SystemThe UniverseScienceAeronauticsTechnologyLearning ResourcesAbout NASANASA en EspañolFollow NASAMore NASA Social AccountsNASA NewslettersSitemapFor MediaPrivacy PolicyFOIANo FEAR ActOffice of the IGBudget & Annual ReportsAgency Financial ReportsContact NASAAccessibilityPage Last Updated:3 weeks agoPage Editor:SMD Content EditorsResponsible NASA Official for Science:Dana Bolles","title":"Universe - NASA Science","score":12.115245},{"document_id":"e910d16049d13d00-5047-5992","text":"Gravitational Waves - Introduction\nGravitational waves are helping physicists and astronomers to understand some of the most fundamental laws of physics. They tell us about the dynamics of large-scale events in the universe like the formation and growth of galaxies and the supermassive black holes at their centers. With LISA, scientists will be able to probe through space and time, to observe the universe just a fraction of a second after the Big Bang. Using this information, we may be able to learn more about how the universe began and evolved.\nText updated: October 2017\n\n \n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\nA service of the High Energy Astrophysics Science Archive Research Center (HEASARC), Dr. Andy Ptak (Director), within the Astrophysics Science Division (ASD) at NASA/GSFC\n\nThe Imagine Team\nProject Leader: Dr. Barbara Mattson\nWeb Curator: J.D. Myers\nResponsible NASA Official : Dr. Andy Ptak\n\nPrivacy Policy & Important Notices\nUseful plugins\nContact Us\nPage Last Updated: 11-Oct-2017","title":"Gravitational Waves - Introduction","score":12.240226}],"adf9b1f61c73d715809bc7b37ac02724<::>1":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_02597-4595-6892","text":"\nThrough the Developer Portal, the customer is then able to subscribe to one of the Plans that is available to them, as determined in the API Manager. If it is a Plan with billing, the customer must provide credit card information when subscribing. The user can subscribe to one Plan from a specific Product. Multiple Plans within a single Product are useful in that they can fulfill similar purposes but with differing levels of performance and cost. For example, you might have a \"Demo Plan\", which makes a single API available, and a \"Full Plan\", which makes several available.\n\nAs well as controlling which APIs a customer can use, different Plans can be used to implement rate limits. A rate limit can be implemented as a default rate across an entire Plan, or for specific operations of an API within that Plan, exempting them from the Plan rate limit. Different Plans can have differing rate limits, both between operations and for the overall limit. Applying rate limits to Plans makes it easy to offer different levels of service to customers. For example, a \"Demo Plan\" might enforce a rate limit of 10 calls per minute while a \"Full Plan\" might permit up to 1000 calls per minute.\n\nFinally, different Plans can be used to assign a billing cost. A Plan can be set as a free Plan, or as a Plan with billing. Plans with billing can be used with rate limits to set different levels of service to customers. For example, a \"Demo Plan\" might enforce a rate limit of 10 calls per minute for a cost of $5 per month, while a \"Full Plan\" might permit up to 1000 calls per minute for a cost of $20 per month.\n\nNote: Applying a rate limit at the Plan level, creates a default rate limit that applies to each operation within the Plan. If you need to set specific rate limits for specific operations, you must set them within the operations themselves and this setting overrides the setting at the Plan level.\n\nIBM API Connect also supports the implementation of multiple versions of Products. You can choose version numbers and use them to aid the development of your Products and Plans.\n\nNote: The version for a Product is distinct from the version of any APIs that are contained in the associated Plans. Plans cannot themselves have their own version, they use the version of their parent Product.","score":9.910527},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02597-3131-5174","text":"\nPlans can share APIs, but whether subscription approval is required depends upon the Plan itself. Additionally, you can enforce rate limits through Plans or through operations within a Plan's APIs that override the Plan's rate limit.\n\nPlans can also specify billing costs for customers who use your Products. For example, you can define three different Plans for a single Product. Each Plan can have a different subscription cost and a different rate limit that targets different customers.\n\n\n\n\n\n Products \n\nPlans and APIs are grouped in Products. Through Products, you can manage the availability and visibility of APIs and Plans. Use the API Designer to create, edit, and stage your Product. Use the API Manager to manage the lifecycle of your Product.\n\nThe following diagram demonstrates how Products, Plans, and APIs relate to one another. Note how Plans belong to only one Product, can possess different APIs to other Plans within the same Product, and can share APIs with Plans from any Product. Figure to show the hierarchy of Products, Plans, and APIs. ![Figure to show the hierarchy of Products, Plans, and APIs.](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/78bb71851d95d7580503eb9ba10cf3ae31490ade/apiconnect/images/plan_product_hierarchy.png)\n\nYou can create Plans only within Products, and these Products are then published in a Catalog. A lifecycle manager can then control the availability and visibility of APIs and Plans through the API Manager. Through the Developer Portal, the customer is then able to subscribe to one of the Plans that is available to them, as determined in the API Manager. If it is a Plan with billing, the customer must provide credit card information when subscribing. The user can subscribe to one Plan from a specific Product. Multiple Plans within a single Product are useful in that they can fulfill similar purposes but with differing levels of performance and cost. For example, you might have a \"Demo Plan\", which makes a single API available, and a \"Full Plan\", which makes several available.","score":10.231068},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02612-6244-8517","text":"\nTo add billing information, you must establish an account with a credit card processing service so your customers can pay with a credit card. Monthly billing Plans are billed on the same date of each month.\n13. Optional: If you want to tailor which operations from an API are included in the Plan, hover the cursor over the API that contains the operation. Click the Show operations icon, and then select or clear the check boxes for the operations you want to include or exclude.\n14. Optional: To add a rate limit to your Plan, clear the Unlimited check box and then specify the rate limit that you want to apply. If the Enforce hard limit check box is selected the Plan will stop applications from calling the API after reaching the rate limit, otherwise a warning will be presented.\n\nNote: Applying a rate limit at the Plan level, creates a default rate limit that applies to each operation within the Plan. If you need to set specific rate limits for specific operations, you must set these within the operations themselves and this setting overrides the setting at the Plan level.\n15. Optional: Specify whether your Plan requires subscription approval. If you want subscriptions by developers to require approval through the API Manager user interface, select Require subscription approval; otherwise, ensure that the check box is cleared.\n16. Optional: Add a rate limit to an operation.\n\n\n\n1. Hover the cursor over the API that contains the operation, click the Show operations icon.\n2. Hover the cursor over the operation that you want to apply a rate limit to. Click the Edit rate limit icon.\n3. Ensure the Unlimited check box is cleared, and then specify the rate limit that you want to apply. If the Enforce hard limit check box is selected the Plan will stop applications from calling the API after reaching the rate limit, otherwise a warning will be presented.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n* Click the Save icon to save your changes.\n\n\n\nYou have created a Product, and specified a set of APIs and Plans into one offering that you can now make available to your developers. Next, stage your poduct to a catalog as explained in the next section, Staging a Product.\n\n\n\n\n\n Staging a Product \n\nStage a Product to create a specific version of that Product in a Catalog, before publishing.","score":9.56655},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03704-1531-3564","text":"\nWhat's the difference between a Pay-As-You-Go and Subscription account? \n\nWith Pay-As-You-Go accounts, you're billed monthly for your resource usage. Your resource usage consists of recurring and fluctuating costs. This account type is a good fit for developers or companies that want to explore the entire IBM Cloud catalog but have smaller or variable workloads. You pay only for what you use or commit to on a monthly basis, with no long-term contracts. Usage consists of products, services, and resources.\n\nWith Subscription accounts, you buy a subscription for an amount of credit to spend on resource usage within a certain time period. In exchange for this spending commitment, you get a discount on your usage costs. For more information about the differences between account types, see [Account types](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accounts).\n\n\n\n\n\n What happens if my Lite plan instance reaches the monthly quota? \n\nWhen you reach any quota for Lite plan instances, the service for that month is suspended. Quotas are based per org and not per instance. New instances that are created in the same org show any usage from previous instances. The quota resets on the first of every month.\n\n\n\n\n\n Can I use PayPal as a payment method? \n\nAs of March 31, 2023, PayPal is no longer accepted.\n\n\n\n\n\n Can I update my credit card? \n\nUpdating your credit card is just like adding a new one. Go to the [Payments](https://cloud.ibm.com/billing/payments) page in the IBM Cloud console. In the Add Payment Method section, enter the billing information for your new card, and click Add credit card.\n\nTo switch to a different payment method, select Pay with Other, and click Submit change request. A support case to change your payment method is then created for you.\n\nIf your payments are managed outside of the console, go to IBM.com and log in to the Manage Payment Method application to update your credit card. For more information, see [How do I add a credit card when the option isn't available through the console?]","score":9.782476},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03776-3313-5682","text":"\nWhen you have a Subscription account, you buy a subscription for an amount of credit to spend on resource usage within a certain time period. In exchange for this spending commitment, you get a discount on your usage costs. For example, you might buy a subscription for $12,000 USD a year that comes with a 10% discount. No matter when you incur usage costs within that year, you get fixed billing for the subscription amount, such as $1,000 a month. This account type is a good fit for enterprise organizations with large cloud workloads that want the predictability of fixed billing for their financial planning.\n\nIn addition to the two billable account types, customers that have a Subscription account can sign up for the Enterprise Savings Plan billing model. This billing model is similar to a Subscription account with a few added benefits. The following table details the two billable account types and billing model.\n\n\n\nTable 1. Comparative analysis of account types\n\n Pay-As-You-Go Subscription Enterprise Savings Plan \n\n Monthly billing Timely billing Timely billing \n Invoiced on monthly consumption Invoices independent of usage Invoiced on monthly consumption \n Best suited for developers and companies Best suited for enterprise organizations Best suited for both developers and enterprise organizations \n\n\n\n\n\n Estimating your costs \n\nAfter you select the type of account that fits your organization's needs, it's time to understand how you will be charged for it. With an IBM Cloud billable account, you're charged for the compute, containers, and services that your organization consumes. You might be invited by other IBM Cloud users to participate in organizations under a different account. The usage for the apps or services that you use in the organizations that you're invited to are charged to the account that contains those organizations.\n\nThe following are the various charging types:\n\n\n\n* Fixed: Fixed-rate pricing is based on an agreed upon monthly charge that isn't adjusted.\n* Metered: Metered-usage pricing is based on the number of GB hours that are consumed for runtimes and the number of IP addresses and storage for containers.\n* Tiered: Some pricing plans are based on a tiered pricing model, so you can get a volume-based discount according to your actual usage. Services might offer simple, graduated, or block tier pricing plans.","score":9.650227}],"adf9b1f61c73d715809bc7b37ac02724<::>2":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_16727-805993-808161","text":"\nYou can estimate the cost of a service using the cost estimator on the provisioning pages for Direct Link offerings. For example, log in to the [IBM Cloud Direct Link console](https://cloud.ibm.com/interconnectivity/direct-link) and click Order Direct Link. Then, choose to order Direct Link Connect or Direct Link Dedicated. As you complete the ordering form, cost estimates appear in the Summary side panel.\n\n\n\n\n\n In terms of cost, what do I pay for? \n\nThere are two pricing plans: metered and unmetered. Metered has a port fee and bill per GB egressed across the Direct Link. Unmetered billing has a higher port fee and no usage charges, which are ideal for customers who consistently egress traffic across their direct link.\n\n\n\n\n\n Can I change billing options after my direct link is provisioned? \n\nYes, you can change billing options after a direct link is provisioned, regardless of whether you chose global or local routing. For example, to change from metered to unmetered billing, navigate to the Details page of the direct link and click Edit. In the side panel, select Unmetered in the Billing section, review the updated information, then agree to the prerequisites and click Submit.\n\n\n\n\n\n When does billing begin with Direct Link? \n\nThe fees for Direct Link cover the cost of service termination on the IBM Cloud infrastructure.\n\nInfrastructure services are billed in advance and begin upon acceptance of a client’s order. However, due to the nature of IBM Cloud Direct Link, the Direct Link service billing begins when a BGP session is established with IBM Cloud, or 30 days after the order is submitted.\n\nBilling stops after (1) you request a circuit to be deleted, and (2) the provider has de-provisioned the circuit.\n\n\n\n\n\n What extra charges will I incur from other parties with Direct Link? \n\nYou might have extra charges from your provider. See to your carrier or service provider for their fee information.\n\n\n\n* Where do I find cost estimates for Direct Link offerings?\n\n Where do I find cost estimates for Direct Link offerings? \n\nYou can estimate the cost of a service using the cost estimator on the provisioning pages for Direct Link offerings.","score":11.282287},{"document_id":"ibmcld_07578-806120-808288","text":"\nYou can estimate the cost of a service using the cost estimator on the provisioning pages for Direct Link offerings. For example, log in to the [IBM Cloud Direct Link console](https://cloud.ibm.com/interconnectivity/direct-link) and click Order Direct Link. Then, choose to order Direct Link Connect or Direct Link Dedicated. As you complete the ordering form, cost estimates appear in the Summary side panel.\n\n\n\n\n\n In terms of cost, what do I pay for? \n\nThere are two pricing plans: metered and unmetered. Metered has a port fee and bill per GB egressed across the Direct Link. Unmetered billing has a higher port fee and no usage charges, which are ideal for customers who consistently egress traffic across their direct link.\n\n\n\n\n\n Can I change billing options after my direct link is provisioned? \n\nYes, you can change billing options after a direct link is provisioned, regardless of whether you chose global or local routing. For example, to change from metered to unmetered billing, navigate to the Details page of the direct link and click Edit. In the side panel, select Unmetered in the Billing section, review the updated information, then agree to the prerequisites and click Submit.\n\n\n\n\n\n When does billing begin with Direct Link? \n\nThe fees for Direct Link cover the cost of service termination on the IBM Cloud infrastructure.\n\nInfrastructure services are billed in advance and begin upon acceptance of a client’s order. However, due to the nature of IBM Cloud Direct Link, the Direct Link service billing begins when a BGP session is established with IBM Cloud, or 30 days after the order is submitted.\n\nBilling stops after (1) you request a circuit to be deleted, and (2) the provider has de-provisioned the circuit.\n\n\n\n\n\n What extra charges will I incur from other parties with Direct Link? \n\nYou might have extra charges from your provider. See to your carrier or service provider for their fee information.\n\n\n\n* Where do I find cost estimates for Direct Link offerings?\n\n Where do I find cost estimates for Direct Link offerings? \n\nYou can estimate the cost of a service using the cost estimator on the provisioning pages for Direct Link offerings.","score":11.282287},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03735-1425-3233","text":"\nEnter your estimated usage, and click Calculate Cost. You can adjust the estimated usage and recalculate the cost to see how different usage levels affect the overall cost.\n\n\n\nBy default, the estimator shows the pricing and billing currency set for your account. Pricing can vary by region. If you're estimating costs for a different location or currency, you might have to select the appropriate currency on the order summary page for the product or change the currency on your account.\n\n\n\n1. Click Save and select the estimate that you'd like to add the product to, and then add the calculated cost to your estimate by clicking Save.\n2. When you're done adding products to your estimate, review the product details, and click View estimate.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Updating an existing estimate \n\nYou can always update the name and description of an estimate as your needs change. To edit an estimate, complete the following steps:\n\n\n\n1. From the View Estimate page, identify the estimate that you want to edit.\n2. Click the Actions icon ![Actions icon](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/9713d864488177dc6b273b53b7f2383a81f10bc1/icons/action-menu-icon.svg) > Edit.\n3. Enter the updated name and description.\n4. Click Save\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Saving and sharing your estimate \n\nWhen you create an estimate, you can save each estimate's unique link to share or revisit directly through your browser. To share an estimate, complete the following steps:\n\n\n\n1. From the View Estimate page, identify the estimate that you want to share.\n2. Click the Actions icon ![Actions icon](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/9713d864488177dc6b273b53b7f2383a81f10bc1/icons/action-menu-icon.svg) > Share.\n3. Click Copy link and share the link with users in your account.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Creating quotes for classic infrastructure services","score":15.212923},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03735-7-1918","text":"\nEstimating your costs \n\nYou can use the cost estimator to estimate the cost of IBM Cloud® products by customizing plans that fit your business needs. Your account type doesn't affect your estimates. Explore the catalog to find available products to add to an estimate.\n\nEstimates can now be saved to an account. Make sure you're in the account that you want to save the estimate to. If you have existing estimates, they must be converted to a saved estimate that is attached to an account.\n\n\n\n Creating a new estimate \n\n\n\n1. In the IBM Cloud console, go to Cost estimator icon![Cost estimator icon](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/9713d864488177dc6b273b53b7f2383a81f10bc1/icons/calculator.svg). From here, you are directed to Estimating your costs page.\n2. Click Create new estimate.\n3. Enter a name and description for the estimate.\n4. Click Create\n5. From here, you are directed to the estimate details page. Click Go to catalog to add products to the estimate.\n6. Select the product that you are interested in.\n\nDepending on the product, an interim informational page might be displayed. For example, if you select Bare Metal Servers, an informational page that describes various features is displayed. Click Continue.\n7. Select your pricing plan and enter other configuration details if needed. Then, click Add to estimate.\n\nSome products might require that you log in to add them to an estimate.\n8. Enter your estimated usage, and click Calculate Cost. You can adjust the estimated usage and recalculate the cost to see how different usage levels affect the overall cost.\n\n\n\nBy default, the estimator shows the pricing and billing currency set for your account. Pricing can vary by region. If you're estimating costs for a different location or currency, you might have to select the appropriate currency on the order summary page for the product or change the currency on your account.\n\n\n\n1.","score":15.082735},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01623-6277-8255","text":"\nAfter you verify your identity, you set up and provide details for your authentication factor.\n\n\n\n\n\n Step 3: Estimate your costs \n\nComplete the following steps to get an estimate of how much your usage might cost:\n\n\n\n1. Go to the [catalog](https://cloud.ibm.com/catalog), and select Services.\n2. Select a service that you're interested in.\n3. Select a pricing plan, enter other configuration details if needed, and click Add to estimate.\n\nBy default, the estimator shows the pricing and billing currency for your location. Pricing can vary by region. If you're estimating costs for a different location, select the correct region to view accurate pricing.\n4. Add the calculated cost to your estimate by clicking Save.\n5. When you're done adding products to your estimate, click Review estimate to a detailed view of your estimate.\n\nYou can download a CSV, XSLX, or PDF of the estimate by clicking Download.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Step 4: Manage your invoices and payment methods \n\nBefore you start working with resources in your account, familiarize yourself with where you can manage your payment method and access your invoices.\n\n\n\n Managing your payment method \n\n\n\n* To manage your payment method for an account that's billed in USD currency, go to Manage > Billing and usage in the IBM Cloud console, and select Payments.\n* To manage your payment method for an account that's billed in non-USD currency, go to [IBM Billing](https://myibm.ibm.com/billing/).\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Accessing your invoices \n\n\n\n* To access an invoice for an account that's billed in USD currency, go to Manage > Billing and usage in the IBM Cloud console, and select Invoices.\n* To access an invoice for an account that's billed in non-USD currency, go to Manage > Billing and usage in the IBM Cloud console, and select Invoices. Then, click IBM Invoices.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Step 5: Set preferences for receiving notifications \n\nComplete the following steps to set your preferences for receiving various types of notifications:\n\n\n\n1.","score":12.108086}],"adf9b1f61c73d715809bc7b37ac02724<::>6":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_03776-3313-5682","text":"\nWhen you have a Subscription account, you buy a subscription for an amount of credit to spend on resource usage within a certain time period. In exchange for this spending commitment, you get a discount on your usage costs. For example, you might buy a subscription for $12,000 USD a year that comes with a 10% discount. No matter when you incur usage costs within that year, you get fixed billing for the subscription amount, such as $1,000 a month. This account type is a good fit for enterprise organizations with large cloud workloads that want the predictability of fixed billing for their financial planning.\n\nIn addition to the two billable account types, customers that have a Subscription account can sign up for the Enterprise Savings Plan billing model. This billing model is similar to a Subscription account with a few added benefits. The following table details the two billable account types and billing model.\n\n\n\nTable 1. Comparative analysis of account types\n\n Pay-As-You-Go Subscription Enterprise Savings Plan \n\n Monthly billing Timely billing Timely billing \n Invoiced on monthly consumption Invoices independent of usage Invoiced on monthly consumption \n Best suited for developers and companies Best suited for enterprise organizations Best suited for both developers and enterprise organizations \n\n\n\n\n\n Estimating your costs \n\nAfter you select the type of account that fits your organization's needs, it's time to understand how you will be charged for it. With an IBM Cloud billable account, you're charged for the compute, containers, and services that your organization consumes. You might be invited by other IBM Cloud users to participate in organizations under a different account. The usage for the apps or services that you use in the organizations that you're invited to are charged to the account that contains those organizations.\n\nThe following are the various charging types:\n\n\n\n* Fixed: Fixed-rate pricing is based on an agreed upon monthly charge that isn't adjusted.\n* Metered: Metered-usage pricing is based on the number of GB hours that are consumed for runtimes and the number of IP addresses and storage for containers.\n* Tiered: Some pricing plans are based on a tiered pricing model, so you can get a volume-based discount according to your actual usage. Services might offer simple, graduated, or block tier pricing plans.","score":10.948888},{"document_id":"ibmcld_08067-0-1736","text":"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  Viewing your support costs \n\nIf you have Advanced or Premium support, you can keep track of your monthly support costs from the Support costs page in the IBM Cloud® console.\n\n\n\n  How you're charged for support \n\nEach [IBM Cloud support plan](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/get-support?topic=get-support-support-plans) has a minimum monthly price for providing support for your cloud workload at the stated service level. Beyond this starting price, any additional costs for support are based on your resource usage. The higher your resource usage, the higher your total support cost. For details about your purchased support plan, contact [IBM Cloud Sales](https://www.ibm.com/cloud?contactmodule).\n\n\n\n\n\n  Viewing support costs \n\nTo view your support costs, you need an access policy with the Administrator role on the Billing account management service. For more information about access roles, see [IAM access](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-userroles).\n\nIn the IBM Cloud console, go to Manage > Billing and usage, and select Support costs. You can view your support plan and relevant cost details:\n\n\n\n*  If your support costs are billed monthly, you can view your costs for the current month. These costs include the starting price for the plan and any additional costs from your resource usage. After each billing cycle, these charges are added to your monthly invoice.\n*  If you have a support subscription, you can view the remaining credit in your active subscriptions and any overages for the current month. Overage is charged if you run out of credit in your active subscriptions. You can also view upcoming support subscriptions, which are subscriptions that you bought but are not yet valid.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","score":16.46965},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03749-8477-10695","text":"\nFor more information about managing your platform and support subscriptions, see [Managing subscriptions](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/billing-usage?topic=billing-usage-subscriptions).\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Usage reporting \n\nEnterprises provide top-down usage reporting so that you can track the costs of resource usage from all accounts in the enterprise. Starting at the enterprise level, you can navigate within the enterprise structure to see the estimated usage costs within each account or account group. At the account level, enterprise users can view costs for each type of resource or service in the account.\n\nEnterprise administrators can provide granular access to users so that they can view usage only for certain account groups or accounts. For example, say that your enterprise has account groups for each department, and each department has account groups for each team.\n\n\n\n* You give your financial officer access to view the entire enterprise so that they can track and recover costs for each department.\n* You give each department lead access to view usage for everything in their department's account group.\n* You give each team lead access to view only the accounts in their team's account group.\n\n\n\nBecause access in the enterprise is separate from access in each account, enterprise users can't automatically manage resources within the child accounts. Similarly, users in each account can continue to view their past and current usage from the Usage page regardless of whether they have enterprise access.\n\nYou can view usage from the Usage page in the console, from the CLI, or from the Enterprise Usage Reports API. For more information, see [Viewing usage in an enterprise](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/billing-usage?topic=billing-usage-enterprise-usage).\n\n\n\n\n\n Invoicing and payments \n\nUsage in the enterprise is invoiced through the enterprise account. As with all billable accounts, usage is invoiced monthly, and the invoice is due on the billing date for your account. During each billing cycle, a single invoice with the usage costs from all accounts is made available in the enterprise account. The invoice contains costs for all platform and infrastructure usage as a single-line item in your invoice.","score":10.971578},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03798-0-2240","text":"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  Understanding my invoice \n\nBillable accounts receive a monthly invoice for the usage charges and other fees that are incurred. At any time, you can view your invoice or expected invoiced charges by going to the [Invoices](https://cloud.ibm.com/billing/invoices) page from the billing and usage dashboard in the IBM Cloud® console.\n\nIf your account is billed through a separate billing platform, you can see the following message on the Invoices page:\n\nThe account is invoiced on a separate billing platform. This page reflects only classic infrastructure charges. To view your official invoice and for any pricing inquiries, visit IBM Invoices. To sign up and view your invoices, you must provide your IBM customer number. If you don't know your customer number, contact IBM Cloud Support by calling 1-866-325-0045 and selecting the third option.\n\nIn this situation, go to [Invoices@IBM](http://ibm.com/invoices) to review your upcoming invoice, past invoices, or details about service charges.\n\n\n\n  Invoicing for different account types \n\nDepending on your account type, your usage is incurred and reflected differently on your invoice. Review the following differences for billing based on your account type:\n\n\n\n*  Subscription: The billed interval is contractual and depends on a negotiated payment for usage credits.\n*  Pay-As-You-Go: An estimation of your charges is found on the [Usage](https://cloud.ibm.com/billing/usage) page. Charges from platform and classic infrastructure services are included if your account uses both types. Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) charges aren't included.\n\n\n\nThird-party services, such as SendGrid, don't bill for their service through IBM Cloud if you signed up for their service outside of IBM Cloud.\n\nAn IBM Cloud service might provide a free allocation before the start of your billing period. To determine whether your service instance provides a free allocation, go to the [Resources list](https://cloud.ibm.com/resources) in the IBM Cloud console. Click the service name, and then click Plan. Review the feature description for each plan to see whether the service offers free allocations. Free allocations are applied to the account level and not the organization level.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","score":11.298097},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03363-1671-3630","text":"\nAn exchange with a user is not considered a billable conversation until the customer submits a message.\n* Avg. msg. per conversation: The total messages received during the selected time period divided by the total conversations during the selected time period, as shown in the corresponding graph.\n* Max. conversations: The maximum number of conversations for a single data point within the selected time period.\n* Weak understanding: The number of individual messages with weak understanding. These messages are not classified by an intent, and do not contain any known entities. Reviewing unrecognized messages can help you to identify potential dialog problems.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Graphs and statistics \n\nDetailed graphs provide additional information. Click a data point on the graphs to see more detail.\n\n![Single data point](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/417db917d18067d9dcc4cf2612564a9a87c3ddc8/assistant/images/oview-point.png)\n\n\n\n* Containment: Number of conversations in which the assistant is able to satisfy the customer's request without human intervention.\n\n\n\n* The volume graph shows the total number of conversations per day and how many of the conversations were contained and not contained.\n* The trend graph shows the percentage of daily conversations that were contained. This graph helps you to see if the assistant is getting better or worse at containing conversations over time.\n\n\n\n![Shows the two containment metrics for volume and trend](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/417db917d18067d9dcc4cf2612564a9a87c3ddc8/assistant/images/containment-metric.png)\n\nThe containment metric requires that your dialog flag requests for external support when they occur. For more information, see [Measuring containment](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-dialog-supportdialog-support-containment).\n* Coverage: Number of conversations in which the assistant is confident that it can address a customer's request.","score":10.912977}],"adf9b1f61c73d715809bc7b37ac02724<::>9":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_07578-1066746-1068772","text":"\n* What does the IN_PROGRESS status mean when I apply a subscription code?\n\nWhen you apply a subscription code to a Pay-As-You-Go account, the status of the subscription might be IN_PROGRESS. This status indicates that your account must be reviewed to complete your order. When you see this status, contact the IBM Cloud Sales representative who helped you with the order.\n* Can I pay the total spending commitment up-front or quarterly?\n\nYes! By default, you're billed monthly for your subscriptions. If you'd like to pay up-front or quarterly, contact [IBM Cloud Sales](https://www.ibm.com/cloud?contactmodule).\n* Can I spend more or less than my monthly commitment?\n\nYes, what you spend monthly is up to you! You can spend any amount of the total commitment each month.\n* What happens if I spend my entire subscription amount before my term ends?\n\nYou're required to continue paying your monthly charges until the end of your term. You're charged the non-discounted rate for any usage that goes over your total subscription amount. To avoid overage charges, contact [IBM Cloud Sales](https://www.ibm.com/cloud?contactmodule) to sign up for a new subscription.\n* Is there a monthly minimum amount required for Subscription accounts?\n\nYes, your subscription must have a combined minimum spending and term commitment of $100.00 USD each month for 12 months.\n* Can I cancel my Subscription account before the end of my term commitment?\n\nA subscription is a contract between you and IBM that commits you to use IBM Cloud for a specific term and spending amount. You can request to cancel your subscription before the end of the term, but whether the subscription can be canceled is at the discretion of IBM. Any remaining credit on your subscription might be forfeited. For more information, contact [Support](https://cloud.ibm.com/unifiedsupport/supportcenter). Make sure that you provide details about why you need to cancel your subscription.\n\nTo close a Pay-As-You-Go account or a Lite account, see [Can I cancel my account?]","score":17.665173},{"document_id":"ibmcld_12597-0-804","text":"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  Why can't I apply a subscription code to my account in an enterprise? \n\nA subscription code can't be added to the account because of specific access that is required.\n\n  What’s happening \n\nYou can't add a subscription code to your IBM Cloud® account because you don't have the correct access.\n\n  Why it’s happening \n\nBecause your account is a child account on the enterprise, you can't apply subscription codes. Subscription codes must be applied at the enterprise level.\n\n  How to fix it \n\nContact the owner or the administrator of the enterprise to add the subscription code. When the subscription code is added, it applies to all accounts in the enterprise. For more information, see [Managing subscriptions](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/billing-usage?topic=billing-usage-subscriptions).\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","score":22.521448},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03786-7-2105","text":"\nApplying subscription codes \n\nAfter you buy a subscription for platform or support credit, you must add the credit to your account by applying a subscription code to an existing account or a new account when you register. Applying the code ensures that the credit is added to your account and you don't have unexpected overage charges.\n\nIf you set up your first subscription through the [Subscriptions page](https://cloud.ibm.com/billing/subscriptions), the credit for this subscription is automatically added to your account - no code required.\n\nAfter IBM Cloud Sales places the order, an email with the subscription code for each subscription and support line item is sent to the appropriate contact.\n\nOnly the account owner, enterprise account owner, or a user with the Editor or Administrator role on the Billing account management service can apply the subscription code. If you don't have access to apply subscription codes, the account owner or administrator can provide access. For more information, see [Assigning access to account management services](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-account-services). Applying the subscription code through the IBM Cloud® console is essential to ensure that your account is migrated appropriately.\n\n\n\n1. Open the email with the subscription code.\n\nIf you bought a subscription and didn't receive your subscription code, [contact us](https://www.ibm.com/cloud?contactmodule) or email Sales at [CloudDigitalSales@us.ibm.com](mailto:CloudDigitalSales@us.ibm.com) to request for it to be sent again.\n2. Click Add subscription to add it to an existing account.\n3. Sign in to the console with your IBMid and password.\n4. From the modal, choose the account you'd like to add the subscription to, select I understand, and then click Add.\n\n\n\nTo manually apply the subscription code to an existing account, complete the following steps:\n\n\n\n1. In the IBM Cloud® console, go to Manage > Account, and select Account settings.\n2. Click Apply code.\n\nEach code can be redeemed only one time, and the codes must be redeemed before their expiration date.","score":18.663324},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03786-1684-3421","text":"\nFrom the modal, choose the account you'd like to add the subscription to, select I understand, and then click Add.\n\n\n\nTo manually apply the subscription code to an existing account, complete the following steps:\n\n\n\n1. In the IBM Cloud® console, go to Manage > Account, and select Account settings.\n2. Click Apply code.\n\nEach code can be redeemed only one time, and the codes must be redeemed before their expiration date. Ensure that you add the code to the correct account because the subscription credits can't be removed after the code is applied. After you add the subscription code, you might see that the status of the subscription as IN_PROCESS. Contact IBM Cloud Sales to review the account.\n3. Enter the subscription code, and click Apply.\n\nIf you have separate codes for platform and support credit, apply the platform subscription code first, then apply the support subscription code.\n\n\n\nTo manually apply the subscription code to a new account, complete the following steps:\n\n\n\n1. Go [create an IBM Cloud account](https://cloud.ibm.com/registration), and enter the required information.\n2. Click Register with a code instead of entering your credit card information.\n3. Click Create account.\n\n\n\nIf you don't know your seller, the codes are applied in the wrong order, or you experience issues with applying the codes, [contact IBM Cloud Support](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/get-support?topic=get-support-using-avatar).\n\nFor information about other codes and credits that can be applied to different account types, see [Applying feature codes to a Lite account](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-codes) or [Applying promo codes](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/billing-usage?topic=billing-usage-applying-promo-codes).","score":17.987225},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03710-0-838","text":"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  Why can't I apply a subscription code? \n\nTo successfully apply a subscription code, make sure the code is valid and you have the required access.\n\n  What’s happening \n\nWhen you try to apply a subscription code, you see an error that states that the code cannot be applied.\n\n  Why it’s happening \n\nYou might see this error if you don't have the required access in the account or the code expired.\n\n  How to fix it \n\nUse the following options:\n\n\n\n*  Verify that you have access to apply the code. To apply any code, you must have an Editor role or higher on all account management services. To view or change roles, see [Assigning access to account management services](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-account-services).\n*  Contact the person who provided the code for help with reissuing an expired code.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","score":26.67136}],"adf9b1f61c73d715809bc7b37ac02724<::>10":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_03709-0-1479","text":"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  Why can't I apply a feature code? \n\nTo successfully apply a feature code, make sure the code is valid and that you have the correct account type.\n\n  What’s happening \n\nWhen you try to apply a feature code, you see an error that states that the code cannot be applied.\n\n  Why it’s happening \n\nYou might see this error for any of the following reasons:\n\n\n\n*  Your account doesn't meet the requirements for the feature code.\n*  You don't have the required access in the account.\n*  The code expired.\n\n\n\n  How to fix it \n\nUse the following steps to successfully apply a feature code:\n\n\n\n*  Verify that you have the correct account type. For example, some feature codes for educational promotions are only for Lite accounts. To view your account type, in the IBM Cloud® console, go to Manage > Account, and select Account settings. For more information, see [Applying feature codes](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-codes).\n*  Verify that you have access to apply the code. To apply any code, you must have an Editor role or higher on all account management services. To view or change roles, see [Assigning access to account management services](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-account-services).\n*  Contact the person who provided the code for help with reissuing an expired code.\n*  If you are unable to apply a feature code that you received from an educational provider, contact that educational provider for further assistance.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","score":22.143003},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02718-1684-3722","text":"\n[Writing] There's a couple benefits to using a feature flag service. Number one is you can have essentially managed place for your features, or excuse me your feature flags. [Writing] Number two is you can turn these on and off without modifying your properties in your future, in your apps or web pages. [Writing] And number three is you get audit and usage data. It's harder to get the audit and usage data by using JSON files.\n\nOkay, so now let's go back to our example we've got our open banner feature and now let's wrap it with some feature flag code.\n\nAnd so here's an example, kind of pseudo code, that you can use if store open is enabled.\n\n[Writing] if (storeopen is Enabled()){ Then we're going to show open banner [Writing] show Open Banner();}\n\nso this pseudocode represents our feature code and the flag that potentially could encompass it.\n\nNow let's actually put this in production and [Draw] make it show showcase to some users.\n\nSo now that we've got our feature in production it's not usable to any users right now this is an idea typically displayed with feature flags called dark launch. Dark launch is when a feature is in production but not visible to any or all users or any or some users, excuse me.\n\nNow we want to introduce the idea of [Writing] segments.\n\nSo we've already said that we only want a certain number of people to view this, people who are nearby our new shop. This will be our segment A, and a segment is simply users or groups of users that have attributes tied to them.\n\nSo this first one might have [Writing] current location, and [Writing] zip code.\n\nAttributes, this allows users who are either currently in the location or have already stipulated that they live nearby to view this feature, but before we do that we want to test the feature out on our own employees. [Writing] So we would have segment Bof our testers because we want them to be our employees the attribute might be [Writing] email ID.\n\nNow we can effectively test our feature in production by {Draw] flipping this toggle on.","score":13.0184355},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02689-1748-4183","text":"\nWithin your application, the isEnabled() method of the App Configuration SDK is used to activate conditional blocks of code to turn features on and off based on the state of a feature flag. Use feature flags to dark launch features into production and then switch them on only for selected users or roll them out to your users selectively and independently from deployments. Each feature flag must belong to a collection.\n\n\n\n\n\n Properties \n\nProperties are configuration parameters that don't change often, but that still need centralized management. Consolidate properties for all your app and environment components into one central cloud dashboard, with App Configuration, thus avoiding the hassle of managing multiple parameter files. Within your application, the getCurrentValue() method of the App Configuration SDK is used to access the current value of a property. Each property must belong to a collection.\n\n\n\n\n\n Segments \n\nUsing App Configuration, a single feature flag, or property, can have many values, with each value applied to a specific group of entities (users, devices, infrastructure components). Each group is called a segment. Members of a segment share one or more common attributes as defined by a set of segment rules. Segments are optional.\n\n\n\n\n\n Attribute \n\nAn attribute is a parameter that is used to define a segment. Attributes are used to create segment rules on the App Configuration dashboard, but names of the attributes and values of each attribute are defined in your code. At run time, the App Configuration SDK fetches the segment rules into your application instance and determine whether it is a part of the segment.\n\n\n\n\n\n Targeting definition \n\nFeature flags and properties are targeted to segments based on a set of rules that are called the targeting definition. With targeting, you can override the default value for a flag or property, for any segment you define.\n\n\n\n\n\n App Configuration SDK \n\nThe App Configuration SDK handles the automatic delivery of the appropriate flag state or property value into your application. It connects to the endpoints provided by the App Configuration API, fetches collections, and evaluates segment and targeting rules. Server-side SDKs connect to the App Configuration service through a web socket for real-time updates. Client-side SDKs pull values from the App Configuration service upon a lifecycle change such being opened or brought to the foreground.","score":12.756688},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03711-0-822","text":"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  Why can’t I create a service after I apply a feature code? \n\nYou can recover from issues with creating service after a feature code is applied by following a few easy steps.\n\n  What’s happening \n\nWhen you try to create an instance of a service from the catalog, you're prompted to upgrade with a message such as Upgrade your account to create instances of the offering.\n\n  Why it’s happening \n\nYour account wasn't enabled to create resources of that type after you applied the feature code. The resources or capabilities that are provided vary for each feature code.\n\n  How to fix it \n\nContact the person who gave you the feature code to verify the capabilities that it can enable for your account. For example, contact your educational provider for feature codes that they gave you for use with coursework.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","score":18.385595},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03732-0-1673","text":"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  Applying feature codes \n\nYou can apply feature codes to take advantage of extra IBM Cloud® resources or capabilities. Feature codes are typically provided for online courses and certain events, such as educational sessions or conference workshops.\n\nAre you looking for details about adding subscription credit to your account? See [Managing subscriptions](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/billing-usage?topic=billing-usage-subscriptions) for more information.\n\nYou must have the Editor role or higher for all account management services to apply a feature code. The extra resources or capabilities that are provided vary depending on the particular code but include one or more of the following items in general:\n\n\n\n*  Increase the memory quota to a number of GB that is specified by the code\n*  Add one organization with a memory quota that is specified by the code\n*  Add an unlimited number of organizations\n*  Upload an extra number of SSL certificates, as specified by the code\n*  Use premium service plans\n*  Convert a Lite account to a trial account, which provides access to more services but only within a limited trial period\n\n\n\nComplete the following steps to apply a feature code to your existing account:\n\nIf you don't have an account yet, you can add your feature code when you [register](https://cloud.ibm.com/registration) for a new account by clicking Register with a code instead of entering your credit card information.\n\n\n\n1.  In the IBM Cloud console, go to Manage > Account, and select Account settings.\n2.  Click Apply code.\n3.  Enter the feature code, which is typically a random alphanumeric value such as a1b2c3def456.\n4.  Click Apply.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","score":15.940769}],"adf9b1f61c73d715809bc7b37ac02724<::>12":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_03713-4689-6647","text":"\nContact the Cloud Trust and Enablement team by email at [verify@us.ibm.com](mailto:verify@us.ibm.com).\n\n\n\n\n\n Why was my change request rejected? \n\n What’s happening \n\nYou tried to place an order in the IBM Cloud console [Payments page](https://cloud.ibm.com/billing/payments), but you get one of the following error messages:\n\n> Failed to complete the Change Request process due to the following error: We're afraid this transaction has been rejected. Invalid account number.\n\nor\n\n> Failed to complete the Change Request process due to the following error: We are unable to process your request: Transaction Rejected.\n\n Why it’s happening \n\nYour credit card number was not recognized by your credit card issuer.\n\n How to fix it \n\nContact your credit card issuer for more information.\n\n\n\n\n\n Why was my change request rejected because of a VAT ID? \n\n What’s happening \n\nYou tried to complete a change request IBM Cloud console [Payments page](https://cloud.ibm.com/billing/payments), but you get the following error message:\n\n> Failed to complete the Change Request process due to the following error: VAT ID is a required field for ...\n\n Why it’s happening \n\nYour VAT ID, CST or other tax identification number cannot be validated.\n\n How to fix it \n\n\n\n1. Verify that tax identification number is valid.\n2. Verify that the tax identification number is associated with the same country as the physical country of residence in your IBM Cloud profile.\n3. Verify whether a VAT ID is required to create an IBM Cloud account in your country of residence. For more information, see [Personal use availability](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-account-getting-startedsignup-personalaccts).\n4. Verify that you are creating the correct account type: personal or business.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Why was there an error in the payment process? \n\n What’s happening \n\nAn issue occurred that caused the payment process to fail. This error might prompt the following message:","score":22.168013},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03713-7-2194","text":"\nCredit Card error messages \n\nAn issue might occur when you try to update, add, or remove a credit card. Review the following credit card error messages for detailed self-help information.\n\n\n\n Why was my credit card transaction rejected? \n\nProtecting your identity is a priority and IBM Cloud takes credit card verification seriously.\n\n What’s happening \n\nAn issue occurred that caused the transaction to fail. For example, the name and address on file with IBM Cloud doesn't match the information on file with the company that issued your credit card. This error might prompt the following message:\n\n> Error: Could not place order. Problem authorizing the credit card. We are unable to process your request: Transaction Rejected\n\n Why it’s happening \n\nSomething went wrong when verifying your credit card, and the transaction wasn't successful.\n\n How to fix it \n\nTo ensure that your credit card verification is successful, complete the following steps:\n\n\n\n1. Verify that the name and address for your IBM Cloud account matches the name and address on file with your credit card issuer.\n2. Verify that the country associated with a VAT or tax identification number matches the country in your IBM Cloud account. For example, a VAT ID registered in France can't be associated with an IBM Cloud account that is registered in Finland.\n3. Verify that you are creating a business account and not a personal account if you are specifying a VAT ID or tax identification number.\n4. Review the error message that was displayed. If your transaction was rejected and an email address was not provided, contact your credit card issuer.\n5. Contact us by calling 1-866-325-0045 and selecting the third option.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Why do I get an error when I try to update my credit card? \n\nYou tried to change your payment method by adding a new credit card in the IBM Cloud console [Payments page](https://cloud.ibm.com/billing/payments).\n\n What’s happening \n\nAfter you entered your credit card information and saved it, the following message displayed:\n\n> Failed to complete the Change Request process due to the following error: We are unable to process your request: Transaction Rejected.\n\n Why it’s happening","score":25.633091},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03713-7896-8949","text":"\nSubmit your account upgrade information again. If the error continues to occur, you can contact [IBM Cloud Support](https://cloud.ibm.com/unifiedsupport/supportcenter).\n\n\n\n\n\n Why can't I save my credit card to the account? \n\n What’s happening \n\nAn issue occurred that caused the payment process to fail. This error might prompt the following message:\n\n> Your card could not be saved. Please try another card.\n\n Why it’s happening \n\nYour card information was incorrect.\n\n How to fix it \n\nUse a different credit card to process your transaction.\n\n\n\n\n\n Why was my credit card declined? \n\n What’s happening \n\nAn issue occurred that caused your credit card to decline. This error might prompt the following message:\n\n> Your payment was declined for invoice number…\n\n Why it’s happening \n\nYou have a credit card on file and it was declined.\n\n How to fix it \n\nUpdate your credit card information on the [Payments page](https://cloud.ibm.com/billing/payments). Credit card transactions are automatically retried within 24 hours after you update the information.","score":18.626858},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03713-1710-3705","text":"\nWhy do I get an error when I try to update my credit card? \n\nYou tried to change your payment method by adding a new credit card in the IBM Cloud console [Payments page](https://cloud.ibm.com/billing/payments).\n\n What’s happening \n\nAfter you entered your credit card information and saved it, the following message displayed:\n\n> Failed to complete the Change Request process due to the following error: We are unable to process your request: Transaction Rejected.\n\n Why it’s happening \n\nSomething went wrong when verifying your credit card, and the update wasn't successful.\n\n How to fix it \n\nGo to the [Support Center](https://cloud.ibm.com/unifiedsupport/supportcenter) and click Create a case.\n\n\n\n\n\n Why was there a general decline of my credit card? \n\n What’s happening \n\nYou tried to make a payment or place an order in the IBM Cloud console [Payments page](https://cloud.ibm.com/billing/payments), but you get the following error message:\n\n> Could not place order. Problem authorizing the credit card. We're afraid this transaction has been rejected. General decline of the card. No other information provided by the issuing bank.\n\n Why it’s happening \n\nYour credit card issuer has declined the transaction.\n\n How to fix it \n\nContact your credit card issuer for more information.\n\n\n\n\n\n Why is my credit card inactive or not authorized? \n\n What’s happening \n\nYou tried to make a payment or place an order in the IBM Cloud console [Payments page](https://cloud.ibm.com/billing/payments), but you get the following error message:\n\n> Could not place order. Problem authorizing the credit card. We're afraid this transaction has been rejected. Inactive card or card not authorized for card-not-present transactions.\n\n Why it’s happening \n\nSome credit card issuers don't allow transactions when it is being initiated by using a credit card on file. You might see this error message if your credit card has been deactivated.\n\n How to fix it \n\nContact your credit card issuer for more information.","score":28.648617},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03713-3269-5168","text":"\nProblem authorizing the credit card. We're afraid this transaction has been rejected. Inactive card or card not authorized for card-not-present transactions.\n\n Why it’s happening \n\nSome credit card issuers don't allow transactions when it is being initiated by using a credit card on file. You might see this error message if your credit card has been deactivated.\n\n How to fix it \n\nContact your credit card issuer for more information.\n\n\n\n\n\n Why is my credit card not authorized to place an order? \n\n What’s happening \n\nYou tried to place an order in the IBM Cloud console [Payments page](https://cloud.ibm.com/billing/payments), but you get the following error message:\n\n> Could not place order. Problem authorizing the credit card.\n\n Why it’s happening \n\nYour credit card issuer has declined the transaction.\n\n How to fix it \n\nContact your credit card issuer for more information.\n\n\n\n\n\n Why is IBM Cloud unable to process my order request? \n\n What’s happening \n\nYou tried to place an order in the IBM Cloud console [Payments page](https://cloud.ibm.com/billing/payments), but you get the following error message:\n\n> Could not place order. Problem authorizing the credit card. We are unable to process your request: Transaction Rejected. Please contact Cloud Trust Enablement at [verify@us.ibm.com](mailto:verify@us.ibm.com).\n\n Why it’s happening \n\nIBM Cloud® was unable to process your transaction.\n\n How to fix it \n\nContact the Cloud Trust and Enablement team by email at [verify@us.ibm.com](mailto:verify@us.ibm.com).\n\n\n\n\n\n Why was my change request rejected? \n\n What’s happening \n\nYou tried to place an order in the IBM Cloud console [Payments page](https://cloud.ibm.com/billing/payments), but you get one of the following error messages:\n\n> Failed to complete the Change Request process due to the following error: We're afraid this transaction has been rejected. Invalid account number.\n\nor","score":32.601196}],"af5e45e59e1254e0b7869cb477674d02<::>1":[{"document_id":"31516-0-252","text":"\nYou can take a look at EDGAR (Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval), a big database run by the SEC where  all companies, foreign and domestic, are required to file registration statements, periodic reports, and other forms electronically.","score":17.906685},{"document_id":"146076-0-441","text":"\n\"Publicly traded companies files 10-Ks with the SEC, searchable on the EDGAR system.  If you want basic financial statement info then look for 10-Ks that are marked \"\"Interactive Data\"\", as for those the SEC has  broken everything out by statement into standard formats.  You could also use marketwatch which puts everything in financial statements into the same or as similar of categories as it can to make it easier to compare companies.\"","score":17.356874},{"document_id":"251303-0-530","text":"\nYou can avoid companies that might go bankrupt by not buying the stock of companies with debt. Every quarter, a public company must file financials with the EDGAR system called a 10-Q. This filing includes unaudited financial statements and provides a continuing view of the company's financial position during the year. Any debt the company has acquired will appear on this filing and their annual report. If servicing the debt is costing the company a substantial fraction of their income, then the company is a bankruptcy risk.","score":15.021078},{"document_id":"516379-0-398","text":"\nTrading data can be had cheaply from:  http://eoddata.com/products/historicaldata.aspx  The SEC will give you machine readable financial statements for American companies for free, but that only goes back 3 or 4 years.  Beyond that, you will have to pay for a rather expensive service like CapitalIQ or CRSP or whatever.  Note that you will need considerable programming knowledge to pull this off.","score":15.252937},{"document_id":"391291-0-1627","text":"\nYes it is true. The US based companies have to meet the requirements placed on them by the US government. The agency with all these reports is the Security and Exchange Commission. They run the EDGAR system to hold all those required reports The SEC’s EDGAR database provides free public access to corporate   information, allowing you to quickly research a company’s financial   information and operations by reviewing registration statements,   prospectuses and periodic reports filed on Forms 10-K and 10-Q. You   also can find information about recent corporate events reported on   Form 8-K but that a company does not have to disclose to investors. EDGAR also provides access to comment and response letters relating to   disclosure filings made after August 1, 2004, and reviewed by either   the Division of Corporation Finance or the Division of Investment   Management. On May 22, 2006, the staffs of the Divisions of   Corporation Finance and Investment Management began to use the EDGAR   system to issue notifications of effectiveness for Securities Act   registration statements and post-effective amendments, other than   those that become effective automatically by law. These notifications   will be posted to the EDGAR system the morning after a filing is   determined to be effective. As pointed out by Grade 'Eh' Bacon: Other countries may require different types of information to be reported to the public, in particular, financial statements. To find the financial statements released for a particular company, you can go to the appropriate stock exchange, or often simply the company's corporate website.","score":19.945295}],"af5e45e59e1254e0b7869cb477674d02<::>2":[{"document_id":"31516-0-252","text":"\nYou can take a look at EDGAR (Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval), a big database run by the SEC where  all companies, foreign and domestic, are required to file registration statements, periodic reports, and other forms electronically.","score":15.536269},{"document_id":"391291-0-1627","text":"\nYes it is true. The US based companies have to meet the requirements placed on them by the US government. The agency with all these reports is the Security and Exchange Commission. They run the EDGAR system to hold all those required reports The SEC’s EDGAR database provides free public access to corporate   information, allowing you to quickly research a company’s financial   information and operations by reviewing registration statements,   prospectuses and periodic reports filed on Forms 10-K and 10-Q. You   also can find information about recent corporate events reported on   Form 8-K but that a company does not have to disclose to investors. EDGAR also provides access to comment and response letters relating to   disclosure filings made after August 1, 2004, and reviewed by either   the Division of Corporation Finance or the Division of Investment   Management. On May 22, 2006, the staffs of the Divisions of   Corporation Finance and Investment Management began to use the EDGAR   system to issue notifications of effectiveness for Securities Act   registration statements and post-effective amendments, other than   those that become effective automatically by law. These notifications   will be posted to the EDGAR system the morning after a filing is   determined to be effective. As pointed out by Grade 'Eh' Bacon: Other countries may require different types of information to be reported to the public, in particular, financial statements. To find the financial statements released for a particular company, you can go to the appropriate stock exchange, or often simply the company's corporate website.","score":20.535946},{"document_id":"146076-0-441","text":"\n\"Publicly traded companies files 10-Ks with the SEC, searchable on the EDGAR system.  If you want basic financial statement info then look for 10-Ks that are marked \"\"Interactive Data\"\", as for those the SEC has  broken everything out by statement into standard formats.  You could also use marketwatch which puts everything in financial statements into the same or as similar of categories as it can to make it easier to compare companies.\"","score":15.354691},{"document_id":"516379-0-398","text":"\nTrading data can be had cheaply from:  http://eoddata.com/products/historicaldata.aspx  The SEC will give you machine readable financial statements for American companies for free, but that only goes back 3 or 4 years.  Beyond that, you will have to pay for a rather expensive service like CapitalIQ or CRSP or whatever.  Note that you will need considerable programming knowledge to pull this off.","score":14.254418},{"document_id":"251303-0-530","text":"\nYou can avoid companies that might go bankrupt by not buying the stock of companies with debt. Every quarter, a public company must file financials with the EDGAR system called a 10-Q. This filing includes unaudited financial statements and provides a continuing view of the company's financial position during the year. Any debt the company has acquired will appear on this filing and their annual report. If servicing the debt is costing the company a substantial fraction of their income, then the company is a bankruptcy risk.","score":13.868154}],"af5e45e59e1254e0b7869cb477674d02<::>4":[{"document_id":"349181-0-172","text":"\nThe most important filings are: Form 10-K, which is the annual report required by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and Form 10-Q, for the interim quarters.","score":15.767726},{"document_id":"548596-0-1407","text":"\nFor months prior to going public a company has to file financial documents with the SEC. These are available to the public at www.sec.gov on their Edgar database. For instance, Eagleline is listed as potentially IPOing next week. You can find out all the details of any IPO including correspondence between the company and the SEC on Edgar. Here's the link for Eagleline (disclaimer, I have not investigated this company. It is an example only)  https://www.sec.gov/cgi-bin/browse-edgar?action=getcompany&CIK=0001675776&owner=exclude&count=40 The most important, complex, and thorough document is the initial registration statement, usually an S-1, and subsequent amendments that occur as a result of new information or SEC questions. You can often get insight into a new public company by looking at the changes that have occurred in amendments since their initial filings. I highly advise people starting out to first look at the filings of companies they work for or know the industry intimately. This will help you to better understand the filings from companies you may not be so familiar with.  A word of caution. Markets and company filings are followed by very large numbers of smart people experienced in each business area so don't assume there is fast and easy money to be made. Still, you will be a bit ahead if you learn to read and understand the filings public companies are required to make.","score":15.593004},{"document_id":"24269-0-744","text":"\n\"Companies absolutely know who ALL their shareholders are. Ownership is filed on Form 3/4 and in 10-Q/Ks. Look there.  Guidelines for required disclosure are as follows: 1) Individuals must disclose when their ownership exceeds 5%; 2) Non-individual legal entities (read: companies; e.g. a hedge fund) must disclose when their ownership exceeds 10% (Form 13-F); and 3) All Officers and Directors Notice the word \"\"required.\"\" For example, a entity (individual/company) may file \"\"confidentiality letter\"\" (which allows them to delay disclosing ownership) with the SEC as they are building a position.  So at any given point in time the information that is publicaly available may not be \"\"up-to-date.\"\" And in all cases beneficial owner(ship).\"","score":14.028526},{"document_id":"64881-0-420","text":"\nThere are a whole host of types of filings. Some of them are only relevant to companies that are publicly traded, and other types are general to just registered corps in general. ... and many more: http://reportstream.io/explore/has-form Overall, reading SEC filings is hard, and for some, the explanations of those filings is worth paying for. Source: I  am currently trying to build a product that solves this problem.","score":14.904074},{"document_id":"63-0-1365","text":"\nHere are the SEC requirements: The federal securities laws define the term accredited investor in   Rule 501 of Regulation D as: a bank, insurance company, registered investment company, business development company, or small business investment company; an employee benefit plan, within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, if a bank, insurance company, or   registered investment adviser makes the investment decisions, or if   the plan has total assets in excess of $5 million; a charitable organization, corporation, or partnership with assets exceeding $5 million; a director, executive officer, or general partner of the company selling the securities; a business in which all the equity owners are accredited investors; a natural person who has individual net worth, or joint net worth with the person’s spouse, that exceeds $1 million at the time of the   purchase, excluding the value of the primary residence of such person; a natural person with income exceeding $200,000 in each of the two most recent years or joint income with a spouse exceeding $300,000 for   those years and a reasonable expectation of the same income level in   the current year; or a trust with assets in excess of $5 million, not formed to acquire the securities offered, whose purchases a sophisticated person makes. No citizenship/residency requirements.","score":14.313778}],"af5e45e59e1254e0b7869cb477674d02<::>5":[{"document_id":"349181-0-172","text":"\nThe most important filings are: Form 10-K, which is the annual report required by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and Form 10-Q, for the interim quarters.","score":17.209145},{"document_id":"377322-0-2225","text":"\n\"There are many different kinds of SEC filings with different purposes. Broadly speaking, what they have in common is that they are the ways that companies publicly disclose information that they are legally required to disclose. The page that you listed gives brief descriptions of many types, but if you click through to the articles on individual types of filings, you can get more info. One of the most commonly discussed filings is the 10-K, which is, as Wikipedia says, \"\"a comprehensive summary of a company's financial performance\"\". This includes info like earnings and executive pay. One example of a form that some people believe has potential utility for investors is Form 4, which is a disclosure of \"\"insider trading\"\". People with a privileged stake in a company (executives, directors, and major shareholders) cannot legally buy or sell shares without disclosing it by filing a Form 4. Some people think that you can make use of this information in the sense that if, for instance, the CEO of Google buys a bunch of Twitter stock, they may have some reason for thinking it will go up, so maybe you should buy it too. Whether such inferences are accurate, and whether you can garner a practical benefit from them (i.e., whether you can manage to buy before everyone else notices and drives the price up) is debatable. My personal opinion would be that, for an average retail investor, readng SEC filings is unlikely to be useful. The reason is that an average retail investor shouldn't be investing in individual companies at all, but rather in mutual funds or ETFs, which typically provide comparable returns with far less risk. SEC filings are made by individual companies, so it doesn't generally help you to read them unless you're going to take action related to an individual company. It doesn't generally make sense to take action related to an individual company if you don't have the time and energy to read a large number of SEC filings to decide which company to take action on. If you have the time and energy to read a large number of SEC filings, you're probably not an average retail investor. If you are a wheeler dealer who plays in the big leagues, you might benefit from reading SEC filings.","score":19.023111},{"document_id":"553066-0-1326","text":"\nSEC forms are required when declaring insider activity.  An insider is defined by the SEC to be a person or entity which (i) beneficially owns 10% or more of the outstanding shares of the company, (ii) is an officer or director of the company, or (iii), in the case of insider trading, does so based on knowledge which is not otherwise publically available at the time.  At any rate, the person or entity trading the stock is required to file certain forms. Form 3 is filed when a person first transitions into the status of an insider (by becoming an officer, director, or beneficial owner of a certain percentage of stock). Form 4 is filed when an existing insider trades stock under the company's symbol. Form 5 is filed when certain insider trades of small value are reported later than usual. *More information can be found at the SEC's website. Another possibility is that a large number of options or derivatives were exercised by an officer, director, or lending institution.  In the cases of officers or directors, this would need to be declared with an SEC form 4.  For an institution exercising warrants obtained as a result of a lending agreement, either form 3 or 4 would need to be filed. In addition to the above possibilities, username passing through pointed out a very likely scenario in his answer, as well.","score":12.446753},{"document_id":"377322-1645-3314","text":"\nSEC filings are made by individual companies, so it doesn't generally help you to read them unless you're going to take action related to an individual company. It doesn't generally make sense to take action related to an individual company if you don't have the time and energy to read a large number of SEC filings to decide which company to take action on. If you have the time and energy to read a large number of SEC filings, you're probably not an average retail investor. If you are a wheeler dealer who plays in the big leagues, you might benefit from reading SEC filings. However, if you aren't already reading SEC filings, you're probably not a wheeler dealer who plays in the big leagues. That said, if you're a currently-average investor with big dreams, it could be instructive to read a few filings to explore what you might do with them. You could, for instance, allocate a \"\"play money\"\" fund of a few thousand dollars and try your hand at following insider trades or the like. If you make some money, great; if not, oh well. Realistically, though, there are so many people who make a living reading SEC filings and acting on them every day that you have little chance of finding a \"\"diamond in the rough\"\" unless you also make a living by doing it every day. It's sort of like asking \"\"Should I read Boating Monthly to improve my sailing skills?\"\" If you're asking because you want to rent a Hobie Cat and go for a pleasure cruise now and then, sure, it can't hurt. If you're asking because you want to enter the America's Cup, you can still read Boating Monthly, but it won't in itself meaningfully increase your chances of winning the America's Cup.\"","score":13.36454},{"document_id":"64881-0-420","text":"\nThere are a whole host of types of filings. Some of them are only relevant to companies that are publicly traded, and other types are general to just registered corps in general. ... and many more: http://reportstream.io/explore/has-form Overall, reading SEC filings is hard, and for some, the explanations of those filings is worth paying for. Source: I  am currently trying to build a product that solves this problem.","score":12.321547}],"af5e45e59e1254e0b7869cb477674d02<::>6":[{"document_id":"406340-1624-3605","text":"\nThey will \"\"re-affirm\"\" their commitment to paying the mortgage and any other debts they can, and under a Chapter 13 the judge will then remand negotiations over what total portion of each card's balance is paid, over what time, and at what rate, to a mediator. Chapter 13 bankruptcy is the less damaging form to your parent's credit; they are at least attempting to make good on the debt. A Chapter 7 would wipe it away completely, but your parents would have to prove that they cannot pay the debt, by any means, and have no hope of ever paying the debt by any means. If they have any retirement savings, anything in their name for grandchildren's college funds, etc, the judge and CC issuers will point to it like a bird dog. Apart from that, their house is safe due to Florida's \"\"homestead\"\" laws, but furniture, appliances, clothing, jewelry, cars and other vehicles, pretty much anything of value that your parents cannot defend as being necessary for life, health, or the performance of whatever jobs they end up taking to dig themselves out of this, are all subject to seizure and auction. They may end up just selling the house anyway because it's too big for what they have left (or will ever have again). I do not, under any circumstance, recommend you putting your own finances at risk in this. You may gift money to help, or provide them a place to live while they get back on their feet, but do not \"\"give till it hurts\"\" for this. It sounds heartless, but if you remove your safety net to save your parents, then what happens if you need it? Your parents aren't going to be able to bail you out, and as a contractor, if you're effectively \"\"doing business as\"\" Reverend Gonzo Contracting, you don't have the debt shield your parents had. It looks like housing's faltering again due to the news that the Fed's going to start backing off; you could need that money to weather a \"\"double-dip\"\" in the housing sector over the next few months, and you may need it soon.\"","score":8.671398},{"document_id":"369424-0-676","text":"\n\"The official source is the most recent Form 13F that Berkshire Hathaway, which is  filed with the Securities & Exchange Commission on a quarterly basis .  You can find it through the SEC filing search engine, using BRKA as the ticker symbol. and then looking for the filings marked 13-FR or 13-FR/A (the \"\"/A\"\" indicates an amended filing).   As you can see by looking at the 13-F filed for the quarter ending September 30  , the document isn't pretty or necessarily easy to read, hence the popularity of sites such as those that Chad linked to. It is, though, the truly official source from which websites tracking the Berkshire Hathaway portfolio derive their information.\"","score":12.517183},{"document_id":"441155-0-703","text":"\nSchedule 13D (or the abbreviated version, schedule 13G) would be the most likely place to find this info. When a person or group of persons acquires beneficial ownership of more than 5% of a voting class of a company’s equity securities registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, they are required to file a Schedule 13D with the SEC.  Schedule 13D reports the acquisition and other information within ten days after the purchase. Any material changes in the facts contained in the schedule require a prompt amendment.  You can find the Schedules 13D for most publicly traded companies in the SEC’s EDGAR database.  A 1% change in the amount of ownership is considered material.","score":9.443271},{"document_id":"28734-0-675","text":"\nAfter filing a Chapter 7 (the more common form in the USA) you have to wait 8 years to file another Chapter 7 but only 4 years to file a Chapter 13 (repayment rather than liquidation, at least in theory, in practice it does not always look that neat and tidy).   Chapter 13 you can file a new 13 two years later, but there are not many reasons you would.     This is the new law.  Under the old law pre-2005 you could pretty much file Chapter 13 as often as you like.  In fact my last firm did have one client who managed to fall behind on their house before them chapter 7 was even completed and ended up needing to file a chapter 13 while their chapter 7 was still pending.","score":9.390338},{"document_id":"24269-0-744","text":"\n\"Companies absolutely know who ALL their shareholders are. Ownership is filed on Form 3/4 and in 10-Q/Ks. Look there.  Guidelines for required disclosure are as follows: 1) Individuals must disclose when their ownership exceeds 5%; 2) Non-individual legal entities (read: companies; e.g. a hedge fund) must disclose when their ownership exceeds 10% (Form 13-F); and 3) All Officers and Directors Notice the word \"\"required.\"\" For example, a entity (individual/company) may file \"\"confidentiality letter\"\" (which allows them to delay disclosing ownership) with the SEC as they are building a position.  So at any given point in time the information that is publicaly available may not be \"\"up-to-date.\"\" And in all cases beneficial owner(ship).\"","score":18.339834}],"af5e45e59e1254e0b7869cb477674d02<::>7":[{"document_id":"377322-1645-3314","text":"\nSEC filings are made by individual companies, so it doesn't generally help you to read them unless you're going to take action related to an individual company. It doesn't generally make sense to take action related to an individual company if you don't have the time and energy to read a large number of SEC filings to decide which company to take action on. If you have the time and energy to read a large number of SEC filings, you're probably not an average retail investor. If you are a wheeler dealer who plays in the big leagues, you might benefit from reading SEC filings. However, if you aren't already reading SEC filings, you're probably not a wheeler dealer who plays in the big leagues. That said, if you're a currently-average investor with big dreams, it could be instructive to read a few filings to explore what you might do with them. You could, for instance, allocate a \"\"play money\"\" fund of a few thousand dollars and try your hand at following insider trades or the like. If you make some money, great; if not, oh well. Realistically, though, there are so many people who make a living reading SEC filings and acting on them every day that you have little chance of finding a \"\"diamond in the rough\"\" unless you also make a living by doing it every day. It's sort of like asking \"\"Should I read Boating Monthly to improve my sailing skills?\"\" If you're asking because you want to rent a Hobie Cat and go for a pleasure cruise now and then, sure, it can't hurt. If you're asking because you want to enter the America's Cup, you can still read Boating Monthly, but it won't in itself meaningfully increase your chances of winning the America's Cup.\"","score":10.467341},{"document_id":"377322-0-2225","text":"\n\"There are many different kinds of SEC filings with different purposes. Broadly speaking, what they have in common is that they are the ways that companies publicly disclose information that they are legally required to disclose. The page that you listed gives brief descriptions of many types, but if you click through to the articles on individual types of filings, you can get more info. One of the most commonly discussed filings is the 10-K, which is, as Wikipedia says, \"\"a comprehensive summary of a company's financial performance\"\". This includes info like earnings and executive pay. One example of a form that some people believe has potential utility for investors is Form 4, which is a disclosure of \"\"insider trading\"\". People with a privileged stake in a company (executives, directors, and major shareholders) cannot legally buy or sell shares without disclosing it by filing a Form 4. Some people think that you can make use of this information in the sense that if, for instance, the CEO of Google buys a bunch of Twitter stock, they may have some reason for thinking it will go up, so maybe you should buy it too. Whether such inferences are accurate, and whether you can garner a practical benefit from them (i.e., whether you can manage to buy before everyone else notices and drives the price up) is debatable. My personal opinion would be that, for an average retail investor, readng SEC filings is unlikely to be useful. The reason is that an average retail investor shouldn't be investing in individual companies at all, but rather in mutual funds or ETFs, which typically provide comparable returns with far less risk. SEC filings are made by individual companies, so it doesn't generally help you to read them unless you're going to take action related to an individual company. It doesn't generally make sense to take action related to an individual company if you don't have the time and energy to read a large number of SEC filings to decide which company to take action on. If you have the time and energy to read a large number of SEC filings, you're probably not an average retail investor. If you are a wheeler dealer who plays in the big leagues, you might benefit from reading SEC filings.","score":11.467727},{"document_id":"365194-0-1242","text":"\n\"In *[United States vs. O'Hagan](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_v._O%27Hagan)* the Supreme Court established the precedent of interpreting SEC rule 10(b) using the \"\"misappropriation theory\"\". The theory establishes that:  &gt; misappropriating confidential information for securities trading purposes, in breach of a duty owed to the source of that information, gives rise to a duty to disclose or abstain.   You're correct that from a legal perspective the rules are anything but clear outside of company insiders. However, your own admission is consistent with what anyone in the securities industry knows is true - if you trade on material non-public information, you risk being charged.  I think most would conclude that it's unethical irrespective of the letter of the law. It damages the integrity and functioning of markets. Furthermore, if the law was clarified, I think it's highly unlikely it would state \"\"trading on material non-public information is permissible for anyone who is not a company insider\"\". Instead, I would expect it to be consistent with \"\"Trading on material non-public information is illegal. If in doubt, abstain.\"\" And this is exactly what the government officials should be doing - abstaining.\"","score":13.539231},{"document_id":"511953-0-523","text":"\nIt is a simple case of breaking the wrong law. You can commit normal fraud all day long and the SEC won't life a finger. But even get within a hundred miles of a insider trading deal and they'll hit you like a ton of bricks.   It is easy an easy case to prove, there is no question as to it being illegal (even the janitor is expected to take a class on it), and the SEC was specifically set up to stop it after the Great Depression.  Really, it boggles my mind that anyone of that rank would think he can get away with it.","score":14.074923},{"document_id":"293842-0-1829","text":"\n\"You have to read some appeals court cases see scholar.google.com , as well as SEC enforcement actions on sec.gov to get an understanding of how the SEC operates. http://www.sec.gov/spotlight/insidertrading/cases.shtml There are court created guidelines for how insider trading would be proven There is no clear line, but it is the \"\"emergency asset injunctions\"\" (freezing your assets if you nailed a suspiciously lucrative trade) you really want to avoid, and this is often times enforced/reported by the brokers themselves since the SEC does not have the resources to monitor every account's trading activities. There are some thin lines, such as having your lawyer file a lawsuit, and as soon as it is filed it is technically public so you short the recipient's stock. Or having someone in a court room updating you on case developments as soon as possible so you can make trades (although this may just be actually public, depending on the court). But the rules create the opportunities Also consider that the United States is the most strict country in this regard, there are tons of capital markets and the ideals or views of \"\"illegal insider trading\"\" compared to \"\"having reached a level of society where you are privileged to obtain this information\"\" vary across the board contains charts of countries where an existing insider trading prohibition is actually enforced: http://repository.law.umich.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1053&context=articles https://faculty.fuqua.duke.edu/~charvey/Teaching/BA453_2005/BD_The_world.pdf Finally, consider some markets that don't include equities, as trading on an information advantage is only applicable to things the SEC regulates, and there are plenty of things that agency doesn't regulate. So trying to reverse engineer the SEC may not be the most optimal use of energy\"","score":11.901949}],"af5e45e59e1254e0b7869cb477674d02<::>8":[{"document_id":"175389-0-373","text":"\nAssuming you're in the United States, then International Equity is an equity from a different country.  These stocks or stock funds (which reside in a foreign country) are broken out seperately becuase they are typically influenced by a different set of factors than equities in the United States: foreign currency swings, regional events and politics of various countries.","score":18.001524},{"document_id":"364588-0-1355","text":"\n\"Yes.  I heard back from a couple brokerages that gave detailed responses. Specifically: In a Margin account, there are no SEC trade settlement rules, which means there is no risk of any free ride violations. The SEC has a FAQ page on free-riding, which states that it applies specifically to cash accounts. This led me to dig up the text on Regulation T which gives the \"\"free-riding\"\" rule in §220.8(c), which is titled \"\"90 day freeze\"\". §220.8 is the section on cash accounts. Nothing in the sections on margin accounts mentions such a settlement restriction. From the Wikipedia page on Free Riding, the margin agreement implicitly covers settlement. \"\"Buying Power\"\" doesn't seem to be a Regulation T thing, but it's something that the brokerages that I've seen use to state how much purchasing power a client has. Given the response from the brokerage, above, and my reading of Regulation T and the relevant Wikipedia page, proceeds from the sale of any security in a margin account are available immediately for reinvestment. Settlement is covered implicitly by margin; i.e. it doesn't detract from buying power. Additionally, I have personally been making these types of trades over the last year. In a sub-$25K margin account, proceeds are immediately available. The only thing I still have to look out for is running into the day-trading rules.\"","score":9.875662},{"document_id":"589507-0-307","text":"\nInternational equity are considered shares of companies, which are headquartered outside the United States, for instance Research in Motion (Canada), BMW (Germany), UBS (Switzerland). Some investors argue that adding international equities to a portfolio can reduce its risk due to regional diversification.","score":13.924177},{"document_id":"63-0-1365","text":"\nHere are the SEC requirements: The federal securities laws define the term accredited investor in   Rule 501 of Regulation D as: a bank, insurance company, registered investment company, business development company, or small business investment company; an employee benefit plan, within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, if a bank, insurance company, or   registered investment adviser makes the investment decisions, or if   the plan has total assets in excess of $5 million; a charitable organization, corporation, or partnership with assets exceeding $5 million; a director, executive officer, or general partner of the company selling the securities; a business in which all the equity owners are accredited investors; a natural person who has individual net worth, or joint net worth with the person’s spouse, that exceeds $1 million at the time of the   purchase, excluding the value of the primary residence of such person; a natural person with income exceeding $200,000 in each of the two most recent years or joint income with a spouse exceeding $300,000 for   those years and a reasonable expectation of the same income level in   the current year; or a trust with assets in excess of $5 million, not formed to acquire the securities offered, whose purchases a sophisticated person makes. No citizenship/residency requirements.","score":11.059985},{"document_id":"599293-0-218","text":"\nInternational means from all over the world. In the U.S. A Foreign Equity fund would be non-US stocks.  There's an odd third choice I'm aware of, a fund of US companies that derive their sales from overseas, primarily.","score":10.166694}],"af5e45e59e1254e0b7869cb477674d02<::>9":[{"document_id":"186127-0-1964","text":"\nA security is a class of financial instrument you can trade on the market.  A share of stock is a kind of security, for example, as is a bond. In the case of your mortgage, what happens: You take out a loan for $180k.  The loan has two components. a.  The payment stream (meaning the principal and the interest) from the loan b.  The servicing of the loan, meaning the company who is responsible for accepting payments, giving the resulting income to whomever owns it. Many originating banks, such as my initial lender, do neither of these things - they sell the payment stream to a large bank or consortium (often Fannie Mae) and they also sell the servicing of the loan to another company. The payment stream is the primary value here (the servicing is worth essentially a tip off the top).  The originating bank lends $180k of their own money.  Then they have something that is worth some amount - say $450k total value, $15k per year for 30 years - and they sell it for however much they can get for it.  The actual value of $15k/year for 30 years is somewhere in between - less than $450k more than $180k - since there is risk involved, and the present value is far less.  The originating bank has the benefit of selling that they can then originate more mortgages (and make money off the fees) plus they can reduce their risk exposure. Then a security is created by the bigger bank, where they take a bunch of mortgages of different risk levels and group them together to make something with a very predictable risk quotient.  Very similar to insurance, really, except the other way around.  One mortage will either default or not at some % chance, but it's a one off thing - any good statistician will tell you that you don't do statistics on n=1.  One hundred mortgages, each with some risk level, will very consistently return a particular amount, within a certain error, and thus you have something that people are willing to pay money on the market for.","score":14.76932},{"document_id":"136212-0-616","text":"\nIn the United States, the Securities Investor Protection Corporation protects the first $500,000 you have at a brokerage including up to $250,000 in cash. This means that if the firm holding your securities fails financially, you have some coverage. That insurance does not prevent your investment itself from losing money. Even traditionally save money market funds can potentially lose value in a situation called Breaking the buck. This means that the Net Asset Value of the fund falls below $1/share. Alas, during periods of market calamity, even traditionally safe stores of value are subject to increased risk.","score":14.754056},{"document_id":"324879-0-595","text":"\n\"A good reference to what encompasses \"\"securities\"\" are detailed in the Securities Act of 1933, which was enacted by the United States federal government. One main exception, which I would still consider securities for your purposes, would be \"\"commercial paper\"\". These are exempt from the securities act because they mature in 270 days of less, but they function much like bonds or promissory notes Therefore though, it would not encompass currencies and commodities. It really comes down to the structure of the agreement for transferring or holding the particular kind of underlying asset.\"","score":15.429175},{"document_id":"63-0-1365","text":"\nHere are the SEC requirements: The federal securities laws define the term accredited investor in   Rule 501 of Regulation D as: a bank, insurance company, registered investment company, business development company, or small business investment company; an employee benefit plan, within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, if a bank, insurance company, or   registered investment adviser makes the investment decisions, or if   the plan has total assets in excess of $5 million; a charitable organization, corporation, or partnership with assets exceeding $5 million; a director, executive officer, or general partner of the company selling the securities; a business in which all the equity owners are accredited investors; a natural person who has individual net worth, or joint net worth with the person’s spouse, that exceeds $1 million at the time of the   purchase, excluding the value of the primary residence of such person; a natural person with income exceeding $200,000 in each of the two most recent years or joint income with a spouse exceeding $300,000 for   those years and a reasonable expectation of the same income level in   the current year; or a trust with assets in excess of $5 million, not formed to acquire the securities offered, whose purchases a sophisticated person makes. No citizenship/residency requirements.","score":14.178046},{"document_id":"574820-0-1834","text":"\nAll securities must be registered with the SEC. Securities are defined as (1) The term “security” means any note, stock, treasury stock,   security future, security-based swap, bond, debenture, evidence of   indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any   profit-sharing agreement, collateral-trust certificate,   preorganization certificate or subscription, transferable share,   investment contract, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit   for a security, fractional undivided interest in oil, gas, or other   mineral rights, any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege on any   security, certificate of deposit, or group or index of securities   (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or any   put, call, straddle, option, or privilege entered into on a national   securities exchange relating to foreign currency, or, in general, any   interest or instrument commonly known as a “security”, or any   certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim   certificate for, receipt for, guarantee of, or warrant or right to   subscribe to or purchase, any of the foregoing. thus currencies are not defined as securities. While OTC transactions of securities is not outright forbidden, there are numerous regulations issued by the SEC as a result of the 1943 Exchange Act and others that make this difficult and/or costly. Many other securities are exempted from registration thus trade in a way that could be called OTC. Different countries have variances upon US law but are very similar. Any security could be traded OTC, but law prohibits it expressly or in such a way to make it relatively expensive; further, stock options are so tightly regulated that expiration dates, expiration intervals, strike intervals, and minimum ticks are all set by the authorities.","score":13.2700205}],"13a398b30067d58d179fa8cbc2592449<::>9":[{"document_id":"835214350_3577-4639-0-1062","text":"American Civil War\nThe Union and Confederacy quickly raised volunteer and conscription armies that fought mostly in the South over four years . The Union finally won the war when General Robert E. Lee surrendered to General Ulysses S. Grant at the Battle of Appomattox Court House , followed by a series of surrenders by Confederate generals throughout the southern states . Four years of intense combat left 620,000 to 750,000 people dead , more than the number of U.S. military deaths in all other wars combined ( at least until approximately the Vietnam War ) . Much of the South 's infrastructure was destroyed , especially the transportation systems , railroads , mills , and houses . The Confederacy collapsed , slavery was abolished , and 4 million slaves were freed . The Reconstruction Era ( 1863 -- 1877 ) overlapped and followed the war , with the process of restoring national unity , strengthening the national government , and granting civil rights to freed slaves throughout the country . The Civil War is the most studied and written about episode in U.S. history .","title":"American Civil War","score":12.909676},{"document_id":"836285813_9053-9397-0-344","text":"Alexander and the Terrible, Horrible, No Good, Very Bad Day\nThe phrase `` terrible , horrible , no good , very bad ... '' has become an Internet meme , often used by bloggers , and sometimes by mainstream media , to criticize , or characterize setbacks for , an individual or political movement . The phrase is also used in the Stephen King miniseries Kingdom Hospital by the orderlies Abel and Christa .","title":"Alexander and the Terrible, Horrible, No Good, Very Bad Day","score":9.788057},{"document_id":"836285813_4572-4951-0-379","text":"Alexander and the Terrible, Horrible, No Good, Very Bad Day\nA running gag throughout the book is Alexander repeating several times that he wants to move to Australia because he thinks it 's better there . It ends with his mother 's assurance that everybody has bad days , even those who live there . In the Australian and New Zealand versions , he wants to move to Timbuktu instead . Alexander says tomorrow things must not get any worse .","title":"Alexander and the Terrible, Horrible, No Good, Very Bad Day","score":9.384506},{"document_id":"836285813_8337-8620-0-283","text":"Alexander and the Terrible, Horrible, No Good, Very Bad Day\nIn 1998 , Viorst and the Kennedy Center joined together to turn the book into a musical production . Charles Strouse wrote the music , Viorst wrote the script and lyrics , and the musical score was composed by Shelly Markham . The productions have been performed around the country .","title":"Alexander and the Terrible, Horrible, No Good, Very Bad Day","score":9.402694},{"document_id":"837638644_19837-20135-0-298","text":"Military history of the United States\nThe American Civil War is sometimes called the `` first modern war '' due to the mobilization and destruction of the civilian base -- total war -- and due to by many technical military innovations involving railroads , telegraphs , rifles , trench warfare , and ironclad warships with turret guns .","title":"Military history of the United States","score":12.363558}],"6495c82abb6bef2d8efd06020cde3adf<::>1":[{"document_id":"fd1266eccb35eec2-9338-10724","text":"Why Go to Space - NASA\nDuring this test point, the ambient oxygen concentration starts relatively high (28%). Initially, the flame is seen as yellow and sooty. As the ambient pressure is reduced, the flame becomes bluer and continues to shrink until fully extinguished. This gives researchers pressure limit data points for flame extinction that could help improve crew and spacecraft safety for future exploration missions.NASA \n\nUnite with us on our journey to explore. \n\n \n\nHumans in Space\n\n22 Images \n\n1 Video \n\nGo To Gallery\n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\nGo To Gallery\n\n \n\nKeep Exploring\nDiscover More Topics From NASA\n\nAstronauts Home\n\n \n\nDestinations\n\n \n\nTechnology\n\n \n\nLiving in Space\n\n \n\n \n\nThe National Aeronautics and Space Administration\nNASA explores the unknown in air and space, innovates for the benefit of humanity, and inspires the world through discovery.\n\nAbout NASA's Mission\n\nJoin Us\n\nHome\nNews & Events\nMultimedia\nNASA+\nMissions\nHumans in Space\nEarth & Climate\nThe Solar System\nThe Universe\nScience\nAeronautics\nTechnology\nLearning Resources\nAbout NASA\nNASA en Español\n\nFollow NASA\n\nMore NASA Social Accounts\nNASA Newsletters\n\nSitemap\nFor Media\nPrivacy Policy\nFOIA\nNo FEAR Act\nOffice of the IG\nBudget & Annual Reports\nAgency Financial Reports\nContact NASA\nAccessibility\n\n\tPage Last Updated:\t\n\n\tSep 22, 2023\t\n\n\tPage Editor:\t\n\n\tGarrett Shea\t\n\n\tResponsible NASA Official:\t\n\n\tAbigail Bowman","title":"Why Go to Space - NASA","score":7.746239},{"document_id":"7330dbd2da2c3630-6264-8153","text":"Collection - Astronaut Photography\nSmog Layer Over Upstate New York\nThe STS-92 Space Shuttle astronauts photographed upstate New York at sunset on October 21, 2000. Water bodies (Lake Ontario, Lake Erie, the Finger Lakes, the St. Lawrence and Niagara Rivers) are highlighted by sunglint (sun reflecting off the water surface), making for a dramatic and unusual regional view.\nPublished Dec 10, 2000\n \n\nImage of the Day\nAtmosphere\n\nImage\n\nFirst Image of Earth from the International Space Station\nAstronauts used the Electrical Still Camera (ESC) to photograph a mass of storm clouds during Expedition 1.\nPublished Dec 3, 2000\n \n\nImage of the Day\nAtmosphere\n\nImage\n\nSmoky Air over North Carolina and Virginia\nThis photograph taken from the Space Shuttle Discovery was taken at a slightly oblique look angle to better view air pollution and other atmospheric features. The photograph was taken with the Shuttle in a position over the Atlantic Ocean looking back toward the North Carolina and Virginia coast. On October 23, 2000, high pressure centered over the northeastern U.S. had created a capping inversion for aerosols. Forest fire smoke and industrial air pollution accumulated under the inversion. The inversion pattern is stronger inland, and the aerosols are being banked against the Piedmont. Relatively clear air is flowing from the ocean over the Carolina coastal plain. Small smoke plumes from individual fires can also be seen on the ground stretching from central Virginia to Raleigh, NC.\nPublished Nov 18, 2000\n \n\nImage of the Day\nAtmosphere\n\n‹\n\n1\n2\n...\n33\n34\n35\n36\n37\n38\n39\n40\n41\n42\n\n›\n\nSubscribe To Our Newsletters\nReceive notifications of our most recent images!\nto our newsletters\n\nFeeds\nContact\nAbout\nImage Use Policy\nPrivacy Policy\nAccessibility\n\n Webmaster Paul Przyborski\n\n NASA Official Robert Levy\n\n The Earth Observatory is part of the EOS Project Science Office at NASA Goddard Space\n Flight Center","title":"Collection - Astronaut Photography","score":7.48966},{"document_id":"8191d780a21919a2-68799-70806","text":" Virtual Vocabulary | NASA eClips\nPPE for firefighters includes a fire helmet; fire-resistant pants, jackets and gloves; and steel-toed, waterproof boots. topprecipitation - Precipitation is water in the atmosphere that falls to Earth as rain, snow, hail, sleet, or freezing rain. topprecision - Precision is the condition of being exact and accurate. toppressure - Pressure is the force per unit area. Even though you can't feel it, air has pressure. Air molecules move continuously. The more times they bump into each other or a surface, the greater the pressure. Air pressure is increased by: 1. increasing the number of molecules in the same amount of space (volume); 2. increasing the temperature (it makes the air molecules move faster); or 3. decreasing the volume. topprobability - Probability is the likelihood or chance that something will occur. topprocess - A process is the continuous action or a series of changes taking place in a definite manner. topprojectile - A projectile is any object that is thrown or otherwise launched. It is affected by Earth's gravity. A projectile may start at a given height and move toward the ground in an arc. Regardless of its path, a projectile will follow these rules:Projectiles maintain a constant horizontal velocity (in the absence of air resistance).On Earth, projectiles experience a constant vertical acceleration of 9.8 m/s2 (32 ft/s 2) downward (in the absence of air resistance). topprominence - A prominence is a huge column of relatively cool gas arcing out above the photosphere (the visible surface of the sun) and can be seen from Earth. topproperty - A property is a characteristic that can be observed or measured. topprototype - A prototype is an original or model on which something is based. toppulley - A pulley is a wheel with a rope, chain, or belt passed over it. A load is attached to one end of the rope and the other end is pulled. A single pulley lets you change the direction of the pull. A set of pulleys makes it possible to lift heavy loads with less effort.","title":" Virtual Vocabulary | NASA eClips","score":7.845703},{"document_id":"2ec3def5abce1bd5-2-2124","text":"What's in the Atmosphere? | NASA Climate Kids\nWhat's in the Atmosphere? | NASA Climate Kids\n\nJason-3\nNASA's Jason-3 satellite measures sea level, wind speed and wave height for more than 95 percent of Earth's ice-free ocean. It helps scientists track Earth's rising seas and enables more accurate weather, ocean and climate forecasts.\n\nKeep scrolling. There's one more NASA satellite out there!\n\nDid you know other planets have atmospheres, too? In fact, Mercury is the only planet in our solar system without an atmosphere!\n\nThere are so few gas particles in the exosphere that they almost never bump into each other.\n\nSuomi-NPP Satellite\nThe Suomi-NPP satellite orbits Earth approximately 14 times per day collecting information about long-term climate change and short-term weather conditions.\n\nA-Train satellite constellation\nNASA's A-Train satellite constellation orbits Earth like a train on a \"track\" 438 miles (705 kilometers) above Earth's surface. Each satellite orbits only minutes or seconds behind the satellite in front of it. The satellites and their scientific instruments work together to examine aspects of land, water and air on Earth.\n\nExosphere\nThe exosphere is the outermost layer of Earth's atmosphere, which separates the atmosphere from outer space.\n\nDid you ever wonder what atmospheric pressure is? Each layer of our atmosphere weighs down on the layer below it. If you're on a mountaintop or in an airplane, you experience lower atmospheric pressure than if you're at sea level.\n\nThe ionosphere is a very active part of the atmosphere. It grows and shrinks depending on the energy it absorbs from the Sun.\n\nDid you know that only a small part of Earth's atmosphere is breathable air? If Earth were the size of a beach ball, the breathable atmosphere wrapped around it would be as thin as paper.\n\nInternational Space Station (ISS)\nThe International Space Station, which hosts an international crew of 6 astronauts, orbits Earth about 16 times a day, or once every 90 minutes. It also is home to science instruments that collect information about Earth and its atmosphere.\n\nDid you ever wonder why the atmosphere doesn't float off into space?","title":"What's in the Atmosphere? | NASA Climate Kids","score":8.412083},{"document_id":"cddac1f4d1f59f15-8589-10445","text":"Notes on the Fact Sheets\n(mb = 10^-3 bar), or picobars (10^-12 bar).\rSurface Density: Atmospheric density at the surface in kilograms/meters^3.\rScale height: The height interval in which the atmospheric pressure changes by a \r factor of e = 2.7183\rAverage temperature: Mean temperature of the body over the entire surface in Kelvin.\rDiurnal temperature range: Temperature range over an average day in Kelvin.\rWind speeds: Near surface wind speeds in meters/second\rAtmospheric composition: Relative composition by volume of gasses in the atmosphere.\rMean molecular weight: Mean relative molecular mass of the atmospheric constituents in \r dalton (= unified atomic mass units), equivalent to grams/mole \rAtmospheric composition (by volume): Relative volume of constituents in the atmosphere, \r by percentage or ppm (parts per million).\r Related Definitions \rAstronomical Unit (AU) - The standard distance from the Sun to the Earth = 149,597,870.7 km.\r\rBar - A measure of pressure or stress. 1 bar = 10^5 Pascal (Pa) = 10^5 kg m^-1 s^-2\r\rEcliptic - An imaginary plane defined by the Earth's orbit.\r\rEquinox - The point in a body's orbit when the sub-solar point is exactly on the equator.\r\rGravitational Constant (G) - Relates gravitational force to mass, \r = 6.67430 x 10^-11 meters^3 kilograms^-1 seconds^-2 (CODATA 2018)\r\rJulian Day (JD) - The amount of time that has passed, measured in days on the Julian \r calendar, since noon UT on 1 January 4713 B.C. \r 1200 UT on 1 January 2000 A.D. is JD 2451545, also referred to as J2000.\r\rOpposition - An orbital configuration in which two bodies are on exact opposite sides of the \r Sun or are on the same side of the Sun forming a line with the Sun\r (neglecting inclination)\r\rPhase Angle - The angle between the Earth and Sun as seen from the body.\r Sub- and Superscripts\rIn the explanation of units, we've included a description of the","title":"Notes on the Fact Sheets","score":8.796372}],"6495c82abb6bef2d8efd06020cde3adf<::>5":[{"document_id":"65dbe69d820fb9b5-4071-6794","text":"Bill Text - AB-32 Air pollution: greenhouse gases: California Global Warming Solutions Act of 2006.\nThe Legislature finds and declares all of the following:(a) Global warming poses a serious threat to the economic well-being, public health, natural resources, and the environment of California. The potential adverse impacts of global warming include the exacerbation of air quality problems, a reduction in the quality and supply of water to the state from the Sierra snowpack, a rise in sea levels resulting in the displacement of thousands of coastal businesses and residences, damage to marine ecosystems and the natural environment, and an increase in the incidences of infectious diseases, asthma, and other human health-related problems.(b) Global warming will have detrimental effects on some of\n\t California’s largest industries, including agriculture, wine, tourism, skiing, recreational and commercial fishing, and forestry. It will also increase the strain on electricity supplies necessary to meet the demand for summer air-conditioning in the hottest parts of the state.(c) California has long been a national and international leader on energy conservation and environmental stewardship efforts, including the areas of air quality protections, energy efficiency requirements, renewable energy standards, natural resource conservation, and greenhouse gas emission standards for passenger vehicles. The program established by this division will continue this tradition of environmental leadership by placing California at the forefront of national and international efforts to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases.(d) National and international actions are necessary to fully address\n\t the issue of global warming. However, action taken by California to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases will have far-reaching effects by encouraging other states, the federal government, and other countries to act.(e) By exercising a global leadership role, California will also position its economy, technology centers, financial institutions, and businesses to benefit from national and international efforts to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases. More importantly, investing in the development of innovative and pioneering technologies will assist California in achieving the 2020 statewide limit on emissions of greenhouse gases established by this division and will provide an opportunity for the state to take a global economic and technological leadership role in reducing emissions of greenhouse gases.(f) It is the intent of the Legislature that the State Air Resources Board\n\t coordinate with state agencies, as well as consult with the environmental justice community, industry sectors, business groups, academic institutions, environmental organizations, and other stakeholders in implementing this division.","title":"Bill Text - AB-32 Air pollution: greenhouse gases: California Global Warming Solutions Act of 2006.","score":16.139978},{"document_id":"28f6abec5bb810ba-5134-7570","text":"Climate Change - NYSDEC\nClimate, however, refers to regional or global average patterns of temperature, humidity, and precipitation over longer time periods such as seasons, years, decades, or centuries. Climate is influenced by the movement of heat and moisture by air and ocean currents, which can affect the temperatures, precipitation, humidity, soil moisture, surface water levels, groundwater levels, and even storm events of a particular region.Climate change refers to long-term changes in the average weather patterns that define the Earth's global, regional and local climates. Often when we think of climate change, we think of the physical effects of climate change such as heatwaves, sea level rise, and heavy rainfall, and the impacts on communities and the environment, such as floods and droughts.Some climate change is influenced by naturally occurring changes in the Earth's temperature. For at least the last million years, the Earth has experienced natural cycles of cooling and warming, taking the Earth into ice ages and warming it up again. Each of these naturally-occurring cycles has taken approximately 100,000 years to complete.However, today's climate is changing much more rapidly because of greenhouse gas emissions released from burning fossil fuels, deforestation, wetland loss, and other human activities that are causing the Earth's average temperature to heat up much faster than it would naturally.The Greenhouse Effect, Greenhouse Gases, and Global Warming\n\n \n\nEnergy from the sun, or solar radiation, travels through space and enters the Earth's atmosphere, which forms a kind of warm blanket around the Earth. Some solar radiation remains trapped in the atmosphere under this blanket and is absorbed by land, air, and surface waters, while some solar radiation is reflected by land, ice, or clouds and escapes back out into space. When the Earth reflects the same amount of energy as it absorbs, the balance keeps the planet's average temperature fairly stable. This is called the greenhouse effect, and is essential for sustaining life on Earth. The revolution of the Earth around the sun and the tilt of the Earth on its axis create variation in the intensity of solar radiation received by different sections of the planet and drive naturally occurring cycles of planetary cooling and warming. This variation over time is what sends the Earth into ice ages and then into shorter warming periods between these ice ages.","title":"Climate Change - NYSDEC","score":10.314485},{"document_id":"65dbe69d820fb9b5-8031-10300","text":"Bill Text - AB-32 Air pollution: greenhouse gases: California Global Warming Solutions Act of 2006.\nFor the purposes of this division, the following terms have the following meanings:(a) “Allowance” means an authorization to emit, during a specified year, up to one ton of carbon dioxide equivalent. (b) “Alternative compliance mechanism” means an action undertaken by a greenhouse gas emission source that achieves the equivalent reduction of greenhouse gas emissions over the same time period as a direct emission reduction, and that is approved by the state board. “Alternative compliance mechanism” includes, but is not limited to, a flexible compliance schedule, alternative control technology, a process change, or a product substitution. (c) “Carbon dioxide equivalent” means the amount of carbon dioxide by weight that would produce the same global warming impact as a given weight of another greenhouse gas, based on the best available science, including from the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change.(d) “Cost-effective” or “cost-effectiveness” means the cost per unit of reduced emissions of greenhouse gases adjusted for its global warming potential.(e) “Direct emission reduction” means a greenhouse gas emission reduction action made by a greenhouse gas emission source at that source. (f) “Emissions reduction measure” means programs, measures, standards, and alternative compliance mechanisms authorized pursuant to this division, applicable to sources or\n\t categories of sources, that are designed to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases.(g) “Greenhouse gas” or “greenhouse gases” includes all of the following gases: carbon dioxide, methane, nitrous oxide, hydrofluorocarbons, perfluorocarbons, and sulfur hexaflouride.(h) “Greenhouse gas emissions limit” means an authorization, during a specified year, to emit up to a level of greenhouse gases specified by the state board, expressed in tons of carbon dioxide equivalents.(i) “Greenhouse gas emission source” or “source” means any source, or category of sources, of greenhouse gas emissions whose emissions are at a level of significance, as determined by the state board, that its participation in the program established under this division will enable the state board to effectively reduce greenhouse gas emissions and\n\t monitor compliance with the statewide greenhouse gas emissions limit.","title":"Bill Text - AB-32 Air pollution: greenhouse gases: California Global Warming Solutions Act of 2006.","score":14.937279},{"document_id":"faaf17656c1af1c3-11121-11803","text":"Climate Change\nHowever, long-term solutions to climate change will also require stronger action by larger entities, such as governments and corporations, around the country and the world. Scientists say there is still time to fix our climate change emergency, but only if we act immediately, decisively and comprehensively.\nThat means using every means at our disposal — including expanding, improving and preserving our precious open space.\n\n \n\nLearn\n\nHome\nFind a Park\nFind a Campsite\nBecome a Member\nSubscribe to our Newsletter\nPlanning Projects\nPublic Meetings\n\nContact Us Main Office: (707) 565-2041Hours: Mon-Fri, 8 a.m. - 5 p.m.\n\nAddress2300 County Center DriveSuite A120Santa Rosa, CA 95403","title":"Climate Change","score":9.707898},{"document_id":"aecf3ba8a6f472c2-4204-6628","text":"Climate Change - NASA Science\nThis increase happens because the coal or oil burning process combines carbon with oxygen in the air to make CO2. Read MoreWhat are the effects of climate change?The effects of human-caused global warming are happening now, are irreversible for people alive today, and will worsen as long as humans add greenhouse gases to the atmosphere.We already see effects scientists predicted, such as the loss of sea ice, melting glaciers and ice sheets, sea level rise, and more intense heat waves.Scientists predict global temperature increases from human-made greenhouse gases will continue. Severe weather damage will also increase and intensify.Read MoreImages of ChangeBefore-and-after images of Earth.Learn MoreClimate Change ResourcesClimate Time MachineClimate change in recent historyGlobal Ice ViewerClimate change’s impact on iceMultimediaVast library of images, videos, graphics, and moreEn españolCreciente biblioteca de recursos en españolClimate Data ResourcesSea Level Change Observations from SpaceEstablished in 2014, this NASA-sponsored team works to improve the understanding of regional relative sea-level change on a range of timescales. They work with partners to translate the latest science and research into actionable information  and to communicate how impacts are increasing at the coast.NASA Center for Climate Simulation (NCCS)NCCS provides high performance computing for NASA-sponsored scientists and engineers. The purpose  is to enhance NASA capabilities in Earth science, with an emphasis on weather and climate prediction, and to enable future scientific discoveries that will benefit humankind.GISS Surface Temperature Analysis (GISTEMP)NASA’s Goddard Institute of Space Studies assembles one of the world's most trusted global temperature records, using a combination of surface air temperature data acquired by tens of thousands of meteorological stations, as well as sea surface temperature data from ship- and buoy-based instruments.NASA Earth Exchange (NEX)NEX combines state-of-the-art supercomputing, Earth system modeling, and NASA remote sensing data feeds to deliver a work environment for exploring and analyzing terabyte- to petabyte-scale datasets covering large regions, continents or the globe.Global Modeling and Assimilation Office (GMAO)GMAO members perform research, develop models and assimilation systems, and produce quasi-operational products in support of NASA's missions.","title":"Climate Change - NASA Science","score":10.102376}],"e52ab8d5f61ccdfc3712a2608d8c2aba<::>1":[{"document_id":"455c376b00c03ef7-3203-3961","text":"West Nile Virus Clinician Training – Free Continuing Medical Education (CME) Credit | West Nile Virus | CDC\nTiếng Việt\n한국어\n\nTagalog\nРусский\nالعربية\nKreyòl Ayisyen\n\nFrançais\nPolski\nPortuguês\nItaliano\n\nDeutsch\n日本語\nفارسی\nEnglish\n\n\r\n\tArchive \n\nCDC Archive\n\n\r\n\tContact Us \n\nContact Us \n\nCall 800-232-4636\nContact CDC\n\n\r\n\tAbout CDC \n\nMission & Organization\nBudget & Funding\nCareers & Jobs\nAbout CDC\n\n\r\n\tPolicies \n\nAccessibility\nExternal Links\nPrivacy\nWeb Policies\n\nFOIA\nOIG\nNo Fear Act\nNondescrimination\nVulnerability Disclosure Policy\n\n\r\n\tLanguages \n\nLanguages \n\nEspañol\nMultilingual Content\n\nLanguage Assistance \n\nEspañol\n繁體中文\nTiếng Việt\n한국어\nTagalog\nРусский\nالعربية\nKreyòl Ayisyen\nFrançais\nPolski\nPortuguês\nItaliano\nDeutsch\n日本語\nفارسی\nEnglish\n\n\r\n\tArchive \n\nCDC Archive\n\nHHS.gov\nUSA.gov","title":"West Nile Virus Clinician Training – Free Continuing Medical Education (CME) Credit | West Nile Virus | CDC","score":9.271224},{"document_id":"838fffa336b64b99-5027-6031","text":"West Nile Virus | Sierra County, CA - Official Website\nPlease see our system usage guidelines and disclaimer.\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n\nCoronavirus (COVID-19)\n\nAbout Vaccine for COVID-19\n\nClinical & Professional Resources\n\nQuarantine & Isolation Instructions\n\nTesting Options \n\nTravel \n\nTreatment for COVID-19\n\nHantavirus\n\nInfluenza (Flu)\n\nMeasles Information\n\nMPOX\n\nPlague\n\nWest Nile Virus\n\nZika Virus \n\n \n\n \n\nEmergencyInformation\n\nOnlinePayments\n\n \n \n\nAgendas& Minutes\n\nCountyOrdinance Code\n\n \n \n\nJobs\n\nView PropertyTax bills\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n \n\nContact Us\n\nSierra County Courthouse100 Courthouse Square #200Downieville, CA 95936Phone: 530-289-3698\n \n\n \n \n\n \n \n\nQuick Links\n\nCurrent Projects\n\nProjects & Public Hearings\n\nCA Chief Probation Officers\n\nProposition 13 FAQ\n\n/QuickLinks.aspx\n\n \n \n\n \n \n\nSite Links\n\nBids & RFP's\n\nSite Map\n\nContact Us\n\nAccessibility\n\n/QuickLinks.aspx\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n \n\nGovernment Websites by CivicPlus®\n\n \n \n\n \n \n \n\nLoading\n\n\r\n\tLoading\r\n\t\n\nDo Not Show Again\nClose\n\nArrow Left\n\nArrow Right\n\n[]\n\nSlideshow Left Arrow\n\nSlideshow Right Arrow","title":"West Nile Virus | Sierra County, CA - Official Website","score":10.488576},{"document_id":"838fffa336b64b99-1289-2846","text":"West Nile Virus | Sierra County, CA - Official Website\nWhat are the risks?In 2015, 44 states and the District of Columbia in the continental United States have reported 2,175 cases of West Nile virus in people. Depending on the year, some states report more West Nile cases than others. Some areas of the United States also report cases of other viruses spread by mosquitoes, such as Eastern Equine Encephalitis Virus or La Crosse Encephalitis Virus.Though anyone can get infected with West Nile virus, some people are at higher risk for infection of the brain or spinal cord. For example, people over the age of 50 are at higher risk for encephalitis (swelling of the brain).What are the symptoms of a West Nile virus infection?No Symptoms in Most PeopleMost people (70-80%) who become infected with West Nile virus do not have any symptoms.Fever in Some PeopleAbout 1 in 5 people who are infected will develop a fever with other symptoms such as headache, body aches, joint pains, vomiting, diarrhea, or rash. Most people with this type of West Nile virus recover completely, but feeling tired and weak can last for weeks to months.Severe Symptoms in a Few PeopleLess than 1% of people who are infected will develop a serious neurologic illness such as encephalitis or meningitis (inflammation of the lining of the brain and spinal cord). The symptoms of neurologic illness can include headache, high fever, neck stiffness, disorientation, coma, tremors, seizures, or paralysis. See your healthcare provider if you think you have symptoms of West Nile virus.\n\n \n \n\n \n \n \n\nWhy risk a severe illness this summer?","title":"West Nile Virus | Sierra County, CA - Official Website","score":15.173624},{"document_id":"455c376b00c03ef7-1700-3384","text":"West Nile Virus Clinician Training – Free Continuing Medical Education (CME) Credit | West Nile Virus | CDC\nTreatment and Prevention of West Nile Virus Disease\t\n\r\n\tAll\t\n\n\r\n\tMay 15, 2024\t\n\nWest Nile Virus Clinician Training – Free Continuing Medical Education (CME) Credit \n\nWhat to know\n\nThe goal of this activity is to improve diagnosis and management of West Nile virus disease.\n\nDiagnosis and management of West Nile virus infection: a case-based approach\nLink to CME Activity\nLink to Diagnostic Algorithm \n\n\r\n\tMay 14, 2024\t\n\nSources\nPrint\nShare\n\nFacebook\n\nLinkedIn\n\nTwitter\n\nSyndicate\n\nContent Source:\nNational Center for Emerging and Zoonotic Infectious Diseases (NCEZID)\n\n\r\n\tWest Nile Virus\t\n\nWest Nile virus is primarily spread by mosquitoes. Learn about areas at risk, the illness it causes, and ways to prevent becoming infected.\n\r\n\tSite Index\t\n\nFor Everyone\n\n\r\n\tAbout\t\n\n\r\n\tCauses and Spread\t\n\n\r\n\tPrevention\t\n\n\r\n\tData and Maps for West Nile\t\n\n\r\n\tIllness Info\t\n\nHealth Care Providers\n\n\r\n\tClinical Signs and Symptoms\t\n\n\r\n\tClinical Testing and Diagnosis\t\n\n\r\n\tTreatment and Prevention\t\n\nPublic Health\n\n\r\n\tWest Nile Virus Surveillance and Control\t\n\n\r\n\tTransmission\t\n\n\r\n\tWest Nile Virus Resources\t\n\nSign up for Email Updates\n\n\r\n\tContact Us \n\nContact Us \n\nCall 800-232-4636\nContact CDC\n\n\r\n\tAbout CDC \n\nAbout CDC \n\nMission & Organization\nBudget & Funding\nCareers & Jobs\n\n\r\n\tPolicies \n\nAccessibility\nExternal Links\nPrivacy\nWeb Policies\n\nFOIA\nOIG\nNo Fear Act\nNondescrimination\nVulnerability Disclosure Policy\n\n\r\n\tLanguages \n\nLanguages\n\nEspañol\nMultilingual Content\n\nLanguage Assistance\n\nEspañol\n繁體中文\nTiếng Việt\n한국어\n\nTagalog\nРусский\nالعربية\nKreyòl Ayisyen\n\nFrançais\nPolski\nPortuguês\nItaliano\n\nDeutsch\n日本語\nفارسی\nEnglish\n\n\r\n\tArchive \n\nCDC Archive","title":"West Nile Virus Clinician Training – Free Continuing Medical Education (CME) Credit | West Nile Virus | CDC","score":9.82261},{"document_id":"838fffa336b64b99-2-1810","text":"West Nile Virus | Sierra County, CA - Official Website\nWest Nile Virus | Sierra County, CA - Official Website\n\n \n\nSkip to Main Content\n\n \n\nSearch\n\n \n \n \n\nYour GovernmentCommunityCounty DepartmentsHow Do I\n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \nHomeCounty DepartmentsPublic HealthCommunicable DiseaseWest Nile Virus\n\n\r\n\r\nWest Nile Virus\t\n\n \n \n \n\nDon’t let mosquitoes wreck your summer fun. Protect yourself and your family from mosquito bites.Summertime means mosquitoes and West Nile virus season. An infected mosquito bite can make you or a family member sick with West Nile virus. Stay healthy this summer. Take steps to avoid mosquito bites, especially in from evening to morning when the mosquitoes that spread West Nile virus are most active.How many people get sick with West Nile virus?Nearly 44,000 cases of West Nile virus disease (West Nile virus) have been reported in the United States since 1999. Of those, over 20,000 people have had infections of the brain or spinal cord and more than 1,900 people have died. Many more cases of illness are not reported to CDC.\n\n \n \n\n \n \n\nFigure 1: West Nile virus activity by state in the United States, 2016. View map.See detailed case counts by state for 2015 (PDF).\n\n \n \n \n\n \n \n \n\nFigure 2. West Nile virus neurological disease incidence reported to ArboNET by state in the United States, 2016. View Map.\n\n \n \n \n\nWhat are the risks?In 2015, 44 states and the District of Columbia in the continental United States have reported 2,175 cases of West Nile virus in people. Depending on the year, some states report more West Nile cases than others. Some areas of the United States also report cases of other viruses spread by mosquitoes, such as Eastern Equine Encephalitis Virus or La Crosse Encephalitis Virus.Though anyone can get infected with West Nile virus, some people are at higher risk for infection of the brain or spinal cord.","title":"West Nile Virus | Sierra County, CA - Official Website","score":14.704994}],"e52ab8d5f61ccdfc3712a2608d8c2aba<::>2":[{"document_id":"455c376b00c03ef7-1700-3384","text":"West Nile Virus Clinician Training – Free Continuing Medical Education (CME) Credit | West Nile Virus | CDC\nTreatment and Prevention of West Nile Virus Disease\t\n\r\n\tAll\t\n\n\r\n\tMay 15, 2024\t\n\nWest Nile Virus Clinician Training – Free Continuing Medical Education (CME) Credit \n\nWhat to know\n\nThe goal of this activity is to improve diagnosis and management of West Nile virus disease.\n\nDiagnosis and management of West Nile virus infection: a case-based approach\nLink to CME Activity\nLink to Diagnostic Algorithm \n\n\r\n\tMay 14, 2024\t\n\nSources\nPrint\nShare\n\nFacebook\n\nLinkedIn\n\nTwitter\n\nSyndicate\n\nContent Source:\nNational Center for Emerging and Zoonotic Infectious Diseases (NCEZID)\n\n\r\n\tWest Nile Virus\t\n\nWest Nile virus is primarily spread by mosquitoes. Learn about areas at risk, the illness it causes, and ways to prevent becoming infected.\n\r\n\tSite Index\t\n\nFor Everyone\n\n\r\n\tAbout\t\n\n\r\n\tCauses and Spread\t\n\n\r\n\tPrevention\t\n\n\r\n\tData and Maps for West Nile\t\n\n\r\n\tIllness Info\t\n\nHealth Care Providers\n\n\r\n\tClinical Signs and Symptoms\t\n\n\r\n\tClinical Testing and Diagnosis\t\n\n\r\n\tTreatment and Prevention\t\n\nPublic Health\n\n\r\n\tWest Nile Virus Surveillance and Control\t\n\n\r\n\tTransmission\t\n\n\r\n\tWest Nile Virus Resources\t\n\nSign up for Email Updates\n\n\r\n\tContact Us \n\nContact Us \n\nCall 800-232-4636\nContact CDC\n\n\r\n\tAbout CDC \n\nAbout CDC \n\nMission & Organization\nBudget & Funding\nCareers & Jobs\n\n\r\n\tPolicies \n\nAccessibility\nExternal Links\nPrivacy\nWeb Policies\n\nFOIA\nOIG\nNo Fear Act\nNondescrimination\nVulnerability Disclosure Policy\n\n\r\n\tLanguages \n\nLanguages\n\nEspañol\nMultilingual Content\n\nLanguage Assistance\n\nEspañol\n繁體中文\nTiếng Việt\n한국어\n\nTagalog\nРусский\nالعربية\nKreyòl Ayisyen\n\nFrançais\nPolski\nPortuguês\nItaliano\n\nDeutsch\n日本語\nفارسی\nEnglish\n\n\r\n\tArchive \n\nCDC Archive","title":"West Nile Virus Clinician Training – Free Continuing Medical Education (CME) Credit | West Nile Virus | CDC","score":9.057468},{"document_id":"455c376b00c03ef7-3203-3961","text":"West Nile Virus Clinician Training – Free Continuing Medical Education (CME) Credit | West Nile Virus | CDC\nTiếng Việt\n한국어\n\nTagalog\nРусский\nالعربية\nKreyòl Ayisyen\n\nFrançais\nPolski\nPortuguês\nItaliano\n\nDeutsch\n日本語\nفارسی\nEnglish\n\n\r\n\tArchive \n\nCDC Archive\n\n\r\n\tContact Us \n\nContact Us \n\nCall 800-232-4636\nContact CDC\n\n\r\n\tAbout CDC \n\nMission & Organization\nBudget & Funding\nCareers & Jobs\nAbout CDC\n\n\r\n\tPolicies \n\nAccessibility\nExternal Links\nPrivacy\nWeb Policies\n\nFOIA\nOIG\nNo Fear Act\nNondescrimination\nVulnerability Disclosure Policy\n\n\r\n\tLanguages \n\nLanguages \n\nEspañol\nMultilingual Content\n\nLanguage Assistance \n\nEspañol\n繁體中文\nTiếng Việt\n한국어\nTagalog\nРусский\nالعربية\nKreyòl Ayisyen\nFrançais\nPolski\nPortuguês\nItaliano\nDeutsch\n日本語\nفارسی\nEnglish\n\n\r\n\tArchive \n\nCDC Archive\n\nHHS.gov\nUSA.gov","title":"West Nile Virus Clinician Training – Free Continuing Medical Education (CME) Credit | West Nile Virus | CDC","score":8.87237},{"document_id":"838fffa336b64b99-5027-6031","text":"West Nile Virus | Sierra County, CA - Official Website\nPlease see our system usage guidelines and disclaimer.\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n\nCoronavirus (COVID-19)\n\nAbout Vaccine for COVID-19\n\nClinical & Professional Resources\n\nQuarantine & Isolation Instructions\n\nTesting Options \n\nTravel \n\nTreatment for COVID-19\n\nHantavirus\n\nInfluenza (Flu)\n\nMeasles Information\n\nMPOX\n\nPlague\n\nWest Nile Virus\n\nZika Virus \n\n \n\n \n\nEmergencyInformation\n\nOnlinePayments\n\n \n \n\nAgendas& Minutes\n\nCountyOrdinance Code\n\n \n \n\nJobs\n\nView PropertyTax bills\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n \n\nContact Us\n\nSierra County Courthouse100 Courthouse Square #200Downieville, CA 95936Phone: 530-289-3698\n \n\n \n \n\n \n \n\nQuick Links\n\nCurrent Projects\n\nProjects & Public Hearings\n\nCA Chief Probation Officers\n\nProposition 13 FAQ\n\n/QuickLinks.aspx\n\n \n \n\n \n \n\nSite Links\n\nBids & RFP's\n\nSite Map\n\nContact Us\n\nAccessibility\n\n/QuickLinks.aspx\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n \n\nGovernment Websites by CivicPlus®\n\n \n \n\n \n \n \n\nLoading\n\n\r\n\tLoading\r\n\t\n\nDo Not Show Again\nClose\n\nArrow Left\n\nArrow Right\n\n[]\n\nSlideshow Left Arrow\n\nSlideshow Right Arrow","title":"West Nile Virus | Sierra County, CA - Official Website","score":9.784982},{"document_id":"838fffa336b64b99-1289-2846","text":"West Nile Virus | Sierra County, CA - Official Website\nWhat are the risks?In 2015, 44 states and the District of Columbia in the continental United States have reported 2,175 cases of West Nile virus in people. Depending on the year, some states report more West Nile cases than others. Some areas of the United States also report cases of other viruses spread by mosquitoes, such as Eastern Equine Encephalitis Virus or La Crosse Encephalitis Virus.Though anyone can get infected with West Nile virus, some people are at higher risk for infection of the brain or spinal cord. For example, people over the age of 50 are at higher risk for encephalitis (swelling of the brain).What are the symptoms of a West Nile virus infection?No Symptoms in Most PeopleMost people (70-80%) who become infected with West Nile virus do not have any symptoms.Fever in Some PeopleAbout 1 in 5 people who are infected will develop a fever with other symptoms such as headache, body aches, joint pains, vomiting, diarrhea, or rash. Most people with this type of West Nile virus recover completely, but feeling tired and weak can last for weeks to months.Severe Symptoms in a Few PeopleLess than 1% of people who are infected will develop a serious neurologic illness such as encephalitis or meningitis (inflammation of the lining of the brain and spinal cord). The symptoms of neurologic illness can include headache, high fever, neck stiffness, disorientation, coma, tremors, seizures, or paralysis. See your healthcare provider if you think you have symptoms of West Nile virus.\n\n \n \n\n \n \n \n\nWhy risk a severe illness this summer?","title":"West Nile Virus | Sierra County, CA - Official Website","score":9.869864},{"document_id":"838fffa336b64b99-2-1810","text":"West Nile Virus | Sierra County, CA - Official Website\nWest Nile Virus | Sierra County, CA - Official Website\n\n \n\nSkip to Main Content\n\n \n\nSearch\n\n \n \n \n\nYour GovernmentCommunityCounty DepartmentsHow Do I\n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \nHomeCounty DepartmentsPublic HealthCommunicable DiseaseWest Nile Virus\n\n\r\n\r\nWest Nile Virus\t\n\n \n \n \n\nDon’t let mosquitoes wreck your summer fun. Protect yourself and your family from mosquito bites.Summertime means mosquitoes and West Nile virus season. An infected mosquito bite can make you or a family member sick with West Nile virus. Stay healthy this summer. Take steps to avoid mosquito bites, especially in from evening to morning when the mosquitoes that spread West Nile virus are most active.How many people get sick with West Nile virus?Nearly 44,000 cases of West Nile virus disease (West Nile virus) have been reported in the United States since 1999. Of those, over 20,000 people have had infections of the brain or spinal cord and more than 1,900 people have died. Many more cases of illness are not reported to CDC.\n\n \n \n\n \n \n\nFigure 1: West Nile virus activity by state in the United States, 2016. View map.See detailed case counts by state for 2015 (PDF).\n\n \n \n \n\n \n \n \n\nFigure 2. West Nile virus neurological disease incidence reported to ArboNET by state in the United States, 2016. View Map.\n\n \n \n \n\nWhat are the risks?In 2015, 44 states and the District of Columbia in the continental United States have reported 2,175 cases of West Nile virus in people. Depending on the year, some states report more West Nile cases than others. Some areas of the United States also report cases of other viruses spread by mosquitoes, such as Eastern Equine Encephalitis Virus or La Crosse Encephalitis Virus.Though anyone can get infected with West Nile virus, some people are at higher risk for infection of the brain or spinal cord.","title":"West Nile Virus | Sierra County, CA - Official Website","score":14.704994}],"e52ab8d5f61ccdfc3712a2608d8c2aba<::>3":[{"document_id":"838fffa336b64b99-1289-2846","text":"West Nile Virus | Sierra County, CA - Official Website\nWhat are the risks?In 2015, 44 states and the District of Columbia in the continental United States have reported 2,175 cases of West Nile virus in people. Depending on the year, some states report more West Nile cases than others. Some areas of the United States also report cases of other viruses spread by mosquitoes, such as Eastern Equine Encephalitis Virus or La Crosse Encephalitis Virus.Though anyone can get infected with West Nile virus, some people are at higher risk for infection of the brain or spinal cord. For example, people over the age of 50 are at higher risk for encephalitis (swelling of the brain).What are the symptoms of a West Nile virus infection?No Symptoms in Most PeopleMost people (70-80%) who become infected with West Nile virus do not have any symptoms.Fever in Some PeopleAbout 1 in 5 people who are infected will develop a fever with other symptoms such as headache, body aches, joint pains, vomiting, diarrhea, or rash. Most people with this type of West Nile virus recover completely, but feeling tired and weak can last for weeks to months.Severe Symptoms in a Few PeopleLess than 1% of people who are infected will develop a serious neurologic illness such as encephalitis or meningitis (inflammation of the lining of the brain and spinal cord). The symptoms of neurologic illness can include headache, high fever, neck stiffness, disorientation, coma, tremors, seizures, or paralysis. See your healthcare provider if you think you have symptoms of West Nile virus.\n\n \n \n\n \n \n \n\nWhy risk a severe illness this summer?","title":"West Nile Virus | Sierra County, CA - Official Website","score":12.109225},{"document_id":"455c376b00c03ef7-1700-3384","text":"West Nile Virus Clinician Training – Free Continuing Medical Education (CME) Credit | West Nile Virus | CDC\nTreatment and Prevention of West Nile Virus Disease\t\n\r\n\tAll\t\n\n\r\n\tMay 15, 2024\t\n\nWest Nile Virus Clinician Training – Free Continuing Medical Education (CME) Credit \n\nWhat to know\n\nThe goal of this activity is to improve diagnosis and management of West Nile virus disease.\n\nDiagnosis and management of West Nile virus infection: a case-based approach\nLink to CME Activity\nLink to Diagnostic Algorithm \n\n\r\n\tMay 14, 2024\t\n\nSources\nPrint\nShare\n\nFacebook\n\nLinkedIn\n\nTwitter\n\nSyndicate\n\nContent Source:\nNational Center for Emerging and Zoonotic Infectious Diseases (NCEZID)\n\n\r\n\tWest Nile Virus\t\n\nWest Nile virus is primarily spread by mosquitoes. Learn about areas at risk, the illness it causes, and ways to prevent becoming infected.\n\r\n\tSite Index\t\n\nFor Everyone\n\n\r\n\tAbout\t\n\n\r\n\tCauses and Spread\t\n\n\r\n\tPrevention\t\n\n\r\n\tData and Maps for West Nile\t\n\n\r\n\tIllness Info\t\n\nHealth Care Providers\n\n\r\n\tClinical Signs and Symptoms\t\n\n\r\n\tClinical Testing and Diagnosis\t\n\n\r\n\tTreatment and Prevention\t\n\nPublic Health\n\n\r\n\tWest Nile Virus Surveillance and Control\t\n\n\r\n\tTransmission\t\n\n\r\n\tWest Nile Virus Resources\t\n\nSign up for Email Updates\n\n\r\n\tContact Us \n\nContact Us \n\nCall 800-232-4636\nContact CDC\n\n\r\n\tAbout CDC \n\nAbout CDC \n\nMission & Organization\nBudget & Funding\nCareers & Jobs\n\n\r\n\tPolicies \n\nAccessibility\nExternal Links\nPrivacy\nWeb Policies\n\nFOIA\nOIG\nNo Fear Act\nNondescrimination\nVulnerability Disclosure Policy\n\n\r\n\tLanguages \n\nLanguages\n\nEspañol\nMultilingual Content\n\nLanguage Assistance\n\nEspañol\n繁體中文\nTiếng Việt\n한국어\n\nTagalog\nРусский\nالعربية\nKreyòl Ayisyen\n\nFrançais\nPolski\nPortuguês\nItaliano\n\nDeutsch\n日本語\nفارسی\nEnglish\n\n\r\n\tArchive \n\nCDC Archive","title":"West Nile Virus Clinician Training – Free Continuing Medical Education (CME) Credit | West Nile Virus | CDC","score":11.047121},{"document_id":"838fffa336b64b99-2-1810","text":"West Nile Virus | Sierra County, CA - Official Website\nWest Nile Virus | Sierra County, CA - Official Website\n\n \n\nSkip to Main Content\n\n \n\nSearch\n\n \n \n \n\nYour GovernmentCommunityCounty DepartmentsHow Do I\n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \nHomeCounty DepartmentsPublic HealthCommunicable DiseaseWest Nile Virus\n\n\r\n\r\nWest Nile Virus\t\n\n \n \n \n\nDon’t let mosquitoes wreck your summer fun. Protect yourself and your family from mosquito bites.Summertime means mosquitoes and West Nile virus season. An infected mosquito bite can make you or a family member sick with West Nile virus. Stay healthy this summer. Take steps to avoid mosquito bites, especially in from evening to morning when the mosquitoes that spread West Nile virus are most active.How many people get sick with West Nile virus?Nearly 44,000 cases of West Nile virus disease (West Nile virus) have been reported in the United States since 1999. Of those, over 20,000 people have had infections of the brain or spinal cord and more than 1,900 people have died. Many more cases of illness are not reported to CDC.\n\n \n \n\n \n \n\nFigure 1: West Nile virus activity by state in the United States, 2016. View map.See detailed case counts by state for 2015 (PDF).\n\n \n \n \n\n \n \n \n\nFigure 2. West Nile virus neurological disease incidence reported to ArboNET by state in the United States, 2016. View Map.\n\n \n \n \n\nWhat are the risks?In 2015, 44 states and the District of Columbia in the continental United States have reported 2,175 cases of West Nile virus in people. Depending on the year, some states report more West Nile cases than others. Some areas of the United States also report cases of other viruses spread by mosquitoes, such as Eastern Equine Encephalitis Virus or La Crosse Encephalitis Virus.Though anyone can get infected with West Nile virus, some people are at higher risk for infection of the brain or spinal cord.","title":"West Nile Virus | Sierra County, CA - Official Website","score":10.961665},{"document_id":"455c376b00c03ef7-3203-3961","text":"West Nile Virus Clinician Training – Free Continuing Medical Education (CME) Credit | West Nile Virus | CDC\nTiếng Việt\n한국어\n\nTagalog\nРусский\nالعربية\nKreyòl Ayisyen\n\nFrançais\nPolski\nPortuguês\nItaliano\n\nDeutsch\n日本語\nفارسی\nEnglish\n\n\r\n\tArchive \n\nCDC Archive\n\n\r\n\tContact Us \n\nContact Us \n\nCall 800-232-4636\nContact CDC\n\n\r\n\tAbout CDC \n\nMission & Organization\nBudget & Funding\nCareers & Jobs\nAbout CDC\n\n\r\n\tPolicies \n\nAccessibility\nExternal Links\nPrivacy\nWeb Policies\n\nFOIA\nOIG\nNo Fear Act\nNondescrimination\nVulnerability Disclosure Policy\n\n\r\n\tLanguages \n\nLanguages \n\nEspañol\nMultilingual Content\n\nLanguage Assistance \n\nEspañol\n繁體中文\nTiếng Việt\n한국어\nTagalog\nРусский\nالعربية\nKreyòl Ayisyen\nFrançais\nPolski\nPortuguês\nItaliano\nDeutsch\n日本語\nفارسی\nEnglish\n\n\r\n\tArchive \n\nCDC Archive\n\nHHS.gov\nUSA.gov","title":"West Nile Virus Clinician Training – Free Continuing Medical Education (CME) Credit | West Nile Virus | CDC","score":10.066036},{"document_id":"838fffa336b64b99-5027-6031","text":"West Nile Virus | Sierra County, CA - Official Website\nPlease see our system usage guidelines and disclaimer.\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n\nCoronavirus (COVID-19)\n\nAbout Vaccine for COVID-19\n\nClinical & Professional Resources\n\nQuarantine & Isolation Instructions\n\nTesting Options \n\nTravel \n\nTreatment for COVID-19\n\nHantavirus\n\nInfluenza (Flu)\n\nMeasles Information\n\nMPOX\n\nPlague\n\nWest Nile Virus\n\nZika Virus \n\n \n\n \n\nEmergencyInformation\n\nOnlinePayments\n\n \n \n\nAgendas& Minutes\n\nCountyOrdinance Code\n\n \n \n\nJobs\n\nView PropertyTax bills\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n \n\nContact Us\n\nSierra County Courthouse100 Courthouse Square #200Downieville, CA 95936Phone: 530-289-3698\n \n\n \n \n\n \n \n\nQuick Links\n\nCurrent Projects\n\nProjects & Public Hearings\n\nCA Chief Probation Officers\n\nProposition 13 FAQ\n\n/QuickLinks.aspx\n\n \n \n\n \n \n\nSite Links\n\nBids & RFP's\n\nSite Map\n\nContact Us\n\nAccessibility\n\n/QuickLinks.aspx\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n \n\nGovernment Websites by CivicPlus®\n\n \n \n\n \n \n \n\nLoading\n\n\r\n\tLoading\r\n\t\n\nDo Not Show Again\nClose\n\nArrow Left\n\nArrow Right\n\n[]\n\nSlideshow Left Arrow\n\nSlideshow Right Arrow","title":"West Nile Virus | Sierra County, CA - Official Website","score":11.137665}],"e52ab8d5f61ccdfc3712a2608d8c2aba<::>4":[{"document_id":"455c376b00c03ef7-1700-3384","text":"West Nile Virus Clinician Training – Free Continuing Medical Education (CME) Credit | West Nile Virus | CDC\nTreatment and Prevention of West Nile Virus Disease\t\n\r\n\tAll\t\n\n\r\n\tMay 15, 2024\t\n\nWest Nile Virus Clinician Training – Free Continuing Medical Education (CME) Credit \n\nWhat to know\n\nThe goal of this activity is to improve diagnosis and management of West Nile virus disease.\n\nDiagnosis and management of West Nile virus infection: a case-based approach\nLink to CME Activity\nLink to Diagnostic Algorithm \n\n\r\n\tMay 14, 2024\t\n\nSources\nPrint\nShare\n\nFacebook\n\nLinkedIn\n\nTwitter\n\nSyndicate\n\nContent Source:\nNational Center for Emerging and Zoonotic Infectious Diseases (NCEZID)\n\n\r\n\tWest Nile Virus\t\n\nWest Nile virus is primarily spread by mosquitoes. Learn about areas at risk, the illness it causes, and ways to prevent becoming infected.\n\r\n\tSite Index\t\n\nFor Everyone\n\n\r\n\tAbout\t\n\n\r\n\tCauses and Spread\t\n\n\r\n\tPrevention\t\n\n\r\n\tData and Maps for West Nile\t\n\n\r\n\tIllness Info\t\n\nHealth Care Providers\n\n\r\n\tClinical Signs and Symptoms\t\n\n\r\n\tClinical Testing and Diagnosis\t\n\n\r\n\tTreatment and Prevention\t\n\nPublic Health\n\n\r\n\tWest Nile Virus Surveillance and Control\t\n\n\r\n\tTransmission\t\n\n\r\n\tWest Nile Virus Resources\t\n\nSign up for Email Updates\n\n\r\n\tContact Us \n\nContact Us \n\nCall 800-232-4636\nContact CDC\n\n\r\n\tAbout CDC \n\nAbout CDC \n\nMission & Organization\nBudget & Funding\nCareers & Jobs\n\n\r\n\tPolicies \n\nAccessibility\nExternal Links\nPrivacy\nWeb Policies\n\nFOIA\nOIG\nNo Fear Act\nNondescrimination\nVulnerability Disclosure Policy\n\n\r\n\tLanguages \n\nLanguages\n\nEspañol\nMultilingual Content\n\nLanguage Assistance\n\nEspañol\n繁體中文\nTiếng Việt\n한국어\n\nTagalog\nРусский\nالعربية\nKreyòl Ayisyen\n\nFrançais\nPolski\nPortuguês\nItaliano\n\nDeutsch\n日本語\nفارسی\nEnglish\n\n\r\n\tArchive \n\nCDC Archive","title":"West Nile Virus Clinician Training – Free Continuing Medical Education (CME) Credit | West Nile Virus | CDC","score":10.20064},{"document_id":"838fffa336b64b99-2-1810","text":"West Nile Virus | Sierra County, CA - Official Website\nWest Nile Virus | Sierra County, CA - Official Website\n\n \n\nSkip to Main Content\n\n \n\nSearch\n\n \n \n \n\nYour GovernmentCommunityCounty DepartmentsHow Do I\n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \nHomeCounty DepartmentsPublic HealthCommunicable DiseaseWest Nile Virus\n\n\r\n\r\nWest Nile Virus\t\n\n \n \n \n\nDon’t let mosquitoes wreck your summer fun. Protect yourself and your family from mosquito bites.Summertime means mosquitoes and West Nile virus season. An infected mosquito bite can make you or a family member sick with West Nile virus. Stay healthy this summer. Take steps to avoid mosquito bites, especially in from evening to morning when the mosquitoes that spread West Nile virus are most active.How many people get sick with West Nile virus?Nearly 44,000 cases of West Nile virus disease (West Nile virus) have been reported in the United States since 1999. Of those, over 20,000 people have had infections of the brain or spinal cord and more than 1,900 people have died. Many more cases of illness are not reported to CDC.\n\n \n \n\n \n \n\nFigure 1: West Nile virus activity by state in the United States, 2016. View map.See detailed case counts by state for 2015 (PDF).\n\n \n \n \n\n \n \n \n\nFigure 2. West Nile virus neurological disease incidence reported to ArboNET by state in the United States, 2016. View Map.\n\n \n \n \n\nWhat are the risks?In 2015, 44 states and the District of Columbia in the continental United States have reported 2,175 cases of West Nile virus in people. Depending on the year, some states report more West Nile cases than others. Some areas of the United States also report cases of other viruses spread by mosquitoes, such as Eastern Equine Encephalitis Virus or La Crosse Encephalitis Virus.Though anyone can get infected with West Nile virus, some people are at higher risk for infection of the brain or spinal cord.","title":"West Nile Virus | Sierra County, CA - Official Website","score":14.704994},{"document_id":"838fffa336b64b99-1289-2846","text":"West Nile Virus | Sierra County, CA - Official Website\nWhat are the risks?In 2015, 44 states and the District of Columbia in the continental United States have reported 2,175 cases of West Nile virus in people. Depending on the year, some states report more West Nile cases than others. Some areas of the United States also report cases of other viruses spread by mosquitoes, such as Eastern Equine Encephalitis Virus or La Crosse Encephalitis Virus.Though anyone can get infected with West Nile virus, some people are at higher risk for infection of the brain or spinal cord. For example, people over the age of 50 are at higher risk for encephalitis (swelling of the brain).What are the symptoms of a West Nile virus infection?No Symptoms in Most PeopleMost people (70-80%) who become infected with West Nile virus do not have any symptoms.Fever in Some PeopleAbout 1 in 5 people who are infected will develop a fever with other symptoms such as headache, body aches, joint pains, vomiting, diarrhea, or rash. Most people with this type of West Nile virus recover completely, but feeling tired and weak can last for weeks to months.Severe Symptoms in a Few PeopleLess than 1% of people who are infected will develop a serious neurologic illness such as encephalitis or meningitis (inflammation of the lining of the brain and spinal cord). The symptoms of neurologic illness can include headache, high fever, neck stiffness, disorientation, coma, tremors, seizures, or paralysis. See your healthcare provider if you think you have symptoms of West Nile virus.\n\n \n \n\n \n \n \n\nWhy risk a severe illness this summer?","title":"West Nile Virus | Sierra County, CA - Official Website","score":15.173624},{"document_id":"455c376b00c03ef7-3203-3961","text":"West Nile Virus Clinician Training – Free Continuing Medical Education (CME) Credit | West Nile Virus | CDC\nTiếng Việt\n한국어\n\nTagalog\nРусский\nالعربية\nKreyòl Ayisyen\n\nFrançais\nPolski\nPortuguês\nItaliano\n\nDeutsch\n日本語\nفارسی\nEnglish\n\n\r\n\tArchive \n\nCDC Archive\n\n\r\n\tContact Us \n\nContact Us \n\nCall 800-232-4636\nContact CDC\n\n\r\n\tAbout CDC \n\nMission & Organization\nBudget & Funding\nCareers & Jobs\nAbout CDC\n\n\r\n\tPolicies \n\nAccessibility\nExternal Links\nPrivacy\nWeb Policies\n\nFOIA\nOIG\nNo Fear Act\nNondescrimination\nVulnerability Disclosure Policy\n\n\r\n\tLanguages \n\nLanguages \n\nEspañol\nMultilingual Content\n\nLanguage Assistance \n\nEspañol\n繁體中文\nTiếng Việt\n한국어\nTagalog\nРусский\nالعربية\nKreyòl Ayisyen\nFrançais\nPolski\nPortuguês\nItaliano\nDeutsch\n日本語\nفارسی\nEnglish\n\n\r\n\tArchive \n\nCDC Archive\n\nHHS.gov\nUSA.gov","title":"West Nile Virus Clinician Training – Free Continuing Medical Education (CME) Credit | West Nile Virus | CDC","score":10.036559},{"document_id":"838fffa336b64b99-5027-6031","text":"West Nile Virus | Sierra County, CA - Official Website\nPlease see our system usage guidelines and disclaimer.\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n\nCoronavirus (COVID-19)\n\nAbout Vaccine for COVID-19\n\nClinical & Professional Resources\n\nQuarantine & Isolation Instructions\n\nTesting Options \n\nTravel \n\nTreatment for COVID-19\n\nHantavirus\n\nInfluenza (Flu)\n\nMeasles Information\n\nMPOX\n\nPlague\n\nWest Nile Virus\n\nZika Virus \n\n \n\n \n\nEmergencyInformation\n\nOnlinePayments\n\n \n \n\nAgendas& Minutes\n\nCountyOrdinance Code\n\n \n \n\nJobs\n\nView PropertyTax bills\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n \n\nContact Us\n\nSierra County Courthouse100 Courthouse Square #200Downieville, CA 95936Phone: 530-289-3698\n \n\n \n \n\n \n \n\nQuick Links\n\nCurrent Projects\n\nProjects & Public Hearings\n\nCA Chief Probation Officers\n\nProposition 13 FAQ\n\n/QuickLinks.aspx\n\n \n \n\n \n \n\nSite Links\n\nBids & RFP's\n\nSite Map\n\nContact Us\n\nAccessibility\n\n/QuickLinks.aspx\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n \n\nGovernment Websites by CivicPlus®\n\n \n \n\n \n \n \n\nLoading\n\n\r\n\tLoading\r\n\t\n\nDo Not Show Again\nClose\n\nArrow Left\n\nArrow Right\n\n[]\n\nSlideshow Left Arrow\n\nSlideshow Right Arrow","title":"West Nile Virus | Sierra County, CA - Official Website","score":10.212187}],"e52ab8d5f61ccdfc3712a2608d8c2aba<::>10":[{"document_id":"dd2c94212064f84d-10973-13089","text":"\r\n\tChronic Wasting Disease\r\n\n(e) finished taxidermy mounts with no meat or tissue attached (antlers in the velvet stage are allowed if no meat, brain or other tissue is attached).\n(f) upper canine teeth (buglers, whistlers, ivories).\n\nBasically, “no skull, no backbone” to avoid importing the highest risk tissues for carrying prion.\nBest practice and best recommendation is to only bring back packaged meat and/or finished taxidermy mounts.\n\nI harvested an animal out of state but didn’t get it tested, can CDFW test the meat for me?\n\nCDFW cannot test “meat” for CWD. While it is possible to test for and detect CWD prions in meat and other tissues, these tests are currently only available in specialized research labs and not for diagnostic or consumer use. \nThere is no “meat safety” test for CWD. For current testing options, results are reported as “Detected” or “Not Detected” for CWD and other prion diseases. That means we can be certain an animal is positive for CWD if the prions are “detected” but we cannot be certain the animal did not have CWD if the results are “not detected.” This is one of the major issues surrounding CWD and other prion diseases and is in large part because of the attributes of the pathogen itself (the prion) and the sensitivities of the currently available tests \nFurthermore, if you brought back only the parts allowed by  CCR Title 14, Section 712 regulations, then the samples needed to perform an official CWD test are not available. These are the retropharyngeal lymph nodes or brainstem.\nBest practice is to have your animal tested for CWD in the state you are hunting, especially if that state or region has CWD. As such we recommend doing some research before hunting out-of-state to determine 1) CWD status of the state you are hunting in and 2) how to get an animal tested for CWD in the state it was harvested.\nSome labs such as Colorado State University Diagnostic Veterinary Laboratory or the Texas A&M Veterinary Medical Diagnostic Laboratory allow hunting public to submit samples themselves for testing for a fee.\n\nHow do I declare my game at the border checkpoint, and what can I expect?","title":"\r\n\tChronic Wasting Disease\r\n","score":9.727517},{"document_id":"46a9328592b4ab45-513297-515239","text":"\r\n\tCalifornia Fish and Wildlife Journal - Contents\r\n\nThe future of angling in the San Joaquin\nResolutions\nCanada's introduced partridges\nEarly game conditions in the Great Valleys\nDeer die Humboldt County\nShark meat sold as \"white bass\"\nGrowing activity of California fishermen along Mexican coast\nUnited States leads in game refuges\nConditions in Refuge 1D\nPelagic sealing prohibited\nThe migration of ducks\nScientific work of the Commission appreciated\nLouisiana's superlatives\nNumber of hunters increasing in United States. How about the game supply?\nTrees and birds\nChanges in federal game laws\nTaking bird censuses\nEncouraging conditions prevail in Alaska in 1922\n\nFact of Current Interest\nHatchery Notes. W. H. Shebley\n\t\nThe spawning season\nBreeding ponds yield large number of eggs\nEastern brook trout eggs imported\nMackinaw trout secured\nSteelhead and rainbow taken in Tahoe\nBrown trout to be planted in Russian River\nMany screens installed\n\nConservation in Other States\n\t\nArizona society interested in preserving heath hen\nMichigan and the bounty system\nNorth Carolina votes down new game bill\nTexas introduces bob-white\nNew Mexico's new game code\nMichigan institutes campaign of education\nIdaho reorganizes fish and game department\n\nLife History Notes\n\t\nOspreys in Modoc County, California. S. G. Jewett\nRemarkable flight of hawks. G. Williamson, Jr.\n\n\tReports\n\n\t\nFresh Fishery Products, January, February, and March, 1923\nPatrol Service\n\nCalifornia Fish and Game 9(2). Spring 1923.\n\nRabies in a mountain lion. T. I. Storer\nCalifornia's large game animals (continued). M. H. McAllister\nSardines abundant now—but what of the future? E. Higgins\nPending fish and game legislation\nEditorials\n\t\nBudget recommendations\nCongress kills game refuge—public shooting grounds bill\nHiding behind the farmer\nViolations of pigeon law numerous\nMany defend black bear\nCalifornia forest fire kills trout\nPheasants liberated in San Diego County\nQuinnat salmon taken in Lake Ontario\nStricter laws necessary","title":"\r\n\tCalifornia Fish and Wildlife Journal - Contents\r\n","score":6.6730695},{"document_id":"46a9328592b4ab45-414621-416158","text":"\r\n\tCalifornia Fish and Wildlife Journal - Contents\r\n\nViolations of Fish and Game Laws\nFishery Products, April, May, and June, 1932\n\nCalifornia Fish and Game 18(3). Summer 1932.\n\nDiseases of the wild life transmissible to man. K. F. Meyer\nA survey of the destructiveness of sardine nets used in the Monterey region. J. B. Phillips\nRelative destructiveness of sardine circle nets in southern California. G. H. Clark\nParasitism of the California valley quail by Haemoproteus lophortyx, a protozoan blood parasite. E. C. O'Roke\nFishways in California. J. Spencer\nBarge fishing, a southern California sport. D. H. Fry, Jr.\nDeer meat investigation. H. W. Estill\nThe cruise of the \"Mayflower.\" C. F. Maddox\nEditorials\n\t\nNature's Care of Her Own (poem)\nImportant notice\nChange of address\nNew patrol administration\nIn Memoriam—George Albert Coleman\n\nLife History Notes\n\t\nA mended needle fish. D. H. Fry\nTwo ectoparasites of the California valley quail. G. H. True, Jr.\nThe pronghorn antelope. H. T. Anderson\nOn the desert. D. A. Clanton and A. E. Burghduff\n\nCommercial Fishery Notes. N. B. Scofield\n\t\nFishing conditions, Monterey County. R. F. Classic\nBig-eyed Bass and Striped Bass. L. A. Walford\n\nDivision Activities\nReports\n\t\nViolations of Fish and Game Laws\nStatement of Expenditures\nStatement of Income\nFishery Products, January, February, and March, 1932\n\nCalifornia Fish and Game 18(2). Spring 1932.\n\nArtificial methods for propagating game birds. A. Bade\nFifty-five years ago on the McCloud River. E. N. Moor\nDamage by deer to crops in California. G. H. True, Jr.\nOyster pests in California.","title":"\r\n\tCalifornia Fish and Wildlife Journal - Contents\r\n","score":6.1714044},{"document_id":"dd2c94212064f84d-2896-5084","text":"\r\n\tChronic Wasting Disease\r\n\nCreutzfeldt-Jakob disease (CJD), a sporadic prion disease arising in 1:1,000,000 people, and variant Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease (vCJD), which has been linked to the consumption of infected cattle during the “mad cow disease” outbreak in Great Britain and Europe in the 1990s, are examples of TSEs in humans.\n\nHow is chronic wasting disease spread?\n\nThe misfolded prion that causes CWD is infectious to other cervids and can be spread through direct contact with infected individuals or through contact with a contaminated environment. Infectious prions can be excreted in urine, feces, and saliva of infected animals, even before they show any signs of the disease. Carcasses and tissues, especially brain, spinal cord, and lymph nodes, of infected animals contain infectious prions and may spread the disease if left out on the landscape. Prions are very stable and difficult to disinfect, persisting for years in a contaminated environment able to infect a susceptible deer or elk.\n\nWhere is chronic wasting disease?\n\nChronic wasting disease (CWD) was first described in mule deer at a captive facility in Colorado in 1967. Since then, CWD has been diagnosed in free-ranging deer, elk, and moose populations in 34 states (now including California) and four Canadian provinces. It has also been found in captive elk and Sika deer in South Korea, free-ranging moose and reindeer in Norway, and free-ranging moose in Finland. For a map of current known CWD infected populations in North America, please visit the United States Geological Survey (USGS) CWD page. A timeline of the spread of CWD can be found by visiting the Chronic Wasting Disease Alliance website.\n\nWhat are the symptoms of chronic wasting disease?\n\nThe progression of chronic wasting disease (CWD) in an infected animal is very slow. It takes months or even years following infection for clinical signs of CWD to appear. Infected animals gradually become skinnier, emaciated or “wasted” despite continuing to eat. They may show abnormal behaviors such as a wide stance, staggering gait, or inability to keep their head up.\n\nWhat should I do if I see a sick deer or elk and am concerned it might be chronic wasting disease?","title":"\r\n\tChronic Wasting Disease\r\n","score":11.841277},{"document_id":"dd2c94212064f84d-15956-17937","text":"\r\n\tChronic Wasting Disease\r\n\nBoth the U.S. Centers for Disease Control (CDC) and the World Health Organization (WHO) recommend not consuming any tissues from CWD-infected animals.\nImproper disposal of meat or other parts  from CWD-positive animals is believed to be the greatest risk for introducing CWD into different/ undetected areas of California’s deer and elk herds. Please do no bury, throw in the trash, leave out for scavengers, feed to your dog, or take to a landfill potentially contaminated meat or other tissues.\nPrions can survive in the environment for 10+ years, and can be absorbed by roots and distributed in growing forage. \nIncineration is the safest disposal method for contaminated meat or tissues.\nPlease call your local CDFW office or the Wildlife Health Laboratory at (916) 358-2790, and we will arrange for the meat or tissues to be picked up and/or destroyed at no cost to you. Be prepared to provide the following information:\n\t\nState of harvest\nCWD test results\nLocation of harvest\nLocation of processing\nWeight of meat to be destroyed\nContact information\n\nIf your CWD positive animal was processed by a meat processor in California please be sure to inform your processor so that they can take the proper decontamination procedures.\n\nClick image to view in separate tab. Text version of infographic content.\n\nAdditional Resources\nCWD in North America(opens in new tab)\n\nCWD-Related Hunting Regulations(opens in new tab)\n\nCarcass Transport Regulations(opens in new tab)\n\nReport a Sick Deer\n\nDistribution of CWD in North America. Courtesy of USGS National Wildlife Health Center.\nCDFW Resources\n\nChronic Wasting Disease Brochure (PDF)(opens in new tab)\nFolleto Sobre la Enfermedad del Desgaste Crónico (PDF)(opens in new tab)\nRecommendations to Meat Processors about CWD (PDF)(opens in new tab)\nAdvanced Hunter Education Webinar on CWD (Video)(opens in new tab)\n\nExternal Resources\n\nCWD Alliance(opens in new tab)\nColorado Parks and Wildlife – CWD Info and Testing(opens in new tab)","title":"\r\n\tChronic Wasting Disease\r\n","score":6.0192113}],"6528deeee4180c1b2b770a2929482e82<::>1":[{"document_id":"846587463_56025-56508-0-483","text":"Economy of India\nThe retail industry , excluding wholesale , contributed $482 billion ( 22 % of GDP ) and employed 249.94 million people ( 57 % of the workforce ) in 2016 . The industry is the second largest employer in India , after agriculture . The Indian retail market is estimated to be US $600 billion and one of the top - five retail markets in the world by economic value . India has one of the fastest - growing retail markets in the world , and is projected to reach $1.3 trillion by 2020 .","title":"Economy of India","score":17.081957},{"document_id":"824739779_94-913-0-819","text":"Textile industry in India\nThe textile industry in India traditionally , after agriculture , is the only industry that has generated huge employment for both skilled and unskilled labour in textiles . The textile industry continues to be the second - largest employment generating sector in India . It offers direct employment to over 35 million in the country . The share of textiles in total exports was 11.04 % during April -- July 2010 , as per the Ministry of Textiles . During 2009 -- 2010 , the Indian textile industry was pegged at US $ 55 billion , 64 % of which services domestic demand . In 2010 , there were 2,500 textile weaving factories and 4,135 textile finishing factories in all of India . According to AT Kearney 's ' Retail Apparel Index ' , India was ranked as the fourth most promising market for apparel retailers in 2009 .","title":"Textile industry in India","score":16.70058},{"document_id":"846587463_40997-41572-0-575","text":"Economy of India\nThe services sector has the largest share of India 's GDP , accounting for 57 % in 2012 , up from 15 % in 1950 . It is the seventh - largest services sector by nominal GDP , and third largest when purchasing power is taken into account . The services sector provides employment to 27 % of the work force . Information technology and business process outsourcing are among the fastest - growing sectors , having a cumulative growth rate of revenue 33.6 % between fiscal years 1997 -- 98 and 2002 -- 03 , and contributing to 25 % of the country 's total exports in 2007 -- 08 .","title":"Economy of India","score":17.802992},{"document_id":"846587463_80824-81610-0-786","text":"Economy of India\nAgricultural and allied sectors accounted for about 52.1 % of the total workforce in 2009 -- 10 . While agriculture employment has fallen over time in percentage of labour employed , services which includes construction and infrastructure have seen a steady growth accounting for 20.3 % of employment in 2012 -- 13 . Of the total workforce , 7 % is in the organised sector , two - thirds of which are in the government - controlled public sector . About 51.2 % of the workforce in India is self - employed . According to a 2005 -- 06 survey , there is a gender gap in employment and salaries . In rural areas , both men and women are primarily self - employed , mostly in agriculture . In urban areas , salaried work was the largest source of employment for both men and women in 2006 .","title":"Economy of India","score":16.865988},{"document_id":"846587463_62872-63008-0-136","text":"Economy of India\nThe construction industry contributed $288 billion ( 13 % of GDP ) and employed 60.42 million people ( 14 % of the workforce ) in 2016 .","title":"Economy of India","score":16.688791}],"6528deeee4180c1b2b770a2929482e82<::>4":[{"document_id":"857081732_45122-46048-0-926","text":"India\nAveraging an economic growth rate of 7.5 % for several years prior to 2007 , India has more than doubled its hourly wage rates during the first decade of the 21st century . Some 431 million Indians have left poverty since 1985 ; India 's middle classes are projected to number around 580 million by 2030 . Though ranking 51st in global competitiveness , India ranks 17th in financial market sophistication , 24th in the banking sector , 44th in business sophistication , and 39th in innovation , ahead of several advanced economies , as of 2010 . With 7 of the world 's top 15 information technology outsourcing companies based in India , the country is viewed as the second-most favourable outsourcing destination after the United States , as of 2009 . India 's consumer market , the world 's eleventh - largest , is expected to become fifth - largest by 2030 . However , hardly 2 % of Indians pay income taxes . Agricultural","title":"India","score":14.63547},{"document_id":"845249344_31962-32386-0-424","text":"National Rural Employment Guarantee Act, 2005\nThe workers points of view can be summed up as : labourers do not get more than Rs. 80 in the private agricultural labour market , there is no farm work for several months ; few old age people who are jobless for at least 8 months a year ; when farm work is available they go there first ; farmers employ only young and strong persons to work in their farms and reject the others and hence many go jobless most of the time .","title":"National Rural Employment Guarantee Act, 2005","score":18.17362},{"document_id":"846587463_80824-81610-0-786","text":"Economy of India\nAgricultural and allied sectors accounted for about 52.1 % of the total workforce in 2009 -- 10 . While agriculture employment has fallen over time in percentage of labour employed , services which includes construction and infrastructure have seen a steady growth accounting for 20.3 % of employment in 2012 -- 13 . Of the total workforce , 7 % is in the organised sector , two - thirds of which are in the government - controlled public sector . About 51.2 % of the workforce in India is self - employed . According to a 2005 -- 06 survey , there is a gender gap in employment and salaries . In rural areas , both men and women are primarily self - employed , mostly in agriculture . In urban areas , salaried work was the largest source of employment for both men and women in 2006 .","title":"Economy of India","score":14.674184},{"document_id":"834421776_4143-4246-0-103","text":"Labour in India\nAgriculture , dairy , horticulture and related occupations alone employ 52 percent of labour in India .","title":"Labour in India","score":14.788967},{"document_id":"855056730_13636-14641-0-1005","text":"Poverty in India\nThese colonial policies moved unemployed artisans into farming , and transformed India as a region increasingly abundant in land , unskilled labour and low productivity , and scarce in skilled labour , capital and knowledge . On an inflation adjusted 1973 Rupee basis , the average income of Indian agrarian labourer was Rs. 7.20 per year in 1885 , against an inflation adjusted poverty line of Rs. 23.90 per year . Thus , not only was the average income below poverty line , the intensity of poverty was severe . The intensity of poverty increased from 1885 to 1921 , then began a reversal . However , the absolute poverty rates continued to be very high through the 1930s . The colonial policies on taxation and its recognition of land ownership claims of zamindars and mansabdars , or Mughal era nobility , made a minority of families wealthy , while it weakened the ability of poorer peasants to command land and credit . The resulting rising landlessness and stagnant real wages intensified poverty .","title":"Poverty in India","score":15.63489}],"6528deeee4180c1b2b770a2929482e82<::>5":[{"document_id":"803060232_11379-11860-0-481","text":"Cashew\nCashew nutshell liquid ( CNSL ) or cashew shell oil ( CAS registry number 8007 - 24 - 7 ) is a natural resin with a yellowish sheen found in the honeycomb structure of the cashew nutshell , and is a byproduct of processing cashew nuts . It is a raw material of multiple uses in developing drugs , antioxidants , fungicides , and biomaterials . It is used in tropical folk medicine and for anti termite treatment of timber . Its composition varies depending on how it is processed .","title":"Cashew","score":22.289915},{"document_id":"803060232_818-1310-0-492","text":"Cashew\nThe cashew nut , often simply called a cashew , is widely consumed . It is eaten on its own , used in recipes , or processed into cashew cheese or cashew butter . The shell of the cashew seed yields derivatives that can be used in many applications including lubricants , waterproofing , paints , and arms production , starting in World War II . The cashew apple is a light reddish to yellow fruit , whose pulp can be processed into a sweet , astringent fruit drink or distilled into liquor .","title":"Cashew","score":17.960966},{"document_id":"803060232_7593-7823-0-229","text":"Cashew\nIn 2015 , global production of cashew nuts ( as the kernel ) was 738,861 tonnes , led by India and Côte d'Ivoire each with 23 % of the world total ( table ) . Vietnam and Brazil also had significant production of cashew kernels .","title":"Cashew","score":12.151488},{"document_id":"803060232_5356-6214-0-858","text":"Cashew\nCashew nuts are commonly used in Indian cuisine , whole for garnishing sweets or curries , or ground into a paste that forms a base of sauces for curries ( e.g. , korma ) , or some sweets ( e.g. , kaju barfi ) . It is also used in powdered form in the preparation of several Indian sweets and desserts . In Goan cuisine , both roasted and raw kernels are used whole for making curries and sweets . Cashew nuts are also used in Thai and Chinese cuisines , generally in whole form . In the Philippines , cashew is a known product of Antipolo , and is eaten with suman . Pampanga also has a sweet dessert called turrones de casuy , which is cashew marzipan wrapped in white wafers . In Indonesia , roasted and salted cashew nut is called kacang mete or kacang mede , while the cashew apple is called jambu monyet ( translates in English to monkey rose apple ) .","title":"Cashew","score":11.967173},{"document_id":"803060232_6837-7299-0-462","text":"Cashew\nThe shell of the cashew nut contains oil compounds which may cause contact dermatitis similar in severity to that of poison ivy , primarily resulting from the phenolic lipids , anacardic acid , and cardanol . Due to the possible dermatitis , cashews are typically not sold in the shell to consumers . Readily and inexpensively extracted from the waste shells , cardanol is under research for its potential applications in nanomaterials and biotechnology . Cashew","title":"Cashew","score":14.215358}]}}